initial commit of ebook 9780HEADmain

10 files changed, 59929 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/old/7frmg10.txt b/old/7frmg10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b43dc08
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/7frmg10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11532 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Fair Margaret, by H. Rider Haggard
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file.  Please do not remove it.  Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file.  Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used.  You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: Fair Margaret
+
+Author: H. Rider Haggard
+
+Release Date: January, 2006 [EBook #9780]
+[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
+[This file was first posted on October 15, 2003]
+[Date last updated: October 13, 2004]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FAIR MARGARET ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Steve Flynn, Tonya Allen
+and PG Distributed Proofreaders
+
+
+
+
+FAIR MARGARET
+
+By
+
+H. RIDER HAGGARD
+
+_Author of "King Solomons Mines" "She" "Jess" etc._
+
+WITH 15 ILLUSTRATIONS BY J. R. SKELTON
+
+London: HUTCHINSON & CO.
+Paternoster Row 1907.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+CHAPTER I
+HOW PETER MET THE SPANIARD
+
+CHAPTER II
+JOHN CASTELL
+
+CHAPTER III
+PETER GATHERS VIOLETS
+
+CHAPTER IV
+LOVERS DEAR
+
+CHAPTER V
+CASTELL'S SECRET
+
+CHAPTER VI
+FAREWELL
+
+CHAPTER VII
+NEWS FROM SPAIN
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+D'AGUILAR SPEAKS
+
+CHAPTER IX
+THE SNARE
+
+CHAPTER X
+THE CHASE
+
+CHAPTER XI
+THE MEETING ON THE SEA
+
+CHAPTER XII
+FATHER HENRIQUES
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+THE ADVENTURE OF THE INN
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+INEZ AND HER GARDEN
+
+CHAPTER XV
+PETER PLAYS A PART
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+BETTY SHOWS HER TEETH
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+THE PLOT
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+THE HOLY HERMANDAD
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+BETTY PAYS HER DEBTS
+
+CHAPTER XX
+ISABELLA OF SPAIN
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+BETTY STATES HER CASE
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+THE DOOM OF JOHN CASTELL
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+FATHER HENRIQUES AND THE BAKER'S OVEN
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+THE FALCON STOOPS
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+HOW THE _MARGARET_ WON OUT TO SEA
+
+ENVOI
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS;
+
+"A DOVE, COMRADES!--A DOVE!"
+
+CASTELL DECLARES HIMSELF A JEW
+
+"YOU MEAN THAT YOU WISH TO MURDER ME"
+
+MARGARET APPEARED DESCENDING THE BROAD OAK STAIRS
+
+IN ANOTHER MOMENT THAT STEEL WOULD HAVE PIERCED HIS HEART
+
+THE GALE CAUGHT HIM AND BLEW HIM TO AND FRO
+
+"LADY," HE SAID, "THIS IS NO DEED OF MINE"
+
+A CRUEL-LOOKING KNIFE AND A NAKED ARM PROJECTED
+THROUGH THE PANELLING
+
+"MY NAME IS INEZ. YOU WANDER STILL, SENOR"
+
+"THERE ARE OTHERS WHERE THEY CAME FROM"
+
+"TO-DAY I DARE TO HOPE THAT IT MAY BE OTHERWISE"
+
+"WAY! MAKE WAY FOR THE MARCHIONESS OF MORELLA!"
+
+"I CUT HIM DOWN, AND BY MISFORTUNE KILLED HIM"
+
+"WE ARE PLAYERS IN A STRANGE GAME, MY LADY MARGARET"
+
+"YOU WILL HAVE TO FIGHT ME FIRST, PETER"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FAIR MARGARET
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+HOW PETER MET THE SPANIARD
+
+It was a spring afternoon in the sixth year of the reign of King Henry
+VII. of England. There had been a great show in London, for that day his
+Grace opened the newly convened Parliament, and announced to his
+faithful people--who received the news with much cheering, since war is
+ever popular at first--his intention of invading France, and of leading
+the English armies in person. In Parliament itself, it is true, the
+general enthusiasm was somewhat dashed when allusion was made to the
+finding of the needful funds; but the crowds without, formed for the
+most part of persons who would not be called upon to pay the money, did
+not suffer that side of the question to trouble them. So when their
+gracious liege appeared, surrounded by his glittering escort of nobles
+and men-at-arms, they threw their caps into the air, and shouted
+themselves hoarse.
+
+The king himself, although he was still young in years, already a weary-
+looking man with a fine, pinched face, smiled a little sarcastically at
+their clamour; but, remembering how glad he should be to hear it who
+still sat upon a somewhat doubtful throne, said a few soft words, and
+sending for two or three of the leaders of the people, gave them his
+royal hand, and suffered certain children to touch his robe that they
+might be cured of the Evil. Then, having paused a while to receive
+petitions from poor folk, which he handed to one of his officers to be
+read, amidst renewed shouting he passed on to the great feast that was
+made ready in his palace of Westminster.
+
+Among those who rode near to him was the ambassador, de Ayala,
+accredited to the English Court by the Spanish sovereigns, Ferdinand and
+Isabella, and his following of splendidly attired lords and secretaries.
+That Spain was much in favour there was evident from his place in the
+procession. How could it be otherwise, indeed, seeing that already, four
+years or more before, at the age of twelve months, Prince Arthur, the
+eldest son of the king, had been formally affianced to the Infanta
+Catherine, daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella, aged one year and nine
+months? For in those days it was thought well that the affections of
+princes and princesses should be directed early into such paths as their
+royal parents and governors considered likely to prove most profitable
+to themselves.
+
+At the ambassador's left hand, mounted on a fine black horse, and
+dressed richly, but simply, in black velvet, with a cap of the same
+material in which was fastened a single pearl, rode a tall cavalier. He
+was about five-and-thirty years of age, and very handsome, having
+piercing black eyes and a stern, clean-cut face.
+
+In every man, it is said, there can be found a resemblance, often far
+off and fanciful enough, to some beast or bird or other creature, and
+certainly in this case it was not hard to discover. The man resembled an
+eagle, which, whether by chance or design, was the crest he bore upon
+his servants' livery, and the trappings of his horse. The unflinching
+eyes, the hooked nose, the air of pride and mastery, the thin, long
+hand, the quick grace of movement, all suggested that king of birds,
+suggested also, as his motto said, that what he sought he would find,
+and what he found he would keep. Just now he was watching the interview
+between the English king and the leaders of the crowd whom his Grace had
+been pleased to summon, with an air of mingled amusement and contempt.
+
+"You find the scene strange, Marquis," said the ambassador, glancing at
+him shrewdly.
+
+"Senor, here in England, if it pleases your Excellency," he answered
+gravely, "Senor d'Aguilar. The marquis you mentioned lives in Spain--an
+accredited envoy to the Moors of Granada; the Senor d'Aguilar, a humble
+servant of Holy Church," and he crossed himself, "travels abroad--upon
+the Church's business, and that of their Majesties'."
+
+"And his own too, sometimes, I believe," answered the ambassador drily.
+"But to be frank, what I do not understand about you, Senor d'Aguilar,
+as I know that you have abandoned political ambitions, is why you do not
+enter my profession, and put on the black robe once and for all. What
+did I say--black? With your opportunities and connections it might be
+red by now, with a hat to match."
+
+The Senor d'Aguilar smiled a little as he replied.
+
+"You said, I think, that sometimes I travel on my own business. Well,
+there is your answer. You are right, I have abandoned worldly
+ambitions--most of them. They are troublesome, and for some people, if
+they be born too high and yet not altogether rightly, very dangerous.
+The acorn of ambition often grows into an oak from which men hang."
+
+"Or into a log upon which men's heads can be cut off. Senor, I
+congratulate you. You have the wisdom that grasps the substance and lets
+the shadows flit. It is really very rare."
+
+"You asked why I do not change the cut of my garments," went on
+d'Aguilar, without noticing the interruption. "Excellency, to be frank,
+because of my own business. I have failings like other men. For
+instance, wealth is that substance of which you spoke, rule is the
+shadow; he who has the wealth has the real rule. Again, bright eyes may
+draw me, or a hate may seek its slaking, and these things do not suit
+robes, black or red."
+
+"Yet many such things have been done by those who wore them," replied
+the ambassador with meaning.
+
+"Aye, Excellency, to the discredit of Holy Church, as you, a priest,
+know better than most men. Let the earth be evil as it must; but let the
+Church be like heaven above it, pure, unstained, the vault of prayer,
+the house of mercy and of righteous judgment, wherein walks no sinner
+such as I," and again he crossed himself.
+
+There was a ring of earnestness in the speaker's voice that caused de
+Ayala, who knew something of his private reputation, to look at him
+curiously.
+
+"A true fanatic, and therefore to us a useful man," he thought to
+himself, "though one who knows how to make the best of two worlds as
+well as most of them;" but aloud he said, "No wonder that our Church
+rejoices in such a son, and that her enemies tremble when he lifts her
+sword. But, Senor, you have not told me what you think of all this
+ceremony and people."
+
+"The people I know well, Excellency, for I dwelt among them in past
+years and speak their language; and that is why I have left Granada to
+look after itself for a while, and am here to-day, to watch and make
+report----" He checked himself, then added, "As for the ceremony, were I
+a king I would have it otherwise. Why, in that house just now those
+vulgar Commons--for so they call them, do they not?--almost threatened
+their royal master when he humbly craved a tithe of the country's wealth
+to fight the country's war. Yes, and I saw him turn pale and tremble at
+the rough voices, as though their echoes shook his throne. I tell you,
+Excellency, that the time will come in this land when those Commons will
+be king. Look now at that fellow whom his Grace holds by the hand,
+calling him 'sir' and 'master,' and yet whom he knows to be, as I do, a
+heretic, a Jew in disguise, whose sins, if he had his rights, should be
+purged by fire. Why, to my knowledge last night, that Israelite said
+things against the Church----"
+
+"Whereof the Church, or its servant, doubtless made notes to be used
+when the time comes," broke in de Ayala. "But the audience is done, and
+his Highness beckons us forward to the feast, where there will be no
+heretics to vex us, and, as it is Lent, not much to eat. Come, Senor!
+for we stop the way."
+
+Three hours had gone by, and the sun sank redly, for even at that spring
+season it was cold upon the marshy lands of Westminster, and there was
+frost in the air. On the open space opposite to the banqueting-hall, in
+front of which were gathered squires and grooms with horses, stood and
+walked many citizens of London, who, their day's work done, came to see
+the king pass by in state. Among these were a man and a lady, the latter
+attended by a handsome young woman, who were all three sufficiently
+striking in appearance to attract some notice in the throng.
+
+The man, a person of about thirty years of age, dressed in a merchant's
+robe of cloth, and wearing a knife in his girdle, seemed over six feet
+in height, while his companion, in her flowing, fur-trimmed cloak, was,
+for a woman, also of unusual stature. He was not, strictly speaking, a
+handsome man, being somewhat too high of forehead and prominent of
+feature; moreover, one of his clean-shaven cheeks, the right, was marred
+by the long, red scar of a sword-cut which stretched from the temple to
+the strong chin. His face, however, was open and manly, if rather stern,
+and the grey eyes were steady and frank. It was not the face of a
+merchant, but rather that of one of good degree, accustomed to camps and
+war. For the rest, his figure was well-built and active, and his voice
+when he spoke, which was seldom, clear and distinct to loudness, but
+cultivated and pleasant--again, not the voice of a merchant.
+
+Of the lady's figure little could be seen because of the long cloak that
+hid it, but the face, which appeared within its hood when she turned and
+the dying sunlight filled her eyes, was lovely indeed, for from her
+birth to her death-day Margaret Castell--fair Margaret, as she was
+called--had this gift to a degree that is rarely granted to woman.
+Rounded and flower-like was that face, most delicately tinted also,
+with rich and curving lips and a broad, snow-white brow. But the wonder
+of it, what distinguished her above everything else from other beautiful
+women of her time, was to be found in her eyes, for these were not blue
+or grey, as might have been expected from her general colouring, but
+large, black, and lustrous; soft, too, as the eyes of a deer, and
+overhung by curling lashes of an ebon black. The effect of these eyes of
+hers shining above those tinted cheeks and beneath the brow of ivory
+whiteness was so strange as to be almost startling. They caught the
+beholder and held him, as might the sudden sight of a rose in snow, or
+the morning star hanging luminous among the mists of dawn. Also,
+although they were so gentle and modest, if that beholder chanced to be
+a man on the good side of fifty it was often long before he could forget
+them, especially if he were privileged to see how well they matched the
+hair of chestnut, shading into black, that waved above them and fell,
+tress upon tress, upon the shapely shoulders and down to the
+slender waist.
+
+Peter Brome, for he was so named, looked a little anxiously about him at
+the crowd, then, turning, addressed Margaret in his strong, clear voice.
+
+"There are rough folk around," he said; "do you think you should stop
+here? Your father might be angered, Cousin."
+
+Here it may be explained that in reality their kinship was of the
+slightest, a mere dash of blood that came to her through her mother.
+Still they called each other thus, since it is a convenient title that
+may mean much or nothing.
+
+"Oh! why not?" she answered in her rich, slow tones, that had in them
+some foreign quality, something soft and sweet as the caress of a
+southern wind at night. "With you, Cousin," and she glanced approvingly
+at his stalwart, soldier-like form, "I have nothing to fear from men,
+however rough, and I do greatly want to see the king close by, and so
+does Betty. Don't you, Betty?" and she turned to her companion.
+
+Betty Dene, whom she addressed, was also a cousin of Margaret, though
+only a distant connection of Peter Brome. She was of very good blood,
+but her father, a wild and dissolute man, had broken her mother's heart,
+and, like that mother, died early, leaving Betty dependent upon
+Margaret's mother, in whose house she had been brought up. This Betty
+was in her way remarkable, both in body and mind. Fair, splendidly
+formed, strong, with wide, bold, blue eyes and ripe red lips, such was
+the fashion of her. In speech she was careless and vigorous. Fond of the
+society of men, and fonder still of their admiration, for she was
+romantic and vain, Betty at the age of five-and-twenty was yet an
+honest girl, and well able to take care of herself, as more than one of
+her admirers had discovered. Although her position was humble, at heart
+she was very proud of her lineage, ambitious also, her great desire
+being to raise herself by marriage back to the station from which her
+father's folly had cast her down--no easy business for one who passed as
+a waiting-woman and was without fortune.
+
+For the rest, she loved and admired her cousin Margaret more than any
+one on earth, while Peter she liked and respected, none the less perhaps
+because, try as she would--and, being nettled, she did try hard
+enough--her beauty and other charms left him quite unmoved.
+
+In answer to Margaret's question she laughed and answered:
+
+"Of course. We are all too busy up in Holborn to get the chance of so
+many shows that I should wish to miss one. Still, Master Peter is very
+wise, and I am always counselled to obey him. Also, it will soon
+be dark."
+
+"Well, well," said Margaret with a sigh and a little shrug of her
+shoulders, "as you are both against me, perhaps we had best be going.
+Next time I come out walking, cousin Peter, it shall be with some one
+who is more kind."
+
+Then she turned and began to make her way as quickly as she could
+through the thickening crowd. Finding this difficult, before Peter could
+stop her, for she was very swift in her movements, Margaret bore to the
+right, entering the space immediately in front of the banqueting-hall
+where the grooms with horses and soldiers were assembled awaiting their
+lords, for here there was more room to walk. For a few moments Peter and
+Betty were unable to escape from the mob which closed in behind her, and
+thus it came about that Margaret found herself alone among these people,
+in the midst, indeed, of the guard of the Spanish ambassador de Ayala,
+men who were notorious for their lawlessness, for they reckoned upon
+their master's privilege to protect them. Also, for the most part, they
+were just then more or less in liquor.
+
+One of these fellows, a great, red-haired Scotchman, whom the priest-
+diplomatist had brought with him from that country, where he had also
+been ambassador, suddenly perceiving before him a woman who appeared to
+be young and pretty, determined to examine her more closely, and to this
+end made use of a rude stratagem. Pretending to stumble, he grasped at
+Margaret's cloak as though to save himself, and with a wrench tore it
+open, revealing her beautiful face and graceful figure.
+
+"A dove, comrades!--a dove!" he shouted in a voice thick with drink,
+"who has flown here to give me a kiss." And, casting his long arms about
+her, he strove to draw her to him.
+
+"Peter! Help me, Peter!" cried Margaret as she struggled fiercely in his
+grip.
+
+"No, no, if you want a saint, my bonny lass," said the drunken
+Scotchman, "Andrew is as good as Peter," at which witticism those of the
+others who understood him laughed, for the man's name was Andrew.
+
+Next instant they laughed again, and to the ruffian Andrew it seemed as
+though suddenly he had fallen into the power of a whirlwind. At least
+Margaret was wrenched away from him, while he spun round and round to
+fall violently upon his face.
+
+"That's Peter!" exclaimed one of the soldiers in Spanish.
+
+"Yes," answered another, "and a patron saint worth having"; while a
+third pulled the recumbent Andrew to his feet.
+
+The man looked like a devil. His cap had gone, and his fiery red hair
+was smeared with mud. Moreover, his nose had been broken on a cobble
+stone, and blood from it poured all over him, while his little red eyes
+glared like a ferret's, and his face turned a dirty white with pain and
+rage. Howling out something in Scotch, of a sudden he drew his sword and
+rushed straight at his adversary, purposing to kill him.
+
+Now, Peter had no sword, but only his short knife, which he found no
+time to draw. In his hand, however, he carried a stout holly staff shod
+with iron, and, while Margaret clasped her hands and Betty screamed, on
+this he caught the descending blow, and, furious as it was, parried and
+turned it. Then, before the man could strike again, that staff was up,
+and Peter had leapt upon him. It fell with fearful force, breaking the
+Scotchman's shoulder and sending him reeling back.
+
+"Shrewdly struck, Peter! Well done, Peter!" shouted the spectators.
+
+But Peter neither saw nor heard them, for he was mad with rage at the
+insult that had been offered to Margaret. Up flew the iron-tipped staff
+again, and down it came, this time full on Andrew's head, which it
+shattered like an egg-shell, so that the brute fell backwards, dead.
+
+For a moment there was silence, for the joke had taken a tragic turn.
+Then one of the Spaniards said, glancing at the prostrate form:
+
+"Name of God! our mate is done for. That merchant hits hard."
+
+Instantly there arose a murmur among the dead man's comrades, and one of
+them cried:
+
+"Cut him down!"
+
+Understanding that he was to be set on, Peter sprang forward and
+snatched the Scotchman's sword from the ground where it had fallen, at
+the same time dropping his staff and drawing his dagger with the left
+hand. Now he was well armed, and looked so fierce and soldier-like as he
+faced his foes, that, although four or five blades were out, they held
+back. Then Peter spoke for the first time, for he knew that against so
+many he had no chance.
+
+"Englishmen," he cried in ringing tones, but without shifting his head
+or glance, "will you see me murdered by these Spanish dogs?"
+
+There was a moment's pause, then a voice behind cried:
+
+"By God! not I," and a brawny Kentish man-at-arms ranged up beside him,
+his cloak thrown over his left arm, and his sword in his right hand.
+
+"Nor I," said another. "Peter Brome and I have fought together before."
+
+"Nor I," shouted a third, "for we were born in the same Essex hundred."
+
+And so it went on, until there were as many stout Englishmen at his side
+as there were Spaniards and Scotchmen before him.
+
+"That will do," said Peter, "we want no more than man to man. Look to
+the women, comrades behind there. Now, you murderers, if you would see
+English sword-play, come on, or, if you are afraid, let us go in peace."
+
+"Yes, come on, you foreign cowards," shouted the mob, who did not love
+these turbulent and privileged guards.
+
+By now the Spanish blood was up, and the old race-hatred awake. In
+broken English the sergeant of the guard shouted out some filthy insult
+about Margaret, and called upon his followers to "cut the throats of the
+London swine." Swords shone red in the red sunset light, men shifted
+their feet and bent forward, and in another instant a great and bloody
+fray would have begun.
+
+But it did not begin, for at that moment a tall senor, who had been
+standing in the shadow and watching all that passed, walked between the
+opposing lines, as he went striking up the swords with his arm.
+
+"Have done," said d'Aguilar quietly, for it was he, speaking in Spanish.
+"You fools! do you want to see every Spaniard in London torn to pieces?
+As for that drunken brute," and he touched the corpse of Andrew with his
+foot, "he brought his death upon himself. Moreover, he was not a
+Spaniard, there is no blood quarrel. Come, obey me! or must I tell you
+who I am?"
+
+"We know you, Marquis," said the leader in a cowed voice. "Sheath your
+swords, comrades; after all, it is no affair of ours."
+
+The men obeyed somewhat unwillingly; but at this moment arrived the
+ambassador de Ayala, very angry, for he had heard of the death of his
+servant, demanding, in a loud voice, that the man who had killed him
+should be given up.
+
+"We will not give him up to a Spanish priest," shouted the mob. "Come
+and take him if you want him," and once more the tumult grew, while
+Peter and his companions made ready to fight.
+
+Fighting there would have been also, notwithstanding all that d'Aguilar
+could do to prevent it; but of a sudden the noise began to die away, and
+a hush fell upon the place. Then between the uplifted weapons walked a
+short, richly clad man, who turned suddenly and faced the mob. It was
+King Henry himself.
+
+"Who dare to draw swords in my streets, before my very palace doors?" he
+asked in a cold voice.
+
+A dozen hands pointed at Peter.
+
+"Speak," said the king to him.
+
+"Margaret, come here," cried Peter; and the girl was thrust forward to
+him.
+
+"Sire," he said, "that man," and he pointed to the corpse of Andrew,
+"tried to do wrong to this maiden, John Castell's child. I, her cousin,
+threw him down. He drew his sword and came at me, and I killed him with
+my staff. See, it lies there. Then the Spaniards--his comrades--would
+have cut me down, and I called for English help. Sire, that is all."
+
+The king looked him up and down.
+
+"A merchant by your dress," he said; "but a soldier by your mien. How
+are you named?"
+
+"Peter Brome, Sire."
+
+"Ah! There was a certain Sir Peter Brome who fell at Bosworth Field--not
+fighting for me," and he smiled. "Did you know him perchance?"
+
+"He was my father, Sire, and I saw him slain--aye, and slew the slayer."
+
+"Well can I believe it," answered Henry, considering him. "But how comes
+it that Peter Brome's son, who wears that battle scar across his face,
+is clad in merchant's woollen?"
+
+"Sire," said Peter coolly, "my father sold his lands, lent his all to
+the Crown, and I have never rendered the account. Therefore I must live
+as I can."
+
+The king laughed outright as he replied:
+
+"I like you, Peter Brome, though doubtless you hate me."
+
+"Not so, Sire. While Richard lived I fought for Richard. Richard is
+gone; and, if need be, I would fight for Henry, who am an Englishman,
+and serve England's king."
+
+"Well said, and I may have need of you yet, nor do I bear you any
+grudge. But, I forgot, is it thus that you would fight for me, by
+causing riot in my streets, and bringing me into trouble with my good
+friends the Spaniards?"
+
+"Sire, you know the story."
+
+"I know your story, but who bears witness to it? Do you, maiden, Castell
+the merchant's daughter?"
+
+"Aye, Sire. The man whom my cousin killed maltreated me, whose only
+wrong was that I waited to see your Grace pass by. Look on my
+torn cloak."
+
+"Little wonder that he killed him for the sake of those eyes of yours,
+maiden. But this witness may be tainted." And again he smiled, adding,
+"Is there no other?"
+
+Betty advanced to speak, but d'Aguilar, stepping forward, lifted his
+bonnet from his head, bowed and said in English:
+
+"Your Grace, there is; I saw it all. This gallant gentleman had no
+blame. It was the servants of my countryman de Ayala who were to blame,
+at any rate at first, and afterwards came the trouble."
+
+Now the ambassador de Ayala broke in, claiming satisfaction for the
+killing of his man, for he was still very angry, and saying that if it
+were not given, he would report the matter to their Majesties of Spain,
+and let them know how their servants were treated in London.
+
+At these words Henry grew grave, who, above all things, wished to give
+no offence to Ferdinand and Isabella.
+
+"You have done an ill day's work, Peter Brome," he said, "and one of
+which my attorney must consider. Meanwhile, you will be best in safe
+keeping," and he turned as though to order his arrest.
+
+"Sire," exclaimed Peter, "I live at Master Castell's house in Holborn,
+nor shall I run away."
+
+"Who will answer for that," asked the king, "or that you will not make
+more riots on your road thither?"
+
+"I will answer, your Grace," said d'Aguilar quietly, "if this lady will
+permit that I escort her and her cousin home. Also," he added in a low
+voice, "it seems to me that to hale him to a prison would be more like
+to breed a riot than to let him go."
+
+Henry glanced round him at the great crowd who were gathered watching
+this scene, and saw something in their faces which caused him to agree
+with d'Aguilar.
+
+"So be it, Marquis," he said. "I have your word, and that of Peter
+Brome, that he will be forthcoming if called upon. Let that dead man be
+laid in the Abbey till to-morrow, when this matter shall be inquired of.
+Excellency, give me your arm; I have greater questions of which I wish
+to speak with you ere we sleep."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+JOHN CASTELL
+
+When the king was gone, Peter turned to those men who had stood by him
+and thanked them very heartily. Then he said to Margaret:
+
+"Come, Cousin, that is over for this time, and you have had your wish
+and seen his Grace. Now, the sooner you are safe at home, the better I
+shall be pleased."
+
+"Certainly," she replied. "I have seen more than I desire to see again.
+But before we go let us thank this Spanish senor----" and she paused.
+
+"D'Aguilar, Lady, or at least that name will serve," said the Spaniard
+in his cultured voice, bowing low before her, his eyes fixed all the
+while upon her beautiful face.
+
+"Senor d'Aguilar, I thank you, and so does my cousin, Peter Brome, whose
+life perhaps you saved--don't you, Peter? Oh! and so will my father."
+
+"Yes," answered Peter somewhat sulkily, "I thank him very much; though
+as for my life, I trusted to my own arm and to those of my friends
+there. Good night, Sir."
+
+"I fear, Senor," answered d'Aguilar with a smile, "that we cannot part
+just yet. You forget, I have become bond for you, and must therefore
+accompany you to where you live, that I may certify the place. Also,
+perhaps, it is safest, for these countrymen of mine are revengeful, and,
+were I not with you, might waylay you."
+
+Now, seeing from his face that Peter was still bent upon declining this
+escort, Margaret interposed quickly.
+
+"Yes, that is wisest, also my father would wish it. Senor, I will show
+you the way," and, accompanied by d'Aguilar, who gallantly offered her
+his arm, she stepped forward briskly, leaving Peter to follow with her
+cousin Betty.
+
+Thus they walked in the twilight across the fields and through the
+narrow streets beyond that lay between Westminster and Holborn. In front
+tripped Margaret beside her stately cavalier, with whom she was soon
+talking fast enough in Spanish, a tongue which, for reasons that shall
+be explained, she knew well, while behind, the Scotchman's sword still
+in his hand, and the handsome Betty on his arm, came Peter Brome in the
+worst of humours.
+
+John Castell lived in a large, rambling, many-gabled, house, just off
+the main thoroughfare of Holborn, that had at the back of it a garden
+surrounded by a high wall. Of this ancient place the front part served
+as a shop, a store for merchandise, and an office, for Castell was a
+very wealthy trader--how wealthy none quite knew--who exported woollen
+and other goods to Spain under the royal licence, bringing thence in his
+own ships fine, raw Spanish wool to be manufactured in England, and with
+it velvet, silks, and wine from Granada; also beautiful inlaid armour of
+Toledo steel. Sometimes, too, he dealt in silver and copper from the
+mountain mines, for Castell was a banker as well as a merchant, or
+rather what answered to that description in those days.
+
+It was said that beneath his shop were dungeon-like store-vaults, built
+of thick cemented stone, with iron doors through which no thief could
+break, and filled with precious things. However this might be, certainly
+in that great house, which in the time of the Plantagenets had been the
+fortified palace of a noble, existed chambers whereof he alone knew the
+secret, since no one else, not even his daughter or Peter, ever crossed
+their threshold. Also, there slept in it a number of men-servants, very
+stout fellows, who wore knives or swords beneath their cloaks, and
+watched at night to see that all was well. For the rest, the
+living-rooms of this house where Castell, Margaret his daughter, and
+Peter dwelt, were large and comfortable, being new panelled with oak
+after the Tudor fashion, and having deep windows that looked out upon
+the garden.
+
+When Peter and Betty reached the door, not that which led into the shop,
+but another, it was to find that Margaret and d'Aguilar, who were
+walking very quickly, must have already passed it, since it was shut,
+and they had vanished. At his knock--a hard one--a serving-man opened,
+and Peter strode through the vestibule, or ante-chamber, into the hall,
+where for the most part they ate and sat, for thence he heard the sound
+of voices. It was a fine room, lit by hanging lamps of olive oil, and
+having a large, open hearth where a fire burned pleasantly, while the
+oaken table in front of it was set for supper. Margaret, who had thrown
+off her cloak, stood warming herself at the fire, and the Senor
+d'Aguilar, comfortably seated in a big chair, which he seemed to have
+known for years, leaned back, his bonnet in his hand, and watched
+her idly.
+
+Facing them stood John Castell, a stout, dark-bearded man of between
+fifty and sixty years of age, with a clever, clean-cut face and piercing
+black eyes. Now, in the privacy of his home, he was very richly attired
+in a robe trimmed with the costliest fur, and fastened with a gold chain
+that had a jewel on its clasp. When Castell served in his shop or sat in
+his counting-house no merchant in London was more plainly dressed; but
+at night, loving magnificence at heart, it was his custom thus to
+indulge in it, even when there were none to see him. From the way in
+which he stood, and the look upon his face, Peter knew at once that he
+was much disturbed. Hearing his step, Castell wheeled round and
+addressed him at once in the clear, decided voice which was his
+characteristic.
+
+"What is this I am told, Peter? A man killed by you before the palace
+gates? A broil! A public riot in which things went near to great
+bloodshed between the English, with you at the head of them, and the
+bodyguard of his Excellency, de Ayala. You arrested by the king, and
+bailed out by this senor. Is all this true?"
+
+"Quite," answered Peter calmly.
+
+"Then I am ruined; we are all ruined. Oh! it was an evil hour when I
+took one of your bloodthirsty trade into my house. What have you
+to say?"
+
+"Only that I want my supper," said Peter. "Those who began the story can
+finish it, for I think their tongues are nimbler than my own," and he
+glanced wrathfully at Margaret, who laughed outright, while even the
+solemn d'Aguilar smiled.
+
+"Father," broke in Margaret, "do not be angry with cousin Peter, whose
+only fault is that he hits too hard. It is I who am to blame, for I
+wished to stop to see the king against his will and Betty's, and
+then--then that brute," and her eyes filled with tears of shame and
+anger, "caught hold of me, and Peter threw him down, and afterwards,
+when he attacked him with a sword, Peter killed him with his staff,
+and--all the rest happened."
+
+"It was beautifully done," said d'Aguilar in his soft voice and foreign
+accent. "I saw it all, and made sure that you were dead. The parry I
+understood, but the way you got your smashing blow in before he could
+thrust again--ah! that----"
+
+"Well, well," said Castell, "let us eat first and talk afterwards. Senor
+d'Aguilar, you will honour my poor board, will you not, though it is
+hard to come from a king's feast to a merchant's fare?"
+
+"It is I who am honoured," answered d'Aguilar; "and as for the feast,
+his Grace is sparing in this Lenten season. At least, I could get little
+to eat, and, therefore, like the senor Peter, I am starved."
+
+Castell rang a silver bell which stood near by, whereon servants brought
+in the meal, which was excellent and plentiful. While they were setting
+it on the table, the merchant went to a cupboard in the wainscoting, and
+took thence two flasks, which he uncorked himself with care, saying that
+he would give the senor some wine of his own country. This done, he said
+a Latin grace and crossed himself, an example which d'Aguilar followed,
+remarking that he was glad to find that he was in the house of a good
+Christian.
+
+"What else did you think that I should be?" asked Castell, glancing at
+him shrewdly.
+
+"I did not think at all, Senor," he answered; "but alas! every one is
+not a Christian. In Spain, for instance, we have many Moors and--Jews."
+
+"I know," said Castell, "for I trade with them both."
+
+"Then you have never visited Spain?"
+
+"No; I am an English merchant. But try that wine, Senor; it came from
+Granada, and they say that it is good."
+
+D'Aguilar tasted it, then drank off his glass.
+
+"It is good, indeed," he said; "I have not its equal in my own cellars
+there."
+
+"Do you, then, live in Granada, Senor d'Aguilar?" asked Castell.
+
+"Sometimes, when I am not travelling. I have a house there which my
+mother left me. She loved the town, and bought an old palace from the
+Moors. Would you not like to see Granada, Senora?" he asked, turning to
+Margaret as though to change the subject. "There is a wonderful building
+there called the Alhambra; it overlooks my house."
+
+"My daughter is never likely to see it," broke in Castell; "I do not
+purpose that she should visit Spain."
+
+"Ah! you do not purpose; but who knows? God and His saints alone," and
+again he crossed himself, then fell to describing the beauties
+of Granada.
+
+He was a fine and ready talker, and his voice was very pleasant, so
+Margaret listened attentively enough, watching his face, and forgetting
+to eat, while her father and Peter watched them both. At length the meal
+came to an end, and when the serving-men had cleared away the dishes,
+and they were alone, Castell said:
+
+"Now, kinsman Peter, tell me your story."
+
+So Peter told him, in few words, yet omitting nothing.
+
+"I find no blame in you," said the merchant when he had done, "nor do I
+see how you could have acted otherwise than you did. It is Margaret whom
+I blame, for I only gave her leave to walk with you and Betty by the
+river, and bade her beware of crowds."
+
+"Yes, father, the fault is mine, and for it I pray your pardon," said
+Margaret, so meekly that her father could not find the heart to scold
+her as he had meant to do.
+
+"You should ask Peter's pardon," he muttered, "seeing that he is like to
+be laid by the heels in a dungeon over this business, yes, and put upon
+his trial for causing the man's death. Remember, he was in the service
+of de Ayala, with whom our liege wishes to stand well, and de Ayala, it
+seems, is very angry."
+
+Now Margaret grew frightened, for the thought that harm might come to
+Peter cut her heart. The colour left her cheek, and once again her eyes
+swam with tears.
+
+"Oh! say not so," she exclaimed. "Peter, will you not fly at once?"
+
+"By no means," he answered decidedly. "Did I not say it to the king, and
+is not this foreign lord bond for me?"
+
+"What can be done?" she went on; then, as a thought struck her, turned
+to d'Aguilar, and, clasping her slender hands, looked pleadingly into
+his face and asked: "Senor, you who are so powerful, and the friend of
+great people, will you not help us?"
+
+"Am I not here to do so, Senora? Although I think that a man who can
+call half London to his back, as I saw your cousin do, needs little help
+from me. But listen, my country has two ambassadors at this Court--de
+Ayala, whom he has offended, and Doctor de Puebla, the friend of the
+king; and, strangely enough, de Puebla does not love de Ayala. Yet he
+does love money, which perhaps will be forthcoming. Now, if a charge is
+to be laid over this brawl, it will probably be done, not by the
+churchman, de Ayala, but through de Puebla, who knows your laws and
+Court, and--do you understand me, Senor Castell?"
+
+"Yes," answered the merchant; "but how am I to get at de Puebla? If I
+were to offer him money, he would only ask more."
+
+"I see that you know his Excellency," remarked d'Aguilar drily. "You are
+right, no money should be offered; a present must be made after the
+pardon is delivered--not before. Oh! de Puebla knows that John Castell's
+word is as good in London as it is among the Jews and infidels of
+Granada and the merchants of Seville, at both of which places I have
+heard it spoken."
+
+At this speech Castell's eyes flickered, but he only answered:
+
+"May be; but how shall I approach him, Senor?"
+
+"If you will permit me, that is my task. Now, to what amount will you go
+to save our friend here from inconvenience? Fifty gold angels?"
+
+"It is too much," said Castell; "a knave like that is not worth ten.
+Indeed, he was the assailant, and nothing should be paid at all."
+
+"Ah! Senor, the merchant is coming out in you; also the dangerous man
+who thinks that right should rule the world, not kings--I mean might.
+The knave is worth nothing, but de Puebla's word in Henry's ear is
+worth much."
+
+"Fifty angels be it then," said Castell, "and I thank you, Senor, for
+your good offices. Will you take the money now?"
+
+"By no means; not till I bring the debt discharged. Senor, I will come
+again and let you know how matters stand. Farewell, fair maiden; may the
+saints intercede for that dead rogue who brought me into your company,
+and that of your father and your cousin of the quick eye and the
+stalwart arm! Till we meet again," and, still murmuring compliments, he
+bowed himself out of the room in charge of a manservant.
+
+"Thomas," said Castell to this servant when he returned, "you are a
+discreet fellow; put on your cap and cloak, follow that Spaniard, see
+where he lodges, and find out all you can about him. Go now, swiftly."
+
+The man bowed and went, and presently Castell, listening, heard a side
+door shut behind him. Then he turned and said to the other two:
+
+"I do not like this business. I smell trouble in it, and I do not like
+the Spaniard either."
+
+"He seems a very gallant gentleman, and high-born," said Margaret.
+
+"Aye, very gallant--too gallant, and high-born--too high-born, unless I
+am mistaken. So gallant and so high-born----" And he checked himself,
+then added, "Daughter, in your wilfulness you have stirred a great rock.
+Go to your bed and pray God that it may not fall upon your house and
+crush it and us."
+
+So Margaret crept away frightened, a little indignant also, for after
+all, what wrong had she done? And why should her father mistrust this
+splendid-looking Spanish cavalier?
+
+When she was gone, Peter, who all this while had said little, looked up
+and asked straight out:
+
+"What are you afraid of, Sir?"
+
+"Many things, Peter. First, that use will be made of this matter to
+extort much money from me, who am known to be rich, which is a sin best
+absolved by angels. Secondly, that if I make trouble about paying, other
+questions will be set afoot."
+
+"What questions?"
+
+"Have you ever heard of the new Christians, Peter, whom the Spaniards
+call Maranos?"
+
+He nodded.
+
+"Then you know that a Marano is a converted Jew. Now, as it chances--I
+tell you who do not break secrets--my father was a Marano. His name does
+not matter--it is best forgotten; but he fled from Spain to England for
+reasons of his own, and took that of the country whence he
+came--Castile, or Castell. Also, as it is not lawful for Jews to live in
+England, he became converted to the Christian faith--seek not to know
+his motives, they are buried with him. Moreover, he converted me, his
+only child, who was but ten years old, and cared little whether I swore
+by 'Father Abraham' or by the 'Blessed Mary.' The paper of my baptism
+lies in my strong box still. Well, he was clever, and built up this
+business, and died unharmed five-and-twenty years ago, leaving me
+already rich. That same year I married an Englishwoman, your mother's
+second cousin, and loved her and lived happily with her, and gave her
+all her heart could wish. But after Margaret's birth, three-and-twenty
+years gone by, she never had her health, and eight years ago she died.
+You remember her, since she brought you here when you were a stout lad,
+and made me promise afterwards that I would always be your friend, for
+except your father, Sir Peter, none other of your well-born and ancient
+family were left. So when Sir Peter--against my counsel, staking his all
+upon that usurping rogue Richard, who had promised to advance him, and
+meanwhile took his money--was killed at Bosworth, leaving you landless,
+penniless, and out of favour, I offered you a home, and you, being a
+wise man, put off your mail and put on woollen and became a merchant's
+partner, though your share of profit was but small. Now, again you have
+changed staff for steel," and he glanced at the Scotchman's sword that
+still lay upon a side table, "and Margaret has loosed that rock of which
+I spoke to her."
+
+"What is the rock, Sir?"
+
+"That Spaniard whom she brought home and found so fine."
+
+"What of the Spaniard?"
+
+"Wait a while and I will tell you." And, taking a lamp, he left the
+room, returning presently with a letter which was written in cipher, and
+translated upon another sheet in John Castell's own hand.
+
+"This," he said, "is from my partner and connection, Juan Bernaldez, a
+Marano, who lives at Seville, where Ferdinand and Isabella have their
+court. Among other matters he writes this: 'I warn all brethren in
+England to be careful. I have it that a certain one whose name I will
+not mention even in cipher, a very powerful and high-born man, and,
+although he appears to be a pleasure-seeker only, and is certainly of a
+dissolute life, among the greatest bigots in all Spain, has been sent,
+or is shortly to be sent, from Granada, where he is stationed to watch
+the Moors, as an envoy to the Court of England to conclude a secret
+treaty with its king. Under this treaty the names of rich Maranos that
+are already well known here are to be recorded, so that when the time
+comes, and the active persecution of Jews and Maranos begins, they may
+be given up and brought to Spain for trial before the Inquisition. Also
+he is to arrange that no Jew or Marano may be allowed to take refuge in
+England. This is for your information, that you may warn any whom it
+concerns.'"
+
+"You think that d'Aguilar is this man?" asked Peter, while Castell
+folded up the letter and hid it in the pocket of his robe.
+
+"I do; indeed I have heard already that a fox was on the prowl, and that
+men should look to their hen-houses. Moreover, did you note how he
+crossed himself like a priest, and what he said about being among good
+Christians? Also, it is Lent and a fast-day, and by ill-fortune,
+although none of us ate of it, there was meat upon the table, for as you
+know," he added hurriedly, "I am not strict in such matters, who give
+little weight to forms and ceremonies. Well, he observed it, and touched
+fish only, although he drank enough of the sweet wine. Doubtless a
+report of that meat will go to Spain by the next courier."
+
+"And if it does, what matter? We are in England, and Englishmen will not
+suffer their Spanish laws and ways. Perhaps the senor d'Aguilar learned
+as much as that to-night outside the banqueting-hall. There is something
+to be feared from this brawl at home; but while we are safe in London,
+no more from Spain."
+
+"I am no coward, but I think there is much more to be feared, Peter. The
+arm of the Pope is long, and the arm of the crafty Ferdinand is longer,
+and both of them grope for the throats and moneybags of heretics."
+
+"Well, Sir, we are not heretics."
+
+"No, perhaps not heretics; but we are rich, and the father of one of us
+was a Jew, and there is something else in this house which even a true
+son of Holy Church might desire," and he looked at the door through
+which Margaret had passed to her chamber.
+
+Peter understood, for his long arms moved uneasily, and his grey eyes
+flashed.
+
+"I will go to bed," he said; "I wish to think."
+
+"Nay, lad," answered Castell, "fill your glass and stay awhile. I have
+words to say to you, and there is no time like the present. Who knows
+what may happen to-morrow?"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+PETER GATHERS VIOLETS
+
+Peter obeyed, sat down in a big oak chair by the dying fire, and waited
+in his silent fashion.
+
+"Listen," said Castell. "Fifteen months ago you told me something, did
+you not?"
+
+Peter nodded.
+
+"What was it, then?"
+
+"That I loved my cousin Margaret, and asked your leave to tell her so."
+
+"And what did I answer?"
+
+"That you forbade me because you had not proved me enough, and she had
+not proved herself enough; because, moreover, she would be very wealthy,
+and with her beauty might look high in marriage, although but a
+merchant's daughter."
+
+"Well, and then?"
+
+"And then--nothing," and Peter sipped his wine deliberately and put it
+down upon the table.
+
+"You are a very silent man, even where your courting is concerned," said
+Castell, searching him with his sharp eyes.
+
+"I am silent because there is no more to say. You bade me be silent, and
+I have remained so."
+
+"What! Even when you saw those gay lords making their addresses to
+Margaret, and when she grew angry because you gave no sign, and was
+minded to yield to one or the other of them?"
+
+"Yes, even then--it was hard, but even then. Do I not eat your bread?
+and shall I take advantage of you when you have forbid me?"
+
+Castell looked at him again, and this time there were respect and
+affection in his glance.
+
+"Silent and stern, but honest," he said as though to himself, then
+added, "A hard trial, but I saw it, and helped you in the best way by
+sending those suitors--who were worthless fellows--about their business.
+Now, say, are you still of the same mind towards Margaret?"
+
+"I seldom change my mind, Sir, and on such a business, never."
+
+"Good! Then I give you my leave to find out what her mind may be."
+
+In the joy which he could not control, Peter's face flushed. Then, as
+though he were ashamed of showing emotion, even at such a moment, he
+took up his glass and drank a little of the wine before he answered.
+
+"I thank you; it is more than I dared to hope. But it is right that I
+should say, Sir, that I am no match for my cousin Margaret. The lands
+which should have been mine are gone, and I have nothing save what you
+pay me for my poor help in this trade; whereas she has, or will
+have, much."
+
+Castell's eyes twinkled; the answer amused him.
+
+"At least you have an upright heart," he said, "for what other man in
+such a case would argue against himself? Also, you are of good blood,
+and not ill to look on, or so some maids might think; whilst as for
+wealth, what said the wise king of my people?--that ofttimes riches make
+themselves wings and fly away. Moreover, man, I have learned to love and
+honour you, and sooner would I leave my only child in your hands than in
+those of any lord in England."
+
+"I know not what to say," broke in Peter.
+
+"Then say nothing. It is your custom, and a good one--only listen. Just
+now you spoke of your Essex lands in the fair Vale of Dedham as gone.
+Well, they have come back, for last month I bought them all, and more,
+at a price larger than I wished to give because others sought them, and
+but this day I have paid in gold and taken delivery of the title. It is
+made out in your name, Peter Brome, and whether you marry my daughter,
+or whether you marry her not, yours they shall be when I am gone, since
+I promised my dead wife to befriend you, and as a child she lived there
+in your Hall."
+
+Now moved out of his calm, the young man sprang from his seat, and,
+after the pious fashion of the time, addressed his patron saint, on
+whose feast-day he was born.
+
+"Saint Peter, I thank thee--"
+
+"I asked you to be silent," interrupted Castell, breaking him short.
+"Moreover, after God, it is one John who should be thanked, not St.
+Peter, who has no more to do with these lands than Father Abraham or the
+patient Job. Well, thanks or no thanks, those estates are yours, though
+I had not meant to tell you of them yet. But now I have something to
+propose to you. Say, first, does Margaret think aught of that wooden
+face and those shut lips of yours?"
+
+"How can I know? I have never asked her; you forbade me."
+
+"Pshaw! Living in one house as you do, at your age I would have known
+all there was to know on such a matter, and yet kept my word. But there,
+the blood is different, and you are somewhat over-honest for a lover.
+Was she frightened for you, now, when that knave made at you with
+the sword?"
+
+Peter considered the question, then answered:
+
+"I know not. I did not look to see; I looked at the Scotchman with his
+sword, for if I had not, I should have been dead, not he. But she was
+certainly frightened when the fellow caught hold of her, for then she
+called for me loud enough."
+
+"And what is that? What woman in London would not call for such a one as
+Peter Brome in her trouble? Well, you must ask her, and that soon, if
+you can find the words. Take a lesson from that Spanish don, and scrape
+and bow and flatter and tell stories of the war and turn verses to her
+eyes and hair. Oh, Peter! are you a fool, that I at my age should have
+to teach you how to court a woman?"
+
+"Mayhap, Sir. At least I can do none of these things, and poesy wearies
+me to read, much more to write. But I can ask a question and take
+an answer."
+
+Castell shook his head impatiently.
+
+"Ask the question, man, if you will, but never take the answer if it is
+against you. Wait rather, and ask it again--"
+
+"And," went on Peter without noticing, his grey eyes lighting with a
+sudden fire, "if need be, I can break that fine Spaniard's bones as
+though he were a twig."
+
+"Ah!" said Castell, "perhaps you will be called upon to make your words
+good before all is done. For my part, I think his bones will take some
+breaking. Well, ask in your own way--only ask and let me hear the answer
+before to-morrow night. Now it grows late, and I have still something to
+say. I am in danger here. My wealth is noised abroad, and many covet it,
+some in high places, I think. Peter, it is in my mind to have done with
+all this trading, and to withdraw me to spend my old age where none will
+take any notice of me, down at that Hall of yours in Dedham, if you will
+give me lodging. Indeed for a year and more, ever since you spoke to me
+on the subject of Margaret, I have been calling in my moneys from Spain
+and England, and placing them out at safe interest in small sums, or
+buying jewels with them, or lending them to other merchants whom I
+trust, and who will not rob me or mine. Peter, you have worked well for
+me, but you are no chapman; it is not in your blood. Therefore, since
+there is enough for all of us and more, I shall pass this business and
+its goodwill over to others, to be managed in their name, but on shares,
+and if it please God we will keep next Yule at Dedham."
+
+As he spoke the door at the far end of the hall opened, and through it
+came that serving-man who had been bidden to follow the Spaniard.
+
+"Well," said Castell, "what tidings?"
+
+The man bowed and said:
+
+"I followed the Don as you bade me to his lodging, which I reached
+without his seeing me, though from time to time he stopped to look about
+him. He rests near the palace of Westminster, in the same big house
+where dwells the ambassador de Ayala, and those who stood round lifted
+their bonnets to him.
+
+"Watching I saw some of these go to a tavern, a low place that is open
+all night, and, following them there, called for a drink and listened to
+their talk, who know the Spanish tongue well, having worked for five
+years in your worship's house at Seville. They spoke of the fray
+to-night, and said that if they could catch that long-legged fellow,
+meaning Master Brome yonder, they would put a knife into him, since he
+had shamed them by killing the Scotch knave, who was their officer and
+the best swordsman in their company, with a staff, and then setting his
+British bulldogs on them. I fell into talk with them, saying that I was
+an English sailor from Spain, which they were too drunk to question, and
+asked who might be the tall don who had interfered in the fray before
+the king came. They told me he is a rich senor named d'Aguilar, but ill
+to serve in Lent because he is so strict a churchman, although not
+strict in other matters. I answered that to me he looked like a great
+noble, whereon one of them said that I was right, that there was no
+blood in Spain higher than his, but unfortunately, there was a bend in
+its stream, also an inkpot had been upset into it."
+
+"What does that mean?" asked Peter.
+
+"It is a Spanish saying," answered Castell, "which signifies that a man
+is born illegitimate, and has Moorish blood in his veins."
+
+"Then I asked what he was doing here, and the man answered that I had
+best put that question to the Holy Father and to the Queen of Spain.
+Lastly, after I had given the soldier another cup, I asked where the don
+lived, and whether he had any other name. He replied that he lived at
+Granada for the most part, and that if I called on him there I should
+see some pretty ladies and other nice things. As for his name, it was
+the Marquis of Nichel. I said that meant Marquis of Nothing, whereon the
+soldier answered that I seemed very curious, and that was just what he
+meant to tell me--nothing. Also he called to his comrades that he
+believed I was a spy, so I thought it time to be going, as they were
+drunk enough to do me a mischief."
+
+"Good," said Castell. "You are watchman tonight, Thomas, are you not?
+See that all doors are barred so that we may sleep without fear of
+Spanish thieves. Rest you well, Peter. Nay, I do not come yet; I have
+letters to send to Spain by the ship which sails to-morrow night."
+
+When Peter had gone, John Castell extinguished all the lamps save one.
+This he took in his hand and passed from the hall into an apartment that
+in old days, when this was a noble's house, had been the private chapel.
+There was an altar in it, and over the altar a crucifix. For a few
+moments Castell knelt before the altar, for even now, at dead of night,
+how knew he what eyes might watch him? Then he rose and, lamp in hand,
+glided behind it, lifted some tapestry, and pressed a spring in the
+panelling beneath. It opened, revealing a small secret chamber built in
+the thickness of the wall and without windows; a mere cupboard that once
+perhaps had been a place where a priest might robe or keep the
+sacred vessels.
+
+In this chamber was a plain oak table on which stood candles and an ark
+of wood, also some rolls of parchment. Before this table he knelt down,
+and put up earnest prayers to the God of Abraham, for, although his
+father had caused him to be baptized into the Christian Church as a
+child, John Castell remained a Jew. For this good reason, then, he was
+so much afraid, knowing that, although his daughter and Peter knew
+nothing of his secret, there were others who did, and that were it
+revealed ruin and perhaps death would be his portion and that of his
+house, since in those days there was no greater crime than to adore God
+otherwise than Holy Church allowed. Yet for many years he had taken the
+risk, and worshipped on as his fathers did before him.
+
+His prayer finished, he left the place, closing the spring-door behind
+him, and passed to his office, where he sat till the morning light,
+first writing a letter to his correspondent at Seville, and then
+painfully translating it into cipher by aid of a secret key. His task
+done, and the cipher letter sealed and directed, he burned the draft,
+extinguished his lamp, and, going to the window, watched the rising of
+the sun. In the garden beneath blackbirds sang, and the pale primroses
+were abloom.
+
+"I wonder," he said aloud, "whether when those flowers come again I
+shall live to see them. Almost I feel as though the rope were tightening
+about my throat at last; it came upon me while that accursed Spaniard
+crossed himself at my table. Well, so be it; I will hide the truth while
+I can, but if they catch me I'll not deny it. The money is safe, most of
+it; my wealth they shall never get, and now I will make my daughter safe
+also, as with Peter she must be. I would I had not put it off so long;
+but I hankered after a great marriage for her, which, being a Christian,
+she well might make. I'll mend that fault; before to-morrow's morn she
+shall be plighted to him, and before May-day his wife. God of my
+fathers, give us one month more of peace and safety, and then, because I
+have denied Thee openly, take my life in payment if Thou wilt."
+
+Before John Castell went to bed Peter was already awake--indeed, he had
+slept but little that night. How could he sleep whose fortunes had
+changed thus wondrously between sun set and rise? Yesterday he was but a
+merchant's assistant--a poor trade for one who had been trained to arms,
+and borne them bravely. To-day he was a gentleman again, owner of the
+broad lands where he was bred, and that had been his forefathers' for
+many a generation. Yesterday he was a lover without hope, for in himself
+he had never believed that the rich John Castell would suffer him, a
+landless man, to pay court to his daughter, one of the loveliest and
+wealthiest maids in London. He had asked his leave in past days, and
+been refused, as he had expected that he would be refused, and
+thenceforward, being on his honour as it were, he had said no tender
+word to Margaret, nor pressed her hand, nor even looked into her eyes
+and sighed. Yet at times it had seemed to him that she would not have
+been ill-pleased if he had done one of these things, or all; that she
+wondered, indeed, that he did not, and thought none the better of him
+for his abstinence. Moreover, now he learned that her father wondered
+also, and this was a strange reward of virtue.
+
+For Peter loved Margaret with heart and soul and body. Since he, a lad,
+had played with her, a child, he loved her, and no other woman. She was
+his thought by day and his dream by night, his hope, his eternal star.
+Heaven he pictured as a place where for ever he would be with Margaret,
+earth without her could be nothing but a hell. That was why he had
+stayed on in Castell's shop, bending his proud neck to this tradesman's
+yoke, doing the bidding and taking the rough words of chapmen and of
+lordly customers, filling in bills of exchange, and cheapening bargains,
+all without a sign or murmur, though oftentimes he felt as though his
+gorge would burst with loathing of the life. Indeed, that was why he had
+come there at all, who otherwise would have been far away, hewing a road
+to fame and fortune, or digging out a grave with his broadsword. For
+here at least he could be near to Margaret, could touch her hand at morn
+and evening, could watch the light shine in her beauteous eyes, and
+sometimes, as she bent over him, feel her breath upon his hair. And now
+his purgatory was at an end, and of a sudden the gates of joy were open.
+
+But what if Margaret should prove the angel with the flaming sword who
+forbade him entrance to his paradise? He trembled at the thought. Well,
+if so, so it must be; he was not the man to force her fancy, or call her
+father to his aid. He would do his best to win her, and if he failed,
+why then he would bless her, and let her go.
+
+Peter could lie abed no longer, but rose and dressed himself, although
+the dawn was not fully come. By his open window he said his prayers,
+thanking God for mercies past, and praying that He would bless him in
+his great emprise. Presently the sun rose, and there came a great
+longing on him to be alone in the countryside, he who was country-born
+and hated towns, with only the sky and the birds and the trees
+for company.
+
+But here in London was no country, wherever he went he would meet men;
+moreover, he remembered that it might be best that just now he should
+not wander through the streets unguarded, lest he should find Spaniards
+watching to take him unawares. Well, there was the garden; he would go
+thither, and walk a while. So he descended the broad oak stairs, and,
+unbolting a door, entered this garden, which, though not too well kept,
+was large for London, covering an acre of ground perhaps, surrounded by
+a high wall, and having walks, and at the end of it a group of ancient
+elms, beneath which was a seat hidden from the house. In summer this was
+Margaret's favourite bower, for she too loved Nature and the land, and
+all the things it bore. Indeed, this garden was her joy, and the flowers
+that grew there were for the most part of her own planting--primroses,
+snowdrops, violets, and, in the shadow of the trees, long
+hartstongue ferns.
+
+For a while Peter walked up and down the central path, and, as it
+chanced, Margaret, who also had risen early and not slept too well,
+looking through her window curtains, saw him wandering there, and
+wondered what he did at this hour; also, why he was dressed in the
+clothes he wore on Sundays and holidays. Perhaps, she thought, his
+weekday garments had been torn or muddied in last night's fray. Then she
+fell to thinking how bravely he had borne him in that fray. She saw it
+all again; the great red-headed rascal tossed up and whirled to the
+earth by his strong arms; saw Peter face that gleaming steel with
+nothing but a staff; saw the straight blows fall, and the fellow go
+reeling to the earth, slain with a single stroke.
+
+Ah! her cousin, Peter Brome, was a man indeed, though a strange one, and
+remembering certain things that did not please her, she shrugged her
+ivory shoulders, turned red, and pouted. Why, that Spaniard had said
+more civil words to her in an hour than had Peter in two years, and he
+was handsome and noble-looking also; but then the Spaniard was--a
+Spaniard, and other men were--other men, whereas Peter was--Peter, a
+creature apart, one who cared as little for women as he did for trade.
+
+Why, then, if he cared for neither women nor trade, did he stop here?
+she wondered. To gather wealth? She did not think it; he seemed to have
+no leanings that way either. It was a mystery. Still, she could wish to
+get to the bottom of Peter's heart, just to see what was hid there,
+since no man has a right to be a riddle to his loving cousin. Yes, and
+one day she would do it, cost what it might.
+
+Meanwhile, she remembered that she had never thanked Peter for the brave
+part which he had played, and, indeed, had left him to walk home with
+Betty, a journey that, as she gathered from her sprightly cousin's talk
+while she undressed her, neither of them had much enjoyed. For Betty, be
+it said here, was angry with Peter, who, it seemed, once had told her
+that she was a handsome, silly fool, who thought too much of men and too
+little of her business. Well, since after the day's work had begun she
+would find no opportunity, she would go down and thank Peter now, and
+see if she could make him talk for once.
+
+So Margaret threw her fur-trimmed cloak about her, drawing its hood over
+her head, for the April air was cold, and followed Peter into the
+garden. When she reached it, however, there was no Peter to be seen,
+whereon she reproached herself for having come to that damp place so
+early and meditated return. Then, thinking that it would look foolish if
+any had chanced to see her, she walked down the path pretending to seek
+for violets, and found none. Thus she came to the group of great elms at
+the end, and, glancing between their ancient boles, saw Peter standing
+there. Now, too, she understood why she could find no violets, for Peter
+had gathered them all, and was engaged, awkwardly enough, in trying to
+tie them and some leaves into a little posy by the help of a stem of
+grass. With his left hand he held the violets, with his right one end of
+the grass, and since he lacked fingers to clasp the other, this he
+attempted with his teeth. Now he drew it tight, and now the brittle
+grass stem broke, the violets were scattered, and Peter used words that
+he should not have uttered even when alone.
+
+"I knew you would break it, but I never thought you could lose your
+temper over so small a thing, Peter," said Margaret; and he in the
+shadow looked up to see her standing there in the sunlight, fresh and
+lovely as the spring itself.
+
+Solemnly, in severe reproof, she shook her head, from which the hood had
+fallen back, but there was a smile upon her lips, and laughter in her
+eyes. Oh! she was beautiful, and at the sight of her Peter's heart stood
+still. Then, remembering what he had just said, and certain other things
+that Master Castell had said, he blushed so deeply that her own cheeks
+went red in sympathy. It was foolish, but she could not help it, for
+about Peter this morning there was something strange, something that
+bred blushes.
+
+"For whom are you gathering violets so early," she asked, "when you
+ought to be praying for that Scotchman's soul?"
+
+"I care nothing for his soul," answered Peter testily. "If the brute had
+one, he can look after it himself; and I was gathering the
+violets--for you."
+
+She stared. Peter was not in the habit of making her presents of
+flowers. No wonder he had looked strange.
+
+"Then I will help you to tie them. Do you know why I am up so early? It
+is for your sake. I behaved badly to you last night, for I was cross
+because you wanted to thwart me about seeing the king. I never thanked
+you for all you did, you brave Peter, though I thanked you enough in my
+heart. Do you know that when you stood there with that sword, in the
+middle of those Englishmen, you looked quite noble? Come out into the
+sunlight, and I will thank you properly."
+
+In his agitation Peter let the remainder of the flowers fall. Then an
+idea struck him, and he answered:
+
+"Look! I can't; if you are really grateful for nothing at all, come in
+here and help me to pick up these violets--a pest on their
+short stalks!"
+
+She hesitated a little, then by degrees drew nearer, and, bending down,
+began to find the flowers one by one. Peter had scattered them wide, so
+that at first the pair were some way apart, but when only a few
+remained, they drew close. Now there was but one violet left, and, both
+stretching for it, their hands met. Margaret held the violet, and Peter
+held Margaret's fingers. Thus linked they straightened themselves, and
+as they rose their faces were very near together and oh! most sweet were
+Margaret's wonderful eyes; while in the eyes of Peter there shone a
+flame. For a second they looked at each other, and then of a sudden he
+kissed her on the lips.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+LOVERS DEAR
+
+"Peter!" gasped Margaret--"_Peter!_"
+
+But Peter made no answer, only he who had been red of face went white,
+so that the mark of the sword-cut across his cheek showed like a scarlet
+line upon a cloth.
+
+"Peter!" repeated Margaret, pulling at her hand which he still held, "do
+you know what you have done?"
+
+"It seems that you do, so what need is there for me to tell you?" he
+muttered.
+
+"Then it was not an accident; you really meant it, and you are not
+ashamed."
+
+"If it was, I hope that I may meet with more such accidents."
+
+"Peter, leave go of me. I am going to tell my father, at once."
+
+His face brightened.
+
+"Tell him by all means," he said; "he won't mind. He told me----"
+
+"Peter, how dare you add falsehood to--to--you know what. Do you mean to
+say that my father told you to kiss me, and at six o'clock in the
+morning, too?"
+
+"He said nothing about kissing, but I suppose he meant it. He said that
+I might ask you to marry me."
+
+"That," replied Margaret, "is a very different thing. If you had asked
+me to marry you, and, after thinking it over for a long while, I had
+answered Yes, which of course I should not have done, then, perhaps,
+before we were married you might have--Well, Peter, you have begun at
+the wrong end, which is very shameless and wicked of you, and I shall
+never speak to you again."
+
+"I daresay," said Peter resignedly; "all the more reason why I should
+speak to you while I have the chance. No, you shan't go till you have
+heard me. Listen. I have been in love with you since you were twelve
+years old--"
+
+"That must be another falsehood, Peter, or you have gone mad. If you had
+been in love with me for eleven years, you would have said so."
+
+"I wanted to, always, but your father refused me leave. I asked him
+fifteen months ago, but he put me on my word to say nothing."
+
+"To say nothing--yes, but he could not make you promise to show
+nothing."
+
+"I thought that the one thing meant the other; I see now that I have
+been a fool, and, I suppose, have overstayed my market," and he looked
+so depressed that Margaret relented a little.
+
+"Well," she said, "at any rate it was honest, and of course I am glad
+that you were honest."
+
+"You said just now that I told falsehoods--twice; if I am honest, how
+can I tell falsehoods?"
+
+"I don't know. Why do you ask me riddles? Let me go and try to forget
+all this."
+
+"Not till you have answered me outright. Will you marry me, Margaret? If
+you won't, there will be no need for you to go, for I shall go and
+trouble you no more. You know what I am, and all about me, and I have
+nothing more to say except that, although you may find many finer
+husbands, you won't find one who would love and care for you better. I
+know that you are very beautiful and very rich, while I am neither one
+nor the other, and often I have wished to Heaven that you were not so
+beautiful, for sometimes that brings trouble on women who are honest and
+only have one heart to give, or so rich either. But thus things are, and
+I cannot change them, and, however poor my chance of hitting the dove, I
+determined to shoot my bolt and make way for the next archer. Is there
+any chance at all, Margaret? Tell me, and put me out of pain, for I am
+not good at so much talking."
+
+Now Margaret began to grow disturbed; her wayward assurance departed
+from her.
+
+"It is not fitting," she murmured, "and I do not wish--I will speak to
+my father; he shall give you your answer."
+
+"No need to trouble him, Margaret. He has given it already. His great
+desire is that we should marry, for he seeks to leave this trade and to
+live with us in the Vale of Dedham, in Essex, where he has bought back
+my father's land."
+
+"You are full of strange tidings this morning, Peter."
+
+"Yes, Margaret, our wheel of life that went so slow turns fast enough
+to-day, for God above has laid His whip upon the horses of our Fate,
+and they begin to gallop, whither I know not. Must they run side by
+side, or separate? It is for you to say."
+
+"Peter," she said, "will you not give me a little time?"
+
+"Aye, Margaret, ten whole minutes by the clock, and then if it is nay,
+all your life, for I pack my chest and go. It will be said that I feared
+to be taken for that soldier's death."
+
+"You are unkind to press me so."
+
+"Nay, it is kindest to both of us. Do you then love some other man?"
+
+"I must confess I do," she murmured, looking at him out of the corners
+of her eyes.
+
+Now Peter, strong as he was, turned faint, and in his agitation let go
+her hand which she lifted, the violets still between her fingers,
+considering it as though it were a new thing to her.
+
+"I have no right to ask you who he is," he muttered, striving to control
+himself.
+
+"Nay, but, Peter, I will tell you. It is my father--what other man
+should I love?"
+
+"Margaret!" he said in wrath, "you are fooling me."
+
+"How so? What other man should I love--unless, indeed, it were
+yourself?"
+
+"I can bear no more of this play," he said. "Mistress Margaret, I bid
+you farewell. God go with you!" And he brushed past her.
+
+"Peter," she said when he had gone a few yards, "would you have these
+violets as a farewell gift?"
+
+He turned and hesitated.
+
+"Come, then, and take them."
+
+So back he came, and with little trembling fingers she began to fasten
+the flowers to his doublet, bending ever nearer as she fastened, until
+her breath played upon his face, and her hair brushed his bonnet. Then,
+it matters not how, once more the violets fell to earth, and she sighed,
+and her hands fell also, and he put his strong arms round her and drew
+her to him and kissed her again and yet again on the hair and eyes and
+lips; nor did Margaret forbid him.
+
+At length she thrust him from her and, taking him by the hand, led him
+to the seat beneath the elms, and bade him sit at one end of it, while
+she sat at the other.
+
+"Peter," she whispered, "I wish to speak with you when I can get my
+breath. Peter, you think poorly of me, do you not? No--be silent; it is
+my turn to talk. You think that I am heartless, and have been playing
+with you. Well, I only did it to make sure that you really do love me,
+since, after that--accident of a while ago (when we were picking up the
+violets, I mean), you would have been in honour bound to say it, would
+you not? Well, now I am quite sure, so I will tell you something. I love
+you many times as well as you love me, and have done so for quite as
+long. Otherwise, should I not have married some other suitor, of whom
+there have been plenty? Aye, and I will tell you this to my sin and
+shame, that once I grew so angry with you because you would not speak or
+give some little sign, that I went near to it. But at the last I could
+not, and sent him about his business also. Peter, when I saw you last
+night facing that swordsman with but a staff, and thought that you must
+die, oh! then I knew all the truth, and my heart was nigh to bursting,
+as, had you died, it would have burst. But now it is all done with, and
+we know each other's secret, and nothing shall ever part us more till
+death comes to one or both."
+
+Thus Margaret spoke, while he drank in her words as desert sands,
+parched by years of drought, drink in the rain--and watched her face,
+out of which all mischief and mockery had departed, leaving it that of a
+most beauteous and most earnest woman, to whom a sense of the weight of
+life, with its mingled joys and sorrows, had come home suddenly. When
+she had finished, this silent man, to whom even his great happiness
+brought few words, said only:
+
+"God has been very good to us. Let us thank God."
+
+So they did, then, even there, seated side by side upon the bench,
+because the grass was too wet for them to kneel on, praying in their
+simple, childlike faith that the Power which had brought them together,
+and taught them to love each other, would bless them in that love and
+protect them from all harms, enemies, and evils through many a long
+year of life.
+
+Their prayer finished, they sat together on the seat, now talking, and
+now silent in their joy, while all too fast the time wore on. At
+length--it was after one of these spells of blissful silence--a change
+came over them, such a change as falls upon some peaceful scene when,
+unexpected and complete, a black stormcloud sweeps across the sun, and,
+in place of its warm light, pours down gloom full of the promise of
+tempest and of rain. Apprehension got a hold of them. They were both
+afraid of what they could not guess.
+
+"Come," she said, "it is time to go in. My father will miss us."
+
+So without more words or endearments they rose and walked side by side
+out of the shelter of the elms into the open garden. Their heads were
+bent, for they were lost in thought, and thus it came about that
+Margaret saw her feet pass suddenly into the shadow of a man, and,
+looking up, perceived standing in front of her, grave, alert, amused,
+none other than the Senor d'Aguilar. She uttered a little stifled
+scream, while Peter, with the impulse that causes a brave and startled
+hound to rush at that which frightens it, gave a leap forward towards
+the Spaniard.
+
+"Mother of God! do you take me for a thief?" he asked in a laughing
+voice, as he stepped to one side to avoid him.
+
+"Your pardon," said Peter, shaking himself together; "but you surprised
+us appearing so suddenly where we never thought to see you."
+
+"Any more than I thought to see you here, for this seems a strange place
+to linger on so cold a morning," and he looked at them again with his
+curious, mocking eyes that appeared to read the secret of their souls,
+while they grew red as roses beneath his scrutiny. "Permit me to
+explain," he went on. "I came here thus early on your service, to warn
+you, Master Peter, not to go abroad to-day, since a writ is out for your
+arrest, and as yet I have had no time to quash it by friendly
+settlement. Well, as it chanced, I met that handsome lady who was with
+you yesterday, returning from her marketing--a friendly soul--she says
+she is your cousin. She brought me to the house, and having learned that
+your father, whom I wished to see, was at his prayers, good man, in the
+old chapel, led me to its door and left me to seek him. I entered, but
+could not find him, so, having waited a while, strayed into this garden
+through the open door, purposing to walk here till some one should
+appear, and, you see, I have been fortunate beyond my expectations
+or deserts."
+
+"So!" said Peter shortly, for the man's manner and elaborated
+explanations filled him with disgust. "Let us seek Master Castell that
+he may hear the story."
+
+"And we thank you much for coming to warn us," murmured Margaret. "I
+will go find my father," and she slipped past him towards the door.
+
+D'Aguilar watched her enter it, then turned to Peter and said:
+
+"You English are a hardy folk who take the spring air so early. Well, in
+such company I would do the same. Truly she is a beauteous maiden. I
+have some experience of the sex, but never do I remember one so fair."
+
+"My cousin is well enough," answered Peter coldly, for this Spaniard's
+very evident admiration of Margaret did not please him.
+
+"Yes," answered d'Aguilar, taking no notice of his tone, "she is well
+enough to fill the place, not of a merchant's daughter, but of a great
+lady--a countess reigning over towns and lands, or a queen even; the
+royal robes and ornaments would become that carriage and that brow."
+
+"My cousin seeks no such state who is happy in her quiet lot," answered
+Peter again; then added quickly, "See, here comes Master Castell
+seeking you."
+
+D'Aguilar advanced and greeted the merchant courteously, noticing as he
+did so that, notwithstanding his efforts to appear unconcerned, Castell
+seemed ill at ease.
+
+"I am an early visitor," he said, "but I knew that you business folk
+rise with the lark, and I wished to catch our friend here before he went
+out," and he repeated to him the reason of his coming.
+
+"I thank you, Senor," answered Castell. "You are very good to me and
+mine. I am sorry that you have been kept waiting. They tell me that you
+looked for me in the chapel, but I was not there, who had already left
+it for my office."
+
+"So I found. It is a quaint place, that old chapel of yours, and while I
+waited I went to the altar and told my beads there, which I had no time
+to do before I left my lodgings."
+
+Castell started almost imperceptibly, and glanced at d'Aguilar with his
+quick eyes, then turned the subject and asked if he would not breakfast
+with them. He declined, however, saying that he must be about their
+business and his own, then promptly proposed that he should come to
+supper on the following night that was--Sunday--and make report how
+things had gone, a suggestion that Castell could not but accept.
+
+So he bowed and smiled himself out of the house, and walked thoughtfully
+into Holborn, for it had pleased him to pay this visit on foot, and
+unattended. At the corner whom should he meet again but the tall,
+fair-haired Betty, returning from some errand which she had found it
+convenient to fulfil just then.
+
+"What," he said, "you once more! The saints are very kind to me this
+morning. Come, Senora, walk a little way with me, for I would ask you a
+few questions."
+
+Betty hesitated, then gave way. It was seldom that she found the chance
+of walking through Holborn with such a noble-looking cavalier.
+
+"Never look at your working-dress," he said.
+
+"With such a shape, what matters the robe that covers it?"--a compliment
+at which Betty blushed, for she was proud of her fine figure.
+
+"Would you like a mantilla of real Spanish lace for your head and
+shoulders? Well, you shall have one that I brought from Spain with me,
+for I know no other lady in the land whom it would become better. But,
+Mistress Betty, you told me wrong about your master. I went to the
+chapel and he was not there."
+
+"He was there, Senor," she answered, eager to set herself right with
+this most agreeable and discriminating foreigner, "for I saw him go in a
+moment before, and he did not come out again."
+
+"Then, Senora, where could he have hidden himself? Has the place a
+crypt?"
+
+"None that I have heard of; but," she added, "there is a kind of little
+room behind the altar."
+
+"Indeed. How do you know that? I saw no room."
+
+"Because one day I heard a voice behind the tapestry, Senor, and,
+lifting it, saw a sliding door left open, and Master Castell kneeling
+before a table and saying his prayers aloud."
+
+"How strange! And what was there on the table?"
+
+"Only a queer-shaped box of wood like a little house, and two
+candlesticks, and some rolls of parchment. But I forgot, Senor; I
+promised Master Castell to say nothing about that place, for he turned
+and saw me, and came at me like a watchdog out of its kennel. You won't
+say that I told you, will you, Senor?"
+
+"Not I; your good master's private cupboard does not interest me. Now I
+want to know something more. Why is that beautiful cousin of yours not
+married? Has she no suitors?"
+
+"Suitors, Senor? Yes, plenty of them, but she sends them all about their
+business, and seems to have no mind that way."
+
+"Perhaps she is in love with her cousin, that long-legged, strong-armed,
+wooden-headed Master Brome."
+
+"Oh! no, Senor, I don't think so; no lady could be in love with him--he
+is too stern and silent."
+
+"I agree with you, Senora. Then perhaps he is in love with her."
+
+Betty shook her head, and replied:
+
+"Peter Brome doesn't think anything of women, Senor. At least he never
+speaks to or of them."
+
+"Which shows that probably he thinks about them all the more. Well,
+well, it is no affair of ours, is it? Only I am glad to hear that there
+is nothing between them, since your mistress ought to marry high, and be
+a great lady, not a mere merchant's wife."
+
+"Yes, Senor. Though Peter Brome is not a merchant, at least by birth, he
+is high-born, and should be Sir Peter Brome if his father had not fought
+on the wrong side and sold his land. He is a soldier, and a very brave
+one, they say, as all might see last night."
+
+"No doubt, and perhaps would make a great captain, if he had the chance,
+with his stern face and silent tongue. But, Senora Betty, say, how comes
+it that, being so handsome," and he bowed, "you are not married either?
+I am sure it can be from no lack of suitors."
+
+Again Betty, foolish girl, flushed with pleasure at the compliment.
+
+"You are right, Senor," she answered. "I have plenty of them; but I am
+like my cousin--they do not please me. Although my father lost his
+fortune, I come of good blood, and I suppose that is why I do not care
+for these low-born men, and would rather remain as I am than marry
+one of them."
+
+"You are quite right," said d'Aguilar in his sympathetic voice. "Do not
+stain your blood. Marry in your own class, or not at all, which, indeed,
+should not be difficult for one so beautiful and charming." And he
+looked into her large eyes with tender admiration.
+
+This quality, indeed, soon began to demonstrate itself so actively, for
+they were now in the fields where few people wandered, that Betty, who
+although vain was proud and upright, thought it wise to recollect that
+she must be turning homewards. So, in spite of his protests, she left
+him and departed, walking upon air.
+
+How splendid and handsome this foreign gentleman was, she thought to
+herself, really a great cavalier, and surely he admired her truly. Why
+should he not? Such things had often been. Many a rich lady whom she
+knew was not half so handsome or so well born as herself, and would make
+him a worse wife--that is, and the thought chilled her somewhat--if he
+were not already married.
+
+From all of which it will be seen that d'Aguilar had quickly succeeded
+in the plan which only presented itself to him a few hours before. Betty
+was already half in love with him. Not that he had any desire to possess
+this beautiful but foolish woman's heart, who saw in her only a useful
+tool, a stepping-stone by means of which he might draw near to Margaret.
+
+For with Margaret, it may be said at once, he was quite in love. At the
+sight of her sweet yet imperial beauty, as he saw her first,
+dishevelled, angry, frightened, in the crowd outside the king's
+banqueting-hall, his southern blood had taken sudden fire. Finished
+voluptuary though he was, the sensation he experienced then was quite
+new to him. He longed for this woman as he had never longed for any
+other, and, what is more, he desired to make her his wife. Why not?
+Although there was a flaw in it, his rank was high, and therefore she
+was beneath him; but for this her loveliness would atone, and she had
+wit and learning enough to fill any place that he could give her. Also,
+great as was his wealth, his wanton, spendthrift way of life had brought
+him many debts, and she was the only child of one of the richest
+merchants in England, whose dower, doubtless, would be a fortune that
+many a royal princess might envy. Why not again? He would turn Inez and
+those others adrift--at any rate, for a while--and make her mistress of
+his palace there in Granada. Instantly, as is often the fashion of those
+who have Eastern blood in their veins, d'Aguilar had made up his mind,
+yes, before he left her father's table on the previous night. He would
+marry Margaret and no other woman.
+
+Yet at once he had seen many difficulties in his path. To begin with, he
+mistrusted him of Peter, that strong, quiet man who could kill a great
+armed knave with his stick, and at a word call half London to his side.
+Peter, he was sure, being human, must be in love with Margaret, and he
+was a rival to be feared. Well, if Margaret had no thoughts of Peter,
+this mattered nothing, and if she had--and what were they doing together
+in the garden that morning?--Peter must be got rid of, that was all. It
+was easy enough if he chose to adopt certain means; there were many of
+those Spanish fellows who would not mind sticking a knife into his back
+in the dark.
+
+But sinful as he was, at such steps his conscience halted. Whatever
+d'Aguilar had done, he had never caused a man to be actually murdered,
+he who was a bigot, who atoned for his misdoings by periods of remorse
+and prayer, in which he placed his purse and talents at the service of
+the Church, as he was doing at this moment. No, murder must not be
+thought of; for how could any absolution wash him clean of that stain?
+But there were other ways. For instance, had not this Peter, in
+self-defence it is true, killed one of the servants of an ambassador of
+Spain? Perhaps, however, it would not be necessary to make use of them.
+It had seemed to him that the lady was not ill pleased with him, and,
+after all, he had much to offer. He would court her fairly, and if he
+were rejected by her, or by her father, then it would be time enough to
+act. Meanwhile, he would keep the sword hanging over the head of Peter,
+pretending that it was he alone who had prevented it from falling, and
+learn all that he could as to Castell and his history.
+
+Here, indeed, Fortune, in the shape of the foolish Betty, had favoured
+him. Without a doubt, as he had heard in Spain, and been sure from the
+moment that he first saw him, Castell was still secretly a Jew. Mistress
+Betty's story of the room behind the altar, with the ark and the candles
+and the rolls of the Law, proved as much. At least here was evidence
+enough to send him to the fires of the Inquisition in Spain, and,
+perhaps, to drive him out of England. Now, if John Castell, the Spanish
+Jew, should not wish, for any reason, to give him his daughter in
+marriage, would not a hint and an extract from the Commissions of their
+Majesties of Spain and the Holy Father suffice to make him change
+his mind?
+
+Thus pondering, d'Aguilar regained his lodgings, where his first task
+was to enter in a book all that Betty had told him, and all that he had
+observed in the house of John Castell.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+CASTELL'S SECRET
+
+In John Castell's house it was the habit, as in most others in those
+days, for his dependents, clerks, and shopmen to eat their morning and
+mid-day meals with him in the hall, seated at two lower tables, all of
+them save Betty, his daughter's cousin and companion, who sat with them
+at the upper board. This morning Betty's place was empty, and presently
+Castell, lifting his eyes, for he was lost in thought, noted it, and
+asked where she might be--a question that neither Margaret nor Peter
+could answer.
+
+One of the servants at the lower table, however--it was that man who had
+been sent to follow d'Aguilar on the previous night--said that as he
+came down Holborn a while before he had seen her walking with the
+Spanish don, a saying at which his master looked grave.
+
+Just as they were finishing their meal, a very silent one, for none of
+them seemed to have anything to say, and after the servants had left the
+hall, Betty arrived, flushed as though with running.
+
+"Where have you been that you are so late?" asked Castell.
+
+"To seek the linen for the new sheets, but it was not ready," she
+answered glibly. "The mercer kept you waiting long," remarked Castell
+quietly. "Did you meet any one?"
+
+"Only the folk in the street."
+
+"I will ask you no more questions, lest I should cause you to lie and
+bring you into sin," said Castell sternly. "Girl, how far did you walk
+with the Senor d'Aguilar, and what was your business with him?"
+
+Now Betty knew that she had been seen, and that it was useless to deny
+the truth.
+
+"Only a little way," she answered, "and that because he prayed me to
+show him his path."
+
+"Listen, Betty," went on Castell, taking no notice of her words. "You
+are old enough to guard yourself, therefore as to your walking abroad
+with gallants who can mean you no good I say nothing. But know this--no
+one who has knowledge of the matters of my house," and he looked at her
+keenly, "shall mix with any Spaniard. If you are found alone with this
+senor any more, that hour I have done with you, and you never pass my
+door again. Nay, no words. Take your food and eat it elsewhere."
+
+So she departed half weeping, but very angry, for Betty was strong and
+obstinate by nature. When she had gone, Margaret, who was fond of her
+cousin, tried to say some words on her behalf; but her father
+stopped her.
+
+"Pshaw!" he said, "I know the girl; she is vain as a peacock, and,
+remembering her gentle birth and good looks, seeks to marry above her
+station; while for some purpose of his own--an ill one, I'll warrant--
+that Spaniard plays upon her weakness, which, if it be not curbed, may
+bring trouble on us all. Now, enough of Betty Dene; I must to my work."
+
+"Sir," said Peter, speaking for the first time, "we would have a
+private word with you."
+
+"A private word," he said, looking up anxiously. "Well, speak on. No,
+this place is not private; I think its walls have ears. Follow me," and
+he led the way into the old chapel, whereof, when they had all passed
+it, he bolted the door. "Now," he said, "what is it?"
+
+"Sir," answered Peter, standing before him, "having your leave at last,
+I asked your daughter in marriage this morning."
+
+"At least you lose no time, friend Peter; unless you had called her from
+her bed and made your offer through the door you could not have done it
+quicker. Well, well, you ever were a man of deeds, not words, and what
+says my Margaret?"
+
+"An hour ago she said she was content," answered Peter.
+
+"A cautious man also," went on Castell with a twinkle in his eye, "who
+remembers that women have been known to change their minds within an
+hour. After such long thought, what say you now, Margaret?"
+
+"That I am angry with Peter," she answered, stamping her small foot,
+"for if he does not trust me for an hour, how can he trust me for his
+life and mine?"
+
+"Nay, Margaret, you do not understand me," said Peter. "I wished not to
+bind you, that is all, in case----"
+
+"Now you are saying it again," she broke in vexed, and yet amused. "Do
+so a third time, and I will you at your word."
+
+"It seems best that I should remain silent. Speak you," said Peter
+humbly.
+
+"Aye, for truly you are a master of silence, as I should know, if any
+do," replied Margaret, bethinking her of the weary months and years of
+waiting. "Well, I will answer for you.--Father, Peter was right; I am
+content to marry him, though to do so will be to enter the Order of the
+Silent Brothers. Yes, I am content; not for himself, indeed, who has so
+many faults, but for myself, who chance to love him," and she smiled
+sweetly enough.
+
+"Do not jest on such matters, Margaret."
+
+"Why not, father? Peter is solemn enough for both of us--look at him.
+Let us laugh while we may, for who knows when tears may come?"
+
+"A good saying," answered Castell with a sigh. "So you two have plighted
+your troth, and, my children, I am glad of it, for who knows when those
+tears of which Margaret spoke may come, and then you can wipe away each
+other's? Take now her hand, Peter, and swear by the Rood, that symbol
+which you worship"--here Peter glanced at him, but he went on--"swear,
+both of you that come what may, together or separate, through good
+report or evil report, through poverty or wealth, through peace or
+persecutions, through temptation or through blood, through every good or
+ill that can befall you in this world of bittersweet, you will remain
+faithful to your troth until you be wed, and after you are wed, faithful
+to each other till death do part you."
+
+These words he spoke to them in a voice that was earnest almost to
+passion, searching their faces the while with his quick eyes as though
+he would read their very hearts. His mood crept from him to them; once
+again they felt something of that fear which had fallen on them in the
+garden when they passed into the shadow of the Spaniard. Very solemnly
+then, and with little of true lovers' joy, did they take each other's
+hands and swear by the Cross and Him Who hung on it, that through these
+things, and all others they could not foretell, they would, if need
+were, be faithful to the death.
+
+"And beyond it also," added Peter; while Margaret bowed her stately head
+in sweet assent.
+
+"Children," said Castell, "you will be rich--few richer in this
+land--though mayhap it would be wise that you should not show all your
+wealth at once, or ape the place of a great house, lest envy should fall
+upon your heads and crush you. Be content to wait, and rank will find
+you in its season, or if not you, your children. Peter, I tell you now,
+lest I should forget it, that the list of all my moneys and other
+possessions in chattels or lands or ships or merchandise is buried
+beneath the floor of my office, just under where my chair stands. Lift
+the boards and dig away a foot of rubbish, and you will find a stone
+trap, and below an iron box with the deeds, inventories, and some very
+precious jewels. Also, if by any mischance that box should be lost,
+duplicates of nearly all these papers are in the hands of my good friend
+and partner in our inland British trade, Simon Levett, whom you know.
+Remember my words, both of you."
+
+"Father," broke in Margaret in an anxious voice, "why do you speak of
+the future thus?--I mean, as though you had no share in it? Do you
+fear aught?"
+
+"Yes, daughter, much, or rather I expect, I do not fear, who am
+prepared and desire to meet all things as they come. You have sworn that
+oath, have you not? And you will keep it, will you not?"
+
+"Aye!" they answered with one breath.
+
+"Then prepare you to feel the weight of the first of those trials
+whereof it speaks, for I will no longer hold back the truth from you.
+Children, I, whom for all these years you have thought of your own
+faith, am a Jew as my forefathers were before me, back to the days
+of Abraham."
+
+The effect of this declaration upon its hearers was remarkable. Peter's
+jaw dropped, and for the second time that day his face went white; while
+Margaret sank down into a chair that stood near by, and stared at him
+helplessly. In those times it was a very terrible thing to be a Jew.
+Castell looked from one to the other, and, feeling the insult of their
+silence, grew angry.
+
+"What!" he exclaimed in a bitter voice, "are you like all the others? Do
+you scorn me also because I am of a race more ancient and honourable
+than those of any of your mushroom lords and kings? You know my life:
+say, what have I done wrong? Have I caught Christian children and
+crucified them to death? Have I defrauded my neighbour or oppressed the
+poor? Have I mocked your symbol of the Host? Have I conspired against
+the rulers of this land? Have I been a false friend or a cruel father?
+You shake your heads; then why do you stare at me as though I were a
+thing accursed and unclean? Have I not a right to the faith of my
+fathers? May I not worship God in my own fashion?" And he looked at
+Peter, a challenge in his eyes. "Sir," answered Peter, "without a
+doubt you may, or so it seems to me. But then, why for all these years
+have you appeared to worship Him in ours?"
+
+At this blunt question, so characteristic of the speaker, Castell seemed
+to shrink like a pin-pricked bladder, or some bold fighter who has
+suddenly received a sword-thrust in his vitals. All courage went out of
+the man, his fiery eyes grew tame, he appeared to become visibly
+smaller, and to put on something of the air of those mendicants of his
+own race, who whine out their woes and beg alms of the passer-by. When
+next he spoke, it was as a suppliant for merciful judgment at the hands
+of his own child and her lover.
+
+"Judge me not harshly," he said. "Think what it is to be a Jew--an
+outcast, a thing that the lowest may spurn and spit at, one beyond the
+law, one who can be hunted from land to land like a mad wolf, and
+tortured to death, when caught, for the sport of gentle Christians, who
+first have stripped him of his gains and very garments. And then think
+what it means to escape all these woes and terrors, and, by the doffing
+of a bonnet, and the mumbling of certain prayers with the lips in
+public, to find sanctuary, peace, and protection within the walls of
+Mother Church, and thus fostered, to grow rich and great."
+
+He paused as though for a reply, but as they did not speak, went on:
+
+"Moreover, as a child, I was baptized into your Church; but my heart,
+like that of my father, remained with the Jews, and where the heart goes
+the feet follow."
+
+"That makes it worse," said Peter, as though speaking to himself.
+
+"My father taught me thus," Castell went on, as though pleading his case
+before a court of law.
+
+"We must answer for our own sins," said Peter again.
+
+Then at length Castell took fire.
+
+"You young folk, who as yet know little of the terrors of the world,
+reproach me with cold looks and colder words," he said; "but I wonder,
+should you ever come to such a pass as mine, whether you will find the
+heart to meet it half as bravely? Why do you think that I have told you
+this secret, that I might have kept from you as I kept it from your
+mother, Margaret? I say because it is a part of my penance for the sin
+which I have sinned. Aye, I know well that my God is a jealous God, and
+that this sin will fall back on my head, and that I shall pay its price
+to the last groat, though when and how the blow will strike me I know
+not. Go you, Peter, or you, Margaret, and denounce me if you will. Your
+priests will speak well of you for the deed, and open to you a shorter
+road to Heaven, and I shall not blame you, nor lessen your wealth by a
+single golden noble."
+
+"Do not speak so madly, Sir," said Peter; "these matters are between you
+and God. What have we to do with them, and who made us judges over you?
+We only pray that your fears may come to nothing, and that you may reach
+your grave in peace and honour."
+
+"I thank you for your generous words, which are such as befit your
+nature," said Castell gently; "but what says Margaret?"
+
+"I, father?" she answered, wildly. "Oh! I have nothing to say. He is
+right. It is between you and God; but it is hard that I must lose my
+love so soon." Peter looked up, and Castell answered:
+
+"Lose him! Why, what did he swear but now?"
+
+"I care not what he swore; but how can I ask him, who is of noble,
+Christian birth, to marry the daughter of a Jew who all his life has
+passed himself off as a worshipper of that Jesus Whom he denies?"
+
+Now Peter held up his hand.
+
+"Have done with such talk," he said. "Were your father Judas himself,
+what is that to you and me? You are mine and I am yours till death part
+us, nor shall the faith of another man stand between us for an hour.
+Sir, we thank you for your confidence, and of this be sure, that
+although it makes us sorrowful, we do not love or honour you the less
+because now we know the truth."
+
+Margaret rose from her chair, looked a while at her father, then with a
+sob threw herself suddenly upon his breast.
+
+"Forgive me if I spoke bitterly," she said, "who, not knowing that I was
+half a Jewess, have been taught to hate their race. What is it to me of
+what faith you are, who think of you only as my dearest father?"
+
+"Why weep then?" asked Castell, stroking her hair tenderly.
+
+"Because you are in danger, or so you say, and if anything happened to
+you--oh! what shall I do then?"
+
+"Accept it as the will of God, and bear the blow bravely, as I hope to
+do, should it fall," he answered, and, kissing her, left the chapel.
+
+"It seems that joy and trouble go hand in hand," said Margaret, looking
+up presently.
+
+"Yes, Sweet, they were ever twins; but provided we have our share of the
+first, do not let us quarrel with the second. A pest on the priests and
+all their bigotry, say I! Christ sought to convert the Jews, not to kill
+them; and for my part I can honour the man who clings to his own faith,
+aye, and forgive him because they forced him to feign to belong to ours.
+Pray then that neither of us may live to commit a greater sin, and that
+we may soon be wed and dwell in peace away from London, where we can
+shelter him."
+
+"I do--I do," she answered, drawing close to Peter, and soon they forgot
+their fears and doubts in each other's arms.
+
+On the following morning, that of Sunday, Peter, Margaret, and Betty
+went together to Mass at St. Paul's church; but Castell said that he was
+ill, and did not come. Indeed, now that his conscience was stirred as to
+the double life he had led so long, he purposed, if he could avoid it,
+to worship in a Christian church no more. Therefore he said that he was
+sick; and they, knowing that this sickness was of the heart, answered
+nothing. But privately they wondered what he would do who could not
+always remain sick, since not to go to church and partake of its
+Sacraments was to be published as a heretic.
+
+But if he did not accompany them himself, Castell, without their
+knowledge, sent two of his stoutest servants, bidding these keep near to
+them and see that they came home safe.
+
+Now, when they left the church, Peter saw two Spaniards, whose faces he
+thought he knew, who seemed to be watching them, but, as he lost sight
+of them presently in the throng, said nothing. Their shortest way home
+ran across some fields and gardens where there were few houses. This
+lane, then, they followed, talking earnestly to each other, and noting
+nothing till Betty behind called out to them to beware. Then Peter
+looked up and saw the two Spaniards scrambling through a gap in the
+fence not six paces ahead of them, saw also that they laid their hands
+upon their sword-hilts.
+
+"Let us pass them boldly," he muttered to Margaret; "I'll not turn my
+back on a brace of Spaniards," but he also laid his hand upon the hilt
+of the sword he wore beneath his cloak, and bade her get behind him.
+
+Thus, then, they came face to face. Now, the Spaniards, who were
+evil-looking fellows, bowed courteously enough, and asked if he were not
+Master Peter Brome. They spoke in Spanish; but, like Margaret Peter knew
+this tongue, if not too well, having been taught it as a child, and
+practised it much since he came into the service of John Castell, who
+used it largely in his trade.
+
+"Yes," he answered. "What is your business with me?"
+
+"We have a message for you, Senor, from a certain comrade of ours, one
+Andrew, a Scotchman, whom you met a few nights ago," replied the
+spokesman of the pair. "He is dead, but still he sends his message, and
+it is that we should ask you to join him at once. Now, all of us
+brothers have sworn to deliver that message, and to see that you keep
+the tryst. If some of us should chance to fail, then others will meet
+you with the message until you keep that tryst."
+
+"You mean that you wish to murder me," said Peter, setting his mouth and
+drawing the sword from beneath his cloak. "Well, come on, cowards, and
+we will see whom Andrew gets for company in hell to-day. Run back,
+Margaret and Betty--run." And he tore off his cloak and threw it over
+his left arm.
+
+So for a moment they stood, for he looked fierce and ill to deal with.
+Then, just as they began to feint in front of him, there came a rush of
+feet, and on either side of Peter appeared the two stout serving-men,
+also sword in hand.
+
+"I am glad of your company," he said, catching sight of them out of the
+corners of his eyes. "Now, Senors Cut-throats, do you still wish to
+deliver that message?"
+
+The answer of the Spaniards, who saw themselves thus unexpectedly
+out-matched, was to turn and run, whereon one of the serving-men,
+picking up a big stone that lay in the path, hurled it after them with
+all his force. It struck the hindmost Spaniard full in the back, and so
+heavy was the blow that he fell on to his face in the mud, whence he
+rose and limped away, cursing them with strange, Spanish oaths, and
+vowing vengeance.
+
+"Now," said Peter, "I think that we may go home in safety, for no more
+messengers will come from Andrew to-day."
+
+"No," gasped Margaret, "not to-day, but to-morrow or the next day they
+will come, and oh! how will it end?"
+
+"That God knows alone," answered Peter gravely as he sheathed his sword.
+
+When the story of this attempt was told to Castell he seemed much
+disturbed.
+
+"It is clear that they have a blood-feud against you on account of that
+Scotchman whom you killed in self-defence," he said anxiously. "Also
+these Spaniards are very revengeful, nor have they forgiven you for
+calling the English to your aid against them. Peter, I fear that if you
+go abroad they will murder you."
+
+"Well, I cannot stay indoors always, like a rat in a drain," said Peter
+crossly, "so what is to be done? Appeal to the law?"
+
+"No; for you have just broken the law by killing a man. I think you had
+best go away for a while till this storm blows over."
+
+"Go away! Peter go away?" broke in Margaret, dismayed.
+
+"Yes," answered her father. "Listen, daughter. You cannot be married at
+once. It is not seemly; moreover, notice must be given and arrangement
+made. A month hence will be soon enough, and that is not long for you to
+wait who only became affianced yesterday. Also, until you are wed, no
+word must be said to any one of this betrothal of yours, lest those
+Spaniards should lay their feud at your door also, and work you some
+mischief. Let none know of it, I charge you, and in company be distant
+to each other, as though there were nothing between you."
+
+"As you will, Sir," replied Peter; "but for my part I do not like all
+these hidings of the truth, which ever lead to future trouble. I say,
+let me bide here and take my chance, and let us be wed as soon as
+may be."
+
+"That your wife may be made a widow before the week is out, or the house
+burnt about our ears by these rascals and their following? No, no,
+Peter; walk softly that you may walk safely. We will hear the report of
+the Spaniard d'Aguilar, and afterwards take counsel."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+FAREWELL
+
+D'Aguilar came to supper that night as he had promised, and this time
+not on foot and unattended, but with pomp and circumstance as befitted a
+great lord. First appeared two running footmen to clear the way; then
+followed D'Aguilar, mounted on a fine white horse, and splendidly
+apparelled in a velvet cloak and a hat with nodding ostrich plumes,
+while after him rode four men-at-arms in his livery.
+
+"We asked one guest, or rather he asked himself, and we have got seven,
+to say nothing of their horses," grumbled Castell, watching their
+approach from an upper window. "Well, we must make the best of it.
+Peter, go, see that man and beast are fed, and fully, that they may not
+grumble at our hospitality. The guard can eat in the little hall with
+our own folk. Margaret, put on your richest robe and your jewels, those
+which you wore when I took you to that city feast last summer. We will
+show these fine, foreign birds that we London merchants have brave
+feathers also."
+
+Peter hesitated, misdoubting him of the wisdom of this display, who, if
+he could have his will, would have sent the Spaniard's following to the
+tavern, and received him in sober garments to a simple meal.
+
+But Castell, who seemed somewhat disturbed that night, who loved,
+moreover, to show his wealth at times after the fashion of a Jew, began
+to fume and ask if he must go himself. So the end of it was that Peter
+went, shaking his head, while, urged to it by her father, Margaret
+departed also to array herself.
+
+A few minutes later Castell, in his costliest feast-day robe, greeted
+d'Aguilar in the ante-hall, and, the two of them being alone, asked him
+how matters went as regarded de Ayala and the man who had been killed.
+
+"Well and ill," answered d'Aguilar. "Doctor de Puebla, with whom I hoped
+to deal, has left London in a huff, for he says that there is not room
+for two Spanish ambassadors at Court, so I had to fall back upon de
+Ayala after all. Indeed, twice have I seen that exalted priest upon the
+subject of the well-deserved death of his villainous servant, and, after
+much difficulty, for having lost several men in such brawls, he thought
+his honour touched, he took the fifty gold angels--to be transmitted to
+the fellow's family, of course, or so he said--and gave a receipt. Here
+it is," and he handed a paper to Castell, who read it carefully.
+
+It was to the effect that Peter Brome, having paid a sum of fifty angels
+to the relatives of Andrew Pherson, a servant of the Spanish ambassador,
+which Andrew the said Peter had killed in a brawl, the said ambassador
+undertook not to prosecute or otherwise molest the said Peter on account
+of the manslaughter which he had committed.
+
+"But no money has been paid," said Castell.
+
+"Indeed yes, I paid it. De Ayala gives no receipts against promises."
+
+"I thank you for your courtesy, Senor. You shall have the gold before
+you leave this house. Few would have trusted a stranger thus far."
+
+D'Aguilar waved his hand.
+
+"Make no mention of such a trifle. I would ask you to accept it as a
+token of my regard for your family, only that would be to affront so
+wealthy a man. But listen, I have more to say. You are, or rather your
+kinsman Peter, is still in the wood. De Ayala has pardoned him; but
+there remains the King of England, whose law he has broken. Well, this
+day I have seen the King, who, by the way, talked of you as a worthy
+man, saying that he had always thought only a Jew could be so wealthy,
+and that he knew you were not, since you had been reported to him as a
+good son of the Church," and he paused, looking at Castell.
+
+"I fear his Grace magnifies my wealth, which is but small," answered
+Castell coolly, leaving the rest of his speech unnoticed. "But what said
+his Grace?"
+
+"I showed him de Ayala's receipt, and he answered that if his Excellency
+was satisfied, he was satisfied, and for his part would not order any
+process to issue; but he bade me tell you and Peter Brome that if he
+caused more tumult in his streets, whatever the provocation, and
+especially if that tumult were between English and Spaniards, he would
+hang him at once with trial or without it. All of which he said very
+angrily, for the last thing which his Highness desires just now is any
+noise between Spain and England."
+
+"That is bad," answered Castell, "for this very morning there was near
+to being such a tumult," and he told the story of how the two Spaniards
+had waylaid Peter, and one of them been knocked down by the serving-man
+with a stone. At this news d'Aguilar shook his head.
+
+"Then that is just where the trouble lies," he exclaimed. "I know it
+from my people, who keep me well informed, that all those servants of de
+Ayala, and there are more than twenty of them, have sworn an oath by the
+Virgin of Seville that before they leave this land they will have your
+kinsman's blood in payment for that of Andrew Pherson, who, although a
+Scotchman, was their officer, and a brave man whom they loved much. Now,
+if they attack him, as they will, there must be a brawl, for Peter
+fights well, and if there is a brawl, though Peter and the English get
+the best of it, as very likely they may, Peter will certainly be hanged,
+for so the King has promised."
+
+"Before they leave the land? When do they leave it?"
+
+"De Ayala sails within a month, and his folk with him, for his
+co-ambassador, the Doctor de Puebla, will bear with him no more, and has
+written from the country house where he is sulking that one of them
+must go."
+
+"Then I think it is best, Senor, that Peter should travel for a month."
+
+"Friend Castell, you are wise; I think so too, and, I counsel you,
+arrange it at once. Hush! here comes the lady, your daughter."
+
+As he spoke, Margaret appeared descending the broad oak stairs which led
+into the ante-room. Holding a lamp in her hand, she was in full light,
+whereas the two men stood in the shadow. She wore a low-cut dress of
+crimson velvet, embroidered about the bodice with dead gold, which
+enhanced the dazzling whiteness of her shapely neck and bosom. Round her
+throat hung a string of great pearls, and on her head was a net of
+gold, studded with smaller pearls, from beneath which her glorious,
+chestnut-black hair flowed down in rippling waves almost to her knees.
+Having her father's bidding so to do, she had adorned herself thus that
+she might look her fairest, not in the eyes of their guest, but in those
+of her new-affianced husband. So fair was she seen thus that d'Aguilar,
+the artist, the adorer of loveliness, caught his breath and shivered at
+the sight of her.
+
+"By the eleven thousand virgins!" he said, "your daughter is more
+beautiful than all of them put together. She should be crowned a queen,
+and bewitch the world."
+
+"Nay, nay, Senor," answered Castell hurriedly; "let her remain humble
+and honest, and bewitch her husband."
+
+"So I should say if I were the husband," he muttered, then stepped
+forward, bowing, to meet her.
+
+Now the light of the silver lamp she held on high flowed over the two of
+them, d'Aguilar and Margaret, and certainly they seemed a well-matched
+pair. Both were tall and cast by Nature in a rich and splendid mould;
+both had that high air of breeding which comes with ancient blood--for
+what bloods are more ancient than those of the Jew and the
+Eastern?--both were slow and stately of movement, low-voiced, and
+dignified of speech. Castell noted it and was afraid, he knew not
+of what.
+
+Peter, entering the room by another door, clad only in his grey clothes,
+for he would not put on gay garments for the Spaniard, noted it also,
+and with the quick instinct of love knew this magnificent foreigner for
+a rival and an enemy. But he was not afraid, only jealous and angry.
+Indeed, nothing would have pleased him better then than that the
+Spaniard should have struck him in the face, so that within five minutes
+it might be shown which of them was the better man. It must come to
+this, he felt, and very glad would he have been if it could come at the
+beginning and not at the end, so that one or the other of them might be
+saved much trouble. Then he remembered that he had promised to say or
+show nothing of how things stood between him and Margaret, and, coming
+forward, he greeted d'Aguilar quietly but coldly, telling him that his
+horses had been stabled, and his retinue accommodated.
+
+The Spaniard thanked him very heartily, and they passed in to supper. It
+was a strange meal for all four of them, yet outwardly pleasant enough.
+Forgetting his cares, Castell drank gaily, and began to talk of the many
+changes which he had seen in his life, and of the rise and fall of
+kings. D'Aguilar talked also, of the Spanish wars and policy, for in the
+first he had seen much service, and of the other he knew every turn. It
+was easy to see that he was one of those who mixed with courts, and had
+the ear of ministers and majesty. Margaret also, being keen-witted and
+anxious to learn of the great world that lay beyond Holborn and London
+town, asked questions, seeking to know, amongst other things, what were
+the true characters of Ferdinand, King of Aragon, and Isabella his wife,
+the famous queen.
+
+"I will tell you in few words, Senora. Ferdinand is the most ambitious
+man in Europe, false also if it serves his purpose. He lives for self
+and gain--that money and power. These are his gods, for he has no true
+religion. He is not clever but, being very cunning, he will succeed and
+leave a famous name behind him."
+
+"An ugly picture," said Margaret. "And what of his queen?"
+
+"She," answered d'Aguilar, "is a great woman, who knows how to use the
+temper of her time and so attain her ends. To the world she shows a
+tender heart, but beneath it lies hid an iron resolution."
+
+"What are those ends?" asked Margaret again.
+
+"To bring all Spain under her rule; utterly to crush the Moors and take
+their territories; to make the Church of Christ triumphant upon earth;
+to stamp out heresy; to convert or destroy the Jews," he added slowly,
+and as he spoke the words, Peter, watching, saw his eyes open and
+glitter like a snake's--"to bring their bodies to the purifying flames,
+and their vast wealth into her treasury, and thus earn the praise of the
+faithful upon earth, and for herself a throne in heaven."
+
+For a while there was silence after this speech, then Margaret said
+boldly:
+
+"If heavenly thrones are built of human blood and tears, what stone and
+mortar do they use in hell, I wonder?" Then, without pausing for an
+answer, she rose, saying that she was weary, curtseyed to d'Aguilar, her
+father and Peter, each in turn, and left the hall.
+
+When she had gone the talk flagged, and presently d'Aguilar asked for
+his men and horses and departed also, saying as he went:
+
+"Friend Castell, you will repeat my news to your good kinsman here. I
+pray for all your sakes that he may bow his head to what cannot be
+helped, and thus keep it safe upon his shoulders."
+
+"What meant the man?" asked Peter, when the sound of the horses' hoofs
+had died away.
+
+Castell told him of what had passed between him and d'Aguilar before
+supper, and showed him de Ayala's receipt, adding in a vexed voice:
+
+"I have forgotten to repay him the gold; it shall be sent to-morrow."
+
+"Have no fear; he will come for it," answered Peter coldly. "Now, if I
+have my way, I will take the risk of these Spaniards' swords and King
+Henry's rope, and bide here."
+
+"That you must not do," said Castell earnestly, "for my sake and
+Margaret's, if not for yours. Would you make her a widow before she is a
+wife? Listen: it is my wish that you travel down to Essex to take
+delivery of your father's land in the Vale of Dedham and see to the
+repairing of the mansion house, which, I am told, needs it much. Then,
+when these Spaniards are gone, you can return and at once be married,
+say one short month hence."
+
+"Will not you and Margaret come with me to Dedham?"
+
+Castell shook his head.
+
+"It is not possible. I must wind up my affairs, and Margaret cannot go
+with you alone. Moreover, there is no place for her to lodge. I will
+keep her here till you return."
+
+"Yes, Sir; but will you keep her safe? The cozening words of Spaniards
+are sometimes more deadly than their swords."
+
+"I think that Margaret has a medicine against all such arts," answered
+her father with a little smile, and left him.
+
+On the morrow when Castell told Margaret that her lover must leave her
+for a while that night--for this Peter would not do himself--she prayed
+him even with tears that he would not send him so far from her, or that
+they might all go together. But he reasoned with her kindly, showing her
+that the latter was impossible, and that if Peter did not go at once it
+was probable that Peter would soon be dead, whereas, if he went, there
+would be but one short month of waiting till the Spaniards had sailed,
+after which they might be married and live in peace and safety.
+
+So she came to see that this was best and wisest, and gave way; but oh!
+heavy were those hours, and sore was their parting. Essex was no far
+journey, and to enter into lands which only two days before Peter
+believed he had lost for ever, no sad errand, while the promise that at
+the end of a single month he should return to claim his bride hung
+before them like a star. Yet they were sad-hearted, both of them, and
+that star seemed very far away.
+
+Margaret was afraid lest Peter might be waylaid upon the road, but he
+laughed at her, saying that her father was sending six stout men with
+him as an escort, and thus companioned he feared no Spaniards. Peter,
+for his part, was afraid lest d'Aguilar might make love to her while he
+was away. But now she laughed at him, saying that all her heart was his,
+and that she had none to give to d'Aguilar or any other man. Moreover,
+that England was a free land in which women, who were no king's wards,
+could not be led whither they did not wish to go. So it seemed that they
+had naught to fear, save the daily chance of life and death. And yet
+they were afraid.
+
+"Dear love," said Margaret to him after she had thought a while, "our
+road looks straight and easy, and yet there may be pitfalls in it that
+we cannot guess. Therefore you must swear one thing to me: That whatever
+you shall hear or whatever may happen, you will never doubt me as I
+shall never doubt you. If, for instance, you should be told that I have
+discarded you, and given myself to some other husband; if even you
+should believe that you see it signed by my hand, or if you think that
+you hear it told to you by my voice--still, I say, believe it not."
+
+"How could such a thing be?" asked Peter anxiously.
+
+"I do not suppose that it could be; I only paint the worst that might
+happen as a lesson for us both. Heretofore my life has been calm as a
+summer's day; but who knows when winter storms may rise, and often I
+have thought that I was born to know wind and rain and lightning as well
+as peace and sunshine. Remember that my father is a Jew, and that to the
+Jews and their children terrible things chance at times. Why, all this
+wealth might vanish in an hour, and you might find me in a prison, or
+clad in rags begging my bread. Now do you swear?" and she held towards
+him the gold crucifix that hung upon her bosom.
+
+"Aye," he said, "I swear it by this holy token and by your lips," and he
+kissed first the cross and then her mouth, adding, "Shall I ask the same
+oath of you?"
+
+She laughed.
+
+"If you will; but it is not needful. Peter, I think that I know you too
+well; I think that your heart will never stir even if I be dead and you
+married to another. And yet men are men, and women have wiles, so I will
+swear this: That should you slip, perchance, and I live to learn it, I
+will try not to judge you harshly." And again she laughed, she who was
+so certain of her empire over this man's heart and body.
+
+"Thank you," said Peter; "but for my part I will try to stand straight
+upon my feet, so should any tales be brought to you of me, sift them
+well, I pray you."
+
+Then, forgetting their doubts and dreads, they talked of their marriage,
+which they fixed for that day month, and of how they would dwell happily
+in Dedham Vale. Also Margaret, who well knew the house, named the Old
+Hall, where they should live, for she had stayed there as a child, gave
+him many commands as to the new arrangement of its chambers and its
+furnishing, which, as there was money and to spare, could be as costly
+as they willed, saying that she would send him down all things by wain
+so soon as he was ready for them.
+
+Thus, then, the hours wore away, until at length night came and they
+took their last meal together, the three of them, for it was arranged
+that Peter should start at moonrise, when none were about to see him go.
+It was not a very happy meal, and, though they made a brave show of
+eating, but little food passed their lips. Now the horses were ready,
+and Margaret buckled on Peter's sword and threw his cloak about his
+shoulders, and he, having shaken Castell by the hand and bade him guard
+their jewel safely, without more words kissed her in farewell, and went.
+
+Taking the silver lamp in her hand, she followed him to the ante-room.
+At the door he turned and saw her standing there gazing after him with
+wide eyes and a strained, white face. At the sight of her silent pain
+almost his heart failed him, almost he refused to go. Then he
+remembered, and went.
+
+For a while Margaret still stood thus, until the sound of the horses'
+hoofs had died away indeed. Then she turned and said:
+
+"Father, I know not how it is, but it seems to me that when Peter and I
+meet again it will be far off, yes, far off upon the stormy sea--but
+what sea I know not." And without waiting for an answer she climbed the
+stairs to her chamber, and there wept herself to sleep.
+
+Castell watched her depart, then muttered to himself:
+
+"Pray God she is not foresighted like so many of our race; and yet why
+is my own heart so heavy? Well, according to my judgment, I have done my
+best for him and her, and for myself I care nothing."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+NEWS FROM SPAIN
+
+Peter Brome was a very quiet man, whose voice was not often heard about
+the place, and yet it was strange how dull and different the big, old
+house in Holborn seemed without him. Even the handsome Betty, with whom
+he was never on the best of terms, since there was much about her of
+which he disapproved, missed him, and said so to her cousin, who only
+answered with a sigh. For in the bottom of her heart Betty both feared
+and respected Peter. The fear was of his observant eyes and caustic
+words, which she knew were always words of truth, and the respect for
+the general uprightness of his character, especially where her own sex
+was concerned.
+
+In fact, as has been hinted, some little time before, when Peter had
+first come to live with the Castells, Betty, thinking him a proper man
+of gentle birth, such a one indeed as she would wish to marry, had made
+advances to him, which, as he did not seem to notice them, became by
+degrees more and more marked. What happened at last they two knew alone,
+but it was something that caused Betty to become very angry, and to
+speak of Peter to her friends as a cold-blooded lout who thought only of
+work and gain. The episode was passing, and soon forgotten by the lady
+in the press of other affairs; but the respect remained. Moreover, on
+one or two occasions, when the love of admiration had led her into
+griefs, Peter had proved a good friend, and what was better, a friend
+who did not talk. Therefore she wished him back again, especially now,
+when something that was more than mere vanity and desire for excitement
+had taken hold of her, and Betty found herself being swept off her feet
+into very deep and doubtful waters.
+
+The shopmen and the servants missed him also, for to him all disputes
+were brought for settlement, nor, provided it had not come about through
+lack of honesty, were any pains too great for him to take to help them
+in a trouble. Most of all Castell missed him, since until Peter had gone
+he did not know how much he had learned to rely upon him, both in his
+business and as a friend. As for Margaret, her life without him was one
+long, empty night.
+
+Thus it chanced that in such a house any change was welcome, and, though
+she liked him little enough, Margaret was not even displeased when one
+morning Betty told her that the lord d'Aguilar was coming to call on her
+that day, and purposed to bring her a present.
+
+"I do not seek his presents," said Margaret indifferently; then added,
+"But how do you know that, Betty?"
+
+The young woman coloured, and tossed her head as she answered:
+
+"I know it, Cousin, because, as I was going to visit my old aunt
+yesterday, who lives on the wharf at Westminster, I met him riding, and
+he called out to me, saying that he had a gift for you and one for
+me also."
+
+"Be careful you do not meet him too often, Betty, when you chance to be
+visiting your aunt. These Spaniards are not always over-honest, as you
+may learn to your sorrow."
+
+"I thank you for your good counsel," said Betty, shortly, "but I, who am
+older than you, know enough of men to be able to guard myself, and can
+keep them at a distance."
+
+"I am glad of it, Betty, only sometimes I have thought that the distance
+was scarcely wide enough," answered Margaret, and left the subject, for
+she was thinking of other things.
+
+That afternoon, when Margaret was walking in the garden, Betty, whose
+face seemed somewhat flushed, ran up to her and said that the lord
+d'Aguilar was waiting in the hall.
+
+"Very good," answered Margaret, "I will come. Go, tell my father, that
+he may join us. But why are you so disturbed and hurried?" she added
+wonderingly.
+
+"Oh!" answered Betty, "he has brought me a present, so fine a present--a
+mantle of the most wonderful lace that ever I saw, and a comb of mottled
+shell mounted in gold to keep it off the hair. He made me wait while he
+showed me how to put it on, and that was why I ran."
+
+Margaret did not quite see the connection; but she answered slowly:
+
+"Perhaps it would have been wiser if you had run first. I do not
+understand why this fine lord brings you presents."
+
+"But he has brought one for you also, Cousin, although he would not say
+what it was."
+
+"That I understand still less. Go, tell my father that the Senor
+d'Aguilar awaits him."
+
+Then she went into the hall, and found d'Aguilar looking at an
+illuminated Book of Hours in which she had been reading, that was
+written in Spanish in one column and in Latin in that opposite. He
+greeted her in his usual graceful way, that, where Margaret was
+concerned, was easy and well-bred without being bold, and said at once:
+
+"So you read Spanish, Senora?"
+
+"A little. Not very well, I fear."
+
+"And Latin also?"
+
+"A little again. I have been taught that tongue. By studying them thus I
+try to improve myself in both."
+
+"I perceive that you are learned as you are beautiful," and he bowed
+courteously.
+
+"I thank you, Senor; but I lay claim to neither grace."
+
+"What need is there to claim that which is evident?" replied d'Aguilar;
+then added, "But I forgot, I have brought you a present, if you will be
+pleased to accept it. Or, rather, I bring you what is your own, or at
+the least your father's. I bargained with his Excellency Don de Ayala,
+pointing out that fifty gold angels were too much to pay for that dead
+rogue of his; but he would give me nothing back in money, since with
+gold he never parts. Yet I won some change from him, and it stands
+without your door. It is a Spanish jennet of the true Moorish blood,
+which, hundreds of years ago, that people brought with them from the
+East. He needs it no longer, as he returns to Spain, and it is trained
+to bear a lady." Margaret did not know what to answer, but,
+fortunately, at that moment her father appeared, and to him d'Aguilar
+repeated his tale, adding that he had heard his daughter say that the
+horse she rode had fallen with her, so that she could use it no more.
+
+
+Now, Castell did not wish to accept this gift, for such he felt it to
+be; but d'Aguilar assured him that if he did not he must sell it and
+return him the price in money, as it did not belong to him. So, there
+being no help for it, he thanked him in his daughter's name and his own,
+and they went into the stable-yard, whither it had been taken, to look
+at this horse.
+
+The moment that Castell saw it he knew that it was a creature of great
+value, pure white in colour, with a long, low body, small head, gentle
+eyes, round hoofs, and flowing mane and tail, such a horse, indeed, as a
+queen might have ridden. Now again he was confused, being sure that this
+beast had never been given back as a luck-penny, since it would have
+fetched more than the fifty angels on the market; moreover, it was
+harnessed with a woman's saddle and bridle of the most beautifully
+worked red Cordova leather, to which were attached a silver bit and
+stirrup. But d'Aguilar smiled, and vowed that things were as he had told
+them, so there was nothing more to be said. Margaret, too, was so
+pleased with the mare, which she longed to ride, that she forgot her
+scruples, and tried to believe that this was so. Noting her delight,
+which she could not conceal as she patted the beautiful beast,
+d'Aguilar said:
+
+"Now I will ask one thing in return for the bargain that I have
+made--that I may see you mount this horse for the first time. You told
+me that you and your father were wont to go out together in the
+morning. Have I your leave, Sir," and he turned to Castell, "to ride
+with you before breakfast, say, at seven of the clock, for I would show
+the lady, your daughter, how she should manage a horse of this blood,
+which is something of a trick?"
+
+"If you will," answered Castell--"that is, if the weather is fine," for
+the offer was made so courteously that it could scarcely be refused.
+
+D'Aguilar bowed, and they re-entered the house, talking of other
+matters. When they were in the hall again, he asked whether their
+kinsman Peter had reached his destination safely, adding:
+
+"I pray you, do not tell me where it is, for I wish to be able to put my
+hand upon my heart and swear to all concerned, and especially to certain
+fellows who are still seeking for him, that I know nothing of his
+hiding-place."
+
+Castell answered that he had, since but a few minutes before a letter
+had come from him announcing his safe arrival, tidings at which Margaret
+looked up, then, remembering her promise, said that she was glad to hear
+of it, as the roads were none too safe, and spoke indifferently of
+something else. D'Aguilar added that he also was glad, then, rising,
+took his leave "till seven on the morrow."
+
+When he had gone, Castell gave Margaret a letter, addressed to her in
+Peter's stiff, upright hand, which she read eagerly. It began and ended
+with sweet words, but, like his speech, was brief and to the point,
+saying only that he had accomplished his journey without adventure, and
+was very glad to find himself again in the old house where he was born,
+and amongst familiar fields and faces. On the morrow he was to see the
+tradesmen as to alterations and repairs which were much needed, even the
+moat being choked with mud and weeds. His last sentence was: "I much
+mistrust me of that fine Spaniard, and I am jealous to think that he
+should be near to you while I am far away. Beware of him, I say--beware
+of him. May the Mother of God and all the saints have you in their
+keeping! Your most true affianced lover."
+
+This letter Margaret answered before she slept, for the messenger was to
+return at dawn, telling Peter, amongst other things, of the gift which
+d'Aguilar had brought her, and how she and her father were forced to
+accept it, but bidding him not be jealous, since, although the gift was
+welcome, she liked the giver little, who did but count the hours till
+her true lover should come back again and take her to himself.
+
+Next morning she was up early, clothed in her riding-dress, for the day
+was very fine, and by seven o'clock d'Aguilar appeared, mounted on a
+great horse. Then the Spanish jennet was brought out, and deftly he
+lifted her to the saddle, showing her how she must pull but lightly on
+the reins, and urge or check her steed with her voice alone, using no
+whip or spur.
+
+A perfect beast it proved to be, indeed, gentle as a lamb, and easy, yet
+very spirited and swift.
+
+D'Aguilar was a pleasant cavalier also, talking of many things grave and
+gay, until at length even Castell forgot his thoughts, and grew cheerful
+as they cantered forward through the fresh spring morning by heath and
+hill and woodland, listening to the singing of the birds, and watching
+the husbandmen at their labour. This ride was but the first of several
+that they took, since d'Aguilar knew their hours of exercise, even when
+they changed them, and whether they asked him or not, joined or met them
+in such a natural fashion that they could not refuse his company.
+Indeed, they were much puzzled to know how he came to be so well
+acquainted with their movements, and even with the direction in which
+they proposed to ride, but supposed that he must have it from the
+grooms, although these were commanded to say nothing, and always denied
+having spoken with him. That Betty should speak of such matters, or even
+find opportunity of doing so, never chanced to cross their minds, who
+did not guess that if they rode with d'Aguilar in the morning, Betty
+often walked with him in the evening when she was supposed to be at
+church, or sewing, or visiting her aunt upon the wharf at Westminster.
+But of these walks the foolish girl said nothing, for her own reasons.
+
+Now, as they rode together, although he remained very courteous and
+respectful, the manner of d'Aguilar towards Margaret grew ever more
+close and intimate. Thus he began to tell her stories, true or false, of
+his past life, which seemed to have been strange and eventful enough; to
+hint, too, of a certain hidden greatness that pertained to him which he
+did not dare to show, and of high ambitions which he had. He spoke also
+of his loneliness, and his desire to lose it in the companionship of a
+kindred heart, if he could find one to share his wealth, his station,
+and his hopes; while all the time his dark eyes, fixed on Margaret,
+seemed to say, "The heart I seek is such a one as yours." At length,
+at some murmured word or touch, she took affright, and, since she could
+not avoid him abroad, determined to stay at home, and, much as she loved
+the sport, to ride no more till Peter should return. So she gave out
+that she had hurt her knee, which made the saddle painful to her, and
+the beautiful Spanish mare was left idle in the stable, or mounted only
+by the groom.
+
+Thus for some days she was rid of d'Aguilar, and employed herself in
+reading and working, or in writing long letters to Peter, who was busy
+enough at Dedham, and sent her thence many commissions to fulfil.
+
+One afternoon Castell was seated in his office deciphering letters which
+had just reached him. The night before his best ship, of over two
+hundred tons burden, which was named the _Margaret_, after his daughter,
+had come safely into the mouth of the Thames from Spain. That evening
+she was to reach her berth at Gravesend with the tide, when Castell
+proposed to go aboard of her to see to the unloading of her cargo. This
+was the last of his ships which remained unsold, and it was his plan to
+re-load and victual her at once with goods that were waiting, and send
+her back to the port of Seville, where his Spanish partners, in whose
+name she was already registered, had agreed to take her over at a fixed
+price. This done, it was only left for him to hand over his business to
+the merchants who had purchased it in London, after which he would be
+free to depart, a very wealthy man, and spend the evening of his days at
+peace in Essex, with his daughter and her husband, as now he so greatly
+longed to do. So soon as they were within the river banks the captain of
+this ship, Smith by name, had landed the cargo-master with letters and
+a manifest of cargo, bidding him hire a horse and bring them to Master
+Castell's house in Holborn. This the man had done safely, and it was
+these letters that Castell read.
+
+One of them was from his partner Bernaldez in Seville; not in answer to
+that which he had written on the night of the opening of this
+history--for this there had been no time--yet dealing with matters
+whereof it treated. In it was this passage:
+
+"You will remember what I wrote to you of a certain envoy who has been
+sent to the Court of London, who is called d'Aguilar, for as our cipher
+is so secret, and it is important that you should be warned, I take the
+risk of writing his name. Since that letter I have learned more
+concerning this grandee, for such he is. Although he calls himself plain
+Don d'Aguilar, in truth he is the Marquis of Morella, and on one side,
+it is said, of royal blood, if not on both, since he is reported to be
+the son born out of wedlock of Prince Carlos of Viana, the half-brother
+of the king. The tale runs that Carlos, the learned and gentle, fell in
+love with a Moorish lady of Aguilar of high birth and great wealth, for
+she had rich estates at Granada and elsewhere, and, as he might not
+marry her because of the difference of their rank and faiths, lived with
+her without marriage, of which union one son was born. Before Prince
+Carlos died, or was poisoned, and while he was still a prisoner at
+Morella, he gave to, or procured for this boy the title of marquis,
+choosing from some fancy the name of Morella, that place where he had
+suffered so much. Also he settled some private lands upon him. After the
+prince died, the Moorish lady, his lover, who had secretly become a
+Christian, took her son to live at her palace in Granada, where she died
+also some ten years ago, leaving all her great wealth to him, for she
+never married. At this time it is said that his life was in danger, for
+the reason that, although he was half a Moor, too much of the
+blood-royal ran in his veins. But the Marquis was clever, and persuaded
+the king and queen that he had no ambition beyond his pleasures. Also
+the Church interceded for him, since to it he proved himself a faithful
+son, persecuting all heretics, especially the Jews, and even Moors,
+although they are of his own blood. So in the end he was confirmed in
+his possessions and left alone, although he refused to become a priest.
+
+"Since then he has been made an agent of the Crown at Granada, and
+employed upon various embassies to London, Rome, and elsewhere, on
+matters connected with the faith and the establishment of the Holy
+Inquisition. That is why he is again in England at this moment, being
+charged to obtain the names and particulars concerning all Maranos
+settled there, especially if they trade with Spain. I have seen the
+names of those of whom he must inquire most closely, and that is why I
+write to you so fully, since yours is first upon the list. I think,
+therefore, that you do wisely to wind up your business with this
+country, and especially to sell your ships to us outright and quickly,
+since otherwise they might be seized--like yourself, if you came here.
+My counsel to you is--hide your wealth, which will be great when we have
+paid you all we owe, and go to some place where you will be forgotten
+for a while, since that bloodhound d'Aguilar, for so he calls himself,
+after his mother's birthplace, has not tracked you to London for
+nothing. As yet, thanks be to God, no suspicion has fallen on any of us;
+perhaps because we have many in our pay."
+
+When Castell had finished transcribing all this passage he read it
+through carefully. Then he went into the hall, where a fire burned, for
+the day was cold, and threw the translation on to it, watching until it
+was consumed, after which he returned to his office, and hid away the
+letter in a secret cupboard behind the panelling of the wall. This done,
+he sat himself in his chair to think.
+
+"My good friend Juan Bernaldez is right," he said to himself;
+"d'Aguilar, or the Marquis Morella, does not nose me and the others out
+for nothing. Well, I shall not trust myself in Spain, and the money,
+most of it, except what is still to come from Spain, is put out where it
+will never be found by him, at good interest too. All seems safe
+enough--and yet I would to God that Peter and Margaret were fast
+married, and that we three sat together, out of sight and mind, in the
+Old Hall at Dedham. I have carried on this game too long. I should have
+closed my books a year ago; but the trade was so good that I could not.
+I was wise also, who in this one lucky year have nearly doubled my
+fortune. And yet it would have been safer, before they guessed that I
+was so rich. Greed--mere greed--for I do not need this money which may
+destroy us all! Greed! The ancient pitfall of my race."
+
+As he thought thus there came a knock upon his door. Snatching up a pen
+he dipped it in the ink-horn and, calling "Enter," began to add a column
+of figures on a paper before him.
+
+The door opened; but he seemed to take no heed, so diligently did he
+count his figures. Yet, although his eyes were fixed upon the paper, in
+some way that he could not understand he was well aware that d'Aguilar
+and no other stood in the room behind him, the truth being, no doubt,
+that unconsciously he had recognised his footstep. For a moment the
+knowledge turned him cold--he who had just been reading of the mission
+of this man--and feared what was to come. Yet he acted well.
+
+"Why do you disturb me, Daughter?" he said testily, and without looking
+round. "Have not things gone ill enough with half the cargo destroyed by
+sea-water, and the rest, that you must trouble me while I sum up my
+losses?" And, casting the pen down, he turned his stool round
+impatiently.
+
+Yes! there sure enough stood d'Aguilar, very handsomely arrayed, and
+smiling and bowing as was his custom.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+D'AGUILAR SPEAKS
+
+"Losses?" said d'Aguilar. "Do I hear the wealthy John Castell, who holds
+half the trade with Spain in the hollow of his hand, talk of losses?"
+
+"Yes, Senor, you do. Things have gone ill with this ship of mine that
+has barely lived through the spring gales. But be seated."
+
+"Indeed, is that so?" said d'Aguilar as he sat down. "What a lying jade
+is rumour! For I was told that they had gone very well. Doubtless,
+however, what is loss to you would be priceless gain to one like me."
+
+Castell made no answer, but waited, feeling that his visitor had not
+come to speak with him of his trading ventures.
+
+"Senor Castell," said d'Aguilar, with a note of nervousness in his
+voice, "I am here to ask you for something."
+
+"If it be a loan, Senor, I fear that the time is not opportune." And he
+nodded towards the sheet of figures.
+
+"It is not a loan; it is a gift."
+
+"Anything in my poor house is yours," answered Castell courteously, and
+in Oriental form.
+
+"I rejoice to hear it, Senor, for I seek something from your house."
+
+Castell looked a question at him with his quick black eyes.
+
+"I seek your daughter, the Senora Margaret, in marriage."
+
+Castell stared at him, then a single word broke from his lips.
+
+"Impossible."
+
+"Why impossible?" asked d'Aguilar slowly, yet as one who expected some
+such answer. "In age we are not unsuited, nor perhaps in fortune, while
+of rank I have enough, more than you guess perhaps. I vaunt not myself,
+yet women have thought me not uncomely. I should be a good friend to the
+house whence I took a wife, where perchance a day may come when friends
+will be needed; and lastly, I desire her not for what she may bring with
+her, though wealth is always welcome, but--I pray you to believe
+it--because I love her."
+
+"I have heard that the Senor d'Aguilar loves many women, yonder in
+Granada."
+
+"As I have heard that the _Margaret_ had a prosperous voyage, Senor
+Castell. Rumour, as I said but now, is a lying jade. Yet I will not copy
+her. I have been no saint. Now I would become one, for Margaret's sake.
+I will be true to your daughter, Senor. What say you now?"
+
+Castell only shook his head.
+
+"Listen," went on d'Aguilar. "I am more than I seem to be; she who weds
+me will not lack for rank and titles."
+
+"Yes, you are the Marquis de Morella, the reputed son of Prince Carlos
+of Viana by a Moorish mother, and therefore nephew to his Majesty
+of Spain."
+
+D'Aguilar looked at him, then bowed and said:
+
+"Your information is good--as good as mine, almost. Doubtless you do not
+like that bar in the blood. Well, if it were not there, I should be
+where Ferdinand is, should I not? So I do not like it either, though it
+is good blood and ancient--that of those high-bred Moors. Now, may not
+the nephew of a king and the son of a princess of Granada be fit to mate
+with the daughter of--a Jew, yes, a Marano, and of a Christian English
+lady, of good family, but no more?"
+
+Castell lifted his hand as though to speak; but d'Aguilar went on:
+
+"Deny it not, friend; it is not worth while here in private. Was there
+not a certain Isaac of Toledo who, hard on fifty years ago, left Spain,
+for his own reasons, with a little son, and in London became known as
+Joseph Castell, having, with his son, been baptized into the Holy
+Church? Ah! you see you are not the only one who studies genealogies."
+
+"Well, Senor, if so, what of it?"
+
+"What of it? Nothing at all, friend Castell. It is an old story, is it
+not, and, as that Isaac is long dead and his son has been a good
+Christian for nearly fifty years and had a Christian wife and child, who
+will trouble himself about such a matter? If he were openly a Hebrew
+now, or worse still, if pretending to be a Christian, he in secret
+practised the rites of the accursed Jews, why then----"
+
+"Then what?"
+
+"Then, of course, he would be expelled this land, where no Jew may
+live, his wealth would be forfeit to its king, whose ward his daughter
+would become, to be given in marriage where he willed, while he himself,
+being Spanish born, might perhaps be handed over to the power of Spain,
+there to make answer to these charges. But we wander to strange matters.
+Is that alliance still impossible, Senor?"
+
+Castell looked him straight in the eyes and answered:
+
+"Yes."
+
+There was something so bold and direct in his utterance of the word that
+for a moment d'Aguilar seemed to be taken aback. He had not expected
+this sharp denial.
+
+"It would be courteous to give a reason," he said presently.
+
+"The reason is simple, Marquis. My daughter is already betrothed, and
+will ere long be wedded."
+
+D'Aguilar did not seem surprised at this intelligence.
+
+"To that brawler, your kinsman, Peter Brome, I suppose?" he said
+interrogatively. "I guessed as much, and by the saints I am sorry for
+her, for he must be a dull lover to one so fair and bright; while as a
+husband--" And he shrugged his shoulders. "Friend Castell, for her sake
+you will break off this match."
+
+"And if I will not, Marquis?"
+
+"Then I must break it off for you in the interest of all of us,
+including, of course, myself, who love her, and wish to lift her to a
+great place, and of yourself, whom I desire should pass your old age in
+peace and wealth, and not be hunted to your death like a mad dog."
+
+"How will you break it, Marquis? by--"
+
+"Oh no, Senor!" answered d'Aguilar, "not by other men's swords--if that
+is what you mean. The worthy Peter is safe from them so far as I am
+concerned, though if he should come face to face with mine, then let the
+best man win. Have no fear, friend, I do not practise murder, who value
+my own soul too much to soak it in blood, nor would I marry a woman
+except of her own free will. Still, Peter may die, and the fair Margaret
+may still place her hand in mine and say, 'I choose you as my husband.'"
+
+"All these things, and many others, may happen, Marquis; but I do not
+think it likely that they will happen, and for my part, whilst thanking
+you for it, I decline your honourable offer, believing that my daughter
+will be more happy in her present humble state with the man she has
+chosen. Have I your leave to return to my accounts?" And he rose.
+
+"Yes, Senor," answered d'Aguilar, rising also; "but add an item to those
+losses of which you spoke, that of the friendship of Carlos, Marquis de
+Morella, and on the other side enter again that of his hate. Man!" he
+added, and his dark, handsome face turned very evil as he spoke, "are
+you mad? Think of the little tabernacle behind the altar in your chapel,
+and what it contains."
+
+Castell stared at him, then said:
+
+"Come, let us see. Nay, fear no trick; like you I remember my soul, and
+do not stain my hands with blood. Follow me, so you will be safe."
+
+Curiosity, or some other reason, prompted d'Aguilar to obey, and
+presently they stood behind the altar.
+
+"Now," said Castell, as he drew the tapestry and opened the secret door,
+"look!" D'Aguilar peered into the place; but where should have been
+the table, the ark, the candlesticks, and the roll of the law of which
+Betty had told him, were only old dusty boxes filled with parchments and
+some broken furniture.
+
+"What do you see?" asked Castell.
+
+"I see, friend, that you are even a cleverer Jew than I thought. But
+this is a matter that you must explain to others in due season. Believe
+me, I am no inquisitor." Then without more words he turned and left him.
+
+When Castell, having shut the secret door and drawn the tapestry,
+hurried from the chapel, it was to find that the marquis had departed.
+
+He went back to his office much disturbed, and sat himself down there to
+think. Truly Fate, that had so long been his friend, was turning its
+face against him. Things could not have gone worse. D'Aguilar had
+discovered the secret of his faith through his spies, and, having by
+some accursed mischance fallen in love with his daughter's beauty, was
+become his bitter enemy because he must refuse her to him. Why must he
+refuse her? The man was of great position and noble blood; she would
+become the wife of one of the first grandees of Spain, one who stood
+nearest to the throne. Perhaps--such a thing was possible--she might
+live herself to be queen, or the mother of kings. Moreover, that
+marriage meant safety for himself; it meant a quiet age, a peaceable
+death in his own bed--for, were he fifty times a Marano, who would touch
+the father-in-law of the Marquis de Morella? Why? Just because he had
+promised her in marriage to Peter Brome, and through all his life as a
+merchant he had never yet broken with a bargain because it went against
+himself. That was the answer. Yet almost he could find it in his heart
+to wish that he had never made that bargain; that he had kept Peter, who
+had waited so long, waiting for another month. Well, it was too late
+now. He had passed his word, and he would keep it, whatever the
+cost might be.
+
+Rising, he called one of the servants, and bade her summon Margaret.
+Presently she returned, saying that her mistress had gone out walking
+with Betty, adding also that his horse was at the door for him to ride
+to the river, where he was to pass the night on board his ship.
+
+Taking paper, he bethought him that he would write to Margaret, warning
+her against the Spaniard. Then, remembering that she had nothing to fear
+from him, at any rate at present, and that it was not wise to set down
+such matters, he told her only to take good care of herself, and that he
+would be back in the morning.
+
+That evening, when Margaret was in her own little sitting-chamber which
+adjoined the great hall, the door opened, and she looked up from the
+work upon which she was engaged, to see d'Aguilar standing before her.
+
+"Senor!" she said, amazed, "how came you here?"
+
+"Senora," he answered, closing the door and bowing, "my feet brought me.
+Had I any other means of coming I think that I should not often be
+absent from our side."
+
+"Spare me your fine words, I pray you, Senor," answered Margaret,
+frowning. "It is not fitting that I should receive you thus alone at
+night, my father being absent from the house." And she made as though
+she would pass him and reach the door.
+
+D'Aguilar, who stood in front of it, did not move, so perforce she
+stopped half way.
+
+"I found that he was absent," he said courteously, "and that is why I
+venture to address you upon a matter of some importance. Give me a few
+minutes of your time, therefore, I beseech you."
+
+Now, at once the thought entered Margaret's mind that he had some news
+of Peter to communicate to her--bad news perhaps.
+
+"Be seated, and speak on, Senor," she said, sinking into a chair, while
+he too sat down, but still in front of the door.
+
+"Senora," he said, "my business in this country is finished, and in a
+few days I sail hence for Spain." And he hesitated a moment.
+
+"I trust that your voyage will be pleasant," said Margaret, not knowing
+what else to answer.
+
+"I trust so also, Senora, since I have come to ask you if you will share
+it. Listen, before you refuse. To-day I saw your father, and begged your
+hand of him. He would give me no answer, neither yea nor nay, saying
+that you were your own mistress, and that I must seek it from
+your lips."
+
+"My father said that?" gasped Margaret, astonished, then bethought her
+that he might have had reasons for speaking so, and went on rapidly,
+"Well, it is short and simple. I thank you, Senor; but stay
+in England."
+
+"Even that I would be willing to do for your sake Senora, though, in
+truth, I find it a cold and barbarous country."
+
+"If so, Senor d'Aguilar, I think that I should go to Spain. I pray you
+let me pass."
+
+"Not till you have heard me out, Senora, when I trust that your words
+will be more gentle. See now I am a great man in my own country.
+Although it suits me to pass here incognito as plain Senor d'Aguilar I
+am the Marquis of Morella, the nephew of Ferdinand the King, with some
+wealth and station, official and private. If you disbelieve me, I can
+prove it to you."
+
+"I do not disbelieve," answered Margaret indifferently, "it may well be
+so; but what is that to me?"
+
+"Then is it not something, Lady, that I, who have blood-royal in my
+veins, should seek the daughter of a merchant to be my wife?"
+
+"Nothing at all--to me, who am satisfied with my humble lot."
+
+"Is it nothing to you that I should love as I do, with all my heart and
+soul? Marry me, and I tell you that I will lift you high, yes, perhaps
+even to the throne."
+
+She thought a moment, then asked:
+
+"The bribe is great, but how would you do that? Many a maid has been
+deceived with false jewels, Senor."
+
+"How has it been done before? Not every one loves Ferdinand. I have many
+friends who remember that my father was poisoned by his father and
+Ferdinand's, he being the elder son. Also, my mother was a princess of
+the Moors, and if I, who dwell among them as the envoy of their
+Majesties, threw in my sword with theirs--or there are other ways. But I
+am speaking things that have never passed my lips before, which, were
+they known, would cost me my head--let it serve to show how much I
+trust you."
+
+"I thank you, Senor, for your trust; but this crown seems to me set upon
+a peak that it is dangerous to climb, and I had sooner sit in safety on
+the plain."
+
+"You reject the pomp," went on d'Aguilar in his passionate, pleading
+voice, "then will not the love move you? Oh! you shall be worshipped as
+never woman was. I swear to you that in your eyes there is a light which
+has set my heart on fire, so that it burns night and day, and will not
+be quenched. Your voice is my sweetest music, your hair is a cord that
+binds me to you faster than the prisoner's chain, and, when you pass,
+for me Venus walks the earth. More, your mind is pure and noble as your
+beauty, and by the aid of it I shall be lifted up through the high
+places of the earth to some white throne in heaven. I love you, my lady,
+my fair Margaret; because of you, all other women are become coarse and
+hateful in my sight. See how much I love you, that I, one of the first
+grandees of Spain, do this for your sweet sake," and suddenly he cast
+himself upon his knees before her, and lifting the hem of her dress
+pressed it to his lips.
+
+Margaret looked down at him, and the anger that was rising in her breast
+melted, while with it went her fear. This man was much in earnest; she
+could not doubt it. The hand that held her robe trembled like shaken
+water, his face was ashen, and in his dark eyes swam tears. What cause
+had she to be afraid of one who was so much her slave?
+
+"Senor," she said very gently, "rise, I pray you. Do not waste all this
+love upon one who chances to have caught your fancy, but who is quite
+unworthy of it, and far beneath you; one, moreover, by whom it may not
+be returned. Senor, I am already affianced. Therefore, put me out of
+your mind and find some other love."
+
+He rose and stood in front of her.
+
+"Affianced," he said, "I knew it. Nay, I will say no ill of the man; to
+revile one more fortunate is poor argument. But what is it to me if you
+are affianced? What to me if you were wed? I should seek you all the
+same, who have no choice. Beneath me? You are as far above me as a star,
+and it would seem as hard to reach. Seek some other love? I tell you,
+lady, that I have sought many, for not all are so hard to win, and I
+hate them every one. You I desire alone, and shall desire till I be
+dead, aye, and you I will win or die. No, I will not die till you are my
+own. Have no fear, I will not kill your lover, save perhaps in fair
+fight; I will not force you to give yourself to me, should I find the
+chance, but with your own lips I will yet listen to you asking me to be
+your husband. I swear it by Him Who died for us. I swear that, laying
+aside all other ends, to that sole purpose I will devote my days. Yes,
+and should you chance to pass from earth before me, then I will follow
+you to the very gates of death and clasp you there."
+
+Now again Margaret's fear returned to her. This man's passion was
+terrible, yet there was a grandeur in it; Peter had never spoken to her
+in so high a fashion.
+
+"Senor," she said almost pleadingly, "corpses are poor brides; have done
+with such sick fancies, which surely must be born of your
+Eastern blood."
+
+"It is your blood also, who are half a Jew, and, therefore, at least you
+should understand them."
+
+"Mayhap I do understand, mayhap I think them great in their own fashion,
+yes, noble even, and admire, if it can be noble to seek to win away
+another man's betrothed. But, Senor, I am that man's betrothed, and all
+of me, my body and my soul, is his, nor would I go back upon my word,
+and so break his heart, to win the empire of the earth. Senor, once more
+I implore you to leave this poor maid to the humble life that she has
+chosen, and to forget her."
+
+"Lady," answered d'Aguilar, "your words are wise and gentle, and I thank
+you for them. But I cannot forget you, and that oath I swore just now I
+swear again, thus." And before she could prevent him, or even guess what
+he was about to do, he lifted the gold crucifix that hung by a chain
+about her neck, kissed it, and let it fall gently back upon her breast,
+saying, "See, I might have kissed your lips before you could have stayed
+me, but that I will never do until you give me leave, so in place of
+them I kiss the cross, which till then we both must carry. Lady, my lady
+Margaret, within a day or two I sail for Spain, but your image shall
+sail with me, and I believe that ere long our paths must cross again.
+How can it be otherwise since the threads of your life and mine were
+intertwined on that night outside the Palace of Westminster
+--intertwined never to be separated till one of us has ceased
+to be, and then only for a little while. Lady, for the present,
+farewell."
+
+
+Then swiftly and silently as he had come, d'Aguilar went.
+
+It was Betty who let him out at the side door, as she had let him in.
+More, glancing round to see that she was not observed--for it chanced
+now that Peter was away with some of the best men, and the master was
+out with others, no one was on watch this night--leaving the door ajar
+that she might re-enter, she followed him a little way, till they came
+to an old arch, which in some bygone time had led to a house now pulled
+down. Into this dark place Betty slipped, touching d'Aguilar on the arm
+as she did so. For a moment he hesitated, then, muttering some Spanish
+oath between his teeth, followed her.
+
+"Well, most fair Betty," he said, "what word have you for me now?"
+
+"The question is, Senor Carlos," answered Betty with scarcely suppressed
+indignation, "what word you have for me, who dared so much for you
+to-night? That you have plenty for my cousin, I know, since standing in
+the cold garden I could hear you talk, talk, talk, through the shutters,
+as though for your very life."
+
+"I pray that those shutters had no hole in them," reflected d'Aguilar to
+himself. "No, there was a curtain also; she can have seen nothing." But
+aloud he answered: "Mistress Betty, you should not stand about in this
+bitter wind; you might fall ill, and then what should I suffer?"
+
+"I don't know, nothing perhaps; that would be left to me. What I want to
+understand is, why you plan to come to see me, and then spend an hour
+with Margaret?"
+
+"To avert suspicion, most dear Betty. Also I had to talk to her of this
+Peter, in whom she seems so greatly interested. You are very shrewd,
+Betty--tell me, is that to be a match?"
+
+"I think so; I have been told nothing, but I have noticed many things,
+and almost every day she is writing to him, though why she should care
+for that owl of a man I cannot guess."
+
+"Doubtless because she appreciates solid worth, Betty, as I do in you.
+Who can account for the impulses of the heart, which come, say some of
+the learned, from heaven, and others, from hell? At least it is no
+affair of ours, so let us wish them happiness, and, after they are
+married, a large and healthy family. Meanwhile, dear Betty, are you
+making ready for your voyage to Spain?"
+
+"I don't know," answered Betty gloomily. "I am not sure that I trust you
+and your fine words. If you want to marry me, as you swear, and be sure
+I look for nothing less, why cannot it be before we start, and how am I
+to know that you will do so when we get there?"
+
+"You ask many questions, Betty, all of which I have answered before. I
+have told you that I cannot marry you here because of that permission
+which is necessary on account of the difference in our ranks. Here,
+where your place is known, it is not to be had; there, where you will
+pass as a great English lady--as of course you are by birth--I can
+obtain it in an hour. But if you have any doubts, although it cuts me
+to the heart to say it, it would be best that we should part at once. I
+will take no wife who does not trust me fully and alone. Say then, cruel
+Betty, do you wish to leave me?"
+
+"You know I don't; you know it would kill me," she answered in a voice
+that was thick with passion, "you know I worship the ground you tread on,
+and hate every woman you go near, yes, even my cousin who has been so
+good to me, and whom I love. I will take the risk and come with you,
+believing you to be an honest gentleman, who would not deceive a girl
+who trusts him; and if you do, may God deal with you as I shall, for I
+am no toy to be broken and thrown away, as you would find out. Yes, I
+will take the risk because you have made me love you so that I cannot
+live without you."
+
+"Betty, your words fill me with rapture, showing me that I have not
+misread your noble mind; but speak a little lower--there are echoes in
+this hole. Now for the plans, for time is short, and you may be missed.
+When I am about to sail I will invite Mistress Margaret and yourself to
+come aboard my ship."
+
+"Why not invite me without my cousin Margaret?" asked Betty.
+
+"Because it would excite suspicion which we must avoid--do not interrupt
+me. I will invite you both or get you there upon some other pretext, and
+then I will arrange that she shall be brought ashore again and you taken
+on. Leave it all to me, only swear that you will obey any instructions I
+may send you for if you do not, I tell you that we have enemies in high
+places who may part us for ever. Betty, I will be frank, there is a
+great lady who is jealous, and watches you very closely. Do you swear?"
+
+"Yes, yes, I swear. But about the great lady?"
+
+"Not a word about her--on your life--and mine. You shall hear from me
+shortly. And now, sweetheart--good-night."
+
+"Good-night," said Betty, but still she did not stir.
+
+Then, understanding that she expected something more, d'Aguilar nerved
+himself to the task, and touched her hair with his lips.
+
+Next moment he regretted it, for even that tempered salute fanned her
+passion into flame.
+
+Throwing her arms about his neck Betty drew his face to hers and kissed
+him many times, till at length he broke, half choking, from her embrace,
+and escaped into the street.
+
+"Mother of Heaven!" he muttered to himself, "the woman is a volcano in
+eruption. I shall feel her kisses for a week," and he rubbed his face
+ruefully with his hand. "I wish I had made some other plan; but it is
+too late to change it now--she would betray everything. Well, I will be
+rid of her somehow, if I have to drown her. A hard fate to love the
+mistress and be loved of the maid!"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+THE SNARE
+
+On the following morning, when Castell returned, Margaret told him of
+the visit of d'Aguilar, and of all that had passed between them, told
+him also that he was acquainted with their secret, since he had spoken
+of her as half a Jew.
+
+"I know it, I know it," answered her father, who was much disturbed and
+very angry, "for yesterday he threatened me also. But let that go, I can
+take my chance; now I would learn who brought this man into my house
+when I was absent, and without my leave."
+
+"I fear that it was Betty," said Margaret, "who swears that she thought
+she did no wrong."
+
+"Send for her," said Castell. Presently Betty came, and, being
+questioned, told a long story.
+
+She said she was standing by the side door, taking the air, when Senor
+d'Aguilar appeared, and, having greeted her, without more words walked
+into the house, saying that he had an appointment with the master.
+
+"With me?" broke in Castell. "I was absent."
+
+"I did not know that you were absent, for I was out when you rode away
+in the afternoon, and no one had spoken of it to me, so, thinking that
+he was your friend, I let him in, and let him out again afterwards. That
+is all I have to say."
+
+"Then I have to say that you are a hussy and a liar, and that, in one
+way or the other, this Spaniard has bribed you," answered Castell
+fiercely. "Now, girl, although you are my wife's cousin, and therefore
+my daughter's kin, I am minded to turn you out on to the street
+to starve."
+
+At this Betty first grew angry, then began to weep; while Margaret
+pleaded with her father, saying that it would mean the girl's ruin, and
+that he must not take such a sin upon him. So the end of it was, that,
+being a kind-hearted man, remembering also that Betty Dene was of his
+wife's blood, and that she had favoured her as her daughter did, he
+relented, taking measures to see that she went abroad no more save in
+the company of Margaret, and that the doors were opened only by
+men-servants.
+
+So this matter ended.
+
+That day Margaret wrote to Peter, telling him of all that had happened,
+and how the Spaniard had asked her in marriage, though the words that he
+used she did not tell. At the end of her letter, also, she bade him have
+no fear of the Senor d'Aguilar or of any other man, as he knew where her
+heart was.
+
+When Peter received this writing he was much vexed to learn that both
+Master Castell and Margaret had incurred the enmity of d'Aguilar, for so
+he guessed it must be, also that Margaret should have been troubled with
+his love-making; but for the rest he thought little of the matter, who
+trusted her as he trusted heaven. Still it made him anxious to return to
+London as soon as might he, even though he must take the risk of the
+Spaniards' daggers. Within three days, however, he received other
+letters both from Castell and from Margaret, which set his fears
+at rest.
+
+These told him that d'Aguilar had sailed for Spain indeed, Castell said
+that he had seen him standing on the poop of the Ambassador de Ayala's
+vessel as it dropped down the Thames towards the sea. Moreover, Margaret
+had a note of farewell from his hand, which ran:
+
+"Adieu, sweet lady, till that predestined hour when
+we meet again. I go, as I must, but, as I told you, your
+image goes with me.
+
+    "Your worshipper till death,
+
+    "MORELLA."
+
+"He may take her image so long as I keep herself and if he comes back
+with his worship, I promise him that death and he shall not be far
+apart," was Peter's grim comment as he laid the paper down. Then he went
+on with his letters, which told that now, when the Spaniards had gone,
+and there was nothing more to fear, he was awaited in London. Indeed,
+Castell fixed a day when he should arrive--May 31st--that was within a
+week, adding that on its morrow--namely, June 1st, for Margaret would
+not be wed in May, the Virgin Mary's month, since she held it to be
+unlucky--their marriage might take place as quietly as they would.
+
+Margaret wrote the same news, and in such sweet words that he kissed her
+letter, then hastened to answer it, shortly, after his custom, for Peter
+was no great scribe, saying, that if the saints willed it he would be
+with them by nightfall on the last day of May, and that in all England
+there was no happier man than he.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Now all that week Margaret was very busy preparing her marriage robe,
+and other garments also, for it was settled that on the next day they
+should ride together down to Dedham, in Essex, whither her father would
+follow them shortly. The Old Hall was not ready, indeed, nor would it be
+for some time; but Peter had furnished certain rooms in it which might
+serve them for the summer season, and by winter time the house would be
+finished and open.
+
+Castell was busy also, for now, having worked very hard at the task, his
+ship the _Margaret_ was almost refitted and laden, so that he hoped to
+get her to sea on this same May 31st, and thus be clear of the last of
+his business, except the handing over of his warehouses and stock to
+those who had bought them. These great affairs kept him much at
+Gravesend, where the ship lay, but, as he had no dread of further
+trouble now that d'Aguilar and the other Spaniards, among them that band
+of de Ayala's servants who had vowed to take Peter's life, were gone,
+this did not disturb him.
+
+Oh! happy, happy was Margaret during those sweet spring days, when her
+heart was bright and clear as the skies from which all winter storms had
+passed. So happy was she indeed, and so full of a hundred joyful cares,
+that she found no time to take note of her cousin Betty, who worked with
+her at her wedding broideries, and helped to make preparations for the
+journey which should follow after. Had she done so, she might have seen
+that Betty was anxious and distressed, like one who waited for some
+tidings that did not come, and from hour to hour fought against anguish
+and despair But she took no note, whose heart was too full of her own
+matters, and who did but count the hours till she should see her lover
+back and pass to his arms, a wife.
+
+Thus the time went on until the appointed day of Peter's return, the
+morrow of her marriage, for which all things were now prepared, down to
+Peter's wedding garments, that were finer than any she had yet seen him
+wear, and the decking of the neighbouring church with flowers. In the
+early morning her father rode away to Gravesend with the most of his
+men-servants for the ship _Margaret_ was to sail at the following dawn
+and there was yet much to be done before she could lift anchor. Still,
+he had promised to be back by nightfall in time to meet Peter who,
+leaving Dedham that morning, could not reach them before then.
+
+At length it was past four of the afternoon, and everything being
+finished, Margaret went to her room to dress herself anew, that she
+might look fine in Peter's eyes when he should come. Betty she did not
+take with her, for there were things to which her cousin must attend;
+moreover, her heart was so full that she wished to be alone a while.
+
+Betty's heart was full also, but not with joy. She had been deceived.
+The fine Spanish Don, who had made her love him so desperately, had
+sailed away and left her without a word. She could not doubt it, he had
+been seen standing on the ship--and not one word. It was cruel, cruel,
+and now she must help another woman to be made a happy wife, she who was
+beggared of hope and love. Moodily, full of bitterness, she went about
+her tasks, biting her lips and wiping her fine eyes with the sleeve of
+her robe, when suddenly the door opened, and a servant, not one of
+their own, but a strange man who had been brought in to help at the
+morrow's feast, called out that a sailor wished to speak with her.
+
+"Then let him enter here; I have no time to go out to listen to his
+talk," snapped Betty.
+
+Presently the sailor was shown in, the man who brought him leaving the
+room at once. He was a dark fellow, with sly black eyes, who, had he not
+spoken English so well, might have been taken for a Spaniard.
+
+"Who are you, and what is your business?" asked Betty sharply.
+
+"I am the carpenter of the ship _Margaret_," he answered, "and I am here
+to say that our master Castell has met with an accident there, and
+desires that Mistress Margaret, his daughter, should come to him
+at once."
+
+"What accident?" asked Betty.
+
+"In seeing to the stowage of cargo he slipped and fell down the hold,
+hurting his back and breaking his right arm, and that is why he cannot
+write. He is in great pain; but the physician whom we summoned bade me
+tell Mistress Margaret that at present he has no fear for his life. Are
+you Mistress Margaret?"
+
+"No," answered Betty; "but I will go to her at once; do you bide here."
+
+"Then are you her cousin, Mistress Betty Dene, for if so I have
+something for you?"
+
+"I am. What is it?"
+
+"This," said the man, drawing out a letter which he handed to her.
+
+"Who gave you this?" asked Betty suspiciously. "I do not know his
+name, but he was a noble-looking Spanish Don, and a liberal one too. He
+had heard of the accident on the _Margaret_, and, knowing my errand,
+asked me if I would deliver this letter to you, for the fee of a gold
+ducat, and promise to say nothing of it to any one else."
+
+"Some rude gallant, doubtless," said Betty, tossing her head; "they are
+ever writing to me. Bide here; I go to Mistress Margaret."
+
+Once she was outside the door Betty broke the seal of the letter eagerly
+enough, for she had been taught with Margaret, and could read well.
+It ran:
+
+    "BELOVED,
+
+    "You thought me faithless and gone, but
+    it is not so. I was silent only because I knew you
+    could not come alone who are watched; but now
+    the God of Love gives us our chance. Doubtless
+    your cousin will bring you with her to visit her father,
+    who lies on his ship sadly hurt. While she is with
+    him I have made a plan to rescue you, and then we
+    can be wed and sail at once--yes, to-night or to-morrow,
+    for with much trouble, knowing that you
+    wished it, I have even succeeded in bringing that
+    about, and a priest will be waiting to marry us. Be
+    silent, and show no doubt or fear, whatever happens,
+    lest we should be parted for always. Be sure then
+    that your cousin comes that you may accompany her.
+    Remember that your true love waits you.
+
+    "C. d'A."
+
+When Betty had mastered the contents of this amorous effusion she went
+pale with joy, and turned so faint that she was like to fall. Then a
+doubt struck her that it might be some trick. No, she knew the
+writing--it was d'Aguilar's, and he was true to her, and would marry her
+as he had promised, and take her to be a great lady in Spain. If she
+hesitated now she might lose him for ever--him whom she would follow to
+the end of the world. In an instant her mind was made up, for Betty had
+plenty of courage. She would go, even though she must desert the cousin
+whom she loved.
+
+Thrusting the letter into her bosom she ran to Margaret's room, and,
+bursting into it, told her of the man and his sad message. But of that
+letter she said nothing. Margaret turned white at the news, then,
+recovering herself, said:
+
+"I will come and speak with him at once." And together they went down
+the stairs.
+
+To Margaret the sailor repeated his story, nor could all her questions
+shake it. He told her how the mischance had happened, for he had seen
+it, so he said, and where her father's hurts were, adding, that although
+the physician held that as yet he was in no danger of his life, Master
+Castell thought otherwise, and did nothing but cry that his daughter
+should be brought to him at once.
+
+Still Margaret doubted and hesitated, for she feared she knew not what.
+
+"Peter should be here within two hours at most," she said to Betty.
+"Would it not be best to wait for him?"
+
+"Oh! Margaret, and what if your father should die in the meanwhile?
+Perhaps he knows better how deep his hurts are than does this leech. If
+so, you would have a sore heart for all your life. Sure you had better
+go, or at the least I will."
+
+Still Margaret wavered, till the sailor said:
+
+"Lady, if it is your will to come, I can guide you to where a boat waits
+to take you across the river. If not, I must be gone, for the ship sails
+with the moonrise, and they only wait your coming to carry the master,
+your father, to the warehouse on shore thinking it best that you should
+be present. If you do not come, this will be done as gently as possible,
+and there you must seek him to-morrow, alive or dead." And the man took
+up his cap as though to leave.
+
+"I will come with you," said Margaret. "Betty you are right; order the
+two horses to be saddled mine and the groom's, with a pillion on which
+you can ride, for I will not send you or go alone, understand that this
+sailor has his own horse."
+
+The man nodded, and accompanied Betty to the stable. Then Margaret took
+pen and wrote hastily to Peter, telling him of their evil chance, and
+bidding him follow her at once to the ship, or, if it had sailed to the
+warehouse. "I am loth to go," she added "alone with a girl and a strange
+man, yet I must since my heart is torn with fear for my beloved father.
+Sweetheart, follow me quickly."
+
+This done, she gave the letter to that servant who had shown in the
+sailor, bidding him hand it, without fail, to Master Peter Brome when he
+came, which the man promised to do.
+
+Then she fetched plain dark cloaks for herself and Betty, with hoods to
+them, that their faces might not be seen, and presently they
+were mounted.
+
+"Stay!" said Margaret to the sailor as they were about to start. "How
+comes it that my father did not send one of his own men instead of you,
+and why did none write to me?"
+
+The man looked surprised; he was a very good actor.
+
+"His people were tending him," he said, "and he bade me to go because I
+knew the way, and had a good, hired horse ashore which I have used when
+riding with messages to London about new timbers and other matters. As
+for writing, the physician began a letter, but he was so slow and long
+that Master Castell ordered me to be off without it. It seems," the man
+added, addressing Betty with some irritation, "that Mistress Margaret
+misdoubts me. If so, let her find some other guide, or bide at home. It
+is naught to me, who have only done as I was bidden."
+
+Thus did this cunning fellow persuade Margaret that her fears were
+nothing, though, remembering the letter from d'Aguilar, Betty was
+somewhat troubled. The thing had a strange look, but, poor, vain fool,
+she thought to herself that, even if there were some trick, it was
+certainly arranged only that she might seem to be taken, who could not
+come alone. In truth she was blind and mad, and cared not what she did,
+though, let this be said for her, she never dreamed that any harm was
+meant towards her cousin Margaret, or that a lie had been told as to
+Master Castell and his hurts.
+
+Soon they were out of London, and riding swiftly by the road that
+followed the north bank of the river, for their guide did not take them
+over the bridge, as he said the ship was lying in mid-stream and that
+the boat would be waiting on the Tilbury shore. But there was more than
+twenty miles to travel, and, push on as they would, night had fallen ere
+ever they came there. At length, when they were weary of the dark and
+the rough road, the sailor pulled up at a spot upon the river's
+brink--where there was a little wharf, but no houses that they could
+see--saying that this was the place. Dismounting, he gave his horse to
+the groom to hold, and, going to the wharf, asked in a loud voice if the
+boat from the _Margaret_ was there, to which a voice answered, "Aye."
+Then he talked for a minute to those in the boat, though what he said
+they could not hear, and ran back again, bidding them dismount, and
+adding that they had done well to come, as Master Castell was much
+worse, and did nothing but cry for his daughter.
+
+The groom he told to lead the horses a little way along the bank till he
+found an inn that stood there, where he must await their return or
+further orders, and to Betty he suggested that she should go with him,
+as there was but little place left in the boat. This she was willing
+enough to do, thinking it all part of the plan for her carrying off; but
+Margaret would have none of it, saying that unless her cousin came with
+her she would not stir another step. So grumbling a little the sailor
+gave way, and hurried them both to some wooden steps and down these into
+a boat, of which they could but dimly see the outline.
+
+So soon as ever they were seated side by side in the stern it was pushed
+off, and rowed away rapidly into the darkness, while one of the sailors
+lit a lantern which he fastened to the bow, and far out on the river, as
+though in answer to the signal, another star of light appeared, towards
+which they headed. Now Margaret, speaking through the gloom, asked the
+rowers of her father's state; but the sailor, their guide, prayed her
+not to trouble them, as the tide ran very swiftly and they must give all
+their mind to their business lest they should overset. So she was
+silent, and, racked with doubts and fears, watched that star of light
+growing ever nearer, till at length it hung above them.
+
+"Is that the ship _Margaret_?" cried their guide, and again a voice
+answered "Aye."
+
+"Then tell Master Castell that his daughter has come at last," he
+shouted again, and in another minute a rope had been thrown to them, and
+they were fast alongside a ladder on to which Betty, who was nearest to
+it, was pushed the first, except for their guide, who had run up the
+wooden steps very swiftly.
+
+Betty, who was active and strong, followed him, Margaret coming next. As
+she reached the deck Betty thought she heard a voice say in Spanish, of
+which she understood something, "Fool! Why have you brought both?" but
+the answer she could not catch. Then she turned and gave her hand to
+Margaret, and together they walked forward to the foot of the mast.
+
+"Lead me to my father," said Margaret.
+
+Whereon the guide answered:
+
+"Yes, this way, Mistress, but come alone, for the sight of two of you at
+once may disturb him."
+
+"Nay," she answered, "my cousin comes with me." And she took Betty's
+hand and clung to it.
+
+Shrugging his shoulders the sailor led them forwards, and as they went
+she noted that men were hauling on a sail, while other men, who sang a
+strange, wild song, worked on what seemed to be a windlass. Now they
+reached a cabin, and entered it, the door being shut behind them. In the
+cabin a man sat at a table with a lamp hanging over his head. He rose
+and turned towards them, bowing, and Margaret saw that it
+was--_d'Aguilar_!
+
+Betty stood silent; she had expected to meet him, though not here and
+thus. Her foolish heart bounded so at the sight of him that she seemed
+to choke, and could only wonder dimly what mistake had been made, and
+how he would explain to Margaret and get her away, leaving herself and
+him together to be married. Indeed, she searched the cabin with her eyes
+to see where the priest was waiting, then noting a door beyond, thought
+that doubtless he must be hidden there. As for Margaret, she uttered a
+little stifled cry, then, being a brave woman, one of that high nature
+which grows strong in the face of trouble, straightened herself to her
+full height and said in a low, fierce voice:
+
+"What do you here? Where is my father?"
+
+"Senora," he answered humbly, "I am on board my ship, the _San Antonio_,
+and as for your father, he is either on his ship, the _Margaret_, or
+more likely, by now, at his house in Holborn."
+
+At these words Margaret reeled back till the wall of the cabin stayed
+her, and there she rested.
+
+"Spare me your reproaches," went on d'Aguilar hurriedly. "I will tell
+you all the truth. First, be not anxious as to your father; no accident
+has happened to him; he is sound and well. Forgive me if you have
+suffered pain and doubt; but there was no other way. That tale was only
+one of love's snares and tricks----" He paused, overcome, fascinated by
+Margaret's face, which of a sudden had grown awful--that of a goddess of
+vengeance, of a Medusa, which seemed to chill his blood to ice.
+
+"A snare! A trick!" she muttered hoarsely, while her eyes flamed on him
+like burning stars. "Thus then I pay you for your tricks." And in an
+instant he became aware that she had snatched a dagger from her bosom
+and was springing on him.
+
+He could not move; those fearful eyes held him fast. In another moment
+that steel would have pierced his heart. But Betty had seen also, and,
+thrusting her strong arms about Margaret, held her back, crying:
+
+"Listen, you do not understand. It is I he wants--not you; I whom he
+loves, and who love him, and am about to marry him. You he will send
+back home."
+
+"Loose me," said Margaret, in such a voice that Betty's arms fell from
+her, and she stood there, the dagger still in her hand. "Now," she said
+to d'Aguilar, "the truth, and be swift with it. What means this woman?"
+
+"She knows best," answered d'Aguilar uneasily. "It has pleased her to
+wrap herself in this web of conceits."
+
+"Which it has pleased you to spin, perchance. Speak, girl!"
+
+"He made love to me," gasped Betty; "and I love him. He promised to
+marry me. He sent me a letter but to-day--here it is," and she drew
+it out.
+
+"Read," said Margaret; and Betty read.
+
+"So _you_ have betrayed me," said Margaret, "you, my cousin, whom I have
+sheltered and cherished."
+
+"No," cried Betty. "I never thought to betray you; sooner would I have
+died. I believed that your father was hurt, and that while you were
+visiting him that man would take me."
+
+"What have you to say?" asked Margaret of d'Aguilar in the same dreadful
+voice. "You offered your accursed love to me--and to her, and you have
+snared us both. Man, what have you to say?"
+
+"Only this", he answered, trying to look brave, "that woman is a fool,
+whose vanity I played on that I might make use of her to keep near
+to you."
+
+"Do you hear, Betty? do you hear?" cried Margaret with a terrible little
+laugh; but Betty only groaned as though she were dying.
+
+"I love you, and you only," went on d'Aguilar "As for your cousin, I
+will send her ashore. I have committed this sin because I could not help
+myself. The thought that you were to be married to another man to-morrow
+drove me mad, and I dared all to take you from his arms, even though you
+should never come to mine. Did I not swear to you," he said with an
+attempt at his old gallantry, "that your image should accompany me to
+Spain, whither we are sailing now?" And as he spoke the words the ship
+lurched a little in the wind.
+
+Margaret made no answer, only toyed with the dagger blade, and watched
+him with eyes that glittered more coldly than its steel.
+
+"Kill me, if you will, and have done," he went on in a voice that was
+desperate with love and shame. "So shall I be rid of all this torment."
+
+Then Margaret seemed to awake, for she spoke to him in a new voice--a
+measured, frozen voice. "No," she answered, "I will not stain my hands
+even with your blood, for why should I rob God of His own vengeance? If
+you attempt to touch me, or even to separate me from this poor woman
+whom you have fooled, then I will kill--not you, but myself, and I swear
+to you that my ghost shall accompany you to Spain, and from Spain down
+to the hell that awaits you. Listen, Carlos d'Aguilar, Marquis of
+Morella, this I know about you, that you believe in God and hear His
+anger. Well, I call down upon you the vengeance of Almighty God. I see
+it hang above your head. I say that it shall fall upon you, waking and
+sleeping, loving and hating, in life and in death to all eternity. Do
+your worst, for you shall do it all in vain. Whether I die or whether I
+live, every pang that you cause me to suffer, every misery that you have
+brought, or shall bring, upon the head of my betrothed, my father, and
+this woman, shall be repaid to you a millionfold in this world and the
+next. Now do you still wish that I should accompany you to Spain, or
+will you let me go?"
+
+"I cannot," he answered hoarsely; "it is too late."
+
+"So be it, I will accompany you to Spain, I and Betty Dene, and the
+vengeance of Almighty God that hovers over you. Of this at least be
+sure--I hate you, I despise you, but I fear you not at all. Go." Then
+d'Aguilar stumbled from that cabin, and the two women heard the door
+bolted behind him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+THE CHASE
+
+About the time that Margaret and Betty were being rowed aboard the _San
+Antonio_, Peter Brome and his servants, who had been delayed an hour or
+more by the muddy state of the roads, pulled rein at the door of the
+house in Holborn. For over a month he had been dreaming of this moment
+of return, as a man does who expects such a welcome as he knew awaited
+him, and who on the morrow was to be wed to a lovely and beloved bride.
+He had thought how Margaret would be watching at the window, how, spying
+him advancing down the street, she would speed to the door, how he would
+leap from his horse and take her to his arms in front of every one if
+need be--for why should they be ashamed who were to be wed upon
+the morrow?
+
+But there was no Margaret at the window, or at any rate he could not see
+her, for it was dark. There was not even a light; indeed the whole face
+of the old house seemed to frown at him through the gloom. Still, Peter
+played his part according to the plan; that is, he leapt from his horse,
+ran to the door and tried to enter, but could not for it was locked, so
+he hammered on it with the handle of his sword, till at length some one
+came and unbolted. It was the hired man with whom Margaret had left the
+letter, and he held a lantern in his hand.
+
+The sight of him frightened Peter, striking a chill to his heart.
+
+"Who are you?" he asked; then, without waiting for an answer, went on,
+"Where are Master Castell and Mistress Margaret?"
+
+The man answered that the master was not yet back from his ship, and
+that the Lady Margaret had gone out nearly three hours before with her
+cousin Betty and a sailor--all of them on horseback.
+
+"She must have ridden to meet me, and missed us in the dark," said Peter
+aloud, whereon the man asked whether he spoke to Master Brome, since, if
+so, he had a letter for him.
+
+"Yes," answered Peter, and snatched it from his hand, bidding him close
+the door and hold up the lantern while he read, for he could see that
+the writing was that of Margaret.
+
+"A strange story," he muttered, as he finished it. "Well, I must away,"
+and he turned to the door again.
+
+As he stretched out his hand to the key, it opened, and through it came
+Castell, as sound as ever he had been.
+
+"Welcome, Peter!" he cried in a jolly voice. "I knew you were here, for
+I saw the horses; but why are you not with Margaret?"
+
+"Because Margaret has gone to be with you, who should be hurt almost to
+death, or so says this letter."
+
+"To be with me--hurt to the death! Give it me--nay, read it, I cannot
+see."
+
+So Peter read.
+
+"I scent a plot," said Castell in a strained voice as he finished, "and
+I think that hound of a Spaniard is at the bottom of it, or Betty, or
+both. Here, you fellow, tell us what you know, and be swift if you would
+keep a sound skin."
+
+"That would I, why not?" answered the man, and told all the tale of the
+coming of the sailor.
+
+"Go, bid the men bring back the horses, all of them," said Castell
+almost before he had done; "and, Peter, look not so dazed, but come,
+drink a cup of wine. We shall need it, both of us, before this night is
+over. What! is there never a fellow of all my servants in the house?" So
+he shouted till his folk, who had returned with him from the ship, came
+running from the kitchen.
+
+He bade them bring food and liquor, and while they gulped down the wine,
+for they could not eat, Castell told how their Mistress Margaret had
+been tricked away, and must be followed. Then, hearing the horses being
+led back from the stables, they ran to the door and mounted, and,
+followed by their men, a dozen or more of them, in all, galloped off
+into the darkness, taking another road for Tilbury, that by which
+Margaret went, not because they were sure of this, but because it was
+the shortest.
+
+But the horses were tired, and the night was dark and rainy, so it came
+about that the clock of some church struck three of the morning before
+ever they drew near to Tilbury. Now they were passing the little quay
+where Margaret and Betty had entered the boat, Castell and Peter riding
+side by side ahead of the others in stern silence, for they had nothing
+to say, when a familiar voice hailed them--that of Thomas the groom.
+
+"I saw your horses' heads against the sky," he explained, "and knew
+them."
+
+"Where is your mistress?" they asked both in a breath.
+
+"Gone, gone with Betty Dene in a boat, from this quay, to be rowed to
+the _Margaret_, or so I thought. Having stabled the horses as I was
+bidden, I came back here to await them. But that was hours ago, and I
+have seen no soul, and heard nothing except the wind and the water, till
+I heard the galloping of your horses."
+
+"On to Tilbury, and get boats," said Castell. "We must catch the
+_Margaret_ ere she sails at dawn. Perhaps the women are aboard of her."
+
+"If so, I think Spaniards took them there, for I am sure they were not
+English in that craft," said Thomas, as he ran by the side of Castell's
+horse, holding to the stirrup leather.
+
+His master made no answer, only Peter groaned aloud, for he too was sure
+that they were Spaniards.
+
+An hour later, just as the dawn broke, they with their men climbed to
+the deck of the _Margaret_ while she was hauling up her anchor. A few
+words with her captain, Jacob Smith, told them the worst. No boat had
+left the ship, no Margaret had come aboard her. But some six hours
+before they had watched the Spanish vessel, _San Antonio_, that had been
+berthed above them, pass down the river. Moreover, two watermen in a
+skiff, who brought them fresh meat, had told them that while they were
+delivering three sheep and some fowls to the _San Antonio_, just before
+she sailed, they had seen two tall women helped up her ladder, and
+heard one of them say in English, "Lead me to my father."
+
+Now they knew all the awful truth, and stared at each other like dumb
+men.
+
+It was Peter who found his tongue the first, and said slowly:
+
+"I must away to Spain to find my bride, if she still lives, and to kill
+that fox. Get you home, Master Castell."
+
+"My home is where my daughter is," answered Castell fiercely. "I go
+a-sailing also."
+
+"There is danger for you in that land of Spaniards, if ever we get
+yonder," said Peter meaningly.
+
+"If it were the mouth of hell, still I would go," replied Castell. "Why
+should I not who seek a devil?"
+
+"That we do both," said Peter, and stretching out his hand he took that
+of Castell. It was the pledge of the father and the lover to follow her
+who was all to them, till death stayed their quest.
+
+Castell thought a little while, then gave orders that all the crew
+should be called together on deck in the waist of the ship, which was a
+carack of about two hundred tons burden, round fashioned, and sitting
+deep in the water, but very strongly built of oak, and a swift sailer.
+When they were gathered, and with them the officers and their own
+servants, accompanied by Peter, he went and addressed them just as the
+sun was rising. In few and earnest words he told them of the great
+outrage that had been done, and how it was his purpose and that of Peter
+Brome who had been wickedly robbed of the maid who this day should have
+become his wife, to follow the thieves across the sea to Spain, in the
+hope that by the help of God, they might rescue Margaret and Betty. He
+added that he knew well this was a service of danger, since it might
+chance that there would be fighting, and he was loth to ask any man to
+risk life or limb against his will, especially as they came out to trade
+and not to fight. Still, to those who chose to accompany them, should
+they win through safely, he promised double wage, and a present charged
+upon his estate, and would give them writings to that effect. As for
+those who did not, they could leave the ship now before she sailed.
+
+When he had finished, the sailormen, of whom there were about thirty,
+with the stout-hearted captain, Jacob Smith, a sturdy-built man of fifty
+years of age, at the head of them, conferred together, and at last, with
+one exception--that of a young new-married man, whose heart failed
+him--they accepted the offer, swearing that they would see the thing
+through to the end, were it good or ill, for they were all Englishmen,
+and no lovers of the Spaniards. Moreover, so bitter a wrong stirred
+their blood. Indeed, although for the most part they were not sailors,
+six of the twelve men who had ridden with them from London prayed that
+they might come too, for the love they had to Margaret, their master,
+and Peter; and they took them. The other six they sent ashore again,
+bearing letters to Castell's friends, agents, and reeves, as to the
+transfer of his business and the care of his lands, houses, and other
+properties during his absence. Also, they took a short will duly signed
+by Castell and witnessed, wherein he left all his goods of whatever
+sort that remained unsettled or undevised, to Margaret and Peter, or
+the survivor of them, or their heirs, or failing these, for the purpose
+of founding a hospital for the poor. Then these men bade them farewell
+and departed, very heavy at heart, just as the anchor was hauled home,
+and the sails began to draw in the stiff morning breeze.
+
+About ten o'clock they rounded the Nore bank safely, and here spoke a
+fishing-boat, who told them that more than six hours before they had
+seen the _San Antonio_ sail past them down Channel, and noted two women
+standing on her deck, holding each other's hands and gazing shorewards.
+Then, knowing that there was no mistake, there being nothing more that
+they could do, worn out with grief and journeying, they ate some food
+and went to their cabin to sleep.
+
+As he laid him down Peter remembered that at this very hour he should
+have been in church taking Margaret as his bride--Margaret, who was now
+in the power of the Spaniard--and swore a great and bitter oath that
+d'Aguilar should pay him back for all this shame and agony. Indeed,
+could his enemy have seen the look on Peter's face he might well have
+been afraid, for this Peter was an ill man to cross, and had no
+forgiving heart; also, his wrong was deep.
+
+For four days the wind held, and they ran down Channel before it, hoping
+to catch sight of the Spaniard; but the _San Antonio_ was a swift
+caravel of 250 tons with much canvas, for she carried four masts, and
+although the _Margaret_ was also a good sailer, she had but two masts,
+and could not come up with her. Or, for anything they knew, they might
+have missed her on the seas. On the afternoon of the fourth day, when
+they were off the Lizard, and creeping along very slowly under a light
+breeze, the look-out man reported a ship lying becalmed ahead. Peter,
+who had the eyes of a hawk, climbed up the mast to look at her, and
+presently called down that he believed from her shape and rig she must
+be the caravel, though of this he could not be sure as he had never seen
+her. Then the captain, Smith, went up also, and a few minutes later
+returned saying that without doubt it was the _San Antonio._
+
+Now there was a great and joyful stir on board the _Margaret_, every man
+seeing to his sword and their long or cross bows, of which there were
+plenty, although they had no bombards or cannon, that as yet were rare
+on merchant ships. Their plan was to run alongside the _San Antonio_ and
+board her, for thus they hoped to recover Margaret. As for the anger of
+the king, which might well fall on them for this deed, since he would
+think little of the stealing of a pair of Englishwomen, of that they
+must take their chance.
+
+Within half an hour everything was ready, and Peter, pacing to and fro,
+looked happier than he had done since he rode away to Dedham. The light
+breeze still held, although, if it reached the _San Antonio_, it did not
+seem to move her, and, with the help of it, by degrees they came to
+within half a mile of the caravel. Then the wind dropped altogether, and
+there the two ships lay. Still the set of the tide, or some current,
+seemed to be drawing them towards each other, so that when the night
+closed in they were not more than four hundred paces apart, and the
+Englishmen had great hopes that before morning they would close, and be
+able to board by the light of the moon.
+
+But this was not to be, since about nine o'clock thick clouds rose up
+which covered the heavens, while with the clouds came strong winds
+blowing off the land, and, when at length the dawn broke, all they could
+see of the _San Antonio_ was her topmasts as she rose upon the seas,
+flying southwards swiftly. This, indeed, was the last sight they had of
+her for two long weeks.
+
+From Ushant all across the Bay the airs were very light and variable,
+but when at length they came off Finisterre a gale sprang up from the
+north-east which drove them forward very fast. It was on the second
+night of this gale, as the sun set, that, running out of some mist and
+rain, suddenly they saw the _San Antonio_ not a mile away, and rejoiced,
+for now they knew that she had not made for any port in the north of
+Spain, as, although she was bound for Cadiz, they feared she might have
+done to trick them. Then the rain came on again, and they saw her
+no more.
+
+All down the coast of Portugal the weather grew more heavy day by day,
+and when they reached St. Vincent's Cape and bore round for Cadiz, it
+blew a great gale. Now it was that for the third time they viewed the
+_San Antonio_ labouring ahead of them, nor, except at night, did they
+lose sight of her any more until the end of that voyage. Indeed, on the
+next day they nearly came up with her, for she tried to beat in to
+Cadiz, but, losing one of her masts in a fierce squall, and seeing that
+the _Margaret_, which sailed better in this tempest, would soon be
+aboard of her, abandoned her plan, and ran for the Straits of Gibraltar.
+
+Past Tarifa Point they went, having the coast of Africa on their
+right; past the bay of Algegiras, where the _San Antonio_ did not try to
+harbour; past Gibraltar's grey old rock, where the signal fires were
+burning, and so at nightfall, with not a mile between them, out into the
+Mediterranean Sea.
+
+Here the gale was furious, so that they could scarcely carry a rag of
+canvas, and before morning lost one of their topmasts. It was an anxious
+night, for they knew not if they would live through it; moreover, the
+hearts of Castell and of Peter were torn with fear lest the Spaniard
+should founder and take Margaret with her to the bottom of the sea. When
+at length the wild, stormy dawn broke, however, they saw her, apparently
+in an evil case, labouring away upon their starboard bow, and by noon
+came to within a furlong of her, so that they could see the sailors
+crawling about on her high poop and stern. Yes, and they saw more than
+this, for presently two women ran from some cabin waving a white cloth
+to them; then were hustled back, whereby they learned that Margaret and
+Betty still lived and knew that they followed, and thanked God.
+Presently, also, there was a flash, and, before ever they heard the
+report, a great iron bullet fell upon their decks and, rebounding,
+struck a sailor, who stood by Peter, on the breast, and dashed him away
+into the sea. The _San Antonio_ had fired the bombard which she carried,
+but as no more shots came they judged that the cannon had broke its
+lashings or burst.
+
+A while after the _San Antonio_, two of whose masts were gone, tried to
+put about and run for Malaga, which they could see far away beneath the
+snow-capped mountains of the Sierra. But this the Spaniard could not
+do, for while she hung in the wind the _Margaret_ came right atop of
+her, and as her men laboured at the sails, every one of the Englishmen
+who could be spared, under the command of Peter, let loose on them with
+their long shafts and crossbows, and, though the heaving deck of the
+_Margaret_ was no good platform, and the wind bent the arrows from their
+line, they killed and wounded eight or ten of them, causing them to
+loose the ropes so that the _San Antonio_ swung round into the gale
+again. On the high tower of the caravel, his arm round the sternmost
+mast, stood d'Aguilar, shouting commands to his crew. Peter fitted an
+arrow to his string and, waiting until the _Margaret_ was poised for a
+moment on the crest of a great sea, aimed and loosed, making allowance
+for the wind.
+
+True to line sped that shaft of his, yet, alas! a span too high, for
+when a moment later d'Aguilar leapt from the mast, the arrow quivered in
+its wood, and pinned to it was the velvet cap he wore. Peter ground his
+teeth in rage and disappointment; almost he could have wept, for the
+vessels swung apart again, and his chance was gone.
+
+"Five times out of seven," he said bitterly, "can I send a shaft
+through a bull's ring at fifty paces to win a village badge, and now I
+cannot hit a man to save my love from shame. Surely God has
+forsaken me!"
+
+Through all that afternoon they held on, shooting with their bows
+whenever a Spaniard showed himself, and being shot at in return, though
+little damage was done to either side. But this they noted--that the
+_San Antonio_ had sprung a leak in the gale, for she was sinking deeper
+in the water. The Spaniards knew it also, and, being aware that they
+must either run ashore or founder, for the second time put about, and,
+under the rain of English arrows, came right across the bows of the
+_Margaret_, heading for the little bay of Calahonda, that is the port of
+Motril, for here the shore was not much more than a league away.
+
+"Now," said Jacob Smith, the captain of the _Margaret_, who stood under
+the shelter of the bulwarks with Castell and Peter, "up that bay lies a
+Spanish town. I know it, for I have anchored there, and if once the _San
+Antonio_ reaches it, good-bye to our lady, for they will take her to
+Granada, not thirty miles away across the mountains, where this Marquis
+of Morella is a mighty man, for there is his palace. Say then, master,
+what shall we do? In five more minutes the Spaniard will be across our
+bows again. Shall we run her down, which will be easy, and take our
+chance of picking up the women, or shall we let them be taken captive to
+Granada and give up the chase?"
+
+"Never," said Peter. "There is another thing that we can do--follow them
+into the bay, and attack them there on shore."
+
+"To find ourselves among hundreds of the Spaniards, and have our throats
+cut," answered Smith, the captain, coolly.
+
+"If we ran them down," asked Castell, who had been thinking deeply all
+this while, "should we not sink also?"
+
+"It might be so," answered Smith; "but we are built of English oak, and
+very stout forward, and I think not. But she would sink at once, being
+near to it already, and the odds are that the women are locked in the
+cabin or between decks out of reach of the arrows, and must go
+with her."
+
+"There is another plan," said Peter sternly, "and that is to grapple
+with her and board her, and this I will do."
+
+The captain, a stout man with a flat face that never changed, lifted his
+eyebrows, which was his only way of showing surprise.
+
+"What!" he said. "In this sea? I have fought in some wars, but never
+have I known such a thing."
+
+"Then, friend, you shall know it now, if I can but find a dozen men to
+follow me," answered Peter with a savage laugh. "What? Shall I see my
+mistress carried off before my eyes and strike no blow to save her?
+Rather will I trust in God and do it, and if I die, then die I must, as
+a man should. There is no other way."
+
+Then he turned and called in a loud voice to those who stood around or
+loosed arrows at the Spaniard:
+
+"Who will come with me aboard yonder ship? Those who live shall spend
+their days in ease thereafter, that I promise, and those who fall will
+win great fame and Heaven's glory."
+
+The crew looked at the waves running hill high, and the water-logged
+Spaniard labouring in the trough of them as she came round slowly in a
+wide circle, very doubtfully, as well they might, and made no answer.
+Then Peter spoke again.
+
+"There is no choice," he said. "If we give that ship our stem we can
+sink her, but then how will the women be saved? If we leave her alone,
+mayhap she will founder, and then how will the women be saved? Or she
+may win ashore, and they will be carried away to Granada, and how can we
+snatch them out of the hand of the Moors or of the power of Spain? But
+if we can take the ship, we may rescue them before they go down or reach
+land. Will none back me at this inch?"
+
+"Aye, son," said old Castell, "I will."
+
+Peter stared at him in surprise. "You--at your years!" he said.
+
+"Yes, at my years. Why not? I have the fewer to risk."
+
+Then, as though he were ashamed of his doubts, one brawny sailorman
+stepped forward and said that he was ready for a cut at the Spanish
+thieves in foul weather as in fair. Next all Castell's household
+servants came out in a body for love of him and Peter and their lady,
+and after them more sailors, till nearly half of those aboard, something
+over twenty in all, declared that they were ready for the venture,
+wherein Peter cried, "Enough." Smith would have come also; but Castell
+said No, he must stop with the ship.
+
+Then, while the carack's head was laid so as to cut the path of the _San
+Antonio_ circling round them slowly like a wounded swan, and the
+boarders made ready their swords and knives, for here archery would not
+avail them, Castell gave some orders to the captain. He bade him, if
+they were cut down or taken, to put about and run for Seville, and there
+deliver over the ship and her cargo to his partners and correspondents,
+praying them in his name to do their best by means of gold, for which
+the sale value of the vessel and her goods should be chargeable, or
+otherwise, to procure the release of Margaret and Betty, if they still
+lived, and to bring d'Aguilar, the Marquis of Morella, to account for
+his crime. This done, he called to one of his servants to buckle on him
+a light steel breastplate from the ship's stores. But Peter would wear
+no iron because it was too heavy, only an archer's jerkin of bull-hide,
+stout enough to turn a sword-cut, such as the other boarders put on also
+with steel caps, of both of which they had a plenty in the cabin.
+
+Now the _San Antonio_, having come round, was steering for the mouth of
+the bay in such fashion that she would pass them within fifty yards.
+Hoisting a small sail to give his ship way, the captain, Smith, took the
+helm of the _Margaret_ and steered straight at her so as to cut her
+path, while the boarders, headed by Peter and Castell, gathered near the
+bowsprit, lay down there under shelter of the bulwarks, and waited.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+THE MEETING ON THE SEA
+
+For another minute or more the _San Antonio_ held on until she divined
+the desperate purpose of her foe. Then, seeing that soon the carack's
+prow must crash into her frail side, she shifted her helm and came round
+several points, so that in the end the _Margaret_ ran, not into her, but
+alongside of her, grinding against her planking, and shearing away a
+great length of her bulwark. For a few seconds they hung together thus,
+and, before the seas bore them apart, grapnels were thrown from the
+_Margaret_ whereof one forward got hold and brought them bow to bow.
+Thus the end of the bowsprit of the _Margaret_ projected over the high
+deck of the _San Antonio_.
+
+"Now for it," said Peter. "Follow me, all." And springing up, he ran to
+the bowsprit and began to swarm along it.
+
+It was a fearful task. One moment the great seas lifted him high into
+the air, and the next down he came again till the massive spar crashed
+on to the deck of the _San Antonio_ with such a shock that he nearly
+flew from it like a stone from a sling. Yet he hung on, and, biding his
+chance, seized a broken stay-rope that dangled from the end of the
+bowsprit like a lash from a whip, and began to slide down it. The gale
+caught him and blew him to and fro; the vessel, pitching wildly, jerked
+him into the air; the deck of the _San Antonio_ rose up and receded like
+a thing alive. It was near--not a dozen feet beneath him--and loosing
+his hold he fell upon the forward tower without being hurt then, gaining
+his feet, ran to the broken mast and flinging his left arm about it,
+with the other drew his sword.
+
+Next instant--how, he never knew--Castell was at his side, and after him
+came two more men, but one of these rolled from the deck into the sea
+and was lost. As he vanished, the chain of the grappling iron parted,
+and the _Margaret_ swung away from them, leaving those three alone in
+the power of their foes, nor, do what she would, could she make fast
+again. As yet, however, there were no Spaniards to be seen, for the
+reason that none had dared to stand upon this high tower whereof the
+bulwarks were all gone, while the bowsprit of the _Margaret_ crashed
+down upon it like a giant's club, and, as she rolled, swept it with
+its point.
+
+So there they stood, clinging to the mast and waiting for the end, for
+now their friends were a hundred yards away, and they knew that their
+case was desperate. A shower of arrows came, loosed from other parts of
+the ship, and one of these struck the man with them through the throat,
+so that he fell to the deck clasping at it, and presently rolled into
+the sea also. Another pierced Castell through his right forearm, causing
+his sword to drop and slide away from him. Peter seized the arrow,
+snapped it in two, and drew it out; but Castell's right arm was now
+helpless, and with his left he could do no more than cling to the
+broken mast.
+
+"We have done our best, son," he said, "and failed. Margaret will learn
+that we would have saved her if we could, but we shall not meet
+her here."
+
+Peter ground his teeth, and looked about him desperately, for he had no
+words to say. What should he do? Leave Castell and rush for the waist of
+the ship and so perish, or stay and die there? Nay, he would not be
+butchered like a bird on a bough, he would fall fighting.
+
+"Farewell," he called through the gale. "God rest our souls!" Then,
+waiting till the ship steadied herself, he ran aft, and reaching the
+ladder that led to her tower, staggered down it to the waist of the
+vessel, and at its foot halted, holding to the rail.
+
+The scene before him was strange enough, for there, ranged round the
+bulwarks, were the Spanish men, who watched him curiously, whilst a few
+paces away, resting against the mast, stood d'Aguilar, who lifted his
+hand, in which there was no weapon, and addressed him.
+
+"Senor Brome," he shouted, "do not move another step or you are a dead
+man. Listen to me first, and then do what you will. Am I safe from your
+sword while I speak?"
+
+Peter nodded his head in assent, and d'Aguilar drew nearer, for even in
+that more sheltered place it was hard to hear because of the howling of
+the tempest.
+
+"Senor," he said to Peter, "you are a very brave man, and have done a
+deed such as none of us have seen before; therefore, I wish to spare you
+if I may. Also, I have worked you bitter wrong, driven to it by the
+might of love and jealousy, for which reason also I wish to spare you.
+To set upon you now would be but murder, and, whatever else I do, I will
+not murder. First, let me ease your mind. Your lady and mine is aboard
+here; but fear not, she has come and will come to no harm from me, or
+from any man while I live. If for no other reason, I do not desire to
+affront one who, I hope, will be my wife by her own free will, and whom
+I have brought to Spain that she might not make this impossible by
+becoming yours. Senor, believe me, I would no more force a woman's will
+than I would do murder on her lover."
+
+"What did you, then, when you snatched her from her home by some foul
+trick?" asked Peter fiercely.
+
+"Senor, I did wrong to her and all of you, for which I would make
+amends."
+
+"What amends? Will you give her back to me?"
+
+"No, that I cannot do, even if she should wish it, of which I am not
+sure; no--never while I live."
+
+"Bring her forth, and let us hear whether she wishes it or no," shouted
+Peter, hoping that his words would reach Margaret.
+
+But d'Aguilar only smiled and shook his head, then went on:
+
+"That I cannot either, for it would give her pain. Still, Senor, I will
+repay the heavy debt that I owe to you, and to you also, Senor." And he
+bowed towards Castell who, unseen by Peter, had crept down the ladder,
+and now stood behind him staring at d'Aguilar with cold rage and
+indignation. "You have wrought us much damage, have you not? hunting us
+across the seas, and killing sundry of us with your arrows, and now you
+have striven to board our ship and put us to the sword, a design in
+which God has frustrated you. Therefore your lives are justly forfeit,
+and none would blame us if we slew you. Yet I spare you both. If it is
+possible I will put you back aboard the _Margaret_, and if it is not
+possible you shall be set free ashore to go unmolested whither you will.
+Thus I will wipe out my debt and be free of all reproach."
+
+"Do you take me for such a man as yourself?" asked Peter, with a bitter
+laugh. "I do not leave this ship alive unless my affianced wife,
+Mistress Margaret, goes with me."
+
+"Then, Senor Brome, I fear that you will leave it dead, as indeed we may
+all of us, unless we make land soon, for the vessel is filling fast with
+water. Still, knowing your metal, I looked for some such words from you,
+and am prepared with another offer which I am sure you will not refuse.
+Senor, our swords are much of the same length, shall we measure them
+against each other? I am a grandee of Spain, the Marquis of Morella, and
+it will, therefore, be no dishonour for you to fight with me."
+
+"I am not so sure," said Peter, "for I am more than that--an honest man
+of England, who never practised woman-stealing. Still, I will fight you
+gladly, at sea or on shore, wherever and whenever we meet, till one or
+both are dead. But what is the stake, and how do I know that some of
+these," and he pointed to the crew, who were listening intently, "will
+not stab me from behind?"
+
+"Senor, I have told you that I do not murder, and that would be the
+foulest murder. As for the stake, it is Margaret to the victor. If you
+kill me, on behalf of all my company, I swear by our Saviour's Blood
+that you shall depart with her and her father unharmed, and if I kill
+you, then you both shall swear that she shall be left with me, and no
+suit or question raised but to her woman I give liberty, who have seen
+more than enough of her."
+
+"Nay," broke in Castell, speaking for the first time "I demand the right
+to fight with you also when my arm is healed."
+
+"I refuse it," answered d'Aguilar haughtily. "I cannot lift my sword
+against an old man who is the father of the maid who shall be my wife,
+and, moreover, a merchant and a Jew. Nay, answer me not, lest all these
+should remember your ill words. I will be generous, and leave you out of
+the oath. Do your worst against me, Master Castell, and then leave me to
+do my worst against you. Senor Brome, the light grows bad, and the water
+gains upon us. Say, are you ready?"
+
+Peter nodded his head, and they stepped forward.
+
+"One more word," said d'Aguilar, dropping his sword-point. "My friends,
+you have heard our compact. Do you swear to abide by it, and, if I fall,
+to set these two men and the two ladies free on their own ship or on the
+land, for the honour of chivalry and of Spain?"
+
+The captain of the _San Antonio_ and his lieutenants answered that they
+swore on behalf of all the crew.
+
+"You hear, Senor Brome. Now these are the conditions--that we fight to
+the death, but, if both of us should be hurt or wounded, so that we
+cannot despatch each other, then no further harm shall be done to either
+of us, who shall be tended till we recover or die by the will of God."
+
+"You mean that we must die on each other's swords or not at all, and if
+any foul chance should overtake either, other than by his adversary's
+hand, that adversary shall not dispatch him?"
+
+"Yes, Senor, for in our case such things may happen," and he pointed to
+the huge seas that towered over them, threatening to engulf the
+water-logged caravel. "We will take no advantage of each other, who wish
+to fight this quarrel out with our own right arms."
+
+"So be it," said Peter, "and Master Castell here is the witness to our
+bargain."
+
+D'Aguilar nodded, kissed the cross-hilt of his sword in confirmation of
+the pact, bowed courteously, and put himself on his defence.
+
+For a moment they stood facing each other, a well-matched pair--Peter,
+lean, fierce-faced, long-armed, a terrible man to see in the fiery light
+that broke upon him from beneath the edge of a black cloud; the Spaniard
+tall also, and agile, but to all appearance as unconcerned as though
+this were but a pleasure bout, and not a duel to the death with a
+woman's fate hanging on the hazard. D'Aguilar wore a breastplate of
+gold-inlaid black steel and a helmet, while Peter had but his tunic of
+bull's hide and iron-lined cap, though his straight cut-and-thrust sword
+was heavier and mayhap half an inch longer than that of his foe.
+
+Thus, then, they stood while Castell and all the ship's company, save
+the helmsman who steered her to the harbour's mouth, clung to the
+bulwarks and the cordage of the mainmast, and, forgetful of their own
+peril, watched in utter silence.
+
+It was Peter who thrust the first, straight at the throat, but d'Aguilar
+parried deftly, so that the sword point went past his neck, and before
+it could be drawn back again, struck at Peter. The blow fell upon the
+side of his steel cap, and glanced thence to his left shoulder, but,
+being light, did him no harm. Swiftly came the answer, which was not
+light, for it fell so heavily upon d'Aguilar's breastplate, that he
+staggered back. After him sprang Peter, thinking that the game was his,
+but at that moment the ship, which had entered the breakers of the
+harbour bar, rolled terribly, and sent them both reeling to the
+bulwarks. Nor did she cease her rolling, so that, smiting and thrusting
+wildly, they staggered backwards and forwards across the deck, gripping
+with their left hands at anything they could find to steady them, till
+at length, bruised and breathless, they fell apart unwounded, and
+rested awhile.
+
+"An ill field this to fight on, Senor," gasped d'Aguilar.
+
+"I think that it will serve our turn," said Peter grimly, and rushed at
+him like a bull. It was just then that a great sea came aboard the ship,
+a mass of green water which struck them both and washed them like straws
+into the scuppers, where they rolled half drowned. Peter rose the first,
+coughing out salt water, and rubbing it from his eyes, to see d'Aguilar
+still upon the deck, his sword lying beside him, and holding his right
+wrist with his left hand.
+
+"Who gave you the hurt?" he asked, "I or your fall?"
+
+"The fall, Senor," answered d'Aguilar; "I think that it has broken my
+wrist. But I have still my left hand. Suffer me to arise, and we will
+finish this fray."
+
+As the words passed his lips a gust of wind, more furious than any that
+had gone before, concentrated as it was through a gorge in the
+mountains, struck the caravel at the very mouth of the harbour, and laid
+her over on her beam ends. For a while it seemed as though she must
+capsize and sink, till suddenly her mainmast snapped like a stick and
+went overboard, when, relieved of its weight, by slow degrees she
+righted herself. Down upon the deck came the cross yard, one end of it
+crashing through the roof of the cabin in which Margaret and Betty were
+confined, splitting it in two, while a block attached to the other fell
+upon the side of Peter's head and, glancing from the steel cap, struck
+him on the neck and shoulder, hurling him senseless to the deck, where,
+still grasping his sword, he lay with arms outstretched.
+
+Out of the ruin of the cabin appeared Margaret and Betty, the former
+very pale and frightened, and the latter muttering prayers, but, as it
+chanced, both uninjured. Clinging to the tangled ropes they crept
+forward, seeking refuge in the waist of the ship, for the heavy spar
+still worked and rolled above them, resting on the wreck of the cabin
+and the bulwarks, whence presently it slid into the sea. By the stump of
+the broken mainmast they halted, their long locks streaming in the gale,
+and here it was that Margaret caught sight of Peter lying upon his back,
+his face red with blood, and sliding to and fro as the vessel rolled.
+
+She could not speak, but in mute appeal pointed first to him and then to
+d'Aguilar, who stood near, remembering as she did so her vision in the
+house at Holborn, which was thus terribly fulfilled. Holding to a rope,
+d'Aguilar drew near to her and spoke into her ear. "Lady," he said,
+"this is no deed of mine. We were fighting a fair fight, for he had
+boarded the ship when the mast fell and killed him. Blame me not for his
+death, but seek comfort from God."
+
+She heard, and, looking round her wildly, perceived her father
+struggling towards her; then, with a bitter cry, fell senseless on
+his breast.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+FATHER HENRIQUES
+
+The night came down swiftly, for a great stormcloud, in which jagged
+lightning played, blotted out the last rays of the sunk sun. Then, with
+rolling thunder and torrents of rain, the tempest burst over the sinking
+ship. The mariners could no longer see to steer, they knew not whither
+they were going, only the lessened seas told them that they had entered
+the harbour mouth. Presently the _San Antonio_ struck upon a rock, and
+the shock of it threw Castell, who was bending over the senseless shape
+of Margaret, against the bulwarks and dazed him.
+
+There arose a great cry of "The vessel founders!" and water seemed to be
+pouring on the deck, though whether this were from the sea or from the
+deluge of the falling rain he did not know. Then came another cry of
+"Get out the boat, or we perish!" and a sound of men working in the
+darkness. The ship swung round and round and settled down. There was a
+flash of lightning, and by it Castell saw Betty holding the unconscious
+Margaret in her strong arms. She saw him also, and screamed to him to
+come to the boat. He started to obey, then remembered Peter. Peter might
+not be dead; what should he say to Margaret if he left him there to
+drown? He crept to where he lay upon the deck, and called to a sailor
+who rushed by to help him. The man answered with a curse, and vanished
+into the deep gloom. So, unaided, Castell essayed the task of lifting
+this heavy body, but his right arm being almost useless, could do no
+more than drag it into a sitting posture, and thus, by slow degrees,
+across the deck to where he imagined the boat to be.
+
+But here there was no boat, and now the sound of voices came from the
+other side of the ship, so he must drag it back again. By the time he
+reached the starboard bulwarks all was silent, and another flash of
+lightning showed him the boat, crowded with people, upon the crest of a
+wave, fifty yards or more from him, whilst others, who had not been able
+to enter, clung to its stern and gunwale. He shouted aloud, but no
+answer came, either because none were left living on the ship, or
+because in all that turmoil they could not hear him.
+
+Then Castell, knowing that he had done everything that he could, dragged
+Peter under the overhanging deck of the forward tower, which gave some
+little shelter from the rain, and, laying his bleeding head upon his
+knees so that it might be lifted above the wash of the waters, sat
+himself down and began to say prayers after the Jewish fashion whilst
+awaiting his end.
+
+That he was about to die he had no doubt, for the waist of the ship, as
+he could perceive by the lightning, was almost level with the sea,
+which, however, here in the harbour was now much calmer than it had
+been. This he knew, for although the rain still fell steadily and the
+wind howled above, no spray broke over them. Deeper and deeper sank the
+caravel as she drifted onwards, till at length the water washed over her
+deck from side to side, so that Castell was obliged to seat himself on
+the second step of the ladder down which Peter had charged up on the
+Spaniards. A while passed, and he became aware that the _San Antonio_
+had ceased to move, and wondered what this might mean. The storm had
+rolled away now, and he could see the stars; also with it went the wind.
+The night grew warmer, too, which was well for him, for otherwise, wet
+as he was, he must have perished. Still it was a long night, the longest
+that ever he had spent, nor did any sleep come to relieve his misery or
+make his end easier, for the pain from the arrow wound in his arm kept
+him awake.
+
+So there he sat, wondering if Margaret was dead, as Peter seemed to be
+dead, and if so, whether their spirits were watching him now, watching
+and waiting till he joined them. He thought, too, of the days of his
+prosperity until he had seen the accursed face of d'Aguilar, and of all
+the worthless wealth that was his, and what would become of it. He hoped
+even that Margaret was gone; better that she should be dead than live on
+in shame and misery. If there were a God, how came it that He could
+allow such things to happen in the world? Then he remembered how, when
+Job sat in just such an evil case, his wife had invited him to curse God
+and die, and how the patriarch had answered to her, "What! shall we
+receive good at the hand of God, and shall we not receive evil?"
+Remembered, too, after all his troubles, what had been the end of that
+just man, and therefrom took some little comfort. After this a stupor
+crept over him, and his last thought was that the vessel had sunk and
+he was departing into the deeps of death.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Listen! A voice called, and Castell awoke to see that it was growing
+light, and that before him supporting himself on the rail of the ladder,
+stood the tall form of Peter--Peter with a ghastly, blood-stained
+countenance, chattering teeth, and glazed, unnatural eyes.
+
+"Do you live, John Castell?" said that hollow voice, "or are we both
+dead and in hell?"
+
+"Nay," he answered, "I live yet; we are still this side of doom."
+
+"What has chanced?" asked Peter. "I have been lost in a great
+blackness."
+
+Castell told him briefly.
+
+Peter listened till he had done, then staggered to the bulwark rail and
+looked about him, making no comment.
+
+"I can see nothing," he said presently--"the mist is too deep; but I
+think we must lie near the shore. Come, help me. Let us try to find
+victuals; I am faint."
+
+Castell rose, stretched his cramped limbs, and going to him, placed his
+uninjured arm round Peter's middle, and thus supported him towards the
+stern of the ship, where he guessed that the main cabin would be. They
+found and entered it, a small place, but richly furnished, with a carved
+crucifix screwed to its sternmost wall. A piece of pickled meat and some
+of the hard wheaten cakes such as sailors use, lay upon the floor where
+they had been cast from the table, while in a swinging rack above stood
+flagons of wine and of water. Castell found a horn mug, and filling it
+with wine gave it to Peter, who drank greedily, then handed it back to
+him, who also drank. Afterwards they cut off portions of the meat with
+their knives, and swallowed them, though Peter did this with great
+difficulty because of the hurt to his head and neck. Then they drank
+more wine, and, somewhat refreshed, left the place.
+
+The mist was still so thick that they could see nothing, and therefore
+they went into the wreck of that cabin which had been occupied by
+Margaret and Betty, sat themselves down upon the bed wherein they had
+slept, and waited. Resting thus, Peter noted that this cabin had been
+fitted sumptuously as though for the occupation of a great lady, for
+even the vessels were of silver, and in a wardrobe, whereof the doors
+were open, hung beautiful gowns. Also, there were a few written books,
+on the outer leaves of one of which Margaret had set down some notes and
+a prayer of her own making, petitioning that Heaven would protect her;
+that Peter and her father might be living and learn the truth of what
+had befallen, and that it would please the saints to deliver her, and to
+bring them together again. This book Peter thrust away within his jerkin
+to study at his leisure.
+
+Now the sun rose suddenly above the eastern range of the mountains
+wherewith they were surrounded. Leaving the cabin, they climbed to the
+forecastle tower and gazed about them, to find that they were in a
+land-locked harbour, and stranded not more than a hundred yards from
+the shore. By tying a piece of iron to a rope and letting it down into
+the sea, they discovered that they lay upon a ridge, and that there
+were but four feet of water beneath their bow, and, having learned
+this, determined to wade to the beach. First, however, they went back to
+the cabin and filled a leather bag they found with food and wine. Then,
+by an afterthought, they searched for the place where d'Aguilar slept,
+and discovered it between decks; also a strong-box which they made shift
+to break open with an iron bar.
+
+In it was a great store of gold, placed there, no doubt, for the payment
+of the crew, and with it some jewels. The jewels they left, but the
+money they divided and stowed it about them to serve their needs should
+they come safe ashore. Then they washed each other's wounds and bound
+them up, and descending the ladder which had been thrown over the ship's
+side when the Spaniards escaped in the boat, let themselves down into
+the sea and bade farewell to the _San Antonio_.
+
+By now the wind had fallen and the sun shone brightly, warming their
+chilled blood; also the water, which was quite calm, did not rise much
+above their middles, so that they were able--the bottom being smooth and
+sandy--to wade without trouble to the shore. As they drew near to it
+they saw people gathering there, and guessed that they came from the
+little town of Motril, which lay up the river that here ran into the
+bay. Also they saw other things--namely, the boat of the _San Antonio_
+upon the shore, and rejoiced to know that it had come safe to land, for
+it rested upon its keel with but little water in its bottom. Lying here
+and there also were the corpses of drowned men, five or six of them: no
+doubt those sailors who had swum after the boat or clung to its
+gunwale, but among these bodies none were those of women.
+
+When at length they reached the shore, very few people were left there,
+for of the rest some had begun to wade out towards the ship to plunder
+her, whilst others had gone to fetch boats for the same purpose.
+Therefore, the company who awaited them consisted only of women,
+children, three old men, and a priest. The last, a hungry-eyed,
+smooth-faced, sly-looking man, advanced to greet them courteously,
+bidding them thank God for their escape.
+
+"That we do indeed," said Castell; "but tell us, Father, where are our
+companions?"
+
+"There are some of them," answered the priest, pointing to the dead
+bodies; "the rest, with the two senoras, started two hours ago for
+Granada. The Marquis of Morella, from whom I hold this cure, told us
+that his ship had sunk, and that no one else was left alive, and, as the
+mist hid everything, we believed him. That is why we were not here
+before, for," he added significantly, "we are poor folk, to whom the
+saints send few wrecks."
+
+"How did they go to Granada, Father?" asked Castell. "On foot?"
+
+"Nay, Senor, they took all the horses and mules in the village by force,
+though the marquis promised that he would return them and pay for their
+hire later, and we trusted him because we must. The ladies wept much,
+and prayed us to take them in and keep them; but this the marquis would
+not allow, although they seemed so sad and weary. God send that we see
+our good beasts back again," he added piously.
+
+"Have you any left for us? We have a little money, and can pay for them
+if they be not too dear."
+
+"Not one, Senor--not one; the place has been cleared even down to the
+mares in foal. But, indeed you seem scarcely fit to ride at present, who
+have undergone so much," and he pointed to Peter's wounded head and
+Castell's bandaged arm. "Why do you not stay and rest awhile?"
+
+"Because I am the father of one of the senoras, and doubtless she thinks
+me drowned, and this senor is her affianced husband," answered
+Castell briefly.
+
+"Ah!" said the priest, looking at them with interest, "then what
+relation to her is the marquis? Well, perhaps I had better not ask, for
+this is no confessional, is it? I understand that you are anxious, for
+that great grandee has the reputation of being gay--an excellent son of
+the Church, but without doubt very gay," and he shook his shaven head
+and smiled. "But come up to the village, Senors, where you can rest and
+have your hurts attended to; afterwards we will talk."
+
+"We had best go," said Castell in English to Peter. "There are no horses
+on this beach, and we cannot walk to Granada in our state."
+
+Peter nodded, and, led by the priest, whose name they discovered to be
+Henriques, they started.
+
+On the crest of the hill a few hundred paces away they turned and looked
+back, to see that every able-bodied inhabitant of the village seemed by
+now to be engaged in plundering the stranded vessel.
+
+"They are paying themselves for the mules and horses," said Fray
+Henriques with a shrug. "So I see," answered Castell, "but you----"
+and he stopped.
+
+"Oh, do not be afraid for me," replied the priest with a cunning little
+smile. "The Church does not loot; but in the end the Church gets her
+share. These are a pious folk. Only when he learns that the caravel did
+not sink after all, I fear the marquis will demand an account of us."
+
+Then they limped on over the hill, and presently saw the white-walled
+and red-roofed village beneath them on the banks of the river.
+
+Five minutes later their guide stopped at a door in a roughly paved
+street, which he opened with a key.
+
+"My humble dwelling, when I am in residence here, and not at Granada,"
+he said, "in which I shall be honoured to receive you. Look, near by is
+the church."
+
+Then they entered a patio, or courtyard, where some orange-trees grew
+round a fountain of water, and a life-sized crucifix stood against the
+wall. As he passed this sacred emblem Peter bowed and crossed himself,
+an example that Castell did not follow. The priest looked at
+him sharply.
+
+"Surely, Senor," he said, "you should do reverence to the symbol of our
+Saviour, who, by His mercy, have just been saved from the death which
+the marquis told me had overtaken both of you."
+
+"My right arm is hurt," answered Castell readily, "so I must do that
+reverence in my heart."
+
+"I understand, Senor; but if you are a stranger to this country, which
+you do not seem to be, who speak its tongue so well, with your
+permission I will warn you that here it is wise not to confine your
+reverences to the heart. Of late the directors of the Inquisition have
+become somewhat strict, and expect that the outward forms should be
+observed as well. Indeed, when I was a familiar of the Holy Office at
+Seville, I have seen men burned for the neglect of them. You have two
+arms and a head, Senor, also a knee that can be bent."
+
+"Pardon me," answered Castell to this lecture. "I was thinking of other
+matters. The carrying off of my daughter at the hands of your patron,
+the Marquis of Morella, for instance."
+
+Then, making no reply, the priest led them through his sitting-room to a
+bed-chamber with high barred windows, that, although it was large and
+lofty, reminded them somehow of a prison cell. Here he left them, saying
+that he would go to find the local surgeon, who, it seemed, was a barber
+also, if, indeed, he were not engaged in "lightening the ship,"
+recommending them meanwhile to take off their wet clothes and lie
+down to rest.
+
+A woman having brought hot water and some loose garments in which to
+wrap themselves while their own were drying, they undressed and washed
+and afterwards, utterly worn out, threw themselves down and fell asleep
+upon the beds, having first hidden away their gold in the food bag,
+which Peter placed beneath his pillow. Two hours later or more they were
+awakened by the arrival of Father Henriques and the barber-surgeon,
+accompanied by the woman-servant, and who brought them back their
+clothes cleaned and dried.
+
+When the surgeon saw Peter's hurt to the left side of his neck and
+shoulder, which now were black, swollen, and very stiff, he shook his
+head, and said that time and rest alone could cure it, and that he must
+have been born under a fortunate star to have escaped with his life,
+which, save for his steel cap and leather jerkin, he would never have
+done. As no bones were broken, however, all that he could do was to
+dress the parts with some soothing ointment and cover them with clean
+cloths. This finished, he turned to Castell's wound, that was through
+the fleshy part of the right forearm, and, having syringed it out with
+warm water and oil, bound it up, saying that he would be well in a week.
+He added drily that the gale must have been fiercer even than he
+thought, since it could blow an arrow through a man's arm--a saying at
+which the priest pricked up his ears.
+
+To this Castell made no answer, but producing a piece of Morella's gold,
+offered it to him for his services, asking him at the same time to
+procure them mules or horses, if he could. The barber promised to try to
+do so, and being well pleased with his fee, which was a great one for
+Motril, said that he would see them again in the evening, and if he
+could hear of any beasts would tell them of it then. Also he promised to
+bring them some clothes and cloaks of Spanish make, since those they had
+were not fit to travel in through that country, being soiled and
+blood-stained.
+
+After he had gone, and the priest with him, who was busy seeing to the
+division of the spoils from the ship and making sure of his own share,
+the servant, a good soul, brought them soup, which they drank. Then they
+lay down again upon the beds and talked together as to what they
+should do.
+
+Castell was downhearted, pointing out that they were still as far from
+Margaret as ever, who was now once more lost to them, and in the hand of
+Morella, whence they could scarcely hope to snatch her. It would seem
+also that she was being taken to the Moorish city of Granada, if she
+were not already there, where Christian law and justice had no power.
+
+When he had heard him out, Peter, whose heart was always stout,
+answered:
+
+"God has as much power in Granada as in London, or on the seas whence He
+has saved us. I think, Sir, that we have great reason to be thankful to
+God, seeing that we are both alive to-day, who might so well have been
+dead, and that Margaret is alive also, and, as we believe, unharmed.
+Further, this Spanish thief of women is, it would seem, a strange man,
+that is, if there be any truth in his words, for although he could steal
+her, it appears that he cannot find it in his heart to do her violence,
+but is determined to win her only with her own consent, which I think
+will not be had readily. Also, he shrinks from murder, who, when he
+could have butchered us, did not do so."
+
+"I have known such men before," said Castell, "who hold some sins
+venial, but others deadly to their souls. It is a fruit of
+superstition."
+
+"Then, Sir, let us pray that Morella's superstitions may remain strong,
+and get us to Granada as quickly as we can, for there, remember, you
+have friends, both among the Jews and Moors, who have traded with the
+place for many years, and these may give us shelter. Therefore, though
+things are bad, still they might be worse."
+
+"That is so," answered Castell more cheerfully, "if, indeed, she has
+been taken to Granada; and as to this, we will try to learn something
+from the barber or the Father Henriques."
+
+"I put no faith in that priest, a sly fellow who is in the pay of
+Morella," answered Peter.
+
+Then they were silent, being still very weary, and having nothing more
+to say, but much to think about.
+
+About sundown the doctor came back and dressed their wounds. He brought
+with him a stock of clothes of Spanish make, hats and two heavy cloaks
+fit to travel in, which they bought from him at a good price. Also, he
+said that he had two fine mules in the courtyard, and Castell went out
+to look at them. They were sorry beasts enough, being poor and wayworn,
+but as no others were to be had they returned to the room to talk as to
+the price of them and their saddles. The chaffering was long, for he
+asked twice their value, which Castell said poor shipwrecked men could
+not pay; but in the end they struck a bargain, under which the barber
+was to keep and feed the mules for the night, and bring them round next
+morning with a guide who would show them the road to Granada. Meanwhile,
+they paid him for the clothes, but not for the beasts.
+
+Also they tried to learn something from him about the Marquis of
+Morella, but, like the Fray Henriques, the man was cunning, and kept his
+mouth shut, saying that it was ill for poor men like himself to chatter
+of the great, and that at Granada they could hear everything. So he went
+away, leaving some medicine for them to drink, and shortly afterwards
+the priest appeared.
+
+He was in high good-humour, having secured those jewels which they had
+left behind in the iron coffer as his share of the spoil of the ship.
+Taking note of him as he showed and fondled them, Castell added up the
+man, and concluded that he was very avaricious; one who hated the
+poverty in which he had been reared, and would do much for money.
+Indeed, when he spoke bitterly of the thieves who had been at the ship's
+strong-box and taken nearly all the gold, Castell determined that he
+must never know who those thieves were, lest they should meet with some
+accident on their journey.
+
+At length the trinkets were put away, and the priest said that they must
+sup with him, but lamented that he had no wine to give them, who was
+forced to drink water; whereon Castell prayed him to procure a few
+flasks of the best at their charges, which, nothing loth, he sent his
+servant out to do.
+
+So, dressed in their new Spanish clothes, and having all the gold hidden
+about them in two money-belts that they had bought from the barber at
+the same time, they went in to supper, which consisted of a Spanish dish
+called _olla podrida_--a kind of rich stew--bread, cheese, and fruit.
+Also the wine that they had bought was there, very good and strong, and,
+whilst taking but little of it themselves for fear they should fever
+their wounds, they persuaded Father Henriques to drink heartily, so that
+in the end he forgot his cunning, and spoke with freedom. Then, seeing
+that he was in a ripe humour, Castell asked him about the Marquis of
+Morella, and how it happened that he had a house in the Moorish capital
+of Granada.
+
+"Because he is half a Moor," answered the priest. "His father, it is
+said, was the Prince of Viana, and his mother a lady of royal Moorish
+blood, from whom he inherited great wealth, and his lands and palace in
+Granada. There, too, he loves to dwell, who, although he is so good a
+Christian by faith, has many heathen tastes, and, like the Moors,
+surrounds himself with a seraglio of beautiful women, as I know, for
+often I act as his chaplain, as in Granada there are no priests.
+Moreover, there is a purpose in all this, for, being partly of their
+blood, he is accredited to the court of their sultan, Boabdil, by
+Ferdinand and Isabella in whose interests he works in secret. For,
+strangers, you should know, if you do not know it already, that their
+Majesties have for long been at war against the Moor, and purpose to
+take what remains of his kingdom from him, and make it Christian, as
+they have already taken Malaga, and purified it by blood and fire from
+the accursed stain of infidelity."
+
+"Yes," said Castell, "we heard that in England, for I am a merchant who
+have dealings with Granada, whither I am going on my affairs."
+
+"On what affairs then goes the senora, who you say is your daughter, and
+what is that story that the sailors told of, about a fight between the
+_San Antonio_ and an English ship, which indeed we saw in the offing
+yesterday? And why did the wind blow an arrow through your arm, friend
+Merchant? And how came it that you two were left aboard the caravel when
+the marquis and his people escaped?"
+
+"You ask many questions, holy Father. Peter, fill the glass of his
+reverence; he drinks nothing who thinks that it is always Lent. Your
+health, Father. Ah! well emptied. Fill it again, Peter, and pass me the
+flask. Now I will begin to answer you with the story of the shipwreck."
+And he commenced an endless tale of the winds and sails and rocks and
+masts carried away, and of the English ship that tried to help the
+Spanish ship, and so forth, till at length the priest, whose glass Peter
+filled whenever his head was turned, fell back in his chair asleep.
+
+"Now," whispered Peter in English across the table to Castell--"now I
+think that we had best go to bed, for we have learned much from this
+holy spy--as I take him to be--and told little."
+
+So they crept away quietly to their chamber, and, having swallowed the
+draught that the doctor had given them, said their prayers each in his
+own fashion, locked the door, and lay down to rest as well as their
+wounds and sore anxieties would allow them.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+THE ADVENTURE OF THE INN
+
+Peter did not sleep well, for, notwithstanding all the barber's
+dressing, his hurt pained him much. Moreover, he was troubled by the
+thought that Margaret must be sure that both he and her father were
+dead, and of the sufferings of her sore heart. Whenever he dozed off he
+seemed to see her awake and weeping, yes, and to hear her sobs and
+murmurings of his name. When the first light of dawn crept through the
+high-barred windows, he arose and called Castell, for they could not
+dress without each other's help. Then they waited until they heard the
+sound of men talking and of beasts stamping in the courtyard without.
+Guessing that this was the barber with the mules, they unlocked their
+door and, finding the servant yawning in the passage, persuaded her to
+let them out of the house.
+
+The barber it was, sure enough, and with him a one-eyed youth mounted on
+a pony, who, he said, would guide them to Granada. So they returned with
+him into the house, where he looked at their wounds, shaking his head
+over that of Peter, who, he said, ought not to travel so soon. After
+this came more haggling as to the price of the mules, saddlery,
+saddle-bags in which they packed their few spare clothes, hire of the
+guide and his horse, and so forth, since, anxious as they were to get
+away, they did not dare to seem to have money to spare.
+
+At length everything was settled, and as their host, Father Henriques,
+had not yet appeared, they determined to depart without bidding him
+farewell, leaving some money in acknowledgment of his hospitality and as
+a gift to his church. Whilst they were handing it over to the servant,
+however, together with a fee for herself, the priest joined them,
+unshaven, and holding his hand to his tonsured head whilst he explained,
+what was not true, that he had been celebrating some early Mass in the
+church; then asked whither they were going.
+
+They told him, and pressed their gift upon him, which he accepted,
+nothing loth, though its liberality seemed to make him more urgent to
+delay their departure. They were not fit to travel; the roads were most
+unsafe; they would be taken captive by the Moors, and thrown into a
+dungeon with the Christian prisoners; no one could enter Granada without
+a passport, he declared, and so forth, to all of which they answered
+that they must go.
+
+Now he appeared to be much disturbed, and said finally that they would
+bring him into trouble with the Marquis of Morella--how or why, he would
+not explain, though Peter guessed that it might be lest the marquis
+should learn from them that this priest, his chaplain, had been
+plundering the ship which he thought sunk, and possessing himself of his
+jewels. At length, seeing that the man meant mischief and would stop
+them in some fashion if they delayed, they bade him farewell hastily,
+and, pushing past him, mounted the mules that stood outside and rode
+away with their guide.
+
+As they went they heard the priest, who now was in a rage, abusing the
+barber who had sold them the beasts, and caught the words "Spies,"
+"English senoras," and "Commands of the Marquis," so that they were glad
+when at length they found themselves outside the town, where as yet few
+were stirring, and riding unmolested on the road to Granada.
+
+This road proved to be no good one, and very hilly; moreover, the mules
+were even worse than they had thought, that which Peter rode stumbling
+continually. Now they asked the youth, their guide, how long it would
+take them to reach Granada; but all he answered them was:
+
+"_Quien sabe_?" (Who knows?) "It depends upon the will of God."
+
+An hour later they asked him again, whereon he replied:
+
+Perhaps to-night, perhaps to-morrow, perhaps never, as there were many
+thieves about, and if they escaped the thieves they would probably be
+captured by the Moors.
+
+"I think there is one thief very near to us," said Peter in English,
+looking at this ill-favoured young man, then added in his broken
+Spanish, "Friend, if we fall in with robbers or Moors, the first one who
+dies will be yourself," and he tapped the hilt of his sword.
+
+The lad uttered a Spanish curse, and turned the head of his pony round
+as though he would ride back to Motril, then changed his mind and pushed
+on a long way in front of them, nor could they come near him again for
+hours. So hard was the road and so feeble were the mules that,
+notwithstanding a midday halt to rest them, it was nightfall before they
+reached the top of the Sierra, and in the last sunset glow, separated
+from them by the rich _vega_ or plain, saw the minarets and palaces of
+Granada. Now they wished to push on, but their guide swore that it was
+impossible, as in the dark they would fall over precipices while
+descending to the plain. There was a _venta_ or inn near by, he said,
+where they could sleep, starting again at dawn.
+
+When Castell said that they did not wish to go to an inn, he answered
+that they must, since they had eaten what food they had, and here on
+the road there was no fodder for the beasts. So, reluctantly enough,
+they consented, knowing that unless they were fed the mules would never
+carry them to Granada, whereon the guide, pointing out the house to
+them, a lonely place in a valley about a hundred yards from the road,
+said that he would go on to make arrangements, and galloped off.
+
+As they approached this hostelry, which was surrounded by a rough wall
+for purposes of defence, they saw the one-eyed youth engaged in earnest
+conversation with a fat, ill-favoured man who had a great knife stuck in
+his girdle. Advancing to them, bowing, this man said that he was the
+host, and, in reply to their request for food and a room, told them that
+they could have both.
+
+They rode into the courtyard, whereon the inn-keeper locked the door in
+the wall behind them, explaining that it was to keep out robbers, and
+adding that they were fortunate to be where they could sleep quite
+safely. Then a Moor came and led away their mule to the stable, and
+they accompanied the landlord into the sitting-room, a long, low
+apartment furnished with tables and benches, on which sat several
+rough-looking fellows, drinking wine. Here the host suddenly demanded
+payment in advance, saying that he did not trust strangers. Peter would
+have argued with him; but Castell, thinking it best to comply,
+unbuttoned his garments to get at his money, for he had no loose coin in
+his pocket, having paid away the last at Motril.
+
+His right hand being still helpless, this he did with his left, and so
+awkwardly that the small doubloon he took hold of slipped from his
+fingers and fell on to the floor. Forgetting that he had not re-fastened
+the belt, he bent down to pick it up, whereon a number of gold pieces of
+various sorts, perhaps twenty of them, fell out and rolled hither and
+thither on the ground. Peter, watching, saw the landlord and the other
+men in the room exchange a quick and significant glance. They rose,
+however, and assisted to find the money, which the host returned to
+Castell, remarking with an unpleasant smile, that if he had known that
+his guests were so rich he would have charged them more for their
+accommodation.
+
+"Of your good heart I pray you not," answered Castell, "for that is all
+our worldly goods," and even as he spoke another gold piece, this time a
+large doubloon, which had remained in his clothing, slipped to
+the floor.
+
+"Of course, Senor," the host replied as he picked this up also and
+handed it back politely, "but shake yourself, there may still be a coin
+or two in your doublet." Castell did so, whereon the gold in his belt,
+loosened by what had fallen out, rattled audibly, and the audience
+smiled again, while the host congratulated him on the fact that he was
+in an honest house, and not wandering on the mountains, which were the
+home of so many bad men.
+
+Having pocketed his money with the best grace he could, and buckled his
+belt beneath his robe, Castell and Peter sat down at a table a little
+apart, and asked if they could have some supper. The host assented, and
+called to the Moorish servant to bring food, then sat down also, and
+began to put questions to them, of a sort which showed that their guide
+had already told all their story.
+
+"How did you learn of our shipwreck?" asked Castell by way of answer.
+
+"How? Why, from the people of the marquis, who stopped here to drink a
+cup of wine when he passed to Granada yesterday with his company and two
+senoras. He said that the _San Antonio_ had sunk, but told us nothing of
+your being left aboard of her."
+
+"Then forgive us, friend, if we, whose business is of no interest to
+you, copy his discretion, as we are weary and would rest."
+
+"Certainly, Senors--certainly," replied the man; "I go to hasten your
+supper, and to fetch you a flask of the wine of Granada worthy of your
+degree," and he left them.
+
+A while later their food came--good meat enough of its sort--and with it
+the wine in an earthenware jug, which, as he filled their horn mugs, the
+host said he had poured out of the flask himself that the crust of it
+might not slip. Castell thanked him, and asked him to drink a cup to
+their good journey; but he declined, answering that it was a fast day
+with him, on which he was sworn to touch only water. Now Peter, who had
+said nothing all this time, but noted much, just touched the wine with
+his lips, and smacked them as though in approbation while he whispered
+in English to Castell:
+
+"Drink it not; it is drugged!"
+
+"What says your son?" asked the host.
+
+"He says that it is delicious, but suddenly he has remembered what I too
+forgot, that the doctor at Motril forbade us to touch wine for fear lest
+we should worsen the hurts that we had in the shipwreck. Well, let it
+not be wasted. Give it to your friends. We must be content with thinner
+stuff." And taking up a jug of water that stood upon the table, he
+filled an empty cup with it and drank, then passed it to Peter, while
+the host looked at them sourly.
+
+Then, as though by an afterthought, Castell rose and politely presented
+the jug of wine and the two filled mugs to the men who were sitting at a
+table close by, saying that it was a pity that they should not have the
+benefit of such fine liquor. One of these fellows, as it chanced, was
+their own guide, who had come in from tending the mules. They took the
+mugs readily enough, and two of them tossed off their contents, whereon,
+with a smothered oath, the landlord snatched away the jug and
+vanished with it.
+
+Castell and Peter went on with their meal, for they saw their neighbours
+eating of the same dish, as did the landlord also, who had returned,
+and, it seemed to Peter, was watching the two men who had drunk the
+wine with an anxious eye. Presently one of these rose from the table
+and, going to a bench on the other side of the room, flung himself down
+upon it and became quite silent, while their one-eyed guide stretched
+out his arms and fell face forward so that his head rested on an empty
+plate, where he remained apparently insensible. The host sprang up and
+stood irresolute, and Castell, rising, said that evidently the poor lad
+was sleepy after his long ride, and as they were the same, would he be
+so courteous as to show them to their room?
+
+He assented readily, indeed it was clear that he wished to be rid of
+them, for the other men were staring at the guide and their companion,
+and muttering amongst themselves.
+
+"This way, Senors," he said, and led them to the end of the place where
+a broad step-ladder stood. Going up it, a lamp in his hand, he opened a
+trap-door and called to them to follow him, which Castell did. Peter,
+however, first turned and said good-night to the company who were
+watching them; at the same moment, as though by accident or
+thoughtlessly, half drawing his sword from its scabbard. Then he too
+went up the ladder, and found himself with the others in an attic.
+
+It was a bare place, the only furniture in it being two chairs and two
+rough wooden bedsteads without heads to them, mere trestles indeed, that
+stood about three feet apart against a boarded partition which appeared
+to divide this room from some other attic beyond. Also, there was a hole
+in the wall immediately beneath the eaves of the house that served the
+purpose of a window, over which a sack was nailed. "We are poor folk,"
+said the landlord as they glanced round this comfortless garret, "but
+many great people have slept well here, as doubtless you will also," and
+he turned to descend the ladder.
+
+"It will serve," answered Castell; "but, friend, tell your men to leave
+the stable open, as we start at dawn, and be so good as to give me
+that lamp."
+
+"I cannot spare the lamp," he grunted sulkily, with his foot already on
+the first step.
+
+Peter strode to him and grasped his arm with one hand, while with the
+other he seized the lamp. The man cursed, and began to fumble at his
+belt, as though for a knife, whereon Peter, putting out his strength,
+twisted his arm so fiercely that in his pain he loosed the lamp, which
+remained in Peter's hand. The inn-keeper made a grab at it, missed his
+footing and rolled down the ladder, falling heavily on the floor below.
+
+Watching from above, to their relief they saw him pick himself up, and
+heard him begin to revile them, shaking his fist and vowing vengeance.
+Then Peter shut down the trap-door. It was ill fitted, so that the edge
+of it stood up above the flooring, also the bolt that fastened it had
+been removed, although the staples in which it used to work remained.
+Peter looked round for some stick or piece of wood to pass through these
+staples, but could find nothing. Then he bethought him of a short length
+of cord that he had in his pocket, which served to tie one of the
+saddle-bags in its place on his mule. This he fastened from one staple
+to the other, so that the trap-door could not be lifted more than an
+inch or two.
+
+Reflecting that this might be done, and the cord cut with a knife
+passed through the opening, he took one of the chairs and stood it so
+that two of its legs rested on the edge of the trap-door and the other
+two upon the boarding of the floor. Then he said to Castell:
+
+"We are snared birds; but they must get into the cage before they wring
+our necks. That wine was poisoned, and, if they can, they will murder us
+for our money--or because they have been told to do so by the guide. We
+had best keep awake to-night."
+
+"I think so," answered Castell anxiously. "Listen, they are talking down
+below."
+
+Talking they were, as though they debated something, but after a while
+the sound of voices died away. When all was silent they hunted round the
+attic, but could find nothing that was unusual to such places. Peter
+looked at the window-hole, and, as it was large enough for a man to pass
+through, tried to drag one of the beds beneath it, thinking that if any
+such attempt were made, he who lay thereon would have the thief at his
+mercy, only to find, however, that these were screwed to the floor and
+immovable. As there was nothing more that they could do, they went and
+sat upon these beds, their bare swords in their hands, and waited a long
+while, but nothing happened.
+
+At length the lamp, which had been flickering feebly for some time, went
+out, lacking oil, and except for the light which crept through the
+window-place, for now they had torn away the sacking that hung over it,
+they were in darkness.
+
+A little while later they heard the sound of a horse's hoofs, and the
+door of the house open and shut, after which there was more talking
+below, and mingling with it a new voice which Peter seemed to remember.
+
+"I have it," he whispered to Castell. "Here is our late host, Father
+Henriques, come to see how his guests are faring."
+
+Another half-hour and the waning moon rose, throwing a beam of light
+into their chamber; also they heard horse's hoofs again. Going to the
+window, Peter looked out of it and saw the horse, a fine beast, being
+held by the landlord, then a man came and mounted it and, at some remark
+of his, turned his face upwards towards their window. It was that of
+Father Henriques.
+
+The two whispered together for a while till the priest blessed the
+landlord in Latin words and rode away, and again they heard the door of
+the house close.
+
+"He is off to Granada, to warn Morella his master of our coming," said
+Castell, as they reseated themselves upon the beds.
+
+"To warn Morella that we shall never come, perhaps; but we will beat him
+yet," replied Peter.
+
+The night wore on, and Castell, who was very weary, sank back upon the
+bolster and began to doze, when suddenly the chair that was set upon the
+trap-door fell over with a great clatter, and he sprang up, asking what
+that noise might be.
+
+"Only a rat," answered Peter, who saw no good in telling him the
+truth--namely, that thieves or murderers had tried to open the
+trap-door.
+
+Then he crept down the room, felt the cord, to find that it was still
+uncut, and replaced the chair where it had been. This done, Peter came
+back to the bed and threw himself down upon it as though he would
+slumber, though never was he more wide awake. The weariness of Castell
+had overcome him again, however, for he snored at his side.
+
+For a long while nothing further happened, although once the ray of
+moonlight was cut off, and for an instant Peter thought that he saw a
+face at the window. If so, it vanished and returned no more. Now from
+behind their heads came faint sounds, like those of stifled breathing,
+like those of naked feet; then a slight creaking and scratching in the
+wall--a mouse's tooth might have caused it--and suddenly, right in that
+ray of moonlight, a cruel-looking knife and a naked arm projected
+through the panelling.
+
+The knife flickered for a second over the breast of the sleeping Castell
+as though it were a living thing that chose the spot where it would
+strike. One second--only one--for the next Peter had drawn himself up,
+and with a sweep of the sword which lay unscabbarded at his side, had
+shorn that arm off above the elbow, just where it projected from the
+panelling.
+
+"What was that?" asked Castell again, as something fell upon him.
+
+"A snake," answered Peter, "a poisonous snake. Wake up now, and look."
+
+Castell obeyed, staring in silence at the horrible arm which still
+clasped the great knife, while from beyond the panelling there came a
+stifled groan, then a sound as of a heavy body stumbling away.
+
+"Come," said Peter, "let us be going, unless we would stop here for
+ever. That fellow will soon be back to seek his arm."
+
+"Going! How?" asked Castell.
+
+"There seems to be but one road, and that a rough one, through the
+window and over the wall," answered Peter. "Ah! there they come; I
+thought so." And as he spoke they heard the sound of men scrambling up
+the ladder.
+
+They ran to the window-place and looked out, but there seemed to be no
+one below, and it was not more than twelve feet from the ground. Peter
+helped Castell through it, then, holding his sound arm with both his
+own, lowered him as far as he could, and let go. He dropped on to his
+feet, fell to the ground, then rose again, unhurt. Peter was about to
+follow him when he heard the chair tumble over again, and, looking
+round, saw the trap-door open, to fall back with a crash. They had
+cut the cord!
+
+The figure of a man holding a knife appeared in the faint light,
+followed by the head of another man. Now it was too late for him to get
+through the window-place safely; if he attempted it he would be stabbed
+in the back. So, grasping his sword with both hands, Peter leapt at that
+man, aiming a great stroke at his shadowy mass. It fell upon him
+somewhere, for down he went and lay quite still. By now the second man
+had his knee upon the edge of flooring. Peter thrust him through, and he
+sank backwards on to the heads of others who were following him,
+sweeping the ladder with his weight, so that all of them tumbled in a
+heap at its foot, save one who hung to the edge of the trap frame by his
+hands. Peter slammed its door to, crushing them so that he loosed his
+grip, with a howl. Then, as he had nothing else, he dragged the body of
+the dead man on to it and left him there.
+
+Next he rushed to the window, sheathing his sword as he ran, scrambled
+through it, and, hanging by his arms, let himself drop, coming to the
+ground safely, for he was very agile, and in the excitement of the fray
+forgot the hurt to his head and shoulder.
+
+"Where now?" asked Castell, as he stood by him panting.
+
+"To the stable for the mules. No, it is useless; we have no time to
+saddle them, and the outer gate is locked. The wall--the wall--we must
+climb it! They will be after us in a minute."
+
+They ran thither and found that, though ten feet high, fortunately this
+wall was built of rough stone, which gave an easy foothold. Peter
+scrambled up first, then, lying across its top, stretched down his hand
+to Castell, and with difficulty--for the man was heavy and
+crippled--dragged him to his side. Just then they heard a voice from
+their garret shout:
+
+"The English devils have gone! Get to the door and cut them off."
+
+"Come on," said Peter. So together they climbed, or rather fell, down
+the wall on to a mass of prickly-pear bush, which broke the shock but
+tore them so sorely in a score of places that they could have shrieked
+with the pain. Somehow they freed themselves, and, bleeding all over,
+broke from that accursed bush, struggling up the bank of the ditch in
+which it grew, ran for the road, and along it towards Granada.
+
+Before they had gone a hundred yards they heard shoutings, and guessed
+that they were being followed. Just here the road crossed a ravine full
+of boulders and rough scrubby growth, whereas beyond it was bare and
+open. Peter seized Castell and dragged him up this ravine till they came
+to a place where, behind a great stone, there was a kind of hole, filled
+with bushes and tall, dead grass, into which they plunged and hid
+themselves.
+
+"Draw your sword," he said to Castell. "If they find us, we will die as
+well as we can."
+
+He obeyed, holding it in his left hand.
+
+They heard the robbers run along the road; then, seeing that they had
+missed their victims, these returned again, five or six of them, and
+fell to searching the ravine. But the light was very bad, for here the
+rays of the moon did not penetrate, and they could find nothing.
+Presently two of them halted within five paces of them and began to
+talk, saying that the swine must still be hidden in the yard, or perhaps
+had doubled back for Motril.
+
+"I don't know where they are hidden," answered the other man; "but this
+is a poor business. Fat Pedro's arm is cut clean off, and I expect he
+will bleed to death, while two of the other fellows are dead or dying,
+for that long-legged Englishman hits hard, to say nothing of those who
+drank the drugged wine, and look as though they would never wake. Yes, a
+poor business to get a few doubloons and please a priest, but oh! if I
+had the hogs here I----" And he hissed out a horrible threat. "Meanwhile
+we had best lie up at the mouth of this place in case they should still
+be hidden here."
+
+Peter heard him and listened. All the other men had gone, running back
+along the road. His blood was up, and the thorn pricks stung him sorely.
+Saying no word, out of his lair he came with that terrible sword of
+his aloft.
+
+The men caught sight of him, and gave a gasp of fear. It was the last
+sound that one of them ever made. Then the other turned and ran like a
+hare. This was he who had uttered the threat.
+
+"Stop!" whispered Peter, as he overtook him--"stop, and do what you
+promised."
+
+The brute turned, and asked for mercy, but got none.
+
+"It was needful," said Peter to Castell presently; "you heard--they were
+going to wait for us."
+
+"I do not think that they will try to murder any more Englishmen at that
+inn," panted Castell, as he ran along beside him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+INEZ AND HER GARDEN
+
+For two hours or more John Castell and Peter travelled on the Granada
+road, running when it was smooth, walking when it was rough, and
+stopping from time to time to get their breath and listen. But the night
+was quite silent, no one seemed to be pursuing them. Evidently the
+remaining cut-throats had either taken another way or, having their fill
+of this adventure, wanted to see no more of Peter and his sword.
+
+At length the dawn broke over the great misty plain, for now they were
+crossing the _vega_. Then the sun rose and dispelled the vapours, and a
+dozen miles or more away they saw Granada on its hill. They saw each
+other also, and a sorry sight they were, torn by the sharp thorns, and
+stained with blood from their scratches. Peter was bare-headed too, for
+he had lost his cap, and almost beside himself now that the excitement
+had left him, from lack of sleep, pain, and weariness. Moreover, as the
+sun rose, it grew fearfully hot upon that plain, and its fierce rays,
+striking full upon his head, seemed to stupefy him, so that at last they
+were obliged to halt and weave a kind of hat out of corn and grasses,
+which gave him so strange an appearance that some Moors, whom they met
+going to their toil, thought that he must be a madman, and ran away.
+
+Still they crawled forward, refreshing themselves with water whenever
+they could find any in the irrigation ditches that these people used for
+their crops, but covering little more than a mile an hour. Towards noon
+the heat grew so dreadful that they were obliged to lie down to rest
+under the shade of some palm-like trees, and here, absolutely outworn,
+they sank into a kind of sleep.
+
+They were awakened by a sound of voices, and staggered to their feet,
+drawing their swords, for they thought that the thieves from the inn had
+overtaken them. Instead of these ruffianly murderers, however, they saw
+before them a body of eight Moors, beautifully mounted upon white
+horses, and clad in turbans and flowing robes, the like of which Peter
+had never yet beheld, who sat there regarding them gravely with their
+quiet eyes, and, as it seemed, not without pity.
+
+"Put up your swords, Senors," said the leader of these Moors in
+excellent Spanish--indeed, he seemed to be a Spaniard dressed in Eastern
+garments--"for we are many and fresh; and you are but two and wounded."
+
+They obeyed, who could do nothing else.
+
+"Now tell us, though there is little need to ask," went on the captain,
+"you are those men of England who boarded the _San Antonio_ and escaped
+when she was sinking, are you not?"
+
+Castell nodded, then answered:
+
+"We boarded her to seek----"
+
+"Never mind what you sought," the captain answered; "the names of
+exalted ladies should not be mentioned before strange men. But you have
+been in trouble again since then, at the inn yonder, where this tall
+senor bore himself very bravely. Oh! we have heard all the story, and
+give him honour who can wield a sword so well in the dark."
+
+"We thank you," said Castell, "but what is your business with us?"
+
+"Senor, we are sent by our master, his Excellency, the high Lord and
+Marquis of Morella, to find you and bring you to be his guests
+at Granada."
+
+"So the priest has told. I thought as much," muttered Peter.
+
+"We pray you to come without trouble, as we do not wish to do any
+violence to such gallant men," went on the captain. "Be pleased to mount
+two of these horses, and ride with us."
+
+"I am a merchant, with friends of my own at Granada," answered Castell.
+"Cannot we go to them, who do not seek the hospitality of the marquis?"
+
+"Senor, our orders are otherwise, and here the word of our master, the
+marquis, is a law that may not be broken."
+
+"I thought that Boabdil was king of Granada," said Castell.
+
+"Without doubt he is king, Senor, and by the grace of Allah will remain
+so, but the marquis is allied to him in blood; also, while the truce
+lasts, he is a representative of their Majesties of Spain in our city,"
+and, at a sign, two of the Moors dismounted and led forward their
+horses, holding the stirrups, and offering to help them to the saddle.
+
+"There is nothing for it," said Peter; "we must go." So, awkwardly
+enough, for they were very stiff, they climbed on to the beasts and rode
+away with their captors.
+
+The sun was sinking now, for they had slept long, and by the time they
+reached the gates of Granada the muezzins were calling to the sunset
+prayer from the minarets of the mosques.
+
+It was but a very dim and confused idea that Peter gathered of the great
+city of the Moors, as, surrounded by their white-robed escort, he rode
+he knew not whither. Narrow winding streets, white houses, shuttered
+windows, crowds of courteous, somewhat silent people, all men, and all
+clad in those same strange, flowing dresses, who looked at them
+curiously, and murmured words which afterwards he came to learn meant
+"Christian prisoners," or sometimes "Christian dogs"; fretted and
+pointed arches, and a vast fairy-like building set upon a hill. He was
+dazed with pain and fatigue as, a long-legged, blood-stained figure,
+crowned with his quaint hat of grasses, he rode through that wondrous
+and imperial place.
+
+Yet no man laughed at him, absurd as he must have seemed; but perhaps
+this was because under the grotesqueness of his appearance they
+recognised something of his quality. Or they might have heard rumours of
+his sword-play at the inn and on the ship. At any rate, their attitude
+was that of courteous dislike of the Christian, mingled with respect for
+the brave man in misfortune.
+
+At length, after mounting a long rise, they came to a palace on a mount,
+facing the vast, red-walled fortress which seemed to dominate the place,
+which he afterwards knew as the Alhambra, but separated from it by a
+valley. This palace was a very great building, set on three sides of a
+square, and surrounded by gardens, wherein tall cypress-trees pointed to
+the tender sky. They rode through the gardens and sundry gateways till
+they came to a courtyard where servants, with torches in their hands,
+ran out to meet them. Somebody helped him off his horse, somebody
+supported him up a flight of marble steps, beneath which a fountain
+splashed, into a great, cool room with an ornamented roof. Then Peter
+remembered no more.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A time went by, a long, long time--in fact it was nearly a month--before
+Peter really opened his eyes to the world again. Not that he had been
+insensible for all this while--that is, quite--for at intervals he had
+become aware of that large, cool room, and of people talking about
+him--especially of a dark-eyed, light-footed, and pretty woman with a
+white wimple round her face, who appeared to be in charge of him.
+Occasionally he thought that this must be Margaret, and yet knew that it
+could not, for she was different. Also, he remembered that once or twice
+he had seemed to see the haughty, handsome face of Morella bending over
+him, as though he watched curiously to learn whether he would live or
+not, and then had striven to rise to fight him, and been pressed back by
+the soft, white hands of the woman that yet were so terribly strong.
+
+Now, when he awoke at last, it was to see her sitting there with a ray
+of sunlight from some upper window falling on her face, sitting with her
+chin resting on her hand and her elbow on her knee, and contemplating
+him with a pretty, puzzled look. She made a sweet picture thus, he
+thought. Then he spoke to her in his slow Spanish, for somehow he knew
+that she would not understand his own tongue.
+
+"You are not Margaret," he said.
+
+At once the dream went out of the woman's soft eyes; she became
+intensely interested, and, rising, advanced towards him, a very gracious
+figure, who seemed to sway as she walked.
+
+"No, no," she said, bending over him and touching his forehead with her
+taper fingers; "my name is Inez. You wander still, Senor."
+
+"Inez what?" he asked.
+
+"Inez only," she answered, "Inez, a woman of Granada, the rest is lost.
+Inez, the nurse of sick men, Senor."
+
+"Where then is Margaret--the English Margaret?"
+
+A veil of secrecy seemed to fall over the woman's face, and her voice
+changed as she answered, no longer ringing true, or so it struck his
+senses made quick and subtle by the fires of fever:
+
+"I know no English Margaret. Do you then love her--this English
+Margaret?"
+
+"Aye," he answered, "she was stolen from me; I have followed her from
+far, and suffered much. Is she dead or living?"
+
+"I have told you, Senor, I know nothing, although"--and again the voice
+became natural--"it is true that I thought you loved somebody from your
+talk in your illness."
+
+Peter pondered a while, then he began to remember, and asked again:
+
+"Where is Castell?"
+
+"Castell? Was he your companion, the man with a hurt arm who looked like
+a Jew? I do not know where he is. In another part of the city, perhaps.
+I think that he was sent to his friends. Question me not of such
+matters, who am but your sick-nurse. You have been very ill, Senor.
+Look!" And she handed him a little mirror made of polished silver, then,
+seeing that he was too weak to take it, held it before him.
+
+Peter saw his face, and groaned, for, except the red scar upon his
+cheek, it was ivory white and wasted to nothing.
+
+"I am glad Margaret did not see me like this," he said, with an attempt
+at a smile, "bearded too, and what a beard! Lady, how could you have
+nursed one so hideous?"
+
+"I have not found you hideous," she answered softly; "besides, that is
+my trade. But you must not talk, you must rest. Drink this, and rest,"
+and she gave him soup in a silver bowl, which he swallowed readily
+enough, and went to sleep again.
+
+Some days afterwards, when Peter was well on the road to convalescence,
+his beautiful nurse came and sat by him, a look of pity in her tender,
+Eastern eyes.
+
+"What is it now, Inez?" he asked, noting her changed face.
+
+"Senor Pedro, you spoke to me a while ago, when you woke up from your
+long sleep, of a certain Margaret, did you not? Well, I have been
+inquiring of this Dona Margaret, and have no good news to tell of her."
+
+Peter set his teeth, and said:
+
+"Go on, tell me the worst."
+
+"This Margaret was travelling with the Marquis of Morella, was she
+not?"
+
+"She had been stolen by him," answered Peter.
+
+"Alas! it may be so; but here in Spain, and especially here in Granada,
+that will scarcely screen the name of one who has been known to travel
+with the Marquis of Morella."
+
+"So much the worse for the Marquis of Morella when I meet him again,"
+answered Peter sternly. "What is your story, Nurse Inez?"
+
+She looked with interest at his grim, thin face, but, as it seemed to
+him, with no displeasure.
+
+"A sad one. As I have told you, a sad one. It seems that the other day
+this senora was found dead at the foot of the tallest tower of the
+marquis's palace, though whether she fell from it, or was thrown from
+it, none know."
+
+Peter gasped, and was silent for a while; then asked:
+
+"Did you see her dead?"
+
+"No, Senor; others saw her."
+
+"And told you to tell me? Nurse Inez, I do not believe your tale. If the
+Dona Margaret, my betrothed, were dead I should know it; but my heart
+tells me that she is alive."
+
+"You have great faith, Senor," said the woman, with a note of admiration
+in her voice which she could not suppress, but, as he observed, without
+contradicting him.
+
+"I have faith," he answered. "Nothing else is left; but so far it has
+been a good crutch."
+
+Peter made no further allusion to the subject, only presently he asked:
+
+"Tell me, where am I?"
+
+"In a prison, Senor."
+
+"Oh! a prison, with a beautiful woman for jailer, and other beautiful
+women"--and he pointed to a fair creature who had brought something into
+the room--"as servants. A very fine prison also," and he looked about
+him at the marbles and arches and lovely carving.
+
+"There are men without the gate, not women," she replied, smiling.
+
+"I daresay; captives can be tied with ropes of silk, can they not? Well,
+whose is this prison?"
+
+She shook her head.
+
+"I do not know, Senor. The Moorish king's perhaps--you yourself have
+said that I am only the jailer."
+
+"Then who pays you?"
+
+"Perhaps I am not paid, Senor; perhaps I work for love," and she glanced
+at him swiftly, "or hate," and her face changed.
+
+"Not hate of me, I think," said Peter.
+
+"No, Senor, not hate of you. Why should I hate you who have been so
+helpless and so courteous to me?" and she bent the knee to him a little.
+
+"Why indeed? especially as I am also grateful to you who have nursed me
+back to life. But then, why hide the truth from a helpless man?"
+
+Inez glanced about her; the room was empty now. She bent over him and
+whispered:
+
+"Have you never been forced to hide the truth? No, I read it in your
+face, and you are not a woman--an erring woman."
+
+They looked into each other's eyes a while, then Peter asked: "Is the
+Dona Margaret really dead?"
+
+"I do not know," she answered; "I was told so." And as though she feared
+lest she should betray herself, Inez turned and left him quickly.
+
+The days went by, and through the slow degrees of convalescence Peter
+grew strong again. But they brought him no added knowledge. He did not
+know where he dwelt or why he was there. All he knew was that he lived a
+prisoner in a sumptuous palace, or as he suspected, for of this he could
+not be sure, since the arched windows of one side of the building were
+walled up, in the wing of a palace. Nobody came near to him except the
+fair Inez, and a Moor who either was deaf or could understand nothing
+that he said to him in Spanish. There were other women about, it is
+true, very pretty women all of them, who acted as servants, but none of
+these were allowed to approach him; he only saw them at a distance.
+
+Therefore Inez was his sole companion, and with her he grew very
+intimate, to a certain extent, but no further. On the occasion that has
+been described she had lifted a corner of her veil which hid her true
+self, but a long while passed before she enlarged her confidence. The
+veil was kept down very close indeed. Day by day he questioned her, and
+day by day, without the slightest show of irritation, or even annoyance,
+she parried his questions. They knew perfectly well that they were
+matching their wits against each other; but as yet Inez had the best of
+the game, which, indeed, she seemed to enjoy. He would talk to her also
+of all sorts of things--the state of Spain, the Moorish court, the
+danger that threatened Granada, whereof the great siege now drew near,
+and so forth--and of these matters she would discourse most
+intelligently, with the result that he learned much of the state of
+politics in Castile and Granada, and greatly improved his knowledge of
+the Spanish tongue.
+
+But when of a sudden, as he did again and again, he sprang some question
+on her about Morella, or Margaret, or John Castell, that same subtle
+change would come over her face, and the same silence would seal
+her lips.
+
+"Senor," she said to him one day with a laugh, "you ask me of secrets
+which I might reveal to you--perhaps--if you were my husband or my love,
+but which you cannot expect a nurse, whose life hangs on it, to answer.
+Not that I wish you to become my husband or my lover," she added, with a
+little nervous laugh.
+
+Peter looked at her with his grave eyes.
+
+"I know that you do not wish that," he said, "for how could I attract
+one so gay and beautiful as you are?"
+
+"You seem to attract the English Margaret," she replied quickly in a
+nettled voice.
+
+"To have attracted, you mean, as you tell me that she is dead," he
+answered; and, seeing her mistake, Inez bit her lip. "But," he went on,
+"I was going to add, though it may have no value for you, that you have
+attracted me as your true friend."
+
+"Friend!" she said, opening her large eyes, "what talk is this? Can the
+woman Inez find a friend in a man who is under sixty?"
+
+"It would appear so," he answered. And again with that graceful little
+curtsey of hers she went away, leaving him very puzzled. Two days
+later she appeared in his room, evidently much disturbed.
+
+"I thought that you had left me altogether, and I am glad to see you,
+for I tire of that deaf Moor and of this fine room. I want fresh air."
+
+"I know it," she answered; "so I have come to take you to walk in a
+garden."
+
+He leapt for joy at her words, and snatching at his sword, which had
+been left to him, buckled it on.
+
+"You will not need that," she said.
+
+"I thought that I should not need it in yonder inn, but I did," he
+answered. Whereat she laughed, then turned, put her hand upon his
+shoulder and spoke to him earnestly.
+
+"See, friend," she whispered, "you want to walk in the fresh air--do you
+not?--and to learn certain things--and I wish to tell you them. But I
+dare not do it here, where we may at any moment be surrounded by spies,
+for these walls have ears indeed. Well, when we walk in that garden,
+would it be too great a penance for you to put your arm about my
+waist--you who still need support?"
+
+"No penance at all, I assure you," answered Peter with something like a
+smile. For after all he was a man, and young; while the waist of Inez
+was as pretty as all the rest of her. "But," he added, "it might be
+misunderstood."
+
+"Quite so, I wish it to be misunderstood: not by me, who know that you
+care nothing for me and would as soon place your arm round that
+marble column."
+
+Peter opened his lips to speak, but she stopped him at once.
+
+"Oh! do not waste falsehoods on me, in which of a truth you have no
+art," she said with evident irritation. "Why, if you had the money, you
+would offer to pay me for my nursing, and who knows, I might take it!
+Understand, you must either do this, seeming to play the lover to me, or
+we cannot walk together in that garden."
+
+Peter hesitated a little, guessing a plot, while she bent forward till
+her lips almost touched his ear and said in a still lower voice:
+
+"And I cannot tell you how, perhaps--I say perhaps--you may come to see
+the remains of the Dona Margaret, and certain other matters. Ah!" she
+added after a pause, with a little bitter laugh, "now you will kiss me
+from one end of the garden to the other, will you not? Foolish man!
+Doubt no more; take your chance, it may be the last."
+
+"Of what? Kissing you? Or the other things?"
+
+"That you will find out," she said, with a shrug of her shoulders.
+"Come!"
+
+Then, while he followed dubiously, she led him down the length of the
+great room to a door with a spy-hole in the top of it, that was set in a
+Moorish archway at the corner.
+
+This door she opened, and there beyond it, a drawn scimitar in his hand,
+stood a tall Moor on guard. Inez spoke a word to him, whereon he saluted
+with his scimitar and let them pass across the landing to a turret stair
+that lay beyond, which they descended. At its foot was another door,
+whereon she knocked four times. Bolts shot back, keys turned, and it was
+opened by a black porter, beyond whom stood a second Moor, also with
+drawn sword. They passed him as they had passed the first, turned down a
+little passage to the right, ending in some steps, and came to a third
+door, in front of which she halted.
+
+"Now," she said, "nerve yourself for the trial."
+
+"What trial?" he asked, supporting himself against the wall, for he
+found his legs still weak.
+
+"This," she answered, pointing to her waist, "and these," and she
+touched her rich, red lips with her taper finger-points. "Would you
+like to practise a little, my innocent English knight, before we go out?
+You look as though you might seem awkward and unconvincing."
+
+"I think," answered Peter drily, for the humour of the situation moved
+him, "that such practice is somewhat dangerous for me. It might annoy
+you before I had done. I will postpone my happiness until we are in
+the garden."
+
+"I thought so," she answered; "but look now, you must play the part, or
+I shall suffer, who am bearing much for you."
+
+"I think that I may suffer also," he murmured, but not so low that she
+did not catch his words.
+
+"No, friend Pedro," she said, turning on him, "it is the woman who
+suffers in this kind of farce. She pays; the man rides away to play
+another," and without more ado she opened the door, which proved to be
+unlocked and unguarded.
+
+Beyond the foot of some steps lay a most lovely garden. Great, tapering
+cypresses grew about it, with many orange-trees and flowering shrubs
+that filled the soft, southern air with odours. Also there were marble
+fountains into which water splashed from the mouths of carven lions, and
+here and there arbours with stone seats, whereon were laid soft cushions
+of many colours. It was a veritable place of Eastern delight and
+dreams, such as Peter had never known before he looked upon it on that
+languorous eve--he who had not seen the sky or flowers for so many weary
+weeks of sickness. It was secluded also, being surrounded by a high
+wall, but at one place the tall, windowless tower of some other building
+of red stone soared up between and beyond two lofty cypress-trees.
+
+"This is the harem garden," Inez whispered, "where many a painted
+favourite has flitted for a few happy, summer hours, till winter came
+and the butterfly was broken," and, as she spoke, she dropped her veil
+over her face and began to descend the stairs.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+PETER PLAYS A PART
+
+"Stop," said Peter from the shadow of the doorway, "I fear this
+business, Inez, and I do not understand why it is needful. Why cannot
+you say what you have to say here?"
+
+"Are you mad?" she answered almost fiercely through her veil. "Do you
+think that it can be any pleasure for me to seem to make love to a stone
+shaped like a man, for whom I care nothing at all--except as a friend?"
+she added quickly. "I tell you, Senor Peter, that if you do not do as I
+tell you, you will never hear what I have to say, for I shall be held to
+have failed in my business, and within a few minutes shall vanish from
+you for ever--to my death perhaps; but what does that matter to you?
+Choose now, and quickly, for I cannot stand thus for long."
+
+"I obey you, God forgive me!" said the distraught Peter from the
+darkness of the doorway; "but must I really----?"
+
+"Yes, you must," she answered with energy, "and some would not think
+that so great a penance."
+
+Then she lifted the corner of her veil coyly and, peeping out beneath
+it, called in a soft, clear voice, "Oh! forgive me, dear friend, if I
+have run too fast for you, forgetting that you are still so very weak.
+Here, lean upon me; I am frail, but it may serve." And she passed up the
+steps again, to reappear in another moment with Peter's hand resting on
+her shoulder.
+
+"Be careful of these steps," she said, "they are so slippery"--a
+statement to which Peter, whose pale face had grown suddenly red,
+murmured a hearty assent. "Do not be afraid," she went on in her
+flute-like voice; "this is the secret garden, where none can hear words,
+however sweet, and none can see even a caress, no, not the most jealous
+woman. That is why in old days it was called the Sultana's Chamber, for
+there at the end of it was where she bathed in the summer season. What
+say you of spies? Oh! yes, in the palace there are many, but to look
+towards this place, even for the Guardian of the Women, was always
+death. Here there are no witnesses, save the flowers and the birds."
+
+As she spoke thus they reached the central path, and passed up it
+slowly, Peter's hand still upon the shoulder of Inez, and her white arm
+about him, while she looked up into his eyes.
+
+"Bend closer over me," she whispered, "for truly your face is like that
+of a wooden saint," and he bent. "Now," she went on, "listen. Your lady
+lives, and is well--kiss me on the lips, please, that news is worth it.
+If you shut your eyes you can imagine that I am she."
+
+Again Peter obeyed, and with a better grace than might have been
+expected.
+
+"She is a prisoner in this same palace," she went on, "and the marquis,
+who is mad for love of her, seeks by all means, fair or foul, to make
+her his wife!"
+
+"Curse him!" exclaimed Peter with another embrace.
+
+"Till a few days ago she thought you dead; but now she knows that you
+are alive and recovering. Her father, Castell, escaped from the place
+where he was put, and is in hiding among his friends, the Jews, where
+even Morella cannot find him; indeed, he believes him fled from the
+city. But he is not fled, and, having much gold, has opened a door
+between himself and his daughter."
+
+Here she stopped to return the embrace with much warmth. Then they
+passed under some trees, and came to the marble baths where the sultanas
+were supposed to have bathed in summer, for this place had been one of
+the palaces of the Kings of Granada before they lived in the Alhambra.
+Here Inez sat down upon a seat and loosened some garment about her
+throat, for the evening was very hot.
+
+"What are you doing?" Peter asked doubtfully, for he was filled with
+many fears.
+
+"Cooling myself," she answered; "your arm was warm, and we may sit here
+for a few minutes."
+
+"Well, go on with your tale," he said.
+
+"I have little more to say, friend, except that if you wish to send any
+message, I might perhaps be able to take it."
+
+"You are an angel," he exclaimed.
+
+"That is another word for messenger, is it not? Continue."
+
+"Tell her--that if she hears anything of all this business, it isn't
+true."
+
+"On that point she may form her own opinion," replied Inez demurely. "If
+I were in her place I know what mine would be. Don't waste time; we
+must soon begin to walk again."
+
+Peter stared at her, for he could understand nothing of all this play.
+Apparently she read his look, for she answered it in a quiet,
+serious voice:
+
+"You are wondering what everything means, and why I am doing what I do.
+I will tell you, Senor, and you can believe me or not as you like.
+Perhaps you think that I am in love with you. It would not be wonderful,
+would it? Besides, in the old tales, that always happens--the lady who
+nurses the Christian knight and worships him and so forth."
+
+"I don't think anything of the sort; I am not so vain."
+
+"I know it, Senor, you are too good a man to be vain. Well, I do all
+these things, not for love of you, or any one, but for hate--for hate.
+Yes, for hate of Morella," and she clenched her little hand, hissing the
+words out between her teeth.
+
+"I understand the feeling," said Peter. "But--but what has he done to
+_you_?"
+
+"Do not ask me, Senor. Enough that once I loved him--that accursed
+priest Henriques sold me into his power--oh! a long while ago, and he
+ruined me, making me what I am, and--I bore his child, and--and it is
+dead. Oh! Mother of God, my boy is dead, and since then I have been an
+outcast and his slave--they have slaves here in Granada, Senor--
+dependent on him for my bread, forced to do his bidding, forced to wait
+upon his other loves; I, who once was the sultana; I, of whom he has
+wearied. Only to-day--but why should I tell you of it? Well, he has
+driven me even to this, that I must kiss an unwilling stranger in a
+garden," and she sobbed aloud.
+
+"Poor girl!--poor girl!" said Peter, patting her hand kindly with his
+thin fingers. "Henceforth I have another score against Morella, and I
+will pay it too."
+
+"Will you?" she asked quickly. "Ah! if so, I would die for you, who now
+live only to be revenged upon him. And it shall be my first vengeance to
+rob him of that noble-looking mistress of yours, whom he has stolen away
+and has set his heart upon wholly, because she is the first woman who
+ever resisted him--him, who thinks that he is invincible."
+
+"Have you any plan?" asked Peter.
+
+"As yet, none. The thing is very difficult. I go in danger of my life,
+for if he thought that I betrayed him he would kill me like a rat, and
+think no harm of it. Such things can be done in Granada without sin,
+Senor, and no questions asked--at least if the victim be a woman of the
+murderer's household. I have told you already that if I had refused to
+do what I have done this evening I should certainly have been got rid of
+in this way or that, and another set on at the work. No, I have no plan
+yet, only it is I through whom the Senor Castell communicates with his
+daughter, and I will see him again, and see her, and we will make some
+plan. No, do not thank me. He pays me for my services, and I am glad to
+take his money, who hope to escape from this hell and live on it
+elsewhere. Yet, not for all the money in the world would I risk what I
+am risking, though in truth it matters not to me whether I live or die.
+Senor, I will not disguise it from you, all this scene will come to the
+Dona Margaret's ears, but I will explain it to her."
+
+"I pray you, do," said Peter earnestly--"explain it fully."
+
+"I will--I will. I will work for you and her and her father, and if I
+cease to work, know that I am dead or in a dungeon, and fend for
+yourselves as best you may. One thing I can tell you for your
+comfort--no harm has been done to this lady of yours. Morella loves her
+too well for that. He wishes to make her his wife. Or perhaps he has
+sworn some oath, as I know that he has sworn that he will not murder
+you--which he might have done a score of times while you have lain a
+prisoner in his power. Why, once when you were senseless he came and
+stood over you, a dagger in his hand, and reasoned out the case with me.
+I said, 'Why do you not kill him?' knowing that thus I could best help
+to save your life. He answered, 'Because I will not take my wife with
+her lover's blood upon my hands, unless I slay him in fair fight. I
+swore it yonder in London. It was the offering which I made to God and
+to my patron saint that so I might win her fairly, and if I break that
+oath, God will be avenged upon me here and hereafter. Do my bidding,
+Inez. Nurse him well, so that if he dies, he dies without sin of mine,'
+No, he will not murder you or harm her. Friend Pedro, he dare not."
+
+"Can you think of nothing?" asked Peter.
+
+"Nothing--as yet nothing. These walls are high, guards watch them day
+and night, and outside is the great city of Granada where Morella has
+much power, and whence no Christian may escape. But he would marry her.
+And there is that handsome fool-woman, her servant, who is in love with
+him--oh! she told me all about it in the worst Spanish I ever heard, but
+the story is too long to repeat; and the priest, Father Henriques--he
+who wished that you might be killed at the inn, and who loves money so
+much. Ah! now I think I see some light. But we have no more time to
+talk, and I must have time to think. Friend Pedro, make ready your
+kisses, we must go on with our game, and, in truth, you play but badly.
+Come now, your arm. There is a seat prepared for us yonder. Smile and
+look loving. I have not art enough for both. Come!--come!" And together
+they walked out of the dense shadow of the trees and past the marble
+bath of the sultanas to a certain seat beneath a bower on which were
+cushions, and lying among them a lute.
+
+"Seat yourself at my feet," she said, as she sank on to the bench. "Can
+you sing?"
+
+"No more than a crow," he answered.
+
+"Then I must sing to you. Well, it will be better than the love-making."
+Then in a very sweet voice she began to warble amorous Moorish ditties
+that she accompanied upon the lute, whilst Peter, who was weary in body
+and disturbed in mind, played a lover's part to the best of his ability,
+and by degrees the darkness gathered.
+
+At length, when they could no longer see across the garden, Inez ceased
+singing and rose with a sigh.
+
+"The play is finished and the curtain down," she said; "also it is time
+that you went in out of this damp. Senor Pedro, you are a very bad
+actor; but let us pray that the audience was compassionate, and took the
+will for the deed."
+
+"I did not see any audience," answered Peter.
+
+"But it saw you, as I dare say you will find out by-and-by. Follow me
+now back to your room, for I must be going about your business--and my
+own. Have you any message for the Senor Castell?"
+
+"None, save my love and duty. Tell him that, thanks to you, although
+still somewhat feeble, I am recovered of my hurt upon the ship and the
+fever which I took from the sun, and that if he can make any plan to get
+us all out of this accursed city and the grip of Morella I will bless
+his name and yours."
+
+"Good, I will not forget. Now be silent. Tomorrow we will walk here
+again; but be not afraid, then there will be no more need for
+love-making."
+
+Margaret sat by the open window-place of her beautiful chamber in
+Morella's palace. She was splendidly arrayed in a rich, Spanish dress,
+whereof the collar was stiff with pearls, she who must wear what it
+pleased her captor to give her. Her long tresses, fastened with a
+jewelled band, flowed down about her shoulders, and, her hand resting on
+her knee, from her high tower prison she gazed out across the valley at
+the dim and mighty mass of the Alhambra and the ten thousand lights of
+Granada which sparkled far below. Near to her, seated beneath a silver
+hanging-lamp, and also clad in rich array, was Betty.
+
+"What is it, Cousin?" asked the girl, looking at her anxiously. "At
+least you should be happier than you were, for now you know that Peter
+is not dead, but almost recovered from his sickness and in this very
+palace; also, that your father is well and hidden away, plotting for our
+escape. Why, then, are you so sad, who should be more joyful than
+you were?"
+
+"Would you learn, Betty? Then I will tell you. I am betrayed. Peter
+Brome, the man whom I looked upon almost as my husband, is false
+to me."
+
+"Master Peter false!" exclaimed Betty, staring at her open-mouthed. "No,
+it is not possible. I know him; he could not be, who will not even look
+at another woman, if that is what you mean."
+
+"You say so. Then, Betty, listen and judge. You remember this afternoon,
+when the marquis took us to see the wonders of this palace, and I went
+thinking that perhaps I might find some path by which afterwards we
+could escape?"
+
+"Of course I remember, Margaret. We do not leave this cage so often that
+I am likely to forget."
+
+"Then you will remember also that high-walled garden in which we walked,
+where the great tower is, and how the marquis and that hateful priest
+Father Henriques and I went up the tower to study the prospect from its
+roof, I thinking that you were following me."
+
+"The waiting-women would not let me," said Betty. "So soon as you had
+passed in they shut the door and told me to bide where I was till you
+returned. I went near to pulling the hair out of the head of one of them
+over it, since I was afraid for you alone with those two men. But she
+drew her knife, the cat, and I had none."
+
+"You must be careful, Betty," said Margaret, "lest some of these heathen
+folk should do you a mischief."
+
+"Not they," she answered; "they are afraid of me. Why, the other day I
+bundled one of them, whom I found listening at the door, head first down
+the stairs. She complained to the marquis, but he only laughed at her,
+and now she lies abed with a plaster on her nose. But tell me
+your tale."
+
+"We climbed the tower," said Margaret, "and from its topmost room looked
+out through the windows that face south at all the mountains and the
+plain over which they dragged us from Motril. Presently the priest, who
+had gone to the north wall, in which there are no windows, and entered
+some recess there, came out with an evil smile upon his face, and
+whispered something to the marquis, who turned to me and said:
+
+"'The father tells me of an even prettier scene which we can view
+yonder. Come, Senora, and look.'
+
+"So I went, who wished to learn all that I could of the building. They
+led me into a little chamber cut in the thickness of the stone-work, in
+the wall of which are slits like loop-holes for the shooting of arrows,
+wide within, but very narrow without, so that I think they cannot be
+seen from below, hidden as they are between the rough stones of
+the tower.
+
+"'This is the place,' said the marquis, 'where in the old days the kings
+of Granada, who were always jealous, used to sit to watch their women in
+the secret garden. It is told that thus one of them discovered his
+sultana making love to an astrologer, and drowned them both in the
+marble bath at the end of the garden. Look now, beneath us walk a couple
+who do not guess that we are the witnesses of their vows.'
+
+"So I looked idly enough to pass the time, and there I saw a tall man in
+a Moorish dress, and with him, for their arms were about each other, a
+woman. As I was turning my head away who did not wish to spy upon them
+thus, the woman lifted her face to kiss the man, and I knew her for that
+beautiful Inez who has visited us here at times, as a spy I think.
+Presently, too, the man, after paying her back her embrace, glanced
+about him guiltily, and I saw his face also, and knew it."
+
+"Who was it?" asked Betty, for this gossip of lovers interested her.
+
+"Peter Brome, no other," Margaret answered calmly, but with a note of
+despair in her voice. "Peter Brome, pale with recent sickness, but no
+other man."
+
+"The saints save us! I did not think he had it in him!" gasped Betty
+with astonishment.
+
+"They would not let me go," went on Margaret; "they forced me to see it
+all. The pair tarried for a while beneath some trees by the bath and
+were hidden there. Then they came out again and sat them down upon a
+marble seat, while the woman sang songs and the man leaned against her
+lovingly. So it went on until the darkness fell, and we went, leaving
+them there. Now," she added, with a little sob, "what say you?"
+
+"I say," answered Betty, "that it was not Master Peter, who has no
+liking for strange ladies and secret gardens."
+
+"It was he, and no other man, Betty."
+
+"Then, Cousin, he was drugged or drunk or bewitched, not the Peter whom
+we know."
+
+"Bewitched, perchance, by that bad woman, which is no excuse for him."
+
+Betty thought a while. She could not doubt the evidence, but from her
+face it was clear that she took no severe view of the offence.
+
+"Well, at the worst," she said, "men, as I have known them, are men. He
+has been shut up for a long while with that minx, who is very fair and
+witching, and it was scarcely right to watch him through a slit in a
+tower. If he were my lover, I should say nothing about it."
+
+"I will say nothing to him about that or any other matter," replied
+Margaret sternly. "I have done with Peter Brome."
+
+Again Betty thought, and spoke.
+
+"I seem to see a trick. Cousin Margaret, they told you he was dead, did
+they not? And then that news came to us that he was not dead, only sick,
+and here. So the lie failed. Now they tell you, and seem to show you,
+that he is faithless. May not all this have been some part played for a
+purpose by the woman?"
+
+"It takes two to play such parts, Betty. If you had seen----"
+
+"If I had seen, _I_ should have known whether it was but a part or love
+made in good earnest; but you are too innocent to judge. What said the
+marquis all this while, and the priest?"
+
+"Little or nothing, only smiled at each other, and at length, when it
+grew dark and we could see no more, asked me if I did not think that it
+was time to go--me! whom they had kept there all that while to be the
+witness of my own shame."
+
+"Yes, they kept you there--did they not?--and brought you there just at
+the right time--did they not?--and shut me out of the tower so that I
+might not be with you--oh! and all the rest. Now, if you have any
+justice in you, Cousin, you will hear Peter's side of this story before
+you judge him."
+
+"I have judged him," answered Margaret coldly, "and, oh! I wish that I
+were dead."
+
+Margaret rose from her seat and, stepping to the window-place in the
+tower which was built upon the edge of a hill, searched the giddy depth
+beneath with her eyes, where, two hundred feet below, the white line of
+a roadway showed faintly in the moonlight.
+
+"It would be easy, would it not," she said, with a strained laugh, "just
+to lean out a little too far upon this stone, and then one swift rush
+and darkness--or light--for ever--which, I wonder?"
+
+"Light, I think," said Betty, jerking her back from the window--"the
+light of hell fire, and plenty of it, for that would be self-murder,
+nothing else, and besides, what would one look like on that road?
+Cousin, don't be a fool. If you are right, it isn't you who ought to go
+out of that window; and if you are wrong, then you would only make a bad
+business worse. Time enough to die when one must, say I--which, perhaps,
+will be soon enough. Meanwhile, if I were you, I would try to speak to
+Master Peter first, if only to let him know what I thought of him."
+
+"Mayhap," answered Margaret, sinking back into a chair, "but I
+suffer--how can you know what I suffer?"
+
+"Why should I not know?" asked Betty. "Are you the only woman in the
+world who has been fool enough to fall in love? Can I not be as much in
+love as you are? You smile, and think to yourself that the poor
+relation, Betty, cannot feel like her rich cousin. But I do--I do. I
+know that he is a villain, but I love this marquis as much as you hate
+him, or as much as you love Peter, because I can't help myself; it is my
+luck, that's all. But I am not going to throw myself out of a window; I
+would rather throw him out and square our reckoning, and that I swear
+I'll do, in this way or the other, even if it should cost me what I
+don't want to lose--my life," And Betty drew herself up beneath the
+silver lamp with a look upon her handsome, determined face, which was so
+like Margaret's and yet so different, that, could he have seen it, might
+well have made Morella regret that he had chosen this woman for a tool.
+
+While Margaret studied her wonderingly she heard a sound, and glanced up
+to see, standing before them, none other than the beautiful Spaniard, or
+Moor, for she knew not which she was, Inez, that same woman whom, from
+her hiding-place in the tower, she had watched with Peter in the garden.
+
+"How did you come here?" she asked coldly.
+
+"Through the door, Senora, that was left unlocked, which is not wise of
+those who wish to talk privately in such a place as this," she answered
+with a humble curtsey.
+
+"The door is still unlocked," said Margaret, pointing towards it.
+
+"Nay, Senora, you are mistaken; here is its key in my hand. I pray you
+do not tell your lady to put me out, which, being so strong, she well
+can do, for I have words to say to you, and if you are wise you will
+listen to them."
+
+Margaret thought a moment, then answered:
+
+"Say on, and be brief."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+BETTY SHOWS HER TEETH
+
+"Senora," said Inez, "you think that you have something against me."
+
+"No," answered Margaret, "you are--what you are; why should I blame
+you?"
+
+"Well, against the Senor Brome then?"
+
+"Perhaps, but that is between me and him. I will not discuss it with
+you."
+
+"Senora," went on Inez, with a slow smile, "we are both innocent of what
+you thought you saw."
+
+"Indeed; then who is guilty?"
+
+"The Marquis of Morella."
+
+Margaret made no answer, but her eyes said much.
+
+"Senora, you do not believe me, nor is it wonderful. Yet I speak the
+truth. What you saw from the tower was a play in which the Senor Brome
+took his part badly enough, as you may have noticed, because I told him
+that my life hung on it. I have nursed him through a sore sickness,
+Senora, and he is not ungrateful."
+
+"So I judged; but I do not understand you."
+
+"Senora, I am a slave in this house, a discarded slave. Perhaps you can
+guess the rest, it is a common story here. I was offered my freedom at a
+price, that I should weave myself into this man's heart, I who am held
+fair, and make him my lover. If I failed, then perhaps I should be sold
+as a slave--perhaps worse. I accepted--why should I not? It was a small
+thing to me. On the one hand, life, freedom, and wealth, an hidalgo of
+good blood and a gallant friend for a little while, and, on the other,
+the last shame or blackness which doubtless await me now--if I am found
+out. Senora, I failed, who in truth did not try hard to succeed. The man
+looked on me as his nurse, no more, and to me he was one very sick, no
+more. Also, we grew to be true friends, and in this way or in that I
+learned all his story, learned also why the trap was baited thus--that
+you might be deceived and fall into a deeper trap. Senora, I could not
+explain it all to him, indeed, in that chamber where we were spied on, I
+had but little chance. Still, it was necessary that he should seem to be
+what he is not, so I took him into the garden and, knowing well who
+watched us, made him act his part, well enough to deceive you it
+would seem."
+
+"Still I do not understand," said Margaret more softly. "You say that
+your life or welfare hung on this shameful business. Then why do you
+reveal it to me now?"
+
+"To save you from yourself, Senora, to save my friend the Senor Brome,
+and to pay back Morella in his own coin."
+
+"How will you do these things?"
+
+"The first two are done, I think, but the third is difficult. It is of
+that I come to speak with you, at great risk. Indeed, had not my master
+been summoned to the court of the Moorish king I could not have come,
+and he may return at any time."
+
+"Have you some plan?" asked Margaret, leaning towards her eagerly.
+
+"No plan as yet, only an idea." She turned and looked at Betty, adding,
+
+"This lady is your cousin, is she not, though of a different station,
+and somewhat far away?"
+
+Margaret nodded.
+
+"You are not unlike," went on Inez, "of much the same height and shape,
+although the Senora Betty is stronger built, and her eyes are blue and
+her hair golden, whereas your eyes are black and your hair chestnut.
+Beneath a veil, or at night, it would not be easy to tell you apart if
+your hands were gloved and neither of you spoke above a whisper."
+
+"Yes," said Margaret, "what then?"
+
+"Now the Senora Betty comes into the play," replied Inez. "Senora Betty,
+have you understood our talk?"
+
+"Something, not quite all," answered Betty.
+
+"Then what you do not understand your lady must interpret, and be not
+angry with me, I pray you, if I seem to know more of you and your
+affairs than you have ever told me. Render my words now, Dona Margaret."
+
+Then, after this was done, and she had thought awhile, Inez continued
+slowly, Margaret translating from Spanish into English whenever Betty
+could not understand:
+
+"Morella made love to you in England, Senora Betty--did he not?--and won
+your heart as he has won that of many another woman, so that you came to
+believe that he was carrying you off to marry you, and not your cousin?"
+
+"What affair is that of yours, woman?" asked Betty, flushing angrily.
+
+"None at all, save that I could tell much such another story, if you
+cared to listen. But hear me out, and then answer me a question, or
+rather, answer the question first. Would you like to be avenged upon
+this high-born knave?"
+
+"Avenged?" answered Betty, clenching her hands and hissing the words
+through her firm, white teeth. "I would risk my life for it."
+
+"As I do. It seems that we are of one mind there. Then I think that
+perhaps I can show you a way. Look now, your cousin has seen certain
+things which women placed as she is do not like to see. She is jealous,
+she is angry--or was until I told her the truth. Well, to-night or
+to-morrow, Morella will come to her and say, 'Are you satisfied? Do you
+still refuse me in favour of a man who yields his heart to the first
+light-of-love who tempts him? Will you not be my wife?' What if she
+answer, 'Yes, I will.' Nay, be silent both of you, and hear me out. What
+if then there should be a secret marriage, _and the Senora Betty should
+chance to wear the bride's veil_, while the Dona Margaret, in the robe
+of Betty, was let go with the Senor Brome and her father?"
+
+Inez paused, watching them both, and playing with the fan she held,
+while, the rendering of her words finished, Margaret and Betty stared at
+her and at each other, for the audacity and fearfulness of this plot
+took their breath away. It was Margaret who spoke the first.
+
+"You must not do it, Betty," she said. "Why, when the man found you out,
+he would kill you." But Betty took no heed of her, and thought on. At
+length she looked up and answered:
+
+"Cousin, it was my vain folly that brought you all into this trouble,
+therefore I owe something to you, do I not? I am not afraid of the
+man--he is afraid of me; and if it came to killing--why, let Inez lend
+me that knife of hers, and I think that perhaps I should give the first
+blow. And--well, I think I love him, rascal though he is, and,
+afterwards, perhaps we might make it up, who can say?--while, if not----
+But tell me, you, Inez, should I be his legal wife according to the law
+of this land?"
+
+"Assuredly," answered Inez, "if a priest married you and he placed the
+ring upon your hand and named you wife. Then, when once the words of
+blessing have been said, the Pope alone can loose that knot, which may
+be risked, for there would be much to explain, and is this a tale that
+Morella, a good servant of the Church, would care to take to Rome?"
+
+"It would be a trick," broke in Margaret--"a very ugly trick."
+
+"And what was it he played on me and you?" asked Betty. "Nay, I'll
+chance it, and his rage, if only I can be sure that you and Peter will
+go free, and your father with you."
+
+"But what of this Inez?" asked Margaret, bewildered.
+
+"She will look after herself," answered Inez. "Perchance, if all goes
+well, you will let me ride with you. And now I dare stop no longer, I go
+to see your father, the Senor Castell, and if anything can be arranged,
+we will talk again. Meanwhile, Dona Margaret, your affianced is nearly
+well again at last and sends his heart's love to you, and, I counsel
+you, when Morella speaks turn a gentle ear to him."
+
+Then with another deep curtsey she glided to the door, unlocked it, and
+left the room.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+An hour later Inez was being led by an old Jew, dressed in a Moslem robe
+and turban, through one of the most tortuous and crowded parts of
+Granada. It would seem that this Jew was known there, for his
+appearance, accompanied by a veiled woman, apparently caused no surprise
+to those followers of the Prophet that he met, some of whom, indeed,
+saluted him with humility.
+
+"These children of Mahomet seem to love you, Father Israel," said Inez.
+
+"Yes, yes, my dear," answered the old fellow with a chuckle; "they owe
+me money, that is why, and I am getting it in before the great war comes
+with the Spaniards, so they would sweep the streets for me with their
+beards--all of which is very good for the plans of our friend yonder.
+Ah! he who has crowns in his pocket can put a crown upon his head; there
+is nothing that money will not do in Granada. Give me enough of it, and
+I will buy his sultana from the king."
+
+"This Castell has plenty?" asked Inez shortly.
+
+"Plenty, and more credit. He is one of the richest men in England. But
+why do you ask? He would not think of you, who is too troubled about
+other things."
+
+Inez only laughed bitterly, but did not resent the words. Why should
+she? It was not worth while.
+
+"I know," she answered, "but I mean to earn some of it all the same,
+and I want to be sure that there is enough for all of us."
+
+"There is enough, I have told you there is enough and to spare,"
+answered the Hebrew Israel as he tapped on a door in a
+dirty-looking wall.
+
+It opened as though by magic, and they crossed a paved patio, or
+courtyard, to a house beyond, a tumble-down place of Moorish
+architecture.
+
+"Our friend Castell, being in seclusion just now, has hired the cellar
+floor," said Israel with a chuckle to Inez, "so be pleased to follow me,
+and take care of the rats and beetles."
+
+Then he led her down a rickety stair which opened out of the courtyard
+into vaults filled with vats of wine, and, having lit a taper, through
+these, shutting and locking sundry doors behind him, to what appeared to
+be a very damp wall covered with cobwebs, and situated in a dark corner
+of a wine-cave. Here he stopped and tapped again in his peculiar
+fashion, whereon a portion of the wall turned outwards on a pivot,
+leaving an opening through which they could pass.
+
+"Well managed, isn't it?" chuckled Israel. "Who would think of looking
+for an entrance here, especially if he owed the old Jew money? Come in,
+my pretty, come in."
+
+Inez followed him into this darksome hole, and the wall closed behind
+them. Then, taking her by the arm, he turned first to the right, next to
+the left, opened a door with a key which he carried, and, behold, they
+stood in a beautifully furnished room well lighted with lamps, for it
+seemed to have no windows. "Wait here," he said to Inez, pointing to a
+couch on which she sat herself down, "while I fetch my lodger," and he
+vanished through some curtains at the end of the room.
+
+Presently these opened again, and Israel reappeared through them with
+Castell, dressed now in Moorish robes, and looking somewhat pale from
+his confinement underground, but otherwise well enough. Inez rose and
+stood before him, throwing back her veil that he might see her face.
+Castell searched her for a while with his keen eyes that noted
+everything, then said:
+
+"You are the lady with whom I have been in communication through our
+friend here, are you not? Prove it to me now by repeating my messages."
+
+Inez obeyed, telling him everything.
+
+"That is right," he said, "but how do I know that I can trust you? I
+understand you are, or have been, the lover of this man Morella, and
+such an one he might well employ as a spy to bring us all to ruin."
+
+"Is it not too late to ask such questions, Senor? If I am not to be
+trusted, already you and your people are in the hollow of my hand?"
+
+"Not at all, not at all, my dear," said Israel. "If we see the slightest
+cause to doubt you, why, there are many great vats in this place, one of
+which, at a pinch, would serve you as a coffin, though it would be a
+pity to spoil the good wine."
+
+Inez laughed as she answered:
+
+"Save your wine, and your time too. Morella has cast me off, and I hate
+him, and wish to escape from him and rob him of his prize. Also, I
+desire money to live on afterwards, and this you must give to me or I
+do not stir, or rather the promise of it, for you Jews keep your word,
+and I do not ask a maravedi from you until I have played my part."
+
+"And then how many maravedis do you ask, young woman?"
+
+Inez named a sum, at the mention of which both of them opened their
+eyes, and old Israel exclaimed drily:
+
+"Surely--surely you must be one of us."
+
+"No," she answered, "but I try to follow your example, and, if I am to
+live at all, it shall be in comfort."
+
+"Quite so," said Castell, "we understand. But now tell us, what do you
+propose to do for this money?"
+
+"I propose to set you, your daughter, the Dona Margaret, and her lover,
+the Senor Brome, safe and free outside the walls of Granada, and to
+leave the Marquis of Morella married to another woman."
+
+"What other woman? Yourself?" asked Castell, fixing on this last point
+in the programme.
+
+"No, Senor, not for all the wealth of both of you. To your dependent and
+your daughter's relative, the handsome Betty."
+
+"How will you manage that?" exclaimed Castell, amazed.
+
+"These cousins are not unlike, Senor, although the link of blood between
+them is so thin. Listen now, I will tell you." And she explained the
+outlines of her plan.
+
+"A bold scheme enough," said Castell, when she had finished, "but even
+if it can be done, would that marriage hold?"
+
+"I think so," answered Inez, "if the priest knew--and he could be
+bribed--and the bride knows. But if not, what would it matter, since
+Rome alone can decide the question, and long before that is done the
+fates of all of us will be settled."
+
+"Rome--or death," said Castell; and Inez read what he was afraid of in
+his eyes.
+
+"Your Betty takes her chance," she replied slowly, "as many a one has
+done before her with less cause. She is a woman with a mind as strong as
+her body. Morella made her love him and promised to marry her. Then he
+used her to steal your daughter, and she learned that she had been no
+more than a stalking-heifer, from behind which he would net the white
+swan. Do you not think, therefore, that she has something to pay him
+back, she through whom her beloved mistress and cousin has been brought
+into all this trouble? If she wins, she becomes the wife of a grandee of
+Spain, a marchioness; and if she loses, well, she has had her fling for
+a high stake, and perhaps her revenge. At least she is willing to take
+her chance, and, meanwhile, all of you can be gone."
+
+Castell looked doubtfully at the Jew Israel, who stroked his white beard
+and said:
+
+"Let the woman set out her scheme. At any rate she is no fool, and it is
+worth our hearing, though I fear that at the best it must be costly."
+
+"I can pay," said Castell, and motioned to Inez to proceed.
+
+As yet, however, she had not much more to say, save that they must have
+good horses at hand, and send a messenger to Seville, whither the
+_Margaret_ had been ordered to proceed, bidding her captain hold his
+ship ready to sail at any hour, should they succeed in reaching him.
+
+These things, then, they arranged, and a while later Inez and Israel
+departed, the former carrying with her a bag of gold.
+
+That same night Inez sought the priest, Henriques of Motril, in that
+hall of Morella's palace which was used as a private chapel, saying that
+she desired to speak with him under pretence of making confession, for
+they were old friends--or rather enemies.
+
+As it chanced she found the holy father in a very ill humour. It
+appeared that Morella also was in a bad humour with Henriques, having
+heard that it was he who had possessed himself of the jewels in his
+strong-box on the _San Antonio_. Now he insisted upon his surrendering
+everything, and swore, moreover, that he would hold him responsible for
+all that his people had stolen from the ship, and this because he said
+that it was his fault that Peter Brome had escaped the sea and come on
+to Granada.
+
+"So, Father," said Inez, "you, who thought yourself rich, are poor
+again."
+
+"Yes, my daughter, and that is what chances to those who put their faith
+in princes. I have served this marquis well for many years--to my soul's
+hurt, I fear me--hoping that he who stands so high in the favour of the
+Church would advance me to some great preferment. But instead, what does
+he do? He robs me of a few trinkets that, had I not found them, the sea
+would have swallowed or some thief would have taken, and declares me his
+debtor for the rest, of which I know nothing."
+
+"What preferment did you want, Father? I see that you have one in your
+mind."
+
+"Daughter, a friend had written to me from Seville that if I have a
+hundred gold doubloons to pay for it, he can secure me the place of a
+secretary in the Holy Office where I served before as a familiar until
+the marquis made me his chaplain, and gave the benefice of Motril, which
+proved worth nothing, and many promises that are worth less. Now those
+trinkets would fetch thirty, and I have saved twenty, and came here to
+borrow the other fifty from the marquis, to whom I have done so many
+good turns--as _you_ know well, Inez. You see the end of that quest,"
+and he groaned angrily.
+
+"It is a pity," said Inez thoughtfully, "since those who serve the
+Inquisition save many souls, do they not, including their own? For
+instance," she added, and the priest winced at the words, "I remember
+that they saved the soul of my own sister and would have saved mine, had
+I been--what shall I say?--more--more prejudiced. Also, they get a
+percentage of the goods of wicked heretics, and so become rich and able
+to advance themselves."
+
+"That is so, Inez. It was the chance of a lifetime, especially to one
+who, like myself, hates heretics. But why speak of it now when that
+cursed, dissolute marquis----" and he checked himself.
+
+Inez looked at him.
+
+"Father," she asked, "if I happen to be able to find you those hundred
+gold doubloons, would you do something for me?"
+
+The priest's foxy face lit up.
+
+"I wonder what there is that I would not do, my daughter!"
+
+"Even if it brought you into a quarrel with the marquis?
+
+"Once I was a secretary to the Inquisition of Seville, he would have
+more reason to fear me than I him. Aye, and fear me he should, who bear
+him no love," answered the priest with a snarl.
+
+"Then listen, Father. I have not made my confession yet; I have not told
+you, for instance, that I also hate this marquis, and with good
+cause--though perhaps you know that already. But remember that if you
+betray me, you will never see those hundred gold doubloons, and some
+other holy priest will be appointed secretary at Seville. Also worse
+things may happen to you."
+
+"Proceed, my daughter," he said unctuously; "are we not in the
+confessional--or near it?"
+
+So she told him all the plot, trusting to the man's avarice and other
+matters to protect her, for Inez hated Fray Henriques bitterly, and knew
+him from the crown of his shaven head to the soles of his erring feet,
+as she had good cause to do. Only she did not tell him whence the money
+was to come.
+
+"That does not seem a very difficult matter," he said, when she had
+finished. "If a man and a woman, unwed and outside the prohibited
+degrees, appear before me to be married, I marry them, and once the ring
+has passed and the office is said, married they are till death or the
+Pope part them."
+
+"And suppose that the man thinks he is marrying another woman, Father?"
+
+The priest shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"He should know whom he is marrying; that is his affair, not the
+Church's or mine. The names need not be spoken too loudly, my daughter."
+
+"But you would give me a writing of the marriage with them set out
+plain?"
+
+"Certainly. To you or to anybody else; why should I not?--that is, if I
+were sure of this wedding fee."
+
+Inez lifted her hand, and showed beneath it a little pile of ten
+doubloons.
+
+"Take them, Father," she said; "they will not be counted in the
+contract. There are others where they came from, whereof twenty will be
+paid before the marriage, and eighty when I have that writing
+at Seville."
+
+He swept up the coins and pocketed them, saying:
+
+"I will trust you, Inez."
+
+"Yes," she answered as she left him, "we must trust each other now--must
+we not?--seeing that you have the money, and both our necks are in the
+same noose. Be here, Father, to-morrow at the same time, in case I have
+more confessions to make, for, alas! this is a sinful world, as you
+should know very well."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+THE PLOT
+
+On the morning following these conversations, just after Margaret and
+Betty had breakfasted, Inez appeared, and, as before, locked the door
+behind her.
+
+"Senoras," she said calmly, "I have arranged that little business of
+which I spoke to you yesterday, or at least the first act of the play,
+since it remains for you to write the rest. Now I am sent to say that
+the noble Marquis of Morella craves leave to see you, Dona Margaret, and
+within an hour. So there is no time to lose."
+
+"Tell us what you have done, Inez?" said Margaret.
+
+"I have seen your worshipful father, Dona Margaret; here is the token of
+it, which you will do well to destroy when you have read." And she
+handed her a slip of paper, whereon was written in her father's writing,
+and in English:
+
+"BELOVED DAUGHTER,
+
+"This messenger, who I think may be trusted by you, has made
+arrangements with me which she will explain. I approve, though the risk
+is great. Your cousin is a brave girl, but, understand, I do not force
+her to this dangerous enterprise. She must choose her own road, only I
+promise that if she escapes and we live I will not forget her deed. The
+messenger will bring me your answer. God be with us all, and farewell.
+
+"J.C."
+
+Margaret read this letter first to herself and then aloud to Betty, and,
+having read, tore it into tiny fragments and threw them from the
+turret window.
+
+"Speak now," she said; and Inez told her everything.
+
+"Can you trust the priest?" asked Margaret, when she had finished.
+
+"He is a great villain, as I have reason to know; still, I think I can,"
+she answered, "while the cabbage is in front of the donkey's nose--I
+mean until he has got all the money. Also, he has committed himself by
+taking some on account. But before we go further, the question is--does
+this lady play?" and she pointed to Betty.
+
+"Yes, I play," said Betty, when she understood everything. "I won't go
+back upon my word; there is too much at stake. It is an ugly business
+for me, I know well enough, but," she added slowly, setting her firm
+mouth, "I have debts to pay all round, and I am no Spanish putty to be
+squeezed flat--like some people," and she glanced at the humble-looking
+Inez. "So, before all is done, it may be uglier for him."
+
+When she had mastered the meaning of this speech the soft-voiced Inez
+lifted her gentle eyes in admiration, and murmured a Spanish proverb as
+to what is supposed to occur when Satan encounters Beelzebub in a
+high-walled lane. Then, being a lady of resource and experience, the
+plot having been finally decided upon, not altogether with Margaret's
+approval, who feared for Betty's fate when it should be discovered, Inez
+began to instruct them both in various practical expedients, by means of
+which the undoubted general resemblance of these cousins might be
+heightened and their differences toned down. To this end she promised to
+furnish them with certain hair-washes, pigments, and articles
+of apparel.
+
+"It is of small use," said Betty, glancing first at herself and then at
+the lovely Margaret, "for even if they change skins, who can make the
+calf look like the fawn, though they chance to feed in the same meadow?
+Still, bring your stuffs and I will do my best; but I think that a thick
+veil and a shut mouth will help me more than any of them, also a long
+gown to hide my feet."
+
+"Surely they are charming feet," said Inez politely, adding to herself,
+"to carry you whither you wish to go." Then she turned to Margaret and
+reminded her that the marquis desired to see her, and waited for
+her answer.
+
+"I will not meet him alone," said Margaret decidedly.
+
+"That is awkward," answered Inez, "as I think he has words to say to you
+which he does not wish others to hear, especially the senora yonder,"
+and she nodded towards Betty.
+
+"I will not meet him alone," repeated Margaret.
+
+"Yet, if things are to go forward as we have arranged, you must meet
+him, Dona Margaret, and give him that answer which he desires. Well, I
+think it can be arranged. The court below is large. Now, while you and
+the marquis talk at one end of it, the Senora Betty and I might walk out
+of earshot at the other. She needs more instruction in our Spanish
+tongue; it would be a good opportunity to begin our lessons."
+
+"But what am I to say to him?" asked Margaret nervously.
+
+"I think," answered Inez, "that you must copy the example of that
+wonderful actor, the Senor Peter, and play a part as well as you saw him
+do, or even better, if possible."
+
+"It must be a very different part then," replied Margaret, stiffening
+visibly at certain recollections.
+
+The gentle Inez smiled as she said:
+
+"Yes, but surely you can seem jealous, for that is natural to us all,
+and you can yield by degrees, and you can make a bargain as the price of
+yourself in marriage."
+
+"What exact bargain should I make?"
+
+"I think that you shall be securely wed by a priest of your own Church,
+and that letters, signed by that priest and announcing the marriage,
+shall be delivered to the Archbishop of Seville, and to their Majesties
+King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella. Also, of course, you must arrange
+that the Senor Brome and your father, the Senor Castell, and your cousin
+Betty here shall be escorted safe out of Granada before your marriage,
+and that you shall see them pass through the gate beneath your turret
+window, swearing that thereafter, at nightfall of the same day, you will
+suffer the priest to do his office and make you Morella's wife. By that
+time they should be well upon their road, and, after the rite is
+celebrated, I will receive the signed papers from the priest and follow
+them, leaving the false bride to play her part as best she can."
+
+Again Margaret hesitated; the thing seemed too complicated and full of
+danger. But while she thought, a knock came on the door.
+
+"That is to tell me that Morella awaits your answer in the court," said
+Inez. "Now, which is it to be? Remember that there is no other chance of
+escape for you, or the others, from this guarded town--at least I can
+see none."
+
+"I accept," said Margaret hurriedly, "and God help us all, for we shall
+need Him."
+
+"And you, Senora Betty?"
+
+"Oh! I made up my mind long ago," answered Betty coolly. "We can only
+fail, when we shall be no worse off than before."
+
+"Good. Then play your parts well, both of you. After all, they should
+not be so difficult, for the priest is safe, and the marquis will never
+scent such a trick as this. Fix the marriage for this day week, as I
+have much to think of and make ready," and she went.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Half an hour later Margaret sat under the cool arcade of the marble
+court, and with her, Morella, while upon the further side of its
+splashing fountain and out of earshot, Betty and Inez walked to and fro
+in the shadow.
+
+"You sent for me, Marquis," said Margaret presently, "and, being your
+prisoner, I have come because I must. What is your pleasure with me?"
+
+"Dona Margaret," he answered gravely, "can you not guess? Well, I will
+tell you, lest you should guess wrong. First, it is to ask your
+forgiveness as I have done before, for the many crimes to which my love,
+my true love, for you has driven me. This time yesterday I knew well
+that I could expect none. To-day I dare to hope that it may be
+otherwise."
+
+"Why so, Marquis?"
+
+"Last evening you looked into a certain garden and saw two people
+walking there--yonder is one of them," and he nodded towards Inez.
+"Shall I go on?"
+
+"No," she answered in a low voice, and passing her hands before her
+face. "Only tell me who and what is that woman?" and in her turn she
+looked towards Inez.
+
+"Is it necessary?" he asked. "Well, if you wish to know, she is a
+Spaniard of good blood who with her sister was taken captive by the
+Moors. A certain priest, who took an interest in the sister, brought her
+to my notice and I bought her from them; so, as her parents were dead
+and she had nowhere else to go, she elected to stay in my house. You
+must not judge such things too harshly; they are common here. Also, she
+has been very useful to me, being clever, for through her I have
+intelligence of many things. Of late, however, she has grown tired of
+this life, and wishes to earn her freedom, which I have promised her in
+return for certain services, and to leave Granada."
+
+"Was the nursing of my betrothed one of those services, Marquis?"
+
+He shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"As you will, Senora. Certainly I forgive her this indiscretion, if at
+last she has shown you the truth about that man for whose sake you have
+endured so much. Margaret, now that you know him for what he is, say, do
+you still cling to him?"
+
+She rose and walked a few steps down the arcade, then came back and
+asked:
+
+"Are you any better than this fallen man?"
+
+"I think so, Margaret, for since I knew you I am a risen man; all my old
+self is left behind me, I am a new creature, and my sins have been for
+you, not against you. Hear me, I beseech you. I stole you away, it is
+true, but I have done you no harm, and will do you none. For your sake
+also I have spared your father when I had but to make a sign to remove
+him from my path. I suffered him to escape from the prison where he was
+confined, and I know the place where he thinks himself hidden to-day
+among the Jews of Granada. Also, I nursed Peter Brome back to life, when
+at any hour I could have let him die, lest afterwards I might have it on
+my conscience that, but for my love for you, he might perhaps still be
+living. Well, you have seen him as he is, and what say you now? Will you
+still reject me? Look on me," and he drew up his tall and stately shape,
+"and tell me, am I such a man as a woman should be ashamed to own as
+husband? Remember, too, that I have much to give you in this land of
+Spain, whereof you shall become one of the greatest ladies, or perhaps
+in the future," he added significantly, "even more. War draws near,
+Margaret; this city and all its rich territories will fall into the
+hands of Spain, and afterwards I shall be their governor, almost
+their king."
+
+"And if I refuse?" asked Margaret.
+
+"Then," he answered sternly, "you bide here, and that false lover of
+yours bides here, and your father bides here to take the chance of war
+as Christian captives with a thousand others who languish in the
+dungeons of the Alhambra, while, my mission ended, I go hence to play my
+part in battle amongst my peers, as one of the first captains of their
+Most Catholic Majesties. Yet it is not to your fears that I would
+appeal, but to your heart, for I seek your love and your dear
+companionship through life, and, if I can help it, desire to work you
+and yours no harm."
+
+"You desire to work them no harm. Then, if I were to fall in with your
+humour, would you let them go in safety?--I mean my father and the Senor
+Brome and my cousin Betty, whom, if you were as honest as you pretend to
+be, you should ask to bide with you as your wife, and not myself."
+
+"The last I cannot do," he answered, flushing. "God knows I meant her no
+hurt, and only used her to keep near to and win news of you, thinking
+her, to tell truth, somewhat other than she is."
+
+"Are no women honest here in Spain, then, my lord Marquis?"
+
+"A few, a very few, Dona Margaret. But I erred about Betty, whom I took
+for a simple serving-girl, and to whom, if need be, I am ready to make
+all amends."
+
+"Except that which is due to a woman you have asked to be your wife, and
+who in our country could claim the fulfilment of your promise, or
+declare you shamed. But you have not answered. Would they go free?"
+
+"As free as air--especially the Senora Betty," he added with a little
+smile, "for to speak truth, there is something in that woman's eyes
+which frightens me at times. I think that she has a long memory. Within
+an hour of our marriage you shall look down from your window and see
+them depart under escort, every one, to go whither they will."
+
+"Nay," answered Margaret, "it is not enough. I should need to see them
+go before, and then, if I consented, not till the sun had set would I
+pay the price of their ransom."
+
+"Then do you consent? he asked eagerly.
+
+"My lord Marquis, it would seem that I must. My betrothed has played me
+false. For a month or more I have been prisoner in your palace, which I
+understand has no good name, and, if I refuse, you tell me that all of
+us will be cast into yonder dungeons to be sold as slaves or die
+prisoners of the Moors. My lord Marquis, fate and you leave me but
+little choice. On this day week I will marry you, but blame me not if
+you find me other than you think, as you have found my cousin whom you
+befooled. Till then, also, I pray you that you will leave me quite
+untroubled. If you have arrangements to make or commands to send, the
+woman Inez yonder will serve as messenger, for of her I know the worst."
+
+"I will obey you in all things, Dona Margaret," he answered humbly. "Do
+you desire to see your father or--" and he paused.
+
+"Neither of them," she answered. "I will write to them and send my
+letters by this Inez. Why should I see them," she added passionately,
+"who have done with the old days when I was free and happy, and am about
+to become the wife of the most noble Marquis of Morella, that honourable
+grandee of Spain, who tricked a poor girl by a false promise of
+marriage, and used her blind and loving folly to trap and steal me from
+my home? My lord, till this day week I bid you farewell," and, walking
+from the arcade to the fountain, she called aloud to Betty to accompany
+her to their rooms.
+
+The week for which Margaret had bargained had gone by. All was prepared.
+Inez had shown to Morella the letters that his bride to be wrote to her
+father and to Peter Brome; also the answers, imploring and passionate,
+to the same. But there were other letters and other answers which she
+had not shown. It was afternoon, swift horses were ready in the
+courtyard, and with them an escort, while, disguised as Moors, Castell
+and Peter waited under guard in a chamber close at hand. Betty, dressed
+in the robes of a Moorish woman, and thickly veiled, stood before
+Morella, to whom Inez had led her.
+
+"I come to tell you," she said, "that at sundown, three hours after we
+have passed beneath her window, my cousin and mistress will wait to be
+made your wife, but if you try to disturb her before then she will be no
+wife of yours, or any man's."
+
+"I obey," answered Morella; "and, Senora Betty, I pray your pardon, and
+that you will accept this gift from me in token of your forgiveness."
+And with a low bow he handed to her a beautiful necklace of pearls.
+
+"I take them," said Betty, with a bitter laugh, "as they may serve to
+buy me a passage back to England. But forgive you I do not, Marquis of
+Morella, and I warn you that there is a score between us which I may
+yet live to settle. You seem to have won, but God in Heaven takes note
+of the wickedness of men, and in this way or in that He always pays His
+debts. Now I go to bid farewell to my cousin Margaret, but to you I do
+not bid farewell, for I think that we shall meet again," and with a sob
+she let fall the veil which she had lifted above her lips to speak and
+departed with Inez, to whom she whispered as they went, "He will not
+linger for any more good-byes with Betty Dene."
+
+They entered Margaret's room and locked the door behind them. She was
+seated on a low divan wrapped in a loose robe, and by her side,
+glittering with silver and with gems, lay her bridal veil and garments.
+
+"Be swift," said Inez to Betty, who stripped off her Moorish dress and
+the long, flowing veil that was wrapped about her head, whereon it was
+seen that her hair had changed greatly in colour, from yellow to dark
+chestnut indeed, while her eyes, ringed about with pigments, and made
+lustrous by drugs dropped into them, looked no longer blue, but black
+like Margaret's. Yes, and wonder of wonders, on the right side of the
+chin and on the back of the neck were moles, or beauty-spots, just such
+as Margaret had borne there from her birth! In short, their stature
+being much the same, though Betty was more thickly built, except in the
+strongest light it would not have been easy to distinguish them apart,
+even unveiled, for at all such arts of the altering of the looks of
+women, Inez was an adept, and she had done her best.
+
+Now Margaret clothed herself in the white robes and the thick head-dress
+that hid her face, all except a little crack left for the eyes to peep
+through, whilst Betty, with the help of Inez, arrayed herself in the
+wondrous wedding robe beset with jewels that was Morella's bridal gift,
+and hid her dyed tresses beneath the pearl-sewn veil. Within ten minutes
+all was finished, even to the dagger that Betty had tied about her
+beneath her robe, and the two transformed women stood staring at
+each other.
+
+"It is time to go," said Inez.
+
+Then Margaret broke out:
+
+"I do not like this business; I never did. When he discovers all, that
+man's rage will be terrible, and he will kill her. I repent that I have
+consented to the plot."
+
+"It is too late to repent now, Senora," said Inez.
+
+"Cannot Betty be got away also?" asked Margaret desperately.
+
+"It is just possible," answered Inez; "thus, before the marriage,
+according to the old custom here, I hand the cups of wine to the
+bridegroom and the bride. That for the marquis will be drugged, since he
+must not see too clear to-night. Well, I might brew it stronger so that
+within half an hour he would not know whether he were married or single,
+and then, perhaps, she might escape with me and come to join you. But it
+is very risky, and, of course, if we were discovered--the stitch would
+be out of the wineskin, and the cellar floor might be stained!"
+
+Now Betty interrupted:
+
+"Keep your stitches whole, Cousin; if any skins are to be pricked it
+can't be helped, and at least you won't have to wipe up the mess. I am
+not going to run away from the man, more likely he will run away from
+me. I look well in this fine dress of yours, and I mean to wear it out.
+Now begone--begone, before some of them come to seek me. Don't you
+grieve for me; I'll lie in the bed that I have made, and if the worst
+comes to the worst, I have money in my pocket--or its worth--and we will
+meet again in England. Come, give my love and duty to Master Peter and
+your father, and if I should see them no more, bid them think kindly of
+Betty Dene, who was such a plague to them."
+
+Then, taking Margaret in her strong arms, she kissed her again and
+again, and fairly thrust her from the room.
+
+But when they were gone, poor Betty sat down and cried a little, till
+she remembered that hot tears might melt the paint upon her face, and,
+drying them, went to the window and watched.
+
+A while later, from her lofty niche, she saw six Moorish horsemen riding
+along the white road to the embattled gate. After them came two men and
+a woman, all splendidly mounted, also dressed as Moors, and then six
+other horsemen. They passed the gate which was opened for them and began
+to mount the slope beyond. At the crest of it the woman halted and,
+turning, waved a handkerchief. Betty answered the signal, and in another
+minute they had vanished, and she was alone.
+
+Never did she spend a more weary afternoon. Two hours later, still
+watching at her window, she saw the Moorish escort return, and knew that
+all was well, and that by now, Margaret, her lover, and her father were
+safely started on their journey. So she had not risked her life in vain.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+THE HOLY HERMANDAD
+
+Down the long passages, through the great, fretted halls, across the
+cool marble courts, flitted Inez and Margaret. It was like a dream. They
+went through a room where women, idling or working at tapestries, looked
+at them curiously. Margaret heard one of them say to another:
+
+"Why does the Dona Margaret's cousin leave her?" And the answer,
+"Because she is in love with the marquis herself, and cannot bear
+to stay."
+
+"What a fool!" said the first woman. "She is good looking, and would
+only have had to wait a few weeks."
+
+They passed an open door, that of Morella's own chambers. Within it he
+stood and watched them go by. When they were opposite to him some doubt
+or idea seemed to strike his mind, for he looked at them keenly, stepped
+forward, then, thinking better of it, or perhaps remembering Betty's
+bitter tongue, halted and turned aside. That danger had gone by!
+
+At length, none hindering them, they reached the yard where the escort
+and the horses waited. Here, standing under an archway, were Castell and
+Peter. Castell greeted Margaret in English and kissed her through her
+veil, while Peter, who had not seen her close since months before he
+rode away to Dedham, stared at her with all his eyes, and began to draw
+near to her, designing to find out, as he was sure he could do if once
+he touched her, whether indeed this were Margaret, or only Betty after
+all. Guessing what was in his mind, and that he might reveal everything,
+Inez, who held a long pin in her hand with which she was fastening her
+veil that had come loose, pretended to knock against him, and ran the
+point deep into his arm, muttering, "Fool!" as she did so. He sprang
+back with an oath, the guard smiled, and she began to pray his pardon.
+
+Castell helped Margaret on to her horse, then mounted his own, as did
+Peter, still rubbing his arm, but not daring to look towards Margaret,
+whose hand Inez shook familiarly in farewell as though she were her
+equal, addressing her the while in terms of endearment such as Spanish
+women use to each other. An officer of Morella's household came and
+counted them, saying:
+
+"Two men and a woman. That is right, though I cannot see the woman's
+face."
+
+For a moment he seemed to be about to order her to unveil, but Inez
+called to him that it was not decent before all these Moors, whereon he
+nodded and ordered the captain to proceed.
+
+They rode through the arch of the castle along the roadway, through the
+great gate of the wall also, where the guard questioned their escort,
+stared at them, and, after receiving a present from Castell, let them
+go, telling them they were lucky Christians to get alive out of Granada,
+as indeed they were.
+
+At the brow of the rise Margaret turned and waved her handkerchief
+towards that high window which she knew so well. Another handkerchief
+was waved in answer, and, thinking of the lonely Betty watching them
+there while she awaited the issue of her desperate venture, Margaret
+went on, weeping beneath her veil. For an hour they rode forward,
+speaking few words to each other, till at length they came to the
+cross-roads, one of which ran to Malaga, and the other towards Seville.
+
+Here the escort halted, saying that their orders were to leave them at
+this point, and asking which road they intended to take. Castell
+answered that to Malaga, whereon the captain replied that they were
+wise, as they were less likely to meet bands of marauding thieves who
+called themselves Christian soldiers, and murdered or robbed all
+travellers who fell into their hands. Then Castell offered him a
+present, which he accepted gravely, as though he did him a great favour,
+and, after bows and salutations, they departed.
+
+As soon as the Moors were gone the three rode a little way towards
+Malaga. Then, when there was nobody in sight, they turned across country
+and gained the Seville road. At last they were alone and, halting
+beneath the walls of a house that had been burnt in some Christian raid,
+they spoke together freely for the first time, and oh! what a moment was
+that for all of them!
+
+Peter pushed his horse alongside that of Margaret, crying:
+
+"Speak, beloved. Is it truly you?"
+
+But Margaret, taking no heed of him, leant over and, throwing her arm
+around her father's neck, kissed him again and again through her veil,
+blessing God that they had lived to meet in safety. Peter tried to kiss
+her also; but she caused her horse to move so that he nearly fell from
+his saddle.
+
+"Have a care, Peter," she said to him, "or your love of kissing will
+lead you into more trouble." Whereon, guessing of what she spoke, he
+coloured furiously, and began to explain at length.
+
+"Cease," she said--"cease. I know all that story, for I saw you," then,
+relenting, with some brief, sweet words of greeting and gratitude, gave
+him her hand, which he kissed often enough.
+
+"Come," said Castell, "we must push on, who have twenty miles to cover
+before we reach that inn where Israel has arranged that we should sleep
+to-night. We will talk as we go." And talk they did, as well as the
+roughness of the road and the speed at which they must travel
+would allow.
+
+Riding as hard as they were able, at length they came to the _venta_, or
+rough hostelry, just as the darkness closed in. At the sight of it they
+thanked God aloud, for this place was across the Moorish border, and now
+they had little to fear from Granada. The host, a half-bred Spaniard and
+a Christian, expected them, having received a message from Israel, with
+whom he had had dealings, and gave them two rooms, rude enough, but
+sufficient, and good food and wine, also stabling and barley for their
+horses, bidding them sleep well and have no fear, as he and his people
+would watch and warn them of any danger.
+
+Yet it was late before they slept, who had so much to say to each
+other--especially Peter and Margaret--and were so happy at their escape,
+if only for a little while. Yet across their joy, like the sound of a
+funeral bell at a merry feast, came the thought of Betty and that
+fateful marriage in which ere now she must have played her part. Indeed,
+at last Margaret knelt down and offered up prayers to Heaven that the
+saints might protect her cousin in the great peril which she had
+incurred for them, nor was Peter ashamed to join her in that prayer.
+Then they embraced--especially Peter and Margaret--and laid them down,
+Castell and his daughter in one room, and Peter in the other, and slept
+as best they could.
+
+Half an hour before dawn Peter was up seeing to the horses while the
+others breakfasted and packed the food that the landlord had made ready
+for their journey. Then he also swallowed some meat and wine, and at the
+first break of day, having discharged their reckoning and taken a letter
+from their host to those of other inns upon the road, they pressed on
+towards Seville, very thankful to find that as yet there were no signs
+of their being pursued.
+
+All that day, with short pauses to rest themselves and their horses,
+they rode on without accident, for the most part over a fertile plain
+watered by several rivers which they crossed at fords or over bridges.
+As night fell they reached the old town of Oxuna, which for many hours
+they had seen set upon its hill before them, and, notwithstanding their
+Moorish dress, made their way almost unobserved in the darkness to that
+inn to which they had been recommended. Here, although he stared at
+their garments, on finding that they had plenty of money, the landlord
+received them well enough, and again they were fortunate in securing
+rooms to themselves. It had been their purpose to buy Spanish clothes in
+this town, but, as it happened, it was a feast day, and at night every
+shop in the place was closed, so they could get none. Now, as they
+greatly desired to reach Seville by the following nightfall, hoping
+under cover of the darkness to find and come aboard of their ship, the
+_Margaret_, which they knew lay safely in the river, and had been
+advised by messenger of their intended journey, it was necessary for
+them to leave Oxuna before the dawn. So, unfortunately enough as it
+proved, it was impossible for them to put off their Moorish robes and
+clothe themselves as Christians.
+
+They had hoped, too, that here at Oxuna Inez might overtake them, as she
+had promised to do if she could, and give them tidings of what had
+happened since they left Granada. But no Inez came. So, comforting
+themselves with the thought that however hard she rode it would be
+difficult for her to reach them, who had some hours' start, they left
+Oxuna in the darkness before any one was astir.
+
+Having crossed some miles of plain, they passed up through olive groves
+into hills where cork-trees grew, and here stopped to eat and let the
+horses feed. Just as they were starting on again, Peter, looking round,
+saw mounted men--a dozen or more of them of very wild aspect--cantering
+through the trees evidently with the object of cutting them off.
+
+"Thieves!" he said shortly. "Ride for it."
+
+So they began to gallop, and their horses, although somewhat jaded,
+being very swift, passed in front of these men before they could regain
+the road. The band shouted to them to surrender, and, as they did not
+stop, loosed a few arrows and pursued them, while they galloped down the
+hillside on to a plain which separated them from more hills also clothed
+with cork-trees. This plain was about three miles wide and boggy in
+places. Still they kept well ahead of the brigands, as they took them to
+be, hoping that they would give up the pursuit or lose sight of them
+amongst the trees. As they entered these, however, to their dismay they
+saw, drawn up in front of them and right across the road, another band
+of rough-looking men, perhaps twelve in all.
+
+"Trap!" said Peter. "We must ride through them--it is our only chance,"
+at the same time spurring his horse to the front and drawing his sword.
+
+Choosing the spot where their line was weakest he dashed through it
+easily enough but next second heard a cry from Margaret, and pulled his
+horse round to see that her mare had fallen, and that she and Castell
+were in the hands of the thieves. Indeed, already rough men had hold of
+her, and one of them was trying to tear the veil from her face. With a
+shout of rage Peter charged them, and struck so fierce a blow that his
+sword cut through the fellow's helmet into his skull, so that he fell
+down, dying or dead, Margaret's veil still in his hand.
+
+Then they rushed at him, five or six of them, and, although he wounded
+another man, dragged him from his horse, and, as he lay upon his back,
+sprang at him to finish him before he could rise. Already their knives
+and swords were over him, and he was making his farewells to life, when
+he heard a voice command them to desist and bind his arms. This was
+quickly done, and he was suffered to rise from the ground to see before
+him, not Morella, as he half expected, but a man clad in fine armour
+beneath his rough cloak, evidently an officer of rank. "What kind of a
+Moor are you," he asked, "who dare to kill the soldiers of the Holy
+Hermandad in the heart of the King's country?" and he pointed to
+the dead man.
+
+"I am not a Moor," answered Peter in his rough Spanish. "I am a
+Christian escaped from Granada, and I cut down that man because he was
+trying to insult my betrothed, as you would have done, Senor. I did not
+know that he was a soldier of the Hermandad; I thought him a common
+thief of the hills."
+
+This speech, or as much as he could understand of it, seemed to please
+the officer, but before he could answer, Castell said:
+
+"Sir Officer, the senor is an Englishman, and does not speak your
+language well--"
+
+"He uses his sword well, anyhow," interrupted the captain, glancing at
+the dead soldier's cloven helm and head.
+
+"Yes, Sir, he is of your trade and, as the scar upon his face shows, has
+fought in many wars. Sir, what he tells you is true. We are Christian
+captives escaped from Granada and flying to Seville with my daughter, to
+whom I pray you to do no harm, to ask for the protection of their
+gracious Majesties, and to find a passage back to England."
+
+"You do not look like an Englishman," answered the captain; "you look
+like a Marano."
+
+"Sir, I cannot help my looks. I am a merchant of London, Castell by
+name. It is one well known in Seville and throughout this land, where I
+have large dealings, as, if I can but see him, your king himself will
+acknowledge. Be not deceived by our dress, which we had to put on in
+order to escape from Granada, but, I beseech you, let us go on
+to Seville."
+
+"Senor Castell," answered the officer, "I am the Captain Arrano of
+Puebla, and, since you would not stop when we called to you, and have
+killed one of my best soldiers, to Seville you must certainly go, but
+with me, not by yourselves. You are my prisoners, but have no fear. No
+violence shall be done to you or the lady, who must take your trials for
+your deeds before the King's court, and there tell your story, true
+or false."
+
+So, having been disarmed of their swords, they were allowed to remount
+their horses and taken on towards Seville as prisoners.
+
+"At least," said Margaret to Peter, "we have nothing more to fear from
+highwaymen, and have escaped these soldiers' swords unhurt."
+
+"Yes," answered Peter with a groan, "but I hoped that to-night we should
+have slept upon the _Margaret_ while she slipped down the river towards
+the open sea, and not in a Spanish jail. Now, as fate will have it, for
+the second time I have killed a man on your behalf, and all the business
+will begin again. Truly our luck is bad!"
+
+"I think it might be worse, and I cannot blame you for that deed,"
+answered Margaret, remembering the rough hands of the dead soldier, whom
+some of his comrades had stopped behind to bury.
+
+During all the remainder of that long day they rode on through the
+burning heat, across the rich, cultivated plain, towards the great city
+of Seville, whereof the Giralda, which once had been the minaret of a
+Moorish mosque, towered hundreds of feet into the air before them. At
+length, towards evening, they entered the eastern suburbs of the vast
+city and, passing through them and a great gate beyond, began to thread
+its tortuous streets.
+
+"Whither go we, Captain Arrano?" asked Castell presently.
+
+"To the prison of the Holy Hermandad to await your trial for the slaying
+of one of its soldiers," answered the officer.
+
+"I pray that we may get there soon then," said Peter, looking at
+Margaret, who, overcome with fatigue, swayed upon her saddle like a
+flower in the wind.
+
+"So do I," muttered Castell, glancing round at the dark faces of the
+people, who, having discovered that they had killed a Spanish soldier,
+and taking them to be Moors, were marching alongside of them in great
+numbers, staring sullenly, or cursing them for infidels. Indeed, once
+when they passed a square, a priest in the mob cried out, "Kill them!"
+whereon a number of rough fellows made a rush to pull them off their
+horses, and were with difficulty beaten back by the soldiers.
+
+Foiled in this attempt they began to pelt them with garbage, so that
+soon their white robes were stained and filthy. One fellow, too, threw a
+stone which struck Margaret on the wrist, causing her to cry out and
+drop her rein. This was too much for the hot-blooded Peter, who,
+spurring his horse alongside of him, before the soldiers could
+interfere, hit him such a buffet in the face that the man rolled upon
+the ground. Now Castell thought that they would certainly be killed, but
+to his surprise the mob only laughed and shouted such things as "Well
+hit, Moor!" "That infidel has a strong arm," and so forth.
+
+Nor was the officer angry, for when the man rose, a knife in his hand,
+he drew his sword and struck him down again with the flat of it,
+saying to Peter:
+
+"Do not sully your hand with such street swine, Senor."
+
+Then he turned and commanded his men to charge the crowd ahead of them.
+
+So they got through these people and, after many twists and turns down
+side streets to avoid the main avenues, came to a great and gloomy
+building and into a courtyard through barred gates that were opened at
+their approach and shut after them. Here they were ordered to dismount
+and their horses led away, while the officer, Arrano, entered into
+conversation with the governor of the prison, a man with a stern but not
+unkindly face, who surveyed them with much curiosity. Presently he
+approached and asked them if they could pay for good rooms, as if not he
+must put them in the common cells.
+
+Castell answered, "Yes," and, by way of earnest of it, produced five
+pieces of gold, and giving them to the Captain Arrano, begged him to
+distribute them among his soldiers as a thankoffering for their
+protection of them through the streets. Also, he said loudly enough for
+every one to hear, that he would be willing to compensate the relatives
+of the man whom Peter had killed by accident--an announcement that
+evidently impressed his comrades very favourably. Indeed one of them
+said he would bear the message to his widow, and, on behalf of the rest,
+thanked him for his gift. Then having bade farewell to the officer, who
+told them that they would meet again before the judges, they were led
+through the various passages of the prison to two rooms, one small and
+one of a fair size with heavily barred windows, given water to wash in,
+and told that food would be brought to them.
+
+In due course it came, carried by jailers--meat, eggs, and wine, and
+glad enough were they to see it. While they ate, also the governor
+appeared with a notary, and, having waited till their meal was finished,
+began to question them.
+
+"Our story is long," said Castell, "but with your leave I will tell it
+you, only, I pray you, suffer my daughter, the Dona Margaret, to go to
+rest, for she is quite outworn, and if you will you can question her
+to-morrow."
+
+The governor assenting, Margaret threw off her veil to embrace her
+father, thus showing her beauty for the first time, whereat the governor
+and the notary stared amazed. Then having given Peter her hand to kiss,
+and curtseyed to the governor and the notary, she went to her bed in the
+next room, which opened out of that in which they were.
+
+When she had gone, Castell told his story of how his daughter had been
+kidnapped by the Marquis of Morella, a name that caused the governor to
+open his eyes very wide, and brought from London to Granada, whither
+they, her father and her betrothed, had followed her and escaped. But of
+Betty and all the business of the changed bride he said nothing. Also,
+knowing that these must come out in any case, he told them his name and
+business, and those of his partners and correspondents in Seville, the
+firm of Bernaldez, which was one that the governor knew well enough,
+and prayed that the head of that firm, the Senor Juan Bernaldez, might
+be communicated with and allowed to visit them on the next morning.
+Lastly, he explained that they were no thieves or adventurers, but
+English subjects in misfortune, and again hinted that they were both
+able and willing to pay for any kindness or consideration that was shown
+to them, of all of which sayings the governor took note.
+
+Also this officer said that he would communicate with his superiors,
+and, if no objection were made, send a messenger to ask the Senor
+Bernaldez to attend at the prison on the following day. Then at length
+he and the notary departed, and, the jailers having cleared away the
+food and locked the door, Castell and Peter lay down on the beds that
+they had made ready for them, thankful enough to find themselves at
+Seville, even though in a prison, where indeed they slept very well
+that night.
+
+On the following morning they woke much refreshed, and, after they had
+breakfasted, the governor appeared, and with him none other than the
+Senor Juan Bernaldez, Castell's secret correspondent and Spanish
+partner, whom he had last seen some years before in England, a stout man
+with a quiet, clever face, not over given to words.
+
+Greeting them with a deference that was not lost upon the governor, he
+asked whether he had leave to speak with them alone. The governor
+assented and went, saying he would return within an hour. As soon as the
+door was closed behind him, Bernaldez said:
+
+"This is a strange place to meet you in, John Castell, yet I am not
+altogether surprised, since some of your messages reached me through
+our friends the Jews; also your ship, the _Margaret_, lies refitted in
+the river, and to avoid suspicion I have been lading her slowly with a
+cargo for England, though how you will come aboard that ship is more
+than I can say. But we have no time to waste. Tell me all your story,
+keeping nothing back."
+
+So they told him everything as quickly as they could, while he listened
+silently. When they had done, he said, addressing Peter:
+
+"It is a thousand pities, young sir, that you could not keep your hands
+off that soldier, for now the trouble that was nearly done with has
+begun anew, and in a worse shape. The Marquis of Morella is a very
+powerful man in this kingdom, as you may know from the fact that he was
+sent to London by their Majesties to negotiate a treaty with your
+English King Henry as to the Jews and their treatment, should any of
+them escape thither after they have been expelled from Spain. For
+nothing less is in the wind, and I would have you know that their
+Majesties hate the Jews, and especially the Maranos, whom already they
+burn by dozens here in Seville," and he glanced meaningly at Castell.
+
+"I am very sorry," said Peter, "but the fellow handled her roughly, and
+I was maddened at the sight and could not help myself. This is the
+second time that I have come into trouble from the same cause. Also, I
+thought that he was but a bandit."
+
+"Love is a bad diplomatist," replied Bernaldez, with a little smile,
+"and who can count last year's clouds? What is done, is done. Now I will
+try to arrange that the three of you shall be brought straight before
+their Majesties when they sit to hear cases on the day after to-morrow.
+With the Queen you will have a better chance than at the hands of any
+alcalde. She has a heart, if only one can get at it--that is, except
+where Jews and Maranos are concerned," and again he glanced at Castell.
+"Meanwhile, there is money in plenty, and in Spain we ride to heaven on
+gold angels," he added, alluding to that coin and the national
+corruption.
+
+Before they could say more the governor returned, saying that the Senor
+Bernaldez' time was up, and asking if they had finished their talk.
+
+"Not altogether," said Margaret. "Noble Governor, is it permitted that
+the Senor Bernaldez should send me some Christian clothes to wear, for I
+would not appear before your judges in this soiled heathen garb, nor, I
+think, would my father or the Senor Brome?"
+
+The governor laughed, and said he thought that might be arranged, and
+even allowed them another five minutes, while they talked of what these
+clothes should be. Then he departed with Bernaldez, leaving them alone.
+
+It was not until the latter had gone, however, that they remembered that
+they had forgotten to ask him whether he had heard anything of the woman
+Inez, who had been furnished with his address, but, as he had said
+nothing of her, they felt sure that she could not have arrived in
+Seville, and once more were much afraid as to what might have happened
+after they had left Granada.
+
+That night, to their grief and alarm, a new trouble fell on them. Just
+as they finished their supper the governor appeared and said that, by
+order of the Court before which they must be tried, the Senor Brome,
+who was accused of murder, must be separated from them. So, in spite of
+all they could say or do, Peter was led away to a separate cell, leaving
+Margaret weeping.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+BETTY PAYS HER DEBTS
+
+Betty Dene was not a woman afflicted with fears or apprehensions. Born
+of good parents, but in poverty, for six-and-twenty years she had fought
+her own way in a rough world and made the best of circumstances.
+Healthy, full-blooded, tough, affectionate, romantic, but honest in her
+way, she was well fitted to meet the ups and downs of life, to keep her
+head above the waters of a turbulent age, and to pay back as much as she
+received from man or woman.
+
+Yet those long hours which she passed alone in the high turret chamber,
+waiting till they summoned her to play the part of a false bride, were
+the worst that she had ever spent. She knew that her position was, in a
+sense, shameful, and like to end in tragedy, and, now that she faced it
+in cold blood, began to wonder why she had chosen so to do. She had
+fallen in love with the Spaniard almost at first sight, though it is
+true that something like this had happened to her before with other men.
+Then he had played his part with her, till, quite deceived, she gave all
+her heart to him in good earnest, believing in her infatuation that,
+notwithstanding the difference of their place and rank, he desired to
+make her his wife for her own sake.
+
+Afterwards came that bitter day of disillusion when she learned, as
+Inez had said to Castell, that she was but a stalking heifer used for
+the taking of the white swan, her cousin and mistress--that day when she
+had been beguiled by the letter which was still hid in her garments, and
+for her pains heard herself called a fool to her face. In her heart she
+had sworn to be avenged upon Morella then, and now the hour had come in
+which to fulfil her oath and play him back trick for cruel trick.
+
+Did she still love the man? She could not say. He was pleasing to her as
+he had always been, and when that is so women forgive much. This was
+certain, however--love was not her guide to-night. Was it vengeance then
+that led her on? Perhaps; at least she longed to be able to say to him,
+"See what craft lies hid even in the bosom of an outwitted fool."
+
+Yet she would not have done it for vengeance' sake alone, or rather she
+would have paid herself in some other fashion. No, her real reason was
+that she must discharge the debt due to Margaret and Peter, and to
+Castell who had sheltered her for years. She it was who had brought them
+into all this woe, and it seemed but just that she should bring them out
+again, even at the cost of her own life and womanly dignity. Or,
+perchance, all three of these powers drove her on,--love for the man if
+it still lingered, the desire to be avenged upon him, and the desire to
+snatch his prey from out his maw. At least she had set the game, and she
+would play it out to its end, however awful that might be.
+
+The sun sank, the darkness closed about her, and she wondered whether
+ever again she would see the dawn. Her brave heart quailed a little, and
+she gripped the dagger hilt beneath her splendid, borrowed robe,
+thinking to herself that perhaps it might be wisest to drive it into her
+own breast, and not wait until a balked madman did that office for her.
+Yet not so, for it is always time to die when one must.
+
+A knock came at the door, and her courage, which had sunk so low, burned
+up again within her. Oh! she would teach this Spaniard that the
+Englishwoman, whom he had made believe was his desired mistress, could
+be his master. At any rate, he should hear the truth before the end.
+
+She unlocked the door, and Inez entered bearing a lamp, by the light of
+which she scanned her with her quiet eyes.
+
+"The bridegroom is ready," she said slowly that Betty might understand,
+"and sends me to lead you to him. Are you afraid?"
+
+"Not I," answered Betty. "But tell me, how will the thing be done?"
+
+"The marquis meets us in the ante-room to that hall which is used as a
+chapel, and there on behalf of the household I, as the first of the
+women, give you both the cups of wine. Be sure that you drink of that
+which I hold in my left hand, passing the cup up beneath your veil so as
+not to show your face, and speak no word, lest he should recognise your
+voice. Then we shall go into the chapel, where the priest Henriques
+waits, also all the household. But that hall is great, and the lamps are
+feeble, so none will know you there. By this time also the drugged wine
+will have begun to work upon Morella's brain, wherefore, provided that
+you use a low voice, you may safely say, 'I, Betty, wed thee, Carlos,'
+not 'I, Margaret, wed thee.' Then, when it is over, he will lead you
+away to the chambers prepared for you, where, if there is any virtue in
+my wine, he will sleep sound to-night, that is, as soon as the priest
+has given me the marriage-lines, whereof I will hand you one copy and
+keep the others. Afterwards----" and she shrugged her shoulders.
+
+"What becomes of you?" asked Betty, when she had fully mastered these
+instructions.
+
+"Oh! I and the priest start to-night for a ride together to Seville,
+where his money awaits him; ill company for a woman who means henceforth
+to be honest and rich, but better than none. Perhaps we shall meet again
+there, or perhaps we shall not; at least, you know where to seek me and
+the others, at the house of the Senor Bernaldez. Now it is time. Are you
+ready to be made a marchioness of Spain?"
+
+"Of course," answered Betty coolly, and they started.
+
+Through the empty halls and corridors they went, and oh! surely no
+Eastern plot that had been conceived in them was quite so bold and
+desperate as theirs. They reached the ante-chamber to the chapel, and
+took their stand outside of the circle of light that fell from its
+hanging lamps. Presently a door opened, and through it came Morella,
+attended by two of his secretaries. He was splendidly arrayed in his
+usual garb of black velvet, and about his neck hung chains of gold and
+jewels, and to his breast were fastened the glittering stars and orders
+pertaining to his rank. Never, or so thought Betty, had Morella seemed
+more magnificent and handsome. He was happy also, who was about to drink
+of that cup of joy which he so earnestly desired. Yes, his face showed
+that he was happy, and Betty, noting it, felt remorse stirring in her
+breast. Low he bowed before her, while she curtseyed to him, bending her
+tall and graceful form till her knee almost touched the ground. Then he
+came to her and whispered in her ear:
+
+"Most sweet, most beloved," he said, "I thank heaven that has led me to
+this joyous hour by many a rough and dangerous path. Most dear, again I
+beseech you to forgive all the sorrow and the ill that I have brought
+upon you, remembering that it was done for your adored sake, that I
+love you as woman has been seldom loved, you and you only, and that to
+you, and you only, will I cling until my death's day. Oh! do not tremble
+and shrink, for I swear that no woman in Spain shall have a better or a
+more loyal lord. You I will cherish alone, for you I will strive by
+night and day to lift you to great honour and satisfy your every wish.
+Many and pleasant may the years be that we shall spend side by side, and
+peaceful our ends when at last we lay us down side by side to sleep
+awhile and wake again in heaven, whereof the shadow lies on me to-night.
+Remembering the past, I do not ask much of you--as yet; still, if you
+are minded to give me a bridal gift that I shall prize above crowns or
+empires, say that you forgive me all that I have done amiss, and in
+token, lift that veil of yours and kiss me on the lips."
+
+Betty heard this speech, whereof she only fully understood the end, and
+trembled. This was a trial that she had not foreseen. Yet it must be
+faced, for speak she dared not. Therefore, gathering up her courage, and
+remembering that the light was at her back, after a little pause, as
+though of modesty and reluctance, she raised the pearl-embroidered
+veil, and, bending forward beneath its shadow, suffered Morella to kiss
+her on the lips.
+
+It was over, the veil had fallen again, and the man suspected nothing.
+
+"I am a good artist," thought Inez to herself, "and that woman acts
+better than the wooden Peter. Scarcely could I have done it so
+well myself."
+
+Then, the jealousy and hate that she could not control glittering in her
+soft eyes, for she too had loved this man, and well, Inez lifted the
+golden cups that had been prepared, and, gliding forward, beautiful in
+her broidered, Eastern robe, fell upon her knee and held them to the
+bridegroom and the bride. Morella took that from her right hand, and
+Betty that from her left, nor, intoxicated as he was already with that
+first kiss of love, did he pause to note the evil purpose which was
+written on the face of his discarded slave. Betty, passing the cup
+beneath her veil, touched it with her lips and returned it to Inez; but
+Morella, exclaiming, "I drink to you, sweet bride, most fair and adored
+of women," drained his to the dregs, and cast it back to Inez as a gift
+in such fashion that the red wine which clung to its rim stained her
+white robes like a splash of blood.
+
+Humbly she bowed, humbly she gathered the precious vessel from the
+floor; but when she rose again there was triumph in her eyes--not hate.
+
+Now Morella took his bride's hand and, followed by his gentlemen and
+Inez, walked to the curtains that were drawn as they came into the great
+hall beyond, where had mustered all his household, perhaps a hundred of
+them. Between their bowing ranks they passed, a stately pair, and,
+whilst sweet voices sang behind some hidden screen, walked onward to the
+altar, where stood the waiting priest. They kneeled down upon the
+gold-embroidered cushions while the office of the Church was read over
+them. The ring was set upon Betty's hand--scarce, it would seem, could
+he find her finger--the man took the woman to wife, the woman took the
+man for husband. His voice was thick, and hers was very low; of all that
+listening crowd none could hear the names they spoke.
+
+It was over. The priest bowed and blessed them. They signed some papers,
+there by the light of the altar candles. Father Henriques filled in
+certain names and signed them also, then, casting sand upon them, placed
+them in the outstretched hand of Inez, who, although Morella never
+seemed to notice, gave one to the bride, and thrust the other two into
+the bosom of her robe. Then both she and the priest kissed the hands of
+the marquis and his wife, and asked his leave to be gone. He bowed his
+head vaguely, and--if any had been there to listen--within ten short
+minutes they might have heard two horses galloping hard towards the
+Seville gate.
+
+Now, escorted by pages and torch-bearers, the new-wed pair repassed
+those dim and stately halls, the bride, veiled, mysterious, fateful; the
+bridegroom, empty-eyed, like one who wanders in his sleep. Thus they
+reached their chamber, and its carved doors shut behind them.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+It was early morning, and the serving-women who waited without that room
+were summoned to it by the sound of a silver gong. Two of them entered
+and were met by Betty, no longer veiled, but wrapped in a loose robe,
+who said to them:
+
+"My lord the marquis still sleeps. Come, help me dress and make ready
+his bath and food."
+
+The women stared at her, for now that she had washed the paint from her
+face they knew well that this was the Senora Betty and not the Dona
+Margaret, whom, they had understood, the marquis was to marry. But she
+chid them sharply in her bad Spanish, bidding them be swift, as she
+would be robed before her husband should awake. So they obeyed her, and
+when she was ready she went with them into the great hall where many of
+the household were gathered, waiting to do homage to the new-wed pair,
+and greeted them all, blushing and smiling, saying that doubtless the
+marquis would be among them soon, and commanding them meanwhile to go
+about their several tasks.
+
+So well did Betty play her part indeed, that, although they also were
+bewildered, none questioned her place or authority, who remembered that
+after all they had not been told by their lord himself which of these
+two English ladies he meant to marry. Also, she distributed among the
+meaner of them a present of money on her husband's behalf and her own,
+and then ate food and drank some wine before them all, pledging them,
+and receiving their salutations and good wishes.
+
+When all this was done, still smiling, Betty returned to the
+marriage-chamber, closing its door behind her, sat her down on a chair
+near the bed, and waited for the worst struggle of all--that struggle on
+which hung her life. See! Morella stirred. He sat up, gazing about him
+and rubbing his brow. Presently his eyes lit upon Betty, seated stern
+and upright in her high chair. She rose and, coming to him, kissed him
+and called him "Husband," and, still half-asleep, he kissed her back.
+Then she sat down again in her chair and watched his face.
+
+It changed, and changed again. Wonder, fear, amaze, bewilderment,
+flitted over it, till at last he said in English:
+
+"Betty, where is my wife?"
+
+"Here," answered Betty.
+
+He stared at her. "Nay, I mean the Dona Margaret, your cousin and my
+lady, whom I wed last night. And how come you here? I thought that you
+had left Granada."
+
+Betty looked astonished.
+
+"I do not understand you," she answered. "It was my cousin Margaret who
+left Granada. I stayed here to be married to you, as you arranged with
+me through Inez."
+
+His jaw dropped.
+
+"Arranged with you through Inez! Mother of Heaven! what do you mean?"
+
+"Mean?" she answered--"I mean what I say. Surely"--and she rose in
+indignation--"you have never dared to try to play some new trick
+upon me?"
+
+"Trick!" muttered Morella. "What says the woman? Is all this a dream, or
+am I mad?"
+
+"A dream, I think. Yes, it must be a dream, since certainly it was to no
+madman that I was wed last night. Look," and she held before him that
+writing of marriage signed by the priest, by him, and by herself, which
+stated that Carlos, Marquis of Morella, was on such a date, at Granada,
+duly married to the Senora Elizabeth Dene of London in England.
+
+He read it twice, then sank back gasping; while Betty hid away the
+parchment in her bosom.
+
+Then presently he seemed to go mad indeed. He raved, he cursed, he
+ground his teeth, he looked round for a sword to kill her or himself,
+but could find none. And all the while Betty sat still and gazed at him
+like some living fate.
+
+At length he was weary, and her turn came.
+
+"Listen," she said. "Yonder in London you promised to marry me; I have
+it hidden away, and in your own writing. By agreement I fled with you to
+Spain. By the mouth of your messenger and former love this marriage was
+arranged between us, I receiving your messages to me, and sending back
+mine to you, since you explained that for reasons of your own you did
+not wish to speak of these matters before my cousin Margaret, and could
+not wed me until she and her father and her lover were gone from
+Granada. So I bade them farewell, and stayed here alone for love of you,
+as I fled from London for love of you, and last night we were united, as
+all your household know, for but now I have eaten with them and received
+their good wishes. And now you dare--you dare to tell me, that I, your
+wife--I, who have sacrificed everything for you, I, the Marchioness of
+Morella, am _not_ your wife. Well, go, say it outside this chamber, and
+hear your very slaves cry 'Shame' upon you. Go, say it to your king and
+your bishops, aye, and to his Holiness the Pope himself, and listen to
+their answer. Why, great as you are, and rich as you are, they will
+hale you to a mad-house or a prison."
+
+Morella listened, rocking himself to and fro upon the bed, then with an
+oath sprang towards her, to be met by a dagger-point glinting in
+his eyes.
+
+"Hear me again," she said as he shrank back from that cold steel. "I am
+no slave and no weakling; you shall not murder me or thrust me away. I
+am your wife and your equal, aye, and stronger than you in body and in
+mind, and I will have my rights in the face of God and man."
+
+"Certainly," he said with a kind of unwilling admiration--"certainly you
+are no weakling. Certainly, also, you have paid back all you owe me with
+a Jew's interest. Or, mayhap, you are not so clever as I think, but just
+a strong-minded fool, and it is that accursed Inez who has settled her
+debts. Oh! to think of it," and he shook his fist in the air, "to think
+that I believed myself married to the Dona Margaret, and find you in her
+place--_you_!"
+
+"Be silent," she said, "you man without shame, who first fly at the
+throat of your new-wedded wife and then insult her by saying that you
+wish you were wedded to another woman. Be silent, or I will unlock the
+door and call your own people and repeat your monstrous talk to them."
+And she drew herself to her full height and stood over him on the bed.
+
+Morella, his first rage spent, looked at her reflectively, and not
+without a certain measure of homage.
+
+"I think," he remarked, "that if he did not happen to be in love with
+another woman and to believe that he had married her, you, my good
+Betty, would make a useful wife to any man who wished to get on in the
+world. I understood you to say that the door is locked, and if I might
+hazard a guess, you have the key, as also you happen to have a dagger.
+Well, I find the air in this place close, and I want to go _out_."
+
+"Where to?" asked Betty.
+
+"Let us say, to join Inez."
+
+"What," she asked, "would you already be running after that woman
+again? Do you already forget that you are married?"
+
+"It seems that I am not to be allowed to forget it. Now, let us bargain.
+I wish to leave Granada for a while, and without scandal. What are your
+terms? Remember that there are two to which I will not consent. I will
+not stop here with you, and you shall not accompany me. Remember also,
+that, although you hold the dagger at present, it is not wise of you to
+try to push this jest too far."
+
+"As you did when you decoyed me on board the _San Antonio_," said Betty.
+"Well, our honeymoon has not begun too sweetly, and I do not mind if you
+go away for a while--to look for Inez. Swear now that you mean me no
+harm, and that you will not plot my death or disgrace, or in any way
+interfere with my liberty or position here in Granada. Swear it on the
+Rood." And she took down a silver crucifix that hung upon the wall over
+the bed and handed it to him. For she knew Morella's superstitions, and
+that if once he swore upon this symbol he dare not break his oath.
+
+"And if I will not swear?" he asked sullenly.
+
+"Then," she answered, "you stop here until you do, you who are anxious
+to be gone. I have eaten food this morning, you have not; I have a
+dagger, you have none; and, being as we are, I am sure that no one will
+venture to disturb us until Inez and your friend the priest have gone
+further than you can follow."
+
+"Very well, I will swear," he said, and he kissed the crucifix and threw
+it down, "You can stop here and rule my house in Granada, and I will do
+you no mischief, nor trouble you in any way. But if you come out of
+Granada, then we cross swords."
+
+"You mean that you intend to leave this city? Then, here is paper and
+ink. Be so good as to sign an order to the stewards of your estates,
+within the territories of the Moorish king, to pay all their revenue to
+me during your absence, and to your servants to obey me in everything."
+
+"It is easy to see that you were brought up in the house of a Jew
+merchant," said Morella, biting the pen and considering this woman who,
+whether she were hawk or pigeon, knew so well how to feather her nest.
+"Well, if I grant you this position and these revenues, will you leave
+me alone and cease to press other claims upon me?"
+
+Now Betty, bethinking her of those papers that Inez had carried away
+with her, and that Castell and Margaret would know well how to use them
+if there were need, bethinking her also that if she pushed him too far
+at the beginning she might die suddenly as folk sometimes did in
+Granada, answered:
+
+"It is much to ask of a deluded woman, but I still have some pride, and
+will not thrust myself in where it seems I am not wanted. Therefore, so
+be it. Till you seek me or send for me, I will not seek you so long as
+you keep your bargain. Now write the paper, sign it, and call in your
+secretaries to witness the signature."
+
+"In whose favour must I word it?" he asked.
+
+"In that of the Marquessa of Morella," she answered, and he, seeing a
+loophole in the words, obeyed her, since if she were not his wife this
+writing would have no value.
+
+Somehow he must be rid of this woman. Of course he might cause her to be
+killed; but even in Granada people could not kill one to whom they had
+seemed to be just married without questions being asked. Moreover, Betty
+had friends, and he had enemies who would certainly ask them if she
+vanished away. No, he would sign the paper and fight the case
+afterwards, for he had no time to lose. Margaret had slipped away from
+him, and if once she escaped from Spain he knew that he would never see
+her more. For aught he knew, she might already have escaped or be
+married to Peter Brome. The very thought of it filled him with madness.
+There had been a conspiracy against him; he was outwitted, robbed,
+befooled. Well, hope still remained--and vengeance. He could still fight
+Peter, and perhaps kill him. He could hand over Castell, the Jew, to the
+Inquisition. He could find a way to deal with the priest Henriques and
+the woman Inez, and, perhaps, if fortune favoured him he could get
+Margaret back into his power.
+
+Oh! yes, he would sign anything if only thereby he was set at liberty
+and freed for a while from this servant who called herself his wife,
+this strong-minded, strong-bodied, clever Englishwoman, of whom he had
+thought to make a tool, and who had made a tool of him.
+
+So Betty dictated and he wrote: yes, it had come to this--she dictated
+and he wrote, and signed too. The order was comprehensive. It gave power
+to the most honourable Marquessa of Morella to act for him, her husband,
+in all things during his absence from Granada. It commanded that all
+rents and profits due to him should be paid to her, and that all his
+servants and dependants should obey her as though she were himself, and
+that her receipt should be as good as his receipt.
+
+When the paper was written, and Betty had spelt it over carefully to see
+that there was no omission or mistake, she unlocked the door, struck
+upon the gong, and summoned the secretaries to witness their lord's
+signature to a settlement. Presently they came, bowing, and offering
+many felicitations, which to himself Morella vowed he would remember
+against them.
+
+"I have to go a journey," he said. "Witness my signature to this
+document, which provides for the carrying on of my household and the
+disposal of my property during my absence."
+
+They stared and bowed.
+
+"Read it aloud first," said Betty, "so that my lord and husband may be
+sure that there is no mistake."
+
+One of them obeyed, but before ever he had finished the furious Morella
+shouted to them from the bed:
+
+"Have done and witness, then go, order me horses and an escort, for I
+ride at once."
+
+So they witnessed in a great hurry, and left the room. Betty left with
+them, holding the paper in her hand, and when she reached the large hall
+where the household were gathered waiting to greet their lord, she
+commanded one of the secretaries to read it out to all of them, also to
+translate it into the Moorish tongue that every one might understand.
+Then she hid it away with the marriage lines, and, seating herself in
+the midst of the household, ordered them to prepare to receive the most
+noble marquis.
+
+They had not long to wait, for presently he came out of the room like a
+bull into the arena, whereon Betty rose and curtseyed to him, and at her
+word all his servants bowed themselves down in the Eastern fashion. For
+a moment he paused, again like the bull when he sees the picadors and is
+about to charge. Then he thought better of it, and, with a muttered
+curse, strode past them.
+
+Ten minutes later, for the third time within twenty-four hours, horses
+galloped from the palace and through the Seville gate.
+
+"Friends," said Betty in her awkward Spanish, when she knew that he had
+gone, "a sad thing has happened to my husband, the marquis. The woman
+Inez, whom it seems he trusted very much, has departed, stealing a
+treasure that he valued above everything on earth, and so I, his
+new-made wife, am left desolate while he tries to find her."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+ISABELLA OF SPAIN
+
+On the afternoon following his first visit, Castell's agent, Bernaldez,
+arrived again at the prison of the Hermandad at Seville accompanied by a
+tailor, a woman, and a chest full of clothes. The governor ordered these
+two persons to wait while the garments were searched under his own eye,
+but Bernaldez he permitted to be led at once to the prisoners. As soon
+as he was with them he said:
+
+"Your marquis has been married fast enough."
+
+"How do you know that?" asked Castell.
+
+"From the woman Inez, who arrived with the priest last night, and gave
+me the certificates of his union with Betty Dene signed by himself. I
+have not brought them with me lest I should be searched, when they might
+have been taken away; but Inez has come disguised as a sempstress, so
+show no surprise when you see her, if she is admitted. Perhaps she will
+be able to tell the Dona Margaret something of what passed if she is
+allowed to fit her robes alone. After that she must lie hidden for fear
+of the vengeance of Morella; but I shall know where to put my hand upon
+her if she is wanted. You will all of you be brought before the queen
+to-morrow, and then I, who shall be there, will produce the writings."
+Scarcely were the words out of his mouth when the governor appeared, and
+with him the tailor and Inez, who curtseyed and glanced at Margaret out
+of the corners of her soft eyes, looking at them all as though with
+curiosity, like one who had never seen or heard of them before.
+
+When the dresses had been produced, Margaret asked whether she might be
+allowed to try them on with the woman in her own chamber, as she had not
+been measured for them.
+
+The governor answered that as both the sempstress and the robes had been
+searched, there was no objection, so the two of them retired--Inez, with
+her arms full of garments.
+
+"Tell me all about it," whispered Margaret as soon as the door was
+closed. "I die to hear your story."
+
+So, while she fitted the clothes, since in that place they could never
+be sure but that they were watched through some secret loophole, Inez,
+with her mouth full of aloe thorns, which those of the trade used as
+pins, told her everything down to the time of her escape from Granada.
+When she came to that part of the tale where the false bride had lifted
+her veil and kissed the bridegroom, Margaret gasped in her amaze.
+
+"Oh! how could she do it?" she said, "I should have fainted first."
+
+"She has a good courage, that Betty--turn to the light, please,
+Senora--I could not have acted better myself--I think it is a little
+high on the left shoulder. He never guessed a thing, the besotted fool,
+and that was before I gave him the wine, for he wasn't likely to guess
+much afterwards. Did the senora say it was tight under the arm? Well,
+perhaps a little, but this stuff stretches. What I want to know is, what
+happened afterwards? Your cousin is the bull that I put my money on: I
+believe she will clear the ring. A woman with a nerve of steel; had I as
+much I should have been the Marchioness of Morella long ago, or there
+would be another marquis by now. There, the sit of the skirt is perfect;
+the senora's beautiful figure looks more beautiful in it than ever.
+Well, whoever lives will learn all about it, and it is no use worrying.
+Meanwhile, Bernaldez has paid me the money--and a handsome sum too--so
+you needn't thank me. I only worked for hire--and hate. Now I am going
+to lie low, as I don't want to get my throat cut, but he can find me if
+I am really needed.
+
+"The priest? Oh, he is safe enough. We made him sign a receipt for his
+cash. Also, I believe that he has got his post as a secretary to the
+Inquisition, and began his duties at once as they were short-handed,
+torturing Jews and heretics, you know, and stealing their goods, both of
+which occupations will exactly suit him. I rode with him all the way to
+Seville, and he tried to make love to me, the slimy knave, but I paid
+him out," and Inez smiled at some pleasant recollection. "Still, I did
+not quarrel with him outright, as he may come in useful. Who knows?
+There's the governor calling me. One moment, Excellency, only
+one moment!
+
+"Yes, Senora, with those few alterations the dress will be perfect. You
+shall have it back tonight without fail, and I can cut the others that
+you have been pleased to order from the same pattern. Oh! I thank you,
+Senora, you are too good to a poor girl, and," in a whisper, "the
+Mother of God have you in her guard, and send that Peter has improved in
+his love making!" and, half hidden in garments, Inez bowed herself out
+of the room through the door which the governor had already opened.
+
+About nine o'clock on the following morning one of the jailers came to
+summon Margaret and her father to be led before the court. Margaret
+asked anxiously if the Senor Brome was coming too, but the man replied
+that he knew nothing of the Senor Brome, as he was in one of the cells
+for dangerous criminals, which he did not serve.
+
+So forth they went, dressed in their new clothes, which were as fine as
+money could buy, and in the latest Seville fashion, and were conducted
+to the courtyard. Here, to her joy, Margaret saw Peter waiting for them
+under guard, and dressed also in the Christian garments which they had
+begged might be supplied to him at their cost. She sprang to his side,
+none hindering her, and, forgetting her bashfulness, suffered him to
+embrace her before them all, asking him how he had fared since they
+were parted.
+
+"None too well," answered Peter gloomily, "who did not know if we should
+ever meet again; also, my prison is underground, where but little light
+comes through a grating, and there are rats in it which will not let a
+man sleep, so I must lie awake the most of the night thinking of you.
+But where go we now?"
+
+"To be put upon our trial before the queen, I think. Hold my hand and
+walk close beside me, but do not stare at me so hard. Is aught wrong
+with my dress?"
+
+"Nothing," answered Peter. "I stare because you look so beautiful in
+it. Could you not have worn a veil? Doubtless there are more marquises
+about this court."
+
+"Only the Moors wear veils, Peter, and now we are Christians again.
+Listen--I think that none of them understand English. I have seen Inez,
+who asked after you very tenderly--nay, do not blush, it is unseemly in
+a man. Have you seen her also? No--well, she escaped from Granada as she
+planned, and Betty is married to the marquis."
+
+"It will never hold good," answered Peter shaking his head, "being but a
+trick, and I fear that she will pay for it, poor woman! Still, she gave
+us a start, though, so far as prisons go, I was better off in Granada
+than in that rat-trap."
+
+"Yes," answered Margaret innocently, "you had a garden to walk in there,
+had you not? No, don't be angry with me. Do you know what Betty did?"
+And she told him of how she had lifted her veil and kissed Morella
+without being discovered.
+
+"That isn't so wonderful," said Peter, "since if they are painted up
+young women look very much alike in a half-lit room----"
+
+"Or garden?" suggested Margaret.
+
+"What is wonderful," went on Peter, scorning to take note of this
+interruption, "is that she could consent to kiss the man at all. The
+double-dealing scoundrel! Has Inez told you how he treated her? The very
+thought of it makes me ill."
+
+"Well, Peter, he didn't ask you to kiss him, did he? And as for the
+wrongs of Inez, though doubtless you know more about them than I do, I
+think she has given him an orange for his pomegranate. But look, there
+is the Alcazar in front of us. Is it not a splendid castle? You know, it
+was built by the Moors."
+
+"I don't care who it was built by," said Peter, "and it looks to me like
+any other castle, only larger. All I know about it is that I am to be
+tried there for knocking that ruffian on the head--and that perhaps this
+is the last we shall see of each other, as probably they will send me to
+the galleys, if they don't do worse."
+
+"Oh! say no such thing. I never thought of it; it is not possible!"
+answered Margaret, her dark eyes filling with tears.
+
+"Wait till your marquis appears, pleading the case against us, and you
+will see what is or is not possible," replied Peter with conviction.
+"Still, we have come through some storms, so let us hope for the best."
+
+At that moment they reached the gate of the Alcazar, which they had
+approached from their prison through gardens of orange-trees, and
+soldiers came up and separated them. Next they were led across a court,
+where many people hurried to and fro, into a great marble-columned room
+glittering with gold, which was called the Hall of Justice. At the far
+end of this place, seated on a throne set upon a richly carpeted dais
+and surrounded by lords and counsellors, sat a magnificently attired
+lady of middle age. She was blue-eyed and red-haired, with a
+fair-skinned, open countenance, but very reserved and quiet in her
+demeanour.
+
+"The Queen," muttered the guard, saluting, as did Castell and Peter,
+while Margaret curtseyed.
+
+A case had just been tried, and the queen Isabella, after consultation
+with her assessors, was delivering judgment in few words and a gentle
+voice. As she spoke, her mild blue eyes fell upon Margaret, and, held
+it would seem by her beauty, rested on her till they wandered off to the
+tall form of Peter and the dark, Jewish-looking Castell by him, at the
+sight of whom she frowned a little.
+
+That case was finished, and other suitors stood up in their turn, but
+the queen, waving her hand and still looking at Margaret, bent down and
+asked a question of one of the officers of the court, then gave an
+order, whereon the officer rising, summoned "John Castell, Margaret
+Castell, and Peter Brome, all of England," to appear at the bar and
+answer to the charge of murder of one Luiz of Basa, a soldier of the
+Holy Hermandad.
+
+At once they were brought forward, and stood in a line in front of the
+dais, while the officer began to read the charge against them.
+
+"Stay, friend," interposed the queen, "these accused are the subjects
+of our good brother, Henry of England, and may not understand our
+language, though one of them, I think"--and she glanced at Castell--"was
+not born in England, or at any rate of English blood. Ask them if they
+need an interpreter."
+
+The question was put, and all of them answered that they could speak
+Spanish, though Peter added that he did so but indifferently.
+
+"You are the knight, I think, who is charged with the commission of this
+crime," said Isabella, looking at him.
+
+"Your Majesty, I am not a knight, only a plain esquire, Peter Brome of
+Dedham in England. My father was a knight, Sir Peter Brome, but he fell
+at my side, fighting for Richard, on Bosworth Field, where I had this
+wound," and he pointed to the scar upon his face, "but was not knighted
+for my pains."
+
+Isabella smiled a little, then asked:
+
+"And how came you to Spain, Senor Peter Brome?"
+
+"Your Majesty," answered Peter, Margaret helping from time to time when
+he did not know the Spanish words, "this lady at my side, the daughter
+of the merchant John Castell who stands by her, is my affianced----"
+
+"Then you have won the love of a very beautiful maiden, Senor,"
+interrupted the queen; "but proceed."
+
+"She and her cousin, the Senora Dene, were kidnapped in London by one
+who I understand is the nephew of the King Ferdinand, and an envoy to
+the English court, who passed there as the Senor d'Aguilar, but who in
+Spain is the Marquis of Morella."
+
+"Kidnapped! and by Morella!" exclaimed the queen.
+
+"Yes, your Majesty, cozened on board his ship and kidnapped. The Senor
+Castell and I followed them, and, boarding their vessel, tried to rescue
+them, but were shipwrecked at Motril. The marquis carried them away to
+Granada, whither we followed also, I being sorely hurt in the shipwreck.
+There, in the palace of the marquis, we have lain prisoners many weeks,
+but at length escaped, purposing to come to Seville and seek the
+protection of your Majesties. On the road, while we were dressed as
+Moors, in which garb we compassed our escape, we were attacked by men
+that we thought were bandits, for we had been warned against such evil
+people. One of them rudely molested the Dona Margaret, and I cut him
+down, and by misfortune killed him, for which manslaughter I am here
+before you to-day. Your Majesty, I did not know that he was a soldier of
+the Holy Hermandad, and I pray you pardon my offence, which was done in
+ignorance, fear, and anger, for we are willing to pay compensation for
+this unhappy death."
+
+Now some in the court exclaimed:
+
+"Well spoken, Englishman!"
+
+Then the queen said:
+
+"If all this tale be true, I am not sure that we should blame you over
+much, Senor Brome; but how know we that it is true? For instance, you
+said that the noble marquis stole two ladies, a deed of which I can
+scarcely think him capable. Where then is the other?"
+
+"I believe," answered Peter, "that she is now the wife of the Marquis of
+Morella."
+
+"The wife! Who bears witness that she is the wife? He has not advised us
+that he was about to marry, as is usual."
+
+Then Bernaldez stood forward, stating his name and occupation, and that
+he was a correspondent of the English merchant, John Castell, and
+producing the certificate of marriage signed by Morella, Betty, and the
+priest Henriques, handed it up to the queen saying that he had received
+them in duplicate by a messenger from Granada, and had delivered the
+other to the Archbishop of Seville.
+
+The queen, having looked at the paper, passed it to her assessors, who
+examined it very carefully, one of them saying that the form was not
+usual, and that it might be forged.
+
+The queen thought a little while, then said:
+
+"That is so, and in one way only can we know the truth. Let our warrant
+issue summoning before us our cousin, the noble Marquis of Morella, the
+Senora Dene, who is said to be his wife, and the priest Henriques of
+Motril, who is said to have married them. When they have arrived, all of
+them, the king my husband and I will examine into the matter, and, until
+then, we will not suffer our minds to be prejudiced by hearing any more
+of this cause."
+
+Now the governor of the prison stood forward, and asked what was to be
+done with the captives until the witnesses could be brought from
+Granada. The queen answered that they must remain in his charge, and be
+well treated, whereon Peter prayed that he might be given a better cell
+with fewer rats and more light. The queen smiled, and said that it
+should be so, but added that it would be proper that he should still be
+kept apart from the lady to whom he was affianced, who could dwell with
+her father. Then, noting the sadness on their faces, she added:
+
+"Yet I think they may meet daily in the garden of the prison."
+
+Margaret curtseyed and thanked her, whereon she said very graciously:
+
+"Come here, Senora, and sit by me a little," and she pointed to a
+footstool at her side. "When I have done this business I desire a few
+words with you."
+
+So Margaret was brought up upon the dais, and sat down at her Majesty's
+left hand upon the broidered footstool, and very fair indeed she looked
+placed thus above the crowd, she whose beauty and whose bearing were so
+royal; but Castell and Peter were led away back to the prison, though,
+seeing so many gay lords about, the latter went unwillingly enough. A
+while later, when the cases were finished, the queen dismissed the court
+save for certain officers, who stood at a distance, and, turning to
+Margaret, said:
+
+"Now, fair maiden, tell me your story, as one woman to another, and do
+not fear that anything you say will be made use of at the trial of your
+lover, since against you, at any rate at present, no charge is laid.
+Say, first, are you really the affianced of that tall gentleman, and has
+he really your heart?"
+
+"All of it, your Majesty," answered Margaret, "and we have suffered much
+for each other's sake." Then in as few words as she could she told their
+tale, while the queen listened earnestly.
+
+"A strange story indeed, and if it be all true, a shameful," she said
+when Margaret had finished. "But how comes it that if Morella desired to
+force you into marriage, he is now wed to your companion and cousin?
+What are you keeping back from me?" and she glanced at her shrewdly.
+
+"Your Majesty," answered Margaret, "I was ashamed to speak the rest, yet
+I will trust you and do so, praying your royal forgiveness if you hold
+that we, who were in desperate straits, have done what is wrong. My
+cousin, Betty Dene, has paid back Morella in his own false gold. He won
+her heart and promised to marry her, and at the risk of her own life she
+took my place at the altar, thereby securing our escape."
+
+"A brave deed, if a doubtful," said the queen, "though I question
+whether such a marriage will be upheld. But that is a matter for the
+Church to judge of, and I must speak of it no more. Certainly it is hard
+to be angry with any of you. What did you say that Morella promised you
+when he asked you to marry him in London?"
+
+"Your Majesty, he promised that he would lift me high, perhaps
+even"--and she hesitated--"to that seat in which you sit."
+
+Isabella frowned, then laughed, and said, as she looked her up and down:
+
+"You would fit it well, better than I do in truth. But what else did he
+say?"
+
+"Your Majesty, he said that not every one loves the king, his uncle;
+that he had many friends who remembered that his father was poisoned by
+the father of the king, who was Morella's grandfather; also, that his
+mother was a princess of the Moors, and that he might throw in his lot
+with theirs, or that there were other ways in which he could gain
+his end."
+
+"So, so," said the queen. "Well, though he is such a good son of the
+Church, and my lord is so fond of him, I never loved Morella, and I
+thank you for your warning. But I must not speak to you of such high
+matters, though it seems that some have thought otherwise. Fair
+Margaret, have you aught to ask of me?"
+
+"Yes, your Majesty--that you will deal gently with my true love when he
+comes before you for trial, remembering that he is hot of head and
+strong of arm, and that such knights as he--for knightly is his blood--
+cannot brook to see their ladies mishandled by rough men, and the
+wrappings that shield them torn from off their bosoms. Also, I pray that
+I may be protected from Morella, that he may not be allowed to touch or
+even to speak to me, who, for all his rank and splendour, hate him as
+though he were some poisoned snake."
+
+"I have said that I must not prejudge your case, you beautiful English
+Margaret," the queen answered with a smile, "yet I think that neither of
+those things you ask will cause justice to slip the bandage that is
+about her eyes. Go, and be at peace. If you have spoken truth to me, as
+I am sure you have, and Isabella of Spain can prevent it, the Senor
+Brome's punishment shall not be heavy, nor shall the shadow of the
+Marquis of Morella, the base-born son of a prince and of some royal
+infidel"--these words she spoke with much bitterness--"so much as fall
+upon you, though I warn you that my lord the king loves the man, as is
+but natural, and will not condemn him lightly. Tell me one thing. This
+lover of yours is brave, is he not?"
+
+"Very brave," answered Margaret, smiling.
+
+"And he can ride a horse and hold a lance, can he not, at any rate in
+your quarrel?"
+
+"Aye, your Majesty, and wield a sword too, as well as most knights,
+though he has been but lately sick. Some learned that on
+Bosworth Field."
+
+"Good. Now farewell," and she gave Margaret her hand to kiss. Then,
+calling two of her officers, she bade them conduct her back to the
+prison, and say that she should have liberty to send messages or to
+write to her, the queen, if she should so desire.
+
+On the night of that same day Morella galloped into Seville. Indeed he
+should have been there long before, but misled by the story of the Moors
+who had escorted Peter, Margaret, and her father out of Granada and seen
+them take the Malaga road, he travelled thither first, only to find no
+trace of them in that city. Then he returned and tracked them to
+Seville, where he was soon made acquainted with all that had happened.
+Amongst other things, he discovered that ten hours before swift
+messengers had been despatched to Granada, commanding his attendance and
+that of Betty, with whom he had gone through the form of marriage.
+
+On the following morning he asked an audience with the queen, but it was
+refused to him, and the king, his uncle, was away. Next he tried to win
+admission into the prison and see Margaret, only to find that neither
+his high rank and authority nor any bribe would suffice to unlock its
+doors. The queen had commanded otherwise, he was informed, and knew
+therefrom that in this matter he must reckon with Isabella as an enemy.
+Then he bethought him of revenge, and began a search for Inez and the
+priest Henriques of Motril, only to find that the former had vanished,
+none knew whither, and the holy father was safe within the walls of the
+Inquisition, whence he was careful not to emerge, and where no layman,
+however highly placed, could enter to lay a hand upon one of its
+officers. So, full of rage and disappointment, he took counsel of
+lawyers and friends, and prepared to defend the suit which he saw would
+be brought against him, hoping that chance might yet deliver Margaret
+into his hands. One good card he held, which now he determined to play.
+Castell, as he knew, was a Jew who for years had posed as a Christian,
+and for such there was no mercy in Seville. Perhaps for her father's
+sake he might yet be able to work upon Margaret, whom now he desired to
+win more fiercely than ever before.
+
+At least it was certain that he would try this, or any other means,
+however base, rather than see her married to his rival, Peter Brome.
+Also there was the chance that this Peter might be condemned to
+imprisonment, or even to death, for the killing of a soldier of the
+Hermandad.
+
+So Morella made him ready for the great struggle as best he could, and,
+since he could not stop her coming, awaited the arrival of Betty
+in Seville.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+BETTY STATES HER CASE
+
+Seven days had passed, during which time Margaret and her father had
+rested quietly in the prison, where, indeed, they dwelt more as guests
+than as captives. Thus they were allowed to receive what visitors they
+would, and among them Juan Bernaldez, Castell's connection and agent,
+who told them of all that passed without. Through him they sent
+messengers to meet Betty on her road and apprise her of how things
+stood, and of the trial in which her cause would be judged.
+
+Soon the messengers returned, stating that the "Marchioness of Morella"
+was travelling in state, accompanied by a great retinue, that she
+thanked them for their tidings, and hoped to be able to defend herself
+at all points.
+
+At this news Castell stared and Margaret laughed, for, although she did
+not know all the story, she was sure that in some way Betty had the
+mastery of Morella, and would not be easily defeated, though how she
+came to be travelling with a great retinue she could not imagine. Still,
+fearing lest she should be attacked or otherwise injured, she wrote a
+humble letter to the queen, praying that her cousin might be defended
+from all danger at the hands of any one whomsoever until she had an
+opportunity of giving evidence before their Majesties.
+
+Within an hour came the answer that the lady was under the royal
+protection, and that a guard had been sent to escort her and her party
+and to keep her safe from interference of any sort; also, that for her
+greater comfort, quarters had been prepared for her in a fortress
+outside of Seville, which would be watched night and day, and whence she
+would be brought to the court.
+
+Peter was still kept apart from them, but each day at noon they were
+allowed to meet him in the walled garden of the prison, where they
+talked together to their heart's content. Here, too, he exercised
+himself daily at all manly games, and especially at sword-play with some
+of the other prisoners, using sticks for swords. Further, he was allowed
+the use of his horse that he had ridden from Granada, on which he
+jousted in the yard of the castle with the governor and certain other
+gentlemen, proving himself better at that play than any of them. These
+things he did vigorously and with ardour, for Margaret had told him of
+the hint which the queen gave her, and he desired to get back his full
+strength, and to perfect himself in the handling of every arm which was
+used in Spain.
+
+So the time went by, until one afternoon the governor informed them that
+Peter's trial was fixed for the morrow, and that they must accompany him
+to the court to be examined also upon all these matters. A little later
+came Bernaldez, who said that the king had returned and would sit with
+the queen, and that already this affair had made much stir in Seville,
+where there was much curiosity as to the story of Morella's marriage, of
+which many different tales were told. That Margaret and her father would
+be discharged he had little doubt, in which case their ship was ready
+for them; but of Peter's chances he could say nothing, for they depended
+upon what view the king took of his offence, and, though unacknowledged,
+Morella was the king's nephew and had his ear.
+
+Afterwards they went down into the garden, and there found Peter, who
+had just returned from his jousting, flushed with exercise, and looking
+very manly and handsome. Margaret took his hand and, walking aside, told
+him the news.
+
+"I am glad," he answered, "for the sooner this business is begun the
+sooner it will be done. But, Sweet," and here his face grew very
+earnest, "Morella has much power in this land, and I have broken its
+law, so none know what the end will be. I may be condemned to death or
+imprisoned, or perhaps, if I am given the chance, with better luck I may
+fall fighting, in any of which cases we shall be separated for a while,
+or altogether. Should this be so, I pray that you will not stay here,
+either in the hope of rescuing me, or for other reasons; since, while
+you are in Spain, Morella will not cease from his attempts to get hold
+of you, whereas in England you will be safe from him."
+
+When Margaret heard these words she sobbed aloud, for the thought that
+harm might come to Peter seemed to choke her.
+
+"In all things I will do your bidding," she said, "yet how can I leave
+you, dear, while you are alive, and if, perchance, you should die, which
+may God prevent, how can I live on without you? Rather shall I seek to
+follow you very swiftly."
+
+"I do not desire that," said Peter. "I desire that you should endure
+your days till the end, and come to meet me where I am in due season,
+and not before. I will add this, that if in after-years you should meet
+any worthy man, and have a mind to marry him, you should do so, for I
+know well that you will never forget me, your first love, and that
+beyond this world lie others where there are no marryings or giving in
+marriage. Let not my dead hand lie heavy upon you, Margaret."
+
+"Yet," she replied in gentle indignation, "heavy must it always lie,
+since it is about my heart. Be sure of this, Peter, that if such
+dreadful ill should fall upon us, as you left me so shall you find me,
+here or hereafter."
+
+"So be it," he said with a sigh of relief, for he could not bear to
+think of Margaret as the wife of some other man, even after he was gone,
+although his honest, simple nature, and fear lest her life might be made
+empty of all joy, caused him to say what he had said.
+
+Then behind the shelter of a flowering bush they embraced each other as
+do those who know not whether they will ever kiss again, and, the hour
+of sunset having come, parted as they must.
+
+On the following morning once more Castell and Margaret were led to the
+Hall of Justice in the Alcazar; but this time Peter did not go with
+them. The great court was already full of counsellors, officers,
+gentlemen, and ladies who had come from curiosity, and other folk
+connected with or interested in the case. As yet, however, Margaret
+could not see Morella or Betty, nor had the king and queen taken their
+seats upon the throne. Peter was already there, standing before the bar
+with guards on either side of him, and greeted them with a smile and a
+nod as they were ushered to their chairs near by. Just as they reached
+them also trumpets were blown, and from the back of the hall, walking
+hand in hand, appeared their Majesties of Spain, Ferdinand and Isabella,
+whereat all the audience rose and bowed, remaining standing till they
+were seated on the thrones.
+
+The king, whom they now saw for the first time, was a thickset, active
+man with pleasant eyes, a fair skin, and a broad forehead, but, as
+Margaret thought, somewhat sly-faced--the face of a man who never forgot
+his own interests in those of another. Like the queen, he was
+magnificently attired in garments broidered with gold and the arms of
+Aragon, while in his hand he held a golden sceptre surmounted by a
+jewel, and about his waist, to show that he was a warlike king, he wore
+his long, cross-handled sword. Smilingly he acknowledged the homage of
+his subjects by lifting his hand to his cap and bowing. Then his eye
+fell upon the beautiful Margaret, and, turning, he put a question to the
+queen in a light, sharp voice, asking if that were the lady whom Morella
+had married, and, if so, why in the name of heaven he wished to be
+rid of her.
+
+Isabella answered that she understood that this was the senora whom he
+had desired to marry when he married some one else, as he alleged by
+mistake, but who was in fact affianced to the prisoner before them; a
+reply at which all who heard it laughed.
+
+At this moment the Marquis of Morella, accompanied by his gentlemen and
+some long-gowned lawyers, appeared walking up the court, dressed in the
+black velvet that he always wore, and glittering with orders. Upon his
+head was a cap, also of black velvet, from which hung a great pearl, and
+this cap he did not remove even when he bowed to the king and queen, for
+he was one of the few grandees of Spain who had the right to remain
+covered before their Majesties. They acknowledged his salutation,
+Ferdinand with a friendly nod and Isabella with a cold bow, and he, too,
+took the seat that had been prepared for him. Just then there was a
+disturbance at the far end of the court, where one of its officers could
+be heard calling:
+
+"Way! Make way for the Marchioness of Morella!" At the sound of this
+name the marquis, whose eyes were fixed on Margaret, frowned fiercely,
+rising from his seat as though to protest, then, at some whispered word
+from a lawyer behind him, sat down again.
+
+Now the crowd of spectators separated, and Margaret, turning to look
+down the long hall, saw a procession advancing up the lane between them,
+some clad in armour and some in white Moorish robes blazoned with the
+scarlet eagle, the cognisance of Morella. In the midst of them, her
+train supported by two Moorish women, walked a tall and beautiful lady,
+a coronet upon her brow, her fair hair outspread, a purple cloak hanging
+from her shoulders, half hiding that same splendid robe sewn with pearls
+which had been Morella's gift to Margaret, and about her white bosom the
+chain of pearls which he had presented to Betty in compensation for
+her injuries.
+
+Margaret stared and stared again, and her father at her side murmured:
+
+"It is our Betty! Truly fine feathers make fine birds." Yes, Betty it
+was without a doubt, though, remembering her in her humble woollen dress
+at the old house in Holborn, it was hard to recognise the poor companion
+in this proud and magnificent lady, who looked as though all her life
+she had trodden the marble floors of courts, and consorted with nobles
+and with queens. Up the great hall she came, stately, imperturbable,
+looking neither to the right nor to the left, taking no note of the
+whisperings about her, no, nor even of Morella or of Margaret, till she
+reached the open space in front of the bar where Peter and his guards,
+gazing with all their eyes, hastened to make place for her. There she
+curtseyed thrice, twice to the queen, and once to the king, her consort;
+then, turning, bowed to the marquis, who fixed his eyes upon the ground
+and took no note, bowed to Castell and Peter, and lastly, advancing to
+Margaret, gave her her cheek to kiss. This Margaret did with becoming
+humility, whispering in her ear:
+
+"How fares your Grace?"
+
+"Better than you would in my shoes," whispered Betty back with ever so
+slight a trembling of her left eyelid; while Margaret heard the king
+mutter to the queen:
+
+"A fine peacock of a woman. Look at her figure and those big eyes.
+Morella must be hard to please."
+
+"Perhaps he prefers swans to peacocks," answered the queen in the same
+voice with a glance at Margaret, whose quieter and more refined beauty
+seemed to gain by contrast with that of her nobly built and
+dazzling-skinned cousin. Then she motioned to Betty to take the seat
+prepared for her, which she did, with her suite standing behind her and
+an interpreter at her side.
+
+"I am somewhat bewildered," said the king, glancing from Morella to
+Betty and from Margaret to Peter, for evidently the humour of the
+situation did not escape him. "What is the exact case that we have
+to try?"
+
+Then one of the legal assessors, or alcaldes, rose and said that the
+matter before their Majesties was a charge against the Englishman at the
+bar of killing a certain soldier of the Holy Hermandad, but that there
+seemed to be other matters mixed up with it.
+
+"So I gather," answered the king; "for instance, an accusation of the
+carrying off of subjects of a friendly Power out of the territory of
+that Power; a suit for nullity of a marriage, and a cross-suit for the
+declaration of the validity of the said marriage--and the holy saints
+know what besides. Well, one thing at a time. Let us try this tall
+Englishman."
+
+So the case was opened against Peter by a public prosecutor, who
+restated it as it had been laid before the queen. The Captain Arrano
+gave his evidence as to the killing of the soldier, but, in
+cross-examination by Peter's advocate, admitted, for evidently he bore
+no malice against the prisoner, that the said soldier had roughly
+handled the Dona Margaret, and that the said Peter, being a stranger to
+the country, might very well have taken them for a troop of bandits or
+even Moors. Also, he added, that he could not say that the Englishman
+had intended to kill the soldier.
+
+Then Castell and Margaret gave their evidence, the latter with much
+modest sweetness. Indeed, when she explained that Peter was her
+affianced husband, to whom she was to have been wed on the day after she
+had been stolen away from England, and that she had cried out to him
+for help when the dead soldier caught hold of her and rent away her
+veil, there was a murmur of sympathy, and the king and queen began to
+talk with each other without paying much heed to her further words.
+
+Next they spoke to two of the judges who sat with them, after which the
+king held up his hand and announced that they had come to a decision on
+the case. It was, that, under the circumstances, the Englishman was
+justified in cutting down the soldier, especially as there was nothing
+to show that he meant to kill him, or that he knew that he belonged to
+the Holy Hermandad. He would, therefore, be discharged on the condition
+that he paid a sum of money, which, indeed, it appeared had already been
+paid to the man's widow, in compensation for the man's death, and a
+further small sum for Masses to be said for the welfare of his soul.
+
+Peter began to give thanks for this judgment; but while he was still
+speaking the king asked if any of those present wished to proceed in
+further suits. Instantly Betty rose and said that she did. Then, through
+her interpreter, she stated that she had received the royal commands to
+attend before their Majesties, and was now prepared to answer any
+questions or charges that might be laid against her.
+
+"What is your name, Senora?" asked the king.
+
+"Elizabeth, Marchioness of Morella, born Elizabeth Dene, of the ancient
+and gentle family of Dene, a native of England," answered Betty in a
+clear and decided voice.
+
+The king bowed, then asked:
+
+"Does any one dispute this title and description?"
+
+"I do," answered the Marquis of Morella, speaking for the first time.
+
+"On what grounds, Marquis?"
+
+"On every ground," he answered. "She is not the Marchioness of Morella,
+inasmuch as I went through the ceremony of marriage with her believing
+her to be another woman. She is not of ancient and gentle family, since
+she was a servant in the house of the merchant Castell yonder,
+in London."
+
+"That proves nothing, Marquis," interrupted the king. "My family may, I
+think, be called ancient and gentle, which you will be the last to deny,
+yet I have played the part of a servant on an occasion which I think the
+queen here will remember"--an allusion at which the audience, who knew
+well enough to what it referred, laughed audibly, as did her Majesty[1].
+"The marriage and rank are matters for proof," went on the king, "if
+they are questioned; but is it alleged that this lady has committed any
+crime which prevents her from pleading?"
+
+"None," answered Betty quickly, "except that of being poor, and the
+crime, if it is one, as it may be, of having married that man, the
+Marquis of Morella," whereat the audience laughed again.
+
+"Well, Madam, you do not seem to be poor now," remarked the king,
+looking at her gorgeous and bejewelled apparel; "and here we are more
+apt to think marriage a folly than a crime," a light saying at which the
+queen frowned a little. "But," he added quickly, "set out your case,
+Madam, and forgive me if, until you have done so, I do not call you
+Marchioness."
+
+[Footnote 1: When travelling from Saragossa to Valladolid to be married
+to Isabella, Ferdinand was obliged to pass himself off as a valet.
+Prescott says: "The greatest circumspection, therefore, was necessary.
+The party journeyed chiefly in the night; Ferdinand assumed the disguise
+of a servant and, when they halted on the road, took care of the mules
+and served his companions at table."]
+
+"Here is my case, Sire," said Betty, producing the certificate of
+marriage and handing it up for inspection.
+
+The judges and their Majesties inspected it, the queen remarking that a
+duplicate of this document had already been submitted to her and passed
+on to the proper authorities.
+
+"Is the priest who solemnised the marriage present?" asked the king;
+whereon Bernaldez, Castell's agent, rose and said that he was, though he
+neglected to add that his presence had been secured for no mean sum.
+
+One of the judges ordered that he should be called, and presently the
+foxy-faced Father Henriques, at whom the marquis glared angrily,
+appeared bowing, and was sworn in the usual form, and, on being
+questioned, stated that he had been priest at Motril, and chaplain to
+the Marquis of Morella, but was now a secretary of the Holy Office at
+Seville. In answer to further questions he said that, apparently by the
+bridegroom's own wish, and with his full consent, on a certain date at
+Granada, he had married the marquis to the lady who stood before them,
+and whom he knew to be named Betty Dene; also, that at her request,
+since she was anxious that proper record should be kept of her marriage,
+he had written the certificates which the court had seen, which
+certificates the marquis and others had signed immediately after the
+ceremony in his private chapel at Granada. Subsequently he had left
+Granada to take up his appointment as a secretary to the Inquisition at
+Seville, which had been conferred on him by the ecclesiastical
+authorities in reward of a treatise which he had written upon heresy.
+That was all he knew about the affair.
+
+Now Morella's advocate rose to cross-examine, asking him who had made
+the arrangements for the marriage. He answered that the marquis had
+never spoken to him directly on the subject--at least he had never
+mentioned to him the name of the lady; the Senora Inez arranged
+everything.
+
+Now the queen broke in, asking where was the Senora Inez, and who she
+was. The priest replied that the Senora Inez was a Spanish woman, one of
+the marquis's household at Granada, whom he made use of in all
+confidential affairs. She was young and beautiful, but he could say no
+more about her. As to where she was now he did not know, although they
+had ridden together to Seville. Perhaps the marquis knew.
+
+Now the priest was ordered to stand down, and Betty tendered herself as
+a witness, and through her interpreter told the court the story of her
+connection with Morella. She said that she had met him in London when
+she was a member of the household of the Senor Castell, and that at once
+he began to make love to her and won her heart. Subsequently he
+suggested that she should elope with him to Spain, promising to marry
+her at once, in proof of which she produced the letter he had written,
+which was translated and handed up for the inspection of the court--a
+very awkward letter, as they evidently thought, although it was not
+signed with the writer's real name. Next Betty explained the trick by
+which she and her cousin Margaret were brought on board his ship, and
+that when they arrived there the marquis refused to marry her, alleging
+that he was in love with her cousin and not with her--a statement which
+she took to be an excuse to avoid the fulfilment of his promise. She
+could not say why he had carried off her cousin Margaret also, but
+supposed that it was because, having once brought her upon the ship, he
+did not know how to be rid of her.
+
+Then she described the voyage to Spain, saying that during that voyage
+she kept the marquis at a distance, since there was no priest to marry
+them; also, she was sick and much ashamed, who had involved her cousin
+and mistress in this trouble. She told how the Senors Castell and Brome
+had followed in another vessel, and boarded the caravel in a storm; also
+of the shipwreck and their journey to Granada as prisoners, and of their
+subsequent life there. Finally she described how Inez came to her with
+proposals of marriage, and how she bargained that if she consented, her
+cousin, the Senor Castell, and the Senor Brome should go free. They went
+accordingly, and the marriage took place as arranged, the marquis first
+embracing her publicly in the presence of various people--namely, Inez
+and his two secretaries, who, except Inez, were present, and could bear
+witness to the truth of what she said.
+
+After the marriage and the signing of the certificates she had
+accompanied him to his own apartments, which she had never entered
+before, and there, to her astonishment, in the morning, he announced
+that he must go a journey upon their Majesties' business. Before he
+went, however, he gave her a written authority, which she produced, to
+receive his rents and manage his matters in Granada during his absence,
+which authority she read to the gathered household before he left. She
+had obeyed him accordingly until she had received the royal command,
+receiving moneys, giving her receipt for the same, and generally
+occupying the unquestioned position of mistress of his house.
+
+"We can well believe it," said the king drily. "And now, Marquis, what
+have you to answer to all this?"
+
+"I will answer presently," replied Morella, who trembled with rage.
+"First suffer that my advocate cross-examine this woman."
+
+So the advocate cross-examined, though it cannot be said that he had the
+better of Betty. First he questioned her as to her statement that she
+was of ancient and gentle family, whereon Betty overwhelmed the court
+with a list of her ancestors, the first of whom, a certain Sieur Dene de
+Dene, had come to England with the Norman Duke, William the Conqueror.
+After him, so she still swore, the said Denes de Dene had risen to great
+rank and power, having been the favourites of the kings of England, and
+fought for them generation after generation.
+
+By slow degrees she came down to the Wars of the Roses, in which she
+said her grandfather had been attainted for his loyalty, and lost his
+land and titles, so that her father, whose only child she was--being now
+the representative of the noble family, Dene de Dene--fell into poverty
+and a humble place in life. However, he married a lady of even more
+distinguished race than his own, a direct descendant of a noble Saxon
+family, far more ancient in blood than the upstart Normans. At this
+point, while Peter and Margaret listened amazed, at a hint from the
+queen, the bewildered court interfered through the head alcalde, praying
+her to cease from the history of her descent, which they took for
+granted was as noble as any in England.
+
+Next she was examined as to her relations with Morella in London, and
+told the tale of his wooing with so much detail and imaginative power
+that in the end that also was left unfinished. So it was with
+everything. Clever as Morella's advocate might be, sometimes in English
+and sometimes in the Spanish tongue, Betty overwhelmed him with words
+and apt answers, until, able to make nothing of her, the poor man sat
+down wiping his brow and cursing her beneath his breath.
+
+Then the secretaries were sworn, and after them various members of
+Morella's household, who, although somewhat unwillingly, confirmed all
+that Betty had said as to his embracing her with lifted veil and the
+rest. So at length Betty closed her case, reserving the right to address
+the court after she had heard that of the marquis.
+
+Now the king, queen, and their assessors consulted for a little while,
+for evidently there was a division of opinion among them, some thinking
+that the case should be stopped at once and referred to another
+tribunal, and others that it should go on. At length the queen was heard
+to say that at least the Marquis of Morella should be allowed to make
+his statement, as he might be able to prove that all this story was a
+fabrication, and that he was not even at Granada at the time when the
+marriage was alleged to have taken place.
+
+The king and the alcaldes assenting, the marquis was sworn and told his
+story, admitting that it was not one which he was proud to repeat in
+public. He narrated how he had first met Margaret, Betty, and Peter at a
+public ceremony in London, and had then and there fallen in love with
+Margaret, and accompanied her home to the house of her father, the
+merchant John Castell.
+
+Subsequently he discovered that this Castell, who had fled from Spain
+with his father in childhood, was that lowest of mankind, an unconverted
+Jew who posed as a Christian (at this statement there was a great
+sensation in court, and the queen's face hardened), although it is true
+that he had married a Christian lady, and that his daughter had been
+baptized and brought up as a Christian, of which faith she was a loyal
+member. Nor did she know--as he believed--that her father remained a
+Jew, since, otherwise, he would not have continued to seek her as his
+wife. Their Majesties would be aware, he went on, that, owing to reasons
+with which they were acquainted, he had means of getting at the truth of
+these matters concerning the Jews in England, as to which, indeed, he
+had already written to them, although, owing to his shipwreck and to the
+pressure of his private affairs, he had not yet made his report on his
+embassy in person.
+
+Continuing, he said that he admitted that he had made love to the
+serving-woman, Betty, in order to gain access to Margaret, whose father
+mistrusted him, knowing something of his mission. She was a person of no
+character.
+
+Here Betty rose and said in a clear voice:
+
+"I declare the Marquis of Morella to be a knave and a liar. There is
+more good character in my little finger than in his whole body, and,"
+she added, "than in that of his mother before him"--an allusion at which
+the marquis flushed, while, satisfied for the present with this
+home-thrust, Betty sat down.
+
+He had proposed to Margaret, but she was not willing to marry him, as he
+found that she was affianced to a distant cousin of hers, the Senor
+Peter Brome, a swashbuckler who was in trouble for the killing of a man
+in London, as he had killed the soldier of the Holy Hermandad in Spain.
+Therefore, in his despair, being deeply enamoured of her, and knowing
+that he could offer her great place and fortune, he conceived the idea
+of carrying her off, and to do so was obliged, much against his will, to
+abduct Betty also.
+
+So after many adventures they came to Granada, where he was able to show
+the Dona Margaret that the Senor Peter Brome was employing his
+imprisonment in making love to that member of his household, Inez, who
+had been spoken of, but now could not be found.
+
+Here Peter, who could bear this no longer, also rose and called him a
+liar to his face, saying that if he had the opportunity he would prove
+it on his body, but was ordered by the king to sit down and be silent.
+
+Having been convinced of her lover's unfaithfulness, the marquis went
+on, the Dona Margaret had at length consented to become his wife on
+condition that her father, the Senor Brome, and her servant, Betty Dene,
+were allowed to escape from Granada----
+
+"Where," remarked the queen, "you had no right to detain them, Marquis.
+Except, perhaps, the father, John Castell," she added significantly.
+
+Where, he admitted with sorrow, he had no right to detain them.
+
+"Therefore," went on the queen acutely, "there was no legal or moral
+consideration for this alleged promise of marriage,"--a point at which
+the lawyers nodded approvingly.
+
+The marquis submitted that there was a consideration; that at any rate
+the Dona Margaret wished it. On the day arranged for the wedding the
+prisoners were let go, disguised as Moors, but he now knew that through
+the trickery of the woman Inez, whom he believed had been bribed by
+Castell and his fellow-Jews, the Dona Margaret escaped in place of her
+servant, Betty, with whom he subsequently went through the form of
+marriage, believing her to be Margaret.
+
+As regards the embrace before the ceremony, it took place in a shadowed
+room, and he thought that Betty's face and hair must have been painted
+and dyed to resemble those of Margaret. For the rest, he was certain
+that the ceremonial cup of wine that he drank before he led the woman to
+the altar was drugged, since he only remembered the marriage itself very
+dimly, and after that nothing at all until he woke upon the following
+morning with an aching brow to see Betty sitting by him. As for the
+power of administration which she produced, being perfectly mad at the
+time with rage and disappointment, and sure that if he stopped there any
+longer he should commit the crime of killing this woman who had deceived
+him so cruelly, he gave it that he might escape from her. Their
+Majesties would notice also that it was in favour of the Marchioness of
+Morella. As this marriage was null and void, there was no Marchioness of
+Morella. Therefore, the document was null and void also. That was the
+truth, and all he had to say.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+THE DOOM OF JOHN CASTELL
+
+His evidence finished, the Marquis of Morella sat down, whereon, the
+king and queen having whispered together, the head alcalde asked Betty
+if she had any questions to put to him. She rose with much dignity, and
+through her interpreter said in a quiet voice:
+
+"Yes, a great many. Yet she would not debase herself by asking a single
+one until the stain which he had cast upon her was washed away, which
+she thought could only be done in blood. He had alleged that she was a
+woman of no character, and he had further alleged that their marriage
+was null and void. Being of the sex she was, she could not ask him to
+make good his assertions at the sword's point, therefore, as she
+believed she had the right to do according to all the laws of honour,
+she asked leave to seek a champion--if an unfriended woman could find
+one in a strange land--to uphold her fair name against this base and
+cruel slander."
+
+Now, in the silence that followed her speech, Peter rose and said:
+
+"I ask the permission of your Majesties to be that champion. Your
+Majesties will note that according to his own story I have suffered from
+this marquis the bitterest wrong that one man can receive at the hands
+of another. Also, he has lied in saying that I am not true to my
+affianced lady, the Dona Margaret, and surely I have a right to avenge
+the lie upon him. Lastly, I declare that I believe the Senora Betty to
+be a good and upright woman, upon whom no shadow of shame has ever
+fallen, and, as her countryman and relative, I desire to uphold her good
+name before all the world. I am a foreigner here with few friends, or
+none, yet I cannot believe that your Majesties will withhold from me the
+right of battle which all over the world in such a case one gentleman
+may demand of another. I challenge the Marquis of Morella to mortal
+combat without mercy to the fallen, and here is the proof of it."
+
+Then, stepping across the open space before the bar, he drew the
+leathern gauntlet off his hand and threw it straight into Morella's
+face, thinking that after such an insult he could not choose but fight.
+
+With an oath Morella snatched at his sword; but, before he could draw
+it, officers of the court threw themselves on him, and the king's stern
+voice was heard commanding them to cease their brawling in the royal
+presences.
+
+"I ask your pardon, Sire," gasped Morella, "but you have seen what this
+Englishman did to me, a grandee of Spain."
+
+"Yes," broke in the queen, "but we have also heard what you, a grandee
+of Spain, did to this gentleman of England, and the charge you brought
+against him, which, it seems, the Dona Margaret does not believe."
+
+"In truth, no, your Majesty," said Margaret. "Let me be sworn also, and
+I can explain much of what the marquis has told to you. I never wished
+to marry him or any man, save this one," and she touched Peter on the
+arm, "and anything that he or I may have done, we did to escape the evil
+net in which we were snared."
+
+"We believe it," answered the queen with a smile, then fell to
+consulting with the king and the alcaldes.
+
+For a long time they debated in voices so low that none could hear what
+they said, looking now at one and now at another of the parties to this
+strange suit. Also, some priest was called into their council, which
+Margaret thought a bad omen. At length they made up their minds, and in
+a low, quiet voice and measured words her Majesty, as Queen of Castile,
+gave the judgment of them all. Addressing herself first to Morella,
+she said:
+
+"My lord Marquis, you have brought very grave charges against the lady
+who claims to be your wife, and the Englishman whose affianced bride you
+admit you snatched away by fraud and force. This gentleman, on his own
+behalf and on behalf of these ladies, has challenged you to a combat to
+the death in a fashion that none can mistake. Do you accept his
+challenge?"
+
+"I would accept it readily enough, your Majesty," answered Morella in
+sullen tones, "since heretofore none have doubted my courage; but I must
+remember that I am"--and he paused, then added--"what your Majesties
+know me to be, a grandee of Spain, and something more, wherefore it is
+scarcely lawful for me to cross swords with a Jew-merchant's clerk, for
+that was this man's high rank and office in England."
+
+"You could cross them with me on your ship, the _San Antonio_,"
+exclaimed Peter bitterly, "why then are you ashamed to finish what you
+were not ashamed to begin? Moreover, I tell you that in love or war I
+hold myself the equal of any woman-thief and bastard in this kingdom,
+who am one of a name that has been honoured in my own."
+
+Now again the king and queen spoke together of this question of rank--no
+small one in that age and country. Then Isabella said:
+
+"It is true that a grandee of Spain cannot be asked to meet a simple
+foreign gentleman in single combat. Therefore, since he has thought fit
+to raise it, we uphold the objection of the Marquis of Morella, and
+declare that this challenge is not binding on his honour. Yet we note
+his willingness to accept the same, and are prepared to do what we can
+to make the matter easy, so that it may not be said that a Spaniard, who
+has wrought wrong to an Englishman, and been asked openly to make the
+amend of arms in the presence of his sovereigns, was debarred from so
+doing by the accident of his rank. Senor Peter Brome, if you will
+receive it at our hands, as others of your nation have been proud to do,
+we propose, believing you to be a brave and loyal man of gentle birth,
+to confer upon you the knighthood of the Order of St. James, and thereby
+and therein the right to consort with as equal, or to fight as equal,
+any noble of Spain, unless he should be of the right blood-royal, to
+which place we think the most puissant and excellent Marquis of Morella
+lays no claim."
+
+"I thank your Majesties," said Peter, astonished, "for the honour that
+you would do to me, which, had it not been for the fact that my father
+chose the wrong side on Bosworth Field, being of a race somewhat
+obstinate in the matter of loyalty, I should not have needed to accept
+from your Majesties. As it is I am very grateful, since now the noble
+marquis need not feel debased in settling our long quarrel as he would
+desire to do."
+
+"Come hither and kneel down, Senor Peter Brome," said the queen when he
+had finished speaking.
+
+He obeyed, and Isabella, borrowing his sword from the king, gave him the
+accolade by striking him thrice upon the right shoulder and saying:
+
+"Rise, Sir Peter Brome, Knight of the most noble Order of Saint Iago,
+and by creation a Don of Spain."
+
+He rose, he bowed, retreating backwards as was the custom, and thereby
+nearly falling off the dais, which some people thought a good omen for
+Morella. As he went the king said:
+
+"Our Marshal, Sir Peter, will arrange the time and manner of your combat
+with the marquis as shall be most convenient to you both. Meanwhile, we
+command you both that no unseemly word or deed should pass between you,
+who must soon meet face to face to abide the judgment of God in battle
+_a l'outrance_. Rather, since one of you must die so shortly, do we
+entreat you to prepare your souls to appear before His judgment-seat. We
+have spoken."
+
+Now the audience appeared to think that the court was ended, for many of
+them began to rise; but the queen held up her hand and said:
+
+"There remain other matters on which we must give judgment. The senora
+here," and she pointed to Betty, "asks that her marriage should be
+declared valid, or so we understand, and the Marquis of Morella asks
+that his marriage with the said senora should be declared void, or so
+we understand. Now this is a question over which we claim no power, it
+having to do with a sacrament of the Church. Therefore we leave it to
+his Holiness the Pope in person, or by his legate, to decide according
+to his wisdom in such manner as may seem best to him, if the parties
+concerned should choose to lay their suit before him. Meanwhile, we
+declare and decree that the senora, born Elizabeth Dene, shall
+everywhere throughout our dominions, until or unless his Holiness the
+Pope shall decide to the contrary, be received and acknowledged as the
+Marchioness of Morella, and that during his lifetime her reputed husband
+shall make due provision for her maintenance, and that after his death,
+should no decision have been come to by the court of Rome upon her suit,
+she shall inherit and enjoy that proportion of his lands and property
+which belongs to a wife under the laws of this realm."
+
+Now, while Betty bowed her thanks to their Majesties till the jewels on
+her bodice rattled, and Morella scowled till his face looked as black as
+a thunder-cloud above the mountains, the audience, whispering to each
+other, once more rose to disperse. Again the queen held up her hand, for
+the judgment was not yet finished.
+
+"We have a question to ask of the gallant Sir Peter Brome and the Dona
+Margaret, his affianced. Is it still their desire to take each other in
+marriage?"
+
+Now Peter looked at Margaret, and Margaret looked at Peter, and there
+was that in their eyes which both of them understood, for he answered in
+a clear voice:
+
+"Your Majesty, that is the dearest wish of both of us."
+
+The queen smiled a little, then asked: "And do you, Senor John
+Castell, consent and allow your daughter's marriage to this knight?"
+
+"I do, indeed," he answered gravely. "Had it not been for this man
+here," and he glanced with bitter hatred at Morella, "they would have
+been united long ago, and to that end," he added with meaning, "such
+little property as I possessed has been made over to trustees in England
+for their benefit and that of their children. Therefore I am
+henceforward dependent upon their charity."
+
+"Good," said the queen. "Then one question remains to be put, and only
+one. Is it your wish, both of you, that you should be wed before the
+single combat between the Marquis of Morella and Sir Peter Brome?
+Remember, Dona Margaret, before you answer, that in this event you may
+soon be made a widow, and that if you postpone the ceremony you may
+never be a wife."
+
+Now Margaret and Peter spoke a few words together, then the former
+answered for them both.
+
+"Should my lord fall," she said in her sweet voice that trembled as she
+uttered the words, "in either case my heart will be widowed and broken.
+Let me live out my days, therefore, bearing his name, that, knowing my
+deathless grief, none may thenceforth trouble me with their love, who
+desire to remain his bride in heaven."
+
+"Well spoken," said the queen. "We decree that here in our cathedral of
+Seville you twain shall be wed on the same day, but before the Marquis
+of Morella and you, Sir Peter Brome, meet in single combat. Further,
+lest harm should be attempted against either of you," and she looked
+sideways at Morella, "you, Senora Margaret, shall be my guest until you
+leave my care to become a bride, and you, Sir Peter, shall return to
+lodge in the prison whence you came, but with liberty to see whom you
+will, and to go when and where you will, but under our protection, lest
+some attempt should be made on you."
+
+She ceased, whereon suddenly the king began speaking in his sharp, thin
+voice.
+
+"Having settled these matters of chivalry and marriage," he said, "there
+remains another, which I will not leave to the gentle lips of our
+sovereign Lady, that has to do with something higher than either of
+them--namely, the eternal welfare of men's souls, and of the Church of
+Christ on earth. It has been declared to us that the man yonder, John
+Castell, merchant of London, is that accursed thing, a Jew, who for the
+sake of gain has all his life feigned to be a Christian, and, as such,
+deceived a Christian woman into marriage; that he is, moreover, of our
+subjects, having been born in Spain, and therefore amenable to the civil
+and spiritual jurisdiction of this realm."
+
+He paused, while Margaret and Peter stared at each other affrighted.
+Only Castell stood silent and unmoved, though he guessed what must
+follow better than either of them.
+
+"We judge him not," went on the king, "who claim no authority in such
+high matters, but we do what we must do--we commit him to the Holy
+Inquisition, there to take his trial!"
+
+Now Margaret cried aloud. Peter stared about him as though for help,
+which he knew could never come, feeling more afraid than ever he had
+been in all his life, and for the first time that day Morella smiled.
+At least he would be rid of one enemy. But Castell went to Margaret and
+kissed her tenderly. Then he shook Peter by the hand, saying:
+
+"Kill that thief," and he looked at Morella, "as I know you will, and
+would if there were ten as bad at his back. And be a good husband to my
+girl, as I know you will also, for I shall ask an account of you of
+these matters when we meet where there is neither Jew nor Christian,
+priest nor king. Now be silent, and bear what must be borne as I do, for
+I have a word to say before I leave you and the world.
+
+"Your Majesties, I make no plea for myself, and when I am questioned
+before your Inquisition the task will be easy, for I desire to hide
+nothing, and will tell the truth, though not from fear or because I
+shrink from pain. Your Majesties, you have told us that these two, who,
+at least, are good enough Christians from their birth, shall be wed. I
+would ask you if any spiritual crime, or supposed crime, of mine will be
+allowed to work their separation, or to their detriment in any way
+whatsoever."
+
+"On that point," answered the queen quickly, as though she wished to get
+in her words before the king or any one else could speak, "you have our
+royal word, John Castell. Your case is apart from their case, and
+nothing of which you may be convicted shall affect them in person or,"
+she added slowly, "in property."
+
+"A large promise," muttered the king.
+
+"It is my promise," she answered decidedly, "and it shall be kept at any
+cost. These two shall marry, and if Sir Peter lives through the fray
+they shall depart from Spain unharmed, nor shall any fresh charge be
+brought against them in any court of the realm, nor shall they be
+persecuted or proceeded against in any other realm or on the high seas
+at our instance or that of our officers. Let my words be written down,
+and one copy of them signed and filed and another copy given to the Dona
+Margaret."
+
+"Your Majesty," said Castell, "I thank you, and now, if die I must, I
+shall die happy. Yet I make bold to tell you that had you not spoken
+them it was my purpose to kill myself, here before your eyes, since that
+is a sin for which none can be asked to suffer save the sinner. Also, I
+say that this Inquisition which you have set up shall eat out the heart
+of Spain and bring her greatness to the dust of death. The torture and
+the misery of those Jews, than whom you have no better or more faithful
+subjects, shall be avenged on the heads of your children's children for
+so long as their blood endures."
+
+He finished speaking, and, while something that sounded like a gasp of
+fear rose from that crowded court as the meaning of Castell's bold words
+came home to his auditors, the crowd behind him separated, and there
+appeared, walking two by two, a file of masked and hooded monks and a
+guard of soldiers, all of whom doubtless were in waiting. They came to
+John Castell, they touched him on the shoulder, they closed around him,
+hiding him as it were from the world, and in the midst of them he
+vanished away.
+
+Peter's memories of that strange day in the Alcazar at Seville always
+remained somewhat dim and blurred. It was not wonderful. Within the
+space of a few hours he had been tried for his life and acquitted. He
+had seen Betty, transformed from a humble companion into a magnificent
+and glittering marchioness, as a chrysalis is transformed into a
+butterfly, urge her strange suit against the husband who had tricked
+her, and whom she had tricked, and, for the while at any rate, more than
+hold her own, thanks to her ready wit and native strength of character.
+
+As her champion, and that of Margaret, he had challenged Morella to a
+single combat, and when his defiance was refused on the ground of his
+lack of rank, by the favour of the great Isabella, who wished to use him
+as her instrument, doubtless because of those secret ambitions of
+Morella's which Margaret had revealed to her, he had been suddenly
+advanced to the high station of a Knight of the Order of St. James of
+Spain, to which, although he cared little for it, otherwise he might
+vainly have striven to come.
+
+More, and better far, the desire of his heart would at length be
+attained, for now it was granted to him to meet his enemy, the man whom
+he hated with just cause, upon a fair field, without favour shown to one
+or the other, and to fight him to the death. He had been promised,
+further, that within some few days Margaret should be given to him as
+wife, although it well might be that she would keep that name but for a
+single hour, and that until then they both should dwell safe from
+Morella's violence and treachery; also that, whatever chanced, no suit
+should lie against them in any land for aught that they did or had
+done in Spain.
+
+Lastly, when all seemed safe save for that chance of war, whereof,
+having been bred to such things, he took but little count; when his cup,
+emptied at length of mire and sand, was brimming full with the good red
+wine of battle and of love, when it was at his very lips indeed, Fate
+had turned it to poison and to gall. Castell, his bride's father, and
+the man he loved, had been haled to the vaults of the Inquisition,
+whence he knew well he would come forth but once more, dressed in a
+yellow robe "relaxed to the civil arm," to perish slowly in the fires of
+the Quemadero, the place of burning of heretics.
+
+What would his conquest over Morella avail if Heaven should give him
+power to conquer? What kind of a bridal would that be which was sealed
+and consecrated by the death of the bride's father in the torturing
+fires of the Inquisition? How would they ever get the smell of the smoke
+of that sacrifice out of their nostrils? Castell was a brave man; no
+torments would make him recant. It was doubtful even if he would be at
+the pains to deny his faith, he who had only been baptized a Christian
+by his father for the sake of policy, and suffered the fraud to continue
+for the purposes of his business, and that he might win and keep a
+Christian wife. No, Castell was doomed, and he could no more protect him
+from priest and king than a dove can protect its nest from a pair of
+hungry peregrines.
+
+Oh that last scene! Never could Peter forget it while he lived--the
+vast, fretted hall with its painted arches and marble columns; the rays
+of the afternoon sun piercing the window-places, and streaming like
+blood on to the black robes of the monks as, with their prey, they
+vanished back into the arcade where they had lurked; Margaret's wild cry
+and ashen face as her father was torn away from her, and she sank
+fainting on to Betty's bejewelled bosom; the cruel sneer on Morella's
+lips; the king's hard smile; the pity in the queen's eye; the excited
+murmurings of the crowd; the quick, brief comments of the lawyers; the
+scratching of the clerk's quill as, careless of everything save his
+work, he recorded the various decrees; and above it all as it were,
+upright, defiant, unmoved, Castell, surrounded by the ministers of
+death, vanishing into the blackness of the arcade, vanishing into the
+jaws of the tomb.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+FATHER HENRIQUES AND THE BAKER'S OVEN
+
+A week had gone by. Margaret was in the palace, where Peter had been to
+see her twice, and found her broken-hearted. Even the fact that they
+were to be wed upon the following Saturday, the day fixed also for the
+combat between Peter and Morella, brought her no joy or consolation. For
+on the next day, the Sunday, there was to be an "Act of Faith," an
+_auto-da-fe_ in Seville, when wicked heretics, such as Jews, Moors, and
+persons who had spoken blasphemy, were to suffer for their crimes--some
+by fire on the Quemadero, or place of burning, outside the city; some by
+making public confession of their grievous sin before they were carried
+off to perpetual and solitary imprisonment; some by being garotted
+before their bodies were given to the flames, and so forth. In this
+ceremony it was known that John Castell had been doomed to play a
+leading part.
+
+On her knees, with tears and beseechings, Margaret had prayed the queen
+for mercy. But in this matter those tears produced no more effect upon
+the heart of Isabella than does water dripping on a diamond. Gentle
+enough in other ways, where questions of the Faith were concerned she
+had the craft of a fox and the cruelty of a tiger. She was even
+indignant with Margaret. Had not enough been done for her? she asked.
+Had she not even passed her royal word that no steps should be taken to
+deprive the accused of such property as he might own in Spain if he were
+found guilty, and that none of those penalties which, according to law
+and custom fell upon the children of such infamous persons, should
+attach to her, Margaret? Was she not to be publicly married to her
+lover, and, should he survive the combat, allowed to depart with him in
+honour without even being asked to see her father expiate his iniquity?
+Surely, as a good Christian she should rejoice that he was given this
+opportunity of reconciling his soul with God and be made an example to
+others of his accursed faith. Was she then a heretic also?
+
+So she stormed on, till Margaret crept from her presence wondering
+whether this creed could be right that would force the child to inform
+against and bring the parent to torment. Where were such things written
+in the sayings of the Saviour and His Apostles? And if they were not
+written, who had invented them?
+
+"Save him!--save him!" Margaret had gasped to Peter in despair. "Save
+him, or I swear to you, however much I may love you, however much we may
+seem to be married, never shall you be a husband to me."
+
+"That seems hard," replied Peter, shaking his head mournfully, "since it
+was not I who gave him over to these devils, and probably the end of it
+would be that I should share his fate. Still, I will do what a man can."
+
+"No, no," she cried in despair; "do nothing that will bring you into
+danger." But he had gone without waiting for her answer.
+
+It was night, and Peter sat in a secret room in a certain baker's shop
+in Seville. There were present there besides himself the Fray
+Henriques--now a secretary to the Holy Inquisition, but disguised as a
+layman--the woman Inez, the agent Bernaldez, and the old Jew, Israel
+of Granada.
+
+"I have brought him here, never mind how," Inez was saying, pointing to
+Henriques. "A risky and disagreeable business enough. And now what is
+the use of it?"
+
+"No use at all," answered the Fray coolly, "except to me who pocket my
+ten gold pieces."
+
+"A thousand doubloons if our friend escapes safe and sound," put in the
+old Jew Israel. "God in Heaven! think of it, a thousand doubloons."
+
+The secretary's eyes gleamed hungrily.
+
+"I could do with them well enough," he answered, "and hell could spare
+one filthy Jew for ten years or so, but I see no way. What I do see, is
+that probably all of you will join him. It is a great crime to try to
+tamper with a servant of the Holy Office."
+
+Bernaldez turned white, and the old Jew bit his nails; but Inez tapped
+the priest upon the shoulder.
+
+"Are you thinking of betraying us?" she asked in her gentle voice.
+"Look here, friend, I have some knowledge of poisons, and I swear to you
+that if you attempt it, you shall die within a week, tied in a double
+knot, and never know whence the dose came. Or I can bewitch you, I, who
+have not lived a dozen years among the Moors for nothing, so that your
+head swells and your body wastes, and you utter blasphemies, not
+knowing what you say, until for very shame's sake they toast you among
+the faggots also."
+
+"Bewitch me!" answered Henriques with a shiver. "You have done that
+already, or I should not be here."
+
+"Then, if you do not wish to be in another place before your time," went
+on Inez, still tapping his shoulder gently, "think, think! and find a
+way, worthy servant of the Holy Office."
+
+"A thousand doubloons!--a thousand gold doubloons!" croaked old Israel,
+"or if you fail, sooner or later, this month or next, this year or next,
+death--death as slow and cruel as we can make it. There are two
+Inquisitions in Spain, holy Father; but one of them does its business in
+the dark, and your name is on its ledger."
+
+Now Henriques was very frightened, as well he might be with all those
+eyes glaring at him.
+
+"You need fear nothing," he said, "I know the devilish power of your
+league too well, and that, if I kill you all, a hundred others I have
+never seen or heard of would dog me to my death, who have taken your
+accursed money."
+
+"I am glad that you understand at last, dear friend," said the soft,
+mocking voice of Inez, who stood behind the monk like an evil genius,
+and again tapped him affectionately on the shoulder, this time with the
+bare blade of a poniard. "Now be quick with that plan of yours. It grows
+late, and all holy people should be abed."
+
+"I have none. I defy you," he answered furiously.
+
+"Very well, friend--very well; then I will say good night, or rather
+farewell, since I am not likely to meet you again in this world."
+"Where are you going?" he asked anxiously.
+
+"Oh! to the palace to meet the Marquis of Morella and a friend of his, a
+relation indeed. Look you here. I have had an offer of pardon for my
+part in that marriage if I can prove that a certain base priest knew
+that he was perpetrating a fraud. Well, I _can_ prove it--you may
+remember that you wrote me a note--and, if I do, what happens to such a
+priest who chances to have incurred the hatred of a grandee of Spain and
+of his noble relation?"
+
+"I am an officer of the Holy Inquisition; no one dare touch me," he
+gasped.
+
+"Oh! I think that there are some who would take the risk. For
+instance--the king."
+
+Fray Henriques sank back in his chair. Now he understood whom Inez meant
+by the noble relative of Morella, understood also that he had been
+trapped. "On Sunday morning," he began in a hollow whisper, "the
+procession will be formed, and wind through the streets of the city to
+the theatre, where the sermon will be preached before those who are
+relaxed proceed to the Quemadero. About eight o'clock it turns on to the
+quay for a little way only, and here will be but few spectators, since
+the view of the pageant is bad, nor is the road guarded there. Now, if a
+dozen determined men were waiting disguised as peasants with a boat at
+hand, perhaps they might----" and he paused.
+
+Then Peter, who had been watching and listening to all this play, spoke
+for the first time, asking:
+
+"In such an event, reverend Sir, how would those determined men know
+which was the victim that they sought?"
+
+"The heretic John Castell," he answered, "will be seated on an ass,
+clad in a _zamarra_ of sheepskin painted with fiends and a likeness of
+his own head burning--very well done, for I, who can draw, had a hand in
+it. Also, he alone will have a rope round his neck, by which he may
+be known."
+
+"Why will he be seated on an ass?" asked Peter savagely. "Because you
+have tortured him so that he cannot walk?"
+
+"Not so--not so," said the Dominican, shrinking from those fierce eyes.
+"He has never been questioned at all, not a single turn of the
+_mancuerda_, I swear to you, Sir Knight. What was the use, since he
+openly avows himself an accursed Jew?"
+
+"Be more gentle in your talk, friend," broke in Inez, with her familiar
+tap upon the shoulder. "There are those here who do not think so ill of
+Jews as you do in your Holy House, but who understand how to apply the
+_mancuerda_, and can make a very serviceable rack out of a plank and a
+pulley or two such as lie in the next room. Cultivate courtesy, most
+learned priest, lest before you leave this place you should add a cubit
+to your stature."
+
+"Go on," growled Peter.
+
+"Moreover," added Fray Henriques shakily, "orders came that it was not
+to be done. The Inquisitors thought otherwise, as they believed
+--doubtless in error--that he might have accomplices whose names
+he would give up; but the orders said that as he had lived so long in
+England, and only recently travelled to Spain, he could have none.
+Therefore he is sound--sound as a bell; never before, I am told, has an
+impenitent Jew gone to the stake in such good case, however worthy and
+worshipful he might be."
+
+"So much the better for you, if you do not lie," answered Peter.
+"Continue!"
+
+"There is nothing more to say, except that I shall be walking near to
+him with the two guards, and, of course, if he were snatched away from
+us, and there were no boats handy in which to pursue, we could not help
+it, could we? Indeed, we priests, who are men of peace, might even fly
+at the sight of cruel violence."
+
+"I should advise you to fly fast and far," said Peter. "But, Inez, what
+hold have you on this friend of yours? He will trick everybody."
+
+"A thousand doubloons--a thousand doubloons!" muttered old Israel like a
+sleepy parrot.
+
+"He may think to screw more than that out of the carcases of some of us,
+old man. Come, Inez, you are quick at this game. How can we best hold
+him to his word?"
+
+"Dead, I think," broke in Bernaldez, who knew his danger as the partner
+and relative of Castell, and the nominal owner of the ship _Margaret_ in
+which it was purposed that he should escape. "We know all that he can
+tell, and if we let him go he will betray us soon or late. Kill him out
+of the way, I say, and burn his body in the oven."
+
+Now Henriques fell upon his knees, and with groans and tears began to
+implore mercy.
+
+"Why do you complain so?" asked Inez, watching him with reflective eyes.
+"The end would be much gentler than that which you righteous folk mete
+out to many more honest men, yes, and women too. For my part, I think
+that the Senor Bernaldez gives good counsel. Better that you should
+die, who are but one, than all of us and others, for you will understand
+that we cannot trust you. Has any one got a rope?"
+
+Now Henriques grovelled on the ground before her, kissing the hem of her
+robe, and praying her in the name of all the saints to show pity on one
+who had been betrayed into this danger by love of her.
+
+"Of money you mean, Toad," she answered, kicking him with her slippered
+foot. "I had to listen to your talk of love while we journeyed together,
+and before, but here I need not, and if you speak of it again you shall
+go living into that baker's oven. Oh! you have forgotten it, but I have
+a long score to settle with you. You were a familiar of the Holy Office
+here at Seville--were you not?--before Morella promoted you to Motril
+for your zeal, and made you one of his chaplains? Well, I had a sister,"
+And she knelt down and whispered a name into his ear.
+
+He uttered a sound--it was more of a scream than a gasp.
+
+"I had nothing to do with her death," he protested. "She was brought
+within the walls of the Holy House by some one who had a grudge against
+her and bore false witness."
+
+"Yes, I know. It was you who had the grudge, you snake-souled rogue, and
+it was you who gave the false witness. It was you, also, who but the
+other day volunteered the corroborative evidence that was necessary
+against Castell, saying that he had passed the Rood at your house in
+Motril without doing it reverence, and other things. It was you, too,
+who urged your superiors to put him to the question, because you said he
+was rich and had rich friends, and much money could be wrung out of him
+and them, whereof you were to get your share. Oh! yes, my information is
+good, is it not? Even what passes in the dungeons of the Holy House
+comes to the ears of the woman Inez. Well, do you still think that
+baker's oven too hot for you?"
+
+By this time Henriques was speechless with terror. There he knelt upon
+the floor, glaring at this soft-voiced, remorseless woman who had made a
+tool and a fool of him; who had beguiled him there that night, and who
+hated him so bitterly and with so just a cause. Peter was speaking now.
+
+"It would be better not to stain our hands with the creature's blood,"
+he said. "Caged rats give little sport, and he might be tracked. For my
+part, I would leave his judgment to God. Have you no other way, Inez?"
+
+She thought a while, then prodded the Fray Henriques with her foot,
+saying:
+
+"Get up, sainted secretary to the Holy Office, and do a little writing,
+which will be easy to you. See, here are pens and paper. Now
+I'll dictate:
+
+"'Most Adorable Inez,
+
+"'Your dear message has reached me safely here in this accursed Holy
+House, where we lighten heretics of their sins to the benefit of their
+souls, and of their goods to the benefit of our own bodies----'"
+
+"I cannot write it," groaned Henriques; "it is rank heresy."
+
+"No, only the truth," answered Inez.
+
+"Heresy and the truth--well, they are often the same thing. They would
+burn me for it."
+
+"That is just what many heretics have urged. They have died gloriously
+for what they hold to be the truth, why should not you? Listen," she
+went on more sternly. "Will you take your chance of burning on the
+Quemadero, which you will not do unless you betray us, or will you
+certainly burn more privately, but better, in a baker's oven, and within
+half an hour? Ah! I thought you would not hesitate. Continue your
+letter, most learned scribe. Are those words down? Yes. Now add these:
+
+"'I note all you tell me about the trial at the Alcazar before their
+Majesties. I believe that the Englishwoman will win her case. That was a
+very pretty trick that I played on the most noble marquis at Granada.
+Nothing neater was ever done, even in this place. Well, I owed him a
+long score, and I have paid him off in full. I should like to have seen
+his exalted countenance when he surveyed the features of his bride, the
+waiting-woman, and knew that the mistress was safe away with another
+man. The nephew of the king, who would like himself to be king some day,
+married to an English waiting-woman! Good, very good, dear Inez.
+
+"'Now, as regards the Jew, John Castell. I think that the matter may
+possibly be managed, provided that the money is all right, for, as you
+know, I do not work for nothing. Thus----'" And Inez dictated with
+admirable lucidity those suggestions as to the rescue of Castell, with
+which the reader is already acquainted, ending the letter as follows:
+
+"'These Inquisitors here are cruel beasts, though fonder of money than
+of blood; for all their talk about zeal for the Faith is so much wind
+behind the mountains. They care as much for the Faith as the mountain
+cares for the wind, or, let us say, as I do. They wanted to torture the
+poor devil, thinking that he would rain maravedis; but I gave a hint in
+the right quarter, and their fun was stopped. Carissima, I must stop
+also; it is my hour for duty, but I hope to meet you as arranged, and we
+will have a merry evening. Love to the newly married marquis, if you
+meet him, and to yourself you know how much.
+
+"'Your
+
+"'HENRIQUES.
+
+"'POSTSCRIPTUM.--This position will scarcely be as remunerative as I
+hoped, so I am glad to be able to earn a little outside, enough to buy
+you a present that will make your pretty eyes shine.'
+
+"There!" said Inez mildly, "I think that covers everything, and would
+burn you three or four times over. Let me read it to see that it is
+plainly written and properly signed, for in such matters a good deal
+turns on handwriting. Yes, that will do. Now you understand, don't you,
+if anything goes wrong about the matter we have been talking of--that
+is, if the worthy John Castell is not rescued, or a smell of our little
+plot should get into the wind--this letter goes at once to the right
+quarter, and a certain secretary will wish that he had never been born.
+Man!" she added in a hissing whisper, "you shall die by inches as my
+sister did."
+
+"A thousand doubloons if the thing succeeds, and you live to claim
+them," croaked old Israel. "I do not go back upon my word. Death and
+shame and torture or a thousand doubloons. Now he knows our terms,
+blindfold him again, Senor Bernaldez, and away with him, for he poisons
+the air. But first you, Inez, be gone and lodge that letter where
+you know."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+That same night two cloaked figures, Peter and Bernaldez, were rowed in
+a little boat out to where the _Margaret_ lay in the river, and, making
+her fast, slipped up the ship's side into the cabin. Here the stout
+English captain, Smith, was waiting for them, and so glad was the honest
+fellow to see Peter that he cast his arms about him and hugged him, for
+they had not met since that desperate adventure of the boarding of the
+_San Antonio_.
+
+"Is your ship fit for sea, Captain?" asked Peter.
+
+"She will never be fitter," he answered. "When shall I get sailing
+orders?"
+
+"When the owner comes aboard," answered Peter.
+
+"Then we shall stop here until we rot; they have trapped him in their
+Inquisition. What is in your mind, Peter Brome?--what is in your mind?
+Is there a chance?"
+
+"Aye, Captain, I think so, if you have a dozen fellows of the right
+English stuff between decks."
+
+"We have got that number, and one or two more. But what's the plan?"
+
+Peter told him.
+
+"Not so bad," said Smith, slapping his heavy hand upon his knee; "but
+risky--very risky. That Inez must be a good girl. I should like to marry
+her, notwithstanding her bygones."
+
+Peter laughed, thinking what an odd couple they would make. "Hear the
+rest, then talk," he said. "See now! On Saturday next Mistress Margaret
+and I are to be married in the cathedral; then, towards sunset, the
+Marquis of Morella and I run our course in the great bull-ring yonder,
+and you and half a dozen of your men will be present. Now, I may conquer
+or I may fail----"
+
+"Never!--never!" said the captain. "I wouldn't give a pair of old boots
+for that fine Spaniard's chance when you get at him. Why, you will crimp
+him like a cod-fish!"
+
+"God knows!" answered Peter. "If I win, my wife and I make our adieux to
+their Majesties, and ride away to the quay, where the boat will be
+waiting, and you will row us on board the _Margaret_. If I fail, you
+will take up my body, and, accompanied by my widow, bring it in the same
+fashion on board the _Margaret_, for I shall give it out that in this
+case I wish to be embalmed in wine and taken back to England for burial.
+In either event, you will drop your ship a little way down the river
+round the bend, so that folk may think that you have sailed. In the
+darkness you must work her back with the tide and lay her behind those
+old hulks, and if any ask you why, say that three of your men have not
+yet come aboard, and that you have dropped back for them, and whatever
+else you like. Then, in case I should not be alive to guide you, you and
+ten or twelve of the best sailors will land at the spot that this
+gentleman will show you to-morrow, wearing Spanish cloaks so as not to
+attract attention, but being well armed underneath them, like idlers
+from some ship who had come ashore to see the show. I have told you how
+you may know Master Castell. When you see him make a rush for him, cut
+down any that try to stop you, tumble him into the boat, and row for
+your lives to the ship, which will slip her moorings and get up her
+canvas as soon as she sees you coming, and begin to drop down the river
+with the tide and wind, if there is one. That is the plot, but God alone
+knows the end of it! which depends upon Him and the sailors. Will you
+play this game for the love of a good man and the rest of us? If you
+succeed, you shall be rich for life, all of you."
+
+"Aye," answered the captain, "and there's my hand on it. So sure as my
+name is Smith, we will hook him out of that hell if men can do it, and
+not for the money either. Why, Peter, we have sat here idle so long,
+waiting for you and our lady, that we shall be glad of the fun. At any
+rate, there will be some dead Spaniards before they have done with us,
+and, if we are worsted, I'll leave the mate and enough hands upon the
+ship to bring her safe to Tilbury. But we won't be--we won't be. By this
+day week we will all be rolling homewards across the Bay with never a
+Spaniard within three hundred miles, you and your lady and Master
+Castell, too. I know it! I tell you, lad, I know it!"
+
+"How do you know it?" asked Peter curiously.
+
+"Because I dreamed it last night. I saw you and Mistress Margaret
+sitting sweet as sugar, with your arms around each other's middles,
+while I talked to the master, and the sun went down with the wind
+blowing stiff from sou-sou-west, and a gale threatening. I tell you that
+I dreamed it--I who am not given to dreams."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+THE FALCON STOOPS
+
+It was the marriage day of Margaret and Peter. Clad in white armour that
+had been sent to him as a present from the queen, a sign and a token of
+her good wishes for his success in his combat with Morella, wearing the
+insignia of a Knight of St. James hanging by a ribbon from his neck, his
+shield emblazoned with his coat of the stooping falcon, which appeared
+also upon the white cloak that hung from his shoulders, behind him a
+squire of high degree, who carried his plumed casque and lance, and
+accompanied by an escort of the royal guards, Peter rode from his
+quarters in the prison to the palace gates, and waited there as he had
+been bidden. Presently they opened, and through them, seated on a
+palfrey, appeared Margaret, wonderfully attired in white and silver, but
+with her veil lifted so that her face could be seen. She was companioned
+by a troop of maidens mounted, all of them, on white horses, and at her
+side, almost outshining her in glory of apparel, and attended by all her
+household, rode Betty, Marchioness of Morella--at any rate for that
+present time.
+
+Although she could never be less than beautiful, it was a worn and pale
+Margaret who bowed her greetings to the bridegroom without those palace
+gates. What wonder, since she knew that within a few hours his life
+must be set upon the hazard of a desperate fray. What wonder, since she
+knew that to-morrow her father was doomed to be burnt living upon the
+Quemadero.
+
+They met, they greeted; then, with silver trumpets blowing before them,
+the glittering procession wound its way through the narrow streets of
+Seville. But few words passed between them, whose hearts were too full
+for words, who had said all they had to say, and now abided the issue of
+events. Betty, however, whom many of the populace took for the bride,
+because her air was so much the happier of the two, would not be silent.
+Indeed she chid Margaret for her lack of gaiety upon such an occasion.
+
+"Oh, Betty!--Betty!" answered Margaret, "how can I be gay, upon whose
+heart lies the burden of to-morrow?"
+
+"A pest upon the burden of to-morrow!" exclaimed Betty. "The burden of
+to-day is enough for me, and that is not so bad to bear. Never shall we
+have another such ride as this, with all the world staring at us, and
+every woman in Seville envying us and our good looks and the favour of
+the queen."
+
+"I think it is you they stare at and envy," said Margaret, glancing at
+the splendid woman at her side, whose beauty she knew well over-shadowed
+her own rarer loveliness, at any rate in a street pageant, as in the
+sunshine the rose overshadows the lily.
+
+"Well," answered Betty, "if so, it is because I put the better face on
+things, and smile even if my heart bleeds. At least, your lot is more
+hopeful than mine. If your husband has to fight to the death presently,
+so has mine, and between ourselves I favour Peter's chances. He is a
+very stubborn fighter, Peter, and wonderfully strong--too stubborn and
+strong for any Spaniard."
+
+"Well, that is as it should be," said Margaret, smiling faintly, "seeing
+that Peter is your champion, and if he loses, you are stamped as a
+serving-girl, and a woman of no character."
+
+"A serving-girl I was, or something not far different," replied Betty in
+a reflective voice, "and my character is a matter between me and Heaven,
+though, after all, it might scrape through where others fail to pass. So
+these things do not trouble me over much. What troubles me is that if my
+champion wins he kills my husband."
+
+"You don't want him to be killed then?" asked Margaret, glancing at her.
+
+"No, I think not," answered Betty with a little shake in her voice, and
+turning her head aside for a moment. "I know he is a scoundrel, but, you
+see, I always liked this scoundrel, just as you always hated him, so I
+cannot help wishing that he was going to meet some one who hits a little
+less hard than Peter. Also, if he dies, without doubt his heirs will
+raise suits against me."
+
+"At any rate your father is not going to be burnt to-morrow," said
+Margaret to change the subject, which, to tell the truth, was an
+awkward one.
+
+"No, Cousin, if my father had his deserts, according to all accounts,
+although the lineage that I gave of him is true enough, doubtless he was
+burnt long ago, and still goes on burning--in Purgatory, I mean--though
+God knows I would never bring a faggot to his fire. But Master Castell
+will not be burnt, so why fret about it."
+
+"What makes you say that?" asked Margaret, who had not confided the
+details of a certain plot to Betty.
+
+"I don't know, but I am sure that Peter will get him out somehow. He is
+a very good stick to lean on, Peter, although he seems so hard and
+stupid and silent, which, after all, is in the nature of sticks. But
+look, there is the cathedral--is it not a fine place?--and a great crowd
+of people waiting round the gate. Now smile, Cousin. Bow and smile as
+I do."
+
+They rode up to the great doors, where Peter, springing to the ground,
+assisted his bride from her palfrey. Then the procession formed, and
+they entered the wonderful place, preceded by vergers with staves, and
+by acolytes. Margaret had never visited it before, and never saw it
+again, but all her life the memory of it remained clear and vivid in her
+mind. The cold chill of the air within, the semi-darkness after the
+glare of the sunshine, the seven great naves, or aisles, stretching
+endlessly to right and left, the dim and towering roof, the pillars that
+sprang to it everywhere like huge forest trees aspiring to the skies,
+the solemn shadows pierced by lines of light from the high-cut windows,
+the golden glory of the altars, the sounds of chanting, the sepulchres
+of the dead--a sense of all these things rushed in upon her,
+overpowering her and stamping the picture of them for ever on
+her memory.
+
+Slowly they passed onward to the choir, and round it to the steps of the
+great altar of the chief chapel. Here, between the choir and the chapel,
+was gathered the congregation--no small one--and here, side by side to
+the right and without the rails, in chairs of state, sat their Majesties
+of Spain, who had chosen to grace this ceremony with their presence.
+More, as the bride came, the queen Isabella, as a special act of grace,
+rose from her seat and, bending forward, kissed her on the cheek, while
+the choir sang and the noble music rolled. It was a splendid spectacle,
+this marriage of hers, celebrated in perhaps the most glorious fane in
+Europe. But even as Margaret noted it and watched the bishops and
+priests decked with glittering embroideries, summoned there to do her
+honour, as they moved to and fro in the mysterious ceremonial of the
+Mass, she bethought her of other rites equally glorious that would take
+place on the morrow in the greatest square of Seville, where these same
+dignitaries would condemn fellow human beings--perhaps among them her
+own father--to be married to the cruel flame.
+
+Side by side they knelt before the wondrous altar, while the
+incense-clouds from the censers floated up one by one till they were
+lost in the gloom above, as the smoke of to-morrow's sacrifice would
+lose itself in the heavens, she and her husband, won at last, won after
+so many perils, perhaps to be lost again for ever before night fell upon
+the world. The priests chanted, the gorgeous bishop bowed over them and
+muttered the marriage service of their faith, the ring was set upon her
+hand, the troths were plighted, the benediction spoken, and they were
+man and wife till death should them part, that death which stood so near
+to them in this hour of life fulfilled. Then they two, who already that
+morning had made confession of their sins, kneeling alone before the
+altar, ate of the holy Bread, sealing a mystery with a mystery.
+
+All was done and over, and rising, they turned and stayed a moment hand
+in hand while the sweet-voiced choir sang some wondrous chant.
+Margaret's eyes wandered over the congregation till presently they
+lighted upon the dark face of Morella, who stood apart a little way,
+surrounded by his squires and gentlemen, and watched her. More, he came
+to her, and bowing low, whispered to her:
+
+"We are players in a strange game, my lady Margaret, and what will be
+its end, I wonder? Shall I be dead to-night, or you a widow? Aye, and
+where was its beginning? Not here, I think. And where, oh where shall
+this seed we sow bear fruit? Well, think as kindly of me as you can,
+since I loved you who love me not."
+
+And again bowing, first to her, then to Peter, he passed on, taking no
+note of Betty, who stood near, considering him with her large eyes, as
+though she also wondered what would be the end of all this play.
+
+Surrounded by their courtiers, the king and queen left the cathedral,
+and after them came the bridegroom and the bride. They mounted their
+horses and in the glory of the southern sunlight rode through the
+cheering crowd back to the palace and to the marriage feast, where their
+table was set but just below that of their Majesties. It was long and
+magnificent; but little could they eat, and, save to pledge each other
+in the ceremonial cup, no wine passed their lips. At length some
+trumpets blew, and their Majesties rose, the king saying in his thin,
+clear voice that he would not bid his guests farewell, since very
+shortly they would all meet again in another place, where the gallant
+bridegroom, a gentleman of England, would champion the cause of his
+relative and countrywoman against one of the first grandees of Spain
+whom she alleged had done her wrong. That fray, alas! would be no
+pleasure joust, but to the death, for the feud between these knights was
+deep and bitter, and such were the conditions of their combat. He could
+not wish success to the one or to the other; but of this he was sure,
+that in all Seville there was no heart that would not give equal honour
+to the conqueror and the conquered, sure also that both would bear
+themselves as became brave knights of Spain and England.
+
+Then the trumpets blew again, and the squires and gentlemen who were
+chosen to attend him came bowing to Peter, and saying that it was time
+for him to arm. Bride and bridegroom rose and, while all the spectators
+fell back out of hearing, but watching them with curious eyes, spoke
+some few words together.
+
+"We part," said Peter, "and I know not what to say."
+
+"Say nothing, husband," she answered him, "lest your words should weaken
+me. Go now, and bear you bravely, as you will for your own honour and
+that of England, and for mine. Dead or living you are my darling, and
+dead or living we shall meet once more and be at rest for aye. My
+prayers be with you, Sir Peter, my prayers and my eternal love, and may
+they bring strength to your arm and comfort to your heart."
+
+Then she, who would not embrace him before all those folk, curtseyed
+till her knee almost touched the ground, while low he bent before her, a
+strange and stately parting, or so thought that company; and taking the
+hand of Betty, Margaret left him.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Two hours had gone by. The Plaza de Toros, for the great square where
+tournaments were wont to be held was in the hands of those who prepared
+it for the _auto-da-fe_ of the morrow, was crowded as it had seldom been
+before. This place was a huge amphitheatre--perchance the Romans built
+it--where all sorts of games were celebrated, among them the baiting of
+bulls as it was practised in those days, and other semi-savage sports.
+Twelve thousand people could sit upon the benches that rose tier upon
+tier around the vast theatre, and scarce a seat was empty. The arena
+itself, that was long enough for horses starting at either end of it to
+come to their full speed, was strewn with white sand, as it may have
+been in the days when gladiators fought there. Over the main entrance
+and opposite to the centre of the ring were placed the king and queen
+with their lords and ladies, and between them, but a little behind, her
+face hid by her bridal veil, sat Margaret, upright and silent as a
+statue. Exactly in front of them, on the further side of the ring in a
+pavilion, and attended by her household, appeared Betty, glittering with
+gold and jewels, since she was the lady in whose cause, at least in
+name, this combat was to be fought _a l'outrance._ Quite unmoved she
+sat, and her presence seemed to draw every eye in that vast assembly
+which talked of her while it waited, with a sound like the sound of the
+sea as it murmurs on a beach at night.
+
+Now the trumpets blew, and silence fell, and then, preceded by heralds
+in golden tabards, Carlos, Marquis of Morella, followed by his squires,
+rode into the ring through the great entrance. He bestrode a splendid
+black horse, and was arrayed in coal-black armour, while from his casque
+rose black ostrich plumes. On his shield, however, painted in scarlet,
+appeared the eagle crowned with the coronet of his rank, and beneath,
+the proud motto--"What I seize I tear." A splendid figure, he pressed
+his horse into the centre of the arena, then causing it to wheel round,
+pawing the air with its forelegs, saluted their Majesties by raising his
+long, steel-tipped lance, while the multitude greeted him with a shout.
+This done, he and his company rode away to their station at the north
+end of the ring.
+
+Again the trumpets sounded, and a herald appeared, while after him,
+mounted on a white horse, and clad in his white armour that glistened in
+the sun, with white plumes rising from his casque, and on his shield the
+stooping falcon blazoned in gold with the motto of "For love and honour"
+beneath it, appeared the tall, grim shape of Sir Peter Brome. He, too,
+rode out into the centre of the arena, and, turning his horse quite
+soberly, as though it were on a road, lifted his lance in salute. Now
+there was no cheering, for this knight was a foreigner, yet soldiers who
+were there said to each other that he looked like one who would not
+easily be overthrown.
+
+A third time the trumpets sounded, and the two champions, advancing from
+their respective stations, drew rein side by side in front of their
+Majesties, where the conditions of the combat were read aloud to them by
+the chief herald. They were short. That the fray should be to the death
+unless the king and queen willed otherwise and the victor consented;
+that it should be on horse or on foot, with lance or sword or dagger,
+but that no broken weapon might be replaced and no horse or armour
+changed; that the victor should be escorted from the place of combat
+with all honour, and allowed to depart whither he would, in the kingdom
+or out of it, and no suit or blood-feud raised against him; and that the
+body of the fallen be handed over to his friends for burial, also with
+all honour. That the issue of this fray should in no way affect any
+cause pleaded in Courts ecclesiastical or civil, by the lady who
+asserted herself to be the Marchioness of Morella, or by the most noble
+Marquis of Morella, whom she claimed as her husband.
+
+These conditions having been read, the champions were asked if they
+assented to them, whereon each of them answered, "Aye!" in a clear
+voice. Then the herald, speaking on behalf of Sir Peter Brome, by
+creation a knight of St. Iago and a Don of Spain, solemnly challenged
+the noble Marquis of Morella to single combat to the death, in that he,
+the said marquis, had aspersed the name of his relative, the English
+lady, Elizabeth Dene, who claimed to be his wife, duly united to him in
+holy wedlock, and for sundry other causes and injuries worked towards
+him, the said Sir Peter Brome, and his wife, Dame Margaret Brome, and in
+token thereof, threw down a gauntlet, which gauntlet the Marquis of
+Morella lifted upon the point of his lance and cast over his shoulder,
+thus accepting the challenge.
+
+Now the combatants dropped their visors, which heretofore had been
+raised, and their squires, coming forward, examined the fastenings of
+their armour, their weapons, and the girths and bridles of their
+horses. These being pronounced sound and good, pursuivants took the
+steeds by the bridles and led them to the far ends of the lists. At a
+signal from the king a single clarion blew, whereon the pursuivants
+loosed their hold of the bridles and sprang back. Another clarion blew,
+and the knights gathered up their reins, settled their shields, and set
+their lances in rest, bending forward over their horses' necks.
+
+An intense silence fell upon all the watching multitude as that of night
+upon the sea, and in the midst of it the third clarion blew--to Margaret
+it sounded like the trump of doom. From twelve thousand throats one
+great sigh went up, like the sigh of wind upon the sea, and ere it died
+away, from either end of the arena, like arrows from the bow, like
+levens from a cloud, the champions started forth, their stallions
+gathering speed at every stride. Look, they met! Fair on each shield
+struck a lance, and backward reeled their holders. The keen points
+glanced aside or up, and the knights, recovering themselves, rushed past
+each other, shaken but unhurt. At the ends of the lists the squires
+caught the horses by the bridles and turned them. The first course
+was run.
+
+Again the clarions blew, and again they started forward, and presently
+again they met in mid career. As before, the lances struck upon the
+shields; but so fearful was the impact, that Peter's shivered, while
+that of Morella, sliding from the topmost rim of his foe's buckler, got
+hold in his visor bars. Back went Peter beneath the blow, back and still
+back, till almost he lay upon his horse's crupper. Then, when it seemed
+that he must fall, the lacings of his helm burst. It was torn from his
+head, and Morella passed on bearing it transfixed upon his spear point.
+
+"The Falcon falls," screamed the spectators; "he is unhorsed."
+
+But Peter was not unhorsed. Freed from that awful pressure, he let drop
+the shattered shaft and, grasping at his saddle strap, dragged himself
+back into the selle. Morella tried to stay his charger, that he might
+come about and fall upon the Englishman before he could recover himself;
+but the brute was heady, and would not be turned till he saw the wall of
+faces in front of him. Now they were round, both of them, but Peter had
+no spear and no helm, while the lance of Morella was cumbered with his
+adversary's casque that he strove to shake free from it, but in vain.
+
+"Draw your sword," shouted voices to Peter--the English voices of Smith
+and his sailors--and he put his hand down to do so, then bethought him
+of some other counsel, for he let it lie within its scabbard, and,
+spurring the white horse, came at Morella like a storm.
+
+"The Falcon will be spiked," they screamed. "The Eagle wins!--the Eagle
+wins!" And indeed it seemed that it must be so. Straight at Peter's
+undefended face drove Morella's lance, but lo! as it came he let fall
+his reins and with his shield he struck at the white plumes about its
+point, the plumes torn from his own head. He had judged well, for up
+flew those plumes, a little, a very little, yet far enough to give him
+space, crouching on his saddle-bow, to pass beneath the deadly spear.
+Then, as they swept past each other, out shot that long, right arm of
+his and, gripping Morella like a hook of steel, tore him from his
+saddle, so that the black horse rushed forward riderless, and the white
+sped on bearing a double burden.
+
+Grasping desperately, Morella threw his arms about his neck, and
+intertwined, black armour mixed with white, they swayed to and fro,
+while the frightened horse beneath rushed this way and that till,
+swerving suddenly, together they fell upon the sand, and for a moment
+lay there stunned.
+
+"Who conquers?" gasped the crowd; while others answered, "Both are
+sped!" And, leaning forward in her chair, Margaret tore off her veil and
+watched with a face like the face of death.
+
+See! As they had fallen together, so together they stirred and
+rose--rose unharmed. Now they sprang back, out flashed the long swords,
+and, while the squires caught the horses and, running in, seized the
+broken spears, they faced each other. Having no helm, Peter held his
+buckler above his head to shelter it, and, ever calm, awaited the
+onslaught.
+
+At him came Morella, and with a light, grating sound his sword fell upon
+the steel. Before he could recover himself Peter struck back; but
+Morella bent his knees, and the stroke only shore the black plumes from
+his casque. Quick as light he drove at Peter's face with his point; but
+the Englishman leapt to one side, and the thrust went past him. Again
+Morella came at him, and struck so mighty a blow that, although Peter
+caught it on his buckler, it sliced through the edge of it and fell upon
+his unprotected neck and shoulder, wounding him, for now red blood
+showed on the white armour, and Peter reeled back beneath the stroke.
+
+"The Eagle wins!--the Eagle wins! Spain and the Eagle" shouted ten
+thousand throats. In the momentary silence that followed, a single
+voice, a clear woman's voice, which even then Margaret knew for that of
+Inez, cried from among the crowd:
+
+"Nay, the Falcon stoops!"
+
+Before the sound of her words died away, maddened it would seem, by the
+pain of his wound, or the fear of defeat, Peter shouted out his war-cry
+of _"A Brome! A Brome"_! and, gathering himself together, sprang
+straight at Morella as springs a starving wolf. The blue steel flickered
+in the sunlight, then down it fell, and lo! half the Spaniard's helm lay
+on the sand, while it was Morella's turn to reel backward--and more, as
+he did so, he let fall his shield.
+
+"A stroke!--a good stroke!" roared the crowd. "The Falcon!--the Falcon!"
+
+Peter saw that fallen shield, and whether for chivalry's sake, as
+thought the cheering multitude, or to free his left arm, he cast away
+his own, and grasping the sword with both hands rushed on the Spaniard.
+From that moment, helmless though he was, the issue lay in doubt no
+longer. Betty had spoken of Peter as a stubborn swordsman and a hard
+hitter, and both of these he now showed himself to be. As fresh to all
+appearance as when he ran the first course, he rained blow after blow
+upon the hapless Spaniard, till the sound of his sword smiting on the
+good Toledo steel was like the sound of a hammer falling continually on
+the smith's red iron. They were fearful blows, yet still the tough steel
+held, and still Morella, doing what he might, staggered back beneath
+them, till at length he came in front of the tribune, in which sat their
+Majesties and Margaret. Out of the corner of his eye Peter saw the
+place, and determined in his stout heart that then and there he would
+end the thing. Parrying a cut which the desperate Spaniard made at his
+head, he thrust at him so heavily that his blade bent like a bow, and,
+although he could not pierce the black mail, almost lifted Morella from
+his feet. Then, as he reeled backwards, Peter whirled his sword on high,
+and, shouting "_Margaret!_" struck downwards with all his strength. It
+fell as lightning falls, swift, keen, dazzling the eyes of all who
+watched. Morella raised his arm to break the blow. In vain! The weapon
+that he held was shattered, the casque beneath was cloven, and, throwing
+his arms wide, he fell heavily to the ground and lay there
+moving feebly.
+
+For an instant there was silence, and in it a shrill woman's voice that
+cried:
+
+"The Falcon has stooped. The English hawk _has stooped!_"
+
+Then there arose a tumult of shouting. "He is dead!" "Nay, he stirs."
+"Kill him!" "Spare him; he fought well!"
+
+Peter leaned upon his sword, looking at the fallen foe. Then he glanced
+upwards at their Majesties, but these sat silent, making no sign, only
+he saw Margaret try to rise from her seat and speak, to be pulled back
+to it again by the hands of women. A deep hush fell upon the watching
+thousands who waited for the end. Peter looked at Morella. Alas! he
+still lived, his sword and the stout helmet had broken the weight of
+that stroke, mighty though it had been. The man was but wounded in three
+places and stunned. "What must I do?" asked Peter in a hollow voice to
+the royal pair above him.
+
+Now the king, who seemed moved, was about to speak; but the queen bent
+forward and whispered something to him, and he remained silent. They
+both were silent. All the intent multitude was silent. Knowing what this
+dreadful silence meant, Peter cast down his sword and drew his dagger,
+wherewith to cut the lashings of Morella's gorget and give the _coup
+de grace_.
+
+Just then it was that for the first time he heard a sound, far away upon
+the other side of the arena, and, looking thither, saw the strangest
+sight that ever his eyes beheld. Over the railing of the pavilion
+opposite to him a woman climbed nimbly as a cat, and from it, like a
+cat, dropped to the ground full ten feet below, then, gathering up her
+dress about her knees, ran swiftly towards him. It was Betty! Betty
+without a doubt! Betty in her gorgeous garb, with pearls and braided
+hair flying loose behind her. He stared amazed. All stared amazed, and
+in half a minute she was on them, and, standing over the fallen Morella,
+gasped out:
+
+"Let him be! I bid you let him be."
+
+Peter knew not what to do or say, so advanced to speak with her, whereon
+with a swoop like that of a swallow she pounced upon his sword that lay
+in the sand and, leaping back to Morella, shook it on high, shouting:
+
+"You will have to fight me first, Peter."
+
+Indeed, she did more, striking at him so shrewdly with his own sword
+that he was forced to spring sideways to avoid the stroke. Now a great
+roar of laughter went up to heaven. Yes, even Peter laughed, for no
+such thing as this had ever before been seen in Spain. It died away, and
+again Betty, who had no low voice, shouted in her villainous Spanish:
+
+"He shall kill me before he kills my husband. Give me my husband!"
+
+"Take him, for my part," answered Peter, whereon, letting fall the
+sword, Betty, filled with the strength of despair, lifted the senseless
+Spaniard in her strong white arms as though he were a child, and his
+bleeding head lying on her shoulder, strove to carry him away, but
+could not.
+
+Then, while all that audience cheered frantically, Peter with a gesture
+of despair threw down his dagger and once more appealed to their
+Majesties. The king rose and held up his hand, at the same time
+motioning to Morella's squires to take him from the woman, which, seeing
+their cognizance, Betty allowed them to do.
+
+"Marchioness of Morella," said the king, for the first time giving her
+that title, "your honour is cleared, your champion has conquered, and
+this fierce fray was to the death. What have you to say?"
+
+"Nothing," answered Betty, "except that I love the man, though he has
+treated me and others ill, and, as I knew he would if he crossed swords
+with Peter, has got his deserts for his deeds. I say I love him, and if
+Peter wishes to kill him, he must kill me first."
+
+"Sir Peter Brome," said the king, "the judgment lies in your hand. We
+give you the man's life, to grant or to take."
+
+Peter thought a while, then answered:
+
+"I grant him his life if he will acknowledge this lady to be his true
+and lawful wife, and live with her as such, now and for ever, staying
+all suits against her."
+
+"How can he do that, you fool," asked Betty, "when you have knocked all
+his senses out of him with that great sword of yours?"
+
+"Perhaps," suggested Peter humbly, "some one will do it for him."
+
+"Yes," said Isabella, speaking for the first time, "I will. On behalf of
+the Marquis of Morella I promise these things, Don Peter Brome, before
+all these people here gathered. I add this: that if he should live, and
+it pleases him to break this promise made on his behalf to save him from
+death, then let his name be shamed, yes, let it become a byword and a
+scorn. Proclaim it, heralds."
+
+So the heralds blew their trumpets and one of them called out the
+queen's decree, whereat the spectators cheered again, shouting that it
+was good, and they bore witness to that promise.
+
+Then Morella, still senseless, was borne away by his squires, Betty in
+her blood-stained robe marching at his side, and his horse having been
+brought to him again, Peter, wounded though he was, mounted and galloped
+round the arena amidst plaudits such as that place had never heard,
+till, lifting his sword in salutation, suddenly he and his gentlemen
+vanished by the gate through which he had appeared.
+
+Thus strangely enough ended that combat which thereafter was always
+known as the Fray of the Eagle and the English Hawk.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+HOW THE _MARGARET_ WON OUT TO SEA
+
+It was night. Peter, faint with loss of blood and stiff with bruises,
+had bade his farewell to their Majesties of Spain, who spoke many soft
+words to him, calling him the Flower of Knighthood, and offering him
+high place and rank if he would abide in their service. But he thanked
+them and said No, for in Spain he had suffered too much to dwell there.
+So they kissed his bride, the fair Margaret, who clung to her wounded
+husband like ivy to an oak, and would not be separated from him, even
+for a moment, that husband whom living she had scarcely hoped to clasp
+again. Yes, they kissed her, and the queen threw about her a chain from
+her own neck as a parting gift, and wished her joy of so gallant a lord.
+
+"Alas! your Majesty," said Margaret, her dark eyes filling with tears,
+"how can I be joyous, who must think of to-morrow?"
+
+Thereon Isabella set her face and answered:
+
+"Dona Margaret Brome, be thankful for what to-day has brought you, and
+forget to-morrow and that which it must justly take away. Go now, and
+God be with you both!"
+
+So they went, the little knot of English sailormen, who, wrapped in
+Spanish cloaks, had sat together in the amphitheatre and groaned when
+the Eagle struck, and cheered when the Falcon swooped, leading, or
+rather carrying Peter under cover of the falling night to a boat not far
+from this Place of Bulls. In this they embarked unobserved, for the
+multitude, and even Peter's own squires believed that he had returned
+with his wife to the palace, as he had given out that he would do. So
+they were rowed to the _Margaret_, which straightway made as though she
+were about to sail, and indeed dropped a little way down stream. Here
+she anchored again, just round a bend of the river, and lay there for
+the night.
+
+It was a heavy night, and in it there was no place for love or lovers'
+tenderness. How could there be between these two, who for so long had
+been tormented by doubts and fears, and on this day had endured such
+extremity of terror and such agony of joy? Peter's wound also was deep
+and wide, though his shield had broken the weight of Morella's sword,
+and its edge had caught upon his shoulder-piece, so that by good chance
+it had not reached down to the arteries, or shorn into the bone; yet he
+had lost much blood, and Smith, the captain, who was a better surgeon
+than might have been guessed from his thick hands, found it needful to
+wash out the cut with spirit that gave much pain, and to stitch it up
+with silk. Also Peter had great bruises on his arms and thighs, and his
+back was hurt by that fall from the white charger with Morella in
+his arms.
+
+So it came about that most of that night he lay outworn, half-sleeping
+and half-waking, and when at sunrise he struggled from his berth, it was
+but to kneel by the side of Margaret and join her in her prayers that
+her father might be rescued from the hands of these cruel priests
+of Spain.
+
+Now during the night Smith had brought his ship back with the tide, and
+laid her under the shelter of those hulks whereof Peter had spoken,
+having first painted out her name of _Margaret_, and in its place set
+that of the _Santa Maria_, a vessel of about the same build and tonnage,
+which, as they had heard, was expected in port. For this reason, or
+because there were at that time many ships in the river, it happened
+that none in authority noted her return, or if they did, neglected to
+report the matter as one of no moment. Therefore, so far all went well.
+
+According to the tale of Henriques, confirmed by what they had learned
+otherwise, the great procession of the Act of Faith would turn on to the
+quay at about eight o'clock, and pass along it for a hundred yards or so
+only, before it wound away down a street leading to the _plaza_ where
+the theatre was prepared, the sermon would be preached, the Mass
+celebrated, and the "relaxed" placed in cages to be carried to the
+Quemadero.
+
+At six in the morning Smith mustered those twelve men whom he had chosen
+to help him in the enterprise, and Peter, with Margaret at his side,
+addressed them in the cabin, telling them all the plan, and praying them
+for the sake of their master and of the Lady Margaret, his daughter, to
+do what men might to save one whom they loved and honoured from so
+horrible a death.
+
+They swore that they would, every one of them, for their English blood
+was up, nor did they so much as speak of the great rewards that had been
+promised to those who lived through this adventure, and to the families
+of those who fell. Then they breakfasted, girded their swords and knives
+about them, and put on their Spanish cloaks, though, to speak truth,
+these lads of Essex and of London made but poor Spaniards. Now, at
+length the boat was ready, and Peter, although he could scarcely stand,
+desired to be carried into it that he might accompany them. But the
+captain, Smith, to whom perhaps Margaret had been speaking, set down his
+flat foot on the deck and said that he, who commanded there, would
+suffer no such thing. A wounded man, he declared, would but cumber them
+who had little room to spare in that small boat, and could be of no
+service, either on land or water. Moreover, Master Peter's face was
+known to thousands who had watched it yesterday, and would certainly be
+recognised, whereas none would take note at such a time of a dozen
+common sailors landed from some ship to see the show. Lastly, he would
+do best to stop on board the vessel, where, if anything went wrong, they
+must be short-handed enough, who, if they could, ought to get her away
+to sea and across it with all speed.
+
+Still Peter would have gone, till Margaret, throwing her arms about him,
+asked him if he thought that she would be the better if she lost both
+her father and her husband, as, if things miscarried, well might happen.
+Then, being in pain and very weak, he yielded, and Smith, having given
+his last directions to the mate, and shaken Peter and Margaret by the
+hand, asking their prayers for all of them, descended with his twelve
+men into the boat, and dropping down under shelter of the hulks, rowed
+to the shore as though they came from some other vessel. Now the quay
+was not more than a bowshot from them, and from a certain spot upon the
+_Margaret_ there was a good view of it between the stern of one hulk and
+the bow of another. Here, then, Peter and Margaret sat themselves down
+behind the bulwark, and watched with fears such as cannot be told, while
+a sharp-eyed seaman climbed to the crow's-nest on the mast, whence he
+could see over much of the city, and even the old Moorish castle that
+was then the Holy House of the Inquisition. Presently this man reported
+that the procession had started, for he saw its banners and the people
+crowding to the windows and to the roof-tops; also the cathedral bell
+began to toll slowly. Then came a long, long wait, during which their
+little knot of sailors, wearing the Spanish cloaks, appeared upon the
+quay and mingled with the few folk that were gathered there, since the
+most of the people were collected by thousands on the great _plaza_ or
+in the adjacent streets.
+
+At length, just as the cathedral clock struck eight, the "triumphant"
+march, as it was called, began to appear upon the quay. First came a
+body of soldiers with lances; then a crucifix, borne by a priest and
+veiled in black crape; then a number of other priests, clad in
+snow-white robes to symbolise their perfect purity. Next followed men
+carrying wood or leather images of some man or woman who, by flight to a
+foreign land or into the realms of Death, had escaped the clutches of
+the Inquisition. After these marched other men in fours, each four of
+them bearing a coffin that contained the body or bones of some dead
+heretic, which, in the absence of his living person, like the effigies,
+were to be committed to the flames as a token of what the Inquisition
+would have done to him if it could--to enable it also to seize
+his property.
+
+Then came many penitents, their heads shaven, their feet bare, and clad,
+some in dark-coloured cloaks, some in yellow robes, called the
+_sanbenito_, which were adorned with a red cross. These were followed by
+a melancholy band of "relaxed" heretics, doomed to the fire or
+strangulation at the stake, and clothed in _zamarras_ of sheepskin,
+painted all over with devils and the portraits of their own faces
+surrounded by flames. These poor creatures wore also flame-adorned caps
+called _corozas_, shaped like bishops' mitres, and were gagged with
+blocks of wood, lest they should contaminate the populace by some
+declaration of their heresy, while in their hands they bore tapers,
+which the monks who accompanied them relighted from time to time if they
+became extinguished.
+
+Now the hearts of Peter and Margaret leaped within them, for at the end
+of this hideous troop rode a man mounted on an ass, clothed in a
+_zamarra_ and _coroza_, but with a noose about his neck. So the Fray
+Henriques had told the truth, for without doubt this was John Castell.
+Like people in a dream, they saw him advance in his garb of shame, and
+after him, gorgeously attired, civil officers, inquisitors, and
+familiars of noble rank, members of the Council of Inquisition, behind
+whom was borne a flaunting banner, called the Holy Standard of
+the Faith.
+
+Now Castell was opposite to the little group of seamen, and, or so it
+seemed, something went wrong with the harness of the ass on which he
+sat, for it stopped, and a man in the garb of a secretary stepped to it,
+apparently to attend to a strap, thus bringing all the procession
+behind to a halt, while that in front proceeded off the quay and round
+the corner of a street. Whatever it might be that had happened, it
+necessitated the dismounting of the heretic, who was pulled roughly off
+the brute's back, which, as though in joy at this riddance of its
+burden, lifted its head and brayed loudly.
+
+Men from the thin line of crowd that edged the quay came forward as
+though to help, and among them were several in capes, such as were worn
+by the sailors of the _Margaret_. The officers and grandees behind
+shouted, "Forward!--forward!" whereon those attending to the ass hustled
+it and its rider a little nearer to the water's edge, while the guards
+ran back to explain what had happened. Then suddenly a confusion arose,
+of which it was impossible to distinguish the cause, and next instant
+Margaret and Peter, still gripping each other, saw the man who had been
+seated on the ass being dragged rapidly down the steps of the quay, at
+the foot of which lay the boat of the _Margaret_.
+
+The mate at the helm saw also, for he blew his whistle, a sign at which
+the anchor was slipped--there was no time to lift it--and men who were
+waiting on the yards loosed the lashings of certain sails, so that
+almost immediately the ship began to move.
+
+Now they were fighting on the quay. The heretic was in the boat, and
+most of the sailors; but others held back the crowd of priests and armed
+familiars who strove to get at him. One, a priest with a sword in his
+hand, slipped past them and tumbled into the boat also. At last all were
+in save a single man, who was attacked by three adversaries--John Smith,
+the captain. The oars were out, but his mates waited for him. He struck
+with his sword, and some one fell. Then he turned to run. Two masked
+familiars sprang at him, one landing on his back, one clinging to his
+neck. With a desperate effort he cast himself into the water, dragging
+them with him. One they saw no more, for Smith had stabbed him, the
+other floated up near the boat, which already was some yards from the
+quay, and a sailor battered him on the head with an oar, so that
+he sank.
+
+Smith had vanished also, and they thought he must be drowned. The
+sailors thought it too, for they began to give way, when suddenly a
+great brown hand appeared and clasped the stern-sheets, while a
+bull-voice roared:
+
+"Row on, lads, I'm right enough."
+
+Row they did indeed, till the ashen oars bent like bows, only two of
+them seized the officer who had sprung into the boat and flung him
+screaming into the river, where he struggled a while, for he could not
+swim, gripping at the air with his hands, then disappeared. The boat was
+in mid-stream now, and shaping her course round the bow of the first
+hulk beyond which the prow of the _Margaret_ began to appear, for the
+wind was fresh, and she gathered way every moment.
+
+"Let down the ladder, and make ready ropes," shouted Peter.
+
+It was done, but not too soon, for next instant the boat was bumping on
+their side. The sailors in her caught the ropes and hung on, while the
+captain, Smith, half-drowned, clung to the stern-sheets, for the water
+washed over his head.
+
+"Save him first," cried Peter. A man, running down the ladder, threw a
+noose to him, which Smith seized with one hand and by degrees worked
+beneath his arms. Then they tackled on to it, and dragged him bodily
+from the river to the deck, where he lay gasping and spitting out foam
+and water. By now the ship was travelling swiftly, so swiftly that
+Margaret was in an agony of fear lest the boat should be towed under
+and sink.
+
+But these sailor men knew their trade. By degrees they let the boat drop
+back till her bow was abreast of the ladder. Then they helped Castell
+forward. He gripped its rungs, and eager hands gripped him. Up he
+staggered, step by step, till at length his hideous, fiend-painted cap,
+his white face, whence the beard had been shaved, and his open mouth, in
+which still was fixed the wooden gag, appeared above the bulwarks, as
+the mate said afterwards, like that of a devil escaped from hell. They
+lifted him over, and he sank fainting in his daughter's arms. Then one
+by one the sailors came up after him--none were missing, though two had
+been wounded, and were covered with blood. No, none were missing--God
+had brought them, every one, safe back to the deck of the _Margaret_.
+
+Smith, the captain, spat up the last of his river water and called for a
+cup of wine, which he drank; while Peter and Margaret drew the accursed
+gag from her father's mouth, and poured spirit down his throat. Shaking
+the water from him like a great dog, but saying never a word, Smith
+rolled to the helm and took it from the mate, for the navigation of the
+river was difficult, and none knew it so well as he. Now they were
+abreast the famous Golden Tower, and a big gun was fired at them; but
+the shot went wide. "Look!" said Margaret, pointing to horsemen
+galloping southwards along the river's bank.
+
+"Yes," said Peter, "they go to warn the ports. God send that the wind
+holds, for we must fight our way to sea."
+
+The wind did hold, indeed it blew ever more strongly from the north; but
+oh! that was a long, evil day. Hour after hour they sped forward down
+the widening river; now past villages, where knots of people waved
+weapons at them as they went; now by desolate marshes, plains, and banks
+clothed with pine.
+
+When they reached Bonanza the sun was low, and when they were off San
+Lucar it had begun to sink. Out into the wide river mouth, where the
+white waters tumbled on the narrow bar, rowed two great galleys to cut
+them off, very swift galleys, which it seemed impossible to escape.
+
+Margaret and Castell were sent below, the crew went to quarters, and
+Peter crept stiffly aft to where the sturdy Smith stood at the helm,
+which he would suffer no other man to touch. Smith looked at the sky, he
+looked at the shore, and the safe, open sea beyond. Then he bade them
+hoist more sail, all that she could carry, and looked grimly at the two
+galleys lurking like deerhounds in a pass, that hung on their oars in
+the strait channel, with the tumbling breakers on either side, through
+which no ship could sail. "What will you do?" asked Peter. "Master
+Peter," he answered between his teeth, "when you fought the Spaniard
+yesterday I did not ask you what _you_ were going to do. Hold your
+tongue, and leave me to my own trade."
+
+The _Margaret_ was a swift ship, but never yet had she moved so
+swiftly. Behind her shrilled the gale, for now it was no less. Her stout
+masts bent like fishing poles, her rigging creaked and groaned beneath
+the weight of the bellying canvas, her port bulwarks slipped along
+almost level with the water, so that Peter must lie down on the deck,
+for stand he could not, and watch it running by within three feet
+of him.
+
+The galleys drew up right across her path. Half a mile away they lay bow
+by bow, knowing well that no ship could pass the foaming shallows; lay
+bow by bow, waiting to board and cut down this little English crew when
+the _Margaret_ shortened sail, as shorten sail she must. Smith yelled an
+order to the mate, and presently, red in the setting sun, out burst the
+flag of England upon the mainmast top, a sight at which the sailors
+cheered. He shouted another order, and up ran the last jib, so that now
+from time to time the port bulwarks dipped beneath the sea, and Peter
+felt salt water stinging his sore back.
+
+Thus did the _Margaret_ shorten sail, and thus did she yield her to the
+great galleys of Spain.
+
+The captains of the galleys hung on. Was this foreigner mad, or ignorant
+of the river channel, they wondered, that he would sink with every soul
+there upon the bar? They hung on, waiting for that leopard flag and
+those bursting sails to come down; but they never stirred; only straight
+at them rushed the _Margaret_ like a bull. She was not two furlongs
+away, and she held dead upon her course, till at last those galleys saw
+_that she would not sink alone_. Like a bull with shut eyes she held
+dead upon her furious course!
+
+Confusion arose upon the Spanish ships, whistles were blown, men
+shouted, overseers ran down the planks flogging the slaves, lifted oars
+shone red in the light of the dying sun as they beat the water wildly.
+The prows began to back and separate, five feet, ten feet, a dozen feet
+perhaps; then straight into that tiny streak of open water, like a stone
+from the hand of the slinger, like an arrow from a bow, rushed the
+wind-flung _Margaret_.
+
+What happened? Go ask it of the fishers of San Lucar and the pirates of
+Bonanza, where the tale has been told for generations. The great oars
+snapped like reeds, the slaves were thrown in crushed and mangled heaps,
+the tall deck of the port galley was ripped out of her like rent paper
+by the stout yards of the stooping _Margaret_, the side of the starboard
+galley rolled up like a shaving before a plane, and the _Margaret_
+rushed through.
+
+Smith, the captain, looked aft to where, ere they sank, the two great
+ships, like wounded swans, rolled and fluttered on the foaming bar. Then
+he put his helm about, called the carpenter, and asked what water
+she made.
+
+"None, Sir," he answered; "but she will want new tarring. It was oak
+against eggshells, and we had the speed."
+
+"Good!" said Smith, "shallows on either side; life or death, and I
+thought I could make room. Send the mate to the helm. I'll have
+a sleep."
+
+Then the sun vanished beneath the roaring open sea, and, escaped from
+all the power of Spain, the _Margaret_ turned her scarred and splintered
+bow for Ushant and for England.
+
+
+
+ENVOI
+
+Ten years had gone by since Captain Smith took the good ship _Margaret_
+across the bar of the Guadalquiver in a very notable fashion. It was
+late May in Essex, and all the woods were green, and all the birds sang,
+and all the meadows were bright with flowers. Down in the lovely vale of
+Dedham there was a long, low house with many gables--a charming old
+house of red brick and timbers already black with age. It stood upon a
+little hill, backed with woods, and from it a long avenue of ancient
+oaks ran across the park to the road which led to Colchester and London.
+Down that avenue on this May afternoon an aged, white-haired man, with
+quick black eyes, was walking, and with him three children--very
+beautiful children--a boy of about nine and two little girls, who clung
+to his hand and garments and pestered him with questions.
+
+"Where are we going, Grandfather?" asked one little girl.
+
+"To see Captain Smith, my dear," he answered.
+
+"I don't like Captain Smith," said the other little girl; "he is so fat,
+and says nothing."
+
+"I do," broke in the boy, "he gave me a fine knife to use when I am a
+sailor, and Mother does, and Father, yes, and Grandad too, because he
+saved him when the cruel Spaniards wanted to put him in the fire. Don't
+you, Grandad?"
+
+"Yes, my dear," answered the old man. "Look! there is a squirrel
+running over the grass; see if you can catch it before it reaches
+that tree."
+
+Off went the children at full pelt, and the tree being a low one, began
+to climb it after the squirrel. Meanwhile John Castell, for it was he,
+turned through the park gate and walked to a little house by the
+roadside, where a stout man sat upon a bench contemplating nothing in
+particular. Evidently he expected his visitor, for he pointed to the
+place beside him, and, as Castell sat down, said:
+
+"Why didn't you come yesterday, Master?"
+
+"Because of my rheumatism, friend," he answered. "I got it first in the
+vaults of that accursed Holy House at Seville, and it grows on me year
+by year. They were very damp and cold, those vaults," he added
+reflectively.
+
+"Many people found them hot enough," grunted Smith, "also, there was
+generally a good fire at the end of them. Strange thing that we should
+never have heard any more of that business. I suppose it was because our
+Margaret was such a favourite with Queen Isabella who didn't want to
+raise questions with England, or stir up dirty water."
+
+"Perhaps," answered Castell. "The water _was_ dirty, wasn't it?"
+
+"Dirty as a Thames mud-bank at low tide. Clever woman, Isabella. No one
+else would have thought of making a man ridiculous as she did by Morella
+when she gave his life to Betty, and promised and vowed on his behalf
+that he would acknowledge her as his lady. No fear of any trouble from
+him after that, in the way of plots for the Crown, or things of that
+sort. Why, he must have been the laughing-stock of the whole land--and
+a laughing-stock never does anything. You remember the Spanish saying,
+'King's swords cut and priests' fires burn, but street-songs kill
+quickest!' I should like to learn more of what has become of them all,
+though, wouldn't you, Master? Except Bernaldez, of course, for he's been
+safe in Paris these many years, and doing well there, they say."
+
+"Yes," answered Castell, with a little smile--"that is, unless I had to
+go to Spain to find out."
+
+Just then the three children came running up, bursting through the gate
+all together.
+
+"Mind my flower-bed, you little rogues," shouted Captain Smith, shaking
+his stick at them, whereat they got behind him and made faces.
+
+"Where's the squirrel, Peter?" asked Castell.
+
+"We hunted it out of the tree, Grandad, and right across the grass, and
+got round it by the edge of the brook, and then--"
+
+"Then what? Did you catch it?"
+
+"No, Grandad, for when we thought we had it sure, it jumped into the
+water and swam away."
+
+"Other people in a fix have done that before," said Castell, laughing,
+and bethinking him of a certain river quay.
+
+"It wasn't fair," cried the boy indignantly. "Squirrels shouldn't swim,
+and if I can catch it I will put it in a cage."
+
+"I think that squirrel will stop in the woods for the rest of its life,
+Peter."
+
+"Grandad!--Grandad!" called out the youngest child from the gate,
+whither she had wandered, being weary of the tale of the squirrel,
+"there are a lot of people coming down the road on horses, such fine
+people. Come and see."
+
+This news excited the curiosity of the old gentlemen, for not many fine
+people came to Dedham. At any rate both of them rose, somewhat stiffly,
+and walked to the gate to look. Yes, the child was right, for there,
+sure enough, about two hundred yards away, advanced an imposing
+cavalcade. In front of it, mounted on a fine horse, sat a still finer
+lady, a very large and handsome lady, dressed in black silks, and
+wearing a black lace veil that hung from her head. At her side was
+another lady, much muffled up as though she found the climate cold, and
+riding between them, on a pony, a gallant looking little boy. After
+these came servants, male and female, six or eight of them, and last of
+all a great wain, laden with baggage, drawn by four big Flemish horses.
+
+"Now, whom have we here?" ejaculated Castell, staring at them.
+
+Captain Smith stared too, and sniffed at the wind as he had often done
+upon his deck on a foggy morning.
+
+"I seem to smell Spaniards," he said, "which is a smell I don't like.
+Look at their rigging. Now, Master Castell, of whom does that barque
+with all her sails set remind you?"
+
+Castell shook his head doubtfully.
+
+"I seem to remember," went on Smith, "a great girl decked out like a
+maypole running across white sand in that Place of Bulls at Seville--but
+I forgot, you weren't there, were you?"
+
+Now a loud, ringing voice was heard speaking in Spanish, and commanding
+some one to go to yonder house and inquire where was the gate to the
+Old Hall. Then Castell knew at once.
+
+"It is Betty," he said. "By the beard of Abraham, it is Betty."
+
+"I think so too; but don't talk of Abraham, Master. He is a dangerous
+man, Abraham, in these very Christian lands; say, 'By the Keys of St.
+Peter,' or, 'By St. Paul's infirmities.'"
+
+"Child," broke in Castell, turning to one of the little girls, "run up
+to the Hall and tell your father and mother that Betty has come, and
+brought half Spain with her. Quickly now, and remember the
+name, _Betty!_"
+
+The child departed, wondering, by the back way; while Castell and Smith
+walked towards the strangers.
+
+"Can we assist you, Senora?" asked the former in Spanish.
+
+"Marchioness of Morella, _if_ you please--" she began in the same
+language, then suddenly added in English, "Why, bless my eyes! If it
+isn't my old master, John Castell, with white wool instead of black!"
+
+"It came white after my shaving by a sainted barber in the Holy House,"
+said Castell. "But come off that tall horse of yours, Betty, my dear--I
+beg your pardon--most noble and highly born Marchioness of Morella, and
+give me a kiss."
+
+"That I will, twenty, if you like," she answered, arriving in his arms
+so suddenly from on high, that had it not been for the sturdy support of
+Smith behind, they would both of them have rolled upon the ground.
+
+"Whose are those children?" she asked, when she had kissed Castell and
+shaken Smith by the hand. "But no need to ask, they have got my cousin
+Margaret's eyes and Peter's long nose. How are they?" she added
+anxiously.
+
+"You will see for yourself in a minute or two. Come, send on your people
+and baggage to the Hall, though where they will stow them all I don't
+know, and walk with us."
+
+Betty hesitated, for she had been calculating upon the effect of a
+triumphal entry in full state. But at that moment there appeared
+Margaret and Peter themselves--Margaret, a beautiful matron with a child
+in her arms, running, and Peter, looking much as he had always been,
+spare, long of limb, stern but for the kindly eyes, striding away
+behind, and after him sundry servants and the little girl Margaret.
+
+Then there arose a veritable babel of tongues, punctuated by embracings;
+but in the end the retinue and the baggage were got off up the drive,
+followed by the children and the little Spanish-looking boy, with whom
+they had already made friends, leaving only Betty and her closely
+muffled-up attendant. This attendant Peter contemplated for a while, as
+though there were something familiar to him in her general air.
+
+Apparently she observed his interest, for as though by accident she
+moved some of the wrappings that hid her face, revealing a single soft
+and lustrous eye and a few square inches of olive-coloured cheek. Then
+Peter knew her at once.
+
+"How are you, Inez?" he said, stretching out his hand with a smile, for
+really he was delighted to see her.
+
+"As well as a poor wanderer in a strange and very damp country can be,
+Don Peter," she answered in her languorous voice, "and certainly
+somewhat the better for seeing an old friend whom last she met in a
+certain baker's shop. Do you remember?"
+
+"Remember!" answered Peter. "It is not a thing I am likely to forget.
+Inez, what became of Fray Henriques? I have heard several
+different stories."
+
+"One never can be sure," she answered as she uncovered her smiling red
+lips; "there are so many dungeons in that old Moorish Holy House, and
+elsewhere, that it is impossible to keep count of their occupants,
+however good your information. All I know is that he got into trouble
+over that business, poor man. Suspicions arose about his conduct in the
+procession which the captain here will recall," and she pointed to
+Smith. "Also, it is very dangerous for men in such positions to visit
+Jewish quarters and to write incautious letters--no, not the one you
+think of; I kept faith--but others, afterwards, begging for it back
+again, some of which miscarried."
+
+"Is he dead then?" asked Peter.
+
+"Worse, I think," she answered--"a living death, the 'Punishment of the
+Wall.'"
+
+"Poor wretch!" said Peter, with a shudder.
+
+"Yes," remarked Inez reflectively, "few doctors like their own
+medicine."
+
+"I say, Inez," said Peter, nodding his head towards Betty, "that marquis
+isn't coming here, is he?"
+
+"In the spirit, perhaps, Don Peter, not otherwise."
+
+"So he is really dead? What killed him?"
+
+"Laughter, I think, or, rather, being laughed at. He got quite well of
+the hurts you gave him, and then, of course, he had to keep the queen's
+gage, and take the most noble lady yonder, late Betty, as his
+marchioness. He couldn't do less, after she beat you off him with your
+own sword and nursed him back to life. But he never heard the last of
+it. They made songs about him in the streets, and would ask him how his
+godmother, Isabella, was, because she had promised and vowed on his
+behalf; also, whether the marchioness had broken any lances for his sake
+lately, and so forth."
+
+"Poor man!" said Peter again, in tones of the deepest sympathy. "A cruel
+fate; I should have done better to kill him."
+
+"Much; but don't say so to the noble Betty, who thinks that he had a
+very happy married life under her protecting care. Really, he ate his
+heart out till even I, who hated him, was sorry. Think of it! One of the
+proudest men in Spain, and the most gallant, a nephew of the king, a
+pillar of the Church, his sovereigns' plenipotentiary to the Moors, and
+on secret matters--the common mock of the vulgar, yes, and of the
+great too!"
+
+"The great! Which of them?"
+
+"Nearly all, for the queen set the fashion--I wonder why she hated him
+so?" Inez added, looking shrewdly at Peter; then without waiting for an
+answer, went on: "She did it very cleverly, by always making the most of
+the most honourable Betty in public, calling her near to her, talking
+with her, admiring her English beauty, and so forth, and what her
+Majesty did, everybody else did, until my exalted mistress nearly went
+off her head, so full was she of pride and glory. As for the marquis, he
+fell ill, and after the taking of Granada went to live there quietly.
+Betty went with him, for she was a good wife, and saved lots of money.
+She buried him a year ago, for he died slow, and gave him one of the
+finest tombs in Spain--it isn't finished yet. That is all the story. Now
+she has brought her boy, the young marquis, to England for a year or
+two, for she has a very warm heart, and longed to see you all. Also, she
+thought she had better go away a while, for her son's sake. As for me,
+now that Morella is dead, I am head of the household--secretary, general
+purveyor of intelligence, and anything else you like at a good salary."
+
+"You are not married, I suppose?" asked Peter.
+
+"No," Inez answered; "I saw so much of men when I was younger that I
+seem to have had enough of them. Or perhaps," she went on, fixing that
+mild and lustrous eye upon him, "there was one of them whom I liked too
+well to wish----"
+
+She paused, for they had crossed the drawbridge and arrived opposite to
+the Old Hall. The gorgeous Betty and the fair Margaret, accompanied by
+the others, and talking rapidly, had passed through the wide doorway
+into its spacious vestibule. Inez looked after them, and perceived,
+standing like a guard at the foot of the open stair, that scarred suit
+of white armour and riven shield blazoned with the golden falcon,
+Isabella's gift, in which Peter had fought and conquered the Marquis of
+Morella. Then she stepped back and contemplated the house critically.
+
+At each end of it rose a stone tower, built for the purposes of defence,
+and all around ran a deep moat. Within the circle of this moat, and
+surrounded by poplars and ancient yews, on the south side of the Hall
+lay a walled pleasaunce, or garden, of turf pierced by paths and planted
+with flowering hawthorns and other shrubs, and at the end of it, almost
+hidden in drooping willows, a stone basin of water. Looking at it, Inez
+saw at once that so far as the circumstances of climate and situation
+would allow, Peter, in the laying out of this place, had copied another
+in the far-off, southern city of Granada, even down to the details of
+the steps and seats. She turned to him and said innocently:
+
+"Sir Peter, are you minded to walk with me in that garden this pleasant
+evening? I do not see any window in yonder tower."
+
+Peter turned red as the scar across his face, and laughed as he
+answered:
+
+"There may be one for all that. Get you into the house, dear Inez, for
+none can be more welcome there; but I walk no more alone with you
+in gardens."
+
+THE END
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Fair Margaret, by H. Rider Haggard
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FAIR MARGARET ***
+
+This file should be named 7frmg10.txt or 7frmg10.zip
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, 7frmg11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, 7frmg10a.txt
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Steve Flynn, Tonya Allen
+and PG Distributed Proofreaders
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month.  A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date.  This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
+
+Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work.  The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc.   Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers.  If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month:  1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+    1  1971 July
+   10  1991 January
+  100  1994 January
+ 1000  1997 August
+ 1500  1998 October
+ 2000  1999 December
+ 2500  2000 December
+ 3000  2001 November
+ 4000  2001 October/November
+ 6000  2002 December*
+ 9000  2003 November*
+10000  2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states.  If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154.  Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law.  As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause:  [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1]  Only give exact copies of it.  Among other things, this
+     requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+     eBook or this "small print!" statement.  You may however,
+     if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+     binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+     including any form resulting from conversion by word
+     processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+     *EITHER*:
+
+     [*]  The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+          does *not* contain characters other than those
+          intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+          (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+          be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+          author, and additional characters may be used to
+          indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+     [*]  The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+          no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+          form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+          the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+          OR
+
+     [*]  You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+          no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+          eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+          or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2]  Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+     "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3]  Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+     gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+     already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  If you
+     don't derive profits, no royalty is due.  Royalties are
+     payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+     the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+     legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+     periodic) tax return.  Please contact us beforehand to
+     let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees.  Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart.  Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+
diff --git a/old/7frmg10.zip b/old/7frmg10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82acddb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/7frmg10.zip
diff --git a/old/8frmg10.txt b/old/8frmg10.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2bbf787
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/8frmg10.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11532 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Fair Margaret, by H. Rider Haggard
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file.  Please do not remove it.  Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file.  Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used.  You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: Fair Margaret
+
+Author: H. Rider Haggard
+
+Release Date: January, 2006 [EBook #9780]
+[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
+[This file was first posted on October 15, 2003]
+[Date last updated: October 13, 2004]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FAIR MARGARET ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Steve Flynn, Tonya Allen
+and PG Distributed Proofreaders
+
+
+
+
+FAIR MARGARET
+
+By
+
+H. RIDER HAGGARD
+
+_Author of "King Solomons Mines" "She" "Jess" etc._
+
+WITH 15 ILLUSTRATIONS BY J. R. SKELTON
+
+London: HUTCHINSON & CO.
+Paternoster Row 1907.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+CHAPTER I
+HOW PETER MET THE SPANIARD
+
+CHAPTER II
+JOHN CASTELL
+
+CHAPTER III
+PETER GATHERS VIOLETS
+
+CHAPTER IV
+LOVERS DEAR
+
+CHAPTER V
+CASTELL'S SECRET
+
+CHAPTER VI
+FAREWELL
+
+CHAPTER VII
+NEWS FROM SPAIN
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+D'AGUILAR SPEAKS
+
+CHAPTER IX
+THE SNARE
+
+CHAPTER X
+THE CHASE
+
+CHAPTER XI
+THE MEETING ON THE SEA
+
+CHAPTER XII
+FATHER HENRIQUES
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+THE ADVENTURE OF THE INN
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+INEZ AND HER GARDEN
+
+CHAPTER XV
+PETER PLAYS A PART
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+BETTY SHOWS HER TEETH
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+THE PLOT
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+THE HOLY HERMANDAD
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+BETTY PAYS HER DEBTS
+
+CHAPTER XX
+ISABELLA OF SPAIN
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+BETTY STATES HER CASE
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+THE DOOM OF JOHN CASTELL
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+FATHER HENRIQUES AND THE BAKER'S OVEN
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+THE FALCON STOOPS
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+HOW THE _MARGARET_ WON OUT TO SEA
+
+ENVOI
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS;
+
+"A DOVE, COMRADES!--A DOVE!"
+
+CASTELL DECLARES HIMSELF A JEW
+
+"YOU MEAN THAT YOU WISH TO MURDER ME"
+
+MARGARET APPEARED DESCENDING THE BROAD OAK STAIRS
+
+IN ANOTHER MOMENT THAT STEEL WOULD HAVE PIERCED HIS HEART
+
+THE GALE CAUGHT HIM AND BLEW HIM TO AND FRO
+
+"LADY," HE SAID, "THIS IS NO DEED OF MINE"
+
+A CRUEL-LOOKING KNIFE AND A NAKED ARM PROJECTED
+THROUGH THE PANELLING
+
+"MY NAME IS INEZ. YOU WANDER STILL, SEÑOR"
+
+"THERE ARE OTHERS WHERE THEY CAME FROM"
+
+"TO-DAY I DARE TO HOPE THAT IT MAY BE OTHERWISE"
+
+"WAY! MAKE WAY FOR THE MARCHIONESS OF MORELLA!"
+
+"I CUT HIM DOWN, AND BY MISFORTUNE KILLED HIM"
+
+"WE ARE PLAYERS IN A STRANGE GAME, MY LADY MARGARET"
+
+"YOU WILL HAVE TO FIGHT ME FIRST, PETER"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FAIR MARGARET
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+HOW PETER MET THE SPANIARD
+
+It was a spring afternoon in the sixth year of the reign of King Henry
+VII. of England. There had been a great show in London, for that day his
+Grace opened the newly convened Parliament, and announced to his
+faithful people--who received the news with much cheering, since war is
+ever popular at first--his intention of invading France, and of leading
+the English armies in person. In Parliament itself, it is true, the
+general enthusiasm was somewhat dashed when allusion was made to the
+finding of the needful funds; but the crowds without, formed for the
+most part of persons who would not be called upon to pay the money, did
+not suffer that side of the question to trouble them. So when their
+gracious liege appeared, surrounded by his glittering escort of nobles
+and men-at-arms, they threw their caps into the air, and shouted
+themselves hoarse.
+
+The king himself, although he was still young in years, already a weary-
+looking man with a fine, pinched face, smiled a little sarcastically at
+their clamour; but, remembering how glad he should be to hear it who
+still sat upon a somewhat doubtful throne, said a few soft words, and
+sending for two or three of the leaders of the people, gave them his
+royal hand, and suffered certain children to touch his robe that they
+might be cured of the Evil. Then, having paused a while to receive
+petitions from poor folk, which he handed to one of his officers to be
+read, amidst renewed shouting he passed on to the great feast that was
+made ready in his palace of Westminster.
+
+Among those who rode near to him was the ambassador, de Ayala,
+accredited to the English Court by the Spanish sovereigns, Ferdinand and
+Isabella, and his following of splendidly attired lords and secretaries.
+That Spain was much in favour there was evident from his place in the
+procession. How could it be otherwise, indeed, seeing that already, four
+years or more before, at the age of twelve months, Prince Arthur, the
+eldest son of the king, had been formally affianced to the Infanta
+Catherine, daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella, aged one year and nine
+months? For in those days it was thought well that the affections of
+princes and princesses should be directed early into such paths as their
+royal parents and governors considered likely to prove most profitable
+to themselves.
+
+At the ambassador's left hand, mounted on a fine black horse, and
+dressed richly, but simply, in black velvet, with a cap of the same
+material in which was fastened a single pearl, rode a tall cavalier. He
+was about five-and-thirty years of age, and very handsome, having
+piercing black eyes and a stern, clean-cut face.
+
+In every man, it is said, there can be found a resemblance, often far
+off and fanciful enough, to some beast or bird or other creature, and
+certainly in this case it was not hard to discover. The man resembled an
+eagle, which, whether by chance or design, was the crest he bore upon
+his servants' livery, and the trappings of his horse. The unflinching
+eyes, the hooked nose, the air of pride and mastery, the thin, long
+hand, the quick grace of movement, all suggested that king of birds,
+suggested also, as his motto said, that what he sought he would find,
+and what he found he would keep. Just now he was watching the interview
+between the English king and the leaders of the crowd whom his Grace had
+been pleased to summon, with an air of mingled amusement and contempt.
+
+"You find the scene strange, Marquis," said the ambassador, glancing at
+him shrewdly.
+
+"Señor, here in England, if it pleases your Excellency," he answered
+gravely, "Señor d'Aguilar. The marquis you mentioned lives in Spain--an
+accredited envoy to the Moors of Granada; the Señor d'Aguilar, a humble
+servant of Holy Church," and he crossed himself, "travels abroad--upon
+the Church's business, and that of their Majesties'."
+
+"And his own too, sometimes, I believe," answered the ambassador drily.
+"But to be frank, what I do not understand about you, Señor d'Aguilar,
+as I know that you have abandoned political ambitions, is why you do not
+enter my profession, and put on the black robe once and for all. What
+did I say--black? With your opportunities and connections it might be
+red by now, with a hat to match."
+
+The Señor d'Aguilar smiled a little as he replied.
+
+"You said, I think, that sometimes I travel on my own business. Well,
+there is your answer. You are right, I have abandoned worldly
+ambitions--most of them. They are troublesome, and for some people, if
+they be born too high and yet not altogether rightly, very dangerous.
+The acorn of ambition often grows into an oak from which men hang."
+
+"Or into a log upon which men's heads can be cut off. Señor, I
+congratulate you. You have the wisdom that grasps the substance and lets
+the shadows flit. It is really very rare."
+
+"You asked why I do not change the cut of my garments," went on
+d'Aguilar, without noticing the interruption. "Excellency, to be frank,
+because of my own business. I have failings like other men. For
+instance, wealth is that substance of which you spoke, rule is the
+shadow; he who has the wealth has the real rule. Again, bright eyes may
+draw me, or a hate may seek its slaking, and these things do not suit
+robes, black or red."
+
+"Yet many such things have been done by those who wore them," replied
+the ambassador with meaning.
+
+"Aye, Excellency, to the discredit of Holy Church, as you, a priest,
+know better than most men. Let the earth be evil as it must; but let the
+Church be like heaven above it, pure, unstained, the vault of prayer,
+the house of mercy and of righteous judgment, wherein walks no sinner
+such as I," and again he crossed himself.
+
+There was a ring of earnestness in the speaker's voice that caused de
+Ayala, who knew something of his private reputation, to look at him
+curiously.
+
+"A true fanatic, and therefore to us a useful man," he thought to
+himself, "though one who knows how to make the best of two worlds as
+well as most of them;" but aloud he said, "No wonder that our Church
+rejoices in such a son, and that her enemies tremble when he lifts her
+sword. But, Señor, you have not told me what you think of all this
+ceremony and people."
+
+"The people I know well, Excellency, for I dwelt among them in past
+years and speak their language; and that is why I have left Granada to
+look after itself for a while, and am here to-day, to watch and make
+report----" He checked himself, then added, "As for the ceremony, were I
+a king I would have it otherwise. Why, in that house just now those
+vulgar Commons--for so they call them, do they not?--almost threatened
+their royal master when he humbly craved a tithe of the country's wealth
+to fight the country's war. Yes, and I saw him turn pale and tremble at
+the rough voices, as though their echoes shook his throne. I tell you,
+Excellency, that the time will come in this land when those Commons will
+be king. Look now at that fellow whom his Grace holds by the hand,
+calling him 'sir' and 'master,' and yet whom he knows to be, as I do, a
+heretic, a Jew in disguise, whose sins, if he had his rights, should be
+purged by fire. Why, to my knowledge last night, that Israelite said
+things against the Church----"
+
+"Whereof the Church, or its servant, doubtless made notes to be used
+when the time comes," broke in de Ayala. "But the audience is done, and
+his Highness beckons us forward to the feast, where there will be no
+heretics to vex us, and, as it is Lent, not much to eat. Come, Señor!
+for we stop the way."
+
+Three hours had gone by, and the sun sank redly, for even at that spring
+season it was cold upon the marshy lands of Westminster, and there was
+frost in the air. On the open space opposite to the banqueting-hall, in
+front of which were gathered squires and grooms with horses, stood and
+walked many citizens of London, who, their day's work done, came to see
+the king pass by in state. Among these were a man and a lady, the latter
+attended by a handsome young woman, who were all three sufficiently
+striking in appearance to attract some notice in the throng.
+
+The man, a person of about thirty years of age, dressed in a merchant's
+robe of cloth, and wearing a knife in his girdle, seemed over six feet
+in height, while his companion, in her flowing, fur-trimmed cloak, was,
+for a woman, also of unusual stature. He was not, strictly speaking, a
+handsome man, being somewhat too high of forehead and prominent of
+feature; moreover, one of his clean-shaven cheeks, the right, was marred
+by the long, red scar of a sword-cut which stretched from the temple to
+the strong chin. His face, however, was open and manly, if rather stern,
+and the grey eyes were steady and frank. It was not the face of a
+merchant, but rather that of one of good degree, accustomed to camps and
+war. For the rest, his figure was well-built and active, and his voice
+when he spoke, which was seldom, clear and distinct to loudness, but
+cultivated and pleasant--again, not the voice of a merchant.
+
+Of the lady's figure little could be seen because of the long cloak that
+hid it, but the face, which appeared within its hood when she turned and
+the dying sunlight filled her eyes, was lovely indeed, for from her
+birth to her death-day Margaret Castell--fair Margaret, as she was
+called--had this gift to a degree that is rarely granted to woman.
+Rounded and flower-like was that face, most delicately tinted also,
+with rich and curving lips and a broad, snow-white brow. But the wonder
+of it, what distinguished her above everything else from other beautiful
+women of her time, was to be found in her eyes, for these were not blue
+or grey, as might have been expected from her general colouring, but
+large, black, and lustrous; soft, too, as the eyes of a deer, and
+overhung by curling lashes of an ebon black. The effect of these eyes of
+hers shining above those tinted cheeks and beneath the brow of ivory
+whiteness was so strange as to be almost startling. They caught the
+beholder and held him, as might the sudden sight of a rose in snow, or
+the morning star hanging luminous among the mists of dawn. Also,
+although they were so gentle and modest, if that beholder chanced to be
+a man on the good side of fifty it was often long before he could forget
+them, especially if he were privileged to see how well they matched the
+hair of chestnut, shading into black, that waved above them and fell,
+tress upon tress, upon the shapely shoulders and down to the
+slender waist.
+
+Peter Brome, for he was so named, looked a little anxiously about him at
+the crowd, then, turning, addressed Margaret in his strong, clear voice.
+
+"There are rough folk around," he said; "do you think you should stop
+here? Your father might be angered, Cousin."
+
+Here it may be explained that in reality their kinship was of the
+slightest, a mere dash of blood that came to her through her mother.
+Still they called each other thus, since it is a convenient title that
+may mean much or nothing.
+
+"Oh! why not?" she answered in her rich, slow tones, that had in them
+some foreign quality, something soft and sweet as the caress of a
+southern wind at night. "With you, Cousin," and she glanced approvingly
+at his stalwart, soldier-like form, "I have nothing to fear from men,
+however rough, and I do greatly want to see the king close by, and so
+does Betty. Don't you, Betty?" and she turned to her companion.
+
+Betty Dene, whom she addressed, was also a cousin of Margaret, though
+only a distant connection of Peter Brome. She was of very good blood,
+but her father, a wild and dissolute man, had broken her mother's heart,
+and, like that mother, died early, leaving Betty dependent upon
+Margaret's mother, in whose house she had been brought up. This Betty
+was in her way remarkable, both in body and mind. Fair, splendidly
+formed, strong, with wide, bold, blue eyes and ripe red lips, such was
+the fashion of her. In speech she was careless and vigorous. Fond of the
+society of men, and fonder still of their admiration, for she was
+romantic and vain, Betty at the age of five-and-twenty was yet an
+honest girl, and well able to take care of herself, as more than one of
+her admirers had discovered. Although her position was humble, at heart
+she was very proud of her lineage, ambitious also, her great desire
+being to raise herself by marriage back to the station from which her
+father's folly had cast her down--no easy business for one who passed as
+a waiting-woman and was without fortune.
+
+For the rest, she loved and admired her cousin Margaret more than any
+one on earth, while Peter she liked and respected, none the less perhaps
+because, try as she would--and, being nettled, she did try hard
+enough--her beauty and other charms left him quite unmoved.
+
+In answer to Margaret's question she laughed and answered:
+
+"Of course. We are all too busy up in Holborn to get the chance of so
+many shows that I should wish to miss one. Still, Master Peter is very
+wise, and I am always counselled to obey him. Also, it will soon
+be dark."
+
+"Well, well," said Margaret with a sigh and a little shrug of her
+shoulders, "as you are both against me, perhaps we had best be going.
+Next time I come out walking, cousin Peter, it shall be with some one
+who is more kind."
+
+Then she turned and began to make her way as quickly as she could
+through the thickening crowd. Finding this difficult, before Peter could
+stop her, for she was very swift in her movements, Margaret bore to the
+right, entering the space immediately in front of the banqueting-hall
+where the grooms with horses and soldiers were assembled awaiting their
+lords, for here there was more room to walk. For a few moments Peter and
+Betty were unable to escape from the mob which closed in behind her, and
+thus it came about that Margaret found herself alone among these people,
+in the midst, indeed, of the guard of the Spanish ambassador de Ayala,
+men who were notorious for their lawlessness, for they reckoned upon
+their master's privilege to protect them. Also, for the most part, they
+were just then more or less in liquor.
+
+One of these fellows, a great, red-haired Scotchman, whom the priest-
+diplomatist had brought with him from that country, where he had also
+been ambassador, suddenly perceiving before him a woman who appeared to
+be young and pretty, determined to examine her more closely, and to this
+end made use of a rude stratagem. Pretending to stumble, he grasped at
+Margaret's cloak as though to save himself, and with a wrench tore it
+open, revealing her beautiful face and graceful figure.
+
+"A dove, comrades!--a dove!" he shouted in a voice thick with drink,
+"who has flown here to give me a kiss." And, casting his long arms about
+her, he strove to draw her to him.
+
+"Peter! Help me, Peter!" cried Margaret as she struggled fiercely in his
+grip.
+
+"No, no, if you want a saint, my bonny lass," said the drunken
+Scotchman, "Andrew is as good as Peter," at which witticism those of the
+others who understood him laughed, for the man's name was Andrew.
+
+Next instant they laughed again, and to the ruffian Andrew it seemed as
+though suddenly he had fallen into the power of a whirlwind. At least
+Margaret was wrenched away from him, while he spun round and round to
+fall violently upon his face.
+
+"That's Peter!" exclaimed one of the soldiers in Spanish.
+
+"Yes," answered another, "and a patron saint worth having"; while a
+third pulled the recumbent Andrew to his feet.
+
+The man looked like a devil. His cap had gone, and his fiery red hair
+was smeared with mud. Moreover, his nose had been broken on a cobble
+stone, and blood from it poured all over him, while his little red eyes
+glared like a ferret's, and his face turned a dirty white with pain and
+rage. Howling out something in Scotch, of a sudden he drew his sword and
+rushed straight at his adversary, purposing to kill him.
+
+Now, Peter had no sword, but only his short knife, which he found no
+time to draw. In his hand, however, he carried a stout holly staff shod
+with iron, and, while Margaret clasped her hands and Betty screamed, on
+this he caught the descending blow, and, furious as it was, parried and
+turned it. Then, before the man could strike again, that staff was up,
+and Peter had leapt upon him. It fell with fearful force, breaking the
+Scotchman's shoulder and sending him reeling back.
+
+"Shrewdly struck, Peter! Well done, Peter!" shouted the spectators.
+
+But Peter neither saw nor heard them, for he was mad with rage at the
+insult that had been offered to Margaret. Up flew the iron-tipped staff
+again, and down it came, this time full on Andrew's head, which it
+shattered like an egg-shell, so that the brute fell backwards, dead.
+
+For a moment there was silence, for the joke had taken a tragic turn.
+Then one of the Spaniards said, glancing at the prostrate form:
+
+"Name of God! our mate is done for. That merchant hits hard."
+
+Instantly there arose a murmur among the dead man's comrades, and one of
+them cried:
+
+"Cut him down!"
+
+Understanding that he was to be set on, Peter sprang forward and
+snatched the Scotchman's sword from the ground where it had fallen, at
+the same time dropping his staff and drawing his dagger with the left
+hand. Now he was well armed, and looked so fierce and soldier-like as he
+faced his foes, that, although four or five blades were out, they held
+back. Then Peter spoke for the first time, for he knew that against so
+many he had no chance.
+
+"Englishmen," he cried in ringing tones, but without shifting his head
+or glance, "will you see me murdered by these Spanish dogs?"
+
+There was a moment's pause, then a voice behind cried:
+
+"By God! not I," and a brawny Kentish man-at-arms ranged up beside him,
+his cloak thrown over his left arm, and his sword in his right hand.
+
+"Nor I," said another. "Peter Brome and I have fought together before."
+
+"Nor I," shouted a third, "for we were born in the same Essex hundred."
+
+And so it went on, until there were as many stout Englishmen at his side
+as there were Spaniards and Scotchmen before him.
+
+"That will do," said Peter, "we want no more than man to man. Look to
+the women, comrades behind there. Now, you murderers, if you would see
+English sword-play, come on, or, if you are afraid, let us go in peace."
+
+"Yes, come on, you foreign cowards," shouted the mob, who did not love
+these turbulent and privileged guards.
+
+By now the Spanish blood was up, and the old race-hatred awake. In
+broken English the sergeant of the guard shouted out some filthy insult
+about Margaret, and called upon his followers to "cut the throats of the
+London swine." Swords shone red in the red sunset light, men shifted
+their feet and bent forward, and in another instant a great and bloody
+fray would have begun.
+
+But it did not begin, for at that moment a tall señor, who had been
+standing in the shadow and watching all that passed, walked between the
+opposing lines, as he went striking up the swords with his arm.
+
+"Have done," said d'Aguilar quietly, for it was he, speaking in Spanish.
+"You fools! do you want to see every Spaniard in London torn to pieces?
+As for that drunken brute," and he touched the corpse of Andrew with his
+foot, "he brought his death upon himself. Moreover, he was not a
+Spaniard, there is no blood quarrel. Come, obey me! or must I tell you
+who I am?"
+
+"We know you, Marquis," said the leader in a cowed voice. "Sheath your
+swords, comrades; after all, it is no affair of ours."
+
+The men obeyed somewhat unwillingly; but at this moment arrived the
+ambassador de Ayala, very angry, for he had heard of the death of his
+servant, demanding, in a loud voice, that the man who had killed him
+should be given up.
+
+"We will not give him up to a Spanish priest," shouted the mob. "Come
+and take him if you want him," and once more the tumult grew, while
+Peter and his companions made ready to fight.
+
+Fighting there would have been also, notwithstanding all that d'Aguilar
+could do to prevent it; but of a sudden the noise began to die away, and
+a hush fell upon the place. Then between the uplifted weapons walked a
+short, richly clad man, who turned suddenly and faced the mob. It was
+King Henry himself.
+
+"Who dare to draw swords in my streets, before my very palace doors?" he
+asked in a cold voice.
+
+A dozen hands pointed at Peter.
+
+"Speak," said the king to him.
+
+"Margaret, come here," cried Peter; and the girl was thrust forward to
+him.
+
+"Sire," he said, "that man," and he pointed to the corpse of Andrew,
+"tried to do wrong to this maiden, John Castell's child. I, her cousin,
+threw him down. He drew his sword and came at me, and I killed him with
+my staff. See, it lies there. Then the Spaniards--his comrades--would
+have cut me down, and I called for English help. Sire, that is all."
+
+The king looked him up and down.
+
+"A merchant by your dress," he said; "but a soldier by your mien. How
+are you named?"
+
+"Peter Brome, Sire."
+
+"Ah! There was a certain Sir Peter Brome who fell at Bosworth Field--not
+fighting for me," and he smiled. "Did you know him perchance?"
+
+"He was my father, Sire, and I saw him slain--aye, and slew the slayer."
+
+"Well can I believe it," answered Henry, considering him. "But how comes
+it that Peter Brome's son, who wears that battle scar across his face,
+is clad in merchant's woollen?"
+
+"Sire," said Peter coolly, "my father sold his lands, lent his all to
+the Crown, and I have never rendered the account. Therefore I must live
+as I can."
+
+The king laughed outright as he replied:
+
+"I like you, Peter Brome, though doubtless you hate me."
+
+"Not so, Sire. While Richard lived I fought for Richard. Richard is
+gone; and, if need be, I would fight for Henry, who am an Englishman,
+and serve England's king."
+
+"Well said, and I may have need of you yet, nor do I bear you any
+grudge. But, I forgot, is it thus that you would fight for me, by
+causing riot in my streets, and bringing me into trouble with my good
+friends the Spaniards?"
+
+"Sire, you know the story."
+
+"I know your story, but who bears witness to it? Do you, maiden, Castell
+the merchant's daughter?"
+
+"Aye, Sire. The man whom my cousin killed maltreated me, whose only
+wrong was that I waited to see your Grace pass by. Look on my
+torn cloak."
+
+"Little wonder that he killed him for the sake of those eyes of yours,
+maiden. But this witness may be tainted." And again he smiled, adding,
+"Is there no other?"
+
+Betty advanced to speak, but d'Aguilar, stepping forward, lifted his
+bonnet from his head, bowed and said in English:
+
+"Your Grace, there is; I saw it all. This gallant gentleman had no
+blame. It was the servants of my countryman de Ayala who were to blame,
+at any rate at first, and afterwards came the trouble."
+
+Now the ambassador de Ayala broke in, claiming satisfaction for the
+killing of his man, for he was still very angry, and saying that if it
+were not given, he would report the matter to their Majesties of Spain,
+and let them know how their servants were treated in London.
+
+At these words Henry grew grave, who, above all things, wished to give
+no offence to Ferdinand and Isabella.
+
+"You have done an ill day's work, Peter Brome," he said, "and one of
+which my attorney must consider. Meanwhile, you will be best in safe
+keeping," and he turned as though to order his arrest.
+
+"Sire," exclaimed Peter, "I live at Master Castell's house in Holborn,
+nor shall I run away."
+
+"Who will answer for that," asked the king, "or that you will not make
+more riots on your road thither?"
+
+"I will answer, your Grace," said d'Aguilar quietly, "if this lady will
+permit that I escort her and her cousin home. Also," he added in a low
+voice, "it seems to me that to hale him to a prison would be more like
+to breed a riot than to let him go."
+
+Henry glanced round him at the great crowd who were gathered watching
+this scene, and saw something in their faces which caused him to agree
+with d'Aguilar.
+
+"So be it, Marquis," he said. "I have your word, and that of Peter
+Brome, that he will be forthcoming if called upon. Let that dead man be
+laid in the Abbey till to-morrow, when this matter shall be inquired of.
+Excellency, give me your arm; I have greater questions of which I wish
+to speak with you ere we sleep."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+JOHN CASTELL
+
+When the king was gone, Peter turned to those men who had stood by him
+and thanked them very heartily. Then he said to Margaret:
+
+"Come, Cousin, that is over for this time, and you have had your wish
+and seen his Grace. Now, the sooner you are safe at home, the better I
+shall be pleased."
+
+"Certainly," she replied. "I have seen more than I desire to see again.
+But before we go let us thank this Spanish señor----" and she paused.
+
+"D'Aguilar, Lady, or at least that name will serve," said the Spaniard
+in his cultured voice, bowing low before her, his eyes fixed all the
+while upon her beautiful face.
+
+"Señor d'Aguilar, I thank you, and so does my cousin, Peter Brome, whose
+life perhaps you saved--don't you, Peter? Oh! and so will my father."
+
+"Yes," answered Peter somewhat sulkily, "I thank him very much; though
+as for my life, I trusted to my own arm and to those of my friends
+there. Good night, Sir."
+
+"I fear, Señor," answered d'Aguilar with a smile, "that we cannot part
+just yet. You forget, I have become bond for you, and must therefore
+accompany you to where you live, that I may certify the place. Also,
+perhaps, it is safest, for these countrymen of mine are revengeful, and,
+were I not with you, might waylay you."
+
+Now, seeing from his face that Peter was still bent upon declining this
+escort, Margaret interposed quickly.
+
+"Yes, that is wisest, also my father would wish it. Señor, I will show
+you the way," and, accompanied by d'Aguilar, who gallantly offered her
+his arm, she stepped forward briskly, leaving Peter to follow with her
+cousin Betty.
+
+Thus they walked in the twilight across the fields and through the
+narrow streets beyond that lay between Westminster and Holborn. In front
+tripped Margaret beside her stately cavalier, with whom she was soon
+talking fast enough in Spanish, a tongue which, for reasons that shall
+be explained, she knew well, while behind, the Scotchman's sword still
+in his hand, and the handsome Betty on his arm, came Peter Brome in the
+worst of humours.
+
+John Castell lived in a large, rambling, many-gabled, house, just off
+the main thoroughfare of Holborn, that had at the back of it a garden
+surrounded by a high wall. Of this ancient place the front part served
+as a shop, a store for merchandise, and an office, for Castell was a
+very wealthy trader--how wealthy none quite knew--who exported woollen
+and other goods to Spain under the royal licence, bringing thence in his
+own ships fine, raw Spanish wool to be manufactured in England, and with
+it velvet, silks, and wine from Granada; also beautiful inlaid armour of
+Toledo steel. Sometimes, too, he dealt in silver and copper from the
+mountain mines, for Castell was a banker as well as a merchant, or
+rather what answered to that description in those days.
+
+It was said that beneath his shop were dungeon-like store-vaults, built
+of thick cemented stone, with iron doors through which no thief could
+break, and filled with precious things. However this might be, certainly
+in that great house, which in the time of the Plantagenets had been the
+fortified palace of a noble, existed chambers whereof he alone knew the
+secret, since no one else, not even his daughter or Peter, ever crossed
+their threshold. Also, there slept in it a number of men-servants, very
+stout fellows, who wore knives or swords beneath their cloaks, and
+watched at night to see that all was well. For the rest, the
+living-rooms of this house where Castell, Margaret his daughter, and
+Peter dwelt, were large and comfortable, being new panelled with oak
+after the Tudor fashion, and having deep windows that looked out upon
+the garden.
+
+When Peter and Betty reached the door, not that which led into the shop,
+but another, it was to find that Margaret and d'Aguilar, who were
+walking very quickly, must have already passed it, since it was shut,
+and they had vanished. At his knock--a hard one--a serving-man opened,
+and Peter strode through the vestibule, or ante-chamber, into the hall,
+where for the most part they ate and sat, for thence he heard the sound
+of voices. It was a fine room, lit by hanging lamps of olive oil, and
+having a large, open hearth where a fire burned pleasantly, while the
+oaken table in front of it was set for supper. Margaret, who had thrown
+off her cloak, stood warming herself at the fire, and the Señor
+d'Aguilar, comfortably seated in a big chair, which he seemed to have
+known for years, leaned back, his bonnet in his hand, and watched
+her idly.
+
+Facing them stood John Castell, a stout, dark-bearded man of between
+fifty and sixty years of age, with a clever, clean-cut face and piercing
+black eyes. Now, in the privacy of his home, he was very richly attired
+in a robe trimmed with the costliest fur, and fastened with a gold chain
+that had a jewel on its clasp. When Castell served in his shop or sat in
+his counting-house no merchant in London was more plainly dressed; but
+at night, loving magnificence at heart, it was his custom thus to
+indulge in it, even when there were none to see him. From the way in
+which he stood, and the look upon his face, Peter knew at once that he
+was much disturbed. Hearing his step, Castell wheeled round and
+addressed him at once in the clear, decided voice which was his
+characteristic.
+
+"What is this I am told, Peter? A man killed by you before the palace
+gates? A broil! A public riot in which things went near to great
+bloodshed between the English, with you at the head of them, and the
+bodyguard of his Excellency, de Ayala. You arrested by the king, and
+bailed out by this señor. Is all this true?"
+
+"Quite," answered Peter calmly.
+
+"Then I am ruined; we are all ruined. Oh! it was an evil hour when I
+took one of your bloodthirsty trade into my house. What have you
+to say?"
+
+"Only that I want my supper," said Peter. "Those who began the story can
+finish it, for I think their tongues are nimbler than my own," and he
+glanced wrathfully at Margaret, who laughed outright, while even the
+solemn d'Aguilar smiled.
+
+"Father," broke in Margaret, "do not be angry with cousin Peter, whose
+only fault is that he hits too hard. It is I who am to blame, for I
+wished to stop to see the king against his will and Betty's, and
+then--then that brute," and her eyes filled with tears of shame and
+anger, "caught hold of me, and Peter threw him down, and afterwards,
+when he attacked him with a sword, Peter killed him with his staff,
+and--all the rest happened."
+
+"It was beautifully done," said d'Aguilar in his soft voice and foreign
+accent. "I saw it all, and made sure that you were dead. The parry I
+understood, but the way you got your smashing blow in before he could
+thrust again--ah! that----"
+
+"Well, well," said Castell, "let us eat first and talk afterwards. Señor
+d'Aguilar, you will honour my poor board, will you not, though it is
+hard to come from a king's feast to a merchant's fare?"
+
+"It is I who am honoured," answered d'Aguilar; "and as for the feast,
+his Grace is sparing in this Lenten season. At least, I could get little
+to eat, and, therefore, like the señor Peter, I am starved."
+
+Castell rang a silver bell which stood near by, whereon servants brought
+in the meal, which was excellent and plentiful. While they were setting
+it on the table, the merchant went to a cupboard in the wainscoting, and
+took thence two flasks, which he uncorked himself with care, saying that
+he would give the señor some wine of his own country. This done, he said
+a Latin grace and crossed himself, an example which d'Aguilar followed,
+remarking that he was glad to find that he was in the house of a good
+Christian.
+
+"What else did you think that I should be?" asked Castell, glancing at
+him shrewdly.
+
+"I did not think at all, Señor," he answered; "but alas! every one is
+not a Christian. In Spain, for instance, we have many Moors and--Jews."
+
+"I know," said Castell, "for I trade with them both."
+
+"Then you have never visited Spain?"
+
+"No; I am an English merchant. But try that wine, Señor; it came from
+Granada, and they say that it is good."
+
+D'Aguilar tasted it, then drank off his glass.
+
+"It is good, indeed," he said; "I have not its equal in my own cellars
+there."
+
+"Do you, then, live in Granada, Señor d'Aguilar?" asked Castell.
+
+"Sometimes, when I am not travelling. I have a house there which my
+mother left me. She loved the town, and bought an old palace from the
+Moors. Would you not like to see Granada, Señora?" he asked, turning to
+Margaret as though to change the subject. "There is a wonderful building
+there called the Alhambra; it overlooks my house."
+
+"My daughter is never likely to see it," broke in Castell; "I do not
+purpose that she should visit Spain."
+
+"Ah! you do not purpose; but who knows? God and His saints alone," and
+again he crossed himself, then fell to describing the beauties
+of Granada.
+
+He was a fine and ready talker, and his voice was very pleasant, so
+Margaret listened attentively enough, watching his face, and forgetting
+to eat, while her father and Peter watched them both. At length the meal
+came to an end, and when the serving-men had cleared away the dishes,
+and they were alone, Castell said:
+
+"Now, kinsman Peter, tell me your story."
+
+So Peter told him, in few words, yet omitting nothing.
+
+"I find no blame in you," said the merchant when he had done, "nor do I
+see how you could have acted otherwise than you did. It is Margaret whom
+I blame, for I only gave her leave to walk with you and Betty by the
+river, and bade her beware of crowds."
+
+"Yes, father, the fault is mine, and for it I pray your pardon," said
+Margaret, so meekly that her father could not find the heart to scold
+her as he had meant to do.
+
+"You should ask Peter's pardon," he muttered, "seeing that he is like to
+be laid by the heels in a dungeon over this business, yes, and put upon
+his trial for causing the man's death. Remember, he was in the service
+of de Ayala, with whom our liege wishes to stand well, and de Ayala, it
+seems, is very angry."
+
+Now Margaret grew frightened, for the thought that harm might come to
+Peter cut her heart. The colour left her cheek, and once again her eyes
+swam with tears.
+
+"Oh! say not so," she exclaimed. "Peter, will you not fly at once?"
+
+"By no means," he answered decidedly. "Did I not say it to the king, and
+is not this foreign lord bond for me?"
+
+"What can be done?" she went on; then, as a thought struck her, turned
+to d'Aguilar, and, clasping her slender hands, looked pleadingly into
+his face and asked: "Señor, you who are so powerful, and the friend of
+great people, will you not help us?"
+
+"Am I not here to do so, Señora? Although I think that a man who can
+call half London to his back, as I saw your cousin do, needs little help
+from me. But listen, my country has two ambassadors at this Court--de
+Ayala, whom he has offended, and Doctor de Puebla, the friend of the
+king; and, strangely enough, de Puebla does not love de Ayala. Yet he
+does love money, which perhaps will be forthcoming. Now, if a charge is
+to be laid over this brawl, it will probably be done, not by the
+churchman, de Ayala, but through de Puebla, who knows your laws and
+Court, and--do you understand me, Señor Castell?"
+
+"Yes," answered the merchant; "but how am I to get at de Puebla? If I
+were to offer him money, he would only ask more."
+
+"I see that you know his Excellency," remarked d'Aguilar drily. "You are
+right, no money should be offered; a present must be made after the
+pardon is delivered--not before. Oh! de Puebla knows that John Castell's
+word is as good in London as it is among the Jews and infidels of
+Granada and the merchants of Seville, at both of which places I have
+heard it spoken."
+
+At this speech Castell's eyes flickered, but he only answered:
+
+"May be; but how shall I approach him, Señor?"
+
+"If you will permit me, that is my task. Now, to what amount will you go
+to save our friend here from inconvenience? Fifty gold angels?"
+
+"It is too much," said Castell; "a knave like that is not worth ten.
+Indeed, he was the assailant, and nothing should be paid at all."
+
+"Ah! Señor, the merchant is coming out in you; also the dangerous man
+who thinks that right should rule the world, not kings--I mean might.
+The knave is worth nothing, but de Puebla's word in Henry's ear is
+worth much."
+
+"Fifty angels be it then," said Castell, "and I thank you, Señor, for
+your good offices. Will you take the money now?"
+
+"By no means; not till I bring the debt discharged. Señor, I will come
+again and let you know how matters stand. Farewell, fair maiden; may the
+saints intercede for that dead rogue who brought me into your company,
+and that of your father and your cousin of the quick eye and the
+stalwart arm! Till we meet again," and, still murmuring compliments, he
+bowed himself out of the room in charge of a manservant.
+
+"Thomas," said Castell to this servant when he returned, "you are a
+discreet fellow; put on your cap and cloak, follow that Spaniard, see
+where he lodges, and find out all you can about him. Go now, swiftly."
+
+The man bowed and went, and presently Castell, listening, heard a side
+door shut behind him. Then he turned and said to the other two:
+
+"I do not like this business. I smell trouble in it, and I do not like
+the Spaniard either."
+
+"He seems a very gallant gentleman, and high-born," said Margaret.
+
+"Aye, very gallant--too gallant, and high-born--too high-born, unless I
+am mistaken. So gallant and so high-born----" And he checked himself,
+then added, "Daughter, in your wilfulness you have stirred a great rock.
+Go to your bed and pray God that it may not fall upon your house and
+crush it and us."
+
+So Margaret crept away frightened, a little indignant also, for after
+all, what wrong had she done? And why should her father mistrust this
+splendid-looking Spanish cavalier?
+
+When she was gone, Peter, who all this while had said little, looked up
+and asked straight out:
+
+"What are you afraid of, Sir?"
+
+"Many things, Peter. First, that use will be made of this matter to
+extort much money from me, who am known to be rich, which is a sin best
+absolved by angels. Secondly, that if I make trouble about paying, other
+questions will be set afoot."
+
+"What questions?"
+
+"Have you ever heard of the new Christians, Peter, whom the Spaniards
+call Maranos?"
+
+He nodded.
+
+"Then you know that a Marano is a converted Jew. Now, as it chances--I
+tell you who do not break secrets--my father was a Marano. His name does
+not matter--it is best forgotten; but he fled from Spain to England for
+reasons of his own, and took that of the country whence he
+came--Castile, or Castell. Also, as it is not lawful for Jews to live in
+England, he became converted to the Christian faith--seek not to know
+his motives, they are buried with him. Moreover, he converted me, his
+only child, who was but ten years old, and cared little whether I swore
+by 'Father Abraham' or by the 'Blessed Mary.' The paper of my baptism
+lies in my strong box still. Well, he was clever, and built up this
+business, and died unharmed five-and-twenty years ago, leaving me
+already rich. That same year I married an Englishwoman, your mother's
+second cousin, and loved her and lived happily with her, and gave her
+all her heart could wish. But after Margaret's birth, three-and-twenty
+years gone by, she never had her health, and eight years ago she died.
+You remember her, since she brought you here when you were a stout lad,
+and made me promise afterwards that I would always be your friend, for
+except your father, Sir Peter, none other of your well-born and ancient
+family were left. So when Sir Peter--against my counsel, staking his all
+upon that usurping rogue Richard, who had promised to advance him, and
+meanwhile took his money--was killed at Bosworth, leaving you landless,
+penniless, and out of favour, I offered you a home, and you, being a
+wise man, put off your mail and put on woollen and became a merchant's
+partner, though your share of profit was but small. Now, again you have
+changed staff for steel," and he glanced at the Scotchman's sword that
+still lay upon a side table, "and Margaret has loosed that rock of which
+I spoke to her."
+
+"What is the rock, Sir?"
+
+"That Spaniard whom she brought home and found so fine."
+
+"What of the Spaniard?"
+
+"Wait a while and I will tell you." And, taking a lamp, he left the
+room, returning presently with a letter which was written in cipher, and
+translated upon another sheet in John Castell's own hand.
+
+"This," he said, "is from my partner and connection, Juan Bernaldez, a
+Marano, who lives at Seville, where Ferdinand and Isabella have their
+court. Among other matters he writes this: 'I warn all brethren in
+England to be careful. I have it that a certain one whose name I will
+not mention even in cipher, a very powerful and high-born man, and,
+although he appears to be a pleasure-seeker only, and is certainly of a
+dissolute life, among the greatest bigots in all Spain, has been sent,
+or is shortly to be sent, from Granada, where he is stationed to watch
+the Moors, as an envoy to the Court of England to conclude a secret
+treaty with its king. Under this treaty the names of rich Maranos that
+are already well known here are to be recorded, so that when the time
+comes, and the active persecution of Jews and Maranos begins, they may
+be given up and brought to Spain for trial before the Inquisition. Also
+he is to arrange that no Jew or Marano may be allowed to take refuge in
+England. This is for your information, that you may warn any whom it
+concerns.'"
+
+"You think that d'Aguilar is this man?" asked Peter, while Castell
+folded up the letter and hid it in the pocket of his robe.
+
+"I do; indeed I have heard already that a fox was on the prowl, and that
+men should look to their hen-houses. Moreover, did you note how he
+crossed himself like a priest, and what he said about being among good
+Christians? Also, it is Lent and a fast-day, and by ill-fortune,
+although none of us ate of it, there was meat upon the table, for as you
+know," he added hurriedly, "I am not strict in such matters, who give
+little weight to forms and ceremonies. Well, he observed it, and touched
+fish only, although he drank enough of the sweet wine. Doubtless a
+report of that meat will go to Spain by the next courier."
+
+"And if it does, what matter? We are in England, and Englishmen will not
+suffer their Spanish laws and ways. Perhaps the señor d'Aguilar learned
+as much as that to-night outside the banqueting-hall. There is something
+to be feared from this brawl at home; but while we are safe in London,
+no more from Spain."
+
+"I am no coward, but I think there is much more to be feared, Peter. The
+arm of the Pope is long, and the arm of the crafty Ferdinand is longer,
+and both of them grope for the throats and moneybags of heretics."
+
+"Well, Sir, we are not heretics."
+
+"No, perhaps not heretics; but we are rich, and the father of one of us
+was a Jew, and there is something else in this house which even a true
+son of Holy Church might desire," and he looked at the door through
+which Margaret had passed to her chamber.
+
+Peter understood, for his long arms moved uneasily, and his grey eyes
+flashed.
+
+"I will go to bed," he said; "I wish to think."
+
+"Nay, lad," answered Castell, "fill your glass and stay awhile. I have
+words to say to you, and there is no time like the present. Who knows
+what may happen to-morrow?"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+PETER GATHERS VIOLETS
+
+Peter obeyed, sat down in a big oak chair by the dying fire, and waited
+in his silent fashion.
+
+"Listen," said Castell. "Fifteen months ago you told me something, did
+you not?"
+
+Peter nodded.
+
+"What was it, then?"
+
+"That I loved my cousin Margaret, and asked your leave to tell her so."
+
+"And what did I answer?"
+
+"That you forbade me because you had not proved me enough, and she had
+not proved herself enough; because, moreover, she would be very wealthy,
+and with her beauty might look high in marriage, although but a
+merchant's daughter."
+
+"Well, and then?"
+
+"And then--nothing," and Peter sipped his wine deliberately and put it
+down upon the table.
+
+"You are a very silent man, even where your courting is concerned," said
+Castell, searching him with his sharp eyes.
+
+"I am silent because there is no more to say. You bade me be silent, and
+I have remained so."
+
+"What! Even when you saw those gay lords making their addresses to
+Margaret, and when she grew angry because you gave no sign, and was
+minded to yield to one or the other of them?"
+
+"Yes, even then--it was hard, but even then. Do I not eat your bread?
+and shall I take advantage of you when you have forbid me?"
+
+Castell looked at him again, and this time there were respect and
+affection in his glance.
+
+"Silent and stern, but honest," he said as though to himself, then
+added, "A hard trial, but I saw it, and helped you in the best way by
+sending those suitors--who were worthless fellows--about their business.
+Now, say, are you still of the same mind towards Margaret?"
+
+"I seldom change my mind, Sir, and on such a business, never."
+
+"Good! Then I give you my leave to find out what her mind may be."
+
+In the joy which he could not control, Peter's face flushed. Then, as
+though he were ashamed of showing emotion, even at such a moment, he
+took up his glass and drank a little of the wine before he answered.
+
+"I thank you; it is more than I dared to hope. But it is right that I
+should say, Sir, that I am no match for my cousin Margaret. The lands
+which should have been mine are gone, and I have nothing save what you
+pay me for my poor help in this trade; whereas she has, or will
+have, much."
+
+Castell's eyes twinkled; the answer amused him.
+
+"At least you have an upright heart," he said, "for what other man in
+such a case would argue against himself? Also, you are of good blood,
+and not ill to look on, or so some maids might think; whilst as for
+wealth, what said the wise king of my people?--that ofttimes riches make
+themselves wings and fly away. Moreover, man, I have learned to love and
+honour you, and sooner would I leave my only child in your hands than in
+those of any lord in England."
+
+"I know not what to say," broke in Peter.
+
+"Then say nothing. It is your custom, and a good one--only listen. Just
+now you spoke of your Essex lands in the fair Vale of Dedham as gone.
+Well, they have come back, for last month I bought them all, and more,
+at a price larger than I wished to give because others sought them, and
+but this day I have paid in gold and taken delivery of the title. It is
+made out in your name, Peter Brome, and whether you marry my daughter,
+or whether you marry her not, yours they shall be when I am gone, since
+I promised my dead wife to befriend you, and as a child she lived there
+in your Hall."
+
+Now moved out of his calm, the young man sprang from his seat, and,
+after the pious fashion of the time, addressed his patron saint, on
+whose feast-day he was born.
+
+"Saint Peter, I thank thee--"
+
+"I asked you to be silent," interrupted Castell, breaking him short.
+"Moreover, after God, it is one John who should be thanked, not St.
+Peter, who has no more to do with these lands than Father Abraham or the
+patient Job. Well, thanks or no thanks, those estates are yours, though
+I had not meant to tell you of them yet. But now I have something to
+propose to you. Say, first, does Margaret think aught of that wooden
+face and those shut lips of yours?"
+
+"How can I know? I have never asked her; you forbade me."
+
+"Pshaw! Living in one house as you do, at your age I would have known
+all there was to know on such a matter, and yet kept my word. But there,
+the blood is different, and you are somewhat over-honest for a lover.
+Was she frightened for you, now, when that knave made at you with
+the sword?"
+
+Peter considered the question, then answered:
+
+"I know not. I did not look to see; I looked at the Scotchman with his
+sword, for if I had not, I should have been dead, not he. But she was
+certainly frightened when the fellow caught hold of her, for then she
+called for me loud enough."
+
+"And what is that? What woman in London would not call for such a one as
+Peter Brome in her trouble? Well, you must ask her, and that soon, if
+you can find the words. Take a lesson from that Spanish don, and scrape
+and bow and flatter and tell stories of the war and turn verses to her
+eyes and hair. Oh, Peter! are you a fool, that I at my age should have
+to teach you how to court a woman?"
+
+"Mayhap, Sir. At least I can do none of these things, and poesy wearies
+me to read, much more to write. But I can ask a question and take
+an answer."
+
+Castell shook his head impatiently.
+
+"Ask the question, man, if you will, but never take the answer if it is
+against you. Wait rather, and ask it again--"
+
+"And," went on Peter without noticing, his grey eyes lighting with a
+sudden fire, "if need be, I can break that fine Spaniard's bones as
+though he were a twig."
+
+"Ah!" said Castell, "perhaps you will be called upon to make your words
+good before all is done. For my part, I think his bones will take some
+breaking. Well, ask in your own way--only ask and let me hear the answer
+before to-morrow night. Now it grows late, and I have still something to
+say. I am in danger here. My wealth is noised abroad, and many covet it,
+some in high places, I think. Peter, it is in my mind to have done with
+all this trading, and to withdraw me to spend my old age where none will
+take any notice of me, down at that Hall of yours in Dedham, if you will
+give me lodging. Indeed for a year and more, ever since you spoke to me
+on the subject of Margaret, I have been calling in my moneys from Spain
+and England, and placing them out at safe interest in small sums, or
+buying jewels with them, or lending them to other merchants whom I
+trust, and who will not rob me or mine. Peter, you have worked well for
+me, but you are no chapman; it is not in your blood. Therefore, since
+there is enough for all of us and more, I shall pass this business and
+its goodwill over to others, to be managed in their name, but on shares,
+and if it please God we will keep next Yule at Dedham."
+
+As he spoke the door at the far end of the hall opened, and through it
+came that serving-man who had been bidden to follow the Spaniard.
+
+"Well," said Castell, "what tidings?"
+
+The man bowed and said:
+
+"I followed the Don as you bade me to his lodging, which I reached
+without his seeing me, though from time to time he stopped to look about
+him. He rests near the palace of Westminster, in the same big house
+where dwells the ambassador de Ayala, and those who stood round lifted
+their bonnets to him.
+
+"Watching I saw some of these go to a tavern, a low place that is open
+all night, and, following them there, called for a drink and listened to
+their talk, who know the Spanish tongue well, having worked for five
+years in your worship's house at Seville. They spoke of the fray
+to-night, and said that if they could catch that long-legged fellow,
+meaning Master Brome yonder, they would put a knife into him, since he
+had shamed them by killing the Scotch knave, who was their officer and
+the best swordsman in their company, with a staff, and then setting his
+British bulldogs on them. I fell into talk with them, saying that I was
+an English sailor from Spain, which they were too drunk to question, and
+asked who might be the tall don who had interfered in the fray before
+the king came. They told me he is a rich señor named d'Aguilar, but ill
+to serve in Lent because he is so strict a churchman, although not
+strict in other matters. I answered that to me he looked like a great
+noble, whereon one of them said that I was right, that there was no
+blood in Spain higher than his, but unfortunately, there was a bend in
+its stream, also an inkpot had been upset into it."
+
+"What does that mean?" asked Peter.
+
+"It is a Spanish saying," answered Castell, "which signifies that a man
+is born illegitimate, and has Moorish blood in his veins."
+
+"Then I asked what he was doing here, and the man answered that I had
+best put that question to the Holy Father and to the Queen of Spain.
+Lastly, after I had given the soldier another cup, I asked where the don
+lived, and whether he had any other name. He replied that he lived at
+Granada for the most part, and that if I called on him there I should
+see some pretty ladies and other nice things. As for his name, it was
+the Marquis of Nichel. I said that meant Marquis of Nothing, whereon the
+soldier answered that I seemed very curious, and that was just what he
+meant to tell me--nothing. Also he called to his comrades that he
+believed I was a spy, so I thought it time to be going, as they were
+drunk enough to do me a mischief."
+
+"Good," said Castell. "You are watchman tonight, Thomas, are you not?
+See that all doors are barred so that we may sleep without fear of
+Spanish thieves. Rest you well, Peter. Nay, I do not come yet; I have
+letters to send to Spain by the ship which sails to-morrow night."
+
+When Peter had gone, John Castell extinguished all the lamps save one.
+This he took in his hand and passed from the hall into an apartment that
+in old days, when this was a noble's house, had been the private chapel.
+There was an altar in it, and over the altar a crucifix. For a few
+moments Castell knelt before the altar, for even now, at dead of night,
+how knew he what eyes might watch him? Then he rose and, lamp in hand,
+glided behind it, lifted some tapestry, and pressed a spring in the
+panelling beneath. It opened, revealing a small secret chamber built in
+the thickness of the wall and without windows; a mere cupboard that once
+perhaps had been a place where a priest might robe or keep the
+sacred vessels.
+
+In this chamber was a plain oak table on which stood candles and an ark
+of wood, also some rolls of parchment. Before this table he knelt down,
+and put up earnest prayers to the God of Abraham, for, although his
+father had caused him to be baptized into the Christian Church as a
+child, John Castell remained a Jew. For this good reason, then, he was
+so much afraid, knowing that, although his daughter and Peter knew
+nothing of his secret, there were others who did, and that were it
+revealed ruin and perhaps death would be his portion and that of his
+house, since in those days there was no greater crime than to adore God
+otherwise than Holy Church allowed. Yet for many years he had taken the
+risk, and worshipped on as his fathers did before him.
+
+His prayer finished, he left the place, closing the spring-door behind
+him, and passed to his office, where he sat till the morning light,
+first writing a letter to his correspondent at Seville, and then
+painfully translating it into cipher by aid of a secret key. His task
+done, and the cipher letter sealed and directed, he burned the draft,
+extinguished his lamp, and, going to the window, watched the rising of
+the sun. In the garden beneath blackbirds sang, and the pale primroses
+were abloom.
+
+"I wonder," he said aloud, "whether when those flowers come again I
+shall live to see them. Almost I feel as though the rope were tightening
+about my throat at last; it came upon me while that accursed Spaniard
+crossed himself at my table. Well, so be it; I will hide the truth while
+I can, but if they catch me I'll not deny it. The money is safe, most of
+it; my wealth they shall never get, and now I will make my daughter safe
+also, as with Peter she must be. I would I had not put it off so long;
+but I hankered after a great marriage for her, which, being a Christian,
+she well might make. I'll mend that fault; before to-morrow's morn she
+shall be plighted to him, and before May-day his wife. God of my
+fathers, give us one month more of peace and safety, and then, because I
+have denied Thee openly, take my life in payment if Thou wilt."
+
+Before John Castell went to bed Peter was already awake--indeed, he had
+slept but little that night. How could he sleep whose fortunes had
+changed thus wondrously between sun set and rise? Yesterday he was but a
+merchant's assistant--a poor trade for one who had been trained to arms,
+and borne them bravely. To-day he was a gentleman again, owner of the
+broad lands where he was bred, and that had been his forefathers' for
+many a generation. Yesterday he was a lover without hope, for in himself
+he had never believed that the rich John Castell would suffer him, a
+landless man, to pay court to his daughter, one of the loveliest and
+wealthiest maids in London. He had asked his leave in past days, and
+been refused, as he had expected that he would be refused, and
+thenceforward, being on his honour as it were, he had said no tender
+word to Margaret, nor pressed her hand, nor even looked into her eyes
+and sighed. Yet at times it had seemed to him that she would not have
+been ill-pleased if he had done one of these things, or all; that she
+wondered, indeed, that he did not, and thought none the better of him
+for his abstinence. Moreover, now he learned that her father wondered
+also, and this was a strange reward of virtue.
+
+For Peter loved Margaret with heart and soul and body. Since he, a lad,
+had played with her, a child, he loved her, and no other woman. She was
+his thought by day and his dream by night, his hope, his eternal star.
+Heaven he pictured as a place where for ever he would be with Margaret,
+earth without her could be nothing but a hell. That was why he had
+stayed on in Castell's shop, bending his proud neck to this tradesman's
+yoke, doing the bidding and taking the rough words of chapmen and of
+lordly customers, filling in bills of exchange, and cheapening bargains,
+all without a sign or murmur, though oftentimes he felt as though his
+gorge would burst with loathing of the life. Indeed, that was why he had
+come there at all, who otherwise would have been far away, hewing a road
+to fame and fortune, or digging out a grave with his broadsword. For
+here at least he could be near to Margaret, could touch her hand at morn
+and evening, could watch the light shine in her beauteous eyes, and
+sometimes, as she bent over him, feel her breath upon his hair. And now
+his purgatory was at an end, and of a sudden the gates of joy were open.
+
+But what if Margaret should prove the angel with the flaming sword who
+forbade him entrance to his paradise? He trembled at the thought. Well,
+if so, so it must be; he was not the man to force her fancy, or call her
+father to his aid. He would do his best to win her, and if he failed,
+why then he would bless her, and let her go.
+
+Peter could lie abed no longer, but rose and dressed himself, although
+the dawn was not fully come. By his open window he said his prayers,
+thanking God for mercies past, and praying that He would bless him in
+his great emprise. Presently the sun rose, and there came a great
+longing on him to be alone in the countryside, he who was country-born
+and hated towns, with only the sky and the birds and the trees
+for company.
+
+But here in London was no country, wherever he went he would meet men;
+moreover, he remembered that it might be best that just now he should
+not wander through the streets unguarded, lest he should find Spaniards
+watching to take him unawares. Well, there was the garden; he would go
+thither, and walk a while. So he descended the broad oak stairs, and,
+unbolting a door, entered this garden, which, though not too well kept,
+was large for London, covering an acre of ground perhaps, surrounded by
+a high wall, and having walks, and at the end of it a group of ancient
+elms, beneath which was a seat hidden from the house. In summer this was
+Margaret's favourite bower, for she too loved Nature and the land, and
+all the things it bore. Indeed, this garden was her joy, and the flowers
+that grew there were for the most part of her own planting--primroses,
+snowdrops, violets, and, in the shadow of the trees, long
+hartstongue ferns.
+
+For a while Peter walked up and down the central path, and, as it
+chanced, Margaret, who also had risen early and not slept too well,
+looking through her window curtains, saw him wandering there, and
+wondered what he did at this hour; also, why he was dressed in the
+clothes he wore on Sundays and holidays. Perhaps, she thought, his
+weekday garments had been torn or muddied in last night's fray. Then she
+fell to thinking how bravely he had borne him in that fray. She saw it
+all again; the great red-headed rascal tossed up and whirled to the
+earth by his strong arms; saw Peter face that gleaming steel with
+nothing but a staff; saw the straight blows fall, and the fellow go
+reeling to the earth, slain with a single stroke.
+
+Ah! her cousin, Peter Brome, was a man indeed, though a strange one, and
+remembering certain things that did not please her, she shrugged her
+ivory shoulders, turned red, and pouted. Why, that Spaniard had said
+more civil words to her in an hour than had Peter in two years, and he
+was handsome and noble-looking also; but then the Spaniard was--a
+Spaniard, and other men were--other men, whereas Peter was--Peter, a
+creature apart, one who cared as little for women as he did for trade.
+
+Why, then, if he cared for neither women nor trade, did he stop here?
+she wondered. To gather wealth? She did not think it; he seemed to have
+no leanings that way either. It was a mystery. Still, she could wish to
+get to the bottom of Peter's heart, just to see what was hid there,
+since no man has a right to be a riddle to his loving cousin. Yes, and
+one day she would do it, cost what it might.
+
+Meanwhile, she remembered that she had never thanked Peter for the brave
+part which he had played, and, indeed, had left him to walk home with
+Betty, a journey that, as she gathered from her sprightly cousin's talk
+while she undressed her, neither of them had much enjoyed. For Betty, be
+it said here, was angry with Peter, who, it seemed, once had told her
+that she was a handsome, silly fool, who thought too much of men and too
+little of her business. Well, since after the day's work had begun she
+would find no opportunity, she would go down and thank Peter now, and
+see if she could make him talk for once.
+
+So Margaret threw her fur-trimmed cloak about her, drawing its hood over
+her head, for the April air was cold, and followed Peter into the
+garden. When she reached it, however, there was no Peter to be seen,
+whereon she reproached herself for having come to that damp place so
+early and meditated return. Then, thinking that it would look foolish if
+any had chanced to see her, she walked down the path pretending to seek
+for violets, and found none. Thus she came to the group of great elms at
+the end, and, glancing between their ancient boles, saw Peter standing
+there. Now, too, she understood why she could find no violets, for Peter
+had gathered them all, and was engaged, awkwardly enough, in trying to
+tie them and some leaves into a little posy by the help of a stem of
+grass. With his left hand he held the violets, with his right one end of
+the grass, and since he lacked fingers to clasp the other, this he
+attempted with his teeth. Now he drew it tight, and now the brittle
+grass stem broke, the violets were scattered, and Peter used words that
+he should not have uttered even when alone.
+
+"I knew you would break it, but I never thought you could lose your
+temper over so small a thing, Peter," said Margaret; and he in the
+shadow looked up to see her standing there in the sunlight, fresh and
+lovely as the spring itself.
+
+Solemnly, in severe reproof, she shook her head, from which the hood had
+fallen back, but there was a smile upon her lips, and laughter in her
+eyes. Oh! she was beautiful, and at the sight of her Peter's heart stood
+still. Then, remembering what he had just said, and certain other things
+that Master Castell had said, he blushed so deeply that her own cheeks
+went red in sympathy. It was foolish, but she could not help it, for
+about Peter this morning there was something strange, something that
+bred blushes.
+
+"For whom are you gathering violets so early," she asked, "when you
+ought to be praying for that Scotchman's soul?"
+
+"I care nothing for his soul," answered Peter testily. "If the brute had
+one, he can look after it himself; and I was gathering the
+violets--for you."
+
+She stared. Peter was not in the habit of making her presents of
+flowers. No wonder he had looked strange.
+
+"Then I will help you to tie them. Do you know why I am up so early? It
+is for your sake. I behaved badly to you last night, for I was cross
+because you wanted to thwart me about seeing the king. I never thanked
+you for all you did, you brave Peter, though I thanked you enough in my
+heart. Do you know that when you stood there with that sword, in the
+middle of those Englishmen, you looked quite noble? Come out into the
+sunlight, and I will thank you properly."
+
+In his agitation Peter let the remainder of the flowers fall. Then an
+idea struck him, and he answered:
+
+"Look! I can't; if you are really grateful for nothing at all, come in
+here and help me to pick up these violets--a pest on their
+short stalks!"
+
+She hesitated a little, then by degrees drew nearer, and, bending down,
+began to find the flowers one by one. Peter had scattered them wide, so
+that at first the pair were some way apart, but when only a few
+remained, they drew close. Now there was but one violet left, and, both
+stretching for it, their hands met. Margaret held the violet, and Peter
+held Margaret's fingers. Thus linked they straightened themselves, and
+as they rose their faces were very near together and oh! most sweet were
+Margaret's wonderful eyes; while in the eyes of Peter there shone a
+flame. For a second they looked at each other, and then of a sudden he
+kissed her on the lips.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+LOVERS DEAR
+
+"Peter!" gasped Margaret--"_Peter!_"
+
+But Peter made no answer, only he who had been red of face went white,
+so that the mark of the sword-cut across his cheek showed like a scarlet
+line upon a cloth.
+
+"Peter!" repeated Margaret, pulling at her hand which he still held, "do
+you know what you have done?"
+
+"It seems that you do, so what need is there for me to tell you?" he
+muttered.
+
+"Then it was not an accident; you really meant it, and you are not
+ashamed."
+
+"If it was, I hope that I may meet with more such accidents."
+
+"Peter, leave go of me. I am going to tell my father, at once."
+
+His face brightened.
+
+"Tell him by all means," he said; "he won't mind. He told me----"
+
+"Peter, how dare you add falsehood to--to--you know what. Do you mean to
+say that my father told you to kiss me, and at six o'clock in the
+morning, too?"
+
+"He said nothing about kissing, but I suppose he meant it. He said that
+I might ask you to marry me."
+
+"That," replied Margaret, "is a very different thing. If you had asked
+me to marry you, and, after thinking it over for a long while, I had
+answered Yes, which of course I should not have done, then, perhaps,
+before we were married you might have--Well, Peter, you have begun at
+the wrong end, which is very shameless and wicked of you, and I shall
+never speak to you again."
+
+"I daresay," said Peter resignedly; "all the more reason why I should
+speak to you while I have the chance. No, you shan't go till you have
+heard me. Listen. I have been in love with you since you were twelve
+years old--"
+
+"That must be another falsehood, Peter, or you have gone mad. If you had
+been in love with me for eleven years, you would have said so."
+
+"I wanted to, always, but your father refused me leave. I asked him
+fifteen months ago, but he put me on my word to say nothing."
+
+"To say nothing--yes, but he could not make you promise to show
+nothing."
+
+"I thought that the one thing meant the other; I see now that I have
+been a fool, and, I suppose, have overstayed my market," and he looked
+so depressed that Margaret relented a little.
+
+"Well," she said, "at any rate it was honest, and of course I am glad
+that you were honest."
+
+"You said just now that I told falsehoods--twice; if I am honest, how
+can I tell falsehoods?"
+
+"I don't know. Why do you ask me riddles? Let me go and try to forget
+all this."
+
+"Not till you have answered me outright. Will you marry me, Margaret? If
+you won't, there will be no need for you to go, for I shall go and
+trouble you no more. You know what I am, and all about me, and I have
+nothing more to say except that, although you may find many finer
+husbands, you won't find one who would love and care for you better. I
+know that you are very beautiful and very rich, while I am neither one
+nor the other, and often I have wished to Heaven that you were not so
+beautiful, for sometimes that brings trouble on women who are honest and
+only have one heart to give, or so rich either. But thus things are, and
+I cannot change them, and, however poor my chance of hitting the dove, I
+determined to shoot my bolt and make way for the next archer. Is there
+any chance at all, Margaret? Tell me, and put me out of pain, for I am
+not good at so much talking."
+
+Now Margaret began to grow disturbed; her wayward assurance departed
+from her.
+
+"It is not fitting," she murmured, "and I do not wish--I will speak to
+my father; he shall give you your answer."
+
+"No need to trouble him, Margaret. He has given it already. His great
+desire is that we should marry, for he seeks to leave this trade and to
+live with us in the Vale of Dedham, in Essex, where he has bought back
+my father's land."
+
+"You are full of strange tidings this morning, Peter."
+
+"Yes, Margaret, our wheel of life that went so slow turns fast enough
+to-day, for God above has laid His whip upon the horses of our Fate,
+and they begin to gallop, whither I know not. Must they run side by
+side, or separate? It is for you to say."
+
+"Peter," she said, "will you not give me a little time?"
+
+"Aye, Margaret, ten whole minutes by the clock, and then if it is nay,
+all your life, for I pack my chest and go. It will be said that I feared
+to be taken for that soldier's death."
+
+"You are unkind to press me so."
+
+"Nay, it is kindest to both of us. Do you then love some other man?"
+
+"I must confess I do," she murmured, looking at him out of the corners
+of her eyes.
+
+Now Peter, strong as he was, turned faint, and in his agitation let go
+her hand which she lifted, the violets still between her fingers,
+considering it as though it were a new thing to her.
+
+"I have no right to ask you who he is," he muttered, striving to control
+himself.
+
+"Nay, but, Peter, I will tell you. It is my father--what other man
+should I love?"
+
+"Margaret!" he said in wrath, "you are fooling me."
+
+"How so? What other man should I love--unless, indeed, it were
+yourself?"
+
+"I can bear no more of this play," he said. "Mistress Margaret, I bid
+you farewell. God go with you!" And he brushed past her.
+
+"Peter," she said when he had gone a few yards, "would you have these
+violets as a farewell gift?"
+
+He turned and hesitated.
+
+"Come, then, and take them."
+
+So back he came, and with little trembling fingers she began to fasten
+the flowers to his doublet, bending ever nearer as she fastened, until
+her breath played upon his face, and her hair brushed his bonnet. Then,
+it matters not how, once more the violets fell to earth, and she sighed,
+and her hands fell also, and he put his strong arms round her and drew
+her to him and kissed her again and yet again on the hair and eyes and
+lips; nor did Margaret forbid him.
+
+At length she thrust him from her and, taking him by the hand, led him
+to the seat beneath the elms, and bade him sit at one end of it, while
+she sat at the other.
+
+"Peter," she whispered, "I wish to speak with you when I can get my
+breath. Peter, you think poorly of me, do you not? No--be silent; it is
+my turn to talk. You think that I am heartless, and have been playing
+with you. Well, I only did it to make sure that you really do love me,
+since, after that--accident of a while ago (when we were picking up the
+violets, I mean), you would have been in honour bound to say it, would
+you not? Well, now I am quite sure, so I will tell you something. I love
+you many times as well as you love me, and have done so for quite as
+long. Otherwise, should I not have married some other suitor, of whom
+there have been plenty? Aye, and I will tell you this to my sin and
+shame, that once I grew so angry with you because you would not speak or
+give some little sign, that I went near to it. But at the last I could
+not, and sent him about his business also. Peter, when I saw you last
+night facing that swordsman with but a staff, and thought that you must
+die, oh! then I knew all the truth, and my heart was nigh to bursting,
+as, had you died, it would have burst. But now it is all done with, and
+we know each other's secret, and nothing shall ever part us more till
+death comes to one or both."
+
+Thus Margaret spoke, while he drank in her words as desert sands,
+parched by years of drought, drink in the rain--and watched her face,
+out of which all mischief and mockery had departed, leaving it that of a
+most beauteous and most earnest woman, to whom a sense of the weight of
+life, with its mingled joys and sorrows, had come home suddenly. When
+she had finished, this silent man, to whom even his great happiness
+brought few words, said only:
+
+"God has been very good to us. Let us thank God."
+
+So they did, then, even there, seated side by side upon the bench,
+because the grass was too wet for them to kneel on, praying in their
+simple, childlike faith that the Power which had brought them together,
+and taught them to love each other, would bless them in that love and
+protect them from all harms, enemies, and evils through many a long
+year of life.
+
+Their prayer finished, they sat together on the seat, now talking, and
+now silent in their joy, while all too fast the time wore on. At
+length--it was after one of these spells of blissful silence--a change
+came over them, such a change as falls upon some peaceful scene when,
+unexpected and complete, a black stormcloud sweeps across the sun, and,
+in place of its warm light, pours down gloom full of the promise of
+tempest and of rain. Apprehension got a hold of them. They were both
+afraid of what they could not guess.
+
+"Come," she said, "it is time to go in. My father will miss us."
+
+So without more words or endearments they rose and walked side by side
+out of the shelter of the elms into the open garden. Their heads were
+bent, for they were lost in thought, and thus it came about that
+Margaret saw her feet pass suddenly into the shadow of a man, and,
+looking up, perceived standing in front of her, grave, alert, amused,
+none other than the Señor d'Aguilar. She uttered a little stifled
+scream, while Peter, with the impulse that causes a brave and startled
+hound to rush at that which frightens it, gave a leap forward towards
+the Spaniard.
+
+"Mother of God! do you take me for a thief?" he asked in a laughing
+voice, as he stepped to one side to avoid him.
+
+"Your pardon," said Peter, shaking himself together; "but you surprised
+us appearing so suddenly where we never thought to see you."
+
+"Any more than I thought to see you here, for this seems a strange place
+to linger on so cold a morning," and he looked at them again with his
+curious, mocking eyes that appeared to read the secret of their souls,
+while they grew red as roses beneath his scrutiny. "Permit me to
+explain," he went on. "I came here thus early on your service, to warn
+you, Master Peter, not to go abroad to-day, since a writ is out for your
+arrest, and as yet I have had no time to quash it by friendly
+settlement. Well, as it chanced, I met that handsome lady who was with
+you yesterday, returning from her marketing--a friendly soul--she says
+she is your cousin. She brought me to the house, and having learned that
+your father, whom I wished to see, was at his prayers, good man, in the
+old chapel, led me to its door and left me to seek him. I entered, but
+could not find him, so, having waited a while, strayed into this garden
+through the open door, purposing to walk here till some one should
+appear, and, you see, I have been fortunate beyond my expectations
+or deserts."
+
+"So!" said Peter shortly, for the man's manner and elaborated
+explanations filled him with disgust. "Let us seek Master Castell that
+he may hear the story."
+
+"And we thank you much for coming to warn us," murmured Margaret. "I
+will go find my father," and she slipped past him towards the door.
+
+D'Aguilar watched her enter it, then turned to Peter and said:
+
+"You English are a hardy folk who take the spring air so early. Well, in
+such company I would do the same. Truly she is a beauteous maiden. I
+have some experience of the sex, but never do I remember one so fair."
+
+"My cousin is well enough," answered Peter coldly, for this Spaniard's
+very evident admiration of Margaret did not please him.
+
+"Yes," answered d'Aguilar, taking no notice of his tone, "she is well
+enough to fill the place, not of a merchant's daughter, but of a great
+lady--a countess reigning over towns and lands, or a queen even; the
+royal robes and ornaments would become that carriage and that brow."
+
+"My cousin seeks no such state who is happy in her quiet lot," answered
+Peter again; then added quickly, "See, here comes Master Castell
+seeking you."
+
+D'Aguilar advanced and greeted the merchant courteously, noticing as he
+did so that, notwithstanding his efforts to appear unconcerned, Castell
+seemed ill at ease.
+
+"I am an early visitor," he said, "but I knew that you business folk
+rise with the lark, and I wished to catch our friend here before he went
+out," and he repeated to him the reason of his coming.
+
+"I thank you, Señor," answered Castell. "You are very good to me and
+mine. I am sorry that you have been kept waiting. They tell me that you
+looked for me in the chapel, but I was not there, who had already left
+it for my office."
+
+"So I found. It is a quaint place, that old chapel of yours, and while I
+waited I went to the altar and told my beads there, which I had no time
+to do before I left my lodgings."
+
+Castell started almost imperceptibly, and glanced at d'Aguilar with his
+quick eyes, then turned the subject and asked if he would not breakfast
+with them. He declined, however, saying that he must be about their
+business and his own, then promptly proposed that he should come to
+supper on the following night that was--Sunday--and make report how
+things had gone, a suggestion that Castell could not but accept.
+
+So he bowed and smiled himself out of the house, and walked thoughtfully
+into Holborn, for it had pleased him to pay this visit on foot, and
+unattended. At the corner whom should he meet again but the tall,
+fair-haired Betty, returning from some errand which she had found it
+convenient to fulfil just then.
+
+"What," he said, "you once more! The saints are very kind to me this
+morning. Come, Señora, walk a little way with me, for I would ask you a
+few questions."
+
+Betty hesitated, then gave way. It was seldom that she found the chance
+of walking through Holborn with such a noble-looking cavalier.
+
+"Never look at your working-dress," he said.
+
+"With such a shape, what matters the robe that covers it?"--a compliment
+at which Betty blushed, for she was proud of her fine figure.
+
+"Would you like a mantilla of real Spanish lace for your head and
+shoulders? Well, you shall have one that I brought from Spain with me,
+for I know no other lady in the land whom it would become better. But,
+Mistress Betty, you told me wrong about your master. I went to the
+chapel and he was not there."
+
+"He was there, Señor," she answered, eager to set herself right with
+this most agreeable and discriminating foreigner, "for I saw him go in a
+moment before, and he did not come out again."
+
+"Then, Señora, where could he have hidden himself? Has the place a
+crypt?"
+
+"None that I have heard of; but," she added, "there is a kind of little
+room behind the altar."
+
+"Indeed. How do you know that? I saw no room."
+
+"Because one day I heard a voice behind the tapestry, Señor, and,
+lifting it, saw a sliding door left open, and Master Castell kneeling
+before a table and saying his prayers aloud."
+
+"How strange! And what was there on the table?"
+
+"Only a queer-shaped box of wood like a little house, and two
+candlesticks, and some rolls of parchment. But I forgot, Señor; I
+promised Master Castell to say nothing about that place, for he turned
+and saw me, and came at me like a watchdog out of its kennel. You won't
+say that I told you, will you, Señor?"
+
+"Not I; your good master's private cupboard does not interest me. Now I
+want to know something more. Why is that beautiful cousin of yours not
+married? Has she no suitors?"
+
+"Suitors, Señor? Yes, plenty of them, but she sends them all about their
+business, and seems to have no mind that way."
+
+"Perhaps she is in love with her cousin, that long-legged, strong-armed,
+wooden-headed Master Brome."
+
+"Oh! no, Señor, I don't think so; no lady could be in love with him--he
+is too stern and silent."
+
+"I agree with you, Señora. Then perhaps he is in love with her."
+
+Betty shook her head, and replied:
+
+"Peter Brome doesn't think anything of women, Señor. At least he never
+speaks to or of them."
+
+"Which shows that probably he thinks about them all the more. Well,
+well, it is no affair of ours, is it? Only I am glad to hear that there
+is nothing between them, since your mistress ought to marry high, and be
+a great lady, not a mere merchant's wife."
+
+"Yes, Señor. Though Peter Brome is not a merchant, at least by birth, he
+is high-born, and should be Sir Peter Brome if his father had not fought
+on the wrong side and sold his land. He is a soldier, and a very brave
+one, they say, as all might see last night."
+
+"No doubt, and perhaps would make a great captain, if he had the chance,
+with his stern face and silent tongue. But, Señora Betty, say, how comes
+it that, being so handsome," and he bowed, "you are not married either?
+I am sure it can be from no lack of suitors."
+
+Again Betty, foolish girl, flushed with pleasure at the compliment.
+
+"You are right, Señor," she answered. "I have plenty of them; but I am
+like my cousin--they do not please me. Although my father lost his
+fortune, I come of good blood, and I suppose that is why I do not care
+for these low-born men, and would rather remain as I am than marry
+one of them."
+
+"You are quite right," said d'Aguilar in his sympathetic voice. "Do not
+stain your blood. Marry in your own class, or not at all, which, indeed,
+should not be difficult for one so beautiful and charming." And he
+looked into her large eyes with tender admiration.
+
+This quality, indeed, soon began to demonstrate itself so actively, for
+they were now in the fields where few people wandered, that Betty, who
+although vain was proud and upright, thought it wise to recollect that
+she must be turning homewards. So, in spite of his protests, she left
+him and departed, walking upon air.
+
+How splendid and handsome this foreign gentleman was, she thought to
+herself, really a great cavalier, and surely he admired her truly. Why
+should he not? Such things had often been. Many a rich lady whom she
+knew was not half so handsome or so well born as herself, and would make
+him a worse wife--that is, and the thought chilled her somewhat--if he
+were not already married.
+
+From all of which it will be seen that d'Aguilar had quickly succeeded
+in the plan which only presented itself to him a few hours before. Betty
+was already half in love with him. Not that he had any desire to possess
+this beautiful but foolish woman's heart, who saw in her only a useful
+tool, a stepping-stone by means of which he might draw near to Margaret.
+
+For with Margaret, it may be said at once, he was quite in love. At the
+sight of her sweet yet imperial beauty, as he saw her first,
+dishevelled, angry, frightened, in the crowd outside the king's
+banqueting-hall, his southern blood had taken sudden fire. Finished
+voluptuary though he was, the sensation he experienced then was quite
+new to him. He longed for this woman as he had never longed for any
+other, and, what is more, he desired to make her his wife. Why not?
+Although there was a flaw in it, his rank was high, and therefore she
+was beneath him; but for this her loveliness would atone, and she had
+wit and learning enough to fill any place that he could give her. Also,
+great as was his wealth, his wanton, spendthrift way of life had brought
+him many debts, and she was the only child of one of the richest
+merchants in England, whose dower, doubtless, would be a fortune that
+many a royal princess might envy. Why not again? He would turn Inez and
+those others adrift--at any rate, for a while--and make her mistress of
+his palace there in Granada. Instantly, as is often the fashion of those
+who have Eastern blood in their veins, d'Aguilar had made up his mind,
+yes, before he left her father's table on the previous night. He would
+marry Margaret and no other woman.
+
+Yet at once he had seen many difficulties in his path. To begin with, he
+mistrusted him of Peter, that strong, quiet man who could kill a great
+armed knave with his stick, and at a word call half London to his side.
+Peter, he was sure, being human, must be in love with Margaret, and he
+was a rival to be feared. Well, if Margaret had no thoughts of Peter,
+this mattered nothing, and if she had--and what were they doing together
+in the garden that morning?--Peter must be got rid of, that was all. It
+was easy enough if he chose to adopt certain means; there were many of
+those Spanish fellows who would not mind sticking a knife into his back
+in the dark.
+
+But sinful as he was, at such steps his conscience halted. Whatever
+d'Aguilar had done, he had never caused a man to be actually murdered,
+he who was a bigot, who atoned for his misdoings by periods of remorse
+and prayer, in which he placed his purse and talents at the service of
+the Church, as he was doing at this moment. No, murder must not be
+thought of; for how could any absolution wash him clean of that stain?
+But there were other ways. For instance, had not this Peter, in
+self-defence it is true, killed one of the servants of an ambassador of
+Spain? Perhaps, however, it would not be necessary to make use of them.
+It had seemed to him that the lady was not ill pleased with him, and,
+after all, he had much to offer. He would court her fairly, and if he
+were rejected by her, or by her father, then it would be time enough to
+act. Meanwhile, he would keep the sword hanging over the head of Peter,
+pretending that it was he alone who had prevented it from falling, and
+learn all that he could as to Castell and his history.
+
+Here, indeed, Fortune, in the shape of the foolish Betty, had favoured
+him. Without a doubt, as he had heard in Spain, and been sure from the
+moment that he first saw him, Castell was still secretly a Jew. Mistress
+Betty's story of the room behind the altar, with the ark and the candles
+and the rolls of the Law, proved as much. At least here was evidence
+enough to send him to the fires of the Inquisition in Spain, and,
+perhaps, to drive him out of England. Now, if John Castell, the Spanish
+Jew, should not wish, for any reason, to give him his daughter in
+marriage, would not a hint and an extract from the Commissions of their
+Majesties of Spain and the Holy Father suffice to make him change
+his mind?
+
+Thus pondering, d'Aguilar regained his lodgings, where his first task
+was to enter in a book all that Betty had told him, and all that he had
+observed in the house of John Castell.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+CASTELL'S SECRET
+
+In John Castell's house it was the habit, as in most others in those
+days, for his dependents, clerks, and shopmen to eat their morning and
+mid-day meals with him in the hall, seated at two lower tables, all of
+them save Betty, his daughter's cousin and companion, who sat with them
+at the upper board. This morning Betty's place was empty, and presently
+Castell, lifting his eyes, for he was lost in thought, noted it, and
+asked where she might be--a question that neither Margaret nor Peter
+could answer.
+
+One of the servants at the lower table, however--it was that man who had
+been sent to follow d'Aguilar on the previous night--said that as he
+came down Holborn a while before he had seen her walking with the
+Spanish don, a saying at which his master looked grave.
+
+Just as they were finishing their meal, a very silent one, for none of
+them seemed to have anything to say, and after the servants had left the
+hall, Betty arrived, flushed as though with running.
+
+"Where have you been that you are so late?" asked Castell.
+
+"To seek the linen for the new sheets, but it was not ready," she
+answered glibly. "The mercer kept you waiting long," remarked Castell
+quietly. "Did you meet any one?"
+
+"Only the folk in the street."
+
+"I will ask you no more questions, lest I should cause you to lie and
+bring you into sin," said Castell sternly. "Girl, how far did you walk
+with the Señor d'Aguilar, and what was your business with him?"
+
+Now Betty knew that she had been seen, and that it was useless to deny
+the truth.
+
+"Only a little way," she answered, "and that because he prayed me to
+show him his path."
+
+"Listen, Betty," went on Castell, taking no notice of her words. "You
+are old enough to guard yourself, therefore as to your walking abroad
+with gallants who can mean you no good I say nothing. But know this--no
+one who has knowledge of the matters of my house," and he looked at her
+keenly, "shall mix with any Spaniard. If you are found alone with this
+señor any more, that hour I have done with you, and you never pass my
+door again. Nay, no words. Take your food and eat it elsewhere."
+
+So she departed half weeping, but very angry, for Betty was strong and
+obstinate by nature. When she had gone, Margaret, who was fond of her
+cousin, tried to say some words on her behalf; but her father
+stopped her.
+
+"Pshaw!" he said, "I know the girl; she is vain as a peacock, and,
+remembering her gentle birth and good looks, seeks to marry above her
+station; while for some purpose of his own--an ill one, I'll warrant--
+that Spaniard plays upon her weakness, which, if it be not curbed, may
+bring trouble on us all. Now, enough of Betty Dene; I must to my work."
+
+"Sir," said Peter, speaking for the first time, "we would have a
+private word with you."
+
+"A private word," he said, looking up anxiously. "Well, speak on. No,
+this place is not private; I think its walls have ears. Follow me," and
+he led the way into the old chapel, whereof, when they had all passed
+it, he bolted the door. "Now," he said, "what is it?"
+
+"Sir," answered Peter, standing before him, "having your leave at last,
+I asked your daughter in marriage this morning."
+
+"At least you lose no time, friend Peter; unless you had called her from
+her bed and made your offer through the door you could not have done it
+quicker. Well, well, you ever were a man of deeds, not words, and what
+says my Margaret?"
+
+"An hour ago she said she was content," answered Peter.
+
+"A cautious man also," went on Castell with a twinkle in his eye, "who
+remembers that women have been known to change their minds within an
+hour. After such long thought, what say you now, Margaret?"
+
+"That I am angry with Peter," she answered, stamping her small foot,
+"for if he does not trust me for an hour, how can he trust me for his
+life and mine?"
+
+"Nay, Margaret, you do not understand me," said Peter. "I wished not to
+bind you, that is all, in case----"
+
+"Now you are saying it again," she broke in vexed, and yet amused. "Do
+so a third time, and I will you at your word."
+
+"It seems best that I should remain silent. Speak you," said Peter
+humbly.
+
+"Aye, for truly you are a master of silence, as I should know, if any
+do," replied Margaret, bethinking her of the weary months and years of
+waiting. "Well, I will answer for you.--Father, Peter was right; I am
+content to marry him, though to do so will be to enter the Order of the
+Silent Brothers. Yes, I am content; not for himself, indeed, who has so
+many faults, but for myself, who chance to love him," and she smiled
+sweetly enough.
+
+"Do not jest on such matters, Margaret."
+
+"Why not, father? Peter is solemn enough for both of us--look at him.
+Let us laugh while we may, for who knows when tears may come?"
+
+"A good saying," answered Castell with a sigh. "So you two have plighted
+your troth, and, my children, I am glad of it, for who knows when those
+tears of which Margaret spoke may come, and then you can wipe away each
+other's? Take now her hand, Peter, and swear by the Rood, that symbol
+which you worship"--here Peter glanced at him, but he went on--"swear,
+both of you that come what may, together or separate, through good
+report or evil report, through poverty or wealth, through peace or
+persecutions, through temptation or through blood, through every good or
+ill that can befall you in this world of bittersweet, you will remain
+faithful to your troth until you be wed, and after you are wed, faithful
+to each other till death do part you."
+
+These words he spoke to them in a voice that was earnest almost to
+passion, searching their faces the while with his quick eyes as though
+he would read their very hearts. His mood crept from him to them; once
+again they felt something of that fear which had fallen on them in the
+garden when they passed into the shadow of the Spaniard. Very solemnly
+then, and with little of true lovers' joy, did they take each other's
+hands and swear by the Cross and Him Who hung on it, that through these
+things, and all others they could not foretell, they would, if need
+were, be faithful to the death.
+
+"And beyond it also," added Peter; while Margaret bowed her stately head
+in sweet assent.
+
+"Children," said Castell, "you will be rich--few richer in this
+land--though mayhap it would be wise that you should not show all your
+wealth at once, or ape the place of a great house, lest envy should fall
+upon your heads and crush you. Be content to wait, and rank will find
+you in its season, or if not you, your children. Peter, I tell you now,
+lest I should forget it, that the list of all my moneys and other
+possessions in chattels or lands or ships or merchandise is buried
+beneath the floor of my office, just under where my chair stands. Lift
+the boards and dig away a foot of rubbish, and you will find a stone
+trap, and below an iron box with the deeds, inventories, and some very
+precious jewels. Also, if by any mischance that box should be lost,
+duplicates of nearly all these papers are in the hands of my good friend
+and partner in our inland British trade, Simon Levett, whom you know.
+Remember my words, both of you."
+
+"Father," broke in Margaret in an anxious voice, "why do you speak of
+the future thus?--I mean, as though you had no share in it? Do you
+fear aught?"
+
+"Yes, daughter, much, or rather I expect, I do not fear, who am
+prepared and desire to meet all things as they come. You have sworn that
+oath, have you not? And you will keep it, will you not?"
+
+"Aye!" they answered with one breath.
+
+"Then prepare you to feel the weight of the first of those trials
+whereof it speaks, for I will no longer hold back the truth from you.
+Children, I, whom for all these years you have thought of your own
+faith, am a Jew as my forefathers were before me, back to the days
+of Abraham."
+
+The effect of this declaration upon its hearers was remarkable. Peter's
+jaw dropped, and for the second time that day his face went white; while
+Margaret sank down into a chair that stood near by, and stared at him
+helplessly. In those times it was a very terrible thing to be a Jew.
+Castell looked from one to the other, and, feeling the insult of their
+silence, grew angry.
+
+"What!" he exclaimed in a bitter voice, "are you like all the others? Do
+you scorn me also because I am of a race more ancient and honourable
+than those of any of your mushroom lords and kings? You know my life:
+say, what have I done wrong? Have I caught Christian children and
+crucified them to death? Have I defrauded my neighbour or oppressed the
+poor? Have I mocked your symbol of the Host? Have I conspired against
+the rulers of this land? Have I been a false friend or a cruel father?
+You shake your heads; then why do you stare at me as though I were a
+thing accursed and unclean? Have I not a right to the faith of my
+fathers? May I not worship God in my own fashion?" And he looked at
+Peter, a challenge in his eyes. "Sir," answered Peter, "without a
+doubt you may, or so it seems to me. But then, why for all these years
+have you appeared to worship Him in ours?"
+
+At this blunt question, so characteristic of the speaker, Castell seemed
+to shrink like a pin-pricked bladder, or some bold fighter who has
+suddenly received a sword-thrust in his vitals. All courage went out of
+the man, his fiery eyes grew tame, he appeared to become visibly
+smaller, and to put on something of the air of those mendicants of his
+own race, who whine out their woes and beg alms of the passer-by. When
+next he spoke, it was as a suppliant for merciful judgment at the hands
+of his own child and her lover.
+
+"Judge me not harshly," he said. "Think what it is to be a Jew--an
+outcast, a thing that the lowest may spurn and spit at, one beyond the
+law, one who can be hunted from land to land like a mad wolf, and
+tortured to death, when caught, for the sport of gentle Christians, who
+first have stripped him of his gains and very garments. And then think
+what it means to escape all these woes and terrors, and, by the doffing
+of a bonnet, and the mumbling of certain prayers with the lips in
+public, to find sanctuary, peace, and protection within the walls of
+Mother Church, and thus fostered, to grow rich and great."
+
+He paused as though for a reply, but as they did not speak, went on:
+
+"Moreover, as a child, I was baptized into your Church; but my heart,
+like that of my father, remained with the Jews, and where the heart goes
+the feet follow."
+
+"That makes it worse," said Peter, as though speaking to himself.
+
+"My father taught me thus," Castell went on, as though pleading his case
+before a court of law.
+
+"We must answer for our own sins," said Peter again.
+
+Then at length Castell took fire.
+
+"You young folk, who as yet know little of the terrors of the world,
+reproach me with cold looks and colder words," he said; "but I wonder,
+should you ever come to such a pass as mine, whether you will find the
+heart to meet it half as bravely? Why do you think that I have told you
+this secret, that I might have kept from you as I kept it from your
+mother, Margaret? I say because it is a part of my penance for the sin
+which I have sinned. Aye, I know well that my God is a jealous God, and
+that this sin will fall back on my head, and that I shall pay its price
+to the last groat, though when and how the blow will strike me I know
+not. Go you, Peter, or you, Margaret, and denounce me if you will. Your
+priests will speak well of you for the deed, and open to you a shorter
+road to Heaven, and I shall not blame you, nor lessen your wealth by a
+single golden noble."
+
+"Do not speak so madly, Sir," said Peter; "these matters are between you
+and God. What have we to do with them, and who made us judges over you?
+We only pray that your fears may come to nothing, and that you may reach
+your grave in peace and honour."
+
+"I thank you for your generous words, which are such as befit your
+nature," said Castell gently; "but what says Margaret?"
+
+"I, father?" she answered, wildly. "Oh! I have nothing to say. He is
+right. It is between you and God; but it is hard that I must lose my
+love so soon." Peter looked up, and Castell answered:
+
+"Lose him! Why, what did he swear but now?"
+
+"I care not what he swore; but how can I ask him, who is of noble,
+Christian birth, to marry the daughter of a Jew who all his life has
+passed himself off as a worshipper of that Jesus Whom he denies?"
+
+Now Peter held up his hand.
+
+"Have done with such talk," he said. "Were your father Judas himself,
+what is that to you and me? You are mine and I am yours till death part
+us, nor shall the faith of another man stand between us for an hour.
+Sir, we thank you for your confidence, and of this be sure, that
+although it makes us sorrowful, we do not love or honour you the less
+because now we know the truth."
+
+Margaret rose from her chair, looked a while at her father, then with a
+sob threw herself suddenly upon his breast.
+
+"Forgive me if I spoke bitterly," she said, "who, not knowing that I was
+half a Jewess, have been taught to hate their race. What is it to me of
+what faith you are, who think of you only as my dearest father?"
+
+"Why weep then?" asked Castell, stroking her hair tenderly.
+
+"Because you are in danger, or so you say, and if anything happened to
+you--oh! what shall I do then?"
+
+"Accept it as the will of God, and bear the blow bravely, as I hope to
+do, should it fall," he answered, and, kissing her, left the chapel.
+
+"It seems that joy and trouble go hand in hand," said Margaret, looking
+up presently.
+
+"Yes, Sweet, they were ever twins; but provided we have our share of the
+first, do not let us quarrel with the second. A pest on the priests and
+all their bigotry, say I! Christ sought to convert the Jews, not to kill
+them; and for my part I can honour the man who clings to his own faith,
+aye, and forgive him because they forced him to feign to belong to ours.
+Pray then that neither of us may live to commit a greater sin, and that
+we may soon be wed and dwell in peace away from London, where we can
+shelter him."
+
+"I do--I do," she answered, drawing close to Peter, and soon they forgot
+their fears and doubts in each other's arms.
+
+On the following morning, that of Sunday, Peter, Margaret, and Betty
+went together to Mass at St. Paul's church; but Castell said that he was
+ill, and did not come. Indeed, now that his conscience was stirred as to
+the double life he had led so long, he purposed, if he could avoid it,
+to worship in a Christian church no more. Therefore he said that he was
+sick; and they, knowing that this sickness was of the heart, answered
+nothing. But privately they wondered what he would do who could not
+always remain sick, since not to go to church and partake of its
+Sacraments was to be published as a heretic.
+
+But if he did not accompany them himself, Castell, without their
+knowledge, sent two of his stoutest servants, bidding these keep near to
+them and see that they came home safe.
+
+Now, when they left the church, Peter saw two Spaniards, whose faces he
+thought he knew, who seemed to be watching them, but, as he lost sight
+of them presently in the throng, said nothing. Their shortest way home
+ran across some fields and gardens where there were few houses. This
+lane, then, they followed, talking earnestly to each other, and noting
+nothing till Betty behind called out to them to beware. Then Peter
+looked up and saw the two Spaniards scrambling through a gap in the
+fence not six paces ahead of them, saw also that they laid their hands
+upon their sword-hilts.
+
+"Let us pass them boldly," he muttered to Margaret; "I'll not turn my
+back on a brace of Spaniards," but he also laid his hand upon the hilt
+of the sword he wore beneath his cloak, and bade her get behind him.
+
+Thus, then, they came face to face. Now, the Spaniards, who were
+evil-looking fellows, bowed courteously enough, and asked if he were not
+Master Peter Brome. They spoke in Spanish; but, like Margaret Peter knew
+this tongue, if not too well, having been taught it as a child, and
+practised it much since he came into the service of John Castell, who
+used it largely in his trade.
+
+"Yes," he answered. "What is your business with me?"
+
+"We have a message for you, Señor, from a certain comrade of ours, one
+Andrew, a Scotchman, whom you met a few nights ago," replied the
+spokesman of the pair. "He is dead, but still he sends his message, and
+it is that we should ask you to join him at once. Now, all of us
+brothers have sworn to deliver that message, and to see that you keep
+the tryst. If some of us should chance to fail, then others will meet
+you with the message until you keep that tryst."
+
+"You mean that you wish to murder me," said Peter, setting his mouth and
+drawing the sword from beneath his cloak. "Well, come on, cowards, and
+we will see whom Andrew gets for company in hell to-day. Run back,
+Margaret and Betty--run." And he tore off his cloak and threw it over
+his left arm.
+
+So for a moment they stood, for he looked fierce and ill to deal with.
+Then, just as they began to feint in front of him, there came a rush of
+feet, and on either side of Peter appeared the two stout serving-men,
+also sword in hand.
+
+"I am glad of your company," he said, catching sight of them out of the
+corners of his eyes. "Now, Señors Cut-throats, do you still wish to
+deliver that message?"
+
+The answer of the Spaniards, who saw themselves thus unexpectedly
+out-matched, was to turn and run, whereon one of the serving-men,
+picking up a big stone that lay in the path, hurled it after them with
+all his force. It struck the hindmost Spaniard full in the back, and so
+heavy was the blow that he fell on to his face in the mud, whence he
+rose and limped away, cursing them with strange, Spanish oaths, and
+vowing vengeance.
+
+"Now," said Peter, "I think that we may go home in safety, for no more
+messengers will come from Andrew to-day."
+
+"No," gasped Margaret, "not to-day, but to-morrow or the next day they
+will come, and oh! how will it end?"
+
+"That God knows alone," answered Peter gravely as he sheathed his sword.
+
+When the story of this attempt was told to Castell he seemed much
+disturbed.
+
+"It is clear that they have a blood-feud against you on account of that
+Scotchman whom you killed in self-defence," he said anxiously. "Also
+these Spaniards are very revengeful, nor have they forgiven you for
+calling the English to your aid against them. Peter, I fear that if you
+go abroad they will murder you."
+
+"Well, I cannot stay indoors always, like a rat in a drain," said Peter
+crossly, "so what is to be done? Appeal to the law?"
+
+"No; for you have just broken the law by killing a man. I think you had
+best go away for a while till this storm blows over."
+
+"Go away! Peter go away?" broke in Margaret, dismayed.
+
+"Yes," answered her father. "Listen, daughter. You cannot be married at
+once. It is not seemly; moreover, notice must be given and arrangement
+made. A month hence will be soon enough, and that is not long for you to
+wait who only became affianced yesterday. Also, until you are wed, no
+word must be said to any one of this betrothal of yours, lest those
+Spaniards should lay their feud at your door also, and work you some
+mischief. Let none know of it, I charge you, and in company be distant
+to each other, as though there were nothing between you."
+
+"As you will, Sir," replied Peter; "but for my part I do not like all
+these hidings of the truth, which ever lead to future trouble. I say,
+let me bide here and take my chance, and let us be wed as soon as
+may be."
+
+"That your wife may be made a widow before the week is out, or the house
+burnt about our ears by these rascals and their following? No, no,
+Peter; walk softly that you may walk safely. We will hear the report of
+the Spaniard d'Aguilar, and afterwards take counsel."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+FAREWELL
+
+D'Aguilar came to supper that night as he had promised, and this time
+not on foot and unattended, but with pomp and circumstance as befitted a
+great lord. First appeared two running footmen to clear the way; then
+followed D'Aguilar, mounted on a fine white horse, and splendidly
+apparelled in a velvet cloak and a hat with nodding ostrich plumes,
+while after him rode four men-at-arms in his livery.
+
+"We asked one guest, or rather he asked himself, and we have got seven,
+to say nothing of their horses," grumbled Castell, watching their
+approach from an upper window. "Well, we must make the best of it.
+Peter, go, see that man and beast are fed, and fully, that they may not
+grumble at our hospitality. The guard can eat in the little hall with
+our own folk. Margaret, put on your richest robe and your jewels, those
+which you wore when I took you to that city feast last summer. We will
+show these fine, foreign birds that we London merchants have brave
+feathers also."
+
+Peter hesitated, misdoubting him of the wisdom of this display, who, if
+he could have his will, would have sent the Spaniard's following to the
+tavern, and received him in sober garments to a simple meal.
+
+But Castell, who seemed somewhat disturbed that night, who loved,
+moreover, to show his wealth at times after the fashion of a Jew, began
+to fume and ask if he must go himself. So the end of it was that Peter
+went, shaking his head, while, urged to it by her father, Margaret
+departed also to array herself.
+
+A few minutes later Castell, in his costliest feast-day robe, greeted
+d'Aguilar in the ante-hall, and, the two of them being alone, asked him
+how matters went as regarded de Ayala and the man who had been killed.
+
+"Well and ill," answered d'Aguilar. "Doctor de Puebla, with whom I hoped
+to deal, has left London in a huff, for he says that there is not room
+for two Spanish ambassadors at Court, so I had to fall back upon de
+Ayala after all. Indeed, twice have I seen that exalted priest upon the
+subject of the well-deserved death of his villainous servant, and, after
+much difficulty, for having lost several men in such brawls, he thought
+his honour touched, he took the fifty gold angels--to be transmitted to
+the fellow's family, of course, or so he said--and gave a receipt. Here
+it is," and he handed a paper to Castell, who read it carefully.
+
+It was to the effect that Peter Brome, having paid a sum of fifty angels
+to the relatives of Andrew Pherson, a servant of the Spanish ambassador,
+which Andrew the said Peter had killed in a brawl, the said ambassador
+undertook not to prosecute or otherwise molest the said Peter on account
+of the manslaughter which he had committed.
+
+"But no money has been paid," said Castell.
+
+"Indeed yes, I paid it. De Ayala gives no receipts against promises."
+
+"I thank you for your courtesy, Señor. You shall have the gold before
+you leave this house. Few would have trusted a stranger thus far."
+
+D'Aguilar waved his hand.
+
+"Make no mention of such a trifle. I would ask you to accept it as a
+token of my regard for your family, only that would be to affront so
+wealthy a man. But listen, I have more to say. You are, or rather your
+kinsman Peter, is still in the wood. De Ayala has pardoned him; but
+there remains the King of England, whose law he has broken. Well, this
+day I have seen the King, who, by the way, talked of you as a worthy
+man, saying that he had always thought only a Jew could be so wealthy,
+and that he knew you were not, since you had been reported to him as a
+good son of the Church," and he paused, looking at Castell.
+
+"I fear his Grace magnifies my wealth, which is but small," answered
+Castell coolly, leaving the rest of his speech unnoticed. "But what said
+his Grace?"
+
+"I showed him de Ayala's receipt, and he answered that if his Excellency
+was satisfied, he was satisfied, and for his part would not order any
+process to issue; but he bade me tell you and Peter Brome that if he
+caused more tumult in his streets, whatever the provocation, and
+especially if that tumult were between English and Spaniards, he would
+hang him at once with trial or without it. All of which he said very
+angrily, for the last thing which his Highness desires just now is any
+noise between Spain and England."
+
+"That is bad," answered Castell, "for this very morning there was near
+to being such a tumult," and he told the story of how the two Spaniards
+had waylaid Peter, and one of them been knocked down by the serving-man
+with a stone. At this news d'Aguilar shook his head.
+
+"Then that is just where the trouble lies," he exclaimed. "I know it
+from my people, who keep me well informed, that all those servants of de
+Ayala, and there are more than twenty of them, have sworn an oath by the
+Virgin of Seville that before they leave this land they will have your
+kinsman's blood in payment for that of Andrew Pherson, who, although a
+Scotchman, was their officer, and a brave man whom they loved much. Now,
+if they attack him, as they will, there must be a brawl, for Peter
+fights well, and if there is a brawl, though Peter and the English get
+the best of it, as very likely they may, Peter will certainly be hanged,
+for so the King has promised."
+
+"Before they leave the land? When do they leave it?"
+
+"De Ayala sails within a month, and his folk with him, for his
+co-ambassador, the Doctor de Puebla, will bear with him no more, and has
+written from the country house where he is sulking that one of them
+must go."
+
+"Then I think it is best, Señor, that Peter should travel for a month."
+
+"Friend Castell, you are wise; I think so too, and, I counsel you,
+arrange it at once. Hush! here comes the lady, your daughter."
+
+As he spoke, Margaret appeared descending the broad oak stairs which led
+into the ante-room. Holding a lamp in her hand, she was in full light,
+whereas the two men stood in the shadow. She wore a low-cut dress of
+crimson velvet, embroidered about the bodice with dead gold, which
+enhanced the dazzling whiteness of her shapely neck and bosom. Round her
+throat hung a string of great pearls, and on her head was a net of
+gold, studded with smaller pearls, from beneath which her glorious,
+chestnut-black hair flowed down in rippling waves almost to her knees.
+Having her father's bidding so to do, she had adorned herself thus that
+she might look her fairest, not in the eyes of their guest, but in those
+of her new-affianced husband. So fair was she seen thus that d'Aguilar,
+the artist, the adorer of loveliness, caught his breath and shivered at
+the sight of her.
+
+"By the eleven thousand virgins!" he said, "your daughter is more
+beautiful than all of them put together. She should be crowned a queen,
+and bewitch the world."
+
+"Nay, nay, Señor," answered Castell hurriedly; "let her remain humble
+and honest, and bewitch her husband."
+
+"So I should say if I were the husband," he muttered, then stepped
+forward, bowing, to meet her.
+
+Now the light of the silver lamp she held on high flowed over the two of
+them, d'Aguilar and Margaret, and certainly they seemed a well-matched
+pair. Both were tall and cast by Nature in a rich and splendid mould;
+both had that high air of breeding which comes with ancient blood--for
+what bloods are more ancient than those of the Jew and the
+Eastern?--both were slow and stately of movement, low-voiced, and
+dignified of speech. Castell noted it and was afraid, he knew not
+of what.
+
+Peter, entering the room by another door, clad only in his grey clothes,
+for he would not put on gay garments for the Spaniard, noted it also,
+and with the quick instinct of love knew this magnificent foreigner for
+a rival and an enemy. But he was not afraid, only jealous and angry.
+Indeed, nothing would have pleased him better then than that the
+Spaniard should have struck him in the face, so that within five minutes
+it might be shown which of them was the better man. It must come to
+this, he felt, and very glad would he have been if it could come at the
+beginning and not at the end, so that one or the other of them might be
+saved much trouble. Then he remembered that he had promised to say or
+show nothing of how things stood between him and Margaret, and, coming
+forward, he greeted d'Aguilar quietly but coldly, telling him that his
+horses had been stabled, and his retinue accommodated.
+
+The Spaniard thanked him very heartily, and they passed in to supper. It
+was a strange meal for all four of them, yet outwardly pleasant enough.
+Forgetting his cares, Castell drank gaily, and began to talk of the many
+changes which he had seen in his life, and of the rise and fall of
+kings. D'Aguilar talked also, of the Spanish wars and policy, for in the
+first he had seen much service, and of the other he knew every turn. It
+was easy to see that he was one of those who mixed with courts, and had
+the ear of ministers and majesty. Margaret also, being keen-witted and
+anxious to learn of the great world that lay beyond Holborn and London
+town, asked questions, seeking to know, amongst other things, what were
+the true characters of Ferdinand, King of Aragon, and Isabella his wife,
+the famous queen.
+
+"I will tell you in few words, Señora. Ferdinand is the most ambitious
+man in Europe, false also if it serves his purpose. He lives for self
+and gain--that money and power. These are his gods, for he has no true
+religion. He is not clever but, being very cunning, he will succeed and
+leave a famous name behind him."
+
+"An ugly picture," said Margaret. "And what of his queen?"
+
+"She," answered d'Aguilar, "is a great woman, who knows how to use the
+temper of her time and so attain her ends. To the world she shows a
+tender heart, but beneath it lies hid an iron resolution."
+
+"What are those ends?" asked Margaret again.
+
+"To bring all Spain under her rule; utterly to crush the Moors and take
+their territories; to make the Church of Christ triumphant upon earth;
+to stamp out heresy; to convert or destroy the Jews," he added slowly,
+and as he spoke the words, Peter, watching, saw his eyes open and
+glitter like a snake's--"to bring their bodies to the purifying flames,
+and their vast wealth into her treasury, and thus earn the praise of the
+faithful upon earth, and for herself a throne in heaven."
+
+For a while there was silence after this speech, then Margaret said
+boldly:
+
+"If heavenly thrones are built of human blood and tears, what stone and
+mortar do they use in hell, I wonder?" Then, without pausing for an
+answer, she rose, saying that she was weary, curtseyed to d'Aguilar, her
+father and Peter, each in turn, and left the hall.
+
+When she had gone the talk flagged, and presently d'Aguilar asked for
+his men and horses and departed also, saying as he went:
+
+"Friend Castell, you will repeat my news to your good kinsman here. I
+pray for all your sakes that he may bow his head to what cannot be
+helped, and thus keep it safe upon his shoulders."
+
+"What meant the man?" asked Peter, when the sound of the horses' hoofs
+had died away.
+
+Castell told him of what had passed between him and d'Aguilar before
+supper, and showed him de Ayala's receipt, adding in a vexed voice:
+
+"I have forgotten to repay him the gold; it shall be sent to-morrow."
+
+"Have no fear; he will come for it," answered Peter coldly. "Now, if I
+have my way, I will take the risk of these Spaniards' swords and King
+Henry's rope, and bide here."
+
+"That you must not do," said Castell earnestly, "for my sake and
+Margaret's, if not for yours. Would you make her a widow before she is a
+wife? Listen: it is my wish that you travel down to Essex to take
+delivery of your father's land in the Vale of Dedham and see to the
+repairing of the mansion house, which, I am told, needs it much. Then,
+when these Spaniards are gone, you can return and at once be married,
+say one short month hence."
+
+"Will not you and Margaret come with me to Dedham?"
+
+Castell shook his head.
+
+"It is not possible. I must wind up my affairs, and Margaret cannot go
+with you alone. Moreover, there is no place for her to lodge. I will
+keep her here till you return."
+
+"Yes, Sir; but will you keep her safe? The cozening words of Spaniards
+are sometimes more deadly than their swords."
+
+"I think that Margaret has a medicine against all such arts," answered
+her father with a little smile, and left him.
+
+On the morrow when Castell told Margaret that her lover must leave her
+for a while that night--for this Peter would not do himself--she prayed
+him even with tears that he would not send him so far from her, or that
+they might all go together. But he reasoned with her kindly, showing her
+that the latter was impossible, and that if Peter did not go at once it
+was probable that Peter would soon be dead, whereas, if he went, there
+would be but one short month of waiting till the Spaniards had sailed,
+after which they might be married and live in peace and safety.
+
+So she came to see that this was best and wisest, and gave way; but oh!
+heavy were those hours, and sore was their parting. Essex was no far
+journey, and to enter into lands which only two days before Peter
+believed he had lost for ever, no sad errand, while the promise that at
+the end of a single month he should return to claim his bride hung
+before them like a star. Yet they were sad-hearted, both of them, and
+that star seemed very far away.
+
+Margaret was afraid lest Peter might be waylaid upon the road, but he
+laughed at her, saying that her father was sending six stout men with
+him as an escort, and thus companioned he feared no Spaniards. Peter,
+for his part, was afraid lest d'Aguilar might make love to her while he
+was away. But now she laughed at him, saying that all her heart was his,
+and that she had none to give to d'Aguilar or any other man. Moreover,
+that England was a free land in which women, who were no king's wards,
+could not be led whither they did not wish to go. So it seemed that they
+had naught to fear, save the daily chance of life and death. And yet
+they were afraid.
+
+"Dear love," said Margaret to him after she had thought a while, "our
+road looks straight and easy, and yet there may be pitfalls in it that
+we cannot guess. Therefore you must swear one thing to me: That whatever
+you shall hear or whatever may happen, you will never doubt me as I
+shall never doubt you. If, for instance, you should be told that I have
+discarded you, and given myself to some other husband; if even you
+should believe that you see it signed by my hand, or if you think that
+you hear it told to you by my voice--still, I say, believe it not."
+
+"How could such a thing be?" asked Peter anxiously.
+
+"I do not suppose that it could be; I only paint the worst that might
+happen as a lesson for us both. Heretofore my life has been calm as a
+summer's day; but who knows when winter storms may rise, and often I
+have thought that I was born to know wind and rain and lightning as well
+as peace and sunshine. Remember that my father is a Jew, and that to the
+Jews and their children terrible things chance at times. Why, all this
+wealth might vanish in an hour, and you might find me in a prison, or
+clad in rags begging my bread. Now do you swear?" and she held towards
+him the gold crucifix that hung upon her bosom.
+
+"Aye," he said, "I swear it by this holy token and by your lips," and he
+kissed first the cross and then her mouth, adding, "Shall I ask the same
+oath of you?"
+
+She laughed.
+
+"If you will; but it is not needful. Peter, I think that I know you too
+well; I think that your heart will never stir even if I be dead and you
+married to another. And yet men are men, and women have wiles, so I will
+swear this: That should you slip, perchance, and I live to learn it, I
+will try not to judge you harshly." And again she laughed, she who was
+so certain of her empire over this man's heart and body.
+
+"Thank you," said Peter; "but for my part I will try to stand straight
+upon my feet, so should any tales be brought to you of me, sift them
+well, I pray you."
+
+Then, forgetting their doubts and dreads, they talked of their marriage,
+which they fixed for that day month, and of how they would dwell happily
+in Dedham Vale. Also Margaret, who well knew the house, named the Old
+Hall, where they should live, for she had stayed there as a child, gave
+him many commands as to the new arrangement of its chambers and its
+furnishing, which, as there was money and to spare, could be as costly
+as they willed, saying that she would send him down all things by wain
+so soon as he was ready for them.
+
+Thus, then, the hours wore away, until at length night came and they
+took their last meal together, the three of them, for it was arranged
+that Peter should start at moonrise, when none were about to see him go.
+It was not a very happy meal, and, though they made a brave show of
+eating, but little food passed their lips. Now the horses were ready,
+and Margaret buckled on Peter's sword and threw his cloak about his
+shoulders, and he, having shaken Castell by the hand and bade him guard
+their jewel safely, without more words kissed her in farewell, and went.
+
+Taking the silver lamp in her hand, she followed him to the ante-room.
+At the door he turned and saw her standing there gazing after him with
+wide eyes and a strained, white face. At the sight of her silent pain
+almost his heart failed him, almost he refused to go. Then he
+remembered, and went.
+
+For a while Margaret still stood thus, until the sound of the horses'
+hoofs had died away indeed. Then she turned and said:
+
+"Father, I know not how it is, but it seems to me that when Peter and I
+meet again it will be far off, yes, far off upon the stormy sea--but
+what sea I know not." And without waiting for an answer she climbed the
+stairs to her chamber, and there wept herself to sleep.
+
+Castell watched her depart, then muttered to himself:
+
+"Pray God she is not foresighted like so many of our race; and yet why
+is my own heart so heavy? Well, according to my judgment, I have done my
+best for him and her, and for myself I care nothing."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+NEWS FROM SPAIN
+
+Peter Brome was a very quiet man, whose voice was not often heard about
+the place, and yet it was strange how dull and different the big, old
+house in Holborn seemed without him. Even the handsome Betty, with whom
+he was never on the best of terms, since there was much about her of
+which he disapproved, missed him, and said so to her cousin, who only
+answered with a sigh. For in the bottom of her heart Betty both feared
+and respected Peter. The fear was of his observant eyes and caustic
+words, which she knew were always words of truth, and the respect for
+the general uprightness of his character, especially where her own sex
+was concerned.
+
+In fact, as has been hinted, some little time before, when Peter had
+first come to live with the Castells, Betty, thinking him a proper man
+of gentle birth, such a one indeed as she would wish to marry, had made
+advances to him, which, as he did not seem to notice them, became by
+degrees more and more marked. What happened at last they two knew alone,
+but it was something that caused Betty to become very angry, and to
+speak of Peter to her friends as a cold-blooded lout who thought only of
+work and gain. The episode was passing, and soon forgotten by the lady
+in the press of other affairs; but the respect remained. Moreover, on
+one or two occasions, when the love of admiration had led her into
+griefs, Peter had proved a good friend, and what was better, a friend
+who did not talk. Therefore she wished him back again, especially now,
+when something that was more than mere vanity and desire for excitement
+had taken hold of her, and Betty found herself being swept off her feet
+into very deep and doubtful waters.
+
+The shopmen and the servants missed him also, for to him all disputes
+were brought for settlement, nor, provided it had not come about through
+lack of honesty, were any pains too great for him to take to help them
+in a trouble. Most of all Castell missed him, since until Peter had gone
+he did not know how much he had learned to rely upon him, both in his
+business and as a friend. As for Margaret, her life without him was one
+long, empty night.
+
+Thus it chanced that in such a house any change was welcome, and, though
+she liked him little enough, Margaret was not even displeased when one
+morning Betty told her that the lord d'Aguilar was coming to call on her
+that day, and purposed to bring her a present.
+
+"I do not seek his presents," said Margaret indifferently; then added,
+"But how do you know that, Betty?"
+
+The young woman coloured, and tossed her head as she answered:
+
+"I know it, Cousin, because, as I was going to visit my old aunt
+yesterday, who lives on the wharf at Westminster, I met him riding, and
+he called out to me, saying that he had a gift for you and one for
+me also."
+
+"Be careful you do not meet him too often, Betty, when you chance to be
+visiting your aunt. These Spaniards are not always over-honest, as you
+may learn to your sorrow."
+
+"I thank you for your good counsel," said Betty, shortly, "but I, who am
+older than you, know enough of men to be able to guard myself, and can
+keep them at a distance."
+
+"I am glad of it, Betty, only sometimes I have thought that the distance
+was scarcely wide enough," answered Margaret, and left the subject, for
+she was thinking of other things.
+
+That afternoon, when Margaret was walking in the garden, Betty, whose
+face seemed somewhat flushed, ran up to her and said that the lord
+d'Aguilar was waiting in the hall.
+
+"Very good," answered Margaret, "I will come. Go, tell my father, that
+he may join us. But why are you so disturbed and hurried?" she added
+wonderingly.
+
+"Oh!" answered Betty, "he has brought me a present, so fine a present--a
+mantle of the most wonderful lace that ever I saw, and a comb of mottled
+shell mounted in gold to keep it off the hair. He made me wait while he
+showed me how to put it on, and that was why I ran."
+
+Margaret did not quite see the connection; but she answered slowly:
+
+"Perhaps it would have been wiser if you had run first. I do not
+understand why this fine lord brings you presents."
+
+"But he has brought one for you also, Cousin, although he would not say
+what it was."
+
+"That I understand still less. Go, tell my father that the Señor
+d'Aguilar awaits him."
+
+Then she went into the hall, and found d'Aguilar looking at an
+illuminated Book of Hours in which she had been reading, that was
+written in Spanish in one column and in Latin in that opposite. He
+greeted her in his usual graceful way, that, where Margaret was
+concerned, was easy and well-bred without being bold, and said at once:
+
+"So you read Spanish, Señora?"
+
+"A little. Not very well, I fear."
+
+"And Latin also?"
+
+"A little again. I have been taught that tongue. By studying them thus I
+try to improve myself in both."
+
+"I perceive that you are learned as you are beautiful," and he bowed
+courteously.
+
+"I thank you, Señor; but I lay claim to neither grace."
+
+"What need is there to claim that which is evident?" replied d'Aguilar;
+then added, "But I forgot, I have brought you a present, if you will be
+pleased to accept it. Or, rather, I bring you what is your own, or at
+the least your father's. I bargained with his Excellency Don de Ayala,
+pointing out that fifty gold angels were too much to pay for that dead
+rogue of his; but he would give me nothing back in money, since with
+gold he never parts. Yet I won some change from him, and it stands
+without your door. It is a Spanish jennet of the true Moorish blood,
+which, hundreds of years ago, that people brought with them from the
+East. He needs it no longer, as he returns to Spain, and it is trained
+to bear a lady." Margaret did not know what to answer, but,
+fortunately, at that moment her father appeared, and to him d'Aguilar
+repeated his tale, adding that he had heard his daughter say that the
+horse she rode had fallen with her, so that she could use it no more.
+
+
+Now, Castell did not wish to accept this gift, for such he felt it to
+be; but d'Aguilar assured him that if he did not he must sell it and
+return him the price in money, as it did not belong to him. So, there
+being no help for it, he thanked him in his daughter's name and his own,
+and they went into the stable-yard, whither it had been taken, to look
+at this horse.
+
+The moment that Castell saw it he knew that it was a creature of great
+value, pure white in colour, with a long, low body, small head, gentle
+eyes, round hoofs, and flowing mane and tail, such a horse, indeed, as a
+queen might have ridden. Now again he was confused, being sure that this
+beast had never been given back as a luck-penny, since it would have
+fetched more than the fifty angels on the market; moreover, it was
+harnessed with a woman's saddle and bridle of the most beautifully
+worked red Cordova leather, to which were attached a silver bit and
+stirrup. But d'Aguilar smiled, and vowed that things were as he had told
+them, so there was nothing more to be said. Margaret, too, was so
+pleased with the mare, which she longed to ride, that she forgot her
+scruples, and tried to believe that this was so. Noting her delight,
+which she could not conceal as she patted the beautiful beast,
+d'Aguilar said:
+
+"Now I will ask one thing in return for the bargain that I have
+made--that I may see you mount this horse for the first time. You told
+me that you and your father were wont to go out together in the
+morning. Have I your leave, Sir," and he turned to Castell, "to ride
+with you before breakfast, say, at seven of the clock, for I would show
+the lady, your daughter, how she should manage a horse of this blood,
+which is something of a trick?"
+
+"If you will," answered Castell--"that is, if the weather is fine," for
+the offer was made so courteously that it could scarcely be refused.
+
+D'Aguilar bowed, and they re-entered the house, talking of other
+matters. When they were in the hall again, he asked whether their
+kinsman Peter had reached his destination safely, adding:
+
+"I pray you, do not tell me where it is, for I wish to be able to put my
+hand upon my heart and swear to all concerned, and especially to certain
+fellows who are still seeking for him, that I know nothing of his
+hiding-place."
+
+Castell answered that he had, since but a few minutes before a letter
+had come from him announcing his safe arrival, tidings at which Margaret
+looked up, then, remembering her promise, said that she was glad to hear
+of it, as the roads were none too safe, and spoke indifferently of
+something else. D'Aguilar added that he also was glad, then, rising,
+took his leave "till seven on the morrow."
+
+When he had gone, Castell gave Margaret a letter, addressed to her in
+Peter's stiff, upright hand, which she read eagerly. It began and ended
+with sweet words, but, like his speech, was brief and to the point,
+saying only that he had accomplished his journey without adventure, and
+was very glad to find himself again in the old house where he was born,
+and amongst familiar fields and faces. On the morrow he was to see the
+tradesmen as to alterations and repairs which were much needed, even the
+moat being choked with mud and weeds. His last sentence was: "I much
+mistrust me of that fine Spaniard, and I am jealous to think that he
+should be near to you while I am far away. Beware of him, I say--beware
+of him. May the Mother of God and all the saints have you in their
+keeping! Your most true affianced lover."
+
+This letter Margaret answered before she slept, for the messenger was to
+return at dawn, telling Peter, amongst other things, of the gift which
+d'Aguilar had brought her, and how she and her father were forced to
+accept it, but bidding him not be jealous, since, although the gift was
+welcome, she liked the giver little, who did but count the hours till
+her true lover should come back again and take her to himself.
+
+Next morning she was up early, clothed in her riding-dress, for the day
+was very fine, and by seven o'clock d'Aguilar appeared, mounted on a
+great horse. Then the Spanish jennet was brought out, and deftly he
+lifted her to the saddle, showing her how she must pull but lightly on
+the reins, and urge or check her steed with her voice alone, using no
+whip or spur.
+
+A perfect beast it proved to be, indeed, gentle as a lamb, and easy, yet
+very spirited and swift.
+
+D'Aguilar was a pleasant cavalier also, talking of many things grave and
+gay, until at length even Castell forgot his thoughts, and grew cheerful
+as they cantered forward through the fresh spring morning by heath and
+hill and woodland, listening to the singing of the birds, and watching
+the husbandmen at their labour. This ride was but the first of several
+that they took, since d'Aguilar knew their hours of exercise, even when
+they changed them, and whether they asked him or not, joined or met them
+in such a natural fashion that they could not refuse his company.
+Indeed, they were much puzzled to know how he came to be so well
+acquainted with their movements, and even with the direction in which
+they proposed to ride, but supposed that he must have it from the
+grooms, although these were commanded to say nothing, and always denied
+having spoken with him. That Betty should speak of such matters, or even
+find opportunity of doing so, never chanced to cross their minds, who
+did not guess that if they rode with d'Aguilar in the morning, Betty
+often walked with him in the evening when she was supposed to be at
+church, or sewing, or visiting her aunt upon the wharf at Westminster.
+But of these walks the foolish girl said nothing, for her own reasons.
+
+Now, as they rode together, although he remained very courteous and
+respectful, the manner of d'Aguilar towards Margaret grew ever more
+close and intimate. Thus he began to tell her stories, true or false, of
+his past life, which seemed to have been strange and eventful enough; to
+hint, too, of a certain hidden greatness that pertained to him which he
+did not dare to show, and of high ambitions which he had. He spoke also
+of his loneliness, and his desire to lose it in the companionship of a
+kindred heart, if he could find one to share his wealth, his station,
+and his hopes; while all the time his dark eyes, fixed on Margaret,
+seemed to say, "The heart I seek is such a one as yours." At length,
+at some murmured word or touch, she took affright, and, since she could
+not avoid him abroad, determined to stay at home, and, much as she loved
+the sport, to ride no more till Peter should return. So she gave out
+that she had hurt her knee, which made the saddle painful to her, and
+the beautiful Spanish mare was left idle in the stable, or mounted only
+by the groom.
+
+Thus for some days she was rid of d'Aguilar, and employed herself in
+reading and working, or in writing long letters to Peter, who was busy
+enough at Dedham, and sent her thence many commissions to fulfil.
+
+One afternoon Castell was seated in his office deciphering letters which
+had just reached him. The night before his best ship, of over two
+hundred tons burden, which was named the _Margaret_, after his daughter,
+had come safely into the mouth of the Thames from Spain. That evening
+she was to reach her berth at Gravesend with the tide, when Castell
+proposed to go aboard of her to see to the unloading of her cargo. This
+was the last of his ships which remained unsold, and it was his plan to
+re-load and victual her at once with goods that were waiting, and send
+her back to the port of Seville, where his Spanish partners, in whose
+name she was already registered, had agreed to take her over at a fixed
+price. This done, it was only left for him to hand over his business to
+the merchants who had purchased it in London, after which he would be
+free to depart, a very wealthy man, and spend the evening of his days at
+peace in Essex, with his daughter and her husband, as now he so greatly
+longed to do. So soon as they were within the river banks the captain of
+this ship, Smith by name, had landed the cargo-master with letters and
+a manifest of cargo, bidding him hire a horse and bring them to Master
+Castell's house in Holborn. This the man had done safely, and it was
+these letters that Castell read.
+
+One of them was from his partner Bernaldez in Seville; not in answer to
+that which he had written on the night of the opening of this
+history--for this there had been no time--yet dealing with matters
+whereof it treated. In it was this passage:
+
+"You will remember what I wrote to you of a certain envoy who has been
+sent to the Court of London, who is called d'Aguilar, for as our cipher
+is so secret, and it is important that you should be warned, I take the
+risk of writing his name. Since that letter I have learned more
+concerning this grandee, for such he is. Although he calls himself plain
+Don d'Aguilar, in truth he is the Marquis of Morella, and on one side,
+it is said, of royal blood, if not on both, since he is reported to be
+the son born out of wedlock of Prince Carlos of Viana, the half-brother
+of the king. The tale runs that Carlos, the learned and gentle, fell in
+love with a Moorish lady of Aguilar of high birth and great wealth, for
+she had rich estates at Granada and elsewhere, and, as he might not
+marry her because of the difference of their rank and faiths, lived with
+her without marriage, of which union one son was born. Before Prince
+Carlos died, or was poisoned, and while he was still a prisoner at
+Morella, he gave to, or procured for this boy the title of marquis,
+choosing from some fancy the name of Morella, that place where he had
+suffered so much. Also he settled some private lands upon him. After the
+prince died, the Moorish lady, his lover, who had secretly become a
+Christian, took her son to live at her palace in Granada, where she died
+also some ten years ago, leaving all her great wealth to him, for she
+never married. At this time it is said that his life was in danger, for
+the reason that, although he was half a Moor, too much of the
+blood-royal ran in his veins. But the Marquis was clever, and persuaded
+the king and queen that he had no ambition beyond his pleasures. Also
+the Church interceded for him, since to it he proved himself a faithful
+son, persecuting all heretics, especially the Jews, and even Moors,
+although they are of his own blood. So in the end he was confirmed in
+his possessions and left alone, although he refused to become a priest.
+
+"Since then he has been made an agent of the Crown at Granada, and
+employed upon various embassies to London, Rome, and elsewhere, on
+matters connected with the faith and the establishment of the Holy
+Inquisition. That is why he is again in England at this moment, being
+charged to obtain the names and particulars concerning all Maranos
+settled there, especially if they trade with Spain. I have seen the
+names of those of whom he must inquire most closely, and that is why I
+write to you so fully, since yours is first upon the list. I think,
+therefore, that you do wisely to wind up your business with this
+country, and especially to sell your ships to us outright and quickly,
+since otherwise they might be seized--like yourself, if you came here.
+My counsel to you is--hide your wealth, which will be great when we have
+paid you all we owe, and go to some place where you will be forgotten
+for a while, since that bloodhound d'Aguilar, for so he calls himself,
+after his mother's birthplace, has not tracked you to London for
+nothing. As yet, thanks be to God, no suspicion has fallen on any of us;
+perhaps because we have many in our pay."
+
+When Castell had finished transcribing all this passage he read it
+through carefully. Then he went into the hall, where a fire burned, for
+the day was cold, and threw the translation on to it, watching until it
+was consumed, after which he returned to his office, and hid away the
+letter in a secret cupboard behind the panelling of the wall. This done,
+he sat himself in his chair to think.
+
+"My good friend Juan Bernaldez is right," he said to himself;
+"d'Aguilar, or the Marquis Morella, does not nose me and the others out
+for nothing. Well, I shall not trust myself in Spain, and the money,
+most of it, except what is still to come from Spain, is put out where it
+will never be found by him, at good interest too. All seems safe
+enough--and yet I would to God that Peter and Margaret were fast
+married, and that we three sat together, out of sight and mind, in the
+Old Hall at Dedham. I have carried on this game too long. I should have
+closed my books a year ago; but the trade was so good that I could not.
+I was wise also, who in this one lucky year have nearly doubled my
+fortune. And yet it would have been safer, before they guessed that I
+was so rich. Greed--mere greed--for I do not need this money which may
+destroy us all! Greed! The ancient pitfall of my race."
+
+As he thought thus there came a knock upon his door. Snatching up a pen
+he dipped it in the ink-horn and, calling "Enter," began to add a column
+of figures on a paper before him.
+
+The door opened; but he seemed to take no heed, so diligently did he
+count his figures. Yet, although his eyes were fixed upon the paper, in
+some way that he could not understand he was well aware that d'Aguilar
+and no other stood in the room behind him, the truth being, no doubt,
+that unconsciously he had recognised his footstep. For a moment the
+knowledge turned him cold--he who had just been reading of the mission
+of this man--and feared what was to come. Yet he acted well.
+
+"Why do you disturb me, Daughter?" he said testily, and without looking
+round. "Have not things gone ill enough with half the cargo destroyed by
+sea-water, and the rest, that you must trouble me while I sum up my
+losses?" And, casting the pen down, he turned his stool round
+impatiently.
+
+Yes! there sure enough stood d'Aguilar, very handsomely arrayed, and
+smiling and bowing as was his custom.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+D'AGUILAR SPEAKS
+
+"Losses?" said d'Aguilar. "Do I hear the wealthy John Castell, who holds
+half the trade with Spain in the hollow of his hand, talk of losses?"
+
+"Yes, Señor, you do. Things have gone ill with this ship of mine that
+has barely lived through the spring gales. But be seated."
+
+"Indeed, is that so?" said d'Aguilar as he sat down. "What a lying jade
+is rumour! For I was told that they had gone very well. Doubtless,
+however, what is loss to you would be priceless gain to one like me."
+
+Castell made no answer, but waited, feeling that his visitor had not
+come to speak with him of his trading ventures.
+
+"Señor Castell," said d'Aguilar, with a note of nervousness in his
+voice, "I am here to ask you for something."
+
+"If it be a loan, Señor, I fear that the time is not opportune." And he
+nodded towards the sheet of figures.
+
+"It is not a loan; it is a gift."
+
+"Anything in my poor house is yours," answered Castell courteously, and
+in Oriental form.
+
+"I rejoice to hear it, Señor, for I seek something from your house."
+
+Castell looked a question at him with his quick black eyes.
+
+"I seek your daughter, the Señora Margaret, in marriage."
+
+Castell stared at him, then a single word broke from his lips.
+
+"Impossible."
+
+"Why impossible?" asked d'Aguilar slowly, yet as one who expected some
+such answer. "In age we are not unsuited, nor perhaps in fortune, while
+of rank I have enough, more than you guess perhaps. I vaunt not myself,
+yet women have thought me not uncomely. I should be a good friend to the
+house whence I took a wife, where perchance a day may come when friends
+will be needed; and lastly, I desire her not for what she may bring with
+her, though wealth is always welcome, but--I pray you to believe
+it--because I love her."
+
+"I have heard that the Señor d'Aguilar loves many women, yonder in
+Granada."
+
+"As I have heard that the _Margaret_ had a prosperous voyage, Señor
+Castell. Rumour, as I said but now, is a lying jade. Yet I will not copy
+her. I have been no saint. Now I would become one, for Margaret's sake.
+I will be true to your daughter, Señor. What say you now?"
+
+Castell only shook his head.
+
+"Listen," went on d'Aguilar. "I am more than I seem to be; she who weds
+me will not lack for rank and titles."
+
+"Yes, you are the Marquis de Morella, the reputed son of Prince Carlos
+of Viana by a Moorish mother, and therefore nephew to his Majesty
+of Spain."
+
+D'Aguilar looked at him, then bowed and said:
+
+"Your information is good--as good as mine, almost. Doubtless you do not
+like that bar in the blood. Well, if it were not there, I should be
+where Ferdinand is, should I not? So I do not like it either, though it
+is good blood and ancient--that of those high-bred Moors. Now, may not
+the nephew of a king and the son of a princess of Granada be fit to mate
+with the daughter of--a Jew, yes, a Marano, and of a Christian English
+lady, of good family, but no more?"
+
+Castell lifted his hand as though to speak; but d'Aguilar went on:
+
+"Deny it not, friend; it is not worth while here in private. Was there
+not a certain Isaac of Toledo who, hard on fifty years ago, left Spain,
+for his own reasons, with a little son, and in London became known as
+Joseph Castell, having, with his son, been baptized into the Holy
+Church? Ah! you see you are not the only one who studies genealogies."
+
+"Well, Señor, if so, what of it?"
+
+"What of it? Nothing at all, friend Castell. It is an old story, is it
+not, and, as that Isaac is long dead and his son has been a good
+Christian for nearly fifty years and had a Christian wife and child, who
+will trouble himself about such a matter? If he were openly a Hebrew
+now, or worse still, if pretending to be a Christian, he in secret
+practised the rites of the accursed Jews, why then----"
+
+"Then what?"
+
+"Then, of course, he would be expelled this land, where no Jew may
+live, his wealth would be forfeit to its king, whose ward his daughter
+would become, to be given in marriage where he willed, while he himself,
+being Spanish born, might perhaps be handed over to the power of Spain,
+there to make answer to these charges. But we wander to strange matters.
+Is that alliance still impossible, Señor?"
+
+Castell looked him straight in the eyes and answered:
+
+"Yes."
+
+There was something so bold and direct in his utterance of the word that
+for a moment d'Aguilar seemed to be taken aback. He had not expected
+this sharp denial.
+
+"It would be courteous to give a reason," he said presently.
+
+"The reason is simple, Marquis. My daughter is already betrothed, and
+will ere long be wedded."
+
+D'Aguilar did not seem surprised at this intelligence.
+
+"To that brawler, your kinsman, Peter Brome, I suppose?" he said
+interrogatively. "I guessed as much, and by the saints I am sorry for
+her, for he must be a dull lover to one so fair and bright; while as a
+husband--" And he shrugged his shoulders. "Friend Castell, for her sake
+you will break off this match."
+
+"And if I will not, Marquis?"
+
+"Then I must break it off for you in the interest of all of us,
+including, of course, myself, who love her, and wish to lift her to a
+great place, and of yourself, whom I desire should pass your old age in
+peace and wealth, and not be hunted to your death like a mad dog."
+
+"How will you break it, Marquis? by--"
+
+"Oh no, Señor!" answered d'Aguilar, "not by other men's swords--if that
+is what you mean. The worthy Peter is safe from them so far as I am
+concerned, though if he should come face to face with mine, then let the
+best man win. Have no fear, friend, I do not practise murder, who value
+my own soul too much to soak it in blood, nor would I marry a woman
+except of her own free will. Still, Peter may die, and the fair Margaret
+may still place her hand in mine and say, 'I choose you as my husband.'"
+
+"All these things, and many others, may happen, Marquis; but I do not
+think it likely that they will happen, and for my part, whilst thanking
+you for it, I decline your honourable offer, believing that my daughter
+will be more happy in her present humble state with the man she has
+chosen. Have I your leave to return to my accounts?" And he rose.
+
+"Yes, Señor," answered d'Aguilar, rising also; "but add an item to those
+losses of which you spoke, that of the friendship of Carlos, Marquis de
+Morella, and on the other side enter again that of his hate. Man!" he
+added, and his dark, handsome face turned very evil as he spoke, "are
+you mad? Think of the little tabernacle behind the altar in your chapel,
+and what it contains."
+
+Castell stared at him, then said:
+
+"Come, let us see. Nay, fear no trick; like you I remember my soul, and
+do not stain my hands with blood. Follow me, so you will be safe."
+
+Curiosity, or some other reason, prompted d'Aguilar to obey, and
+presently they stood behind the altar.
+
+"Now," said Castell, as he drew the tapestry and opened the secret door,
+"look!" D'Aguilar peered into the place; but where should have been
+the table, the ark, the candlesticks, and the roll of the law of which
+Betty had told him, were only old dusty boxes filled with parchments and
+some broken furniture.
+
+"What do you see?" asked Castell.
+
+"I see, friend, that you are even a cleverer Jew than I thought. But
+this is a matter that you must explain to others in due season. Believe
+me, I am no inquisitor." Then without more words he turned and left him.
+
+When Castell, having shut the secret door and drawn the tapestry,
+hurried from the chapel, it was to find that the marquis had departed.
+
+He went back to his office much disturbed, and sat himself down there to
+think. Truly Fate, that had so long been his friend, was turning its
+face against him. Things could not have gone worse. D'Aguilar had
+discovered the secret of his faith through his spies, and, having by
+some accursed mischance fallen in love with his daughter's beauty, was
+become his bitter enemy because he must refuse her to him. Why must he
+refuse her? The man was of great position and noble blood; she would
+become the wife of one of the first grandees of Spain, one who stood
+nearest to the throne. Perhaps--such a thing was possible--she might
+live herself to be queen, or the mother of kings. Moreover, that
+marriage meant safety for himself; it meant a quiet age, a peaceable
+death in his own bed--for, were he fifty times a Marano, who would touch
+the father-in-law of the Marquis de Morella? Why? Just because he had
+promised her in marriage to Peter Brome, and through all his life as a
+merchant he had never yet broken with a bargain because it went against
+himself. That was the answer. Yet almost he could find it in his heart
+to wish that he had never made that bargain; that he had kept Peter, who
+had waited so long, waiting for another month. Well, it was too late
+now. He had passed his word, and he would keep it, whatever the
+cost might be.
+
+Rising, he called one of the servants, and bade her summon Margaret.
+Presently she returned, saying that her mistress had gone out walking
+with Betty, adding also that his horse was at the door for him to ride
+to the river, where he was to pass the night on board his ship.
+
+Taking paper, he bethought him that he would write to Margaret, warning
+her against the Spaniard. Then, remembering that she had nothing to fear
+from him, at any rate at present, and that it was not wise to set down
+such matters, he told her only to take good care of herself, and that he
+would be back in the morning.
+
+That evening, when Margaret was in her own little sitting-chamber which
+adjoined the great hall, the door opened, and she looked up from the
+work upon which she was engaged, to see d'Aguilar standing before her.
+
+"Señor!" she said, amazed, "how came you here?"
+
+"Señora," he answered, closing the door and bowing, "my feet brought me.
+Had I any other means of coming I think that I should not often be
+absent from our side."
+
+"Spare me your fine words, I pray you, Señor," answered Margaret,
+frowning. "It is not fitting that I should receive you thus alone at
+night, my father being absent from the house." And she made as though
+she would pass him and reach the door.
+
+D'Aguilar, who stood in front of it, did not move, so perforce she
+stopped half way.
+
+"I found that he was absent," he said courteously, "and that is why I
+venture to address you upon a matter of some importance. Give me a few
+minutes of your time, therefore, I beseech you."
+
+Now, at once the thought entered Margaret's mind that he had some news
+of Peter to communicate to her--bad news perhaps.
+
+"Be seated, and speak on, Señor," she said, sinking into a chair, while
+he too sat down, but still in front of the door.
+
+"Señora," he said, "my business in this country is finished, and in a
+few days I sail hence for Spain." And he hesitated a moment.
+
+"I trust that your voyage will be pleasant," said Margaret, not knowing
+what else to answer.
+
+"I trust so also, Señora, since I have come to ask you if you will share
+it. Listen, before you refuse. To-day I saw your father, and begged your
+hand of him. He would give me no answer, neither yea nor nay, saying
+that you were your own mistress, and that I must seek it from
+your lips."
+
+"My father said that?" gasped Margaret, astonished, then bethought her
+that he might have had reasons for speaking so, and went on rapidly,
+"Well, it is short and simple. I thank you, Señor; but stay
+in England."
+
+"Even that I would be willing to do for your sake Señora, though, in
+truth, I find it a cold and barbarous country."
+
+"If so, Señor d'Aguilar, I think that I should go to Spain. I pray you
+let me pass."
+
+"Not till you have heard me out, Señora, when I trust that your words
+will be more gentle. See now I am a great man in my own country.
+Although it suits me to pass here incognito as plain Señor d'Aguilar I
+am the Marquis of Morella, the nephew of Ferdinand the King, with some
+wealth and station, official and private. If you disbelieve me, I can
+prove it to you."
+
+"I do not disbelieve," answered Margaret indifferently, "it may well be
+so; but what is that to me?"
+
+"Then is it not something, Lady, that I, who have blood-royal in my
+veins, should seek the daughter of a merchant to be my wife?"
+
+"Nothing at all--to me, who am satisfied with my humble lot."
+
+"Is it nothing to you that I should love as I do, with all my heart and
+soul? Marry me, and I tell you that I will lift you high, yes, perhaps
+even to the throne."
+
+She thought a moment, then asked:
+
+"The bribe is great, but how would you do that? Many a maid has been
+deceived with false jewels, Señor."
+
+"How has it been done before? Not every one loves Ferdinand. I have many
+friends who remember that my father was poisoned by his father and
+Ferdinand's, he being the elder son. Also, my mother was a princess of
+the Moors, and if I, who dwell among them as the envoy of their
+Majesties, threw in my sword with theirs--or there are other ways. But I
+am speaking things that have never passed my lips before, which, were
+they known, would cost me my head--let it serve to show how much I
+trust you."
+
+"I thank you, Señor, for your trust; but this crown seems to me set upon
+a peak that it is dangerous to climb, and I had sooner sit in safety on
+the plain."
+
+"You reject the pomp," went on d'Aguilar in his passionate, pleading
+voice, "then will not the love move you? Oh! you shall be worshipped as
+never woman was. I swear to you that in your eyes there is a light which
+has set my heart on fire, so that it burns night and day, and will not
+be quenched. Your voice is my sweetest music, your hair is a cord that
+binds me to you faster than the prisoner's chain, and, when you pass,
+for me Venus walks the earth. More, your mind is pure and noble as your
+beauty, and by the aid of it I shall be lifted up through the high
+places of the earth to some white throne in heaven. I love you, my lady,
+my fair Margaret; because of you, all other women are become coarse and
+hateful in my sight. See how much I love you, that I, one of the first
+grandees of Spain, do this for your sweet sake," and suddenly he cast
+himself upon his knees before her, and lifting the hem of her dress
+pressed it to his lips.
+
+Margaret looked down at him, and the anger that was rising in her breast
+melted, while with it went her fear. This man was much in earnest; she
+could not doubt it. The hand that held her robe trembled like shaken
+water, his face was ashen, and in his dark eyes swam tears. What cause
+had she to be afraid of one who was so much her slave?
+
+"Señor," she said very gently, "rise, I pray you. Do not waste all this
+love upon one who chances to have caught your fancy, but who is quite
+unworthy of it, and far beneath you; one, moreover, by whom it may not
+be returned. Señor, I am already affianced. Therefore, put me out of
+your mind and find some other love."
+
+He rose and stood in front of her.
+
+"Affianced," he said, "I knew it. Nay, I will say no ill of the man; to
+revile one more fortunate is poor argument. But what is it to me if you
+are affianced? What to me if you were wed? I should seek you all the
+same, who have no choice. Beneath me? You are as far above me as a star,
+and it would seem as hard to reach. Seek some other love? I tell you,
+lady, that I have sought many, for not all are so hard to win, and I
+hate them every one. You I desire alone, and shall desire till I be
+dead, aye, and you I will win or die. No, I will not die till you are my
+own. Have no fear, I will not kill your lover, save perhaps in fair
+fight; I will not force you to give yourself to me, should I find the
+chance, but with your own lips I will yet listen to you asking me to be
+your husband. I swear it by Him Who died for us. I swear that, laying
+aside all other ends, to that sole purpose I will devote my days. Yes,
+and should you chance to pass from earth before me, then I will follow
+you to the very gates of death and clasp you there."
+
+Now again Margaret's fear returned to her. This man's passion was
+terrible, yet there was a grandeur in it; Peter had never spoken to her
+in so high a fashion.
+
+"Señor," she said almost pleadingly, "corpses are poor brides; have done
+with such sick fancies, which surely must be born of your
+Eastern blood."
+
+"It is your blood also, who are half a Jew, and, therefore, at least you
+should understand them."
+
+"Mayhap I do understand, mayhap I think them great in their own fashion,
+yes, noble even, and admire, if it can be noble to seek to win away
+another man's betrothed. But, Señor, I am that man's betrothed, and all
+of me, my body and my soul, is his, nor would I go back upon my word,
+and so break his heart, to win the empire of the earth. Señor, once more
+I implore you to leave this poor maid to the humble life that she has
+chosen, and to forget her."
+
+"Lady," answered d'Aguilar, "your words are wise and gentle, and I thank
+you for them. But I cannot forget you, and that oath I swore just now I
+swear again, thus." And before she could prevent him, or even guess what
+he was about to do, he lifted the gold crucifix that hung by a chain
+about her neck, kissed it, and let it fall gently back upon her breast,
+saying, "See, I might have kissed your lips before you could have stayed
+me, but that I will never do until you give me leave, so in place of
+them I kiss the cross, which till then we both must carry. Lady, my lady
+Margaret, within a day or two I sail for Spain, but your image shall
+sail with me, and I believe that ere long our paths must cross again.
+How can it be otherwise since the threads of your life and mine were
+intertwined on that night outside the Palace of Westminster
+--intertwined never to be separated till one of us has ceased
+to be, and then only for a little while. Lady, for the present,
+farewell."
+
+
+Then swiftly and silently as he had come, d'Aguilar went.
+
+It was Betty who let him out at the side door, as she had let him in.
+More, glancing round to see that she was not observed--for it chanced
+now that Peter was away with some of the best men, and the master was
+out with others, no one was on watch this night--leaving the door ajar
+that she might re-enter, she followed him a little way, till they came
+to an old arch, which in some bygone time had led to a house now pulled
+down. Into this dark place Betty slipped, touching d'Aguilar on the arm
+as she did so. For a moment he hesitated, then, muttering some Spanish
+oath between his teeth, followed her.
+
+"Well, most fair Betty," he said, "what word have you for me now?"
+
+"The question is, Señor Carlos," answered Betty with scarcely suppressed
+indignation, "what word you have for me, who dared so much for you
+to-night? That you have plenty for my cousin, I know, since standing in
+the cold garden I could hear you talk, talk, talk, through the shutters,
+as though for your very life."
+
+"I pray that those shutters had no hole in them," reflected d'Aguilar to
+himself. "No, there was a curtain also; she can have seen nothing." But
+aloud he answered: "Mistress Betty, you should not stand about in this
+bitter wind; you might fall ill, and then what should I suffer?"
+
+"I don't know, nothing perhaps; that would be left to me. What I want to
+understand is, why you plan to come to see me, and then spend an hour
+with Margaret?"
+
+"To avert suspicion, most dear Betty. Also I had to talk to her of this
+Peter, in whom she seems so greatly interested. You are very shrewd,
+Betty--tell me, is that to be a match?"
+
+"I think so; I have been told nothing, but I have noticed many things,
+and almost every day she is writing to him, though why she should care
+for that owl of a man I cannot guess."
+
+"Doubtless because she appreciates solid worth, Betty, as I do in you.
+Who can account for the impulses of the heart, which come, say some of
+the learned, from heaven, and others, from hell? At least it is no
+affair of ours, so let us wish them happiness, and, after they are
+married, a large and healthy family. Meanwhile, dear Betty, are you
+making ready for your voyage to Spain?"
+
+"I don't know," answered Betty gloomily. "I am not sure that I trust you
+and your fine words. If you want to marry me, as you swear, and be sure
+I look for nothing less, why cannot it be before we start, and how am I
+to know that you will do so when we get there?"
+
+"You ask many questions, Betty, all of which I have answered before. I
+have told you that I cannot marry you here because of that permission
+which is necessary on account of the difference in our ranks. Here,
+where your place is known, it is not to be had; there, where you will
+pass as a great English lady--as of course you are by birth--I can
+obtain it in an hour. But if you have any doubts, although it cuts me
+to the heart to say it, it would be best that we should part at once. I
+will take no wife who does not trust me fully and alone. Say then, cruel
+Betty, do you wish to leave me?"
+
+"You know I don't; you know it would kill me," she answered in a voice
+that was thick with passion, "you know I worship the ground you tread on,
+and hate every woman you go near, yes, even my cousin who has been so
+good to me, and whom I love. I will take the risk and come with you,
+believing you to be an honest gentleman, who would not deceive a girl
+who trusts him; and if you do, may God deal with you as I shall, for I
+am no toy to be broken and thrown away, as you would find out. Yes, I
+will take the risk because you have made me love you so that I cannot
+live without you."
+
+"Betty, your words fill me with rapture, showing me that I have not
+misread your noble mind; but speak a little lower--there are echoes in
+this hole. Now for the plans, for time is short, and you may be missed.
+When I am about to sail I will invite Mistress Margaret and yourself to
+come aboard my ship."
+
+"Why not invite me without my cousin Margaret?" asked Betty.
+
+"Because it would excite suspicion which we must avoid--do not interrupt
+me. I will invite you both or get you there upon some other pretext, and
+then I will arrange that she shall be brought ashore again and you taken
+on. Leave it all to me, only swear that you will obey any instructions I
+may send you for if you do not, I tell you that we have enemies in high
+places who may part us for ever. Betty, I will be frank, there is a
+great lady who is jealous, and watches you very closely. Do you swear?"
+
+"Yes, yes, I swear. But about the great lady?"
+
+"Not a word about her--on your life--and mine. You shall hear from me
+shortly. And now, sweetheart--good-night."
+
+"Good-night," said Betty, but still she did not stir.
+
+Then, understanding that she expected something more, d'Aguilar nerved
+himself to the task, and touched her hair with his lips.
+
+Next moment he regretted it, for even that tempered salute fanned her
+passion into flame.
+
+Throwing her arms about his neck Betty drew his face to hers and kissed
+him many times, till at length he broke, half choking, from her embrace,
+and escaped into the street.
+
+"Mother of Heaven!" he muttered to himself, "the woman is a volcano in
+eruption. I shall feel her kisses for a week," and he rubbed his face
+ruefully with his hand. "I wish I had made some other plan; but it is
+too late to change it now--she would betray everything. Well, I will be
+rid of her somehow, if I have to drown her. A hard fate to love the
+mistress and be loved of the maid!"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+THE SNARE
+
+On the following morning, when Castell returned, Margaret told him of
+the visit of d'Aguilar, and of all that had passed between them, told
+him also that he was acquainted with their secret, since he had spoken
+of her as half a Jew.
+
+"I know it, I know it," answered her father, who was much disturbed and
+very angry, "for yesterday he threatened me also. But let that go, I can
+take my chance; now I would learn who brought this man into my house
+when I was absent, and without my leave."
+
+"I fear that it was Betty," said Margaret, "who swears that she thought
+she did no wrong."
+
+"Send for her," said Castell. Presently Betty came, and, being
+questioned, told a long story.
+
+She said she was standing by the side door, taking the air, when Señor
+d'Aguilar appeared, and, having greeted her, without more words walked
+into the house, saying that he had an appointment with the master.
+
+"With me?" broke in Castell. "I was absent."
+
+"I did not know that you were absent, for I was out when you rode away
+in the afternoon, and no one had spoken of it to me, so, thinking that
+he was your friend, I let him in, and let him out again afterwards. That
+is all I have to say."
+
+"Then I have to say that you are a hussy and a liar, and that, in one
+way or the other, this Spaniard has bribed you," answered Castell
+fiercely. "Now, girl, although you are my wife's cousin, and therefore
+my daughter's kin, I am minded to turn you out on to the street
+to starve."
+
+At this Betty first grew angry, then began to weep; while Margaret
+pleaded with her father, saying that it would mean the girl's ruin, and
+that he must not take such a sin upon him. So the end of it was, that,
+being a kind-hearted man, remembering also that Betty Dene was of his
+wife's blood, and that she had favoured her as her daughter did, he
+relented, taking measures to see that she went abroad no more save in
+the company of Margaret, and that the doors were opened only by
+men-servants.
+
+So this matter ended.
+
+That day Margaret wrote to Peter, telling him of all that had happened,
+and how the Spaniard had asked her in marriage, though the words that he
+used she did not tell. At the end of her letter, also, she bade him have
+no fear of the Señor d'Aguilar or of any other man, as he knew where her
+heart was.
+
+When Peter received this writing he was much vexed to learn that both
+Master Castell and Margaret had incurred the enmity of d'Aguilar, for so
+he guessed it must be, also that Margaret should have been troubled with
+his love-making; but for the rest he thought little of the matter, who
+trusted her as he trusted heaven. Still it made him anxious to return to
+London as soon as might he, even though he must take the risk of the
+Spaniards' daggers. Within three days, however, he received other
+letters both from Castell and from Margaret, which set his fears
+at rest.
+
+These told him that d'Aguilar had sailed for Spain indeed, Castell said
+that he had seen him standing on the poop of the Ambassador de Ayala's
+vessel as it dropped down the Thames towards the sea. Moreover, Margaret
+had a note of farewell from his hand, which ran:
+
+"Adieu, sweet lady, till that predestined hour when
+we meet again. I go, as I must, but, as I told you, your
+image goes with me.
+
+    "Your worshipper till death,
+
+    "MORELLA."
+
+"He may take her image so long as I keep herself and if he comes back
+with his worship, I promise him that death and he shall not be far
+apart," was Peter's grim comment as he laid the paper down. Then he went
+on with his letters, which told that now, when the Spaniards had gone,
+and there was nothing more to fear, he was awaited in London. Indeed,
+Castell fixed a day when he should arrive--May 31st--that was within a
+week, adding that on its morrow--namely, June 1st, for Margaret would
+not be wed in May, the Virgin Mary's month, since she held it to be
+unlucky--their marriage might take place as quietly as they would.
+
+Margaret wrote the same news, and in such sweet words that he kissed her
+letter, then hastened to answer it, shortly, after his custom, for Peter
+was no great scribe, saying, that if the saints willed it he would be
+with them by nightfall on the last day of May, and that in all England
+there was no happier man than he.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Now all that week Margaret was very busy preparing her marriage robe,
+and other garments also, for it was settled that on the next day they
+should ride together down to Dedham, in Essex, whither her father would
+follow them shortly. The Old Hall was not ready, indeed, nor would it be
+for some time; but Peter had furnished certain rooms in it which might
+serve them for the summer season, and by winter time the house would be
+finished and open.
+
+Castell was busy also, for now, having worked very hard at the task, his
+ship the _Margaret_ was almost refitted and laden, so that he hoped to
+get her to sea on this same May 31st, and thus be clear of the last of
+his business, except the handing over of his warehouses and stock to
+those who had bought them. These great affairs kept him much at
+Gravesend, where the ship lay, but, as he had no dread of further
+trouble now that d'Aguilar and the other Spaniards, among them that band
+of de Ayala's servants who had vowed to take Peter's life, were gone,
+this did not disturb him.
+
+Oh! happy, happy was Margaret during those sweet spring days, when her
+heart was bright and clear as the skies from which all winter storms had
+passed. So happy was she indeed, and so full of a hundred joyful cares,
+that she found no time to take note of her cousin Betty, who worked with
+her at her wedding broideries, and helped to make preparations for the
+journey which should follow after. Had she done so, she might have seen
+that Betty was anxious and distressed, like one who waited for some
+tidings that did not come, and from hour to hour fought against anguish
+and despair But she took no note, whose heart was too full of her own
+matters, and who did but count the hours till she should see her lover
+back and pass to his arms, a wife.
+
+Thus the time went on until the appointed day of Peter's return, the
+morrow of her marriage, for which all things were now prepared, down to
+Peter's wedding garments, that were finer than any she had yet seen him
+wear, and the decking of the neighbouring church with flowers. In the
+early morning her father rode away to Gravesend with the most of his
+men-servants for the ship _Margaret_ was to sail at the following dawn
+and there was yet much to be done before she could lift anchor. Still,
+he had promised to be back by nightfall in time to meet Peter who,
+leaving Dedham that morning, could not reach them before then.
+
+At length it was past four of the afternoon, and everything being
+finished, Margaret went to her room to dress herself anew, that she
+might look fine in Peter's eyes when he should come. Betty she did not
+take with her, for there were things to which her cousin must attend;
+moreover, her heart was so full that she wished to be alone a while.
+
+Betty's heart was full also, but not with joy. She had been deceived.
+The fine Spanish Don, who had made her love him so desperately, had
+sailed away and left her without a word. She could not doubt it, he had
+been seen standing on the ship--and not one word. It was cruel, cruel,
+and now she must help another woman to be made a happy wife, she who was
+beggared of hope and love. Moodily, full of bitterness, she went about
+her tasks, biting her lips and wiping her fine eyes with the sleeve of
+her robe, when suddenly the door opened, and a servant, not one of
+their own, but a strange man who had been brought in to help at the
+morrow's feast, called out that a sailor wished to speak with her.
+
+"Then let him enter here; I have no time to go out to listen to his
+talk," snapped Betty.
+
+Presently the sailor was shown in, the man who brought him leaving the
+room at once. He was a dark fellow, with sly black eyes, who, had he not
+spoken English so well, might have been taken for a Spaniard.
+
+"Who are you, and what is your business?" asked Betty sharply.
+
+"I am the carpenter of the ship _Margaret_," he answered, "and I am here
+to say that our master Castell has met with an accident there, and
+desires that Mistress Margaret, his daughter, should come to him
+at once."
+
+"What accident?" asked Betty.
+
+"In seeing to the stowage of cargo he slipped and fell down the hold,
+hurting his back and breaking his right arm, and that is why he cannot
+write. He is in great pain; but the physician whom we summoned bade me
+tell Mistress Margaret that at present he has no fear for his life. Are
+you Mistress Margaret?"
+
+"No," answered Betty; "but I will go to her at once; do you bide here."
+
+"Then are you her cousin, Mistress Betty Dene, for if so I have
+something for you?"
+
+"I am. What is it?"
+
+"This," said the man, drawing out a letter which he handed to her.
+
+"Who gave you this?" asked Betty suspiciously. "I do not know his
+name, but he was a noble-looking Spanish Don, and a liberal one too. He
+had heard of the accident on the _Margaret_, and, knowing my errand,
+asked me if I would deliver this letter to you, for the fee of a gold
+ducat, and promise to say nothing of it to any one else."
+
+"Some rude gallant, doubtless," said Betty, tossing her head; "they are
+ever writing to me. Bide here; I go to Mistress Margaret."
+
+Once she was outside the door Betty broke the seal of the letter eagerly
+enough, for she had been taught with Margaret, and could read well.
+It ran:
+
+    "BELOVED,
+
+    "You thought me faithless and gone, but
+    it is not so. I was silent only because I knew you
+    could not come alone who are watched; but now
+    the God of Love gives us our chance. Doubtless
+    your cousin will bring you with her to visit her father,
+    who lies on his ship sadly hurt. While she is with
+    him I have made a plan to rescue you, and then we
+    can be wed and sail at once--yes, to-night or to-morrow,
+    for with much trouble, knowing that you
+    wished it, I have even succeeded in bringing that
+    about, and a priest will be waiting to marry us. Be
+    silent, and show no doubt or fear, whatever happens,
+    lest we should be parted for always. Be sure then
+    that your cousin comes that you may accompany her.
+    Remember that your true love waits you.
+
+    "C. d'A."
+
+When Betty had mastered the contents of this amorous effusion she went
+pale with joy, and turned so faint that she was like to fall. Then a
+doubt struck her that it might be some trick. No, she knew the
+writing--it was d'Aguilar's, and he was true to her, and would marry her
+as he had promised, and take her to be a great lady in Spain. If she
+hesitated now she might lose him for ever--him whom she would follow to
+the end of the world. In an instant her mind was made up, for Betty had
+plenty of courage. She would go, even though she must desert the cousin
+whom she loved.
+
+Thrusting the letter into her bosom she ran to Margaret's room, and,
+bursting into it, told her of the man and his sad message. But of that
+letter she said nothing. Margaret turned white at the news, then,
+recovering herself, said:
+
+"I will come and speak with him at once." And together they went down
+the stairs.
+
+To Margaret the sailor repeated his story, nor could all her questions
+shake it. He told her how the mischance had happened, for he had seen
+it, so he said, and where her father's hurts were, adding, that although
+the physician held that as yet he was in no danger of his life, Master
+Castell thought otherwise, and did nothing but cry that his daughter
+should be brought to him at once.
+
+Still Margaret doubted and hesitated, for she feared she knew not what.
+
+"Peter should be here within two hours at most," she said to Betty.
+"Would it not be best to wait for him?"
+
+"Oh! Margaret, and what if your father should die in the meanwhile?
+Perhaps he knows better how deep his hurts are than does this leech. If
+so, you would have a sore heart for all your life. Sure you had better
+go, or at the least I will."
+
+Still Margaret wavered, till the sailor said:
+
+"Lady, if it is your will to come, I can guide you to where a boat waits
+to take you across the river. If not, I must be gone, for the ship sails
+with the moonrise, and they only wait your coming to carry the master,
+your father, to the warehouse on shore thinking it best that you should
+be present. If you do not come, this will be done as gently as possible,
+and there you must seek him to-morrow, alive or dead." And the man took
+up his cap as though to leave.
+
+"I will come with you," said Margaret. "Betty you are right; order the
+two horses to be saddled mine and the groom's, with a pillion on which
+you can ride, for I will not send you or go alone, understand that this
+sailor has his own horse."
+
+The man nodded, and accompanied Betty to the stable. Then Margaret took
+pen and wrote hastily to Peter, telling him of their evil chance, and
+bidding him follow her at once to the ship, or, if it had sailed to the
+warehouse. "I am loth to go," she added "alone with a girl and a strange
+man, yet I must since my heart is torn with fear for my beloved father.
+Sweetheart, follow me quickly."
+
+This done, she gave the letter to that servant who had shown in the
+sailor, bidding him hand it, without fail, to Master Peter Brome when he
+came, which the man promised to do.
+
+Then she fetched plain dark cloaks for herself and Betty, with hoods to
+them, that their faces might not be seen, and presently they
+were mounted.
+
+"Stay!" said Margaret to the sailor as they were about to start. "How
+comes it that my father did not send one of his own men instead of you,
+and why did none write to me?"
+
+The man looked surprised; he was a very good actor.
+
+"His people were tending him," he said, "and he bade me to go because I
+knew the way, and had a good, hired horse ashore which I have used when
+riding with messages to London about new timbers and other matters. As
+for writing, the physician began a letter, but he was so slow and long
+that Master Castell ordered me to be off without it. It seems," the man
+added, addressing Betty with some irritation, "that Mistress Margaret
+misdoubts me. If so, let her find some other guide, or bide at home. It
+is naught to me, who have only done as I was bidden."
+
+Thus did this cunning fellow persuade Margaret that her fears were
+nothing, though, remembering the letter from d'Aguilar, Betty was
+somewhat troubled. The thing had a strange look, but, poor, vain fool,
+she thought to herself that, even if there were some trick, it was
+certainly arranged only that she might seem to be taken, who could not
+come alone. In truth she was blind and mad, and cared not what she did,
+though, let this be said for her, she never dreamed that any harm was
+meant towards her cousin Margaret, or that a lie had been told as to
+Master Castell and his hurts.
+
+Soon they were out of London, and riding swiftly by the road that
+followed the north bank of the river, for their guide did not take them
+over the bridge, as he said the ship was lying in mid-stream and that
+the boat would be waiting on the Tilbury shore. But there was more than
+twenty miles to travel, and, push on as they would, night had fallen ere
+ever they came there. At length, when they were weary of the dark and
+the rough road, the sailor pulled up at a spot upon the river's
+brink--where there was a little wharf, but no houses that they could
+see--saying that this was the place. Dismounting, he gave his horse to
+the groom to hold, and, going to the wharf, asked in a loud voice if the
+boat from the _Margaret_ was there, to which a voice answered, "Aye."
+Then he talked for a minute to those in the boat, though what he said
+they could not hear, and ran back again, bidding them dismount, and
+adding that they had done well to come, as Master Castell was much
+worse, and did nothing but cry for his daughter.
+
+The groom he told to lead the horses a little way along the bank till he
+found an inn that stood there, where he must await their return or
+further orders, and to Betty he suggested that she should go with him,
+as there was but little place left in the boat. This she was willing
+enough to do, thinking it all part of the plan for her carrying off; but
+Margaret would have none of it, saying that unless her cousin came with
+her she would not stir another step. So grumbling a little the sailor
+gave way, and hurried them both to some wooden steps and down these into
+a boat, of which they could but dimly see the outline.
+
+So soon as ever they were seated side by side in the stern it was pushed
+off, and rowed away rapidly into the darkness, while one of the sailors
+lit a lantern which he fastened to the bow, and far out on the river, as
+though in answer to the signal, another star of light appeared, towards
+which they headed. Now Margaret, speaking through the gloom, asked the
+rowers of her father's state; but the sailor, their guide, prayed her
+not to trouble them, as the tide ran very swiftly and they must give all
+their mind to their business lest they should overset. So she was
+silent, and, racked with doubts and fears, watched that star of light
+growing ever nearer, till at length it hung above them.
+
+"Is that the ship _Margaret_?" cried their guide, and again a voice
+answered "Aye."
+
+"Then tell Master Castell that his daughter has come at last," he
+shouted again, and in another minute a rope had been thrown to them, and
+they were fast alongside a ladder on to which Betty, who was nearest to
+it, was pushed the first, except for their guide, who had run up the
+wooden steps very swiftly.
+
+Betty, who was active and strong, followed him, Margaret coming next. As
+she reached the deck Betty thought she heard a voice say in Spanish, of
+which she understood something, "Fool! Why have you brought both?" but
+the answer she could not catch. Then she turned and gave her hand to
+Margaret, and together they walked forward to the foot of the mast.
+
+"Lead me to my father," said Margaret.
+
+Whereon the guide answered:
+
+"Yes, this way, Mistress, but come alone, for the sight of two of you at
+once may disturb him."
+
+"Nay," she answered, "my cousin comes with me." And she took Betty's
+hand and clung to it.
+
+Shrugging his shoulders the sailor led them forwards, and as they went
+she noted that men were hauling on a sail, while other men, who sang a
+strange, wild song, worked on what seemed to be a windlass. Now they
+reached a cabin, and entered it, the door being shut behind them. In the
+cabin a man sat at a table with a lamp hanging over his head. He rose
+and turned towards them, bowing, and Margaret saw that it
+was--_d'Aguilar_!
+
+Betty stood silent; she had expected to meet him, though not here and
+thus. Her foolish heart bounded so at the sight of him that she seemed
+to choke, and could only wonder dimly what mistake had been made, and
+how he would explain to Margaret and get her away, leaving herself and
+him together to be married. Indeed, she searched the cabin with her eyes
+to see where the priest was waiting, then noting a door beyond, thought
+that doubtless he must be hidden there. As for Margaret, she uttered a
+little stifled cry, then, being a brave woman, one of that high nature
+which grows strong in the face of trouble, straightened herself to her
+full height and said in a low, fierce voice:
+
+"What do you here? Where is my father?"
+
+"Señora," he answered humbly, "I am on board my ship, the _San Antonio_,
+and as for your father, he is either on his ship, the _Margaret_, or
+more likely, by now, at his house in Holborn."
+
+At these words Margaret reeled back till the wall of the cabin stayed
+her, and there she rested.
+
+"Spare me your reproaches," went on d'Aguilar hurriedly. "I will tell
+you all the truth. First, be not anxious as to your father; no accident
+has happened to him; he is sound and well. Forgive me if you have
+suffered pain and doubt; but there was no other way. That tale was only
+one of love's snares and tricks----" He paused, overcome, fascinated by
+Margaret's face, which of a sudden had grown awful--that of a goddess of
+vengeance, of a Medusa, which seemed to chill his blood to ice.
+
+"A snare! A trick!" she muttered hoarsely, while her eyes flamed on him
+like burning stars. "Thus then I pay you for your tricks." And in an
+instant he became aware that she had snatched a dagger from her bosom
+and was springing on him.
+
+He could not move; those fearful eyes held him fast. In another moment
+that steel would have pierced his heart. But Betty had seen also, and,
+thrusting her strong arms about Margaret, held her back, crying:
+
+"Listen, you do not understand. It is I he wants--not you; I whom he
+loves, and who love him, and am about to marry him. You he will send
+back home."
+
+"Loose me," said Margaret, in such a voice that Betty's arms fell from
+her, and she stood there, the dagger still in her hand. "Now," she said
+to d'Aguilar, "the truth, and be swift with it. What means this woman?"
+
+"She knows best," answered d'Aguilar uneasily. "It has pleased her to
+wrap herself in this web of conceits."
+
+"Which it has pleased you to spin, perchance. Speak, girl!"
+
+"He made love to me," gasped Betty; "and I love him. He promised to
+marry me. He sent me a letter but to-day--here it is," and she drew
+it out.
+
+"Read," said Margaret; and Betty read.
+
+"So _you_ have betrayed me," said Margaret, "you, my cousin, whom I have
+sheltered and cherished."
+
+"No," cried Betty. "I never thought to betray you; sooner would I have
+died. I believed that your father was hurt, and that while you were
+visiting him that man would take me."
+
+"What have you to say?" asked Margaret of d'Aguilar in the same dreadful
+voice. "You offered your accursed love to me--and to her, and you have
+snared us both. Man, what have you to say?"
+
+"Only this", he answered, trying to look brave, "that woman is a fool,
+whose vanity I played on that I might make use of her to keep near
+to you."
+
+"Do you hear, Betty? do you hear?" cried Margaret with a terrible little
+laugh; but Betty only groaned as though she were dying.
+
+"I love you, and you only," went on d'Aguilar "As for your cousin, I
+will send her ashore. I have committed this sin because I could not help
+myself. The thought that you were to be married to another man to-morrow
+drove me mad, and I dared all to take you from his arms, even though you
+should never come to mine. Did I not swear to you," he said with an
+attempt at his old gallantry, "that your image should accompany me to
+Spain, whither we are sailing now?" And as he spoke the words the ship
+lurched a little in the wind.
+
+Margaret made no answer, only toyed with the dagger blade, and watched
+him with eyes that glittered more coldly than its steel.
+
+"Kill me, if you will, and have done," he went on in a voice that was
+desperate with love and shame. "So shall I be rid of all this torment."
+
+Then Margaret seemed to awake, for she spoke to him in a new voice--a
+measured, frozen voice. "No," she answered, "I will not stain my hands
+even with your blood, for why should I rob God of His own vengeance? If
+you attempt to touch me, or even to separate me from this poor woman
+whom you have fooled, then I will kill--not you, but myself, and I swear
+to you that my ghost shall accompany you to Spain, and from Spain down
+to the hell that awaits you. Listen, Carlos d'Aguilar, Marquis of
+Morella, this I know about you, that you believe in God and hear His
+anger. Well, I call down upon you the vengeance of Almighty God. I see
+it hang above your head. I say that it shall fall upon you, waking and
+sleeping, loving and hating, in life and in death to all eternity. Do
+your worst, for you shall do it all in vain. Whether I die or whether I
+live, every pang that you cause me to suffer, every misery that you have
+brought, or shall bring, upon the head of my betrothed, my father, and
+this woman, shall be repaid to you a millionfold in this world and the
+next. Now do you still wish that I should accompany you to Spain, or
+will you let me go?"
+
+"I cannot," he answered hoarsely; "it is too late."
+
+"So be it, I will accompany you to Spain, I and Betty Dene, and the
+vengeance of Almighty God that hovers over you. Of this at least be
+sure--I hate you, I despise you, but I fear you not at all. Go." Then
+d'Aguilar stumbled from that cabin, and the two women heard the door
+bolted behind him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+THE CHASE
+
+About the time that Margaret and Betty were being rowed aboard the _San
+Antonio_, Peter Brome and his servants, who had been delayed an hour or
+more by the muddy state of the roads, pulled rein at the door of the
+house in Holborn. For over a month he had been dreaming of this moment
+of return, as a man does who expects such a welcome as he knew awaited
+him, and who on the morrow was to be wed to a lovely and beloved bride.
+He had thought how Margaret would be watching at the window, how, spying
+him advancing down the street, she would speed to the door, how he would
+leap from his horse and take her to his arms in front of every one if
+need be--for why should they be ashamed who were to be wed upon
+the morrow?
+
+But there was no Margaret at the window, or at any rate he could not see
+her, for it was dark. There was not even a light; indeed the whole face
+of the old house seemed to frown at him through the gloom. Still, Peter
+played his part according to the plan; that is, he leapt from his horse,
+ran to the door and tried to enter, but could not for it was locked, so
+he hammered on it with the handle of his sword, till at length some one
+came and unbolted. It was the hired man with whom Margaret had left the
+letter, and he held a lantern in his hand.
+
+The sight of him frightened Peter, striking a chill to his heart.
+
+"Who are you?" he asked; then, without waiting for an answer, went on,
+"Where are Master Castell and Mistress Margaret?"
+
+The man answered that the master was not yet back from his ship, and
+that the Lady Margaret had gone out nearly three hours before with her
+cousin Betty and a sailor--all of them on horseback.
+
+"She must have ridden to meet me, and missed us in the dark," said Peter
+aloud, whereon the man asked whether he spoke to Master Brome, since, if
+so, he had a letter for him.
+
+"Yes," answered Peter, and snatched it from his hand, bidding him close
+the door and hold up the lantern while he read, for he could see that
+the writing was that of Margaret.
+
+"A strange story," he muttered, as he finished it. "Well, I must away,"
+and he turned to the door again.
+
+As he stretched out his hand to the key, it opened, and through it came
+Castell, as sound as ever he had been.
+
+"Welcome, Peter!" he cried in a jolly voice. "I knew you were here, for
+I saw the horses; but why are you not with Margaret?"
+
+"Because Margaret has gone to be with you, who should be hurt almost to
+death, or so says this letter."
+
+"To be with me--hurt to the death! Give it me--nay, read it, I cannot
+see."
+
+So Peter read.
+
+"I scent a plot," said Castell in a strained voice as he finished, "and
+I think that hound of a Spaniard is at the bottom of it, or Betty, or
+both. Here, you fellow, tell us what you know, and be swift if you would
+keep a sound skin."
+
+"That would I, why not?" answered the man, and told all the tale of the
+coming of the sailor.
+
+"Go, bid the men bring back the horses, all of them," said Castell
+almost before he had done; "and, Peter, look not so dazed, but come,
+drink a cup of wine. We shall need it, both of us, before this night is
+over. What! is there never a fellow of all my servants in the house?" So
+he shouted till his folk, who had returned with him from the ship, came
+running from the kitchen.
+
+He bade them bring food and liquor, and while they gulped down the wine,
+for they could not eat, Castell told how their Mistress Margaret had
+been tricked away, and must be followed. Then, hearing the horses being
+led back from the stables, they ran to the door and mounted, and,
+followed by their men, a dozen or more of them, in all, galloped off
+into the darkness, taking another road for Tilbury, that by which
+Margaret went, not because they were sure of this, but because it was
+the shortest.
+
+But the horses were tired, and the night was dark and rainy, so it came
+about that the clock of some church struck three of the morning before
+ever they drew near to Tilbury. Now they were passing the little quay
+where Margaret and Betty had entered the boat, Castell and Peter riding
+side by side ahead of the others in stern silence, for they had nothing
+to say, when a familiar voice hailed them--that of Thomas the groom.
+
+"I saw your horses' heads against the sky," he explained, "and knew
+them."
+
+"Where is your mistress?" they asked both in a breath.
+
+"Gone, gone with Betty Dene in a boat, from this quay, to be rowed to
+the _Margaret_, or so I thought. Having stabled the horses as I was
+bidden, I came back here to await them. But that was hours ago, and I
+have seen no soul, and heard nothing except the wind and the water, till
+I heard the galloping of your horses."
+
+"On to Tilbury, and get boats," said Castell. "We must catch the
+_Margaret_ ere she sails at dawn. Perhaps the women are aboard of her."
+
+"If so, I think Spaniards took them there, for I am sure they were not
+English in that craft," said Thomas, as he ran by the side of Castell's
+horse, holding to the stirrup leather.
+
+His master made no answer, only Peter groaned aloud, for he too was sure
+that they were Spaniards.
+
+An hour later, just as the dawn broke, they with their men climbed to
+the deck of the _Margaret_ while she was hauling up her anchor. A few
+words with her captain, Jacob Smith, told them the worst. No boat had
+left the ship, no Margaret had come aboard her. But some six hours
+before they had watched the Spanish vessel, _San Antonio_, that had been
+berthed above them, pass down the river. Moreover, two watermen in a
+skiff, who brought them fresh meat, had told them that while they were
+delivering three sheep and some fowls to the _San Antonio_, just before
+she sailed, they had seen two tall women helped up her ladder, and
+heard one of them say in English, "Lead me to my father."
+
+Now they knew all the awful truth, and stared at each other like dumb
+men.
+
+It was Peter who found his tongue the first, and said slowly:
+
+"I must away to Spain to find my bride, if she still lives, and to kill
+that fox. Get you home, Master Castell."
+
+"My home is where my daughter is," answered Castell fiercely. "I go
+a-sailing also."
+
+"There is danger for you in that land of Spaniards, if ever we get
+yonder," said Peter meaningly.
+
+"If it were the mouth of hell, still I would go," replied Castell. "Why
+should I not who seek a devil?"
+
+"That we do both," said Peter, and stretching out his hand he took that
+of Castell. It was the pledge of the father and the lover to follow her
+who was all to them, till death stayed their quest.
+
+Castell thought a little while, then gave orders that all the crew
+should be called together on deck in the waist of the ship, which was a
+carack of about two hundred tons burden, round fashioned, and sitting
+deep in the water, but very strongly built of oak, and a swift sailer.
+When they were gathered, and with them the officers and their own
+servants, accompanied by Peter, he went and addressed them just as the
+sun was rising. In few and earnest words he told them of the great
+outrage that had been done, and how it was his purpose and that of Peter
+Brome who had been wickedly robbed of the maid who this day should have
+become his wife, to follow the thieves across the sea to Spain, in the
+hope that by the help of God, they might rescue Margaret and Betty. He
+added that he knew well this was a service of danger, since it might
+chance that there would be fighting, and he was loth to ask any man to
+risk life or limb against his will, especially as they came out to trade
+and not to fight. Still, to those who chose to accompany them, should
+they win through safely, he promised double wage, and a present charged
+upon his estate, and would give them writings to that effect. As for
+those who did not, they could leave the ship now before she sailed.
+
+When he had finished, the sailormen, of whom there were about thirty,
+with the stout-hearted captain, Jacob Smith, a sturdy-built man of fifty
+years of age, at the head of them, conferred together, and at last, with
+one exception--that of a young new-married man, whose heart failed
+him--they accepted the offer, swearing that they would see the thing
+through to the end, were it good or ill, for they were all Englishmen,
+and no lovers of the Spaniards. Moreover, so bitter a wrong stirred
+their blood. Indeed, although for the most part they were not sailors,
+six of the twelve men who had ridden with them from London prayed that
+they might come too, for the love they had to Margaret, their master,
+and Peter; and they took them. The other six they sent ashore again,
+bearing letters to Castell's friends, agents, and reeves, as to the
+transfer of his business and the care of his lands, houses, and other
+properties during his absence. Also, they took a short will duly signed
+by Castell and witnessed, wherein he left all his goods of whatever
+sort that remained unsettled or undevised, to Margaret and Peter, or
+the survivor of them, or their heirs, or failing these, for the purpose
+of founding a hospital for the poor. Then these men bade them farewell
+and departed, very heavy at heart, just as the anchor was hauled home,
+and the sails began to draw in the stiff morning breeze.
+
+About ten o'clock they rounded the Nore bank safely, and here spoke a
+fishing-boat, who told them that more than six hours before they had
+seen the _San Antonio_ sail past them down Channel, and noted two women
+standing on her deck, holding each other's hands and gazing shorewards.
+Then, knowing that there was no mistake, there being nothing more that
+they could do, worn out with grief and journeying, they ate some food
+and went to their cabin to sleep.
+
+As he laid him down Peter remembered that at this very hour he should
+have been in church taking Margaret as his bride--Margaret, who was now
+in the power of the Spaniard--and swore a great and bitter oath that
+d'Aguilar should pay him back for all this shame and agony. Indeed,
+could his enemy have seen the look on Peter's face he might well have
+been afraid, for this Peter was an ill man to cross, and had no
+forgiving heart; also, his wrong was deep.
+
+For four days the wind held, and they ran down Channel before it, hoping
+to catch sight of the Spaniard; but the _San Antonio_ was a swift
+caravel of 250 tons with much canvas, for she carried four masts, and
+although the _Margaret_ was also a good sailer, she had but two masts,
+and could not come up with her. Or, for anything they knew, they might
+have missed her on the seas. On the afternoon of the fourth day, when
+they were off the Lizard, and creeping along very slowly under a light
+breeze, the look-out man reported a ship lying becalmed ahead. Peter,
+who had the eyes of a hawk, climbed up the mast to look at her, and
+presently called down that he believed from her shape and rig she must
+be the caravel, though of this he could not be sure as he had never seen
+her. Then the captain, Smith, went up also, and a few minutes later
+returned saying that without doubt it was the _San Antonio._
+
+Now there was a great and joyful stir on board the _Margaret_, every man
+seeing to his sword and their long or cross bows, of which there were
+plenty, although they had no bombards or cannon, that as yet were rare
+on merchant ships. Their plan was to run alongside the _San Antonio_ and
+board her, for thus they hoped to recover Margaret. As for the anger of
+the king, which might well fall on them for this deed, since he would
+think little of the stealing of a pair of Englishwomen, of that they
+must take their chance.
+
+Within half an hour everything was ready, and Peter, pacing to and fro,
+looked happier than he had done since he rode away to Dedham. The light
+breeze still held, although, if it reached the _San Antonio_, it did not
+seem to move her, and, with the help of it, by degrees they came to
+within half a mile of the caravel. Then the wind dropped altogether, and
+there the two ships lay. Still the set of the tide, or some current,
+seemed to be drawing them towards each other, so that when the night
+closed in they were not more than four hundred paces apart, and the
+Englishmen had great hopes that before morning they would close, and be
+able to board by the light of the moon.
+
+But this was not to be, since about nine o'clock thick clouds rose up
+which covered the heavens, while with the clouds came strong winds
+blowing off the land, and, when at length the dawn broke, all they could
+see of the _San Antonio_ was her topmasts as she rose upon the seas,
+flying southwards swiftly. This, indeed, was the last sight they had of
+her for two long weeks.
+
+From Ushant all across the Bay the airs were very light and variable,
+but when at length they came off Finisterre a gale sprang up from the
+north-east which drove them forward very fast. It was on the second
+night of this gale, as the sun set, that, running out of some mist and
+rain, suddenly they saw the _San Antonio_ not a mile away, and rejoiced,
+for now they knew that she had not made for any port in the north of
+Spain, as, although she was bound for Cadiz, they feared she might have
+done to trick them. Then the rain came on again, and they saw her
+no more.
+
+All down the coast of Portugal the weather grew more heavy day by day,
+and when they reached St. Vincent's Cape and bore round for Cadiz, it
+blew a great gale. Now it was that for the third time they viewed the
+_San Antonio_ labouring ahead of them, nor, except at night, did they
+lose sight of her any more until the end of that voyage. Indeed, on the
+next day they nearly came up with her, for she tried to beat in to
+Cadiz, but, losing one of her masts in a fierce squall, and seeing that
+the _Margaret_, which sailed better in this tempest, would soon be
+aboard of her, abandoned her plan, and ran for the Straits of Gibraltar.
+
+Past Tarifa Point they went, having the coast of Africa on their
+right; past the bay of Algegiras, where the _San Antonio_ did not try to
+harbour; past Gibraltar's grey old rock, where the signal fires were
+burning, and so at nightfall, with not a mile between them, out into the
+Mediterranean Sea.
+
+Here the gale was furious, so that they could scarcely carry a rag of
+canvas, and before morning lost one of their topmasts. It was an anxious
+night, for they knew not if they would live through it; moreover, the
+hearts of Castell and of Peter were torn with fear lest the Spaniard
+should founder and take Margaret with her to the bottom of the sea. When
+at length the wild, stormy dawn broke, however, they saw her, apparently
+in an evil case, labouring away upon their starboard bow, and by noon
+came to within a furlong of her, so that they could see the sailors
+crawling about on her high poop and stern. Yes, and they saw more than
+this, for presently two women ran from some cabin waving a white cloth
+to them; then were hustled back, whereby they learned that Margaret and
+Betty still lived and knew that they followed, and thanked God.
+Presently, also, there was a flash, and, before ever they heard the
+report, a great iron bullet fell upon their decks and, rebounding,
+struck a sailor, who stood by Peter, on the breast, and dashed him away
+into the sea. The _San Antonio_ had fired the bombard which she carried,
+but as no more shots came they judged that the cannon had broke its
+lashings or burst.
+
+A while after the _San Antonio_, two of whose masts were gone, tried to
+put about and run for Malaga, which they could see far away beneath the
+snow-capped mountains of the Sierra. But this the Spaniard could not
+do, for while she hung in the wind the _Margaret_ came right atop of
+her, and as her men laboured at the sails, every one of the Englishmen
+who could be spared, under the command of Peter, let loose on them with
+their long shafts and crossbows, and, though the heaving deck of the
+_Margaret_ was no good platform, and the wind bent the arrows from their
+line, they killed and wounded eight or ten of them, causing them to
+loose the ropes so that the _San Antonio_ swung round into the gale
+again. On the high tower of the caravel, his arm round the sternmost
+mast, stood d'Aguilar, shouting commands to his crew. Peter fitted an
+arrow to his string and, waiting until the _Margaret_ was poised for a
+moment on the crest of a great sea, aimed and loosed, making allowance
+for the wind.
+
+True to line sped that shaft of his, yet, alas! a span too high, for
+when a moment later d'Aguilar leapt from the mast, the arrow quivered in
+its wood, and pinned to it was the velvet cap he wore. Peter ground his
+teeth in rage and disappointment; almost he could have wept, for the
+vessels swung apart again, and his chance was gone.
+
+"Five times out of seven," he said bitterly, "can I send a shaft
+through a bull's ring at fifty paces to win a village badge, and now I
+cannot hit a man to save my love from shame. Surely God has
+forsaken me!"
+
+Through all that afternoon they held on, shooting with their bows
+whenever a Spaniard showed himself, and being shot at in return, though
+little damage was done to either side. But this they noted--that the
+_San Antonio_ had sprung a leak in the gale, for she was sinking deeper
+in the water. The Spaniards knew it also, and, being aware that they
+must either run ashore or founder, for the second time put about, and,
+under the rain of English arrows, came right across the bows of the
+_Margaret_, heading for the little bay of Calahonda, that is the port of
+Motril, for here the shore was not much more than a league away.
+
+"Now," said Jacob Smith, the captain of the _Margaret_, who stood under
+the shelter of the bulwarks with Castell and Peter, "up that bay lies a
+Spanish town. I know it, for I have anchored there, and if once the _San
+Antonio_ reaches it, good-bye to our lady, for they will take her to
+Granada, not thirty miles away across the mountains, where this Marquis
+of Morella is a mighty man, for there is his palace. Say then, master,
+what shall we do? In five more minutes the Spaniard will be across our
+bows again. Shall we run her down, which will be easy, and take our
+chance of picking up the women, or shall we let them be taken captive to
+Granada and give up the chase?"
+
+"Never," said Peter. "There is another thing that we can do--follow them
+into the bay, and attack them there on shore."
+
+"To find ourselves among hundreds of the Spaniards, and have our throats
+cut," answered Smith, the captain, coolly.
+
+"If we ran them down," asked Castell, who had been thinking deeply all
+this while, "should we not sink also?"
+
+"It might be so," answered Smith; "but we are built of English oak, and
+very stout forward, and I think not. But she would sink at once, being
+near to it already, and the odds are that the women are locked in the
+cabin or between decks out of reach of the arrows, and must go
+with her."
+
+"There is another plan," said Peter sternly, "and that is to grapple
+with her and board her, and this I will do."
+
+The captain, a stout man with a flat face that never changed, lifted his
+eyebrows, which was his only way of showing surprise.
+
+"What!" he said. "In this sea? I have fought in some wars, but never
+have I known such a thing."
+
+"Then, friend, you shall know it now, if I can but find a dozen men to
+follow me," answered Peter with a savage laugh. "What? Shall I see my
+mistress carried off before my eyes and strike no blow to save her?
+Rather will I trust in God and do it, and if I die, then die I must, as
+a man should. There is no other way."
+
+Then he turned and called in a loud voice to those who stood around or
+loosed arrows at the Spaniard:
+
+"Who will come with me aboard yonder ship? Those who live shall spend
+their days in ease thereafter, that I promise, and those who fall will
+win great fame and Heaven's glory."
+
+The crew looked at the waves running hill high, and the water-logged
+Spaniard labouring in the trough of them as she came round slowly in a
+wide circle, very doubtfully, as well they might, and made no answer.
+Then Peter spoke again.
+
+"There is no choice," he said. "If we give that ship our stem we can
+sink her, but then how will the women be saved? If we leave her alone,
+mayhap she will founder, and then how will the women be saved? Or she
+may win ashore, and they will be carried away to Granada, and how can we
+snatch them out of the hand of the Moors or of the power of Spain? But
+if we can take the ship, we may rescue them before they go down or reach
+land. Will none back me at this inch?"
+
+"Aye, son," said old Castell, "I will."
+
+Peter stared at him in surprise. "You--at your years!" he said.
+
+"Yes, at my years. Why not? I have the fewer to risk."
+
+Then, as though he were ashamed of his doubts, one brawny sailorman
+stepped forward and said that he was ready for a cut at the Spanish
+thieves in foul weather as in fair. Next all Castell's household
+servants came out in a body for love of him and Peter and their lady,
+and after them more sailors, till nearly half of those aboard, something
+over twenty in all, declared that they were ready for the venture,
+wherein Peter cried, "Enough." Smith would have come also; but Castell
+said No, he must stop with the ship.
+
+Then, while the carack's head was laid so as to cut the path of the _San
+Antonio_ circling round them slowly like a wounded swan, and the
+boarders made ready their swords and knives, for here archery would not
+avail them, Castell gave some orders to the captain. He bade him, if
+they were cut down or taken, to put about and run for Seville, and there
+deliver over the ship and her cargo to his partners and correspondents,
+praying them in his name to do their best by means of gold, for which
+the sale value of the vessel and her goods should be chargeable, or
+otherwise, to procure the release of Margaret and Betty, if they still
+lived, and to bring d'Aguilar, the Marquis of Morella, to account for
+his crime. This done, he called to one of his servants to buckle on him
+a light steel breastplate from the ship's stores. But Peter would wear
+no iron because it was too heavy, only an archer's jerkin of bull-hide,
+stout enough to turn a sword-cut, such as the other boarders put on also
+with steel caps, of both of which they had a plenty in the cabin.
+
+Now the _San Antonio_, having come round, was steering for the mouth of
+the bay in such fashion that she would pass them within fifty yards.
+Hoisting a small sail to give his ship way, the captain, Smith, took the
+helm of the _Margaret_ and steered straight at her so as to cut her
+path, while the boarders, headed by Peter and Castell, gathered near the
+bowsprit, lay down there under shelter of the bulwarks, and waited.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+THE MEETING ON THE SEA
+
+For another minute or more the _San Antonio_ held on until she divined
+the desperate purpose of her foe. Then, seeing that soon the carack's
+prow must crash into her frail side, she shifted her helm and came round
+several points, so that in the end the _Margaret_ ran, not into her, but
+alongside of her, grinding against her planking, and shearing away a
+great length of her bulwark. For a few seconds they hung together thus,
+and, before the seas bore them apart, grapnels were thrown from the
+_Margaret_ whereof one forward got hold and brought them bow to bow.
+Thus the end of the bowsprit of the _Margaret_ projected over the high
+deck of the _San Antonio_.
+
+"Now for it," said Peter. "Follow me, all." And springing up, he ran to
+the bowsprit and began to swarm along it.
+
+It was a fearful task. One moment the great seas lifted him high into
+the air, and the next down he came again till the massive spar crashed
+on to the deck of the _San Antonio_ with such a shock that he nearly
+flew from it like a stone from a sling. Yet he hung on, and, biding his
+chance, seized a broken stay-rope that dangled from the end of the
+bowsprit like a lash from a whip, and began to slide down it. The gale
+caught him and blew him to and fro; the vessel, pitching wildly, jerked
+him into the air; the deck of the _San Antonio_ rose up and receded like
+a thing alive. It was near--not a dozen feet beneath him--and loosing
+his hold he fell upon the forward tower without being hurt then, gaining
+his feet, ran to the broken mast and flinging his left arm about it,
+with the other drew his sword.
+
+Next instant--how, he never knew--Castell was at his side, and after him
+came two more men, but one of these rolled from the deck into the sea
+and was lost. As he vanished, the chain of the grappling iron parted,
+and the _Margaret_ swung away from them, leaving those three alone in
+the power of their foes, nor, do what she would, could she make fast
+again. As yet, however, there were no Spaniards to be seen, for the
+reason that none had dared to stand upon this high tower whereof the
+bulwarks were all gone, while the bowsprit of the _Margaret_ crashed
+down upon it like a giant's club, and, as she rolled, swept it with
+its point.
+
+So there they stood, clinging to the mast and waiting for the end, for
+now their friends were a hundred yards away, and they knew that their
+case was desperate. A shower of arrows came, loosed from other parts of
+the ship, and one of these struck the man with them through the throat,
+so that he fell to the deck clasping at it, and presently rolled into
+the sea also. Another pierced Castell through his right forearm, causing
+his sword to drop and slide away from him. Peter seized the arrow,
+snapped it in two, and drew it out; but Castell's right arm was now
+helpless, and with his left he could do no more than cling to the
+broken mast.
+
+"We have done our best, son," he said, "and failed. Margaret will learn
+that we would have saved her if we could, but we shall not meet
+her here."
+
+Peter ground his teeth, and looked about him desperately, for he had no
+words to say. What should he do? Leave Castell and rush for the waist of
+the ship and so perish, or stay and die there? Nay, he would not be
+butchered like a bird on a bough, he would fall fighting.
+
+"Farewell," he called through the gale. "God rest our souls!" Then,
+waiting till the ship steadied herself, he ran aft, and reaching the
+ladder that led to her tower, staggered down it to the waist of the
+vessel, and at its foot halted, holding to the rail.
+
+The scene before him was strange enough, for there, ranged round the
+bulwarks, were the Spanish men, who watched him curiously, whilst a few
+paces away, resting against the mast, stood d'Aguilar, who lifted his
+hand, in which there was no weapon, and addressed him.
+
+"Señor Brome," he shouted, "do not move another step or you are a dead
+man. Listen to me first, and then do what you will. Am I safe from your
+sword while I speak?"
+
+Peter nodded his head in assent, and d'Aguilar drew nearer, for even in
+that more sheltered place it was hard to hear because of the howling of
+the tempest.
+
+"Señor," he said to Peter, "you are a very brave man, and have done a
+deed such as none of us have seen before; therefore, I wish to spare you
+if I may. Also, I have worked you bitter wrong, driven to it by the
+might of love and jealousy, for which reason also I wish to spare you.
+To set upon you now would be but murder, and, whatever else I do, I will
+not murder. First, let me ease your mind. Your lady and mine is aboard
+here; but fear not, she has come and will come to no harm from me, or
+from any man while I live. If for no other reason, I do not desire to
+affront one who, I hope, will be my wife by her own free will, and whom
+I have brought to Spain that she might not make this impossible by
+becoming yours. Señor, believe me, I would no more force a woman's will
+than I would do murder on her lover."
+
+"What did you, then, when you snatched her from her home by some foul
+trick?" asked Peter fiercely.
+
+"Señor, I did wrong to her and all of you, for which I would make
+amends."
+
+"What amends? Will you give her back to me?"
+
+"No, that I cannot do, even if she should wish it, of which I am not
+sure; no--never while I live."
+
+"Bring her forth, and let us hear whether she wishes it or no," shouted
+Peter, hoping that his words would reach Margaret.
+
+But d'Aguilar only smiled and shook his head, then went on:
+
+"That I cannot either, for it would give her pain. Still, Señor, I will
+repay the heavy debt that I owe to you, and to you also, Señor." And he
+bowed towards Castell who, unseen by Peter, had crept down the ladder,
+and now stood behind him staring at d'Aguilar with cold rage and
+indignation. "You have wrought us much damage, have you not? hunting us
+across the seas, and killing sundry of us with your arrows, and now you
+have striven to board our ship and put us to the sword, a design in
+which God has frustrated you. Therefore your lives are justly forfeit,
+and none would blame us if we slew you. Yet I spare you both. If it is
+possible I will put you back aboard the _Margaret_, and if it is not
+possible you shall be set free ashore to go unmolested whither you will.
+Thus I will wipe out my debt and be free of all reproach."
+
+"Do you take me for such a man as yourself?" asked Peter, with a bitter
+laugh. "I do not leave this ship alive unless my affianced wife,
+Mistress Margaret, goes with me."
+
+"Then, Señor Brome, I fear that you will leave it dead, as indeed we may
+all of us, unless we make land soon, for the vessel is filling fast with
+water. Still, knowing your metal, I looked for some such words from you,
+and am prepared with another offer which I am sure you will not refuse.
+Señor, our swords are much of the same length, shall we measure them
+against each other? I am a grandee of Spain, the Marquis of Morella, and
+it will, therefore, be no dishonour for you to fight with me."
+
+"I am not so sure," said Peter, "for I am more than that--an honest man
+of England, who never practised woman-stealing. Still, I will fight you
+gladly, at sea or on shore, wherever and whenever we meet, till one or
+both are dead. But what is the stake, and how do I know that some of
+these," and he pointed to the crew, who were listening intently, "will
+not stab me from behind?"
+
+"Señor, I have told you that I do not murder, and that would be the
+foulest murder. As for the stake, it is Margaret to the victor. If you
+kill me, on behalf of all my company, I swear by our Saviour's Blood
+that you shall depart with her and her father unharmed, and if I kill
+you, then you both shall swear that she shall be left with me, and no
+suit or question raised but to her woman I give liberty, who have seen
+more than enough of her."
+
+"Nay," broke in Castell, speaking for the first time "I demand the right
+to fight with you also when my arm is healed."
+
+"I refuse it," answered d'Aguilar haughtily. "I cannot lift my sword
+against an old man who is the father of the maid who shall be my wife,
+and, moreover, a merchant and a Jew. Nay, answer me not, lest all these
+should remember your ill words. I will be generous, and leave you out of
+the oath. Do your worst against me, Master Castell, and then leave me to
+do my worst against you. Señor Brome, the light grows bad, and the water
+gains upon us. Say, are you ready?"
+
+Peter nodded his head, and they stepped forward.
+
+"One more word," said d'Aguilar, dropping his sword-point. "My friends,
+you have heard our compact. Do you swear to abide by it, and, if I fall,
+to set these two men and the two ladies free on their own ship or on the
+land, for the honour of chivalry and of Spain?"
+
+The captain of the _San Antonio_ and his lieutenants answered that they
+swore on behalf of all the crew.
+
+"You hear, Señor Brome. Now these are the conditions--that we fight to
+the death, but, if both of us should be hurt or wounded, so that we
+cannot despatch each other, then no further harm shall be done to either
+of us, who shall be tended till we recover or die by the will of God."
+
+"You mean that we must die on each other's swords or not at all, and if
+any foul chance should overtake either, other than by his adversary's
+hand, that adversary shall not dispatch him?"
+
+"Yes, Señor, for in our case such things may happen," and he pointed to
+the huge seas that towered over them, threatening to engulf the
+water-logged caravel. "We will take no advantage of each other, who wish
+to fight this quarrel out with our own right arms."
+
+"So be it," said Peter, "and Master Castell here is the witness to our
+bargain."
+
+D'Aguilar nodded, kissed the cross-hilt of his sword in confirmation of
+the pact, bowed courteously, and put himself on his defence.
+
+For a moment they stood facing each other, a well-matched pair--Peter,
+lean, fierce-faced, long-armed, a terrible man to see in the fiery light
+that broke upon him from beneath the edge of a black cloud; the Spaniard
+tall also, and agile, but to all appearance as unconcerned as though
+this were but a pleasure bout, and not a duel to the death with a
+woman's fate hanging on the hazard. D'Aguilar wore a breastplate of
+gold-inlaid black steel and a helmet, while Peter had but his tunic of
+bull's hide and iron-lined cap, though his straight cut-and-thrust sword
+was heavier and mayhap half an inch longer than that of his foe.
+
+Thus, then, they stood while Castell and all the ship's company, save
+the helmsman who steered her to the harbour's mouth, clung to the
+bulwarks and the cordage of the mainmast, and, forgetful of their own
+peril, watched in utter silence.
+
+It was Peter who thrust the first, straight at the throat, but d'Aguilar
+parried deftly, so that the sword point went past his neck, and before
+it could be drawn back again, struck at Peter. The blow fell upon the
+side of his steel cap, and glanced thence to his left shoulder, but,
+being light, did him no harm. Swiftly came the answer, which was not
+light, for it fell so heavily upon d'Aguilar's breastplate, that he
+staggered back. After him sprang Peter, thinking that the game was his,
+but at that moment the ship, which had entered the breakers of the
+harbour bar, rolled terribly, and sent them both reeling to the
+bulwarks. Nor did she cease her rolling, so that, smiting and thrusting
+wildly, they staggered backwards and forwards across the deck, gripping
+with their left hands at anything they could find to steady them, till
+at length, bruised and breathless, they fell apart unwounded, and
+rested awhile.
+
+"An ill field this to fight on, Señor," gasped d'Aguilar.
+
+"I think that it will serve our turn," said Peter grimly, and rushed at
+him like a bull. It was just then that a great sea came aboard the ship,
+a mass of green water which struck them both and washed them like straws
+into the scuppers, where they rolled half drowned. Peter rose the first,
+coughing out salt water, and rubbing it from his eyes, to see d'Aguilar
+still upon the deck, his sword lying beside him, and holding his right
+wrist with his left hand.
+
+"Who gave you the hurt?" he asked, "I or your fall?"
+
+"The fall, Señor," answered d'Aguilar; "I think that it has broken my
+wrist. But I have still my left hand. Suffer me to arise, and we will
+finish this fray."
+
+As the words passed his lips a gust of wind, more furious than any that
+had gone before, concentrated as it was through a gorge in the
+mountains, struck the caravel at the very mouth of the harbour, and laid
+her over on her beam ends. For a while it seemed as though she must
+capsize and sink, till suddenly her mainmast snapped like a stick and
+went overboard, when, relieved of its weight, by slow degrees she
+righted herself. Down upon the deck came the cross yard, one end of it
+crashing through the roof of the cabin in which Margaret and Betty were
+confined, splitting it in two, while a block attached to the other fell
+upon the side of Peter's head and, glancing from the steel cap, struck
+him on the neck and shoulder, hurling him senseless to the deck, where,
+still grasping his sword, he lay with arms outstretched.
+
+Out of the ruin of the cabin appeared Margaret and Betty, the former
+very pale and frightened, and the latter muttering prayers, but, as it
+chanced, both uninjured. Clinging to the tangled ropes they crept
+forward, seeking refuge in the waist of the ship, for the heavy spar
+still worked and rolled above them, resting on the wreck of the cabin
+and the bulwarks, whence presently it slid into the sea. By the stump of
+the broken mainmast they halted, their long locks streaming in the gale,
+and here it was that Margaret caught sight of Peter lying upon his back,
+his face red with blood, and sliding to and fro as the vessel rolled.
+
+She could not speak, but in mute appeal pointed first to him and then to
+d'Aguilar, who stood near, remembering as she did so her vision in the
+house at Holborn, which was thus terribly fulfilled. Holding to a rope,
+d'Aguilar drew near to her and spoke into her ear. "Lady," he said,
+"this is no deed of mine. We were fighting a fair fight, for he had
+boarded the ship when the mast fell and killed him. Blame me not for his
+death, but seek comfort from God."
+
+She heard, and, looking round her wildly, perceived her father
+struggling towards her; then, with a bitter cry, fell senseless on
+his breast.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+FATHER HENRIQUES
+
+The night came down swiftly, for a great stormcloud, in which jagged
+lightning played, blotted out the last rays of the sunk sun. Then, with
+rolling thunder and torrents of rain, the tempest burst over the sinking
+ship. The mariners could no longer see to steer, they knew not whither
+they were going, only the lessened seas told them that they had entered
+the harbour mouth. Presently the _San Antonio_ struck upon a rock, and
+the shock of it threw Castell, who was bending over the senseless shape
+of Margaret, against the bulwarks and dazed him.
+
+There arose a great cry of "The vessel founders!" and water seemed to be
+pouring on the deck, though whether this were from the sea or from the
+deluge of the falling rain he did not know. Then came another cry of
+"Get out the boat, or we perish!" and a sound of men working in the
+darkness. The ship swung round and round and settled down. There was a
+flash of lightning, and by it Castell saw Betty holding the unconscious
+Margaret in her strong arms. She saw him also, and screamed to him to
+come to the boat. He started to obey, then remembered Peter. Peter might
+not be dead; what should he say to Margaret if he left him there to
+drown? He crept to where he lay upon the deck, and called to a sailor
+who rushed by to help him. The man answered with a curse, and vanished
+into the deep gloom. So, unaided, Castell essayed the task of lifting
+this heavy body, but his right arm being almost useless, could do no
+more than drag it into a sitting posture, and thus, by slow degrees,
+across the deck to where he imagined the boat to be.
+
+But here there was no boat, and now the sound of voices came from the
+other side of the ship, so he must drag it back again. By the time he
+reached the starboard bulwarks all was silent, and another flash of
+lightning showed him the boat, crowded with people, upon the crest of a
+wave, fifty yards or more from him, whilst others, who had not been able
+to enter, clung to its stern and gunwale. He shouted aloud, but no
+answer came, either because none were left living on the ship, or
+because in all that turmoil they could not hear him.
+
+Then Castell, knowing that he had done everything that he could, dragged
+Peter under the overhanging deck of the forward tower, which gave some
+little shelter from the rain, and, laying his bleeding head upon his
+knees so that it might be lifted above the wash of the waters, sat
+himself down and began to say prayers after the Jewish fashion whilst
+awaiting his end.
+
+That he was about to die he had no doubt, for the waist of the ship, as
+he could perceive by the lightning, was almost level with the sea,
+which, however, here in the harbour was now much calmer than it had
+been. This he knew, for although the rain still fell steadily and the
+wind howled above, no spray broke over them. Deeper and deeper sank the
+caravel as she drifted onwards, till at length the water washed over her
+deck from side to side, so that Castell was obliged to seat himself on
+the second step of the ladder down which Peter had charged up on the
+Spaniards. A while passed, and he became aware that the _San Antonio_
+had ceased to move, and wondered what this might mean. The storm had
+rolled away now, and he could see the stars; also with it went the wind.
+The night grew warmer, too, which was well for him, for otherwise, wet
+as he was, he must have perished. Still it was a long night, the longest
+that ever he had spent, nor did any sleep come to relieve his misery or
+make his end easier, for the pain from the arrow wound in his arm kept
+him awake.
+
+So there he sat, wondering if Margaret was dead, as Peter seemed to be
+dead, and if so, whether their spirits were watching him now, watching
+and waiting till he joined them. He thought, too, of the days of his
+prosperity until he had seen the accursed face of d'Aguilar, and of all
+the worthless wealth that was his, and what would become of it. He hoped
+even that Margaret was gone; better that she should be dead than live on
+in shame and misery. If there were a God, how came it that He could
+allow such things to happen in the world? Then he remembered how, when
+Job sat in just such an evil case, his wife had invited him to curse God
+and die, and how the patriarch had answered to her, "What! shall we
+receive good at the hand of God, and shall we not receive evil?"
+Remembered, too, after all his troubles, what had been the end of that
+just man, and therefrom took some little comfort. After this a stupor
+crept over him, and his last thought was that the vessel had sunk and
+he was departing into the deeps of death.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Listen! A voice called, and Castell awoke to see that it was growing
+light, and that before him supporting himself on the rail of the ladder,
+stood the tall form of Peter--Peter with a ghastly, blood-stained
+countenance, chattering teeth, and glazed, unnatural eyes.
+
+"Do you live, John Castell?" said that hollow voice, "or are we both
+dead and in hell?"
+
+"Nay," he answered, "I live yet; we are still this side of doom."
+
+"What has chanced?" asked Peter. "I have been lost in a great
+blackness."
+
+Castell told him briefly.
+
+Peter listened till he had done, then staggered to the bulwark rail and
+looked about him, making no comment.
+
+"I can see nothing," he said presently--"the mist is too deep; but I
+think we must lie near the shore. Come, help me. Let us try to find
+victuals; I am faint."
+
+Castell rose, stretched his cramped limbs, and going to him, placed his
+uninjured arm round Peter's middle, and thus supported him towards the
+stern of the ship, where he guessed that the main cabin would be. They
+found and entered it, a small place, but richly furnished, with a carved
+crucifix screwed to its sternmost wall. A piece of pickled meat and some
+of the hard wheaten cakes such as sailors use, lay upon the floor where
+they had been cast from the table, while in a swinging rack above stood
+flagons of wine and of water. Castell found a horn mug, and filling it
+with wine gave it to Peter, who drank greedily, then handed it back to
+him, who also drank. Afterwards they cut off portions of the meat with
+their knives, and swallowed them, though Peter did this with great
+difficulty because of the hurt to his head and neck. Then they drank
+more wine, and, somewhat refreshed, left the place.
+
+The mist was still so thick that they could see nothing, and therefore
+they went into the wreck of that cabin which had been occupied by
+Margaret and Betty, sat themselves down upon the bed wherein they had
+slept, and waited. Resting thus, Peter noted that this cabin had been
+fitted sumptuously as though for the occupation of a great lady, for
+even the vessels were of silver, and in a wardrobe, whereof the doors
+were open, hung beautiful gowns. Also, there were a few written books,
+on the outer leaves of one of which Margaret had set down some notes and
+a prayer of her own making, petitioning that Heaven would protect her;
+that Peter and her father might be living and learn the truth of what
+had befallen, and that it would please the saints to deliver her, and to
+bring them together again. This book Peter thrust away within his jerkin
+to study at his leisure.
+
+Now the sun rose suddenly above the eastern range of the mountains
+wherewith they were surrounded. Leaving the cabin, they climbed to the
+forecastle tower and gazed about them, to find that they were in a
+land-locked harbour, and stranded not more than a hundred yards from
+the shore. By tying a piece of iron to a rope and letting it down into
+the sea, they discovered that they lay upon a ridge, and that there
+were but four feet of water beneath their bow, and, having learned
+this, determined to wade to the beach. First, however, they went back to
+the cabin and filled a leather bag they found with food and wine. Then,
+by an afterthought, they searched for the place where d'Aguilar slept,
+and discovered it between decks; also a strong-box which they made shift
+to break open with an iron bar.
+
+In it was a great store of gold, placed there, no doubt, for the payment
+of the crew, and with it some jewels. The jewels they left, but the
+money they divided and stowed it about them to serve their needs should
+they come safe ashore. Then they washed each other's wounds and bound
+them up, and descending the ladder which had been thrown over the ship's
+side when the Spaniards escaped in the boat, let themselves down into
+the sea and bade farewell to the _San Antonio_.
+
+By now the wind had fallen and the sun shone brightly, warming their
+chilled blood; also the water, which was quite calm, did not rise much
+above their middles, so that they were able--the bottom being smooth and
+sandy--to wade without trouble to the shore. As they drew near to it
+they saw people gathering there, and guessed that they came from the
+little town of Motril, which lay up the river that here ran into the
+bay. Also they saw other things--namely, the boat of the _San Antonio_
+upon the shore, and rejoiced to know that it had come safe to land, for
+it rested upon its keel with but little water in its bottom. Lying here
+and there also were the corpses of drowned men, five or six of them: no
+doubt those sailors who had swum after the boat or clung to its
+gunwale, but among these bodies none were those of women.
+
+When at length they reached the shore, very few people were left there,
+for of the rest some had begun to wade out towards the ship to plunder
+her, whilst others had gone to fetch boats for the same purpose.
+Therefore, the company who awaited them consisted only of women,
+children, three old men, and a priest. The last, a hungry-eyed,
+smooth-faced, sly-looking man, advanced to greet them courteously,
+bidding them thank God for their escape.
+
+"That we do indeed," said Castell; "but tell us, Father, where are our
+companions?"
+
+"There are some of them," answered the priest, pointing to the dead
+bodies; "the rest, with the two señoras, started two hours ago for
+Granada. The Marquis of Morella, from whom I hold this cure, told us
+that his ship had sunk, and that no one else was left alive, and, as the
+mist hid everything, we believed him. That is why we were not here
+before, for," he added significantly, "we are poor folk, to whom the
+saints send few wrecks."
+
+"How did they go to Granada, Father?" asked Castell. "On foot?"
+
+"Nay, Señor, they took all the horses and mules in the village by force,
+though the marquis promised that he would return them and pay for their
+hire later, and we trusted him because we must. The ladies wept much,
+and prayed us to take them in and keep them; but this the marquis would
+not allow, although they seemed so sad and weary. God send that we see
+our good beasts back again," he added piously.
+
+"Have you any left for us? We have a little money, and can pay for them
+if they be not too dear."
+
+"Not one, Señor--not one; the place has been cleared even down to the
+mares in foal. But, indeed you seem scarcely fit to ride at present, who
+have undergone so much," and he pointed to Peter's wounded head and
+Castell's bandaged arm. "Why do you not stay and rest awhile?"
+
+"Because I am the father of one of the señoras, and doubtless she thinks
+me drowned, and this señor is her affianced husband," answered
+Castell briefly.
+
+"Ah!" said the priest, looking at them with interest, "then what
+relation to her is the marquis? Well, perhaps I had better not ask, for
+this is no confessional, is it? I understand that you are anxious, for
+that great grandee has the reputation of being gay--an excellent son of
+the Church, but without doubt very gay," and he shook his shaven head
+and smiled. "But come up to the village, Señors, where you can rest and
+have your hurts attended to; afterwards we will talk."
+
+"We had best go," said Castell in English to Peter. "There are no horses
+on this beach, and we cannot walk to Granada in our state."
+
+Peter nodded, and, led by the priest, whose name they discovered to be
+Henriques, they started.
+
+On the crest of the hill a few hundred paces away they turned and looked
+back, to see that every able-bodied inhabitant of the village seemed by
+now to be engaged in plundering the stranded vessel.
+
+"They are paying themselves for the mules and horses," said Fray
+Henriques with a shrug. "So I see," answered Castell, "but you----"
+and he stopped.
+
+"Oh, do not be afraid for me," replied the priest with a cunning little
+smile. "The Church does not loot; but in the end the Church gets her
+share. These are a pious folk. Only when he learns that the caravel did
+not sink after all, I fear the marquis will demand an account of us."
+
+Then they limped on over the hill, and presently saw the white-walled
+and red-roofed village beneath them on the banks of the river.
+
+Five minutes later their guide stopped at a door in a roughly paved
+street, which he opened with a key.
+
+"My humble dwelling, when I am in residence here, and not at Granada,"
+he said, "in which I shall be honoured to receive you. Look, near by is
+the church."
+
+Then they entered a patio, or courtyard, where some orange-trees grew
+round a fountain of water, and a life-sized crucifix stood against the
+wall. As he passed this sacred emblem Peter bowed and crossed himself,
+an example that Castell did not follow. The priest looked at
+him sharply.
+
+"Surely, Señor," he said, "you should do reverence to the symbol of our
+Saviour, who, by His mercy, have just been saved from the death which
+the marquis told me had overtaken both of you."
+
+"My right arm is hurt," answered Castell readily, "so I must do that
+reverence in my heart."
+
+"I understand, Señor; but if you are a stranger to this country, which
+you do not seem to be, who speak its tongue so well, with your
+permission I will warn you that here it is wise not to confine your
+reverences to the heart. Of late the directors of the Inquisition have
+become somewhat strict, and expect that the outward forms should be
+observed as well. Indeed, when I was a familiar of the Holy Office at
+Seville, I have seen men burned for the neglect of them. You have two
+arms and a head, Señor, also a knee that can be bent."
+
+"Pardon me," answered Castell to this lecture. "I was thinking of other
+matters. The carrying off of my daughter at the hands of your patron,
+the Marquis of Morella, for instance."
+
+Then, making no reply, the priest led them through his sitting-room to a
+bed-chamber with high barred windows, that, although it was large and
+lofty, reminded them somehow of a prison cell. Here he left them, saying
+that he would go to find the local surgeon, who, it seemed, was a barber
+also, if, indeed, he were not engaged in "lightening the ship,"
+recommending them meanwhile to take off their wet clothes and lie
+down to rest.
+
+A woman having brought hot water and some loose garments in which to
+wrap themselves while their own were drying, they undressed and washed
+and afterwards, utterly worn out, threw themselves down and fell asleep
+upon the beds, having first hidden away their gold in the food bag,
+which Peter placed beneath his pillow. Two hours later or more they were
+awakened by the arrival of Father Henriques and the barber-surgeon,
+accompanied by the woman-servant, and who brought them back their
+clothes cleaned and dried.
+
+When the surgeon saw Peter's hurt to the left side of his neck and
+shoulder, which now were black, swollen, and very stiff, he shook his
+head, and said that time and rest alone could cure it, and that he must
+have been born under a fortunate star to have escaped with his life,
+which, save for his steel cap and leather jerkin, he would never have
+done. As no bones were broken, however, all that he could do was to
+dress the parts with some soothing ointment and cover them with clean
+cloths. This finished, he turned to Castell's wound, that was through
+the fleshy part of the right forearm, and, having syringed it out with
+warm water and oil, bound it up, saying that he would be well in a week.
+He added drily that the gale must have been fiercer even than he
+thought, since it could blow an arrow through a man's arm--a saying at
+which the priest pricked up his ears.
+
+To this Castell made no answer, but producing a piece of Morella's gold,
+offered it to him for his services, asking him at the same time to
+procure them mules or horses, if he could. The barber promised to try to
+do so, and being well pleased with his fee, which was a great one for
+Motril, said that he would see them again in the evening, and if he
+could hear of any beasts would tell them of it then. Also he promised to
+bring them some clothes and cloaks of Spanish make, since those they had
+were not fit to travel in through that country, being soiled and
+blood-stained.
+
+After he had gone, and the priest with him, who was busy seeing to the
+division of the spoils from the ship and making sure of his own share,
+the servant, a good soul, brought them soup, which they drank. Then they
+lay down again upon the beds and talked together as to what they
+should do.
+
+Castell was downhearted, pointing out that they were still as far from
+Margaret as ever, who was now once more lost to them, and in the hand of
+Morella, whence they could scarcely hope to snatch her. It would seem
+also that she was being taken to the Moorish city of Granada, if she
+were not already there, where Christian law and justice had no power.
+
+When he had heard him out, Peter, whose heart was always stout,
+answered:
+
+"God has as much power in Granada as in London, or on the seas whence He
+has saved us. I think, Sir, that we have great reason to be thankful to
+God, seeing that we are both alive to-day, who might so well have been
+dead, and that Margaret is alive also, and, as we believe, unharmed.
+Further, this Spanish thief of women is, it would seem, a strange man,
+that is, if there be any truth in his words, for although he could steal
+her, it appears that he cannot find it in his heart to do her violence,
+but is determined to win her only with her own consent, which I think
+will not be had readily. Also, he shrinks from murder, who, when he
+could have butchered us, did not do so."
+
+"I have known such men before," said Castell, "who hold some sins
+venial, but others deadly to their souls. It is a fruit of
+superstition."
+
+"Then, Sir, let us pray that Morella's superstitions may remain strong,
+and get us to Granada as quickly as we can, for there, remember, you
+have friends, both among the Jews and Moors, who have traded with the
+place for many years, and these may give us shelter. Therefore, though
+things are bad, still they might be worse."
+
+"That is so," answered Castell more cheerfully, "if, indeed, she has
+been taken to Granada; and as to this, we will try to learn something
+from the barber or the Father Henriques."
+
+"I put no faith in that priest, a sly fellow who is in the pay of
+Morella," answered Peter.
+
+Then they were silent, being still very weary, and having nothing more
+to say, but much to think about.
+
+About sundown the doctor came back and dressed their wounds. He brought
+with him a stock of clothes of Spanish make, hats and two heavy cloaks
+fit to travel in, which they bought from him at a good price. Also, he
+said that he had two fine mules in the courtyard, and Castell went out
+to look at them. They were sorry beasts enough, being poor and wayworn,
+but as no others were to be had they returned to the room to talk as to
+the price of them and their saddles. The chaffering was long, for he
+asked twice their value, which Castell said poor shipwrecked men could
+not pay; but in the end they struck a bargain, under which the barber
+was to keep and feed the mules for the night, and bring them round next
+morning with a guide who would show them the road to Granada. Meanwhile,
+they paid him for the clothes, but not for the beasts.
+
+Also they tried to learn something from him about the Marquis of
+Morella, but, like the Fray Henriques, the man was cunning, and kept his
+mouth shut, saying that it was ill for poor men like himself to chatter
+of the great, and that at Granada they could hear everything. So he went
+away, leaving some medicine for them to drink, and shortly afterwards
+the priest appeared.
+
+He was in high good-humour, having secured those jewels which they had
+left behind in the iron coffer as his share of the spoil of the ship.
+Taking note of him as he showed and fondled them, Castell added up the
+man, and concluded that he was very avaricious; one who hated the
+poverty in which he had been reared, and would do much for money.
+Indeed, when he spoke bitterly of the thieves who had been at the ship's
+strong-box and taken nearly all the gold, Castell determined that he
+must never know who those thieves were, lest they should meet with some
+accident on their journey.
+
+At length the trinkets were put away, and the priest said that they must
+sup with him, but lamented that he had no wine to give them, who was
+forced to drink water; whereon Castell prayed him to procure a few
+flasks of the best at their charges, which, nothing loth, he sent his
+servant out to do.
+
+So, dressed in their new Spanish clothes, and having all the gold hidden
+about them in two money-belts that they had bought from the barber at
+the same time, they went in to supper, which consisted of a Spanish dish
+called _olla podrida_--a kind of rich stew--bread, cheese, and fruit.
+Also the wine that they had bought was there, very good and strong, and,
+whilst taking but little of it themselves for fear they should fever
+their wounds, they persuaded Father Henriques to drink heartily, so that
+in the end he forgot his cunning, and spoke with freedom. Then, seeing
+that he was in a ripe humour, Castell asked him about the Marquis of
+Morella, and how it happened that he had a house in the Moorish capital
+of Granada.
+
+"Because he is half a Moor," answered the priest. "His father, it is
+said, was the Prince of Viana, and his mother a lady of royal Moorish
+blood, from whom he inherited great wealth, and his lands and palace in
+Granada. There, too, he loves to dwell, who, although he is so good a
+Christian by faith, has many heathen tastes, and, like the Moors,
+surrounds himself with a seraglio of beautiful women, as I know, for
+often I act as his chaplain, as in Granada there are no priests.
+Moreover, there is a purpose in all this, for, being partly of their
+blood, he is accredited to the court of their sultan, Boabdil, by
+Ferdinand and Isabella in whose interests he works in secret. For,
+strangers, you should know, if you do not know it already, that their
+Majesties have for long been at war against the Moor, and purpose to
+take what remains of his kingdom from him, and make it Christian, as
+they have already taken Malaga, and purified it by blood and fire from
+the accursed stain of infidelity."
+
+"Yes," said Castell, "we heard that in England, for I am a merchant who
+have dealings with Granada, whither I am going on my affairs."
+
+"On what affairs then goes the señora, who you say is your daughter, and
+what is that story that the sailors told of, about a fight between the
+_San Antonio_ and an English ship, which indeed we saw in the offing
+yesterday? And why did the wind blow an arrow through your arm, friend
+Merchant? And how came it that you two were left aboard the caravel when
+the marquis and his people escaped?"
+
+"You ask many questions, holy Father. Peter, fill the glass of his
+reverence; he drinks nothing who thinks that it is always Lent. Your
+health, Father. Ah! well emptied. Fill it again, Peter, and pass me the
+flask. Now I will begin to answer you with the story of the shipwreck."
+And he commenced an endless tale of the winds and sails and rocks and
+masts carried away, and of the English ship that tried to help the
+Spanish ship, and so forth, till at length the priest, whose glass Peter
+filled whenever his head was turned, fell back in his chair asleep.
+
+"Now," whispered Peter in English across the table to Castell--"now I
+think that we had best go to bed, for we have learned much from this
+holy spy--as I take him to be--and told little."
+
+So they crept away quietly to their chamber, and, having swallowed the
+draught that the doctor had given them, said their prayers each in his
+own fashion, locked the door, and lay down to rest as well as their
+wounds and sore anxieties would allow them.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+THE ADVENTURE OF THE INN
+
+Peter did not sleep well, for, notwithstanding all the barber's
+dressing, his hurt pained him much. Moreover, he was troubled by the
+thought that Margaret must be sure that both he and her father were
+dead, and of the sufferings of her sore heart. Whenever he dozed off he
+seemed to see her awake and weeping, yes, and to hear her sobs and
+murmurings of his name. When the first light of dawn crept through the
+high-barred windows, he arose and called Castell, for they could not
+dress without each other's help. Then they waited until they heard the
+sound of men talking and of beasts stamping in the courtyard without.
+Guessing that this was the barber with the mules, they unlocked their
+door and, finding the servant yawning in the passage, persuaded her to
+let them out of the house.
+
+The barber it was, sure enough, and with him a one-eyed youth mounted on
+a pony, who, he said, would guide them to Granada. So they returned with
+him into the house, where he looked at their wounds, shaking his head
+over that of Peter, who, he said, ought not to travel so soon. After
+this came more haggling as to the price of the mules, saddlery,
+saddle-bags in which they packed their few spare clothes, hire of the
+guide and his horse, and so forth, since, anxious as they were to get
+away, they did not dare to seem to have money to spare.
+
+At length everything was settled, and as their host, Father Henriques,
+had not yet appeared, they determined to depart without bidding him
+farewell, leaving some money in acknowledgment of his hospitality and as
+a gift to his church. Whilst they were handing it over to the servant,
+however, together with a fee for herself, the priest joined them,
+unshaven, and holding his hand to his tonsured head whilst he explained,
+what was not true, that he had been celebrating some early Mass in the
+church; then asked whither they were going.
+
+They told him, and pressed their gift upon him, which he accepted,
+nothing loth, though its liberality seemed to make him more urgent to
+delay their departure. They were not fit to travel; the roads were most
+unsafe; they would be taken captive by the Moors, and thrown into a
+dungeon with the Christian prisoners; no one could enter Granada without
+a passport, he declared, and so forth, to all of which they answered
+that they must go.
+
+Now he appeared to be much disturbed, and said finally that they would
+bring him into trouble with the Marquis of Morella--how or why, he would
+not explain, though Peter guessed that it might be lest the marquis
+should learn from them that this priest, his chaplain, had been
+plundering the ship which he thought sunk, and possessing himself of his
+jewels. At length, seeing that the man meant mischief and would stop
+them in some fashion if they delayed, they bade him farewell hastily,
+and, pushing past him, mounted the mules that stood outside and rode
+away with their guide.
+
+As they went they heard the priest, who now was in a rage, abusing the
+barber who had sold them the beasts, and caught the words "Spies,"
+"English señoras," and "Commands of the Marquis," so that they were glad
+when at length they found themselves outside the town, where as yet few
+were stirring, and riding unmolested on the road to Granada.
+
+This road proved to be no good one, and very hilly; moreover, the mules
+were even worse than they had thought, that which Peter rode stumbling
+continually. Now they asked the youth, their guide, how long it would
+take them to reach Granada; but all he answered them was:
+
+"_Quien sabe_?" (Who knows?) "It depends upon the will of God."
+
+An hour later they asked him again, whereon he replied:
+
+Perhaps to-night, perhaps to-morrow, perhaps never, as there were many
+thieves about, and if they escaped the thieves they would probably be
+captured by the Moors.
+
+"I think there is one thief very near to us," said Peter in English,
+looking at this ill-favoured young man, then added in his broken
+Spanish, "Friend, if we fall in with robbers or Moors, the first one who
+dies will be yourself," and he tapped the hilt of his sword.
+
+The lad uttered a Spanish curse, and turned the head of his pony round
+as though he would ride back to Motril, then changed his mind and pushed
+on a long way in front of them, nor could they come near him again for
+hours. So hard was the road and so feeble were the mules that,
+notwithstanding a midday halt to rest them, it was nightfall before they
+reached the top of the Sierra, and in the last sunset glow, separated
+from them by the rich _vega_ or plain, saw the minarets and palaces of
+Granada. Now they wished to push on, but their guide swore that it was
+impossible, as in the dark they would fall over precipices while
+descending to the plain. There was a _venta_ or inn near by, he said,
+where they could sleep, starting again at dawn.
+
+When Castell said that they did not wish to go to an inn, he answered
+that they must, since they had eaten what food they had, and here on
+the road there was no fodder for the beasts. So, reluctantly enough,
+they consented, knowing that unless they were fed the mules would never
+carry them to Granada, whereon the guide, pointing out the house to
+them, a lonely place in a valley about a hundred yards from the road,
+said that he would go on to make arrangements, and galloped off.
+
+As they approached this hostelry, which was surrounded by a rough wall
+for purposes of defence, they saw the one-eyed youth engaged in earnest
+conversation with a fat, ill-favoured man who had a great knife stuck in
+his girdle. Advancing to them, bowing, this man said that he was the
+host, and, in reply to their request for food and a room, told them that
+they could have both.
+
+They rode into the courtyard, whereon the inn-keeper locked the door in
+the wall behind them, explaining that it was to keep out robbers, and
+adding that they were fortunate to be where they could sleep quite
+safely. Then a Moor came and led away their mule to the stable, and
+they accompanied the landlord into the sitting-room, a long, low
+apartment furnished with tables and benches, on which sat several
+rough-looking fellows, drinking wine. Here the host suddenly demanded
+payment in advance, saying that he did not trust strangers. Peter would
+have argued with him; but Castell, thinking it best to comply,
+unbuttoned his garments to get at his money, for he had no loose coin in
+his pocket, having paid away the last at Motril.
+
+His right hand being still helpless, this he did with his left, and so
+awkwardly that the small doubloon he took hold of slipped from his
+fingers and fell on to the floor. Forgetting that he had not re-fastened
+the belt, he bent down to pick it up, whereon a number of gold pieces of
+various sorts, perhaps twenty of them, fell out and rolled hither and
+thither on the ground. Peter, watching, saw the landlord and the other
+men in the room exchange a quick and significant glance. They rose,
+however, and assisted to find the money, which the host returned to
+Castell, remarking with an unpleasant smile, that if he had known that
+his guests were so rich he would have charged them more for their
+accommodation.
+
+"Of your good heart I pray you not," answered Castell, "for that is all
+our worldly goods," and even as he spoke another gold piece, this time a
+large doubloon, which had remained in his clothing, slipped to
+the floor.
+
+"Of course, Señor," the host replied as he picked this up also and
+handed it back politely, "but shake yourself, there may still be a coin
+or two in your doublet." Castell did so, whereon the gold in his belt,
+loosened by what had fallen out, rattled audibly, and the audience
+smiled again, while the host congratulated him on the fact that he was
+in an honest house, and not wandering on the mountains, which were the
+home of so many bad men.
+
+Having pocketed his money with the best grace he could, and buckled his
+belt beneath his robe, Castell and Peter sat down at a table a little
+apart, and asked if they could have some supper. The host assented, and
+called to the Moorish servant to bring food, then sat down also, and
+began to put questions to them, of a sort which showed that their guide
+had already told all their story.
+
+"How did you learn of our shipwreck?" asked Castell by way of answer.
+
+"How? Why, from the people of the marquis, who stopped here to drink a
+cup of wine when he passed to Granada yesterday with his company and two
+señoras. He said that the _San Antonio_ had sunk, but told us nothing of
+your being left aboard of her."
+
+"Then forgive us, friend, if we, whose business is of no interest to
+you, copy his discretion, as we are weary and would rest."
+
+"Certainly, Señors--certainly," replied the man; "I go to hasten your
+supper, and to fetch you a flask of the wine of Granada worthy of your
+degree," and he left them.
+
+A while later their food came--good meat enough of its sort--and with it
+the wine in an earthenware jug, which, as he filled their horn mugs, the
+host said he had poured out of the flask himself that the crust of it
+might not slip. Castell thanked him, and asked him to drink a cup to
+their good journey; but he declined, answering that it was a fast day
+with him, on which he was sworn to touch only water. Now Peter, who had
+said nothing all this time, but noted much, just touched the wine with
+his lips, and smacked them as though in approbation while he whispered
+in English to Castell:
+
+"Drink it not; it is drugged!"
+
+"What says your son?" asked the host.
+
+"He says that it is delicious, but suddenly he has remembered what I too
+forgot, that the doctor at Motril forbade us to touch wine for fear lest
+we should worsen the hurts that we had in the shipwreck. Well, let it
+not be wasted. Give it to your friends. We must be content with thinner
+stuff." And taking up a jug of water that stood upon the table, he
+filled an empty cup with it and drank, then passed it to Peter, while
+the host looked at them sourly.
+
+Then, as though by an afterthought, Castell rose and politely presented
+the jug of wine and the two filled mugs to the men who were sitting at a
+table close by, saying that it was a pity that they should not have the
+benefit of such fine liquor. One of these fellows, as it chanced, was
+their own guide, who had come in from tending the mules. They took the
+mugs readily enough, and two of them tossed off their contents, whereon,
+with a smothered oath, the landlord snatched away the jug and
+vanished with it.
+
+Castell and Peter went on with their meal, for they saw their neighbours
+eating of the same dish, as did the landlord also, who had returned,
+and, it seemed to Peter, was watching the two men who had drunk the
+wine with an anxious eye. Presently one of these rose from the table
+and, going to a bench on the other side of the room, flung himself down
+upon it and became quite silent, while their one-eyed guide stretched
+out his arms and fell face forward so that his head rested on an empty
+plate, where he remained apparently insensible. The host sprang up and
+stood irresolute, and Castell, rising, said that evidently the poor lad
+was sleepy after his long ride, and as they were the same, would he be
+so courteous as to show them to their room?
+
+He assented readily, indeed it was clear that he wished to be rid of
+them, for the other men were staring at the guide and their companion,
+and muttering amongst themselves.
+
+"This way, Señors," he said, and led them to the end of the place where
+a broad step-ladder stood. Going up it, a lamp in his hand, he opened a
+trap-door and called to them to follow him, which Castell did. Peter,
+however, first turned and said good-night to the company who were
+watching them; at the same moment, as though by accident or
+thoughtlessly, half drawing his sword from its scabbard. Then he too
+went up the ladder, and found himself with the others in an attic.
+
+It was a bare place, the only furniture in it being two chairs and two
+rough wooden bedsteads without heads to them, mere trestles indeed, that
+stood about three feet apart against a boarded partition which appeared
+to divide this room from some other attic beyond. Also, there was a hole
+in the wall immediately beneath the eaves of the house that served the
+purpose of a window, over which a sack was nailed. "We are poor folk,"
+said the landlord as they glanced round this comfortless garret, "but
+many great people have slept well here, as doubtless you will also," and
+he turned to descend the ladder.
+
+"It will serve," answered Castell; "but, friend, tell your men to leave
+the stable open, as we start at dawn, and be so good as to give me
+that lamp."
+
+"I cannot spare the lamp," he grunted sulkily, with his foot already on
+the first step.
+
+Peter strode to him and grasped his arm with one hand, while with the
+other he seized the lamp. The man cursed, and began to fumble at his
+belt, as though for a knife, whereon Peter, putting out his strength,
+twisted his arm so fiercely that in his pain he loosed the lamp, which
+remained in Peter's hand. The inn-keeper made a grab at it, missed his
+footing and rolled down the ladder, falling heavily on the floor below.
+
+Watching from above, to their relief they saw him pick himself up, and
+heard him begin to revile them, shaking his fist and vowing vengeance.
+Then Peter shut down the trap-door. It was ill fitted, so that the edge
+of it stood up above the flooring, also the bolt that fastened it had
+been removed, although the staples in which it used to work remained.
+Peter looked round for some stick or piece of wood to pass through these
+staples, but could find nothing. Then he bethought him of a short length
+of cord that he had in his pocket, which served to tie one of the
+saddle-bags in its place on his mule. This he fastened from one staple
+to the other, so that the trap-door could not be lifted more than an
+inch or two.
+
+Reflecting that this might be done, and the cord cut with a knife
+passed through the opening, he took one of the chairs and stood it so
+that two of its legs rested on the edge of the trap-door and the other
+two upon the boarding of the floor. Then he said to Castell:
+
+"We are snared birds; but they must get into the cage before they wring
+our necks. That wine was poisoned, and, if they can, they will murder us
+for our money--or because they have been told to do so by the guide. We
+had best keep awake to-night."
+
+"I think so," answered Castell anxiously. "Listen, they are talking down
+below."
+
+Talking they were, as though they debated something, but after a while
+the sound of voices died away. When all was silent they hunted round the
+attic, but could find nothing that was unusual to such places. Peter
+looked at the window-hole, and, as it was large enough for a man to pass
+through, tried to drag one of the beds beneath it, thinking that if any
+such attempt were made, he who lay thereon would have the thief at his
+mercy, only to find, however, that these were screwed to the floor and
+immovable. As there was nothing more that they could do, they went and
+sat upon these beds, their bare swords in their hands, and waited a long
+while, but nothing happened.
+
+At length the lamp, which had been flickering feebly for some time, went
+out, lacking oil, and except for the light which crept through the
+window-place, for now they had torn away the sacking that hung over it,
+they were in darkness.
+
+A little while later they heard the sound of a horse's hoofs, and the
+door of the house open and shut, after which there was more talking
+below, and mingling with it a new voice which Peter seemed to remember.
+
+"I have it," he whispered to Castell. "Here is our late host, Father
+Henriques, come to see how his guests are faring."
+
+Another half-hour and the waning moon rose, throwing a beam of light
+into their chamber; also they heard horse's hoofs again. Going to the
+window, Peter looked out of it and saw the horse, a fine beast, being
+held by the landlord, then a man came and mounted it and, at some remark
+of his, turned his face upwards towards their window. It was that of
+Father Henriques.
+
+The two whispered together for a while till the priest blessed the
+landlord in Latin words and rode away, and again they heard the door of
+the house close.
+
+"He is off to Granada, to warn Morella his master of our coming," said
+Castell, as they reseated themselves upon the beds.
+
+"To warn Morella that we shall never come, perhaps; but we will beat him
+yet," replied Peter.
+
+The night wore on, and Castell, who was very weary, sank back upon the
+bolster and began to doze, when suddenly the chair that was set upon the
+trap-door fell over with a great clatter, and he sprang up, asking what
+that noise might be.
+
+"Only a rat," answered Peter, who saw no good in telling him the
+truth--namely, that thieves or murderers had tried to open the
+trap-door.
+
+Then he crept down the room, felt the cord, to find that it was still
+uncut, and replaced the chair where it had been. This done, Peter came
+back to the bed and threw himself down upon it as though he would
+slumber, though never was he more wide awake. The weariness of Castell
+had overcome him again, however, for he snored at his side.
+
+For a long while nothing further happened, although once the ray of
+moonlight was cut off, and for an instant Peter thought that he saw a
+face at the window. If so, it vanished and returned no more. Now from
+behind their heads came faint sounds, like those of stifled breathing,
+like those of naked feet; then a slight creaking and scratching in the
+wall--a mouse's tooth might have caused it--and suddenly, right in that
+ray of moonlight, a cruel-looking knife and a naked arm projected
+through the panelling.
+
+The knife flickered for a second over the breast of the sleeping Castell
+as though it were a living thing that chose the spot where it would
+strike. One second--only one--for the next Peter had drawn himself up,
+and with a sweep of the sword which lay unscabbarded at his side, had
+shorn that arm off above the elbow, just where it projected from the
+panelling.
+
+"What was that?" asked Castell again, as something fell upon him.
+
+"A snake," answered Peter, "a poisonous snake. Wake up now, and look."
+
+Castell obeyed, staring in silence at the horrible arm which still
+clasped the great knife, while from beyond the panelling there came a
+stifled groan, then a sound as of a heavy body stumbling away.
+
+"Come," said Peter, "let us be going, unless we would stop here for
+ever. That fellow will soon be back to seek his arm."
+
+"Going! How?" asked Castell.
+
+"There seems to be but one road, and that a rough one, through the
+window and over the wall," answered Peter. "Ah! there they come; I
+thought so." And as he spoke they heard the sound of men scrambling up
+the ladder.
+
+They ran to the window-place and looked out, but there seemed to be no
+one below, and it was not more than twelve feet from the ground. Peter
+helped Castell through it, then, holding his sound arm with both his
+own, lowered him as far as he could, and let go. He dropped on to his
+feet, fell to the ground, then rose again, unhurt. Peter was about to
+follow him when he heard the chair tumble over again, and, looking
+round, saw the trap-door open, to fall back with a crash. They had
+cut the cord!
+
+The figure of a man holding a knife appeared in the faint light,
+followed by the head of another man. Now it was too late for him to get
+through the window-place safely; if he attempted it he would be stabbed
+in the back. So, grasping his sword with both hands, Peter leapt at that
+man, aiming a great stroke at his shadowy mass. It fell upon him
+somewhere, for down he went and lay quite still. By now the second man
+had his knee upon the edge of flooring. Peter thrust him through, and he
+sank backwards on to the heads of others who were following him,
+sweeping the ladder with his weight, so that all of them tumbled in a
+heap at its foot, save one who hung to the edge of the trap frame by his
+hands. Peter slammed its door to, crushing them so that he loosed his
+grip, with a howl. Then, as he had nothing else, he dragged the body of
+the dead man on to it and left him there.
+
+Next he rushed to the window, sheathing his sword as he ran, scrambled
+through it, and, hanging by his arms, let himself drop, coming to the
+ground safely, for he was very agile, and in the excitement of the fray
+forgot the hurt to his head and shoulder.
+
+"Where now?" asked Castell, as he stood by him panting.
+
+"To the stable for the mules. No, it is useless; we have no time to
+saddle them, and the outer gate is locked. The wall--the wall--we must
+climb it! They will be after us in a minute."
+
+They ran thither and found that, though ten feet high, fortunately this
+wall was built of rough stone, which gave an easy foothold. Peter
+scrambled up first, then, lying across its top, stretched down his hand
+to Castell, and with difficulty--for the man was heavy and
+crippled--dragged him to his side. Just then they heard a voice from
+their garret shout:
+
+"The English devils have gone! Get to the door and cut them off."
+
+"Come on," said Peter. So together they climbed, or rather fell, down
+the wall on to a mass of prickly-pear bush, which broke the shock but
+tore them so sorely in a score of places that they could have shrieked
+with the pain. Somehow they freed themselves, and, bleeding all over,
+broke from that accursed bush, struggling up the bank of the ditch in
+which it grew, ran for the road, and along it towards Granada.
+
+Before they had gone a hundred yards they heard shoutings, and guessed
+that they were being followed. Just here the road crossed a ravine full
+of boulders and rough scrubby growth, whereas beyond it was bare and
+open. Peter seized Castell and dragged him up this ravine till they came
+to a place where, behind a great stone, there was a kind of hole, filled
+with bushes and tall, dead grass, into which they plunged and hid
+themselves.
+
+"Draw your sword," he said to Castell. "If they find us, we will die as
+well as we can."
+
+He obeyed, holding it in his left hand.
+
+They heard the robbers run along the road; then, seeing that they had
+missed their victims, these returned again, five or six of them, and
+fell to searching the ravine. But the light was very bad, for here the
+rays of the moon did not penetrate, and they could find nothing.
+Presently two of them halted within five paces of them and began to
+talk, saying that the swine must still be hidden in the yard, or perhaps
+had doubled back for Motril.
+
+"I don't know where they are hidden," answered the other man; "but this
+is a poor business. Fat Pedro's arm is cut clean off, and I expect he
+will bleed to death, while two of the other fellows are dead or dying,
+for that long-legged Englishman hits hard, to say nothing of those who
+drank the drugged wine, and look as though they would never wake. Yes, a
+poor business to get a few doubloons and please a priest, but oh! if I
+had the hogs here I----" And he hissed out a horrible threat. "Meanwhile
+we had best lie up at the mouth of this place in case they should still
+be hidden here."
+
+Peter heard him and listened. All the other men had gone, running back
+along the road. His blood was up, and the thorn pricks stung him sorely.
+Saying no word, out of his lair he came with that terrible sword of
+his aloft.
+
+The men caught sight of him, and gave a gasp of fear. It was the last
+sound that one of them ever made. Then the other turned and ran like a
+hare. This was he who had uttered the threat.
+
+"Stop!" whispered Peter, as he overtook him--"stop, and do what you
+promised."
+
+The brute turned, and asked for mercy, but got none.
+
+"It was needful," said Peter to Castell presently; "you heard--they were
+going to wait for us."
+
+"I do not think that they will try to murder any more Englishmen at that
+inn," panted Castell, as he ran along beside him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+INEZ AND HER GARDEN
+
+For two hours or more John Castell and Peter travelled on the Granada
+road, running when it was smooth, walking when it was rough, and
+stopping from time to time to get their breath and listen. But the night
+was quite silent, no one seemed to be pursuing them. Evidently the
+remaining cut-throats had either taken another way or, having their fill
+of this adventure, wanted to see no more of Peter and his sword.
+
+At length the dawn broke over the great misty plain, for now they were
+crossing the _vega_. Then the sun rose and dispelled the vapours, and a
+dozen miles or more away they saw Granada on its hill. They saw each
+other also, and a sorry sight they were, torn by the sharp thorns, and
+stained with blood from their scratches. Peter was bare-headed too, for
+he had lost his cap, and almost beside himself now that the excitement
+had left him, from lack of sleep, pain, and weariness. Moreover, as the
+sun rose, it grew fearfully hot upon that plain, and its fierce rays,
+striking full upon his head, seemed to stupefy him, so that at last they
+were obliged to halt and weave a kind of hat out of corn and grasses,
+which gave him so strange an appearance that some Moors, whom they met
+going to their toil, thought that he must be a madman, and ran away.
+
+Still they crawled forward, refreshing themselves with water whenever
+they could find any in the irrigation ditches that these people used for
+their crops, but covering little more than a mile an hour. Towards noon
+the heat grew so dreadful that they were obliged to lie down to rest
+under the shade of some palm-like trees, and here, absolutely outworn,
+they sank into a kind of sleep.
+
+They were awakened by a sound of voices, and staggered to their feet,
+drawing their swords, for they thought that the thieves from the inn had
+overtaken them. Instead of these ruffianly murderers, however, they saw
+before them a body of eight Moors, beautifully mounted upon white
+horses, and clad in turbans and flowing robes, the like of which Peter
+had never yet beheld, who sat there regarding them gravely with their
+quiet eyes, and, as it seemed, not without pity.
+
+"Put up your swords, Señors," said the leader of these Moors in
+excellent Spanish--indeed, he seemed to be a Spaniard dressed in Eastern
+garments--"for we are many and fresh; and you are but two and wounded."
+
+They obeyed, who could do nothing else.
+
+"Now tell us, though there is little need to ask," went on the captain,
+"you are those men of England who boarded the _San Antonio_ and escaped
+when she was sinking, are you not?"
+
+Castell nodded, then answered:
+
+"We boarded her to seek----"
+
+"Never mind what you sought," the captain answered; "the names of
+exalted ladies should not be mentioned before strange men. But you have
+been in trouble again since then, at the inn yonder, where this tall
+señor bore himself very bravely. Oh! we have heard all the story, and
+give him honour who can wield a sword so well in the dark."
+
+"We thank you," said Castell, "but what is your business with us?"
+
+"Señor, we are sent by our master, his Excellency, the high Lord and
+Marquis of Morella, to find you and bring you to be his guests
+at Granada."
+
+"So the priest has told. I thought as much," muttered Peter.
+
+"We pray you to come without trouble, as we do not wish to do any
+violence to such gallant men," went on the captain. "Be pleased to mount
+two of these horses, and ride with us."
+
+"I am a merchant, with friends of my own at Granada," answered Castell.
+"Cannot we go to them, who do not seek the hospitality of the marquis?"
+
+"Señor, our orders are otherwise, and here the word of our master, the
+marquis, is a law that may not be broken."
+
+"I thought that Boabdil was king of Granada," said Castell.
+
+"Without doubt he is king, Señor, and by the grace of Allah will remain
+so, but the marquis is allied to him in blood; also, while the truce
+lasts, he is a representative of their Majesties of Spain in our city,"
+and, at a sign, two of the Moors dismounted and led forward their
+horses, holding the stirrups, and offering to help them to the saddle.
+
+"There is nothing for it," said Peter; "we must go." So, awkwardly
+enough, for they were very stiff, they climbed on to the beasts and rode
+away with their captors.
+
+The sun was sinking now, for they had slept long, and by the time they
+reached the gates of Granada the muezzins were calling to the sunset
+prayer from the minarets of the mosques.
+
+It was but a very dim and confused idea that Peter gathered of the great
+city of the Moors, as, surrounded by their white-robed escort, he rode
+he knew not whither. Narrow winding streets, white houses, shuttered
+windows, crowds of courteous, somewhat silent people, all men, and all
+clad in those same strange, flowing dresses, who looked at them
+curiously, and murmured words which afterwards he came to learn meant
+"Christian prisoners," or sometimes "Christian dogs"; fretted and
+pointed arches, and a vast fairy-like building set upon a hill. He was
+dazed with pain and fatigue as, a long-legged, blood-stained figure,
+crowned with his quaint hat of grasses, he rode through that wondrous
+and imperial place.
+
+Yet no man laughed at him, absurd as he must have seemed; but perhaps
+this was because under the grotesqueness of his appearance they
+recognised something of his quality. Or they might have heard rumours of
+his sword-play at the inn and on the ship. At any rate, their attitude
+was that of courteous dislike of the Christian, mingled with respect for
+the brave man in misfortune.
+
+At length, after mounting a long rise, they came to a palace on a mount,
+facing the vast, red-walled fortress which seemed to dominate the place,
+which he afterwards knew as the Alhambra, but separated from it by a
+valley. This palace was a very great building, set on three sides of a
+square, and surrounded by gardens, wherein tall cypress-trees pointed to
+the tender sky. They rode through the gardens and sundry gateways till
+they came to a courtyard where servants, with torches in their hands,
+ran out to meet them. Somebody helped him off his horse, somebody
+supported him up a flight of marble steps, beneath which a fountain
+splashed, into a great, cool room with an ornamented roof. Then Peter
+remembered no more.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A time went by, a long, long time--in fact it was nearly a month--before
+Peter really opened his eyes to the world again. Not that he had been
+insensible for all this while--that is, quite--for at intervals he had
+become aware of that large, cool room, and of people talking about
+him--especially of a dark-eyed, light-footed, and pretty woman with a
+white wimple round her face, who appeared to be in charge of him.
+Occasionally he thought that this must be Margaret, and yet knew that it
+could not, for she was different. Also, he remembered that once or twice
+he had seemed to see the haughty, handsome face of Morella bending over
+him, as though he watched curiously to learn whether he would live or
+not, and then had striven to rise to fight him, and been pressed back by
+the soft, white hands of the woman that yet were so terribly strong.
+
+Now, when he awoke at last, it was to see her sitting there with a ray
+of sunlight from some upper window falling on her face, sitting with her
+chin resting on her hand and her elbow on her knee, and contemplating
+him with a pretty, puzzled look. She made a sweet picture thus, he
+thought. Then he spoke to her in his slow Spanish, for somehow he knew
+that she would not understand his own tongue.
+
+"You are not Margaret," he said.
+
+At once the dream went out of the woman's soft eyes; she became
+intensely interested, and, rising, advanced towards him, a very gracious
+figure, who seemed to sway as she walked.
+
+"No, no," she said, bending over him and touching his forehead with her
+taper fingers; "my name is Inez. You wander still, Señor."
+
+"Inez what?" he asked.
+
+"Inez only," she answered, "Inez, a woman of Granada, the rest is lost.
+Inez, the nurse of sick men, Señor."
+
+"Where then is Margaret--the English Margaret?"
+
+A veil of secrecy seemed to fall over the woman's face, and her voice
+changed as she answered, no longer ringing true, or so it struck his
+senses made quick and subtle by the fires of fever:
+
+"I know no English Margaret. Do you then love her--this English
+Margaret?"
+
+"Aye," he answered, "she was stolen from me; I have followed her from
+far, and suffered much. Is she dead or living?"
+
+"I have told you, Señor, I know nothing, although"--and again the voice
+became natural--"it is true that I thought you loved somebody from your
+talk in your illness."
+
+Peter pondered a while, then he began to remember, and asked again:
+
+"Where is Castell?"
+
+"Castell? Was he your companion, the man with a hurt arm who looked like
+a Jew? I do not know where he is. In another part of the city, perhaps.
+I think that he was sent to his friends. Question me not of such
+matters, who am but your sick-nurse. You have been very ill, Señor.
+Look!" And she handed him a little mirror made of polished silver, then,
+seeing that he was too weak to take it, held it before him.
+
+Peter saw his face, and groaned, for, except the red scar upon his
+cheek, it was ivory white and wasted to nothing.
+
+"I am glad Margaret did not see me like this," he said, with an attempt
+at a smile, "bearded too, and what a beard! Lady, how could you have
+nursed one so hideous?"
+
+"I have not found you hideous," she answered softly; "besides, that is
+my trade. But you must not talk, you must rest. Drink this, and rest,"
+and she gave him soup in a silver bowl, which he swallowed readily
+enough, and went to sleep again.
+
+Some days afterwards, when Peter was well on the road to convalescence,
+his beautiful nurse came and sat by him, a look of pity in her tender,
+Eastern eyes.
+
+"What is it now, Inez?" he asked, noting her changed face.
+
+"Señor Pedro, you spoke to me a while ago, when you woke up from your
+long sleep, of a certain Margaret, did you not? Well, I have been
+inquiring of this Dona Margaret, and have no good news to tell of her."
+
+Peter set his teeth, and said:
+
+"Go on, tell me the worst."
+
+"This Margaret was travelling with the Marquis of Morella, was she
+not?"
+
+"She had been stolen by him," answered Peter.
+
+"Alas! it may be so; but here in Spain, and especially here in Granada,
+that will scarcely screen the name of one who has been known to travel
+with the Marquis of Morella."
+
+"So much the worse for the Marquis of Morella when I meet him again,"
+answered Peter sternly. "What is your story, Nurse Inez?"
+
+She looked with interest at his grim, thin face, but, as it seemed to
+him, with no displeasure.
+
+"A sad one. As I have told you, a sad one. It seems that the other day
+this señora was found dead at the foot of the tallest tower of the
+marquis's palace, though whether she fell from it, or was thrown from
+it, none know."
+
+Peter gasped, and was silent for a while; then asked:
+
+"Did you see her dead?"
+
+"No, Señor; others saw her."
+
+"And told you to tell me? Nurse Inez, I do not believe your tale. If the
+Dona Margaret, my betrothed, were dead I should know it; but my heart
+tells me that she is alive."
+
+"You have great faith, Señor," said the woman, with a note of admiration
+in her voice which she could not suppress, but, as he observed, without
+contradicting him.
+
+"I have faith," he answered. "Nothing else is left; but so far it has
+been a good crutch."
+
+Peter made no further allusion to the subject, only presently he asked:
+
+"Tell me, where am I?"
+
+"In a prison, Señor."
+
+"Oh! a prison, with a beautiful woman for jailer, and other beautiful
+women"--and he pointed to a fair creature who had brought something into
+the room--"as servants. A very fine prison also," and he looked about
+him at the marbles and arches and lovely carving.
+
+"There are men without the gate, not women," she replied, smiling.
+
+"I daresay; captives can be tied with ropes of silk, can they not? Well,
+whose is this prison?"
+
+She shook her head.
+
+"I do not know, Señor. The Moorish king's perhaps--you yourself have
+said that I am only the jailer."
+
+"Then who pays you?"
+
+"Perhaps I am not paid, Señor; perhaps I work for love," and she glanced
+at him swiftly, "or hate," and her face changed.
+
+"Not hate of me, I think," said Peter.
+
+"No, Señor, not hate of you. Why should I hate you who have been so
+helpless and so courteous to me?" and she bent the knee to him a little.
+
+"Why indeed? especially as I am also grateful to you who have nursed me
+back to life. But then, why hide the truth from a helpless man?"
+
+Inez glanced about her; the room was empty now. She bent over him and
+whispered:
+
+"Have you never been forced to hide the truth? No, I read it in your
+face, and you are not a woman--an erring woman."
+
+They looked into each other's eyes a while, then Peter asked: "Is the
+Dona Margaret really dead?"
+
+"I do not know," she answered; "I was told so." And as though she feared
+lest she should betray herself, Inez turned and left him quickly.
+
+The days went by, and through the slow degrees of convalescence Peter
+grew strong again. But they brought him no added knowledge. He did not
+know where he dwelt or why he was there. All he knew was that he lived a
+prisoner in a sumptuous palace, or as he suspected, for of this he could
+not be sure, since the arched windows of one side of the building were
+walled up, in the wing of a palace. Nobody came near to him except the
+fair Inez, and a Moor who either was deaf or could understand nothing
+that he said to him in Spanish. There were other women about, it is
+true, very pretty women all of them, who acted as servants, but none of
+these were allowed to approach him; he only saw them at a distance.
+
+Therefore Inez was his sole companion, and with her he grew very
+intimate, to a certain extent, but no further. On the occasion that has
+been described she had lifted a corner of her veil which hid her true
+self, but a long while passed before she enlarged her confidence. The
+veil was kept down very close indeed. Day by day he questioned her, and
+day by day, without the slightest show of irritation, or even annoyance,
+she parried his questions. They knew perfectly well that they were
+matching their wits against each other; but as yet Inez had the best of
+the game, which, indeed, she seemed to enjoy. He would talk to her also
+of all sorts of things--the state of Spain, the Moorish court, the
+danger that threatened Granada, whereof the great siege now drew near,
+and so forth--and of these matters she would discourse most
+intelligently, with the result that he learned much of the state of
+politics in Castile and Granada, and greatly improved his knowledge of
+the Spanish tongue.
+
+But when of a sudden, as he did again and again, he sprang some question
+on her about Morella, or Margaret, or John Castell, that same subtle
+change would come over her face, and the same silence would seal
+her lips.
+
+"Señor," she said to him one day with a laugh, "you ask me of secrets
+which I might reveal to you--perhaps--if you were my husband or my love,
+but which you cannot expect a nurse, whose life hangs on it, to answer.
+Not that I wish you to become my husband or my lover," she added, with a
+little nervous laugh.
+
+Peter looked at her with his grave eyes.
+
+"I know that you do not wish that," he said, "for how could I attract
+one so gay and beautiful as you are?"
+
+"You seem to attract the English Margaret," she replied quickly in a
+nettled voice.
+
+"To have attracted, you mean, as you tell me that she is dead," he
+answered; and, seeing her mistake, Inez bit her lip. "But," he went on,
+"I was going to add, though it may have no value for you, that you have
+attracted me as your true friend."
+
+"Friend!" she said, opening her large eyes, "what talk is this? Can the
+woman Inez find a friend in a man who is under sixty?"
+
+"It would appear so," he answered. And again with that graceful little
+curtsey of hers she went away, leaving him very puzzled. Two days
+later she appeared in his room, evidently much disturbed.
+
+"I thought that you had left me altogether, and I am glad to see you,
+for I tire of that deaf Moor and of this fine room. I want fresh air."
+
+"I know it," she answered; "so I have come to take you to walk in a
+garden."
+
+He leapt for joy at her words, and snatching at his sword, which had
+been left to him, buckled it on.
+
+"You will not need that," she said.
+
+"I thought that I should not need it in yonder inn, but I did," he
+answered. Whereat she laughed, then turned, put her hand upon his
+shoulder and spoke to him earnestly.
+
+"See, friend," she whispered, "you want to walk in the fresh air--do you
+not?--and to learn certain things--and I wish to tell you them. But I
+dare not do it here, where we may at any moment be surrounded by spies,
+for these walls have ears indeed. Well, when we walk in that garden,
+would it be too great a penance for you to put your arm about my
+waist--you who still need support?"
+
+"No penance at all, I assure you," answered Peter with something like a
+smile. For after all he was a man, and young; while the waist of Inez
+was as pretty as all the rest of her. "But," he added, "it might be
+misunderstood."
+
+"Quite so, I wish it to be misunderstood: not by me, who know that you
+care nothing for me and would as soon place your arm round that
+marble column."
+
+Peter opened his lips to speak, but she stopped him at once.
+
+"Oh! do not waste falsehoods on me, in which of a truth you have no
+art," she said with evident irritation. "Why, if you had the money, you
+would offer to pay me for my nursing, and who knows, I might take it!
+Understand, you must either do this, seeming to play the lover to me, or
+we cannot walk together in that garden."
+
+Peter hesitated a little, guessing a plot, while she bent forward till
+her lips almost touched his ear and said in a still lower voice:
+
+"And I cannot tell you how, perhaps--I say perhaps--you may come to see
+the remains of the Dona Margaret, and certain other matters. Ah!" she
+added after a pause, with a little bitter laugh, "now you will kiss me
+from one end of the garden to the other, will you not? Foolish man!
+Doubt no more; take your chance, it may be the last."
+
+"Of what? Kissing you? Or the other things?"
+
+"That you will find out," she said, with a shrug of her shoulders.
+"Come!"
+
+Then, while he followed dubiously, she led him down the length of the
+great room to a door with a spy-hole in the top of it, that was set in a
+Moorish archway at the corner.
+
+This door she opened, and there beyond it, a drawn scimitar in his hand,
+stood a tall Moor on guard. Inez spoke a word to him, whereon he saluted
+with his scimitar and let them pass across the landing to a turret stair
+that lay beyond, which they descended. At its foot was another door,
+whereon she knocked four times. Bolts shot back, keys turned, and it was
+opened by a black porter, beyond whom stood a second Moor, also with
+drawn sword. They passed him as they had passed the first, turned down a
+little passage to the right, ending in some steps, and came to a third
+door, in front of which she halted.
+
+"Now," she said, "nerve yourself for the trial."
+
+"What trial?" he asked, supporting himself against the wall, for he
+found his legs still weak.
+
+"This," she answered, pointing to her waist, "and these," and she
+touched her rich, red lips with her taper finger-points. "Would you
+like to practise a little, my innocent English knight, before we go out?
+You look as though you might seem awkward and unconvincing."
+
+"I think," answered Peter drily, for the humour of the situation moved
+him, "that such practice is somewhat dangerous for me. It might annoy
+you before I had done. I will postpone my happiness until we are in
+the garden."
+
+"I thought so," she answered; "but look now, you must play the part, or
+I shall suffer, who am bearing much for you."
+
+"I think that I may suffer also," he murmured, but not so low that she
+did not catch his words.
+
+"No, friend Pedro," she said, turning on him, "it is the woman who
+suffers in this kind of farce. She pays; the man rides away to play
+another," and without more ado she opened the door, which proved to be
+unlocked and unguarded.
+
+Beyond the foot of some steps lay a most lovely garden. Great, tapering
+cypresses grew about it, with many orange-trees and flowering shrubs
+that filled the soft, southern air with odours. Also there were marble
+fountains into which water splashed from the mouths of carven lions, and
+here and there arbours with stone seats, whereon were laid soft cushions
+of many colours. It was a veritable place of Eastern delight and
+dreams, such as Peter had never known before he looked upon it on that
+languorous eve--he who had not seen the sky or flowers for so many weary
+weeks of sickness. It was secluded also, being surrounded by a high
+wall, but at one place the tall, windowless tower of some other building
+of red stone soared up between and beyond two lofty cypress-trees.
+
+"This is the harem garden," Inez whispered, "where many a painted
+favourite has flitted for a few happy, summer hours, till winter came
+and the butterfly was broken," and, as she spoke, she dropped her veil
+over her face and began to descend the stairs.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+PETER PLAYS A PART
+
+"Stop," said Peter from the shadow of the doorway, "I fear this
+business, Inez, and I do not understand why it is needful. Why cannot
+you say what you have to say here?"
+
+"Are you mad?" she answered almost fiercely through her veil. "Do you
+think that it can be any pleasure for me to seem to make love to a stone
+shaped like a man, for whom I care nothing at all--except as a friend?"
+she added quickly. "I tell you, Señor Peter, that if you do not do as I
+tell you, you will never hear what I have to say, for I shall be held to
+have failed in my business, and within a few minutes shall vanish from
+you for ever--to my death perhaps; but what does that matter to you?
+Choose now, and quickly, for I cannot stand thus for long."
+
+"I obey you, God forgive me!" said the distraught Peter from the
+darkness of the doorway; "but must I really----?"
+
+"Yes, you must," she answered with energy, "and some would not think
+that so great a penance."
+
+Then she lifted the corner of her veil coyly and, peeping out beneath
+it, called in a soft, clear voice, "Oh! forgive me, dear friend, if I
+have run too fast for you, forgetting that you are still so very weak.
+Here, lean upon me; I am frail, but it may serve." And she passed up the
+steps again, to reappear in another moment with Peter's hand resting on
+her shoulder.
+
+"Be careful of these steps," she said, "they are so slippery"--a
+statement to which Peter, whose pale face had grown suddenly red,
+murmured a hearty assent. "Do not be afraid," she went on in her
+flute-like voice; "this is the secret garden, where none can hear words,
+however sweet, and none can see even a caress, no, not the most jealous
+woman. That is why in old days it was called the Sultana's Chamber, for
+there at the end of it was where she bathed in the summer season. What
+say you of spies? Oh! yes, in the palace there are many, but to look
+towards this place, even for the Guardian of the Women, was always
+death. Here there are no witnesses, save the flowers and the birds."
+
+As she spoke thus they reached the central path, and passed up it
+slowly, Peter's hand still upon the shoulder of Inez, and her white arm
+about him, while she looked up into his eyes.
+
+"Bend closer over me," she whispered, "for truly your face is like that
+of a wooden saint," and he bent. "Now," she went on, "listen. Your lady
+lives, and is well--kiss me on the lips, please, that news is worth it.
+If you shut your eyes you can imagine that I am she."
+
+Again Peter obeyed, and with a better grace than might have been
+expected.
+
+"She is a prisoner in this same palace," she went on, "and the marquis,
+who is mad for love of her, seeks by all means, fair or foul, to make
+her his wife!"
+
+"Curse him!" exclaimed Peter with another embrace.
+
+"Till a few days ago she thought you dead; but now she knows that you
+are alive and recovering. Her father, Castell, escaped from the place
+where he was put, and is in hiding among his friends, the Jews, where
+even Morella cannot find him; indeed, he believes him fled from the
+city. But he is not fled, and, having much gold, has opened a door
+between himself and his daughter."
+
+Here she stopped to return the embrace with much warmth. Then they
+passed under some trees, and came to the marble baths where the sultanas
+were supposed to have bathed in summer, for this place had been one of
+the palaces of the Kings of Granada before they lived in the Alhambra.
+Here Inez sat down upon a seat and loosened some garment about her
+throat, for the evening was very hot.
+
+"What are you doing?" Peter asked doubtfully, for he was filled with
+many fears.
+
+"Cooling myself," she answered; "your arm was warm, and we may sit here
+for a few minutes."
+
+"Well, go on with your tale," he said.
+
+"I have little more to say, friend, except that if you wish to send any
+message, I might perhaps be able to take it."
+
+"You are an angel," he exclaimed.
+
+"That is another word for messenger, is it not? Continue."
+
+"Tell her--that if she hears anything of all this business, it isn't
+true."
+
+"On that point she may form her own opinion," replied Inez demurely. "If
+I were in her place I know what mine would be. Don't waste time; we
+must soon begin to walk again."
+
+Peter stared at her, for he could understand nothing of all this play.
+Apparently she read his look, for she answered it in a quiet,
+serious voice:
+
+"You are wondering what everything means, and why I am doing what I do.
+I will tell you, Señor, and you can believe me or not as you like.
+Perhaps you think that I am in love with you. It would not be wonderful,
+would it? Besides, in the old tales, that always happens--the lady who
+nurses the Christian knight and worships him and so forth."
+
+"I don't think anything of the sort; I am not so vain."
+
+"I know it, Señor, you are too good a man to be vain. Well, I do all
+these things, not for love of you, or any one, but for hate--for hate.
+Yes, for hate of Morella," and she clenched her little hand, hissing the
+words out between her teeth.
+
+"I understand the feeling," said Peter. "But--but what has he done to
+_you_?"
+
+"Do not ask me, Señor. Enough that once I loved him--that accursed
+priest Henriques sold me into his power--oh! a long while ago, and he
+ruined me, making me what I am, and--I bore his child, and--and it is
+dead. Oh! Mother of God, my boy is dead, and since then I have been an
+outcast and his slave--they have slaves here in Granada, Señor--
+dependent on him for my bread, forced to do his bidding, forced to wait
+upon his other loves; I, who once was the sultana; I, of whom he has
+wearied. Only to-day--but why should I tell you of it? Well, he has
+driven me even to this, that I must kiss an unwilling stranger in a
+garden," and she sobbed aloud.
+
+"Poor girl!--poor girl!" said Peter, patting her hand kindly with his
+thin fingers. "Henceforth I have another score against Morella, and I
+will pay it too."
+
+"Will you?" she asked quickly. "Ah! if so, I would die for you, who now
+live only to be revenged upon him. And it shall be my first vengeance to
+rob him of that noble-looking mistress of yours, whom he has stolen away
+and has set his heart upon wholly, because she is the first woman who
+ever resisted him--him, who thinks that he is invincible."
+
+"Have you any plan?" asked Peter.
+
+"As yet, none. The thing is very difficult. I go in danger of my life,
+for if he thought that I betrayed him he would kill me like a rat, and
+think no harm of it. Such things can be done in Granada without sin,
+Señor, and no questions asked--at least if the victim be a woman of the
+murderer's household. I have told you already that if I had refused to
+do what I have done this evening I should certainly have been got rid of
+in this way or that, and another set on at the work. No, I have no plan
+yet, only it is I through whom the Señor Castell communicates with his
+daughter, and I will see him again, and see her, and we will make some
+plan. No, do not thank me. He pays me for my services, and I am glad to
+take his money, who hope to escape from this hell and live on it
+elsewhere. Yet, not for all the money in the world would I risk what I
+am risking, though in truth it matters not to me whether I live or die.
+Señor, I will not disguise it from you, all this scene will come to the
+Dona Margaret's ears, but I will explain it to her."
+
+"I pray you, do," said Peter earnestly--"explain it fully."
+
+"I will--I will. I will work for you and her and her father, and if I
+cease to work, know that I am dead or in a dungeon, and fend for
+yourselves as best you may. One thing I can tell you for your
+comfort--no harm has been done to this lady of yours. Morella loves her
+too well for that. He wishes to make her his wife. Or perhaps he has
+sworn some oath, as I know that he has sworn that he will not murder
+you--which he might have done a score of times while you have lain a
+prisoner in his power. Why, once when you were senseless he came and
+stood over you, a dagger in his hand, and reasoned out the case with me.
+I said, 'Why do you not kill him?' knowing that thus I could best help
+to save your life. He answered, 'Because I will not take my wife with
+her lover's blood upon my hands, unless I slay him in fair fight. I
+swore it yonder in London. It was the offering which I made to God and
+to my patron saint that so I might win her fairly, and if I break that
+oath, God will be avenged upon me here and hereafter. Do my bidding,
+Inez. Nurse him well, so that if he dies, he dies without sin of mine,'
+No, he will not murder you or harm her. Friend Pedro, he dare not."
+
+"Can you think of nothing?" asked Peter.
+
+"Nothing--as yet nothing. These walls are high, guards watch them day
+and night, and outside is the great city of Granada where Morella has
+much power, and whence no Christian may escape. But he would marry her.
+And there is that handsome fool-woman, her servant, who is in love with
+him--oh! she told me all about it in the worst Spanish I ever heard, but
+the story is too long to repeat; and the priest, Father Henriques--he
+who wished that you might be killed at the inn, and who loves money so
+much. Ah! now I think I see some light. But we have no more time to
+talk, and I must have time to think. Friend Pedro, make ready your
+kisses, we must go on with our game, and, in truth, you play but badly.
+Come now, your arm. There is a seat prepared for us yonder. Smile and
+look loving. I have not art enough for both. Come!--come!" And together
+they walked out of the dense shadow of the trees and past the marble
+bath of the sultanas to a certain seat beneath a bower on which were
+cushions, and lying among them a lute.
+
+"Seat yourself at my feet," she said, as she sank on to the bench. "Can
+you sing?"
+
+"No more than a crow," he answered.
+
+"Then I must sing to you. Well, it will be better than the love-making."
+Then in a very sweet voice she began to warble amorous Moorish ditties
+that she accompanied upon the lute, whilst Peter, who was weary in body
+and disturbed in mind, played a lover's part to the best of his ability,
+and by degrees the darkness gathered.
+
+At length, when they could no longer see across the garden, Inez ceased
+singing and rose with a sigh.
+
+"The play is finished and the curtain down," she said; "also it is time
+that you went in out of this damp. Señor Pedro, you are a very bad
+actor; but let us pray that the audience was compassionate, and took the
+will for the deed."
+
+"I did not see any audience," answered Peter.
+
+"But it saw you, as I dare say you will find out by-and-by. Follow me
+now back to your room, for I must be going about your business--and my
+own. Have you any message for the Señor Castell?"
+
+"None, save my love and duty. Tell him that, thanks to you, although
+still somewhat feeble, I am recovered of my hurt upon the ship and the
+fever which I took from the sun, and that if he can make any plan to get
+us all out of this accursed city and the grip of Morella I will bless
+his name and yours."
+
+"Good, I will not forget. Now be silent. Tomorrow we will walk here
+again; but be not afraid, then there will be no more need for
+love-making."
+
+Margaret sat by the open window-place of her beautiful chamber in
+Morella's palace. She was splendidly arrayed in a rich, Spanish dress,
+whereof the collar was stiff with pearls, she who must wear what it
+pleased her captor to give her. Her long tresses, fastened with a
+jewelled band, flowed down about her shoulders, and, her hand resting on
+her knee, from her high tower prison she gazed out across the valley at
+the dim and mighty mass of the Alhambra and the ten thousand lights of
+Granada which sparkled far below. Near to her, seated beneath a silver
+hanging-lamp, and also clad in rich array, was Betty.
+
+"What is it, Cousin?" asked the girl, looking at her anxiously. "At
+least you should be happier than you were, for now you know that Peter
+is not dead, but almost recovered from his sickness and in this very
+palace; also, that your father is well and hidden away, plotting for our
+escape. Why, then, are you so sad, who should be more joyful than
+you were?"
+
+"Would you learn, Betty? Then I will tell you. I am betrayed. Peter
+Brome, the man whom I looked upon almost as my husband, is false
+to me."
+
+"Master Peter false!" exclaimed Betty, staring at her open-mouthed. "No,
+it is not possible. I know him; he could not be, who will not even look
+at another woman, if that is what you mean."
+
+"You say so. Then, Betty, listen and judge. You remember this afternoon,
+when the marquis took us to see the wonders of this palace, and I went
+thinking that perhaps I might find some path by which afterwards we
+could escape?"
+
+"Of course I remember, Margaret. We do not leave this cage so often that
+I am likely to forget."
+
+"Then you will remember also that high-walled garden in which we walked,
+where the great tower is, and how the marquis and that hateful priest
+Father Henriques and I went up the tower to study the prospect from its
+roof, I thinking that you were following me."
+
+"The waiting-women would not let me," said Betty. "So soon as you had
+passed in they shut the door and told me to bide where I was till you
+returned. I went near to pulling the hair out of the head of one of them
+over it, since I was afraid for you alone with those two men. But she
+drew her knife, the cat, and I had none."
+
+"You must be careful, Betty," said Margaret, "lest some of these heathen
+folk should do you a mischief."
+
+"Not they," she answered; "they are afraid of me. Why, the other day I
+bundled one of them, whom I found listening at the door, head first down
+the stairs. She complained to the marquis, but he only laughed at her,
+and now she lies abed with a plaster on her nose. But tell me
+your tale."
+
+"We climbed the tower," said Margaret, "and from its topmost room looked
+out through the windows that face south at all the mountains and the
+plain over which they dragged us from Motril. Presently the priest, who
+had gone to the north wall, in which there are no windows, and entered
+some recess there, came out with an evil smile upon his face, and
+whispered something to the marquis, who turned to me and said:
+
+"'The father tells me of an even prettier scene which we can view
+yonder. Come, Señora, and look.'
+
+"So I went, who wished to learn all that I could of the building. They
+led me into a little chamber cut in the thickness of the stone-work, in
+the wall of which are slits like loop-holes for the shooting of arrows,
+wide within, but very narrow without, so that I think they cannot be
+seen from below, hidden as they are between the rough stones of
+the tower.
+
+"'This is the place,' said the marquis, 'where in the old days the kings
+of Granada, who were always jealous, used to sit to watch their women in
+the secret garden. It is told that thus one of them discovered his
+sultana making love to an astrologer, and drowned them both in the
+marble bath at the end of the garden. Look now, beneath us walk a couple
+who do not guess that we are the witnesses of their vows.'
+
+"So I looked idly enough to pass the time, and there I saw a tall man in
+a Moorish dress, and with him, for their arms were about each other, a
+woman. As I was turning my head away who did not wish to spy upon them
+thus, the woman lifted her face to kiss the man, and I knew her for that
+beautiful Inez who has visited us here at times, as a spy I think.
+Presently, too, the man, after paying her back her embrace, glanced
+about him guiltily, and I saw his face also, and knew it."
+
+"Who was it?" asked Betty, for this gossip of lovers interested her.
+
+"Peter Brome, no other," Margaret answered calmly, but with a note of
+despair in her voice. "Peter Brome, pale with recent sickness, but no
+other man."
+
+"The saints save us! I did not think he had it in him!" gasped Betty
+with astonishment.
+
+"They would not let me go," went on Margaret; "they forced me to see it
+all. The pair tarried for a while beneath some trees by the bath and
+were hidden there. Then they came out again and sat them down upon a
+marble seat, while the woman sang songs and the man leaned against her
+lovingly. So it went on until the darkness fell, and we went, leaving
+them there. Now," she added, with a little sob, "what say you?"
+
+"I say," answered Betty, "that it was not Master Peter, who has no
+liking for strange ladies and secret gardens."
+
+"It was he, and no other man, Betty."
+
+"Then, Cousin, he was drugged or drunk or bewitched, not the Peter whom
+we know."
+
+"Bewitched, perchance, by that bad woman, which is no excuse for him."
+
+Betty thought a while. She could not doubt the evidence, but from her
+face it was clear that she took no severe view of the offence.
+
+"Well, at the worst," she said, "men, as I have known them, are men. He
+has been shut up for a long while with that minx, who is very fair and
+witching, and it was scarcely right to watch him through a slit in a
+tower. If he were my lover, I should say nothing about it."
+
+"I will say nothing to him about that or any other matter," replied
+Margaret sternly. "I have done with Peter Brome."
+
+Again Betty thought, and spoke.
+
+"I seem to see a trick. Cousin Margaret, they told you he was dead, did
+they not? And then that news came to us that he was not dead, only sick,
+and here. So the lie failed. Now they tell you, and seem to show you,
+that he is faithless. May not all this have been some part played for a
+purpose by the woman?"
+
+"It takes two to play such parts, Betty. If you had seen----"
+
+"If I had seen, _I_ should have known whether it was but a part or love
+made in good earnest; but you are too innocent to judge. What said the
+marquis all this while, and the priest?"
+
+"Little or nothing, only smiled at each other, and at length, when it
+grew dark and we could see no more, asked me if I did not think that it
+was time to go--me! whom they had kept there all that while to be the
+witness of my own shame."
+
+"Yes, they kept you there--did they not?--and brought you there just at
+the right time--did they not?--and shut me out of the tower so that I
+might not be with you--oh! and all the rest. Now, if you have any
+justice in you, Cousin, you will hear Peter's side of this story before
+you judge him."
+
+"I have judged him," answered Margaret coldly, "and, oh! I wish that I
+were dead."
+
+Margaret rose from her seat and, stepping to the window-place in the
+tower which was built upon the edge of a hill, searched the giddy depth
+beneath with her eyes, where, two hundred feet below, the white line of
+a roadway showed faintly in the moonlight.
+
+"It would be easy, would it not," she said, with a strained laugh, "just
+to lean out a little too far upon this stone, and then one swift rush
+and darkness--or light--for ever--which, I wonder?"
+
+"Light, I think," said Betty, jerking her back from the window--"the
+light of hell fire, and plenty of it, for that would be self-murder,
+nothing else, and besides, what would one look like on that road?
+Cousin, don't be a fool. If you are right, it isn't you who ought to go
+out of that window; and if you are wrong, then you would only make a bad
+business worse. Time enough to die when one must, say I--which, perhaps,
+will be soon enough. Meanwhile, if I were you, I would try to speak to
+Master Peter first, if only to let him know what I thought of him."
+
+"Mayhap," answered Margaret, sinking back into a chair, "but I
+suffer--how can you know what I suffer?"
+
+"Why should I not know?" asked Betty. "Are you the only woman in the
+world who has been fool enough to fall in love? Can I not be as much in
+love as you are? You smile, and think to yourself that the poor
+relation, Betty, cannot feel like her rich cousin. But I do--I do. I
+know that he is a villain, but I love this marquis as much as you hate
+him, or as much as you love Peter, because I can't help myself; it is my
+luck, that's all. But I am not going to throw myself out of a window; I
+would rather throw him out and square our reckoning, and that I swear
+I'll do, in this way or the other, even if it should cost me what I
+don't want to lose--my life," And Betty drew herself up beneath the
+silver lamp with a look upon her handsome, determined face, which was so
+like Margaret's and yet so different, that, could he have seen it, might
+well have made Morella regret that he had chosen this woman for a tool.
+
+While Margaret studied her wonderingly she heard a sound, and glanced up
+to see, standing before them, none other than the beautiful Spaniard, or
+Moor, for she knew not which she was, Inez, that same woman whom, from
+her hiding-place in the tower, she had watched with Peter in the garden.
+
+"How did you come here?" she asked coldly.
+
+"Through the door, Señora, that was left unlocked, which is not wise of
+those who wish to talk privately in such a place as this," she answered
+with a humble curtsey.
+
+"The door is still unlocked," said Margaret, pointing towards it.
+
+"Nay, Señora, you are mistaken; here is its key in my hand. I pray you
+do not tell your lady to put me out, which, being so strong, she well
+can do, for I have words to say to you, and if you are wise you will
+listen to them."
+
+Margaret thought a moment, then answered:
+
+"Say on, and be brief."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+BETTY SHOWS HER TEETH
+
+"Señora," said Inez, "you think that you have something against me."
+
+"No," answered Margaret, "you are--what you are; why should I blame
+you?"
+
+"Well, against the Señor Brome then?"
+
+"Perhaps, but that is between me and him. I will not discuss it with
+you."
+
+"Señora," went on Inez, with a slow smile, "we are both innocent of what
+you thought you saw."
+
+"Indeed; then who is guilty?"
+
+"The Marquis of Morella."
+
+Margaret made no answer, but her eyes said much.
+
+"Señora, you do not believe me, nor is it wonderful. Yet I speak the
+truth. What you saw from the tower was a play in which the Señor Brome
+took his part badly enough, as you may have noticed, because I told him
+that my life hung on it. I have nursed him through a sore sickness,
+Señora, and he is not ungrateful."
+
+"So I judged; but I do not understand you."
+
+"Señora, I am a slave in this house, a discarded slave. Perhaps you can
+guess the rest, it is a common story here. I was offered my freedom at a
+price, that I should weave myself into this man's heart, I who am held
+fair, and make him my lover. If I failed, then perhaps I should be sold
+as a slave--perhaps worse. I accepted--why should I not? It was a small
+thing to me. On the one hand, life, freedom, and wealth, an hidalgo of
+good blood and a gallant friend for a little while, and, on the other,
+the last shame or blackness which doubtless await me now--if I am found
+out. Señora, I failed, who in truth did not try hard to succeed. The man
+looked on me as his nurse, no more, and to me he was one very sick, no
+more. Also, we grew to be true friends, and in this way or in that I
+learned all his story, learned also why the trap was baited thus--that
+you might be deceived and fall into a deeper trap. Señora, I could not
+explain it all to him, indeed, in that chamber where we were spied on, I
+had but little chance. Still, it was necessary that he should seem to be
+what he is not, so I took him into the garden and, knowing well who
+watched us, made him act his part, well enough to deceive you it
+would seem."
+
+"Still I do not understand," said Margaret more softly. "You say that
+your life or welfare hung on this shameful business. Then why do you
+reveal it to me now?"
+
+"To save you from yourself, Señora, to save my friend the Señor Brome,
+and to pay back Morella in his own coin."
+
+"How will you do these things?"
+
+"The first two are done, I think, but the third is difficult. It is of
+that I come to speak with you, at great risk. Indeed, had not my master
+been summoned to the court of the Moorish king I could not have come,
+and he may return at any time."
+
+"Have you some plan?" asked Margaret, leaning towards her eagerly.
+
+"No plan as yet, only an idea." She turned and looked at Betty, adding,
+
+"This lady is your cousin, is she not, though of a different station,
+and somewhat far away?"
+
+Margaret nodded.
+
+"You are not unlike," went on Inez, "of much the same height and shape,
+although the Señora Betty is stronger built, and her eyes are blue and
+her hair golden, whereas your eyes are black and your hair chestnut.
+Beneath a veil, or at night, it would not be easy to tell you apart if
+your hands were gloved and neither of you spoke above a whisper."
+
+"Yes," said Margaret, "what then?"
+
+"Now the Señora Betty comes into the play," replied Inez. "Señora Betty,
+have you understood our talk?"
+
+"Something, not quite all," answered Betty.
+
+"Then what you do not understand your lady must interpret, and be not
+angry with me, I pray you, if I seem to know more of you and your
+affairs than you have ever told me. Render my words now, Dona Margaret."
+
+Then, after this was done, and she had thought awhile, Inez continued
+slowly, Margaret translating from Spanish into English whenever Betty
+could not understand:
+
+"Morella made love to you in England, Señora Betty--did he not?--and won
+your heart as he has won that of many another woman, so that you came to
+believe that he was carrying you off to marry you, and not your cousin?"
+
+"What affair is that of yours, woman?" asked Betty, flushing angrily.
+
+"None at all, save that I could tell much such another story, if you
+cared to listen. But hear me out, and then answer me a question, or
+rather, answer the question first. Would you like to be avenged upon
+this high-born knave?"
+
+"Avenged?" answered Betty, clenching her hands and hissing the words
+through her firm, white teeth. "I would risk my life for it."
+
+"As I do. It seems that we are of one mind there. Then I think that
+perhaps I can show you a way. Look now, your cousin has seen certain
+things which women placed as she is do not like to see. She is jealous,
+she is angry--or was until I told her the truth. Well, to-night or
+to-morrow, Morella will come to her and say, 'Are you satisfied? Do you
+still refuse me in favour of a man who yields his heart to the first
+light-of-love who tempts him? Will you not be my wife?' What if she
+answer, 'Yes, I will.' Nay, be silent both of you, and hear me out. What
+if then there should be a secret marriage, _and the Señora Betty should
+chance to wear the bride's veil_, while the Dona Margaret, in the robe
+of Betty, was let go with the Señor Brome and her father?"
+
+Inez paused, watching them both, and playing with the fan she held,
+while, the rendering of her words finished, Margaret and Betty stared at
+her and at each other, for the audacity and fearfulness of this plot
+took their breath away. It was Margaret who spoke the first.
+
+"You must not do it, Betty," she said. "Why, when the man found you out,
+he would kill you." But Betty took no heed of her, and thought on. At
+length she looked up and answered:
+
+"Cousin, it was my vain folly that brought you all into this trouble,
+therefore I owe something to you, do I not? I am not afraid of the
+man--he is afraid of me; and if it came to killing--why, let Inez lend
+me that knife of hers, and I think that perhaps I should give the first
+blow. And--well, I think I love him, rascal though he is, and,
+afterwards, perhaps we might make it up, who can say?--while, if not----
+But tell me, you, Inez, should I be his legal wife according to the law
+of this land?"
+
+"Assuredly," answered Inez, "if a priest married you and he placed the
+ring upon your hand and named you wife. Then, when once the words of
+blessing have been said, the Pope alone can loose that knot, which may
+be risked, for there would be much to explain, and is this a tale that
+Morella, a good servant of the Church, would care to take to Rome?"
+
+"It would be a trick," broke in Margaret--"a very ugly trick."
+
+"And what was it he played on me and you?" asked Betty. "Nay, I'll
+chance it, and his rage, if only I can be sure that you and Peter will
+go free, and your father with you."
+
+"But what of this Inez?" asked Margaret, bewildered.
+
+"She will look after herself," answered Inez. "Perchance, if all goes
+well, you will let me ride with you. And now I dare stop no longer, I go
+to see your father, the Señor Castell, and if anything can be arranged,
+we will talk again. Meanwhile, Dona Margaret, your affianced is nearly
+well again at last and sends his heart's love to you, and, I counsel
+you, when Morella speaks turn a gentle ear to him."
+
+Then with another deep curtsey she glided to the door, unlocked it, and
+left the room.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+An hour later Inez was being led by an old Jew, dressed in a Moslem robe
+and turban, through one of the most tortuous and crowded parts of
+Granada. It would seem that this Jew was known there, for his
+appearance, accompanied by a veiled woman, apparently caused no surprise
+to those followers of the Prophet that he met, some of whom, indeed,
+saluted him with humility.
+
+"These children of Mahomet seem to love you, Father Israel," said Inez.
+
+"Yes, yes, my dear," answered the old fellow with a chuckle; "they owe
+me money, that is why, and I am getting it in before the great war comes
+with the Spaniards, so they would sweep the streets for me with their
+beards--all of which is very good for the plans of our friend yonder.
+Ah! he who has crowns in his pocket can put a crown upon his head; there
+is nothing that money will not do in Granada. Give me enough of it, and
+I will buy his sultana from the king."
+
+"This Castell has plenty?" asked Inez shortly.
+
+"Plenty, and more credit. He is one of the richest men in England. But
+why do you ask? He would not think of you, who is too troubled about
+other things."
+
+Inez only laughed bitterly, but did not resent the words. Why should
+she? It was not worth while.
+
+"I know," she answered, "but I mean to earn some of it all the same,
+and I want to be sure that there is enough for all of us."
+
+"There is enough, I have told you there is enough and to spare,"
+answered the Hebrew Israel as he tapped on a door in a
+dirty-looking wall.
+
+It opened as though by magic, and they crossed a paved patio, or
+courtyard, to a house beyond, a tumble-down place of Moorish
+architecture.
+
+"Our friend Castell, being in seclusion just now, has hired the cellar
+floor," said Israel with a chuckle to Inez, "so be pleased to follow me,
+and take care of the rats and beetles."
+
+Then he led her down a rickety stair which opened out of the courtyard
+into vaults filled with vats of wine, and, having lit a taper, through
+these, shutting and locking sundry doors behind him, to what appeared to
+be a very damp wall covered with cobwebs, and situated in a dark corner
+of a wine-cave. Here he stopped and tapped again in his peculiar
+fashion, whereon a portion of the wall turned outwards on a pivot,
+leaving an opening through which they could pass.
+
+"Well managed, isn't it?" chuckled Israel. "Who would think of looking
+for an entrance here, especially if he owed the old Jew money? Come in,
+my pretty, come in."
+
+Inez followed him into this darksome hole, and the wall closed behind
+them. Then, taking her by the arm, he turned first to the right, next to
+the left, opened a door with a key which he carried, and, behold, they
+stood in a beautifully furnished room well lighted with lamps, for it
+seemed to have no windows. "Wait here," he said to Inez, pointing to a
+couch on which she sat herself down, "while I fetch my lodger," and he
+vanished through some curtains at the end of the room.
+
+Presently these opened again, and Israel reappeared through them with
+Castell, dressed now in Moorish robes, and looking somewhat pale from
+his confinement underground, but otherwise well enough. Inez rose and
+stood before him, throwing back her veil that he might see her face.
+Castell searched her for a while with his keen eyes that noted
+everything, then said:
+
+"You are the lady with whom I have been in communication through our
+friend here, are you not? Prove it to me now by repeating my messages."
+
+Inez obeyed, telling him everything.
+
+"That is right," he said, "but how do I know that I can trust you? I
+understand you are, or have been, the lover of this man Morella, and
+such an one he might well employ as a spy to bring us all to ruin."
+
+"Is it not too late to ask such questions, Señor? If I am not to be
+trusted, already you and your people are in the hollow of my hand?"
+
+"Not at all, not at all, my dear," said Israel. "If we see the slightest
+cause to doubt you, why, there are many great vats in this place, one of
+which, at a pinch, would serve you as a coffin, though it would be a
+pity to spoil the good wine."
+
+Inez laughed as she answered:
+
+"Save your wine, and your time too. Morella has cast me off, and I hate
+him, and wish to escape from him and rob him of his prize. Also, I
+desire money to live on afterwards, and this you must give to me or I
+do not stir, or rather the promise of it, for you Jews keep your word,
+and I do not ask a maravedi from you until I have played my part."
+
+"And then how many maravedis do you ask, young woman?"
+
+Inez named a sum, at the mention of which both of them opened their
+eyes, and old Israel exclaimed drily:
+
+"Surely--surely you must be one of us."
+
+"No," she answered, "but I try to follow your example, and, if I am to
+live at all, it shall be in comfort."
+
+"Quite so," said Castell, "we understand. But now tell us, what do you
+propose to do for this money?"
+
+"I propose to set you, your daughter, the Dona Margaret, and her lover,
+the Señor Brome, safe and free outside the walls of Granada, and to
+leave the Marquis of Morella married to another woman."
+
+"What other woman? Yourself?" asked Castell, fixing on this last point
+in the programme.
+
+"No, Señor, not for all the wealth of both of you. To your dependent and
+your daughter's relative, the handsome Betty."
+
+"How will you manage that?" exclaimed Castell, amazed.
+
+"These cousins are not unlike, Señor, although the link of blood between
+them is so thin. Listen now, I will tell you." And she explained the
+outlines of her plan.
+
+"A bold scheme enough," said Castell, when she had finished, "but even
+if it can be done, would that marriage hold?"
+
+"I think so," answered Inez, "if the priest knew--and he could be
+bribed--and the bride knows. But if not, what would it matter, since
+Rome alone can decide the question, and long before that is done the
+fates of all of us will be settled."
+
+"Rome--or death," said Castell; and Inez read what he was afraid of in
+his eyes.
+
+"Your Betty takes her chance," she replied slowly, "as many a one has
+done before her with less cause. She is a woman with a mind as strong as
+her body. Morella made her love him and promised to marry her. Then he
+used her to steal your daughter, and she learned that she had been no
+more than a stalking-heifer, from behind which he would net the white
+swan. Do you not think, therefore, that she has something to pay him
+back, she through whom her beloved mistress and cousin has been brought
+into all this trouble? If she wins, she becomes the wife of a grandee of
+Spain, a marchioness; and if she loses, well, she has had her fling for
+a high stake, and perhaps her revenge. At least she is willing to take
+her chance, and, meanwhile, all of you can be gone."
+
+Castell looked doubtfully at the Jew Israel, who stroked his white beard
+and said:
+
+"Let the woman set out her scheme. At any rate she is no fool, and it is
+worth our hearing, though I fear that at the best it must be costly."
+
+"I can pay," said Castell, and motioned to Inez to proceed.
+
+As yet, however, she had not much more to say, save that they must have
+good horses at hand, and send a messenger to Seville, whither the
+_Margaret_ had been ordered to proceed, bidding her captain hold his
+ship ready to sail at any hour, should they succeed in reaching him.
+
+These things, then, they arranged, and a while later Inez and Israel
+departed, the former carrying with her a bag of gold.
+
+That same night Inez sought the priest, Henriques of Motril, in that
+hall of Morella's palace which was used as a private chapel, saying that
+she desired to speak with him under pretence of making confession, for
+they were old friends--or rather enemies.
+
+As it chanced she found the holy father in a very ill humour. It
+appeared that Morella also was in a bad humour with Henriques, having
+heard that it was he who had possessed himself of the jewels in his
+strong-box on the _San Antonio_. Now he insisted upon his surrendering
+everything, and swore, moreover, that he would hold him responsible for
+all that his people had stolen from the ship, and this because he said
+that it was his fault that Peter Brome had escaped the sea and come on
+to Granada.
+
+"So, Father," said Inez, "you, who thought yourself rich, are poor
+again."
+
+"Yes, my daughter, and that is what chances to those who put their faith
+in princes. I have served this marquis well for many years--to my soul's
+hurt, I fear me--hoping that he who stands so high in the favour of the
+Church would advance me to some great preferment. But instead, what does
+he do? He robs me of a few trinkets that, had I not found them, the sea
+would have swallowed or some thief would have taken, and declares me his
+debtor for the rest, of which I know nothing."
+
+"What preferment did you want, Father? I see that you have one in your
+mind."
+
+"Daughter, a friend had written to me from Seville that if I have a
+hundred gold doubloons to pay for it, he can secure me the place of a
+secretary in the Holy Office where I served before as a familiar until
+the marquis made me his chaplain, and gave the benefice of Motril, which
+proved worth nothing, and many promises that are worth less. Now those
+trinkets would fetch thirty, and I have saved twenty, and came here to
+borrow the other fifty from the marquis, to whom I have done so many
+good turns--as _you_ know well, Inez. You see the end of that quest,"
+and he groaned angrily.
+
+"It is a pity," said Inez thoughtfully, "since those who serve the
+Inquisition save many souls, do they not, including their own? For
+instance," she added, and the priest winced at the words, "I remember
+that they saved the soul of my own sister and would have saved mine, had
+I been--what shall I say?--more--more prejudiced. Also, they get a
+percentage of the goods of wicked heretics, and so become rich and able
+to advance themselves."
+
+"That is so, Inez. It was the chance of a lifetime, especially to one
+who, like myself, hates heretics. But why speak of it now when that
+cursed, dissolute marquis----" and he checked himself.
+
+Inez looked at him.
+
+"Father," she asked, "if I happen to be able to find you those hundred
+gold doubloons, would you do something for me?"
+
+The priest's foxy face lit up.
+
+"I wonder what there is that I would not do, my daughter!"
+
+"Even if it brought you into a quarrel with the marquis?
+
+"Once I was a secretary to the Inquisition of Seville, he would have
+more reason to fear me than I him. Aye, and fear me he should, who bear
+him no love," answered the priest with a snarl.
+
+"Then listen, Father. I have not made my confession yet; I have not told
+you, for instance, that I also hate this marquis, and with good
+cause--though perhaps you know that already. But remember that if you
+betray me, you will never see those hundred gold doubloons, and some
+other holy priest will be appointed secretary at Seville. Also worse
+things may happen to you."
+
+"Proceed, my daughter," he said unctuously; "are we not in the
+confessional--or near it?"
+
+So she told him all the plot, trusting to the man's avarice and other
+matters to protect her, for Inez hated Fray Henriques bitterly, and knew
+him from the crown of his shaven head to the soles of his erring feet,
+as she had good cause to do. Only she did not tell him whence the money
+was to come.
+
+"That does not seem a very difficult matter," he said, when she had
+finished. "If a man and a woman, unwed and outside the prohibited
+degrees, appear before me to be married, I marry them, and once the ring
+has passed and the office is said, married they are till death or the
+Pope part them."
+
+"And suppose that the man thinks he is marrying another woman, Father?"
+
+The priest shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"He should know whom he is marrying; that is his affair, not the
+Church's or mine. The names need not be spoken too loudly, my daughter."
+
+"But you would give me a writing of the marriage with them set out
+plain?"
+
+"Certainly. To you or to anybody else; why should I not?--that is, if I
+were sure of this wedding fee."
+
+Inez lifted her hand, and showed beneath it a little pile of ten
+doubloons.
+
+"Take them, Father," she said; "they will not be counted in the
+contract. There are others where they came from, whereof twenty will be
+paid before the marriage, and eighty when I have that writing
+at Seville."
+
+He swept up the coins and pocketed them, saying:
+
+"I will trust you, Inez."
+
+"Yes," she answered as she left him, "we must trust each other now--must
+we not?--seeing that you have the money, and both our necks are in the
+same noose. Be here, Father, to-morrow at the same time, in case I have
+more confessions to make, for, alas! this is a sinful world, as you
+should know very well."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+THE PLOT
+
+On the morning following these conversations, just after Margaret and
+Betty had breakfasted, Inez appeared, and, as before, locked the door
+behind her.
+
+"Señoras," she said calmly, "I have arranged that little business of
+which I spoke to you yesterday, or at least the first act of the play,
+since it remains for you to write the rest. Now I am sent to say that
+the noble Marquis of Morella craves leave to see you, Dona Margaret, and
+within an hour. So there is no time to lose."
+
+"Tell us what you have done, Inez?" said Margaret.
+
+"I have seen your worshipful father, Dona Margaret; here is the token of
+it, which you will do well to destroy when you have read." And she
+handed her a slip of paper, whereon was written in her father's writing,
+and in English:
+
+"BELOVED DAUGHTER,
+
+"This messenger, who I think may be trusted by you, has made
+arrangements with me which she will explain. I approve, though the risk
+is great. Your cousin is a brave girl, but, understand, I do not force
+her to this dangerous enterprise. She must choose her own road, only I
+promise that if she escapes and we live I will not forget her deed. The
+messenger will bring me your answer. God be with us all, and farewell.
+
+"J.C."
+
+Margaret read this letter first to herself and then aloud to Betty, and,
+having read, tore it into tiny fragments and threw them from the
+turret window.
+
+"Speak now," she said; and Inez told her everything.
+
+"Can you trust the priest?" asked Margaret, when she had finished.
+
+"He is a great villain, as I have reason to know; still, I think I can,"
+she answered, "while the cabbage is in front of the donkey's nose--I
+mean until he has got all the money. Also, he has committed himself by
+taking some on account. But before we go further, the question is--does
+this lady play?" and she pointed to Betty.
+
+"Yes, I play," said Betty, when she understood everything. "I won't go
+back upon my word; there is too much at stake. It is an ugly business
+for me, I know well enough, but," she added slowly, setting her firm
+mouth, "I have debts to pay all round, and I am no Spanish putty to be
+squeezed flat--like some people," and she glanced at the humble-looking
+Inez. "So, before all is done, it may be uglier for him."
+
+When she had mastered the meaning of this speech the soft-voiced Inez
+lifted her gentle eyes in admiration, and murmured a Spanish proverb as
+to what is supposed to occur when Satan encounters Beelzebub in a
+high-walled lane. Then, being a lady of resource and experience, the
+plot having been finally decided upon, not altogether with Margaret's
+approval, who feared for Betty's fate when it should be discovered, Inez
+began to instruct them both in various practical expedients, by means of
+which the undoubted general resemblance of these cousins might be
+heightened and their differences toned down. To this end she promised to
+furnish them with certain hair-washes, pigments, and articles
+of apparel.
+
+"It is of small use," said Betty, glancing first at herself and then at
+the lovely Margaret, "for even if they change skins, who can make the
+calf look like the fawn, though they chance to feed in the same meadow?
+Still, bring your stuffs and I will do my best; but I think that a thick
+veil and a shut mouth will help me more than any of them, also a long
+gown to hide my feet."
+
+"Surely they are charming feet," said Inez politely, adding to herself,
+"to carry you whither you wish to go." Then she turned to Margaret and
+reminded her that the marquis desired to see her, and waited for
+her answer.
+
+"I will not meet him alone," said Margaret decidedly.
+
+"That is awkward," answered Inez, "as I think he has words to say to you
+which he does not wish others to hear, especially the señora yonder,"
+and she nodded towards Betty.
+
+"I will not meet him alone," repeated Margaret.
+
+"Yet, if things are to go forward as we have arranged, you must meet
+him, Dona Margaret, and give him that answer which he desires. Well, I
+think it can be arranged. The court below is large. Now, while you and
+the marquis talk at one end of it, the Señora Betty and I might walk out
+of earshot at the other. She needs more instruction in our Spanish
+tongue; it would be a good opportunity to begin our lessons."
+
+"But what am I to say to him?" asked Margaret nervously.
+
+"I think," answered Inez, "that you must copy the example of that
+wonderful actor, the Señor Peter, and play a part as well as you saw him
+do, or even better, if possible."
+
+"It must be a very different part then," replied Margaret, stiffening
+visibly at certain recollections.
+
+The gentle Inez smiled as she said:
+
+"Yes, but surely you can seem jealous, for that is natural to us all,
+and you can yield by degrees, and you can make a bargain as the price of
+yourself in marriage."
+
+"What exact bargain should I make?"
+
+"I think that you shall be securely wed by a priest of your own Church,
+and that letters, signed by that priest and announcing the marriage,
+shall be delivered to the Archbishop of Seville, and to their Majesties
+King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella. Also, of course, you must arrange
+that the Señor Brome and your father, the Señor Castell, and your cousin
+Betty here shall be escorted safe out of Granada before your marriage,
+and that you shall see them pass through the gate beneath your turret
+window, swearing that thereafter, at nightfall of the same day, you will
+suffer the priest to do his office and make you Morella's wife. By that
+time they should be well upon their road, and, after the rite is
+celebrated, I will receive the signed papers from the priest and follow
+them, leaving the false bride to play her part as best she can."
+
+Again Margaret hesitated; the thing seemed too complicated and full of
+danger. But while she thought, a knock came on the door.
+
+"That is to tell me that Morella awaits your answer in the court," said
+Inez. "Now, which is it to be? Remember that there is no other chance of
+escape for you, or the others, from this guarded town--at least I can
+see none."
+
+"I accept," said Margaret hurriedly, "and God help us all, for we shall
+need Him."
+
+"And you, Señora Betty?"
+
+"Oh! I made up my mind long ago," answered Betty coolly. "We can only
+fail, when we shall be no worse off than before."
+
+"Good. Then play your parts well, both of you. After all, they should
+not be so difficult, for the priest is safe, and the marquis will never
+scent such a trick as this. Fix the marriage for this day week, as I
+have much to think of and make ready," and she went.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Half an hour later Margaret sat under the cool arcade of the marble
+court, and with her, Morella, while upon the further side of its
+splashing fountain and out of earshot, Betty and Inez walked to and fro
+in the shadow.
+
+"You sent for me, Marquis," said Margaret presently, "and, being your
+prisoner, I have come because I must. What is your pleasure with me?"
+
+"Dona Margaret," he answered gravely, "can you not guess? Well, I will
+tell you, lest you should guess wrong. First, it is to ask your
+forgiveness as I have done before, for the many crimes to which my love,
+my true love, for you has driven me. This time yesterday I knew well
+that I could expect none. To-day I dare to hope that it may be
+otherwise."
+
+"Why so, Marquis?"
+
+"Last evening you looked into a certain garden and saw two people
+walking there--yonder is one of them," and he nodded towards Inez.
+"Shall I go on?"
+
+"No," she answered in a low voice, and passing her hands before her
+face. "Only tell me who and what is that woman?" and in her turn she
+looked towards Inez.
+
+"Is it necessary?" he asked. "Well, if you wish to know, she is a
+Spaniard of good blood who with her sister was taken captive by the
+Moors. A certain priest, who took an interest in the sister, brought her
+to my notice and I bought her from them; so, as her parents were dead
+and she had nowhere else to go, she elected to stay in my house. You
+must not judge such things too harshly; they are common here. Also, she
+has been very useful to me, being clever, for through her I have
+intelligence of many things. Of late, however, she has grown tired of
+this life, and wishes to earn her freedom, which I have promised her in
+return for certain services, and to leave Granada."
+
+"Was the nursing of my betrothed one of those services, Marquis?"
+
+He shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"As you will, Señora. Certainly I forgive her this indiscretion, if at
+last she has shown you the truth about that man for whose sake you have
+endured so much. Margaret, now that you know him for what he is, say, do
+you still cling to him?"
+
+She rose and walked a few steps down the arcade, then came back and
+asked:
+
+"Are you any better than this fallen man?"
+
+"I think so, Margaret, for since I knew you I am a risen man; all my old
+self is left behind me, I am a new creature, and my sins have been for
+you, not against you. Hear me, I beseech you. I stole you away, it is
+true, but I have done you no harm, and will do you none. For your sake
+also I have spared your father when I had but to make a sign to remove
+him from my path. I suffered him to escape from the prison where he was
+confined, and I know the place where he thinks himself hidden to-day
+among the Jews of Granada. Also, I nursed Peter Brome back to life, when
+at any hour I could have let him die, lest afterwards I might have it on
+my conscience that, but for my love for you, he might perhaps still be
+living. Well, you have seen him as he is, and what say you now? Will you
+still reject me? Look on me," and he drew up his tall and stately shape,
+"and tell me, am I such a man as a woman should be ashamed to own as
+husband? Remember, too, that I have much to give you in this land of
+Spain, whereof you shall become one of the greatest ladies, or perhaps
+in the future," he added significantly, "even more. War draws near,
+Margaret; this city and all its rich territories will fall into the
+hands of Spain, and afterwards I shall be their governor, almost
+their king."
+
+"And if I refuse?" asked Margaret.
+
+"Then," he answered sternly, "you bide here, and that false lover of
+yours bides here, and your father bides here to take the chance of war
+as Christian captives with a thousand others who languish in the
+dungeons of the Alhambra, while, my mission ended, I go hence to play my
+part in battle amongst my peers, as one of the first captains of their
+Most Catholic Majesties. Yet it is not to your fears that I would
+appeal, but to your heart, for I seek your love and your dear
+companionship through life, and, if I can help it, desire to work you
+and yours no harm."
+
+"You desire to work them no harm. Then, if I were to fall in with your
+humour, would you let them go in safety?--I mean my father and the Señor
+Brome and my cousin Betty, whom, if you were as honest as you pretend to
+be, you should ask to bide with you as your wife, and not myself."
+
+"The last I cannot do," he answered, flushing. "God knows I meant her no
+hurt, and only used her to keep near to and win news of you, thinking
+her, to tell truth, somewhat other than she is."
+
+"Are no women honest here in Spain, then, my lord Marquis?"
+
+"A few, a very few, Dona Margaret. But I erred about Betty, whom I took
+for a simple serving-girl, and to whom, if need be, I am ready to make
+all amends."
+
+"Except that which is due to a woman you have asked to be your wife, and
+who in our country could claim the fulfilment of your promise, or
+declare you shamed. But you have not answered. Would they go free?"
+
+"As free as air--especially the Señora Betty," he added with a little
+smile, "for to speak truth, there is something in that woman's eyes
+which frightens me at times. I think that she has a long memory. Within
+an hour of our marriage you shall look down from your window and see
+them depart under escort, every one, to go whither they will."
+
+"Nay," answered Margaret, "it is not enough. I should need to see them
+go before, and then, if I consented, not till the sun had set would I
+pay the price of their ransom."
+
+"Then do you consent? he asked eagerly.
+
+"My lord Marquis, it would seem that I must. My betrothed has played me
+false. For a month or more I have been prisoner in your palace, which I
+understand has no good name, and, if I refuse, you tell me that all of
+us will be cast into yonder dungeons to be sold as slaves or die
+prisoners of the Moors. My lord Marquis, fate and you leave me but
+little choice. On this day week I will marry you, but blame me not if
+you find me other than you think, as you have found my cousin whom you
+befooled. Till then, also, I pray you that you will leave me quite
+untroubled. If you have arrangements to make or commands to send, the
+woman Inez yonder will serve as messenger, for of her I know the worst."
+
+"I will obey you in all things, Dona Margaret," he answered humbly. "Do
+you desire to see your father or--" and he paused.
+
+"Neither of them," she answered. "I will write to them and send my
+letters by this Inez. Why should I see them," she added passionately,
+"who have done with the old days when I was free and happy, and am about
+to become the wife of the most noble Marquis of Morella, that honourable
+grandee of Spain, who tricked a poor girl by a false promise of
+marriage, and used her blind and loving folly to trap and steal me from
+my home? My lord, till this day week I bid you farewell," and, walking
+from the arcade to the fountain, she called aloud to Betty to accompany
+her to their rooms.
+
+The week for which Margaret had bargained had gone by. All was prepared.
+Inez had shown to Morella the letters that his bride to be wrote to her
+father and to Peter Brome; also the answers, imploring and passionate,
+to the same. But there were other letters and other answers which she
+had not shown. It was afternoon, swift horses were ready in the
+courtyard, and with them an escort, while, disguised as Moors, Castell
+and Peter waited under guard in a chamber close at hand. Betty, dressed
+in the robes of a Moorish woman, and thickly veiled, stood before
+Morella, to whom Inez had led her.
+
+"I come to tell you," she said, "that at sundown, three hours after we
+have passed beneath her window, my cousin and mistress will wait to be
+made your wife, but if you try to disturb her before then she will be no
+wife of yours, or any man's."
+
+"I obey," answered Morella; "and, Señora Betty, I pray your pardon, and
+that you will accept this gift from me in token of your forgiveness."
+And with a low bow he handed to her a beautiful necklace of pearls.
+
+"I take them," said Betty, with a bitter laugh, "as they may serve to
+buy me a passage back to England. But forgive you I do not, Marquis of
+Morella, and I warn you that there is a score between us which I may
+yet live to settle. You seem to have won, but God in Heaven takes note
+of the wickedness of men, and in this way or in that He always pays His
+debts. Now I go to bid farewell to my cousin Margaret, but to you I do
+not bid farewell, for I think that we shall meet again," and with a sob
+she let fall the veil which she had lifted above her lips to speak and
+departed with Inez, to whom she whispered as they went, "He will not
+linger for any more good-byes with Betty Dene."
+
+They entered Margaret's room and locked the door behind them. She was
+seated on a low divan wrapped in a loose robe, and by her side,
+glittering with silver and with gems, lay her bridal veil and garments.
+
+"Be swift," said Inez to Betty, who stripped off her Moorish dress and
+the long, flowing veil that was wrapped about her head, whereon it was
+seen that her hair had changed greatly in colour, from yellow to dark
+chestnut indeed, while her eyes, ringed about with pigments, and made
+lustrous by drugs dropped into them, looked no longer blue, but black
+like Margaret's. Yes, and wonder of wonders, on the right side of the
+chin and on the back of the neck were moles, or beauty-spots, just such
+as Margaret had borne there from her birth! In short, their stature
+being much the same, though Betty was more thickly built, except in the
+strongest light it would not have been easy to distinguish them apart,
+even unveiled, for at all such arts of the altering of the looks of
+women, Inez was an adept, and she had done her best.
+
+Now Margaret clothed herself in the white robes and the thick head-dress
+that hid her face, all except a little crack left for the eyes to peep
+through, whilst Betty, with the help of Inez, arrayed herself in the
+wondrous wedding robe beset with jewels that was Morella's bridal gift,
+and hid her dyed tresses beneath the pearl-sewn veil. Within ten minutes
+all was finished, even to the dagger that Betty had tied about her
+beneath her robe, and the two transformed women stood staring at
+each other.
+
+"It is time to go," said Inez.
+
+Then Margaret broke out:
+
+"I do not like this business; I never did. When he discovers all, that
+man's rage will be terrible, and he will kill her. I repent that I have
+consented to the plot."
+
+"It is too late to repent now, Señora," said Inez.
+
+"Cannot Betty be got away also?" asked Margaret desperately.
+
+"It is just possible," answered Inez; "thus, before the marriage,
+according to the old custom here, I hand the cups of wine to the
+bridegroom and the bride. That for the marquis will be drugged, since he
+must not see too clear to-night. Well, I might brew it stronger so that
+within half an hour he would not know whether he were married or single,
+and then, perhaps, she might escape with me and come to join you. But it
+is very risky, and, of course, if we were discovered--the stitch would
+be out of the wineskin, and the cellar floor might be stained!"
+
+Now Betty interrupted:
+
+"Keep your stitches whole, Cousin; if any skins are to be pricked it
+can't be helped, and at least you won't have to wipe up the mess. I am
+not going to run away from the man, more likely he will run away from
+me. I look well in this fine dress of yours, and I mean to wear it out.
+Now begone--begone, before some of them come to seek me. Don't you
+grieve for me; I'll lie in the bed that I have made, and if the worst
+comes to the worst, I have money in my pocket--or its worth--and we will
+meet again in England. Come, give my love and duty to Master Peter and
+your father, and if I should see them no more, bid them think kindly of
+Betty Dene, who was such a plague to them."
+
+Then, taking Margaret in her strong arms, she kissed her again and
+again, and fairly thrust her from the room.
+
+But when they were gone, poor Betty sat down and cried a little, till
+she remembered that hot tears might melt the paint upon her face, and,
+drying them, went to the window and watched.
+
+A while later, from her lofty niche, she saw six Moorish horsemen riding
+along the white road to the embattled gate. After them came two men and
+a woman, all splendidly mounted, also dressed as Moors, and then six
+other horsemen. They passed the gate which was opened for them and began
+to mount the slope beyond. At the crest of it the woman halted and,
+turning, waved a handkerchief. Betty answered the signal, and in another
+minute they had vanished, and she was alone.
+
+Never did she spend a more weary afternoon. Two hours later, still
+watching at her window, she saw the Moorish escort return, and knew that
+all was well, and that by now, Margaret, her lover, and her father were
+safely started on their journey. So she had not risked her life in vain.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+THE HOLY HERMANDAD
+
+Down the long passages, through the great, fretted halls, across the
+cool marble courts, flitted Inez and Margaret. It was like a dream. They
+went through a room where women, idling or working at tapestries, looked
+at them curiously. Margaret heard one of them say to another:
+
+"Why does the Dona Margaret's cousin leave her?" And the answer,
+"Because she is in love with the marquis herself, and cannot bear
+to stay."
+
+"What a fool!" said the first woman. "She is good looking, and would
+only have had to wait a few weeks."
+
+They passed an open door, that of Morella's own chambers. Within it he
+stood and watched them go by. When they were opposite to him some doubt
+or idea seemed to strike his mind, for he looked at them keenly, stepped
+forward, then, thinking better of it, or perhaps remembering Betty's
+bitter tongue, halted and turned aside. That danger had gone by!
+
+At length, none hindering them, they reached the yard where the escort
+and the horses waited. Here, standing under an archway, were Castell and
+Peter. Castell greeted Margaret in English and kissed her through her
+veil, while Peter, who had not seen her close since months before he
+rode away to Dedham, stared at her with all his eyes, and began to draw
+near to her, designing to find out, as he was sure he could do if once
+he touched her, whether indeed this were Margaret, or only Betty after
+all. Guessing what was in his mind, and that he might reveal everything,
+Inez, who held a long pin in her hand with which she was fastening her
+veil that had come loose, pretended to knock against him, and ran the
+point deep into his arm, muttering, "Fool!" as she did so. He sprang
+back with an oath, the guard smiled, and she began to pray his pardon.
+
+Castell helped Margaret on to her horse, then mounted his own, as did
+Peter, still rubbing his arm, but not daring to look towards Margaret,
+whose hand Inez shook familiarly in farewell as though she were her
+equal, addressing her the while in terms of endearment such as Spanish
+women use to each other. An officer of Morella's household came and
+counted them, saying:
+
+"Two men and a woman. That is right, though I cannot see the woman's
+face."
+
+For a moment he seemed to be about to order her to unveil, but Inez
+called to him that it was not decent before all these Moors, whereon he
+nodded and ordered the captain to proceed.
+
+They rode through the arch of the castle along the roadway, through the
+great gate of the wall also, where the guard questioned their escort,
+stared at them, and, after receiving a present from Castell, let them
+go, telling them they were lucky Christians to get alive out of Granada,
+as indeed they were.
+
+At the brow of the rise Margaret turned and waved her handkerchief
+towards that high window which she knew so well. Another handkerchief
+was waved in answer, and, thinking of the lonely Betty watching them
+there while she awaited the issue of her desperate venture, Margaret
+went on, weeping beneath her veil. For an hour they rode forward,
+speaking few words to each other, till at length they came to the
+cross-roads, one of which ran to Malaga, and the other towards Seville.
+
+Here the escort halted, saying that their orders were to leave them at
+this point, and asking which road they intended to take. Castell
+answered that to Malaga, whereon the captain replied that they were
+wise, as they were less likely to meet bands of marauding thieves who
+called themselves Christian soldiers, and murdered or robbed all
+travellers who fell into their hands. Then Castell offered him a
+present, which he accepted gravely, as though he did him a great favour,
+and, after bows and salutations, they departed.
+
+As soon as the Moors were gone the three rode a little way towards
+Malaga. Then, when there was nobody in sight, they turned across country
+and gained the Seville road. At last they were alone and, halting
+beneath the walls of a house that had been burnt in some Christian raid,
+they spoke together freely for the first time, and oh! what a moment was
+that for all of them!
+
+Peter pushed his horse alongside that of Margaret, crying:
+
+"Speak, beloved. Is it truly you?"
+
+But Margaret, taking no heed of him, leant over and, throwing her arm
+around her father's neck, kissed him again and again through her veil,
+blessing God that they had lived to meet in safety. Peter tried to kiss
+her also; but she caused her horse to move so that he nearly fell from
+his saddle.
+
+"Have a care, Peter," she said to him, "or your love of kissing will
+lead you into more trouble." Whereon, guessing of what she spoke, he
+coloured furiously, and began to explain at length.
+
+"Cease," she said--"cease. I know all that story, for I saw you," then,
+relenting, with some brief, sweet words of greeting and gratitude, gave
+him her hand, which he kissed often enough.
+
+"Come," said Castell, "we must push on, who have twenty miles to cover
+before we reach that inn where Israel has arranged that we should sleep
+to-night. We will talk as we go." And talk they did, as well as the
+roughness of the road and the speed at which they must travel
+would allow.
+
+Riding as hard as they were able, at length they came to the _venta_, or
+rough hostelry, just as the darkness closed in. At the sight of it they
+thanked God aloud, for this place was across the Moorish border, and now
+they had little to fear from Granada. The host, a half-bred Spaniard and
+a Christian, expected them, having received a message from Israel, with
+whom he had had dealings, and gave them two rooms, rude enough, but
+sufficient, and good food and wine, also stabling and barley for their
+horses, bidding them sleep well and have no fear, as he and his people
+would watch and warn them of any danger.
+
+Yet it was late before they slept, who had so much to say to each
+other--especially Peter and Margaret--and were so happy at their escape,
+if only for a little while. Yet across their joy, like the sound of a
+funeral bell at a merry feast, came the thought of Betty and that
+fateful marriage in which ere now she must have played her part. Indeed,
+at last Margaret knelt down and offered up prayers to Heaven that the
+saints might protect her cousin in the great peril which she had
+incurred for them, nor was Peter ashamed to join her in that prayer.
+Then they embraced--especially Peter and Margaret--and laid them down,
+Castell and his daughter in one room, and Peter in the other, and slept
+as best they could.
+
+Half an hour before dawn Peter was up seeing to the horses while the
+others breakfasted and packed the food that the landlord had made ready
+for their journey. Then he also swallowed some meat and wine, and at the
+first break of day, having discharged their reckoning and taken a letter
+from their host to those of other inns upon the road, they pressed on
+towards Seville, very thankful to find that as yet there were no signs
+of their being pursued.
+
+All that day, with short pauses to rest themselves and their horses,
+they rode on without accident, for the most part over a fertile plain
+watered by several rivers which they crossed at fords or over bridges.
+As night fell they reached the old town of Oxuna, which for many hours
+they had seen set upon its hill before them, and, notwithstanding their
+Moorish dress, made their way almost unobserved in the darkness to that
+inn to which they had been recommended. Here, although he stared at
+their garments, on finding that they had plenty of money, the landlord
+received them well enough, and again they were fortunate in securing
+rooms to themselves. It had been their purpose to buy Spanish clothes in
+this town, but, as it happened, it was a feast day, and at night every
+shop in the place was closed, so they could get none. Now, as they
+greatly desired to reach Seville by the following nightfall, hoping
+under cover of the darkness to find and come aboard of their ship, the
+_Margaret_, which they knew lay safely in the river, and had been
+advised by messenger of their intended journey, it was necessary for
+them to leave Oxuna before the dawn. So, unfortunately enough as it
+proved, it was impossible for them to put off their Moorish robes and
+clothe themselves as Christians.
+
+They had hoped, too, that here at Oxuna Inez might overtake them, as she
+had promised to do if she could, and give them tidings of what had
+happened since they left Granada. But no Inez came. So, comforting
+themselves with the thought that however hard she rode it would be
+difficult for her to reach them, who had some hours' start, they left
+Oxuna in the darkness before any one was astir.
+
+Having crossed some miles of plain, they passed up through olive groves
+into hills where cork-trees grew, and here stopped to eat and let the
+horses feed. Just as they were starting on again, Peter, looking round,
+saw mounted men--a dozen or more of them of very wild aspect--cantering
+through the trees evidently with the object of cutting them off.
+
+"Thieves!" he said shortly. "Ride for it."
+
+So they began to gallop, and their horses, although somewhat jaded,
+being very swift, passed in front of these men before they could regain
+the road. The band shouted to them to surrender, and, as they did not
+stop, loosed a few arrows and pursued them, while they galloped down the
+hillside on to a plain which separated them from more hills also clothed
+with cork-trees. This plain was about three miles wide and boggy in
+places. Still they kept well ahead of the brigands, as they took them to
+be, hoping that they would give up the pursuit or lose sight of them
+amongst the trees. As they entered these, however, to their dismay they
+saw, drawn up in front of them and right across the road, another band
+of rough-looking men, perhaps twelve in all.
+
+"Trap!" said Peter. "We must ride through them--it is our only chance,"
+at the same time spurring his horse to the front and drawing his sword.
+
+Choosing the spot where their line was weakest he dashed through it
+easily enough but next second heard a cry from Margaret, and pulled his
+horse round to see that her mare had fallen, and that she and Castell
+were in the hands of the thieves. Indeed, already rough men had hold of
+her, and one of them was trying to tear the veil from her face. With a
+shout of rage Peter charged them, and struck so fierce a blow that his
+sword cut through the fellow's helmet into his skull, so that he fell
+down, dying or dead, Margaret's veil still in his hand.
+
+Then they rushed at him, five or six of them, and, although he wounded
+another man, dragged him from his horse, and, as he lay upon his back,
+sprang at him to finish him before he could rise. Already their knives
+and swords were over him, and he was making his farewells to life, when
+he heard a voice command them to desist and bind his arms. This was
+quickly done, and he was suffered to rise from the ground to see before
+him, not Morella, as he half expected, but a man clad in fine armour
+beneath his rough cloak, evidently an officer of rank. "What kind of a
+Moor are you," he asked, "who dare to kill the soldiers of the Holy
+Hermandad in the heart of the King's country?" and he pointed to
+the dead man.
+
+"I am not a Moor," answered Peter in his rough Spanish. "I am a
+Christian escaped from Granada, and I cut down that man because he was
+trying to insult my betrothed, as you would have done, Señor. I did not
+know that he was a soldier of the Hermandad; I thought him a common
+thief of the hills."
+
+This speech, or as much as he could understand of it, seemed to please
+the officer, but before he could answer, Castell said:
+
+"Sir Officer, the señor is an Englishman, and does not speak your
+language well--"
+
+"He uses his sword well, anyhow," interrupted the captain, glancing at
+the dead soldier's cloven helm and head.
+
+"Yes, Sir, he is of your trade and, as the scar upon his face shows, has
+fought in many wars. Sir, what he tells you is true. We are Christian
+captives escaped from Granada and flying to Seville with my daughter, to
+whom I pray you to do no harm, to ask for the protection of their
+gracious Majesties, and to find a passage back to England."
+
+"You do not look like an Englishman," answered the captain; "you look
+like a Marano."
+
+"Sir, I cannot help my looks. I am a merchant of London, Castell by
+name. It is one well known in Seville and throughout this land, where I
+have large dealings, as, if I can but see him, your king himself will
+acknowledge. Be not deceived by our dress, which we had to put on in
+order to escape from Granada, but, I beseech you, let us go on
+to Seville."
+
+"Señor Castell," answered the officer, "I am the Captain Arrano of
+Puebla, and, since you would not stop when we called to you, and have
+killed one of my best soldiers, to Seville you must certainly go, but
+with me, not by yourselves. You are my prisoners, but have no fear. No
+violence shall be done to you or the lady, who must take your trials for
+your deeds before the King's court, and there tell your story, true
+or false."
+
+So, having been disarmed of their swords, they were allowed to remount
+their horses and taken on towards Seville as prisoners.
+
+"At least," said Margaret to Peter, "we have nothing more to fear from
+highwaymen, and have escaped these soldiers' swords unhurt."
+
+"Yes," answered Peter with a groan, "but I hoped that to-night we should
+have slept upon the _Margaret_ while she slipped down the river towards
+the open sea, and not in a Spanish jail. Now, as fate will have it, for
+the second time I have killed a man on your behalf, and all the business
+will begin again. Truly our luck is bad!"
+
+"I think it might be worse, and I cannot blame you for that deed,"
+answered Margaret, remembering the rough hands of the dead soldier, whom
+some of his comrades had stopped behind to bury.
+
+During all the remainder of that long day they rode on through the
+burning heat, across the rich, cultivated plain, towards the great city
+of Seville, whereof the Giralda, which once had been the minaret of a
+Moorish mosque, towered hundreds of feet into the air before them. At
+length, towards evening, they entered the eastern suburbs of the vast
+city and, passing through them and a great gate beyond, began to thread
+its tortuous streets.
+
+"Whither go we, Captain Arrano?" asked Castell presently.
+
+"To the prison of the Holy Hermandad to await your trial for the slaying
+of one of its soldiers," answered the officer.
+
+"I pray that we may get there soon then," said Peter, looking at
+Margaret, who, overcome with fatigue, swayed upon her saddle like a
+flower in the wind.
+
+"So do I," muttered Castell, glancing round at the dark faces of the
+people, who, having discovered that they had killed a Spanish soldier,
+and taking them to be Moors, were marching alongside of them in great
+numbers, staring sullenly, or cursing them for infidels. Indeed, once
+when they passed a square, a priest in the mob cried out, "Kill them!"
+whereon a number of rough fellows made a rush to pull them off their
+horses, and were with difficulty beaten back by the soldiers.
+
+Foiled in this attempt they began to pelt them with garbage, so that
+soon their white robes were stained and filthy. One fellow, too, threw a
+stone which struck Margaret on the wrist, causing her to cry out and
+drop her rein. This was too much for the hot-blooded Peter, who,
+spurring his horse alongside of him, before the soldiers could
+interfere, hit him such a buffet in the face that the man rolled upon
+the ground. Now Castell thought that they would certainly be killed, but
+to his surprise the mob only laughed and shouted such things as "Well
+hit, Moor!" "That infidel has a strong arm," and so forth.
+
+Nor was the officer angry, for when the man rose, a knife in his hand,
+he drew his sword and struck him down again with the flat of it,
+saying to Peter:
+
+"Do not sully your hand with such street swine, Señor."
+
+Then he turned and commanded his men to charge the crowd ahead of them.
+
+So they got through these people and, after many twists and turns down
+side streets to avoid the main avenues, came to a great and gloomy
+building and into a courtyard through barred gates that were opened at
+their approach and shut after them. Here they were ordered to dismount
+and their horses led away, while the officer, Arrano, entered into
+conversation with the governor of the prison, a man with a stern but not
+unkindly face, who surveyed them with much curiosity. Presently he
+approached and asked them if they could pay for good rooms, as if not he
+must put them in the common cells.
+
+Castell answered, "Yes," and, by way of earnest of it, produced five
+pieces of gold, and giving them to the Captain Arrano, begged him to
+distribute them among his soldiers as a thankoffering for their
+protection of them through the streets. Also, he said loudly enough for
+every one to hear, that he would be willing to compensate the relatives
+of the man whom Peter had killed by accident--an announcement that
+evidently impressed his comrades very favourably. Indeed one of them
+said he would bear the message to his widow, and, on behalf of the rest,
+thanked him for his gift. Then having bade farewell to the officer, who
+told them that they would meet again before the judges, they were led
+through the various passages of the prison to two rooms, one small and
+one of a fair size with heavily barred windows, given water to wash in,
+and told that food would be brought to them.
+
+In due course it came, carried by jailers--meat, eggs, and wine, and
+glad enough were they to see it. While they ate, also the governor
+appeared with a notary, and, having waited till their meal was finished,
+began to question them.
+
+"Our story is long," said Castell, "but with your leave I will tell it
+you, only, I pray you, suffer my daughter, the Dona Margaret, to go to
+rest, for she is quite outworn, and if you will you can question her
+to-morrow."
+
+The governor assenting, Margaret threw off her veil to embrace her
+father, thus showing her beauty for the first time, whereat the governor
+and the notary stared amazed. Then having given Peter her hand to kiss,
+and curtseyed to the governor and the notary, she went to her bed in the
+next room, which opened out of that in which they were.
+
+When she had gone, Castell told his story of how his daughter had been
+kidnapped by the Marquis of Morella, a name that caused the governor to
+open his eyes very wide, and brought from London to Granada, whither
+they, her father and her betrothed, had followed her and escaped. But of
+Betty and all the business of the changed bride he said nothing. Also,
+knowing that these must come out in any case, he told them his name and
+business, and those of his partners and correspondents in Seville, the
+firm of Bernaldez, which was one that the governor knew well enough,
+and prayed that the head of that firm, the Señor Juan Bernaldez, might
+be communicated with and allowed to visit them on the next morning.
+Lastly, he explained that they were no thieves or adventurers, but
+English subjects in misfortune, and again hinted that they were both
+able and willing to pay for any kindness or consideration that was shown
+to them, of all of which sayings the governor took note.
+
+Also this officer said that he would communicate with his superiors,
+and, if no objection were made, send a messenger to ask the Señor
+Bernaldez to attend at the prison on the following day. Then at length
+he and the notary departed, and, the jailers having cleared away the
+food and locked the door, Castell and Peter lay down on the beds that
+they had made ready for them, thankful enough to find themselves at
+Seville, even though in a prison, where indeed they slept very well
+that night.
+
+On the following morning they woke much refreshed, and, after they had
+breakfasted, the governor appeared, and with him none other than the
+Señor Juan Bernaldez, Castell's secret correspondent and Spanish
+partner, whom he had last seen some years before in England, a stout man
+with a quiet, clever face, not over given to words.
+
+Greeting them with a deference that was not lost upon the governor, he
+asked whether he had leave to speak with them alone. The governor
+assented and went, saying he would return within an hour. As soon as the
+door was closed behind him, Bernaldez said:
+
+"This is a strange place to meet you in, John Castell, yet I am not
+altogether surprised, since some of your messages reached me through
+our friends the Jews; also your ship, the _Margaret_, lies refitted in
+the river, and to avoid suspicion I have been lading her slowly with a
+cargo for England, though how you will come aboard that ship is more
+than I can say. But we have no time to waste. Tell me all your story,
+keeping nothing back."
+
+So they told him everything as quickly as they could, while he listened
+silently. When they had done, he said, addressing Peter:
+
+"It is a thousand pities, young sir, that you could not keep your hands
+off that soldier, for now the trouble that was nearly done with has
+begun anew, and in a worse shape. The Marquis of Morella is a very
+powerful man in this kingdom, as you may know from the fact that he was
+sent to London by their Majesties to negotiate a treaty with your
+English King Henry as to the Jews and their treatment, should any of
+them escape thither after they have been expelled from Spain. For
+nothing less is in the wind, and I would have you know that their
+Majesties hate the Jews, and especially the Maranos, whom already they
+burn by dozens here in Seville," and he glanced meaningly at Castell.
+
+"I am very sorry," said Peter, "but the fellow handled her roughly, and
+I was maddened at the sight and could not help myself. This is the
+second time that I have come into trouble from the same cause. Also, I
+thought that he was but a bandit."
+
+"Love is a bad diplomatist," replied Bernaldez, with a little smile,
+"and who can count last year's clouds? What is done, is done. Now I will
+try to arrange that the three of you shall be brought straight before
+their Majesties when they sit to hear cases on the day after to-morrow.
+With the Queen you will have a better chance than at the hands of any
+alcalde. She has a heart, if only one can get at it--that is, except
+where Jews and Maranos are concerned," and again he glanced at Castell.
+"Meanwhile, there is money in plenty, and in Spain we ride to heaven on
+gold angels," he added, alluding to that coin and the national
+corruption.
+
+Before they could say more the governor returned, saying that the Señor
+Bernaldez' time was up, and asking if they had finished their talk.
+
+"Not altogether," said Margaret. "Noble Governor, is it permitted that
+the Señor Bernaldez should send me some Christian clothes to wear, for I
+would not appear before your judges in this soiled heathen garb, nor, I
+think, would my father or the Señor Brome?"
+
+The governor laughed, and said he thought that might be arranged, and
+even allowed them another five minutes, while they talked of what these
+clothes should be. Then he departed with Bernaldez, leaving them alone.
+
+It was not until the latter had gone, however, that they remembered that
+they had forgotten to ask him whether he had heard anything of the woman
+Inez, who had been furnished with his address, but, as he had said
+nothing of her, they felt sure that she could not have arrived in
+Seville, and once more were much afraid as to what might have happened
+after they had left Granada.
+
+That night, to their grief and alarm, a new trouble fell on them. Just
+as they finished their supper the governor appeared and said that, by
+order of the Court before which they must be tried, the Señor Brome,
+who was accused of murder, must be separated from them. So, in spite of
+all they could say or do, Peter was led away to a separate cell, leaving
+Margaret weeping.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+BETTY PAYS HER DEBTS
+
+Betty Dene was not a woman afflicted with fears or apprehensions. Born
+of good parents, but in poverty, for six-and-twenty years she had fought
+her own way in a rough world and made the best of circumstances.
+Healthy, full-blooded, tough, affectionate, romantic, but honest in her
+way, she was well fitted to meet the ups and downs of life, to keep her
+head above the waters of a turbulent age, and to pay back as much as she
+received from man or woman.
+
+Yet those long hours which she passed alone in the high turret chamber,
+waiting till they summoned her to play the part of a false bride, were
+the worst that she had ever spent. She knew that her position was, in a
+sense, shameful, and like to end in tragedy, and, now that she faced it
+in cold blood, began to wonder why she had chosen so to do. She had
+fallen in love with the Spaniard almost at first sight, though it is
+true that something like this had happened to her before with other men.
+Then he had played his part with her, till, quite deceived, she gave all
+her heart to him in good earnest, believing in her infatuation that,
+notwithstanding the difference of their place and rank, he desired to
+make her his wife for her own sake.
+
+Afterwards came that bitter day of disillusion when she learned, as
+Inez had said to Castell, that she was but a stalking heifer used for
+the taking of the white swan, her cousin and mistress--that day when she
+had been beguiled by the letter which was still hid in her garments, and
+for her pains heard herself called a fool to her face. In her heart she
+had sworn to be avenged upon Morella then, and now the hour had come in
+which to fulfil her oath and play him back trick for cruel trick.
+
+Did she still love the man? She could not say. He was pleasing to her as
+he had always been, and when that is so women forgive much. This was
+certain, however--love was not her guide to-night. Was it vengeance then
+that led her on? Perhaps; at least she longed to be able to say to him,
+"See what craft lies hid even in the bosom of an outwitted fool."
+
+Yet she would not have done it for vengeance' sake alone, or rather she
+would have paid herself in some other fashion. No, her real reason was
+that she must discharge the debt due to Margaret and Peter, and to
+Castell who had sheltered her for years. She it was who had brought them
+into all this woe, and it seemed but just that she should bring them out
+again, even at the cost of her own life and womanly dignity. Or,
+perchance, all three of these powers drove her on,--love for the man if
+it still lingered, the desire to be avenged upon him, and the desire to
+snatch his prey from out his maw. At least she had set the game, and she
+would play it out to its end, however awful that might be.
+
+The sun sank, the darkness closed about her, and she wondered whether
+ever again she would see the dawn. Her brave heart quailed a little, and
+she gripped the dagger hilt beneath her splendid, borrowed robe,
+thinking to herself that perhaps it might be wisest to drive it into her
+own breast, and not wait until a balked madman did that office for her.
+Yet not so, for it is always time to die when one must.
+
+A knock came at the door, and her courage, which had sunk so low, burned
+up again within her. Oh! she would teach this Spaniard that the
+Englishwoman, whom he had made believe was his desired mistress, could
+be his master. At any rate, he should hear the truth before the end.
+
+She unlocked the door, and Inez entered bearing a lamp, by the light of
+which she scanned her with her quiet eyes.
+
+"The bridegroom is ready," she said slowly that Betty might understand,
+"and sends me to lead you to him. Are you afraid?"
+
+"Not I," answered Betty. "But tell me, how will the thing be done?"
+
+"The marquis meets us in the ante-room to that hall which is used as a
+chapel, and there on behalf of the household I, as the first of the
+women, give you both the cups of wine. Be sure that you drink of that
+which I hold in my left hand, passing the cup up beneath your veil so as
+not to show your face, and speak no word, lest he should recognise your
+voice. Then we shall go into the chapel, where the priest Henriques
+waits, also all the household. But that hall is great, and the lamps are
+feeble, so none will know you there. By this time also the drugged wine
+will have begun to work upon Morella's brain, wherefore, provided that
+you use a low voice, you may safely say, 'I, Betty, wed thee, Carlos,'
+not 'I, Margaret, wed thee.' Then, when it is over, he will lead you
+away to the chambers prepared for you, where, if there is any virtue in
+my wine, he will sleep sound to-night, that is, as soon as the priest
+has given me the marriage-lines, whereof I will hand you one copy and
+keep the others. Afterwards----" and she shrugged her shoulders.
+
+"What becomes of you?" asked Betty, when she had fully mastered these
+instructions.
+
+"Oh! I and the priest start to-night for a ride together to Seville,
+where his money awaits him; ill company for a woman who means henceforth
+to be honest and rich, but better than none. Perhaps we shall meet again
+there, or perhaps we shall not; at least, you know where to seek me and
+the others, at the house of the Señor Bernaldez. Now it is time. Are you
+ready to be made a marchioness of Spain?"
+
+"Of course," answered Betty coolly, and they started.
+
+Through the empty halls and corridors they went, and oh! surely no
+Eastern plot that had been conceived in them was quite so bold and
+desperate as theirs. They reached the ante-chamber to the chapel, and
+took their stand outside of the circle of light that fell from its
+hanging lamps. Presently a door opened, and through it came Morella,
+attended by two of his secretaries. He was splendidly arrayed in his
+usual garb of black velvet, and about his neck hung chains of gold and
+jewels, and to his breast were fastened the glittering stars and orders
+pertaining to his rank. Never, or so thought Betty, had Morella seemed
+more magnificent and handsome. He was happy also, who was about to drink
+of that cup of joy which he so earnestly desired. Yes, his face showed
+that he was happy, and Betty, noting it, felt remorse stirring in her
+breast. Low he bowed before her, while she curtseyed to him, bending her
+tall and graceful form till her knee almost touched the ground. Then he
+came to her and whispered in her ear:
+
+"Most sweet, most beloved," he said, "I thank heaven that has led me to
+this joyous hour by many a rough and dangerous path. Most dear, again I
+beseech you to forgive all the sorrow and the ill that I have brought
+upon you, remembering that it was done for your adored sake, that I
+love you as woman has been seldom loved, you and you only, and that to
+you, and you only, will I cling until my death's day. Oh! do not tremble
+and shrink, for I swear that no woman in Spain shall have a better or a
+more loyal lord. You I will cherish alone, for you I will strive by
+night and day to lift you to great honour and satisfy your every wish.
+Many and pleasant may the years be that we shall spend side by side, and
+peaceful our ends when at last we lay us down side by side to sleep
+awhile and wake again in heaven, whereof the shadow lies on me to-night.
+Remembering the past, I do not ask much of you--as yet; still, if you
+are minded to give me a bridal gift that I shall prize above crowns or
+empires, say that you forgive me all that I have done amiss, and in
+token, lift that veil of yours and kiss me on the lips."
+
+Betty heard this speech, whereof she only fully understood the end, and
+trembled. This was a trial that she had not foreseen. Yet it must be
+faced, for speak she dared not. Therefore, gathering up her courage, and
+remembering that the light was at her back, after a little pause, as
+though of modesty and reluctance, she raised the pearl-embroidered
+veil, and, bending forward beneath its shadow, suffered Morella to kiss
+her on the lips.
+
+It was over, the veil had fallen again, and the man suspected nothing.
+
+"I am a good artist," thought Inez to herself, "and that woman acts
+better than the wooden Peter. Scarcely could I have done it so
+well myself."
+
+Then, the jealousy and hate that she could not control glittering in her
+soft eyes, for she too had loved this man, and well, Inez lifted the
+golden cups that had been prepared, and, gliding forward, beautiful in
+her broidered, Eastern robe, fell upon her knee and held them to the
+bridegroom and the bride. Morella took that from her right hand, and
+Betty that from her left, nor, intoxicated as he was already with that
+first kiss of love, did he pause to note the evil purpose which was
+written on the face of his discarded slave. Betty, passing the cup
+beneath her veil, touched it with her lips and returned it to Inez; but
+Morella, exclaiming, "I drink to you, sweet bride, most fair and adored
+of women," drained his to the dregs, and cast it back to Inez as a gift
+in such fashion that the red wine which clung to its rim stained her
+white robes like a splash of blood.
+
+Humbly she bowed, humbly she gathered the precious vessel from the
+floor; but when she rose again there was triumph in her eyes--not hate.
+
+Now Morella took his bride's hand and, followed by his gentlemen and
+Inez, walked to the curtains that were drawn as they came into the great
+hall beyond, where had mustered all his household, perhaps a hundred of
+them. Between their bowing ranks they passed, a stately pair, and,
+whilst sweet voices sang behind some hidden screen, walked onward to the
+altar, where stood the waiting priest. They kneeled down upon the
+gold-embroidered cushions while the office of the Church was read over
+them. The ring was set upon Betty's hand--scarce, it would seem, could
+he find her finger--the man took the woman to wife, the woman took the
+man for husband. His voice was thick, and hers was very low; of all that
+listening crowd none could hear the names they spoke.
+
+It was over. The priest bowed and blessed them. They signed some papers,
+there by the light of the altar candles. Father Henriques filled in
+certain names and signed them also, then, casting sand upon them, placed
+them in the outstretched hand of Inez, who, although Morella never
+seemed to notice, gave one to the bride, and thrust the other two into
+the bosom of her robe. Then both she and the priest kissed the hands of
+the marquis and his wife, and asked his leave to be gone. He bowed his
+head vaguely, and--if any had been there to listen--within ten short
+minutes they might have heard two horses galloping hard towards the
+Seville gate.
+
+Now, escorted by pages and torch-bearers, the new-wed pair repassed
+those dim and stately halls, the bride, veiled, mysterious, fateful; the
+bridegroom, empty-eyed, like one who wanders in his sleep. Thus they
+reached their chamber, and its carved doors shut behind them.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+It was early morning, and the serving-women who waited without that room
+were summoned to it by the sound of a silver gong. Two of them entered
+and were met by Betty, no longer veiled, but wrapped in a loose robe,
+who said to them:
+
+"My lord the marquis still sleeps. Come, help me dress and make ready
+his bath and food."
+
+The women stared at her, for now that she had washed the paint from her
+face they knew well that this was the Señora Betty and not the Dona
+Margaret, whom, they had understood, the marquis was to marry. But she
+chid them sharply in her bad Spanish, bidding them be swift, as she
+would be robed before her husband should awake. So they obeyed her, and
+when she was ready she went with them into the great hall where many of
+the household were gathered, waiting to do homage to the new-wed pair,
+and greeted them all, blushing and smiling, saying that doubtless the
+marquis would be among them soon, and commanding them meanwhile to go
+about their several tasks.
+
+So well did Betty play her part indeed, that, although they also were
+bewildered, none questioned her place or authority, who remembered that
+after all they had not been told by their lord himself which of these
+two English ladies he meant to marry. Also, she distributed among the
+meaner of them a present of money on her husband's behalf and her own,
+and then ate food and drank some wine before them all, pledging them,
+and receiving their salutations and good wishes.
+
+When all this was done, still smiling, Betty returned to the
+marriage-chamber, closing its door behind her, sat her down on a chair
+near the bed, and waited for the worst struggle of all--that struggle on
+which hung her life. See! Morella stirred. He sat up, gazing about him
+and rubbing his brow. Presently his eyes lit upon Betty, seated stern
+and upright in her high chair. She rose and, coming to him, kissed him
+and called him "Husband," and, still half-asleep, he kissed her back.
+Then she sat down again in her chair and watched his face.
+
+It changed, and changed again. Wonder, fear, amaze, bewilderment,
+flitted over it, till at last he said in English:
+
+"Betty, where is my wife?"
+
+"Here," answered Betty.
+
+He stared at her. "Nay, I mean the Dona Margaret, your cousin and my
+lady, whom I wed last night. And how come you here? I thought that you
+had left Granada."
+
+Betty looked astonished.
+
+"I do not understand you," she answered. "It was my cousin Margaret who
+left Granada. I stayed here to be married to you, as you arranged with
+me through Inez."
+
+His jaw dropped.
+
+"Arranged with you through Inez! Mother of Heaven! what do you mean?"
+
+"Mean?" she answered--"I mean what I say. Surely"--and she rose in
+indignation--"you have never dared to try to play some new trick
+upon me?"
+
+"Trick!" muttered Morella. "What says the woman? Is all this a dream, or
+am I mad?"
+
+"A dream, I think. Yes, it must be a dream, since certainly it was to no
+madman that I was wed last night. Look," and she held before him that
+writing of marriage signed by the priest, by him, and by herself, which
+stated that Carlos, Marquis of Morella, was on such a date, at Granada,
+duly married to the Señora Elizabeth Dene of London in England.
+
+He read it twice, then sank back gasping; while Betty hid away the
+parchment in her bosom.
+
+Then presently he seemed to go mad indeed. He raved, he cursed, he
+ground his teeth, he looked round for a sword to kill her or himself,
+but could find none. And all the while Betty sat still and gazed at him
+like some living fate.
+
+At length he was weary, and her turn came.
+
+"Listen," she said. "Yonder in London you promised to marry me; I have
+it hidden away, and in your own writing. By agreement I fled with you to
+Spain. By the mouth of your messenger and former love this marriage was
+arranged between us, I receiving your messages to me, and sending back
+mine to you, since you explained that for reasons of your own you did
+not wish to speak of these matters before my cousin Margaret, and could
+not wed me until she and her father and her lover were gone from
+Granada. So I bade them farewell, and stayed here alone for love of you,
+as I fled from London for love of you, and last night we were united, as
+all your household know, for but now I have eaten with them and received
+their good wishes. And now you dare--you dare to tell me, that I, your
+wife--I, who have sacrificed everything for you, I, the Marchioness of
+Morella, am _not_ your wife. Well, go, say it outside this chamber, and
+hear your very slaves cry 'Shame' upon you. Go, say it to your king and
+your bishops, aye, and to his Holiness the Pope himself, and listen to
+their answer. Why, great as you are, and rich as you are, they will
+hale you to a mad-house or a prison."
+
+Morella listened, rocking himself to and fro upon the bed, then with an
+oath sprang towards her, to be met by a dagger-point glinting in
+his eyes.
+
+"Hear me again," she said as he shrank back from that cold steel. "I am
+no slave and no weakling; you shall not murder me or thrust me away. I
+am your wife and your equal, aye, and stronger than you in body and in
+mind, and I will have my rights in the face of God and man."
+
+"Certainly," he said with a kind of unwilling admiration--"certainly you
+are no weakling. Certainly, also, you have paid back all you owe me with
+a Jew's interest. Or, mayhap, you are not so clever as I think, but just
+a strong-minded fool, and it is that accursed Inez who has settled her
+debts. Oh! to think of it," and he shook his fist in the air, "to think
+that I believed myself married to the Dona Margaret, and find you in her
+place--_you_!"
+
+"Be silent," she said, "you man without shame, who first fly at the
+throat of your new-wedded wife and then insult her by saying that you
+wish you were wedded to another woman. Be silent, or I will unlock the
+door and call your own people and repeat your monstrous talk to them."
+And she drew herself to her full height and stood over him on the bed.
+
+Morella, his first rage spent, looked at her reflectively, and not
+without a certain measure of homage.
+
+"I think," he remarked, "that if he did not happen to be in love with
+another woman and to believe that he had married her, you, my good
+Betty, would make a useful wife to any man who wished to get on in the
+world. I understood you to say that the door is locked, and if I might
+hazard a guess, you have the key, as also you happen to have a dagger.
+Well, I find the air in this place close, and I want to go _out_."
+
+"Where to?" asked Betty.
+
+"Let us say, to join Inez."
+
+"What," she asked, "would you already be running after that woman
+again? Do you already forget that you are married?"
+
+"It seems that I am not to be allowed to forget it. Now, let us bargain.
+I wish to leave Granada for a while, and without scandal. What are your
+terms? Remember that there are two to which I will not consent. I will
+not stop here with you, and you shall not accompany me. Remember also,
+that, although you hold the dagger at present, it is not wise of you to
+try to push this jest too far."
+
+"As you did when you decoyed me on board the _San Antonio_," said Betty.
+"Well, our honeymoon has not begun too sweetly, and I do not mind if you
+go away for a while--to look for Inez. Swear now that you mean me no
+harm, and that you will not plot my death or disgrace, or in any way
+interfere with my liberty or position here in Granada. Swear it on the
+Rood." And she took down a silver crucifix that hung upon the wall over
+the bed and handed it to him. For she knew Morella's superstitions, and
+that if once he swore upon this symbol he dare not break his oath.
+
+"And if I will not swear?" he asked sullenly.
+
+"Then," she answered, "you stop here until you do, you who are anxious
+to be gone. I have eaten food this morning, you have not; I have a
+dagger, you have none; and, being as we are, I am sure that no one will
+venture to disturb us until Inez and your friend the priest have gone
+further than you can follow."
+
+"Very well, I will swear," he said, and he kissed the crucifix and threw
+it down, "You can stop here and rule my house in Granada, and I will do
+you no mischief, nor trouble you in any way. But if you come out of
+Granada, then we cross swords."
+
+"You mean that you intend to leave this city? Then, here is paper and
+ink. Be so good as to sign an order to the stewards of your estates,
+within the territories of the Moorish king, to pay all their revenue to
+me during your absence, and to your servants to obey me in everything."
+
+"It is easy to see that you were brought up in the house of a Jew
+merchant," said Morella, biting the pen and considering this woman who,
+whether she were hawk or pigeon, knew so well how to feather her nest.
+"Well, if I grant you this position and these revenues, will you leave
+me alone and cease to press other claims upon me?"
+
+Now Betty, bethinking her of those papers that Inez had carried away
+with her, and that Castell and Margaret would know well how to use them
+if there were need, bethinking her also that if she pushed him too far
+at the beginning she might die suddenly as folk sometimes did in
+Granada, answered:
+
+"It is much to ask of a deluded woman, but I still have some pride, and
+will not thrust myself in where it seems I am not wanted. Therefore, so
+be it. Till you seek me or send for me, I will not seek you so long as
+you keep your bargain. Now write the paper, sign it, and call in your
+secretaries to witness the signature."
+
+"In whose favour must I word it?" he asked.
+
+"In that of the Marquessa of Morella," she answered, and he, seeing a
+loophole in the words, obeyed her, since if she were not his wife this
+writing would have no value.
+
+Somehow he must be rid of this woman. Of course he might cause her to be
+killed; but even in Granada people could not kill one to whom they had
+seemed to be just married without questions being asked. Moreover, Betty
+had friends, and he had enemies who would certainly ask them if she
+vanished away. No, he would sign the paper and fight the case
+afterwards, for he had no time to lose. Margaret had slipped away from
+him, and if once she escaped from Spain he knew that he would never see
+her more. For aught he knew, she might already have escaped or be
+married to Peter Brome. The very thought of it filled him with madness.
+There had been a conspiracy against him; he was outwitted, robbed,
+befooled. Well, hope still remained--and vengeance. He could still fight
+Peter, and perhaps kill him. He could hand over Castell, the Jew, to the
+Inquisition. He could find a way to deal with the priest Henriques and
+the woman Inez, and, perhaps, if fortune favoured him he could get
+Margaret back into his power.
+
+Oh! yes, he would sign anything if only thereby he was set at liberty
+and freed for a while from this servant who called herself his wife,
+this strong-minded, strong-bodied, clever Englishwoman, of whom he had
+thought to make a tool, and who had made a tool of him.
+
+So Betty dictated and he wrote: yes, it had come to this--she dictated
+and he wrote, and signed too. The order was comprehensive. It gave power
+to the most honourable Marquessa of Morella to act for him, her husband,
+in all things during his absence from Granada. It commanded that all
+rents and profits due to him should be paid to her, and that all his
+servants and dependants should obey her as though she were himself, and
+that her receipt should be as good as his receipt.
+
+When the paper was written, and Betty had spelt it over carefully to see
+that there was no omission or mistake, she unlocked the door, struck
+upon the gong, and summoned the secretaries to witness their lord's
+signature to a settlement. Presently they came, bowing, and offering
+many felicitations, which to himself Morella vowed he would remember
+against them.
+
+"I have to go a journey," he said. "Witness my signature to this
+document, which provides for the carrying on of my household and the
+disposal of my property during my absence."
+
+They stared and bowed.
+
+"Read it aloud first," said Betty, "so that my lord and husband may be
+sure that there is no mistake."
+
+One of them obeyed, but before ever he had finished the furious Morella
+shouted to them from the bed:
+
+"Have done and witness, then go, order me horses and an escort, for I
+ride at once."
+
+So they witnessed in a great hurry, and left the room. Betty left with
+them, holding the paper in her hand, and when she reached the large hall
+where the household were gathered waiting to greet their lord, she
+commanded one of the secretaries to read it out to all of them, also to
+translate it into the Moorish tongue that every one might understand.
+Then she hid it away with the marriage lines, and, seating herself in
+the midst of the household, ordered them to prepare to receive the most
+noble marquis.
+
+They had not long to wait, for presently he came out of the room like a
+bull into the arena, whereon Betty rose and curtseyed to him, and at her
+word all his servants bowed themselves down in the Eastern fashion. For
+a moment he paused, again like the bull when he sees the picadors and is
+about to charge. Then he thought better of it, and, with a muttered
+curse, strode past them.
+
+Ten minutes later, for the third time within twenty-four hours, horses
+galloped from the palace and through the Seville gate.
+
+"Friends," said Betty in her awkward Spanish, when she knew that he had
+gone, "a sad thing has happened to my husband, the marquis. The woman
+Inez, whom it seems he trusted very much, has departed, stealing a
+treasure that he valued above everything on earth, and so I, his
+new-made wife, am left desolate while he tries to find her."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+ISABELLA OF SPAIN
+
+On the afternoon following his first visit, Castell's agent, Bernaldez,
+arrived again at the prison of the Hermandad at Seville accompanied by a
+tailor, a woman, and a chest full of clothes. The governor ordered these
+two persons to wait while the garments were searched under his own eye,
+but Bernaldez he permitted to be led at once to the prisoners. As soon
+as he was with them he said:
+
+"Your marquis has been married fast enough."
+
+"How do you know that?" asked Castell.
+
+"From the woman Inez, who arrived with the priest last night, and gave
+me the certificates of his union with Betty Dene signed by himself. I
+have not brought them with me lest I should be searched, when they might
+have been taken away; but Inez has come disguised as a sempstress, so
+show no surprise when you see her, if she is admitted. Perhaps she will
+be able to tell the Dona Margaret something of what passed if she is
+allowed to fit her robes alone. After that she must lie hidden for fear
+of the vengeance of Morella; but I shall know where to put my hand upon
+her if she is wanted. You will all of you be brought before the queen
+to-morrow, and then I, who shall be there, will produce the writings."
+Scarcely were the words out of his mouth when the governor appeared, and
+with him the tailor and Inez, who curtseyed and glanced at Margaret out
+of the corners of her soft eyes, looking at them all as though with
+curiosity, like one who had never seen or heard of them before.
+
+When the dresses had been produced, Margaret asked whether she might be
+allowed to try them on with the woman in her own chamber, as she had not
+been measured for them.
+
+The governor answered that as both the sempstress and the robes had been
+searched, there was no objection, so the two of them retired--Inez, with
+her arms full of garments.
+
+"Tell me all about it," whispered Margaret as soon as the door was
+closed. "I die to hear your story."
+
+So, while she fitted the clothes, since in that place they could never
+be sure but that they were watched through some secret loophole, Inez,
+with her mouth full of aloe thorns, which those of the trade used as
+pins, told her everything down to the time of her escape from Granada.
+When she came to that part of the tale where the false bride had lifted
+her veil and kissed the bridegroom, Margaret gasped in her amaze.
+
+"Oh! how could she do it?" she said, "I should have fainted first."
+
+"She has a good courage, that Betty--turn to the light, please,
+Señora--I could not have acted better myself--I think it is a little
+high on the left shoulder. He never guessed a thing, the besotted fool,
+and that was before I gave him the wine, for he wasn't likely to guess
+much afterwards. Did the señora say it was tight under the arm? Well,
+perhaps a little, but this stuff stretches. What I want to know is, what
+happened afterwards? Your cousin is the bull that I put my money on: I
+believe she will clear the ring. A woman with a nerve of steel; had I as
+much I should have been the Marchioness of Morella long ago, or there
+would be another marquis by now. There, the sit of the skirt is perfect;
+the señora's beautiful figure looks more beautiful in it than ever.
+Well, whoever lives will learn all about it, and it is no use worrying.
+Meanwhile, Bernaldez has paid me the money--and a handsome sum too--so
+you needn't thank me. I only worked for hire--and hate. Now I am going
+to lie low, as I don't want to get my throat cut, but he can find me if
+I am really needed.
+
+"The priest? Oh, he is safe enough. We made him sign a receipt for his
+cash. Also, I believe that he has got his post as a secretary to the
+Inquisition, and began his duties at once as they were short-handed,
+torturing Jews and heretics, you know, and stealing their goods, both of
+which occupations will exactly suit him. I rode with him all the way to
+Seville, and he tried to make love to me, the slimy knave, but I paid
+him out," and Inez smiled at some pleasant recollection. "Still, I did
+not quarrel with him outright, as he may come in useful. Who knows?
+There's the governor calling me. One moment, Excellency, only
+one moment!
+
+"Yes, Señora, with those few alterations the dress will be perfect. You
+shall have it back tonight without fail, and I can cut the others that
+you have been pleased to order from the same pattern. Oh! I thank you,
+Señora, you are too good to a poor girl, and," in a whisper, "the
+Mother of God have you in her guard, and send that Peter has improved in
+his love making!" and, half hidden in garments, Inez bowed herself out
+of the room through the door which the governor had already opened.
+
+About nine o'clock on the following morning one of the jailers came to
+summon Margaret and her father to be led before the court. Margaret
+asked anxiously if the Señor Brome was coming too, but the man replied
+that he knew nothing of the Señor Brome, as he was in one of the cells
+for dangerous criminals, which he did not serve.
+
+So forth they went, dressed in their new clothes, which were as fine as
+money could buy, and in the latest Seville fashion, and were conducted
+to the courtyard. Here, to her joy, Margaret saw Peter waiting for them
+under guard, and dressed also in the Christian garments which they had
+begged might be supplied to him at their cost. She sprang to his side,
+none hindering her, and, forgetting her bashfulness, suffered him to
+embrace her before them all, asking him how he had fared since they
+were parted.
+
+"None too well," answered Peter gloomily, "who did not know if we should
+ever meet again; also, my prison is underground, where but little light
+comes through a grating, and there are rats in it which will not let a
+man sleep, so I must lie awake the most of the night thinking of you.
+But where go we now?"
+
+"To be put upon our trial before the queen, I think. Hold my hand and
+walk close beside me, but do not stare at me so hard. Is aught wrong
+with my dress?"
+
+"Nothing," answered Peter. "I stare because you look so beautiful in
+it. Could you not have worn a veil? Doubtless there are more marquises
+about this court."
+
+"Only the Moors wear veils, Peter, and now we are Christians again.
+Listen--I think that none of them understand English. I have seen Inez,
+who asked after you very tenderly--nay, do not blush, it is unseemly in
+a man. Have you seen her also? No--well, she escaped from Granada as she
+planned, and Betty is married to the marquis."
+
+"It will never hold good," answered Peter shaking his head, "being but a
+trick, and I fear that she will pay for it, poor woman! Still, she gave
+us a start, though, so far as prisons go, I was better off in Granada
+than in that rat-trap."
+
+"Yes," answered Margaret innocently, "you had a garden to walk in there,
+had you not? No, don't be angry with me. Do you know what Betty did?"
+And she told him of how she had lifted her veil and kissed Morella
+without being discovered.
+
+"That isn't so wonderful," said Peter, "since if they are painted up
+young women look very much alike in a half-lit room----"
+
+"Or garden?" suggested Margaret.
+
+"What is wonderful," went on Peter, scorning to take note of this
+interruption, "is that she could consent to kiss the man at all. The
+double-dealing scoundrel! Has Inez told you how he treated her? The very
+thought of it makes me ill."
+
+"Well, Peter, he didn't ask you to kiss him, did he? And as for the
+wrongs of Inez, though doubtless you know more about them than I do, I
+think she has given him an orange for his pomegranate. But look, there
+is the Alcazar in front of us. Is it not a splendid castle? You know, it
+was built by the Moors."
+
+"I don't care who it was built by," said Peter, "and it looks to me like
+any other castle, only larger. All I know about it is that I am to be
+tried there for knocking that ruffian on the head--and that perhaps this
+is the last we shall see of each other, as probably they will send me to
+the galleys, if they don't do worse."
+
+"Oh! say no such thing. I never thought of it; it is not possible!"
+answered Margaret, her dark eyes filling with tears.
+
+"Wait till your marquis appears, pleading the case against us, and you
+will see what is or is not possible," replied Peter with conviction.
+"Still, we have come through some storms, so let us hope for the best."
+
+At that moment they reached the gate of the Alcazar, which they had
+approached from their prison through gardens of orange-trees, and
+soldiers came up and separated them. Next they were led across a court,
+where many people hurried to and fro, into a great marble-columned room
+glittering with gold, which was called the Hall of Justice. At the far
+end of this place, seated on a throne set upon a richly carpeted dais
+and surrounded by lords and counsellors, sat a magnificently attired
+lady of middle age. She was blue-eyed and red-haired, with a
+fair-skinned, open countenance, but very reserved and quiet in her
+demeanour.
+
+"The Queen," muttered the guard, saluting, as did Castell and Peter,
+while Margaret curtseyed.
+
+A case had just been tried, and the queen Isabella, after consultation
+with her assessors, was delivering judgment in few words and a gentle
+voice. As she spoke, her mild blue eyes fell upon Margaret, and, held
+it would seem by her beauty, rested on her till they wandered off to the
+tall form of Peter and the dark, Jewish-looking Castell by him, at the
+sight of whom she frowned a little.
+
+That case was finished, and other suitors stood up in their turn, but
+the queen, waving her hand and still looking at Margaret, bent down and
+asked a question of one of the officers of the court, then gave an
+order, whereon the officer rising, summoned "John Castell, Margaret
+Castell, and Peter Brome, all of England," to appear at the bar and
+answer to the charge of murder of one Luiz of Basa, a soldier of the
+Holy Hermandad.
+
+At once they were brought forward, and stood in a line in front of the
+dais, while the officer began to read the charge against them.
+
+"Stay, friend," interposed the queen, "these accused are the subjects
+of our good brother, Henry of England, and may not understand our
+language, though one of them, I think"--and she glanced at Castell--"was
+not born in England, or at any rate of English blood. Ask them if they
+need an interpreter."
+
+The question was put, and all of them answered that they could speak
+Spanish, though Peter added that he did so but indifferently.
+
+"You are the knight, I think, who is charged with the commission of this
+crime," said Isabella, looking at him.
+
+"Your Majesty, I am not a knight, only a plain esquire, Peter Brome of
+Dedham in England. My father was a knight, Sir Peter Brome, but he fell
+at my side, fighting for Richard, on Bosworth Field, where I had this
+wound," and he pointed to the scar upon his face, "but was not knighted
+for my pains."
+
+Isabella smiled a little, then asked:
+
+"And how came you to Spain, Señor Peter Brome?"
+
+"Your Majesty," answered Peter, Margaret helping from time to time when
+he did not know the Spanish words, "this lady at my side, the daughter
+of the merchant John Castell who stands by her, is my affianced----"
+
+"Then you have won the love of a very beautiful maiden, Señor,"
+interrupted the queen; "but proceed."
+
+"She and her cousin, the Señora Dene, were kidnapped in London by one
+who I understand is the nephew of the King Ferdinand, and an envoy to
+the English court, who passed there as the Señor d'Aguilar, but who in
+Spain is the Marquis of Morella."
+
+"Kidnapped! and by Morella!" exclaimed the queen.
+
+"Yes, your Majesty, cozened on board his ship and kidnapped. The Señor
+Castell and I followed them, and, boarding their vessel, tried to rescue
+them, but were shipwrecked at Motril. The marquis carried them away to
+Granada, whither we followed also, I being sorely hurt in the shipwreck.
+There, in the palace of the marquis, we have lain prisoners many weeks,
+but at length escaped, purposing to come to Seville and seek the
+protection of your Majesties. On the road, while we were dressed as
+Moors, in which garb we compassed our escape, we were attacked by men
+that we thought were bandits, for we had been warned against such evil
+people. One of them rudely molested the Dona Margaret, and I cut him
+down, and by misfortune killed him, for which manslaughter I am here
+before you to-day. Your Majesty, I did not know that he was a soldier of
+the Holy Hermandad, and I pray you pardon my offence, which was done in
+ignorance, fear, and anger, for we are willing to pay compensation for
+this unhappy death."
+
+Now some in the court exclaimed:
+
+"Well spoken, Englishman!"
+
+Then the queen said:
+
+"If all this tale be true, I am not sure that we should blame you over
+much, Señor Brome; but how know we that it is true? For instance, you
+said that the noble marquis stole two ladies, a deed of which I can
+scarcely think him capable. Where then is the other?"
+
+"I believe," answered Peter, "that she is now the wife of the Marquis of
+Morella."
+
+"The wife! Who bears witness that she is the wife? He has not advised us
+that he was about to marry, as is usual."
+
+Then Bernaldez stood forward, stating his name and occupation, and that
+he was a correspondent of the English merchant, John Castell, and
+producing the certificate of marriage signed by Morella, Betty, and the
+priest Henriques, handed it up to the queen saying that he had received
+them in duplicate by a messenger from Granada, and had delivered the
+other to the Archbishop of Seville.
+
+The queen, having looked at the paper, passed it to her assessors, who
+examined it very carefully, one of them saying that the form was not
+usual, and that it might be forged.
+
+The queen thought a little while, then said:
+
+"That is so, and in one way only can we know the truth. Let our warrant
+issue summoning before us our cousin, the noble Marquis of Morella, the
+Señora Dene, who is said to be his wife, and the priest Henriques of
+Motril, who is said to have married them. When they have arrived, all of
+them, the king my husband and I will examine into the matter, and, until
+then, we will not suffer our minds to be prejudiced by hearing any more
+of this cause."
+
+Now the governor of the prison stood forward, and asked what was to be
+done with the captives until the witnesses could be brought from
+Granada. The queen answered that they must remain in his charge, and be
+well treated, whereon Peter prayed that he might be given a better cell
+with fewer rats and more light. The queen smiled, and said that it
+should be so, but added that it would be proper that he should still be
+kept apart from the lady to whom he was affianced, who could dwell with
+her father. Then, noting the sadness on their faces, she added:
+
+"Yet I think they may meet daily in the garden of the prison."
+
+Margaret curtseyed and thanked her, whereon she said very graciously:
+
+"Come here, Señora, and sit by me a little," and she pointed to a
+footstool at her side. "When I have done this business I desire a few
+words with you."
+
+So Margaret was brought up upon the dais, and sat down at her Majesty's
+left hand upon the broidered footstool, and very fair indeed she looked
+placed thus above the crowd, she whose beauty and whose bearing were so
+royal; but Castell and Peter were led away back to the prison, though,
+seeing so many gay lords about, the latter went unwillingly enough. A
+while later, when the cases were finished, the queen dismissed the court
+save for certain officers, who stood at a distance, and, turning to
+Margaret, said:
+
+"Now, fair maiden, tell me your story, as one woman to another, and do
+not fear that anything you say will be made use of at the trial of your
+lover, since against you, at any rate at present, no charge is laid.
+Say, first, are you really the affianced of that tall gentleman, and has
+he really your heart?"
+
+"All of it, your Majesty," answered Margaret, "and we have suffered much
+for each other's sake." Then in as few words as she could she told their
+tale, while the queen listened earnestly.
+
+"A strange story indeed, and if it be all true, a shameful," she said
+when Margaret had finished. "But how comes it that if Morella desired to
+force you into marriage, he is now wed to your companion and cousin?
+What are you keeping back from me?" and she glanced at her shrewdly.
+
+"Your Majesty," answered Margaret, "I was ashamed to speak the rest, yet
+I will trust you and do so, praying your royal forgiveness if you hold
+that we, who were in desperate straits, have done what is wrong. My
+cousin, Betty Dene, has paid back Morella in his own false gold. He won
+her heart and promised to marry her, and at the risk of her own life she
+took my place at the altar, thereby securing our escape."
+
+"A brave deed, if a doubtful," said the queen, "though I question
+whether such a marriage will be upheld. But that is a matter for the
+Church to judge of, and I must speak of it no more. Certainly it is hard
+to be angry with any of you. What did you say that Morella promised you
+when he asked you to marry him in London?"
+
+"Your Majesty, he promised that he would lift me high, perhaps
+even"--and she hesitated--"to that seat in which you sit."
+
+Isabella frowned, then laughed, and said, as she looked her up and down:
+
+"You would fit it well, better than I do in truth. But what else did he
+say?"
+
+"Your Majesty, he said that not every one loves the king, his uncle;
+that he had many friends who remembered that his father was poisoned by
+the father of the king, who was Morella's grandfather; also, that his
+mother was a princess of the Moors, and that he might throw in his lot
+with theirs, or that there were other ways in which he could gain
+his end."
+
+"So, so," said the queen. "Well, though he is such a good son of the
+Church, and my lord is so fond of him, I never loved Morella, and I
+thank you for your warning. But I must not speak to you of such high
+matters, though it seems that some have thought otherwise. Fair
+Margaret, have you aught to ask of me?"
+
+"Yes, your Majesty--that you will deal gently with my true love when he
+comes before you for trial, remembering that he is hot of head and
+strong of arm, and that such knights as he--for knightly is his blood--
+cannot brook to see their ladies mishandled by rough men, and the
+wrappings that shield them torn from off their bosoms. Also, I pray that
+I may be protected from Morella, that he may not be allowed to touch or
+even to speak to me, who, for all his rank and splendour, hate him as
+though he were some poisoned snake."
+
+"I have said that I must not prejudge your case, you beautiful English
+Margaret," the queen answered with a smile, "yet I think that neither of
+those things you ask will cause justice to slip the bandage that is
+about her eyes. Go, and be at peace. If you have spoken truth to me, as
+I am sure you have, and Isabella of Spain can prevent it, the Señor
+Brome's punishment shall not be heavy, nor shall the shadow of the
+Marquis of Morella, the base-born son of a prince and of some royal
+infidel"--these words she spoke with much bitterness--"so much as fall
+upon you, though I warn you that my lord the king loves the man, as is
+but natural, and will not condemn him lightly. Tell me one thing. This
+lover of yours is brave, is he not?"
+
+"Very brave," answered Margaret, smiling.
+
+"And he can ride a horse and hold a lance, can he not, at any rate in
+your quarrel?"
+
+"Aye, your Majesty, and wield a sword too, as well as most knights,
+though he has been but lately sick. Some learned that on
+Bosworth Field."
+
+"Good. Now farewell," and she gave Margaret her hand to kiss. Then,
+calling two of her officers, she bade them conduct her back to the
+prison, and say that she should have liberty to send messages or to
+write to her, the queen, if she should so desire.
+
+On the night of that same day Morella galloped into Seville. Indeed he
+should have been there long before, but misled by the story of the Moors
+who had escorted Peter, Margaret, and her father out of Granada and seen
+them take the Malaga road, he travelled thither first, only to find no
+trace of them in that city. Then he returned and tracked them to
+Seville, where he was soon made acquainted with all that had happened.
+Amongst other things, he discovered that ten hours before swift
+messengers had been despatched to Granada, commanding his attendance and
+that of Betty, with whom he had gone through the form of marriage.
+
+On the following morning he asked an audience with the queen, but it was
+refused to him, and the king, his uncle, was away. Next he tried to win
+admission into the prison and see Margaret, only to find that neither
+his high rank and authority nor any bribe would suffice to unlock its
+doors. The queen had commanded otherwise, he was informed, and knew
+therefrom that in this matter he must reckon with Isabella as an enemy.
+Then he bethought him of revenge, and began a search for Inez and the
+priest Henriques of Motril, only to find that the former had vanished,
+none knew whither, and the holy father was safe within the walls of the
+Inquisition, whence he was careful not to emerge, and where no layman,
+however highly placed, could enter to lay a hand upon one of its
+officers. So, full of rage and disappointment, he took counsel of
+lawyers and friends, and prepared to defend the suit which he saw would
+be brought against him, hoping that chance might yet deliver Margaret
+into his hands. One good card he held, which now he determined to play.
+Castell, as he knew, was a Jew who for years had posed as a Christian,
+and for such there was no mercy in Seville. Perhaps for her father's
+sake he might yet be able to work upon Margaret, whom now he desired to
+win more fiercely than ever before.
+
+At least it was certain that he would try this, or any other means,
+however base, rather than see her married to his rival, Peter Brome.
+Also there was the chance that this Peter might be condemned to
+imprisonment, or even to death, for the killing of a soldier of the
+Hermandad.
+
+So Morella made him ready for the great struggle as best he could, and,
+since he could not stop her coming, awaited the arrival of Betty
+in Seville.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+BETTY STATES HER CASE
+
+Seven days had passed, during which time Margaret and her father had
+rested quietly in the prison, where, indeed, they dwelt more as guests
+than as captives. Thus they were allowed to receive what visitors they
+would, and among them Juan Bernaldez, Castell's connection and agent,
+who told them of all that passed without. Through him they sent
+messengers to meet Betty on her road and apprise her of how things
+stood, and of the trial in which her cause would be judged.
+
+Soon the messengers returned, stating that the "Marchioness of Morella"
+was travelling in state, accompanied by a great retinue, that she
+thanked them for their tidings, and hoped to be able to defend herself
+at all points.
+
+At this news Castell stared and Margaret laughed, for, although she did
+not know all the story, she was sure that in some way Betty had the
+mastery of Morella, and would not be easily defeated, though how she
+came to be travelling with a great retinue she could not imagine. Still,
+fearing lest she should be attacked or otherwise injured, she wrote a
+humble letter to the queen, praying that her cousin might be defended
+from all danger at the hands of any one whomsoever until she had an
+opportunity of giving evidence before their Majesties.
+
+Within an hour came the answer that the lady was under the royal
+protection, and that a guard had been sent to escort her and her party
+and to keep her safe from interference of any sort; also, that for her
+greater comfort, quarters had been prepared for her in a fortress
+outside of Seville, which would be watched night and day, and whence she
+would be brought to the court.
+
+Peter was still kept apart from them, but each day at noon they were
+allowed to meet him in the walled garden of the prison, where they
+talked together to their heart's content. Here, too, he exercised
+himself daily at all manly games, and especially at sword-play with some
+of the other prisoners, using sticks for swords. Further, he was allowed
+the use of his horse that he had ridden from Granada, on which he
+jousted in the yard of the castle with the governor and certain other
+gentlemen, proving himself better at that play than any of them. These
+things he did vigorously and with ardour, for Margaret had told him of
+the hint which the queen gave her, and he desired to get back his full
+strength, and to perfect himself in the handling of every arm which was
+used in Spain.
+
+So the time went by, until one afternoon the governor informed them that
+Peter's trial was fixed for the morrow, and that they must accompany him
+to the court to be examined also upon all these matters. A little later
+came Bernaldez, who said that the king had returned and would sit with
+the queen, and that already this affair had made much stir in Seville,
+where there was much curiosity as to the story of Morella's marriage, of
+which many different tales were told. That Margaret and her father would
+be discharged he had little doubt, in which case their ship was ready
+for them; but of Peter's chances he could say nothing, for they depended
+upon what view the king took of his offence, and, though unacknowledged,
+Morella was the king's nephew and had his ear.
+
+Afterwards they went down into the garden, and there found Peter, who
+had just returned from his jousting, flushed with exercise, and looking
+very manly and handsome. Margaret took his hand and, walking aside, told
+him the news.
+
+"I am glad," he answered, "for the sooner this business is begun the
+sooner it will be done. But, Sweet," and here his face grew very
+earnest, "Morella has much power in this land, and I have broken its
+law, so none know what the end will be. I may be condemned to death or
+imprisoned, or perhaps, if I am given the chance, with better luck I may
+fall fighting, in any of which cases we shall be separated for a while,
+or altogether. Should this be so, I pray that you will not stay here,
+either in the hope of rescuing me, or for other reasons; since, while
+you are in Spain, Morella will not cease from his attempts to get hold
+of you, whereas in England you will be safe from him."
+
+When Margaret heard these words she sobbed aloud, for the thought that
+harm might come to Peter seemed to choke her.
+
+"In all things I will do your bidding," she said, "yet how can I leave
+you, dear, while you are alive, and if, perchance, you should die, which
+may God prevent, how can I live on without you? Rather shall I seek to
+follow you very swiftly."
+
+"I do not desire that," said Peter. "I desire that you should endure
+your days till the end, and come to meet me where I am in due season,
+and not before. I will add this, that if in after-years you should meet
+any worthy man, and have a mind to marry him, you should do so, for I
+know well that you will never forget me, your first love, and that
+beyond this world lie others where there are no marryings or giving in
+marriage. Let not my dead hand lie heavy upon you, Margaret."
+
+"Yet," she replied in gentle indignation, "heavy must it always lie,
+since it is about my heart. Be sure of this, Peter, that if such
+dreadful ill should fall upon us, as you left me so shall you find me,
+here or hereafter."
+
+"So be it," he said with a sigh of relief, for he could not bear to
+think of Margaret as the wife of some other man, even after he was gone,
+although his honest, simple nature, and fear lest her life might be made
+empty of all joy, caused him to say what he had said.
+
+Then behind the shelter of a flowering bush they embraced each other as
+do those who know not whether they will ever kiss again, and, the hour
+of sunset having come, parted as they must.
+
+On the following morning once more Castell and Margaret were led to the
+Hall of Justice in the Alcazar; but this time Peter did not go with
+them. The great court was already full of counsellors, officers,
+gentlemen, and ladies who had come from curiosity, and other folk
+connected with or interested in the case. As yet, however, Margaret
+could not see Morella or Betty, nor had the king and queen taken their
+seats upon the throne. Peter was already there, standing before the bar
+with guards on either side of him, and greeted them with a smile and a
+nod as they were ushered to their chairs near by. Just as they reached
+them also trumpets were blown, and from the back of the hall, walking
+hand in hand, appeared their Majesties of Spain, Ferdinand and Isabella,
+whereat all the audience rose and bowed, remaining standing till they
+were seated on the thrones.
+
+The king, whom they now saw for the first time, was a thickset, active
+man with pleasant eyes, a fair skin, and a broad forehead, but, as
+Margaret thought, somewhat sly-faced--the face of a man who never forgot
+his own interests in those of another. Like the queen, he was
+magnificently attired in garments broidered with gold and the arms of
+Aragon, while in his hand he held a golden sceptre surmounted by a
+jewel, and about his waist, to show that he was a warlike king, he wore
+his long, cross-handled sword. Smilingly he acknowledged the homage of
+his subjects by lifting his hand to his cap and bowing. Then his eye
+fell upon the beautiful Margaret, and, turning, he put a question to the
+queen in a light, sharp voice, asking if that were the lady whom Morella
+had married, and, if so, why in the name of heaven he wished to be
+rid of her.
+
+Isabella answered that she understood that this was the señora whom he
+had desired to marry when he married some one else, as he alleged by
+mistake, but who was in fact affianced to the prisoner before them; a
+reply at which all who heard it laughed.
+
+At this moment the Marquis of Morella, accompanied by his gentlemen and
+some long-gowned lawyers, appeared walking up the court, dressed in the
+black velvet that he always wore, and glittering with orders. Upon his
+head was a cap, also of black velvet, from which hung a great pearl, and
+this cap he did not remove even when he bowed to the king and queen, for
+he was one of the few grandees of Spain who had the right to remain
+covered before their Majesties. They acknowledged his salutation,
+Ferdinand with a friendly nod and Isabella with a cold bow, and he, too,
+took the seat that had been prepared for him. Just then there was a
+disturbance at the far end of the court, where one of its officers could
+be heard calling:
+
+"Way! Make way for the Marchioness of Morella!" At the sound of this
+name the marquis, whose eyes were fixed on Margaret, frowned fiercely,
+rising from his seat as though to protest, then, at some whispered word
+from a lawyer behind him, sat down again.
+
+Now the crowd of spectators separated, and Margaret, turning to look
+down the long hall, saw a procession advancing up the lane between them,
+some clad in armour and some in white Moorish robes blazoned with the
+scarlet eagle, the cognisance of Morella. In the midst of them, her
+train supported by two Moorish women, walked a tall and beautiful lady,
+a coronet upon her brow, her fair hair outspread, a purple cloak hanging
+from her shoulders, half hiding that same splendid robe sewn with pearls
+which had been Morella's gift to Margaret, and about her white bosom the
+chain of pearls which he had presented to Betty in compensation for
+her injuries.
+
+Margaret stared and stared again, and her father at her side murmured:
+
+"It is our Betty! Truly fine feathers make fine birds." Yes, Betty it
+was without a doubt, though, remembering her in her humble woollen dress
+at the old house in Holborn, it was hard to recognise the poor companion
+in this proud and magnificent lady, who looked as though all her life
+she had trodden the marble floors of courts, and consorted with nobles
+and with queens. Up the great hall she came, stately, imperturbable,
+looking neither to the right nor to the left, taking no note of the
+whisperings about her, no, nor even of Morella or of Margaret, till she
+reached the open space in front of the bar where Peter and his guards,
+gazing with all their eyes, hastened to make place for her. There she
+curtseyed thrice, twice to the queen, and once to the king, her consort;
+then, turning, bowed to the marquis, who fixed his eyes upon the ground
+and took no note, bowed to Castell and Peter, and lastly, advancing to
+Margaret, gave her her cheek to kiss. This Margaret did with becoming
+humility, whispering in her ear:
+
+"How fares your Grace?"
+
+"Better than you would in my shoes," whispered Betty back with ever so
+slight a trembling of her left eyelid; while Margaret heard the king
+mutter to the queen:
+
+"A fine peacock of a woman. Look at her figure and those big eyes.
+Morella must be hard to please."
+
+"Perhaps he prefers swans to peacocks," answered the queen in the same
+voice with a glance at Margaret, whose quieter and more refined beauty
+seemed to gain by contrast with that of her nobly built and
+dazzling-skinned cousin. Then she motioned to Betty to take the seat
+prepared for her, which she did, with her suite standing behind her and
+an interpreter at her side.
+
+"I am somewhat bewildered," said the king, glancing from Morella to
+Betty and from Margaret to Peter, for evidently the humour of the
+situation did not escape him. "What is the exact case that we have
+to try?"
+
+Then one of the legal assessors, or alcaldes, rose and said that the
+matter before their Majesties was a charge against the Englishman at the
+bar of killing a certain soldier of the Holy Hermandad, but that there
+seemed to be other matters mixed up with it.
+
+"So I gather," answered the king; "for instance, an accusation of the
+carrying off of subjects of a friendly Power out of the territory of
+that Power; a suit for nullity of a marriage, and a cross-suit for the
+declaration of the validity of the said marriage--and the holy saints
+know what besides. Well, one thing at a time. Let us try this tall
+Englishman."
+
+So the case was opened against Peter by a public prosecutor, who
+restated it as it had been laid before the queen. The Captain Arrano
+gave his evidence as to the killing of the soldier, but, in
+cross-examination by Peter's advocate, admitted, for evidently he bore
+no malice against the prisoner, that the said soldier had roughly
+handled the Dona Margaret, and that the said Peter, being a stranger to
+the country, might very well have taken them for a troop of bandits or
+even Moors. Also, he added, that he could not say that the Englishman
+had intended to kill the soldier.
+
+Then Castell and Margaret gave their evidence, the latter with much
+modest sweetness. Indeed, when she explained that Peter was her
+affianced husband, to whom she was to have been wed on the day after she
+had been stolen away from England, and that she had cried out to him
+for help when the dead soldier caught hold of her and rent away her
+veil, there was a murmur of sympathy, and the king and queen began to
+talk with each other without paying much heed to her further words.
+
+Next they spoke to two of the judges who sat with them, after which the
+king held up his hand and announced that they had come to a decision on
+the case. It was, that, under the circumstances, the Englishman was
+justified in cutting down the soldier, especially as there was nothing
+to show that he meant to kill him, or that he knew that he belonged to
+the Holy Hermandad. He would, therefore, be discharged on the condition
+that he paid a sum of money, which, indeed, it appeared had already been
+paid to the man's widow, in compensation for the man's death, and a
+further small sum for Masses to be said for the welfare of his soul.
+
+Peter began to give thanks for this judgment; but while he was still
+speaking the king asked if any of those present wished to proceed in
+further suits. Instantly Betty rose and said that she did. Then, through
+her interpreter, she stated that she had received the royal commands to
+attend before their Majesties, and was now prepared to answer any
+questions or charges that might be laid against her.
+
+"What is your name, Señora?" asked the king.
+
+"Elizabeth, Marchioness of Morella, born Elizabeth Dene, of the ancient
+and gentle family of Dene, a native of England," answered Betty in a
+clear and decided voice.
+
+The king bowed, then asked:
+
+"Does any one dispute this title and description?"
+
+"I do," answered the Marquis of Morella, speaking for the first time.
+
+"On what grounds, Marquis?"
+
+"On every ground," he answered. "She is not the Marchioness of Morella,
+inasmuch as I went through the ceremony of marriage with her believing
+her to be another woman. She is not of ancient and gentle family, since
+she was a servant in the house of the merchant Castell yonder,
+in London."
+
+"That proves nothing, Marquis," interrupted the king. "My family may, I
+think, be called ancient and gentle, which you will be the last to deny,
+yet I have played the part of a servant on an occasion which I think the
+queen here will remember"--an allusion at which the audience, who knew
+well enough to what it referred, laughed audibly, as did her Majesty[1].
+"The marriage and rank are matters for proof," went on the king, "if
+they are questioned; but is it alleged that this lady has committed any
+crime which prevents her from pleading?"
+
+"None," answered Betty quickly, "except that of being poor, and the
+crime, if it is one, as it may be, of having married that man, the
+Marquis of Morella," whereat the audience laughed again.
+
+"Well, Madam, you do not seem to be poor now," remarked the king,
+looking at her gorgeous and bejewelled apparel; "and here we are more
+apt to think marriage a folly than a crime," a light saying at which the
+queen frowned a little. "But," he added quickly, "set out your case,
+Madam, and forgive me if, until you have done so, I do not call you
+Marchioness."
+
+[Footnote 1: When travelling from Saragossa to Valladolid to be married
+to Isabella, Ferdinand was obliged to pass himself off as a valet.
+Prescott says: "The greatest circumspection, therefore, was necessary.
+The party journeyed chiefly in the night; Ferdinand assumed the disguise
+of a servant and, when they halted on the road, took care of the mules
+and served his companions at table."]
+
+"Here is my case, Sire," said Betty, producing the certificate of
+marriage and handing it up for inspection.
+
+The judges and their Majesties inspected it, the queen remarking that a
+duplicate of this document had already been submitted to her and passed
+on to the proper authorities.
+
+"Is the priest who solemnised the marriage present?" asked the king;
+whereon Bernaldez, Castell's agent, rose and said that he was, though he
+neglected to add that his presence had been secured for no mean sum.
+
+One of the judges ordered that he should be called, and presently the
+foxy-faced Father Henriques, at whom the marquis glared angrily,
+appeared bowing, and was sworn in the usual form, and, on being
+questioned, stated that he had been priest at Motril, and chaplain to
+the Marquis of Morella, but was now a secretary of the Holy Office at
+Seville. In answer to further questions he said that, apparently by the
+bridegroom's own wish, and with his full consent, on a certain date at
+Granada, he had married the marquis to the lady who stood before them,
+and whom he knew to be named Betty Dene; also, that at her request,
+since she was anxious that proper record should be kept of her marriage,
+he had written the certificates which the court had seen, which
+certificates the marquis and others had signed immediately after the
+ceremony in his private chapel at Granada. Subsequently he had left
+Granada to take up his appointment as a secretary to the Inquisition at
+Seville, which had been conferred on him by the ecclesiastical
+authorities in reward of a treatise which he had written upon heresy.
+That was all he knew about the affair.
+
+Now Morella's advocate rose to cross-examine, asking him who had made
+the arrangements for the marriage. He answered that the marquis had
+never spoken to him directly on the subject--at least he had never
+mentioned to him the name of the lady; the Señora Inez arranged
+everything.
+
+Now the queen broke in, asking where was the Señora Inez, and who she
+was. The priest replied that the Señora Inez was a Spanish woman, one of
+the marquis's household at Granada, whom he made use of in all
+confidential affairs. She was young and beautiful, but he could say no
+more about her. As to where she was now he did not know, although they
+had ridden together to Seville. Perhaps the marquis knew.
+
+Now the priest was ordered to stand down, and Betty tendered herself as
+a witness, and through her interpreter told the court the story of her
+connection with Morella. She said that she had met him in London when
+she was a member of the household of the Señor Castell, and that at once
+he began to make love to her and won her heart. Subsequently he
+suggested that she should elope with him to Spain, promising to marry
+her at once, in proof of which she produced the letter he had written,
+which was translated and handed up for the inspection of the court--a
+very awkward letter, as they evidently thought, although it was not
+signed with the writer's real name. Next Betty explained the trick by
+which she and her cousin Margaret were brought on board his ship, and
+that when they arrived there the marquis refused to marry her, alleging
+that he was in love with her cousin and not with her--a statement which
+she took to be an excuse to avoid the fulfilment of his promise. She
+could not say why he had carried off her cousin Margaret also, but
+supposed that it was because, having once brought her upon the ship, he
+did not know how to be rid of her.
+
+Then she described the voyage to Spain, saying that during that voyage
+she kept the marquis at a distance, since there was no priest to marry
+them; also, she was sick and much ashamed, who had involved her cousin
+and mistress in this trouble. She told how the Señors Castell and Brome
+had followed in another vessel, and boarded the caravel in a storm; also
+of the shipwreck and their journey to Granada as prisoners, and of their
+subsequent life there. Finally she described how Inez came to her with
+proposals of marriage, and how she bargained that if she consented, her
+cousin, the Señor Castell, and the Señor Brome should go free. They went
+accordingly, and the marriage took place as arranged, the marquis first
+embracing her publicly in the presence of various people--namely, Inez
+and his two secretaries, who, except Inez, were present, and could bear
+witness to the truth of what she said.
+
+After the marriage and the signing of the certificates she had
+accompanied him to his own apartments, which she had never entered
+before, and there, to her astonishment, in the morning, he announced
+that he must go a journey upon their Majesties' business. Before he
+went, however, he gave her a written authority, which she produced, to
+receive his rents and manage his matters in Granada during his absence,
+which authority she read to the gathered household before he left. She
+had obeyed him accordingly until she had received the royal command,
+receiving moneys, giving her receipt for the same, and generally
+occupying the unquestioned position of mistress of his house.
+
+"We can well believe it," said the king drily. "And now, Marquis, what
+have you to answer to all this?"
+
+"I will answer presently," replied Morella, who trembled with rage.
+"First suffer that my advocate cross-examine this woman."
+
+So the advocate cross-examined, though it cannot be said that he had the
+better of Betty. First he questioned her as to her statement that she
+was of ancient and gentle family, whereon Betty overwhelmed the court
+with a list of her ancestors, the first of whom, a certain Sieur Dene de
+Dene, had come to England with the Norman Duke, William the Conqueror.
+After him, so she still swore, the said Denes de Dene had risen to great
+rank and power, having been the favourites of the kings of England, and
+fought for them generation after generation.
+
+By slow degrees she came down to the Wars of the Roses, in which she
+said her grandfather had been attainted for his loyalty, and lost his
+land and titles, so that her father, whose only child she was--being now
+the representative of the noble family, Dene de Dene--fell into poverty
+and a humble place in life. However, he married a lady of even more
+distinguished race than his own, a direct descendant of a noble Saxon
+family, far more ancient in blood than the upstart Normans. At this
+point, while Peter and Margaret listened amazed, at a hint from the
+queen, the bewildered court interfered through the head alcalde, praying
+her to cease from the history of her descent, which they took for
+granted was as noble as any in England.
+
+Next she was examined as to her relations with Morella in London, and
+told the tale of his wooing with so much detail and imaginative power
+that in the end that also was left unfinished. So it was with
+everything. Clever as Morella's advocate might be, sometimes in English
+and sometimes in the Spanish tongue, Betty overwhelmed him with words
+and apt answers, until, able to make nothing of her, the poor man sat
+down wiping his brow and cursing her beneath his breath.
+
+Then the secretaries were sworn, and after them various members of
+Morella's household, who, although somewhat unwillingly, confirmed all
+that Betty had said as to his embracing her with lifted veil and the
+rest. So at length Betty closed her case, reserving the right to address
+the court after she had heard that of the marquis.
+
+Now the king, queen, and their assessors consulted for a little while,
+for evidently there was a division of opinion among them, some thinking
+that the case should be stopped at once and referred to another
+tribunal, and others that it should go on. At length the queen was heard
+to say that at least the Marquis of Morella should be allowed to make
+his statement, as he might be able to prove that all this story was a
+fabrication, and that he was not even at Granada at the time when the
+marriage was alleged to have taken place.
+
+The king and the alcaldes assenting, the marquis was sworn and told his
+story, admitting that it was not one which he was proud to repeat in
+public. He narrated how he had first met Margaret, Betty, and Peter at a
+public ceremony in London, and had then and there fallen in love with
+Margaret, and accompanied her home to the house of her father, the
+merchant John Castell.
+
+Subsequently he discovered that this Castell, who had fled from Spain
+with his father in childhood, was that lowest of mankind, an unconverted
+Jew who posed as a Christian (at this statement there was a great
+sensation in court, and the queen's face hardened), although it is true
+that he had married a Christian lady, and that his daughter had been
+baptized and brought up as a Christian, of which faith she was a loyal
+member. Nor did she know--as he believed--that her father remained a
+Jew, since, otherwise, he would not have continued to seek her as his
+wife. Their Majesties would be aware, he went on, that, owing to reasons
+with which they were acquainted, he had means of getting at the truth of
+these matters concerning the Jews in England, as to which, indeed, he
+had already written to them, although, owing to his shipwreck and to the
+pressure of his private affairs, he had not yet made his report on his
+embassy in person.
+
+Continuing, he said that he admitted that he had made love to the
+serving-woman, Betty, in order to gain access to Margaret, whose father
+mistrusted him, knowing something of his mission. She was a person of no
+character.
+
+Here Betty rose and said in a clear voice:
+
+"I declare the Marquis of Morella to be a knave and a liar. There is
+more good character in my little finger than in his whole body, and,"
+she added, "than in that of his mother before him"--an allusion at which
+the marquis flushed, while, satisfied for the present with this
+home-thrust, Betty sat down.
+
+He had proposed to Margaret, but she was not willing to marry him, as he
+found that she was affianced to a distant cousin of hers, the Señor
+Peter Brome, a swashbuckler who was in trouble for the killing of a man
+in London, as he had killed the soldier of the Holy Hermandad in Spain.
+Therefore, in his despair, being deeply enamoured of her, and knowing
+that he could offer her great place and fortune, he conceived the idea
+of carrying her off, and to do so was obliged, much against his will, to
+abduct Betty also.
+
+So after many adventures they came to Granada, where he was able to show
+the Dona Margaret that the Señor Peter Brome was employing his
+imprisonment in making love to that member of his household, Inez, who
+had been spoken of, but now could not be found.
+
+Here Peter, who could bear this no longer, also rose and called him a
+liar to his face, saying that if he had the opportunity he would prove
+it on his body, but was ordered by the king to sit down and be silent.
+
+Having been convinced of her lover's unfaithfulness, the marquis went
+on, the Dona Margaret had at length consented to become his wife on
+condition that her father, the Señor Brome, and her servant, Betty Dene,
+were allowed to escape from Granada----
+
+"Where," remarked the queen, "you had no right to detain them, Marquis.
+Except, perhaps, the father, John Castell," she added significantly.
+
+Where, he admitted with sorrow, he had no right to detain them.
+
+"Therefore," went on the queen acutely, "there was no legal or moral
+consideration for this alleged promise of marriage,"--a point at which
+the lawyers nodded approvingly.
+
+The marquis submitted that there was a consideration; that at any rate
+the Dona Margaret wished it. On the day arranged for the wedding the
+prisoners were let go, disguised as Moors, but he now knew that through
+the trickery of the woman Inez, whom he believed had been bribed by
+Castell and his fellow-Jews, the Dona Margaret escaped in place of her
+servant, Betty, with whom he subsequently went through the form of
+marriage, believing her to be Margaret.
+
+As regards the embrace before the ceremony, it took place in a shadowed
+room, and he thought that Betty's face and hair must have been painted
+and dyed to resemble those of Margaret. For the rest, he was certain
+that the ceremonial cup of wine that he drank before he led the woman to
+the altar was drugged, since he only remembered the marriage itself very
+dimly, and after that nothing at all until he woke upon the following
+morning with an aching brow to see Betty sitting by him. As for the
+power of administration which she produced, being perfectly mad at the
+time with rage and disappointment, and sure that if he stopped there any
+longer he should commit the crime of killing this woman who had deceived
+him so cruelly, he gave it that he might escape from her. Their
+Majesties would notice also that it was in favour of the Marchioness of
+Morella. As this marriage was null and void, there was no Marchioness of
+Morella. Therefore, the document was null and void also. That was the
+truth, and all he had to say.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+THE DOOM OF JOHN CASTELL
+
+His evidence finished, the Marquis of Morella sat down, whereon, the
+king and queen having whispered together, the head alcalde asked Betty
+if she had any questions to put to him. She rose with much dignity, and
+through her interpreter said in a quiet voice:
+
+"Yes, a great many. Yet she would not debase herself by asking a single
+one until the stain which he had cast upon her was washed away, which
+she thought could only be done in blood. He had alleged that she was a
+woman of no character, and he had further alleged that their marriage
+was null and void. Being of the sex she was, she could not ask him to
+make good his assertions at the sword's point, therefore, as she
+believed she had the right to do according to all the laws of honour,
+she asked leave to seek a champion--if an unfriended woman could find
+one in a strange land--to uphold her fair name against this base and
+cruel slander."
+
+Now, in the silence that followed her speech, Peter rose and said:
+
+"I ask the permission of your Majesties to be that champion. Your
+Majesties will note that according to his own story I have suffered from
+this marquis the bitterest wrong that one man can receive at the hands
+of another. Also, he has lied in saying that I am not true to my
+affianced lady, the Dona Margaret, and surely I have a right to avenge
+the lie upon him. Lastly, I declare that I believe the Señora Betty to
+be a good and upright woman, upon whom no shadow of shame has ever
+fallen, and, as her countryman and relative, I desire to uphold her good
+name before all the world. I am a foreigner here with few friends, or
+none, yet I cannot believe that your Majesties will withhold from me the
+right of battle which all over the world in such a case one gentleman
+may demand of another. I challenge the Marquis of Morella to mortal
+combat without mercy to the fallen, and here is the proof of it."
+
+Then, stepping across the open space before the bar, he drew the
+leathern gauntlet off his hand and threw it straight into Morella's
+face, thinking that after such an insult he could not choose but fight.
+
+With an oath Morella snatched at his sword; but, before he could draw
+it, officers of the court threw themselves on him, and the king's stern
+voice was heard commanding them to cease their brawling in the royal
+presences.
+
+"I ask your pardon, Sire," gasped Morella, "but you have seen what this
+Englishman did to me, a grandee of Spain."
+
+"Yes," broke in the queen, "but we have also heard what you, a grandee
+of Spain, did to this gentleman of England, and the charge you brought
+against him, which, it seems, the Dona Margaret does not believe."
+
+"In truth, no, your Majesty," said Margaret. "Let me be sworn also, and
+I can explain much of what the marquis has told to you. I never wished
+to marry him or any man, save this one," and she touched Peter on the
+arm, "and anything that he or I may have done, we did to escape the evil
+net in which we were snared."
+
+"We believe it," answered the queen with a smile, then fell to
+consulting with the king and the alcaldes.
+
+For a long time they debated in voices so low that none could hear what
+they said, looking now at one and now at another of the parties to this
+strange suit. Also, some priest was called into their council, which
+Margaret thought a bad omen. At length they made up their minds, and in
+a low, quiet voice and measured words her Majesty, as Queen of Castile,
+gave the judgment of them all. Addressing herself first to Morella,
+she said:
+
+"My lord Marquis, you have brought very grave charges against the lady
+who claims to be your wife, and the Englishman whose affianced bride you
+admit you snatched away by fraud and force. This gentleman, on his own
+behalf and on behalf of these ladies, has challenged you to a combat to
+the death in a fashion that none can mistake. Do you accept his
+challenge?"
+
+"I would accept it readily enough, your Majesty," answered Morella in
+sullen tones, "since heretofore none have doubted my courage; but I must
+remember that I am"--and he paused, then added--"what your Majesties
+know me to be, a grandee of Spain, and something more, wherefore it is
+scarcely lawful for me to cross swords with a Jew-merchant's clerk, for
+that was this man's high rank and office in England."
+
+"You could cross them with me on your ship, the _San Antonio_,"
+exclaimed Peter bitterly, "why then are you ashamed to finish what you
+were not ashamed to begin? Moreover, I tell you that in love or war I
+hold myself the equal of any woman-thief and bastard in this kingdom,
+who am one of a name that has been honoured in my own."
+
+Now again the king and queen spoke together of this question of rank--no
+small one in that age and country. Then Isabella said:
+
+"It is true that a grandee of Spain cannot be asked to meet a simple
+foreign gentleman in single combat. Therefore, since he has thought fit
+to raise it, we uphold the objection of the Marquis of Morella, and
+declare that this challenge is not binding on his honour. Yet we note
+his willingness to accept the same, and are prepared to do what we can
+to make the matter easy, so that it may not be said that a Spaniard, who
+has wrought wrong to an Englishman, and been asked openly to make the
+amend of arms in the presence of his sovereigns, was debarred from so
+doing by the accident of his rank. Señor Peter Brome, if you will
+receive it at our hands, as others of your nation have been proud to do,
+we propose, believing you to be a brave and loyal man of gentle birth,
+to confer upon you the knighthood of the Order of St. James, and thereby
+and therein the right to consort with as equal, or to fight as equal,
+any noble of Spain, unless he should be of the right blood-royal, to
+which place we think the most puissant and excellent Marquis of Morella
+lays no claim."
+
+"I thank your Majesties," said Peter, astonished, "for the honour that
+you would do to me, which, had it not been for the fact that my father
+chose the wrong side on Bosworth Field, being of a race somewhat
+obstinate in the matter of loyalty, I should not have needed to accept
+from your Majesties. As it is I am very grateful, since now the noble
+marquis need not feel debased in settling our long quarrel as he would
+desire to do."
+
+"Come hither and kneel down, Señor Peter Brome," said the queen when he
+had finished speaking.
+
+He obeyed, and Isabella, borrowing his sword from the king, gave him the
+accolade by striking him thrice upon the right shoulder and saying:
+
+"Rise, Sir Peter Brome, Knight of the most noble Order of Saint Iago,
+and by creation a Don of Spain."
+
+He rose, he bowed, retreating backwards as was the custom, and thereby
+nearly falling off the dais, which some people thought a good omen for
+Morella. As he went the king said:
+
+"Our Marshal, Sir Peter, will arrange the time and manner of your combat
+with the marquis as shall be most convenient to you both. Meanwhile, we
+command you both that no unseemly word or deed should pass between you,
+who must soon meet face to face to abide the judgment of God in battle
+_à l'outrance_. Rather, since one of you must die so shortly, do we
+entreat you to prepare your souls to appear before His judgment-seat. We
+have spoken."
+
+Now the audience appeared to think that the court was ended, for many of
+them began to rise; but the queen held up her hand and said:
+
+"There remain other matters on which we must give judgment. The señora
+here," and she pointed to Betty, "asks that her marriage should be
+declared valid, or so we understand, and the Marquis of Morella asks
+that his marriage with the said señora should be declared void, or so
+we understand. Now this is a question over which we claim no power, it
+having to do with a sacrament of the Church. Therefore we leave it to
+his Holiness the Pope in person, or by his legate, to decide according
+to his wisdom in such manner as may seem best to him, if the parties
+concerned should choose to lay their suit before him. Meanwhile, we
+declare and decree that the señora, born Elizabeth Dene, shall
+everywhere throughout our dominions, until or unless his Holiness the
+Pope shall decide to the contrary, be received and acknowledged as the
+Marchioness of Morella, and that during his lifetime her reputed husband
+shall make due provision for her maintenance, and that after his death,
+should no decision have been come to by the court of Rome upon her suit,
+she shall inherit and enjoy that proportion of his lands and property
+which belongs to a wife under the laws of this realm."
+
+Now, while Betty bowed her thanks to their Majesties till the jewels on
+her bodice rattled, and Morella scowled till his face looked as black as
+a thunder-cloud above the mountains, the audience, whispering to each
+other, once more rose to disperse. Again the queen held up her hand, for
+the judgment was not yet finished.
+
+"We have a question to ask of the gallant Sir Peter Brome and the Dona
+Margaret, his affianced. Is it still their desire to take each other in
+marriage?"
+
+Now Peter looked at Margaret, and Margaret looked at Peter, and there
+was that in their eyes which both of them understood, for he answered in
+a clear voice:
+
+"Your Majesty, that is the dearest wish of both of us."
+
+The queen smiled a little, then asked: "And do you, Señor John
+Castell, consent and allow your daughter's marriage to this knight?"
+
+"I do, indeed," he answered gravely. "Had it not been for this man
+here," and he glanced with bitter hatred at Morella, "they would have
+been united long ago, and to that end," he added with meaning, "such
+little property as I possessed has been made over to trustees in England
+for their benefit and that of their children. Therefore I am
+henceforward dependent upon their charity."
+
+"Good," said the queen. "Then one question remains to be put, and only
+one. Is it your wish, both of you, that you should be wed before the
+single combat between the Marquis of Morella and Sir Peter Brome?
+Remember, Dona Margaret, before you answer, that in this event you may
+soon be made a widow, and that if you postpone the ceremony you may
+never be a wife."
+
+Now Margaret and Peter spoke a few words together, then the former
+answered for them both.
+
+"Should my lord fall," she said in her sweet voice that trembled as she
+uttered the words, "in either case my heart will be widowed and broken.
+Let me live out my days, therefore, bearing his name, that, knowing my
+deathless grief, none may thenceforth trouble me with their love, who
+desire to remain his bride in heaven."
+
+"Well spoken," said the queen. "We decree that here in our cathedral of
+Seville you twain shall be wed on the same day, but before the Marquis
+of Morella and you, Sir Peter Brome, meet in single combat. Further,
+lest harm should be attempted against either of you," and she looked
+sideways at Morella, "you, Señora Margaret, shall be my guest until you
+leave my care to become a bride, and you, Sir Peter, shall return to
+lodge in the prison whence you came, but with liberty to see whom you
+will, and to go when and where you will, but under our protection, lest
+some attempt should be made on you."
+
+She ceased, whereon suddenly the king began speaking in his sharp, thin
+voice.
+
+"Having settled these matters of chivalry and marriage," he said, "there
+remains another, which I will not leave to the gentle lips of our
+sovereign Lady, that has to do with something higher than either of
+them--namely, the eternal welfare of men's souls, and of the Church of
+Christ on earth. It has been declared to us that the man yonder, John
+Castell, merchant of London, is that accursed thing, a Jew, who for the
+sake of gain has all his life feigned to be a Christian, and, as such,
+deceived a Christian woman into marriage; that he is, moreover, of our
+subjects, having been born in Spain, and therefore amenable to the civil
+and spiritual jurisdiction of this realm."
+
+He paused, while Margaret and Peter stared at each other affrighted.
+Only Castell stood silent and unmoved, though he guessed what must
+follow better than either of them.
+
+"We judge him not," went on the king, "who claim no authority in such
+high matters, but we do what we must do--we commit him to the Holy
+Inquisition, there to take his trial!"
+
+Now Margaret cried aloud. Peter stared about him as though for help,
+which he knew could never come, feeling more afraid than ever he had
+been in all his life, and for the first time that day Morella smiled.
+At least he would be rid of one enemy. But Castell went to Margaret and
+kissed her tenderly. Then he shook Peter by the hand, saying:
+
+"Kill that thief," and he looked at Morella, "as I know you will, and
+would if there were ten as bad at his back. And be a good husband to my
+girl, as I know you will also, for I shall ask an account of you of
+these matters when we meet where there is neither Jew nor Christian,
+priest nor king. Now be silent, and bear what must be borne as I do, for
+I have a word to say before I leave you and the world.
+
+"Your Majesties, I make no plea for myself, and when I am questioned
+before your Inquisition the task will be easy, for I desire to hide
+nothing, and will tell the truth, though not from fear or because I
+shrink from pain. Your Majesties, you have told us that these two, who,
+at least, are good enough Christians from their birth, shall be wed. I
+would ask you if any spiritual crime, or supposed crime, of mine will be
+allowed to work their separation, or to their detriment in any way
+whatsoever."
+
+"On that point," answered the queen quickly, as though she wished to get
+in her words before the king or any one else could speak, "you have our
+royal word, John Castell. Your case is apart from their case, and
+nothing of which you may be convicted shall affect them in person or,"
+she added slowly, "in property."
+
+"A large promise," muttered the king.
+
+"It is my promise," she answered decidedly, "and it shall be kept at any
+cost. These two shall marry, and if Sir Peter lives through the fray
+they shall depart from Spain unharmed, nor shall any fresh charge be
+brought against them in any court of the realm, nor shall they be
+persecuted or proceeded against in any other realm or on the high seas
+at our instance or that of our officers. Let my words be written down,
+and one copy of them signed and filed and another copy given to the Dona
+Margaret."
+
+"Your Majesty," said Castell, "I thank you, and now, if die I must, I
+shall die happy. Yet I make bold to tell you that had you not spoken
+them it was my purpose to kill myself, here before your eyes, since that
+is a sin for which none can be asked to suffer save the sinner. Also, I
+say that this Inquisition which you have set up shall eat out the heart
+of Spain and bring her greatness to the dust of death. The torture and
+the misery of those Jews, than whom you have no better or more faithful
+subjects, shall be avenged on the heads of your children's children for
+so long as their blood endures."
+
+He finished speaking, and, while something that sounded like a gasp of
+fear rose from that crowded court as the meaning of Castell's bold words
+came home to his auditors, the crowd behind him separated, and there
+appeared, walking two by two, a file of masked and hooded monks and a
+guard of soldiers, all of whom doubtless were in waiting. They came to
+John Castell, they touched him on the shoulder, they closed around him,
+hiding him as it were from the world, and in the midst of them he
+vanished away.
+
+Peter's memories of that strange day in the Alcazar at Seville always
+remained somewhat dim and blurred. It was not wonderful. Within the
+space of a few hours he had been tried for his life and acquitted. He
+had seen Betty, transformed from a humble companion into a magnificent
+and glittering marchioness, as a chrysalis is transformed into a
+butterfly, urge her strange suit against the husband who had tricked
+her, and whom she had tricked, and, for the while at any rate, more than
+hold her own, thanks to her ready wit and native strength of character.
+
+As her champion, and that of Margaret, he had challenged Morella to a
+single combat, and when his defiance was refused on the ground of his
+lack of rank, by the favour of the great Isabella, who wished to use him
+as her instrument, doubtless because of those secret ambitions of
+Morella's which Margaret had revealed to her, he had been suddenly
+advanced to the high station of a Knight of the Order of St. James of
+Spain, to which, although he cared little for it, otherwise he might
+vainly have striven to come.
+
+More, and better far, the desire of his heart would at length be
+attained, for now it was granted to him to meet his enemy, the man whom
+he hated with just cause, upon a fair field, without favour shown to one
+or the other, and to fight him to the death. He had been promised,
+further, that within some few days Margaret should be given to him as
+wife, although it well might be that she would keep that name but for a
+single hour, and that until then they both should dwell safe from
+Morella's violence and treachery; also that, whatever chanced, no suit
+should lie against them in any land for aught that they did or had
+done in Spain.
+
+Lastly, when all seemed safe save for that chance of war, whereof,
+having been bred to such things, he took but little count; when his cup,
+emptied at length of mire and sand, was brimming full with the good red
+wine of battle and of love, when it was at his very lips indeed, Fate
+had turned it to poison and to gall. Castell, his bride's father, and
+the man he loved, had been haled to the vaults of the Inquisition,
+whence he knew well he would come forth but once more, dressed in a
+yellow robe "relaxed to the civil arm," to perish slowly in the fires of
+the Quemadero, the place of burning of heretics.
+
+What would his conquest over Morella avail if Heaven should give him
+power to conquer? What kind of a bridal would that be which was sealed
+and consecrated by the death of the bride's father in the torturing
+fires of the Inquisition? How would they ever get the smell of the smoke
+of that sacrifice out of their nostrils? Castell was a brave man; no
+torments would make him recant. It was doubtful even if he would be at
+the pains to deny his faith, he who had only been baptized a Christian
+by his father for the sake of policy, and suffered the fraud to continue
+for the purposes of his business, and that he might win and keep a
+Christian wife. No, Castell was doomed, and he could no more protect him
+from priest and king than a dove can protect its nest from a pair of
+hungry peregrines.
+
+Oh that last scene! Never could Peter forget it while he lived--the
+vast, fretted hall with its painted arches and marble columns; the rays
+of the afternoon sun piercing the window-places, and streaming like
+blood on to the black robes of the monks as, with their prey, they
+vanished back into the arcade where they had lurked; Margaret's wild cry
+and ashen face as her father was torn away from her, and she sank
+fainting on to Betty's bejewelled bosom; the cruel sneer on Morella's
+lips; the king's hard smile; the pity in the queen's eye; the excited
+murmurings of the crowd; the quick, brief comments of the lawyers; the
+scratching of the clerk's quill as, careless of everything save his
+work, he recorded the various decrees; and above it all as it were,
+upright, defiant, unmoved, Castell, surrounded by the ministers of
+death, vanishing into the blackness of the arcade, vanishing into the
+jaws of the tomb.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+FATHER HENRIQUES AND THE BAKER'S OVEN
+
+A week had gone by. Margaret was in the palace, where Peter had been to
+see her twice, and found her broken-hearted. Even the fact that they
+were to be wed upon the following Saturday, the day fixed also for the
+combat between Peter and Morella, brought her no joy or consolation. For
+on the next day, the Sunday, there was to be an "Act of Faith," an
+_auto-da-fé_ in Seville, when wicked heretics, such as Jews, Moors, and
+persons who had spoken blasphemy, were to suffer for their crimes--some
+by fire on the Quemadero, or place of burning, outside the city; some by
+making public confession of their grievous sin before they were carried
+off to perpetual and solitary imprisonment; some by being garotted
+before their bodies were given to the flames, and so forth. In this
+ceremony it was known that John Castell had been doomed to play a
+leading part.
+
+On her knees, with tears and beseechings, Margaret had prayed the queen
+for mercy. But in this matter those tears produced no more effect upon
+the heart of Isabella than does water dripping on a diamond. Gentle
+enough in other ways, where questions of the Faith were concerned she
+had the craft of a fox and the cruelty of a tiger. She was even
+indignant with Margaret. Had not enough been done for her? she asked.
+Had she not even passed her royal word that no steps should be taken to
+deprive the accused of such property as he might own in Spain if he were
+found guilty, and that none of those penalties which, according to law
+and custom fell upon the children of such infamous persons, should
+attach to her, Margaret? Was she not to be publicly married to her
+lover, and, should he survive the combat, allowed to depart with him in
+honour without even being asked to see her father expiate his iniquity?
+Surely, as a good Christian she should rejoice that he was given this
+opportunity of reconciling his soul with God and be made an example to
+others of his accursed faith. Was she then a heretic also?
+
+So she stormed on, till Margaret crept from her presence wondering
+whether this creed could be right that would force the child to inform
+against and bring the parent to torment. Where were such things written
+in the sayings of the Saviour and His Apostles? And if they were not
+written, who had invented them?
+
+"Save him!--save him!" Margaret had gasped to Peter in despair. "Save
+him, or I swear to you, however much I may love you, however much we may
+seem to be married, never shall you be a husband to me."
+
+"That seems hard," replied Peter, shaking his head mournfully, "since it
+was not I who gave him over to these devils, and probably the end of it
+would be that I should share his fate. Still, I will do what a man can."
+
+"No, no," she cried in despair; "do nothing that will bring you into
+danger." But he had gone without waiting for her answer.
+
+It was night, and Peter sat in a secret room in a certain baker's shop
+in Seville. There were present there besides himself the Fray
+Henriques--now a secretary to the Holy Inquisition, but disguised as a
+layman--the woman Inez, the agent Bernaldez, and the old Jew, Israel
+of Granada.
+
+"I have brought him here, never mind how," Inez was saying, pointing to
+Henriques. "A risky and disagreeable business enough. And now what is
+the use of it?"
+
+"No use at all," answered the Fray coolly, "except to me who pocket my
+ten gold pieces."
+
+"A thousand doubloons if our friend escapes safe and sound," put in the
+old Jew Israel. "God in Heaven! think of it, a thousand doubloons."
+
+The secretary's eyes gleamed hungrily.
+
+"I could do with them well enough," he answered, "and hell could spare
+one filthy Jew for ten years or so, but I see no way. What I do see, is
+that probably all of you will join him. It is a great crime to try to
+tamper with a servant of the Holy Office."
+
+Bernaldez turned white, and the old Jew bit his nails; but Inez tapped
+the priest upon the shoulder.
+
+"Are you thinking of betraying us?" she asked in her gentle voice.
+"Look here, friend, I have some knowledge of poisons, and I swear to you
+that if you attempt it, you shall die within a week, tied in a double
+knot, and never know whence the dose came. Or I can bewitch you, I, who
+have not lived a dozen years among the Moors for nothing, so that your
+head swells and your body wastes, and you utter blasphemies, not
+knowing what you say, until for very shame's sake they toast you among
+the faggots also."
+
+"Bewitch me!" answered Henriques with a shiver. "You have done that
+already, or I should not be here."
+
+"Then, if you do not wish to be in another place before your time," went
+on Inez, still tapping his shoulder gently, "think, think! and find a
+way, worthy servant of the Holy Office."
+
+"A thousand doubloons!--a thousand gold doubloons!" croaked old Israel,
+"or if you fail, sooner or later, this month or next, this year or next,
+death--death as slow and cruel as we can make it. There are two
+Inquisitions in Spain, holy Father; but one of them does its business in
+the dark, and your name is on its ledger."
+
+Now Henriques was very frightened, as well he might be with all those
+eyes glaring at him.
+
+"You need fear nothing," he said, "I know the devilish power of your
+league too well, and that, if I kill you all, a hundred others I have
+never seen or heard of would dog me to my death, who have taken your
+accursed money."
+
+"I am glad that you understand at last, dear friend," said the soft,
+mocking voice of Inez, who stood behind the monk like an evil genius,
+and again tapped him affectionately on the shoulder, this time with the
+bare blade of a poniard. "Now be quick with that plan of yours. It grows
+late, and all holy people should be abed."
+
+"I have none. I defy you," he answered furiously.
+
+"Very well, friend--very well; then I will say good night, or rather
+farewell, since I am not likely to meet you again in this world."
+"Where are you going?" he asked anxiously.
+
+"Oh! to the palace to meet the Marquis of Morella and a friend of his, a
+relation indeed. Look you here. I have had an offer of pardon for my
+part in that marriage if I can prove that a certain base priest knew
+that he was perpetrating a fraud. Well, I _can_ prove it--you may
+remember that you wrote me a note--and, if I do, what happens to such a
+priest who chances to have incurred the hatred of a grandee of Spain and
+of his noble relation?"
+
+"I am an officer of the Holy Inquisition; no one dare touch me," he
+gasped.
+
+"Oh! I think that there are some who would take the risk. For
+instance--the king."
+
+Fray Henriques sank back in his chair. Now he understood whom Inez meant
+by the noble relative of Morella, understood also that he had been
+trapped. "On Sunday morning," he began in a hollow whisper, "the
+procession will be formed, and wind through the streets of the city to
+the theatre, where the sermon will be preached before those who are
+relaxed proceed to the Quemadero. About eight o'clock it turns on to the
+quay for a little way only, and here will be but few spectators, since
+the view of the pageant is bad, nor is the road guarded there. Now, if a
+dozen determined men were waiting disguised as peasants with a boat at
+hand, perhaps they might----" and he paused.
+
+Then Peter, who had been watching and listening to all this play, spoke
+for the first time, asking:
+
+"In such an event, reverend Sir, how would those determined men know
+which was the victim that they sought?"
+
+"The heretic John Castell," he answered, "will be seated on an ass,
+clad in a _zamarra_ of sheepskin painted with fiends and a likeness of
+his own head burning--very well done, for I, who can draw, had a hand in
+it. Also, he alone will have a rope round his neck, by which he may
+be known."
+
+"Why will he be seated on an ass?" asked Peter savagely. "Because you
+have tortured him so that he cannot walk?"
+
+"Not so--not so," said the Dominican, shrinking from those fierce eyes.
+"He has never been questioned at all, not a single turn of the
+_mancuerda_, I swear to you, Sir Knight. What was the use, since he
+openly avows himself an accursed Jew?"
+
+"Be more gentle in your talk, friend," broke in Inez, with her familiar
+tap upon the shoulder. "There are those here who do not think so ill of
+Jews as you do in your Holy House, but who understand how to apply the
+_mancuerda_, and can make a very serviceable rack out of a plank and a
+pulley or two such as lie in the next room. Cultivate courtesy, most
+learned priest, lest before you leave this place you should add a cubit
+to your stature."
+
+"Go on," growled Peter.
+
+"Moreover," added Fray Henriques shakily, "orders came that it was not
+to be done. The Inquisitors thought otherwise, as they believed
+--doubtless in error--that he might have accomplices whose names
+he would give up; but the orders said that as he had lived so long in
+England, and only recently travelled to Spain, he could have none.
+Therefore he is sound--sound as a bell; never before, I am told, has an
+impenitent Jew gone to the stake in such good case, however worthy and
+worshipful he might be."
+
+"So much the better for you, if you do not lie," answered Peter.
+"Continue!"
+
+"There is nothing more to say, except that I shall be walking near to
+him with the two guards, and, of course, if he were snatched away from
+us, and there were no boats handy in which to pursue, we could not help
+it, could we? Indeed, we priests, who are men of peace, might even fly
+at the sight of cruel violence."
+
+"I should advise you to fly fast and far," said Peter. "But, Inez, what
+hold have you on this friend of yours? He will trick everybody."
+
+"A thousand doubloons--a thousand doubloons!" muttered old Israel like a
+sleepy parrot.
+
+"He may think to screw more than that out of the carcases of some of us,
+old man. Come, Inez, you are quick at this game. How can we best hold
+him to his word?"
+
+"Dead, I think," broke in Bernaldez, who knew his danger as the partner
+and relative of Castell, and the nominal owner of the ship _Margaret_ in
+which it was purposed that he should escape. "We know all that he can
+tell, and if we let him go he will betray us soon or late. Kill him out
+of the way, I say, and burn his body in the oven."
+
+Now Henriques fell upon his knees, and with groans and tears began to
+implore mercy.
+
+"Why do you complain so?" asked Inez, watching him with reflective eyes.
+"The end would be much gentler than that which you righteous folk mete
+out to many more honest men, yes, and women too. For my part, I think
+that the Señor Bernaldez gives good counsel. Better that you should
+die, who are but one, than all of us and others, for you will understand
+that we cannot trust you. Has any one got a rope?"
+
+Now Henriques grovelled on the ground before her, kissing the hem of her
+robe, and praying her in the name of all the saints to show pity on one
+who had been betrayed into this danger by love of her.
+
+"Of money you mean, Toad," she answered, kicking him with her slippered
+foot. "I had to listen to your talk of love while we journeyed together,
+and before, but here I need not, and if you speak of it again you shall
+go living into that baker's oven. Oh! you have forgotten it, but I have
+a long score to settle with you. You were a familiar of the Holy Office
+here at Seville--were you not?--before Morella promoted you to Motril
+for your zeal, and made you one of his chaplains? Well, I had a sister,"
+And she knelt down and whispered a name into his ear.
+
+He uttered a sound--it was more of a scream than a gasp.
+
+"I had nothing to do with her death," he protested. "She was brought
+within the walls of the Holy House by some one who had a grudge against
+her and bore false witness."
+
+"Yes, I know. It was you who had the grudge, you snake-souled rogue, and
+it was you who gave the false witness. It was you, also, who but the
+other day volunteered the corroborative evidence that was necessary
+against Castell, saying that he had passed the Rood at your house in
+Motril without doing it reverence, and other things. It was you, too,
+who urged your superiors to put him to the question, because you said he
+was rich and had rich friends, and much money could be wrung out of him
+and them, whereof you were to get your share. Oh! yes, my information is
+good, is it not? Even what passes in the dungeons of the Holy House
+comes to the ears of the woman Inez. Well, do you still think that
+baker's oven too hot for you?"
+
+By this time Henriques was speechless with terror. There he knelt upon
+the floor, glaring at this soft-voiced, remorseless woman who had made a
+tool and a fool of him; who had beguiled him there that night, and who
+hated him so bitterly and with so just a cause. Peter was speaking now.
+
+"It would be better not to stain our hands with the creature's blood,"
+he said. "Caged rats give little sport, and he might be tracked. For my
+part, I would leave his judgment to God. Have you no other way, Inez?"
+
+She thought a while, then prodded the Fray Henriques with her foot,
+saying:
+
+"Get up, sainted secretary to the Holy Office, and do a little writing,
+which will be easy to you. See, here are pens and paper. Now
+I'll dictate:
+
+"'Most Adorable Inez,
+
+"'Your dear message has reached me safely here in this accursed Holy
+House, where we lighten heretics of their sins to the benefit of their
+souls, and of their goods to the benefit of our own bodies----'"
+
+"I cannot write it," groaned Henriques; "it is rank heresy."
+
+"No, only the truth," answered Inez.
+
+"Heresy and the truth--well, they are often the same thing. They would
+burn me for it."
+
+"That is just what many heretics have urged. They have died gloriously
+for what they hold to be the truth, why should not you? Listen," she
+went on more sternly. "Will you take your chance of burning on the
+Quemadero, which you will not do unless you betray us, or will you
+certainly burn more privately, but better, in a baker's oven, and within
+half an hour? Ah! I thought you would not hesitate. Continue your
+letter, most learned scribe. Are those words down? Yes. Now add these:
+
+"'I note all you tell me about the trial at the Alcazar before their
+Majesties. I believe that the Englishwoman will win her case. That was a
+very pretty trick that I played on the most noble marquis at Granada.
+Nothing neater was ever done, even in this place. Well, I owed him a
+long score, and I have paid him off in full. I should like to have seen
+his exalted countenance when he surveyed the features of his bride, the
+waiting-woman, and knew that the mistress was safe away with another
+man. The nephew of the king, who would like himself to be king some day,
+married to an English waiting-woman! Good, very good, dear Inez.
+
+"'Now, as regards the Jew, John Castell. I think that the matter may
+possibly be managed, provided that the money is all right, for, as you
+know, I do not work for nothing. Thus----'" And Inez dictated with
+admirable lucidity those suggestions as to the rescue of Castell, with
+which the reader is already acquainted, ending the letter as follows:
+
+"'These Inquisitors here are cruel beasts, though fonder of money than
+of blood; for all their talk about zeal for the Faith is so much wind
+behind the mountains. They care as much for the Faith as the mountain
+cares for the wind, or, let us say, as I do. They wanted to torture the
+poor devil, thinking that he would rain maravedis; but I gave a hint in
+the right quarter, and their fun was stopped. Carissima, I must stop
+also; it is my hour for duty, but I hope to meet you as arranged, and we
+will have a merry evening. Love to the newly married marquis, if you
+meet him, and to yourself you know how much.
+
+"'Your
+
+"'HENRIQUES.
+
+"'POSTSCRIPTUM.--This position will scarcely be as remunerative as I
+hoped, so I am glad to be able to earn a little outside, enough to buy
+you a present that will make your pretty eyes shine.'
+
+"There!" said Inez mildly, "I think that covers everything, and would
+burn you three or four times over. Let me read it to see that it is
+plainly written and properly signed, for in such matters a good deal
+turns on handwriting. Yes, that will do. Now you understand, don't you,
+if anything goes wrong about the matter we have been talking of--that
+is, if the worthy John Castell is not rescued, or a smell of our little
+plot should get into the wind--this letter goes at once to the right
+quarter, and a certain secretary will wish that he had never been born.
+Man!" she added in a hissing whisper, "you shall die by inches as my
+sister did."
+
+"A thousand doubloons if the thing succeeds, and you live to claim
+them," croaked old Israel. "I do not go back upon my word. Death and
+shame and torture or a thousand doubloons. Now he knows our terms,
+blindfold him again, Señor Bernaldez, and away with him, for he poisons
+the air. But first you, Inez, be gone and lodge that letter where
+you know."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+That same night two cloaked figures, Peter and Bernaldez, were rowed in
+a little boat out to where the _Margaret_ lay in the river, and, making
+her fast, slipped up the ship's side into the cabin. Here the stout
+English captain, Smith, was waiting for them, and so glad was the honest
+fellow to see Peter that he cast his arms about him and hugged him, for
+they had not met since that desperate adventure of the boarding of the
+_San Antonio_.
+
+"Is your ship fit for sea, Captain?" asked Peter.
+
+"She will never be fitter," he answered. "When shall I get sailing
+orders?"
+
+"When the owner comes aboard," answered Peter.
+
+"Then we shall stop here until we rot; they have trapped him in their
+Inquisition. What is in your mind, Peter Brome?--what is in your mind?
+Is there a chance?"
+
+"Aye, Captain, I think so, if you have a dozen fellows of the right
+English stuff between decks."
+
+"We have got that number, and one or two more. But what's the plan?"
+
+Peter told him.
+
+"Not so bad," said Smith, slapping his heavy hand upon his knee; "but
+risky--very risky. That Inez must be a good girl. I should like to marry
+her, notwithstanding her bygones."
+
+Peter laughed, thinking what an odd couple they would make. "Hear the
+rest, then talk," he said. "See now! On Saturday next Mistress Margaret
+and I are to be married in the cathedral; then, towards sunset, the
+Marquis of Morella and I run our course in the great bull-ring yonder,
+and you and half a dozen of your men will be present. Now, I may conquer
+or I may fail----"
+
+"Never!--never!" said the captain. "I wouldn't give a pair of old boots
+for that fine Spaniard's chance when you get at him. Why, you will crimp
+him like a cod-fish!"
+
+"God knows!" answered Peter. "If I win, my wife and I make our adieux to
+their Majesties, and ride away to the quay, where the boat will be
+waiting, and you will row us on board the _Margaret_. If I fail, you
+will take up my body, and, accompanied by my widow, bring it in the same
+fashion on board the _Margaret_, for I shall give it out that in this
+case I wish to be embalmed in wine and taken back to England for burial.
+In either event, you will drop your ship a little way down the river
+round the bend, so that folk may think that you have sailed. In the
+darkness you must work her back with the tide and lay her behind those
+old hulks, and if any ask you why, say that three of your men have not
+yet come aboard, and that you have dropped back for them, and whatever
+else you like. Then, in case I should not be alive to guide you, you and
+ten or twelve of the best sailors will land at the spot that this
+gentleman will show you to-morrow, wearing Spanish cloaks so as not to
+attract attention, but being well armed underneath them, like idlers
+from some ship who had come ashore to see the show. I have told you how
+you may know Master Castell. When you see him make a rush for him, cut
+down any that try to stop you, tumble him into the boat, and row for
+your lives to the ship, which will slip her moorings and get up her
+canvas as soon as she sees you coming, and begin to drop down the river
+with the tide and wind, if there is one. That is the plot, but God alone
+knows the end of it! which depends upon Him and the sailors. Will you
+play this game for the love of a good man and the rest of us? If you
+succeed, you shall be rich for life, all of you."
+
+"Aye," answered the captain, "and there's my hand on it. So sure as my
+name is Smith, we will hook him out of that hell if men can do it, and
+not for the money either. Why, Peter, we have sat here idle so long,
+waiting for you and our lady, that we shall be glad of the fun. At any
+rate, there will be some dead Spaniards before they have done with us,
+and, if we are worsted, I'll leave the mate and enough hands upon the
+ship to bring her safe to Tilbury. But we won't be--we won't be. By this
+day week we will all be rolling homewards across the Bay with never a
+Spaniard within three hundred miles, you and your lady and Master
+Castell, too. I know it! I tell you, lad, I know it!"
+
+"How do you know it?" asked Peter curiously.
+
+"Because I dreamed it last night. I saw you and Mistress Margaret
+sitting sweet as sugar, with your arms around each other's middles,
+while I talked to the master, and the sun went down with the wind
+blowing stiff from sou-sou-west, and a gale threatening. I tell you that
+I dreamed it--I who am not given to dreams."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+THE FALCON STOOPS
+
+It was the marriage day of Margaret and Peter. Clad in white armour that
+had been sent to him as a present from the queen, a sign and a token of
+her good wishes for his success in his combat with Morella, wearing the
+insignia of a Knight of St. James hanging by a ribbon from his neck, his
+shield emblazoned with his coat of the stooping falcon, which appeared
+also upon the white cloak that hung from his shoulders, behind him a
+squire of high degree, who carried his plumed casque and lance, and
+accompanied by an escort of the royal guards, Peter rode from his
+quarters in the prison to the palace gates, and waited there as he had
+been bidden. Presently they opened, and through them, seated on a
+palfrey, appeared Margaret, wonderfully attired in white and silver, but
+with her veil lifted so that her face could be seen. She was companioned
+by a troop of maidens mounted, all of them, on white horses, and at her
+side, almost outshining her in glory of apparel, and attended by all her
+household, rode Betty, Marchioness of Morella--at any rate for that
+present time.
+
+Although she could never be less than beautiful, it was a worn and pale
+Margaret who bowed her greetings to the bridegroom without those palace
+gates. What wonder, since she knew that within a few hours his life
+must be set upon the hazard of a desperate fray. What wonder, since she
+knew that to-morrow her father was doomed to be burnt living upon the
+Quemadero.
+
+They met, they greeted; then, with silver trumpets blowing before them,
+the glittering procession wound its way through the narrow streets of
+Seville. But few words passed between them, whose hearts were too full
+for words, who had said all they had to say, and now abided the issue of
+events. Betty, however, whom many of the populace took for the bride,
+because her air was so much the happier of the two, would not be silent.
+Indeed she chid Margaret for her lack of gaiety upon such an occasion.
+
+"Oh, Betty!--Betty!" answered Margaret, "how can I be gay, upon whose
+heart lies the burden of to-morrow?"
+
+"A pest upon the burden of to-morrow!" exclaimed Betty. "The burden of
+to-day is enough for me, and that is not so bad to bear. Never shall we
+have another such ride as this, with all the world staring at us, and
+every woman in Seville envying us and our good looks and the favour of
+the queen."
+
+"I think it is you they stare at and envy," said Margaret, glancing at
+the splendid woman at her side, whose beauty she knew well over-shadowed
+her own rarer loveliness, at any rate in a street pageant, as in the
+sunshine the rose overshadows the lily.
+
+"Well," answered Betty, "if so, it is because I put the better face on
+things, and smile even if my heart bleeds. At least, your lot is more
+hopeful than mine. If your husband has to fight to the death presently,
+so has mine, and between ourselves I favour Peter's chances. He is a
+very stubborn fighter, Peter, and wonderfully strong--too stubborn and
+strong for any Spaniard."
+
+"Well, that is as it should be," said Margaret, smiling faintly, "seeing
+that Peter is your champion, and if he loses, you are stamped as a
+serving-girl, and a woman of no character."
+
+"A serving-girl I was, or something not far different," replied Betty in
+a reflective voice, "and my character is a matter between me and Heaven,
+though, after all, it might scrape through where others fail to pass. So
+these things do not trouble me over much. What troubles me is that if my
+champion wins he kills my husband."
+
+"You don't want him to be killed then?" asked Margaret, glancing at her.
+
+"No, I think not," answered Betty with a little shake in her voice, and
+turning her head aside for a moment. "I know he is a scoundrel, but, you
+see, I always liked this scoundrel, just as you always hated him, so I
+cannot help wishing that he was going to meet some one who hits a little
+less hard than Peter. Also, if he dies, without doubt his heirs will
+raise suits against me."
+
+"At any rate your father is not going to be burnt to-morrow," said
+Margaret to change the subject, which, to tell the truth, was an
+awkward one.
+
+"No, Cousin, if my father had his deserts, according to all accounts,
+although the lineage that I gave of him is true enough, doubtless he was
+burnt long ago, and still goes on burning--in Purgatory, I mean--though
+God knows I would never bring a faggot to his fire. But Master Castell
+will not be burnt, so why fret about it."
+
+"What makes you say that?" asked Margaret, who had not confided the
+details of a certain plot to Betty.
+
+"I don't know, but I am sure that Peter will get him out somehow. He is
+a very good stick to lean on, Peter, although he seems so hard and
+stupid and silent, which, after all, is in the nature of sticks. But
+look, there is the cathedral--is it not a fine place?--and a great crowd
+of people waiting round the gate. Now smile, Cousin. Bow and smile as
+I do."
+
+They rode up to the great doors, where Peter, springing to the ground,
+assisted his bride from her palfrey. Then the procession formed, and
+they entered the wonderful place, preceded by vergers with staves, and
+by acolytes. Margaret had never visited it before, and never saw it
+again, but all her life the memory of it remained clear and vivid in her
+mind. The cold chill of the air within, the semi-darkness after the
+glare of the sunshine, the seven great naves, or aisles, stretching
+endlessly to right and left, the dim and towering roof, the pillars that
+sprang to it everywhere like huge forest trees aspiring to the skies,
+the solemn shadows pierced by lines of light from the high-cut windows,
+the golden glory of the altars, the sounds of chanting, the sepulchres
+of the dead--a sense of all these things rushed in upon her,
+overpowering her and stamping the picture of them for ever on
+her memory.
+
+Slowly they passed onward to the choir, and round it to the steps of the
+great altar of the chief chapel. Here, between the choir and the chapel,
+was gathered the congregation--no small one--and here, side by side to
+the right and without the rails, in chairs of state, sat their Majesties
+of Spain, who had chosen to grace this ceremony with their presence.
+More, as the bride came, the queen Isabella, as a special act of grace,
+rose from her seat and, bending forward, kissed her on the cheek, while
+the choir sang and the noble music rolled. It was a splendid spectacle,
+this marriage of hers, celebrated in perhaps the most glorious fane in
+Europe. But even as Margaret noted it and watched the bishops and
+priests decked with glittering embroideries, summoned there to do her
+honour, as they moved to and fro in the mysterious ceremonial of the
+Mass, she bethought her of other rites equally glorious that would take
+place on the morrow in the greatest square of Seville, where these same
+dignitaries would condemn fellow human beings--perhaps among them her
+own father--to be married to the cruel flame.
+
+Side by side they knelt before the wondrous altar, while the
+incense-clouds from the censers floated up one by one till they were
+lost in the gloom above, as the smoke of to-morrow's sacrifice would
+lose itself in the heavens, she and her husband, won at last, won after
+so many perils, perhaps to be lost again for ever before night fell upon
+the world. The priests chanted, the gorgeous bishop bowed over them and
+muttered the marriage service of their faith, the ring was set upon her
+hand, the troths were plighted, the benediction spoken, and they were
+man and wife till death should them part, that death which stood so near
+to them in this hour of life fulfilled. Then they two, who already that
+morning had made confession of their sins, kneeling alone before the
+altar, ate of the holy Bread, sealing a mystery with a mystery.
+
+All was done and over, and rising, they turned and stayed a moment hand
+in hand while the sweet-voiced choir sang some wondrous chant.
+Margaret's eyes wandered over the congregation till presently they
+lighted upon the dark face of Morella, who stood apart a little way,
+surrounded by his squires and gentlemen, and watched her. More, he came
+to her, and bowing low, whispered to her:
+
+"We are players in a strange game, my lady Margaret, and what will be
+its end, I wonder? Shall I be dead to-night, or you a widow? Aye, and
+where was its beginning? Not here, I think. And where, oh where shall
+this seed we sow bear fruit? Well, think as kindly of me as you can,
+since I loved you who love me not."
+
+And again bowing, first to her, then to Peter, he passed on, taking no
+note of Betty, who stood near, considering him with her large eyes, as
+though she also wondered what would be the end of all this play.
+
+Surrounded by their courtiers, the king and queen left the cathedral,
+and after them came the bridegroom and the bride. They mounted their
+horses and in the glory of the southern sunlight rode through the
+cheering crowd back to the palace and to the marriage feast, where their
+table was set but just below that of their Majesties. It was long and
+magnificent; but little could they eat, and, save to pledge each other
+in the ceremonial cup, no wine passed their lips. At length some
+trumpets blew, and their Majesties rose, the king saying in his thin,
+clear voice that he would not bid his guests farewell, since very
+shortly they would all meet again in another place, where the gallant
+bridegroom, a gentleman of England, would champion the cause of his
+relative and countrywoman against one of the first grandees of Spain
+whom she alleged had done her wrong. That fray, alas! would be no
+pleasure joust, but to the death, for the feud between these knights was
+deep and bitter, and such were the conditions of their combat. He could
+not wish success to the one or to the other; but of this he was sure,
+that in all Seville there was no heart that would not give equal honour
+to the conqueror and the conquered, sure also that both would bear
+themselves as became brave knights of Spain and England.
+
+Then the trumpets blew again, and the squires and gentlemen who were
+chosen to attend him came bowing to Peter, and saying that it was time
+for him to arm. Bride and bridegroom rose and, while all the spectators
+fell back out of hearing, but watching them with curious eyes, spoke
+some few words together.
+
+"We part," said Peter, "and I know not what to say."
+
+"Say nothing, husband," she answered him, "lest your words should weaken
+me. Go now, and bear you bravely, as you will for your own honour and
+that of England, and for mine. Dead or living you are my darling, and
+dead or living we shall meet once more and be at rest for aye. My
+prayers be with you, Sir Peter, my prayers and my eternal love, and may
+they bring strength to your arm and comfort to your heart."
+
+Then she, who would not embrace him before all those folk, curtseyed
+till her knee almost touched the ground, while low he bent before her, a
+strange and stately parting, or so thought that company; and taking the
+hand of Betty, Margaret left him.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Two hours had gone by. The Plaza de Toros, for the great square where
+tournaments were wont to be held was in the hands of those who prepared
+it for the _auto-da-fé_ of the morrow, was crowded as it had seldom been
+before. This place was a huge amphitheatre--perchance the Romans built
+it--where all sorts of games were celebrated, among them the baiting of
+bulls as it was practised in those days, and other semi-savage sports.
+Twelve thousand people could sit upon the benches that rose tier upon
+tier around the vast theatre, and scarce a seat was empty. The arena
+itself, that was long enough for horses starting at either end of it to
+come to their full speed, was strewn with white sand, as it may have
+been in the days when gladiators fought there. Over the main entrance
+and opposite to the centre of the ring were placed the king and queen
+with their lords and ladies, and between them, but a little behind, her
+face hid by her bridal veil, sat Margaret, upright and silent as a
+statue. Exactly in front of them, on the further side of the ring in a
+pavilion, and attended by her household, appeared Betty, glittering with
+gold and jewels, since she was the lady in whose cause, at least in
+name, this combat was to be fought _à l'outrance._ Quite unmoved she
+sat, and her presence seemed to draw every eye in that vast assembly
+which talked of her while it waited, with a sound like the sound of the
+sea as it murmurs on a beach at night.
+
+Now the trumpets blew, and silence fell, and then, preceded by heralds
+in golden tabards, Carlos, Marquis of Morella, followed by his squires,
+rode into the ring through the great entrance. He bestrode a splendid
+black horse, and was arrayed in coal-black armour, while from his casque
+rose black ostrich plumes. On his shield, however, painted in scarlet,
+appeared the eagle crowned with the coronet of his rank, and beneath,
+the proud motto--"What I seize I tear." A splendid figure, he pressed
+his horse into the centre of the arena, then causing it to wheel round,
+pawing the air with its forelegs, saluted their Majesties by raising his
+long, steel-tipped lance, while the multitude greeted him with a shout.
+This done, he and his company rode away to their station at the north
+end of the ring.
+
+Again the trumpets sounded, and a herald appeared, while after him,
+mounted on a white horse, and clad in his white armour that glistened in
+the sun, with white plumes rising from his casque, and on his shield the
+stooping falcon blazoned in gold with the motto of "For love and honour"
+beneath it, appeared the tall, grim shape of Sir Peter Brome. He, too,
+rode out into the centre of the arena, and, turning his horse quite
+soberly, as though it were on a road, lifted his lance in salute. Now
+there was no cheering, for this knight was a foreigner, yet soldiers who
+were there said to each other that he looked like one who would not
+easily be overthrown.
+
+A third time the trumpets sounded, and the two champions, advancing from
+their respective stations, drew rein side by side in front of their
+Majesties, where the conditions of the combat were read aloud to them by
+the chief herald. They were short. That the fray should be to the death
+unless the king and queen willed otherwise and the victor consented;
+that it should be on horse or on foot, with lance or sword or dagger,
+but that no broken weapon might be replaced and no horse or armour
+changed; that the victor should be escorted from the place of combat
+with all honour, and allowed to depart whither he would, in the kingdom
+or out of it, and no suit or blood-feud raised against him; and that the
+body of the fallen be handed over to his friends for burial, also with
+all honour. That the issue of this fray should in no way affect any
+cause pleaded in Courts ecclesiastical or civil, by the lady who
+asserted herself to be the Marchioness of Morella, or by the most noble
+Marquis of Morella, whom she claimed as her husband.
+
+These conditions having been read, the champions were asked if they
+assented to them, whereon each of them answered, "Aye!" in a clear
+voice. Then the herald, speaking on behalf of Sir Peter Brome, by
+creation a knight of St. Iago and a Don of Spain, solemnly challenged
+the noble Marquis of Morella to single combat to the death, in that he,
+the said marquis, had aspersed the name of his relative, the English
+lady, Elizabeth Dene, who claimed to be his wife, duly united to him in
+holy wedlock, and for sundry other causes and injuries worked towards
+him, the said Sir Peter Brome, and his wife, Dame Margaret Brome, and in
+token thereof, threw down a gauntlet, which gauntlet the Marquis of
+Morella lifted upon the point of his lance and cast over his shoulder,
+thus accepting the challenge.
+
+Now the combatants dropped their visors, which heretofore had been
+raised, and their squires, coming forward, examined the fastenings of
+their armour, their weapons, and the girths and bridles of their
+horses. These being pronounced sound and good, pursuivants took the
+steeds by the bridles and led them to the far ends of the lists. At a
+signal from the king a single clarion blew, whereon the pursuivants
+loosed their hold of the bridles and sprang back. Another clarion blew,
+and the knights gathered up their reins, settled their shields, and set
+their lances in rest, bending forward over their horses' necks.
+
+An intense silence fell upon all the watching multitude as that of night
+upon the sea, and in the midst of it the third clarion blew--to Margaret
+it sounded like the trump of doom. From twelve thousand throats one
+great sigh went up, like the sigh of wind upon the sea, and ere it died
+away, from either end of the arena, like arrows from the bow, like
+levens from a cloud, the champions started forth, their stallions
+gathering speed at every stride. Look, they met! Fair on each shield
+struck a lance, and backward reeled their holders. The keen points
+glanced aside or up, and the knights, recovering themselves, rushed past
+each other, shaken but unhurt. At the ends of the lists the squires
+caught the horses by the bridles and turned them. The first course
+was run.
+
+Again the clarions blew, and again they started forward, and presently
+again they met in mid career. As before, the lances struck upon the
+shields; but so fearful was the impact, that Peter's shivered, while
+that of Morella, sliding from the topmost rim of his foe's buckler, got
+hold in his visor bars. Back went Peter beneath the blow, back and still
+back, till almost he lay upon his horse's crupper. Then, when it seemed
+that he must fall, the lacings of his helm burst. It was torn from his
+head, and Morella passed on bearing it transfixed upon his spear point.
+
+"The Falcon falls," screamed the spectators; "he is unhorsed."
+
+But Peter was not unhorsed. Freed from that awful pressure, he let drop
+the shattered shaft and, grasping at his saddle strap, dragged himself
+back into the selle. Morella tried to stay his charger, that he might
+come about and fall upon the Englishman before he could recover himself;
+but the brute was heady, and would not be turned till he saw the wall of
+faces in front of him. Now they were round, both of them, but Peter had
+no spear and no helm, while the lance of Morella was cumbered with his
+adversary's casque that he strove to shake free from it, but in vain.
+
+"Draw your sword," shouted voices to Peter--the English voices of Smith
+and his sailors--and he put his hand down to do so, then bethought him
+of some other counsel, for he let it lie within its scabbard, and,
+spurring the white horse, came at Morella like a storm.
+
+"The Falcon will be spiked," they screamed. "The Eagle wins!--the Eagle
+wins!" And indeed it seemed that it must be so. Straight at Peter's
+undefended face drove Morella's lance, but lo! as it came he let fall
+his reins and with his shield he struck at the white plumes about its
+point, the plumes torn from his own head. He had judged well, for up
+flew those plumes, a little, a very little, yet far enough to give him
+space, crouching on his saddle-bow, to pass beneath the deadly spear.
+Then, as they swept past each other, out shot that long, right arm of
+his and, gripping Morella like a hook of steel, tore him from his
+saddle, so that the black horse rushed forward riderless, and the white
+sped on bearing a double burden.
+
+Grasping desperately, Morella threw his arms about his neck, and
+intertwined, black armour mixed with white, they swayed to and fro,
+while the frightened horse beneath rushed this way and that till,
+swerving suddenly, together they fell upon the sand, and for a moment
+lay there stunned.
+
+"Who conquers?" gasped the crowd; while others answered, "Both are
+sped!" And, leaning forward in her chair, Margaret tore off her veil and
+watched with a face like the face of death.
+
+See! As they had fallen together, so together they stirred and
+rose--rose unharmed. Now they sprang back, out flashed the long swords,
+and, while the squires caught the horses and, running in, seized the
+broken spears, they faced each other. Having no helm, Peter held his
+buckler above his head to shelter it, and, ever calm, awaited the
+onslaught.
+
+At him came Morella, and with a light, grating sound his sword fell upon
+the steel. Before he could recover himself Peter struck back; but
+Morella bent his knees, and the stroke only shore the black plumes from
+his casque. Quick as light he drove at Peter's face with his point; but
+the Englishman leapt to one side, and the thrust went past him. Again
+Morella came at him, and struck so mighty a blow that, although Peter
+caught it on his buckler, it sliced through the edge of it and fell upon
+his unprotected neck and shoulder, wounding him, for now red blood
+showed on the white armour, and Peter reeled back beneath the stroke.
+
+"The Eagle wins!--the Eagle wins! Spain and the Eagle" shouted ten
+thousand throats. In the momentary silence that followed, a single
+voice, a clear woman's voice, which even then Margaret knew for that of
+Inez, cried from among the crowd:
+
+"Nay, the Falcon stoops!"
+
+Before the sound of her words died away, maddened it would seem, by the
+pain of his wound, or the fear of defeat, Peter shouted out his war-cry
+of _"A Brome! A Brome"_! and, gathering himself together, sprang
+straight at Morella as springs a starving wolf. The blue steel flickered
+in the sunlight, then down it fell, and lo! half the Spaniard's helm lay
+on the sand, while it was Morella's turn to reel backward--and more, as
+he did so, he let fall his shield.
+
+"A stroke!--a good stroke!" roared the crowd. "The Falcon!--the Falcon!"
+
+Peter saw that fallen shield, and whether for chivalry's sake, as
+thought the cheering multitude, or to free his left arm, he cast away
+his own, and grasping the sword with both hands rushed on the Spaniard.
+From that moment, helmless though he was, the issue lay in doubt no
+longer. Betty had spoken of Peter as a stubborn swordsman and a hard
+hitter, and both of these he now showed himself to be. As fresh to all
+appearance as when he ran the first course, he rained blow after blow
+upon the hapless Spaniard, till the sound of his sword smiting on the
+good Toledo steel was like the sound of a hammer falling continually on
+the smith's red iron. They were fearful blows, yet still the tough steel
+held, and still Morella, doing what he might, staggered back beneath
+them, till at length he came in front of the tribune, in which sat their
+Majesties and Margaret. Out of the corner of his eye Peter saw the
+place, and determined in his stout heart that then and there he would
+end the thing. Parrying a cut which the desperate Spaniard made at his
+head, he thrust at him so heavily that his blade bent like a bow, and,
+although he could not pierce the black mail, almost lifted Morella from
+his feet. Then, as he reeled backwards, Peter whirled his sword on high,
+and, shouting "_Margaret!_" struck downwards with all his strength. It
+fell as lightning falls, swift, keen, dazzling the eyes of all who
+watched. Morella raised his arm to break the blow. In vain! The weapon
+that he held was shattered, the casque beneath was cloven, and, throwing
+his arms wide, he fell heavily to the ground and lay there
+moving feebly.
+
+For an instant there was silence, and in it a shrill woman's voice that
+cried:
+
+"The Falcon has stooped. The English hawk _has stooped!_"
+
+Then there arose a tumult of shouting. "He is dead!" "Nay, he stirs."
+"Kill him!" "Spare him; he fought well!"
+
+Peter leaned upon his sword, looking at the fallen foe. Then he glanced
+upwards at their Majesties, but these sat silent, making no sign, only
+he saw Margaret try to rise from her seat and speak, to be pulled back
+to it again by the hands of women. A deep hush fell upon the watching
+thousands who waited for the end. Peter looked at Morella. Alas! he
+still lived, his sword and the stout helmet had broken the weight of
+that stroke, mighty though it had been. The man was but wounded in three
+places and stunned. "What must I do?" asked Peter in a hollow voice to
+the royal pair above him.
+
+Now the king, who seemed moved, was about to speak; but the queen bent
+forward and whispered something to him, and he remained silent. They
+both were silent. All the intent multitude was silent. Knowing what this
+dreadful silence meant, Peter cast down his sword and drew his dagger,
+wherewith to cut the lashings of Morella's gorget and give the _coup
+de grâce_.
+
+Just then it was that for the first time he heard a sound, far away upon
+the other side of the arena, and, looking thither, saw the strangest
+sight that ever his eyes beheld. Over the railing of the pavilion
+opposite to him a woman climbed nimbly as a cat, and from it, like a
+cat, dropped to the ground full ten feet below, then, gathering up her
+dress about her knees, ran swiftly towards him. It was Betty! Betty
+without a doubt! Betty in her gorgeous garb, with pearls and braided
+hair flying loose behind her. He stared amazed. All stared amazed, and
+in half a minute she was on them, and, standing over the fallen Morella,
+gasped out:
+
+"Let him be! I bid you let him be."
+
+Peter knew not what to do or say, so advanced to speak with her, whereon
+with a swoop like that of a swallow she pounced upon his sword that lay
+in the sand and, leaping back to Morella, shook it on high, shouting:
+
+"You will have to fight me first, Peter."
+
+Indeed, she did more, striking at him so shrewdly with his own sword
+that he was forced to spring sideways to avoid the stroke. Now a great
+roar of laughter went up to heaven. Yes, even Peter laughed, for no
+such thing as this had ever before been seen in Spain. It died away, and
+again Betty, who had no low voice, shouted in her villainous Spanish:
+
+"He shall kill me before he kills my husband. Give me my husband!"
+
+"Take him, for my part," answered Peter, whereon, letting fall the
+sword, Betty, filled with the strength of despair, lifted the senseless
+Spaniard in her strong white arms as though he were a child, and his
+bleeding head lying on her shoulder, strove to carry him away, but
+could not.
+
+Then, while all that audience cheered frantically, Peter with a gesture
+of despair threw down his dagger and once more appealed to their
+Majesties. The king rose and held up his hand, at the same time
+motioning to Morella's squires to take him from the woman, which, seeing
+their cognizance, Betty allowed them to do.
+
+"Marchioness of Morella," said the king, for the first time giving her
+that title, "your honour is cleared, your champion has conquered, and
+this fierce fray was to the death. What have you to say?"
+
+"Nothing," answered Betty, "except that I love the man, though he has
+treated me and others ill, and, as I knew he would if he crossed swords
+with Peter, has got his deserts for his deeds. I say I love him, and if
+Peter wishes to kill him, he must kill me first."
+
+"Sir Peter Brome," said the king, "the judgment lies in your hand. We
+give you the man's life, to grant or to take."
+
+Peter thought a while, then answered:
+
+"I grant him his life if he will acknowledge this lady to be his true
+and lawful wife, and live with her as such, now and for ever, staying
+all suits against her."
+
+"How can he do that, you fool," asked Betty, "when you have knocked all
+his senses out of him with that great sword of yours?"
+
+"Perhaps," suggested Peter humbly, "some one will do it for him."
+
+"Yes," said Isabella, speaking for the first time, "I will. On behalf of
+the Marquis of Morella I promise these things, Don Peter Brome, before
+all these people here gathered. I add this: that if he should live, and
+it pleases him to break this promise made on his behalf to save him from
+death, then let his name be shamed, yes, let it become a byword and a
+scorn. Proclaim it, heralds."
+
+So the heralds blew their trumpets and one of them called out the
+queen's decree, whereat the spectators cheered again, shouting that it
+was good, and they bore witness to that promise.
+
+Then Morella, still senseless, was borne away by his squires, Betty in
+her blood-stained robe marching at his side, and his horse having been
+brought to him again, Peter, wounded though he was, mounted and galloped
+round the arena amidst plaudits such as that place had never heard,
+till, lifting his sword in salutation, suddenly he and his gentlemen
+vanished by the gate through which he had appeared.
+
+Thus strangely enough ended that combat which thereafter was always
+known as the Fray of the Eagle and the English Hawk.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+HOW THE _MARGARET_ WON OUT TO SEA
+
+It was night. Peter, faint with loss of blood and stiff with bruises,
+had bade his farewell to their Majesties of Spain, who spoke many soft
+words to him, calling him the Flower of Knighthood, and offering him
+high place and rank if he would abide in their service. But he thanked
+them and said No, for in Spain he had suffered too much to dwell there.
+So they kissed his bride, the fair Margaret, who clung to her wounded
+husband like ivy to an oak, and would not be separated from him, even
+for a moment, that husband whom living she had scarcely hoped to clasp
+again. Yes, they kissed her, and the queen threw about her a chain from
+her own neck as a parting gift, and wished her joy of so gallant a lord.
+
+"Alas! your Majesty," said Margaret, her dark eyes filling with tears,
+"how can I be joyous, who must think of to-morrow?"
+
+Thereon Isabella set her face and answered:
+
+"Dona Margaret Brome, be thankful for what to-day has brought you, and
+forget to-morrow and that which it must justly take away. Go now, and
+God be with you both!"
+
+So they went, the little knot of English sailormen, who, wrapped in
+Spanish cloaks, had sat together in the amphitheatre and groaned when
+the Eagle struck, and cheered when the Falcon swooped, leading, or
+rather carrying Peter under cover of the falling night to a boat not far
+from this Place of Bulls. In this they embarked unobserved, for the
+multitude, and even Peter's own squires believed that he had returned
+with his wife to the palace, as he had given out that he would do. So
+they were rowed to the _Margaret_, which straightway made as though she
+were about to sail, and indeed dropped a little way down stream. Here
+she anchored again, just round a bend of the river, and lay there for
+the night.
+
+It was a heavy night, and in it there was no place for love or lovers'
+tenderness. How could there be between these two, who for so long had
+been tormented by doubts and fears, and on this day had endured such
+extremity of terror and such agony of joy? Peter's wound also was deep
+and wide, though his shield had broken the weight of Morella's sword,
+and its edge had caught upon his shoulder-piece, so that by good chance
+it had not reached down to the arteries, or shorn into the bone; yet he
+had lost much blood, and Smith, the captain, who was a better surgeon
+than might have been guessed from his thick hands, found it needful to
+wash out the cut with spirit that gave much pain, and to stitch it up
+with silk. Also Peter had great bruises on his arms and thighs, and his
+back was hurt by that fall from the white charger with Morella in
+his arms.
+
+So it came about that most of that night he lay outworn, half-sleeping
+and half-waking, and when at sunrise he struggled from his berth, it was
+but to kneel by the side of Margaret and join her in her prayers that
+her father might be rescued from the hands of these cruel priests
+of Spain.
+
+Now during the night Smith had brought his ship back with the tide, and
+laid her under the shelter of those hulks whereof Peter had spoken,
+having first painted out her name of _Margaret_, and in its place set
+that of the _Santa Maria_, a vessel of about the same build and tonnage,
+which, as they had heard, was expected in port. For this reason, or
+because there were at that time many ships in the river, it happened
+that none in authority noted her return, or if they did, neglected to
+report the matter as one of no moment. Therefore, so far all went well.
+
+According to the tale of Henriques, confirmed by what they had learned
+otherwise, the great procession of the Act of Faith would turn on to the
+quay at about eight o'clock, and pass along it for a hundred yards or so
+only, before it wound away down a street leading to the _plaza_ where
+the theatre was prepared, the sermon would be preached, the Mass
+celebrated, and the "relaxed" placed in cages to be carried to the
+Quemadero.
+
+At six in the morning Smith mustered those twelve men whom he had chosen
+to help him in the enterprise, and Peter, with Margaret at his side,
+addressed them in the cabin, telling them all the plan, and praying them
+for the sake of their master and of the Lady Margaret, his daughter, to
+do what men might to save one whom they loved and honoured from so
+horrible a death.
+
+They swore that they would, every one of them, for their English blood
+was up, nor did they so much as speak of the great rewards that had been
+promised to those who lived through this adventure, and to the families
+of those who fell. Then they breakfasted, girded their swords and knives
+about them, and put on their Spanish cloaks, though, to speak truth,
+these lads of Essex and of London made but poor Spaniards. Now, at
+length the boat was ready, and Peter, although he could scarcely stand,
+desired to be carried into it that he might accompany them. But the
+captain, Smith, to whom perhaps Margaret had been speaking, set down his
+flat foot on the deck and said that he, who commanded there, would
+suffer no such thing. A wounded man, he declared, would but cumber them
+who had little room to spare in that small boat, and could be of no
+service, either on land or water. Moreover, Master Peter's face was
+known to thousands who had watched it yesterday, and would certainly be
+recognised, whereas none would take note at such a time of a dozen
+common sailors landed from some ship to see the show. Lastly, he would
+do best to stop on board the vessel, where, if anything went wrong, they
+must be short-handed enough, who, if they could, ought to get her away
+to sea and across it with all speed.
+
+Still Peter would have gone, till Margaret, throwing her arms about him,
+asked him if he thought that she would be the better if she lost both
+her father and her husband, as, if things miscarried, well might happen.
+Then, being in pain and very weak, he yielded, and Smith, having given
+his last directions to the mate, and shaken Peter and Margaret by the
+hand, asking their prayers for all of them, descended with his twelve
+men into the boat, and dropping down under shelter of the hulks, rowed
+to the shore as though they came from some other vessel. Now the quay
+was not more than a bowshot from them, and from a certain spot upon the
+_Margaret_ there was a good view of it between the stern of one hulk and
+the bow of another. Here, then, Peter and Margaret sat themselves down
+behind the bulwark, and watched with fears such as cannot be told, while
+a sharp-eyed seaman climbed to the crow's-nest on the mast, whence he
+could see over much of the city, and even the old Moorish castle that
+was then the Holy House of the Inquisition. Presently this man reported
+that the procession had started, for he saw its banners and the people
+crowding to the windows and to the roof-tops; also the cathedral bell
+began to toll slowly. Then came a long, long wait, during which their
+little knot of sailors, wearing the Spanish cloaks, appeared upon the
+quay and mingled with the few folk that were gathered there, since the
+most of the people were collected by thousands on the great _plaza_ or
+in the adjacent streets.
+
+At length, just as the cathedral clock struck eight, the "triumphant"
+march, as it was called, began to appear upon the quay. First came a
+body of soldiers with lances; then a crucifix, borne by a priest and
+veiled in black crape; then a number of other priests, clad in
+snow-white robes to symbolise their perfect purity. Next followed men
+carrying wood or leather images of some man or woman who, by flight to a
+foreign land or into the realms of Death, had escaped the clutches of
+the Inquisition. After these marched other men in fours, each four of
+them bearing a coffin that contained the body or bones of some dead
+heretic, which, in the absence of his living person, like the effigies,
+were to be committed to the flames as a token of what the Inquisition
+would have done to him if it could--to enable it also to seize
+his property.
+
+Then came many penitents, their heads shaven, their feet bare, and clad,
+some in dark-coloured cloaks, some in yellow robes, called the
+_sanbenito_, which were adorned with a red cross. These were followed by
+a melancholy band of "relaxed" heretics, doomed to the fire or
+strangulation at the stake, and clothed in _zamarras_ of sheepskin,
+painted all over with devils and the portraits of their own faces
+surrounded by flames. These poor creatures wore also flame-adorned caps
+called _corozas_, shaped like bishops' mitres, and were gagged with
+blocks of wood, lest they should contaminate the populace by some
+declaration of their heresy, while in their hands they bore tapers,
+which the monks who accompanied them relighted from time to time if they
+became extinguished.
+
+Now the hearts of Peter and Margaret leaped within them, for at the end
+of this hideous troop rode a man mounted on an ass, clothed in a
+_zamarra_ and _coroza_, but with a noose about his neck. So the Fray
+Henriques had told the truth, for without doubt this was John Castell.
+Like people in a dream, they saw him advance in his garb of shame, and
+after him, gorgeously attired, civil officers, inquisitors, and
+familiars of noble rank, members of the Council of Inquisition, behind
+whom was borne a flaunting banner, called the Holy Standard of
+the Faith.
+
+Now Castell was opposite to the little group of seamen, and, or so it
+seemed, something went wrong with the harness of the ass on which he
+sat, for it stopped, and a man in the garb of a secretary stepped to it,
+apparently to attend to a strap, thus bringing all the procession
+behind to a halt, while that in front proceeded off the quay and round
+the corner of a street. Whatever it might be that had happened, it
+necessitated the dismounting of the heretic, who was pulled roughly off
+the brute's back, which, as though in joy at this riddance of its
+burden, lifted its head and brayed loudly.
+
+Men from the thin line of crowd that edged the quay came forward as
+though to help, and among them were several in capes, such as were worn
+by the sailors of the _Margaret_. The officers and grandees behind
+shouted, "Forward!--forward!" whereon those attending to the ass hustled
+it and its rider a little nearer to the water's edge, while the guards
+ran back to explain what had happened. Then suddenly a confusion arose,
+of which it was impossible to distinguish the cause, and next instant
+Margaret and Peter, still gripping each other, saw the man who had been
+seated on the ass being dragged rapidly down the steps of the quay, at
+the foot of which lay the boat of the _Margaret_.
+
+The mate at the helm saw also, for he blew his whistle, a sign at which
+the anchor was slipped--there was no time to lift it--and men who were
+waiting on the yards loosed the lashings of certain sails, so that
+almost immediately the ship began to move.
+
+Now they were fighting on the quay. The heretic was in the boat, and
+most of the sailors; but others held back the crowd of priests and armed
+familiars who strove to get at him. One, a priest with a sword in his
+hand, slipped past them and tumbled into the boat also. At last all were
+in save a single man, who was attacked by three adversaries--John Smith,
+the captain. The oars were out, but his mates waited for him. He struck
+with his sword, and some one fell. Then he turned to run. Two masked
+familiars sprang at him, one landing on his back, one clinging to his
+neck. With a desperate effort he cast himself into the water, dragging
+them with him. One they saw no more, for Smith had stabbed him, the
+other floated up near the boat, which already was some yards from the
+quay, and a sailor battered him on the head with an oar, so that
+he sank.
+
+Smith had vanished also, and they thought he must be drowned. The
+sailors thought it too, for they began to give way, when suddenly a
+great brown hand appeared and clasped the stern-sheets, while a
+bull-voice roared:
+
+"Row on, lads, I'm right enough."
+
+Row they did indeed, till the ashen oars bent like bows, only two of
+them seized the officer who had sprung into the boat and flung him
+screaming into the river, where he struggled a while, for he could not
+swim, gripping at the air with his hands, then disappeared. The boat was
+in mid-stream now, and shaping her course round the bow of the first
+hulk beyond which the prow of the _Margaret_ began to appear, for the
+wind was fresh, and she gathered way every moment.
+
+"Let down the ladder, and make ready ropes," shouted Peter.
+
+It was done, but not too soon, for next instant the boat was bumping on
+their side. The sailors in her caught the ropes and hung on, while the
+captain, Smith, half-drowned, clung to the stern-sheets, for the water
+washed over his head.
+
+"Save him first," cried Peter. A man, running down the ladder, threw a
+noose to him, which Smith seized with one hand and by degrees worked
+beneath his arms. Then they tackled on to it, and dragged him bodily
+from the river to the deck, where he lay gasping and spitting out foam
+and water. By now the ship was travelling swiftly, so swiftly that
+Margaret was in an agony of fear lest the boat should be towed under
+and sink.
+
+But these sailor men knew their trade. By degrees they let the boat drop
+back till her bow was abreast of the ladder. Then they helped Castell
+forward. He gripped its rungs, and eager hands gripped him. Up he
+staggered, step by step, till at length his hideous, fiend-painted cap,
+his white face, whence the beard had been shaved, and his open mouth, in
+which still was fixed the wooden gag, appeared above the bulwarks, as
+the mate said afterwards, like that of a devil escaped from hell. They
+lifted him over, and he sank fainting in his daughter's arms. Then one
+by one the sailors came up after him--none were missing, though two had
+been wounded, and were covered with blood. No, none were missing--God
+had brought them, every one, safe back to the deck of the _Margaret_.
+
+Smith, the captain, spat up the last of his river water and called for a
+cup of wine, which he drank; while Peter and Margaret drew the accursed
+gag from her father's mouth, and poured spirit down his throat. Shaking
+the water from him like a great dog, but saying never a word, Smith
+rolled to the helm and took it from the mate, for the navigation of the
+river was difficult, and none knew it so well as he. Now they were
+abreast the famous Golden Tower, and a big gun was fired at them; but
+the shot went wide. "Look!" said Margaret, pointing to horsemen
+galloping southwards along the river's bank.
+
+"Yes," said Peter, "they go to warn the ports. God send that the wind
+holds, for we must fight our way to sea."
+
+The wind did hold, indeed it blew ever more strongly from the north; but
+oh! that was a long, evil day. Hour after hour they sped forward down
+the widening river; now past villages, where knots of people waved
+weapons at them as they went; now by desolate marshes, plains, and banks
+clothed with pine.
+
+When they reached Bonanza the sun was low, and when they were off San
+Lucar it had begun to sink. Out into the wide river mouth, where the
+white waters tumbled on the narrow bar, rowed two great galleys to cut
+them off, very swift galleys, which it seemed impossible to escape.
+
+Margaret and Castell were sent below, the crew went to quarters, and
+Peter crept stiffly aft to where the sturdy Smith stood at the helm,
+which he would suffer no other man to touch. Smith looked at the sky, he
+looked at the shore, and the safe, open sea beyond. Then he bade them
+hoist more sail, all that she could carry, and looked grimly at the two
+galleys lurking like deerhounds in a pass, that hung on their oars in
+the strait channel, with the tumbling breakers on either side, through
+which no ship could sail. "What will you do?" asked Peter. "Master
+Peter," he answered between his teeth, "when you fought the Spaniard
+yesterday I did not ask you what _you_ were going to do. Hold your
+tongue, and leave me to my own trade."
+
+The _Margaret_ was a swift ship, but never yet had she moved so
+swiftly. Behind her shrilled the gale, for now it was no less. Her stout
+masts bent like fishing poles, her rigging creaked and groaned beneath
+the weight of the bellying canvas, her port bulwarks slipped along
+almost level with the water, so that Peter must lie down on the deck,
+for stand he could not, and watch it running by within three feet
+of him.
+
+The galleys drew up right across her path. Half a mile away they lay bow
+by bow, knowing well that no ship could pass the foaming shallows; lay
+bow by bow, waiting to board and cut down this little English crew when
+the _Margaret_ shortened sail, as shorten sail she must. Smith yelled an
+order to the mate, and presently, red in the setting sun, out burst the
+flag of England upon the mainmast top, a sight at which the sailors
+cheered. He shouted another order, and up ran the last jib, so that now
+from time to time the port bulwarks dipped beneath the sea, and Peter
+felt salt water stinging his sore back.
+
+Thus did the _Margaret_ shorten sail, and thus did she yield her to the
+great galleys of Spain.
+
+The captains of the galleys hung on. Was this foreigner mad, or ignorant
+of the river channel, they wondered, that he would sink with every soul
+there upon the bar? They hung on, waiting for that leopard flag and
+those bursting sails to come down; but they never stirred; only straight
+at them rushed the _Margaret_ like a bull. She was not two furlongs
+away, and she held dead upon her course, till at last those galleys saw
+_that she would not sink alone_. Like a bull with shut eyes she held
+dead upon her furious course!
+
+Confusion arose upon the Spanish ships, whistles were blown, men
+shouted, overseers ran down the planks flogging the slaves, lifted oars
+shone red in the light of the dying sun as they beat the water wildly.
+The prows began to back and separate, five feet, ten feet, a dozen feet
+perhaps; then straight into that tiny streak of open water, like a stone
+from the hand of the slinger, like an arrow from a bow, rushed the
+wind-flung _Margaret_.
+
+What happened? Go ask it of the fishers of San Lucar and the pirates of
+Bonanza, where the tale has been told for generations. The great oars
+snapped like reeds, the slaves were thrown in crushed and mangled heaps,
+the tall deck of the port galley was ripped out of her like rent paper
+by the stout yards of the stooping _Margaret_, the side of the starboard
+galley rolled up like a shaving before a plane, and the _Margaret_
+rushed through.
+
+Smith, the captain, looked aft to where, ere they sank, the two great
+ships, like wounded swans, rolled and fluttered on the foaming bar. Then
+he put his helm about, called the carpenter, and asked what water
+she made.
+
+"None, Sir," he answered; "but she will want new tarring. It was oak
+against eggshells, and we had the speed."
+
+"Good!" said Smith, "shallows on either side; life or death, and I
+thought I could make room. Send the mate to the helm. I'll have
+a sleep."
+
+Then the sun vanished beneath the roaring open sea, and, escaped from
+all the power of Spain, the _Margaret_ turned her scarred and splintered
+bow for Ushant and for England.
+
+
+
+ENVOI
+
+Ten years had gone by since Captain Smith took the good ship _Margaret_
+across the bar of the Guadalquiver in a very notable fashion. It was
+late May in Essex, and all the woods were green, and all the birds sang,
+and all the meadows were bright with flowers. Down in the lovely vale of
+Dedham there was a long, low house with many gables--a charming old
+house of red brick and timbers already black with age. It stood upon a
+little hill, backed with woods, and from it a long avenue of ancient
+oaks ran across the park to the road which led to Colchester and London.
+Down that avenue on this May afternoon an aged, white-haired man, with
+quick black eyes, was walking, and with him three children--very
+beautiful children--a boy of about nine and two little girls, who clung
+to his hand and garments and pestered him with questions.
+
+"Where are we going, Grandfather?" asked one little girl.
+
+"To see Captain Smith, my dear," he answered.
+
+"I don't like Captain Smith," said the other little girl; "he is so fat,
+and says nothing."
+
+"I do," broke in the boy, "he gave me a fine knife to use when I am a
+sailor, and Mother does, and Father, yes, and Grandad too, because he
+saved him when the cruel Spaniards wanted to put him in the fire. Don't
+you, Grandad?"
+
+"Yes, my dear," answered the old man. "Look! there is a squirrel
+running over the grass; see if you can catch it before it reaches
+that tree."
+
+Off went the children at full pelt, and the tree being a low one, began
+to climb it after the squirrel. Meanwhile John Castell, for it was he,
+turned through the park gate and walked to a little house by the
+roadside, where a stout man sat upon a bench contemplating nothing in
+particular. Evidently he expected his visitor, for he pointed to the
+place beside him, and, as Castell sat down, said:
+
+"Why didn't you come yesterday, Master?"
+
+"Because of my rheumatism, friend," he answered. "I got it first in the
+vaults of that accursed Holy House at Seville, and it grows on me year
+by year. They were very damp and cold, those vaults," he added
+reflectively.
+
+"Many people found them hot enough," grunted Smith, "also, there was
+generally a good fire at the end of them. Strange thing that we should
+never have heard any more of that business. I suppose it was because our
+Margaret was such a favourite with Queen Isabella who didn't want to
+raise questions with England, or stir up dirty water."
+
+"Perhaps," answered Castell. "The water _was_ dirty, wasn't it?"
+
+"Dirty as a Thames mud-bank at low tide. Clever woman, Isabella. No one
+else would have thought of making a man ridiculous as she did by Morella
+when she gave his life to Betty, and promised and vowed on his behalf
+that he would acknowledge her as his lady. No fear of any trouble from
+him after that, in the way of plots for the Crown, or things of that
+sort. Why, he must have been the laughing-stock of the whole land--and
+a laughing-stock never does anything. You remember the Spanish saying,
+'King's swords cut and priests' fires burn, but street-songs kill
+quickest!' I should like to learn more of what has become of them all,
+though, wouldn't you, Master? Except Bernaldez, of course, for he's been
+safe in Paris these many years, and doing well there, they say."
+
+"Yes," answered Castell, with a little smile--"that is, unless I had to
+go to Spain to find out."
+
+Just then the three children came running up, bursting through the gate
+all together.
+
+"Mind my flower-bed, you little rogues," shouted Captain Smith, shaking
+his stick at them, whereat they got behind him and made faces.
+
+"Where's the squirrel, Peter?" asked Castell.
+
+"We hunted it out of the tree, Grandad, and right across the grass, and
+got round it by the edge of the brook, and then--"
+
+"Then what? Did you catch it?"
+
+"No, Grandad, for when we thought we had it sure, it jumped into the
+water and swam away."
+
+"Other people in a fix have done that before," said Castell, laughing,
+and bethinking him of a certain river quay.
+
+"It wasn't fair," cried the boy indignantly. "Squirrels shouldn't swim,
+and if I can catch it I will put it in a cage."
+
+"I think that squirrel will stop in the woods for the rest of its life,
+Peter."
+
+"Grandad!--Grandad!" called out the youngest child from the gate,
+whither she had wandered, being weary of the tale of the squirrel,
+"there are a lot of people coming down the road on horses, such fine
+people. Come and see."
+
+This news excited the curiosity of the old gentlemen, for not many fine
+people came to Dedham. At any rate both of them rose, somewhat stiffly,
+and walked to the gate to look. Yes, the child was right, for there,
+sure enough, about two hundred yards away, advanced an imposing
+cavalcade. In front of it, mounted on a fine horse, sat a still finer
+lady, a very large and handsome lady, dressed in black silks, and
+wearing a black lace veil that hung from her head. At her side was
+another lady, much muffled up as though she found the climate cold, and
+riding between them, on a pony, a gallant looking little boy. After
+these came servants, male and female, six or eight of them, and last of
+all a great wain, laden with baggage, drawn by four big Flemish horses.
+
+"Now, whom have we here?" ejaculated Castell, staring at them.
+
+Captain Smith stared too, and sniffed at the wind as he had often done
+upon his deck on a foggy morning.
+
+"I seem to smell Spaniards," he said, "which is a smell I don't like.
+Look at their rigging. Now, Master Castell, of whom does that barque
+with all her sails set remind you?"
+
+Castell shook his head doubtfully.
+
+"I seem to remember," went on Smith, "a great girl decked out like a
+maypole running across white sand in that Place of Bulls at Seville--but
+I forgot, you weren't there, were you?"
+
+Now a loud, ringing voice was heard speaking in Spanish, and commanding
+some one to go to yonder house and inquire where was the gate to the
+Old Hall. Then Castell knew at once.
+
+"It is Betty," he said. "By the beard of Abraham, it is Betty."
+
+"I think so too; but don't talk of Abraham, Master. He is a dangerous
+man, Abraham, in these very Christian lands; say, 'By the Keys of St.
+Peter,' or, 'By St. Paul's infirmities.'"
+
+"Child," broke in Castell, turning to one of the little girls, "run up
+to the Hall and tell your father and mother that Betty has come, and
+brought half Spain with her. Quickly now, and remember the
+name, _Betty!_"
+
+The child departed, wondering, by the back way; while Castell and Smith
+walked towards the strangers.
+
+"Can we assist you, Señora?" asked the former in Spanish.
+
+"Marchioness of Morella, _if_ you please--" she began in the same
+language, then suddenly added in English, "Why, bless my eyes! If it
+isn't my old master, John Castell, with white wool instead of black!"
+
+"It came white after my shaving by a sainted barber in the Holy House,"
+said Castell. "But come off that tall horse of yours, Betty, my dear--I
+beg your pardon--most noble and highly born Marchioness of Morella, and
+give me a kiss."
+
+"That I will, twenty, if you like," she answered, arriving in his arms
+so suddenly from on high, that had it not been for the sturdy support of
+Smith behind, they would both of them have rolled upon the ground.
+
+"Whose are those children?" she asked, when she had kissed Castell and
+shaken Smith by the hand. "But no need to ask, they have got my cousin
+Margaret's eyes and Peter's long nose. How are they?" she added
+anxiously.
+
+"You will see for yourself in a minute or two. Come, send on your people
+and baggage to the Hall, though where they will stow them all I don't
+know, and walk with us."
+
+Betty hesitated, for she had been calculating upon the effect of a
+triumphal entry in full state. But at that moment there appeared
+Margaret and Peter themselves--Margaret, a beautiful matron with a child
+in her arms, running, and Peter, looking much as he had always been,
+spare, long of limb, stern but for the kindly eyes, striding away
+behind, and after him sundry servants and the little girl Margaret.
+
+Then there arose a veritable babel of tongues, punctuated by embracings;
+but in the end the retinue and the baggage were got off up the drive,
+followed by the children and the little Spanish-looking boy, with whom
+they had already made friends, leaving only Betty and her closely
+muffled-up attendant. This attendant Peter contemplated for a while, as
+though there were something familiar to him in her general air.
+
+Apparently she observed his interest, for as though by accident she
+moved some of the wrappings that hid her face, revealing a single soft
+and lustrous eye and a few square inches of olive-coloured cheek. Then
+Peter knew her at once.
+
+"How are you, Inez?" he said, stretching out his hand with a smile, for
+really he was delighted to see her.
+
+"As well as a poor wanderer in a strange and very damp country can be,
+Don Peter," she answered in her languorous voice, "and certainly
+somewhat the better for seeing an old friend whom last she met in a
+certain baker's shop. Do you remember?"
+
+"Remember!" answered Peter. "It is not a thing I am likely to forget.
+Inez, what became of Fray Henriques? I have heard several
+different stories."
+
+"One never can be sure," she answered as she uncovered her smiling red
+lips; "there are so many dungeons in that old Moorish Holy House, and
+elsewhere, that it is impossible to keep count of their occupants,
+however good your information. All I know is that he got into trouble
+over that business, poor man. Suspicions arose about his conduct in the
+procession which the captain here will recall," and she pointed to
+Smith. "Also, it is very dangerous for men in such positions to visit
+Jewish quarters and to write incautious letters--no, not the one you
+think of; I kept faith--but others, afterwards, begging for it back
+again, some of which miscarried."
+
+"Is he dead then?" asked Peter.
+
+"Worse, I think," she answered--"a living death, the 'Punishment of the
+Wall.'"
+
+"Poor wretch!" said Peter, with a shudder.
+
+"Yes," remarked Inez reflectively, "few doctors like their own
+medicine."
+
+"I say, Inez," said Peter, nodding his head towards Betty, "that marquis
+isn't coming here, is he?"
+
+"In the spirit, perhaps, Don Peter, not otherwise."
+
+"So he is really dead? What killed him?"
+
+"Laughter, I think, or, rather, being laughed at. He got quite well of
+the hurts you gave him, and then, of course, he had to keep the queen's
+gage, and take the most noble lady yonder, late Betty, as his
+marchioness. He couldn't do less, after she beat you off him with your
+own sword and nursed him back to life. But he never heard the last of
+it. They made songs about him in the streets, and would ask him how his
+godmother, Isabella, was, because she had promised and vowed on his
+behalf; also, whether the marchioness had broken any lances for his sake
+lately, and so forth."
+
+"Poor man!" said Peter again, in tones of the deepest sympathy. "A cruel
+fate; I should have done better to kill him."
+
+"Much; but don't say so to the noble Betty, who thinks that he had a
+very happy married life under her protecting care. Really, he ate his
+heart out till even I, who hated him, was sorry. Think of it! One of the
+proudest men in Spain, and the most gallant, a nephew of the king, a
+pillar of the Church, his sovereigns' plenipotentiary to the Moors, and
+on secret matters--the common mock of the vulgar, yes, and of the
+great too!"
+
+"The great! Which of them?"
+
+"Nearly all, for the queen set the fashion--I wonder why she hated him
+so?" Inez added, looking shrewdly at Peter; then without waiting for an
+answer, went on: "She did it very cleverly, by always making the most of
+the most honourable Betty in public, calling her near to her, talking
+with her, admiring her English beauty, and so forth, and what her
+Majesty did, everybody else did, until my exalted mistress nearly went
+off her head, so full was she of pride and glory. As for the marquis, he
+fell ill, and after the taking of Granada went to live there quietly.
+Betty went with him, for she was a good wife, and saved lots of money.
+She buried him a year ago, for he died slow, and gave him one of the
+finest tombs in Spain--it isn't finished yet. That is all the story. Now
+she has brought her boy, the young marquis, to England for a year or
+two, for she has a very warm heart, and longed to see you all. Also, she
+thought she had better go away a while, for her son's sake. As for me,
+now that Morella is dead, I am head of the household--secretary, general
+purveyor of intelligence, and anything else you like at a good salary."
+
+"You are not married, I suppose?" asked Peter.
+
+"No," Inez answered; "I saw so much of men when I was younger that I
+seem to have had enough of them. Or perhaps," she went on, fixing that
+mild and lustrous eye upon him, "there was one of them whom I liked too
+well to wish----"
+
+She paused, for they had crossed the drawbridge and arrived opposite to
+the Old Hall. The gorgeous Betty and the fair Margaret, accompanied by
+the others, and talking rapidly, had passed through the wide doorway
+into its spacious vestibule. Inez looked after them, and perceived,
+standing like a guard at the foot of the open stair, that scarred suit
+of white armour and riven shield blazoned with the golden falcon,
+Isabella's gift, in which Peter had fought and conquered the Marquis of
+Morella. Then she stepped back and contemplated the house critically.
+
+At each end of it rose a stone tower, built for the purposes of defence,
+and all around ran a deep moat. Within the circle of this moat, and
+surrounded by poplars and ancient yews, on the south side of the Hall
+lay a walled pleasaunce, or garden, of turf pierced by paths and planted
+with flowering hawthorns and other shrubs, and at the end of it, almost
+hidden in drooping willows, a stone basin of water. Looking at it, Inez
+saw at once that so far as the circumstances of climate and situation
+would allow, Peter, in the laying out of this place, had copied another
+in the far-off, southern city of Granada, even down to the details of
+the steps and seats. She turned to him and said innocently:
+
+"Sir Peter, are you minded to walk with me in that garden this pleasant
+evening? I do not see any window in yonder tower."
+
+Peter turned red as the scar across his face, and laughed as he
+answered:
+
+"There may be one for all that. Get you into the house, dear Inez, for
+none can be more welcome there; but I walk no more alone with you
+in gardens."
+
+THE END
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Fair Margaret, by H. Rider Haggard
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FAIR MARGARET ***
+
+This file should be named 8frmg10.txt or 8frmg10.zip
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, 8frmg11.txt
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, 8frmg10a.txt
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Steve Flynn, Tonya Allen
+and PG Distributed Proofreaders
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month.  A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date.  This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
+
+Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work.  The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc.   Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers.  If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month:  1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+    1  1971 July
+   10  1991 January
+  100  1994 January
+ 1000  1997 August
+ 1500  1998 October
+ 2000  1999 December
+ 2500  2000 December
+ 3000  2001 November
+ 4000  2001 October/November
+ 6000  2002 December*
+ 9000  2003 November*
+10000  2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states.  If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154.  Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law.  As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause:  [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1]  Only give exact copies of it.  Among other things, this
+     requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+     eBook or this "small print!" statement.  You may however,
+     if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+     binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+     including any form resulting from conversion by word
+     processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+     *EITHER*:
+
+     [*]  The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+          does *not* contain characters other than those
+          intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+          (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+          be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+          author, and additional characters may be used to
+          indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+     [*]  The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+          no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+          form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+          the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+          OR
+
+     [*]  You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+          no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+          eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+          or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2]  Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+     "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3]  Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+     gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+     already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  If you
+     don't derive profits, no royalty is due.  Royalties are
+     payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+     the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+     legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+     periodic) tax return.  Please contact us beforehand to
+     let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees.  Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart.  Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+
diff --git a/old/8frmg10.zip b/old/8frmg10.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a3e85e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/8frmg10.zip
diff --git a/old/8frmg10h.htm b/old/8frmg10h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d82395b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/8frmg10h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,13733 @@
+<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
+<html>
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1">
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Fair Margaret, by H. Rider Haggard</title>
+<style type="text/css">
+<!--
+body {margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; background-color: white}
+img {border: 0;}
+h1,h2,h3 {text-align: center;}
+.ind {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+hr {text-align: center; width: 50%;}
+.ctr {text-align: center;}
+-->
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Fair Margaret, by H. Rider Haggard
+
+Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
+copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
+this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
+
+This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
+Gutenberg file.  Please do not remove it.  Do not change or edit the
+header without written permission.
+
+Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
+eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file.  Included is
+important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
+how the file may be used.  You can also find out about how to make a
+donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
+
+
+**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
+
+**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
+
+*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
+
+
+Title: Fair Margaret
+
+Author: H. Rider Haggard
+
+Release Date: January, 2006 [EBook #9780]
+[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule]
+[This file was first posted on October 15, 2003]
+[Date last updated: October 13, 2004]
+
+Edition: 10
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FAIR MARGARET ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Steve Flynn, Tonya Allen
+and PG Distributed Proofreaders
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<h1>FAIR MARGARET</h1>
+
+<h3>By</h3>
+
+<h2>H. RIDER HAGGARD </h2>
+
+<h3>
+<i>Author of "King Solomons Mines" "She" "Jess" etc.</i>
+</h3>
+
+<h3>
+WITH 15 ILLUSTRATIONS BY J. R. SKELTON
+</h3>
+
+<h3>1907
+</h3>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH1">CHAPTER I</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH2">CHAPTER II</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH3">CHAPTER III</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH4">CHAPTER IV</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH5">CHAPTER V</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH6">CHAPTER VI</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH7">CHAPTER VII</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH8">CHAPTER VIII</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH9">CHAPTER IX</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH10">CHAPTER X</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH11">CHAPTER XI</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH12">CHAPTER XII</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH13">CHAPTER XIII</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH14">CHAPTER XIV</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH15">CHAPTER XV</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH16">CHAPTER XVI</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH17">CHAPTER XVII</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH18">CHAPTER XVIII</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH19">CHAPTER XIX</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH20">CHAPTER XX</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH21">CHAPTER XXI</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH22">CHAPTER XXII</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH23">CHAPTER XXIII</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH24">CHAPTER XXIV</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#CH25">CHAPTER XXV</a></p>
+<p class="ctr"><a href="#envoi">ENVOI</a></p>
+
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+
+<h2>
+	LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS;
+</h2>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0001.png">"A DOVE, COMRADES!&mdash;A DOVE!"</a>
+</p>
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0002.png">CASTELL DECLARES HIMSELF A JEW</a>
+</p>
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0003.png">"YOU MEAN THAT YOU WISH TO MURDER ME"</a>
+</p>
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0005.png">MARGARET APPEARED DESCENDING THE BROAD OAK STAIRS</a>
+</p>
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0006.png">IN ANOTHER MOMENT THAT STEEL WOULD HAVE PIERCED HIS HEART</a>
+</p>
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0007.png">THE GALE CAUGHT HIM AND BLEW HIM TO AND FRO</a>
+</p>
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0009.png">"LADY," HE SAID, "THIS IS NO DEED OF MINE"</a>
+</p>
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0010.png">A CRUEL-LOOKING KNIFE AND A NAKED ARM PROJECTED
+THROUGH THE PANELLING</a>
+</p>
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0011.png">"MY NAME IS INEZ. YOU WANDER STILL, SEÑOR"</a>
+</p>
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0013.png">"THERE ARE OTHERS WHERE THEY CAME FROM"</a>
+</p>
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0014.png">"TO-DAY I DARE TO HOPE THAT IT MAY BE OTHERWISE"</a>
+</p>
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0015.png">"WAY! MAKE WAY FOR THE MARCHIONESS OF MORELLA!"</a>
+</p>
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0017.png">"I CUT HIM DOWN, AND BY MISFORTUNE KILLED HIM"</a>
+</p>
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0018.png">"WE ARE PLAYERS IN A STRANGE GAME, MY LADY MARGARET"</a>
+</p>
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0020.png">"YOU WILL HAVE TO FIGHT ME FIRST, PETER"</a>
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+
+<h2>
+	FAIR MARGARET
+</h2>
+
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH1"><!-- CH1 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER I
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+HOW PETER MET THE SPANIARD
+</center>
+<p>
+It was a spring afternoon in the sixth year of the reign of King Henry
+VII. of England. There had been a great show in London, for that day his
+Grace opened the newly convened Parliament, and announced to his
+faithful people&mdash;who received the news with much cheering, since war is
+ever popular at first&mdash;his intention of invading France, and of leading
+the English armies in person. In Parliament itself, it is true, the
+general enthusiasm was somewhat dashed when allusion was made to the
+finding of the needful funds; but the crowds without, formed for the
+most part of persons who would not be called upon to pay the money, did
+not suffer that side of the question to trouble them. So when their
+gracious liege appeared, surrounded by his glittering escort of nobles
+and men-at-arms, they threw their caps into the air, and shouted
+themselves hoarse.
+</p>
+<p>
+The king himself, although he was still young in years, already a weary-
+looking man with a fine, pinched face, smiled a little sarcastically at
+their clamour; but, remembering how glad he should be to hear it who
+still sat upon a somewhat doubtful throne, said a few soft words, and
+sending for two or three of the leaders of the people, gave them his
+royal hand, and suffered certain children to touch his robe that they
+might be cured of the Evil. Then, having paused a while to receive
+petitions from poor folk, which he handed to one of his officers to be
+read, amidst renewed shouting he passed on to the great feast that was
+made ready in his palace of Westminster.
+</p>
+<p>
+Among those who rode near to him was the ambassador, de Ayala,
+accredited to the English Court by the Spanish sovereigns, Ferdinand and
+Isabella, and his following of splendidly attired lords and secretaries.
+That Spain was much in favour there was evident from his place in the
+procession. How could it be otherwise, indeed, seeing that already, four
+years or more before, at the age of twelve months, Prince Arthur, the
+eldest son of the king, had been formally affianced to the Infanta
+Catherine, daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella, aged one year and nine
+months? For in those days it was thought well that the affections of
+princes and princesses should be directed early into such paths as their
+royal parents and governors considered likely to prove most profitable
+to themselves.
+</p>
+<p>
+At the ambassador's left hand, mounted on a fine black horse, and
+dressed richly, but simply, in black velvet, with a cap of the same
+material in which was fastened a single pearl, rode a tall cavalier. He
+was about five-and-thirty years of age, and very handsome, having
+piercing black eyes and a stern, clean-cut face.
+</p>
+<p>
+In every man, it is said, there can be found a resemblance, often far
+off and fanciful enough, to some beast or bird or other creature, and
+certainly in this case it was not hard to discover. The man resembled an
+eagle, which, whether by chance or design, was the crest he bore upon
+his servants' livery, and the trappings of his horse. The unflinching
+eyes, the hooked nose, the air of pride and mastery, the thin, long
+hand, the quick grace of movement, all suggested that king of birds,
+suggested also, as his motto said, that what he sought he would find,
+and what he found he would keep. Just now he was watching the interview
+between the English king and the leaders of the crowd whom his Grace had
+been pleased to summon, with an air of mingled amusement and contempt.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You find the scene strange, Marquis," said the ambassador, glancing at
+him shrewdly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señor, here in England, if it pleases your Excellency," he answered
+gravely, "Señor d'Aguilar. The marquis you mentioned lives in Spain&mdash;an
+accredited envoy to the Moors of Granada; the Señor d'Aguilar, a humble
+servant of Holy Church," and he crossed himself, "travels abroad&mdash;upon
+the Church's business, and that of their Majesties'."
+</p>
+<p>
+"And his own too, sometimes, I believe," answered the ambassador drily.
+"But to be frank, what I do not understand about you, Señor d'Aguilar,
+as I know that you have abandoned political ambitions, is why you do not
+enter my profession, and put on the black robe once and for all. What
+did I say&mdash;black? With your opportunities and connections it might be
+red by now, with a hat to match."
+</p>
+<p>
+The Señor d'Aguilar smiled a little as he replied.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You said, I think, that sometimes I travel on my own business. Well,
+there is your answer. You are right, I have abandoned worldly
+ambitions&mdash;most of them. They are troublesome, and for some people, if
+they be born too high and yet not altogether rightly, very dangerous.
+The acorn of ambition often grows into an oak from which men hang."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Or into a log upon which men's heads can be cut off. Señor, I
+congratulate you. You have the wisdom that grasps the substance and lets
+the shadows flit. It is really very rare."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You asked why I do not change the cut of my garments," went on
+d'Aguilar, without noticing the interruption. "Excellency, to be frank,
+because of my own business. I have failings like other men. For
+instance, wealth is that substance of which you spoke, rule is the
+shadow; he who has the wealth has the real rule. Again, bright eyes may
+draw me, or a hate may seek its slaking, and these things do not suit
+robes, black or red."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yet many such things have been done by those who wore them," replied
+the ambassador with meaning.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Aye, Excellency, to the discredit of Holy Church, as you, a priest,
+know better than most men. Let the earth be evil as it must; but let the
+Church be like heaven above it, pure, unstained, the vault of prayer,
+the house of mercy and of righteous judgment, wherein walks no sinner
+such as I," and again he crossed himself.
+</p>
+<p>
+There was a ring of earnestness in the speaker's voice that caused de
+Ayala, who knew something of his private reputation, to look at him
+curiously.
+</p>
+<p>
+"A true fanatic, and therefore to us a useful man," he thought to
+himself, "though one who knows how to make the best of two worlds as
+well as most of them;" but aloud he said, "No wonder that our Church
+rejoices in such a son, and that her enemies tremble when he lifts her
+sword. But, Señor, you have not told me what you think of all this
+ceremony and people."
+</p>
+<p>
+"The people I know well, Excellency, for I dwelt among them in past
+years and speak their language; and that is why I have left Granada to
+look after itself for a while, and am here to-day, to watch and make
+report&mdash;&mdash;" He checked himself, then added, "As for the ceremony, were I
+a king I would have it otherwise. Why, in that house just now those
+vulgar Commons&mdash;for so they call them, do they not?&mdash;almost threatened
+their royal master when he humbly craved a tithe of the country's wealth
+to fight the country's war. Yes, and I saw him turn pale and tremble at
+the rough voices, as though their echoes shook his throne. I tell you,
+Excellency, that the time will come in this land when those Commons will
+be king. Look now at that fellow whom his Grace holds by the hand,
+calling him 'sir' and 'master,' and yet whom he knows to be, as I do, a
+heretic, a Jew in disguise, whose sins, if he had his rights, should be
+purged by fire. Why, to my knowledge last night, that Israelite said
+things against the Church&mdash;&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Whereof the Church, or its servant, doubtless made notes to be used
+when the time comes," broke in de Ayala. "But the audience is done, and
+his Highness beckons us forward to the feast, where there will be no
+heretics to vex us, and, as it is Lent, not much to eat. Come, Señor!
+for we stop the way."
+</p>
+<p>
+Three hours had gone by, and the sun sank redly, for even at that spring
+season it was cold upon the marshy lands of Westminster, and there was
+frost in the air. On the open space opposite to the banqueting-hall, in
+front of which were gathered squires and grooms with horses, stood and
+walked many citizens of London, who, their day's work done, came to see
+the king pass by in state. Among these were a man and a lady, the latter
+attended by a handsome young woman, who were all three sufficiently
+striking in appearance to attract some notice in the throng.
+</p>
+<p>
+The man, a person of about thirty years of age, dressed in a merchant's
+robe of cloth, and wearing a knife in his girdle, seemed over six feet
+in height, while his companion, in her flowing, fur-trimmed cloak, was,
+for a woman, also of unusual stature. He was not, strictly speaking, a
+handsome man, being somewhat too high of forehead and prominent of
+feature; moreover, one of his clean-shaven cheeks, the right, was marred
+by the long, red scar of a sword-cut which stretched from the temple to
+the strong chin. His face, however, was open and manly, if rather stern,
+and the grey eyes were steady and frank. It was not the face of a
+merchant, but rather that of one of good degree, accustomed to camps and
+war. For the rest, his figure was well-built and active, and his voice
+when he spoke, which was seldom, clear and distinct to loudness, but
+cultivated and pleasant&mdash;again, not the voice of a merchant.
+</p>
+<p>
+Of the lady's figure little could be seen because of the long cloak that
+hid it, but the face, which appeared within its hood when she turned and
+the dying sunlight filled her eyes, was lovely indeed, for from her
+birth to her death-day Margaret Castell&mdash;fair Margaret, as she was
+called&mdash;had this gift to a degree that is rarely granted to woman.
+Rounded and flower-like was that face, most delicately tinted also,
+with rich and curving lips and a broad, snow-white brow. But the wonder
+of it, what distinguished her above everything else from other beautiful
+women of her time, was to be found in her eyes, for these were not blue
+or grey, as might have been expected from her general colouring, but
+large, black, and lustrous; soft, too, as the eyes of a deer, and
+overhung by curling lashes of an ebon black. The effect of these eyes of
+hers shining above those tinted cheeks and beneath the brow of ivory
+whiteness was so strange as to be almost startling. They caught the
+beholder and held him, as might the sudden sight of a rose in snow, or
+the morning star hanging luminous among the mists of dawn. Also,
+although they were so gentle and modest, if that beholder chanced to be
+a man on the good side of fifty it was often long before he could forget
+them, especially if he were privileged to see how well they matched the
+hair of chestnut, shading into black, that waved above them and fell,
+tress upon tress, upon the shapely shoulders and down to the
+slender waist.
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter Brome, for he was so named, looked a little anxiously about him at
+the crowd, then, turning, addressed Margaret in his strong, clear voice.
+</p>
+<p>
+"There are rough folk around," he said; "do you think you should stop
+here? Your father might be angered, Cousin."
+</p>
+<p>
+Here it may be explained that in reality their kinship was of the
+slightest, a mere dash of blood that came to her through her mother.
+Still they called each other thus, since it is a convenient title that
+may mean much or nothing.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh! why not?" she answered in her rich, slow tones, that had in them
+some foreign quality, something soft and sweet as the caress of a
+southern wind at night. "With you, Cousin," and she glanced approvingly
+at his stalwart, soldier-like form, "I have nothing to fear from men,
+however rough, and I do greatly want to see the king close by, and so
+does Betty. Don't you, Betty?" and she turned to her companion.
+</p>
+<p>
+Betty Dene, whom she addressed, was also a cousin of Margaret, though
+only a distant connection of Peter Brome. She was of very good blood,
+but her father, a wild and dissolute man, had broken her mother's heart,
+and, like that mother, died early, leaving Betty dependent upon
+Margaret's mother, in whose house she had been brought up. This Betty
+was in her way remarkable, both in body and mind. Fair, splendidly
+formed, strong, with wide, bold, blue eyes and ripe red lips, such was
+the fashion of her. In speech she was careless and vigorous. Fond of the
+society of men, and fonder still of their admiration, for she was
+romantic and vain, Betty at the age of five-and-twenty was yet an
+honest girl, and well able to take care of herself, as more than one of
+her admirers had discovered. Although her position was humble, at heart
+she was very proud of her lineage, ambitious also, her great desire
+being to raise herself by marriage back to the station from which her
+father's folly had cast her down&mdash;no easy business for one who passed as
+a waiting-woman and was without fortune.
+</p>
+<p>
+For the rest, she loved and admired her cousin Margaret more than any
+one on earth, while Peter she liked and respected, none the less perhaps
+because, try as she would&mdash;and, being nettled, she did try hard
+enough&mdash;her beauty and other charms left him quite unmoved.
+</p>
+<p>
+In answer to Margaret's question she laughed and answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Of course. We are all too busy up in Holborn to get the chance of so
+many shows that I should wish to miss one. Still, Master Peter is very
+wise, and I am always counselled to obey him. Also, it will soon
+be dark."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well, well," said Margaret with a sigh and a little shrug of her
+shoulders, "as you are both against me, perhaps we had best be going.
+Next time I come out walking, cousin Peter, it shall be with some one
+who is more kind."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then she turned and began to make her way as quickly as she could
+through the thickening crowd. Finding this difficult, before Peter could
+stop her, for she was very swift in her movements, Margaret bore to the
+right, entering the space immediately in front of the banqueting-hall
+where the grooms with horses and soldiers were assembled awaiting their
+lords, for here there was more room to walk. For a few moments Peter and
+Betty were unable to escape from the mob which closed in behind her, and
+thus it came about that Margaret found herself alone among these people,
+in the midst, indeed, of the guard of the Spanish ambassador de Ayala,
+men who were notorious for their lawlessness, for they reckoned upon
+their master's privilege to protect them. Also, for the most part, they
+were just then more or less in liquor.
+</p>
+<p>
+One of these fellows, a great, red-haired Scotchman, whom the priest-
+diplomatist had brought with him from that country, where he had also
+been ambassador, suddenly perceiving before him a woman who appeared to
+be young and pretty, determined to examine her more closely, and to this
+end made use of a rude stratagem. Pretending to stumble, he grasped at
+Margaret's cloak as though to save himself, and with a wrench tore it
+open, revealing her beautiful face and graceful figure.
+</p>
+<p>
+"A dove, comrades!&mdash;a dove!" he shouted in a voice thick with drink,
+"who has flown here to give me a kiss." And, casting his long arms about
+her, he strove to draw her to him.
+</p>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0001.png"><img src="150/M0001.png" width="150" alt="'A DOVE, COMRADES!&mdash;A DOVE!'"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Peter! Help me, Peter!" cried Margaret as she struggled fiercely in his
+grip.
+</p>
+<p>
+"No, no, if you want a saint, my bonny lass," said the drunken
+Scotchman, "Andrew is as good as Peter," at which witticism those of the
+others who understood him laughed, for the man's name was Andrew.
+</p>
+<p>
+Next instant they laughed again, and to the ruffian Andrew it seemed as
+though suddenly he had fallen into the power of a whirlwind. At least
+Margaret was wrenched away from him, while he spun round and round to
+fall violently upon his face.
+</p>
+<p>
+"That's Peter!" exclaimed one of the soldiers in Spanish.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," answered another, "and a patron saint worth having"; while a
+third pulled the recumbent Andrew to his feet.
+</p>
+<p>
+The man looked like a devil. His cap had gone, and his fiery red hair
+was smeared with mud. Moreover, his nose had been broken on a cobble
+stone, and blood from it poured all over him, while his little red eyes
+glared like a ferret's, and his face turned a dirty white with pain and
+rage. Howling out something in Scotch, of a sudden he drew his sword and
+rushed straight at his adversary, purposing to kill him.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now, Peter had no sword, but only his short knife, which he found no
+time to draw. In his hand, however, he carried a stout holly staff shod
+with iron, and, while Margaret clasped her hands and Betty screamed, on
+this he caught the descending blow, and, furious as it was, parried and
+turned it. Then, before the man could strike again, that staff was up,
+and Peter had leapt upon him. It fell with fearful force, breaking the
+Scotchman's shoulder and sending him reeling back.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Shrewdly struck, Peter! Well done, Peter!" shouted the spectators.
+</p>
+<p>
+But Peter neither saw nor heard them, for he was mad with rage at the
+insult that had been offered to Margaret. Up flew the iron-tipped staff
+again, and down it came, this time full on Andrew's head, which it
+shattered like an egg-shell, so that the brute fell backwards, dead.
+</p>
+<p>
+For a moment there was silence, for the joke had taken a tragic turn.
+Then one of the Spaniards said, glancing at the prostrate form:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Name of God! our mate is done for. That merchant hits hard."
+</p>
+<p>
+Instantly there arose a murmur among the dead man's comrades, and one of
+them cried:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Cut him down!"
+</p>
+<p>
+Understanding that he was to be set on, Peter sprang forward and
+snatched the Scotchman's sword from the ground where it had fallen, at
+the same time dropping his staff and drawing his dagger with the left
+hand. Now he was well armed, and looked so fierce and soldier-like as he
+faced his foes, that, although four or five blades were out, they held
+back. Then Peter spoke for the first time, for he knew that against so
+many he had no chance.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Englishmen," he cried in ringing tones, but without shifting his head
+or glance, "will you see me murdered by these Spanish dogs?"
+</p>
+<p>
+There was a moment's pause, then a voice behind cried:
+</p>
+<p>
+"By God! not I," and a brawny Kentish man-at-arms ranged up beside him,
+his cloak thrown over his left arm, and his sword in his right hand.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nor I," said another. "Peter Brome and I have fought together before."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nor I," shouted a third, "for we were born in the same Essex hundred."
+</p>
+<p>
+And so it went on, until there were as many stout Englishmen at his side
+as there were Spaniards and Scotchmen before him.
+</p>
+<p>
+"That will do," said Peter, "we want no more than man to man. Look to
+the women, comrades behind there. Now, you murderers, if you would see
+English sword-play, come on, or, if you are afraid, let us go in peace."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, come on, you foreign cowards," shouted the mob, who did not love
+these turbulent and privileged guards.
+</p>
+<p>
+By now the Spanish blood was up, and the old race-hatred awake. In
+broken English the sergeant of the guard shouted out some filthy insult
+about Margaret, and called upon his followers to "cut the throats of the
+London swine." Swords shone red in the red sunset light, men shifted
+their feet and bent forward, and in another instant a great and bloody
+fray would have begun.
+</p>
+<p>
+But it did not begin, for at that moment a tall señor, who had been
+standing in the shadow and watching all that passed, walked between the
+opposing lines, as he went striking up the swords with his arm.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Have done," said d'Aguilar quietly, for it was he, speaking in Spanish.
+"You fools! do you want to see every Spaniard in London torn to pieces?
+As for that drunken brute," and he touched the corpse of Andrew with his
+foot, "he brought his death upon himself. Moreover, he was not a
+Spaniard, there is no blood quarrel. Come, obey me! or must I tell you
+who I am?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"We know you, Marquis," said the leader in a cowed voice. "Sheath your
+swords, comrades; after all, it is no affair of ours."
+</p>
+<p>
+The men obeyed somewhat unwillingly; but at this moment arrived the
+ambassador de Ayala, very angry, for he had heard of the death of his
+servant, demanding, in a loud voice, that the man who had killed him
+should be given up.
+</p>
+<p>
+"We will not give him up to a Spanish priest," shouted the mob. "Come
+and take him if you want him," and once more the tumult grew, while
+Peter and his companions made ready to fight.
+</p>
+<p>
+Fighting there would have been also, notwithstanding all that d'Aguilar
+could do to prevent it; but of a sudden the noise began to die away, and
+a hush fell upon the place. Then between the uplifted weapons walked a
+short, richly clad man, who turned suddenly and faced the mob. It was
+King Henry himself.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Who dare to draw swords in my streets, before my very palace doors?" he
+asked in a cold voice.
+</p>
+<p>
+A dozen hands pointed at Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Speak," said the king to him.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Margaret, come here," cried Peter; and the girl was thrust forward to
+him.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Sire," he said, "that man," and he pointed to the corpse of Andrew,
+"tried to do wrong to this maiden, John Castell's child. I, her cousin,
+threw him down. He drew his sword and came at me, and I killed him with
+my staff. See, it lies there. Then the Spaniards&mdash;his comrades&mdash;would
+have cut me down, and I called for English help. Sire, that is all."
+</p>
+<p>
+The king looked him up and down.
+</p>
+<p>
+"A merchant by your dress," he said; "but a soldier by your mien. How
+are you named?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Peter Brome, Sire."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Ah! There was a certain Sir Peter Brome who fell at Bosworth Field&mdash;not
+fighting for me," and he smiled. "Did you know him perchance?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"He was my father, Sire, and I saw him slain&mdash;aye, and slew the slayer."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well can I believe it," answered Henry, considering him. "But how comes
+it that Peter Brome's son, who wears that battle scar across his face,
+is clad in merchant's woollen?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Sire," said Peter coolly, "my father sold his lands, lent his all to
+the Crown, and I have never rendered the account. Therefore I must live
+as I can."
+</p>
+<p>
+The king laughed outright as he replied:
+</p>
+<p>
+"I like you, Peter Brome, though doubtless you hate me."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Not so, Sire. While Richard lived I fought for Richard. Richard is
+gone; and, if need be, I would fight for Henry, who am an Englishman,
+and serve England's king."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well said, and I may have need of you yet, nor do I bear you any
+grudge. But, I forgot, is it thus that you would fight for me, by
+causing riot in my streets, and bringing me into trouble with my good
+friends the Spaniards?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Sire, you know the story."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I know your story, but who bears witness to it? Do you, maiden, Castell
+the merchant's daughter?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Aye, Sire. The man whom my cousin killed maltreated me, whose only
+wrong was that I waited to see your Grace pass by. Look on my
+torn cloak."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Little wonder that he killed him for the sake of those eyes of yours,
+maiden. But this witness may be tainted." And again he smiled, adding,
+"Is there no other?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Betty advanced to speak, but d'Aguilar, stepping forward, lifted his
+bonnet from his head, bowed and said in English:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Your Grace, there is; I saw it all. This gallant gentleman had no
+blame. It was the servants of my countryman de Ayala who were to blame,
+at any rate at first, and afterwards came the trouble."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now the ambassador de Ayala broke in, claiming satisfaction for the
+killing of his man, for he was still very angry, and saying that if it
+were not given, he would report the matter to their Majesties of Spain,
+and let them know how their servants were treated in London.
+</p>
+<p>
+At these words Henry grew grave, who, above all things, wished to give
+no offence to Ferdinand and Isabella.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You have done an ill day's work, Peter Brome," he said, "and one of
+which my attorney must consider. Meanwhile, you will be best in safe
+keeping," and he turned as though to order his arrest.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Sire," exclaimed Peter, "I live at Master Castell's house in Holborn,
+nor shall I run away."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Who will answer for that," asked the king, "or that you will not make
+more riots on your road thither?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I will answer, your Grace," said d'Aguilar quietly, "if this lady will
+permit that I escort her and her cousin home. Also," he added in a low
+voice, "it seems to me that to hale him to a prison would be more like
+to breed a riot than to let him go."
+</p>
+<p>
+Henry glanced round him at the great crowd who were gathered watching
+this scene, and saw something in their faces which caused him to agree
+with d'Aguilar.
+</p>
+<p>
+"So be it, Marquis," he said. "I have your word, and that of Peter
+Brome, that he will be forthcoming if called upon. Let that dead man be
+laid in the Abbey till to-morrow, when this matter shall be inquired of.
+Excellency, give me your arm; I have greater questions of which I wish
+to speak with you ere we sleep."
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH2"><!-- CH2 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER II
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+JOHN CASTELL
+</center>
+<p>
+When the king was gone, Peter turned to those men who had stood by him
+and thanked them very heartily. Then he said to Margaret:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Come, Cousin, that is over for this time, and you have had your wish
+and seen his Grace. Now, the sooner you are safe at home, the better I
+shall be pleased."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Certainly," she replied. "I have seen more than I desire to see again.
+But before we go let us thank this Spanish señor&mdash;&mdash;" and she paused.
+</p>
+<p>
+"D'Aguilar, Lady, or at least that name will serve," said the Spaniard
+in his cultured voice, bowing low before her, his eyes fixed all the
+while upon her beautiful face.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señor d'Aguilar, I thank you, and so does my cousin, Peter Brome, whose
+life perhaps you saved&mdash;don't you, Peter? Oh! and so will my father."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," answered Peter somewhat sulkily, "I thank him very much; though
+as for my life, I trusted to my own arm and to those of my friends
+there. Good night, Sir."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I fear, Señor," answered d'Aguilar with a smile, "that we cannot part
+just yet. You forget, I have become bond for you, and must therefore
+accompany you to where you live, that I may certify the place. Also,
+perhaps, it is safest, for these countrymen of mine are revengeful, and,
+were I not with you, might waylay you."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now, seeing from his face that Peter was still bent upon declining this
+escort, Margaret interposed quickly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, that is wisest, also my father would wish it. Señor, I will show
+you the way," and, accompanied by d'Aguilar, who gallantly offered her
+his arm, she stepped forward briskly, leaving Peter to follow with her
+cousin Betty.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus they walked in the twilight across the fields and through the
+narrow streets beyond that lay between Westminster and Holborn. In front
+tripped Margaret beside her stately cavalier, with whom she was soon
+talking fast enough in Spanish, a tongue which, for reasons that shall
+be explained, she knew well, while behind, the Scotchman's sword still
+in his hand, and the handsome Betty on his arm, came Peter Brome in the
+worst of humours.
+</p>
+<p>
+John Castell lived in a large, rambling, many-gabled, house, just off
+the main thoroughfare of Holborn, that had at the back of it a garden
+surrounded by a high wall. Of this ancient place the front part served
+as a shop, a store for merchandise, and an office, for Castell was a
+very wealthy trader&mdash;how wealthy none quite knew&mdash;who exported woollen
+and other goods to Spain under the royal licence, bringing thence in his
+own ships fine, raw Spanish wool to be manufactured in England, and with
+it velvet, silks, and wine from Granada; also beautiful inlaid armour of
+Toledo steel. Sometimes, too, he dealt in silver and copper from the
+mountain mines, for Castell was a banker as well as a merchant, or
+rather what answered to that description in those days.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was said that beneath his shop were dungeon-like store-vaults, built
+of thick cemented stone, with iron doors through which no thief could
+break, and filled with precious things. However this might be, certainly
+in that great house, which in the time of the Plantagenets had been the
+fortified palace of a noble, existed chambers whereof he alone knew the
+secret, since no one else, not even his daughter or Peter, ever crossed
+their threshold. Also, there slept in it a number of men-servants, very
+stout fellows, who wore knives or swords beneath their cloaks, and
+watched at night to see that all was well. For the rest, the
+living-rooms of this house where Castell, Margaret his daughter, and
+Peter dwelt, were large and comfortable, being new panelled with oak
+after the Tudor fashion, and having deep windows that looked out upon
+the garden.
+</p>
+<p>
+When Peter and Betty reached the door, not that which led into the shop,
+but another, it was to find that Margaret and d'Aguilar, who were
+walking very quickly, must have already passed it, since it was shut,
+and they had vanished. At his knock&mdash;a hard one&mdash;a serving-man opened,
+and Peter strode through the vestibule, or ante-chamber, into the hall,
+where for the most part they ate and sat, for thence he heard the sound
+of voices. It was a fine room, lit by hanging lamps of olive oil, and
+having a large, open hearth where a fire burned pleasantly, while the
+oaken table in front of it was set for supper. Margaret, who had thrown
+off her cloak, stood warming herself at the fire, and the Señor
+d'Aguilar, comfortably seated in a big chair, which he seemed to have
+known for years, leaned back, his bonnet in his hand, and watched
+her idly.
+</p>
+<p>
+Facing them stood John Castell, a stout, dark-bearded man of between
+fifty and sixty years of age, with a clever, clean-cut face and piercing
+black eyes. Now, in the privacy of his home, he was very richly attired
+in a robe trimmed with the costliest fur, and fastened with a gold chain
+that had a jewel on its clasp. When Castell served in his shop or sat in
+his counting-house no merchant in London was more plainly dressed; but
+at night, loving magnificence at heart, it was his custom thus to
+indulge in it, even when there were none to see him. From the way in
+which he stood, and the look upon his face, Peter knew at once that he
+was much disturbed. Hearing his step, Castell wheeled round and
+addressed him at once in the clear, decided voice which was his
+characteristic.
+</p>
+<p>
+"What is this I am told, Peter? A man killed by you before the palace
+gates? A broil! A public riot in which things went near to great
+bloodshed between the English, with you at the head of them, and the
+bodyguard of his Excellency, de Ayala. You arrested by the king, and
+bailed out by this señor. Is all this true?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Quite," answered Peter calmly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then I am ruined; we are all ruined. Oh! it was an evil hour when I
+took one of your bloodthirsty trade into my house. What have you
+to say?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Only that I want my supper," said Peter. "Those who began the story can
+finish it, for I think their tongues are nimbler than my own," and he
+glanced wrathfully at Margaret, who laughed outright, while even the
+solemn d'Aguilar smiled.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Father," broke in Margaret, "do not be angry with cousin Peter, whose
+only fault is that he hits too hard. It is I who am to blame, for I
+wished to stop to see the king against his will and Betty's, and
+then&mdash;then that brute," and her eyes filled with tears of shame and
+anger, "caught hold of me, and Peter threw him down, and afterwards,
+when he attacked him with a sword, Peter killed him with his staff,
+and&mdash;all the rest happened."
+</p>
+<p>
+"It was beautifully done," said d'Aguilar in his soft voice and foreign
+accent. "I saw it all, and made sure that you were dead. The parry I
+understood, but the way you got your smashing blow in before he could
+thrust again&mdash;ah! that&mdash;&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well, well," said Castell, "let us eat first and talk afterwards. Señor
+d'Aguilar, you will honour my poor board, will you not, though it is
+hard to come from a king's feast to a merchant's fare?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is I who am honoured," answered d'Aguilar; "and as for the feast,
+his Grace is sparing in this Lenten season. At least, I could get little
+to eat, and, therefore, like the señor Peter, I am starved."
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell rang a silver bell which stood near by, whereon servants brought
+in the meal, which was excellent and plentiful. While they were setting
+it on the table, the merchant went to a cupboard in the wainscoting, and
+took thence two flasks, which he uncorked himself with care, saying that
+he would give the señor some wine of his own country. This done, he said
+a Latin grace and crossed himself, an example which d'Aguilar followed,
+remarking that he was glad to find that he was in the house of a good
+Christian.
+</p>
+<p>
+"What else did you think that I should be?" asked Castell, glancing at
+him shrewdly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I did not think at all, Señor," he answered; "but alas! every one is
+not a Christian. In Spain, for instance, we have many Moors and&mdash;Jews."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I know," said Castell, "for I trade with them both."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then you have never visited Spain?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"No; I am an English merchant. But try that wine, Señor; it came from
+Granada, and they say that it is good."
+</p>
+<p>
+D'Aguilar tasted it, then drank off his glass.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is good, indeed," he said; "I have not its equal in my own cellars
+there."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Do you, then, live in Granada, Señor d'Aguilar?" asked Castell.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Sometimes, when I am not travelling. I have a house there which my
+mother left me. She loved the town, and bought an old palace from the
+Moors. Would you not like to see Granada, Señora?" he asked, turning to
+Margaret as though to change the subject. "There is a wonderful building
+there called the Alhambra; it overlooks my house."
+</p>
+<p>
+"My daughter is never likely to see it," broke in Castell; "I do not
+purpose that she should visit Spain."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Ah! you do not purpose; but who knows? God and His saints alone," and
+again he crossed himself, then fell to describing the beauties
+of Granada.
+</p>
+<p>
+He was a fine and ready talker, and his voice was very pleasant, so
+Margaret listened attentively enough, watching his face, and forgetting
+to eat, while her father and Peter watched them both. At length the meal
+came to an end, and when the serving-men had cleared away the dishes,
+and they were alone, Castell said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Now, kinsman Peter, tell me your story."
+</p>
+<p>
+So Peter told him, in few words, yet omitting nothing.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I find no blame in you," said the merchant when he had done, "nor do I
+see how you could have acted otherwise than you did. It is Margaret whom
+I blame, for I only gave her leave to walk with you and Betty by the
+river, and bade her beware of crowds."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, father, the fault is mine, and for it I pray your pardon," said
+Margaret, so meekly that her father could not find the heart to scold
+her as he had meant to do.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You should ask Peter's pardon," he muttered, "seeing that he is like to
+be laid by the heels in a dungeon over this business, yes, and put upon
+his trial for causing the man's death. Remember, he was in the service
+of de Ayala, with whom our liege wishes to stand well, and de Ayala, it
+seems, is very angry."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Margaret grew frightened, for the thought that harm might come to
+Peter cut her heart. The colour left her cheek, and once again her eyes
+swam with tears.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh! say not so," she exclaimed. "Peter, will you not fly at once?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"By no means," he answered decidedly. "Did I not say it to the king, and
+is not this foreign lord bond for me?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"What can be done?" she went on; then, as a thought struck her, turned
+to d'Aguilar, and, clasping her slender hands, looked pleadingly into
+his face and asked: "Señor, you who are so powerful, and the friend of
+great people, will you not help us?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Am I not here to do so, Señora? Although I think that a man who can
+call half London to his back, as I saw your cousin do, needs little help
+from me. But listen, my country has two ambassadors at this Court&mdash;de
+Ayala, whom he has offended, and Doctor de Puebla, the friend of the
+king; and, strangely enough, de Puebla does not love de Ayala. Yet he
+does love money, which perhaps will be forthcoming. Now, if a charge is
+to be laid over this brawl, it will probably be done, not by the
+churchman, de Ayala, but through de Puebla, who knows your laws and
+Court, and&mdash;do you understand me, Señor Castell?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," answered the merchant; "but how am I to get at de Puebla? If I
+were to offer him money, he would only ask more."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I see that you know his Excellency," remarked d'Aguilar drily. "You are
+right, no money should be offered; a present must be made after the
+pardon is delivered&mdash;not before. Oh! de Puebla knows that John Castell's
+word is as good in London as it is among the Jews and infidels of
+Granada and the merchants of Seville, at both of which places I have
+heard it spoken."
+</p>
+<p>
+At this speech Castell's eyes flickered, but he only answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"May be; but how shall I approach him, Señor?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"If you will permit me, that is my task. Now, to what amount will you go
+to save our friend here from inconvenience? Fifty gold angels?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is too much," said Castell; "a knave like that is not worth ten.
+Indeed, he was the assailant, and nothing should be paid at all."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Ah! Señor, the merchant is coming out in you; also the dangerous man
+who thinks that right should rule the world, not kings&mdash;I mean might.
+The knave is worth nothing, but de Puebla's word in Henry's ear is
+worth much."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Fifty angels be it then," said Castell, "and I thank you, Señor, for
+your good offices. Will you take the money now?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"By no means; not till I bring the debt discharged. Señor, I will come
+again and let you know how matters stand. Farewell, fair maiden; may the
+saints intercede for that dead rogue who brought me into your company,
+and that of your father and your cousin of the quick eye and the
+stalwart arm! Till we meet again," and, still murmuring compliments, he
+bowed himself out of the room in charge of a manservant.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Thomas," said Castell to this servant when he returned, "you are a
+discreet fellow; put on your cap and cloak, follow that Spaniard, see
+where he lodges, and find out all you can about him. Go now, swiftly."
+</p>
+<p>
+The man bowed and went, and presently Castell, listening, heard a side
+door shut behind him. Then he turned and said to the other two:
+</p>
+<p>
+"I do not like this business. I smell trouble in it, and I do not like
+the Spaniard either."
+</p>
+<p>
+"He seems a very gallant gentleman, and high-born," said Margaret.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Aye, very gallant&mdash;too gallant, and high-born&mdash;too high-born, unless I
+am mistaken. So gallant and so high-born&mdash;&mdash;" And he checked himself,
+then added, "Daughter, in your wilfulness you have stirred a great rock.
+Go to your bed and pray God that it may not fall upon your house and
+crush it and us."
+</p>
+<p>
+So Margaret crept away frightened, a little indignant also, for after
+all, what wrong had she done? And why should her father mistrust this
+splendid-looking Spanish cavalier?
+</p>
+<p>
+When she was gone, Peter, who all this while had said little, looked up
+and asked straight out:
+</p>
+<p>
+"What are you afraid of, Sir?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Many things, Peter. First, that use will be made of this matter to
+extort much money from me, who am known to be rich, which is a sin best
+absolved by angels. Secondly, that if I make trouble about paying, other
+questions will be set afoot."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What questions?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Have you ever heard of the new Christians, Peter, whom the Spaniards
+call Maranos?"
+</p>
+<p>
+He nodded.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then you know that a Marano is a converted Jew. Now, as it chances&mdash;I
+tell you who do not break secrets&mdash;my father was a Marano. His name does
+not matter&mdash;it is best forgotten; but he fled from Spain to England for
+reasons of his own, and took that of the country whence he
+came&mdash;Castile, or Castell. Also, as it is not lawful for Jews to live in
+England, he became converted to the Christian faith&mdash;seek not to know
+his motives, they are buried with him. Moreover, he converted me, his
+only child, who was but ten years old, and cared little whether I swore
+by 'Father Abraham' or by the 'Blessed Mary.' The paper of my baptism
+lies in my strong box still. Well, he was clever, and built up this
+business, and died unharmed five-and-twenty years ago, leaving me
+already rich. That same year I married an Englishwoman, your mother's
+second cousin, and loved her and lived happily with her, and gave her
+all her heart could wish. But after Margaret's birth, three-and-twenty
+years gone by, she never had her health, and eight years ago she died.
+You remember her, since she brought you here when you were a stout lad,
+and made me promise afterwards that I would always be your friend, for
+except your father, Sir Peter, none other of your well-born and ancient
+family were left. So when Sir Peter&mdash;against my counsel, staking his all
+upon that usurping rogue Richard, who had promised to advance him, and
+meanwhile took his money&mdash;was killed at Bosworth, leaving you landless,
+penniless, and out of favour, I offered you a home, and you, being a
+wise man, put off your mail and put on woollen and became a merchant's
+partner, though your share of profit was but small. Now, again you have
+changed staff for steel," and he glanced at the Scotchman's sword that
+still lay upon a side table, "and Margaret has loosed that rock of which
+I spoke to her."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What is the rock, Sir?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"That Spaniard whom she brought home and found so fine."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What of the Spaniard?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Wait a while and I will tell you." And, taking a lamp, he left the
+room, returning presently with a letter which was written in cipher, and
+translated upon another sheet in John Castell's own hand.
+</p>
+<p>
+"This," he said, "is from my partner and connection, Juan Bernaldez, a
+Marano, who lives at Seville, where Ferdinand and Isabella have their
+court. Among other matters he writes this: 'I warn all brethren in
+England to be careful. I have it that a certain one whose name I will
+not mention even in cipher, a very powerful and high-born man, and,
+although he appears to be a pleasure-seeker only, and is certainly of a
+dissolute life, among the greatest bigots in all Spain, has been sent,
+or is shortly to be sent, from Granada, where he is stationed to watch
+the Moors, as an envoy to the Court of England to conclude a secret
+treaty with its king. Under this treaty the names of rich Maranos that
+are already well known here are to be recorded, so that when the time
+comes, and the active persecution of Jews and Maranos begins, they may
+be given up and brought to Spain for trial before the Inquisition. Also
+he is to arrange that no Jew or Marano may be allowed to take refuge in
+England. This is for your information, that you may warn any whom it
+concerns.'"
+</p>
+<p>
+"You think that d'Aguilar is this man?" asked Peter, while Castell
+folded up the letter and hid it in the pocket of his robe.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I do; indeed I have heard already that a fox was on the prowl, and that
+men should look to their hen-houses. Moreover, did you note how he
+crossed himself like a priest, and what he said about being among good
+Christians? Also, it is Lent and a fast-day, and by ill-fortune,
+although none of us ate of it, there was meat upon the table, for as you
+know," he added hurriedly, "I am not strict in such matters, who give
+little weight to forms and ceremonies. Well, he observed it, and touched
+fish only, although he drank enough of the sweet wine. Doubtless a
+report of that meat will go to Spain by the next courier."
+</p>
+<p>
+"And if it does, what matter? We are in England, and Englishmen will not
+suffer their Spanish laws and ways. Perhaps the señor d'Aguilar learned
+as much as that to-night outside the banqueting-hall. There is something
+to be feared from this brawl at home; but while we are safe in London,
+no more from Spain."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am no coward, but I think there is much more to be feared, Peter. The
+arm of the Pope is long, and the arm of the crafty Ferdinand is longer,
+and both of them grope for the throats and moneybags of heretics."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well, Sir, we are not heretics."
+</p>
+<p>
+"No, perhaps not heretics; but we are rich, and the father of one of us
+was a Jew, and there is something else in this house which even a true
+son of Holy Church might desire," and he looked at the door through
+which Margaret had passed to her chamber.
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter understood, for his long arms moved uneasily, and his grey eyes
+flashed.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I will go to bed," he said; "I wish to think."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nay, lad," answered Castell, "fill your glass and stay awhile. I have
+words to say to you, and there is no time like the present. Who knows
+what may happen to-morrow?"
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH3"><!-- CH3 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER III
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+PETER GATHERS VIOLETS
+</center>
+<p>
+Peter obeyed, sat down in a big oak chair by the dying fire, and waited
+in his silent fashion.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Listen," said Castell. "Fifteen months ago you told me something, did
+you not?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter nodded.
+</p>
+<p>
+"What was it, then?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"That I loved my cousin Margaret, and asked your leave to tell her so."
+</p>
+<p>
+"And what did I answer?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"That you forbade me because you had not proved me enough, and she had
+not proved herself enough; because, moreover, she would be very wealthy,
+and with her beauty might look high in marriage, although but a
+merchant's daughter."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well, and then?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"And then&mdash;nothing," and Peter sipped his wine deliberately and put it
+down upon the table.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You are a very silent man, even where your courting is concerned," said
+Castell, searching him with his sharp eyes.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am silent because there is no more to say. You bade me be silent, and
+I have remained so."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What! Even when you saw those gay lords making their addresses to
+Margaret, and when she grew angry because you gave no sign, and was
+minded to yield to one or the other of them?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, even then&mdash;it was hard, but even then. Do I not eat your bread?
+and shall I take advantage of you when you have forbid me?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell looked at him again, and this time there were respect and
+affection in his glance.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Silent and stern, but honest," he said as though to himself, then
+added, "A hard trial, but I saw it, and helped you in the best way by
+sending those suitors&mdash;who were worthless fellows&mdash;about their business.
+Now, say, are you still of the same mind towards Margaret?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I seldom change my mind, Sir, and on such a business, never."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Good! Then I give you my leave to find out what her mind may be."
+</p>
+<p>
+In the joy which he could not control, Peter's face flushed. Then, as
+though he were ashamed of showing emotion, even at such a moment, he
+took up his glass and drank a little of the wine before he answered.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I thank you; it is more than I dared to hope. But it is right that I
+should say, Sir, that I am no match for my cousin Margaret. The lands
+which should have been mine are gone, and I have nothing save what you
+pay me for my poor help in this trade; whereas she has, or will
+have, much."
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell's eyes twinkled; the answer amused him.
+</p>
+<p>
+"At least you have an upright heart," he said, "for what other man in
+such a case would argue against himself? Also, you are of good blood,
+and not ill to look on, or so some maids might think; whilst as for
+wealth, what said the wise king of my people?&mdash;that ofttimes riches make
+themselves wings and fly away. Moreover, man, I have learned to love and
+honour you, and sooner would I leave my only child in your hands than in
+those of any lord in England."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I know not what to say," broke in Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then say nothing. It is your custom, and a good one&mdash;only listen. Just
+now you spoke of your Essex lands in the fair Vale of Dedham as gone.
+Well, they have come back, for last month I bought them all, and more,
+at a price larger than I wished to give because others sought them, and
+but this day I have paid in gold and taken delivery of the title. It is
+made out in your name, Peter Brome, and whether you marry my daughter,
+or whether you marry her not, yours they shall be when I am gone, since
+I promised my dead wife to befriend you, and as a child she lived there
+in your Hall."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now moved out of his calm, the young man sprang from his seat, and,
+after the pious fashion of the time, addressed his patron saint, on
+whose feast-day he was born.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Saint Peter, I thank thee&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I asked you to be silent," interrupted Castell, breaking him short.
+"Moreover, after God, it is one John who should be thanked, not St.
+Peter, who has no more to do with these lands than Father Abraham or the
+patient Job. Well, thanks or no thanks, those estates are yours, though
+I had not meant to tell you of them yet. But now I have something to
+propose to you. Say, first, does Margaret think aught of that wooden
+face and those shut lips of yours?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"How can I know? I have never asked her; you forbade me."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Pshaw! Living in one house as you do, at your age I would have known
+all there was to know on such a matter, and yet kept my word. But there,
+the blood is different, and you are somewhat over-honest for a lover.
+Was she frightened for you, now, when that knave made at you with
+the sword?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter considered the question, then answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"I know not. I did not look to see; I looked at the Scotchman with his
+sword, for if I had not, I should have been dead, not he. But she was
+certainly frightened when the fellow caught hold of her, for then she
+called for me loud enough."
+</p>
+<p>
+"And what is that? What woman in London would not call for such a one as
+Peter Brome in her trouble? Well, you must ask her, and that soon, if
+you can find the words. Take a lesson from that Spanish don, and scrape
+and bow and flatter and tell stories of the war and turn verses to her
+eyes and hair. Oh, Peter! are you a fool, that I at my age should have
+to teach you how to court a woman?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Mayhap, Sir. At least I can do none of these things, and poesy wearies
+me to read, much more to write. But I can ask a question and take
+an answer."
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell shook his head impatiently.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Ask the question, man, if you will, but never take the answer if it is
+against you. Wait rather, and ask it again&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"And," went on Peter without noticing, his grey eyes lighting with a
+sudden fire, "if need be, I can break that fine Spaniard's bones as
+though he were a twig."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Ah!" said Castell, "perhaps you will be called upon to make your words
+good before all is done. For my part, I think his bones will take some
+breaking. Well, ask in your own way&mdash;only ask and let me hear the answer
+before to-morrow night. Now it grows late, and I have still something to
+say. I am in danger here. My wealth is noised abroad, and many covet it,
+some in high places, I think. Peter, it is in my mind to have done with
+all this trading, and to withdraw me to spend my old age where none will
+take any notice of me, down at that Hall of yours in Dedham, if you will
+give me lodging. Indeed for a year and more, ever since you spoke to me
+on the subject of Margaret, I have been calling in my moneys from Spain
+and England, and placing them out at safe interest in small sums, or
+buying jewels with them, or lending them to other merchants whom I
+trust, and who will not rob me or mine. Peter, you have worked well for
+me, but you are no chapman; it is not in your blood. Therefore, since
+there is enough for all of us and more, I shall pass this business and
+its goodwill over to others, to be managed in their name, but on shares,
+and if it please God we will keep next Yule at Dedham."
+</p>
+<p>
+As he spoke the door at the far end of the hall opened, and through it
+came that serving-man who had been bidden to follow the Spaniard.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well," said Castell, "what tidings?"
+</p>
+<p>
+The man bowed and said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"I followed the Don as you bade me to his lodging, which I reached
+without his seeing me, though from time to time he stopped to look about
+him. He rests near the palace of Westminster, in the same big house
+where dwells the ambassador de Ayala, and those who stood round lifted
+their bonnets to him.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Watching I saw some of these go to a tavern, a low place that is open
+all night, and, following them there, called for a drink and listened to
+their talk, who know the Spanish tongue well, having worked for five
+years in your worship's house at Seville. They spoke of the fray
+to-night, and said that if they could catch that long-legged fellow,
+meaning Master Brome yonder, they would put a knife into him, since he
+had shamed them by killing the Scotch knave, who was their officer and
+the best swordsman in their company, with a staff, and then setting his
+British bulldogs on them. I fell into talk with them, saying that I was
+an English sailor from Spain, which they were too drunk to question, and
+asked who might be the tall don who had interfered in the fray before
+the king came. They told me he is a rich señor named d'Aguilar, but ill
+to serve in Lent because he is so strict a churchman, although not
+strict in other matters. I answered that to me he looked like a great
+noble, whereon one of them said that I was right, that there was no
+blood in Spain higher than his, but unfortunately, there was a bend in
+its stream, also an inkpot had been upset into it."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What does that mean?" asked Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is a Spanish saying," answered Castell, "which signifies that a man
+is born illegitimate, and has Moorish blood in his veins."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then I asked what he was doing here, and the man answered that I had
+best put that question to the Holy Father and to the Queen of Spain.
+Lastly, after I had given the soldier another cup, I asked where the don
+lived, and whether he had any other name. He replied that he lived at
+Granada for the most part, and that if I called on him there I should
+see some pretty ladies and other nice things. As for his name, it was
+the Marquis of Nichel. I said that meant Marquis of Nothing, whereon the
+soldier answered that I seemed very curious, and that was just what he
+meant to tell me&mdash;nothing. Also he called to his comrades that he
+believed I was a spy, so I thought it time to be going, as they were
+drunk enough to do me a mischief."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Good," said Castell. "You are watchman tonight, Thomas, are you not?
+See that all doors are barred so that we may sleep without fear of
+Spanish thieves. Rest you well, Peter. Nay, I do not come yet; I have
+letters to send to Spain by the ship which sails to-morrow night."
+</p>
+<p>
+When Peter had gone, John Castell extinguished all the lamps save one.
+This he took in his hand and passed from the hall into an apartment that
+in old days, when this was a noble's house, had been the private chapel.
+There was an altar in it, and over the altar a crucifix. For a few
+moments Castell knelt before the altar, for even now, at dead of night,
+how knew he what eyes might watch him? Then he rose and, lamp in hand,
+glided behind it, lifted some tapestry, and pressed a spring in the
+panelling beneath. It opened, revealing a small secret chamber built in
+the thickness of the wall and without windows; a mere cupboard that once
+perhaps had been a place where a priest might robe or keep the
+sacred vessels.
+</p>
+<p>
+In this chamber was a plain oak table on which stood candles and an ark
+of wood, also some rolls of parchment. Before this table he knelt down,
+and put up earnest prayers to the God of Abraham, for, although his
+father had caused him to be baptized into the Christian Church as a
+child, John Castell remained a Jew. For this good reason, then, he was
+so much afraid, knowing that, although his daughter and Peter knew
+nothing of his secret, there were others who did, and that were it
+revealed ruin and perhaps death would be his portion and that of his
+house, since in those days there was no greater crime than to adore God
+otherwise than Holy Church allowed. Yet for many years he had taken the
+risk, and worshipped on as his fathers did before him.
+</p>
+<p>
+His prayer finished, he left the place, closing the spring-door behind
+him, and passed to his office, where he sat till the morning light,
+first writing a letter to his correspondent at Seville, and then
+painfully translating it into cipher by aid of a secret key. His task
+done, and the cipher letter sealed and directed, he burned the draft,
+extinguished his lamp, and, going to the window, watched the rising of
+the sun. In the garden beneath blackbirds sang, and the pale primroses
+were abloom.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I wonder," he said aloud, "whether when those flowers come again I
+shall live to see them. Almost I feel as though the rope were tightening
+about my throat at last; it came upon me while that accursed Spaniard
+crossed himself at my table. Well, so be it; I will hide the truth while
+I can, but if they catch me I'll not deny it. The money is safe, most of
+it; my wealth they shall never get, and now I will make my daughter safe
+also, as with Peter she must be. I would I had not put it off so long;
+but I hankered after a great marriage for her, which, being a Christian,
+she well might make. I'll mend that fault; before to-morrow's morn she
+shall be plighted to him, and before May-day his wife. God of my
+fathers, give us one month more of peace and safety, and then, because I
+have denied Thee openly, take my life in payment if Thou wilt."
+</p>
+<p>
+Before John Castell went to bed Peter was already awake&mdash;indeed, he had
+slept but little that night. How could he sleep whose fortunes had
+changed thus wondrously between sun set and rise? Yesterday he was but a
+merchant's assistant&mdash;a poor trade for one who had been trained to arms,
+and borne them bravely. To-day he was a gentleman again, owner of the
+broad lands where he was bred, and that had been his forefathers' for
+many a generation. Yesterday he was a lover without hope, for in himself
+he had never believed that the rich John Castell would suffer him, a
+landless man, to pay court to his daughter, one of the loveliest and
+wealthiest maids in London. He had asked his leave in past days, and
+been refused, as he had expected that he would be refused, and
+thenceforward, being on his honour as it were, he had said no tender
+word to Margaret, nor pressed her hand, nor even looked into her eyes
+and sighed. Yet at times it had seemed to him that she would not have
+been ill-pleased if he had done one of these things, or all; that she
+wondered, indeed, that he did not, and thought none the better of him
+for his abstinence. Moreover, now he learned that her father wondered
+also, and this was a strange reward of virtue.
+</p>
+<p>
+For Peter loved Margaret with heart and soul and body. Since he, a lad,
+had played with her, a child, he loved her, and no other woman. She was
+his thought by day and his dream by night, his hope, his eternal star.
+Heaven he pictured as a place where for ever he would be with Margaret,
+earth without her could be nothing but a hell. That was why he had
+stayed on in Castell's shop, bending his proud neck to this tradesman's
+yoke, doing the bidding and taking the rough words of chapmen and of
+lordly customers, filling in bills of exchange, and cheapening bargains,
+all without a sign or murmur, though oftentimes he felt as though his
+gorge would burst with loathing of the life. Indeed, that was why he had
+come there at all, who otherwise would have been far away, hewing a road
+to fame and fortune, or digging out a grave with his broadsword. For
+here at least he could be near to Margaret, could touch her hand at morn
+and evening, could watch the light shine in her beauteous eyes, and
+sometimes, as she bent over him, feel her breath upon his hair. And now
+his purgatory was at an end, and of a sudden the gates of joy were open.
+</p>
+<p>
+But what if Margaret should prove the angel with the flaming sword who
+forbade him entrance to his paradise? He trembled at the thought. Well,
+if so, so it must be; he was not the man to force her fancy, or call her
+father to his aid. He would do his best to win her, and if he failed,
+why then he would bless her, and let her go.
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter could lie abed no longer, but rose and dressed himself, although
+the dawn was not fully come. By his open window he said his prayers,
+thanking God for mercies past, and praying that He would bless him in
+his great emprise. Presently the sun rose, and there came a great
+longing on him to be alone in the countryside, he who was country-born
+and hated towns, with only the sky and the birds and the trees
+for company.
+</p>
+<p>
+But here in London was no country, wherever he went he would meet men;
+moreover, he remembered that it might be best that just now he should
+not wander through the streets unguarded, lest he should find Spaniards
+watching to take him unawares. Well, there was the garden; he would go
+thither, and walk a while. So he descended the broad oak stairs, and,
+unbolting a door, entered this garden, which, though not too well kept,
+was large for London, covering an acre of ground perhaps, surrounded by
+a high wall, and having walks, and at the end of it a group of ancient
+elms, beneath which was a seat hidden from the house. In summer this was
+Margaret's favourite bower, for she too loved Nature and the land, and
+all the things it bore. Indeed, this garden was her joy, and the flowers
+that grew there were for the most part of her own planting&mdash;primroses,
+snowdrops, violets, and, in the shadow of the trees, long
+hartstongue ferns.
+</p>
+<p>
+For a while Peter walked up and down the central path, and, as it
+chanced, Margaret, who also had risen early and not slept too well,
+looking through her window curtains, saw him wandering there, and
+wondered what he did at this hour; also, why he was dressed in the
+clothes he wore on Sundays and holidays. Perhaps, she thought, his
+weekday garments had been torn or muddied in last night's fray. Then she
+fell to thinking how bravely he had borne him in that fray. She saw it
+all again; the great red-headed rascal tossed up and whirled to the
+earth by his strong arms; saw Peter face that gleaming steel with
+nothing but a staff; saw the straight blows fall, and the fellow go
+reeling to the earth, slain with a single stroke.
+</p>
+<p>
+Ah! her cousin, Peter Brome, was a man indeed, though a strange one, and
+remembering certain things that did not please her, she shrugged her
+ivory shoulders, turned red, and pouted. Why, that Spaniard had said
+more civil words to her in an hour than had Peter in two years, and he
+was handsome and noble-looking also; but then the Spaniard was&mdash;a
+Spaniard, and other men were&mdash;other men, whereas Peter was&mdash;Peter, a
+creature apart, one who cared as little for women as he did for trade.
+</p>
+<p>
+Why, then, if he cared for neither women nor trade, did he stop here?
+she wondered. To gather wealth? She did not think it; he seemed to have
+no leanings that way either. It was a mystery. Still, she could wish to
+get to the bottom of Peter's heart, just to see what was hid there,
+since no man has a right to be a riddle to his loving cousin. Yes, and
+one day she would do it, cost what it might.
+</p>
+<p>
+Meanwhile, she remembered that she had never thanked Peter for the brave
+part which he had played, and, indeed, had left him to walk home with
+Betty, a journey that, as she gathered from her sprightly cousin's talk
+while she undressed her, neither of them had much enjoyed. For Betty, be
+it said here, was angry with Peter, who, it seemed, once had told her
+that she was a handsome, silly fool, who thought too much of men and too
+little of her business. Well, since after the day's work had begun she
+would find no opportunity, she would go down and thank Peter now, and
+see if she could make him talk for once.
+</p>
+<p>
+So Margaret threw her fur-trimmed cloak about her, drawing its hood over
+her head, for the April air was cold, and followed Peter into the
+garden. When she reached it, however, there was no Peter to be seen,
+whereon she reproached herself for having come to that damp place so
+early and meditated return. Then, thinking that it would look foolish if
+any had chanced to see her, she walked down the path pretending to seek
+for violets, and found none. Thus she came to the group of great elms at
+the end, and, glancing between their ancient boles, saw Peter standing
+there. Now, too, she understood why she could find no violets, for Peter
+had gathered them all, and was engaged, awkwardly enough, in trying to
+tie them and some leaves into a little posy by the help of a stem of
+grass. With his left hand he held the violets, with his right one end of
+the grass, and since he lacked fingers to clasp the other, this he
+attempted with his teeth. Now he drew it tight, and now the brittle
+grass stem broke, the violets were scattered, and Peter used words that
+he should not have uttered even when alone.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I knew you would break it, but I never thought you could lose your
+temper over so small a thing, Peter," said Margaret; and he in the
+shadow looked up to see her standing there in the sunlight, fresh and
+lovely as the spring itself.
+</p>
+<p>
+Solemnly, in severe reproof, she shook her head, from which the hood had
+fallen back, but there was a smile upon her lips, and laughter in her
+eyes. Oh! she was beautiful, and at the sight of her Peter's heart stood
+still. Then, remembering what he had just said, and certain other things
+that Master Castell had said, he blushed so deeply that her own cheeks
+went red in sympathy. It was foolish, but she could not help it, for
+about Peter this morning there was something strange, something that
+bred blushes.
+</p>
+<p>
+"For whom are you gathering violets so early," she asked, "when you
+ought to be praying for that Scotchman's soul?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I care nothing for his soul," answered Peter testily. "If the brute had
+one, he can look after it himself; and I was gathering the
+violets&mdash;for you."
+</p>
+<p>
+She stared. Peter was not in the habit of making her presents of
+flowers. No wonder he had looked strange.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then I will help you to tie them. Do you know why I am up so early? It
+is for your sake. I behaved badly to you last night, for I was cross
+because you wanted to thwart me about seeing the king. I never thanked
+you for all you did, you brave Peter, though I thanked you enough in my
+heart. Do you know that when you stood there with that sword, in the
+middle of those Englishmen, you looked quite noble? Come out into the
+sunlight, and I will thank you properly."
+</p>
+<p>
+In his agitation Peter let the remainder of the flowers fall. Then an
+idea struck him, and he answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Look! I can't; if you are really grateful for nothing at all, come in
+here and help me to pick up these violets&mdash;a pest on their
+short stalks!"
+</p>
+<p>
+She hesitated a little, then by degrees drew nearer, and, bending down,
+began to find the flowers one by one. Peter had scattered them wide, so
+that at first the pair were some way apart, but when only a few
+remained, they drew close. Now there was but one violet left, and, both
+stretching for it, their hands met. Margaret held the violet, and Peter
+held Margaret's fingers. Thus linked they straightened themselves, and
+as they rose their faces were very near together and oh! most sweet were
+Margaret's wonderful eyes; while in the eyes of Peter there shone a
+flame. For a second they looked at each other, and then of a sudden he
+kissed her on the lips.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH4"><!-- CH4 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER IV
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+LOVERS DEAR
+</center>
+<p>
+"Peter!" gasped Margaret&mdash;"<i>Peter!</i>"
+</p>
+<p>
+But Peter made no answer, only he who had been red of face went white,
+so that the mark of the sword-cut across his cheek showed like a scarlet
+line upon a cloth.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Peter!" repeated Margaret, pulling at her hand which he still held, "do
+you know what you have done?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"It seems that you do, so what need is there for me to tell you?" he
+muttered.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then it was not an accident; you really meant it, and you are not
+ashamed."
+</p>
+<p>
+"If it was, I hope that I may meet with more such accidents."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Peter, leave go of me. I am going to tell my father, at once."
+</p>
+<p>
+His face brightened.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Tell him by all means," he said; "he won't mind. He told me&mdash;&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Peter, how dare you add falsehood to&mdash;to&mdash;you know what. Do you mean to
+say that my father told you to kiss me, and at six o'clock in the
+morning, too?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"He said nothing about kissing, but I suppose he meant it. He said that
+I might ask you to marry me."
+</p>
+<p>
+"That," replied Margaret, "is a very different thing. If you had asked
+me to marry you, and, after thinking it over for a long while, I had
+answered Yes, which of course I should not have done, then, perhaps,
+before we were married you might have&mdash;Well, Peter, you have begun at
+the wrong end, which is very shameless and wicked of you, and I shall
+never speak to you again."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I daresay," said Peter resignedly; "all the more reason why I should
+speak to you while I have the chance. No, you shan't go till you have
+heard me. Listen. I have been in love with you since you were twelve
+years old&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"That must be another falsehood, Peter, or you have gone mad. If you had
+been in love with me for eleven years, you would have said so."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I wanted to, always, but your father refused me leave. I asked him
+fifteen months ago, but he put me on my word to say nothing."
+</p>
+<p>
+"To say nothing&mdash;yes, but he could not make you promise to show
+nothing."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I thought that the one thing meant the other; I see now that I have
+been a fool, and, I suppose, have overstayed my market," and he looked
+so depressed that Margaret relented a little.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well," she said, "at any rate it was honest, and of course I am glad
+that you were honest."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You said just now that I told falsehoods&mdash;twice; if I am honest, how
+can I tell falsehoods?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I don't know. Why do you ask me riddles? Let me go and try to forget
+all this."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Not till you have answered me outright. Will you marry me, Margaret? If
+you won't, there will be no need for you to go, for I shall go and
+trouble you no more. You know what I am, and all about me, and I have
+nothing more to say except that, although you may find many finer
+husbands, you won't find one who would love and care for you better. I
+know that you are very beautiful and very rich, while I am neither one
+nor the other, and often I have wished to Heaven that you were not so
+beautiful, for sometimes that brings trouble on women who are honest and
+only have one heart to give, or so rich either. But thus things are, and
+I cannot change them, and, however poor my chance of hitting the dove, I
+determined to shoot my bolt and make way for the next archer. Is there
+any chance at all, Margaret? Tell me, and put me out of pain, for I am
+not good at so much talking."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Margaret began to grow disturbed; her wayward assurance departed
+from her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is not fitting," she murmured, "and I do not wish&mdash;I will speak to
+my father; he shall give you your answer."
+</p>
+<p>
+"No need to trouble him, Margaret. He has given it already. His great
+desire is that we should marry, for he seeks to leave this trade and to
+live with us in the Vale of Dedham, in Essex, where he has bought back
+my father's land."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You are full of strange tidings this morning, Peter."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, Margaret, our wheel of life that went so slow turns fast enough
+to-day, for God above has laid His whip upon the horses of our Fate,
+and they begin to gallop, whither I know not. Must they run side by
+side, or separate? It is for you to say."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Peter," she said, "will you not give me a little time?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Aye, Margaret, ten whole minutes by the clock, and then if it is nay,
+all your life, for I pack my chest and go. It will be said that I feared
+to be taken for that soldier's death."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You are unkind to press me so."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nay, it is kindest to both of us. Do you then love some other man?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I must confess I do," she murmured, looking at him out of the corners
+of her eyes.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Peter, strong as he was, turned faint, and in his agitation let go
+her hand which she lifted, the violets still between her fingers,
+considering it as though it were a new thing to her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I have no right to ask you who he is," he muttered, striving to control
+himself.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nay, but, Peter, I will tell you. It is my father&mdash;what other man
+should I love?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Margaret!" he said in wrath, "you are fooling me."
+</p>
+<p>
+"How so? What other man should I love&mdash;unless, indeed, it were
+yourself?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I can bear no more of this play," he said. "Mistress Margaret, I bid
+you farewell. God go with you!" And he brushed past her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Peter," she said when he had gone a few yards, "would you have these
+violets as a farewell gift?"
+</p>
+<p>
+He turned and hesitated.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Come, then, and take them."
+</p>
+<p>
+So back he came, and with little trembling fingers she began to fasten
+the flowers to his doublet, bending ever nearer as she fastened, until
+her breath played upon his face, and her hair brushed his bonnet. Then,
+it matters not how, once more the violets fell to earth, and she sighed,
+and her hands fell also, and he put his strong arms round her and drew
+her to him and kissed her again and yet again on the hair and eyes and
+lips; nor did Margaret forbid him.
+</p>
+<p>
+At length she thrust him from her and, taking him by the hand, led him
+to the seat beneath the elms, and bade him sit at one end of it, while
+she sat at the other.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Peter," she whispered, "I wish to speak with you when I can get my
+breath. Peter, you think poorly of me, do you not? No&mdash;be silent; it is
+my turn to talk. You think that I am heartless, and have been playing
+with you. Well, I only did it to make sure that you really do love me,
+since, after that&mdash;accident of a while ago (when we were picking up the
+violets, I mean), you would have been in honour bound to say it, would
+you not? Well, now I am quite sure, so I will tell you something. I love
+you many times as well as you love me, and have done so for quite as
+long. Otherwise, should I not have married some other suitor, of whom
+there have been plenty? Aye, and I will tell you this to my sin and
+shame, that once I grew so angry with you because you would not speak or
+give some little sign, that I went near to it. But at the last I could
+not, and sent him about his business also. Peter, when I saw you last
+night facing that swordsman with but a staff, and thought that you must
+die, oh! then I knew all the truth, and my heart was nigh to bursting,
+as, had you died, it would have burst. But now it is all done with, and
+we know each other's secret, and nothing shall ever part us more till
+death comes to one or both."
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus Margaret spoke, while he drank in her words as desert sands,
+parched by years of drought, drink in the rain&mdash;and watched her face,
+out of which all mischief and mockery had departed, leaving it that of a
+most beauteous and most earnest woman, to whom a sense of the weight of
+life, with its mingled joys and sorrows, had come home suddenly. When
+she had finished, this silent man, to whom even his great happiness
+brought few words, said only:
+</p>
+<p>
+"God has been very good to us. Let us thank God."
+</p>
+<p>
+So they did, then, even there, seated side by side upon the bench,
+because the grass was too wet for them to kneel on, praying in their
+simple, childlike faith that the Power which had brought them together,
+and taught them to love each other, would bless them in that love and
+protect them from all harms, enemies, and evils through many a long
+year of life.
+</p>
+<p>
+Their prayer finished, they sat together on the seat, now talking, and
+now silent in their joy, while all too fast the time wore on. At
+length&mdash;it was after one of these spells of blissful silence&mdash;a change
+came over them, such a change as falls upon some peaceful scene when,
+unexpected and complete, a black stormcloud sweeps across the sun, and,
+in place of its warm light, pours down gloom full of the promise of
+tempest and of rain. Apprehension got a hold of them. They were both
+afraid of what they could not guess.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Come," she said, "it is time to go in. My father will miss us."
+</p>
+<p>
+So without more words or endearments they rose and walked side by side
+out of the shelter of the elms into the open garden. Their heads were
+bent, for they were lost in thought, and thus it came about that
+Margaret saw her feet pass suddenly into the shadow of a man, and,
+looking up, perceived standing in front of her, grave, alert, amused,
+none other than the Señor d'Aguilar. She uttered a little stifled
+scream, while Peter, with the impulse that causes a brave and startled
+hound to rush at that which frightens it, gave a leap forward towards
+the Spaniard.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Mother of God! do you take me for a thief?" he asked in a laughing
+voice, as he stepped to one side to avoid him.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Your pardon," said Peter, shaking himself together; "but you surprised
+us appearing so suddenly where we never thought to see you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Any more than I thought to see you here, for this seems a strange place
+to linger on so cold a morning," and he looked at them again with his
+curious, mocking eyes that appeared to read the secret of their souls,
+while they grew red as roses beneath his scrutiny. "Permit me to
+explain," he went on. "I came here thus early on your service, to warn
+you, Master Peter, not to go abroad to-day, since a writ is out for your
+arrest, and as yet I have had no time to quash it by friendly
+settlement. Well, as it chanced, I met that handsome lady who was with
+you yesterday, returning from her marketing&mdash;a friendly soul&mdash;she says
+she is your cousin. She brought me to the house, and having learned that
+your father, whom I wished to see, was at his prayers, good man, in the
+old chapel, led me to its door and left me to seek him. I entered, but
+could not find him, so, having waited a while, strayed into this garden
+through the open door, purposing to walk here till some one should
+appear, and, you see, I have been fortunate beyond my expectations
+or deserts."
+</p>
+<p>
+"So!" said Peter shortly, for the man's manner and elaborated
+explanations filled him with disgust. "Let us seek Master Castell that
+he may hear the story."
+</p>
+<p>
+"And we thank you much for coming to warn us," murmured Margaret. "I
+will go find my father," and she slipped past him towards the door.
+</p>
+<p>
+D'Aguilar watched her enter it, then turned to Peter and said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"You English are a hardy folk who take the spring air so early. Well, in
+such company I would do the same. Truly she is a beauteous maiden. I
+have some experience of the sex, but never do I remember one so fair."
+</p>
+<p>
+"My cousin is well enough," answered Peter coldly, for this Spaniard's
+very evident admiration of Margaret did not please him.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," answered d'Aguilar, taking no notice of his tone, "she is well
+enough to fill the place, not of a merchant's daughter, but of a great
+lady&mdash;a countess reigning over towns and lands, or a queen even; the
+royal robes and ornaments would become that carriage and that brow."
+</p>
+<p>
+"My cousin seeks no such state who is happy in her quiet lot," answered
+Peter again; then added quickly, "See, here comes Master Castell
+seeking you."
+</p>
+<p>
+D'Aguilar advanced and greeted the merchant courteously, noticing as he
+did so that, notwithstanding his efforts to appear unconcerned, Castell
+seemed ill at ease.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am an early visitor," he said, "but I knew that you business folk
+rise with the lark, and I wished to catch our friend here before he went
+out," and he repeated to him the reason of his coming.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I thank you, Señor," answered Castell. "You are very good to me and
+mine. I am sorry that you have been kept waiting. They tell me that you
+looked for me in the chapel, but I was not there, who had already left
+it for my office."
+</p>
+<p>
+"So I found. It is a quaint place, that old chapel of yours, and while I
+waited I went to the altar and told my beads there, which I had no time
+to do before I left my lodgings."
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell started almost imperceptibly, and glanced at d'Aguilar with his
+quick eyes, then turned the subject and asked if he would not breakfast
+with them. He declined, however, saying that he must be about their
+business and his own, then promptly proposed that he should come to
+supper on the following night that was&mdash;Sunday&mdash;and make report how
+things had gone, a suggestion that Castell could not but accept.
+</p>
+<p>
+So he bowed and smiled himself out of the house, and walked thoughtfully
+into Holborn, for it had pleased him to pay this visit on foot, and
+unattended. At the corner whom should he meet again but the tall,
+fair-haired Betty, returning from some errand which she had found it
+convenient to fulfil just then.
+</p>
+<p>
+"What," he said, "you once more! The saints are very kind to me this
+morning. Come, Señora, walk a little way with me, for I would ask you a
+few questions."
+</p>
+<p>
+Betty hesitated, then gave way. It was seldom that she found the chance
+of walking through Holborn with such a noble-looking cavalier.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Never look at your working-dress," he said.
+</p>
+<p>
+"With such a shape, what matters the robe that covers it?"&mdash;a compliment
+at which Betty blushed, for she was proud of her fine figure.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Would you like a mantilla of real Spanish lace for your head and
+shoulders? Well, you shall have one that I brought from Spain with me,
+for I know no other lady in the land whom it would become better. But,
+Mistress Betty, you told me wrong about your master. I went to the
+chapel and he was not there."
+</p>
+<p>
+"He was there, Señor," she answered, eager to set herself right with
+this most agreeable and discriminating foreigner, "for I saw him go in a
+moment before, and he did not come out again."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then, Señora, where could he have hidden himself? Has the place a
+crypt?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"None that I have heard of; but," she added, "there is a kind of little
+room behind the altar."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Indeed. How do you know that? I saw no room."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Because one day I heard a voice behind the tapestry, Señor, and,
+lifting it, saw a sliding door left open, and Master Castell kneeling
+before a table and saying his prayers aloud."
+</p>
+<p>
+"How strange! And what was there on the table?"
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Only a queer-shaped box
+of wood like a little house, and two candlesticks, and some rolls of
+parchment. But I forgot, Señor; I promised Master Castell to say nothing
+about that place, for he turned and saw me, and came at me like a
+watchdog out of its kennel. You won't say that I told you, will
+you, Señor?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Not I; your good master's private cupboard does not interest me. Now I
+want to know something more. Why is that beautiful cousin of yours not
+married? Has she no suitors?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Suitors, Señor? Yes, plenty of them, but she sends them all about their
+business, and seems to have no mind that way."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Perhaps she is in love with her cousin, that long-legged, strong-armed,
+wooden-headed Master Brome."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh! no, Señor, I don't think so; no lady could be in love with him&mdash;he
+is too stern and silent."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I agree with you, Señora. Then perhaps he is in love with her."
+</p>
+<p>
+Betty shook her head, and replied:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Peter Brome doesn't think anything of women, Señor. At least he never
+speaks to or of them."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Which shows that probably he thinks about them all the more. Well,
+well, it is no affair of ours, is it? Only I am glad to hear that there
+is nothing between them, since your mistress ought to marry high, and be
+a great lady, not a mere merchant's wife."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, Señor. Though Peter Brome is not a merchant, at least by birth, he
+is high-born, and should be Sir Peter Brome if his father had not fought
+on the wrong side and sold his land. He is a soldier, and a very brave
+one, they say, as all might see last night."
+</p>
+<p>
+"No doubt, and perhaps would make a great captain, if he had the chance,
+with his stern face and silent tongue. But, Señora Betty, say, how comes
+it that, being so handsome," and he bowed, "you are not married either?
+I am sure it can be from no lack of suitors."
+</p>
+<p>
+Again Betty, foolish girl, flushed with pleasure at the compliment.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You are right, Señor," she answered. "I have plenty of them; but I am
+like my cousin&mdash;they do not please me. Although my father lost his
+fortune, I come of good blood, and I suppose that is why I do not care
+for these low-born men, and would rather remain as I am than marry
+one of them."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You are quite right," said d'Aguilar in his sympathetic voice. "Do not
+stain your blood. Marry in your own class, or not at all, which, indeed,
+should not be difficult for one so beautiful and charming." And he
+looked into her large eyes with tender admiration.
+</p>
+<p>
+This quality, indeed, soon began to demonstrate itself so actively, for
+they were now in the fields where few people wandered, that Betty, who
+although vain was proud and upright, thought it wise to recollect that
+she must be turning homewards. So, in spite of his protests, she left
+him and departed, walking upon air.
+</p>
+<p>
+How splendid and handsome this foreign gentleman was, she thought to
+herself, really a great cavalier, and surely he admired her truly. Why
+should he not? Such things had often been. Many a rich lady whom she
+knew was not half so handsome or so well born as herself, and would make
+him a worse wife&mdash;that is, and the thought chilled her somewhat&mdash;if he
+were not already married.
+</p>
+<p>
+From all of which it will be seen that d'Aguilar had quickly succeeded
+in the plan which only presented itself to him a few hours before. Betty
+was already half in love with him. Not that he had any desire to possess
+this beautiful but foolish woman's heart, who saw in her only a useful
+tool, a stepping-stone by means of which he might draw near to Margaret.
+</p>
+<p>
+For with Margaret, it may be said at once, he was quite in love. At the
+sight of her sweet yet imperial beauty, as he saw her first,
+dishevelled, angry, frightened, in the crowd outside the king's
+banqueting-hall, his southern blood had taken sudden fire. Finished
+voluptuary though he was, the sensation he experienced then was quite
+new to him. He longed for this woman as he had never longed for any
+other, and, what is more, he desired to make her his wife. Why not?
+Although there was a flaw in it, his rank was high, and therefore she
+was beneath him; but for this her loveliness would atone, and she had
+wit and learning enough to fill any place that he could give her. Also,
+great as was his wealth, his wanton, spendthrift way of life had brought
+him many debts, and she was the only child of one of the richest
+merchants in England, whose dower, doubtless, would be a fortune that
+many a royal princess might envy. Why not again? He would turn Inez and
+those others adrift&mdash;at any rate, for a while&mdash;and make her mistress of
+his palace there in Granada. Instantly, as is often the fashion of those
+who have Eastern blood in their veins, d'Aguilar had made up his mind,
+yes, before he left her father's table on the previous night. He would
+marry Margaret and no other woman.
+</p>
+<p>
+Yet at once he had seen many difficulties in his path. To begin with, he
+mistrusted him of Peter, that strong, quiet man who could kill a great
+armed knave with his stick, and at a word call half London to his side.
+Peter, he was sure, being human, must be in love with Margaret, and he
+was a rival to be feared. Well, if Margaret had no thoughts of Peter,
+this mattered nothing, and if she had&mdash;and what were they doing together
+in the garden that morning?&mdash;Peter must be got rid of, that was all. It
+was easy enough if he chose to adopt certain means; there were many of
+those Spanish fellows who would not mind sticking a knife into his back
+in the dark.
+</p>
+<p>
+But sinful as he was, at such steps his conscience halted. Whatever
+d'Aguilar had done, he had never caused a man to be actually murdered,
+he who was a bigot, who atoned for his misdoings by periods of remorse
+and prayer, in which he placed his purse and talents at the service of
+the Church, as he was doing at this moment. No, murder must not be
+thought of; for how could any absolution wash him clean of that stain?
+But there were other ways. For instance, had not this Peter, in
+self-defence it is true, killed one of the servants of an ambassador of
+Spain? Perhaps, however, it would not be necessary to make use of them.
+It had seemed to him that the lady was not ill pleased with him, and,
+after all, he had much to offer. He would court her fairly, and if he
+were rejected by her, or by her father, then it would be time enough to
+act. Meanwhile, he would keep the sword hanging over the head of Peter,
+pretending that it was he alone who had prevented it from falling, and
+learn all that he could as to Castell and his history.
+</p>
+<p>
+Here, indeed, Fortune, in the shape of the foolish Betty, had favoured
+him. Without a doubt, as he had heard in Spain, and been sure from the
+moment that he first saw him, Castell was still secretly a Jew. Mistress
+Betty's story of the room behind the altar, with the ark and the candles
+and the rolls of the Law, proved as much. At least here was evidence
+enough to send him to the fires of the Inquisition in Spain, and,
+perhaps, to drive him out of England. Now, if John Castell, the Spanish
+Jew, should not wish, for any reason, to give him his daughter in
+marriage, would not a hint and an extract from the Commissions of their
+Majesties of Spain and the Holy Father suffice to make him change
+his mind?
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus pondering, d'Aguilar regained his lodgings, where his first task
+was to enter in a book all that Betty had told him, and all that he had
+observed in the house of John Castell.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH5"><!-- CH5 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER V
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+CASTELL'S SECRET
+</center>
+<p>
+In John Castell's house it was the habit, as in most others in those
+days, for his dependents, clerks, and shopmen to eat their morning and
+mid-day meals with him in the hall, seated at two lower tables, all of
+them save Betty, his daughter's cousin and companion, who sat with them
+at the upper board. This morning Betty's place was empty, and presently
+Castell, lifting his eyes, for he was lost in thought, noted it, and
+asked where she might be&mdash;a question that neither Margaret nor Peter
+could answer.
+</p>
+<p>
+One of the servants at the lower table, however&mdash;it was that man who had
+been sent to follow d'Aguilar on the previous night&mdash;said that as he
+came down Holborn a while before he had seen her walking with the
+Spanish don, a saying at which his master looked grave.
+</p>
+<p>
+Just as they were finishing their meal, a very silent one, for none of
+them seemed to have anything to say, and after the servants had left the
+hall, Betty arrived, flushed as though with running.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Where have you been that you are so late?" asked Castell.
+</p>
+<p>
+"To seek the linen for the new sheets, but it was not ready," she
+answered glibly. "The mercer kept you waiting long," remarked Castell
+quietly. "Did you meet any one?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Only the folk in the street."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I will ask you no more questions, lest I should cause you to lie and
+bring you into sin," said Castell sternly. "Girl, how far did you walk
+with the Señor d'Aguilar, and what was your business with him?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Betty knew that she had been seen, and that it was useless to deny
+the truth.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Only a little way," she answered, "and that because he prayed me to
+show him his path."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Listen, Betty," went on Castell, taking no notice of her words. "You
+are old enough to guard yourself, therefore as to your walking abroad
+with gallants who can mean you no good I say nothing. But know this&mdash;no
+one who has knowledge of the matters of my house," and he looked at her
+keenly, "shall mix with any Spaniard. If you are found alone with this
+señor any more, that hour I have done with you, and you never pass my
+door again. Nay, no words. Take your food and eat it elsewhere."
+</p>
+<p>
+So she departed half weeping, but very angry, for Betty was strong and
+obstinate by nature. When she had gone, Margaret, who was fond of her
+cousin, tried to say some words on her behalf; but her father
+stopped her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Pshaw!" he said, "I know the girl; she is vain as a peacock, and,
+remembering her gentle birth and good looks, seeks to marry above her
+station; while for some purpose of his own&mdash;an ill one, I'll warrant&mdash;
+that Spaniard plays upon her weakness, which, if it be not curbed, may
+bring trouble on us all. Now, enough of Betty Dene; I must to my work."
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Sir," said Peter, speaking for the first time, "we would have a
+private word with you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"A private word," he said, looking up anxiously. "Well, speak on. No,
+this place is not private; I think its walls have ears. Follow me," and
+he led the way into the old chapel, whereof, when they had all passed
+it, he bolted the door. "Now," he said, "what is it?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Sir," answered Peter, standing before him, "having your leave at last,
+I asked your daughter in marriage this morning."
+</p>
+<p>
+"At least you lose no time, friend Peter; unless you had called her from
+her bed and made your offer through the door you could not have done it
+quicker. Well, well, you ever were a man of deeds, not words, and what
+says my Margaret?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"An hour ago she said she was content," answered Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+"A cautious man also," went on Castell with a twinkle in his eye, "who
+remembers that women have been known to change their minds within an
+hour. After such long thought, what say you now, Margaret?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"That I am angry with Peter," she answered, stamping her small foot,
+"for if he does not trust me for an hour, how can he trust me for his
+life and mine?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nay, Margaret, you do not understand me," said Peter. "I wished not to
+bind you, that is all, in case&mdash;&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Now you are saying it again," she broke in vexed, and yet amused. "Do
+so a third time, and I will you at your word."
+</p>
+<p>
+"It seems best that I should remain silent. Speak you," said Peter
+humbly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Aye, for truly you are a master of silence, as I should know, if any
+do," replied Margaret, bethinking her of the weary months and years of
+waiting. "Well, I will answer for you.&mdash;Father, Peter was right; I am
+content to marry him, though to do so will be to enter the Order of the
+Silent Brothers. Yes, I am content; not for himself, indeed, who has so
+many faults, but for myself, who chance to love him," and she smiled
+sweetly enough.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Do not jest on such matters, Margaret."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Why not, father? Peter is solemn enough for both of us&mdash;look at him.
+Let us laugh while we may, for who knows when tears may come?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"A good saying," answered Castell with a sigh. "So you two have plighted
+your troth, and, my children, I am glad of it, for who knows when those
+tears of which Margaret spoke may come, and then you can wipe away each
+other's? Take now her hand, Peter, and swear by the Rood, that symbol
+which you worship"&mdash;here Peter glanced at him, but he went on&mdash;"swear,
+both of you that come what may, together or separate, through good
+report or evil report, through poverty or wealth, through peace or
+persecutions, through temptation or through blood, through every good or
+ill that can befall you in this world of bittersweet, you will remain
+faithful to your troth until you be wed, and after you are wed, faithful
+to each other till death do part you."
+</p>
+<p>
+These words he spoke to them in a voice that was earnest almost to
+passion, searching their faces the while with his quick eyes as though
+he would read their very hearts. His mood crept from him to them; once
+again they felt something of that fear which had fallen on them in the
+garden when they passed into the shadow of the Spaniard. Very solemnly
+then, and with little of true lovers' joy, did they take each other's
+hands and swear by the Cross and Him Who hung on it, that through these
+things, and all others they could not foretell, they would, if need
+were, be faithful to the death.
+</p>
+<p>
+"And beyond it also," added Peter; while Margaret bowed her stately head
+in sweet assent.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Children," said Castell, "you will be rich&mdash;few richer in this
+land&mdash;though mayhap it would be wise that you should not show all your
+wealth at once, or ape the place of a great house, lest envy should fall
+upon your heads and crush you. Be content to wait, and rank will find
+you in its season, or if not you, your children. Peter, I tell you now,
+lest I should forget it, that the list of all my moneys and other
+possessions in chattels or lands or ships or merchandise is buried
+beneath the floor of my office, just under where my chair stands. Lift
+the boards and dig away a foot of rubbish, and you will find a stone
+trap, and below an iron box with the deeds, inventories, and some very
+precious jewels. Also, if by any mischance that box should be lost,
+duplicates of nearly all these papers are in the hands of my good friend
+and partner in our inland British trade, Simon Levett, whom you know.
+Remember my words, both of you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Father," broke in Margaret in an anxious voice, "why do you speak of
+the future thus?&mdash;I mean, as though you had no share in it? Do you
+fear aught?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, daughter, much, or rather I expect, I do not fear, who am
+prepared and desire to meet all things as they come. You have sworn that
+oath, have you not? And you will keep it, will you not?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Aye!" they answered with one breath.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then prepare you to feel the weight of the first of those trials
+whereof it speaks, for I will no longer hold back the truth from you.
+Children, I, whom for all these years you have thought of your own
+faith, am a Jew as my forefathers were before me, back to the days
+of Abraham."
+</p>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0002.png"><img src="150/M0002.png" width="150" alt="CASTELL DECLARES HIMSELF A JEW"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The effect of this declaration upon its hearers was remarkable. Peter's
+jaw dropped, and for the second time that day his face went white; while
+Margaret sank down into a chair that stood near by, and stared at him
+helplessly. In those times it was a very terrible thing to be a Jew.
+Castell looked from one to the other, and, feeling the insult of their
+silence, grew angry.
+</p>
+<p>
+"What!" he exclaimed in a bitter voice, "are you like all the others? Do
+you scorn me also because I am of a race more ancient and honourable
+than those of any of your mushroom lords and kings? You know my life:
+say, what have I done wrong? Have I caught Christian children and
+crucified them to death? Have I defrauded my neighbour or oppressed the
+poor? Have I mocked your symbol of the Host? Have I conspired against
+the rulers of this land? Have I been a false friend or a cruel father?
+You shake your heads; then why do you stare at me as though I were a
+thing accursed and unclean? Have I not a right to the faith of my
+fathers? May I not worship God in my own fashion?" And he looked at
+Peter, a challenge in his eyes. "Sir," answered Peter, "without a
+doubt you may, or so it seems to me. But then, why for all these years
+have you appeared to worship Him in ours?"
+</p>
+<p>
+At this blunt question, so characteristic of the speaker, Castell seemed
+to shrink like a pin-pricked bladder, or some bold fighter who has
+suddenly received a sword-thrust in his vitals. All courage went out of
+the man, his fiery eyes grew tame, he appeared to become visibly
+smaller, and to put on something of the air of those mendicants of his
+own race, who whine out their woes and beg alms of the passer-by. When
+next he spoke, it was as a suppliant for merciful judgment at the hands
+of his own child and her lover.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Judge me not harshly," he said. "Think what it is to be a Jew&mdash;an
+outcast, a thing that the lowest may spurn and spit at, one beyond the
+law, one who can be hunted from land to land like a mad wolf, and
+tortured to death, when caught, for the sport of gentle Christians, who
+first have stripped him of his gains and very garments. And then think
+what it means to escape all these woes and terrors, and, by the doffing
+of a bonnet, and the mumbling of certain prayers with the lips in
+public, to find sanctuary, peace, and protection within the walls of
+Mother Church, and thus fostered, to grow rich and great."
+</p>
+<p>
+He paused as though for a reply, but as they did not speak, went on:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Moreover, as a child, I was baptized into your Church; but my heart,
+like that of my father, remained with the Jews, and where the heart goes
+the feet follow."
+</p>
+<p>
+"That makes it worse," said Peter, as though speaking to himself.
+</p>
+<p>
+"My father taught me thus," Castell went on, as though pleading his case
+before a court of law.
+</p>
+<p>
+"We must answer for our own sins," said Peter again.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then at length Castell took fire.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You young folk, who as yet know little of the terrors of the world,
+reproach me with cold looks and colder words," he said; "but I wonder,
+should you ever come to such a pass as mine, whether you will find the
+heart to meet it half as bravely? Why do you think that I have told you
+this secret, that I might have kept from you as I kept it from your
+mother, Margaret? I say because it is a part of my penance for the sin
+which I have sinned. Aye, I know well that my God is a jealous God, and
+that this sin will fall back on my head, and that I shall pay its price
+to the last groat, though when and how the blow will strike me I know
+not. Go you, Peter, or you, Margaret, and denounce me if you will. Your
+priests will speak well of you for the deed, and open to you a shorter
+road to Heaven, and I shall not blame you, nor lessen your wealth by a
+single golden noble."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Do not speak so madly, Sir," said Peter; "these matters are between you
+and God. What have we to do with them, and who made us judges over you?
+We only pray that your fears may come to nothing, and that you may reach
+your grave in peace and honour."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I thank you for your generous words, which are such as befit your
+nature," said Castell gently; "but what says Margaret?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I, father?" she answered, wildly. "Oh! I have nothing to say. He is
+right. It is between you and God; but it is hard that I must lose my
+love so soon." Peter looked up, and Castell answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Lose him! Why, what did he swear but now?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I care not what he swore; but how can I ask him, who is of noble,
+Christian birth, to marry the daughter of a Jew who all his life has
+passed himself off as a worshipper of that Jesus Whom he denies?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Peter held up his hand.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Have done with such talk," he said. "Were your father Judas himself,
+what is that to you and me? You are mine and I am yours till death part
+us, nor shall the faith of another man stand between us for an hour.
+Sir, we thank you for your confidence, and of this be sure, that
+although it makes us sorrowful, we do not love or honour you the less
+because now we know the truth."
+</p>
+<p>
+Margaret rose from her chair, looked a while at her father, then with a
+sob threw herself suddenly upon his breast.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Forgive me if I spoke bitterly," she said, "who, not knowing that I was
+half a Jewess, have been taught to hate their race. What is it to me of
+what faith you are, who think of you only as my dearest father?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Why weep then?" asked Castell, stroking her hair tenderly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Because you are in danger, or so you say, and if anything happened to
+you&mdash;oh! what shall I do then?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Accept it as the will of God, and bear the blow bravely, as I hope to
+do, should it fall," he answered, and, kissing her, left the chapel.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It seems that joy and trouble go hand in hand," said Margaret, looking
+up presently.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, Sweet, they were ever twins; but provided we have
+our share of the first, do not let us quarrel with the second. A pest on
+the priests and all their bigotry, say I! Christ sought to convert the
+Jews, not to kill them; and for my part I can honour the man who clings
+to his own faith, aye, and forgive him because they forced him to feign
+to belong to ours. Pray then that neither of us may live to commit a
+greater sin, and that we may soon be wed and dwell in peace away from
+London, where we can shelter him."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I do&mdash;I do," she answered, drawing close to Peter, and soon they forgot
+their fears and doubts in each other's arms.
+</p>
+<p>
+On the following morning, that of Sunday, Peter, Margaret, and Betty
+went together to Mass at St. Paul's church; but Castell said that he was
+ill, and did not come. Indeed, now that his conscience was stirred as to
+the double life he had led so long, he purposed, if he could avoid it,
+to worship in a Christian church no more. Therefore he said that he was
+sick; and they, knowing that this sickness was of the heart, answered
+nothing. But privately they wondered what he would do who could not
+always remain sick, since not to go to church and partake of its
+Sacraments was to be published as a heretic.
+</p>
+<p>
+But if he did not accompany them himself, Castell, without their
+knowledge, sent two of his stoutest servants, bidding these keep near to
+them and see that they came home safe.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now, when they left the church, Peter saw two Spaniards, whose faces he
+thought he knew, who seemed to be watching them, but, as he lost sight
+of them presently in the throng, said nothing. Their shortest way home
+ran across some fields and gardens where there were few houses. This
+lane, then, they followed, talking earnestly to each other, and noting
+nothing till Betty behind called out to them to beware. Then Peter
+looked up and saw the two Spaniards scrambling through a gap in the
+fence not six paces ahead of them, saw also that they laid their hands
+upon their sword-hilts.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Let us pass them boldly," he muttered to Margaret; "I'll not turn my
+back on a brace of Spaniards," but he also laid his hand upon the hilt
+of the sword he wore beneath his cloak, and bade her get behind him.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus, then, they came face to face. Now, the Spaniards, who were
+evil-looking fellows, bowed courteously enough, and asked if he were not
+Master Peter Brome. They spoke in Spanish; but, like Margaret Peter knew
+this tongue, if not too well, having been taught it as a child, and
+practised it much since he came into the service of John Castell, who
+used it largely in his trade.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," he answered. "What is your business with me?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"We have a message for you, Señor, from a certain comrade of ours, one
+Andrew, a Scotchman, whom you met a few nights ago," replied the
+spokesman of the pair. "He is dead, but still he sends his message, and
+it is that we should ask you to join him at once. Now, all of us
+brothers have sworn to deliver that message, and to see that you keep
+the tryst. If some of us should chance to fail, then others will meet
+you with the message until you keep that tryst."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You mean that you wish to murder me," said Peter, setting his mouth and
+drawing the sword from beneath his cloak. "Well, come on, cowards, and
+we will see whom Andrew gets for company in hell to-day. Run back,
+Margaret and Betty&mdash;run." And he tore off his cloak and threw it over
+his left arm.
+</p>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0003.png"><img src="150/M0003.png" width="150" alt="'YOU MEAN THAT YOU WISH TO MURDER ME'"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+So for a moment they stood, for he looked fierce and ill to deal with.
+Then, just as they began to feint in front of him, there came a rush of
+feet, and on either side of Peter appeared the two stout serving-men,
+also sword in hand.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am glad of your company," he said, catching sight of them out of the
+corners of his eyes. "Now, Señors Cut-throats, do you still wish to
+deliver that message?"
+</p>
+<p>
+The answer of the Spaniards, who saw themselves thus unexpectedly
+out-matched, was to turn and run, whereon one of the serving-men,
+picking up a big stone that lay in the path, hurled it after them with
+all his force. It struck the hindmost Spaniard full in the back, and so
+heavy was the blow that he fell on to his face in the mud, whence he
+rose and limped away, cursing them with strange, Spanish oaths, and
+vowing vengeance.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Now," said Peter, "I think that we may go home in safety, for no more
+messengers will come from Andrew to-day."
+</p>
+<p>
+"No," gasped Margaret, "not to-day, but to-morrow or the next day they
+will come, and oh! how will it end?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"That God knows alone," answered Peter gravely as he sheathed his sword.
+</p>
+<p>
+When the story of this attempt was told to Castell he seemed much
+disturbed.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is clear that they have a blood-feud against you on account of that
+Scotchman whom you killed in self-defence," he said anxiously. "Also
+these Spaniards are very revengeful, nor have they forgiven you for
+calling the English to your aid against them. Peter, I fear that if you
+go abroad they will murder you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well, I cannot stay indoors always, like a rat in a drain," said Peter
+crossly, "so what is to be done? Appeal to the law?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"No; for you have just broken the law by killing a man. I think you had
+best go away for a while till this storm blows over."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Go away! Peter go away?" broke in Margaret, dismayed.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," answered her father. "Listen, daughter. You cannot be married at
+once. It is not seemly; moreover, notice must be given and arrangement
+made. A month hence will be soon enough, and that is not long for you to
+wait who only became affianced yesterday. Also, until you are wed, no
+word must be said to any one of this betrothal of yours, lest those
+Spaniards should lay their feud at your door also, and work you some
+mischief. Let none know of it, I charge you, and in company be distant
+to each other, as though there were nothing between you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"As you will, Sir," replied Peter; "but for my part I do not like all
+these hidings of the truth, which ever lead to future trouble. I say,
+let me bide here and take my chance, and let us be wed as soon as
+may be."
+</p>
+<p>
+"That your wife may be made a widow before the week is out, or the house
+burnt about our ears by these rascals and their following? No, no,
+Peter; walk softly that you may walk safely. We will hear the report of
+the Spaniard d'Aguilar, and afterwards take counsel."
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH6"><!-- CH6 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER VI
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+FAREWELL
+</center>
+<p>
+D'Aguilar came to supper that night as he had promised, and this time
+not on foot and unattended, but with pomp and circumstance as befitted a
+great lord. First appeared two running footmen to clear the way; then
+followed D'Aguilar, mounted on a fine white horse, and splendidly
+apparelled in a velvet cloak and a hat with nodding ostrich plumes,
+while after him rode four men-at-arms in his livery.
+</p>
+<p>
+"We asked one guest, or rather he asked himself, and we have got seven,
+to say nothing of their horses," grumbled Castell, watching their
+approach from an upper window. "Well, we must make the best of it.
+Peter, go, see that man and beast are fed, and fully, that they may not
+grumble at our hospitality. The guard can eat in the little hall with
+our own folk. Margaret, put on your richest robe and your jewels, those
+which you wore when I took you to that city feast last summer. We will
+show these fine, foreign birds that we London merchants have brave
+feathers also."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter hesitated, misdoubting him of the wisdom of this display, who, if
+he could have his will, would have sent the Spaniard's following to the
+tavern, and received him in sober garments to a simple meal.
+</p>
+<p>
+But Castell, who seemed somewhat disturbed that night, who loved,
+moreover, to show his wealth at times after the fashion of a Jew, began
+to fume and ask if he must go himself. So the end of it was that Peter
+went, shaking his head, while, urged to it by her father, Margaret
+departed also to array herself.
+</p>
+<p>
+A few minutes later Castell, in his costliest feast-day robe, greeted
+d'Aguilar in the ante-hall, and, the two of them being alone, asked him
+how matters went as regarded de Ayala and the man who had been killed.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well and ill," answered d'Aguilar. "Doctor de Puebla, with whom I hoped
+to deal, has left London in a huff, for he says that there is not room
+for two Spanish ambassadors at Court, so I had to fall back upon de
+Ayala after all. Indeed, twice have I seen that exalted priest upon the
+subject of the well-deserved death of his villainous servant, and, after
+much difficulty, for having lost several men in such brawls, he thought
+his honour touched, he took the fifty gold angels&mdash;to be transmitted to
+the fellow's family, of course, or so he said&mdash;and gave a receipt. Here
+it is," and he handed a paper to Castell, who read it carefully.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was to the effect that Peter Brome, having paid a sum of fifty angels
+to the relatives of Andrew Pherson, a servant of the Spanish ambassador,
+which Andrew the said Peter had killed in a brawl, the said ambassador
+undertook not to prosecute or otherwise molest the said Peter on account
+of the manslaughter which he had committed.
+</p>
+<p>
+"But no money has been paid," said Castell.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Indeed yes, I paid it. De Ayala gives no receipts against promises."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I thank you for your courtesy, Señor. You shall have the gold before
+you leave this house. Few would have trusted a stranger thus far."
+</p>
+<p>
+D'Aguilar waved his hand.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Make no mention of such a trifle. I would ask you to accept it as a
+token of my regard for your family, only that would be to affront so
+wealthy a man. But listen, I have more to say. You are, or rather your
+kinsman Peter, is still in the wood. De Ayala has pardoned him; but
+there remains the King of England, whose law he has broken. Well, this
+day I have seen the King, who, by the way, talked of you as a worthy
+man, saying that he had always thought only a Jew could be so wealthy,
+and that he knew you were not, since you had been reported to him as a
+good son of the Church," and he paused, looking at Castell.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I fear his Grace magnifies my wealth, which is but small," answered
+Castell coolly, leaving the rest of his speech unnoticed. "But what said
+his Grace?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I showed him de Ayala's receipt, and he answered that if his Excellency
+was satisfied, he was satisfied, and for his part would not order any
+process to issue; but he bade me tell you and Peter Brome that if he
+caused more tumult in his streets, whatever the provocation, and
+especially if that tumult were between English and Spaniards, he would
+hang him at once with trial or without it. All of which he said very
+angrily, for the last thing which his Highness desires just now is any
+noise between Spain and England."
+</p>
+<p>
+"That is bad," answered Castell, "for this very morning there was near
+to being such a tumult," and he told the story of how the two Spaniards
+had waylaid Peter, and one of them been knocked down by the serving-man
+with a stone. At this news d'Aguilar shook his head.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then that is just where the trouble lies," he exclaimed. "I know it
+from my people, who keep me well informed, that all those servants of de
+Ayala, and there are more than twenty of them, have sworn an oath by the
+Virgin of Seville that before they leave this land they will have your
+kinsman's blood in payment for that of Andrew Pherson, who, although a
+Scotchman, was their officer, and a brave man whom they loved much. Now,
+if they attack him, as they will, there must be a brawl, for Peter
+fights well, and if there is a brawl, though Peter and the English get
+the best of it, as very likely they may, Peter will certainly be hanged,
+for so the King has promised."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Before they leave the land? When do they leave it?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"De Ayala sails within a month, and his folk with him, for his
+co-ambassador, the Doctor de Puebla, will bear with him no more, and has
+written from the country house where he is sulking that one of them
+must go."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then I think it is best, Señor, that Peter should travel for a month."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Friend Castell, you are wise; I think so too, and, I counsel you,
+arrange it at once. Hush! here comes the lady, your daughter."
+</p>
+<p>
+As he spoke, Margaret appeared descending the broad oak stairs which led
+into the ante-room. Holding a lamp in her hand, she was in full light,
+whereas the two men stood in the shadow. She wore a low-cut dress of
+crimson velvet, embroidered about the bodice with dead gold, which
+enhanced the dazzling whiteness of her shapely neck and bosom. Round her
+throat hung a string of great pearls, and on her head was a net of
+gold, studded with smaller pearls, from beneath which her glorious,
+chestnut-black hair flowed down in rippling waves almost to her knees.
+Having her father's bidding so to do, she had adorned herself thus that
+she might look her fairest, not in the eyes of their guest, but in those
+of her new-affianced husband. So fair was she seen thus that d'Aguilar,
+the artist, the adorer of loveliness, caught his breath and shivered at
+the sight of her.
+</p>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0005.png"><img src="150/M0005.png" width="150" alt="MARGARET APPEARED DESCENDING THE BROAD OAK STAIRS"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"By the eleven thousand virgins!" he said, "your daughter is more
+beautiful than all of them put together. She should be crowned a queen,
+and bewitch the world."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nay, nay, Señor," answered Castell hurriedly; "let her remain humble
+and honest, and bewitch her husband."
+</p>
+<p>
+"So I should say if I were the husband," he muttered, then stepped
+forward, bowing, to meet her.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now the light of the silver lamp she held on high flowed over the two of
+them, d'Aguilar and Margaret, and certainly they seemed a well-matched
+pair. Both were tall and cast by Nature in a rich and splendid mould;
+both had that high air of breeding which comes with ancient blood&mdash;for
+what bloods are more ancient than those of the Jew and the
+Eastern?&mdash;both were slow and stately of movement, low-voiced, and
+dignified of speech. Castell noted it and was afraid, he knew not
+of what.
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter, entering the room by another door, clad only in his grey clothes,
+for he would not put on gay garments for the Spaniard, noted it also,
+and with the quick instinct of love knew this magnificent foreigner for
+a rival and an enemy. But he was not afraid, only jealous and angry.
+Indeed, nothing would have pleased him better then than that the
+Spaniard should have struck him in the face, so that within five minutes
+it might be shown which of them was the better man. It must come to
+this, he felt, and very glad would he have been if it could come at the
+beginning and not at the end, so that one or the other of them might be
+saved much trouble. Then he remembered that he had promised to say or
+show nothing of how things stood between him and Margaret, and, coming
+forward, he greeted d'Aguilar quietly but coldly, telling him that his
+horses had been stabled, and his retinue accommodated.
+</p>
+<p>
+The Spaniard thanked him very heartily, and they passed in to supper. It
+was a strange meal for all four of them, yet outwardly pleasant enough.
+Forgetting his cares, Castell drank gaily, and began to talk of the many
+changes which he had seen in his life, and of the rise and fall of
+kings. D'Aguilar talked also, of the Spanish wars and policy, for in the
+first he had seen much service, and of the other he knew every turn. It
+was easy to see that he was one of those who mixed with courts, and had
+the ear of ministers and majesty. Margaret also, being keen-witted and
+anxious to learn of the great world that lay beyond Holborn and London
+town, asked questions, seeking to know, amongst other things, what were
+the true characters of Ferdinand, King of Aragon, and Isabella his wife,
+the famous queen.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I will tell you in few words, Señora. Ferdinand is the most ambitious
+man in Europe, false also if it serves his purpose. He lives for self
+and gain&mdash;that money and power. These are his gods, for he has no true
+religion. He is not clever but, being very cunning, he will succeed and
+leave a famous name behind him."
+</p>
+<p>
+"An ugly picture," said Margaret. "And what of his queen?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"She," answered d'Aguilar, "is a great woman, who knows how to use the
+temper of her time and so attain her ends. To the world she shows a
+tender heart, but beneath it lies hid an iron resolution."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What are those ends?" asked Margaret again.
+</p>
+<p>
+"To bring all Spain under her rule; utterly to crush the Moors and take
+their territories; to make the Church of Christ triumphant upon earth;
+to stamp out heresy; to convert or destroy the Jews," he added slowly,
+and as he spoke the words, Peter, watching, saw his eyes open and
+glitter like a snake's&mdash;"to bring their bodies to the purifying flames,
+and their vast wealth into her treasury, and thus earn the praise of the
+faithful upon earth, and for herself a throne in heaven."
+</p>
+<p>
+For a while there was silence after this speech, then Margaret said
+boldly:
+</p>
+<p>
+"If heavenly thrones are built of human blood and tears, what stone and
+mortar do they use in hell, I wonder?" Then, without pausing for an
+answer, she rose, saying that she was weary, curtseyed to d'Aguilar, her
+father and Peter, each in turn, and left the hall.
+</p>
+<p>
+When she had gone the talk flagged, and presently d'Aguilar asked for
+his men and horses and departed also, saying as he went:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Friend Castell, you will repeat my news to your good kinsman here. I
+pray for all your sakes that he may bow his head to what cannot be
+helped, and thus keep it safe upon his shoulders."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What meant the man?" asked Peter, when the sound of the horses' hoofs
+had died away.
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell told him of what had passed between him and d'Aguilar before
+supper, and showed him de Ayala's receipt, adding in a vexed voice:
+</p>
+<p>
+"I have forgotten to repay him the gold; it shall be sent to-morrow."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Have no fear; he will come for it," answered Peter coldly. "Now, if I
+have my way, I will take the risk of these Spaniards' swords and King
+Henry's rope, and bide here."
+</p>
+<p>
+"That you must not do," said Castell earnestly, "for my sake and
+Margaret's, if not for yours. Would you make her a widow before she is a
+wife? Listen: it is my wish that you travel down to Essex to take
+delivery of your father's land in the Vale of Dedham and see to the
+repairing of the mansion house, which, I am told, needs it much. Then,
+when these Spaniards are gone, you can return and at once be married,
+say one short month hence."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Will not you and Margaret come with me to Dedham?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell shook his head.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is not possible. I must wind up my affairs, and Margaret cannot go
+with you alone. Moreover, there is no place for her to lodge. I will
+keep her here till you return."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, Sir; but will you keep her safe? The cozening words of Spaniards
+are sometimes more deadly than their swords."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think that Margaret has a medicine against all such arts," answered
+her father with a little smile, and left him.
+</p>
+<p>
+On the morrow when Castell told Margaret that her lover must leave her
+for a while that night&mdash;for this Peter would not do himself&mdash;she prayed
+him even with tears that he would not send him so far from her, or that
+they might all go together. But he reasoned with her kindly, showing her
+that the latter was impossible, and that if Peter did not go at once it
+was probable that Peter would soon be dead, whereas, if he went, there
+would be but one short month of waiting till the Spaniards had sailed,
+after which they might be married and live in peace and safety.
+</p>
+<p>
+So she came to see that this was best and wisest, and gave way; but oh!
+heavy were those hours, and sore was their parting. Essex was no far
+journey, and to enter into lands which only two days before Peter
+believed he had lost for ever, no sad errand, while the promise that at
+the end of a single month he should return to claim his bride hung
+before them like a star. Yet they were sad-hearted, both of them, and
+that star seemed very far away.
+</p>
+<p>
+Margaret was afraid lest Peter might be waylaid upon the road, but he
+laughed at her, saying that her father was sending six stout men with
+him as an escort, and thus companioned he feared no Spaniards. Peter,
+for his part, was afraid lest d'Aguilar might make love to her while he
+was away. But now she laughed at him, saying that all her heart was his,
+and that she had none to give to d'Aguilar or any other man. Moreover,
+that England was a free land in which women, who were no king's wards,
+could not be led whither they did not wish to go. So it seemed that they
+had naught to fear, save the daily chance of life and death. And yet
+they were afraid.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Dear love," said Margaret to him after she had thought a while, "our
+road looks straight and easy, and yet there may be pitfalls in it that
+we cannot guess. Therefore you must swear one thing to me: That whatever
+you shall hear or whatever may happen, you will never doubt me as I
+shall never doubt you. If, for instance, you should be told that I have
+discarded you, and given myself to some other husband; if even you
+should believe that you see it signed by my hand, or if you think that
+you hear it told to you by my voice&mdash;still, I say, believe it not."
+</p>
+<p>
+"How could such a thing be?" asked Peter anxiously.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I do not suppose that it could be; I only paint the worst that might
+happen as a lesson for us both. Heretofore my life has been calm as a
+summer's day; but who knows when winter storms may rise, and often I
+have thought that I was born to know wind and rain and lightning as well
+as peace and sunshine. Remember that my father is a Jew, and that to the
+Jews and their children terrible things chance at times. Why, all this
+wealth might vanish in an hour, and you might find me in a prison, or
+clad in rags begging my bread. Now do you swear?" and she held towards
+him the gold crucifix that hung upon her bosom.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Aye," he said, "I swear it by this holy token and by your lips," and he
+kissed first the cross and then her mouth, adding, "Shall I ask the same
+oath of you?"
+</p>
+<p>
+She laughed.
+</p>
+<p>
+"If you will; but it is not needful. Peter, I think that I know you too
+well; I think that your heart will never stir even if I be dead and you
+married to another. And yet men are men, and women have wiles, so I will
+swear this: That should you slip, perchance, and I live to learn it, I
+will try not to judge you harshly." And again she laughed, she who was
+so certain of her empire over this man's heart and body.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Thank you," said Peter; "but for my part I will try to stand straight
+upon my feet, so should any tales be brought to you of me, sift them
+well, I pray you."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then, forgetting their doubts and dreads, they talked of their marriage,
+which they fixed for that day month, and of how they would dwell happily
+in Dedham Vale. Also Margaret, who well knew the house, named the Old
+Hall, where they should live, for she had stayed there as a child, gave
+him many commands as to the new arrangement of its chambers and its
+furnishing, which, as there was money and to spare, could be as costly
+as they willed, saying that she would send him down all things by wain
+so soon as he was ready for them.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus, then, the hours wore away, until at length night came and they
+took their last meal together, the three of them, for it was arranged
+that Peter should start at moonrise, when none were about to see him go.
+It was not a very happy meal, and, though they made a brave show of
+eating, but little food passed their lips. Now the horses were ready,
+and Margaret buckled on Peter's sword and threw his cloak about his
+shoulders, and he, having shaken Castell by the hand and bade him guard
+their jewel safely, without more words kissed her in farewell, and went.
+</p>
+<p>
+Taking the silver lamp in her hand, she followed him to the ante-room.
+At the door he turned and saw her standing there gazing after him with
+wide eyes and a strained, white face. At the sight of her silent pain
+almost his heart failed him, almost he refused to go. Then he
+remembered, and went.
+</p>
+<p>
+For a while Margaret still stood thus, until the sound of the horses'
+hoofs had died away indeed. Then she turned and said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Father, I know not how it is, but it seems to me that when Peter and I
+meet again it will be far off, yes, far off upon the stormy sea&mdash;but
+what sea I know not." And without waiting for an answer she climbed the
+stairs to her chamber, and there wept herself to sleep.
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell watched her depart, then muttered to himself:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Pray God she is not foresighted like so many of our race; and yet why
+is my own heart so heavy? Well, according to my judgment, I have done my
+best for him and her, and for myself I care nothing."
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH7"><!-- CH7 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER VII
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+NEWS FROM SPAIN
+</center>
+<p>
+Peter Brome was a very quiet man, whose voice was not often heard about
+the place, and yet it was strange how dull and different the big, old
+house in Holborn seemed without him. Even the handsome Betty, with whom
+he was never on the best of terms, since there was much about her of
+which he disapproved, missed him, and said so to her cousin, who only
+answered with a sigh. For in the bottom of her heart Betty both feared
+and respected Peter. The fear was of his observant eyes and caustic
+words, which she knew were always words of truth, and the respect for
+the general uprightness of his character, especially where her own sex
+was concerned.
+</p>
+<p>
+In fact, as has been hinted, some little time before, when Peter had
+first come to live with the Castells, Betty, thinking him a proper man
+of gentle birth, such a one indeed as she would wish to marry, had made
+advances to him, which, as he did not seem to notice them, became by
+degrees more and more marked. What happened at last they two knew alone,
+but it was something that caused Betty to become very angry, and to
+speak of Peter to her friends as a cold-blooded lout who thought only of
+work and gain. The episode was passing, and soon forgotten by the lady
+in the press of other affairs; but the respect remained. Moreover, on
+one or two occasions, when the love of admiration had led her into
+griefs, Peter had proved a good friend, and what was better, a friend
+who did not talk. Therefore she wished him back again, especially now,
+when something that was more than mere vanity and desire for excitement
+had taken hold of her, and Betty found herself being swept off her feet
+into very deep and doubtful waters.
+</p>
+<p>
+The shopmen and the servants missed him also, for to him all disputes
+were brought for settlement, nor, provided it had not come about through
+lack of honesty, were any pains too great for him to take to help them
+in a trouble. Most of all Castell missed him, since until Peter had gone
+he did not know how much he had learned to rely upon him, both in his
+business and as a friend. As for Margaret, her life without him was one
+long, empty night.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus it chanced that in such a house any change was welcome, and, though
+she liked him little enough, Margaret was not even displeased when one
+morning Betty told her that the lord d'Aguilar was coming to call on her
+that day, and purposed to bring her a present.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I do not seek his presents," said Margaret indifferently; then added,
+"But how do you know that, Betty?"
+</p>
+<p>
+The young woman coloured, and tossed her head as she answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"I know it, Cousin, because, as I was going to visit my old aunt
+yesterday, who lives on the wharf at Westminster, I met him riding, and
+he called out to me, saying that he had a gift for you and one for
+me also."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Be careful you do not meet him too often, Betty, when you chance to be
+visiting your aunt. These Spaniards are not always over-honest, as you
+may learn to your sorrow."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I thank you for your good counsel," said Betty, shortly, "but I, who am
+older than you, know enough of men to be able to guard myself, and can
+keep them at a distance."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am glad of it, Betty, only sometimes I have thought that the distance
+was scarcely wide enough," answered Margaret, and left the subject, for
+she was thinking of other things.
+</p>
+<p>
+That afternoon, when Margaret was walking in the garden, Betty, whose
+face seemed somewhat flushed, ran up to her and said that the lord
+d'Aguilar was waiting in the hall.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Very good," answered Margaret, "I will come. Go, tell my father, that
+he may join us. But why are you so disturbed and hurried?" she added
+wonderingly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh!" answered Betty, "he has brought me a present, so fine a present&mdash;a
+mantle of the most wonderful lace that ever I saw, and a comb of mottled
+shell mounted in gold to keep it off the hair. He made me wait while he
+showed me how to put it on, and that was why I ran."
+</p>
+<p>
+Margaret did not quite see the connection; but she answered slowly:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Perhaps it would have been wiser if you had run first. I do not
+understand why this fine lord brings you presents."
+</p>
+<p>
+"But he has brought one for you also, Cousin, although he would not say
+what it was."
+</p>
+<p>
+"That I understand still less. Go, tell my father that the Señor
+d'Aguilar awaits him."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then she went into the hall, and found d'Aguilar looking at an
+illuminated Book of Hours in which she had been reading, that was
+written in Spanish in one column and in Latin in that opposite. He
+greeted her in his usual graceful way, that, where Margaret was
+concerned, was easy and well-bred without being bold, and said at once:
+</p>
+<p>
+"So you read Spanish, Señora?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"A little. Not very well, I fear."
+</p>
+<p>
+"And Latin also?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"A little again. I have been taught that tongue. By studying them thus I
+try to improve myself in both."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I perceive that you are learned as you are beautiful," and he bowed
+courteously.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I thank you, Señor; but I lay claim to neither grace."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What need is there to claim that which is evident?" replied d'Aguilar;
+then added, "But I forgot, I have brought you a present, if you will be
+pleased to accept it. Or, rather, I bring you what is your own, or at
+the least your father's. I bargained with his Excellency Don de Ayala,
+pointing out that fifty gold angels were too much to pay for that dead
+rogue of his; but he would give me nothing back in money, since with
+gold he never parts. Yet I won some change from him, and it stands
+without your door. It is a Spanish jennet of the true Moorish blood,
+which, hundreds of years ago, that people brought with them from the
+East. He needs it no longer, as he returns to Spain, and it is trained
+to bear a lady." Margaret did not know what to answer, but,
+fortunately, at that moment her father appeared, and to him d'Aguilar
+repeated his tale, adding that he had heard his daughter say that the
+horse she rode had fallen with her, so that she could use it no more.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now, Castell did not wish to accept this gift, for such he felt it to
+be; but d'Aguilar assured him that if he did not he must sell it and
+return him the price in money, as it did not belong to him. So, there
+being no help for it, he thanked him in his daughter's name and his own,
+and they went into the stable-yard, whither it had been taken, to look
+at this horse.
+</p>
+<p>
+The moment that Castell saw it he knew that it was a creature of great
+value, pure white in colour, with a long, low body, small head, gentle
+eyes, round hoofs, and flowing mane and tail, such a horse, indeed, as a
+queen might have ridden. Now again he was confused, being sure that this
+beast had never been given back as a luck-penny, since it would have
+fetched more than the fifty angels on the market; moreover, it was
+harnessed with a woman's saddle and bridle of the most beautifully
+worked red Cordova leather, to which were attached a silver bit and
+stirrup. But d'Aguilar smiled, and vowed that things were as he had told
+them, so there was nothing more to be said. Margaret, too, was so
+pleased with the mare, which she longed to ride, that she forgot her
+scruples, and tried to believe that this was so. Noting her delight,
+which she could not conceal as she patted the beautiful beast,
+d'Aguilar said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Now I will ask one thing in return for the bargain that I have
+made&mdash;that I may see you mount this horse for the first time. You told
+me that you and your father were wont to go out together in the
+morning. Have I your leave, Sir," and he turned to Castell, "to ride
+with you before breakfast, say, at seven of the clock, for I would show
+the lady, your daughter, how she should manage a horse of this blood,
+which is something of a trick?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"If you will," answered Castell&mdash;"that is, if the weather is fine," for
+the offer was made so courteously that it could scarcely be refused.
+</p>
+<p>
+D'Aguilar bowed, and they re-entered the house, talking of other
+matters. When they were in the hall again, he asked whether their
+kinsman Peter had reached his destination safely, adding:
+</p>
+<p>
+"I pray you, do not tell me where it is, for I wish to be able to put my
+hand upon my heart and swear to all concerned, and especially to certain
+fellows who are still seeking for him, that I know nothing of his
+hiding-place."
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell answered that he had, since but a few minutes before a letter
+had come from him announcing his safe arrival, tidings at which Margaret
+looked up, then, remembering her promise, said that she was glad to hear
+of it, as the roads were none too safe, and spoke indifferently of
+something else. D'Aguilar added that he also was glad, then, rising,
+took his leave "till seven on the morrow."
+</p>
+<p>
+When he had gone, Castell gave Margaret a letter, addressed to her in
+Peter's stiff, upright hand, which she read eagerly. It began and ended
+with sweet words, but, like his speech, was brief and to the point,
+saying only that he had accomplished his journey without adventure, and
+was very glad to find himself again in the old house where he was born,
+and amongst familiar fields and faces. On the morrow he was to see the
+tradesmen as to alterations and repairs which were much needed, even the
+moat being choked with mud and weeds. His last sentence was: "I much
+mistrust me of that fine Spaniard, and I am jealous to think that he
+should be near to you while I am far away. Beware of him, I say&mdash;beware
+of him. May the Mother of God and all the saints have you in their
+keeping! Your most true affianced lover."
+</p>
+<p>
+This letter Margaret answered before she slept, for the messenger was to
+return at dawn, telling Peter, amongst other things, of the gift which
+d'Aguilar had brought her, and how she and her father were forced to
+accept it, but bidding him not be jealous, since, although the gift was
+welcome, she liked the giver little, who did but count the hours till
+her true lover should come back again and take her to himself.
+</p>
+<p>
+Next morning she was up early, clothed in her riding-dress, for the day
+was very fine, and by seven o'clock d'Aguilar appeared, mounted on a
+great horse. Then the Spanish jennet was brought out, and deftly he
+lifted her to the saddle, showing her how she must pull but lightly on
+the reins, and urge or check her steed with her voice alone, using no
+whip or spur.
+</p>
+<p>
+A perfect beast it proved to be, indeed, gentle as a lamb, and easy, yet
+very spirited and swift.
+</p>
+<p>
+D'Aguilar was a pleasant cavalier also, talking of many things grave and
+gay, until at length even Castell forgot his thoughts, and grew cheerful
+as they cantered forward through the fresh spring morning by heath and
+hill and woodland, listening to the singing of the birds, and watching
+the husbandmen at their labour. This ride was but the first of several
+that they took, since d'Aguilar knew their hours of exercise, even when
+they changed them, and whether they asked him or not, joined or met them
+in such a natural fashion that they could not refuse his company.
+Indeed, they were much puzzled to know how he came to be so well
+acquainted with their movements, and even with the direction in which
+they proposed to ride, but supposed that he must have it from the
+grooms, although these were commanded to say nothing, and always denied
+having spoken with him. That Betty should speak of such matters, or even
+find opportunity of doing so, never chanced to cross their minds, who
+did not guess that if they rode with d'Aguilar in the morning, Betty
+often walked with him in the evening when she was supposed to be at
+church, or sewing, or visiting her aunt upon the wharf at Westminster.
+But of these walks the foolish girl said nothing, for her own reasons.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now, as they rode together, although he remained very courteous and
+respectful, the manner of d'Aguilar towards Margaret grew ever more
+close and intimate. Thus he began to tell her stories, true or false, of
+his past life, which seemed to have been strange and eventful enough; to
+hint, too, of a certain hidden greatness that pertained to him which he
+did not dare to show, and of high ambitions which he had. He spoke also
+of his loneliness, and his desire to lose it in the companionship of a
+kindred heart, if he could find one to share his wealth, his station,
+and his hopes; while all the time his dark eyes, fixed on Margaret,
+seemed to say, "The heart I seek is such a one as yours." At length,
+at some murmured word or touch, she took affright, and, since she could
+not avoid him abroad, determined to stay at home, and, much as she loved
+the sport, to ride no more till Peter should return. So she gave out
+that she had hurt her knee, which made the saddle painful to her, and
+the beautiful Spanish mare was left idle in the stable, or mounted only
+by the groom.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus for some days she was rid of d'Aguilar, and employed herself in
+reading and working, or in writing long letters to Peter, who was busy
+enough at Dedham, and sent her thence many commissions to fulfil.
+</p>
+<p>
+One afternoon Castell was seated in his office deciphering letters which
+had just reached him. The night before his best ship, of over two
+hundred tons burden, which was named the <i>Margaret</i>, after his daughter,
+had come safely into the mouth of the Thames from Spain. That evening
+she was to reach her berth at Gravesend with the tide, when Castell
+proposed to go aboard of her to see to the unloading of her cargo. This
+was the last of his ships which remained unsold, and it was his plan to
+re-load and victual her at once with goods that were waiting, and send
+her back to the port of Seville, where his Spanish partners, in whose
+name she was already registered, had agreed to take her over at a fixed
+price. This done, it was only left for him to hand over his business to
+the merchants who had purchased it in London, after which he would be
+free to depart, a very wealthy man, and spend the evening of his days at
+peace in Essex, with his daughter and her husband, as now he so greatly
+longed to do. So soon as they were within the river banks the captain of
+this ship, Smith by name, had landed the cargo-master with letters and
+a manifest of cargo, bidding him hire a horse and bring them to Master
+Castell's house in Holborn. This the man had done safely, and it was
+these letters that Castell read.
+</p>
+<p>
+One of them was from his partner Bernaldez in Seville; not in answer to
+that which he had written on the night of the opening of this
+history&mdash;for this there had been no time&mdash;yet dealing with matters
+whereof it treated. In it was this passage:
+</p>
+<p>
+"You will remember what I wrote to you of a certain envoy who has been
+sent to the Court of London, who is called d'Aguilar, for as our cipher
+is so secret, and it is important that you should be warned, I take the
+risk of writing his name. Since that letter I have learned more
+concerning this grandee, for such he is. Although he calls himself plain
+Don d'Aguilar, in truth he is the Marquis of Morella, and on one side,
+it is said, of royal blood, if not on both, since he is reported to be
+the son born out of wedlock of Prince Carlos of Viana, the half-brother
+of the king. The tale runs that Carlos, the learned and gentle, fell in
+love with a Moorish lady of Aguilar of high birth and great wealth, for
+she had rich estates at Granada and elsewhere, and, as he might not
+marry her because of the difference of their rank and faiths, lived with
+her without marriage, of which union one son was born. Before Prince
+Carlos died, or was poisoned, and while he was still a prisoner at
+Morella, he gave to, or procured for this boy the title of marquis,
+choosing from some fancy the name of Morella, that place where he had
+suffered so much. Also he settled some private lands upon him. After the
+prince died, the Moorish lady, his lover, who had secretly become a
+Christian, took her son to live at her palace in Granada, where she died
+also some ten years ago, leaving all her great wealth to him, for she
+never married. At this time it is said that his life was in danger, for
+the reason that, although he was half a Moor, too much of the
+blood-royal ran in his veins. But the Marquis was clever, and persuaded
+the king and queen that he had no ambition beyond his pleasures. Also
+the Church interceded for him, since to it he proved himself a faithful
+son, persecuting all heretics, especially the Jews, and even Moors,
+although they are of his own blood. So in the end he was confirmed in
+his possessions and left alone, although he refused to become a priest.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Since then he has been made an agent of the Crown at Granada, and
+employed upon various embassies to London, Rome, and elsewhere, on
+matters connected with the faith and the establishment of the Holy
+Inquisition. That is why he is again in England at this moment, being
+charged to obtain the names and particulars concerning all Maranos
+settled there, especially if they trade with Spain. I have seen the
+names of those of whom he must inquire most closely, and that is why I
+write to you so fully, since yours is first upon the list. I think,
+therefore, that you do wisely to wind up your business with this
+country, and especially to sell your ships to us outright and quickly,
+since otherwise they might be seized&mdash;like yourself, if you came here.
+My counsel to you is&mdash;hide your wealth, which will be great when we have
+paid you all we owe, and go to some place where you will be forgotten
+for a while, since that bloodhound d'Aguilar, for so he calls himself,
+after his mother's birthplace, has not tracked you to London for
+nothing. As yet, thanks be to God, no suspicion has fallen on any of us;
+perhaps because we have many in our pay."
+</p>
+<p>
+When Castell had finished transcribing all this passage he read it
+through carefully. Then he went into the hall, where a fire burned, for
+the day was cold, and threw the translation on to it, watching until it
+was consumed, after which he returned to his office, and hid away the
+letter in a secret cupboard behind the panelling of the wall. This done,
+he sat himself in his chair to think.
+</p>
+<p>
+"My good friend Juan Bernaldez is right," he said to himself;
+"d'Aguilar, or the Marquis Morella, does not nose me and the others out
+for nothing. Well, I shall not trust myself in Spain, and the money,
+most of it, except what is still to come from Spain, is put out where it
+will never be found by him, at good interest too. All seems safe
+enough&mdash;and yet I would to God that Peter and Margaret were fast
+married, and that we three sat together, out of sight and mind, in the
+Old Hall at Dedham. I have carried on this game too long. I should have
+closed my books a year ago; but the trade was so good that I could not.
+I was wise also, who in this one lucky year have nearly doubled my
+fortune. And yet it would have been safer, before they guessed that I
+was so rich. Greed&mdash;mere greed&mdash;for I do not need this money which may
+destroy us all! Greed! The ancient pitfall of my race."
+</p>
+<p>
+As he thought thus there came a knock upon his door. Snatching up a pen
+he dipped it in the ink-horn and, calling "Enter," began to add a column
+of figures on a paper before him.
+</p>
+<p>
+The door opened; but he seemed to take no heed, so diligently did he
+count his figures. Yet, although his eyes were fixed upon the paper, in
+some way that he could not understand he was well aware that d'Aguilar
+and no other stood in the room behind him, the truth being, no doubt,
+that unconsciously he had recognised his footstep. For a moment the
+knowledge turned him cold&mdash;he who had just been reading of the mission
+of this man&mdash;and feared what was to come. Yet he acted well.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Why do you disturb me, Daughter?" he said testily, and without looking
+round. "Have not things gone ill enough with half the cargo destroyed by
+sea-water, and the rest, that you must trouble me while I sum up my
+losses?" And, casting the pen down, he turned his stool round
+impatiently.
+</p>
+<p>
+Yes! there sure enough stood d'Aguilar, very handsomely arrayed, and
+smiling and bowing as was his custom.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH8"><!-- CH8 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER VIII
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+D'AGUILAR SPEAKS
+</center>
+<p>
+"Losses?" said d'Aguilar. "Do I hear the wealthy John Castell, who holds
+half the trade with Spain in the hollow of his hand, talk of losses?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, Señor, you do. Things have gone ill with this ship of mine that
+has barely lived through the spring gales. But be seated."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Indeed, is that so?" said d'Aguilar as he sat down. "What a lying jade
+is rumour! For I was told that they had gone very well. Doubtless,
+however, what is loss to you would be priceless gain to one like me."
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell made no answer, but waited, feeling that his visitor had not
+come to speak with him of his trading ventures.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señor Castell," said d'Aguilar, with a note of nervousness in his
+voice, "I am here to ask you for something."
+</p>
+<p>
+"If it be a loan, Señor, I fear that the time is not opportune." And he
+nodded towards the sheet of figures.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is not a loan; it is a gift."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Anything in my poor house is yours," answered Castell courteously, and
+in Oriental form.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I rejoice to hear it, Señor, for I seek something from your house."
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell looked a question at him with his quick black eyes.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I seek your daughter, the Señora Margaret, in marriage."
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell stared at him, then a single word broke from his lips.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Impossible."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Why impossible?" asked d'Aguilar slowly, yet as one who expected some
+such answer. "In age we are not unsuited, nor perhaps in fortune, while
+of rank I have enough, more than you guess perhaps. I vaunt not myself,
+yet women have thought me not uncomely. I should be a good friend to the
+house whence I took a wife, where perchance a day may come when friends
+will be needed; and lastly, I desire her not for what she may bring with
+her, though wealth is always welcome, but&mdash;I pray you to believe
+it&mdash;because I love her."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I have heard that the Señor d'Aguilar loves many women, yonder in
+Granada."
+</p>
+<p>
+"As I have heard that the <i>Margaret</i> had a prosperous voyage, Señor
+Castell. Rumour, as I said but now, is a lying jade. Yet I will not copy
+her. I have been no saint. Now I would become one, for Margaret's sake.
+I will be true to your daughter, Señor. What say you now?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell only shook his head.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Listen," went on d'Aguilar. "I am more than I seem to be; she who weds
+me will not lack for rank and titles."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, you are the Marquis de Morella, the reputed son of Prince Carlos
+of Viana by a Moorish mother, and therefore nephew to his Majesty
+of Spain."
+</p>
+<p>
+D'Aguilar looked at him, then bowed and said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Your information is good&mdash;as good as mine, almost. Doubtless you do not
+like that bar in the blood. Well, if it were not there, I should be
+where Ferdinand is, should I not? So I do not like it either, though it
+is good blood and ancient&mdash;that of those high-bred Moors. Now, may not
+the nephew of a king and the son of a princess of Granada be fit to mate
+with the daughter of&mdash;a Jew, yes, a Marano, and of a Christian English
+lady, of good family, but no more?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell lifted his hand as though to speak; but d'Aguilar went on:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Deny it not, friend; it is not worth while here in private. Was there
+not a certain Isaac of Toledo who, hard on fifty years ago, left Spain,
+for his own reasons, with a little son, and in London became known as
+Joseph Castell, having, with his son, been baptized into the Holy
+Church? Ah! you see you are not the only one who studies genealogies."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well, Señor, if so, what of it?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"What of it? Nothing at all, friend Castell. It is an old story, is it
+not, and, as that Isaac is long dead and his son has been a good
+Christian for nearly fifty years and had a Christian wife and child, who
+will trouble himself about such a matter? If he were openly a Hebrew
+now, or worse still, if pretending to be a Christian, he in secret
+practised the rites of the accursed Jews, why then&mdash;&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then what?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then, of course, he would be expelled this land, where no Jew may
+live, his wealth would be forfeit to its king, whose ward his daughter
+would become, to be given in marriage where he willed, while he himself,
+being Spanish born, might perhaps be handed over to the power of Spain,
+there to make answer to these charges. But we wander to strange matters.
+Is that alliance still impossible, Señor?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell looked him straight in the eyes and answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes."
+</p>
+<p>
+There was something so bold and direct in his utterance of the word that
+for a moment d'Aguilar seemed to be taken aback. He had not expected
+this sharp denial.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It would be courteous to give a reason," he said presently.
+</p>
+<p>
+"The reason is simple, Marquis. My daughter is already betrothed, and
+will ere long be wedded."
+</p>
+<p>
+D'Aguilar did not seem surprised at this intelligence.
+</p>
+<p>
+"To that brawler, your kinsman, Peter Brome, I suppose?" he said
+interrogatively. "I guessed as much, and by the saints I am sorry for
+her, for he must be a dull lover to one so fair and bright; while as a
+husband&mdash;" And he shrugged his shoulders. "Friend Castell, for her sake
+you will break off this match."
+</p>
+<p>
+"And if I will not, Marquis?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then I must break it off for you in the interest of all of us,
+including, of course, myself, who love her, and wish to lift her to a
+great place, and of yourself, whom I desire should pass your old age in
+peace and wealth, and not be hunted to your death like a mad dog."
+</p>
+<p>
+"How will you break it, Marquis? by&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh no, Señor!" answered d'Aguilar, "not by other men's swords&mdash;if that
+is what you mean. The worthy Peter is safe from them so far as I am
+concerned, though if he should come face to face with mine, then let the
+best man win. Have no fear, friend, I do not practise murder, who value
+my own soul too much to soak it in blood, nor would I marry a woman
+except of her own free will. Still, Peter may die, and the fair Margaret
+may still place her hand in mine and say, 'I choose you as my husband.'"
+</p>
+<p>
+"All these things, and many others, may happen, Marquis; but I do not
+think it likely that they will happen, and for my part, whilst thanking
+you for it, I decline your honourable offer, believing that my daughter
+will be more happy in her present humble state with the man she has
+chosen. Have I your leave to return to my accounts?" And he rose.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, Señor," answered d'Aguilar, rising also; "but add an item to those
+losses of which you spoke, that of the friendship of Carlos, Marquis de
+Morella, and on the other side enter again that of his hate. Man!" he
+added, and his dark, handsome face turned very evil as he spoke, "are
+you mad? Think of the little tabernacle behind the altar in your chapel,
+and what it contains."
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell stared at him, then said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Come, let us see. Nay, fear no trick; like you I remember my soul, and
+do not stain my hands with blood. Follow me, so you will be safe."
+</p>
+<p>
+Curiosity, or some other reason, prompted d'Aguilar to obey, and
+presently they stood behind the altar.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Now," said Castell, as he drew the tapestry and opened the secret door,
+"look!" D'Aguilar peered into the place; but where should have been
+the table, the ark, the candlesticks, and the roll of the law of which
+Betty had told him, were only old dusty boxes filled with parchments and
+some broken furniture.
+</p>
+<p>
+"What do you see?" asked Castell.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I see, friend, that you are even a cleverer Jew than I thought. But
+this is a matter that you must explain to others in due season. Believe
+me, I am no inquisitor." Then without more words he turned and left him.
+</p>
+<p>
+When Castell, having shut the secret door and drawn the tapestry,
+hurried from the chapel, it was to find that the marquis had departed.
+</p>
+<p>
+He went back to his office much disturbed, and sat himself down there to
+think. Truly Fate, that had so long been his friend, was turning its
+face against him. Things could not have gone worse. D'Aguilar had
+discovered the secret of his faith through his spies, and, having by
+some accursed mischance fallen in love with his daughter's beauty, was
+become his bitter enemy because he must refuse her to him. Why must he
+refuse her? The man was of great position and noble blood; she would
+become the wife of one of the first grandees of Spain, one who stood
+nearest to the throne. Perhaps&mdash;such a thing was possible&mdash;she might
+live herself to be queen, or the mother of kings. Moreover, that
+marriage meant safety for himself; it meant a quiet age, a peaceable
+death in his own bed&mdash;for, were he fifty times a Marano, who would touch
+the father-in-law of the Marquis de Morella? Why? Just because he had
+promised her in marriage to Peter Brome, and through all his life as a
+merchant he had never yet broken with a bargain because it went against
+himself. That was the answer. Yet almost he could find it in his heart
+to wish that he had never made that bargain; that he had kept Peter, who
+had waited so long, waiting for another month. Well, it was too late
+now. He had passed his word, and he would keep it, whatever the
+cost might be.
+</p>
+<p>
+Rising, he called one of the servants, and bade her summon Margaret.
+Presently she returned, saying that her mistress had gone out walking
+with Betty, adding also that his horse was at the door for him to ride
+to the river, where he was to pass the night on board his ship.
+</p>
+<p>
+Taking paper, he bethought him that he would write to Margaret, warning
+her against the Spaniard. Then, remembering that she had nothing to fear
+from him, at any rate at present, and that it was not wise to set down
+such matters, he told her only to take good care of herself, and that he
+would be back in the morning.
+</p>
+<p>
+That evening, when Margaret was in her own little sitting-chamber which
+adjoined the great hall, the door opened, and she looked up from the
+work upon which she was engaged, to see d'Aguilar standing before her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señor!" she said, amazed, "how came you here?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señora," he answered, closing the door and bowing, "my feet brought me.
+Had I any other means of coming I think that I should not often be
+absent from our side."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Spare me your fine words, I pray you, Señor," answered Margaret,
+frowning. "It is not fitting that I should receive you thus alone at
+night, my father being absent from the house." And she made as though
+she would pass him and reach the door.
+</p>
+<p>
+D'Aguilar, who stood in front of it, did not move, so perforce she
+stopped half way.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I found that he was absent," he said courteously, "and that is why I
+venture to address you upon a matter of some importance. Give me a few
+minutes of your time, therefore, I beseech you."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now, at once the thought entered Margaret's mind that he had some news
+of Peter to communicate to her&mdash;bad news perhaps.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Be seated, and speak on, Señor," she said, sinking into a chair, while
+he too sat down, but still in front of the door.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señora," he said, "my business in this country is finished, and in a
+few days I sail hence for Spain." And he hesitated a moment.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I trust that your voyage will be pleasant," said Margaret, not knowing
+what else to answer.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I trust so also, Señora, since I have come to ask you if you will share
+it. Listen, before you refuse. To-day I saw your father, and begged your
+hand of him. He would give me no answer, neither yea nor nay, saying
+that you were your own mistress, and that I must seek it from
+your lips."
+</p>
+<p>
+"My father said that?" gasped Margaret, astonished, then bethought her
+that he might have had reasons for speaking so, and went on rapidly,
+"Well, it is short and simple. I thank you, Señor; but stay
+in England."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Even that I would be willing to do for your sake Señora, though, in
+truth, I find it a cold and barbarous country."
+</p>
+<p>
+"If so, Señor d'Aguilar, I think that I should go to Spain. I pray you
+let me pass."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Not till you have heard me out, Señora, when I trust that your words
+will be more gentle. See now I am a great man in my own country.
+Although it suits me to pass here incognito as plain Señor d'Aguilar I
+am the Marquis of Morella, the nephew of Ferdinand the King, with some
+wealth and station, official and private. If you disbelieve me, I can
+prove it to you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I do not disbelieve," answered Margaret indifferently, "it may well be
+so; but what is that to me?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then is it not something, Lady, that I, who have blood-royal in my
+veins, should seek the daughter of a merchant to be my wife?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nothing at all&mdash;to me, who am satisfied with my humble lot."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Is it nothing to you that I should love as I do, with all my heart and
+soul? Marry me, and I tell you that I will lift you high, yes, perhaps
+even to the throne."
+</p>
+<p>
+She thought a moment, then asked:
+</p>
+<p>
+"The bribe is great, but how would you do that? Many a maid has been
+deceived with false jewels, Señor."
+</p>
+<p>
+"How has it been done before? Not every one loves Ferdinand. I have many
+friends who remember that my father was poisoned by his father and
+Ferdinand's, he being the elder son. Also, my mother was a princess of
+the Moors, and if I, who dwell among them as the envoy of their
+Majesties, threw in my sword with theirs&mdash;or there are other ways. But I
+am speaking things that have never passed my lips before, which, were
+they known, would cost me my head&mdash;let it serve to show how much I
+trust you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I thank you, Señor, for your trust; but this crown seems to me set upon
+a peak that it is dangerous to climb, and I had sooner sit in safety on
+the plain."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You reject the pomp," went on d'Aguilar in his passionate, pleading
+voice, "then will not the love move you? Oh! you shall be worshipped as
+never woman was. I swear to you that in your eyes there is a light which
+has set my heart on fire, so that it burns night and day, and will not
+be quenched. Your voice is my sweetest music, your hair is a cord that
+binds me to you faster than the prisoner's chain, and, when you pass,
+for me Venus walks the earth. More, your mind is pure and noble as your
+beauty, and by the aid of it I shall be lifted up through the high
+places of the earth to some white throne in heaven. I love you, my lady,
+my fair Margaret; because of you, all other women are become coarse and
+hateful in my sight. See how much I love you, that I, one of the first
+grandees of Spain, do this for your sweet sake," and suddenly he cast
+himself upon his knees before her, and lifting the hem of her dress
+pressed it to his lips.
+</p>
+<p>
+Margaret looked down at him, and the anger that was rising in her breast
+melted, while with it went her fear. This man was much in earnest; she
+could not doubt it. The hand that held her robe trembled like shaken
+water, his face was ashen, and in his dark eyes swam tears. What cause
+had she to be afraid of one who was so much her slave?
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señor," she said very gently, "rise, I pray you. Do not waste all this
+love upon one who chances to have caught your fancy, but who is quite
+unworthy of it, and far beneath you; one, moreover, by whom it may not
+be returned. Señor, I am already affianced. Therefore, put me out of
+your mind and find some other love."
+</p>
+<p>
+He rose and stood in front of her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Affianced," he said, "I knew it. Nay, I will say no ill of the man; to
+revile one more fortunate is poor argument. But what is it to me if you
+are affianced? What to me if you were wed? I should seek you all the
+same, who have no choice. Beneath me? You are as far above me as a star,
+and it would seem as hard to reach. Seek some other love? I tell you,
+lady, that I have sought many, for not all are so hard to win, and I
+hate them every one. You I desire alone, and shall desire till I be
+dead, aye, and you I will win or die. No, I will not die till you are my
+own. Have no fear, I will not kill your lover, save perhaps in fair
+fight; I will not force you to give yourself to me, should I find the
+chance, but with your own lips I will yet listen to you asking me to be
+your husband. I swear it by Him Who died for us. I swear that, laying
+aside all other ends, to that sole purpose I will devote my days. Yes,
+and should you chance to pass from earth before me, then I will follow
+you to the very gates of death and clasp you there."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now again Margaret's fear returned to her. This man's passion was
+terrible, yet there was a grandeur in it; Peter had never spoken to her
+in so high a fashion.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señor," she said almost pleadingly, "corpses are poor brides; have done
+with such sick fancies, which surely must be born of your
+Eastern blood."
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is your blood also, who are half a Jew, and, therefore, at least you
+should understand them."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Mayhap I do understand, mayhap I think them great in their own fashion,
+yes, noble even, and admire, if it can be noble to seek to win away
+another man's betrothed. But, Señor, I am that man's betrothed, and all
+of me, my body and my soul, is his, nor would I go back upon my word,
+and so break his heart, to win the empire of the earth. Señor, once more
+I implore you to leave this poor maid to the humble life that she has
+chosen, and to forget her."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Lady," answered d'Aguilar, "your words are wise and gentle, and I thank
+you for them. But I cannot forget you, and that oath I swore just now I
+swear again, thus." And before she could prevent him, or even guess what
+he was about to do, he lifted the gold crucifix that hung by a chain
+about her neck, kissed it, and let it fall gently back upon her breast,
+saying, "See, I might have kissed your lips before you could have stayed
+me, but that I will never do until you give me leave, so in place of
+them I kiss the cross, which till then we both must carry. Lady, my lady
+Margaret, within a day or two I sail for Spain, but your image shall
+sail with me, and I believe that ere long our paths must cross again.
+How can it be otherwise since the threads of your life and mine were
+intertwined on that night outside the Palace of Westminster
+&mdash;intertwined never to be separated till one of us has ceased
+to be, and then only for a little while. Lady, for the present,
+farewell."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then swiftly and silently as he had come, d'Aguilar went.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was Betty who let him out at the side door, as she had let him in.
+More, glancing round to see that she was not observed&mdash;for it chanced
+now that Peter was away with some of the best men, and the master was
+out with others, no one was on watch this night&mdash;leaving the door ajar
+that she might re-enter, she followed him a little way, till they came
+to an old arch, which in some bygone time had led to a house now pulled
+down. Into this dark place Betty slipped, touching d'Aguilar on the arm
+as she did so. For a moment he hesitated, then, muttering some Spanish
+oath between his teeth, followed her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well, most fair Betty," he said, "what word have you for me now?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"The question is, Señor Carlos," answered Betty with scarcely suppressed
+indignation, "what word you have for me, who dared so much for you
+to-night? That you have plenty for my cousin, I know, since standing in
+the cold garden I could hear you talk, talk, talk, through the shutters,
+as though for your very life."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I pray that those shutters had no hole in them," reflected d'Aguilar to
+himself. "No, there was a curtain also; she can have seen nothing." But
+aloud he answered: "Mistress Betty, you should not stand about in this
+bitter wind; you might fall ill, and then what should I suffer?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I don't know, nothing perhaps; that would be left to me. What I want to
+understand is, why you plan to come to see me, and then spend an hour
+with Margaret?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"To avert suspicion, most dear Betty. Also I had to talk to her of this
+Peter, in whom she seems so greatly interested. You are very shrewd,
+Betty&mdash;tell me, is that to be a match?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think so; I have been told nothing, but I have noticed many things,
+and almost every day she is writing to him, though why she should care
+for that owl of a man I cannot guess."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Doubtless because she appreciates solid worth, Betty, as I do in you.
+Who can account for the impulses of the heart, which come, say some of
+the learned, from heaven, and others, from hell? At least it is no
+affair of ours, so let us wish them happiness, and, after they are
+married, a large and healthy family. Meanwhile, dear Betty, are you
+making ready for your voyage to Spain?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I don't know," answered Betty gloomily. "I am not sure that I trust you
+and your fine words. If you want to marry me, as you swear, and be sure
+I look for nothing less, why cannot it be before we start, and how am I
+to know that you will do so when we get there?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"You ask many questions, Betty, all of which I have answered before. I
+have told you that I cannot marry you here because of that permission
+which is necessary on account of the difference in our ranks. Here,
+where your place is known, it is not to be had; there, where you will
+pass as a great English lady&mdash;as of course you are by birth&mdash;I can
+obtain it in an hour. But if you have any doubts, although it cuts me
+to the heart to say it, it would be best that we should part at once. I
+will take no wife who does not trust me fully and alone. Say then, cruel
+Betty, do you wish to leave me?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"You know I don't; you know it would kill me," she answered in a voice
+that was thick with passion, "you know I worship the ground you tread on,
+and hate every woman you go near, yes, even my cousin who has been so
+good to me, and whom I love. I will take the risk and come with you,
+believing you to be an honest gentleman, who would not deceive a girl
+who trusts him; and if you do, may God deal with you as I shall, for I
+am no toy to be broken and thrown away, as you would find out. Yes, I
+will take the risk because you have made me love you so that I cannot
+live without you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Betty, your words fill me with rapture, showing me that I have not
+misread your noble mind; but speak a little lower&mdash;there are echoes in
+this hole. Now for the plans, for time is short, and you may be missed.
+When I am about to sail I will invite Mistress Margaret and yourself to
+come aboard my ship."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Why not invite me without my cousin Margaret?" asked Betty.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Because it would excite suspicion which we must avoid&mdash;do not interrupt
+me. I will invite you both or get you there upon some other pretext, and
+then I will arrange that she shall be brought ashore again and you taken
+on. Leave it all to me, only swear that you will obey any instructions I
+may send you for if you do not, I tell you that we have enemies in high
+places who may part us for ever. Betty, I will be frank, there is a
+great lady who is jealous, and watches you very closely. Do you swear?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, yes, I swear. But about the great lady?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Not a word about her&mdash;on your life&mdash;and mine. You shall hear from me
+shortly. And now, sweetheart&mdash;good-night."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Good-night," said Betty, but still she did not stir.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then, understanding that she expected something more, d'Aguilar nerved
+himself to the task, and touched her hair with his lips.
+</p>
+<p>
+Next moment he regretted it, for even that tempered salute fanned her
+passion into flame.
+</p>
+<p>
+Throwing her arms about his neck Betty drew his face to hers and kissed
+him many times, till at length he broke, half choking, from her embrace,
+and escaped into the street.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Mother of Heaven!" he muttered to himself, "the woman is a volcano in
+eruption. I shall feel her kisses for a week," and he rubbed his face
+ruefully with his hand. "I wish I had made some other plan; but it is
+too late to change it now&mdash;she would betray everything. Well, I will be
+rid of her somehow, if I have to drown her. A hard fate to love the
+mistress and be loved of the maid!"
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH9"><!-- CH9 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER IX
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+THE SNARE
+</center>
+<p>
+On the following morning, when Castell returned, Margaret told him of
+the visit of d'Aguilar, and of all that had passed between them, told
+him also that he was acquainted with their secret, since he had spoken
+of her as half a Jew.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I know it, I know it," answered her father, who was much disturbed and
+very angry, "for yesterday he threatened me also. But let that go, I can
+take my chance; now I would learn who brought this man into my house
+when I was absent, and without my leave."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I fear that it was Betty," said Margaret, "who swears that she thought
+she did no wrong."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Send for her," said Castell. Presently Betty came, and, being
+questioned, told a long story.
+</p>
+<p>
+She said she was standing by the side door, taking the air, when Señor
+d'Aguilar appeared, and, having greeted her, without more words walked
+into the house, saying that he had an appointment with the master.
+</p>
+<p>
+"With me?" broke in Castell. "I was absent."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I did not know that you were absent, for I was out when you rode away
+in the afternoon, and no one had spoken of it to me, so, thinking that
+he was your friend, I let him in, and let him out again afterwards. That
+is all I have to say."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then I have to say that you are a hussy and a liar, and that, in one
+way or the other, this Spaniard has bribed you," answered Castell
+fiercely. "Now, girl, although you are my wife's cousin, and therefore
+my daughter's kin, I am minded to turn you out on to the street
+to starve."
+</p>
+<p>
+At this Betty first grew angry, then began to weep; while Margaret
+pleaded with her father, saying that it would mean the girl's ruin, and
+that he must not take such a sin upon him. So the end of it was, that,
+being a kind-hearted man, remembering also that Betty Dene was of his
+wife's blood, and that she had favoured her as her daughter did, he
+relented, taking measures to see that she went abroad no more save in
+the company of Margaret, and that the doors were opened only by
+men-servants.
+</p>
+<p>
+So this matter ended.
+</p>
+<p>
+That day Margaret wrote to Peter, telling him of all that had happened,
+and how the Spaniard had asked her in marriage, though the words that he
+used she did not tell. At the end of her letter, also, she bade him have
+no fear of the Señor d'Aguilar or of any other man, as he knew where her
+heart was.
+</p>
+<p>
+When Peter received this writing he was much vexed to learn that both
+Master Castell and Margaret had incurred the enmity of d'Aguilar, for so
+he guessed it must be, also that Margaret should have been troubled with
+his love-making; but for the rest he thought little of the matter, who
+trusted her as he trusted heaven. Still it made him anxious to return to
+London as soon as might he, even though he must take the risk of the
+Spaniards' daggers. Within three days, however, he received other
+letters both from Castell and from Margaret, which set his fears
+at rest.
+</p>
+<p>
+These told him that d'Aguilar had sailed for Spain indeed, Castell said
+that he had seen him standing on the poop of the Ambassador de Ayala's
+vessel as it dropped down the Thames towards the sea. Moreover, Margaret
+had a note of farewell from his hand, which ran:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Adieu, sweet lady, till that predestined hour when
+we meet again. I go, as I must, but, as I told you, your
+image goes with me.
+</p>
+<pre>
+    "Your worshipper till death,
+
+    "MORELLA."
+</pre>
+<p>
+"He may take her image so long as I keep herself and if he comes back
+with his worship, I promise him that death and he shall not be far
+apart," was Peter's grim comment as he laid the paper down. Then he went
+on with his letters, which told that now, when the Spaniards had gone,
+and there was nothing more to fear, he was awaited in London. Indeed,
+Castell fixed a day when he should arrive&mdash;May 31st&mdash;that was within a
+week, adding that on its morrow&mdash;namely, June 1st, for Margaret would
+not be wed in May, the Virgin Mary's month, since she held it to be
+unlucky&mdash;their marriage might take place as quietly as they would.
+</p>
+<p>
+Margaret wrote the same news, and in such sweet words that he kissed her
+letter, then hastened to answer it, shortly, after his custom, for Peter
+was no great scribe, saying, that if the saints willed it he would be
+with them by nightfall on the last day of May, and that in all England
+there was no happier man than he.
+</p>
+<hr>
+<p>
+Now all that week Margaret was very busy preparing her marriage robe,
+and other garments also, for it was settled that on the next day they
+should ride together down to Dedham, in Essex, whither her father would
+follow them shortly. The Old Hall was not ready, indeed, nor would it be
+for some time; but Peter had furnished certain rooms in it which might
+serve them for the summer season, and by winter time the house would be
+finished and open.
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell was busy also, for now, having worked very hard at the task, his
+ship the <i>Margaret</i> was almost refitted and laden, so that he hoped to
+get her to sea on this same May 31st, and thus be clear of the last of
+his business, except the handing over of his warehouses and stock to
+those who had bought them. These great affairs kept him much at
+Gravesend, where the ship lay, but, as he had no dread of further
+trouble now that d'Aguilar and the other Spaniards, among them that band
+of de Ayala's servants who had vowed to take Peter's life, were gone,
+this did not disturb him.
+</p>
+<p>
+Oh! happy, happy was Margaret during those sweet spring days, when her
+heart was bright and clear as the skies from which all winter storms had
+passed. So happy was she indeed, and so full of a hundred joyful cares,
+that she found no time to take note of her cousin Betty, who worked with
+her at her wedding broideries, and helped to make preparations for the
+journey which should follow after. Had she done so, she might have seen
+that Betty was anxious and distressed, like one who waited for some
+tidings that did not come, and from hour to hour fought against anguish
+and despair But she took no note, whose heart was too full of her own
+matters, and who did but count the hours till she should see her lover
+back and pass to his arms, a wife.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus the time went on until the appointed day of Peter's return, the
+morrow of her marriage, for which all things were now prepared, down to
+Peter's wedding garments, that were finer than any she had yet seen him
+wear, and the decking of the neighbouring church with flowers. In the
+early morning her father rode away to Gravesend with the most of his
+men-servants for the ship <i>Margaret</i> was to sail at the following dawn
+and there was yet much to be done before she could lift anchor. Still,
+he had promised to be back by nightfall in time to meet Peter who,
+leaving Dedham that morning, could not reach them before then.
+</p>
+<p>
+At length it was past four of the afternoon, and everything being
+finished, Margaret went to her room to dress herself anew, that she
+might look fine in Peter's eyes when he should come. Betty she did not
+take with her, for there were things to which her cousin must attend;
+moreover, her heart was so full that she wished to be alone a while.
+</p>
+<p>
+Betty's heart was full also, but not with joy. She had been deceived.
+The fine Spanish Don, who had made her love him so desperately, had
+sailed away and left her without a word. She could not doubt it, he had
+been seen standing on the ship&mdash;and not one word. It was cruel, cruel,
+and now she must help another woman to be made a happy wife, she who was
+beggared of hope and love. Moodily, full of bitterness, she went about
+her tasks, biting her lips and wiping her fine eyes with the sleeve of
+her robe, when suddenly the door opened, and a servant, not one of
+their own, but a strange man who had been brought in to help at the
+morrow's feast, called out that a sailor wished to speak with her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then let him enter here; I have no time to go out to listen to his
+talk," snapped Betty.
+</p>
+<p>
+Presently the sailor was shown in, the man who brought him leaving the
+room at once. He was a dark fellow, with sly black eyes, who, had he not
+spoken English so well, might have been taken for a Spaniard.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Who are you, and what is your business?" asked Betty sharply.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am the carpenter of the ship <i>Margaret</i>," he answered, "and I am here
+to say that our master Castell has met with an accident there, and
+desires that Mistress Margaret, his daughter, should come to him
+at once."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What accident?" asked Betty.
+</p>
+<p>
+"In seeing to the stowage of cargo he slipped and fell down the hold,
+hurting his back and breaking his right arm, and that is why he cannot
+write. He is in great pain; but the physician whom we summoned bade me
+tell Mistress Margaret that at present he has no fear for his life. Are
+you Mistress Margaret?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"No," answered Betty; "but I will go to her at once; do you bide here."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then are you her cousin, Mistress Betty Dene, for if so I have
+something for you?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am. What is it?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"This," said the man, drawing out a letter which he handed to her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Who gave you this?" asked Betty suspiciously. "I do not know his
+name, but he was a noble-looking Spanish Don, and a liberal one too. He
+had heard of the accident on the <i>Margaret</i>, and, knowing my errand,
+asked me if I would deliver this letter to you, for the fee of a gold
+ducat, and promise to say nothing of it to any one else."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Some rude gallant, doubtless," said Betty, tossing her head; "they are
+ever writing to me. Bide here; I go to Mistress Margaret."
+</p>
+<p>
+Once she was outside the door Betty broke the seal of the letter eagerly
+enough, for she had been taught with Margaret, and could read well.
+It ran:
+</p>
+<pre>
+    "BELOVED,
+
+    "You thought me faithless and gone, but
+    it is not so. I was silent only because I knew you
+    could not come alone who are watched; but now
+    the God of Love gives us our chance. Doubtless
+    your cousin will bring you with her to visit her father,
+    who lies on his ship sadly hurt. While she is with
+    him I have made a plan to rescue you, and then we
+    can be wed and sail at once&mdash;yes, to-night or to-morrow,
+    for with much trouble, knowing that you
+    wished it, I have even succeeded in bringing that
+    about, and a priest will be waiting to marry us. Be
+    silent, and show no doubt or fear, whatever happens,
+    lest we should be parted for always. Be sure then
+    that your cousin comes that you may accompany her.
+    Remember that your true love waits you.
+
+    "C. d'A."
+</pre>
+<p>
+When Betty had mastered the contents of this amorous effusion she went
+pale with joy, and turned so faint that she was like to fall. Then a
+doubt struck her that it might be some trick. No, she knew the
+writing&mdash;it was d'Aguilar's, and he was true to her, and would marry her
+as he had promised, and take her to be a great lady in Spain. If she
+hesitated now she might lose him for ever&mdash;him whom she would follow to
+the end of the world. In an instant her mind was made up, for Betty had
+plenty of courage. She would go, even though she must desert the cousin
+whom she loved.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thrusting the letter into her bosom she ran to Margaret's room, and,
+bursting into it, told her of the man and his sad message. But of that
+letter she said nothing. Margaret turned white at the news, then,
+recovering herself, said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"I will come and speak with him at once." And together they went down
+the stairs.
+</p>
+<p>
+To Margaret the sailor repeated his story, nor could all her questions
+shake it. He told her how the mischance had happened, for he had seen
+it, so he said, and where her father's hurts were, adding, that although
+the physician held that as yet he was in no danger of his life, Master
+Castell thought otherwise, and did nothing but cry that his daughter
+should be brought to him at once.
+</p>
+<p>
+Still Margaret doubted and hesitated, for she feared she knew not what.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Peter should be here within two hours at most," she said to Betty.
+"Would it not be best to wait for him?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh! Margaret, and what if your father should die in the meanwhile?
+Perhaps he knows better how deep his hurts are than does this leech. If
+so, you would have a sore heart for all your life. Sure you had better
+go, or at the least I will."
+</p>
+<p>
+Still Margaret wavered, till the sailor said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Lady, if it is your will to come, I can guide you to where a boat waits
+to take you across the river. If not, I must be gone, for the ship sails
+with the moonrise, and they only wait your coming to carry the master,
+your father, to the warehouse on shore thinking it best that you should
+be present. If you do not come, this will be done as gently as possible,
+and there you must seek him to-morrow, alive or dead." And the man took
+up his cap as though to leave.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I will come with you," said Margaret. "Betty you are right; order the
+two horses to be saddled mine and the groom's, with a pillion on which
+you can ride, for I will not send you or go alone, understand that this
+sailor has his own horse."
+</p>
+<p>
+The man nodded, and accompanied Betty to the stable. Then Margaret took
+pen and wrote hastily to Peter, telling him of their evil chance, and
+bidding him follow her at once to the ship, or, if it had sailed to the
+warehouse. "I am loth to go," she added "alone with a girl and a strange
+man, yet I must since my heart is torn with fear for my beloved father.
+Sweetheart, follow me quickly."
+</p>
+<p>
+This done, she gave the letter to that servant who had shown in the
+sailor, bidding him hand it, without fail, to Master Peter Brome when he
+came, which the man promised to do.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then she fetched plain dark cloaks for herself and Betty, with hoods to
+them, that their faces might not be seen, and presently they
+were mounted.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Stay!" said Margaret to the sailor as they were about to start. "How
+comes it that my father did not send one of his own men instead of you,
+and why did none write to me?"
+</p>
+<p>
+The man looked surprised; he was a very good actor.
+</p>
+<p>
+"His people were tending him," he said, "and he bade me to go because I
+knew the way, and had a good, hired horse ashore which I have used when
+riding with messages to London about new timbers and other matters. As
+for writing, the physician began a letter, but he was so slow and long
+that Master Castell ordered me to be off without it. It seems," the man
+added, addressing Betty with some irritation, "that Mistress Margaret
+misdoubts me. If so, let her find some other guide, or bide at home. It
+is naught to me, who have only done as I was bidden."
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus did this cunning fellow persuade Margaret that her fears were
+nothing, though, remembering the letter from d'Aguilar, Betty was
+somewhat troubled. The thing had a strange look, but, poor, vain fool,
+she thought to herself that, even if there were some trick, it was
+certainly arranged only that she might seem to be taken, who could not
+come alone. In truth she was blind and mad, and cared not what she did,
+though, let this be said for her, she never dreamed that any harm was
+meant towards her cousin Margaret, or that a lie had been told as to
+Master Castell and his hurts.
+</p>
+<p>
+Soon they were out of London, and riding swiftly by the road that
+followed the north bank of the river, for their guide did not take them
+over the bridge, as he said the ship was lying in mid-stream and that
+the boat would be waiting on the Tilbury shore. But there was more than
+twenty miles to travel, and, push on as they would, night had fallen ere
+ever they came there. At length, when they were weary of the dark and
+the rough road, the sailor pulled up at a spot upon the river's
+brink&mdash;where there was a little wharf, but no houses that they could
+see&mdash;saying that this was the place. Dismounting, he gave his horse to
+the groom to hold, and, going to the wharf, asked in a loud voice if the
+boat from the <i>Margaret</i> was there, to which a voice answered, "Aye."
+Then he talked for a minute to those in the boat, though what he said
+they could not hear, and ran back again, bidding them dismount, and
+adding that they had done well to come, as Master Castell was much
+worse, and did nothing but cry for his daughter.
+</p>
+<p>
+The groom he told to lead the horses a little way along the bank till he
+found an inn that stood there, where he must await their return or
+further orders, and to Betty he suggested that she should go with him,
+as there was but little place left in the boat. This she was willing
+enough to do, thinking it all part of the plan for her carrying off; but
+Margaret would have none of it, saying that unless her cousin came with
+her she would not stir another step. So grumbling a little the sailor
+gave way, and hurried them both to some wooden steps and down these into
+a boat, of which they could but dimly see the outline.
+</p>
+<p>
+So soon as ever they were seated side by side in the stern it was pushed
+off, and rowed away rapidly into the darkness, while one of the sailors
+lit a lantern which he fastened to the bow, and far out on the river, as
+though in answer to the signal, another star of light appeared, towards
+which they headed. Now Margaret, speaking through the gloom, asked the
+rowers of her father's state; but the sailor, their guide, prayed her
+not to trouble them, as the tide ran very swiftly and they must give all
+their mind to their business lest they should overset. So she was
+silent, and, racked with doubts and fears, watched that star of light
+growing ever nearer, till at length it hung above them.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Is that the ship <i>Margaret</i>?" cried their guide, and again a voice
+answered "Aye."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then tell Master Castell that his daughter has come at last," he
+shouted again, and in another minute a rope had been thrown to them, and
+they were fast alongside a ladder on to which Betty, who was nearest to
+it, was pushed the first, except for their guide, who had run up the
+wooden steps very swiftly.
+</p>
+<p>
+Betty, who was active and strong, followed him, Margaret coming next. As
+she reached the deck Betty thought she heard a voice say in Spanish, of
+which she understood something, "Fool! Why have you brought both?" but
+the answer she could not catch. Then she turned and gave her hand to
+Margaret, and together they walked forward to the foot of the mast.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Lead me to my father," said Margaret.
+</p>
+<p>
+Whereon the guide answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, this way, Mistress, but come alone, for the sight of two of you at
+once may disturb him."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nay," she answered, "my cousin comes with me." And she took Betty's
+hand and clung to it.
+</p>
+<p>
+Shrugging his shoulders the sailor led them forwards, and as they went
+she noted that men were hauling on a sail, while other men, who sang a
+strange, wild song, worked on what seemed to be a windlass. Now they
+reached a cabin, and entered it, the door being shut behind them. In the
+cabin a man sat at a table with a lamp hanging over his head. He rose
+and turned towards them, bowing, and Margaret saw that it
+was&mdash;<i>d'Aguilar</i>!
+</p>
+<p>
+Betty stood silent; she had expected to meet him, though not here and
+thus. Her foolish heart bounded so at the sight of him that she seemed
+to choke, and could only wonder dimly what mistake had been made, and
+how he would explain to Margaret and get her away, leaving herself and
+him together to be married. Indeed, she searched the cabin with her eyes
+to see where the priest was waiting, then noting a door beyond, thought
+that doubtless he must be hidden there. As for Margaret, she uttered a
+little stifled cry, then, being a brave woman, one of that high nature
+which grows strong in the face of trouble, straightened herself to her
+full height and said in a low, fierce voice:
+</p>
+<p>
+"What do you here? Where is my father?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señora," he answered humbly, "I am on board my ship, the <i>San Antonio</i>,
+and as for your father, he is either on his ship, the <i>Margaret</i>, or
+more likely, by now, at his house in Holborn."
+</p>
+<p>
+At these words Margaret reeled back till the wall of the cabin stayed
+her, and there she rested.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Spare me your reproaches," went on d'Aguilar hurriedly. "I will tell
+you all the truth. First, be not anxious as to your father; no accident
+has happened to him; he is sound and well. Forgive me if you have
+suffered pain and doubt; but there was no other way. That tale was only
+one of love's snares and tricks&mdash;&mdash;" He paused, overcome, fascinated by
+Margaret's face, which of a sudden had grown awful&mdash;that of a goddess of
+vengeance, of a Medusa, which seemed to chill his blood to ice.
+</p>
+<p>
+"A snare! A trick!" she muttered hoarsely, while her eyes flamed on him
+like burning stars. "Thus then I pay you for your tricks." And in an
+instant he became aware that she had snatched a dagger from her bosom
+and was springing on him.
+</p>
+<p>
+He could not move; those fearful eyes held him fast. In another moment
+that steel would have pierced his heart. But Betty had seen also, and,
+thrusting her strong arms about Margaret, held her back, crying:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Listen, you do not understand. It is I he wants&mdash;not you; I whom he
+loves, and who love him, and am about to marry him. You he will send
+back home."
+</p>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0006.png"><img src="150/M0006.png" width="150" alt="IN ANOTHER MOMENT THAT STEEL WOULD HAVE PIERCED HIS HEART"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Loose me," said Margaret, in such a voice that Betty's arms fell from
+her, and she stood there, the dagger still in her hand. "Now," she said
+to d'Aguilar, "the truth, and be swift with it. What means this woman?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"She knows best," answered d'Aguilar uneasily. "It has pleased her to
+wrap herself in this web of conceits."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Which it has pleased you to spin, perchance. Speak, girl!"
+</p>
+<p>
+"He made love to me," gasped Betty; "and I love him. He promised to
+marry me. He sent me a letter but to-day&mdash;here it is," and she drew
+it out.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Read," said Margaret; and Betty read.
+</p>
+<p>
+"So <i>you</i> have betrayed me," said Margaret, "you, my cousin, whom I have
+sheltered and cherished."
+</p>
+<p>
+"No," cried Betty. "I never thought to betray
+you; sooner would I have died. I believed that your father was hurt, and
+that while you were visiting him that man would take me."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What have you to say?" asked Margaret of d'Aguilar in the same dreadful
+voice. "You offered your accursed love to me&mdash;and to her, and you have
+snared us both. Man, what have you to say?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Only this", he answered, trying to look brave, "that woman is a fool,
+whose vanity I played on that I might make use of her to keep near
+to you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Do you hear, Betty? do you hear?" cried Margaret with a terrible little
+laugh; but Betty only groaned as though she were dying.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I love you, and you only," went on d'Aguilar "As for your cousin, I
+will send her ashore. I have committed this sin because I could not help
+myself. The thought that you were to be married to another man to-morrow
+drove me mad, and I dared all to take you from his arms, even though you
+should never come to mine. Did I not swear to you," he said with an
+attempt at his old gallantry, "that your image should accompany me to
+Spain, whither we are sailing now?" And as he spoke the words the ship
+lurched a little in the wind.
+</p>
+<p>
+Margaret made no answer, only toyed with the dagger blade, and watched
+him with eyes that glittered more coldly than its steel.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Kill me, if you will, and have done," he went on in a voice that was
+desperate with love and shame. "So shall I be rid of all this torment."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then Margaret seemed to awake, for she spoke to him in a new voice&mdash;a
+measured, frozen voice. "No," she answered, "I will not stain my hands
+even with your blood, for why should I rob God of His own vengeance? If
+you attempt to touch me, or even to separate me from this poor woman
+whom you have fooled, then I will kill&mdash;not you, but myself, and I swear
+to you that my ghost shall accompany you to Spain, and from Spain down
+to the hell that awaits you. Listen, Carlos d'Aguilar, Marquis of
+Morella, this I know about you, that you believe in God and hear His
+anger. Well, I call down upon you the vengeance of Almighty God. I see
+it hang above your head. I say that it shall fall upon you, waking and
+sleeping, loving and hating, in life and in death to all eternity. Do
+your worst, for you shall do it all in vain. Whether I die or whether I
+live, every pang that you cause me to suffer, every misery that you have
+brought, or shall bring, upon the head of my betrothed, my father, and
+this woman, shall be repaid to you a millionfold in this world and the
+next. Now do you still wish that I should accompany you to Spain, or
+will you let me go?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I cannot," he answered hoarsely; "it is too late."
+</p>
+<p>
+"So be it, I will accompany you to Spain, I and Betty Dene, and the
+vengeance of Almighty God that hovers over you. Of this at least be
+sure&mdash;I hate you, I despise you, but I fear you not at all. Go." Then
+d'Aguilar stumbled from that cabin, and the two women heard the door
+bolted behind him.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH10"><!-- CH10 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER X
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+THE CHASE
+</center>
+<p>
+About the time that Margaret and Betty were being rowed aboard the <i>San
+Antonio</i>, Peter Brome and his servants, who had been delayed an hour or
+more by the muddy state of the roads, pulled rein at the door of the
+house in Holborn. For over a month he had been dreaming of this moment
+of return, as a man does who expects such a welcome as he knew awaited
+him, and who on the morrow was to be wed to a lovely and beloved bride.
+He had thought how Margaret would be watching at the window, how, spying
+him advancing down the street, she would speed to the door, how he would
+leap from his horse and take her to his arms in front of every one if
+need be&mdash;for why should they be ashamed who were to be wed upon
+the morrow?
+</p>
+<p>
+But there was no Margaret at the window, or at any rate he could not see
+her, for it was dark. There was not even a light; indeed the whole face
+of the old house seemed to frown at him through the gloom. Still, Peter
+played his part according to the plan; that is, he leapt from his horse,
+ran to the door and tried to enter, but could not for it was locked, so
+he hammered on it with the handle of his sword, till at length some one
+came and unbolted. It was the hired man with whom Margaret had left the
+letter, and he held a lantern in his hand.
+</p>
+<p>
+The sight of him frightened Peter, striking a chill to his heart.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Who are you?" he asked; then, without waiting for an answer, went on,
+"Where are Master Castell and Mistress Margaret?"
+</p>
+<p>
+The man answered that the master was not yet back from his ship, and
+that the Lady Margaret had gone out nearly three hours before with her
+cousin Betty and a sailor&mdash;all of them on horseback.
+</p>
+<p>
+"She must have ridden to meet me, and missed us in the dark," said Peter
+aloud, whereon the man asked whether he spoke to Master Brome, since, if
+so, he had a letter for him.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," answered Peter, and snatched it from his hand, bidding him close
+the door and hold up the lantern while he read, for he could see that
+the writing was that of Margaret.
+</p>
+<p>
+"A strange story," he muttered, as he finished it. "Well, I must away,"
+and he turned to the door again.
+</p>
+<p>
+As he stretched out his hand to the key, it opened, and through it came
+Castell, as sound as ever he had been.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Welcome, Peter!" he cried in a jolly voice. "I knew you were here, for
+I saw the horses; but why are you not with Margaret?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Because Margaret has gone to be with you, who should be hurt almost to
+death, or so says this letter."
+</p>
+<p>
+"To be with me&mdash;hurt to the death! Give it me&mdash;nay, read it, I cannot
+see."
+</p>
+<p>
+So Peter read.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I scent a plot," said Castell in a strained voice as he finished, "and
+I think that hound of a Spaniard is at the bottom of it, or Betty, or
+both. Here, you fellow, tell us what you know, and be swift if you would
+keep a sound skin."
+</p>
+<p>
+"That would I, why not?" answered the man, and told all the tale of the
+coming of the sailor.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Go, bid the men bring back the horses, all of them," said Castell
+almost before he had done; "and, Peter, look not so dazed, but come,
+drink a cup of wine. We shall need it, both of us, before this night is
+over. What! is there never a fellow of all my servants in the house?" So
+he shouted till his folk, who had returned with him from the ship, came
+running from the kitchen.
+</p>
+<p>
+He bade them bring food and liquor, and while they gulped down the wine,
+for they could not eat, Castell told how their Mistress Margaret had
+been tricked away, and must be followed. Then, hearing the horses being
+led back from the stables, they ran to the door and mounted, and,
+followed by their men, a dozen or more of them, in all, galloped off
+into the darkness, taking another road for Tilbury, that by which
+Margaret went, not because they were sure of this, but because it was
+the shortest.
+</p>
+<p>
+But the horses were tired, and the night was dark and rainy, so it came
+about that the clock of some church struck three of the morning before
+ever they drew near to Tilbury. Now they were passing the little quay
+where Margaret and Betty had entered the boat, Castell and Peter riding
+side by side ahead of the others in stern silence, for they had nothing
+to say, when a familiar voice hailed them&mdash;that of Thomas the groom.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I saw your horses' heads against the sky," he explained, "and knew
+them."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Where is your mistress?" they asked both in a breath.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Gone, gone with Betty Dene in a boat, from this quay, to be rowed to
+the <i>Margaret</i>, or so I thought. Having stabled the horses as I was
+bidden, I came back here to await them. But that was hours ago, and I
+have seen no soul, and heard nothing except the wind and the water, till
+I heard the galloping of your horses."
+</p>
+<p>
+"On to Tilbury, and get boats," said Castell. "We must catch the
+<i>Margaret</i> ere she sails at dawn. Perhaps the women are aboard of her."
+</p>
+<p>
+"If so, I think Spaniards took them there, for I am sure they were not
+English in that craft," said Thomas, as he ran by the side of Castell's
+horse, holding to the stirrup leather.
+</p>
+<p>
+His master made no answer, only Peter groaned aloud, for he too was sure
+that they were Spaniards.
+</p>
+<p>
+An hour later, just as the dawn broke, they with their men climbed to
+the deck of the <i>Margaret</i> while she was hauling up her anchor. A few
+words with her captain, Jacob Smith, told them the worst. No boat had
+left the ship, no Margaret had come aboard her. But some six hours
+before they had watched the Spanish vessel, <i>San Antonio</i>, that had been
+berthed above them, pass down the river. Moreover, two watermen in a
+skiff, who brought them fresh meat, had told them that while they were
+delivering three sheep and some fowls to the <i>San Antonio</i>, just before
+she sailed, they had seen two tall women helped up her ladder, and
+heard one of them say in English, "Lead me to my father."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now they knew all the awful truth, and stared at each other like dumb
+men.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was Peter who found his tongue the first, and said slowly:
+</p>
+<p>
+"I must away to Spain to find my bride, if she still lives, and to kill
+that fox. Get you home, Master Castell."
+</p>
+<p>
+"My home is where my daughter is," answered Castell fiercely. "I go
+a-sailing also."
+</p>
+<p>
+"There is danger for you in that land of Spaniards, if ever we get
+yonder," said Peter meaningly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"If it were the mouth of hell, still I would go," replied Castell. "Why
+should I not who seek a devil?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"That we do both," said Peter, and stretching out his hand he took that
+of Castell. It was the pledge of the father and the lover to follow her
+who was all to them, till death stayed their quest.
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell thought a little while, then gave orders that all the crew
+should be called together on deck in the waist of the ship, which was a
+carack of about two hundred tons burden, round fashioned, and sitting
+deep in the water, but very strongly built of oak, and a swift sailer.
+When they were gathered, and with them the officers and their own
+servants, accompanied by Peter, he went and addressed them just as the
+sun was rising. In few and earnest words he told them of the great
+outrage that had been done, and how it was his purpose and that of Peter
+Brome who had been wickedly robbed of the maid who this day should have
+become his wife, to follow the thieves across the sea to Spain, in the
+hope that by the help of God, they might rescue Margaret and Betty. He
+added that he knew well this was a service of danger, since it might
+chance that there would be fighting, and he was loth to ask any man to
+risk life or limb against his will, especially as they came out to trade
+and not to fight. Still, to those who chose to accompany them, should
+they win through safely, he promised double wage, and a present charged
+upon his estate, and would give them writings to that effect. As for
+those who did not, they could leave the ship now before she sailed.
+</p>
+<p>
+When he had finished, the sailormen, of whom there were about thirty,
+with the stout-hearted captain, Jacob Smith, a sturdy-built man of fifty
+years of age, at the head of them, conferred together, and at last, with
+one exception&mdash;that of a young new-married man, whose heart failed
+him&mdash;they accepted the offer, swearing that they would see the thing
+through to the end, were it good or ill, for they were all Englishmen,
+and no lovers of the Spaniards. Moreover, so bitter a wrong stirred
+their blood. Indeed, although for the most part they were not sailors,
+six of the twelve men who had ridden with them from London prayed that
+they might come too, for the love they had to Margaret, their master,
+and Peter; and they took them. The other six they sent ashore again,
+bearing letters to Castell's friends, agents, and reeves, as to the
+transfer of his business and the care of his lands, houses, and other
+properties during his absence. Also, they took a short will duly signed
+by Castell and witnessed, wherein he left all his goods of whatever
+sort that remained unsettled or undevised, to Margaret and Peter, or
+the survivor of them, or their heirs, or failing these, for the purpose
+of founding a hospital for the poor. Then these men bade them farewell
+and departed, very heavy at heart, just as the anchor was hauled home,
+and the sails began to draw in the stiff morning breeze.
+</p>
+<p>
+About ten o'clock they rounded the Nore bank safely, and here spoke a
+fishing-boat, who told them that more than six hours before they had
+seen the <i>San Antonio</i> sail past them down Channel, and noted two women
+standing on her deck, holding each other's hands and gazing shorewards.
+Then, knowing that there was no mistake, there being nothing more that
+they could do, worn out with grief and journeying, they ate some food
+and went to their cabin to sleep.
+</p>
+<p>
+As he laid him down Peter remembered that at this very hour he should
+have been in church taking Margaret as his bride&mdash;Margaret, who was now
+in the power of the Spaniard&mdash;and swore a great and bitter oath that
+d'Aguilar should pay him back for all this shame and agony. Indeed,
+could his enemy have seen the look on Peter's face he might well have
+been afraid, for this Peter was an ill man to cross, and had no
+forgiving heart; also, his wrong was deep.
+</p>
+<p>
+For four days the wind held, and they ran down Channel before it, hoping
+to catch sight of the Spaniard; but the <i>San Antonio</i> was a swift
+caravel of 250 tons with much canvas, for she carried four masts, and
+although the <i>Margaret</i> was also a good sailer, she had but two masts,
+and could not come up with her. Or, for anything they knew, they might
+have missed her on the seas. On the afternoon of the fourth day, when
+they were off the Lizard, and creeping along very slowly under a light
+breeze, the look-out man reported a ship lying becalmed ahead. Peter,
+who had the eyes of a hawk, climbed up the mast to look at her, and
+presently called down that he believed from her shape and rig she must
+be the caravel, though of this he could not be sure as he had never seen
+her. Then the captain, Smith, went up also, and a few minutes later
+returned saying that without doubt it was the <i>San Antonio.</i>
+</p>
+<p>
+Now there was a great and joyful stir on board the <i>Margaret</i>, every man
+seeing to his sword and their long or cross bows, of which there were
+plenty, although they had no bombards or cannon, that as yet were rare
+on merchant ships. Their plan was to run alongside the <i>San Antonio</i> and
+board her, for thus they hoped to recover Margaret. As for the anger of
+the king, which might well fall on them for this deed, since he would
+think little of the stealing of a pair of Englishwomen, of that they
+must take their chance.
+</p>
+<p>
+Within half an hour everything was ready, and Peter, pacing to and fro,
+looked happier than he had done since he rode away to Dedham. The light
+breeze still held, although, if it reached the <i>San Antonio</i>, it did not
+seem to move her, and, with the help of it, by degrees they came to
+within half a mile of the caravel. Then the wind dropped altogether, and
+there the two ships lay. Still the set of the tide, or some current,
+seemed to be drawing them towards each other, so that when the night
+closed in they were not more than four hundred paces apart, and the
+Englishmen had great hopes that before morning they would close, and be
+able to board by the light of the moon.
+</p>
+<p>
+But this was not to be, since about nine o'clock thick clouds rose up
+which covered the heavens, while with the clouds came strong winds
+blowing off the land, and, when at length the dawn broke, all they could
+see of the <i>San Antonio</i> was her topmasts as she rose upon the seas,
+flying southwards swiftly. This, indeed, was the last sight they had of
+her for two long weeks.
+</p>
+<p>
+From Ushant all across the Bay the airs were very light and variable,
+but when at length they came off Finisterre a gale sprang up from the
+north-east which drove them forward very fast. It was on the second
+night of this gale, as the sun set, that, running out of some mist and
+rain, suddenly they saw the <i>San Antonio</i> not a mile away, and rejoiced,
+for now they knew that she had not made for any port in the north of
+Spain, as, although she was bound for Cadiz, they feared she might have
+done to trick them. Then the rain came on again, and they saw her
+no more.
+</p>
+<p>
+All down the coast of Portugal the weather grew more heavy day by day,
+and when they reached St. Vincent's Cape and bore round for Cadiz, it
+blew a great gale. Now it was that for the third time they viewed the
+<i>San Antonio</i> labouring ahead of them, nor, except at night, did they
+lose sight of her any more until the end of that voyage. Indeed, on the
+next day they nearly came up with her, for she tried to beat in to
+Cadiz, but, losing one of her masts in a fierce squall, and seeing that
+the <i>Margaret</i>, which sailed better in this tempest, would soon be
+aboard of her, abandoned her plan, and ran for the Straits of Gibraltar.
+</p>
+<p>
+Past Tarifa Point they went, having the coast of Africa on their
+right; past the bay of Algegiras, where the <i>San Antonio</i> did not try to
+harbour; past Gibraltar's grey old rock, where the signal fires were
+burning, and so at nightfall, with not a mile between them, out into the
+Mediterranean Sea.
+</p>
+<p>
+Here the gale was furious, so that they could scarcely carry a rag of
+canvas, and before morning lost one of their topmasts. It was an anxious
+night, for they knew not if they would live through it; moreover, the
+hearts of Castell and of Peter were torn with fear lest the Spaniard
+should founder and take Margaret with her to the bottom of the sea. When
+at length the wild, stormy dawn broke, however, they saw her, apparently
+in an evil case, labouring away upon their starboard bow, and by noon
+came to within a furlong of her, so that they could see the sailors
+crawling about on her high poop and stern. Yes, and they saw more than
+this, for presently two women ran from some cabin waving a white cloth
+to them; then were hustled back, whereby they learned that Margaret and
+Betty still lived and knew that they followed, and thanked God.
+Presently, also, there was a flash, and, before ever they heard the
+report, a great iron bullet fell upon their decks and, rebounding,
+struck a sailor, who stood by Peter, on the breast, and dashed him away
+into the sea. The <i>San Antonio</i> had fired the bombard which she carried,
+but as no more shots came they judged that the cannon had broke its
+lashings or burst.
+</p>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0007.png"><img src="150/M0007.png" width="150" alt="THE GALE CAUGHT HIM AND BLEW HIM TO AND FRO"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+A while after the <i>San Antonio</i>, two of whose masts were gone, tried to
+put about and run for Malaga, which they could see far away beneath the
+snow-capped mountains of the Sierra. But this the Spaniard could not
+do, for while she hung in the wind the <i>Margaret</i> came right atop of
+her, and as her men laboured at the sails, every one of the Englishmen
+who could be spared, under the command of Peter, let loose on them with
+their long shafts and crossbows, and, though the heaving deck of the
+<i>Margaret</i> was no good platform, and the wind bent the arrows from their
+line, they killed and wounded eight or ten of them, causing them to
+loose the ropes so that the <i>San Antonio</i> swung round into the gale
+again. On the high tower of the caravel, his arm round the sternmost
+mast, stood d'Aguilar, shouting commands to his crew. Peter fitted an
+arrow to his string and, waiting until the <i>Margaret</i> was poised for a
+moment on the crest of a great sea, aimed and loosed, making allowance
+for the wind.
+</p>
+<p>
+True to line sped that shaft of his, yet, alas! a span too high, for
+when a moment later d'Aguilar leapt from the mast, the arrow quivered in
+its wood, and pinned to it was the velvet cap he wore. Peter ground his
+teeth in rage and disappointment; almost he could have wept, for the
+vessels swung apart again, and his chance was gone.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Five times out of seven," he said bitterly, "can I send a shaft
+through a bull's ring at fifty paces to win a village badge, and now I
+cannot hit a man to save my love from shame. Surely God has
+forsaken me!"
+</p>
+<p>
+Through all that afternoon they held on, shooting with their bows
+whenever a Spaniard showed himself, and being shot at in return, though
+little damage was done to either side. But this they noted&mdash;that the
+<i>San Antonio</i> had sprung a leak in the gale, for she was sinking deeper
+in the water. The Spaniards knew it also, and, being aware that they
+must either run ashore or founder, for the second time put about, and,
+under the rain of English arrows, came right across the bows of the
+<i>Margaret</i>, heading for the little bay of Calahonda, that is the port of
+Motril, for here the shore was not much more than a league away.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Now," said Jacob Smith, the captain of the <i>Margaret</i>, who stood under
+the shelter of the bulwarks with Castell and Peter, "up that bay lies a
+Spanish town. I know it, for I have anchored there, and if once the <i>San
+Antonio</i> reaches it, good-bye to our lady, for they will take her to
+Granada, not thirty miles away across the mountains, where this Marquis
+of Morella is a mighty man, for there is his palace. Say then, master,
+what shall we do? In five more minutes the Spaniard will be across our
+bows again. Shall we run her down, which will be easy, and take our
+chance of picking up the women, or shall we let them be taken captive to
+Granada and give up the chase?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Never," said Peter. "There is another thing that we can do&mdash;follow them
+into the bay, and attack them there on shore."
+</p>
+<p>
+"To find ourselves among hundreds of the Spaniards, and have our throats
+cut," answered Smith, the captain, coolly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"If we ran them down," asked Castell, who had been thinking deeply all
+this while, "should we not sink also?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"It might be so," answered Smith; "but we are built of English oak, and
+very stout forward, and I think not. But she would sink at once, being
+near to it already, and the odds are that the women are locked in the
+cabin or between decks out of reach of the arrows, and must go
+with her."
+</p>
+<p>
+"There is another plan," said Peter sternly, "and that is to grapple
+with her and board her, and this I will do."
+</p>
+<p>
+The captain, a stout man with a flat face that never changed, lifted his
+eyebrows, which was his only way of showing surprise.
+</p>
+<p>
+"What!" he said. "In this sea? I have fought in some wars, but never
+have I known such a thing."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then, friend, you shall know it now, if I can but find a dozen men to
+follow me," answered Peter with a savage laugh. "What? Shall I see my
+mistress carried off before my eyes and strike no blow to save her?
+Rather will I trust in God and do it, and if I die, then die I must, as
+a man should. There is no other way."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then he turned and called in a loud voice to those who stood around or
+loosed arrows at the Spaniard:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Who will come with me aboard yonder ship? Those who live shall spend
+their days in ease thereafter, that I promise, and those who fall will
+win great fame and Heaven's glory."
+</p>
+<p>
+The crew looked at the waves running hill high, and the water-logged
+Spaniard labouring in the trough of them as she came round slowly in a
+wide circle, very doubtfully, as well they might, and made no answer.
+Then Peter spoke again.
+</p>
+<p>
+"There is no choice," he said. "If we give that ship our stem we can
+sink her, but then how will the women be saved? If we leave her alone,
+mayhap she will founder, and then how will the women be saved? Or she
+may win ashore, and they will be carried away to Granada, and how can we
+snatch them out of the hand of the Moors or of the power of Spain? But
+if we can take the ship, we may rescue them before they go down or reach
+land. Will none back me at this inch?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Aye, son," said old Castell, "I will."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter stared at him in surprise. "You&mdash;at your years!" he said.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, at my years. Why not? I have the fewer to risk."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then, as though he were ashamed of his doubts, one brawny sailorman
+stepped forward and said that he was ready for a cut at the Spanish
+thieves in foul weather as in fair. Next all Castell's household
+servants came out in a body for love of him and Peter and their lady,
+and after them more sailors, till nearly half of those aboard, something
+over twenty in all, declared that they were ready for the venture,
+wherein Peter cried, "Enough." Smith would have come also; but Castell
+said No, he must stop with the ship.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then, while the carack's head was laid so as to cut the path of the <i>San
+Antonio</i> circling round them slowly like a wounded swan, and the
+boarders made ready their swords and knives, for here archery would not
+avail them, Castell gave some orders to the captain. He bade him, if
+they were cut down or taken, to put about and run for Seville, and there
+deliver over the ship and her cargo to his partners and correspondents,
+praying them in his name to do their best by means of gold, for which
+the sale value of the vessel and her goods should be chargeable, or
+otherwise, to procure the release of Margaret and Betty, if they still
+lived, and to bring d'Aguilar, the Marquis of Morella, to account for
+his crime. This done, he called to one of his servants to buckle on him
+a light steel breastplate from the ship's stores. But Peter would wear
+no iron because it was too heavy, only an archer's jerkin of bull-hide,
+stout enough to turn a sword-cut, such as the other boarders put on also
+with steel caps, of both of which they had a plenty in the cabin.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now the <i>San Antonio</i>, having come round, was steering for the mouth of
+the bay in such fashion that she would pass them within fifty yards.
+Hoisting a small sail to give his ship way, the captain, Smith, took the
+helm of the <i>Margaret</i> and steered straight at her so as to cut her
+path, while the boarders, headed by Peter and Castell, gathered near the
+bowsprit, lay down there under shelter of the bulwarks, and waited.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH11"><!-- CH11 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER XI
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+THE MEETING ON THE SEA
+</center>
+<p>
+For another minute or more the <i>San Antonio</i> held on until she divined
+the desperate purpose of her foe. Then, seeing that soon the carack's
+prow must crash into her frail side, she shifted her helm and came round
+several points, so that in the end the <i>Margaret</i> ran, not into her, but
+alongside of her, grinding against her planking, and shearing away a
+great length of her bulwark. For a few seconds they hung together thus,
+and, before the seas bore them apart, grapnels were thrown from the
+<i>Margaret</i> whereof one forward got hold and brought them bow to bow.
+Thus the end of the bowsprit of the <i>Margaret</i> projected over the high
+deck of the <i>San Antonio</i>.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Now for it," said Peter. "Follow me, all." And springing up, he ran to
+the bowsprit and began to swarm along it.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was a fearful task. One moment the great seas lifted him high into
+the air, and the next down he came again till the massive spar crashed
+on to the deck of the <i>San Antonio</i> with such a shock that he nearly
+flew from it like a stone from a sling. Yet he hung on, and, biding his
+chance, seized a broken stay-rope that dangled from the end of the
+bowsprit like a lash from a whip, and began to slide down it. The gale
+caught him and blew him to and fro; the vessel, pitching wildly, jerked
+him into the air; the deck of the <i>San Antonio</i> rose up and receded like
+a thing alive. It was near&mdash;not a dozen feet beneath him&mdash;and loosing
+his hold he fell upon the forward tower without being hurt then, gaining
+his feet, ran to the broken mast and flinging his left arm about it,
+with the other drew his sword.
+</p>
+<p>
+Next instant&mdash;how, he never knew&mdash;Castell was at his side, and after him
+came two more men, but one of these rolled from the deck into the sea
+and was lost. As he vanished, the chain of the grappling iron parted,
+and the <i>Margaret</i> swung away from them, leaving those three alone in
+the power of their foes, nor, do what she would, could she make fast
+again. As yet, however, there were no Spaniards to be seen, for the
+reason that none had dared to stand upon this high tower whereof the
+bulwarks were all gone, while the bowsprit of the <i>Margaret</i> crashed
+down upon it like a giant's club, and, as she rolled, swept it with
+its point.
+</p>
+<p>
+So there they stood, clinging to the mast and waiting for the end, for
+now their friends were a hundred yards away, and they knew that their
+case was desperate. A shower of arrows came, loosed from other parts of
+the ship, and one of these struck the man with them through the throat,
+so that he fell to the deck clasping at it, and presently rolled into
+the sea also. Another pierced Castell through his right forearm, causing
+his sword to drop and slide away from him. Peter seized the arrow,
+snapped it in two, and drew it out; but Castell's right arm was now
+helpless, and with his left he could do no more than cling to the
+broken mast.
+</p>
+<p>
+"We have done our best, son," he said, "and failed. Margaret will learn
+that we would have saved her if we could, but we shall not meet
+her here."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter ground his teeth, and looked about him desperately, for he had no
+words to say. What should he do? Leave Castell and rush for the waist of
+the ship and so perish, or stay and die there? Nay, he would not be
+butchered like a bird on a bough, he would fall fighting.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Farewell," he called through the gale. "God rest our souls!" Then,
+waiting till the ship steadied herself, he ran aft, and reaching the
+ladder that led to her tower, staggered down it to the waist of the
+vessel, and at its foot halted, holding to the rail.
+</p>
+<p>
+The scene before him was strange enough, for there, ranged round the
+bulwarks, were the Spanish men, who watched him curiously, whilst a few
+paces away, resting against the mast, stood d'Aguilar, who lifted his
+hand, in which there was no weapon, and addressed him.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señor Brome," he shouted, "do not move another step or you are a dead
+man. Listen to me first, and then do what you will. Am I safe from your
+sword while I speak?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter nodded his head in assent, and d'Aguilar drew nearer, for even in
+that more sheltered place it was hard to hear because of the howling of
+the tempest.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señor," he said to Peter, "you are a very brave man, and have done a
+deed such as none of us have seen before; therefore, I wish to spare you
+if I may. Also, I have worked you bitter wrong, driven to it by the
+might of love and jealousy, for which reason also I wish to spare you.
+To set upon you now would be but murder, and, whatever else I do, I will
+not murder. First, let me ease your mind. Your lady and mine is aboard
+here; but fear not, she has come and will come to no harm from me, or
+from any man while I live. If for no other reason, I do not desire to
+affront one who, I hope, will be my wife by her own free will, and whom
+I have brought to Spain that she might not make this impossible by
+becoming yours. Señor, believe me, I would no more force a woman's will
+than I would do murder on her lover."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What did you, then, when you snatched her from her home by some foul
+trick?" asked Peter fiercely.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señor, I did wrong to her and all of you, for which I would make
+amends."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What amends? Will you give her back to me?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"No, that I cannot do, even if she should wish it, of which I am not
+sure; no&mdash;never while I live."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Bring her forth, and let us hear whether she wishes it or no," shouted
+Peter, hoping that his words would reach Margaret.
+</p>
+<p>
+But d'Aguilar only smiled and shook his head, then went on:
+</p>
+<p>
+"That I cannot either, for it would give her pain. Still, Señor, I will
+repay the heavy debt that I owe to you, and to you also, Señor." And he
+bowed towards Castell who, unseen by Peter, had crept down the ladder,
+and now stood behind him staring at d'Aguilar with cold rage and
+indignation. "You have wrought us much damage, have you not? hunting us
+across the seas, and killing sundry of us with your arrows, and now you
+have striven to board our ship and put us to the sword, a design in
+which God has frustrated you. Therefore your lives are justly forfeit,
+and none would blame us if we slew you. Yet I spare you both. If it is
+possible I will put you back aboard the <i>Margaret</i>, and if it is not
+possible you shall be set free ashore to go unmolested whither you will.
+Thus I will wipe out my debt and be free of all reproach."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Do you take me for such a man as yourself?" asked Peter, with a bitter
+laugh. "I do not leave this ship alive unless my affianced wife,
+Mistress Margaret, goes with me."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then, Señor Brome, I fear that you will leave it dead, as indeed we may
+all of us, unless we make land soon, for the vessel is filling fast with
+water. Still, knowing your metal, I looked for some such words from you,
+and am prepared with another offer which I am sure you will not refuse.
+Señor, our swords are much of the same length, shall we measure them
+against each other? I am a grandee of Spain, the Marquis of Morella, and
+it will, therefore, be no dishonour for you to fight with me."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am not so sure," said Peter, "for I am more than that&mdash;an honest man
+of England, who never practised woman-stealing. Still, I will fight you
+gladly, at sea or on shore, wherever and whenever we meet, till one or
+both are dead. But what is the stake, and how do I know that some of
+these," and he pointed to the crew, who were listening intently, "will
+not stab me from behind?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señor, I have told you that I do not murder, and that would be the
+foulest murder. As for the stake, it is Margaret to the victor. If you
+kill me, on behalf of all my company, I swear by our Saviour's Blood
+that you shall depart with her and her father unharmed, and if I kill
+you, then you both shall swear that she shall be left with me, and no
+suit or question raised but to her woman I give liberty, who have seen
+more than enough of her."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nay," broke in Castell, speaking for the first time "I demand the right
+to fight with you also when my arm is healed."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I refuse it," answered d'Aguilar haughtily. "I cannot lift my sword
+against an old man who is the father of the maid who shall be my wife,
+and, moreover, a merchant and a Jew. Nay, answer me not, lest all these
+should remember your ill words. I will be generous, and leave you out of
+the oath. Do your worst against me, Master Castell, and then leave me to
+do my worst against you. Señor Brome, the light grows bad, and the water
+gains upon us. Say, are you ready?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter nodded his head, and they stepped forward.
+</p>
+<p>
+"One more word," said d'Aguilar, dropping his sword-point. "My friends,
+you have heard our compact. Do you swear to abide by it, and, if I fall,
+to set these two men and the two ladies free on their own ship or on the
+land, for the honour of chivalry and of Spain?"
+</p>
+<p>
+The captain of the <i>San Antonio</i> and his lieutenants answered that they
+swore on behalf of all the crew.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You hear, Señor Brome. Now these are the conditions&mdash;that we fight to
+the death, but, if both of us should be hurt or wounded, so that we
+cannot despatch each other, then no further harm shall be done to either
+of us, who shall be tended till we recover or die by the will of God."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You mean that we must die on each other's swords or not at all, and if
+any foul chance should overtake either, other than by his adversary's
+hand, that adversary shall not dispatch him?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, Señor, for in our case such things may happen," and he pointed to
+the huge seas that towered over them, threatening to engulf the
+water-logged caravel. "We will take no advantage of each other, who wish
+to fight this quarrel out with our own right arms."
+</p>
+<p>
+"So be it," said Peter, "and Master Castell here is the witness to our
+bargain."
+</p>
+<p>
+D'Aguilar nodded, kissed the cross-hilt of his sword in confirmation of
+the pact, bowed courteously, and put himself on his defence.
+</p>
+<p>
+For a moment they stood facing each other, a well-matched pair&mdash;Peter,
+lean, fierce-faced, long-armed, a terrible man to see in the fiery light
+that broke upon him from beneath the edge of a black cloud; the Spaniard
+tall also, and agile, but to all appearance as unconcerned as though
+this were but a pleasure bout, and not a duel to the death with a
+woman's fate hanging on the hazard. D'Aguilar wore a breastplate of
+gold-inlaid black steel and a helmet, while Peter had but his tunic of
+bull's hide and iron-lined cap, though his straight cut-and-thrust sword
+was heavier and mayhap half an inch longer than that of his foe.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus, then, they stood while Castell and all the ship's company, save
+the helmsman who steered her to the harbour's mouth, clung to the
+bulwarks and the cordage of the mainmast, and, forgetful of their own
+peril, watched in utter silence.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was Peter who thrust the first, straight at the throat, but d'Aguilar
+parried deftly, so that the sword point went past his neck, and before
+it could be drawn back again, struck at Peter. The blow fell upon the
+side of his steel cap, and glanced thence to his left shoulder, but,
+being light, did him no harm. Swiftly came the answer, which was not
+light, for it fell so heavily upon d'Aguilar's breastplate, that he
+staggered back. After him sprang Peter, thinking that the game was his,
+but at that moment the ship, which had entered the breakers of the
+harbour bar, rolled terribly, and sent them both reeling to the
+bulwarks. Nor did she cease her rolling, so that, smiting and thrusting
+wildly, they staggered backwards and forwards across the deck, gripping
+with their left hands at anything they could find to steady them, till
+at length, bruised and breathless, they fell apart unwounded, and
+rested awhile.
+</p>
+<p>
+"An ill field this to fight on, Señor," gasped d'Aguilar.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think that it will serve our turn," said Peter grimly, and rushed at
+him like a bull. It was just then that a great sea came aboard the ship,
+a mass of green water which struck them both and washed them like straws
+into the scuppers, where they rolled half drowned. Peter rose the first,
+coughing out salt water, and rubbing it from his eyes, to see d'Aguilar
+still upon the deck, his sword lying beside him, and holding his right
+wrist with his left hand.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Who gave you the hurt?" he asked, "I or your fall?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"The fall, Señor," answered d'Aguilar; "I think that it has broken my
+wrist. But I have still my left hand. Suffer me to arise, and we will
+finish this fray."
+</p>
+<p>
+As the words passed his lips a gust of wind, more furious than any that
+had gone before, concentrated as it was through a gorge in the
+mountains, struck the caravel at the very mouth of the harbour, and laid
+her over on her beam ends. For a while it seemed as though she must
+capsize and sink, till suddenly her mainmast snapped like a stick and
+went overboard, when, relieved of its weight, by slow degrees she
+righted herself. Down upon the deck came the cross yard, one end of it
+crashing through the roof of the cabin in which Margaret and Betty were
+confined, splitting it in two, while a block attached to the other fell
+upon the side of Peter's head and, glancing from the steel cap, struck
+him on the neck and shoulder, hurling him senseless to the deck, where,
+still grasping his sword, he lay with arms outstretched.
+</p>
+<p>
+Out of the ruin of the cabin appeared Margaret and Betty, the former
+very pale and frightened, and the latter muttering prayers, but, as it
+chanced, both uninjured. Clinging to the tangled ropes they crept
+forward, seeking refuge in the waist of the ship, for the heavy spar
+still worked and rolled above them, resting on the wreck of the cabin
+and the bulwarks, whence presently it slid into the sea. By the stump of
+the broken mainmast they halted, their long locks streaming in the gale,
+and here it was that Margaret caught sight of Peter lying upon his back,
+his face red with blood, and sliding to and fro as the vessel rolled.
+</p>
+<p>
+She could not speak, but in mute appeal pointed first to him and then to
+d'Aguilar, who stood near, remembering as she did so her vision in the
+house at Holborn, which was thus terribly fulfilled. Holding to a rope,
+d'Aguilar drew near to her and spoke into her ear. "Lady," he said,
+"this is no deed of mine. We were fighting a fair fight, for he had
+boarded the ship when the mast fell and killed him. Blame me not for his
+death, but seek comfort from God."
+</p>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0009.png"><img src="150/M0009.png" width="150" alt="'LADY,' HE SAID, 'THIS IS NO DEED OF MINE'"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+She heard, and, looking round her wildly, perceived her father
+struggling towards her; then, with a bitter cry, fell senseless on
+his breast.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH12"><!-- CH12 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER XII
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+FATHER HENRIQUES
+</center>
+<p>
+The night came down swiftly, for a great stormcloud, in which jagged
+lightning played, blotted out the last rays of the sunk sun. Then, with
+rolling thunder and torrents of rain, the tempest burst over the sinking
+ship. The mariners could no longer see to steer, they knew not whither
+they were going, only the lessened seas told them that they had entered
+the harbour mouth. Presently the <i>San Antonio</i> struck upon a rock, and
+the shock of it threw Castell, who was bending over the senseless shape
+of Margaret, against the bulwarks and dazed him.
+</p>
+<p>
+There arose a great cry of "The vessel founders!" and water seemed to be
+pouring on the deck, though whether this were from the sea or from the
+deluge of the falling rain he did not know. Then came another cry of
+"Get out the boat, or we perish!" and a sound of men working in the
+darkness. The ship swung round and round and settled down. There was a
+flash of lightning, and by it Castell saw Betty holding the unconscious
+Margaret in her strong arms. She saw him also, and screamed to him to
+come to the boat. He started to obey, then remembered Peter. Peter might
+not be dead; what should he say to Margaret if he left him there to
+drown? He crept to where he lay upon the deck, and called to a sailor
+who rushed by to help him. The man answered with a curse, and vanished
+into the deep gloom. So, unaided, Castell essayed the task of lifting
+this heavy body, but his right arm being almost useless, could do no
+more than drag it into a sitting posture, and thus, by slow degrees,
+across the deck to where he imagined the boat to be.
+</p>
+<p>
+But here there was no boat, and now the sound of voices came from the
+other side of the ship, so he must drag it back again. By the time he
+reached the starboard bulwarks all was silent, and another flash of
+lightning showed him the boat, crowded with people, upon the crest of a
+wave, fifty yards or more from him, whilst others, who had not been able
+to enter, clung to its stern and gunwale. He shouted aloud, but no
+answer came, either because none were left living on the ship, or
+because in all that turmoil they could not hear him.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then Castell, knowing that he had done everything that he could, dragged
+Peter under the overhanging deck of the forward tower, which gave some
+little shelter from the rain, and, laying his bleeding head upon his
+knees so that it might be lifted above the wash of the waters, sat
+himself down and began to say prayers after the Jewish fashion whilst
+awaiting his end.
+</p>
+<p>
+That he was about to die he had no doubt, for the waist of the ship, as
+he could perceive by the lightning, was almost level with the sea,
+which, however, here in the harbour was now much calmer than it had
+been. This he knew, for although the rain still fell steadily and the
+wind howled above, no spray broke over them. Deeper and deeper sank the
+caravel as she drifted onwards, till at length the water washed over her
+deck from side to side, so that Castell was obliged to seat himself on
+the second step of the ladder down which Peter had charged up on the
+Spaniards. A while passed, and he became aware that the <i>San Antonio</i>
+had ceased to move, and wondered what this might mean. The storm had
+rolled away now, and he could see the stars; also with it went the wind.
+The night grew warmer, too, which was well for him, for otherwise, wet
+as he was, he must have perished. Still it was a long night, the longest
+that ever he had spent, nor did any sleep come to relieve his misery or
+make his end easier, for the pain from the arrow wound in his arm kept
+him awake.
+</p>
+<p>
+So there he sat, wondering if Margaret was dead, as Peter seemed to be
+dead, and if so, whether their spirits were watching him now, watching
+and waiting till he joined them. He thought, too, of the days of his
+prosperity until he had seen the accursed face of d'Aguilar, and of all
+the worthless wealth that was his, and what would become of it. He hoped
+even that Margaret was gone; better that she should be dead than live on
+in shame and misery. If there were a God, how came it that He could
+allow such things to happen in the world? Then he remembered how, when
+Job sat in just such an evil case, his wife had invited him to curse God
+and die, and how the patriarch had answered to her, "What! shall we
+receive good at the hand of God, and shall we not receive evil?"
+Remembered, too, after all his troubles, what had been the end of that
+just man, and therefrom took some little comfort. After this a stupor
+crept over him, and his last thought was that the vessel had sunk and
+he was departing into the deeps of death.
+</p>
+<hr>
+<p>
+Listen! A voice called, and Castell awoke to see that it was growing
+light, and that before him supporting himself on the rail of the ladder,
+stood the tall form of Peter&mdash;Peter with a ghastly, blood-stained
+countenance, chattering teeth, and glazed, unnatural eyes.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Do you live, John Castell?" said that hollow voice, "or are we both
+dead and in hell?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nay," he answered, "I live yet; we are still this side of doom."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What has chanced?" asked Peter. "I have been lost in a great
+blackness."
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell told him briefly.
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter listened till he had done, then staggered to the bulwark rail and
+looked about him, making no comment.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I can see nothing," he said presently&mdash;"the mist is too deep; but I
+think we must lie near the shore. Come, help me. Let us try to find
+victuals; I am faint."
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell rose, stretched his cramped limbs, and going to him, placed his
+uninjured arm round Peter's middle, and thus supported him towards the
+stern of the ship, where he guessed that the main cabin would be. They
+found and entered it, a small place, but richly furnished, with a carved
+crucifix screwed to its sternmost wall. A piece of pickled meat and some
+of the hard wheaten cakes such as sailors use, lay upon the floor where
+they had been cast from the table, while in a swinging rack above stood
+flagons of wine and of water. Castell found a horn mug, and filling it
+with wine gave it to Peter, who drank greedily, then handed it back to
+him, who also drank. Afterwards they cut off portions of the meat with
+their knives, and swallowed them, though Peter did this with great
+difficulty because of the hurt to his head and neck. Then they drank
+more wine, and, somewhat refreshed, left the place.
+</p>
+<p>
+The mist was still so thick that they could see nothing, and therefore
+they went into the wreck of that cabin which had been occupied by
+Margaret and Betty, sat themselves down upon the bed wherein they had
+slept, and waited. Resting thus, Peter noted that this cabin had been
+fitted sumptuously as though for the occupation of a great lady, for
+even the vessels were of silver, and in a wardrobe, whereof the doors
+were open, hung beautiful gowns. Also, there were a few written books,
+on the outer leaves of one of which Margaret had set down some notes and
+a prayer of her own making, petitioning that Heaven would protect her;
+that Peter and her father might be living and learn the truth of what
+had befallen, and that it would please the saints to deliver her, and to
+bring them together again. This book Peter thrust away within his jerkin
+to study at his leisure.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now the sun rose suddenly above the eastern range of the mountains
+wherewith they were surrounded. Leaving the cabin, they climbed to the
+forecastle tower and gazed about them, to find that they were in a
+land-locked harbour, and stranded not more than a hundred yards from
+the shore. By tying a piece of iron to a rope and letting it down into
+the sea, they discovered that they lay upon a ridge, and that there
+were but four feet of water beneath their bow, and, having learned
+this, determined to wade to the beach. First, however, they went back to
+the cabin and filled a leather bag they found with food and wine. Then,
+by an afterthought, they searched for the place where d'Aguilar slept,
+and discovered it between decks; also a strong-box which they made shift
+to break open with an iron bar.
+</p>
+<p>
+In it was a great store of gold, placed there, no doubt, for the payment
+of the crew, and with it some jewels. The jewels they left, but the
+money they divided and stowed it about them to serve their needs should
+they come safe ashore. Then they washed each other's wounds and bound
+them up, and descending the ladder which had been thrown over the ship's
+side when the Spaniards escaped in the boat, let themselves down into
+the sea and bade farewell to the <i>San Antonio</i>.
+</p>
+<p>
+By now the wind had fallen and the sun shone brightly, warming their
+chilled blood; also the water, which was quite calm, did not rise much
+above their middles, so that they were able&mdash;the bottom being smooth and
+sandy&mdash;to wade without trouble to the shore. As they drew near to it
+they saw people gathering there, and guessed that they came from the
+little town of Motril, which lay up the river that here ran into the
+bay. Also they saw other things&mdash;namely, the boat of the <i>San Antonio</i>
+upon the shore, and rejoiced to know that it had come safe to land, for
+it rested upon its keel with but little water in its bottom. Lying here
+and there also were the corpses of drowned men, five or six of them: no
+doubt those sailors who had swum after the boat or clung to its
+gunwale, but among these bodies none were those of women.
+</p>
+<p>
+When at length they reached the shore, very few people were left there,
+for of the rest some had begun to wade out towards the ship to plunder
+her, whilst others had gone to fetch boats for the same purpose.
+Therefore, the company who awaited them consisted only of women,
+children, three old men, and a priest. The last, a hungry-eyed,
+smooth-faced, sly-looking man, advanced to greet them courteously,
+bidding them thank God for their escape.
+</p>
+<p>
+"That we do indeed," said Castell; "but tell us, Father, where are our
+companions?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"There are some of them," answered the priest, pointing to the dead
+bodies; "the rest, with the two señoras, started two hours ago for
+Granada. The Marquis of Morella, from whom I hold this cure, told us
+that his ship had sunk, and that no one else was left alive, and, as the
+mist hid everything, we believed him. That is why we were not here
+before, for," he added significantly, "we are poor folk, to whom the
+saints send few wrecks."
+</p>
+<p>
+"How did they go to Granada, Father?" asked Castell. "On foot?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nay, Señor, they took all the horses and mules in the village by force,
+though the marquis promised that he would return them and pay for their
+hire later, and we trusted him because we must. The ladies wept much,
+and prayed us to take them in and keep them; but this the marquis would
+not allow, although they seemed so sad and weary. God send that we see
+our good beasts back again," he added piously.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Have you any left for us? We have a little money, and can pay for them
+if they be not too dear."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Not one, Señor&mdash;not one; the place has been cleared even down to the
+mares in foal. But, indeed you seem scarcely fit to ride at present, who
+have undergone so much," and he pointed to Peter's wounded head and
+Castell's bandaged arm. "Why do you not stay and rest awhile?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Because I am the father of one of the señoras, and doubtless she thinks
+me drowned, and this señor is her affianced husband," answered
+Castell briefly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Ah!" said the priest, looking at them with interest, "then what
+relation to her is the marquis? Well, perhaps I had better not ask, for
+this is no confessional, is it? I understand that you are anxious, for
+that great grandee has the reputation of being gay&mdash;an excellent son of
+the Church, but without doubt very gay," and he shook his shaven head
+and smiled. "But come up to the village, Señors, where you can rest and
+have your hurts attended to; afterwards we will talk."
+</p>
+<p>
+"We had best go," said Castell in English to Peter. "There are no horses
+on this beach, and we cannot walk to Granada in our state."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter nodded, and, led by the priest, whose name they discovered to be
+Henriques, they started.
+</p>
+<p>
+On the crest of the hill a few hundred paces away they turned and looked
+back, to see that every able-bodied inhabitant of the village seemed by
+now to be engaged in plundering the stranded vessel.
+</p>
+<p>
+"They are paying themselves for the mules and horses," said Fray
+Henriques with a shrug. "So I see," answered Castell, "but you&mdash;&mdash;"
+and he stopped.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh, do not be afraid for me," replied the priest with a cunning little
+smile. "The Church does not loot; but in the end the Church gets her
+share. These are a pious folk. Only when he learns that the caravel did
+not sink after all, I fear the marquis will demand an account of us."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then they limped on over the hill, and presently saw the white-walled
+and red-roofed village beneath them on the banks of the river.
+</p>
+<p>
+Five minutes later their guide stopped at a door in a roughly paved
+street, which he opened with a key.
+</p>
+<p>
+"My humble dwelling, when I am in residence here, and not at Granada,"
+he said, "in which I shall be honoured to receive you. Look, near by is
+the church."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then they entered a patio, or courtyard, where some orange-trees grew
+round a fountain of water, and a life-sized crucifix stood against the
+wall. As he passed this sacred emblem Peter bowed and crossed himself,
+an example that Castell did not follow. The priest looked at
+him sharply.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Surely, Señor," he said, "you should do reverence to the symbol of our
+Saviour, who, by His mercy, have just been saved from the death which
+the marquis told me had overtaken both of you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"My right arm is hurt," answered Castell readily, "so I must do that
+reverence in my heart."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I understand, Señor; but if you are a stranger to this country, which
+you do not seem to be, who speak its tongue so well, with your
+permission I will warn you that here it is wise not to confine your
+reverences to the heart. Of late the directors of the Inquisition have
+become somewhat strict, and expect that the outward forms should be
+observed as well. Indeed, when I was a familiar of the Holy Office at
+Seville, I have seen men burned for the neglect of them. You have two
+arms and a head, Señor, also a knee that can be bent."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Pardon me," answered Castell to this lecture. "I was thinking of other
+matters. The carrying off of my daughter at the hands of your patron,
+the Marquis of Morella, for instance."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then, making no reply, the priest led them through his sitting-room to a
+bed-chamber with high barred windows, that, although it was large and
+lofty, reminded them somehow of a prison cell. Here he left them, saying
+that he would go to find the local surgeon, who, it seemed, was a barber
+also, if, indeed, he were not engaged in "lightening the ship,"
+recommending them meanwhile to take off their wet clothes and lie
+down to rest.
+</p>
+<p>
+A woman having brought hot water and some loose garments in which to
+wrap themselves while their own were drying, they undressed and washed
+and afterwards, utterly worn out, threw themselves down and fell asleep
+upon the beds, having first hidden away their gold in the food bag,
+which Peter placed beneath his pillow. Two hours later or more they were
+awakened by the arrival of Father Henriques and the barber-surgeon,
+accompanied by the woman-servant, and who brought them back their
+clothes cleaned and dried.
+</p>
+<p>
+When the surgeon saw Peter's hurt to the left side of his neck and
+shoulder, which now were black, swollen, and very stiff, he shook his
+head, and said that time and rest alone could cure it, and that he must
+have been born under a fortunate star to have escaped with his life,
+which, save for his steel cap and leather jerkin, he would never have
+done. As no bones were broken, however, all that he could do was to
+dress the parts with some soothing ointment and cover them with clean
+cloths. This finished, he turned to Castell's wound, that was through
+the fleshy part of the right forearm, and, having syringed it out with
+warm water and oil, bound it up, saying that he would be well in a week.
+He added drily that the gale must have been fiercer even than he
+thought, since it could blow an arrow through a man's arm&mdash;a saying at
+which the priest pricked up his ears.
+</p>
+<p>
+To this Castell made no answer, but producing a piece of Morella's gold,
+offered it to him for his services, asking him at the same time to
+procure them mules or horses, if he could. The barber promised to try to
+do so, and being well pleased with his fee, which was a great one for
+Motril, said that he would see them again in the evening, and if he
+could hear of any beasts would tell them of it then. Also he promised to
+bring them some clothes and cloaks of Spanish make, since those they had
+were not fit to travel in through that country, being soiled and
+blood-stained.
+</p>
+<p>
+After he had gone, and the priest with him, who was busy seeing to the
+division of the spoils from the ship and making sure of his own share,
+the servant, a good soul, brought them soup, which they drank. Then they
+lay down again upon the beds and talked together as to what they
+should do.
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell was downhearted, pointing out that they were still as far from
+Margaret as ever, who was now once more lost to them, and in the hand of
+Morella, whence they could scarcely hope to snatch her. It would seem
+also that she was being taken to the Moorish city of Granada, if she
+were not already there, where Christian law and justice had no power.
+</p>
+<p>
+When he had heard him out, Peter, whose heart was always stout,
+answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"God has as much power in Granada as in London, or on the seas whence He
+has saved us. I think, Sir, that we have great reason to be thankful to
+God, seeing that we are both alive to-day, who might so well have been
+dead, and that Margaret is alive also, and, as we believe, unharmed.
+Further, this Spanish thief of women is, it would seem, a strange man,
+that is, if there be any truth in his words, for although he could steal
+her, it appears that he cannot find it in his heart to do her violence,
+but is determined to win her only with her own consent, which I think
+will not be had readily. Also, he shrinks from murder, who, when he
+could have butchered us, did not do so."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I have known such men before," said Castell, "who hold some sins
+venial, but others deadly to their souls. It is a fruit of
+superstition."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then, Sir, let us pray that Morella's superstitions may remain strong,
+and get us to Granada as quickly as we can, for there, remember, you
+have friends, both among the Jews and Moors, who have traded with the
+place for many years, and these may give us shelter. Therefore, though
+things are bad, still they might be worse."
+</p>
+<p>
+"That is so," answered Castell more cheerfully, "if, indeed, she has
+been taken to Granada; and as to this, we will try to learn something
+from the barber or the Father Henriques."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I put no faith in that priest, a sly fellow who is in the pay of
+Morella," answered Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then they were silent, being still very weary, and having nothing more
+to say, but much to think about.
+</p>
+<p>
+About sundown the doctor came back and dressed their wounds. He brought
+with him a stock of clothes of Spanish make, hats and two heavy cloaks
+fit to travel in, which they bought from him at a good price. Also, he
+said that he had two fine mules in the courtyard, and Castell went out
+to look at them. They were sorry beasts enough, being poor and wayworn,
+but as no others were to be had they returned to the room to talk as to
+the price of them and their saddles. The chaffering was long, for he
+asked twice their value, which Castell said poor shipwrecked men could
+not pay; but in the end they struck a bargain, under which the barber
+was to keep and feed the mules for the night, and bring them round next
+morning with a guide who would show them the road to Granada. Meanwhile,
+they paid him for the clothes, but not for the beasts.
+</p>
+<p>
+Also they tried to learn something from him about the Marquis of
+Morella, but, like the Fray Henriques, the man was cunning, and kept his
+mouth shut, saying that it was ill for poor men like himself to chatter
+of the great, and that at Granada they could hear everything. So he went
+away, leaving some medicine for them to drink, and shortly afterwards
+the priest appeared.
+</p>
+<p>
+He was in high good-humour, having secured those jewels which they had
+left behind in the iron coffer as his share of the spoil of the ship.
+Taking note of him as he showed and fondled them, Castell added up the
+man, and concluded that he was very avaricious; one who hated the
+poverty in which he had been reared, and would do much for money.
+Indeed, when he spoke bitterly of the thieves who had been at the ship's
+strong-box and taken nearly all the gold, Castell determined that he
+must never know who those thieves were, lest they should meet with some
+accident on their journey.
+</p>
+<p>
+At length the trinkets were put away, and the priest said that they must
+sup with him, but lamented that he had no wine to give them, who was
+forced to drink water; whereon Castell prayed him to procure a few
+flasks of the best at their charges, which, nothing loth, he sent his
+servant out to do.
+</p>
+<p>
+So, dressed in their new Spanish clothes, and having all the gold hidden
+about them in two money-belts that they had bought from the barber at
+the same time, they went in to supper, which consisted of a Spanish dish
+called <i>olla podrida</i>&mdash;a kind of rich stew&mdash;bread, cheese, and fruit.
+Also the wine that they had bought was there, very good and strong, and,
+whilst taking but little of it themselves for fear they should fever
+their wounds, they persuaded Father Henriques to drink heartily, so that
+in the end he forgot his cunning, and spoke with freedom. Then, seeing
+that he was in a ripe humour, Castell asked him about the Marquis of
+Morella, and how it happened that he had a house in the Moorish capital
+of Granada.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Because he is half a Moor," answered the priest. "His father, it is
+said, was the Prince of Viana, and his mother a lady of royal Moorish
+blood, from whom he inherited great wealth, and his lands and palace in
+Granada. There, too, he loves to dwell, who, although he is so good a
+Christian by faith, has many heathen tastes, and, like the Moors,
+surrounds himself with a seraglio of beautiful women, as I know, for
+often I act as his chaplain, as in Granada there are no priests.
+Moreover, there is a purpose in all this, for, being partly of their
+blood, he is accredited to the court of their sultan, Boabdil, by
+Ferdinand and Isabella in whose interests he works in secret. For,
+strangers, you should know, if you do not know it already, that their
+Majesties have for long been at war against the Moor, and purpose to
+take what remains of his kingdom from him, and make it Christian, as
+they have already taken Malaga, and purified it by blood and fire from
+the accursed stain of infidelity."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," said Castell, "we heard that in England, for I am a merchant who
+have dealings with Granada, whither I am going on my affairs."
+</p>
+<p>
+"On what affairs then goes the señora, who you say is your daughter, and
+what is that story that the sailors told of, about a fight between the
+<i>San Antonio</i> and an English ship, which indeed we saw in the offing
+yesterday? And why did the wind blow an arrow through your arm, friend
+Merchant? And how came it that you two were left aboard the caravel when
+the marquis and his people escaped?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"You ask many questions, holy Father. Peter, fill the glass of his
+reverence; he drinks nothing who thinks that it is always Lent. Your
+health, Father. Ah! well emptied. Fill it again, Peter, and pass me the
+flask. Now I will begin to answer you with the story of the shipwreck."
+And he commenced an endless tale of the winds and sails and rocks and
+masts carried away, and of the English ship that tried to help the
+Spanish ship, and so forth, till at length the priest, whose glass Peter
+filled whenever his head was turned, fell back in his chair asleep.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Now," whispered Peter in English across the table to Castell&mdash;"now I
+think that we had best go to bed, for we have learned much from this
+holy spy&mdash;as I take him to be&mdash;and told little."
+</p>
+<p>
+So they crept away quietly to their chamber, and, having swallowed the
+draught that the doctor had given them, said their prayers each in his
+own fashion, locked the door, and lay down to rest as well as their
+wounds and sore anxieties would allow them.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH13"><!-- CH13 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER XIII
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+THE ADVENTURE OF THE INN
+</center>
+<p>
+Peter did not sleep well, for, notwithstanding all the barber's
+dressing, his hurt pained him much. Moreover, he was troubled by the
+thought that Margaret must be sure that both he and her father were
+dead, and of the sufferings of her sore heart. Whenever he dozed off he
+seemed to see her awake and weeping, yes, and to hear her sobs and
+murmurings of his name. When the first light of dawn crept through the
+high-barred windows, he arose and called Castell, for they could not
+dress without each other's help. Then they waited until they heard the
+sound of men talking and of beasts stamping in the courtyard without.
+Guessing that this was the barber with the mules, they unlocked their
+door and, finding the servant yawning in the passage, persuaded her to
+let them out of the house.
+</p>
+<p>
+The barber it was, sure enough, and with him a one-eyed youth mounted on
+a pony, who, he said, would guide them to Granada. So they returned with
+him into the house, where he looked at their wounds, shaking his head
+over that of Peter, who, he said, ought not to travel so soon. After
+this came more haggling as to the price of the mules, saddlery,
+saddle-bags in which they packed their few spare clothes, hire of the
+guide and his horse, and so forth, since, anxious as they were to get
+away, they did not dare to seem to have money to spare.
+</p>
+<p>
+At length everything was settled, and as their host, Father Henriques,
+had not yet appeared, they determined to depart without bidding him
+farewell, leaving some money in acknowledgment of his hospitality and as
+a gift to his church. Whilst they were handing it over to the servant,
+however, together with a fee for herself, the priest joined them,
+unshaven, and holding his hand to his tonsured head whilst he explained,
+what was not true, that he had been celebrating some early Mass in the
+church; then asked whither they were going.
+</p>
+<p>
+They told him, and pressed their gift upon him, which he accepted,
+nothing loth, though its liberality seemed to make him more urgent to
+delay their departure. They were not fit to travel; the roads were most
+unsafe; they would be taken captive by the Moors, and thrown into a
+dungeon with the Christian prisoners; no one could enter Granada without
+a passport, he declared, and so forth, to all of which they answered
+that they must go.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now he appeared to be much disturbed, and said finally that they would
+bring him into trouble with the Marquis of Morella&mdash;how or why, he would
+not explain, though Peter guessed that it might be lest the marquis
+should learn from them that this priest, his chaplain, had been
+plundering the ship which he thought sunk, and possessing himself of his
+jewels. At length, seeing that the man meant mischief and would stop
+them in some fashion if they delayed, they bade him farewell hastily,
+and, pushing past him, mounted the mules that stood outside and rode
+away with their guide.
+</p>
+<p>
+As they went they heard the priest, who now was in a rage, abusing the
+barber who had sold them the beasts, and caught the words "Spies,"
+"English señoras," and "Commands of the Marquis," so that they were glad
+when at length they found themselves outside the town, where as yet few
+were stirring, and riding unmolested on the road to Granada.
+</p>
+<p>
+This road proved to be no good one, and very hilly; moreover, the mules
+were even worse than they had thought, that which Peter rode stumbling
+continually. Now they asked the youth, their guide, how long it would
+take them to reach Granada; but all he answered them was:
+</p>
+<p>
+"<i>Quien sabe</i>?" (Who knows?) "It depends upon the will of God."
+</p>
+<p>
+An hour later they asked him again, whereon he replied:
+</p>
+<p>
+Perhaps to-night, perhaps to-morrow, perhaps never, as there were many
+thieves about, and if they escaped the thieves they would probably be
+captured by the Moors.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think there is one thief very near to us," said Peter in English,
+looking at this ill-favoured young man, then added in his broken
+Spanish, "Friend, if we fall in with robbers or Moors, the first one who
+dies will be yourself," and he tapped the hilt of his sword.
+</p>
+<p>
+The lad uttered a Spanish curse, and turned the head of his pony round
+as though he would ride back to Motril, then changed his mind and pushed
+on a long way in front of them, nor could they come near him again for
+hours. So hard was the road and so feeble were the mules that,
+notwithstanding a midday halt to rest them, it was nightfall before they
+reached the top of the Sierra, and in the last sunset glow, separated
+from them by the rich <i>vega</i> or plain, saw the minarets and palaces of
+Granada. Now they wished to push on, but their guide swore that it was
+impossible, as in the dark they would fall over precipices while
+descending to the plain. There was a <i>venta</i> or inn near by, he said,
+where they could sleep, starting again at dawn.
+</p>
+<p>
+When Castell said that they did not wish to go to an inn, he answered
+that they must, since they had eaten what food they had, and here on
+the road there was no fodder for the beasts. So, reluctantly enough,
+they consented, knowing that unless they were fed the mules would never
+carry them to Granada, whereon the guide, pointing out the house to
+them, a lonely place in a valley about a hundred yards from the road,
+said that he would go on to make arrangements, and galloped off.
+</p>
+<p>
+As they approached this hostelry, which was surrounded by a rough wall
+for purposes of defence, they saw the one-eyed youth engaged in earnest
+conversation with a fat, ill-favoured man who had a great knife stuck in
+his girdle. Advancing to them, bowing, this man said that he was the
+host, and, in reply to their request for food and a room, told them that
+they could have both.
+</p>
+<p>
+They rode into the courtyard, whereon the inn-keeper locked the door in
+the wall behind them, explaining that it was to keep out robbers, and
+adding that they were fortunate to be where they could sleep quite
+safely. Then a Moor came and led away their mule to the stable, and
+they accompanied the landlord into the sitting-room, a long, low
+apartment furnished with tables and benches, on which sat several
+rough-looking fellows, drinking wine. Here the host suddenly demanded
+payment in advance, saying that he did not trust strangers. Peter would
+have argued with him; but Castell, thinking it best to comply,
+unbuttoned his garments to get at his money, for he had no loose coin in
+his pocket, having paid away the last at Motril.
+</p>
+<p>
+His right hand being still helpless, this he did with his left, and so
+awkwardly that the small doubloon he took hold of slipped from his
+fingers and fell on to the floor. Forgetting that he had not re-fastened
+the belt, he bent down to pick it up, whereon a number of gold pieces of
+various sorts, perhaps twenty of them, fell out and rolled hither and
+thither on the ground. Peter, watching, saw the landlord and the other
+men in the room exchange a quick and significant glance. They rose,
+however, and assisted to find the money, which the host returned to
+Castell, remarking with an unpleasant smile, that if he had known that
+his guests were so rich he would have charged them more for their
+accommodation.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Of your good heart I pray you not," answered Castell, "for that is all
+our worldly goods," and even as he spoke another gold piece, this time a
+large doubloon, which had remained in his clothing, slipped to
+the floor.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Of course, Señor," the host replied as he picked this up also and
+handed it back politely, "but shake yourself, there may still be a coin
+or two in your doublet." Castell did so, whereon the gold in his belt,
+loosened by what had fallen out, rattled audibly, and the audience
+smiled again, while the host congratulated him on the fact that he was
+in an honest house, and not wandering on the mountains, which were the
+home of so many bad men.
+</p>
+<p>
+Having pocketed his money with the best grace he could, and buckled his
+belt beneath his robe, Castell and Peter sat down at a table a little
+apart, and asked if they could have some supper. The host assented, and
+called to the Moorish servant to bring food, then sat down also, and
+began to put questions to them, of a sort which showed that their guide
+had already told all their story.
+</p>
+<p>
+"How did you learn of our shipwreck?" asked Castell by way of answer.
+</p>
+<p>
+"How? Why, from the people of the marquis, who stopped here to drink a
+cup of wine when he passed to Granada yesterday with his company and two
+señoras. He said that the <i>San Antonio</i> had sunk, but told us nothing of
+your being left aboard of her."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then forgive us, friend, if we, whose business is of no interest to
+you, copy his discretion, as we are weary and would rest."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Certainly, Señors&mdash;certainly," replied the man; "I go to hasten your
+supper, and to fetch you a flask of the wine of Granada worthy of your
+degree," and he left them.
+</p>
+<p>
+A while later their food came&mdash;good meat enough of its sort&mdash;and with it
+the wine in an earthenware jug, which, as he filled their horn mugs, the
+host said he had poured out of the flask himself that the crust of it
+might not slip. Castell thanked him, and asked him to drink a cup to
+their good journey; but he declined, answering that it was a fast day
+with him, on which he was sworn to touch only water. Now Peter, who had
+said nothing all this time, but noted much, just touched the wine with
+his lips, and smacked them as though in approbation while he whispered
+in English to Castell:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Drink it not; it is drugged!"
+</p>
+<p>
+"What says your son?" asked the host.
+</p>
+<p>
+"He says that it is delicious, but suddenly he has remembered what I too
+forgot, that the doctor at Motril forbade us to touch wine for fear lest
+we should worsen the hurts that we had in the shipwreck. Well, let it
+not be wasted. Give it to your friends. We must be content with thinner
+stuff." And taking up a jug of water that stood upon the table, he
+filled an empty cup with it and drank, then passed it to Peter, while
+the host looked at them sourly.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then, as though by an afterthought, Castell rose and politely presented
+the jug of wine and the two filled mugs to the men who were sitting at a
+table close by, saying that it was a pity that they should not have the
+benefit of such fine liquor. One of these fellows, as it chanced, was
+their own guide, who had come in from tending the mules. They took the
+mugs readily enough, and two of them tossed off their contents, whereon,
+with a smothered oath, the landlord snatched away the jug and
+vanished with it.
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell and Peter went on with their meal, for they saw their neighbours
+eating of the same dish, as did the landlord also, who had returned,
+and, it seemed to Peter, was watching the two men who had drunk the
+wine with an anxious eye. Presently one of these rose from the table
+and, going to a bench on the other side of the room, flung himself down
+upon it and became quite silent, while their one-eyed guide stretched
+out his arms and fell face forward so that his head rested on an empty
+plate, where he remained apparently insensible. The host sprang up and
+stood irresolute, and Castell, rising, said that evidently the poor lad
+was sleepy after his long ride, and as they were the same, would he be
+so courteous as to show them to their room?
+</p>
+<p>
+He assented readily, indeed it was clear that he wished to be rid of
+them, for the other men were staring at the guide and their companion,
+and muttering amongst themselves.
+</p>
+<p>
+"This way, Señors," he said, and led them to the end of the place where
+a broad step-ladder stood. Going up it, a lamp in his hand, he opened a
+trap-door and called to them to follow him, which Castell did. Peter,
+however, first turned and said good-night to the company who were
+watching them; at the same moment, as though by accident or
+thoughtlessly, half drawing his sword from its scabbard. Then he too
+went up the ladder, and found himself with the others in an attic.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was a bare place, the only furniture in it being two chairs and two
+rough wooden bedsteads without heads to them, mere trestles indeed, that
+stood about three feet apart against a boarded partition which appeared
+to divide this room from some other attic beyond. Also, there was a hole
+in the wall immediately beneath the eaves of the house that served the
+purpose of a window, over which a sack was nailed. "We are poor folk,"
+said the landlord as they glanced round this comfortless garret, "but
+many great people have slept well here, as doubtless you will also," and
+he turned to descend the ladder.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It will serve," answered Castell; "but, friend, tell your men to leave
+the stable open, as we start at dawn, and be so good as to give me
+that lamp."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I cannot spare the lamp," he grunted sulkily, with his foot already on
+the first step.
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter strode to him and grasped his arm with one hand, while with the
+other he seized the lamp. The man cursed, and began to fumble at his
+belt, as though for a knife, whereon Peter, putting out his strength,
+twisted his arm so fiercely that in his pain he loosed the lamp, which
+remained in Peter's hand. The inn-keeper made a grab at it, missed his
+footing and rolled down the ladder, falling heavily on the floor below.
+</p>
+<p>
+Watching from above, to their relief they saw him pick himself up, and
+heard him begin to revile them, shaking his fist and vowing vengeance.
+Then Peter shut down the trap-door. It was ill fitted, so that the edge
+of it stood up above the flooring, also the bolt that fastened it had
+been removed, although the staples in which it used to work remained.
+Peter looked round for some stick or piece of wood to pass through these
+staples, but could find nothing. Then he bethought him of a short length
+of cord that he had in his pocket, which served to tie one of the
+saddle-bags in its place on his mule. This he fastened from one staple
+to the other, so that the trap-door could not be lifted more than an
+inch or two.
+</p>
+<p>
+Reflecting that this might be done, and the cord cut with a knife
+passed through the opening, he took one of the chairs and stood it so
+that two of its legs rested on the edge of the trap-door and the other
+two upon the boarding of the floor. Then he said to Castell:
+</p>
+<p>
+"We are snared birds; but they must get into the cage before they wring
+our necks. That wine was poisoned, and, if they can, they will murder us
+for our money&mdash;or because they have been told to do so by the guide. We
+had best keep awake to-night."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think so," answered Castell anxiously. "Listen, they are talking down
+below."
+</p>
+<p>
+Talking they were, as though they debated something, but after a while
+the sound of voices died away. When all was silent they hunted round the
+attic, but could find nothing that was unusual to such places. Peter
+looked at the window-hole, and, as it was large enough for a man to pass
+through, tried to drag one of the beds beneath it, thinking that if any
+such attempt were made, he who lay thereon would have the thief at his
+mercy, only to find, however, that these were screwed to the floor and
+immovable. As there was nothing more that they could do, they went and
+sat upon these beds, their bare swords in their hands, and waited a long
+while, but nothing happened.
+</p>
+<p>
+At length the lamp, which had been flickering feebly for some time, went
+out, lacking oil, and except for the light which crept through the
+window-place, for now they had torn away the sacking that hung over it,
+they were in darkness.
+</p>
+<p>
+A little while later they heard the sound of a horse's hoofs, and the
+door of the house open and shut, after which there was more talking
+below, and mingling with it a new voice which Peter seemed to remember.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I have it," he whispered to Castell. "Here is our late host, Father
+Henriques, come to see how his guests are faring."
+</p>
+<p>
+Another half-hour and the waning moon rose, throwing a beam of light
+into their chamber; also they heard horse's hoofs again. Going to the
+window, Peter looked out of it and saw the horse, a fine beast, being
+held by the landlord, then a man came and mounted it and, at some remark
+of his, turned his face upwards towards their window. It was that of
+Father Henriques.
+</p>
+<p>
+The two whispered together for a while till the priest blessed the
+landlord in Latin words and rode away, and again they heard the door of
+the house close.
+</p>
+<p>
+"He is off to Granada, to warn Morella his master of our coming," said
+Castell, as they reseated themselves upon the beds.
+</p>
+<p>
+"To warn Morella that we shall never come, perhaps; but we will beat him
+yet," replied Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+The night wore on, and Castell, who was very weary, sank back upon the
+bolster and began to doze, when suddenly the chair that was set upon the
+trap-door fell over with a great clatter, and he sprang up, asking what
+that noise might be.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Only a rat," answered Peter, who saw no good in telling him the
+truth&mdash;namely, that thieves or murderers had tried to open the
+trap-door.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then he crept down the room, felt the cord, to find that it was still
+uncut, and replaced the chair where it had been. This done, Peter came
+back to the bed and threw himself down upon it as though he would
+slumber, though never was he more wide awake. The weariness of Castell
+had overcome him again, however, for he snored at his side.
+</p>
+<p>
+For a long while nothing further happened, although once the ray of
+moonlight was cut off, and for an instant Peter thought that he saw a
+face at the window. If so, it vanished and returned no more. Now from
+behind their heads came faint sounds, like those of stifled breathing,
+like those of naked feet; then a slight creaking and scratching in the
+wall&mdash;a mouse's tooth might have caused it&mdash;and suddenly, right in that
+ray of moonlight, a cruel-looking knife and a naked arm projected
+through the panelling.
+</p>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0010.png"><img src="150/M0010.png" width="150" alt="A CRUEL-LOOKING KNIFE AND A NAKED ARM PROJECTED THROUGH THE PANELLING"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+The knife flickered for a second over the breast of the sleeping Castell
+as though it were a living thing that chose the spot where it would
+strike. One second&mdash;only one&mdash;for the next Peter had drawn himself up,
+and with a sweep of the sword which lay unscabbarded at his side, had
+shorn that arm off above the elbow, just where it projected from the
+panelling.
+</p>
+<p>
+"What was that?" asked Castell again, as something fell upon him.
+</p>
+<p>
+"A snake," answered Peter, "a poisonous snake. Wake up now, and look."
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell obeyed, staring in silence at the horrible arm which still
+clasped the great knife, while from beyond the panelling there came a
+stifled groan, then a sound as of a heavy body stumbling away.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Come," said Peter, "let us be going, unless we would stop here for
+ever. That fellow will soon be back to seek his arm."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Going! How?" asked Castell.
+</p>
+<p>
+"There seems to be but one road, and that a rough one, through the
+window and over the wall," answered Peter. "Ah! there they come; I
+thought so." And as he spoke they heard the sound of men scrambling up
+the ladder.
+</p>
+<p>
+They ran to the window-place and looked out, but there seemed to be no
+one below, and it was not more than twelve feet from the ground. Peter
+helped Castell through it, then, holding his sound arm with both his
+own, lowered him as far as he could, and let go. He dropped on to his
+feet, fell to the ground, then rose again, unhurt. Peter was about to
+follow him when he heard the chair tumble over again, and, looking
+round, saw the trap-door open, to fall back with a crash. They had
+cut the cord!
+</p>
+<p>
+The figure of a man holding a knife appeared in the faint light,
+followed by the head of another man. Now it was too late for him to get
+through the window-place safely; if he attempted it he would be stabbed
+in the back. So, grasping his sword with both hands, Peter leapt at that
+man, aiming a great stroke at his shadowy mass. It fell upon him
+somewhere, for down he went and lay quite still. By now the second man
+had his knee upon the edge of flooring. Peter thrust him through, and he
+sank backwards on to the heads of others who were following him,
+sweeping the ladder with his weight, so that all of them tumbled in a
+heap at its foot, save one who hung to the edge of the trap frame by his
+hands. Peter slammed its door to, crushing them so that he loosed his
+grip, with a howl. Then, as he had nothing else, he dragged the body of
+the dead man on to it and left him there.
+</p>
+<p>
+Next he rushed to the window, sheathing his sword as he ran, scrambled
+through it, and, hanging by his arms, let himself drop, coming to the
+ground safely, for he was very agile, and in the excitement of the fray
+forgot the hurt to his head and shoulder.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Where now?" asked Castell, as he stood by him panting.
+</p>
+<p>
+"To the stable for the mules. No, it is useless; we have no time to
+saddle them, and the outer gate is locked. The wall&mdash;the wall&mdash;we must
+climb it! They will be after us in a minute."
+</p>
+<p>
+They ran thither and found that, though ten feet high, fortunately this
+wall was built of rough stone, which gave an easy foothold. Peter
+scrambled up first, then, lying across its top, stretched down his hand
+to Castell, and with difficulty&mdash;for the man was heavy and
+crippled&mdash;dragged him to his side. Just then they heard a voice from
+their garret shout:
+</p>
+<p>
+"The English devils have gone! Get to the door and cut them off."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Come on," said Peter. So together they climbed, or rather fell, down
+the wall on to a mass of prickly-pear bush, which broke the shock but
+tore them so sorely in a score of places that they could have shrieked
+with the pain. Somehow they freed themselves, and, bleeding all over,
+broke from that accursed bush, struggling up the bank of the ditch in
+which it grew, ran for the road, and along it towards Granada.
+</p>
+<p>
+Before they had gone a hundred yards they heard shoutings, and guessed
+that they were being followed. Just here the road crossed a ravine full
+of boulders and rough scrubby growth, whereas beyond it was bare and
+open. Peter seized Castell and dragged him up this ravine till they came
+to a place where, behind a great stone, there was a kind of hole, filled
+with bushes and tall, dead grass, into which they plunged and hid
+themselves.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Draw your sword," he said to Castell. "If they find us, we will die as
+well as we can."
+</p>
+<p>
+He obeyed, holding it in his left hand.
+</p>
+<p>
+They heard the robbers run along the road; then, seeing that they had
+missed their victims, these returned again, five or six of them, and
+fell to searching the ravine. But the light was very bad, for here the
+rays of the moon did not penetrate, and they could find nothing.
+Presently two of them halted within five paces of them and began to
+talk, saying that the swine must still be hidden in the yard, or perhaps
+had doubled back for Motril.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I don't know where they are hidden," answered the other man; "but this
+is a poor business. Fat Pedro's arm is cut clean off, and I expect he
+will bleed to death, while two of the other fellows are dead or dying,
+for that long-legged Englishman hits hard, to say nothing of those who
+drank the drugged wine, and look as though they would never wake. Yes, a
+poor business to get a few doubloons and please a priest, but oh! if I
+had the hogs here I&mdash;&mdash;" And he hissed out a horrible threat. "Meanwhile
+we had best lie up at the mouth of this place in case they should still
+be hidden here."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter heard him and listened. All the other men had gone, running back
+along the road. His blood was up, and the thorn pricks stung him sorely.
+Saying no word, out of his lair he came with that terrible sword of
+his aloft.
+</p>
+<p>
+The men caught sight of him, and gave a gasp of fear. It was the last
+sound that one of them ever made. Then the other turned and ran like a
+hare. This was he who had uttered the threat.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Stop!" whispered Peter, as he overtook him&mdash;"stop, and do what you
+promised."
+</p>
+<p>
+The brute turned, and asked for mercy, but got none.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It was needful," said Peter to Castell presently; "you heard&mdash;they were
+going to wait for us."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I do not think that they will try to murder any more Englishmen at that
+inn," panted Castell, as he ran along beside him.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH14"><!-- CH14 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER XIV
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+INEZ AND HER GARDEN
+</center>
+<p>
+For two hours or more John Castell and Peter travelled on the Granada
+road, running when it was smooth, walking when it was rough, and
+stopping from time to time to get their breath and listen. But the night
+was quite silent, no one seemed to be pursuing them. Evidently the
+remaining cut-throats had either taken another way or, having their fill
+of this adventure, wanted to see no more of Peter and his sword.
+</p>
+<p>
+At length the dawn broke over the great misty plain, for now they were
+crossing the <i>vega</i>. Then the sun rose and dispelled the vapours, and a
+dozen miles or more away they saw Granada on its hill. They saw each
+other also, and a sorry sight they were, torn by the sharp thorns, and
+stained with blood from their scratches. Peter was bare-headed too, for
+he had lost his cap, and almost beside himself now that the excitement
+had left him, from lack of sleep, pain, and weariness. Moreover, as the
+sun rose, it grew fearfully hot upon that plain, and its fierce rays,
+striking full upon his head, seemed to stupefy him, so that at last they
+were obliged to halt and weave a kind of hat out of corn and grasses,
+which gave him so strange an appearance that some Moors, whom they met
+going to their toil, thought that he must be a madman, and ran away.
+</p>
+<p>
+Still they crawled forward, refreshing themselves with water whenever
+they could find any in the irrigation ditches that these people used for
+their crops, but covering little more than a mile an hour. Towards noon
+the heat grew so dreadful that they were obliged to lie down to rest
+under the shade of some palm-like trees, and here, absolutely outworn,
+they sank into a kind of sleep.
+</p>
+<p>
+They were awakened by a sound of voices, and staggered to their feet,
+drawing their swords, for they thought that the thieves from the inn had
+overtaken them. Instead of these ruffianly murderers, however, they saw
+before them a body of eight Moors, beautifully mounted upon white
+horses, and clad in turbans and flowing robes, the like of which Peter
+had never yet beheld, who sat there regarding them gravely with their
+quiet eyes, and, as it seemed, not without pity.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Put up your swords, Señors," said the leader of these Moors in
+excellent Spanish&mdash;indeed, he seemed to be a Spaniard dressed in Eastern
+garments&mdash;"for we are many and fresh; and you are but two and wounded."
+</p>
+<p>
+They obeyed, who could do nothing else.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Now tell us, though there is little need to ask," went on the captain,
+"you are those men of England who boarded the <i>San Antonio</i> and escaped
+when she was sinking, are you not?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell nodded, then answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"We boarded her to seek&mdash;&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Never mind what you sought," the captain answered; "the names of
+exalted ladies should not be mentioned before strange men. But you have
+been in trouble again since then, at the inn yonder, where this tall
+señor bore himself very bravely. Oh! we have heard all the story, and
+give him honour who can wield a sword so well in the dark."
+</p>
+<p>
+"We thank you," said Castell, "but what is your business with us?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señor, we are sent by our master, his Excellency, the high Lord and
+Marquis of Morella, to find you and bring you to be his guests
+at Granada."
+</p>
+<p>
+"So the priest has told. I thought as much," muttered Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+"We pray you to come without trouble, as we do not wish to do any
+violence to such gallant men," went on the captain. "Be pleased to mount
+two of these horses, and ride with us."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am a merchant, with friends of my own at Granada," answered Castell.
+"Cannot we go to them, who do not seek the hospitality of the marquis?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señor, our orders are otherwise, and here the word of our master, the
+marquis, is a law that may not be broken."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I thought that Boabdil was king of Granada," said Castell.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Without doubt he is king, Señor, and by the grace of Allah will remain
+so, but the marquis is allied to him in blood; also, while the truce
+lasts, he is a representative of their Majesties of Spain in our city,"
+and, at a sign, two of the Moors dismounted and led forward their
+horses, holding the stirrups, and offering to help them to the saddle.
+</p>
+<p>
+"There is nothing for it," said Peter; "we must go." So, awkwardly
+enough, for they were very stiff, they climbed on to the beasts and rode
+away with their captors.
+</p>
+<p>
+The sun was sinking now, for they had slept long, and by the time they
+reached the gates of Granada the muezzins were calling to the sunset
+prayer from the minarets of the mosques.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was but a very dim and confused idea that Peter gathered of the great
+city of the Moors, as, surrounded by their white-robed escort, he rode
+he knew not whither. Narrow winding streets, white houses, shuttered
+windows, crowds of courteous, somewhat silent people, all men, and all
+clad in those same strange, flowing dresses, who looked at them
+curiously, and murmured words which afterwards he came to learn meant
+"Christian prisoners," or sometimes "Christian dogs"; fretted and
+pointed arches, and a vast fairy-like building set upon a hill. He was
+dazed with pain and fatigue as, a long-legged, blood-stained figure,
+crowned with his quaint hat of grasses, he rode through that wondrous
+and imperial place.
+</p>
+<p>
+Yet no man laughed at him, absurd as he must have seemed; but perhaps
+this was because under the grotesqueness of his appearance they
+recognised something of his quality. Or they might have heard rumours of
+his sword-play at the inn and on the ship. At any rate, their attitude
+was that of courteous dislike of the Christian, mingled with respect for
+the brave man in misfortune.
+</p>
+<p>
+At length, after mounting a long rise, they came to a palace on a mount,
+facing the vast, red-walled fortress which seemed to dominate the place,
+which he afterwards knew as the Alhambra, but separated from it by a
+valley. This palace was a very great building, set on three sides of a
+square, and surrounded by gardens, wherein tall cypress-trees pointed to
+the tender sky. They rode through the gardens and sundry gateways till
+they came to a courtyard where servants, with torches in their hands,
+ran out to meet them. Somebody helped him off his horse, somebody
+supported him up a flight of marble steps, beneath which a fountain
+splashed, into a great, cool room with an ornamented roof. Then Peter
+remembered no more.
+</p>
+<hr>
+<p>
+A time went by, a long, long time&mdash;in fact it was nearly a month&mdash;before
+Peter really opened his eyes to the world again. Not that he had been
+insensible for all this while&mdash;that is, quite&mdash;for at intervals he had
+become aware of that large, cool room, and of people talking about
+him&mdash;especially of a dark-eyed, light-footed, and pretty woman with a
+white wimple round her face, who appeared to be in charge of him.
+Occasionally he thought that this must be Margaret, and yet knew that it
+could not, for she was different. Also, he remembered that once or twice
+he had seemed to see the haughty, handsome face of Morella bending over
+him, as though he watched curiously to learn whether he would live or
+not, and then had striven to rise to fight him, and been pressed back by
+the soft, white hands of the woman that yet were so terribly strong.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now, when he awoke at last, it was to see her sitting there with a ray
+of sunlight from some upper window falling on her face, sitting with her
+chin resting on her hand and her elbow on her knee, and contemplating
+him with a pretty, puzzled look. She made a sweet picture thus, he
+thought. Then he spoke to her in his slow Spanish, for somehow he knew
+that she would not understand his own tongue.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You are not Margaret," he said.
+</p>
+<p>
+At once the dream went out of the woman's soft eyes; she became
+intensely interested, and, rising, advanced towards him, a very gracious
+figure, who seemed to sway as she walked.
+</p>
+<p>
+"No, no," she said, bending over him and touching his forehead with her
+taper fingers; "my name is Inez. You wander still, Señor."
+</p>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0011.png"><img src="150/M0011.png" width="150" alt="'MY NAME IS INEZ. YOU WANDER STILL, SEÑOR'"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Inez what?" he asked.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Inez only," she answered, "Inez, a woman of Granada, the rest is lost.
+Inez, the nurse of sick men, Señor."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Where then is Margaret&mdash;the English Margaret?"
+</p>
+<p>
+A veil of secrecy seemed to fall over the woman's face, and her voice
+changed as she answered, no longer ringing true, or so it struck his
+senses made quick and subtle by the fires of fever:
+</p>
+<p>
+"I know no English Margaret. Do you then love her&mdash;this English
+Margaret?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Aye," he answered, "she was stolen from me; I have followed her from
+far, and suffered much. Is she dead or living?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I have told you, Señor, I know nothing, although"&mdash;and again the voice
+became natural&mdash;"it is true that I thought you loved somebody from your
+talk in your illness."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter pondered a while, then he began to remember, and asked again:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Where is Castell?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Castell? Was he your companion, the man with a hurt arm who looked like
+a Jew? I do not know where he is. In another part of the city, perhaps.
+I think that he was sent to his friends. Question me not of such
+matters, who am but your sick-nurse. You have been very ill, Señor.
+Look!" And she handed him a little mirror made of polished silver, then,
+seeing that he was too weak to take it, held it before him.
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter saw his face, and groaned, for, except the red scar upon his
+cheek, it was ivory white and wasted to nothing.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am glad Margaret did not see me like this," he said, with an attempt
+at a smile, "bearded too, and what a beard! Lady, how could you have
+nursed one so hideous?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I have not found you hideous," she answered softly; "besides, that is
+my trade. But you must not talk, you must rest. Drink this, and rest,"
+and she gave him soup in a silver bowl, which he swallowed readily
+enough, and went to sleep again.
+</p>
+<p>
+Some days afterwards, when Peter was well on the road to convalescence,
+his beautiful nurse came and sat by him, a look of pity in her tender,
+Eastern eyes.
+</p>
+<p>
+"What is it now, Inez?" he asked, noting her changed face.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señor Pedro, you spoke to me a while ago, when you woke up from your
+long sleep, of a certain Margaret, did you not? Well, I have been
+inquiring of this Dona Margaret, and have no good news to tell of her."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter set his teeth, and said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Go on, tell me the worst."
+</p>
+<p>
+"This Margaret was travelling with the Marquis of Morella, was she
+not?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"She had been stolen by him," answered Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Alas! it may be so; but here in Spain, and especially here in Granada,
+that will scarcely screen the name of one who has been known to travel
+with the Marquis of Morella."
+</p>
+<p>
+"So much the worse for the Marquis of Morella when I meet him again,"
+answered Peter sternly. "What is your story, Nurse Inez?"
+</p>
+<p>
+She looked with interest at his grim, thin face, but, as it seemed to
+him, with no displeasure.
+</p>
+<p>
+"A sad one. As I have told you, a sad one. It seems that the other day
+this señora was found dead at the foot of the tallest tower of the
+marquis's palace, though whether she fell from it, or was thrown from
+it, none know."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter gasped, and was silent for a while; then asked:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Did you see her dead?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"No, Señor; others saw her."
+</p>
+<p>
+"And told you to tell me? Nurse Inez, I do not believe your tale. If the
+Dona Margaret, my betrothed, were dead I should know it; but my heart
+tells me that she is alive."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You have great faith, Señor," said the woman, with a note of admiration
+in her voice which she could not suppress, but, as he observed, without
+contradicting him.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I have faith," he answered. "Nothing else is left; but so far it has
+been a good crutch."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter made no further allusion to the subject, only presently he asked:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Tell me, where am I?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"In a prison, Señor."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh! a prison, with a beautiful woman for jailer, and other beautiful
+women"&mdash;and he pointed to a fair creature who had brought something into
+the room&mdash;"as servants. A very fine prison also," and he looked about
+him at the marbles and arches and lovely carving.
+</p>
+<p>
+"There are men without the gate, not women," she replied, smiling.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I daresay; captives can be tied with ropes of silk, can they not? Well,
+whose is this prison?"
+</p>
+<p>
+She shook her head.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I do not know, Señor. The Moorish king's perhaps&mdash;you yourself have
+said that I am only the jailer."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then who pays you?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Perhaps I am not paid, Señor; perhaps I work for love," and she glanced
+at him swiftly, "or hate," and her face changed.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Not hate of me, I think," said Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+"No, Señor, not hate of you. Why should I hate you who have been so
+helpless and so courteous to me?" and she bent the knee to him a little.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Why indeed? especially as I am also grateful to you who have nursed me
+back to life. But then, why hide the truth from a helpless man?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Inez glanced about her; the room was empty now. She bent over him and
+whispered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Have you never been forced to hide the truth? No, I read it in your
+face, and you are not a woman&mdash;an erring woman."
+</p>
+<p>
+They looked into each other's eyes a while, then Peter asked: "Is the
+Dona Margaret really dead?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I do not know," she answered; "I was told so." And as though she feared
+lest she should betray herself, Inez turned and left him quickly.
+</p>
+<p>
+The days went by, and through the slow degrees of convalescence Peter
+grew strong again. But they brought him no added knowledge. He did not
+know where he dwelt or why he was there. All he knew was that he lived a
+prisoner in a sumptuous palace, or as he suspected, for of this he could
+not be sure, since the arched windows of one side of the building were
+walled up, in the wing of a palace. Nobody came near to him except the
+fair Inez, and a Moor who either was deaf or could understand nothing
+that he said to him in Spanish. There were other women about, it is
+true, very pretty women all of them, who acted as servants, but none of
+these were allowed to approach him; he only saw them at a distance.
+</p>
+<p>
+Therefore Inez was his sole companion, and with her he grew very
+intimate, to a certain extent, but no further. On the occasion that has
+been described she had lifted a corner of her veil which hid her true
+self, but a long while passed before she enlarged her confidence. The
+veil was kept down very close indeed. Day by day he questioned her, and
+day by day, without the slightest show of irritation, or even annoyance,
+she parried his questions. They knew perfectly well that they were
+matching their wits against each other; but as yet Inez had the best of
+the game, which, indeed, she seemed to enjoy. He would talk to her also
+of all sorts of things&mdash;the state of Spain, the Moorish court, the
+danger that threatened Granada, whereof the great siege now drew near,
+and so forth&mdash;and of these matters she would discourse most
+intelligently, with the result that he learned much of the state of
+politics in Castile and Granada, and greatly improved his knowledge of
+the Spanish tongue.
+</p>
+<p>
+But when of a sudden, as he did again and again, he sprang some question
+on her about Morella, or Margaret, or John Castell, that same subtle
+change would come over her face, and the same silence would seal
+her lips.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señor," she said to him one day with a laugh, "you ask me of secrets
+which I might reveal to you&mdash;perhaps&mdash;if you were my husband or my love,
+but which you cannot expect a nurse, whose life hangs on it, to answer.
+Not that I wish you to become my husband or my lover," she added, with a
+little nervous laugh.
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter looked at her with his grave eyes.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I know that you do not wish that," he said, "for how could I attract
+one so gay and beautiful as you are?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"You seem to attract the English Margaret," she replied quickly in a
+nettled voice.
+</p>
+<p>
+"To have attracted, you mean, as you tell me that she is dead," he
+answered; and, seeing her mistake, Inez bit her lip. "But," he went on,
+"I was going to add, though it may have no value for you, that you have
+attracted me as your true friend."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Friend!" she said, opening her large eyes, "what talk is this? Can the
+woman Inez find a friend in a man who is under sixty?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"It would appear so," he answered. And again with that graceful little
+curtsey of hers she went away, leaving him very puzzled. Two days
+later she appeared in his room, evidently much disturbed.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I thought that you had left me altogether, and I am glad to see you,
+for I tire of that deaf Moor and of this fine room. I want fresh air."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I know it," she answered; "so I have come to take you to walk in a
+garden."
+</p>
+<p>
+He leapt for joy at her words, and snatching at his sword, which had
+been left to him, buckled it on.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You will not need that," she said.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I thought that I should not need it in yonder inn, but I did," he
+answered. Whereat she laughed, then turned, put her hand upon his
+shoulder and spoke to him earnestly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"See, friend," she whispered, "you want to walk in the fresh air&mdash;do you
+not?&mdash;and to learn certain things&mdash;and I wish to tell you them. But I
+dare not do it here, where we may at any moment be surrounded by spies,
+for these walls have ears indeed. Well, when we walk in that garden,
+would it be too great a penance for you to put your arm about my
+waist&mdash;you who still need support?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"No penance at all, I assure you," answered Peter with something like a
+smile. For after all he was a man, and young; while the waist of Inez
+was as pretty as all the rest of her. "But," he added, "it might be
+misunderstood."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Quite so, I wish it to be misunderstood: not by me, who know that you
+care nothing for me and would as soon place your arm round that
+marble column."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter opened his lips to speak, but she stopped him at once.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh! do not waste falsehoods on me, in which of a truth you have no
+art," she said with evident irritation. "Why, if you had the money, you
+would offer to pay me for my nursing, and who knows, I might take it!
+Understand, you must either do this, seeming to play the lover to me, or
+we cannot walk together in that garden."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter hesitated a little, guessing a plot, while she bent forward till
+her lips almost touched his ear and said in a still lower voice:
+</p>
+<p>
+"And I cannot tell you how, perhaps&mdash;I say perhaps&mdash;you may come to see
+the remains of the Dona Margaret, and certain other matters. Ah!" she
+added after a pause, with a little bitter laugh, "now you will kiss me
+from one end of the garden to the other, will you not? Foolish man!
+Doubt no more; take your chance, it may be the last."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Of what? Kissing you? Or the other things?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"That you will find out," she said, with a shrug of her shoulders.
+"Come!"
+</p>
+<p>
+Then, while he followed dubiously, she led him down the length of the
+great room to a door with a spy-hole in the top of it, that was set in a
+Moorish archway at the corner.
+</p>
+<p>
+This door she opened, and there beyond it, a drawn scimitar in his hand,
+stood a tall Moor on guard. Inez spoke a word to him, whereon he saluted
+with his scimitar and let them pass across the landing to a turret stair
+that lay beyond, which they descended. At its foot was another door,
+whereon she knocked four times. Bolts shot back, keys turned, and it was
+opened by a black porter, beyond whom stood a second Moor, also with
+drawn sword. They passed him as they had passed the first, turned down a
+little passage to the right, ending in some steps, and came to a third
+door, in front of which she halted.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Now," she said, "nerve yourself for the trial."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What trial?" he asked, supporting himself against the wall, for he
+found his legs still weak.
+</p>
+<p>
+"This," she answered, pointing to her waist, "and these," and she
+touched her rich, red lips with her taper finger-points. "Would you
+like to practise a little, my innocent English knight, before we go out?
+You look as though you might seem awkward and unconvincing."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think," answered Peter drily, for the humour of the situation moved
+him, "that such practice is somewhat dangerous for me. It might annoy
+you before I had done. I will postpone my happiness until we are in
+the garden."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I thought so," she answered; "but look now, you must play the part, or
+I shall suffer, who am bearing much for you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think that I may suffer also," he murmured, but not so low that she
+did not catch his words.
+</p>
+<p>
+"No, friend Pedro," she said, turning on him, "it is the woman who
+suffers in this kind of farce. She pays; the man rides away to play
+another," and without more ado she opened the door, which proved to be
+unlocked and unguarded.
+</p>
+<p>
+Beyond the foot of some steps lay a most lovely garden. Great, tapering
+cypresses grew about it, with many orange-trees and flowering shrubs
+that filled the soft, southern air with odours. Also there were marble
+fountains into which water splashed from the mouths of carven lions, and
+here and there arbours with stone seats, whereon were laid soft cushions
+of many colours. It was a veritable place of Eastern delight and
+dreams, such as Peter had never known before he looked upon it on that
+languorous eve&mdash;he who had not seen the sky or flowers for so many weary
+weeks of sickness. It was secluded also, being surrounded by a high
+wall, but at one place the tall, windowless tower of some other building
+of red stone soared up between and beyond two lofty cypress-trees.
+</p>
+<p>
+"This is the harem garden," Inez whispered, "where many a painted
+favourite has flitted for a few happy, summer hours, till winter came
+and the butterfly was broken," and, as she spoke, she dropped her veil
+over her face and began to descend the stairs.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH15"><!-- CH15 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER XV
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+PETER PLAYS A PART
+</center>
+<p>
+"Stop," said Peter from the shadow of the doorway, "I fear this
+business, Inez, and I do not understand why it is needful. Why cannot
+you say what you have to say here?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Are you mad?" she answered almost fiercely through her veil. "Do you
+think that it can be any pleasure for me to seem to make love to a stone
+shaped like a man, for whom I care nothing at all&mdash;except as a friend?"
+she added quickly. "I tell you, Señor Peter, that if you do not do as I
+tell you, you will never hear what I have to say, for I shall be held to
+have failed in my business, and within a few minutes shall vanish from
+you for ever&mdash;to my death perhaps; but what does that matter to you?
+Choose now, and quickly, for I cannot stand thus for long."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I obey you, God forgive me!" said the distraught Peter from the
+darkness of the doorway; "but must I really&mdash;&mdash;?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, you must," she answered with energy, "and some would not think
+that so great a penance."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then she lifted the corner of her veil coyly and, peeping out beneath
+it, called in a soft, clear voice, "Oh! forgive me, dear friend, if I
+have run too fast for you, forgetting that you are still so very weak.
+Here, lean upon me; I am frail, but it may serve." And she passed up the
+steps again, to reappear in another moment with Peter's hand resting on
+her shoulder.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Be careful of these steps," she said, "they are so slippery"&mdash;a
+statement to which Peter, whose pale face had grown suddenly red,
+murmured a hearty assent. "Do not be afraid," she went on in her
+flute-like voice; "this is the secret garden, where none can hear words,
+however sweet, and none can see even a caress, no, not the most jealous
+woman. That is why in old days it was called the Sultana's Chamber, for
+there at the end of it was where she bathed in the summer season. What
+say you of spies? Oh! yes, in the palace there are many, but to look
+towards this place, even for the Guardian of the Women, was always
+death. Here there are no witnesses, save the flowers and the birds."
+</p>
+<p>
+As she spoke thus they reached the central path, and passed up it
+slowly, Peter's hand still upon the shoulder of Inez, and her white arm
+about him, while she looked up into his eyes.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Bend closer over me," she whispered, "for truly your face is like that
+of a wooden saint," and he bent. "Now," she went on, "listen. Your lady
+lives, and is well&mdash;kiss me on the lips, please, that news is worth it.
+If you shut your eyes you can imagine that I am she."
+</p>
+<p>
+Again Peter obeyed, and with a better grace than might have been
+expected.
+</p>
+<p>
+"She is a prisoner in this same palace," she went on, "and the marquis,
+who is mad for love of her, seeks by all means, fair or foul, to make
+her his wife!"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Curse him!" exclaimed Peter with another embrace.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Till a few days ago she thought you dead; but now she knows that you
+are alive and recovering. Her father, Castell, escaped from the place
+where he was put, and is in hiding among his friends, the Jews, where
+even Morella cannot find him; indeed, he believes him fled from the
+city. But he is not fled, and, having much gold, has opened a door
+between himself and his daughter."
+</p>
+<p>
+Here she stopped to return the embrace with much warmth. Then they
+passed under some trees, and came to the marble baths where the sultanas
+were supposed to have bathed in summer, for this place had been one of
+the palaces of the Kings of Granada before they lived in the Alhambra.
+Here Inez sat down upon a seat and loosened some garment about her
+throat, for the evening was very hot.
+</p>
+<p>
+"What are you doing?" Peter asked doubtfully, for he was filled with
+many fears.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Cooling myself," she answered; "your arm was warm, and we may sit here
+for a few minutes."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well, go on with your tale," he said.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I have little more to say, friend, except that if you wish to send any
+message, I might perhaps be able to take it."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You are an angel," he exclaimed.
+</p>
+<p>
+"That is another word for messenger, is it not? Continue."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Tell her&mdash;that if she hears anything of all this business, it isn't
+true."
+</p>
+<p>
+"On that point she may form her own opinion," replied Inez demurely. "If
+I were in her place I know what mine would be. Don't waste time; we
+must soon begin to walk again."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter stared at her, for he could understand nothing of all this play.
+Apparently she read his look, for she answered it in a quiet,
+serious voice:
+</p>
+<p>
+"You are wondering what everything means, and why I am doing what I do.
+I will tell you, Señor, and you can believe me or not as you like.
+Perhaps you think that I am in love with you. It would not be wonderful,
+would it? Besides, in the old tales, that always happens&mdash;the lady who
+nurses the Christian knight and worships him and so forth."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I don't think anything of the sort; I am not so vain."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I know it, Señor, you are too good a man to be vain. Well, I do all
+these things, not for love of you, or any one, but for hate&mdash;for hate.
+Yes, for hate of Morella," and she clenched her little hand, hissing the
+words out between her teeth.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I understand the feeling," said Peter. "But&mdash;but what has he done to
+<i>you</i>?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Do not ask me, Señor. Enough that once I loved him&mdash;that accursed
+priest Henriques sold me into his power&mdash;oh! a long while ago, and he
+ruined me, making me what I am, and&mdash;I bore his child, and&mdash;and it is
+dead. Oh! Mother of God, my boy is dead, and since then I have been an
+outcast and his slave&mdash;they have slaves here in Granada, Señor&mdash;
+dependent on him for my bread, forced to do his bidding, forced to wait
+upon his other loves; I, who once was the sultana; I, of whom he has
+wearied. Only to-day&mdash;but why should I tell you of it? Well, he has
+driven me even to this, that I must kiss an unwilling stranger in a
+garden," and she sobbed aloud.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Poor girl!&mdash;poor girl!" said Peter, patting her hand kindly with his
+thin fingers. "Henceforth I have another score against Morella, and I
+will pay it too."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Will you?" she asked quickly. "Ah! if so, I would die for you, who now
+live only to be revenged upon him. And it shall be my first vengeance to
+rob him of that noble-looking mistress of yours, whom he has stolen away
+and has set his heart upon wholly, because she is the first woman who
+ever resisted him&mdash;him, who thinks that he is invincible."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Have you any plan?" asked Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+"As yet, none. The thing is very difficult. I go in danger of my life,
+for if he thought that I betrayed him he would kill me like a rat, and
+think no harm of it. Such things can be done in Granada without sin,
+Señor, and no questions asked&mdash;at least if the victim be a woman of the
+murderer's household. I have told you already that if I had refused to
+do what I have done this evening I should certainly have been got rid of
+in this way or that, and another set on at the work. No, I have no plan
+yet, only it is I through whom the Señor Castell communicates with his
+daughter, and I will see him again, and see her, and we will make some
+plan. No, do not thank me. He pays me for my services, and I am glad to
+take his money, who hope to escape from this hell and live on it
+elsewhere. Yet, not for all the money in the world would I risk what I
+am risking, though in truth it matters not to me whether I live or die.
+Señor, I will not disguise it from you, all this scene will come to the
+Dona Margaret's ears, but I will explain it to her."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I pray you, do," said Peter earnestly&mdash;"explain it fully."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I will&mdash;I will. I will work for you and her and her father, and if I
+cease to work, know that I am dead or in a dungeon, and fend for
+yourselves as best you may. One thing I can tell you for your
+comfort&mdash;no harm has been done to this lady of yours. Morella loves her
+too well for that. He wishes to make her his wife. Or perhaps he has
+sworn some oath, as I know that he has sworn that he will not murder
+you&mdash;which he might have done a score of times while you have lain a
+prisoner in his power. Why, once when you were senseless he came and
+stood over you, a dagger in his hand, and reasoned out the case with me.
+I said, 'Why do you not kill him?' knowing that thus I could best help
+to save your life. He answered, 'Because I will not take my wife with
+her lover's blood upon my hands, unless I slay him in fair fight. I
+swore it yonder in London. It was the offering which I made to God and
+to my patron saint that so I might win her fairly, and if I break that
+oath, God will be avenged upon me here and hereafter. Do my bidding,
+Inez. Nurse him well, so that if he dies, he dies without sin of mine,'
+No, he will not murder you or harm her. Friend Pedro, he dare not."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Can you think of nothing?" asked Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nothing&mdash;as yet nothing. These walls are high, guards watch them day
+and night, and outside is the great city of Granada where Morella has
+much power, and whence no Christian may escape. But he would marry her.
+And there is that handsome fool-woman, her servant, who is in love with
+him&mdash;oh! she told me all about it in the worst Spanish I ever heard, but
+the story is too long to repeat; and the priest, Father Henriques&mdash;he
+who wished that you might be killed at the inn, and who loves money so
+much. Ah! now I think I see some light. But we have no more time to
+talk, and I must have time to think. Friend Pedro, make ready your
+kisses, we must go on with our game, and, in truth, you play but badly.
+Come now, your arm. There is a seat prepared for us yonder. Smile and
+look loving. I have not art enough for both. Come!&mdash;come!" And together
+they walked out of the dense shadow of the trees and past the marble
+bath of the sultanas to a certain seat beneath a bower on which were
+cushions, and lying among them a lute.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Seat yourself at my feet," she said, as she sank on to the bench. "Can
+you sing?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"No more than a crow," he answered.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then I must sing to you. Well, it will be better than the love-making."
+Then in a very sweet voice she began to warble amorous Moorish ditties
+that she accompanied upon the lute, whilst Peter, who was weary in body
+and disturbed in mind, played a lover's part to the best of his ability,
+and by degrees the darkness gathered.
+</p>
+<p>
+At length, when they could no longer see across the garden, Inez ceased
+singing and rose with a sigh.
+</p>
+<p>
+"The play is finished and the curtain down," she said; "also it is time
+that you went in out of this damp. Señor Pedro, you are a very bad
+actor; but let us pray that the audience was compassionate, and took the
+will for the deed."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I did not see any audience," answered Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+"But it saw you, as I dare say you will find out by-and-by. Follow me
+now back to your room, for I must be going about your business&mdash;and my
+own. Have you any message for the Señor Castell?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"None, save my love and duty. Tell him that, thanks to you, although
+still somewhat feeble, I am recovered of my hurt upon the ship and the
+fever which I took from the sun, and that if he can make any plan to get
+us all out of this accursed city and the grip of Morella I will bless
+his name and yours."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Good, I will not forget. Now be silent. Tomorrow we will walk here
+again; but be not afraid, then there will be no more need for
+love-making."
+</p>
+<p>
+Margaret sat by the open window-place of her beautiful chamber in
+Morella's palace. She was splendidly arrayed in a rich, Spanish dress,
+whereof the collar was stiff with pearls, she who must wear what it
+pleased her captor to give her. Her long tresses, fastened with a
+jewelled band, flowed down about her shoulders, and, her hand resting on
+her knee, from her high tower prison she gazed out across the valley at
+the dim and mighty mass of the Alhambra and the ten thousand lights of
+Granada which sparkled far below. Near to her, seated beneath a silver
+hanging-lamp, and also clad in rich array, was Betty.
+</p>
+<p>
+"What is it, Cousin?" asked the girl, looking at her anxiously. "At
+least you should be happier than you were, for now you know that Peter
+is not dead, but almost recovered from his sickness and in this very
+palace; also, that your father is well and hidden away, plotting for our
+escape. Why, then, are you so sad, who should be more joyful than
+you were?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Would you learn, Betty? Then I will tell you. I am betrayed. Peter
+Brome, the man whom I looked upon almost as my husband, is false
+to me."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Master Peter false!" exclaimed Betty, staring at her open-mouthed. "No,
+it is not possible. I know him; he could not be, who will not even look
+at another woman, if that is what you mean."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You say so. Then, Betty, listen and judge. You remember this afternoon,
+when the marquis took us to see the wonders of this palace, and I went
+thinking that perhaps I might find some path by which afterwards we
+could escape?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Of course I remember, Margaret. We do not leave this cage so often that
+I am likely to forget."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then you will remember also that high-walled garden in which we walked,
+where the great tower is, and how the marquis and that hateful priest
+Father Henriques and I went up the tower to study the prospect from its
+roof, I thinking that you were following me."
+</p>
+<p>
+"The waiting-women would not let me," said Betty. "So soon as you had
+passed in they shut the door and told me to bide where I was till you
+returned. I went near to pulling the hair out of the head of one of them
+over it, since I was afraid for you alone with those two men. But she
+drew her knife, the cat, and I had none."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You must be careful, Betty," said Margaret, "lest some of these heathen
+folk should do you a mischief."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Not they," she answered; "they are afraid of me. Why, the other day I
+bundled one of them, whom I found listening at the door, head first down
+the stairs. She complained to the marquis, but he only laughed at her,
+and now she lies abed with a plaster on her nose. But tell me
+your tale."
+</p>
+<p>
+"We climbed the tower," said Margaret, "and from its topmost room looked
+out through the windows that face south at all the mountains and the
+plain over which they dragged us from Motril. Presently the priest, who
+had gone to the north wall, in which there are no windows, and entered
+some recess there, came out with an evil smile upon his face, and
+whispered something to the marquis, who turned to me and said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"'The father tells me of an even prettier scene which we can view
+yonder. Come, Señora, and look.'
+</p>
+<p>
+"So I went, who wished to learn all that I could of the building. They
+led me into a little chamber cut in the thickness of the stone-work, in
+the wall of which are slits like loop-holes for the shooting of arrows,
+wide within, but very narrow without, so that I think they cannot be
+seen from below, hidden as they are between the rough stones of
+the tower.
+</p>
+<p>
+"'This is the place,' said the marquis, 'where in the old days the kings
+of Granada, who were always jealous, used to sit to watch their women in
+the secret garden. It is told that thus one of them discovered his
+sultana making love to an astrologer, and drowned them both in the
+marble bath at the end of the garden. Look now, beneath us walk a couple
+who do not guess that we are the witnesses of their vows.'
+</p>
+<p>
+"So I looked idly enough to pass the time, and there I saw a tall man in
+a Moorish dress, and with him, for their arms were about each other, a
+woman. As I was turning my head away who did not wish to spy upon them
+thus, the woman lifted her face to kiss the man, and I knew her for that
+beautiful Inez who has visited us here at times, as a spy I think.
+Presently, too, the man, after paying her back her embrace, glanced
+about him guiltily, and I saw his face also, and knew it."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Who was it?" asked Betty, for this gossip of lovers interested her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Peter Brome, no other," Margaret answered calmly, but with a note of
+despair in her voice. "Peter Brome, pale with recent sickness, but no
+other man."
+</p>
+<p>
+"The saints save us! I did not think he had it in him!" gasped Betty
+with astonishment.
+</p>
+<p>
+"They would not let me go," went on Margaret; "they forced me to see it
+all. The pair tarried for a while beneath some trees by the bath and
+were hidden there. Then they came out again and sat them down upon a
+marble seat, while the woman sang songs and the man leaned against her
+lovingly. So it went on until the darkness fell, and we went, leaving
+them there. Now," she added, with a little sob, "what say you?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I say," answered Betty, "that it was not Master Peter, who has no
+liking for strange ladies and secret gardens."
+</p>
+<p>
+"It was he, and no other man, Betty."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then, Cousin, he was drugged or drunk or bewitched, not the Peter whom
+we know."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Bewitched, perchance, by that bad woman, which is no excuse for him."
+</p>
+<p>
+Betty thought a while. She could not doubt the evidence, but from her
+face it was clear that she took no severe view of the offence.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well, at the worst," she said, "men, as I have known them, are men. He
+has been shut up for a long while with that minx, who is very fair and
+witching, and it was scarcely right to watch him through a slit in a
+tower. If he were my lover, I should say nothing about it."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I will say nothing to him about that or any other matter," replied
+Margaret sternly. "I have done with Peter Brome."
+</p>
+<p>
+Again Betty thought, and spoke.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I seem to see a trick. Cousin Margaret, they told you he was dead, did
+they not? And then that news came to us that he was not dead, only sick,
+and here. So the lie failed. Now they tell you, and seem to show you,
+that he is faithless. May not all this have been some part played for a
+purpose by the woman?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"It takes two to play such parts, Betty. If you had seen&mdash;&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"If I had seen, <i>I</i> should have known whether it was but a part or love
+made in good earnest; but you are too innocent to judge. What said the
+marquis all this while, and the priest?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Little or nothing, only smiled at each other, and at length, when it
+grew dark and we could see no more, asked me if I did not think that it
+was time to go&mdash;me! whom they had kept there all that while to be the
+witness of my own shame."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, they kept you there&mdash;did they not?&mdash;and brought you there just at
+the right time&mdash;did they not?&mdash;and shut me out of the tower so that I
+might not be with you&mdash;oh! and all the rest. Now, if you have any
+justice in you, Cousin, you will hear Peter's side of this story before
+you judge him."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I have judged him," answered Margaret coldly, "and, oh! I wish that I
+were dead."
+</p>
+<p>
+Margaret rose from her seat and, stepping to the window-place in the
+tower which was built upon the edge of a hill, searched the giddy depth
+beneath with her eyes, where, two hundred feet below, the white line of
+a roadway showed faintly in the moonlight.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It would be easy, would it not," she said, with a strained laugh, "just
+to lean out a little too far upon this stone, and then one swift rush
+and darkness&mdash;or light&mdash;for ever&mdash;which, I wonder?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Light, I think," said Betty, jerking her back from the window&mdash;"the
+light of hell fire, and plenty of it, for that would be self-murder,
+nothing else, and besides, what would one look like on that road?
+Cousin, don't be a fool. If you are right, it isn't you who ought to go
+out of that window; and if you are wrong, then you would only make a bad
+business worse. Time enough to die when one must, say I&mdash;which, perhaps,
+will be soon enough. Meanwhile, if I were you, I would try to speak to
+Master Peter first, if only to let him know what I thought of him."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Mayhap," answered Margaret, sinking back into a chair, "but I
+suffer&mdash;how can you know what I suffer?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Why should I not know?" asked Betty. "Are you the only woman in the
+world who has been fool enough to fall in love? Can I not be as much in
+love as you are? You smile, and think to yourself that the poor
+relation, Betty, cannot feel like her rich cousin. But I do&mdash;I do. I
+know that he is a villain, but I love this marquis as much as you hate
+him, or as much as you love Peter, because I can't help myself; it is my
+luck, that's all. But I am not going to throw myself out of a window; I
+would rather throw him out and square our reckoning, and that I swear
+I'll do, in this way or the other, even if it should cost me what I
+don't want to lose&mdash;my life," And Betty drew herself up beneath the
+silver lamp with a look upon her handsome, determined face, which was so
+like Margaret's and yet so different, that, could he have seen it, might
+well have made Morella regret that he had chosen this woman for a tool.
+</p>
+<p>
+While Margaret studied her wonderingly she heard a sound, and glanced up
+to see, standing before them, none other than the beautiful Spaniard, or
+Moor, for she knew not which she was, Inez, that same woman whom, from
+her hiding-place in the tower, she had watched with Peter in the garden.
+</p>
+<p>
+"How did you come here?" she asked coldly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Through the door, Señora, that was left unlocked, which is not wise of
+those who wish to talk privately in such a place as this," she answered
+with a humble curtsey.
+</p>
+<p>
+"The door is still unlocked," said Margaret, pointing towards it.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nay, Señora, you are mistaken; here is its key in my hand. I pray you
+do not tell your lady to put me out, which, being so strong, she well
+can do, for I have words to say to you, and if you are wise you will
+listen to them."
+</p>
+<p>
+Margaret thought a moment, then answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Say on, and be brief."
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH16"><!-- CH16 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER XVI
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+BETTY SHOWS HER TEETH
+</center>
+<p>
+"Señora," said Inez, "you think that you have something against me."
+</p>
+<p>
+"No," answered Margaret, "you are&mdash;what you are; why should I blame
+you?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well, against the Señor Brome then?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Perhaps, but that is between me and him. I will not discuss it with
+you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señora," went on Inez, with a slow smile, "we are both innocent of what
+you thought you saw."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Indeed; then who is guilty?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"The Marquis of Morella."
+</p>
+<p>
+Margaret made no answer, but her eyes said much.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señora, you do not believe me, nor is it wonderful. Yet I speak the
+truth. What you saw from the tower was a play in which the Señor Brome
+took his part badly enough, as you may have noticed, because I told him
+that my life hung on it. I have nursed him through a sore sickness,
+Señora, and he is not ungrateful."
+</p>
+<p>
+"So I judged; but I do not understand you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señora, I am a slave in this house, a discarded slave. Perhaps you can
+guess the rest, it is a common story here. I was offered my freedom at a
+price, that I should weave myself into this man's heart, I who am held
+fair, and make him my lover. If I failed, then perhaps I should be sold
+as a slave&mdash;perhaps worse. I accepted&mdash;why should I not? It was a small
+thing to me. On the one hand, life, freedom, and wealth, an hidalgo of
+good blood and a gallant friend for a little while, and, on the other,
+the last shame or blackness which doubtless await me now&mdash;if I am found
+out. Señora, I failed, who in truth did not try hard to succeed. The man
+looked on me as his nurse, no more, and to me he was one very sick, no
+more. Also, we grew to be true friends, and in this way or in that I
+learned all his story, learned also why the trap was baited thus&mdash;that
+you might be deceived and fall into a deeper trap. Señora, I could not
+explain it all to him, indeed, in that chamber where we were spied on, I
+had but little chance. Still, it was necessary that he should seem to be
+what he is not, so I took him into the garden and, knowing well who
+watched us, made him act his part, well enough to deceive you it
+would seem."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Still I do not understand," said Margaret more softly. "You say that
+your life or welfare hung on this shameful business. Then why do you
+reveal it to me now?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"To save you from yourself, Señora, to save my friend the Señor Brome,
+and to pay back Morella in his own coin."
+</p>
+<p>
+"How will you do these things?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"The first two are done, I think, but the third is difficult. It is of
+that I come to speak with you, at great risk. Indeed, had not my master
+been summoned to the court of the Moorish king I could not have come,
+and he may return at any time."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Have you some plan?" asked Margaret, leaning towards her eagerly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"No plan as yet, only an idea." She turned and looked at Betty, adding,
+</p>
+<p>
+"This lady is your cousin, is she not, though of a different station,
+and somewhat far away?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Margaret nodded.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You are not unlike," went on Inez, "of much the same height and shape,
+although the Señora Betty is stronger built, and her eyes are blue and
+her hair golden, whereas your eyes are black and your hair chestnut.
+Beneath a veil, or at night, it would not be easy to tell you apart if
+your hands were gloved and neither of you spoke above a whisper."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," said Margaret, "what then?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Now the Señora Betty comes into the play," replied Inez. "Señora Betty,
+have you understood our talk?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Something, not quite all," answered Betty.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then what you do not understand your lady must interpret, and be not
+angry with me, I pray you, if I seem to know more of you and your
+affairs than you have ever told me. Render my words now, Dona Margaret."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then, after this was done, and she had thought awhile, Inez continued
+slowly, Margaret translating from Spanish into English whenever Betty
+could not understand:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Morella made love to you in England, Señora Betty&mdash;did he not?&mdash;and won
+your heart as he has won that of many another woman, so that you came to
+believe that he was carrying you off to marry you, and not your cousin?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"What affair is that of yours, woman?" asked Betty, flushing angrily.
+</p>
+<p>
+"None at all, save that I could tell much such another story, if you
+cared to listen. But hear me out, and then answer me a question, or
+rather, answer the question first. Would you like to be avenged upon
+this high-born knave?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Avenged?" answered Betty, clenching her hands and hissing the words
+through her firm, white teeth. "I would risk my life for it."
+</p>
+<p>
+"As I do. It seems that we are of one mind there. Then I think that
+perhaps I can show you a way. Look now, your cousin has seen certain
+things which women placed as she is do not like to see. She is jealous,
+she is angry&mdash;or was until I told her the truth. Well, to-night or
+to-morrow, Morella will come to her and say, 'Are you satisfied? Do you
+still refuse me in favour of a man who yields his heart to the first
+light-of-love who tempts him? Will you not be my wife?' What if she
+answer, 'Yes, I will.' Nay, be silent both of you, and hear me out. What
+if then there should be a secret marriage, <i>and the Señora Betty should
+chance to wear the bride's veil</i>, while the Dona Margaret, in the robe
+of Betty, was let go with the Señor Brome and her father?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Inez paused, watching them both, and playing with the fan she held,
+while, the rendering of her words finished, Margaret and Betty stared at
+her and at each other, for the audacity and fearfulness of this plot
+took their breath away. It was Margaret who spoke the first.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You must not do it, Betty," she said. "Why, when the man found you out,
+he would kill you." But Betty took no heed of her, and thought on. At
+length she looked up and answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Cousin, it was my vain folly that brought you all into this trouble,
+therefore I owe something to you, do I not? I am not afraid of the
+man&mdash;he is afraid of me; and if it came to killing&mdash;why, let Inez lend
+me that knife of hers, and I think that perhaps I should give the first
+blow. And&mdash;well, I think I love him, rascal though he is, and,
+afterwards, perhaps we might make it up, who can say?&mdash;while, if not&mdash;&mdash;
+But tell me, you, Inez, should I be his legal wife according to the law
+of this land?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Assuredly," answered Inez, "if a priest married you and he placed the
+ring upon your hand and named you wife. Then, when once the words of
+blessing have been said, the Pope alone can loose that knot, which may
+be risked, for there would be much to explain, and is this a tale that
+Morella, a good servant of the Church, would care to take to Rome?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"It would be a trick," broke in Margaret&mdash;"a very ugly trick."
+</p>
+<p>
+"And what was it he played on me and you?" asked Betty. "Nay, I'll
+chance it, and his rage, if only I can be sure that you and Peter will
+go free, and your father with you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"But what of this Inez?" asked Margaret, bewildered.
+</p>
+<p>
+"She will look after herself," answered Inez. "Perchance, if all goes
+well, you will let me ride with you. And now I dare stop no longer, I go
+to see your father, the Señor Castell, and if anything can be arranged,
+we will talk again. Meanwhile, Dona Margaret, your affianced is nearly
+well again at last and sends his heart's love to you, and, I counsel
+you, when Morella speaks turn a gentle ear to him."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then with another deep curtsey she glided to the door, unlocked it, and
+left the room.
+</p>
+<hr>
+<p>
+An hour later Inez was being led by an old Jew, dressed in a Moslem robe
+and turban, through one of the most tortuous and crowded parts of
+Granada. It would seem that this Jew was known there, for his
+appearance, accompanied by a veiled woman, apparently caused no surprise
+to those followers of the Prophet that he met, some of whom, indeed,
+saluted him with humility.
+</p>
+<p>
+"These children of Mahomet seem to love you, Father Israel," said Inez.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, yes, my dear," answered the old fellow with a chuckle; "they owe
+me money, that is why, and I am getting it in before the great war comes
+with the Spaniards, so they would sweep the streets for me with their
+beards&mdash;all of which is very good for the plans of our friend yonder.
+Ah! he who has crowns in his pocket can put a crown upon his head; there
+is nothing that money will not do in Granada. Give me enough of it, and
+I will buy his sultana from the king."
+</p>
+<p>
+"This Castell has plenty?" asked Inez shortly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Plenty, and more credit. He is one of the richest men in England. But
+why do you ask? He would not think of you, who is too troubled about
+other things."
+</p>
+<p>
+Inez only laughed bitterly, but did not resent the words. Why should
+she? It was not worth while.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I know," she answered, "but I mean to earn some of it all the same,
+and I want to be sure that there is enough for all of us."
+</p>
+<p>
+"There is enough, I have told you there is enough and to spare,"
+answered the Hebrew Israel as he tapped on a door in a
+dirty-looking wall.
+</p>
+<p>
+It opened as though by magic, and they crossed a paved patio, or
+courtyard, to a house beyond, a tumble-down place of Moorish
+architecture.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Our friend Castell, being in seclusion just now, has hired the cellar
+floor," said Israel with a chuckle to Inez, "so be pleased to follow me,
+and take care of the rats and beetles."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then he led her down a rickety stair which opened out of the courtyard
+into vaults filled with vats of wine, and, having lit a taper, through
+these, shutting and locking sundry doors behind him, to what appeared to
+be a very damp wall covered with cobwebs, and situated in a dark corner
+of a wine-cave. Here he stopped and tapped again in his peculiar
+fashion, whereon a portion of the wall turned outwards on a pivot,
+leaving an opening through which they could pass.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well managed, isn't it?" chuckled Israel. "Who would think of looking
+for an entrance here, especially if he owed the old Jew money? Come in,
+my pretty, come in."
+</p>
+<p>
+Inez followed him into this darksome hole, and the wall closed behind
+them. Then, taking her by the arm, he turned first to the right, next to
+the left, opened a door with a key which he carried, and, behold, they
+stood in a beautifully furnished room well lighted with lamps, for it
+seemed to have no windows. "Wait here," he said to Inez, pointing to a
+couch on which she sat herself down, "while I fetch my lodger," and he
+vanished through some curtains at the end of the room.
+</p>
+<p>
+Presently these opened again, and Israel reappeared through them with
+Castell, dressed now in Moorish robes, and looking somewhat pale from
+his confinement underground, but otherwise well enough. Inez rose and
+stood before him, throwing back her veil that he might see her face.
+Castell searched her for a while with his keen eyes that noted
+everything, then said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"You are the lady with whom I have been in communication through our
+friend here, are you not? Prove it to me now by repeating my messages."
+</p>
+<p>
+Inez obeyed, telling him everything.
+</p>
+<p>
+"That is right," he said, "but how do I know that I can trust you? I
+understand you are, or have been, the lover of this man Morella, and
+such an one he might well employ as a spy to bring us all to ruin."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Is it not too late to ask such questions, Señor? If I am not to be
+trusted, already you and your people are in the hollow of my hand?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Not at all, not at all, my dear," said Israel. "If we see the slightest
+cause to doubt you, why, there are many great vats in this place, one of
+which, at a pinch, would serve you as a coffin, though it would be a
+pity to spoil the good wine."
+</p>
+<p>
+Inez laughed as she answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Save your wine, and your time too. Morella has cast me off, and I hate
+him, and wish to escape from him and rob him of his prize. Also, I
+desire money to live on afterwards, and this you must give to me or I
+do not stir, or rather the promise of it, for you Jews keep your word,
+and I do not ask a maravedi from you until I have played my part."
+</p>
+<p>
+"And then how many maravedis do you ask, young woman?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Inez named a sum, at the mention of which both of them opened their
+eyes, and old Israel exclaimed drily:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Surely&mdash;surely you must be one of us."
+</p>
+<p>
+"No," she answered, "but I try to follow your example, and, if I am to
+live at all, it shall be in comfort."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Quite so," said Castell, "we understand. But now tell us, what do you
+propose to do for this money?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I propose to set you, your daughter, the Dona Margaret, and her lover,
+the Señor Brome, safe and free outside the walls of Granada, and to
+leave the Marquis of Morella married to another woman."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What other woman? Yourself?" asked Castell, fixing on this last point
+in the programme.
+</p>
+<p>
+"No, Señor, not for all the wealth of both of you. To your dependent and
+your daughter's relative, the handsome Betty."
+</p>
+<p>
+"How will you manage that?" exclaimed Castell, amazed.
+</p>
+<p>
+"These cousins are not unlike, Señor, although the link of blood between
+them is so thin. Listen now, I will tell you." And she explained the
+outlines of her plan.
+</p>
+<p>
+"A bold scheme enough," said Castell, when she had finished, "but even
+if it can be done, would that marriage hold?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think so," answered Inez, "if the priest knew&mdash;and he could be
+bribed&mdash;and the bride knows. But if not, what would it matter, since
+Rome alone can decide the question, and long before that is done the
+fates of all of us will be settled."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Rome&mdash;or death," said Castell; and Inez read what he was afraid of in
+his eyes.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Your Betty takes her chance," she replied slowly, "as many a one has
+done before her with less cause. She is a woman with a mind as strong as
+her body. Morella made her love him and promised to marry her. Then he
+used her to steal your daughter, and she learned that she had been no
+more than a stalking-heifer, from behind which he would net the white
+swan. Do you not think, therefore, that she has something to pay him
+back, she through whom her beloved mistress and cousin has been brought
+into all this trouble? If she wins, she becomes the wife of a grandee of
+Spain, a marchioness; and if she loses, well, she has had her fling for
+a high stake, and perhaps her revenge. At least she is willing to take
+her chance, and, meanwhile, all of you can be gone."
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell looked doubtfully at the Jew Israel, who stroked his white beard
+and said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Let the woman set out her scheme. At any rate she is no fool, and it is
+worth our hearing, though I fear that at the best it must be costly."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I can pay," said Castell, and motioned to Inez to proceed.
+</p>
+<p>
+As yet, however, she had not much more to say, save that they must have
+good horses at hand, and send a messenger to Seville, whither the
+<i>Margaret</i> had been ordered to proceed, bidding her captain hold his
+ship ready to sail at any hour, should they succeed in reaching him.
+</p>
+<p>
+These things, then, they arranged, and a while later Inez and Israel
+departed, the former carrying with her a bag of gold.
+</p>
+<p>
+That same night Inez sought the priest, Henriques of Motril, in that
+hall of Morella's palace which was used as a private chapel, saying that
+she desired to speak with him under pretence of making confession, for
+they were old friends&mdash;or rather enemies.
+</p>
+<p>
+As it chanced she found the holy father in a very ill humour. It
+appeared that Morella also was in a bad humour with Henriques, having
+heard that it was he who had possessed himself of the jewels in his
+strong-box on the <i>San Antonio</i>. Now he insisted upon his surrendering
+everything, and swore, moreover, that he would hold him responsible for
+all that his people had stolen from the ship, and this because he said
+that it was his fault that Peter Brome had escaped the sea and come on
+to Granada.
+</p>
+<p>
+"So, Father," said Inez, "you, who thought yourself rich, are poor
+again."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, my daughter, and that is what chances to those who put their faith
+in princes. I have served this marquis well for many years&mdash;to my soul's
+hurt, I fear me&mdash;hoping that he who stands so high in the favour of the
+Church would advance me to some great preferment. But instead, what does
+he do? He robs me of a few trinkets that, had I not found them, the sea
+would have swallowed or some thief would have taken, and declares me his
+debtor for the rest, of which I know nothing."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What preferment did you want, Father? I see that you have one in your
+mind."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Daughter, a friend had written to me from Seville that if I have a
+hundred gold doubloons to pay for it, he can secure me the place of a
+secretary in the Holy Office where I served before as a familiar until
+the marquis made me his chaplain, and gave the benefice of Motril, which
+proved worth nothing, and many promises that are worth less. Now those
+trinkets would fetch thirty, and I have saved twenty, and came here to
+borrow the other fifty from the marquis, to whom I have done so many
+good turns&mdash;as <i>you</i> know well, Inez. You see the end of that quest,"
+and he groaned angrily.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is a pity," said Inez thoughtfully, "since those who serve the
+Inquisition save many souls, do they not, including their own? For
+instance," she added, and the priest winced at the words, "I remember
+that they saved the soul of my own sister and would have saved mine, had
+I been&mdash;what shall I say?&mdash;more&mdash;more prejudiced. Also, they get a
+percentage of the goods of wicked heretics, and so become rich and able
+to advance themselves."
+</p>
+<p>
+"That is so, Inez. It was the chance of a lifetime, especially to one
+who, like myself, hates heretics. But why speak of it now when that
+cursed, dissolute marquis&mdash;&mdash;" and he checked himself.
+</p>
+<p>
+Inez looked at him.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Father," she asked, "if I happen to be able to find you those hundred
+gold doubloons, would you do something for me?"
+</p>
+<p>
+The priest's foxy face lit up.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I wonder what there is that I would not do, my daughter!"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Even if it brought you into a quarrel with the marquis?
+</p>
+<p>
+"Once I was a secretary to the Inquisition of Seville, he would have
+more reason to fear me than I him. Aye, and fear me he should, who bear
+him no love," answered the priest with a snarl.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then listen, Father. I have not made my confession yet; I have not told
+you, for instance, that I also hate this marquis, and with good
+cause&mdash;though perhaps you know that already. But remember that if you
+betray me, you will never see those hundred gold doubloons, and some
+other holy priest will be appointed secretary at Seville. Also worse
+things may happen to you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Proceed, my daughter," he said unctuously; "are we not in the
+confessional&mdash;or near it?"
+</p>
+<p>
+So she told him all the plot, trusting to the man's avarice and other
+matters to protect her, for Inez hated Fray Henriques bitterly, and knew
+him from the crown of his shaven head to the soles of his erring feet,
+as she had good cause to do. Only she did not tell him whence the money
+was to come.
+</p>
+<p>
+"That does not seem a very difficult matter," he said, when she had
+finished. "If a man and a woman, unwed and outside the prohibited
+degrees, appear before me to be married, I marry them, and once the ring
+has passed and the office is said, married they are till death or the
+Pope part them."
+</p>
+<p>
+"And suppose that the man thinks he is marrying another woman, Father?"
+</p>
+<p>
+The priest shrugged his shoulders.
+</p>
+<p>
+"He should know whom he is marrying; that is his affair, not the
+Church's or mine. The names need not be spoken too loudly, my daughter."
+</p>
+<p>
+"But you would give me a writing of the marriage with them set out
+plain?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Certainly. To you or to anybody else; why should I not?&mdash;that is, if I
+were sure of this wedding fee."
+</p>
+<p>
+Inez lifted her hand, and showed beneath it a little pile of ten
+doubloons.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Take them, Father," she said; "they will not be counted in the
+contract. There are others where they came from, whereof twenty will be
+paid before the marriage, and eighty when I have that writing
+at Seville."
+</p>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0013.png"><img src="150/M0013.png" width="150" alt="'THERE ARE OTHERS WHERE THEY CAME FROM'"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+He swept up the coins and pocketed them, saying:
+</p>
+<p>
+"I will trust you, Inez."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," she answered as she left him, "we must trust each other now&mdash;must
+we not?&mdash;seeing that you have the money, and both our necks are in the
+same noose. Be here, Father, to-morrow at the same time, in case I have
+more confessions to make, for, alas! this is a sinful world, as you
+should know very well."
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH17"><!-- CH17 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER XVII
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+THE PLOT
+</center>
+<p>
+On the morning following these conversations, just after Margaret and
+Betty had breakfasted, Inez appeared, and, as before, locked the door
+behind her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señoras," she said calmly, "I have arranged that little business of
+which I spoke to you yesterday, or at least the first act of the play,
+since it remains for you to write the rest. Now I am sent to say that
+the noble Marquis of Morella craves leave to see you, Dona Margaret, and
+within an hour. So there is no time to lose."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Tell us what you have done, Inez?" said Margaret.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I have seen your worshipful father, Dona Margaret; here is the token of
+it, which you will do well to destroy when you have read." And she
+handed her a slip of paper, whereon was written in her father's writing,
+and in English:
+</p>
+<center>
+"BELOVED DAUGHTER,
+</center>
+<p>
+"This messenger, who I think may be trusted by you, has made
+arrangements with me which she will explain. I approve, though the risk
+is great. Your cousin is a brave girl, but, understand, I do not force
+her to this dangerous enterprise. She must choose her own road, only I
+promise that if she escapes and we live I will not forget her deed. The
+messenger will bring me your answer. God be with us all, and farewell.
+</p>
+<center>
+"J.C."
+</center>
+<p>
+Margaret read this letter first to herself and then aloud to Betty, and,
+having read, tore it into tiny fragments and threw them from the
+turret window.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Speak now," she said; and Inez told her everything.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Can you trust the priest?" asked Margaret, when she had finished.
+</p>
+<p>
+"He is a great villain, as I have reason to know; still, I think I can,"
+she answered, "while the cabbage is in front of the donkey's nose&mdash;I
+mean until he has got all the money. Also, he has committed himself by
+taking some on account. But before we go further, the question is&mdash;does
+this lady play?" and she pointed to Betty.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, I play," said Betty, when she understood everything. "I won't go
+back upon my word; there is too much at stake. It is an ugly business
+for me, I know well enough, but," she added slowly, setting her firm
+mouth, "I have debts to pay all round, and I am no Spanish putty to be
+squeezed flat&mdash;like some people," and she glanced at the humble-looking
+Inez. "So, before all is done, it may be uglier for him."
+</p>
+<p>
+When she had mastered the meaning of this speech the soft-voiced Inez
+lifted her gentle eyes in admiration, and murmured a Spanish proverb as
+to what is supposed to occur when Satan encounters Beelzebub in a
+high-walled lane. Then, being a lady of resource and experience, the
+plot having been finally decided upon, not altogether with Margaret's
+approval, who feared for Betty's fate when it should be discovered, Inez
+began to instruct them both in various practical expedients, by means of
+which the undoubted general resemblance of these cousins might be
+heightened and their differences toned down. To this end she promised to
+furnish them with certain hair-washes, pigments, and articles
+of apparel.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is of small use," said Betty, glancing first at herself and then at
+the lovely Margaret, "for even if they change skins, who can make the
+calf look like the fawn, though they chance to feed in the same meadow?
+Still, bring your stuffs and I will do my best; but I think that a thick
+veil and a shut mouth will help me more than any of them, also a long
+gown to hide my feet."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Surely they are charming feet," said Inez politely, adding to herself,
+"to carry you whither you wish to go." Then she turned to Margaret and
+reminded her that the marquis desired to see her, and waited for
+her answer.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I will not meet him alone," said Margaret decidedly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"That is awkward," answered Inez, "as I think he has words to say to you
+which he does not wish others to hear, especially the señora yonder,"
+and she nodded towards Betty.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I will not meet him alone," repeated Margaret.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yet, if things are to go forward as we have arranged, you must meet
+him, Dona Margaret, and give him that answer which he desires. Well, I
+think it can be arranged. The court below is large. Now, while you and
+the marquis talk at one end of it, the Señora Betty and I might walk out
+of earshot at the other. She needs more instruction in our Spanish
+tongue; it would be a good opportunity to begin our lessons."
+</p>
+<p>
+"But what am I to say to him?" asked Margaret nervously.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think," answered Inez, "that you must copy the example of that
+wonderful actor, the Señor Peter, and play a part as well as you saw him
+do, or even better, if possible."
+</p>
+<p>
+"It must be a very different part then," replied Margaret, stiffening
+visibly at certain recollections.
+</p>
+<p>
+The gentle Inez smiled as she said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, but surely you can seem jealous, for that is natural to us all,
+and you can yield by degrees, and you can make a bargain as the price of
+yourself in marriage."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What exact bargain should I make?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think that you shall be securely wed by a priest of your own Church,
+and that letters, signed by that priest and announcing the marriage,
+shall be delivered to the Archbishop of Seville, and to their Majesties
+King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella. Also, of course, you must arrange
+that the Señor Brome and your father, the Señor Castell, and your cousin
+Betty here shall be escorted safe out of Granada before your marriage,
+and that you shall see them pass through the gate beneath your turret
+window, swearing that thereafter, at nightfall of the same day, you will
+suffer the priest to do his office and make you Morella's wife. By that
+time they should be well upon their road, and, after the rite is
+celebrated, I will receive the signed papers from the priest and follow
+them, leaving the false bride to play her part as best she can."
+</p>
+<p>
+Again Margaret hesitated; the thing seemed too complicated and full of
+danger. But while she thought, a knock came on the door.
+</p>
+<p>
+"That is to tell me that Morella awaits your answer in the court," said
+Inez. "Now, which is it to be? Remember that there is no other chance of
+escape for you, or the others, from this guarded town&mdash;at least I can
+see none."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I accept," said Margaret hurriedly, "and God help us all, for we shall
+need Him."
+</p>
+<p>
+"And you, Señora Betty?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh! I made up my mind long ago," answered Betty coolly. "We can only
+fail, when we shall be no worse off than before."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Good. Then play your parts well, both of you. After all, they should
+not be so difficult, for the priest is safe, and the marquis will never
+scent such a trick as this. Fix the marriage for this day week, as I
+have much to think of and make ready," and she went.
+</p>
+<hr>
+<p>
+Half an hour later Margaret sat under the cool arcade of the marble
+court, and with her, Morella, while upon the further side of its
+splashing fountain and out of earshot, Betty and Inez walked to and fro
+in the shadow.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You sent for me, Marquis," said Margaret presently, "and, being your
+prisoner, I have come because I must. What is your pleasure with me?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Dona Margaret," he answered gravely, "can you not guess? Well, I will
+tell you, lest you should guess wrong. First, it is to ask your
+forgiveness as I have done before, for the many crimes to which my love,
+my true love, for you has driven me. This time yesterday I knew well
+that I could expect none. To-day I dare to hope that it may be
+otherwise."
+</p>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0014.png"><img src="150/M0014.png" width="150" alt="'TO-DAY I DARE TO HOPE THAT IT MAY BE OTHERWISE'"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+"Why so, Marquis?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Last evening you looked into a certain garden and saw two people
+walking there&mdash;yonder is one of them," and he nodded towards Inez.
+"Shall I go on?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"No," she answered in a low voice, and passing her hands before her
+face. "Only tell me who and what is that woman?" and in her turn she
+looked towards Inez.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Is it necessary?" he asked. "Well, if you wish to know, she is a
+Spaniard of good blood who with her sister was taken captive by the
+Moors. A certain priest, who took an interest in the sister, brought her
+to my notice and I bought her from them; so, as her parents were dead
+and she had nowhere else to go, she elected to stay in my house. You
+must not judge such things too harshly; they are common here. Also, she
+has been very useful to me, being clever, for through her I have
+intelligence of many things. Of late, however, she has grown tired of
+this life, and wishes to earn her freedom, which I have promised her in
+return for certain services, and to leave Granada."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Was the nursing of my betrothed one of those services, Marquis?"
+</p>
+<p>
+He shrugged his shoulders.
+</p>
+<p>
+"As you will, Señora. Certainly I forgive her this indiscretion, if at
+last she has shown you the truth about that man for whose sake you have
+endured so much. Margaret, now that you know him for what he is, say, do
+you still cling to him?"
+</p>
+<p>
+She rose and walked a few steps down the arcade, then came back and
+asked:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Are you any better than this fallen man?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think so, Margaret, for since I knew you I am a risen man; all my old
+self is left behind me, I am a new creature, and my sins have been for
+you, not against you. Hear me, I beseech you. I stole you away, it is
+true, but I have done you no harm, and will do you none. For your sake
+also I have spared your father when I had but to make a sign to remove
+him from my path. I suffered him to escape from the prison where he was
+confined, and I know the place where he thinks himself hidden to-day
+among the Jews of Granada. Also, I nursed Peter Brome back to life, when
+at any hour I could have let him die, lest afterwards I might have it on
+my conscience that, but for my love for you, he might perhaps still be
+living. Well, you have seen him as he is, and what say you now? Will you
+still reject me? Look on me," and he drew up his tall and stately shape,
+"and tell me, am I such a man as a woman should be ashamed to own as
+husband? Remember, too, that I have much to give you in this land of
+Spain, whereof you shall become one of the greatest ladies, or perhaps
+in the future," he added significantly, "even more. War draws near,
+Margaret; this city and all its rich territories will fall into the
+hands of Spain, and afterwards I shall be their governor, almost
+their king."
+</p>
+<p>
+"And if I refuse?" asked Margaret.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then," he answered sternly, "you bide here, and that false lover of
+yours bides here, and your father bides here to take the chance of war
+as Christian captives with a thousand others who languish in the
+dungeons of the Alhambra, while, my mission ended, I go hence to play my
+part in battle amongst my peers, as one of the first captains of their
+Most Catholic Majesties. Yet it is not to your fears that I would
+appeal, but to your heart, for I seek your love and your dear
+companionship through life, and, if I can help it, desire to work you
+and yours no harm."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You desire to work them no harm. Then, if I were to fall in with your
+humour, would you let them go in safety?&mdash;I mean my father and the Señor
+Brome and my cousin Betty, whom, if you were as honest as you pretend to
+be, you should ask to bide with you as your wife, and not myself."
+</p>
+<p>
+"The last I cannot do," he answered, flushing. "God knows I meant her no
+hurt, and only used her to keep near to and win news of you, thinking
+her, to tell truth, somewhat other than she is."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Are no women honest here in Spain, then, my lord Marquis?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"A few, a very few, Dona Margaret. But I erred about Betty, whom I took
+for a simple serving-girl, and to whom, if need be, I am ready to make
+all amends."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Except that which is due to a woman you have asked to be your wife, and
+who in our country could claim the fulfilment of your promise, or
+declare you shamed. But you have not answered. Would they go free?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"As free as air&mdash;especially the Señora Betty," he added with a little
+smile, "for to speak truth, there is something in that woman's eyes
+which frightens me at times. I think that she has a long memory. Within
+an hour of our marriage you shall look down from your window and see
+them depart under escort, every one, to go whither they will."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nay," answered Margaret, "it is not enough. I should need to see them
+go before, and then, if I consented, not till the sun had set would I
+pay the price of their ransom."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then do you consent? he asked eagerly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"My lord Marquis, it would seem that I must. My betrothed has played me
+false. For a month or more I have been prisoner in your palace, which I
+understand has no good name, and, if I refuse, you tell me that all of
+us will be cast into yonder dungeons to be sold as slaves or die
+prisoners of the Moors. My lord Marquis, fate and you leave me but
+little choice. On this day week I will marry you, but blame me not if
+you find me other than you think, as you have found my cousin whom you
+befooled. Till then, also, I pray you that you will leave me quite
+untroubled. If you have arrangements to make or commands to send, the
+woman Inez yonder will serve as messenger, for of her I know the worst."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I will obey you in all things, Dona Margaret," he answered humbly. "Do
+you desire to see your father or&mdash;" and he paused.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Neither of them," she answered. "I will write to them and send my
+letters by this Inez. Why should I see them," she added passionately,
+"who have done with the old days when I was free and happy, and am about
+to become the wife of the most noble Marquis of Morella, that honourable
+grandee of Spain, who tricked a poor girl by a false promise of
+marriage, and used her blind and loving folly to trap and steal me from
+my home? My lord, till this day week I bid you farewell," and, walking
+from the arcade to the fountain, she called aloud to Betty to accompany
+her to their rooms.
+</p>
+<p>
+The week for which Margaret had bargained had gone by. All was prepared.
+Inez had shown to Morella the letters that his bride to be wrote to her
+father and to Peter Brome; also the answers, imploring and passionate,
+to the same. But there were other letters and other answers which she
+had not shown. It was afternoon, swift horses were ready in the
+courtyard, and with them an escort, while, disguised as Moors, Castell
+and Peter waited under guard in a chamber close at hand. Betty, dressed
+in the robes of a Moorish woman, and thickly veiled, stood before
+Morella, to whom Inez had led her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I come to tell you," she said, "that at sundown, three hours after we
+have passed beneath her window, my cousin and mistress will wait to be
+made your wife, but if you try to disturb her before then she will be no
+wife of yours, or any man's."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I obey," answered Morella; "and, Señora Betty, I pray your pardon, and
+that you will accept this gift from me in token of your forgiveness."
+And with a low bow he handed to her a beautiful necklace of pearls.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I take them," said Betty, with a bitter laugh, "as they may serve to
+buy me a passage back to England. But forgive you I do not, Marquis of
+Morella, and I warn you that there is a score between us which I may
+yet live to settle. You seem to have won, but God in Heaven takes note
+of the wickedness of men, and in this way or in that He always pays His
+debts. Now I go to bid farewell to my cousin Margaret, but to you I do
+not bid farewell, for I think that we shall meet again," and with a sob
+she let fall the veil which she had lifted above her lips to speak and
+departed with Inez, to whom she whispered as they went, "He will not
+linger for any more good-byes with Betty Dene."
+</p>
+<p>
+They entered Margaret's room and locked the door behind them. She was
+seated on a low divan wrapped in a loose robe, and by her side,
+glittering with silver and with gems, lay her bridal veil and garments.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Be swift," said Inez to Betty, who stripped off her Moorish dress and
+the long, flowing veil that was wrapped about her head, whereon it was
+seen that her hair had changed greatly in colour, from yellow to dark
+chestnut indeed, while her eyes, ringed about with pigments, and made
+lustrous by drugs dropped into them, looked no longer blue, but black
+like Margaret's. Yes, and wonder of wonders, on the right side of the
+chin and on the back of the neck were moles, or beauty-spots, just such
+as Margaret had borne there from her birth! In short, their stature
+being much the same, though Betty was more thickly built, except in the
+strongest light it would not have been easy to distinguish them apart,
+even unveiled, for at all such arts of the altering of the looks of
+women, Inez was an adept, and she had done her best.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Margaret clothed herself in the white robes and the thick head-dress
+that hid her face, all except a little crack left for the eyes to peep
+through, whilst Betty, with the help of Inez, arrayed herself in the
+wondrous wedding robe beset with jewels that was Morella's bridal gift,
+and hid her dyed tresses beneath the pearl-sewn veil. Within ten minutes
+all was finished, even to the dagger that Betty had tied about her
+beneath her robe, and the two transformed women stood staring at
+each other.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is time to go," said Inez.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then Margaret broke out:
+</p>
+<p>
+"I do not like this business; I never did. When he discovers all, that
+man's rage will be terrible, and he will kill her. I repent that I have
+consented to the plot."
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is too late to repent now, Señora," said Inez.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Cannot Betty be got away also?" asked Margaret desperately.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is just possible," answered Inez; "thus, before the marriage,
+according to the old custom here, I hand the cups of wine to the
+bridegroom and the bride. That for the marquis will be drugged, since he
+must not see too clear to-night. Well, I might brew it stronger so that
+within half an hour he would not know whether he were married or single,
+and then, perhaps, she might escape with me and come to join you. But it
+is very risky, and, of course, if we were discovered&mdash;the stitch would
+be out of the wineskin, and the cellar floor might be stained!"
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Betty interrupted:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Keep your stitches whole, Cousin; if any skins are to be pricked it
+can't be helped, and at least you won't have to wipe up the mess. I am
+not going to run away from the man, more likely he will run away from
+me. I look well in this fine dress of yours, and I mean to wear it out.
+Now begone&mdash;begone, before some of them come to seek me. Don't you
+grieve for me; I'll lie in the bed that I have made, and if the worst
+comes to the worst, I have money in my pocket&mdash;or its worth&mdash;and we will
+meet again in England. Come, give my love and duty to Master Peter and
+your father, and if I should see them no more, bid them think kindly of
+Betty Dene, who was such a plague to them."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then, taking Margaret in her strong arms, she kissed her again and
+again, and fairly thrust her from the room.
+</p>
+<p>
+But when they were gone, poor Betty sat down and cried a little, till
+she remembered that hot tears might melt the paint upon her face, and,
+drying them, went to the window and watched.
+</p>
+<p>
+A while later, from her lofty niche, she saw six Moorish horsemen riding
+along the white road to the embattled gate. After them came two men and
+a woman, all splendidly mounted, also dressed as Moors, and then six
+other horsemen. They passed the gate which was opened for them and began
+to mount the slope beyond. At the crest of it the woman halted and,
+turning, waved a handkerchief. Betty answered the signal, and in another
+minute they had vanished, and she was alone.
+</p>
+<p>
+Never did she spend a more weary afternoon. Two hours later, still
+watching at her window, she saw the Moorish escort return, and knew that
+all was well, and that by now, Margaret, her lover, and her father were
+safely started on their journey. So she had not risked her life in vain.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH18"><!-- CH18 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER XVIII
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+THE HOLY HERMANDAD
+</center>
+<p>
+Down the long passages, through the great, fretted halls, across the
+cool marble courts, flitted Inez and Margaret. It was like a dream. They
+went through a room where women, idling or working at tapestries, looked
+at them curiously. Margaret heard one of them say to another:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Why does the Dona Margaret's cousin leave her?" And the answer,
+"Because she is in love with the marquis herself, and cannot bear
+to stay."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What a fool!" said the first woman. "She is good looking, and would
+only have had to wait a few weeks."
+</p>
+<p>
+They passed an open door, that of Morella's own chambers. Within it he
+stood and watched them go by. When they were opposite to him some doubt
+or idea seemed to strike his mind, for he looked at them keenly, stepped
+forward, then, thinking better of it, or perhaps remembering Betty's
+bitter tongue, halted and turned aside. That danger had gone by!
+</p>
+<p>
+At length, none hindering them, they reached the yard where the escort
+and the horses waited. Here, standing under an archway, were Castell and
+Peter. Castell greeted Margaret in English and kissed her through her
+veil, while Peter, who had not seen her close since months before he
+rode away to Dedham, stared at her with all his eyes, and began to draw
+near to her, designing to find out, as he was sure he could do if once
+he touched her, whether indeed this were Margaret, or only Betty after
+all. Guessing what was in his mind, and that he might reveal everything,
+Inez, who held a long pin in her hand with which she was fastening her
+veil that had come loose, pretended to knock against him, and ran the
+point deep into his arm, muttering, "Fool!" as she did so. He sprang
+back with an oath, the guard smiled, and she began to pray his pardon.
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell helped Margaret on to her horse, then mounted his own, as did
+Peter, still rubbing his arm, but not daring to look towards Margaret,
+whose hand Inez shook familiarly in farewell as though she were her
+equal, addressing her the while in terms of endearment such as Spanish
+women use to each other. An officer of Morella's household came and
+counted them, saying:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Two men and a woman. That is right, though I cannot see the woman's
+face."
+</p>
+<p>
+For a moment he seemed to be about to order her to unveil, but Inez
+called to him that it was not decent before all these Moors, whereon he
+nodded and ordered the captain to proceed.
+</p>
+<p>
+They rode through the arch of the castle along the roadway, through the
+great gate of the wall also, where the guard questioned their escort,
+stared at them, and, after receiving a present from Castell, let them
+go, telling them they were lucky Christians to get alive out of Granada,
+as indeed they were.
+</p>
+<p>
+At the brow of the rise Margaret turned and waved her handkerchief
+towards that high window which she knew so well. Another handkerchief
+was waved in answer, and, thinking of the lonely Betty watching them
+there while she awaited the issue of her desperate venture, Margaret
+went on, weeping beneath her veil. For an hour they rode forward,
+speaking few words to each other, till at length they came to the
+cross-roads, one of which ran to Malaga, and the other towards Seville.
+</p>
+<p>
+Here the escort halted, saying that their orders were to leave them at
+this point, and asking which road they intended to take. Castell
+answered that to Malaga, whereon the captain replied that they were
+wise, as they were less likely to meet bands of marauding thieves who
+called themselves Christian soldiers, and murdered or robbed all
+travellers who fell into their hands. Then Castell offered him a
+present, which he accepted gravely, as though he did him a great favour,
+and, after bows and salutations, they departed.
+</p>
+<p>
+As soon as the Moors were gone the three rode a little way towards
+Malaga. Then, when there was nobody in sight, they turned across country
+and gained the Seville road. At last they were alone and, halting
+beneath the walls of a house that had been burnt in some Christian raid,
+they spoke together freely for the first time, and oh! what a moment was
+that for all of them!
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter pushed his horse alongside that of Margaret, crying:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Speak, beloved. Is it truly you?"
+</p>
+<p>
+But Margaret, taking no heed of him, leant over and, throwing her arm
+around her father's neck, kissed him again and again through her veil,
+blessing God that they had lived to meet in safety. Peter tried to kiss
+her also; but she caused her horse to move so that he nearly fell from
+his saddle.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Have a care, Peter," she said to him, "or your love of kissing will
+lead you into more trouble." Whereon, guessing of what she spoke, he
+coloured furiously, and began to explain at length.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Cease," she said&mdash;"cease. I know all that story, for I saw you," then,
+relenting, with some brief, sweet words of greeting and gratitude, gave
+him her hand, which he kissed often enough.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Come," said Castell, "we must push on, who have twenty miles to cover
+before we reach that inn where Israel has arranged that we should sleep
+to-night. We will talk as we go." And talk they did, as well as the
+roughness of the road and the speed at which they must travel
+would allow.
+</p>
+<p>
+Riding as hard as they were able, at length they came to the <i>venta</i>, or
+rough hostelry, just as the darkness closed in. At the sight of it they
+thanked God aloud, for this place was across the Moorish border, and now
+they had little to fear from Granada. The host, a half-bred Spaniard and
+a Christian, expected them, having received a message from Israel, with
+whom he had had dealings, and gave them two rooms, rude enough, but
+sufficient, and good food and wine, also stabling and barley for their
+horses, bidding them sleep well and have no fear, as he and his people
+would watch and warn them of any danger.
+</p>
+<p>
+Yet it was late before they slept, who had so much to say to each
+other&mdash;especially Peter and Margaret&mdash;and were so happy at their escape,
+if only for a little while. Yet across their joy, like the sound of a
+funeral bell at a merry feast, came the thought of Betty and that
+fateful marriage in which ere now she must have played her part. Indeed,
+at last Margaret knelt down and offered up prayers to Heaven that the
+saints might protect her cousin in the great peril which she had
+incurred for them, nor was Peter ashamed to join her in that prayer.
+Then they embraced&mdash;especially Peter and Margaret&mdash;and laid them down,
+Castell and his daughter in one room, and Peter in the other, and slept
+as best they could.
+</p>
+<p>
+Half an hour before dawn Peter was up seeing to the horses while the
+others breakfasted and packed the food that the landlord had made ready
+for their journey. Then he also swallowed some meat and wine, and at the
+first break of day, having discharged their reckoning and taken a letter
+from their host to those of other inns upon the road, they pressed on
+towards Seville, very thankful to find that as yet there were no signs
+of their being pursued.
+</p>
+<p>
+All that day, with short pauses to rest themselves and their horses,
+they rode on without accident, for the most part over a fertile plain
+watered by several rivers which they crossed at fords or over bridges.
+As night fell they reached the old town of Oxuna, which for many hours
+they had seen set upon its hill before them, and, notwithstanding their
+Moorish dress, made their way almost unobserved in the darkness to that
+inn to which they had been recommended. Here, although he stared at
+their garments, on finding that they had plenty of money, the landlord
+received them well enough, and again they were fortunate in securing
+rooms to themselves. It had been their purpose to buy Spanish clothes in
+this town, but, as it happened, it was a feast day, and at night every
+shop in the place was closed, so they could get none. Now, as they
+greatly desired to reach Seville by the following nightfall, hoping
+under cover of the darkness to find and come aboard of their ship, the
+<i>Margaret</i>, which they knew lay safely in the river, and had been
+advised by messenger of their intended journey, it was necessary for
+them to leave Oxuna before the dawn. So, unfortunately enough as it
+proved, it was impossible for them to put off their Moorish robes and
+clothe themselves as Christians.
+</p>
+<p>
+They had hoped, too, that here at Oxuna Inez might overtake them, as she
+had promised to do if she could, and give them tidings of what had
+happened since they left Granada. But no Inez came. So, comforting
+themselves with the thought that however hard she rode it would be
+difficult for her to reach them, who had some hours' start, they left
+Oxuna in the darkness before any one was astir.
+</p>
+<p>
+Having crossed some miles of plain, they passed up through olive groves
+into hills where cork-trees grew, and here stopped to eat and let the
+horses feed. Just as they were starting on again, Peter, looking round,
+saw mounted men&mdash;a dozen or more of them of very wild aspect&mdash;cantering
+through the trees evidently with the object of cutting them off.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Thieves!" he said shortly. "Ride for it."
+</p>
+<p>
+So they began to gallop, and their horses, although somewhat jaded,
+being very swift, passed in front of these men before they could regain
+the road. The band shouted to them to surrender, and, as they did not
+stop, loosed a few arrows and pursued them, while they galloped down the
+hillside on to a plain which separated them from more hills also clothed
+with cork-trees. This plain was about three miles wide and boggy in
+places. Still they kept well ahead of the brigands, as they took them to
+be, hoping that they would give up the pursuit or lose sight of them
+amongst the trees. As they entered these, however, to their dismay they
+saw, drawn up in front of them and right across the road, another band
+of rough-looking men, perhaps twelve in all.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Trap!" said Peter. "We must ride through them&mdash;it is our only chance,"
+at the same time spurring his horse to the front and drawing his sword.
+</p>
+<p>
+Choosing the spot where their line was weakest he dashed through it
+easily enough but next second heard a cry from Margaret, and pulled his
+horse round to see that her mare had fallen, and that she and Castell
+were in the hands of the thieves. Indeed, already rough men had hold of
+her, and one of them was trying to tear the veil from her face. With a
+shout of rage Peter charged them, and struck so fierce a blow that his
+sword cut through the fellow's helmet into his skull, so that he fell
+down, dying or dead, Margaret's veil still in his hand.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then they rushed at him, five or six of them, and, although he wounded
+another man, dragged him from his horse, and, as he lay upon his back,
+sprang at him to finish him before he could rise. Already their knives
+and swords were over him, and he was making his farewells to life, when
+he heard a voice command them to desist and bind his arms. This was
+quickly done, and he was suffered to rise from the ground to see before
+him, not Morella, as he half expected, but a man clad in fine armour
+beneath his rough cloak, evidently an officer of rank. "What kind of a
+Moor are you," he asked, "who dare to kill the soldiers of the Holy
+Hermandad in the heart of the King's country?" and he pointed to
+the dead man.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am not a Moor," answered Peter in his rough Spanish. "I am a
+Christian escaped from Granada, and I cut down that man because he was
+trying to insult my betrothed, as you would have done, Señor. I did not
+know that he was a soldier of the Hermandad; I thought him a common
+thief of the hills."
+</p>
+<p>
+This speech, or as much as he could understand of it, seemed to please
+the officer, but before he could answer, Castell said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Sir Officer, the señor is an Englishman, and does not speak your
+language well&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"He uses his sword well, anyhow," interrupted the captain, glancing at
+the dead soldier's cloven helm and head.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, Sir, he is of your trade and, as the scar upon his face shows, has
+fought in many wars. Sir, what he tells you is true. We are Christian
+captives escaped from Granada and flying to Seville with my daughter, to
+whom I pray you to do no harm, to ask for the protection of their
+gracious Majesties, and to find a passage back to England."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You do not look like an Englishman," answered the captain; "you look
+like a Marano."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Sir, I cannot help my looks. I am a merchant of London, Castell by
+name. It is one well known in Seville and throughout this land, where I
+have large dealings, as, if I can but see him, your king himself will
+acknowledge. Be not deceived by our dress, which we had to put on in
+order to escape from Granada, but, I beseech you, let us go on
+to Seville."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Señor Castell," answered the officer, "I am the Captain Arrano of
+Puebla, and, since you would not stop when we called to you, and have
+killed one of my best soldiers, to Seville you must certainly go, but
+with me, not by yourselves. You are my prisoners, but have no fear. No
+violence shall be done to you or the lady, who must take your trials for
+your deeds before the King's court, and there tell your story, true
+or false."
+</p>
+<p>
+So, having been disarmed of their swords, they were allowed to remount
+their horses and taken on towards Seville as prisoners.
+</p>
+<p>
+"At least," said Margaret to Peter, "we have nothing more to fear from
+highwaymen, and have escaped these soldiers' swords unhurt."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," answered Peter with a groan, "but I hoped that to-night we should
+have slept upon the <i>Margaret</i> while she slipped down the river towards
+the open sea, and not in a Spanish jail. Now, as fate will have it, for
+the second time I have killed a man on your behalf, and all the business
+will begin again. Truly our luck is bad!"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think it might be worse, and I cannot blame you for that deed,"
+answered Margaret, remembering the rough hands of the dead soldier, whom
+some of his comrades had stopped behind to bury.
+</p>
+<p>
+During all the remainder of that long day they rode on through the
+burning heat, across the rich, cultivated plain, towards the great city
+of Seville, whereof the Giralda, which once had been the minaret of a
+Moorish mosque, towered hundreds of feet into the air before them. At
+length, towards evening, they entered the eastern suburbs of the vast
+city and, passing through them and a great gate beyond, began to thread
+its tortuous streets.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Whither go we, Captain Arrano?" asked Castell presently.
+</p>
+<p>
+"To the prison of the Holy Hermandad to await your trial for the slaying
+of one of its soldiers," answered the officer.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I pray that we may get there soon then," said Peter, looking at
+Margaret, who, overcome with fatigue, swayed upon her saddle like a
+flower in the wind.
+</p>
+<p>
+"So do I," muttered Castell, glancing round at the dark faces of the
+people, who, having discovered that they had killed a Spanish soldier,
+and taking them to be Moors, were marching alongside of them in great
+numbers, staring sullenly, or cursing them for infidels. Indeed, once
+when they passed a square, a priest in the mob cried out, "Kill them!"
+whereon a number of rough fellows made a rush to pull them off their
+horses, and were with difficulty beaten back by the soldiers.
+</p>
+<p>
+Foiled in this attempt they began to pelt them with garbage, so that
+soon their white robes were stained and filthy. One fellow, too, threw a
+stone which struck Margaret on the wrist, causing her to cry out and
+drop her rein. This was too much for the hot-blooded Peter, who,
+spurring his horse alongside of him, before the soldiers could
+interfere, hit him such a buffet in the face that the man rolled upon
+the ground. Now Castell thought that they would certainly be killed, but
+to his surprise the mob only laughed and shouted such things as "Well
+hit, Moor!" "That infidel has a strong arm," and so forth.
+</p>
+<p>
+Nor was the officer angry, for when the man rose, a knife in his hand,
+he drew his sword and struck him down again with the flat of it,
+saying to Peter:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Do not sully your hand with such street swine, Señor."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then he turned and commanded his men to charge the crowd ahead of them.
+</p>
+<p>
+So they got through these people and, after many twists and turns down
+side streets to avoid the main avenues, came to a great and gloomy
+building and into a courtyard through barred gates that were opened at
+their approach and shut after them. Here they were ordered to dismount
+and their horses led away, while the officer, Arrano, entered into
+conversation with the governor of the prison, a man with a stern but not
+unkindly face, who surveyed them with much curiosity. Presently he
+approached and asked them if they could pay for good rooms, as if not he
+must put them in the common cells.
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell answered, "Yes," and, by way of earnest of it, produced five
+pieces of gold, and giving them to the Captain Arrano, begged him to
+distribute them among his soldiers as a thankoffering for their
+protection of them through the streets. Also, he said loudly enough for
+every one to hear, that he would be willing to compensate the relatives
+of the man whom Peter had killed by accident&mdash;an announcement that
+evidently impressed his comrades very favourably. Indeed one of them
+said he would bear the message to his widow, and, on behalf of the rest,
+thanked him for his gift. Then having bade farewell to the officer, who
+told them that they would meet again before the judges, they were led
+through the various passages of the prison to two rooms, one small and
+one of a fair size with heavily barred windows, given water to wash in,
+and told that food would be brought to them.
+</p>
+<p>
+In due course it came, carried by jailers&mdash;meat, eggs, and wine, and
+glad enough were they to see it. While they ate, also the governor
+appeared with a notary, and, having waited till their meal was finished,
+began to question them.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Our story is long," said Castell, "but with your leave I will tell it
+you, only, I pray you, suffer my daughter, the Dona Margaret, to go to
+rest, for she is quite outworn, and if you will you can question her
+to-morrow."
+</p>
+<p>
+The governor assenting, Margaret threw off her veil to embrace her
+father, thus showing her beauty for the first time, whereat the governor
+and the notary stared amazed. Then having given Peter her hand to kiss,
+and curtseyed to the governor and the notary, she went to her bed in the
+next room, which opened out of that in which they were.
+</p>
+<p>
+When she had gone, Castell told his story of how his daughter had been
+kidnapped by the Marquis of Morella, a name that caused the governor to
+open his eyes very wide, and brought from London to Granada, whither
+they, her father and her betrothed, had followed her and escaped. But of
+Betty and all the business of the changed bride he said nothing. Also,
+knowing that these must come out in any case, he told them his name and
+business, and those of his partners and correspondents in Seville, the
+firm of Bernaldez, which was one that the governor knew well enough,
+and prayed that the head of that firm, the Señor Juan Bernaldez, might
+be communicated with and allowed to visit them on the next morning.
+Lastly, he explained that they were no thieves or adventurers, but
+English subjects in misfortune, and again hinted that they were both
+able and willing to pay for any kindness or consideration that was shown
+to them, of all of which sayings the governor took note.
+</p>
+<p>
+Also this officer said that he would communicate with his superiors,
+and, if no objection were made, send a messenger to ask the Señor
+Bernaldez to attend at the prison on the following day. Then at length
+he and the notary departed, and, the jailers having cleared away the
+food and locked the door, Castell and Peter lay down on the beds that
+they had made ready for them, thankful enough to find themselves at
+Seville, even though in a prison, where indeed they slept very well
+that night.
+</p>
+<p>
+On the following morning they woke much refreshed, and, after they had
+breakfasted, the governor appeared, and with him none other than the
+Señor Juan Bernaldez, Castell's secret correspondent and Spanish
+partner, whom he had last seen some years before in England, a stout man
+with a quiet, clever face, not over given to words.
+</p>
+<p>
+Greeting them with a deference that was not lost upon the governor, he
+asked whether he had leave to speak with them alone. The governor
+assented and went, saying he would return within an hour. As soon as the
+door was closed behind him, Bernaldez said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"This is a strange place to meet you in, John Castell, yet I am not
+altogether surprised, since some of your messages reached me through
+our friends the Jews; also your ship, the <i>Margaret</i>, lies refitted in
+the river, and to avoid suspicion I have been lading her slowly with a
+cargo for England, though how you will come aboard that ship is more
+than I can say. But we have no time to waste. Tell me all your story,
+keeping nothing back."
+</p>
+<p>
+So they told him everything as quickly as they could, while he listened
+silently. When they had done, he said, addressing Peter:
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is a thousand pities, young sir, that you could not keep your hands
+off that soldier, for now the trouble that was nearly done with has
+begun anew, and in a worse shape. The Marquis of Morella is a very
+powerful man in this kingdom, as you may know from the fact that he was
+sent to London by their Majesties to negotiate a treaty with your
+English King Henry as to the Jews and their treatment, should any of
+them escape thither after they have been expelled from Spain. For
+nothing less is in the wind, and I would have you know that their
+Majesties hate the Jews, and especially the Maranos, whom already they
+burn by dozens here in Seville," and he glanced meaningly at Castell.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am very sorry," said Peter, "but the fellow handled her roughly, and
+I was maddened at the sight and could not help myself. This is the
+second time that I have come into trouble from the same cause. Also, I
+thought that he was but a bandit."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Love is a bad diplomatist," replied Bernaldez, with a little smile,
+"and who can count last year's clouds? What is done, is done. Now I will
+try to arrange that the three of you shall be brought straight before
+their Majesties when they sit to hear cases on the day after to-morrow.
+With the Queen you will have a better chance than at the hands of any
+alcalde. She has a heart, if only one can get at it&mdash;that is, except
+where Jews and Maranos are concerned," and again he glanced at Castell.
+"Meanwhile, there is money in plenty, and in Spain we ride to heaven on
+gold angels," he added, alluding to that coin and the national
+corruption.
+</p>
+<p>
+Before they could say more the governor returned, saying that the Señor
+Bernaldez' time was up, and asking if they had finished their talk.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Not altogether," said Margaret. "Noble Governor, is it permitted that
+the Señor Bernaldez should send me some Christian clothes to wear, for I
+would not appear before your judges in this soiled heathen garb, nor, I
+think, would my father or the Señor Brome?"
+</p>
+<p>
+The governor laughed, and said he thought that might be arranged, and
+even allowed them another five minutes, while they talked of what these
+clothes should be. Then he departed with Bernaldez, leaving them alone.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was not until the latter had gone, however, that they remembered that
+they had forgotten to ask him whether he had heard anything of the woman
+Inez, who had been furnished with his address, but, as he had said
+nothing of her, they felt sure that she could not have arrived in
+Seville, and once more were much afraid as to what might have happened
+after they had left Granada.
+</p>
+<p>
+That night, to their grief and alarm, a new trouble fell on them. Just
+as they finished their supper the governor appeared and said that, by
+order of the Court before which they must be tried, the Señor Brome,
+who was accused of murder, must be separated from them. So, in spite of
+all they could say or do, Peter was led away to a separate cell, leaving
+Margaret weeping.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH19"><!-- CH19 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER XIX
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+BETTY PAYS HER DEBTS
+</center>
+<p>
+Betty Dene was not a woman afflicted with fears or apprehensions. Born
+of good parents, but in poverty, for six-and-twenty years she had fought
+her own way in a rough world and made the best of circumstances.
+Healthy, full-blooded, tough, affectionate, romantic, but honest in her
+way, she was well fitted to meet the ups and downs of life, to keep her
+head above the waters of a turbulent age, and to pay back as much as she
+received from man or woman.
+</p>
+<p>
+Yet those long hours which she passed alone in the high turret chamber,
+waiting till they summoned her to play the part of a false bride, were
+the worst that she had ever spent. She knew that her position was, in a
+sense, shameful, and like to end in tragedy, and, now that she faced it
+in cold blood, began to wonder why she had chosen so to do. She had
+fallen in love with the Spaniard almost at first sight, though it is
+true that something like this had happened to her before with other men.
+Then he had played his part with her, till, quite deceived, she gave all
+her heart to him in good earnest, believing in her infatuation that,
+notwithstanding the difference of their place and rank, he desired to
+make her his wife for her own sake.
+</p>
+<p>
+Afterwards came that bitter day of disillusion when she learned, as
+Inez had said to Castell, that she was but a stalking heifer used for
+the taking of the white swan, her cousin and mistress&mdash;that day when she
+had been beguiled by the letter which was still hid in her garments, and
+for her pains heard herself called a fool to her face. In her heart she
+had sworn to be avenged upon Morella then, and now the hour had come in
+which to fulfil her oath and play him back trick for cruel trick.
+</p>
+<p>
+Did she still love the man? She could not say. He was pleasing to her as
+he had always been, and when that is so women forgive much. This was
+certain, however&mdash;love was not her guide to-night. Was it vengeance then
+that led her on? Perhaps; at least she longed to be able to say to him,
+"See what craft lies hid even in the bosom of an outwitted fool."
+</p>
+<p>
+Yet she would not have done it for vengeance' sake alone, or rather she
+would have paid herself in some other fashion. No, her real reason was
+that she must discharge the debt due to Margaret and Peter, and to
+Castell who had sheltered her for years. She it was who had brought them
+into all this woe, and it seemed but just that she should bring them out
+again, even at the cost of her own life and womanly dignity. Or,
+perchance, all three of these powers drove her on,&mdash;love for the man if
+it still lingered, the desire to be avenged upon him, and the desire to
+snatch his prey from out his maw. At least she had set the game, and she
+would play it out to its end, however awful that might be.
+</p>
+<p>
+The sun sank, the darkness closed about her, and she wondered whether
+ever again she would see the dawn. Her brave heart quailed a little, and
+she gripped the dagger hilt beneath her splendid, borrowed robe,
+thinking to herself that perhaps it might be wisest to drive it into her
+own breast, and not wait until a balked madman did that office for her.
+Yet not so, for it is always time to die when one must.
+</p>
+<p>
+A knock came at the door, and her courage, which had sunk so low, burned
+up again within her. Oh! she would teach this Spaniard that the
+Englishwoman, whom he had made believe was his desired mistress, could
+be his master. At any rate, he should hear the truth before the end.
+</p>
+<p>
+She unlocked the door, and Inez entered bearing a lamp, by the light of
+which she scanned her with her quiet eyes.
+</p>
+<p>
+"The bridegroom is ready," she said slowly that Betty might understand,
+"and sends me to lead you to him. Are you afraid?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Not I," answered Betty. "But tell me, how will the thing be done?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"The marquis meets us in the ante-room to that hall which is used as a
+chapel, and there on behalf of the household I, as the first of the
+women, give you both the cups of wine. Be sure that you drink of that
+which I hold in my left hand, passing the cup up beneath your veil so as
+not to show your face, and speak no word, lest he should recognise your
+voice. Then we shall go into the chapel, where the priest Henriques
+waits, also all the household. But that hall is great, and the lamps are
+feeble, so none will know you there. By this time also the drugged wine
+will have begun to work upon Morella's brain, wherefore, provided that
+you use a low voice, you may safely say, 'I, Betty, wed thee, Carlos,'
+not 'I, Margaret, wed thee.' Then, when it is over, he will lead you
+away to the chambers prepared for you, where, if there is any virtue in
+my wine, he will sleep sound to-night, that is, as soon as the priest
+has given me the marriage-lines, whereof I will hand you one copy and
+keep the others. Afterwards&mdash;&mdash;" and she shrugged her shoulders.
+</p>
+<p>
+"What becomes of you?" asked Betty, when she had fully mastered these
+instructions.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh! I and the priest start to-night for a ride together to Seville,
+where his money awaits him; ill company for a woman who means henceforth
+to be honest and rich, but better than none. Perhaps we shall meet again
+there, or perhaps we shall not; at least, you know where to seek me and
+the others, at the house of the Señor Bernaldez. Now it is time. Are you
+ready to be made a marchioness of Spain?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Of course," answered Betty coolly, and they started.
+</p>
+<p>
+Through the empty halls and corridors they went, and oh! surely no
+Eastern plot that had been conceived in them was quite so bold and
+desperate as theirs. They reached the ante-chamber to the chapel, and
+took their stand outside of the circle of light that fell from its
+hanging lamps. Presently a door opened, and through it came Morella,
+attended by two of his secretaries. He was splendidly arrayed in his
+usual garb of black velvet, and about his neck hung chains of gold and
+jewels, and to his breast were fastened the glittering stars and orders
+pertaining to his rank. Never, or so thought Betty, had Morella seemed
+more magnificent and handsome. He was happy also, who was about to drink
+of that cup of joy which he so earnestly desired. Yes, his face showed
+that he was happy, and Betty, noting it, felt remorse stirring in her
+breast. Low he bowed before her, while she curtseyed to him, bending her
+tall and graceful form till her knee almost touched the ground. Then he
+came to her and whispered in her ear:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Most sweet, most beloved," he said, "I thank heaven that has led me to
+this joyous hour by many a rough and dangerous path. Most dear, again I
+beseech you to forgive all the sorrow and the ill that I have brought
+upon you, remembering that it was done for your adored sake, that I
+love you as woman has been seldom loved, you and you only, and that to
+you, and you only, will I cling until my death's day. Oh! do not tremble
+and shrink, for I swear that no woman in Spain shall have a better or a
+more loyal lord. You I will cherish alone, for you I will strive by
+night and day to lift you to great honour and satisfy your every wish.
+Many and pleasant may the years be that we shall spend side by side, and
+peaceful our ends when at last we lay us down side by side to sleep
+awhile and wake again in heaven, whereof the shadow lies on me to-night.
+Remembering the past, I do not ask much of you&mdash;as yet; still, if you
+are minded to give me a bridal gift that I shall prize above crowns or
+empires, say that you forgive me all that I have done amiss, and in
+token, lift that veil of yours and kiss me on the lips."
+</p>
+<p>
+Betty heard this speech, whereof she only fully understood the end, and
+trembled. This was a trial that she had not foreseen. Yet it must be
+faced, for speak she dared not. Therefore, gathering up her courage, and
+remembering that the light was at her back, after a little pause, as
+though of modesty and reluctance, she raised the pearl-embroidered
+veil, and, bending forward beneath its shadow, suffered Morella to kiss
+her on the lips.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was over, the veil had fallen again, and the man suspected nothing.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am a good artist," thought Inez to herself, "and that woman acts
+better than the wooden Peter. Scarcely could I have done it so
+well myself."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then, the jealousy and hate that she could not control glittering in her
+soft eyes, for she too had loved this man, and well, Inez lifted the
+golden cups that had been prepared, and, gliding forward, beautiful in
+her broidered, Eastern robe, fell upon her knee and held them to the
+bridegroom and the bride. Morella took that from her right hand, and
+Betty that from her left, nor, intoxicated as he was already with that
+first kiss of love, did he pause to note the evil purpose which was
+written on the face of his discarded slave. Betty, passing the cup
+beneath her veil, touched it with her lips and returned it to Inez; but
+Morella, exclaiming, "I drink to you, sweet bride, most fair and adored
+of women," drained his to the dregs, and cast it back to Inez as a gift
+in such fashion that the red wine which clung to its rim stained her
+white robes like a splash of blood.
+</p>
+<p>
+Humbly she bowed, humbly she gathered the precious vessel from the
+floor; but when she rose again there was triumph in her eyes&mdash;not hate.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Morella took his bride's hand and, followed by his gentlemen and
+Inez, walked to the curtains that were drawn as they came into the great
+hall beyond, where had mustered all his household, perhaps a hundred of
+them. Between their bowing ranks they passed, a stately pair, and,
+whilst sweet voices sang behind some hidden screen, walked onward to the
+altar, where stood the waiting priest. They kneeled down upon the
+gold-embroidered cushions while the office of the Church was read over
+them. The ring was set upon Betty's hand&mdash;scarce, it would seem, could
+he find her finger&mdash;the man took the woman to wife, the woman took the
+man for husband. His voice was thick, and hers was very low; of all that
+listening crowd none could hear the names they spoke.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was over. The priest bowed and blessed them. They signed some papers,
+there by the light of the altar candles. Father Henriques filled in
+certain names and signed them also, then, casting sand upon them, placed
+them in the outstretched hand of Inez, who, although Morella never
+seemed to notice, gave one to the bride, and thrust the other two into
+the bosom of her robe. Then both she and the priest kissed the hands of
+the marquis and his wife, and asked his leave to be gone. He bowed his
+head vaguely, and&mdash;if any had been there to listen&mdash;within ten short
+minutes they might have heard two horses galloping hard towards the
+Seville gate.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now, escorted by pages and torch-bearers, the new-wed pair repassed
+those dim and stately halls, the bride, veiled, mysterious, fateful; the
+bridegroom, empty-eyed, like one who wanders in his sleep. Thus they
+reached their chamber, and its carved doors shut behind them.
+</p>
+<hr>
+<p>
+It was early morning, and the serving-women who waited without that room
+were summoned to it by the sound of a silver gong. Two of them entered
+and were met by Betty, no longer veiled, but wrapped in a loose robe,
+who said to them:
+</p>
+<p>
+"My lord the marquis still sleeps. Come, help me dress and make ready
+his bath and food."
+</p>
+<p>
+The women stared at her, for now that she had washed the paint from her
+face they knew well that this was the Señora Betty and not the Dona
+Margaret, whom, they had understood, the marquis was to marry. But she
+chid them sharply in her bad Spanish, bidding them be swift, as she
+would be robed before her husband should awake. So they obeyed her, and
+when she was ready she went with them into the great hall where many of
+the household were gathered, waiting to do homage to the new-wed pair,
+and greeted them all, blushing and smiling, saying that doubtless the
+marquis would be among them soon, and commanding them meanwhile to go
+about their several tasks.
+</p>
+<p>
+So well did Betty play her part indeed, that, although they also were
+bewildered, none questioned her place or authority, who remembered that
+after all they had not been told by their lord himself which of these
+two English ladies he meant to marry. Also, she distributed among the
+meaner of them a present of money on her husband's behalf and her own,
+and then ate food and drank some wine before them all, pledging them,
+and receiving their salutations and good wishes.
+</p>
+<p>
+When all this was done, still smiling, Betty returned to the
+marriage-chamber, closing its door behind her, sat her down on a chair
+near the bed, and waited for the worst struggle of all&mdash;that struggle on
+which hung her life. See! Morella stirred. He sat up, gazing about him
+and rubbing his brow. Presently his eyes lit upon Betty, seated stern
+and upright in her high chair. She rose and, coming to him, kissed him
+and called him "Husband," and, still half-asleep, he kissed her back.
+Then she sat down again in her chair and watched his face.
+</p>
+<p>
+It changed, and changed again. Wonder, fear, amaze, bewilderment,
+flitted over it, till at last he said in English:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Betty, where is my wife?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Here," answered Betty.
+</p>
+<p>
+He stared at her. "Nay, I mean the Dona Margaret, your cousin and my
+lady, whom I wed last night. And how come you here? I thought that you
+had left Granada."
+</p>
+<p>
+Betty looked astonished.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I do not understand you," she answered. "It was my cousin Margaret who
+left Granada. I stayed here to be married to you, as you arranged with
+me through Inez."
+</p>
+<p>
+His jaw dropped.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Arranged with you through Inez! Mother of Heaven! what do you mean?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Mean?" she answered&mdash;"I mean what I say. Surely"&mdash;and she rose in
+indignation&mdash;"you have never dared to try to play some new trick
+upon me?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Trick!" muttered Morella. "What says the woman? Is all this a dream, or
+am I mad?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"A dream, I think. Yes, it must be a dream, since certainly it was to no
+madman that I was wed last night. Look," and she held before him that
+writing of marriage signed by the priest, by him, and by herself, which
+stated that Carlos, Marquis of Morella, was on such a date, at Granada,
+duly married to the Señora Elizabeth Dene of London in England.
+</p>
+<p>
+He read it twice, then sank back gasping; while Betty hid away the
+parchment in her bosom.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then presently he seemed to go mad indeed. He raved, he cursed, he
+ground his teeth, he looked round for a sword to kill her or himself,
+but could find none. And all the while Betty sat still and gazed at him
+like some living fate.
+</p>
+<p>
+At length he was weary, and her turn came.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Listen," she said. "Yonder in London you promised to marry me; I have
+it hidden away, and in your own writing. By agreement I fled with you to
+Spain. By the mouth of your messenger and former love this marriage was
+arranged between us, I receiving your messages to me, and sending back
+mine to you, since you explained that for reasons of your own you did
+not wish to speak of these matters before my cousin Margaret, and could
+not wed me until she and her father and her lover were gone from
+Granada. So I bade them farewell, and stayed here alone for love of you,
+as I fled from London for love of you, and last night we were united, as
+all your household know, for but now I have eaten with them and received
+their good wishes. And now you dare&mdash;you dare to tell me, that I, your
+wife&mdash;I, who have sacrificed everything for you, I, the Marchioness of
+Morella, am <i>not</i> your wife. Well, go, say it outside this chamber, and
+hear your very slaves cry 'Shame' upon you. Go, say it to your king and
+your bishops, aye, and to his Holiness the Pope himself, and listen to
+their answer. Why, great as you are, and rich as you are, they will
+hale you to a mad-house or a prison."
+</p>
+<p>
+Morella listened, rocking himself to and fro upon the bed, then with an
+oath sprang towards her, to be met by a dagger-point glinting in
+his eyes.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Hear me again," she said as he shrank back from that cold steel. "I am
+no slave and no weakling; you shall not murder me or thrust me away. I
+am your wife and your equal, aye, and stronger than you in body and in
+mind, and I will have my rights in the face of God and man."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Certainly," he said with a kind of unwilling admiration&mdash;"certainly you
+are no weakling. Certainly, also, you have paid back all you owe me with
+a Jew's interest. Or, mayhap, you are not so clever as I think, but just
+a strong-minded fool, and it is that accursed Inez who has settled her
+debts. Oh! to think of it," and he shook his fist in the air, "to think
+that I believed myself married to the Dona Margaret, and find you in her
+place&mdash;<i>you</i>!"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Be silent," she said, "you man without shame, who first fly at the
+throat of your new-wedded wife and then insult her by saying that you
+wish you were wedded to another woman. Be silent, or I will unlock the
+door and call your own people and repeat your monstrous talk to them."
+And she drew herself to her full height and stood over him on the bed.
+</p>
+<p>
+Morella, his first rage spent, looked at her reflectively, and not
+without a certain measure of homage.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think," he remarked, "that if he did not happen to be in love with
+another woman and to believe that he had married her, you, my good
+Betty, would make a useful wife to any man who wished to get on in the
+world. I understood you to say that the door is locked, and if I might
+hazard a guess, you have the key, as also you happen to have a dagger.
+Well, I find the air in this place close, and I want to go <i>out</i>."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Where to?" asked Betty.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Let us say, to join Inez."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What," she asked, "would you already be running after that woman
+again? Do you already forget that you are married?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"It seems that I am not to be allowed to forget it. Now, let us bargain.
+I wish to leave Granada for a while, and without scandal. What are your
+terms? Remember that there are two to which I will not consent. I will
+not stop here with you, and you shall not accompany me. Remember also,
+that, although you hold the dagger at present, it is not wise of you to
+try to push this jest too far."
+</p>
+<p>
+"As you did when you decoyed me on board the <i>San Antonio</i>," said Betty.
+"Well, our honeymoon has not begun too sweetly, and I do not mind if you
+go away for a while&mdash;to look for Inez. Swear now that you mean me no
+harm, and that you will not plot my death or disgrace, or in any way
+interfere with my liberty or position here in Granada. Swear it on the
+Rood." And she took down a silver crucifix that hung upon the wall over
+the bed and handed it to him. For she knew Morella's superstitions, and
+that if once he swore upon this symbol he dare not break his oath.
+</p>
+<p>
+"And if I will not swear?" he asked sullenly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then," she answered, "you stop here until you do, you who are anxious
+to be gone. I have eaten food this morning, you have not; I have a
+dagger, you have none; and, being as we are, I am sure that no one will
+venture to disturb us until Inez and your friend the priest have gone
+further than you can follow."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Very well, I will swear," he said, and he kissed the crucifix and threw
+it down, "You can stop here and rule my house in Granada, and I will do
+you no mischief, nor trouble you in any way. But if you come out of
+Granada, then we cross swords."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You mean that you intend to leave this city? Then, here is paper and
+ink. Be so good as to sign an order to the stewards of your estates,
+within the territories of the Moorish king, to pay all their revenue to
+me during your absence, and to your servants to obey me in everything."
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is easy to see that you were brought up in the house of a Jew
+merchant," said Morella, biting the pen and considering this woman who,
+whether she were hawk or pigeon, knew so well how to feather her nest.
+"Well, if I grant you this position and these revenues, will you leave
+me alone and cease to press other claims upon me?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Betty, bethinking her of those papers that Inez had carried away
+with her, and that Castell and Margaret would know well how to use them
+if there were need, bethinking her also that if she pushed him too far
+at the beginning she might die suddenly as folk sometimes did in
+Granada, answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is much to ask of a deluded woman, but I still have some pride, and
+will not thrust myself in where it seems I am not wanted. Therefore, so
+be it. Till you seek me or send for me, I will not seek you so long as
+you keep your bargain. Now write the paper, sign it, and call in your
+secretaries to witness the signature."
+</p>
+<p>
+"In whose favour must I word it?" he asked.
+</p>
+<p>
+"In that of the Marquessa of Morella," she answered, and he, seeing a
+loophole in the words, obeyed her, since if she were not his wife this
+writing would have no value.
+</p>
+<p>
+Somehow he must be rid of this woman. Of course he might cause her to be
+killed; but even in Granada people could not kill one to whom they had
+seemed to be just married without questions being asked. Moreover, Betty
+had friends, and he had enemies who would certainly ask them if she
+vanished away. No, he would sign the paper and fight the case
+afterwards, for he had no time to lose. Margaret had slipped away from
+him, and if once she escaped from Spain he knew that he would never see
+her more. For aught he knew, she might already have escaped or be
+married to Peter Brome. The very thought of it filled him with madness.
+There had been a conspiracy against him; he was outwitted, robbed,
+befooled. Well, hope still remained&mdash;and vengeance. He could still fight
+Peter, and perhaps kill him. He could hand over Castell, the Jew, to the
+Inquisition. He could find a way to deal with the priest Henriques and
+the woman Inez, and, perhaps, if fortune favoured him he could get
+Margaret back into his power.
+</p>
+<p>
+Oh! yes, he would sign anything if only thereby he was set at liberty
+and freed for a while from this servant who called herself his wife,
+this strong-minded, strong-bodied, clever Englishwoman, of whom he had
+thought to make a tool, and who had made a tool of him.
+</p>
+<p>
+So Betty dictated and he wrote: yes, it had come to this&mdash;she dictated
+and he wrote, and signed too. The order was comprehensive. It gave power
+to the most honourable Marquessa of Morella to act for him, her husband,
+in all things during his absence from Granada. It commanded that all
+rents and profits due to him should be paid to her, and that all his
+servants and dependants should obey her as though she were himself, and
+that her receipt should be as good as his receipt.
+</p>
+<p>
+When the paper was written, and Betty had spelt it over carefully to see
+that there was no omission or mistake, she unlocked the door, struck
+upon the gong, and summoned the secretaries to witness their lord's
+signature to a settlement. Presently they came, bowing, and offering
+many felicitations, which to himself Morella vowed he would remember
+against them.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I have to go a journey," he said. "Witness my signature to this
+document, which provides for the carrying on of my household and the
+disposal of my property during my absence."
+</p>
+<p>
+They stared and bowed.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Read it aloud first," said Betty, "so that my lord and husband may be
+sure that there is no mistake."
+</p>
+<p>
+One of them obeyed, but before ever he had finished the furious Morella
+shouted to them from the bed:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Have done and witness, then go, order me horses and an escort, for I
+ride at once."
+</p>
+<p>
+So they witnessed in a great hurry, and left the room. Betty left with
+them, holding the paper in her hand, and when she reached the large hall
+where the household were gathered waiting to greet their lord, she
+commanded one of the secretaries to read it out to all of them, also to
+translate it into the Moorish tongue that every one might understand.
+Then she hid it away with the marriage lines, and, seating herself in
+the midst of the household, ordered them to prepare to receive the most
+noble marquis.
+</p>
+<p>
+They had not long to wait, for presently he came out of the room like a
+bull into the arena, whereon Betty rose and curtseyed to him, and at her
+word all his servants bowed themselves down in the Eastern fashion. For
+a moment he paused, again like the bull when he sees the picadors and is
+about to charge. Then he thought better of it, and, with a muttered
+curse, strode past them.
+</p>
+<p>
+Ten minutes later, for the third time within twenty-four hours, horses
+galloped from the palace and through the Seville gate.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Friends," said Betty in her awkward Spanish, when she knew that he had
+gone, "a sad thing has happened to my husband, the marquis. The woman
+Inez, whom it seems he trusted very much, has departed, stealing a
+treasure that he valued above everything on earth, and so I, his
+new-made wife, am left desolate while he tries to find her."
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH20"><!-- CH20 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER XX
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+ISABELLA OF SPAIN
+</center>
+<p>
+On the afternoon following his first visit, Castell's agent, Bernaldez,
+arrived again at the prison of the Hermandad at Seville accompanied by a
+tailor, a woman, and a chest full of clothes. The governor ordered these
+two persons to wait while the garments were searched under his own eye,
+but Bernaldez he permitted to be led at once to the prisoners. As soon
+as he was with them he said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Your marquis has been married fast enough."
+</p>
+<p>
+"How do you know that?" asked Castell.
+</p>
+<p>
+"From the woman Inez, who arrived with the priest last night, and gave
+me the certificates of his union with Betty Dene signed by himself. I
+have not brought them with me lest I should be searched, when they might
+have been taken away; but Inez has come disguised as a sempstress, so
+show no surprise when you see her, if she is admitted. Perhaps she will
+be able to tell the Dona Margaret something of what passed if she is
+allowed to fit her robes alone. After that she must lie hidden for fear
+of the vengeance of Morella; but I shall know where to put my hand upon
+her if she is wanted. You will all of you be brought before the queen
+to-morrow, and then I, who shall be there, will produce the writings."
+Scarcely were the words out of his mouth when the governor appeared, and
+with him the tailor and Inez, who curtseyed and glanced at Margaret out
+of the corners of her soft eyes, looking at them all as though with
+curiosity, like one who had never seen or heard of them before.
+</p>
+<p>
+When the dresses had been produced, Margaret asked whether she might be
+allowed to try them on with the woman in her own chamber, as she had not
+been measured for them.
+</p>
+<p>
+The governor answered that as both the sempstress and the robes had been
+searched, there was no objection, so the two of them retired&mdash;Inez, with
+her arms full of garments.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Tell me all about it," whispered Margaret as soon as the door was
+closed. "I die to hear your story."
+</p>
+<p>
+So, while she fitted the clothes, since in that place they could never
+be sure but that they were watched through some secret loophole, Inez,
+with her mouth full of aloe thorns, which those of the trade used as
+pins, told her everything down to the time of her escape from Granada.
+When she came to that part of the tale where the false bride had lifted
+her veil and kissed the bridegroom, Margaret gasped in her amaze.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh! how could she do it?" she said, "I should have fainted first."
+</p>
+<p>
+"She has a good courage, that Betty&mdash;turn to the light, please,
+Señora&mdash;I could not have acted better myself&mdash;I think it is a little
+high on the left shoulder. He never guessed a thing, the besotted fool,
+and that was before I gave him the wine, for he wasn't likely to guess
+much afterwards. Did the señora say it was tight under the arm? Well,
+perhaps a little, but this stuff stretches. What I want to know is, what
+happened afterwards? Your cousin is the bull that I put my money on: I
+believe she will clear the ring. A woman with a nerve of steel; had I as
+much I should have been the Marchioness of Morella long ago, or there
+would be another marquis by now. There, the sit of the skirt is perfect;
+the señora's beautiful figure looks more beautiful in it than ever.
+Well, whoever lives will learn all about it, and it is no use worrying.
+Meanwhile, Bernaldez has paid me the money&mdash;and a handsome sum too&mdash;so
+you needn't thank me. I only worked for hire&mdash;and hate. Now I am going
+to lie low, as I don't want to get my throat cut, but he can find me if
+I am really needed.
+</p>
+<p>
+"The priest? Oh, he is safe enough. We made him sign a receipt for his
+cash. Also, I believe that he has got his post as a secretary to the
+Inquisition, and began his duties at once as they were short-handed,
+torturing Jews and heretics, you know, and stealing their goods, both of
+which occupations will exactly suit him. I rode with him all the way to
+Seville, and he tried to make love to me, the slimy knave, but I paid
+him out," and Inez smiled at some pleasant recollection. "Still, I did
+not quarrel with him outright, as he may come in useful. Who knows?
+There's the governor calling me. One moment, Excellency, only
+one moment!
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, Señora, with those few alterations the dress will be perfect. You
+shall have it back tonight without fail, and I can cut the others that
+you have been pleased to order from the same pattern. Oh! I thank you,
+Señora, you are too good to a poor girl, and," in a whisper, "the
+Mother of God have you in her guard, and send that Peter has improved in
+his love making!" and, half hidden in garments, Inez bowed herself out
+of the room through the door which the governor had already opened.
+</p>
+<p>
+About nine o'clock on the following morning one of the jailers came to
+summon Margaret and her father to be led before the court. Margaret
+asked anxiously if the Señor Brome was coming too, but the man replied
+that he knew nothing of the Señor Brome, as he was in one of the cells
+for dangerous criminals, which he did not serve.
+</p>
+<p>
+So forth they went, dressed in their new clothes, which were as fine as
+money could buy, and in the latest Seville fashion, and were conducted
+to the courtyard. Here, to her joy, Margaret saw Peter waiting for them
+under guard, and dressed also in the Christian garments which they had
+begged might be supplied to him at their cost. She sprang to his side,
+none hindering her, and, forgetting her bashfulness, suffered him to
+embrace her before them all, asking him how he had fared since they
+were parted.
+</p>
+<p>
+"None too well," answered Peter gloomily, "who did not know if we should
+ever meet again; also, my prison is underground, where but little light
+comes through a grating, and there are rats in it which will not let a
+man sleep, so I must lie awake the most of the night thinking of you.
+But where go we now?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"To be put upon our trial before the queen, I think. Hold my hand and
+walk close beside me, but do not stare at me so hard. Is aught wrong
+with my dress?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nothing," answered Peter. "I stare because you look so beautiful in
+it. Could you not have worn a veil? Doubtless there are more marquises
+about this court."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Only the Moors wear veils, Peter, and now we are Christians again.
+Listen&mdash;I think that none of them understand English. I have seen Inez,
+who asked after you very tenderly&mdash;nay, do not blush, it is unseemly in
+a man. Have you seen her also? No&mdash;well, she escaped from Granada as she
+planned, and Betty is married to the marquis."
+</p>
+<p>
+"It will never hold good," answered Peter shaking his head, "being but a
+trick, and I fear that she will pay for it, poor woman! Still, she gave
+us a start, though, so far as prisons go, I was better off in Granada
+than in that rat-trap."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," answered Margaret innocently, "you had a garden to walk in there,
+had you not? No, don't be angry with me. Do you know what Betty did?"
+And she told him of how she had lifted her veil and kissed Morella
+without being discovered.
+</p>
+<p>
+"That isn't so wonderful," said Peter, "since if they are painted up
+young women look very much alike in a half-lit room&mdash;&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Or garden?" suggested Margaret.
+</p>
+<p>
+"What is wonderful," went on Peter, scorning to take note of this
+interruption, "is that she could consent to kiss the man at all. The
+double-dealing scoundrel! Has Inez told you how he treated her? The very
+thought of it makes me ill."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well, Peter, he didn't ask you to kiss him, did he? And as for the
+wrongs of Inez, though doubtless you know more about them than I do, I
+think she has given him an orange for his pomegranate. But look, there
+is the Alcazar in front of us. Is it not a splendid castle? You know, it
+was built by the Moors."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I don't care who it was built by," said Peter, "and it looks to me like
+any other castle, only larger. All I know about it is that I am to be
+tried there for knocking that ruffian on the head&mdash;and that perhaps this
+is the last we shall see of each other, as probably they will send me to
+the galleys, if they don't do worse."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh! say no such thing. I never thought of it; it is not possible!"
+answered Margaret, her dark eyes filling with tears.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Wait till your marquis appears, pleading the case against us, and you
+will see what is or is not possible," replied Peter with conviction.
+"Still, we have come through some storms, so let us hope for the best."
+</p>
+<p>
+At that moment they reached the gate of the Alcazar, which they had
+approached from their prison through gardens of orange-trees, and
+soldiers came up and separated them. Next they were led across a court,
+where many people hurried to and fro, into a great marble-columned room
+glittering with gold, which was called the Hall of Justice. At the far
+end of this place, seated on a throne set upon a richly carpeted dais
+and surrounded by lords and counsellors, sat a magnificently attired
+lady of middle age. She was blue-eyed and red-haired, with a
+fair-skinned, open countenance, but very reserved and quiet in her
+demeanour.
+</p>
+<p>
+"The Queen," muttered the guard, saluting, as did Castell and Peter,
+while Margaret curtseyed.
+</p>
+<p>
+A case had just been tried, and the queen Isabella, after consultation
+with her assessors, was delivering judgment in few words and a gentle
+voice. As she spoke, her mild blue eyes fell upon Margaret, and, held
+it would seem by her beauty, rested on her till they wandered off to the
+tall form of Peter and the dark, Jewish-looking Castell by him, at the
+sight of whom she frowned a little.
+</p>
+<p>
+That case was finished, and other suitors stood up in their turn, but
+the queen, waving her hand and still looking at Margaret, bent down and
+asked a question of one of the officers of the court, then gave an
+order, whereon the officer rising, summoned "John Castell, Margaret
+Castell, and Peter Brome, all of England," to appear at the bar and
+answer to the charge of murder of one Luiz of Basa, a soldier of the
+Holy Hermandad.
+</p>
+<p>
+At once they were brought forward, and stood in a line in front of the
+dais, while the officer began to read the charge against them.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Stay, friend," interposed the queen, "these accused are the subjects
+of our good brother, Henry of England, and may not understand our
+language, though one of them, I think"&mdash;and she glanced at Castell&mdash;"was
+not born in England, or at any rate of English blood. Ask them if they
+need an interpreter."
+</p>
+<p>
+The question was put, and all of them answered that they could speak
+Spanish, though Peter added that he did so but indifferently.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You are the knight, I think, who is charged with the commission of this
+crime," said Isabella, looking at him.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Your Majesty, I am not a knight, only a plain esquire, Peter Brome of
+Dedham in England. My father was a knight, Sir Peter Brome, but he fell
+at my side, fighting for Richard, on Bosworth Field, where I had this
+wound," and he pointed to the scar upon his face, "but was not knighted
+for my pains."
+</p>
+<p>
+Isabella smiled a little, then asked:
+</p>
+<p>
+"And how came you to Spain, Señor Peter Brome?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Your Majesty," answered Peter, Margaret helping from time to time when
+he did not know the Spanish words, "this lady at my side, the daughter
+of the merchant John Castell who stands by her, is my affianced&mdash;&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then you have won the love of a very beautiful maiden, Señor,"
+interrupted the queen; "but proceed."
+</p>
+<p>
+"She and her cousin, the Señora Dene, were kidnapped in London by one
+who I understand is the nephew of the King Ferdinand, and an envoy to
+the English court, who passed there as the Señor d'Aguilar, but who in
+Spain is the Marquis of Morella."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Kidnapped! and by Morella!" exclaimed the queen.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, your Majesty, cozened on board his ship and kidnapped. The Señor
+Castell and I followed them, and, boarding their vessel, tried to rescue
+them, but were shipwrecked at Motril. The marquis carried them away to
+Granada, whither we followed also, I being sorely hurt in the shipwreck.
+There, in the palace of the marquis, we have lain prisoners many weeks,
+but at length escaped, purposing to come to Seville and seek the
+protection of your Majesties. On the road, while we were dressed as
+Moors, in which garb we compassed our escape, we were attacked by men
+that we thought were bandits, for we had been warned against such evil
+people. One of them rudely molested the Dona Margaret, and I cut him
+down, and by misfortune killed him, for which manslaughter I am here
+before you to-day. Your Majesty, I did not know that he was a soldier of
+the Holy Hermandad, and I pray you pardon my offence, which was done in
+ignorance, fear, and anger, for we are willing to pay compensation for
+this unhappy death."
+</p>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0017.png"><img src="150/M0017.png" width="150" alt="'I CUT HIM DOWN, AND BY MISFORTUNE KILLED HIM'"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now some in the court exclaimed:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well spoken, Englishman!"
+</p>
+<p>
+Then the queen said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"If all this tale be true, I am not sure that we should blame you over
+much, Señor Brome; but how know we that it is true? For instance, you
+said that the noble marquis stole two ladies, a deed of which I can
+scarcely think him capable. Where then is the other?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I believe," answered Peter, "that she is now the wife of the Marquis of
+Morella."
+</p>
+<p>
+"The wife! Who bears witness that she is the wife? He has not advised us
+that he was about to marry, as is usual."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then Bernaldez stood forward, stating his name and occupation, and that
+he was a correspondent of the English merchant, John Castell, and
+producing the certificate of marriage signed by Morella, Betty, and the
+priest Henriques, handed it up to the queen saying that he had received
+them in duplicate by a messenger from Granada, and had delivered the
+other to the Archbishop of Seville.
+</p>
+<p>
+The queen, having looked at the paper, passed it to her assessors, who
+examined it very carefully, one of them saying that the form was not
+usual, and that it might be forged.
+</p>
+<p>
+The queen thought a little while, then said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"That is so, and in one way only can we know the truth. Let our warrant
+issue summoning before us our cousin, the noble Marquis of Morella, the
+Señora Dene, who is said to be his wife, and the priest Henriques of
+Motril, who is said to have married them. When they have arrived, all of
+them, the king my husband and I will examine into the matter, and, until
+then, we will not suffer our minds to be prejudiced by hearing any more
+of this cause."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now the governor of the prison stood forward, and asked what was to be
+done with the captives until the witnesses could be brought from
+Granada. The queen answered that they must remain in his charge, and be
+well treated, whereon Peter prayed that he might be given a better cell
+with fewer rats and more light. The queen smiled, and said that it
+should be so, but added that it would be proper that he should still be
+kept apart from the lady to whom he was affianced, who could dwell with
+her father. Then, noting the sadness on their faces, she added:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yet I think they may meet daily in the garden of the prison."
+</p>
+<p>
+Margaret curtseyed and thanked her, whereon she said very graciously:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Come here, Señora, and sit by me a little," and she pointed to a
+footstool at her side. "When I have done this business I desire a few
+words with you."
+</p>
+<p>
+So Margaret was brought up upon the dais, and sat down at her Majesty's
+left hand upon the broidered footstool, and very fair indeed she looked
+placed thus above the crowd, she whose beauty and whose bearing were so
+royal; but Castell and Peter were led away back to the prison, though,
+seeing so many gay lords about, the latter went unwillingly enough. A
+while later, when the cases were finished, the queen dismissed the court
+save for certain officers, who stood at a distance, and, turning to
+Margaret, said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Now, fair maiden, tell me your story, as one woman to another, and do
+not fear that anything you say will be made use of at the trial of your
+lover, since against you, at any rate at present, no charge is laid.
+Say, first, are you really the affianced of that tall gentleman, and has
+he really your heart?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"All of it, your Majesty," answered Margaret, "and we have suffered much
+for each other's sake." Then in as few words as she could she told their
+tale, while the queen listened earnestly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"A strange story indeed, and if it be all true, a shameful," she said
+when Margaret had finished. "But how comes it that if Morella desired to
+force you into marriage, he is now wed to your companion and cousin?
+What are you keeping back from me?" and she glanced at her shrewdly.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Your Majesty," answered Margaret, "I was ashamed to speak the rest, yet
+I will trust you and do so, praying your royal forgiveness if you hold
+that we, who were in desperate straits, have done what is wrong. My
+cousin, Betty Dene, has paid back Morella in his own false gold. He won
+her heart and promised to marry her, and at the risk of her own life she
+took my place at the altar, thereby securing our escape."
+</p>
+<p>
+"A brave deed, if a doubtful," said the queen, "though I question
+whether such a marriage will be upheld. But that is a matter for the
+Church to judge of, and I must speak of it no more. Certainly it is hard
+to be angry with any of you. What did you say that Morella promised you
+when he asked you to marry him in London?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Your Majesty, he promised that he would lift me high, perhaps
+even"&mdash;and she hesitated&mdash;"to that seat in which you sit."
+</p>
+<p>
+Isabella frowned, then laughed, and said, as she looked her up and down:
+</p>
+<p>
+"You would fit it well, better than I do in truth. But what else did he
+say?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Your Majesty, he said that not every one loves the king, his uncle;
+that he had many friends who remembered that his father was poisoned by
+the father of the king, who was Morella's grandfather; also, that his
+mother was a princess of the Moors, and that he might throw in his lot
+with theirs, or that there were other ways in which he could gain
+his end."
+</p>
+<p>
+"So, so," said the queen. "Well, though he is such a good son of the
+Church, and my lord is so fond of him, I never loved Morella, and I
+thank you for your warning. But I must not speak to you of such high
+matters, though it seems that some have thought otherwise. Fair
+Margaret, have you aught to ask of me?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, your Majesty&mdash;that you will deal gently with my true love when he
+comes before you for trial, remembering that he is hot of head and
+strong of arm, and that such knights as he&mdash;for knightly is his blood&mdash;
+cannot brook to see their ladies mishandled by rough men, and the
+wrappings that shield them torn from off their bosoms. Also, I pray that
+I may be protected from Morella, that he may not be allowed to touch or
+even to speak to me, who, for all his rank and splendour, hate him as
+though he were some poisoned snake."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I have said that I must not prejudge your case, you beautiful English
+Margaret," the queen answered with a smile, "yet I think that neither of
+those things you ask will cause justice to slip the bandage that is
+about her eyes. Go, and be at peace. If you have spoken truth to me, as
+I am sure you have, and Isabella of Spain can prevent it, the Señor
+Brome's punishment shall not be heavy, nor shall the shadow of the
+Marquis of Morella, the base-born son of a prince and of some royal
+infidel"&mdash;these words she spoke with much bitterness&mdash;"so much as fall
+upon you, though I warn you that my lord the king loves the man, as is
+but natural, and will not condemn him lightly. Tell me one thing. This
+lover of yours is brave, is he not?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Very brave," answered Margaret, smiling.
+</p>
+<p>
+"And he can ride a horse and hold a lance, can he not, at any rate in
+your quarrel?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Aye, your Majesty, and wield a sword too, as well as most knights,
+though he has been but lately sick. Some learned that on
+Bosworth Field."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Good. Now farewell," and she gave Margaret her hand to kiss. Then,
+calling two of her officers, she bade them conduct her back to the
+prison, and say that she should have liberty to send messages or to
+write to her, the queen, if she should so desire.
+</p>
+<p>
+On the night of that same day Morella galloped into Seville. Indeed he
+should have been there long before, but misled by the story of the Moors
+who had escorted Peter, Margaret, and her father out of Granada and seen
+them take the Malaga road, he travelled thither first, only to find no
+trace of them in that city. Then he returned and tracked them to
+Seville, where he was soon made acquainted with all that had happened.
+Amongst other things, he discovered that ten hours before swift
+messengers had been despatched to Granada, commanding his attendance and
+that of Betty, with whom he had gone through the form of marriage.
+</p>
+<p>
+On the following morning he asked an audience with the queen, but it was
+refused to him, and the king, his uncle, was away. Next he tried to win
+admission into the prison and see Margaret, only to find that neither
+his high rank and authority nor any bribe would suffice to unlock its
+doors. The queen had commanded otherwise, he was informed, and knew
+therefrom that in this matter he must reckon with Isabella as an enemy.
+Then he bethought him of revenge, and began a search for Inez and the
+priest Henriques of Motril, only to find that the former had vanished,
+none knew whither, and the holy father was safe within the walls of the
+Inquisition, whence he was careful not to emerge, and where no layman,
+however highly placed, could enter to lay a hand upon one of its
+officers. So, full of rage and disappointment, he took counsel of
+lawyers and friends, and prepared to defend the suit which he saw would
+be brought against him, hoping that chance might yet deliver Margaret
+into his hands. One good card he held, which now he determined to play.
+Castell, as he knew, was a Jew who for years had posed as a Christian,
+and for such there was no mercy in Seville. Perhaps for her father's
+sake he might yet be able to work upon Margaret, whom now he desired to
+win more fiercely than ever before.
+</p>
+<p>
+At least it was certain that he would try this, or any other means,
+however base, rather than see her married to his rival, Peter Brome.
+Also there was the chance that this Peter might be condemned to
+imprisonment, or even to death, for the killing of a soldier of the
+Hermandad.
+</p>
+<p>
+So Morella made him ready for the great struggle as best he could, and,
+since he could not stop her coming, awaited the arrival of Betty
+in Seville.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH21"><!-- CH21 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER XXI
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+BETTY STATES HER CASE
+</center>
+<p>
+Seven days had passed, during which time Margaret and her father had
+rested quietly in the prison, where, indeed, they dwelt more as guests
+than as captives. Thus they were allowed to receive what visitors they
+would, and among them Juan Bernaldez, Castell's connection and agent,
+who told them of all that passed without. Through him they sent
+messengers to meet Betty on her road and apprise her of how things
+stood, and of the trial in which her cause would be judged.
+</p>
+<p>
+Soon the messengers returned, stating that the "Marchioness of Morella"
+was travelling in state, accompanied by a great retinue, that she
+thanked them for their tidings, and hoped to be able to defend herself
+at all points.
+</p>
+<p>
+At this news Castell stared and Margaret laughed, for, although she did
+not know all the story, she was sure that in some way Betty had the
+mastery of Morella, and would not be easily defeated, though how she
+came to be travelling with a great retinue she could not imagine. Still,
+fearing lest she should be attacked or otherwise injured, she wrote a
+humble letter to the queen, praying that her cousin might be defended
+from all danger at the hands of any one whomsoever until she had an
+opportunity of giving evidence before their Majesties.
+</p>
+<p>
+Within an hour came the answer that the lady was under the royal
+protection, and that a guard had been sent to escort her and her party
+and to keep her safe from interference of any sort; also, that for her
+greater comfort, quarters had been prepared for her in a fortress
+outside of Seville, which would be watched night and day, and whence she
+would be brought to the court.
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter was still kept apart from them, but each day at noon they were
+allowed to meet him in the walled garden of the prison, where they
+talked together to their heart's content. Here, too, he exercised
+himself daily at all manly games, and especially at sword-play with some
+of the other prisoners, using sticks for swords. Further, he was allowed
+the use of his horse that he had ridden from Granada, on which he
+jousted in the yard of the castle with the governor and certain other
+gentlemen, proving himself better at that play than any of them. These
+things he did vigorously and with ardour, for Margaret had told him of
+the hint which the queen gave her, and he desired to get back his full
+strength, and to perfect himself in the handling of every arm which was
+used in Spain.
+</p>
+<p>
+So the time went by, until one afternoon the governor informed them that
+Peter's trial was fixed for the morrow, and that they must accompany him
+to the court to be examined also upon all these matters. A little later
+came Bernaldez, who said that the king had returned and would sit with
+the queen, and that already this affair had made much stir in Seville,
+where there was much curiosity as to the story of Morella's marriage, of
+which many different tales were told. That Margaret and her father would
+be discharged he had little doubt, in which case their ship was ready
+for them; but of Peter's chances he could say nothing, for they depended
+upon what view the king took of his offence, and, though unacknowledged,
+Morella was the king's nephew and had his ear.
+</p>
+<p>
+Afterwards they went down into the garden, and there found Peter, who
+had just returned from his jousting, flushed with exercise, and looking
+very manly and handsome. Margaret took his hand and, walking aside, told
+him the news.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am glad," he answered, "for the sooner this business is begun the
+sooner it will be done. But, Sweet," and here his face grew very
+earnest, "Morella has much power in this land, and I have broken its
+law, so none know what the end will be. I may be condemned to death or
+imprisoned, or perhaps, if I am given the chance, with better luck I may
+fall fighting, in any of which cases we shall be separated for a while,
+or altogether. Should this be so, I pray that you will not stay here,
+either in the hope of rescuing me, or for other reasons; since, while
+you are in Spain, Morella will not cease from his attempts to get hold
+of you, whereas in England you will be safe from him."
+</p>
+<p>
+When Margaret heard these words she sobbed aloud, for the thought that
+harm might come to Peter seemed to choke her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"In all things I will do your bidding," she said, "yet how can I leave
+you, dear, while you are alive, and if, perchance, you should die, which
+may God prevent, how can I live on without you? Rather shall I seek to
+follow you very swiftly."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I do not desire that," said Peter. "I desire that you should endure
+your days till the end, and come to meet me where I am in due season,
+and not before. I will add this, that if in after-years you should meet
+any worthy man, and have a mind to marry him, you should do so, for I
+know well that you will never forget me, your first love, and that
+beyond this world lie others where there are no marryings or giving in
+marriage. Let not my dead hand lie heavy upon you, Margaret."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yet," she replied in gentle indignation, "heavy must it always lie,
+since it is about my heart. Be sure of this, Peter, that if such
+dreadful ill should fall upon us, as you left me so shall you find me,
+here or hereafter."
+</p>
+<p>
+"So be it," he said with a sigh of relief, for he could not bear to
+think of Margaret as the wife of some other man, even after he was gone,
+although his honest, simple nature, and fear lest her life might be made
+empty of all joy, caused him to say what he had said.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then behind the shelter of a flowering bush they embraced each other as
+do those who know not whether they will ever kiss again, and, the hour
+of sunset having come, parted as they must.
+</p>
+<p>
+On the following morning once more Castell and Margaret were led to the
+Hall of Justice in the Alcazar; but this time Peter did not go with
+them. The great court was already full of counsellors, officers,
+gentlemen, and ladies who had come from curiosity, and other folk
+connected with or interested in the case. As yet, however, Margaret
+could not see Morella or Betty, nor had the king and queen taken their
+seats upon the throne. Peter was already there, standing before the bar
+with guards on either side of him, and greeted them with a smile and a
+nod as they were ushered to their chairs near by. Just as they reached
+them also trumpets were blown, and from the back of the hall, walking
+hand in hand, appeared their Majesties of Spain, Ferdinand and Isabella,
+whereat all the audience rose and bowed, remaining standing till they
+were seated on the thrones.
+</p>
+<p>
+The king, whom they now saw for the first time, was a thickset, active
+man with pleasant eyes, a fair skin, and a broad forehead, but, as
+Margaret thought, somewhat sly-faced&mdash;the face of a man who never forgot
+his own interests in those of another. Like the queen, he was
+magnificently attired in garments broidered with gold and the arms of
+Aragon, while in his hand he held a golden sceptre surmounted by a
+jewel, and about his waist, to show that he was a warlike king, he wore
+his long, cross-handled sword. Smilingly he acknowledged the homage of
+his subjects by lifting his hand to his cap and bowing. Then his eye
+fell upon the beautiful Margaret, and, turning, he put a question to the
+queen in a light, sharp voice, asking if that were the lady whom Morella
+had married, and, if so, why in the name of heaven he wished to be
+rid of her.
+</p>
+<p>
+Isabella answered that she understood that this was the señora whom he
+had desired to marry when he married some one else, as he alleged by
+mistake, but who was in fact affianced to the prisoner before them; a
+reply at which all who heard it laughed.
+</p>
+<p>
+At this moment the Marquis of Morella, accompanied by his gentlemen and
+some long-gowned lawyers, appeared walking up the court, dressed in the
+black velvet that he always wore, and glittering with orders. Upon his
+head was a cap, also of black velvet, from which hung a great pearl, and
+this cap he did not remove even when he bowed to the king and queen, for
+he was one of the few grandees of Spain who had the right to remain
+covered before their Majesties. They acknowledged his salutation,
+Ferdinand with a friendly nod and Isabella with a cold bow, and he, too,
+took the seat that had been prepared for him. Just then there was a
+disturbance at the far end of the court, where one of its officers could
+be heard calling:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Way! Make way for the Marchioness of Morella!" At the sound of this
+name the marquis, whose eyes were fixed on Margaret, frowned fiercely,
+rising from his seat as though to protest, then, at some whispered word
+from a lawyer behind him, sat down again.
+</p>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0015.png"><img src="150/M0015.png" width="150" alt="'WAY! MAKE WAY FOR THE MARCHIONESS OF MORELLA!'"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Now the crowd of spectators separated, and Margaret, turning to look
+down the long hall, saw a procession advancing up the lane between them,
+some clad in armour and some in white Moorish robes blazoned with the
+scarlet eagle, the cognisance of Morella. In the midst of them, her
+train supported by two Moorish women, walked a tall and beautiful lady,
+a coronet upon her brow, her fair hair outspread, a purple cloak hanging
+from her shoulders, half hiding that same splendid robe sewn with pearls
+which had been Morella's gift to Margaret, and about her white bosom the
+chain of pearls which he had presented to Betty in compensation for
+her injuries.
+</p>
+<p>
+Margaret stared and stared again, and her father at her side murmured:
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is our Betty! Truly fine feathers make fine birds." Yes, Betty it
+was without a doubt, though, remembering her in her humble woollen dress
+at the old house in Holborn, it was hard to recognise the poor companion
+in this proud and magnificent lady, who looked as though all her life
+she had trodden the marble floors of courts, and consorted with nobles
+and with queens. Up the great hall she came, stately, imperturbable,
+looking neither to the right nor to the left, taking no note of the
+whisperings about her, no, nor even of Morella or of Margaret, till she
+reached the open space in front of the bar where Peter and his guards,
+gazing with all their eyes, hastened to make place for her. There she
+curtseyed thrice, twice to the queen, and once to the king, her consort;
+then, turning, bowed to the marquis, who fixed his eyes upon the ground
+and took no note, bowed to Castell and Peter, and lastly, advancing to
+Margaret, gave her her cheek to kiss. This Margaret did with becoming
+humility, whispering in her ear:
+</p>
+<p>
+"How fares your Grace?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Better than you would in my shoes," whispered Betty back with ever so
+slight a trembling of her left eyelid; while Margaret heard the king
+mutter to the queen:
+</p>
+<p>
+"A fine peacock of a woman. Look at her figure and those big eyes.
+Morella must be hard to please."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Perhaps he prefers swans to peacocks," answered the queen in the same
+voice with a glance at Margaret, whose quieter and more refined beauty
+seemed to gain by contrast with that of her nobly built and
+dazzling-skinned cousin. Then she motioned to Betty to take the seat
+prepared for her, which she did, with her suite standing behind her and
+an interpreter at her side.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am somewhat bewildered," said the king, glancing from Morella to
+Betty and from Margaret to Peter, for evidently the humour of the
+situation did not escape him. "What is the exact case that we have
+to try?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Then one of the legal assessors, or alcaldes, rose and said that the
+matter before their Majesties was a charge against the Englishman at the
+bar of killing a certain soldier of the Holy Hermandad, but that there
+seemed to be other matters mixed up with it.
+</p>
+<p>
+"So I gather," answered the king; "for instance, an accusation of the
+carrying off of subjects of a friendly Power out of the territory of
+that Power; a suit for nullity of a marriage, and a cross-suit for the
+declaration of the validity of the said marriage&mdash;and the holy saints
+know what besides. Well, one thing at a time. Let us try this tall
+Englishman."
+</p>
+<p>
+So the case was opened against Peter by a public prosecutor, who
+restated it as it had been laid before the queen. The Captain Arrano
+gave his evidence as to the killing of the soldier, but, in
+cross-examination by Peter's advocate, admitted, for evidently he bore
+no malice against the prisoner, that the said soldier had roughly
+handled the Dona Margaret, and that the said Peter, being a stranger to
+the country, might very well have taken them for a troop of bandits or
+even Moors. Also, he added, that he could not say that the Englishman
+had intended to kill the soldier.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then Castell and Margaret gave their evidence, the latter with much
+modest sweetness. Indeed, when she explained that Peter was her
+affianced husband, to whom she was to have been wed on the day after she
+had been stolen away from England, and that she had cried out to him
+for help when the dead soldier caught hold of her and rent away her
+veil, there was a murmur of sympathy, and the king and queen began to
+talk with each other without paying much heed to her further words.
+</p>
+<p>
+Next they spoke to two of the judges who sat with them, after which the
+king held up his hand and announced that they had come to a decision on
+the case. It was, that, under the circumstances, the Englishman was
+justified in cutting down the soldier, especially as there was nothing
+to show that he meant to kill him, or that he knew that he belonged to
+the Holy Hermandad. He would, therefore, be discharged on the condition
+that he paid a sum of money, which, indeed, it appeared had already been
+paid to the man's widow, in compensation for the man's death, and a
+further small sum for Masses to be said for the welfare of his soul.
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter began to give thanks for this judgment; but while he was still
+speaking the king asked if any of those present wished to proceed in
+further suits. Instantly Betty rose and said that she did. Then, through
+her interpreter, she stated that she had received the royal commands to
+attend before their Majesties, and was now prepared to answer any
+questions or charges that might be laid against her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"What is your name, Señora?" asked the king.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Elizabeth, Marchioness of Morella, born Elizabeth Dene, of the ancient
+and gentle family of Dene, a native of England," answered Betty in a
+clear and decided voice.
+</p>
+<p>
+The king bowed, then asked:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Does any one dispute this title and description?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I do," answered the Marquis of Morella, speaking for the first time.
+</p>
+<p>
+"On what grounds, Marquis?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"On every ground," he answered. "She is not the Marchioness of Morella,
+inasmuch as I went through the ceremony of marriage with her believing
+her to be another woman. She is not of ancient and gentle family, since
+she was a servant in the house of the merchant Castell yonder,
+in London."
+</p>
+<p>
+"That proves nothing, Marquis," interrupted the king. "My family may, I
+think, be called ancient and gentle, which you will be the last to deny,
+yet I have played the part of a servant on an occasion which I think the
+queen here will remember"&mdash;an allusion at which the audience, who knew
+well enough to what it referred, laughed audibly, as did her Majesty[<a href="#note-1">1</a>].
+"The marriage and rank are matters for proof," went on the king, "if
+they are questioned; but is it alleged that this lady has committed any
+crime which prevents her from pleading?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"None," answered Betty quickly, "except that of being poor, and the
+crime, if it is one, as it may be, of having married that man, the
+Marquis of Morella," whereat the audience laughed again.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well, Madam, you do not seem to be poor now," remarked the king,
+looking at her gorgeous and bejewelled apparel; "and here we are more
+apt to think marriage a folly than a crime," a light saying at which the
+queen frowned a little. "But," he added quickly, "set out your case,
+Madam, and forgive me if, until you have done so, I do not call you
+Marchioness."
+</p>
+<p>
+<a name="note-1"><!-- Note Anchor 1 --></a>[Footnote 1: When travelling from Saragossa to Valladolid to be married
+to Isabella, Ferdinand was obliged to pass himself off as a valet.
+Prescott says: "The greatest circumspection, therefore, was necessary.
+The party journeyed chiefly in the night; Ferdinand assumed the disguise
+of a servant and, when they halted on the road, took care of the mules
+and served his companions at table."]
+</p>
+<p>
+"Here is my case, Sire," said Betty, producing the certificate of
+marriage and handing it up for inspection.
+</p>
+<p>
+The judges and their Majesties inspected it, the queen remarking that a
+duplicate of this document had already been submitted to her and passed
+on to the proper authorities.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Is the priest who solemnised the marriage present?" asked the king;
+whereon Bernaldez, Castell's agent, rose and said that he was, though he
+neglected to add that his presence had been secured for no mean sum.
+</p>
+<p>
+One of the judges ordered that he should be called, and presently the
+foxy-faced Father Henriques, at whom the marquis glared angrily,
+appeared bowing, and was sworn in the usual form, and, on being
+questioned, stated that he had been priest at Motril, and chaplain to
+the Marquis of Morella, but was now a secretary of the Holy Office at
+Seville. In answer to further questions he said that, apparently by the
+bridegroom's own wish, and with his full consent, on a certain date at
+Granada, he had married the marquis to the lady who stood before them,
+and whom he knew to be named Betty Dene; also, that at her request,
+since she was anxious that proper record should be kept of her marriage,
+he had written the certificates which the court had seen, which
+certificates the marquis and others had signed immediately after the
+ceremony in his private chapel at Granada. Subsequently he had left
+Granada to take up his appointment as a secretary to the Inquisition at
+Seville, which had been conferred on him by the ecclesiastical
+authorities in reward of a treatise which he had written upon heresy.
+That was all he knew about the affair.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Morella's advocate rose to cross-examine, asking him who had made
+the arrangements for the marriage. He answered that the marquis had
+never spoken to him directly on the subject&mdash;at least he had never
+mentioned to him the name of the lady; the Señora Inez arranged
+everything.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now the queen broke in, asking where was the Señora Inez, and who she
+was. The priest replied that the Señora Inez was a Spanish woman, one of
+the marquis's household at Granada, whom he made use of in all
+confidential affairs. She was young and beautiful, but he could say no
+more about her. As to where she was now he did not know, although they
+had ridden together to Seville. Perhaps the marquis knew.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now the priest was ordered to stand down, and Betty tendered herself as
+a witness, and through her interpreter told the court the story of her
+connection with Morella. She said that she had met him in London when
+she was a member of the household of the Señor Castell, and that at once
+he began to make love to her and won her heart. Subsequently he
+suggested that she should elope with him to Spain, promising to marry
+her at once, in proof of which she produced the letter he had written,
+which was translated and handed up for the inspection of the court&mdash;a
+very awkward letter, as they evidently thought, although it was not
+signed with the writer's real name. Next Betty explained the trick by
+which she and her cousin Margaret were brought on board his ship, and
+that when they arrived there the marquis refused to marry her, alleging
+that he was in love with her cousin and not with her&mdash;a statement which
+she took to be an excuse to avoid the fulfilment of his promise. She
+could not say why he had carried off her cousin Margaret also, but
+supposed that it was because, having once brought her upon the ship, he
+did not know how to be rid of her.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then she described the voyage to Spain, saying that during that voyage
+she kept the marquis at a distance, since there was no priest to marry
+them; also, she was sick and much ashamed, who had involved her cousin
+and mistress in this trouble. She told how the Señors Castell and Brome
+had followed in another vessel, and boarded the caravel in a storm; also
+of the shipwreck and their journey to Granada as prisoners, and of their
+subsequent life there. Finally she described how Inez came to her with
+proposals of marriage, and how she bargained that if she consented, her
+cousin, the Señor Castell, and the Señor Brome should go free. They went
+accordingly, and the marriage took place as arranged, the marquis first
+embracing her publicly in the presence of various people&mdash;namely, Inez
+and his two secretaries, who, except Inez, were present, and could bear
+witness to the truth of what she said.
+</p>
+<p>
+After the marriage and the signing of the certificates she had
+accompanied him to his own apartments, which she had never entered
+before, and there, to her astonishment, in the morning, he announced
+that he must go a journey upon their Majesties' business. Before he
+went, however, he gave her a written authority, which she produced, to
+receive his rents and manage his matters in Granada during his absence,
+which authority she read to the gathered household before he left. She
+had obeyed him accordingly until she had received the royal command,
+receiving moneys, giving her receipt for the same, and generally
+occupying the unquestioned position of mistress of his house.
+</p>
+<p>
+"We can well believe it," said the king drily. "And now, Marquis, what
+have you to answer to all this?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I will answer presently," replied Morella, who trembled with rage.
+"First suffer that my advocate cross-examine this woman."
+</p>
+<p>
+So the advocate cross-examined, though it cannot be said that he had the
+better of Betty. First he questioned her as to her statement that she
+was of ancient and gentle family, whereon Betty overwhelmed the court
+with a list of her ancestors, the first of whom, a certain Sieur Dene de
+Dene, had come to England with the Norman Duke, William the Conqueror.
+After him, so she still swore, the said Denes de Dene had risen to great
+rank and power, having been the favourites of the kings of England, and
+fought for them generation after generation.
+</p>
+<p>
+By slow degrees she came down to the Wars of the Roses, in which she
+said her grandfather had been attainted for his loyalty, and lost his
+land and titles, so that her father, whose only child she was&mdash;being now
+the representative of the noble family, Dene de Dene&mdash;fell into poverty
+and a humble place in life. However, he married a lady of even more
+distinguished race than his own, a direct descendant of a noble Saxon
+family, far more ancient in blood than the upstart Normans. At this
+point, while Peter and Margaret listened amazed, at a hint from the
+queen, the bewildered court interfered through the head alcalde, praying
+her to cease from the history of her descent, which they took for
+granted was as noble as any in England.
+</p>
+<p>
+Next she was examined as to her relations with Morella in London, and
+told the tale of his wooing with so much detail and imaginative power
+that in the end that also was left unfinished. So it was with
+everything. Clever as Morella's advocate might be, sometimes in English
+and sometimes in the Spanish tongue, Betty overwhelmed him with words
+and apt answers, until, able to make nothing of her, the poor man sat
+down wiping his brow and cursing her beneath his breath.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then the secretaries were sworn, and after them various members of
+Morella's household, who, although somewhat unwillingly, confirmed all
+that Betty had said as to his embracing her with lifted veil and the
+rest. So at length Betty closed her case, reserving the right to address
+the court after she had heard that of the marquis.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now the king, queen, and their assessors consulted for a little while,
+for evidently there was a division of opinion among them, some thinking
+that the case should be stopped at once and referred to another
+tribunal, and others that it should go on. At length the queen was heard
+to say that at least the Marquis of Morella should be allowed to make
+his statement, as he might be able to prove that all this story was a
+fabrication, and that he was not even at Granada at the time when the
+marriage was alleged to have taken place.
+</p>
+<p>
+The king and the alcaldes assenting, the marquis was sworn and told his
+story, admitting that it was not one which he was proud to repeat in
+public. He narrated how he had first met Margaret, Betty, and Peter at a
+public ceremony in London, and had then and there fallen in love with
+Margaret, and accompanied her home to the house of her father, the
+merchant John Castell.
+</p>
+<p>
+Subsequently he discovered that this Castell, who had fled from Spain
+with his father in childhood, was that lowest of mankind, an unconverted
+Jew who posed as a Christian (at this statement there was a great
+sensation in court, and the queen's face hardened), although it is true
+that he had married a Christian lady, and that his daughter had been
+baptized and brought up as a Christian, of which faith she was a loyal
+member. Nor did she know&mdash;as he believed&mdash;that her father remained a
+Jew, since, otherwise, he would not have continued to seek her as his
+wife. Their Majesties would be aware, he went on, that, owing to reasons
+with which they were acquainted, he had means of getting at the truth of
+these matters concerning the Jews in England, as to which, indeed, he
+had already written to them, although, owing to his shipwreck and to the
+pressure of his private affairs, he had not yet made his report on his
+embassy in person.
+</p>
+<p>
+Continuing, he said that he admitted that he had made love to the
+serving-woman, Betty, in order to gain access to Margaret, whose father
+mistrusted him, knowing something of his mission. She was a person of no
+character.
+</p>
+<p>
+Here Betty rose and said in a clear voice:
+</p>
+<p>
+"I declare the Marquis of Morella to be a knave and a liar. There is
+more good character in my little finger than in his whole body, and,"
+she added, "than in that of his mother before him"&mdash;an allusion at which
+the marquis flushed, while, satisfied for the present with this
+home-thrust, Betty sat down.
+</p>
+<p>
+He had proposed to Margaret, but she was not willing to marry him, as he
+found that she was affianced to a distant cousin of hers, the Señor
+Peter Brome, a swashbuckler who was in trouble for the killing of a man
+in London, as he had killed the soldier of the Holy Hermandad in Spain.
+Therefore, in his despair, being deeply enamoured of her, and knowing
+that he could offer her great place and fortune, he conceived the idea
+of carrying her off, and to do so was obliged, much against his will, to
+abduct Betty also.
+</p>
+<p>
+So after many adventures they came to Granada, where he was able to show
+the Dona Margaret that the Señor Peter Brome was employing his
+imprisonment in making love to that member of his household, Inez, who
+had been spoken of, but now could not be found.
+</p>
+<p>
+Here Peter, who could bear this no longer, also rose and called him a
+liar to his face, saying that if he had the opportunity he would prove
+it on his body, but was ordered by the king to sit down and be silent.
+</p>
+<p>
+Having been convinced of her lover's unfaithfulness, the marquis went
+on, the Dona Margaret had at length consented to become his wife on
+condition that her father, the Señor Brome, and her servant, Betty Dene,
+were allowed to escape from Granada&mdash;&mdash;
+</p>
+<p>
+"Where," remarked the queen, "you had no right to detain them, Marquis.
+Except, perhaps, the father, John Castell," she added significantly.
+</p>
+<p>
+Where, he admitted with sorrow, he had no right to detain them.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Therefore," went on the queen acutely, "there was no legal or moral
+consideration for this alleged promise of marriage,"&mdash;a point at which
+the lawyers nodded approvingly.
+</p>
+<p>
+The marquis submitted that there was a consideration; that at any rate
+the Dona Margaret wished it. On the day arranged for the wedding the
+prisoners were let go, disguised as Moors, but he now knew that through
+the trickery of the woman Inez, whom he believed had been bribed by
+Castell and his fellow-Jews, the Dona Margaret escaped in place of her
+servant, Betty, with whom he subsequently went through the form of
+marriage, believing her to be Margaret.
+</p>
+<p>
+As regards the embrace before the ceremony, it took place in a shadowed
+room, and he thought that Betty's face and hair must have been painted
+and dyed to resemble those of Margaret. For the rest, he was certain
+that the ceremonial cup of wine that he drank before he led the woman to
+the altar was drugged, since he only remembered the marriage itself very
+dimly, and after that nothing at all until he woke upon the following
+morning with an aching brow to see Betty sitting by him. As for the
+power of administration which she produced, being perfectly mad at the
+time with rage and disappointment, and sure that if he stopped there any
+longer he should commit the crime of killing this woman who had deceived
+him so cruelly, he gave it that he might escape from her. Their
+Majesties would notice also that it was in favour of the Marchioness of
+Morella. As this marriage was null and void, there was no Marchioness of
+Morella. Therefore, the document was null and void also. That was the
+truth, and all he had to say.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH22"><!-- CH22 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER XXII
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+THE DOOM OF JOHN CASTELL
+</center>
+<p>
+His evidence finished, the Marquis of Morella sat down, whereon, the
+king and queen having whispered together, the head alcalde asked Betty
+if she had any questions to put to him. She rose with much dignity, and
+through her interpreter said in a quiet voice:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, a great many. Yet she would not debase herself by asking a single
+one until the stain which he had cast upon her was washed away, which
+she thought could only be done in blood. He had alleged that she was a
+woman of no character, and he had further alleged that their marriage
+was null and void. Being of the sex she was, she could not ask him to
+make good his assertions at the sword's point, therefore, as she
+believed she had the right to do according to all the laws of honour,
+she asked leave to seek a champion&mdash;if an unfriended woman could find
+one in a strange land&mdash;to uphold her fair name against this base and
+cruel slander."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now, in the silence that followed her speech, Peter rose and said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"I ask the permission of your Majesties to be that champion. Your
+Majesties will note that according to his own story I have suffered from
+this marquis the bitterest wrong that one man can receive at the hands
+of another. Also, he has lied in saying that I am not true to my
+affianced lady, the Dona Margaret, and surely I have a right to avenge
+the lie upon him. Lastly, I declare that I believe the Señora Betty to
+be a good and upright woman, upon whom no shadow of shame has ever
+fallen, and, as her countryman and relative, I desire to uphold her good
+name before all the world. I am a foreigner here with few friends, or
+none, yet I cannot believe that your Majesties will withhold from me the
+right of battle which all over the world in such a case one gentleman
+may demand of another. I challenge the Marquis of Morella to mortal
+combat without mercy to the fallen, and here is the proof of it."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then, stepping across the open space before the bar, he drew the
+leathern gauntlet off his hand and threw it straight into Morella's
+face, thinking that after such an insult he could not choose but fight.
+</p>
+<p>
+With an oath Morella snatched at his sword; but, before he could draw
+it, officers of the court threw themselves on him, and the king's stern
+voice was heard commanding them to cease their brawling in the royal
+presences.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I ask your pardon, Sire," gasped Morella, "but you have seen what this
+Englishman did to me, a grandee of Spain."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," broke in the queen, "but we have also heard what you, a grandee
+of Spain, did to this gentleman of England, and the charge you brought
+against him, which, it seems, the Dona Margaret does not believe."
+</p>
+<p>
+"In truth, no, your Majesty," said Margaret. "Let me be sworn also, and
+I can explain much of what the marquis has told to you. I never wished
+to marry him or any man, save this one," and she touched Peter on the
+arm, "and anything that he or I may have done, we did to escape the evil
+net in which we were snared."
+</p>
+<p>
+"We believe it," answered the queen with a smile, then fell to
+consulting with the king and the alcaldes.
+</p>
+<p>
+For a long time they debated in voices so low that none could hear what
+they said, looking now at one and now at another of the parties to this
+strange suit. Also, some priest was called into their council, which
+Margaret thought a bad omen. At length they made up their minds, and in
+a low, quiet voice and measured words her Majesty, as Queen of Castile,
+gave the judgment of them all. Addressing herself first to Morella,
+she said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"My lord Marquis, you have brought very grave charges against the lady
+who claims to be your wife, and the Englishman whose affianced bride you
+admit you snatched away by fraud and force. This gentleman, on his own
+behalf and on behalf of these ladies, has challenged you to a combat to
+the death in a fashion that none can mistake. Do you accept his
+challenge?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I would accept it readily enough, your Majesty," answered Morella in
+sullen tones, "since heretofore none have doubted my courage; but I must
+remember that I am"&mdash;and he paused, then added&mdash;"what your Majesties
+know me to be, a grandee of Spain, and something more, wherefore it is
+scarcely lawful for me to cross swords with a Jew-merchant's clerk, for
+that was this man's high rank and office in England."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You could cross them with me on your ship, the <i>San Antonio</i>,"
+exclaimed Peter bitterly, "why then are you ashamed to finish what you
+were not ashamed to begin? Moreover, I tell you that in love or war I
+hold myself the equal of any woman-thief and bastard in this kingdom,
+who am one of a name that has been honoured in my own."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now again the king and queen spoke together of this question of rank&mdash;no
+small one in that age and country. Then Isabella said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is true that a grandee of Spain cannot be asked to meet a simple
+foreign gentleman in single combat. Therefore, since he has thought fit
+to raise it, we uphold the objection of the Marquis of Morella, and
+declare that this challenge is not binding on his honour. Yet we note
+his willingness to accept the same, and are prepared to do what we can
+to make the matter easy, so that it may not be said that a Spaniard, who
+has wrought wrong to an Englishman, and been asked openly to make the
+amend of arms in the presence of his sovereigns, was debarred from so
+doing by the accident of his rank. Señor Peter Brome, if you will
+receive it at our hands, as others of your nation have been proud to do,
+we propose, believing you to be a brave and loyal man of gentle birth,
+to confer upon you the knighthood of the Order of St. James, and thereby
+and therein the right to consort with as equal, or to fight as equal,
+any noble of Spain, unless he should be of the right blood-royal, to
+which place we think the most puissant and excellent Marquis of Morella
+lays no claim."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I thank your Majesties," said Peter, astonished, "for the honour that
+you would do to me, which, had it not been for the fact that my father
+chose the wrong side on Bosworth Field, being of a race somewhat
+obstinate in the matter of loyalty, I should not have needed to accept
+from your Majesties. As it is I am very grateful, since now the noble
+marquis need not feel debased in settling our long quarrel as he would
+desire to do."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Come hither and kneel down, Señor Peter Brome," said the queen when he
+had finished speaking.
+</p>
+<p>
+He obeyed, and Isabella, borrowing his sword from the king, gave him the
+accolade by striking him thrice upon the right shoulder and saying:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Rise, Sir Peter Brome, Knight of the most noble Order of Saint Iago,
+and by creation a Don of Spain."
+</p>
+<p>
+He rose, he bowed, retreating backwards as was the custom, and thereby
+nearly falling off the dais, which some people thought a good omen for
+Morella. As he went the king said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Our Marshal, Sir Peter, will arrange the time and manner of your combat
+with the marquis as shall be most convenient to you both. Meanwhile, we
+command you both that no unseemly word or deed should pass between you,
+who must soon meet face to face to abide the judgment of God in battle
+<i>à l'outrance</i>. Rather, since one of you must die so shortly, do we
+entreat you to prepare your souls to appear before His judgment-seat. We
+have spoken."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now the audience appeared to think that the court was ended, for many of
+them began to rise; but the queen held up her hand and said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"There remain other matters on which we must give judgment. The señora
+here," and she pointed to Betty, "asks that her marriage should be
+declared valid, or so we understand, and the Marquis of Morella asks
+that his marriage with the said señora should be declared void, or so
+we understand. Now this is a question over which we claim no power, it
+having to do with a sacrament of the Church. Therefore we leave it to
+his Holiness the Pope in person, or by his legate, to decide according
+to his wisdom in such manner as may seem best to him, if the parties
+concerned should choose to lay their suit before him. Meanwhile, we
+declare and decree that the señora, born Elizabeth Dene, shall
+everywhere throughout our dominions, until or unless his Holiness the
+Pope shall decide to the contrary, be received and acknowledged as the
+Marchioness of Morella, and that during his lifetime her reputed husband
+shall make due provision for her maintenance, and that after his death,
+should no decision have been come to by the court of Rome upon her suit,
+she shall inherit and enjoy that proportion of his lands and property
+which belongs to a wife under the laws of this realm."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now, while Betty bowed her thanks to their Majesties till the jewels on
+her bodice rattled, and Morella scowled till his face looked as black as
+a thunder-cloud above the mountains, the audience, whispering to each
+other, once more rose to disperse. Again the queen held up her hand, for
+the judgment was not yet finished.
+</p>
+<p>
+"We have a question to ask of the gallant Sir Peter Brome and the Dona
+Margaret, his affianced. Is it still their desire to take each other in
+marriage?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Peter looked at Margaret, and Margaret looked at Peter, and there
+was that in their eyes which both of them understood, for he answered in
+a clear voice:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Your Majesty, that is the dearest wish of both of us."
+</p>
+<p>
+The queen smiled a little, then asked: "And do you, Señor John
+Castell, consent and allow your daughter's marriage to this knight?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I do, indeed," he answered gravely. "Had it not been for this man
+here," and he glanced with bitter hatred at Morella, "they would have
+been united long ago, and to that end," he added with meaning, "such
+little property as I possessed has been made over to trustees in England
+for their benefit and that of their children. Therefore I am
+henceforward dependent upon their charity."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Good," said the queen. "Then one question remains to be put, and only
+one. Is it your wish, both of you, that you should be wed before the
+single combat between the Marquis of Morella and Sir Peter Brome?
+Remember, Dona Margaret, before you answer, that in this event you may
+soon be made a widow, and that if you postpone the ceremony you may
+never be a wife."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Margaret and Peter spoke a few words together, then the former
+answered for them both.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Should my lord fall," she said in her sweet voice that trembled as she
+uttered the words, "in either case my heart will be widowed and broken.
+Let me live out my days, therefore, bearing his name, that, knowing my
+deathless grief, none may thenceforth trouble me with their love, who
+desire to remain his bride in heaven."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well spoken," said the queen. "We decree that here in our cathedral of
+Seville you twain shall be wed on the same day, but before the Marquis
+of Morella and you, Sir Peter Brome, meet in single combat. Further,
+lest harm should be attempted against either of you," and she looked
+sideways at Morella, "you, Señora Margaret, shall be my guest until you
+leave my care to become a bride, and you, Sir Peter, shall return to
+lodge in the prison whence you came, but with liberty to see whom you
+will, and to go when and where you will, but under our protection, lest
+some attempt should be made on you."
+</p>
+<p>
+She ceased, whereon suddenly the king began speaking in his sharp, thin
+voice.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Having settled these matters of chivalry and marriage," he said, "there
+remains another, which I will not leave to the gentle lips of our
+sovereign Lady, that has to do with something higher than either of
+them&mdash;namely, the eternal welfare of men's souls, and of the Church of
+Christ on earth. It has been declared to us that the man yonder, John
+Castell, merchant of London, is that accursed thing, a Jew, who for the
+sake of gain has all his life feigned to be a Christian, and, as such,
+deceived a Christian woman into marriage; that he is, moreover, of our
+subjects, having been born in Spain, and therefore amenable to the civil
+and spiritual jurisdiction of this realm."
+</p>
+<p>
+He paused, while Margaret and Peter stared at each other affrighted.
+Only Castell stood silent and unmoved, though he guessed what must
+follow better than either of them.
+</p>
+<p>
+"We judge him not," went on the king, "who claim no authority in such
+high matters, but we do what we must do&mdash;we commit him to the Holy
+Inquisition, there to take his trial!"
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Margaret cried aloud. Peter stared about him as though for help,
+which he knew could never come, feeling more afraid than ever he had
+been in all his life, and for the first time that day Morella smiled.
+At least he would be rid of one enemy. But Castell went to Margaret and
+kissed her tenderly. Then he shook Peter by the hand, saying:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Kill that thief," and he looked at Morella, "as I know you will, and
+would if there were ten as bad at his back. And be a good husband to my
+girl, as I know you will also, for I shall ask an account of you of
+these matters when we meet where there is neither Jew nor Christian,
+priest nor king. Now be silent, and bear what must be borne as I do, for
+I have a word to say before I leave you and the world.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Your Majesties, I make no plea for myself, and when I am questioned
+before your Inquisition the task will be easy, for I desire to hide
+nothing, and will tell the truth, though not from fear or because I
+shrink from pain. Your Majesties, you have told us that these two, who,
+at least, are good enough Christians from their birth, shall be wed. I
+would ask you if any spiritual crime, or supposed crime, of mine will be
+allowed to work their separation, or to their detriment in any way
+whatsoever."
+</p>
+<p>
+"On that point," answered the queen quickly, as though she wished to get
+in her words before the king or any one else could speak, "you have our
+royal word, John Castell. Your case is apart from their case, and
+nothing of which you may be convicted shall affect them in person or,"
+she added slowly, "in property."
+</p>
+<p>
+"A large promise," muttered the king.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is my promise," she answered decidedly, "and it shall be kept at any
+cost. These two shall marry, and if Sir Peter lives through the fray
+they shall depart from Spain unharmed, nor shall any fresh charge be
+brought against them in any court of the realm, nor shall they be
+persecuted or proceeded against in any other realm or on the high seas
+at our instance or that of our officers. Let my words be written down,
+and one copy of them signed and filed and another copy given to the Dona
+Margaret."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Your Majesty," said Castell, "I thank you, and now, if die I must, I
+shall die happy. Yet I make bold to tell you that had you not spoken
+them it was my purpose to kill myself, here before your eyes, since that
+is a sin for which none can be asked to suffer save the sinner. Also, I
+say that this Inquisition which you have set up shall eat out the heart
+of Spain and bring her greatness to the dust of death. The torture and
+the misery of those Jews, than whom you have no better or more faithful
+subjects, shall be avenged on the heads of your children's children for
+so long as their blood endures."
+</p>
+<p>
+He finished speaking, and, while something that sounded like a gasp of
+fear rose from that crowded court as the meaning of Castell's bold words
+came home to his auditors, the crowd behind him separated, and there
+appeared, walking two by two, a file of masked and hooded monks and a
+guard of soldiers, all of whom doubtless were in waiting. They came to
+John Castell, they touched him on the shoulder, they closed around him,
+hiding him as it were from the world, and in the midst of them he
+vanished away.
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter's memories of that strange day in the Alcazar at Seville always
+remained somewhat dim and blurred. It was not wonderful. Within the
+space of a few hours he had been tried for his life and acquitted. He
+had seen Betty, transformed from a humble companion into a magnificent
+and glittering marchioness, as a chrysalis is transformed into a
+butterfly, urge her strange suit against the husband who had tricked
+her, and whom she had tricked, and, for the while at any rate, more than
+hold her own, thanks to her ready wit and native strength of character.
+</p>
+<p>
+As her champion, and that of Margaret, he had challenged Morella to a
+single combat, and when his defiance was refused on the ground of his
+lack of rank, by the favour of the great Isabella, who wished to use him
+as her instrument, doubtless because of those secret ambitions of
+Morella's which Margaret had revealed to her, he had been suddenly
+advanced to the high station of a Knight of the Order of St. James of
+Spain, to which, although he cared little for it, otherwise he might
+vainly have striven to come.
+</p>
+<p>
+More, and better far, the desire of his heart would at length be
+attained, for now it was granted to him to meet his enemy, the man whom
+he hated with just cause, upon a fair field, without favour shown to one
+or the other, and to fight him to the death. He had been promised,
+further, that within some few days Margaret should be given to him as
+wife, although it well might be that she would keep that name but for a
+single hour, and that until then they both should dwell safe from
+Morella's violence and treachery; also that, whatever chanced, no suit
+should lie against them in any land for aught that they did or had
+done in Spain.
+</p>
+<p>
+Lastly, when all seemed safe save for that chance of war, whereof,
+having been bred to such things, he took but little count; when his cup,
+emptied at length of mire and sand, was brimming full with the good red
+wine of battle and of love, when it was at his very lips indeed, Fate
+had turned it to poison and to gall. Castell, his bride's father, and
+the man he loved, had been haled to the vaults of the Inquisition,
+whence he knew well he would come forth but once more, dressed in a
+yellow robe "relaxed to the civil arm," to perish slowly in the fires of
+the Quemadero, the place of burning of heretics.
+</p>
+<p>
+What would his conquest over Morella avail if Heaven should give him
+power to conquer? What kind of a bridal would that be which was sealed
+and consecrated by the death of the bride's father in the torturing
+fires of the Inquisition? How would they ever get the smell of the smoke
+of that sacrifice out of their nostrils? Castell was a brave man; no
+torments would make him recant. It was doubtful even if he would be at
+the pains to deny his faith, he who had only been baptized a Christian
+by his father for the sake of policy, and suffered the fraud to continue
+for the purposes of his business, and that he might win and keep a
+Christian wife. No, Castell was doomed, and he could no more protect him
+from priest and king than a dove can protect its nest from a pair of
+hungry peregrines.
+</p>
+<p>
+Oh that last scene! Never could Peter forget it while he lived&mdash;the
+vast, fretted hall with its painted arches and marble columns; the rays
+of the afternoon sun piercing the window-places, and streaming like
+blood on to the black robes of the monks as, with their prey, they
+vanished back into the arcade where they had lurked; Margaret's wild cry
+and ashen face as her father was torn away from her, and she sank
+fainting on to Betty's bejewelled bosom; the cruel sneer on Morella's
+lips; the king's hard smile; the pity in the queen's eye; the excited
+murmurings of the crowd; the quick, brief comments of the lawyers; the
+scratching of the clerk's quill as, careless of everything save his
+work, he recorded the various decrees; and above it all as it were,
+upright, defiant, unmoved, Castell, surrounded by the ministers of
+death, vanishing into the blackness of the arcade, vanishing into the
+jaws of the tomb.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH23"><!-- CH23 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER XXIII
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+FATHER HENRIQUES AND THE BAKER'S OVEN
+</center>
+<p>
+A week had gone by. Margaret was in the palace, where Peter had been to
+see her twice, and found her broken-hearted. Even the fact that they
+were to be wed upon the following Saturday, the day fixed also for the
+combat between Peter and Morella, brought her no joy or consolation. For
+on the next day, the Sunday, there was to be an "Act of Faith," an
+<i>auto-da-fé</i> in Seville, when wicked heretics, such as Jews, Moors, and
+persons who had spoken blasphemy, were to suffer for their crimes&mdash;some
+by fire on the Quemadero, or place of burning, outside the city; some by
+making public confession of their grievous sin before they were carried
+off to perpetual and solitary imprisonment; some by being garotted
+before their bodies were given to the flames, and so forth. In this
+ceremony it was known that John Castell had been doomed to play a
+leading part.
+</p>
+<p>
+On her knees, with tears and beseechings, Margaret had prayed the queen
+for mercy. But in this matter those tears produced no more effect upon
+the heart of Isabella than does water dripping on a diamond. Gentle
+enough in other ways, where questions of the Faith were concerned she
+had the craft of a fox and the cruelty of a tiger. She was even
+indignant with Margaret. Had not enough been done for her? she asked.
+Had she not even passed her royal word that no steps should be taken to
+deprive the accused of such property as he might own in Spain if he were
+found guilty, and that none of those penalties which, according to law
+and custom fell upon the children of such infamous persons, should
+attach to her, Margaret? Was she not to be publicly married to her
+lover, and, should he survive the combat, allowed to depart with him in
+honour without even being asked to see her father expiate his iniquity?
+Surely, as a good Christian she should rejoice that he was given this
+opportunity of reconciling his soul with God and be made an example to
+others of his accursed faith. Was she then a heretic also?
+</p>
+<p>
+So she stormed on, till Margaret crept from her presence wondering
+whether this creed could be right that would force the child to inform
+against and bring the parent to torment. Where were such things written
+in the sayings of the Saviour and His Apostles? And if they were not
+written, who had invented them?
+</p>
+<p>
+"Save him!&mdash;save him!" Margaret had gasped to Peter in despair. "Save
+him, or I swear to you, however much I may love you, however much we may
+seem to be married, never shall you be a husband to me."
+</p>
+<p>
+"That seems hard," replied Peter, shaking his head mournfully, "since it
+was not I who gave him over to these devils, and probably the end of it
+would be that I should share his fate. Still, I will do what a man can."
+</p>
+<p>
+"No, no," she cried in despair; "do nothing that will bring you into
+danger." But he had gone without waiting for her answer.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was night, and Peter sat in a secret room in a certain baker's shop
+in Seville. There were present there besides himself the Fray
+Henriques&mdash;now a secretary to the Holy Inquisition, but disguised as a
+layman&mdash;the woman Inez, the agent Bernaldez, and the old Jew, Israel
+of Granada.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I have brought him here, never mind how," Inez was saying, pointing to
+Henriques. "A risky and disagreeable business enough. And now what is
+the use of it?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"No use at all," answered the Fray coolly, "except to me who pocket my
+ten gold pieces."
+</p>
+<p>
+"A thousand doubloons if our friend escapes safe and sound," put in the
+old Jew Israel. "God in Heaven! think of it, a thousand doubloons."
+</p>
+<p>
+The secretary's eyes gleamed hungrily.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I could do with them well enough," he answered, "and hell could spare
+one filthy Jew for ten years or so, but I see no way. What I do see, is
+that probably all of you will join him. It is a great crime to try to
+tamper with a servant of the Holy Office."
+</p>
+<p>
+Bernaldez turned white, and the old Jew bit his nails; but Inez tapped
+the priest upon the shoulder.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Are you thinking of betraying us?" she asked in her gentle voice.
+"Look here, friend, I have some knowledge of poisons, and I swear to you
+that if you attempt it, you shall die within a week, tied in a double
+knot, and never know whence the dose came. Or I can bewitch you, I, who
+have not lived a dozen years among the Moors for nothing, so that your
+head swells and your body wastes, and you utter blasphemies, not
+knowing what you say, until for very shame's sake they toast you among
+the faggots also."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Bewitch me!" answered Henriques with a shiver. "You have done that
+already, or I should not be here."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then, if you do not wish to be in another place before your time," went
+on Inez, still tapping his shoulder gently, "think, think! and find a
+way, worthy servant of the Holy Office."
+</p>
+<p>
+"A thousand doubloons!&mdash;a thousand gold doubloons!" croaked old Israel,
+"or if you fail, sooner or later, this month or next, this year or next,
+death&mdash;death as slow and cruel as we can make it. There are two
+Inquisitions in Spain, holy Father; but one of them does its business in
+the dark, and your name is on its ledger."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Henriques was very frightened, as well he might be with all those
+eyes glaring at him.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You need fear nothing," he said, "I know the devilish power of your
+league too well, and that, if I kill you all, a hundred others I have
+never seen or heard of would dog me to my death, who have taken your
+accursed money."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am glad that you understand at last, dear friend," said the soft,
+mocking voice of Inez, who stood behind the monk like an evil genius,
+and again tapped him affectionately on the shoulder, this time with the
+bare blade of a poniard. "Now be quick with that plan of yours. It grows
+late, and all holy people should be abed."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I have none. I defy you," he answered furiously.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Very well, friend&mdash;very well; then I will say good night, or rather
+farewell, since I am not likely to meet you again in this world."
+"Where are you going?" he asked anxiously.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh! to the palace to meet the Marquis of Morella and a friend of his, a
+relation indeed. Look you here. I have had an offer of pardon for my
+part in that marriage if I can prove that a certain base priest knew
+that he was perpetrating a fraud. Well, I <i>can</i> prove it&mdash;you may
+remember that you wrote me a note&mdash;and, if I do, what happens to such a
+priest who chances to have incurred the hatred of a grandee of Spain and
+of his noble relation?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I am an officer of the Holy Inquisition; no one dare touch me," he
+gasped.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh! I think that there are some who would take the risk. For
+instance&mdash;the king."
+</p>
+<p>
+Fray Henriques sank back in his chair. Now he understood whom Inez meant
+by the noble relative of Morella, understood also that he had been
+trapped. "On Sunday morning," he began in a hollow whisper, "the
+procession will be formed, and wind through the streets of the city to
+the theatre, where the sermon will be preached before those who are
+relaxed proceed to the Quemadero. About eight o'clock it turns on to the
+quay for a little way only, and here will be but few spectators, since
+the view of the pageant is bad, nor is the road guarded there. Now, if a
+dozen determined men were waiting disguised as peasants with a boat at
+hand, perhaps they might&mdash;&mdash;" and he paused.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then Peter, who had been watching and listening to all this play, spoke
+for the first time, asking:
+</p>
+<p>
+"In such an event, reverend Sir, how would those determined men know
+which was the victim that they sought?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"The heretic John Castell," he answered, "will be seated on an ass,
+clad in a <i>zamarra</i> of sheepskin painted with fiends and a likeness of
+his own head burning&mdash;very well done, for I, who can draw, had a hand in
+it. Also, he alone will have a rope round his neck, by which he may
+be known."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Why will he be seated on an ass?" asked Peter savagely. "Because you
+have tortured him so that he cannot walk?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Not so&mdash;not so," said the Dominican, shrinking from those fierce eyes.
+"He has never been questioned at all, not a single turn of the
+<i>mancuerda</i>, I swear to you, Sir Knight. What was the use, since he
+openly avows himself an accursed Jew?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Be more gentle in your talk, friend," broke in Inez, with her familiar
+tap upon the shoulder. "There are those here who do not think so ill of
+Jews as you do in your Holy House, but who understand how to apply the
+<i>mancuerda</i>, and can make a very serviceable rack out of a plank and a
+pulley or two such as lie in the next room. Cultivate courtesy, most
+learned priest, lest before you leave this place you should add a cubit
+to your stature."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Go on," growled Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Moreover," added Fray Henriques shakily, "orders came that it was not
+to be done. The Inquisitors thought otherwise, as they believed
+&mdash;doubtless in error&mdash;that he might have accomplices whose names
+he would give up; but the orders said that as he had lived so long in
+England, and only recently travelled to Spain, he could have none.
+Therefore he is sound&mdash;sound as a bell; never before, I am told, has an
+impenitent Jew gone to the stake in such good case, however worthy and
+worshipful he might be."
+</p>
+<p>
+"So much the better for you, if you do not lie," answered Peter.
+"Continue!"
+</p>
+<p>
+"There is nothing more to say, except that I shall be walking near to
+him with the two guards, and, of course, if he were snatched away from
+us, and there were no boats handy in which to pursue, we could not help
+it, could we? Indeed, we priests, who are men of peace, might even fly
+at the sight of cruel violence."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I should advise you to fly fast and far," said Peter. "But, Inez, what
+hold have you on this friend of yours? He will trick everybody."
+</p>
+<p>
+"A thousand doubloons&mdash;a thousand doubloons!" muttered old Israel like a
+sleepy parrot.
+</p>
+<p>
+"He may think to screw more than that out of the carcases of some of us,
+old man. Come, Inez, you are quick at this game. How can we best hold
+him to his word?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Dead, I think," broke in Bernaldez, who knew his danger as the partner
+and relative of Castell, and the nominal owner of the ship <i>Margaret</i> in
+which it was purposed that he should escape. "We know all that he can
+tell, and if we let him go he will betray us soon or late. Kill him out
+of the way, I say, and burn his body in the oven."
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Henriques fell upon his knees, and with groans and tears began to
+implore mercy.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Why do you complain so?" asked Inez, watching him with reflective eyes.
+"The end would be much gentler than that which you righteous folk mete
+out to many more honest men, yes, and women too. For my part, I think
+that the Señor Bernaldez gives good counsel. Better that you should
+die, who are but one, than all of us and others, for you will understand
+that we cannot trust you. Has any one got a rope?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Henriques grovelled on the ground before her, kissing the hem of her
+robe, and praying her in the name of all the saints to show pity on one
+who had been betrayed into this danger by love of her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Of money you mean, Toad," she answered, kicking him with her slippered
+foot. "I had to listen to your talk of love while we journeyed together,
+and before, but here I need not, and if you speak of it again you shall
+go living into that baker's oven. Oh! you have forgotten it, but I have
+a long score to settle with you. You were a familiar of the Holy Office
+here at Seville&mdash;were you not?&mdash;before Morella promoted you to Motril
+for your zeal, and made you one of his chaplains? Well, I had a sister,"
+And she knelt down and whispered a name into his ear.
+</p>
+<p>
+He uttered a sound&mdash;it was more of a scream than a gasp.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I had nothing to do with her death," he protested. "She was brought
+within the walls of the Holy House by some one who had a grudge against
+her and bore false witness."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, I know. It was you who had the grudge, you snake-souled rogue, and
+it was you who gave the false witness. It was you, also, who but the
+other day volunteered the corroborative evidence that was necessary
+against Castell, saying that he had passed the Rood at your house in
+Motril without doing it reverence, and other things. It was you, too,
+who urged your superiors to put him to the question, because you said he
+was rich and had rich friends, and much money could be wrung out of him
+and them, whereof you were to get your share. Oh! yes, my information is
+good, is it not? Even what passes in the dungeons of the Holy House
+comes to the ears of the woman Inez. Well, do you still think that
+baker's oven too hot for you?"
+</p>
+<p>
+By this time Henriques was speechless with terror. There he knelt upon
+the floor, glaring at this soft-voiced, remorseless woman who had made a
+tool and a fool of him; who had beguiled him there that night, and who
+hated him so bitterly and with so just a cause. Peter was speaking now.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It would be better not to stain our hands with the creature's blood,"
+he said. "Caged rats give little sport, and he might be tracked. For my
+part, I would leave his judgment to God. Have you no other way, Inez?"
+</p>
+<p>
+She thought a while, then prodded the Fray Henriques with her foot,
+saying:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Get up, sainted secretary to the Holy Office, and do a little writing,
+which will be easy to you. See, here are pens and paper. Now
+I'll dictate:
+</p>
+<p>
+"'Most Adorable Inez,
+</p>
+<p>
+"'Your dear message has reached me safely here in this accursed Holy
+House, where we lighten heretics of their sins to the benefit of their
+souls, and of their goods to the benefit of our own bodies&mdash;&mdash;'"
+</p>
+<p>
+"I cannot write it," groaned Henriques; "it is rank heresy."
+</p>
+<p>
+"No, only the truth," answered Inez.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Heresy and the truth&mdash;well, they are often the same thing. They would
+burn me for it."
+</p>
+<p>
+"That is just what many heretics have urged. They have died gloriously
+for what they hold to be the truth, why should not you? Listen," she
+went on more sternly. "Will you take your chance of burning on the
+Quemadero, which you will not do unless you betray us, or will you
+certainly burn more privately, but better, in a baker's oven, and within
+half an hour? Ah! I thought you would not hesitate. Continue your
+letter, most learned scribe. Are those words down? Yes. Now add these:
+</p>
+<p>
+"'I note all you tell me about the trial at the Alcazar before their
+Majesties. I believe that the Englishwoman will win her case. That was a
+very pretty trick that I played on the most noble marquis at Granada.
+Nothing neater was ever done, even in this place. Well, I owed him a
+long score, and I have paid him off in full. I should like to have seen
+his exalted countenance when he surveyed the features of his bride, the
+waiting-woman, and knew that the mistress was safe away with another
+man. The nephew of the king, who would like himself to be king some day,
+married to an English waiting-woman! Good, very good, dear Inez.
+</p>
+<p>
+"'Now, as regards the Jew, John Castell. I think that the matter may
+possibly be managed, provided that the money is all right, for, as you
+know, I do not work for nothing. Thus&mdash;&mdash;'" And Inez dictated with
+admirable lucidity those suggestions as to the rescue of Castell, with
+which the reader is already acquainted, ending the letter as follows:
+</p>
+<p>
+"'These Inquisitors here are cruel beasts, though fonder of money than
+of blood; for all their talk about zeal for the Faith is so much wind
+behind the mountains. They care as much for the Faith as the mountain
+cares for the wind, or, let us say, as I do. They wanted to torture the
+poor devil, thinking that he would rain maravedis; but I gave a hint in
+the right quarter, and their fun was stopped. Carissima, I must stop
+also; it is my hour for duty, but I hope to meet you as arranged, and we
+will have a merry evening. Love to the newly married marquis, if you
+meet him, and to yourself you know how much.
+</p>
+<p>
+"'Your
+</p>
+<center>
+"'HENRIQUES.
+</center>
+<p>
+"'POSTSCRIPTUM.&mdash;This position will scarcely be as remunerative as I
+hoped, so I am glad to be able to earn a little outside, enough to buy
+you a present that will make your pretty eyes shine.'
+</p>
+<p>
+"There!" said Inez mildly, "I think that covers everything, and would
+burn you three or four times over. Let me read it to see that it is
+plainly written and properly signed, for in such matters a good deal
+turns on handwriting. Yes, that will do. Now you understand, don't you,
+if anything goes wrong about the matter we have been talking of&mdash;that
+is, if the worthy John Castell is not rescued, or a smell of our little
+plot should get into the wind&mdash;this letter goes at once to the right
+quarter, and a certain secretary will wish that he had never been born.
+Man!" she added in a hissing whisper, "you shall die by inches as my
+sister did."
+</p>
+<p>
+"A thousand doubloons if the thing succeeds, and you live to claim
+them," croaked old Israel. "I do not go back upon my word. Death and
+shame and torture or a thousand doubloons. Now he knows our terms,
+blindfold him again, Señor Bernaldez, and away with him, for he poisons
+the air. But first you, Inez, be gone and lodge that letter where
+you know."
+</p>
+<hr>
+<p>
+That same night two cloaked figures, Peter and Bernaldez, were rowed in
+a little boat out to where the <i>Margaret</i> lay in the river, and, making
+her fast, slipped up the ship's side into the cabin. Here the stout
+English captain, Smith, was waiting for them, and so glad was the honest
+fellow to see Peter that he cast his arms about him and hugged him, for
+they had not met since that desperate adventure of the boarding of the
+<i>San Antonio</i>.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Is your ship fit for sea, Captain?" asked Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+"She will never be fitter," he answered. "When shall I get sailing
+orders?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"When the owner comes aboard," answered Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then we shall stop here until we rot; they have trapped him in their
+Inquisition. What is in your mind, Peter Brome?&mdash;what is in your mind?
+Is there a chance?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Aye, Captain, I think so, if you have a dozen fellows of the right
+English stuff between decks."
+</p>
+<p>
+"We have got that number, and one or two more. But what's the plan?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter told him.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Not so bad," said Smith, slapping his heavy hand upon his knee; "but
+risky&mdash;very risky. That Inez must be a good girl. I should like to marry
+her, notwithstanding her bygones."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter laughed, thinking what an odd couple they would make. "Hear the
+rest, then talk," he said. "See now! On Saturday next Mistress Margaret
+and I are to be married in the cathedral; then, towards sunset, the
+Marquis of Morella and I run our course in the great bull-ring yonder,
+and you and half a dozen of your men will be present. Now, I may conquer
+or I may fail&mdash;&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Never!&mdash;never!" said the captain. "I wouldn't give a pair of old boots
+for that fine Spaniard's chance when you get at him. Why, you will crimp
+him like a cod-fish!"
+</p>
+<p>
+"God knows!" answered Peter. "If I win, my wife and I make our adieux to
+their Majesties, and ride away to the quay, where the boat will be
+waiting, and you will row us on board the <i>Margaret</i>. If I fail, you
+will take up my body, and, accompanied by my widow, bring it in the same
+fashion on board the <i>Margaret</i>, for I shall give it out that in this
+case I wish to be embalmed in wine and taken back to England for burial.
+In either event, you will drop your ship a little way down the river
+round the bend, so that folk may think that you have sailed. In the
+darkness you must work her back with the tide and lay her behind those
+old hulks, and if any ask you why, say that three of your men have not
+yet come aboard, and that you have dropped back for them, and whatever
+else you like. Then, in case I should not be alive to guide you, you and
+ten or twelve of the best sailors will land at the spot that this
+gentleman will show you to-morrow, wearing Spanish cloaks so as not to
+attract attention, but being well armed underneath them, like idlers
+from some ship who had come ashore to see the show. I have told you how
+you may know Master Castell. When you see him make a rush for him, cut
+down any that try to stop you, tumble him into the boat, and row for
+your lives to the ship, which will slip her moorings and get up her
+canvas as soon as she sees you coming, and begin to drop down the river
+with the tide and wind, if there is one. That is the plot, but God alone
+knows the end of it! which depends upon Him and the sailors. Will you
+play this game for the love of a good man and the rest of us? If you
+succeed, you shall be rich for life, all of you."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Aye," answered the captain, "and there's my hand on it. So sure as my
+name is Smith, we will hook him out of that hell if men can do it, and
+not for the money either. Why, Peter, we have sat here idle so long,
+waiting for you and our lady, that we shall be glad of the fun. At any
+rate, there will be some dead Spaniards before they have done with us,
+and, if we are worsted, I'll leave the mate and enough hands upon the
+ship to bring her safe to Tilbury. But we won't be&mdash;we won't be. By this
+day week we will all be rolling homewards across the Bay with never a
+Spaniard within three hundred miles, you and your lady and Master
+Castell, too. I know it! I tell you, lad, I know it!"
+</p>
+<p>
+"How do you know it?" asked Peter curiously.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Because I dreamed it last night. I saw you and Mistress Margaret
+sitting sweet as sugar, with your arms around each other's middles,
+while I talked to the master, and the sun went down with the wind
+blowing stiff from sou-sou-west, and a gale threatening. I tell you that
+I dreamed it&mdash;I who am not given to dreams."
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH24"><!-- CH24 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER XXIV
+</h2>
+
+<center>
+THE FALCON STOOPS
+</center>
+<p>
+It was the marriage day of Margaret and Peter. Clad in white armour that
+had been sent to him as a present from the queen, a sign and a token of
+her good wishes for his success in his combat with Morella, wearing the
+insignia of a Knight of St. James hanging by a ribbon from his neck, his
+shield emblazoned with his coat of the stooping falcon, which appeared
+also upon the white cloak that hung from his shoulders, behind him a
+squire of high degree, who carried his plumed casque and lance, and
+accompanied by an escort of the royal guards, Peter rode from his
+quarters in the prison to the palace gates, and waited there as he had
+been bidden. Presently they opened, and through them, seated on a
+palfrey, appeared Margaret, wonderfully attired in white and silver, but
+with her veil lifted so that her face could be seen. She was companioned
+by a troop of maidens mounted, all of them, on white horses, and at her
+side, almost outshining her in glory of apparel, and attended by all her
+household, rode Betty, Marchioness of Morella&mdash;at any rate for that
+present time.
+</p>
+<p>
+Although she could never be less than beautiful, it was a worn and pale
+Margaret who bowed her greetings to the bridegroom without those palace
+gates. What wonder, since she knew that within a few hours his life
+must be set upon the hazard of a desperate fray. What wonder, since she
+knew that to-morrow her father was doomed to be burnt living upon the
+Quemadero.
+</p>
+<p>
+They met, they greeted; then, with silver trumpets blowing before them,
+the glittering procession wound its way through the narrow streets of
+Seville. But few words passed between them, whose hearts were too full
+for words, who had said all they had to say, and now abided the issue of
+events. Betty, however, whom many of the populace took for the bride,
+because her air was so much the happier of the two, would not be silent.
+Indeed she chid Margaret for her lack of gaiety upon such an occasion.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Oh, Betty!&mdash;Betty!" answered Margaret, "how can I be gay, upon whose
+heart lies the burden of to-morrow?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"A pest upon the burden of to-morrow!" exclaimed Betty. "The burden of
+to-day is enough for me, and that is not so bad to bear. Never shall we
+have another such ride as this, with all the world staring at us, and
+every woman in Seville envying us and our good looks and the favour of
+the queen."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think it is you they stare at and envy," said Margaret, glancing at
+the splendid woman at her side, whose beauty she knew well over-shadowed
+her own rarer loveliness, at any rate in a street pageant, as in the
+sunshine the rose overshadows the lily.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well," answered Betty, "if so, it is because I put the better face on
+things, and smile even if my heart bleeds. At least, your lot is more
+hopeful than mine. If your husband has to fight to the death presently,
+so has mine, and between ourselves I favour Peter's chances. He is a
+very stubborn fighter, Peter, and wonderfully strong&mdash;too stubborn and
+strong for any Spaniard."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Well, that is as it should be," said Margaret, smiling faintly, "seeing
+that Peter is your champion, and if he loses, you are stamped as a
+serving-girl, and a woman of no character."
+</p>
+<p>
+"A serving-girl I was, or something not far different," replied Betty in
+a reflective voice, "and my character is a matter between me and Heaven,
+though, after all, it might scrape through where others fail to pass. So
+these things do not trouble me over much. What troubles me is that if my
+champion wins he kills my husband."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You don't want him to be killed then?" asked Margaret, glancing at her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"No, I think not," answered Betty with a little shake in her voice, and
+turning her head aside for a moment. "I know he is a scoundrel, but, you
+see, I always liked this scoundrel, just as you always hated him, so I
+cannot help wishing that he was going to meet some one who hits a little
+less hard than Peter. Also, if he dies, without doubt his heirs will
+raise suits against me."
+</p>
+<p>
+"At any rate your father is not going to be burnt to-morrow," said
+Margaret to change the subject, which, to tell the truth, was an
+awkward one.
+</p>
+<p>
+"No, Cousin, if my father had his deserts, according to all accounts,
+although the lineage that I gave of him is true enough, doubtless he was
+burnt long ago, and still goes on burning&mdash;in Purgatory, I mean&mdash;though
+God knows I would never bring a faggot to his fire. But Master Castell
+will not be burnt, so why fret about it."
+</p>
+<p>
+"What makes you say that?" asked Margaret, who had not confided the
+details of a certain plot to Betty.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I don't know, but I am sure that Peter will get him out somehow. He is
+a very good stick to lean on, Peter, although he seems so hard and
+stupid and silent, which, after all, is in the nature of sticks. But
+look, there is the cathedral&mdash;is it not a fine place?&mdash;and a great crowd
+of people waiting round the gate. Now smile, Cousin. Bow and smile as
+I do."
+</p>
+<p>
+They rode up to the great doors, where Peter, springing to the ground,
+assisted his bride from her palfrey. Then the procession formed, and
+they entered the wonderful place, preceded by vergers with staves, and
+by acolytes. Margaret had never visited it before, and never saw it
+again, but all her life the memory of it remained clear and vivid in her
+mind. The cold chill of the air within, the semi-darkness after the
+glare of the sunshine, the seven great naves, or aisles, stretching
+endlessly to right and left, the dim and towering roof, the pillars that
+sprang to it everywhere like huge forest trees aspiring to the skies,
+the solemn shadows pierced by lines of light from the high-cut windows,
+the golden glory of the altars, the sounds of chanting, the sepulchres
+of the dead&mdash;a sense of all these things rushed in upon her,
+overpowering her and stamping the picture of them for ever on
+her memory.
+</p>
+<p>
+Slowly they passed onward to the choir, and round it to the steps of the
+great altar of the chief chapel. Here, between the choir and the chapel,
+was gathered the congregation&mdash;no small one&mdash;and here, side by side to
+the right and without the rails, in chairs of state, sat their Majesties
+of Spain, who had chosen to grace this ceremony with their presence.
+More, as the bride came, the queen Isabella, as a special act of grace,
+rose from her seat and, bending forward, kissed her on the cheek, while
+the choir sang and the noble music rolled. It was a splendid spectacle,
+this marriage of hers, celebrated in perhaps the most glorious fane in
+Europe. But even as Margaret noted it and watched the bishops and
+priests decked with glittering embroideries, summoned there to do her
+honour, as they moved to and fro in the mysterious ceremonial of the
+Mass, she bethought her of other rites equally glorious that would take
+place on the morrow in the greatest square of Seville, where these same
+dignitaries would condemn fellow human beings&mdash;perhaps among them her
+own father&mdash;to be married to the cruel flame.
+</p>
+<p>
+Side by side they knelt before the wondrous altar, while the
+incense-clouds from the censers floated up one by one till they were
+lost in the gloom above, as the smoke of to-morrow's sacrifice would
+lose itself in the heavens, she and her husband, won at last, won after
+so many perils, perhaps to be lost again for ever before night fell upon
+the world. The priests chanted, the gorgeous bishop bowed over them and
+muttered the marriage service of their faith, the ring was set upon her
+hand, the troths were plighted, the benediction spoken, and they were
+man and wife till death should them part, that death which stood so near
+to them in this hour of life fulfilled. Then they two, who already that
+morning had made confession of their sins, kneeling alone before the
+altar, ate of the holy Bread, sealing a mystery with a mystery.
+</p>
+<p>
+All was done and over, and rising, they turned and stayed a moment hand
+in hand while the sweet-voiced choir sang some wondrous chant.
+Margaret's eyes wandered over the congregation till presently they
+lighted upon the dark face of Morella, who stood apart a little way,
+surrounded by his squires and gentlemen, and watched her. More, he came
+to her, and bowing low, whispered to her:
+</p>
+<p>
+"We are players in a strange game, my lady Margaret, and what will be
+its end, I wonder? Shall I be dead to-night, or you a widow? Aye, and
+where was its beginning? Not here, I think. And where, oh where shall
+this seed we sow bear fruit? Well, think as kindly of me as you can,
+since I loved you who love me not."
+</p>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0018.png"><img src="150/M0018.png" width="150" alt="'WE ARE PLAYERS IN A STRANGE GAME, MY LADY MARGARET'"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+And again bowing, first to her, then to Peter, he passed on, taking no
+note of Betty, who stood near, considering him with her large eyes, as
+though she also wondered what would be the end of all this play.
+</p>
+<p>
+Surrounded by their courtiers, the king and queen left the cathedral,
+and after them came the bridegroom and the bride. They mounted their
+horses and in the glory of the southern sunlight rode through the
+cheering crowd back to the palace and to the marriage feast, where their
+table was set but just below that of their Majesties. It was long and
+magnificent; but little could they eat, and, save to pledge each other
+in the ceremonial cup, no wine passed their lips. At length some
+trumpets blew, and their Majesties rose, the king saying in his thin,
+clear voice that he would not bid his guests farewell, since very
+shortly they would all meet again in another place, where the gallant
+bridegroom, a gentleman of England, would champion the cause of his
+relative and countrywoman against one of the first grandees of Spain
+whom she alleged had done her wrong. That fray, alas! would be no
+pleasure joust, but to the death, for the feud between these knights was
+deep and bitter, and such were the conditions of their combat. He could
+not wish success to the one or to the other; but of this he was sure,
+that in all Seville there was no heart that would not give equal honour
+to the conqueror and the conquered, sure also that both would bear
+themselves as became brave knights of Spain and England.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then the trumpets blew again, and the squires and gentlemen who were
+chosen to attend him came bowing to Peter, and saying that it was time
+for him to arm. Bride and bridegroom rose and, while all the spectators
+fell back out of hearing, but watching them with curious eyes, spoke
+some few words together.
+</p>
+<p>
+"We part," said Peter, "and I know not what to say."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Say nothing, husband," she answered him, "lest your words should weaken
+me. Go now, and bear you bravely, as you will for your own honour and
+that of England, and for mine. Dead or living you are my darling, and
+dead or living we shall meet once more and be at rest for aye. My
+prayers be with you, Sir Peter, my prayers and my eternal love, and may
+they bring strength to your arm and comfort to your heart."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then she, who would not embrace him before all those folk, curtseyed
+till her knee almost touched the ground, while low he bent before her, a
+strange and stately parting, or so thought that company; and taking the
+hand of Betty, Margaret left him.
+</p>
+<hr>
+<p>
+Two hours had gone by. The Plaza de Toros, for the great square where
+tournaments were wont to be held was in the hands of those who prepared
+it for the <i>auto-da-fé</i> of the morrow, was crowded as it had seldom been
+before. This place was a huge amphitheatre&mdash;perchance the Romans built
+it&mdash;where all sorts of games were celebrated, among them the baiting of
+bulls as it was practised in those days, and other semi-savage sports.
+Twelve thousand people could sit upon the benches that rose tier upon
+tier around the vast theatre, and scarce a seat was empty. The arena
+itself, that was long enough for horses starting at either end of it to
+come to their full speed, was strewn with white sand, as it may have
+been in the days when gladiators fought there. Over the main entrance
+and opposite to the centre of the ring were placed the king and queen
+with their lords and ladies, and between them, but a little behind, her
+face hid by her bridal veil, sat Margaret, upright and silent as a
+statue. Exactly in front of them, on the further side of the ring in a
+pavilion, and attended by her household, appeared Betty, glittering with
+gold and jewels, since she was the lady in whose cause, at least in
+name, this combat was to be fought <i>à l'outrance.</i> Quite unmoved she
+sat, and her presence seemed to draw every eye in that vast assembly
+which talked of her while it waited, with a sound like the sound of the
+sea as it murmurs on a beach at night.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now the trumpets blew, and silence fell, and then, preceded by heralds
+in golden tabards, Carlos, Marquis of Morella, followed by his squires,
+rode into the ring through the great entrance. He bestrode a splendid
+black horse, and was arrayed in coal-black armour, while from his casque
+rose black ostrich plumes. On his shield, however, painted in scarlet,
+appeared the eagle crowned with the coronet of his rank, and beneath,
+the proud motto&mdash;"What I seize I tear." A splendid figure, he pressed
+his horse into the centre of the arena, then causing it to wheel round,
+pawing the air with its forelegs, saluted their Majesties by raising his
+long, steel-tipped lance, while the multitude greeted him with a shout.
+This done, he and his company rode away to their station at the north
+end of the ring.
+</p>
+<p>
+Again the trumpets sounded, and a herald appeared, while after him,
+mounted on a white horse, and clad in his white armour that glistened in
+the sun, with white plumes rising from his casque, and on his shield the
+stooping falcon blazoned in gold with the motto of "For love and honour"
+beneath it, appeared the tall, grim shape of Sir Peter Brome. He, too,
+rode out into the centre of the arena, and, turning his horse quite
+soberly, as though it were on a road, lifted his lance in salute. Now
+there was no cheering, for this knight was a foreigner, yet soldiers who
+were there said to each other that he looked like one who would not
+easily be overthrown.
+</p>
+<p>
+A third time the trumpets sounded, and the two champions, advancing from
+their respective stations, drew rein side by side in front of their
+Majesties, where the conditions of the combat were read aloud to them by
+the chief herald. They were short. That the fray should be to the death
+unless the king and queen willed otherwise and the victor consented;
+that it should be on horse or on foot, with lance or sword or dagger,
+but that no broken weapon might be replaced and no horse or armour
+changed; that the victor should be escorted from the place of combat
+with all honour, and allowed to depart whither he would, in the kingdom
+or out of it, and no suit or blood-feud raised against him; and that the
+body of the fallen be handed over to his friends for burial, also with
+all honour. That the issue of this fray should in no way affect any
+cause pleaded in Courts ecclesiastical or civil, by the lady who
+asserted herself to be the Marchioness of Morella, or by the most noble
+Marquis of Morella, whom she claimed as her husband.
+</p>
+<p>
+These conditions having been read, the champions were asked if they
+assented to them, whereon each of them answered, "Aye!" in a clear
+voice. Then the herald, speaking on behalf of Sir Peter Brome, by
+creation a knight of St. Iago and a Don of Spain, solemnly challenged
+the noble Marquis of Morella to single combat to the death, in that he,
+the said marquis, had aspersed the name of his relative, the English
+lady, Elizabeth Dene, who claimed to be his wife, duly united to him in
+holy wedlock, and for sundry other causes and injuries worked towards
+him, the said Sir Peter Brome, and his wife, Dame Margaret Brome, and in
+token thereof, threw down a gauntlet, which gauntlet the Marquis of
+Morella lifted upon the point of his lance and cast over his shoulder,
+thus accepting the challenge.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now the combatants dropped their visors, which heretofore had been
+raised, and their squires, coming forward, examined the fastenings of
+their armour, their weapons, and the girths and bridles of their
+horses. These being pronounced sound and good, pursuivants took the
+steeds by the bridles and led them to the far ends of the lists. At a
+signal from the king a single clarion blew, whereon the pursuivants
+loosed their hold of the bridles and sprang back. Another clarion blew,
+and the knights gathered up their reins, settled their shields, and set
+their lances in rest, bending forward over their horses' necks.
+</p>
+<p>
+An intense silence fell upon all the watching multitude as that of night
+upon the sea, and in the midst of it the third clarion blew&mdash;to Margaret
+it sounded like the trump of doom. From twelve thousand throats one
+great sigh went up, like the sigh of wind upon the sea, and ere it died
+away, from either end of the arena, like arrows from the bow, like
+levens from a cloud, the champions started forth, their stallions
+gathering speed at every stride. Look, they met! Fair on each shield
+struck a lance, and backward reeled their holders. The keen points
+glanced aside or up, and the knights, recovering themselves, rushed past
+each other, shaken but unhurt. At the ends of the lists the squires
+caught the horses by the bridles and turned them. The first course
+was run.
+</p>
+<p>
+Again the clarions blew, and again they started forward, and presently
+again they met in mid career. As before, the lances struck upon the
+shields; but so fearful was the impact, that Peter's shivered, while
+that of Morella, sliding from the topmost rim of his foe's buckler, got
+hold in his visor bars. Back went Peter beneath the blow, back and still
+back, till almost he lay upon his horse's crupper. Then, when it seemed
+that he must fall, the lacings of his helm burst. It was torn from his
+head, and Morella passed on bearing it transfixed upon his spear point.
+</p>
+<p>
+"The Falcon falls," screamed the spectators; "he is unhorsed."
+</p>
+<p>
+But Peter was not unhorsed. Freed from that awful pressure, he let drop
+the shattered shaft and, grasping at his saddle strap, dragged himself
+back into the selle. Morella tried to stay his charger, that he might
+come about and fall upon the Englishman before he could recover himself;
+but the brute was heady, and would not be turned till he saw the wall of
+faces in front of him. Now they were round, both of them, but Peter had
+no spear and no helm, while the lance of Morella was cumbered with his
+adversary's casque that he strove to shake free from it, but in vain.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Draw your sword," shouted voices to Peter&mdash;the English voices of Smith
+and his sailors&mdash;and he put his hand down to do so, then bethought him
+of some other counsel, for he let it lie within its scabbard, and,
+spurring the white horse, came at Morella like a storm.
+</p>
+<p>
+"The Falcon will be spiked," they screamed. "The Eagle wins!&mdash;the Eagle
+wins!" And indeed it seemed that it must be so. Straight at Peter's
+undefended face drove Morella's lance, but lo! as it came he let fall
+his reins and with his shield he struck at the white plumes about its
+point, the plumes torn from his own head. He had judged well, for up
+flew those plumes, a little, a very little, yet far enough to give him
+space, crouching on his saddle-bow, to pass beneath the deadly spear.
+Then, as they swept past each other, out shot that long, right arm of
+his and, gripping Morella like a hook of steel, tore him from his
+saddle, so that the black horse rushed forward riderless, and the white
+sped on bearing a double burden.
+</p>
+<p>
+Grasping desperately, Morella threw his arms about his neck, and
+intertwined, black armour mixed with white, they swayed to and fro,
+while the frightened horse beneath rushed this way and that till,
+swerving suddenly, together they fell upon the sand, and for a moment
+lay there stunned.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Who conquers?" gasped the crowd; while others answered, "Both are
+sped!" And, leaning forward in her chair, Margaret tore off her veil and
+watched with a face like the face of death.
+</p>
+<p>
+See! As they had fallen together, so together they stirred and
+rose&mdash;rose unharmed. Now they sprang back, out flashed the long swords,
+and, while the squires caught the horses and, running in, seized the
+broken spears, they faced each other. Having no helm, Peter held his
+buckler above his head to shelter it, and, ever calm, awaited the
+onslaught.
+</p>
+<p>
+At him came Morella, and with a light, grating sound his sword fell upon
+the steel. Before he could recover himself Peter struck back; but
+Morella bent his knees, and the stroke only shore the black plumes from
+his casque. Quick as light he drove at Peter's face with his point; but
+the Englishman leapt to one side, and the thrust went past him. Again
+Morella came at him, and struck so mighty a blow that, although Peter
+caught it on his buckler, it sliced through the edge of it and fell upon
+his unprotected neck and shoulder, wounding him, for now red blood
+showed on the white armour, and Peter reeled back beneath the stroke.
+</p>
+<p>
+"The Eagle wins!&mdash;the Eagle wins! Spain and the Eagle" shouted ten
+thousand throats. In the momentary silence that followed, a single
+voice, a clear woman's voice, which even then Margaret knew for that of
+Inez, cried from among the crowd:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nay, the Falcon stoops!"
+</p>
+<p>
+Before the sound of her words died away, maddened it would seem, by the
+pain of his wound, or the fear of defeat, Peter shouted out his war-cry
+of <i>"A Brome! A Brome"</i>! and, gathering himself together, sprang
+straight at Morella as springs a starving wolf. The blue steel flickered
+in the sunlight, then down it fell, and lo! half the Spaniard's helm lay
+on the sand, while it was Morella's turn to reel backward&mdash;and more, as
+he did so, he let fall his shield.
+</p>
+<p>
+"A stroke!&mdash;a good stroke!" roared the crowd. "The Falcon!&mdash;the Falcon!"
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter saw that fallen shield, and whether for chivalry's sake, as
+thought the cheering multitude, or to free his left arm, he cast away
+his own, and grasping the sword with both hands rushed on the Spaniard.
+From that moment, helmless though he was, the issue lay in doubt no
+longer. Betty had spoken of Peter as a stubborn swordsman and a hard
+hitter, and both of these he now showed himself to be. As fresh to all
+appearance as when he ran the first course, he rained blow after blow
+upon the hapless Spaniard, till the sound of his sword smiting on the
+good Toledo steel was like the sound of a hammer falling continually on
+the smith's red iron. They were fearful blows, yet still the tough steel
+held, and still Morella, doing what he might, staggered back beneath
+them, till at length he came in front of the tribune, in which sat their
+Majesties and Margaret. Out of the corner of his eye Peter saw the
+place, and determined in his stout heart that then and there he would
+end the thing. Parrying a cut which the desperate Spaniard made at his
+head, he thrust at him so heavily that his blade bent like a bow, and,
+although he could not pierce the black mail, almost lifted Morella from
+his feet. Then, as he reeled backwards, Peter whirled his sword on high,
+and, shouting "<i>Margaret!</i>" struck downwards with all his strength. It
+fell as lightning falls, swift, keen, dazzling the eyes of all who
+watched. Morella raised his arm to break the blow. In vain! The weapon
+that he held was shattered, the casque beneath was cloven, and, throwing
+his arms wide, he fell heavily to the ground and lay there
+moving feebly.
+</p>
+<p>
+For an instant there was silence, and in it a shrill woman's voice that
+cried:
+</p>
+<p>
+"The Falcon has stooped. The English hawk <i>has stooped!</i>"
+</p>
+<p>
+Then there arose a tumult of shouting. "He is dead!" "Nay, he stirs."
+"Kill him!" "Spare him; he fought well!"
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter leaned upon his sword, looking at the fallen foe. Then he glanced
+upwards at their Majesties, but these sat silent, making no sign, only
+he saw Margaret try to rise from her seat and speak, to be pulled back
+to it again by the hands of women. A deep hush fell upon the watching
+thousands who waited for the end. Peter looked at Morella. Alas! he
+still lived, his sword and the stout helmet had broken the weight of
+that stroke, mighty though it had been. The man was but wounded in three
+places and stunned. "What must I do?" asked Peter in a hollow voice to
+the royal pair above him.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now the king, who seemed moved, was about to speak; but the queen bent
+forward and whispered something to him, and he remained silent. They
+both were silent. All the intent multitude was silent. Knowing what this
+dreadful silence meant, Peter cast down his sword and drew his dagger,
+wherewith to cut the lashings of Morella's gorget and give the <i>coup
+de grâce</i>.
+</p>
+<p>
+Just then it was that for the first time he heard a sound, far away upon
+the other side of the arena, and, looking thither, saw the strangest
+sight that ever his eyes beheld. Over the railing of the pavilion
+opposite to him a woman climbed nimbly as a cat, and from it, like a
+cat, dropped to the ground full ten feet below, then, gathering up her
+dress about her knees, ran swiftly towards him. It was Betty! Betty
+without a doubt! Betty in her gorgeous garb, with pearls and braided
+hair flying loose behind her. He stared amazed. All stared amazed, and
+in half a minute she was on them, and, standing over the fallen Morella,
+gasped out:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Let him be! I bid you let him be."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter knew not what to do or say, so advanced to speak with her, whereon
+with a swoop like that of a swallow she pounced upon his sword that lay
+in the sand and, leaping back to Morella, shook it on high, shouting:
+</p>
+<p>
+"You will have to fight me first, Peter."
+</p>
+
+<p class="ctr">
+<a href="700/M0020.png"><img src="150/M0020.png" width="150" alt="'YOU WILL HAVE TO FIGHT ME FIRST, PETER'"></a>
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Indeed, she did more, striking at him so shrewdly with his own sword
+that he was forced to spring sideways to avoid the stroke. Now a great
+roar of laughter went up to heaven. Yes, even Peter laughed, for no
+such thing as this had ever before been seen in Spain. It died away, and
+again Betty, who had no low voice, shouted in her villainous Spanish:
+</p>
+<p>
+"He shall kill me before he kills my husband. Give me my husband!"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Take him, for my part," answered Peter, whereon, letting fall the
+sword, Betty, filled with the strength of despair, lifted the senseless
+Spaniard in her strong white arms as though he were a child, and his
+bleeding head lying on her shoulder, strove to carry him away, but
+could not.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then, while all that audience cheered frantically, Peter with a gesture
+of despair threw down his dagger and once more appealed to their
+Majesties. The king rose and held up his hand, at the same time
+motioning to Morella's squires to take him from the woman, which, seeing
+their cognizance, Betty allowed them to do.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Marchioness of Morella," said the king, for the first time giving her
+that title, "your honour is cleared, your champion has conquered, and
+this fierce fray was to the death. What have you to say?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nothing," answered Betty, "except that I love the man, though he has
+treated me and others ill, and, as I knew he would if he crossed swords
+with Peter, has got his deserts for his deeds. I say I love him, and if
+Peter wishes to kill him, he must kill me first."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Sir Peter Brome," said the king, "the judgment lies in your hand. We
+give you the man's life, to grant or to take."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter thought a while, then answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"I grant him his life if he will acknowledge this lady to be his true
+and lawful wife, and live with her as such, now and for ever, staying
+all suits against her."
+</p>
+<p>
+"How can he do that, you fool," asked Betty, "when you have knocked all
+his senses out of him with that great sword of yours?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Perhaps," suggested Peter humbly, "some one will do it for him."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," said Isabella, speaking for the first time, "I will. On behalf of
+the Marquis of Morella I promise these things, Don Peter Brome, before
+all these people here gathered. I add this: that if he should live, and
+it pleases him to break this promise made on his behalf to save him from
+death, then let his name be shamed, yes, let it become a byword and a
+scorn. Proclaim it, heralds."
+</p>
+<p>
+So the heralds blew their trumpets and one of them called out the
+queen's decree, whereat the spectators cheered again, shouting that it
+was good, and they bore witness to that promise.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then Morella, still senseless, was borne away by his squires, Betty in
+her blood-stained robe marching at his side, and his horse having been
+brought to him again, Peter, wounded though he was, mounted and galloped
+round the arena amidst plaudits such as that place had never heard,
+till, lifting his sword in salutation, suddenly he and his gentlemen
+vanished by the gate through which he had appeared.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus strangely enough ended that combat which thereafter was always
+known as the Fray of the Eagle and the English Hawk.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+<a name="CH25"><!-- CH25 --></a>
+<h2>
+	CHAPTER XXV
+</h2>
+
+<p>
+HOW THE <i>MARGARET</i> WON OUT TO SEA
+</p>
+<p>
+It was night. Peter, faint with loss of blood and stiff with bruises,
+had bade his farewell to their Majesties of Spain, who spoke many soft
+words to him, calling him the Flower of Knighthood, and offering him
+high place and rank if he would abide in their service. But he thanked
+them and said No, for in Spain he had suffered too much to dwell there.
+So they kissed his bride, the fair Margaret, who clung to her wounded
+husband like ivy to an oak, and would not be separated from him, even
+for a moment, that husband whom living she had scarcely hoped to clasp
+again. Yes, they kissed her, and the queen threw about her a chain from
+her own neck as a parting gift, and wished her joy of so gallant a lord.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Alas! your Majesty," said Margaret, her dark eyes filling with tears,
+"how can I be joyous, who must think of to-morrow?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Thereon Isabella set her face and answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Dona Margaret Brome, be thankful for what to-day has brought you, and
+forget to-morrow and that which it must justly take away. Go now, and
+God be with you both!"
+</p>
+<p>
+So they went, the little knot of English sailormen, who, wrapped in
+Spanish cloaks, had sat together in the amphitheatre and groaned when
+the Eagle struck, and cheered when the Falcon swooped, leading, or
+rather carrying Peter under cover of the falling night to a boat not far
+from this Place of Bulls. In this they embarked unobserved, for the
+multitude, and even Peter's own squires believed that he had returned
+with his wife to the palace, as he had given out that he would do. So
+they were rowed to the <i>Margaret</i>, which straightway made as though she
+were about to sail, and indeed dropped a little way down stream. Here
+she anchored again, just round a bend of the river, and lay there for
+the night.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was a heavy night, and in it there was no place for love or lovers'
+tenderness. How could there be between these two, who for so long had
+been tormented by doubts and fears, and on this day had endured such
+extremity of terror and such agony of joy? Peter's wound also was deep
+and wide, though his shield had broken the weight of Morella's sword,
+and its edge had caught upon his shoulder-piece, so that by good chance
+it had not reached down to the arteries, or shorn into the bone; yet he
+had lost much blood, and Smith, the captain, who was a better surgeon
+than might have been guessed from his thick hands, found it needful to
+wash out the cut with spirit that gave much pain, and to stitch it up
+with silk. Also Peter had great bruises on his arms and thighs, and his
+back was hurt by that fall from the white charger with Morella in
+his arms.
+</p>
+<p>
+So it came about that most of that night he lay outworn, half-sleeping
+and half-waking, and when at sunrise he struggled from his berth, it was
+but to kneel by the side of Margaret and join her in her prayers that
+her father might be rescued from the hands of these cruel priests
+of Spain.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now during the night Smith had brought his ship back with the tide, and
+laid her under the shelter of those hulks whereof Peter had spoken,
+having first painted out her name of <i>Margaret</i>, and in its place set
+that of the <i>Santa Maria</i>, a vessel of about the same build and tonnage,
+which, as they had heard, was expected in port. For this reason, or
+because there were at that time many ships in the river, it happened
+that none in authority noted her return, or if they did, neglected to
+report the matter as one of no moment. Therefore, so far all went well.
+</p>
+<p>
+According to the tale of Henriques, confirmed by what they had learned
+otherwise, the great procession of the Act of Faith would turn on to the
+quay at about eight o'clock, and pass along it for a hundred yards or so
+only, before it wound away down a street leading to the <i>plaza</i> where
+the theatre was prepared, the sermon would be preached, the Mass
+celebrated, and the "relaxed" placed in cages to be carried to the
+Quemadero.
+</p>
+<p>
+At six in the morning Smith mustered those twelve men whom he had chosen
+to help him in the enterprise, and Peter, with Margaret at his side,
+addressed them in the cabin, telling them all the plan, and praying them
+for the sake of their master and of the Lady Margaret, his daughter, to
+do what men might to save one whom they loved and honoured from so
+horrible a death.
+</p>
+<p>
+They swore that they would, every one of them, for their English blood
+was up, nor did they so much as speak of the great rewards that had been
+promised to those who lived through this adventure, and to the families
+of those who fell. Then they breakfasted, girded their swords and knives
+about them, and put on their Spanish cloaks, though, to speak truth,
+these lads of Essex and of London made but poor Spaniards. Now, at
+length the boat was ready, and Peter, although he could scarcely stand,
+desired to be carried into it that he might accompany them. But the
+captain, Smith, to whom perhaps Margaret had been speaking, set down his
+flat foot on the deck and said that he, who commanded there, would
+suffer no such thing. A wounded man, he declared, would but cumber them
+who had little room to spare in that small boat, and could be of no
+service, either on land or water. Moreover, Master Peter's face was
+known to thousands who had watched it yesterday, and would certainly be
+recognised, whereas none would take note at such a time of a dozen
+common sailors landed from some ship to see the show. Lastly, he would
+do best to stop on board the vessel, where, if anything went wrong, they
+must be short-handed enough, who, if they could, ought to get her away
+to sea and across it with all speed.
+</p>
+<p>
+Still Peter would have gone, till Margaret, throwing her arms about him,
+asked him if he thought that she would be the better if she lost both
+her father and her husband, as, if things miscarried, well might happen.
+Then, being in pain and very weak, he yielded, and Smith, having given
+his last directions to the mate, and shaken Peter and Margaret by the
+hand, asking their prayers for all of them, descended with his twelve
+men into the boat, and dropping down under shelter of the hulks, rowed
+to the shore as though they came from some other vessel. Now the quay
+was not more than a bowshot from them, and from a certain spot upon the
+<i>Margaret</i> there was a good view of it between the stern of one hulk and
+the bow of another. Here, then, Peter and Margaret sat themselves down
+behind the bulwark, and watched with fears such as cannot be told, while
+a sharp-eyed seaman climbed to the crow's-nest on the mast, whence he
+could see over much of the city, and even the old Moorish castle that
+was then the Holy House of the Inquisition. Presently this man reported
+that the procession had started, for he saw its banners and the people
+crowding to the windows and to the roof-tops; also the cathedral bell
+began to toll slowly. Then came a long, long wait, during which their
+little knot of sailors, wearing the Spanish cloaks, appeared upon the
+quay and mingled with the few folk that were gathered there, since the
+most of the people were collected by thousands on the great <i>plaza</i> or
+in the adjacent streets.
+</p>
+<p>
+At length, just as the cathedral clock struck eight, the "triumphant"
+march, as it was called, began to appear upon the quay. First came a
+body of soldiers with lances; then a crucifix, borne by a priest and
+veiled in black crape; then a number of other priests, clad in
+snow-white robes to symbolise their perfect purity. Next followed men
+carrying wood or leather images of some man or woman who, by flight to a
+foreign land or into the realms of Death, had escaped the clutches of
+the Inquisition. After these marched other men in fours, each four of
+them bearing a coffin that contained the body or bones of some dead
+heretic, which, in the absence of his living person, like the effigies,
+were to be committed to the flames as a token of what the Inquisition
+would have done to him if it could&mdash;to enable it also to seize
+his property.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then came many penitents, their heads shaven, their feet bare, and clad,
+some in dark-coloured cloaks, some in yellow robes, called the
+<i>sanbenito</i>, which were adorned with a red cross. These were followed by
+a melancholy band of "relaxed" heretics, doomed to the fire or
+strangulation at the stake, and clothed in <i>zamarras</i> of sheepskin,
+painted all over with devils and the portraits of their own faces
+surrounded by flames. These poor creatures wore also flame-adorned caps
+called <i>corozas</i>, shaped like bishops' mitres, and were gagged with
+blocks of wood, lest they should contaminate the populace by some
+declaration of their heresy, while in their hands they bore tapers,
+which the monks who accompanied them relighted from time to time if they
+became extinguished.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now the hearts of Peter and Margaret leaped within them, for at the end
+of this hideous troop rode a man mounted on an ass, clothed in a
+<i>zamarra</i> and <i>coroza</i>, but with a noose about his neck. So the Fray
+Henriques had told the truth, for without doubt this was John Castell.
+Like people in a dream, they saw him advance in his garb of shame, and
+after him, gorgeously attired, civil officers, inquisitors, and
+familiars of noble rank, members of the Council of Inquisition, behind
+whom was borne a flaunting banner, called the Holy Standard of
+the Faith.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now Castell was opposite to the little group of seamen, and, or so it
+seemed, something went wrong with the harness of the ass on which he
+sat, for it stopped, and a man in the garb of a secretary stepped to it,
+apparently to attend to a strap, thus bringing all the procession
+behind to a halt, while that in front proceeded off the quay and round
+the corner of a street. Whatever it might be that had happened, it
+necessitated the dismounting of the heretic, who was pulled roughly off
+the brute's back, which, as though in joy at this riddance of its
+burden, lifted its head and brayed loudly.
+</p>
+<p>
+Men from the thin line of crowd that edged the quay came forward as
+though to help, and among them were several in capes, such as were worn
+by the sailors of the <i>Margaret</i>. The officers and grandees behind
+shouted, "Forward!&mdash;forward!" whereon those attending to the ass hustled
+it and its rider a little nearer to the water's edge, while the guards
+ran back to explain what had happened. Then suddenly a confusion arose,
+of which it was impossible to distinguish the cause, and next instant
+Margaret and Peter, still gripping each other, saw the man who had been
+seated on the ass being dragged rapidly down the steps of the quay, at
+the foot of which lay the boat of the <i>Margaret</i>.
+</p>
+<p>
+The mate at the helm saw also, for he blew his whistle, a sign at which
+the anchor was slipped&mdash;there was no time to lift it&mdash;and men who were
+waiting on the yards loosed the lashings of certain sails, so that
+almost immediately the ship began to move.
+</p>
+<p>
+Now they were fighting on the quay. The heretic was in the boat, and
+most of the sailors; but others held back the crowd of priests and armed
+familiars who strove to get at him. One, a priest with a sword in his
+hand, slipped past them and tumbled into the boat also. At last all were
+in save a single man, who was attacked by three adversaries&mdash;John Smith,
+the captain. The oars were out, but his mates waited for him. He struck
+with his sword, and some one fell. Then he turned to run. Two masked
+familiars sprang at him, one landing on his back, one clinging to his
+neck. With a desperate effort he cast himself into the water, dragging
+them with him. One they saw no more, for Smith had stabbed him, the
+other floated up near the boat, which already was some yards from the
+quay, and a sailor battered him on the head with an oar, so that
+he sank.
+</p>
+<p>
+Smith had vanished also, and they thought he must be drowned. The
+sailors thought it too, for they began to give way, when suddenly a
+great brown hand appeared and clasped the stern-sheets, while a
+bull-voice roared:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Row on, lads, I'm right enough."
+</p>
+<p>
+Row they did indeed, till the ashen oars bent like bows, only two of
+them seized the officer who had sprung into the boat and flung him
+screaming into the river, where he struggled a while, for he could not
+swim, gripping at the air with his hands, then disappeared. The boat was
+in mid-stream now, and shaping her course round the bow of the first
+hulk beyond which the prow of the <i>Margaret</i> began to appear, for the
+wind was fresh, and she gathered way every moment.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Let down the ladder, and make ready ropes," shouted Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+It was done, but not too soon, for next instant the boat was bumping on
+their side. The sailors in her caught the ropes and hung on, while the
+captain, Smith, half-drowned, clung to the stern-sheets, for the water
+washed over his head.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Save him first," cried Peter. A man, running down the ladder, threw a
+noose to him, which Smith seized with one hand and by degrees worked
+beneath his arms. Then they tackled on to it, and dragged him bodily
+from the river to the deck, where he lay gasping and spitting out foam
+and water. By now the ship was travelling swiftly, so swiftly that
+Margaret was in an agony of fear lest the boat should be towed under
+and sink.
+</p>
+<p>
+But these sailor men knew their trade. By degrees they let the boat drop
+back till her bow was abreast of the ladder. Then they helped Castell
+forward. He gripped its rungs, and eager hands gripped him. Up he
+staggered, step by step, till at length his hideous, fiend-painted cap,
+his white face, whence the beard had been shaved, and his open mouth, in
+which still was fixed the wooden gag, appeared above the bulwarks, as
+the mate said afterwards, like that of a devil escaped from hell. They
+lifted him over, and he sank fainting in his daughter's arms. Then one
+by one the sailors came up after him&mdash;none were missing, though two had
+been wounded, and were covered with blood. No, none were missing&mdash;God
+had brought them, every one, safe back to the deck of the <i>Margaret</i>.
+</p>
+<p>
+Smith, the captain, spat up the last of his river water and called for a
+cup of wine, which he drank; while Peter and Margaret drew the accursed
+gag from her father's mouth, and poured spirit down his throat. Shaking
+the water from him like a great dog, but saying never a word, Smith
+rolled to the helm and took it from the mate, for the navigation of the
+river was difficult, and none knew it so well as he. Now they were
+abreast the famous Golden Tower, and a big gun was fired at them; but
+the shot went wide. "Look!" said Margaret, pointing to horsemen
+galloping southwards along the river's bank.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," said Peter, "they go to warn the ports. God send that the wind
+holds, for we must fight our way to sea."
+</p>
+<p>
+The wind did hold, indeed it blew ever more strongly from the north; but
+oh! that was a long, evil day. Hour after hour they sped forward down
+the widening river; now past villages, where knots of people waved
+weapons at them as they went; now by desolate marshes, plains, and banks
+clothed with pine.
+</p>
+<p>
+When they reached Bonanza the sun was low, and when they were off San
+Lucar it had begun to sink. Out into the wide river mouth, where the
+white waters tumbled on the narrow bar, rowed two great galleys to cut
+them off, very swift galleys, which it seemed impossible to escape.
+</p>
+<p>
+Margaret and Castell were sent below, the crew went to quarters, and
+Peter crept stiffly aft to where the sturdy Smith stood at the helm,
+which he would suffer no other man to touch. Smith looked at the sky, he
+looked at the shore, and the safe, open sea beyond. Then he bade them
+hoist more sail, all that she could carry, and looked grimly at the two
+galleys lurking like deerhounds in a pass, that hung on their oars in
+the strait channel, with the tumbling breakers on either side, through
+which no ship could sail. "What will you do?" asked Peter. "Master
+Peter," he answered between his teeth, "when you fought the Spaniard
+yesterday I did not ask you what <i>you</i> were going to do. Hold your
+tongue, and leave me to my own trade."
+</p>
+<p>
+The <i>Margaret</i> was a swift ship, but never yet had she moved so
+swiftly. Behind her shrilled the gale, for now it was no less. Her stout
+masts bent like fishing poles, her rigging creaked and groaned beneath
+the weight of the bellying canvas, her port bulwarks slipped along
+almost level with the water, so that Peter must lie down on the deck,
+for stand he could not, and watch it running by within three feet
+of him.
+</p>
+<p>
+The galleys drew up right across her path. Half a mile away they lay bow
+by bow, knowing well that no ship could pass the foaming shallows; lay
+bow by bow, waiting to board and cut down this little English crew when
+the <i>Margaret</i> shortened sail, as shorten sail she must. Smith yelled an
+order to the mate, and presently, red in the setting sun, out burst the
+flag of England upon the mainmast top, a sight at which the sailors
+cheered. He shouted another order, and up ran the last jib, so that now
+from time to time the port bulwarks dipped beneath the sea, and Peter
+felt salt water stinging his sore back.
+</p>
+<p>
+Thus did the <i>Margaret</i> shorten sail, and thus did she yield her to the
+great galleys of Spain.
+</p>
+<p>
+The captains of the galleys hung on. Was this foreigner mad, or ignorant
+of the river channel, they wondered, that he would sink with every soul
+there upon the bar? They hung on, waiting for that leopard flag and
+those bursting sails to come down; but they never stirred; only straight
+at them rushed the <i>Margaret</i> like a bull. She was not two furlongs
+away, and she held dead upon her course, till at last those galleys saw
+<i>that she would not sink alone</i>. Like a bull with shut eyes she held
+dead upon her furious course!
+</p>
+<p>
+Confusion arose upon the Spanish ships, whistles were blown, men
+shouted, overseers ran down the planks flogging the slaves, lifted oars
+shone red in the light of the dying sun as they beat the water wildly.
+The prows began to back and separate, five feet, ten feet, a dozen feet
+perhaps; then straight into that tiny streak of open water, like a stone
+from the hand of the slinger, like an arrow from a bow, rushed the
+wind-flung <i>Margaret</i>.
+</p>
+<p>
+What happened? Go ask it of the fishers of San Lucar and the pirates of
+Bonanza, where the tale has been told for generations. The great oars
+snapped like reeds, the slaves were thrown in crushed and mangled heaps,
+the tall deck of the port galley was ripped out of her like rent paper
+by the stout yards of the stooping <i>Margaret</i>, the side of the starboard
+galley rolled up like a shaving before a plane, and the <i>Margaret</i>
+rushed through.
+</p>
+<p>
+Smith, the captain, looked aft to where, ere they sank, the two great
+ships, like wounded swans, rolled and fluttered on the foaming bar. Then
+he put his helm about, called the carpenter, and asked what water
+she made.
+</p>
+<p>
+"None, Sir," he answered; "but she will want new tarring. It was oak
+against eggshells, and we had the speed."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Good!" said Smith, "shallows on either side; life or death, and I
+thought I could make room. Send the mate to the helm. I'll have
+a sleep."
+</p>
+<p>
+Then the sun vanished beneath the roaring open sea, and, escaped from
+all the power of Spain, the <i>Margaret</i> turned her scarred and splintered
+bow for Ushant and for England.
+</p>
+
+<br>
+<br>
+<br>
+
+<h2><a name="envoi">ENVOI</a></h2>
+<p>
+Ten years had gone by since Captain Smith took the good ship <i>Margaret</i>
+across the bar of the Guadalquiver in a very notable fashion. It was
+late May in Essex, and all the woods were green, and all the birds sang,
+and all the meadows were bright with flowers. Down in the lovely vale of
+Dedham there was a long, low house with many gables&mdash;a charming old
+house of red brick and timbers already black with age. It stood upon a
+little hill, backed with woods, and from it a long avenue of ancient
+oaks ran across the park to the road which led to Colchester and London.
+Down that avenue on this May afternoon an aged, white-haired man, with
+quick black eyes, was walking, and with him three children&mdash;very
+beautiful children&mdash;a boy of about nine and two little girls, who clung
+to his hand and garments and pestered him with questions.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Where are we going, Grandfather?" asked one little girl.
+</p>
+<p>
+"To see Captain Smith, my dear," he answered.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I don't like Captain Smith," said the other little girl; "he is so fat,
+and says nothing."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I do," broke in the boy, "he gave me a fine knife to use when I am a
+sailor, and Mother does, and Father, yes, and Grandad too, because he
+saved him when the cruel Spaniards wanted to put him in the fire. Don't
+you, Grandad?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes, my dear," answered the old man. "Look! there is a squirrel
+running over the grass; see if you can catch it before it reaches
+that tree."
+</p>
+<p>
+Off went the children at full pelt, and the tree being a low one, began
+to climb it after the squirrel. Meanwhile John Castell, for it was he,
+turned through the park gate and walked to a little house by the
+roadside, where a stout man sat upon a bench contemplating nothing in
+particular. Evidently he expected his visitor, for he pointed to the
+place beside him, and, as Castell sat down, said:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Why didn't you come yesterday, Master?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Because of my rheumatism, friend," he answered. "I got it first in the
+vaults of that accursed Holy House at Seville, and it grows on me year
+by year. They were very damp and cold, those vaults," he added
+reflectively.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Many people found them hot enough," grunted Smith, "also, there was
+generally a good fire at the end of them. Strange thing that we should
+never have heard any more of that business. I suppose it was because our
+Margaret was such a favourite with Queen Isabella who didn't want to
+raise questions with England, or stir up dirty water."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Perhaps," answered Castell. "The water <i>was</i> dirty, wasn't it?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Dirty as a Thames mud-bank at low tide. Clever woman, Isabella. No one
+else would have thought of making a man ridiculous as she did by Morella
+when she gave his life to Betty, and promised and vowed on his behalf
+that he would acknowledge her as his lady. No fear of any trouble from
+him after that, in the way of plots for the Crown, or things of that
+sort. Why, he must have been the laughing-stock of the whole land&mdash;and
+a laughing-stock never does anything. You remember the Spanish saying,
+'King's swords cut and priests' fires burn, but street-songs kill
+quickest!' I should like to learn more of what has become of them all,
+though, wouldn't you, Master? Except Bernaldez, of course, for he's been
+safe in Paris these many years, and doing well there, they say."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," answered Castell, with a little smile&mdash;"that is, unless I had to
+go to Spain to find out."
+</p>
+<p>
+Just then the three children came running up, bursting through the gate
+all together.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Mind my flower-bed, you little rogues," shouted Captain Smith, shaking
+his stick at them, whereat they got behind him and made faces.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Where's the squirrel, Peter?" asked Castell.
+</p>
+<p>
+"We hunted it out of the tree, Grandad, and right across the grass, and
+got round it by the edge of the brook, and then&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Then what? Did you catch it?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"No, Grandad, for when we thought we had it sure, it jumped into the
+water and swam away."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Other people in a fix have done that before," said Castell, laughing,
+and bethinking him of a certain river quay.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It wasn't fair," cried the boy indignantly. "Squirrels shouldn't swim,
+and if I can catch it I will put it in a cage."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think that squirrel will stop in the woods for the rest of its life,
+Peter."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Grandad!&mdash;Grandad!" called out the youngest child from the gate,
+whither she had wandered, being weary of the tale of the squirrel,
+"there are a lot of people coming down the road on horses, such fine
+people. Come and see."
+</p>
+<p>
+This news excited the curiosity of the old gentlemen, for not many fine
+people came to Dedham. At any rate both of them rose, somewhat stiffly,
+and walked to the gate to look. Yes, the child was right, for there,
+sure enough, about two hundred yards away, advanced an imposing
+cavalcade. In front of it, mounted on a fine horse, sat a still finer
+lady, a very large and handsome lady, dressed in black silks, and
+wearing a black lace veil that hung from her head. At her side was
+another lady, much muffled up as though she found the climate cold, and
+riding between them, on a pony, a gallant looking little boy. After
+these came servants, male and female, six or eight of them, and last of
+all a great wain, laden with baggage, drawn by four big Flemish horses.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Now, whom have we here?" ejaculated Castell, staring at them.
+</p>
+<p>
+Captain Smith stared too, and sniffed at the wind as he had often done
+upon his deck on a foggy morning.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I seem to smell Spaniards," he said, "which is a smell I don't like.
+Look at their rigging. Now, Master Castell, of whom does that barque
+with all her sails set remind you?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Castell shook his head doubtfully.
+</p>
+<p>
+"I seem to remember," went on Smith, "a great girl decked out like a
+maypole running across white sand in that Place of Bulls at Seville&mdash;but
+I forgot, you weren't there, were you?"
+</p>
+<p>
+Now a loud, ringing voice was heard speaking in Spanish, and commanding
+some one to go to yonder house and inquire where was the gate to the
+Old Hall. Then Castell knew at once.
+</p>
+<p>
+"It is Betty," he said. "By the beard of Abraham, it is Betty."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I think so too; but don't talk of Abraham, Master. He is a dangerous
+man, Abraham, in these very Christian lands; say, 'By the Keys of St.
+Peter,' or, 'By St. Paul's infirmities.'"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Child," broke in Castell, turning to one of the little girls, "run up
+to the Hall and tell your father and mother that Betty has come, and
+brought half Spain with her. Quickly now, and remember the
+name, <i>Betty!</i>"
+</p>
+<p>
+The child departed, wondering, by the back way; while Castell and Smith
+walked towards the strangers.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Can we assist you, Señora?" asked the former in Spanish.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Marchioness of Morella, <i>if</i> you please&mdash;" she began in the same
+language, then suddenly added in English, "Why, bless my eyes! If it
+isn't my old master, John Castell, with white wool instead of black!"
+</p>
+<p>
+"It came white after my shaving by a sainted barber in the Holy House,"
+said Castell. "But come off that tall horse of yours, Betty, my dear&mdash;I
+beg your pardon&mdash;most noble and highly born Marchioness of Morella, and
+give me a kiss."
+</p>
+<p>
+"That I will, twenty, if you like," she answered, arriving in his arms
+so suddenly from on high, that had it not been for the sturdy support of
+Smith behind, they would both of them have rolled upon the ground.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Whose are those children?" she asked, when she had kissed Castell and
+shaken Smith by the hand. "But no need to ask, they have got my cousin
+Margaret's eyes and Peter's long nose. How are they?" she added
+anxiously.
+</p>
+<p>
+"You will see for yourself in a minute or two. Come, send on your people
+and baggage to the Hall, though where they will stow them all I don't
+know, and walk with us."
+</p>
+<p>
+Betty hesitated, for she had been calculating upon the effect of a
+triumphal entry in full state. But at that moment there appeared
+Margaret and Peter themselves&mdash;Margaret, a beautiful matron with a child
+in her arms, running, and Peter, looking much as he had always been,
+spare, long of limb, stern but for the kindly eyes, striding away
+behind, and after him sundry servants and the little girl Margaret.
+</p>
+<p>
+Then there arose a veritable babel of tongues, punctuated by embracings;
+but in the end the retinue and the baggage were got off up the drive,
+followed by the children and the little Spanish-looking boy, with whom
+they had already made friends, leaving only Betty and her closely
+muffled-up attendant. This attendant Peter contemplated for a while, as
+though there were something familiar to him in her general air.
+</p>
+<p>
+Apparently she observed his interest, for as though by accident she
+moved some of the wrappings that hid her face, revealing a single soft
+and lustrous eye and a few square inches of olive-coloured cheek. Then
+Peter knew her at once.
+</p>
+<p>
+"How are you, Inez?" he said, stretching out his hand with a smile, for
+really he was delighted to see her.
+</p>
+<p>
+"As well as a poor wanderer in a strange and very damp country can be,
+Don Peter," she answered in her languorous voice, "and certainly
+somewhat the better for seeing an old friend whom last she met in a
+certain baker's shop. Do you remember?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Remember!" answered Peter. "It is not a thing I am likely to forget.
+Inez, what became of Fray Henriques? I have heard several
+different stories."
+</p>
+<p>
+"One never can be sure," she answered as she uncovered her smiling red
+lips; "there are so many dungeons in that old Moorish Holy House, and
+elsewhere, that it is impossible to keep count of their occupants,
+however good your information. All I know is that he got into trouble
+over that business, poor man. Suspicions arose about his conduct in the
+procession which the captain here will recall," and she pointed to
+Smith. "Also, it is very dangerous for men in such positions to visit
+Jewish quarters and to write incautious letters&mdash;no, not the one you
+think of; I kept faith&mdash;but others, afterwards, begging for it back
+again, some of which miscarried."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Is he dead then?" asked Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Worse, I think," she answered&mdash;"a living death, the 'Punishment of the
+Wall.'"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Poor wretch!" said Peter, with a shudder.
+</p>
+<p>
+"Yes," remarked Inez reflectively, "few doctors like their own
+medicine."
+</p>
+<p>
+"I say, Inez," said Peter, nodding his head towards Betty, "that marquis
+isn't coming here, is he?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"In the spirit, perhaps, Don Peter, not otherwise."
+</p>
+<p>
+"So he is really dead? What killed him?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Laughter, I think, or, rather, being laughed at. He got quite well of
+the hurts you gave him, and then, of course, he had to keep the queen's
+gage, and take the most noble lady yonder, late Betty, as his
+marchioness. He couldn't do less, after she beat you off him with your
+own sword and nursed him back to life. But he never heard the last of
+it. They made songs about him in the streets, and would ask him how his
+godmother, Isabella, was, because she had promised and vowed on his
+behalf; also, whether the marchioness had broken any lances for his sake
+lately, and so forth."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Poor man!" said Peter again, in tones of the deepest sympathy. "A cruel
+fate; I should have done better to kill him."
+</p>
+<p>
+"Much; but don't say so to the noble Betty, who thinks that he had a
+very happy married life under her protecting care. Really, he ate his
+heart out till even I, who hated him, was sorry. Think of it! One of the
+proudest men in Spain, and the most gallant, a nephew of the king, a
+pillar of the Church, his sovereigns' plenipotentiary to the Moors, and
+on secret matters&mdash;the common mock of the vulgar, yes, and of the
+great too!"
+</p>
+<p>
+"The great! Which of them?"
+</p>
+<p>
+"Nearly all, for the queen set the fashion&mdash;I wonder why she hated him
+so?" Inez added, looking shrewdly at Peter; then without waiting for an
+answer, went on: "She did it very cleverly, by always making the most of
+the most honourable Betty in public, calling her near to her, talking
+with her, admiring her English beauty, and so forth, and what her
+Majesty did, everybody else did, until my exalted mistress nearly went
+off her head, so full was she of pride and glory. As for the marquis, he
+fell ill, and after the taking of Granada went to live there quietly.
+Betty went with him, for she was a good wife, and saved lots of money.
+She buried him a year ago, for he died slow, and gave him one of the
+finest tombs in Spain&mdash;it isn't finished yet. That is all the story. Now
+she has brought her boy, the young marquis, to England for a year or
+two, for she has a very warm heart, and longed to see you all. Also, she
+thought she had better go away a while, for her son's sake. As for me,
+now that Morella is dead, I am head of the household&mdash;secretary, general
+purveyor of intelligence, and anything else you like at a good salary."
+</p>
+<p>
+"You are not married, I suppose?" asked Peter.
+</p>
+<p>
+"No," Inez answered; "I saw so much of men when I was younger that I
+seem to have had enough of them. Or perhaps," she went on, fixing that
+mild and lustrous eye upon him, "there was one of them whom I liked too
+well to wish&mdash;&mdash;"
+</p>
+<p>
+She paused, for they had crossed the drawbridge and arrived opposite to
+the Old Hall. The gorgeous Betty and the fair Margaret, accompanied by
+the others, and talking rapidly, had passed through the wide doorway
+into its spacious vestibule. Inez looked after them, and perceived,
+standing like a guard at the foot of the open stair, that scarred suit
+of white armour and riven shield blazoned with the golden falcon,
+Isabella's gift, in which Peter had fought and conquered the Marquis of
+Morella. Then she stepped back and contemplated the house critically.
+</p>
+<p>
+At each end of it rose a stone tower, built for the purposes of defence,
+and all around ran a deep moat. Within the circle of this moat, and
+surrounded by poplars and ancient yews, on the south side of the Hall
+lay a walled pleasaunce, or garden, of turf pierced by paths and planted
+with flowering hawthorns and other shrubs, and at the end of it, almost
+hidden in drooping willows, a stone basin of water. Looking at it, Inez
+saw at once that so far as the circumstances of climate and situation
+would allow, Peter, in the laying out of this place, had copied another
+in the far-off, southern city of Granada, even down to the details of
+the steps and seats. She turned to him and said innocently:
+</p>
+<p>
+"Sir Peter, are you minded to walk with me in that garden this pleasant
+evening? I do not see any window in yonder tower."
+</p>
+<p>
+Peter turned red as the scar across his face, and laughed as he
+answered:
+</p>
+<p>
+"There may be one for all that. Get you into the house, dear Inez, for
+none can be more welcome there; but I walk no more alone with you
+in gardens."
+</p>
+<center>
+THE END
+</center>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Fair Margaret, by H. Rider Haggard
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FAIR MARGARET ***
+
+This file should be named 8frmg10h.htm or 8frmg10h.zip
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, 8frmg11h.htm
+VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, 8frmg10ah.htm
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Steve Flynn, Tonya Allen
+and PG Distributed Proofreaders
+
+Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we usually do not
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
+of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
+Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
+even years after the official publication date.
+
+Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
+midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
+The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
+Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month.  A
+preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
+and editing by those who wish to do so.
+
+Most people start at our Web sites at:
+http://gutenberg.net or
+http://promo.net/pg
+
+These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
+Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
+eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
+
+
+Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
+can get to them as follows, and just download by date.  This is
+also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
+indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
+announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
+
+http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 or
+ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
+
+Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
+
+Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
+as it appears in our Newsletters.
+
+
+Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
+
+We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work.  The
+time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
+to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
+searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc.   Our
+projected audience is one hundred million readers.  If the value
+per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
+million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
+files per month:  1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
+We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
+If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
+will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
+
+The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
+This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
+which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
+
+Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
+
+eBooks Year Month
+
+    1  1971 July
+   10  1991 January
+  100  1994 January
+ 1000  1997 August
+ 1500  1998 October
+ 2000  1999 December
+ 2500  2000 December
+ 3000  2001 November
+ 4000  2001 October/November
+ 6000  2002 December*
+ 9000  2003 November*
+10000  2004 January*
+
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
+to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
+and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
+Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
+Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
+Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
+Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
+Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
+Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
+Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
+
+We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
+that have responded.
+
+As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
+will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
+Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
+
+In answer to various questions we have received on this:
+
+We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
+request donations in all 50 states.  If your state is not listed and
+you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
+just ask.
+
+While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
+not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
+donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
+donate.
+
+International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
+how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
+deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
+ways.
+
+Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
+
+Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+PMB 113
+1739 University Ave.
+Oxford, MS 38655-4109
+
+Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
+method other than by check or money order.
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
+the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
+[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154.  Donations are
+tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law.  As fund-raising
+requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
+made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
+
+We need your donations more than ever!
+
+You can get up to date donation information online at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
+
+
+***
+
+If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
+you can always email directly to:
+
+Michael S. Hart hart@pobox.com
+
+Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
+
+We would prefer to send you information by email.
+
+
+**The Legal Small Print**
+
+
+(Three Pages)
+
+***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
+Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
+They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
+your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
+someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
+fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
+disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
+you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
+
+*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
+By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
+this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
+a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
+sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
+you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
+medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
+
+ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
+This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
+is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
+through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
+Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
+on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
+distribute it in the United States without permission and
+without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
+below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
+under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
+
+Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
+any commercial products without permission.
+
+To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
+efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
+works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
+medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
+things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
+disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
+codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
+But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
+[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
+receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
+all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
+legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
+UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
+INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
+OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
+POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
+receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
+you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
+time to the person you received it from. If you received it
+on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
+such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
+copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
+choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
+receive it electronically.
+
+THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
+TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
+PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+
+Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
+the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
+above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
+may have other legal rights.
+
+INDEMNITY
+You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
+and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
+with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
+legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
+following that you do or cause:  [1] distribution of this eBook,
+[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
+or [3] any Defect.
+
+DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
+You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
+disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
+"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
+or:
+
+[1]  Only give exact copies of it.  Among other things, this
+     requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
+     eBook or this "small print!" statement.  You may however,
+     if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
+     binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
+     including any form resulting from conversion by word
+     processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
+     *EITHER*:
+
+     [*]  The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
+          does *not* contain characters other than those
+          intended by the author of the work, although tilde
+          (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
+          be used to convey punctuation intended by the
+          author, and additional characters may be used to
+          indicate hypertext links; OR
+
+     [*]  The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
+          no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
+          form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
+          the case, for instance, with most word processors);
+          OR
+
+     [*]  You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
+          no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
+          eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
+          or other equivalent proprietary form).
+
+[2]  Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
+     "Small Print!" statement.
+
+[3]  Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
+     gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
+     already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  If you
+     don't derive profits, no royalty is due.  Royalties are
+     payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
+     the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
+     legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
+     periodic) tax return.  Please contact us beforehand to
+     let us know your plans and to work out the details.
+
+WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
+Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
+public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
+in machine readable form.
+
+The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
+public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
+Money should be paid to the:
+"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
+software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
+hart@pobox.com
+
+[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
+when distributed free of all fees.  Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
+Michael S. Hart.  Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
+used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
+they hardware or software or any other related product without
+express permission.]
+
+*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
+
diff --git a/old/8frmg10h.zip b/old/8frmg10h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bb518d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/8frmg10h.zip
diff --git a/old/9780-8.txt b/old/9780-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9c9d78c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/9780-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11566 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Fair Margaret, by H. Rider Haggard
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Fair Margaret
+
+Author: H. Rider Haggard
+
+Illustrator: J. R. Skelton
+
+Posting Date: October 24, 2011 [EBook #9780]
+Release Date: January, 2006
+First Posted: October 15, 2003
+Last Updated: October 13, 2004
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FAIR MARGARET ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Steve Flynn, Tonya Allen
+and PG Distributed Proofreaders
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FAIR MARGARET
+
+By
+
+H. RIDER HAGGARD
+
+_Author of "King Solomons Mines" "She" "Jess" etc._
+
+WITH 15 ILLUSTRATIONS BY J. R. SKELTON
+
+London: HUTCHINSON & CO.
+Paternoster Row 1907.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+CHAPTER I
+HOW PETER MET THE SPANIARD
+
+CHAPTER II
+JOHN CASTELL
+
+CHAPTER III
+PETER GATHERS VIOLETS
+
+CHAPTER IV
+LOVERS DEAR
+
+CHAPTER V
+CASTELL'S SECRET
+
+CHAPTER VI
+FAREWELL
+
+CHAPTER VII
+NEWS FROM SPAIN
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+D'AGUILAR SPEAKS
+
+CHAPTER IX
+THE SNARE
+
+CHAPTER X
+THE CHASE
+
+CHAPTER XI
+THE MEETING ON THE SEA
+
+CHAPTER XII
+FATHER HENRIQUES
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+THE ADVENTURE OF THE INN
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+INEZ AND HER GARDEN
+
+CHAPTER XV
+PETER PLAYS A PART
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+BETTY SHOWS HER TEETH
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+THE PLOT
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+THE HOLY HERMANDAD
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+BETTY PAYS HER DEBTS
+
+CHAPTER XX
+ISABELLA OF SPAIN
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+BETTY STATES HER CASE
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+THE DOOM OF JOHN CASTELL
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+FATHER HENRIQUES AND THE BAKER'S OVEN
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+THE FALCON STOOPS
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+HOW THE _MARGARET_ WON OUT TO SEA
+
+ENVOI
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS;
+
+"A DOVE, COMRADES!--A DOVE!"
+
+CASTELL DECLARES HIMSELF A JEW
+
+"YOU MEAN THAT YOU WISH TO MURDER ME"
+
+MARGARET APPEARED DESCENDING THE BROAD OAK STAIRS
+
+IN ANOTHER MOMENT THAT STEEL WOULD HAVE PIERCED HIS HEART
+
+THE GALE CAUGHT HIM AND BLEW HIM TO AND FRO
+
+"LADY," HE SAID, "THIS IS NO DEED OF MINE"
+
+A CRUEL-LOOKING KNIFE AND A NAKED ARM PROJECTED
+THROUGH THE PANELLING
+
+"MY NAME IS INEZ. YOU WANDER STILL, SEÑOR"
+
+"THERE ARE OTHERS WHERE THEY CAME FROM"
+
+"TO-DAY I DARE TO HOPE THAT IT MAY BE OTHERWISE"
+
+"WAY! MAKE WAY FOR THE MARCHIONESS OF MORELLA!"
+
+"I CUT HIM DOWN, AND BY MISFORTUNE KILLED HIM"
+
+"WE ARE PLAYERS IN A STRANGE GAME, MY LADY MARGARET"
+
+"YOU WILL HAVE TO FIGHT ME FIRST, PETER"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FAIR MARGARET
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+HOW PETER MET THE SPANIARD
+
+It was a spring afternoon in the sixth year of the reign of King Henry
+VII. of England. There had been a great show in London, for that day his
+Grace opened the newly convened Parliament, and announced to his
+faithful people--who received the news with much cheering, since war is
+ever popular at first--his intention of invading France, and of leading
+the English armies in person. In Parliament itself, it is true, the
+general enthusiasm was somewhat dashed when allusion was made to the
+finding of the needful funds; but the crowds without, formed for the
+most part of persons who would not be called upon to pay the money, did
+not suffer that side of the question to trouble them. So when their
+gracious liege appeared, surrounded by his glittering escort of nobles
+and men-at-arms, they threw their caps into the air, and shouted
+themselves hoarse.
+
+The king himself, although he was still young in years, already a
+weary-looking man with a fine, pinched face, smiled a little sarcastically
+at their clamour; but, remembering how glad he should be to hear it who
+still sat upon a somewhat doubtful throne, said a few soft words, and
+sending for two or three of the leaders of the people, gave them his
+royal hand, and suffered certain children to touch his robe that they
+might be cured of the Evil. Then, having paused a while to receive
+petitions from poor folk, which he handed to one of his officers to be
+read, amidst renewed shouting he passed on to the great feast that was
+made ready in his palace of Westminster.
+
+Among those who rode near to him was the ambassador, de Ayala,
+accredited to the English Court by the Spanish sovereigns, Ferdinand and
+Isabella, and his following of splendidly attired lords and secretaries.
+That Spain was much in favour there was evident from his place in the
+procession. How could it be otherwise, indeed, seeing that already, four
+years or more before, at the age of twelve months, Prince Arthur, the
+eldest son of the king, had been formally affianced to the Infanta
+Catherine, daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella, aged one year and nine
+months? For in those days it was thought well that the affections of
+princes and princesses should be directed early into such paths as their
+royal parents and governors considered likely to prove most profitable
+to themselves.
+
+At the ambassador's left hand, mounted on a fine black horse, and
+dressed richly, but simply, in black velvet, with a cap of the same
+material in which was fastened a single pearl, rode a tall cavalier. He
+was about five-and-thirty years of age, and very handsome, having
+piercing black eyes and a stern, clean-cut face.
+
+In every man, it is said, there can be found a resemblance, often far
+off and fanciful enough, to some beast or bird or other creature, and
+certainly in this case it was not hard to discover. The man resembled an
+eagle, which, whether by chance or design, was the crest he bore upon
+his servants' livery, and the trappings of his horse. The unflinching
+eyes, the hooked nose, the air of pride and mastery, the thin, long
+hand, the quick grace of movement, all suggested that king of birds,
+suggested also, as his motto said, that what he sought he would find,
+and what he found he would keep. Just now he was watching the interview
+between the English king and the leaders of the crowd whom his Grace had
+been pleased to summon, with an air of mingled amusement and contempt.
+
+"You find the scene strange, Marquis," said the ambassador, glancing at
+him shrewdly.
+
+"Señor, here in England, if it pleases your Excellency," he answered
+gravely, "Señor d'Aguilar. The marquis you mentioned lives in Spain--an
+accredited envoy to the Moors of Granada; the Señor d'Aguilar, a humble
+servant of Holy Church," and he crossed himself, "travels abroad--upon
+the Church's business, and that of their Majesties'."
+
+"And his own too, sometimes, I believe," answered the ambassador drily.
+"But to be frank, what I do not understand about you, Señor d'Aguilar,
+as I know that you have abandoned political ambitions, is why you do not
+enter my profession, and put on the black robe once and for all. What
+did I say--black? With your opportunities and connections it might be
+red by now, with a hat to match."
+
+The Señor d'Aguilar smiled a little as he replied.
+
+"You said, I think, that sometimes I travel on my own business. Well,
+there is your answer. You are right, I have abandoned worldly
+ambitions--most of them. They are troublesome, and for some people, if
+they be born too high and yet not altogether rightly, very dangerous.
+The acorn of ambition often grows into an oak from which men hang."
+
+"Or into a log upon which men's heads can be cut off. Señor, I
+congratulate you. You have the wisdom that grasps the substance and lets
+the shadows flit. It is really very rare."
+
+"You asked why I do not change the cut of my garments," went on
+d'Aguilar, without noticing the interruption. "Excellency, to be frank,
+because of my own business. I have failings like other men. For
+instance, wealth is that substance of which you spoke, rule is the
+shadow; he who has the wealth has the real rule. Again, bright eyes may
+draw me, or a hate may seek its slaking, and these things do not suit
+robes, black or red."
+
+"Yet many such things have been done by those who wore them," replied
+the ambassador with meaning.
+
+"Aye, Excellency, to the discredit of Holy Church, as you, a priest,
+know better than most men. Let the earth be evil as it must; but let the
+Church be like heaven above it, pure, unstained, the vault of prayer,
+the house of mercy and of righteous judgment, wherein walks no sinner
+such as I," and again he crossed himself.
+
+There was a ring of earnestness in the speaker's voice that caused de
+Ayala, who knew something of his private reputation, to look at him
+curiously.
+
+"A true fanatic, and therefore to us a useful man," he thought to
+himself, "though one who knows how to make the best of two worlds as
+well as most of them;" but aloud he said, "No wonder that our Church
+rejoices in such a son, and that her enemies tremble when he lifts her
+sword. But, Señor, you have not told me what you think of all this
+ceremony and people."
+
+"The people I know well, Excellency, for I dwelt among them in past
+years and speak their language; and that is why I have left Granada to
+look after itself for a while, and am here to-day, to watch and make
+report----" He checked himself, then added, "As for the ceremony, were I
+a king I would have it otherwise. Why, in that house just now those
+vulgar Commons--for so they call them, do they not?--almost threatened
+their royal master when he humbly craved a tithe of the country's wealth
+to fight the country's war. Yes, and I saw him turn pale and tremble at
+the rough voices, as though their echoes shook his throne. I tell you,
+Excellency, that the time will come in this land when those Commons will
+be king. Look now at that fellow whom his Grace holds by the hand,
+calling him 'sir' and 'master,' and yet whom he knows to be, as I do, a
+heretic, a Jew in disguise, whose sins, if he had his rights, should be
+purged by fire. Why, to my knowledge last night, that Israelite said
+things against the Church----"
+
+"Whereof the Church, or its servant, doubtless made notes to be used
+when the time comes," broke in de Ayala. "But the audience is done, and
+his Highness beckons us forward to the feast, where there will be no
+heretics to vex us, and, as it is Lent, not much to eat. Come, Señor!
+for we stop the way."
+
+Three hours had gone by, and the sun sank redly, for even at that spring
+season it was cold upon the marshy lands of Westminster, and there was
+frost in the air. On the open space opposite to the banqueting-hall, in
+front of which were gathered squires and grooms with horses, stood and
+walked many citizens of London, who, their day's work done, came to see
+the king pass by in state. Among these were a man and a lady, the latter
+attended by a handsome young woman, who were all three sufficiently
+striking in appearance to attract some notice in the throng.
+
+The man, a person of about thirty years of age, dressed in a merchant's
+robe of cloth, and wearing a knife in his girdle, seemed over six feet
+in height, while his companion, in her flowing, fur-trimmed cloak, was,
+for a woman, also of unusual stature. He was not, strictly speaking, a
+handsome man, being somewhat too high of forehead and prominent of
+feature; moreover, one of his clean-shaven cheeks, the right, was marred
+by the long, red scar of a sword-cut which stretched from the temple to
+the strong chin. His face, however, was open and manly, if rather stern,
+and the grey eyes were steady and frank. It was not the face of a
+merchant, but rather that of one of good degree, accustomed to camps and
+war. For the rest, his figure was well-built and active, and his voice
+when he spoke, which was seldom, clear and distinct to loudness, but
+cultivated and pleasant--again, not the voice of a merchant.
+
+Of the lady's figure little could be seen because of the long cloak that
+hid it, but the face, which appeared within its hood when she turned and
+the dying sunlight filled her eyes, was lovely indeed, for from her
+birth to her death-day Margaret Castell--fair Margaret, as she was
+called--had this gift to a degree that is rarely granted to woman.
+Rounded and flower-like was that face, most delicately tinted also,
+with rich and curving lips and a broad, snow-white brow. But the wonder
+of it, what distinguished her above everything else from other beautiful
+women of her time, was to be found in her eyes, for these were not blue
+or grey, as might have been expected from her general colouring, but
+large, black, and lustrous; soft, too, as the eyes of a deer, and
+overhung by curling lashes of an ebon black. The effect of these eyes of
+hers shining above those tinted cheeks and beneath the brow of ivory
+whiteness was so strange as to be almost startling. They caught the
+beholder and held him, as might the sudden sight of a rose in snow, or
+the morning star hanging luminous among the mists of dawn. Also,
+although they were so gentle and modest, if that beholder chanced to be
+a man on the good side of fifty it was often long before he could forget
+them, especially if he were privileged to see how well they matched the
+hair of chestnut, shading into black, that waved above them and fell,
+tress upon tress, upon the shapely shoulders and down to the
+slender waist.
+
+Peter Brome, for he was so named, looked a little anxiously about him at
+the crowd, then, turning, addressed Margaret in his strong, clear voice.
+
+"There are rough folk around," he said; "do you think you should stop
+here? Your father might be angered, Cousin."
+
+Here it may be explained that in reality their kinship was of the
+slightest, a mere dash of blood that came to her through her mother.
+Still they called each other thus, since it is a convenient title that
+may mean much or nothing.
+
+"Oh! why not?" she answered in her rich, slow tones, that had in them
+some foreign quality, something soft and sweet as the caress of a
+southern wind at night. "With you, Cousin," and she glanced approvingly
+at his stalwart, soldier-like form, "I have nothing to fear from men,
+however rough, and I do greatly want to see the king close by, and so
+does Betty. Don't you, Betty?" and she turned to her companion.
+
+Betty Dene, whom she addressed, was also a cousin of Margaret, though
+only a distant connection of Peter Brome. She was of very good blood,
+but her father, a wild and dissolute man, had broken her mother's heart,
+and, like that mother, died early, leaving Betty dependent upon
+Margaret's mother, in whose house she had been brought up. This Betty
+was in her way remarkable, both in body and mind. Fair, splendidly
+formed, strong, with wide, bold, blue eyes and ripe red lips, such was
+the fashion of her. In speech she was careless and vigorous. Fond of the
+society of men, and fonder still of their admiration, for she was
+romantic and vain, Betty at the age of five-and-twenty was yet an
+honest girl, and well able to take care of herself, as more than one of
+her admirers had discovered. Although her position was humble, at heart
+she was very proud of her lineage, ambitious also, her great desire
+being to raise herself by marriage back to the station from which her
+father's folly had cast her down--no easy business for one who passed as
+a waiting-woman and was without fortune.
+
+For the rest, she loved and admired her cousin Margaret more than any
+one on earth, while Peter she liked and respected, none the less perhaps
+because, try as she would--and, being nettled, she did try hard
+enough--her beauty and other charms left him quite unmoved.
+
+In answer to Margaret's question she laughed and answered:
+
+"Of course. We are all too busy up in Holborn to get the chance of so
+many shows that I should wish to miss one. Still, Master Peter is very
+wise, and I am always counselled to obey him. Also, it will soon
+be dark."
+
+"Well, well," said Margaret with a sigh and a little shrug of her
+shoulders, "as you are both against me, perhaps we had best be going.
+Next time I come out walking, cousin Peter, it shall be with some one
+who is more kind."
+
+Then she turned and began to make her way as quickly as she could
+through the thickening crowd. Finding this difficult, before Peter could
+stop her, for she was very swift in her movements, Margaret bore to the
+right, entering the space immediately in front of the banqueting-hall
+where the grooms with horses and soldiers were assembled awaiting their
+lords, for here there was more room to walk. For a few moments Peter and
+Betty were unable to escape from the mob which closed in behind her, and
+thus it came about that Margaret found herself alone among these people,
+in the midst, indeed, of the guard of the Spanish ambassador de Ayala,
+men who were notorious for their lawlessness, for they reckoned upon
+their master's privilege to protect them. Also, for the most part, they
+were just then more or less in liquor.
+
+One of these fellows, a great, red-haired Scotchman, whom the
+priest-diplomatist had brought with him from that country, where he had
+also been ambassador, suddenly perceiving before him a woman who appeared
+to be young and pretty, determined to examine her more closely, and to
+this end made use of a rude stratagem. Pretending to stumble, he grasped
+at Margaret's cloak as though to save himself, and with a wrench tore it
+open, revealing her beautiful face and graceful figure.
+
+"A dove, comrades!--a dove!" he shouted in a voice thick with drink,
+"who has flown here to give me a kiss." And, casting his long arms about
+her, he strove to draw her to him.
+
+"Peter! Help me, Peter!" cried Margaret as she struggled fiercely in his
+grip.
+
+"No, no, if you want a saint, my bonny lass," said the drunken
+Scotchman, "Andrew is as good as Peter," at which witticism those of the
+others who understood him laughed, for the man's name was Andrew.
+
+Next instant they laughed again, and to the ruffian Andrew it seemed as
+though suddenly he had fallen into the power of a whirlwind. At least
+Margaret was wrenched away from him, while he spun round and round to
+fall violently upon his face.
+
+"That's Peter!" exclaimed one of the soldiers in Spanish.
+
+"Yes," answered another, "and a patron saint worth having"; while a
+third pulled the recumbent Andrew to his feet.
+
+The man looked like a devil. His cap had gone, and his fiery red hair
+was smeared with mud. Moreover, his nose had been broken on a cobble
+stone, and blood from it poured all over him, while his little red eyes
+glared like a ferret's, and his face turned a dirty white with pain and
+rage. Howling out something in Scotch, of a sudden he drew his sword and
+rushed straight at his adversary, purposing to kill him.
+
+Now, Peter had no sword, but only his short knife, which he found no
+time to draw. In his hand, however, he carried a stout holly staff shod
+with iron, and, while Margaret clasped her hands and Betty screamed, on
+this he caught the descending blow, and, furious as it was, parried and
+turned it. Then, before the man could strike again, that staff was up,
+and Peter had leapt upon him. It fell with fearful force, breaking the
+Scotchman's shoulder and sending him reeling back.
+
+"Shrewdly struck, Peter! Well done, Peter!" shouted the spectators.
+
+But Peter neither saw nor heard them, for he was mad with rage at the
+insult that had been offered to Margaret. Up flew the iron-tipped staff
+again, and down it came, this time full on Andrew's head, which it
+shattered like an egg-shell, so that the brute fell backwards, dead.
+
+For a moment there was silence, for the joke had taken a tragic turn.
+Then one of the Spaniards said, glancing at the prostrate form:
+
+"Name of God! our mate is done for. That merchant hits hard."
+
+Instantly there arose a murmur among the dead man's comrades, and one of
+them cried:
+
+"Cut him down!"
+
+Understanding that he was to be set on, Peter sprang forward and
+snatched the Scotchman's sword from the ground where it had fallen, at
+the same time dropping his staff and drawing his dagger with the left
+hand. Now he was well armed, and looked so fierce and soldier-like as he
+faced his foes, that, although four or five blades were out, they held
+back. Then Peter spoke for the first time, for he knew that against so
+many he had no chance.
+
+"Englishmen," he cried in ringing tones, but without shifting his head
+or glance, "will you see me murdered by these Spanish dogs?"
+
+There was a moment's pause, then a voice behind cried:
+
+"By God! not I," and a brawny Kentish man-at-arms ranged up beside him,
+his cloak thrown over his left arm, and his sword in his right hand.
+
+"Nor I," said another. "Peter Brome and I have fought together before."
+
+"Nor I," shouted a third, "for we were born in the same Essex hundred."
+
+And so it went on, until there were as many stout Englishmen at his side
+as there were Spaniards and Scotchmen before him.
+
+"That will do," said Peter, "we want no more than man to man. Look to
+the women, comrades behind there. Now, you murderers, if you would see
+English sword-play, come on, or, if you are afraid, let us go in peace."
+
+"Yes, come on, you foreign cowards," shouted the mob, who did not love
+these turbulent and privileged guards.
+
+By now the Spanish blood was up, and the old race-hatred awake. In
+broken English the sergeant of the guard shouted out some filthy insult
+about Margaret, and called upon his followers to "cut the throats of the
+London swine." Swords shone red in the red sunset light, men shifted
+their feet and bent forward, and in another instant a great and bloody
+fray would have begun.
+
+But it did not begin, for at that moment a tall señor, who had been
+standing in the shadow and watching all that passed, walked between the
+opposing lines, as he went striking up the swords with his arm.
+
+"Have done," said d'Aguilar quietly, for it was he, speaking in Spanish.
+"You fools! do you want to see every Spaniard in London torn to pieces?
+As for that drunken brute," and he touched the corpse of Andrew with his
+foot, "he brought his death upon himself. Moreover, he was not a
+Spaniard, there is no blood quarrel. Come, obey me! or must I tell you
+who I am?"
+
+"We know you, Marquis," said the leader in a cowed voice. "Sheath your
+swords, comrades; after all, it is no affair of ours."
+
+The men obeyed somewhat unwillingly; but at this moment arrived the
+ambassador de Ayala, very angry, for he had heard of the death of his
+servant, demanding, in a loud voice, that the man who had killed him
+should be given up.
+
+"We will not give him up to a Spanish priest," shouted the mob. "Come
+and take him if you want him," and once more the tumult grew, while
+Peter and his companions made ready to fight.
+
+Fighting there would have been also, notwithstanding all that d'Aguilar
+could do to prevent it; but of a sudden the noise began to die away, and
+a hush fell upon the place. Then between the uplifted weapons walked a
+short, richly clad man, who turned suddenly and faced the mob. It was
+King Henry himself.
+
+"Who dare to draw swords in my streets, before my very palace doors?" he
+asked in a cold voice.
+
+A dozen hands pointed at Peter.
+
+"Speak," said the king to him.
+
+"Margaret, come here," cried Peter; and the girl was thrust forward to
+him.
+
+"Sire," he said, "that man," and he pointed to the corpse of Andrew,
+"tried to do wrong to this maiden, John Castell's child. I, her cousin,
+threw him down. He drew his sword and came at me, and I killed him with
+my staff. See, it lies there. Then the Spaniards--his comrades--would
+have cut me down, and I called for English help. Sire, that is all."
+
+The king looked him up and down.
+
+"A merchant by your dress," he said; "but a soldier by your mien. How
+are you named?"
+
+"Peter Brome, Sire."
+
+"Ah! There was a certain Sir Peter Brome who fell at Bosworth Field--not
+fighting for me," and he smiled. "Did you know him perchance?"
+
+"He was my father, Sire, and I saw him slain--aye, and slew the slayer."
+
+"Well can I believe it," answered Henry, considering him. "But how comes
+it that Peter Brome's son, who wears that battle scar across his face,
+is clad in merchant's woollen?"
+
+"Sire," said Peter coolly, "my father sold his lands, lent his all to
+the Crown, and I have never rendered the account. Therefore I must live
+as I can."
+
+The king laughed outright as he replied:
+
+"I like you, Peter Brome, though doubtless you hate me."
+
+"Not so, Sire. While Richard lived I fought for Richard. Richard is
+gone; and, if need be, I would fight for Henry, who am an Englishman,
+and serve England's king."
+
+"Well said, and I may have need of you yet, nor do I bear you any
+grudge. But, I forgot, is it thus that you would fight for me, by
+causing riot in my streets, and bringing me into trouble with my good
+friends the Spaniards?"
+
+"Sire, you know the story."
+
+"I know your story, but who bears witness to it? Do you, maiden, Castell
+the merchant's daughter?"
+
+"Aye, Sire. The man whom my cousin killed maltreated me, whose only
+wrong was that I waited to see your Grace pass by. Look on my
+torn cloak."
+
+"Little wonder that he killed him for the sake of those eyes of yours,
+maiden. But this witness may be tainted." And again he smiled, adding,
+"Is there no other?"
+
+Betty advanced to speak, but d'Aguilar, stepping forward, lifted his
+bonnet from his head, bowed and said in English:
+
+"Your Grace, there is; I saw it all. This gallant gentleman had no
+blame. It was the servants of my countryman de Ayala who were to blame,
+at any rate at first, and afterwards came the trouble."
+
+Now the ambassador de Ayala broke in, claiming satisfaction for the
+killing of his man, for he was still very angry, and saying that if it
+were not given, he would report the matter to their Majesties of Spain,
+and let them know how their servants were treated in London.
+
+At these words Henry grew grave, who, above all things, wished to give
+no offence to Ferdinand and Isabella.
+
+"You have done an ill day's work, Peter Brome," he said, "and one of
+which my attorney must consider. Meanwhile, you will be best in safe
+keeping," and he turned as though to order his arrest.
+
+"Sire," exclaimed Peter, "I live at Master Castell's house in Holborn,
+nor shall I run away."
+
+"Who will answer for that," asked the king, "or that you will not make
+more riots on your road thither?"
+
+"I will answer, your Grace," said d'Aguilar quietly, "if this lady will
+permit that I escort her and her cousin home. Also," he added in a low
+voice, "it seems to me that to hale him to a prison would be more like
+to breed a riot than to let him go."
+
+Henry glanced round him at the great crowd who were gathered watching
+this scene, and saw something in their faces which caused him to agree
+with d'Aguilar.
+
+"So be it, Marquis," he said. "I have your word, and that of Peter
+Brome, that he will be forthcoming if called upon. Let that dead man be
+laid in the Abbey till to-morrow, when this matter shall be inquired of.
+Excellency, give me your arm; I have greater questions of which I wish
+to speak with you ere we sleep."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+JOHN CASTELL
+
+When the king was gone, Peter turned to those men who had stood by him
+and thanked them very heartily. Then he said to Margaret:
+
+"Come, Cousin, that is over for this time, and you have had your wish
+and seen his Grace. Now, the sooner you are safe at home, the better I
+shall be pleased."
+
+"Certainly," she replied. "I have seen more than I desire to see again.
+But before we go let us thank this Spanish señor----" and she paused.
+
+"D'Aguilar, Lady, or at least that name will serve," said the Spaniard
+in his cultured voice, bowing low before her, his eyes fixed all the
+while upon her beautiful face.
+
+"Señor d'Aguilar, I thank you, and so does my cousin, Peter Brome, whose
+life perhaps you saved--don't you, Peter? Oh! and so will my father."
+
+"Yes," answered Peter somewhat sulkily, "I thank him very much; though
+as for my life, I trusted to my own arm and to those of my friends
+there. Good night, Sir."
+
+"I fear, Señor," answered d'Aguilar with a smile, "that we cannot part
+just yet. You forget, I have become bond for you, and must therefore
+accompany you to where you live, that I may certify the place. Also,
+perhaps, it is safest, for these countrymen of mine are revengeful, and,
+were I not with you, might waylay you."
+
+Now, seeing from his face that Peter was still bent upon declining this
+escort, Margaret interposed quickly.
+
+"Yes, that is wisest, also my father would wish it. Señor, I will show
+you the way," and, accompanied by d'Aguilar, who gallantly offered her
+his arm, she stepped forward briskly, leaving Peter to follow with her
+cousin Betty.
+
+Thus they walked in the twilight across the fields and through the
+narrow streets beyond that lay between Westminster and Holborn. In front
+tripped Margaret beside her stately cavalier, with whom she was soon
+talking fast enough in Spanish, a tongue which, for reasons that shall
+be explained, she knew well, while behind, the Scotchman's sword still
+in his hand, and the handsome Betty on his arm, came Peter Brome in the
+worst of humours.
+
+John Castell lived in a large, rambling, many-gabled, house, just off
+the main thoroughfare of Holborn, that had at the back of it a garden
+surrounded by a high wall. Of this ancient place the front part served
+as a shop, a store for merchandise, and an office, for Castell was a
+very wealthy trader--how wealthy none quite knew--who exported woollen
+and other goods to Spain under the royal licence, bringing thence in his
+own ships fine, raw Spanish wool to be manufactured in England, and with
+it velvet, silks, and wine from Granada; also beautiful inlaid armour of
+Toledo steel. Sometimes, too, he dealt in silver and copper from the
+mountain mines, for Castell was a banker as well as a merchant, or
+rather what answered to that description in those days.
+
+It was said that beneath his shop were dungeon-like store-vaults, built
+of thick cemented stone, with iron doors through which no thief could
+break, and filled with precious things. However this might be, certainly
+in that great house, which in the time of the Plantagenets had been the
+fortified palace of a noble, existed chambers whereof he alone knew the
+secret, since no one else, not even his daughter or Peter, ever crossed
+their threshold. Also, there slept in it a number of men-servants, very
+stout fellows, who wore knives or swords beneath their cloaks, and
+watched at night to see that all was well. For the rest, the
+living-rooms of this house where Castell, Margaret his daughter, and
+Peter dwelt, were large and comfortable, being new panelled with oak
+after the Tudor fashion, and having deep windows that looked out upon
+the garden.
+
+When Peter and Betty reached the door, not that which led into the shop,
+but another, it was to find that Margaret and d'Aguilar, who were
+walking very quickly, must have already passed it, since it was shut,
+and they had vanished. At his knock--a hard one--a serving-man opened,
+and Peter strode through the vestibule, or ante-chamber, into the hall,
+where for the most part they ate and sat, for thence he heard the sound
+of voices. It was a fine room, lit by hanging lamps of olive oil, and
+having a large, open hearth where a fire burned pleasantly, while the
+oaken table in front of it was set for supper. Margaret, who had thrown
+off her cloak, stood warming herself at the fire, and the Señor
+d'Aguilar, comfortably seated in a big chair, which he seemed to have
+known for years, leaned back, his bonnet in his hand, and watched
+her idly.
+
+Facing them stood John Castell, a stout, dark-bearded man of between
+fifty and sixty years of age, with a clever, clean-cut face and piercing
+black eyes. Now, in the privacy of his home, he was very richly attired
+in a robe trimmed with the costliest fur, and fastened with a gold chain
+that had a jewel on its clasp. When Castell served in his shop or sat in
+his counting-house no merchant in London was more plainly dressed; but
+at night, loving magnificence at heart, it was his custom thus to
+indulge in it, even when there were none to see him. From the way in
+which he stood, and the look upon his face, Peter knew at once that he
+was much disturbed. Hearing his step, Castell wheeled round and
+addressed him at once in the clear, decided voice which was his
+characteristic.
+
+"What is this I am told, Peter? A man killed by you before the palace
+gates? A broil! A public riot in which things went near to great
+bloodshed between the English, with you at the head of them, and the
+bodyguard of his Excellency, de Ayala. You arrested by the king, and
+bailed out by this señor. Is all this true?"
+
+"Quite," answered Peter calmly.
+
+"Then I am ruined; we are all ruined. Oh! it was an evil hour when I
+took one of your bloodthirsty trade into my house. What have you
+to say?"
+
+"Only that I want my supper," said Peter. "Those who began the story can
+finish it, for I think their tongues are nimbler than my own," and he
+glanced wrathfully at Margaret, who laughed outright, while even the
+solemn d'Aguilar smiled.
+
+"Father," broke in Margaret, "do not be angry with cousin Peter, whose
+only fault is that he hits too hard. It is I who am to blame, for I
+wished to stop to see the king against his will and Betty's, and
+then--then that brute," and her eyes filled with tears of shame and
+anger, "caught hold of me, and Peter threw him down, and afterwards,
+when he attacked him with a sword, Peter killed him with his staff,
+and--all the rest happened."
+
+"It was beautifully done," said d'Aguilar in his soft voice and foreign
+accent. "I saw it all, and made sure that you were dead. The parry I
+understood, but the way you got your smashing blow in before he could
+thrust again--ah! that----"
+
+"Well, well," said Castell, "let us eat first and talk afterwards. Señor
+d'Aguilar, you will honour my poor board, will you not, though it is
+hard to come from a king's feast to a merchant's fare?"
+
+"It is I who am honoured," answered d'Aguilar; "and as for the feast,
+his Grace is sparing in this Lenten season. At least, I could get little
+to eat, and, therefore, like the señor Peter, I am starved."
+
+Castell rang a silver bell which stood near by, whereon servants brought
+in the meal, which was excellent and plentiful. While they were setting
+it on the table, the merchant went to a cupboard in the wainscoting, and
+took thence two flasks, which he uncorked himself with care, saying that
+he would give the señor some wine of his own country. This done, he said
+a Latin grace and crossed himself, an example which d'Aguilar followed,
+remarking that he was glad to find that he was in the house of a good
+Christian.
+
+"What else did you think that I should be?" asked Castell, glancing at
+him shrewdly.
+
+"I did not think at all, Señor," he answered; "but alas! every one is
+not a Christian. In Spain, for instance, we have many Moors and--Jews."
+
+"I know," said Castell, "for I trade with them both."
+
+"Then you have never visited Spain?"
+
+"No; I am an English merchant. But try that wine, Señor; it came from
+Granada, and they say that it is good."
+
+D'Aguilar tasted it, then drank off his glass.
+
+"It is good, indeed," he said; "I have not its equal in my own cellars
+there."
+
+"Do you, then, live in Granada, Señor d'Aguilar?" asked Castell.
+
+"Sometimes, when I am not travelling. I have a house there which my
+mother left me. She loved the town, and bought an old palace from the
+Moors. Would you not like to see Granada, Señora?" he asked, turning to
+Margaret as though to change the subject. "There is a wonderful building
+there called the Alhambra; it overlooks my house."
+
+"My daughter is never likely to see it," broke in Castell; "I do not
+purpose that she should visit Spain."
+
+"Ah! you do not purpose; but who knows? God and His saints alone," and
+again he crossed himself, then fell to describing the beauties
+of Granada.
+
+He was a fine and ready talker, and his voice was very pleasant, so
+Margaret listened attentively enough, watching his face, and forgetting
+to eat, while her father and Peter watched them both. At length the meal
+came to an end, and when the serving-men had cleared away the dishes,
+and they were alone, Castell said:
+
+"Now, kinsman Peter, tell me your story."
+
+So Peter told him, in few words, yet omitting nothing.
+
+"I find no blame in you," said the merchant when he had done, "nor do I
+see how you could have acted otherwise than you did. It is Margaret whom
+I blame, for I only gave her leave to walk with you and Betty by the
+river, and bade her beware of crowds."
+
+"Yes, father, the fault is mine, and for it I pray your pardon," said
+Margaret, so meekly that her father could not find the heart to scold
+her as he had meant to do.
+
+"You should ask Peter's pardon," he muttered, "seeing that he is like to
+be laid by the heels in a dungeon over this business, yes, and put upon
+his trial for causing the man's death. Remember, he was in the service
+of de Ayala, with whom our liege wishes to stand well, and de Ayala, it
+seems, is very angry."
+
+Now Margaret grew frightened, for the thought that harm might come to
+Peter cut her heart. The colour left her cheek, and once again her eyes
+swam with tears.
+
+"Oh! say not so," she exclaimed. "Peter, will you not fly at once?"
+
+"By no means," he answered decidedly. "Did I not say it to the king, and
+is not this foreign lord bond for me?"
+
+"What can be done?" she went on; then, as a thought struck her, turned
+to d'Aguilar, and, clasping her slender hands, looked pleadingly into
+his face and asked: "Señor, you who are so powerful, and the friend of
+great people, will you not help us?"
+
+"Am I not here to do so, Señora? Although I think that a man who can
+call half London to his back, as I saw your cousin do, needs little help
+from me. But listen, my country has two ambassadors at this Court--de
+Ayala, whom he has offended, and Doctor de Puebla, the friend of the
+king; and, strangely enough, de Puebla does not love de Ayala. Yet he
+does love money, which perhaps will be forthcoming. Now, if a charge is
+to be laid over this brawl, it will probably be done, not by the
+churchman, de Ayala, but through de Puebla, who knows your laws and
+Court, and--do you understand me, Señor Castell?"
+
+"Yes," answered the merchant; "but how am I to get at de Puebla? If I
+were to offer him money, he would only ask more."
+
+"I see that you know his Excellency," remarked d'Aguilar drily. "You are
+right, no money should be offered; a present must be made after the
+pardon is delivered--not before. Oh! de Puebla knows that John Castell's
+word is as good in London as it is among the Jews and infidels of
+Granada and the merchants of Seville, at both of which places I have
+heard it spoken."
+
+At this speech Castell's eyes flickered, but he only answered:
+
+"May be; but how shall I approach him, Señor?"
+
+"If you will permit me, that is my task. Now, to what amount will you go
+to save our friend here from inconvenience? Fifty gold angels?"
+
+"It is too much," said Castell; "a knave like that is not worth ten.
+Indeed, he was the assailant, and nothing should be paid at all."
+
+"Ah! Señor, the merchant is coming out in you; also the dangerous man
+who thinks that right should rule the world, not kings--I mean might.
+The knave is worth nothing, but de Puebla's word in Henry's ear is
+worth much."
+
+"Fifty angels be it then," said Castell, "and I thank you, Señor, for
+your good offices. Will you take the money now?"
+
+"By no means; not till I bring the debt discharged. Señor, I will come
+again and let you know how matters stand. Farewell, fair maiden; may the
+saints intercede for that dead rogue who brought me into your company,
+and that of your father and your cousin of the quick eye and the
+stalwart arm! Till we meet again," and, still murmuring compliments, he
+bowed himself out of the room in charge of a manservant.
+
+"Thomas," said Castell to this servant when he returned, "you are a
+discreet fellow; put on your cap and cloak, follow that Spaniard, see
+where he lodges, and find out all you can about him. Go now, swiftly."
+
+The man bowed and went, and presently Castell, listening, heard a side
+door shut behind him. Then he turned and said to the other two:
+
+"I do not like this business. I smell trouble in it, and I do not like
+the Spaniard either."
+
+"He seems a very gallant gentleman, and high-born," said Margaret.
+
+"Aye, very gallant--too gallant, and high-born--too high-born, unless I
+am mistaken. So gallant and so high-born----" And he checked himself,
+then added, "Daughter, in your wilfulness you have stirred a great rock.
+Go to your bed and pray God that it may not fall upon your house and
+crush it and us."
+
+So Margaret crept away frightened, a little indignant also, for after
+all, what wrong had she done? And why should her father mistrust this
+splendid-looking Spanish cavalier?
+
+When she was gone, Peter, who all this while had said little, looked up
+and asked straight out:
+
+"What are you afraid of, Sir?"
+
+"Many things, Peter. First, that use will be made of this matter to
+extort much money from me, who am known to be rich, which is a sin best
+absolved by angels. Secondly, that if I make trouble about paying, other
+questions will be set afoot."
+
+"What questions?"
+
+"Have you ever heard of the new Christians, Peter, whom the Spaniards
+call Maranos?"
+
+He nodded.
+
+"Then you know that a Marano is a converted Jew. Now, as it chances--I
+tell you who do not break secrets--my father was a Marano. His name does
+not matter--it is best forgotten; but he fled from Spain to England for
+reasons of his own, and took that of the country whence he
+came--Castile, or Castell. Also, as it is not lawful for Jews to live in
+England, he became converted to the Christian faith--seek not to know
+his motives, they are buried with him. Moreover, he converted me, his
+only child, who was but ten years old, and cared little whether I swore
+by 'Father Abraham' or by the 'Blessed Mary.' The paper of my baptism
+lies in my strong box still. Well, he was clever, and built up this
+business, and died unharmed five-and-twenty years ago, leaving me
+already rich. That same year I married an Englishwoman, your mother's
+second cousin, and loved her and lived happily with her, and gave her
+all her heart could wish. But after Margaret's birth, three-and-twenty
+years gone by, she never had her health, and eight years ago she died.
+You remember her, since she brought you here when you were a stout lad,
+and made me promise afterwards that I would always be your friend, for
+except your father, Sir Peter, none other of your well-born and ancient
+family were left. So when Sir Peter--against my counsel, staking his all
+upon that usurping rogue Richard, who had promised to advance him, and
+meanwhile took his money--was killed at Bosworth, leaving you landless,
+penniless, and out of favour, I offered you a home, and you, being a
+wise man, put off your mail and put on woollen and became a merchant's
+partner, though your share of profit was but small. Now, again you have
+changed staff for steel," and he glanced at the Scotchman's sword that
+still lay upon a side table, "and Margaret has loosed that rock of which
+I spoke to her."
+
+"What is the rock, Sir?"
+
+"That Spaniard whom she brought home and found so fine."
+
+"What of the Spaniard?"
+
+"Wait a while and I will tell you." And, taking a lamp, he left the
+room, returning presently with a letter which was written in cipher, and
+translated upon another sheet in John Castell's own hand.
+
+"This," he said, "is from my partner and connection, Juan Bernaldez, a
+Marano, who lives at Seville, where Ferdinand and Isabella have their
+court. Among other matters he writes this: 'I warn all brethren in
+England to be careful. I have it that a certain one whose name I will
+not mention even in cipher, a very powerful and high-born man, and,
+although he appears to be a pleasure-seeker only, and is certainly of a
+dissolute life, among the greatest bigots in all Spain, has been sent,
+or is shortly to be sent, from Granada, where he is stationed to watch
+the Moors, as an envoy to the Court of England to conclude a secret
+treaty with its king. Under this treaty the names of rich Maranos that
+are already well known here are to be recorded, so that when the time
+comes, and the active persecution of Jews and Maranos begins, they may
+be given up and brought to Spain for trial before the Inquisition. Also
+he is to arrange that no Jew or Marano may be allowed to take refuge in
+England. This is for your information, that you may warn any whom it
+concerns.'"
+
+"You think that d'Aguilar is this man?" asked Peter, while Castell
+folded up the letter and hid it in the pocket of his robe.
+
+"I do; indeed I have heard already that a fox was on the prowl, and that
+men should look to their hen-houses. Moreover, did you note how he
+crossed himself like a priest, and what he said about being among good
+Christians? Also, it is Lent and a fast-day, and by ill-fortune,
+although none of us ate of it, there was meat upon the table, for as you
+know," he added hurriedly, "I am not strict in such matters, who give
+little weight to forms and ceremonies. Well, he observed it, and touched
+fish only, although he drank enough of the sweet wine. Doubtless a
+report of that meat will go to Spain by the next courier."
+
+"And if it does, what matter? We are in England, and Englishmen will not
+suffer their Spanish laws and ways. Perhaps the señor d'Aguilar learned
+as much as that to-night outside the banqueting-hall. There is something
+to be feared from this brawl at home; but while we are safe in London,
+no more from Spain."
+
+"I am no coward, but I think there is much more to be feared, Peter. The
+arm of the Pope is long, and the arm of the crafty Ferdinand is longer,
+and both of them grope for the throats and moneybags of heretics."
+
+"Well, Sir, we are not heretics."
+
+"No, perhaps not heretics; but we are rich, and the father of one of us
+was a Jew, and there is something else in this house which even a true
+son of Holy Church might desire," and he looked at the door through
+which Margaret had passed to her chamber.
+
+Peter understood, for his long arms moved uneasily, and his grey eyes
+flashed.
+
+"I will go to bed," he said; "I wish to think."
+
+"Nay, lad," answered Castell, "fill your glass and stay awhile. I have
+words to say to you, and there is no time like the present. Who knows
+what may happen to-morrow?"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+PETER GATHERS VIOLETS
+
+Peter obeyed, sat down in a big oak chair by the dying fire, and waited
+in his silent fashion.
+
+"Listen," said Castell. "Fifteen months ago you told me something, did
+you not?"
+
+Peter nodded.
+
+"What was it, then?"
+
+"That I loved my cousin Margaret, and asked your leave to tell her so."
+
+"And what did I answer?"
+
+"That you forbade me because you had not proved me enough, and she had
+not proved herself enough; because, moreover, she would be very wealthy,
+and with her beauty might look high in marriage, although but a
+merchant's daughter."
+
+"Well, and then?"
+
+"And then--nothing," and Peter sipped his wine deliberately and put it
+down upon the table.
+
+"You are a very silent man, even where your courting is concerned," said
+Castell, searching him with his sharp eyes.
+
+"I am silent because there is no more to say. You bade me be silent, and
+I have remained so."
+
+"What! Even when you saw those gay lords making their addresses to
+Margaret, and when she grew angry because you gave no sign, and was
+minded to yield to one or the other of them?"
+
+"Yes, even then--it was hard, but even then. Do I not eat your bread?
+and shall I take advantage of you when you have forbid me?"
+
+Castell looked at him again, and this time there were respect and
+affection in his glance.
+
+"Silent and stern, but honest," he said as though to himself, then
+added, "A hard trial, but I saw it, and helped you in the best way by
+sending those suitors--who were worthless fellows--about their business.
+Now, say, are you still of the same mind towards Margaret?"
+
+"I seldom change my mind, Sir, and on such a business, never."
+
+"Good! Then I give you my leave to find out what her mind may be."
+
+In the joy which he could not control, Peter's face flushed. Then, as
+though he were ashamed of showing emotion, even at such a moment, he
+took up his glass and drank a little of the wine before he answered.
+
+"I thank you; it is more than I dared to hope. But it is right that I
+should say, Sir, that I am no match for my cousin Margaret. The lands
+which should have been mine are gone, and I have nothing save what you
+pay me for my poor help in this trade; whereas she has, or will
+have, much."
+
+Castell's eyes twinkled; the answer amused him.
+
+"At least you have an upright heart," he said, "for what other man in
+such a case would argue against himself? Also, you are of good blood,
+and not ill to look on, or so some maids might think; whilst as for
+wealth, what said the wise king of my people?--that ofttimes riches make
+themselves wings and fly away. Moreover, man, I have learned to love and
+honour you, and sooner would I leave my only child in your hands than in
+those of any lord in England."
+
+"I know not what to say," broke in Peter.
+
+"Then say nothing. It is your custom, and a good one--only listen. Just
+now you spoke of your Essex lands in the fair Vale of Dedham as gone.
+Well, they have come back, for last month I bought them all, and more,
+at a price larger than I wished to give because others sought them, and
+but this day I have paid in gold and taken delivery of the title. It is
+made out in your name, Peter Brome, and whether you marry my daughter,
+or whether you marry her not, yours they shall be when I am gone, since
+I promised my dead wife to befriend you, and as a child she lived there
+in your Hall."
+
+Now moved out of his calm, the young man sprang from his seat, and,
+after the pious fashion of the time, addressed his patron saint, on
+whose feast-day he was born.
+
+"Saint Peter, I thank thee--"
+
+"I asked you to be silent," interrupted Castell, breaking him short.
+"Moreover, after God, it is one John who should be thanked, not St.
+Peter, who has no more to do with these lands than Father Abraham or the
+patient Job. Well, thanks or no thanks, those estates are yours, though
+I had not meant to tell you of them yet. But now I have something to
+propose to you. Say, first, does Margaret think aught of that wooden
+face and those shut lips of yours?"
+
+"How can I know? I have never asked her; you forbade me."
+
+"Pshaw! Living in one house as you do, at your age I would have known
+all there was to know on such a matter, and yet kept my word. But there,
+the blood is different, and you are somewhat over-honest for a lover.
+Was she frightened for you, now, when that knave made at you with
+the sword?"
+
+Peter considered the question, then answered:
+
+"I know not. I did not look to see; I looked at the Scotchman with his
+sword, for if I had not, I should have been dead, not he. But she was
+certainly frightened when the fellow caught hold of her, for then she
+called for me loud enough."
+
+"And what is that? What woman in London would not call for such a one as
+Peter Brome in her trouble? Well, you must ask her, and that soon, if
+you can find the words. Take a lesson from that Spanish don, and scrape
+and bow and flatter and tell stories of the war and turn verses to her
+eyes and hair. Oh, Peter! are you a fool, that I at my age should have
+to teach you how to court a woman?"
+
+"Mayhap, Sir. At least I can do none of these things, and poesy wearies
+me to read, much more to write. But I can ask a question and take
+an answer."
+
+Castell shook his head impatiently.
+
+"Ask the question, man, if you will, but never take the answer if it is
+against you. Wait rather, and ask it again--"
+
+"And," went on Peter without noticing, his grey eyes lighting with a
+sudden fire, "if need be, I can break that fine Spaniard's bones as
+though he were a twig."
+
+"Ah!" said Castell, "perhaps you will be called upon to make your words
+good before all is done. For my part, I think his bones will take some
+breaking. Well, ask in your own way--only ask and let me hear the answer
+before to-morrow night. Now it grows late, and I have still something to
+say. I am in danger here. My wealth is noised abroad, and many covet it,
+some in high places, I think. Peter, it is in my mind to have done with
+all this trading, and to withdraw me to spend my old age where none will
+take any notice of me, down at that Hall of yours in Dedham, if you will
+give me lodging. Indeed for a year and more, ever since you spoke to me
+on the subject of Margaret, I have been calling in my moneys from Spain
+and England, and placing them out at safe interest in small sums, or
+buying jewels with them, or lending them to other merchants whom I
+trust, and who will not rob me or mine. Peter, you have worked well for
+me, but you are no chapman; it is not in your blood. Therefore, since
+there is enough for all of us and more, I shall pass this business and
+its goodwill over to others, to be managed in their name, but on shares,
+and if it please God we will keep next Yule at Dedham."
+
+As he spoke the door at the far end of the hall opened, and through it
+came that serving-man who had been bidden to follow the Spaniard.
+
+"Well," said Castell, "what tidings?"
+
+The man bowed and said:
+
+"I followed the Don as you bade me to his lodging, which I reached
+without his seeing me, though from time to time he stopped to look about
+him. He rests near the palace of Westminster, in the same big house
+where dwells the ambassador de Ayala, and those who stood round lifted
+their bonnets to him.
+
+"Watching I saw some of these go to a tavern, a low place that is open
+all night, and, following them there, called for a drink and listened to
+their talk, who know the Spanish tongue well, having worked for five
+years in your worship's house at Seville. They spoke of the fray
+to-night, and said that if they could catch that long-legged fellow,
+meaning Master Brome yonder, they would put a knife into him, since he
+had shamed them by killing the Scotch knave, who was their officer and
+the best swordsman in their company, with a staff, and then setting his
+British bulldogs on them. I fell into talk with them, saying that I was
+an English sailor from Spain, which they were too drunk to question, and
+asked who might be the tall don who had interfered in the fray before
+the king came. They told me he is a rich señor named d'Aguilar, but ill
+to serve in Lent because he is so strict a churchman, although not
+strict in other matters. I answered that to me he looked like a great
+noble, whereon one of them said that I was right, that there was no
+blood in Spain higher than his, but unfortunately, there was a bend in
+its stream, also an inkpot had been upset into it."
+
+"What does that mean?" asked Peter.
+
+"It is a Spanish saying," answered Castell, "which signifies that a man
+is born illegitimate, and has Moorish blood in his veins."
+
+"Then I asked what he was doing here, and the man answered that I had
+best put that question to the Holy Father and to the Queen of Spain.
+Lastly, after I had given the soldier another cup, I asked where the don
+lived, and whether he had any other name. He replied that he lived at
+Granada for the most part, and that if I called on him there I should
+see some pretty ladies and other nice things. As for his name, it was
+the Marquis of Nichel. I said that meant Marquis of Nothing, whereon the
+soldier answered that I seemed very curious, and that was just what he
+meant to tell me--nothing. Also he called to his comrades that he
+believed I was a spy, so I thought it time to be going, as they were
+drunk enough to do me a mischief."
+
+"Good," said Castell. "You are watchman tonight, Thomas, are you not?
+See that all doors are barred so that we may sleep without fear of
+Spanish thieves. Rest you well, Peter. Nay, I do not come yet; I have
+letters to send to Spain by the ship which sails to-morrow night."
+
+When Peter had gone, John Castell extinguished all the lamps save one.
+This he took in his hand and passed from the hall into an apartment that
+in old days, when this was a noble's house, had been the private chapel.
+There was an altar in it, and over the altar a crucifix. For a few
+moments Castell knelt before the altar, for even now, at dead of night,
+how knew he what eyes might watch him? Then he rose and, lamp in hand,
+glided behind it, lifted some tapestry, and pressed a spring in the
+panelling beneath. It opened, revealing a small secret chamber built in
+the thickness of the wall and without windows; a mere cupboard that once
+perhaps had been a place where a priest might robe or keep the
+sacred vessels.
+
+In this chamber was a plain oak table on which stood candles and an ark
+of wood, also some rolls of parchment. Before this table he knelt down,
+and put up earnest prayers to the God of Abraham, for, although his
+father had caused him to be baptized into the Christian Church as a
+child, John Castell remained a Jew. For this good reason, then, he was
+so much afraid, knowing that, although his daughter and Peter knew
+nothing of his secret, there were others who did, and that were it
+revealed ruin and perhaps death would be his portion and that of his
+house, since in those days there was no greater crime than to adore God
+otherwise than Holy Church allowed. Yet for many years he had taken the
+risk, and worshipped on as his fathers did before him.
+
+His prayer finished, he left the place, closing the spring-door behind
+him, and passed to his office, where he sat till the morning light,
+first writing a letter to his correspondent at Seville, and then
+painfully translating it into cipher by aid of a secret key. His task
+done, and the cipher letter sealed and directed, he burned the draft,
+extinguished his lamp, and, going to the window, watched the rising of
+the sun. In the garden beneath blackbirds sang, and the pale primroses
+were abloom.
+
+"I wonder," he said aloud, "whether when those flowers come again I
+shall live to see them. Almost I feel as though the rope were tightening
+about my throat at last; it came upon me while that accursed Spaniard
+crossed himself at my table. Well, so be it; I will hide the truth while
+I can, but if they catch me I'll not deny it. The money is safe, most of
+it; my wealth they shall never get, and now I will make my daughter safe
+also, as with Peter she must be. I would I had not put it off so long;
+but I hankered after a great marriage for her, which, being a Christian,
+she well might make. I'll mend that fault; before to-morrow's morn she
+shall be plighted to him, and before May-day his wife. God of my
+fathers, give us one month more of peace and safety, and then, because I
+have denied Thee openly, take my life in payment if Thou wilt."
+
+Before John Castell went to bed Peter was already awake--indeed, he had
+slept but little that night. How could he sleep whose fortunes had
+changed thus wondrously between sun set and rise? Yesterday he was but a
+merchant's assistant--a poor trade for one who had been trained to arms,
+and borne them bravely. To-day he was a gentleman again, owner of the
+broad lands where he was bred, and that had been his forefathers' for
+many a generation. Yesterday he was a lover without hope, for in himself
+he had never believed that the rich John Castell would suffer him, a
+landless man, to pay court to his daughter, one of the loveliest and
+wealthiest maids in London. He had asked his leave in past days, and
+been refused, as he had expected that he would be refused, and
+thenceforward, being on his honour as it were, he had said no tender
+word to Margaret, nor pressed her hand, nor even looked into her eyes
+and sighed. Yet at times it had seemed to him that she would not have
+been ill-pleased if he had done one of these things, or all; that she
+wondered, indeed, that he did not, and thought none the better of him
+for his abstinence. Moreover, now he learned that her father wondered
+also, and this was a strange reward of virtue.
+
+For Peter loved Margaret with heart and soul and body. Since he, a lad,
+had played with her, a child, he loved her, and no other woman. She was
+his thought by day and his dream by night, his hope, his eternal star.
+Heaven he pictured as a place where for ever he would be with Margaret,
+earth without her could be nothing but a hell. That was why he had
+stayed on in Castell's shop, bending his proud neck to this tradesman's
+yoke, doing the bidding and taking the rough words of chapmen and of
+lordly customers, filling in bills of exchange, and cheapening bargains,
+all without a sign or murmur, though oftentimes he felt as though his
+gorge would burst with loathing of the life. Indeed, that was why he had
+come there at all, who otherwise would have been far away, hewing a road
+to fame and fortune, or digging out a grave with his broadsword. For
+here at least he could be near to Margaret, could touch her hand at morn
+and evening, could watch the light shine in her beauteous eyes, and
+sometimes, as she bent over him, feel her breath upon his hair. And now
+his purgatory was at an end, and of a sudden the gates of joy were open.
+
+But what if Margaret should prove the angel with the flaming sword who
+forbade him entrance to his paradise? He trembled at the thought. Well,
+if so, so it must be; he was not the man to force her fancy, or call her
+father to his aid. He would do his best to win her, and if he failed,
+why then he would bless her, and let her go.
+
+Peter could lie abed no longer, but rose and dressed himself, although
+the dawn was not fully come. By his open window he said his prayers,
+thanking God for mercies past, and praying that He would bless him in
+his great emprise. Presently the sun rose, and there came a great
+longing on him to be alone in the countryside, he who was country-born
+and hated towns, with only the sky and the birds and the trees
+for company.
+
+But here in London was no country, wherever he went he would meet men;
+moreover, he remembered that it might be best that just now he should
+not wander through the streets unguarded, lest he should find Spaniards
+watching to take him unawares. Well, there was the garden; he would go
+thither, and walk a while. So he descended the broad oak stairs, and,
+unbolting a door, entered this garden, which, though not too well kept,
+was large for London, covering an acre of ground perhaps, surrounded by
+a high wall, and having walks, and at the end of it a group of ancient
+elms, beneath which was a seat hidden from the house. In summer this was
+Margaret's favourite bower, for she too loved Nature and the land, and
+all the things it bore. Indeed, this garden was her joy, and the flowers
+that grew there were for the most part of her own planting--primroses,
+snowdrops, violets, and, in the shadow of the trees, long
+hartstongue ferns.
+
+For a while Peter walked up and down the central path, and, as it
+chanced, Margaret, who also had risen early and not slept too well,
+looking through her window curtains, saw him wandering there, and
+wondered what he did at this hour; also, why he was dressed in the
+clothes he wore on Sundays and holidays. Perhaps, she thought, his
+weekday garments had been torn or muddied in last night's fray. Then she
+fell to thinking how bravely he had borne him in that fray. She saw it
+all again; the great red-headed rascal tossed up and whirled to the
+earth by his strong arms; saw Peter face that gleaming steel with
+nothing but a staff; saw the straight blows fall, and the fellow go
+reeling to the earth, slain with a single stroke.
+
+Ah! her cousin, Peter Brome, was a man indeed, though a strange one, and
+remembering certain things that did not please her, she shrugged her
+ivory shoulders, turned red, and pouted. Why, that Spaniard had said
+more civil words to her in an hour than had Peter in two years, and he
+was handsome and noble-looking also; but then the Spaniard was--a
+Spaniard, and other men were--other men, whereas Peter was--Peter, a
+creature apart, one who cared as little for women as he did for trade.
+
+Why, then, if he cared for neither women nor trade, did he stop here?
+she wondered. To gather wealth? She did not think it; he seemed to have
+no leanings that way either. It was a mystery. Still, she could wish to
+get to the bottom of Peter's heart, just to see what was hid there,
+since no man has a right to be a riddle to his loving cousin. Yes, and
+one day she would do it, cost what it might.
+
+Meanwhile, she remembered that she had never thanked Peter for the brave
+part which he had played, and, indeed, had left him to walk home with
+Betty, a journey that, as she gathered from her sprightly cousin's talk
+while she undressed her, neither of them had much enjoyed. For Betty, be
+it said here, was angry with Peter, who, it seemed, once had told her
+that she was a handsome, silly fool, who thought too much of men and too
+little of her business. Well, since after the day's work had begun she
+would find no opportunity, she would go down and thank Peter now, and
+see if she could make him talk for once.
+
+So Margaret threw her fur-trimmed cloak about her, drawing its hood over
+her head, for the April air was cold, and followed Peter into the
+garden. When she reached it, however, there was no Peter to be seen,
+whereon she reproached herself for having come to that damp place so
+early and meditated return. Then, thinking that it would look foolish if
+any had chanced to see her, she walked down the path pretending to seek
+for violets, and found none. Thus she came to the group of great elms at
+the end, and, glancing between their ancient boles, saw Peter standing
+there. Now, too, she understood why she could find no violets, for Peter
+had gathered them all, and was engaged, awkwardly enough, in trying to
+tie them and some leaves into a little posy by the help of a stem of
+grass. With his left hand he held the violets, with his right one end of
+the grass, and since he lacked fingers to clasp the other, this he
+attempted with his teeth. Now he drew it tight, and now the brittle
+grass stem broke, the violets were scattered, and Peter used words that
+he should not have uttered even when alone.
+
+"I knew you would break it, but I never thought you could lose your
+temper over so small a thing, Peter," said Margaret; and he in the
+shadow looked up to see her standing there in the sunlight, fresh and
+lovely as the spring itself.
+
+Solemnly, in severe reproof, she shook her head, from which the hood had
+fallen back, but there was a smile upon her lips, and laughter in her
+eyes. Oh! she was beautiful, and at the sight of her Peter's heart stood
+still. Then, remembering what he had just said, and certain other things
+that Master Castell had said, he blushed so deeply that her own cheeks
+went red in sympathy. It was foolish, but she could not help it, for
+about Peter this morning there was something strange, something that
+bred blushes.
+
+"For whom are you gathering violets so early," she asked, "when you
+ought to be praying for that Scotchman's soul?"
+
+"I care nothing for his soul," answered Peter testily. "If the brute had
+one, he can look after it himself; and I was gathering the
+violets--for you."
+
+She stared. Peter was not in the habit of making her presents of
+flowers. No wonder he had looked strange.
+
+"Then I will help you to tie them. Do you know why I am up so early? It
+is for your sake. I behaved badly to you last night, for I was cross
+because you wanted to thwart me about seeing the king. I never thanked
+you for all you did, you brave Peter, though I thanked you enough in my
+heart. Do you know that when you stood there with that sword, in the
+middle of those Englishmen, you looked quite noble? Come out into the
+sunlight, and I will thank you properly."
+
+In his agitation Peter let the remainder of the flowers fall. Then an
+idea struck him, and he answered:
+
+"Look! I can't; if you are really grateful for nothing at all, come in
+here and help me to pick up these violets--a pest on their
+short stalks!"
+
+She hesitated a little, then by degrees drew nearer, and, bending down,
+began to find the flowers one by one. Peter had scattered them wide, so
+that at first the pair were some way apart, but when only a few
+remained, they drew close. Now there was but one violet left, and, both
+stretching for it, their hands met. Margaret held the violet, and Peter
+held Margaret's fingers. Thus linked they straightened themselves, and
+as they rose their faces were very near together and oh! most sweet were
+Margaret's wonderful eyes; while in the eyes of Peter there shone a
+flame. For a second they looked at each other, and then of a sudden he
+kissed her on the lips.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+LOVERS DEAR
+
+"Peter!" gasped Margaret--"_Peter!_"
+
+But Peter made no answer, only he who had been red of face went white,
+so that the mark of the sword-cut across his cheek showed like a scarlet
+line upon a cloth.
+
+"Peter!" repeated Margaret, pulling at her hand which he still held, "do
+you know what you have done?"
+
+"It seems that you do, so what need is there for me to tell you?" he
+muttered.
+
+"Then it was not an accident; you really meant it, and you are not
+ashamed."
+
+"If it was, I hope that I may meet with more such accidents."
+
+"Peter, leave go of me. I am going to tell my father, at once."
+
+His face brightened.
+
+"Tell him by all means," he said; "he won't mind. He told me----"
+
+"Peter, how dare you add falsehood to--to--you know what. Do you mean to
+say that my father told you to kiss me, and at six o'clock in the
+morning, too?"
+
+"He said nothing about kissing, but I suppose he meant it. He said that
+I might ask you to marry me."
+
+"That," replied Margaret, "is a very different thing. If you had asked
+me to marry you, and, after thinking it over for a long while, I had
+answered Yes, which of course I should not have done, then, perhaps,
+before we were married you might have--Well, Peter, you have begun at
+the wrong end, which is very shameless and wicked of you, and I shall
+never speak to you again."
+
+"I daresay," said Peter resignedly; "all the more reason why I should
+speak to you while I have the chance. No, you shan't go till you have
+heard me. Listen. I have been in love with you since you were twelve
+years old--"
+
+"That must be another falsehood, Peter, or you have gone mad. If you had
+been in love with me for eleven years, you would have said so."
+
+"I wanted to, always, but your father refused me leave. I asked him
+fifteen months ago, but he put me on my word to say nothing."
+
+"To say nothing--yes, but he could not make you promise to show
+nothing."
+
+"I thought that the one thing meant the other; I see now that I have
+been a fool, and, I suppose, have overstayed my market," and he looked
+so depressed that Margaret relented a little.
+
+"Well," she said, "at any rate it was honest, and of course I am glad
+that you were honest."
+
+"You said just now that I told falsehoods--twice; if I am honest, how
+can I tell falsehoods?"
+
+"I don't know. Why do you ask me riddles? Let me go and try to forget
+all this."
+
+"Not till you have answered me outright. Will you marry me, Margaret? If
+you won't, there will be no need for you to go, for I shall go and
+trouble you no more. You know what I am, and all about me, and I have
+nothing more to say except that, although you may find many finer
+husbands, you won't find one who would love and care for you better. I
+know that you are very beautiful and very rich, while I am neither one
+nor the other, and often I have wished to Heaven that you were not so
+beautiful, for sometimes that brings trouble on women who are honest and
+only have one heart to give, or so rich either. But thus things are, and
+I cannot change them, and, however poor my chance of hitting the dove, I
+determined to shoot my bolt and make way for the next archer. Is there
+any chance at all, Margaret? Tell me, and put me out of pain, for I am
+not good at so much talking."
+
+Now Margaret began to grow disturbed; her wayward assurance departed
+from her.
+
+"It is not fitting," she murmured, "and I do not wish--I will speak to
+my father; he shall give you your answer."
+
+"No need to trouble him, Margaret. He has given it already. His great
+desire is that we should marry, for he seeks to leave this trade and to
+live with us in the Vale of Dedham, in Essex, where he has bought back
+my father's land."
+
+"You are full of strange tidings this morning, Peter."
+
+"Yes, Margaret, our wheel of life that went so slow turns fast enough
+to-day, for God above has laid His whip upon the horses of our Fate,
+and they begin to gallop, whither I know not. Must they run side by
+side, or separate? It is for you to say."
+
+"Peter," she said, "will you not give me a little time?"
+
+"Aye, Margaret, ten whole minutes by the clock, and then if it is nay,
+all your life, for I pack my chest and go. It will be said that I feared
+to be taken for that soldier's death."
+
+"You are unkind to press me so."
+
+"Nay, it is kindest to both of us. Do you then love some other man?"
+
+"I must confess I do," she murmured, looking at him out of the corners
+of her eyes.
+
+Now Peter, strong as he was, turned faint, and in his agitation let go
+her hand which she lifted, the violets still between her fingers,
+considering it as though it were a new thing to her.
+
+"I have no right to ask you who he is," he muttered, striving to control
+himself.
+
+"Nay, but, Peter, I will tell you. It is my father--what other man
+should I love?"
+
+"Margaret!" he said in wrath, "you are fooling me."
+
+"How so? What other man should I love--unless, indeed, it were
+yourself?"
+
+"I can bear no more of this play," he said. "Mistress Margaret, I bid
+you farewell. God go with you!" And he brushed past her.
+
+"Peter," she said when he had gone a few yards, "would you have these
+violets as a farewell gift?"
+
+He turned and hesitated.
+
+"Come, then, and take them."
+
+So back he came, and with little trembling fingers she began to fasten
+the flowers to his doublet, bending ever nearer as she fastened, until
+her breath played upon his face, and her hair brushed his bonnet. Then,
+it matters not how, once more the violets fell to earth, and she sighed,
+and her hands fell also, and he put his strong arms round her and drew
+her to him and kissed her again and yet again on the hair and eyes and
+lips; nor did Margaret forbid him.
+
+At length she thrust him from her and, taking him by the hand, led him
+to the seat beneath the elms, and bade him sit at one end of it, while
+she sat at the other.
+
+"Peter," she whispered, "I wish to speak with you when I can get my
+breath. Peter, you think poorly of me, do you not? No--be silent; it is
+my turn to talk. You think that I am heartless, and have been playing
+with you. Well, I only did it to make sure that you really do love me,
+since, after that--accident of a while ago (when we were picking up the
+violets, I mean), you would have been in honour bound to say it, would
+you not? Well, now I am quite sure, so I will tell you something. I love
+you many times as well as you love me, and have done so for quite as
+long. Otherwise, should I not have married some other suitor, of whom
+there have been plenty? Aye, and I will tell you this to my sin and
+shame, that once I grew so angry with you because you would not speak or
+give some little sign, that I went near to it. But at the last I could
+not, and sent him about his business also. Peter, when I saw you last
+night facing that swordsman with but a staff, and thought that you must
+die, oh! then I knew all the truth, and my heart was nigh to bursting,
+as, had you died, it would have burst. But now it is all done with, and
+we know each other's secret, and nothing shall ever part us more till
+death comes to one or both."
+
+Thus Margaret spoke, while he drank in her words as desert sands,
+parched by years of drought, drink in the rain--and watched her face,
+out of which all mischief and mockery had departed, leaving it that of a
+most beauteous and most earnest woman, to whom a sense of the weight of
+life, with its mingled joys and sorrows, had come home suddenly. When
+she had finished, this silent man, to whom even his great happiness
+brought few words, said only:
+
+"God has been very good to us. Let us thank God."
+
+So they did, then, even there, seated side by side upon the bench,
+because the grass was too wet for them to kneel on, praying in their
+simple, childlike faith that the Power which had brought them together,
+and taught them to love each other, would bless them in that love and
+protect them from all harms, enemies, and evils through many a long
+year of life.
+
+Their prayer finished, they sat together on the seat, now talking, and
+now silent in their joy, while all too fast the time wore on. At
+length--it was after one of these spells of blissful silence--a change
+came over them, such a change as falls upon some peaceful scene when,
+unexpected and complete, a black stormcloud sweeps across the sun, and,
+in place of its warm light, pours down gloom full of the promise of
+tempest and of rain. Apprehension got a hold of them. They were both
+afraid of what they could not guess.
+
+"Come," she said, "it is time to go in. My father will miss us."
+
+So without more words or endearments they rose and walked side by side
+out of the shelter of the elms into the open garden. Their heads were
+bent, for they were lost in thought, and thus it came about that
+Margaret saw her feet pass suddenly into the shadow of a man, and,
+looking up, perceived standing in front of her, grave, alert, amused,
+none other than the Señor d'Aguilar. She uttered a little stifled
+scream, while Peter, with the impulse that causes a brave and startled
+hound to rush at that which frightens it, gave a leap forward towards
+the Spaniard.
+
+"Mother of God! do you take me for a thief?" he asked in a laughing
+voice, as he stepped to one side to avoid him.
+
+"Your pardon," said Peter, shaking himself together; "but you surprised
+us appearing so suddenly where we never thought to see you."
+
+"Any more than I thought to see you here, for this seems a strange place
+to linger on so cold a morning," and he looked at them again with his
+curious, mocking eyes that appeared to read the secret of their souls,
+while they grew red as roses beneath his scrutiny. "Permit me to
+explain," he went on. "I came here thus early on your service, to warn
+you, Master Peter, not to go abroad to-day, since a writ is out for your
+arrest, and as yet I have had no time to quash it by friendly
+settlement. Well, as it chanced, I met that handsome lady who was with
+you yesterday, returning from her marketing--a friendly soul--she says
+she is your cousin. She brought me to the house, and having learned that
+your father, whom I wished to see, was at his prayers, good man, in the
+old chapel, led me to its door and left me to seek him. I entered, but
+could not find him, so, having waited a while, strayed into this garden
+through the open door, purposing to walk here till some one should
+appear, and, you see, I have been fortunate beyond my expectations
+or deserts."
+
+"So!" said Peter shortly, for the man's manner and elaborated
+explanations filled him with disgust. "Let us seek Master Castell that
+he may hear the story."
+
+"And we thank you much for coming to warn us," murmured Margaret. "I
+will go find my father," and she slipped past him towards the door.
+
+D'Aguilar watched her enter it, then turned to Peter and said:
+
+"You English are a hardy folk who take the spring air so early. Well, in
+such company I would do the same. Truly she is a beauteous maiden. I
+have some experience of the sex, but never do I remember one so fair."
+
+"My cousin is well enough," answered Peter coldly, for this Spaniard's
+very evident admiration of Margaret did not please him.
+
+"Yes," answered d'Aguilar, taking no notice of his tone, "she is well
+enough to fill the place, not of a merchant's daughter, but of a great
+lady--a countess reigning over towns and lands, or a queen even; the
+royal robes and ornaments would become that carriage and that brow."
+
+"My cousin seeks no such state who is happy in her quiet lot," answered
+Peter again; then added quickly, "See, here comes Master Castell
+seeking you."
+
+D'Aguilar advanced and greeted the merchant courteously, noticing as he
+did so that, notwithstanding his efforts to appear unconcerned, Castell
+seemed ill at ease.
+
+"I am an early visitor," he said, "but I knew that you business folk
+rise with the lark, and I wished to catch our friend here before he went
+out," and he repeated to him the reason of his coming.
+
+"I thank you, Señor," answered Castell. "You are very good to me and
+mine. I am sorry that you have been kept waiting. They tell me that you
+looked for me in the chapel, but I was not there, who had already left
+it for my office."
+
+"So I found. It is a quaint place, that old chapel of yours, and while I
+waited I went to the altar and told my beads there, which I had no time
+to do before I left my lodgings."
+
+Castell started almost imperceptibly, and glanced at d'Aguilar with his
+quick eyes, then turned the subject and asked if he would not breakfast
+with them. He declined, however, saying that he must be about their
+business and his own, then promptly proposed that he should come to
+supper on the following night that was--Sunday--and make report how
+things had gone, a suggestion that Castell could not but accept.
+
+So he bowed and smiled himself out of the house, and walked thoughtfully
+into Holborn, for it had pleased him to pay this visit on foot, and
+unattended. At the corner whom should he meet again but the tall,
+fair-haired Betty, returning from some errand which she had found it
+convenient to fulfil just then.
+
+"What," he said, "you once more! The saints are very kind to me this
+morning. Come, Señora, walk a little way with me, for I would ask you a
+few questions."
+
+Betty hesitated, then gave way. It was seldom that she found the chance
+of walking through Holborn with such a noble-looking cavalier.
+
+"Never look at your working-dress," he said.
+
+"With such a shape, what matters the robe that covers it?"--a compliment
+at which Betty blushed, for she was proud of her fine figure.
+
+"Would you like a mantilla of real Spanish lace for your head and
+shoulders? Well, you shall have one that I brought from Spain with me,
+for I know no other lady in the land whom it would become better. But,
+Mistress Betty, you told me wrong about your master. I went to the
+chapel and he was not there."
+
+"He was there, Señor," she answered, eager to set herself right with
+this most agreeable and discriminating foreigner, "for I saw him go in a
+moment before, and he did not come out again."
+
+"Then, Señora, where could he have hidden himself? Has the place a
+crypt?"
+
+"None that I have heard of; but," she added, "there is a kind of little
+room behind the altar."
+
+"Indeed. How do you know that? I saw no room."
+
+"Because one day I heard a voice behind the tapestry, Señor, and,
+lifting it, saw a sliding door left open, and Master Castell kneeling
+before a table and saying his prayers aloud."
+
+"How strange! And what was there on the table?"
+
+"Only a queer-shaped box of wood like a little house, and two
+candlesticks, and some rolls of parchment. But I forgot, Señor; I
+promised Master Castell to say nothing about that place, for he turned
+and saw me, and came at me like a watchdog out of its kennel. You won't
+say that I told you, will you, Señor?"
+
+"Not I; your good master's private cupboard does not interest me. Now I
+want to know something more. Why is that beautiful cousin of yours not
+married? Has she no suitors?"
+
+"Suitors, Señor? Yes, plenty of them, but she sends them all about their
+business, and seems to have no mind that way."
+
+"Perhaps she is in love with her cousin, that long-legged, strong-armed,
+wooden-headed Master Brome."
+
+"Oh! no, Señor, I don't think so; no lady could be in love with him--he
+is too stern and silent."
+
+"I agree with you, Señora. Then perhaps he is in love with her."
+
+Betty shook her head, and replied:
+
+"Peter Brome doesn't think anything of women, Señor. At least he never
+speaks to or of them."
+
+"Which shows that probably he thinks about them all the more. Well,
+well, it is no affair of ours, is it? Only I am glad to hear that there
+is nothing between them, since your mistress ought to marry high, and be
+a great lady, not a mere merchant's wife."
+
+"Yes, Señor. Though Peter Brome is not a merchant, at least by birth, he
+is high-born, and should be Sir Peter Brome if his father had not fought
+on the wrong side and sold his land. He is a soldier, and a very brave
+one, they say, as all might see last night."
+
+"No doubt, and perhaps would make a great captain, if he had the chance,
+with his stern face and silent tongue. But, Señora Betty, say, how comes
+it that, being so handsome," and he bowed, "you are not married either?
+I am sure it can be from no lack of suitors."
+
+Again Betty, foolish girl, flushed with pleasure at the compliment.
+
+"You are right, Señor," she answered. "I have plenty of them; but I am
+like my cousin--they do not please me. Although my father lost his
+fortune, I come of good blood, and I suppose that is why I do not care
+for these low-born men, and would rather remain as I am than marry
+one of them."
+
+"You are quite right," said d'Aguilar in his sympathetic voice. "Do not
+stain your blood. Marry in your own class, or not at all, which, indeed,
+should not be difficult for one so beautiful and charming." And he
+looked into her large eyes with tender admiration.
+
+This quality, indeed, soon began to demonstrate itself so actively, for
+they were now in the fields where few people wandered, that Betty, who
+although vain was proud and upright, thought it wise to recollect that
+she must be turning homewards. So, in spite of his protests, she left
+him and departed, walking upon air.
+
+How splendid and handsome this foreign gentleman was, she thought to
+herself, really a great cavalier, and surely he admired her truly. Why
+should he not? Such things had often been. Many a rich lady whom she
+knew was not half so handsome or so well born as herself, and would make
+him a worse wife--that is, and the thought chilled her somewhat--if he
+were not already married.
+
+From all of which it will be seen that d'Aguilar had quickly succeeded
+in the plan which only presented itself to him a few hours before. Betty
+was already half in love with him. Not that he had any desire to possess
+this beautiful but foolish woman's heart, who saw in her only a useful
+tool, a stepping-stone by means of which he might draw near to Margaret.
+
+For with Margaret, it may be said at once, he was quite in love. At the
+sight of her sweet yet imperial beauty, as he saw her first,
+dishevelled, angry, frightened, in the crowd outside the king's
+banqueting-hall, his southern blood had taken sudden fire. Finished
+voluptuary though he was, the sensation he experienced then was quite
+new to him. He longed for this woman as he had never longed for any
+other, and, what is more, he desired to make her his wife. Why not?
+Although there was a flaw in it, his rank was high, and therefore she
+was beneath him; but for this her loveliness would atone, and she had
+wit and learning enough to fill any place that he could give her. Also,
+great as was his wealth, his wanton, spendthrift way of life had brought
+him many debts, and she was the only child of one of the richest
+merchants in England, whose dower, doubtless, would be a fortune that
+many a royal princess might envy. Why not again? He would turn Inez and
+those others adrift--at any rate, for a while--and make her mistress of
+his palace there in Granada. Instantly, as is often the fashion of those
+who have Eastern blood in their veins, d'Aguilar had made up his mind,
+yes, before he left her father's table on the previous night. He would
+marry Margaret and no other woman.
+
+Yet at once he had seen many difficulties in his path. To begin with, he
+mistrusted him of Peter, that strong, quiet man who could kill a great
+armed knave with his stick, and at a word call half London to his side.
+Peter, he was sure, being human, must be in love with Margaret, and he
+was a rival to be feared. Well, if Margaret had no thoughts of Peter,
+this mattered nothing, and if she had--and what were they doing together
+in the garden that morning?--Peter must be got rid of, that was all. It
+was easy enough if he chose to adopt certain means; there were many of
+those Spanish fellows who would not mind sticking a knife into his back
+in the dark.
+
+But sinful as he was, at such steps his conscience halted. Whatever
+d'Aguilar had done, he had never caused a man to be actually murdered,
+he who was a bigot, who atoned for his misdoings by periods of remorse
+and prayer, in which he placed his purse and talents at the service of
+the Church, as he was doing at this moment. No, murder must not be
+thought of; for how could any absolution wash him clean of that stain?
+But there were other ways. For instance, had not this Peter, in
+self-defence it is true, killed one of the servants of an ambassador of
+Spain? Perhaps, however, it would not be necessary to make use of them.
+It had seemed to him that the lady was not ill pleased with him, and,
+after all, he had much to offer. He would court her fairly, and if he
+were rejected by her, or by her father, then it would be time enough to
+act. Meanwhile, he would keep the sword hanging over the head of Peter,
+pretending that it was he alone who had prevented it from falling, and
+learn all that he could as to Castell and his history.
+
+Here, indeed, Fortune, in the shape of the foolish Betty, had favoured
+him. Without a doubt, as he had heard in Spain, and been sure from the
+moment that he first saw him, Castell was still secretly a Jew. Mistress
+Betty's story of the room behind the altar, with the ark and the candles
+and the rolls of the Law, proved as much. At least here was evidence
+enough to send him to the fires of the Inquisition in Spain, and,
+perhaps, to drive him out of England. Now, if John Castell, the Spanish
+Jew, should not wish, for any reason, to give him his daughter in
+marriage, would not a hint and an extract from the Commissions of their
+Majesties of Spain and the Holy Father suffice to make him change
+his mind?
+
+Thus pondering, d'Aguilar regained his lodgings, where his first task
+was to enter in a book all that Betty had told him, and all that he had
+observed in the house of John Castell.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+CASTELL'S SECRET
+
+In John Castell's house it was the habit, as in most others in those
+days, for his dependents, clerks, and shopmen to eat their morning and
+mid-day meals with him in the hall, seated at two lower tables, all of
+them save Betty, his daughter's cousin and companion, who sat with them
+at the upper board. This morning Betty's place was empty, and presently
+Castell, lifting his eyes, for he was lost in thought, noted it, and
+asked where she might be--a question that neither Margaret nor Peter
+could answer.
+
+One of the servants at the lower table, however--it was that man who had
+been sent to follow d'Aguilar on the previous night--said that as he
+came down Holborn a while before he had seen her walking with the
+Spanish don, a saying at which his master looked grave.
+
+Just as they were finishing their meal, a very silent one, for none of
+them seemed to have anything to say, and after the servants had left the
+hall, Betty arrived, flushed as though with running.
+
+"Where have you been that you are so late?" asked Castell.
+
+"To seek the linen for the new sheets, but it was not ready," she
+answered glibly. "The mercer kept you waiting long," remarked Castell
+quietly. "Did you meet any one?"
+
+"Only the folk in the street."
+
+"I will ask you no more questions, lest I should cause you to lie and
+bring you into sin," said Castell sternly. "Girl, how far did you walk
+with the Señor d'Aguilar, and what was your business with him?"
+
+Now Betty knew that she had been seen, and that it was useless to deny
+the truth.
+
+"Only a little way," she answered, "and that because he prayed me to
+show him his path."
+
+"Listen, Betty," went on Castell, taking no notice of her words. "You
+are old enough to guard yourself, therefore as to your walking abroad
+with gallants who can mean you no good I say nothing. But know this--no
+one who has knowledge of the matters of my house," and he looked at her
+keenly, "shall mix with any Spaniard. If you are found alone with this
+señor any more, that hour I have done with you, and you never pass my
+door again. Nay, no words. Take your food and eat it elsewhere."
+
+So she departed half weeping, but very angry, for Betty was strong and
+obstinate by nature. When she had gone, Margaret, who was fond of her
+cousin, tried to say some words on her behalf; but her father
+stopped her.
+
+"Pshaw!" he said, "I know the girl; she is vain as a peacock, and,
+remembering her gentle birth and good looks, seeks to marry above her
+station; while for some purpose of his own--an ill one, I'll warrant--
+that Spaniard plays upon her weakness, which, if it be not curbed, may
+bring trouble on us all. Now, enough of Betty Dene; I must to my work."
+
+"Sir," said Peter, speaking for the first time, "we would have a
+private word with you."
+
+"A private word," he said, looking up anxiously. "Well, speak on. No,
+this place is not private; I think its walls have ears. Follow me," and
+he led the way into the old chapel, whereof, when they had all passed
+it, he bolted the door. "Now," he said, "what is it?"
+
+"Sir," answered Peter, standing before him, "having your leave at last,
+I asked your daughter in marriage this morning."
+
+"At least you lose no time, friend Peter; unless you had called her from
+her bed and made your offer through the door you could not have done it
+quicker. Well, well, you ever were a man of deeds, not words, and what
+says my Margaret?"
+
+"An hour ago she said she was content," answered Peter.
+
+"A cautious man also," went on Castell with a twinkle in his eye, "who
+remembers that women have been known to change their minds within an
+hour. After such long thought, what say you now, Margaret?"
+
+"That I am angry with Peter," she answered, stamping her small foot,
+"for if he does not trust me for an hour, how can he trust me for his
+life and mine?"
+
+"Nay, Margaret, you do not understand me," said Peter. "I wished not to
+bind you, that is all, in case----"
+
+"Now you are saying it again," she broke in vexed, and yet amused. "Do
+so a third time, and I will you at your word."
+
+"It seems best that I should remain silent. Speak you," said Peter
+humbly.
+
+"Aye, for truly you are a master of silence, as I should know, if any
+do," replied Margaret, bethinking her of the weary months and years of
+waiting. "Well, I will answer for you.--Father, Peter was right; I am
+content to marry him, though to do so will be to enter the Order of the
+Silent Brothers. Yes, I am content; not for himself, indeed, who has so
+many faults, but for myself, who chance to love him," and she smiled
+sweetly enough.
+
+"Do not jest on such matters, Margaret."
+
+"Why not, father? Peter is solemn enough for both of us--look at him.
+Let us laugh while we may, for who knows when tears may come?"
+
+"A good saying," answered Castell with a sigh. "So you two have plighted
+your troth, and, my children, I am glad of it, for who knows when those
+tears of which Margaret spoke may come, and then you can wipe away each
+other's? Take now her hand, Peter, and swear by the Rood, that symbol
+which you worship"--here Peter glanced at him, but he went on--"swear,
+both of you that come what may, together or separate, through good
+report or evil report, through poverty or wealth, through peace or
+persecutions, through temptation or through blood, through every good or
+ill that can befall you in this world of bittersweet, you will remain
+faithful to your troth until you be wed, and after you are wed, faithful
+to each other till death do part you."
+
+These words he spoke to them in a voice that was earnest almost to
+passion, searching their faces the while with his quick eyes as though
+he would read their very hearts. His mood crept from him to them; once
+again they felt something of that fear which had fallen on them in the
+garden when they passed into the shadow of the Spaniard. Very solemnly
+then, and with little of true lovers' joy, did they take each other's
+hands and swear by the Cross and Him Who hung on it, that through these
+things, and all others they could not foretell, they would, if need
+were, be faithful to the death.
+
+"And beyond it also," added Peter; while Margaret bowed her stately head
+in sweet assent.
+
+"Children," said Castell, "you will be rich--few richer in this
+land--though mayhap it would be wise that you should not show all your
+wealth at once, or ape the place of a great house, lest envy should fall
+upon your heads and crush you. Be content to wait, and rank will find
+you in its season, or if not you, your children. Peter, I tell you now,
+lest I should forget it, that the list of all my moneys and other
+possessions in chattels or lands or ships or merchandise is buried
+beneath the floor of my office, just under where my chair stands. Lift
+the boards and dig away a foot of rubbish, and you will find a stone
+trap, and below an iron box with the deeds, inventories, and some very
+precious jewels. Also, if by any mischance that box should be lost,
+duplicates of nearly all these papers are in the hands of my good friend
+and partner in our inland British trade, Simon Levett, whom you know.
+Remember my words, both of you."
+
+"Father," broke in Margaret in an anxious voice, "why do you speak of
+the future thus?--I mean, as though you had no share in it? Do you
+fear aught?"
+
+"Yes, daughter, much, or rather I expect, I do not fear, who am
+prepared and desire to meet all things as they come. You have sworn that
+oath, have you not? And you will keep it, will you not?"
+
+"Aye!" they answered with one breath.
+
+"Then prepare you to feel the weight of the first of those trials
+whereof it speaks, for I will no longer hold back the truth from you.
+Children, I, whom for all these years you have thought of your own
+faith, am a Jew as my forefathers were before me, back to the days
+of Abraham."
+
+The effect of this declaration upon its hearers was remarkable. Peter's
+jaw dropped, and for the second time that day his face went white; while
+Margaret sank down into a chair that stood near by, and stared at him
+helplessly. In those times it was a very terrible thing to be a Jew.
+Castell looked from one to the other, and, feeling the insult of their
+silence, grew angry.
+
+"What!" he exclaimed in a bitter voice, "are you like all the others? Do
+you scorn me also because I am of a race more ancient and honourable
+than those of any of your mushroom lords and kings? You know my life:
+say, what have I done wrong? Have I caught Christian children and
+crucified them to death? Have I defrauded my neighbour or oppressed the
+poor? Have I mocked your symbol of the Host? Have I conspired against
+the rulers of this land? Have I been a false friend or a cruel father?
+You shake your heads; then why do you stare at me as though I were a
+thing accursed and unclean? Have I not a right to the faith of my
+fathers? May I not worship God in my own fashion?" And he looked at
+Peter, a challenge in his eyes. "Sir," answered Peter, "without a
+doubt you may, or so it seems to me. But then, why for all these years
+have you appeared to worship Him in ours?"
+
+At this blunt question, so characteristic of the speaker, Castell seemed
+to shrink like a pin-pricked bladder, or some bold fighter who has
+suddenly received a sword-thrust in his vitals. All courage went out of
+the man, his fiery eyes grew tame, he appeared to become visibly
+smaller, and to put on something of the air of those mendicants of his
+own race, who whine out their woes and beg alms of the passer-by. When
+next he spoke, it was as a suppliant for merciful judgment at the hands
+of his own child and her lover.
+
+"Judge me not harshly," he said. "Think what it is to be a Jew--an
+outcast, a thing that the lowest may spurn and spit at, one beyond the
+law, one who can be hunted from land to land like a mad wolf, and
+tortured to death, when caught, for the sport of gentle Christians, who
+first have stripped him of his gains and very garments. And then think
+what it means to escape all these woes and terrors, and, by the doffing
+of a bonnet, and the mumbling of certain prayers with the lips in
+public, to find sanctuary, peace, and protection within the walls of
+Mother Church, and thus fostered, to grow rich and great."
+
+He paused as though for a reply, but as they did not speak, went on:
+
+"Moreover, as a child, I was baptized into your Church; but my heart,
+like that of my father, remained with the Jews, and where the heart goes
+the feet follow."
+
+"That makes it worse," said Peter, as though speaking to himself.
+
+"My father taught me thus," Castell went on, as though pleading his case
+before a court of law.
+
+"We must answer for our own sins," said Peter again.
+
+Then at length Castell took fire.
+
+"You young folk, who as yet know little of the terrors of the world,
+reproach me with cold looks and colder words," he said; "but I wonder,
+should you ever come to such a pass as mine, whether you will find the
+heart to meet it half as bravely? Why do you think that I have told you
+this secret, that I might have kept from you as I kept it from your
+mother, Margaret? I say because it is a part of my penance for the sin
+which I have sinned. Aye, I know well that my God is a jealous God, and
+that this sin will fall back on my head, and that I shall pay its price
+to the last groat, though when and how the blow will strike me I know
+not. Go you, Peter, or you, Margaret, and denounce me if you will. Your
+priests will speak well of you for the deed, and open to you a shorter
+road to Heaven, and I shall not blame you, nor lessen your wealth by a
+single golden noble."
+
+"Do not speak so madly, Sir," said Peter; "these matters are between you
+and God. What have we to do with them, and who made us judges over you?
+We only pray that your fears may come to nothing, and that you may reach
+your grave in peace and honour."
+
+"I thank you for your generous words, which are such as befit your
+nature," said Castell gently; "but what says Margaret?"
+
+"I, father?" she answered, wildly. "Oh! I have nothing to say. He is
+right. It is between you and God; but it is hard that I must lose my
+love so soon." Peter looked up, and Castell answered:
+
+"Lose him! Why, what did he swear but now?"
+
+"I care not what he swore; but how can I ask him, who is of noble,
+Christian birth, to marry the daughter of a Jew who all his life has
+passed himself off as a worshipper of that Jesus Whom he denies?"
+
+Now Peter held up his hand.
+
+"Have done with such talk," he said. "Were your father Judas himself,
+what is that to you and me? You are mine and I am yours till death part
+us, nor shall the faith of another man stand between us for an hour.
+Sir, we thank you for your confidence, and of this be sure, that
+although it makes us sorrowful, we do not love or honour you the less
+because now we know the truth."
+
+Margaret rose from her chair, looked a while at her father, then with a
+sob threw herself suddenly upon his breast.
+
+"Forgive me if I spoke bitterly," she said, "who, not knowing that I was
+half a Jewess, have been taught to hate their race. What is it to me of
+what faith you are, who think of you only as my dearest father?"
+
+"Why weep then?" asked Castell, stroking her hair tenderly.
+
+"Because you are in danger, or so you say, and if anything happened to
+you--oh! what shall I do then?"
+
+"Accept it as the will of God, and bear the blow bravely, as I hope to
+do, should it fall," he answered, and, kissing her, left the chapel.
+
+"It seems that joy and trouble go hand in hand," said Margaret, looking
+up presently.
+
+"Yes, Sweet, they were ever twins; but provided we have our share of the
+first, do not let us quarrel with the second. A pest on the priests and
+all their bigotry, say I! Christ sought to convert the Jews, not to kill
+them; and for my part I can honour the man who clings to his own faith,
+aye, and forgive him because they forced him to feign to belong to ours.
+Pray then that neither of us may live to commit a greater sin, and that
+we may soon be wed and dwell in peace away from London, where we can
+shelter him."
+
+"I do--I do," she answered, drawing close to Peter, and soon they forgot
+their fears and doubts in each other's arms.
+
+On the following morning, that of Sunday, Peter, Margaret, and Betty
+went together to Mass at St. Paul's church; but Castell said that he was
+ill, and did not come. Indeed, now that his conscience was stirred as to
+the double life he had led so long, he purposed, if he could avoid it,
+to worship in a Christian church no more. Therefore he said that he was
+sick; and they, knowing that this sickness was of the heart, answered
+nothing. But privately they wondered what he would do who could not
+always remain sick, since not to go to church and partake of its
+Sacraments was to be published as a heretic.
+
+But if he did not accompany them himself, Castell, without their
+knowledge, sent two of his stoutest servants, bidding these keep near to
+them and see that they came home safe.
+
+Now, when they left the church, Peter saw two Spaniards, whose faces he
+thought he knew, who seemed to be watching them, but, as he lost sight
+of them presently in the throng, said nothing. Their shortest way home
+ran across some fields and gardens where there were few houses. This
+lane, then, they followed, talking earnestly to each other, and noting
+nothing till Betty behind called out to them to beware. Then Peter
+looked up and saw the two Spaniards scrambling through a gap in the
+fence not six paces ahead of them, saw also that they laid their hands
+upon their sword-hilts.
+
+"Let us pass them boldly," he muttered to Margaret; "I'll not turn my
+back on a brace of Spaniards," but he also laid his hand upon the hilt
+of the sword he wore beneath his cloak, and bade her get behind him.
+
+Thus, then, they came face to face. Now, the Spaniards, who were
+evil-looking fellows, bowed courteously enough, and asked if he were not
+Master Peter Brome. They spoke in Spanish; but, like Margaret Peter knew
+this tongue, if not too well, having been taught it as a child, and
+practised it much since he came into the service of John Castell, who
+used it largely in his trade.
+
+"Yes," he answered. "What is your business with me?"
+
+"We have a message for you, Señor, from a certain comrade of ours, one
+Andrew, a Scotchman, whom you met a few nights ago," replied the
+spokesman of the pair. "He is dead, but still he sends his message, and
+it is that we should ask you to join him at once. Now, all of us
+brothers have sworn to deliver that message, and to see that you keep
+the tryst. If some of us should chance to fail, then others will meet
+you with the message until you keep that tryst."
+
+"You mean that you wish to murder me," said Peter, setting his mouth and
+drawing the sword from beneath his cloak. "Well, come on, cowards, and
+we will see whom Andrew gets for company in hell to-day. Run back,
+Margaret and Betty--run." And he tore off his cloak and threw it over
+his left arm.
+
+So for a moment they stood, for he looked fierce and ill to deal with.
+Then, just as they began to feint in front of him, there came a rush of
+feet, and on either side of Peter appeared the two stout serving-men,
+also sword in hand.
+
+"I am glad of your company," he said, catching sight of them out of the
+corners of his eyes. "Now, Señors Cut-throats, do you still wish to
+deliver that message?"
+
+The answer of the Spaniards, who saw themselves thus unexpectedly
+out-matched, was to turn and run, whereon one of the serving-men,
+picking up a big stone that lay in the path, hurled it after them with
+all his force. It struck the hindmost Spaniard full in the back, and so
+heavy was the blow that he fell on to his face in the mud, whence he
+rose and limped away, cursing them with strange, Spanish oaths, and
+vowing vengeance.
+
+"Now," said Peter, "I think that we may go home in safety, for no more
+messengers will come from Andrew to-day."
+
+"No," gasped Margaret, "not to-day, but to-morrow or the next day they
+will come, and oh! how will it end?"
+
+"That God knows alone," answered Peter gravely as he sheathed his sword.
+
+When the story of this attempt was told to Castell he seemed much
+disturbed.
+
+"It is clear that they have a blood-feud against you on account of that
+Scotchman whom you killed in self-defence," he said anxiously. "Also
+these Spaniards are very revengeful, nor have they forgiven you for
+calling the English to your aid against them. Peter, I fear that if you
+go abroad they will murder you."
+
+"Well, I cannot stay indoors always, like a rat in a drain," said Peter
+crossly, "so what is to be done? Appeal to the law?"
+
+"No; for you have just broken the law by killing a man. I think you had
+best go away for a while till this storm blows over."
+
+"Go away! Peter go away?" broke in Margaret, dismayed.
+
+"Yes," answered her father. "Listen, daughter. You cannot be married at
+once. It is not seemly; moreover, notice must be given and arrangement
+made. A month hence will be soon enough, and that is not long for you to
+wait who only became affianced yesterday. Also, until you are wed, no
+word must be said to any one of this betrothal of yours, lest those
+Spaniards should lay their feud at your door also, and work you some
+mischief. Let none know of it, I charge you, and in company be distant
+to each other, as though there were nothing between you."
+
+"As you will, Sir," replied Peter; "but for my part I do not like all
+these hidings of the truth, which ever lead to future trouble. I say,
+let me bide here and take my chance, and let us be wed as soon as
+may be."
+
+"That your wife may be made a widow before the week is out, or the house
+burnt about our ears by these rascals and their following? No, no,
+Peter; walk softly that you may walk safely. We will hear the report of
+the Spaniard d'Aguilar, and afterwards take counsel."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+FAREWELL
+
+D'Aguilar came to supper that night as he had promised, and this time
+not on foot and unattended, but with pomp and circumstance as befitted a
+great lord. First appeared two running footmen to clear the way; then
+followed D'Aguilar, mounted on a fine white horse, and splendidly
+apparelled in a velvet cloak and a hat with nodding ostrich plumes,
+while after him rode four men-at-arms in his livery.
+
+"We asked one guest, or rather he asked himself, and we have got seven,
+to say nothing of their horses," grumbled Castell, watching their
+approach from an upper window. "Well, we must make the best of it.
+Peter, go, see that man and beast are fed, and fully, that they may not
+grumble at our hospitality. The guard can eat in the little hall with
+our own folk. Margaret, put on your richest robe and your jewels, those
+which you wore when I took you to that city feast last summer. We will
+show these fine, foreign birds that we London merchants have brave
+feathers also."
+
+Peter hesitated, misdoubting him of the wisdom of this display, who, if
+he could have his will, would have sent the Spaniard's following to the
+tavern, and received him in sober garments to a simple meal.
+
+But Castell, who seemed somewhat disturbed that night, who loved,
+moreover, to show his wealth at times after the fashion of a Jew, began
+to fume and ask if he must go himself. So the end of it was that Peter
+went, shaking his head, while, urged to it by her father, Margaret
+departed also to array herself.
+
+A few minutes later Castell, in his costliest feast-day robe, greeted
+d'Aguilar in the ante-hall, and, the two of them being alone, asked him
+how matters went as regarded de Ayala and the man who had been killed.
+
+"Well and ill," answered d'Aguilar. "Doctor de Puebla, with whom I hoped
+to deal, has left London in a huff, for he says that there is not room
+for two Spanish ambassadors at Court, so I had to fall back upon de
+Ayala after all. Indeed, twice have I seen that exalted priest upon the
+subject of the well-deserved death of his villainous servant, and, after
+much difficulty, for having lost several men in such brawls, he thought
+his honour touched, he took the fifty gold angels--to be transmitted to
+the fellow's family, of course, or so he said--and gave a receipt. Here
+it is," and he handed a paper to Castell, who read it carefully.
+
+It was to the effect that Peter Brome, having paid a sum of fifty angels
+to the relatives of Andrew Pherson, a servant of the Spanish ambassador,
+which Andrew the said Peter had killed in a brawl, the said ambassador
+undertook not to prosecute or otherwise molest the said Peter on account
+of the manslaughter which he had committed.
+
+"But no money has been paid," said Castell.
+
+"Indeed yes, I paid it. De Ayala gives no receipts against promises."
+
+"I thank you for your courtesy, Señor. You shall have the gold before
+you leave this house. Few would have trusted a stranger thus far."
+
+D'Aguilar waved his hand.
+
+"Make no mention of such a trifle. I would ask you to accept it as a
+token of my regard for your family, only that would be to affront so
+wealthy a man. But listen, I have more to say. You are, or rather your
+kinsman Peter, is still in the wood. De Ayala has pardoned him; but
+there remains the King of England, whose law he has broken. Well, this
+day I have seen the King, who, by the way, talked of you as a worthy
+man, saying that he had always thought only a Jew could be so wealthy,
+and that he knew you were not, since you had been reported to him as a
+good son of the Church," and he paused, looking at Castell.
+
+"I fear his Grace magnifies my wealth, which is but small," answered
+Castell coolly, leaving the rest of his speech unnoticed. "But what said
+his Grace?"
+
+"I showed him de Ayala's receipt, and he answered that if his Excellency
+was satisfied, he was satisfied, and for his part would not order any
+process to issue; but he bade me tell you and Peter Brome that if he
+caused more tumult in his streets, whatever the provocation, and
+especially if that tumult were between English and Spaniards, he would
+hang him at once with trial or without it. All of which he said very
+angrily, for the last thing which his Highness desires just now is any
+noise between Spain and England."
+
+"That is bad," answered Castell, "for this very morning there was near
+to being such a tumult," and he told the story of how the two Spaniards
+had waylaid Peter, and one of them been knocked down by the serving-man
+with a stone. At this news d'Aguilar shook his head.
+
+"Then that is just where the trouble lies," he exclaimed. "I know it
+from my people, who keep me well informed, that all those servants of de
+Ayala, and there are more than twenty of them, have sworn an oath by the
+Virgin of Seville that before they leave this land they will have your
+kinsman's blood in payment for that of Andrew Pherson, who, although a
+Scotchman, was their officer, and a brave man whom they loved much. Now,
+if they attack him, as they will, there must be a brawl, for Peter
+fights well, and if there is a brawl, though Peter and the English get
+the best of it, as very likely they may, Peter will certainly be hanged,
+for so the King has promised."
+
+"Before they leave the land? When do they leave it?"
+
+"De Ayala sails within a month, and his folk with him, for his
+co-ambassador, the Doctor de Puebla, will bear with him no more, and has
+written from the country house where he is sulking that one of them
+must go."
+
+"Then I think it is best, Señor, that Peter should travel for a month."
+
+"Friend Castell, you are wise; I think so too, and, I counsel you,
+arrange it at once. Hush! here comes the lady, your daughter."
+
+As he spoke, Margaret appeared descending the broad oak stairs which led
+into the ante-room. Holding a lamp in her hand, she was in full light,
+whereas the two men stood in the shadow. She wore a low-cut dress of
+crimson velvet, embroidered about the bodice with dead gold, which
+enhanced the dazzling whiteness of her shapely neck and bosom. Round her
+throat hung a string of great pearls, and on her head was a net of
+gold, studded with smaller pearls, from beneath which her glorious,
+chestnut-black hair flowed down in rippling waves almost to her knees.
+Having her father's bidding so to do, she had adorned herself thus that
+she might look her fairest, not in the eyes of their guest, but in those
+of her new-affianced husband. So fair was she seen thus that d'Aguilar,
+the artist, the adorer of loveliness, caught his breath and shivered at
+the sight of her.
+
+"By the eleven thousand virgins!" he said, "your daughter is more
+beautiful than all of them put together. She should be crowned a queen,
+and bewitch the world."
+
+"Nay, nay, Señor," answered Castell hurriedly; "let her remain humble
+and honest, and bewitch her husband."
+
+"So I should say if I were the husband," he muttered, then stepped
+forward, bowing, to meet her.
+
+Now the light of the silver lamp she held on high flowed over the two of
+them, d'Aguilar and Margaret, and certainly they seemed a well-matched
+pair. Both were tall and cast by Nature in a rich and splendid mould;
+both had that high air of breeding which comes with ancient blood--for
+what bloods are more ancient than those of the Jew and the
+Eastern?--both were slow and stately of movement, low-voiced, and
+dignified of speech. Castell noted it and was afraid, he knew not
+of what.
+
+Peter, entering the room by another door, clad only in his grey clothes,
+for he would not put on gay garments for the Spaniard, noted it also,
+and with the quick instinct of love knew this magnificent foreigner for
+a rival and an enemy. But he was not afraid, only jealous and angry.
+Indeed, nothing would have pleased him better then than that the
+Spaniard should have struck him in the face, so that within five minutes
+it might be shown which of them was the better man. It must come to
+this, he felt, and very glad would he have been if it could come at the
+beginning and not at the end, so that one or the other of them might be
+saved much trouble. Then he remembered that he had promised to say or
+show nothing of how things stood between him and Margaret, and, coming
+forward, he greeted d'Aguilar quietly but coldly, telling him that his
+horses had been stabled, and his retinue accommodated.
+
+The Spaniard thanked him very heartily, and they passed in to supper. It
+was a strange meal for all four of them, yet outwardly pleasant enough.
+Forgetting his cares, Castell drank gaily, and began to talk of the many
+changes which he had seen in his life, and of the rise and fall of
+kings. D'Aguilar talked also, of the Spanish wars and policy, for in the
+first he had seen much service, and of the other he knew every turn. It
+was easy to see that he was one of those who mixed with courts, and had
+the ear of ministers and majesty. Margaret also, being keen-witted and
+anxious to learn of the great world that lay beyond Holborn and London
+town, asked questions, seeking to know, amongst other things, what were
+the true characters of Ferdinand, King of Aragon, and Isabella his wife,
+the famous queen.
+
+"I will tell you in few words, Señora. Ferdinand is the most ambitious
+man in Europe, false also if it serves his purpose. He lives for self
+and gain--that money and power. These are his gods, for he has no true
+religion. He is not clever but, being very cunning, he will succeed and
+leave a famous name behind him."
+
+"An ugly picture," said Margaret. "And what of his queen?"
+
+"She," answered d'Aguilar, "is a great woman, who knows how to use the
+temper of her time and so attain her ends. To the world she shows a
+tender heart, but beneath it lies hid an iron resolution."
+
+"What are those ends?" asked Margaret again.
+
+"To bring all Spain under her rule; utterly to crush the Moors and take
+their territories; to make the Church of Christ triumphant upon earth;
+to stamp out heresy; to convert or destroy the Jews," he added slowly,
+and as he spoke the words, Peter, watching, saw his eyes open and
+glitter like a snake's--"to bring their bodies to the purifying flames,
+and their vast wealth into her treasury, and thus earn the praise of the
+faithful upon earth, and for herself a throne in heaven."
+
+For a while there was silence after this speech, then Margaret said
+boldly:
+
+"If heavenly thrones are built of human blood and tears, what stone and
+mortar do they use in hell, I wonder?" Then, without pausing for an
+answer, she rose, saying that she was weary, curtseyed to d'Aguilar, her
+father and Peter, each in turn, and left the hall.
+
+When she had gone the talk flagged, and presently d'Aguilar asked for
+his men and horses and departed also, saying as he went:
+
+"Friend Castell, you will repeat my news to your good kinsman here. I
+pray for all your sakes that he may bow his head to what cannot be
+helped, and thus keep it safe upon his shoulders."
+
+"What meant the man?" asked Peter, when the sound of the horses' hoofs
+had died away.
+
+Castell told him of what had passed between him and d'Aguilar before
+supper, and showed him de Ayala's receipt, adding in a vexed voice:
+
+"I have forgotten to repay him the gold; it shall be sent to-morrow."
+
+"Have no fear; he will come for it," answered Peter coldly. "Now, if I
+have my way, I will take the risk of these Spaniards' swords and King
+Henry's rope, and bide here."
+
+"That you must not do," said Castell earnestly, "for my sake and
+Margaret's, if not for yours. Would you make her a widow before she is a
+wife? Listen: it is my wish that you travel down to Essex to take
+delivery of your father's land in the Vale of Dedham and see to the
+repairing of the mansion house, which, I am told, needs it much. Then,
+when these Spaniards are gone, you can return and at once be married,
+say one short month hence."
+
+"Will not you and Margaret come with me to Dedham?"
+
+Castell shook his head.
+
+"It is not possible. I must wind up my affairs, and Margaret cannot go
+with you alone. Moreover, there is no place for her to lodge. I will
+keep her here till you return."
+
+"Yes, Sir; but will you keep her safe? The cozening words of Spaniards
+are sometimes more deadly than their swords."
+
+"I think that Margaret has a medicine against all such arts," answered
+her father with a little smile, and left him.
+
+On the morrow when Castell told Margaret that her lover must leave her
+for a while that night--for this Peter would not do himself--she prayed
+him even with tears that he would not send him so far from her, or that
+they might all go together. But he reasoned with her kindly, showing her
+that the latter was impossible, and that if Peter did not go at once it
+was probable that Peter would soon be dead, whereas, if he went, there
+would be but one short month of waiting till the Spaniards had sailed,
+after which they might be married and live in peace and safety.
+
+So she came to see that this was best and wisest, and gave way; but oh!
+heavy were those hours, and sore was their parting. Essex was no far
+journey, and to enter into lands which only two days before Peter
+believed he had lost for ever, no sad errand, while the promise that at
+the end of a single month he should return to claim his bride hung
+before them like a star. Yet they were sad-hearted, both of them, and
+that star seemed very far away.
+
+Margaret was afraid lest Peter might be waylaid upon the road, but he
+laughed at her, saying that her father was sending six stout men with
+him as an escort, and thus companioned he feared no Spaniards. Peter,
+for his part, was afraid lest d'Aguilar might make love to her while he
+was away. But now she laughed at him, saying that all her heart was his,
+and that she had none to give to d'Aguilar or any other man. Moreover,
+that England was a free land in which women, who were no king's wards,
+could not be led whither they did not wish to go. So it seemed that they
+had naught to fear, save the daily chance of life and death. And yet
+they were afraid.
+
+"Dear love," said Margaret to him after she had thought a while, "our
+road looks straight and easy, and yet there may be pitfalls in it that
+we cannot guess. Therefore you must swear one thing to me: That whatever
+you shall hear or whatever may happen, you will never doubt me as I
+shall never doubt you. If, for instance, you should be told that I have
+discarded you, and given myself to some other husband; if even you
+should believe that you see it signed by my hand, or if you think that
+you hear it told to you by my voice--still, I say, believe it not."
+
+"How could such a thing be?" asked Peter anxiously.
+
+"I do not suppose that it could be; I only paint the worst that might
+happen as a lesson for us both. Heretofore my life has been calm as a
+summer's day; but who knows when winter storms may rise, and often I
+have thought that I was born to know wind and rain and lightning as well
+as peace and sunshine. Remember that my father is a Jew, and that to the
+Jews and their children terrible things chance at times. Why, all this
+wealth might vanish in an hour, and you might find me in a prison, or
+clad in rags begging my bread. Now do you swear?" and she held towards
+him the gold crucifix that hung upon her bosom.
+
+"Aye," he said, "I swear it by this holy token and by your lips," and he
+kissed first the cross and then her mouth, adding, "Shall I ask the same
+oath of you?"
+
+She laughed.
+
+"If you will; but it is not needful. Peter, I think that I know you too
+well; I think that your heart will never stir even if I be dead and you
+married to another. And yet men are men, and women have wiles, so I will
+swear this: That should you slip, perchance, and I live to learn it, I
+will try not to judge you harshly." And again she laughed, she who was
+so certain of her empire over this man's heart and body.
+
+"Thank you," said Peter; "but for my part I will try to stand straight
+upon my feet, so should any tales be brought to you of me, sift them
+well, I pray you."
+
+Then, forgetting their doubts and dreads, they talked of their marriage,
+which they fixed for that day month, and of how they would dwell happily
+in Dedham Vale. Also Margaret, who well knew the house, named the Old
+Hall, where they should live, for she had stayed there as a child, gave
+him many commands as to the new arrangement of its chambers and its
+furnishing, which, as there was money and to spare, could be as costly
+as they willed, saying that she would send him down all things by wain
+so soon as he was ready for them.
+
+Thus, then, the hours wore away, until at length night came and they
+took their last meal together, the three of them, for it was arranged
+that Peter should start at moonrise, when none were about to see him go.
+It was not a very happy meal, and, though they made a brave show of
+eating, but little food passed their lips. Now the horses were ready,
+and Margaret buckled on Peter's sword and threw his cloak about his
+shoulders, and he, having shaken Castell by the hand and bade him guard
+their jewel safely, without more words kissed her in farewell, and went.
+
+Taking the silver lamp in her hand, she followed him to the ante-room.
+At the door he turned and saw her standing there gazing after him with
+wide eyes and a strained, white face. At the sight of her silent pain
+almost his heart failed him, almost he refused to go. Then he
+remembered, and went.
+
+For a while Margaret still stood thus, until the sound of the horses'
+hoofs had died away indeed. Then she turned and said:
+
+"Father, I know not how it is, but it seems to me that when Peter and I
+meet again it will be far off, yes, far off upon the stormy sea--but
+what sea I know not." And without waiting for an answer she climbed the
+stairs to her chamber, and there wept herself to sleep.
+
+Castell watched her depart, then muttered to himself:
+
+"Pray God she is not foresighted like so many of our race; and yet why
+is my own heart so heavy? Well, according to my judgment, I have done my
+best for him and her, and for myself I care nothing."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+NEWS FROM SPAIN
+
+Peter Brome was a very quiet man, whose voice was not often heard about
+the place, and yet it was strange how dull and different the big, old
+house in Holborn seemed without him. Even the handsome Betty, with whom
+he was never on the best of terms, since there was much about her of
+which he disapproved, missed him, and said so to her cousin, who only
+answered with a sigh. For in the bottom of her heart Betty both feared
+and respected Peter. The fear was of his observant eyes and caustic
+words, which she knew were always words of truth, and the respect for
+the general uprightness of his character, especially where her own sex
+was concerned.
+
+In fact, as has been hinted, some little time before, when Peter had
+first come to live with the Castells, Betty, thinking him a proper man
+of gentle birth, such a one indeed as she would wish to marry, had made
+advances to him, which, as he did not seem to notice them, became by
+degrees more and more marked. What happened at last they two knew alone,
+but it was something that caused Betty to become very angry, and to
+speak of Peter to her friends as a cold-blooded lout who thought only of
+work and gain. The episode was passing, and soon forgotten by the lady
+in the press of other affairs; but the respect remained. Moreover, on
+one or two occasions, when the love of admiration had led her into
+griefs, Peter had proved a good friend, and what was better, a friend
+who did not talk. Therefore she wished him back again, especially now,
+when something that was more than mere vanity and desire for excitement
+had taken hold of her, and Betty found herself being swept off her feet
+into very deep and doubtful waters.
+
+The shopmen and the servants missed him also, for to him all disputes
+were brought for settlement, nor, provided it had not come about through
+lack of honesty, were any pains too great for him to take to help them
+in a trouble. Most of all Castell missed him, since until Peter had gone
+he did not know how much he had learned to rely upon him, both in his
+business and as a friend. As for Margaret, her life without him was one
+long, empty night.
+
+Thus it chanced that in such a house any change was welcome, and, though
+she liked him little enough, Margaret was not even displeased when one
+morning Betty told her that the lord d'Aguilar was coming to call on her
+that day, and purposed to bring her a present.
+
+"I do not seek his presents," said Margaret indifferently; then added,
+"But how do you know that, Betty?"
+
+The young woman coloured, and tossed her head as she answered:
+
+"I know it, Cousin, because, as I was going to visit my old aunt
+yesterday, who lives on the wharf at Westminster, I met him riding, and
+he called out to me, saying that he had a gift for you and one for
+me also."
+
+"Be careful you do not meet him too often, Betty, when you chance to be
+visiting your aunt. These Spaniards are not always over-honest, as you
+may learn to your sorrow."
+
+"I thank you for your good counsel," said Betty, shortly, "but I, who am
+older than you, know enough of men to be able to guard myself, and can
+keep them at a distance."
+
+"I am glad of it, Betty, only sometimes I have thought that the distance
+was scarcely wide enough," answered Margaret, and left the subject, for
+she was thinking of other things.
+
+That afternoon, when Margaret was walking in the garden, Betty, whose
+face seemed somewhat flushed, ran up to her and said that the lord
+d'Aguilar was waiting in the hall.
+
+"Very good," answered Margaret, "I will come. Go, tell my father, that
+he may join us. But why are you so disturbed and hurried?" she added
+wonderingly.
+
+"Oh!" answered Betty, "he has brought me a present, so fine a present--a
+mantle of the most wonderful lace that ever I saw, and a comb of mottled
+shell mounted in gold to keep it off the hair. He made me wait while he
+showed me how to put it on, and that was why I ran."
+
+Margaret did not quite see the connection; but she answered slowly:
+
+"Perhaps it would have been wiser if you had run first. I do not
+understand why this fine lord brings you presents."
+
+"But he has brought one for you also, Cousin, although he would not say
+what it was."
+
+"That I understand still less. Go, tell my father that the Señor
+d'Aguilar awaits him."
+
+Then she went into the hall, and found d'Aguilar looking at an
+illuminated Book of Hours in which she had been reading, that was
+written in Spanish in one column and in Latin in that opposite. He
+greeted her in his usual graceful way, that, where Margaret was
+concerned, was easy and well-bred without being bold, and said at once:
+
+"So you read Spanish, Señora?"
+
+"A little. Not very well, I fear."
+
+"And Latin also?"
+
+"A little again. I have been taught that tongue. By studying them thus I
+try to improve myself in both."
+
+"I perceive that you are learned as you are beautiful," and he bowed
+courteously.
+
+"I thank you, Señor; but I lay claim to neither grace."
+
+"What need is there to claim that which is evident?" replied d'Aguilar;
+then added, "But I forgot, I have brought you a present, if you will be
+pleased to accept it. Or, rather, I bring you what is your own, or at
+the least your father's. I bargained with his Excellency Don de Ayala,
+pointing out that fifty gold angels were too much to pay for that dead
+rogue of his; but he would give me nothing back in money, since with
+gold he never parts. Yet I won some change from him, and it stands
+without your door. It is a Spanish jennet of the true Moorish blood,
+which, hundreds of years ago, that people brought with them from the
+East. He needs it no longer, as he returns to Spain, and it is trained
+to bear a lady." Margaret did not know what to answer, but,
+fortunately, at that moment her father appeared, and to him d'Aguilar
+repeated his tale, adding that he had heard his daughter say that the
+horse she rode had fallen with her, so that she could use it no more.
+
+
+Now, Castell did not wish to accept this gift, for such he felt it to
+be; but d'Aguilar assured him that if he did not he must sell it and
+return him the price in money, as it did not belong to him. So, there
+being no help for it, he thanked him in his daughter's name and his own,
+and they went into the stable-yard, whither it had been taken, to look
+at this horse.
+
+The moment that Castell saw it he knew that it was a creature of great
+value, pure white in colour, with a long, low body, small head, gentle
+eyes, round hoofs, and flowing mane and tail, such a horse, indeed, as a
+queen might have ridden. Now again he was confused, being sure that this
+beast had never been given back as a luck-penny, since it would have
+fetched more than the fifty angels on the market; moreover, it was
+harnessed with a woman's saddle and bridle of the most beautifully
+worked red Cordova leather, to which were attached a silver bit and
+stirrup. But d'Aguilar smiled, and vowed that things were as he had told
+them, so there was nothing more to be said. Margaret, too, was so
+pleased with the mare, which she longed to ride, that she forgot her
+scruples, and tried to believe that this was so. Noting her delight,
+which she could not conceal as she patted the beautiful beast,
+d'Aguilar said:
+
+"Now I will ask one thing in return for the bargain that I have
+made--that I may see you mount this horse for the first time. You told
+me that you and your father were wont to go out together in the
+morning. Have I your leave, Sir," and he turned to Castell, "to ride
+with you before breakfast, say, at seven of the clock, for I would show
+the lady, your daughter, how she should manage a horse of this blood,
+which is something of a trick?"
+
+"If you will," answered Castell--"that is, if the weather is fine," for
+the offer was made so courteously that it could scarcely be refused.
+
+D'Aguilar bowed, and they re-entered the house, talking of other
+matters. When they were in the hall again, he asked whether their
+kinsman Peter had reached his destination safely, adding:
+
+"I pray you, do not tell me where it is, for I wish to be able to put my
+hand upon my heart and swear to all concerned, and especially to certain
+fellows who are still seeking for him, that I know nothing of his
+hiding-place."
+
+Castell answered that he had, since but a few minutes before a letter
+had come from him announcing his safe arrival, tidings at which Margaret
+looked up, then, remembering her promise, said that she was glad to hear
+of it, as the roads were none too safe, and spoke indifferently of
+something else. D'Aguilar added that he also was glad, then, rising,
+took his leave "till seven on the morrow."
+
+When he had gone, Castell gave Margaret a letter, addressed to her in
+Peter's stiff, upright hand, which she read eagerly. It began and ended
+with sweet words, but, like his speech, was brief and to the point,
+saying only that he had accomplished his journey without adventure, and
+was very glad to find himself again in the old house where he was born,
+and amongst familiar fields and faces. On the morrow he was to see the
+tradesmen as to alterations and repairs which were much needed, even the
+moat being choked with mud and weeds. His last sentence was: "I much
+mistrust me of that fine Spaniard, and I am jealous to think that he
+should be near to you while I am far away. Beware of him, I say--beware
+of him. May the Mother of God and all the saints have you in their
+keeping! Your most true affianced lover."
+
+This letter Margaret answered before she slept, for the messenger was to
+return at dawn, telling Peter, amongst other things, of the gift which
+d'Aguilar had brought her, and how she and her father were forced to
+accept it, but bidding him not be jealous, since, although the gift was
+welcome, she liked the giver little, who did but count the hours till
+her true lover should come back again and take her to himself.
+
+Next morning she was up early, clothed in her riding-dress, for the day
+was very fine, and by seven o'clock d'Aguilar appeared, mounted on a
+great horse. Then the Spanish jennet was brought out, and deftly he
+lifted her to the saddle, showing her how she must pull but lightly on
+the reins, and urge or check her steed with her voice alone, using no
+whip or spur.
+
+A perfect beast it proved to be, indeed, gentle as a lamb, and easy, yet
+very spirited and swift.
+
+D'Aguilar was a pleasant cavalier also, talking of many things grave and
+gay, until at length even Castell forgot his thoughts, and grew cheerful
+as they cantered forward through the fresh spring morning by heath and
+hill and woodland, listening to the singing of the birds, and watching
+the husbandmen at their labour. This ride was but the first of several
+that they took, since d'Aguilar knew their hours of exercise, even when
+they changed them, and whether they asked him or not, joined or met them
+in such a natural fashion that they could not refuse his company.
+Indeed, they were much puzzled to know how he came to be so well
+acquainted with their movements, and even with the direction in which
+they proposed to ride, but supposed that he must have it from the
+grooms, although these were commanded to say nothing, and always denied
+having spoken with him. That Betty should speak of such matters, or even
+find opportunity of doing so, never chanced to cross their minds, who
+did not guess that if they rode with d'Aguilar in the morning, Betty
+often walked with him in the evening when she was supposed to be at
+church, or sewing, or visiting her aunt upon the wharf at Westminster.
+But of these walks the foolish girl said nothing, for her own reasons.
+
+Now, as they rode together, although he remained very courteous and
+respectful, the manner of d'Aguilar towards Margaret grew ever more
+close and intimate. Thus he began to tell her stories, true or false, of
+his past life, which seemed to have been strange and eventful enough; to
+hint, too, of a certain hidden greatness that pertained to him which he
+did not dare to show, and of high ambitions which he had. He spoke also
+of his loneliness, and his desire to lose it in the companionship of a
+kindred heart, if he could find one to share his wealth, his station,
+and his hopes; while all the time his dark eyes, fixed on Margaret,
+seemed to say, "The heart I seek is such a one as yours." At length,
+at some murmured word or touch, she took affright, and, since she could
+not avoid him abroad, determined to stay at home, and, much as she loved
+the sport, to ride no more till Peter should return. So she gave out
+that she had hurt her knee, which made the saddle painful to her, and
+the beautiful Spanish mare was left idle in the stable, or mounted only
+by the groom.
+
+Thus for some days she was rid of d'Aguilar, and employed herself in
+reading and working, or in writing long letters to Peter, who was busy
+enough at Dedham, and sent her thence many commissions to fulfil.
+
+One afternoon Castell was seated in his office deciphering letters which
+had just reached him. The night before his best ship, of over two
+hundred tons burden, which was named the _Margaret_, after his daughter,
+had come safely into the mouth of the Thames from Spain. That evening
+she was to reach her berth at Gravesend with the tide, when Castell
+proposed to go aboard of her to see to the unloading of her cargo. This
+was the last of his ships which remained unsold, and it was his plan to
+re-load and victual her at once with goods that were waiting, and send
+her back to the port of Seville, where his Spanish partners, in whose
+name she was already registered, had agreed to take her over at a fixed
+price. This done, it was only left for him to hand over his business to
+the merchants who had purchased it in London, after which he would be
+free to depart, a very wealthy man, and spend the evening of his days at
+peace in Essex, with his daughter and her husband, as now he so greatly
+longed to do. So soon as they were within the river banks the captain of
+this ship, Smith by name, had landed the cargo-master with letters and
+a manifest of cargo, bidding him hire a horse and bring them to Master
+Castell's house in Holborn. This the man had done safely, and it was
+these letters that Castell read.
+
+One of them was from his partner Bernaldez in Seville; not in answer to
+that which he had written on the night of the opening of this
+history--for this there had been no time--yet dealing with matters
+whereof it treated. In it was this passage:
+
+"You will remember what I wrote to you of a certain envoy who has been
+sent to the Court of London, who is called d'Aguilar, for as our cipher
+is so secret, and it is important that you should be warned, I take the
+risk of writing his name. Since that letter I have learned more
+concerning this grandee, for such he is. Although he calls himself plain
+Don d'Aguilar, in truth he is the Marquis of Morella, and on one side,
+it is said, of royal blood, if not on both, since he is reported to be
+the son born out of wedlock of Prince Carlos of Viana, the half-brother
+of the king. The tale runs that Carlos, the learned and gentle, fell in
+love with a Moorish lady of Aguilar of high birth and great wealth, for
+she had rich estates at Granada and elsewhere, and, as he might not
+marry her because of the difference of their rank and faiths, lived with
+her without marriage, of which union one son was born. Before Prince
+Carlos died, or was poisoned, and while he was still a prisoner at
+Morella, he gave to, or procured for this boy the title of marquis,
+choosing from some fancy the name of Morella, that place where he had
+suffered so much. Also he settled some private lands upon him. After the
+prince died, the Moorish lady, his lover, who had secretly become a
+Christian, took her son to live at her palace in Granada, where she died
+also some ten years ago, leaving all her great wealth to him, for she
+never married. At this time it is said that his life was in danger, for
+the reason that, although he was half a Moor, too much of the
+blood-royal ran in his veins. But the Marquis was clever, and persuaded
+the king and queen that he had no ambition beyond his pleasures. Also
+the Church interceded for him, since to it he proved himself a faithful
+son, persecuting all heretics, especially the Jews, and even Moors,
+although they are of his own blood. So in the end he was confirmed in
+his possessions and left alone, although he refused to become a priest.
+
+"Since then he has been made an agent of the Crown at Granada, and
+employed upon various embassies to London, Rome, and elsewhere, on
+matters connected with the faith and the establishment of the Holy
+Inquisition. That is why he is again in England at this moment, being
+charged to obtain the names and particulars concerning all Maranos
+settled there, especially if they trade with Spain. I have seen the
+names of those of whom he must inquire most closely, and that is why I
+write to you so fully, since yours is first upon the list. I think,
+therefore, that you do wisely to wind up your business with this
+country, and especially to sell your ships to us outright and quickly,
+since otherwise they might be seized--like yourself, if you came here.
+My counsel to you is--hide your wealth, which will be great when we have
+paid you all we owe, and go to some place where you will be forgotten
+for a while, since that bloodhound d'Aguilar, for so he calls himself,
+after his mother's birthplace, has not tracked you to London for
+nothing. As yet, thanks be to God, no suspicion has fallen on any of us;
+perhaps because we have many in our pay."
+
+When Castell had finished transcribing all this passage he read it
+through carefully. Then he went into the hall, where a fire burned, for
+the day was cold, and threw the translation on to it, watching until it
+was consumed, after which he returned to his office, and hid away the
+letter in a secret cupboard behind the panelling of the wall. This done,
+he sat himself in his chair to think.
+
+"My good friend Juan Bernaldez is right," he said to himself;
+"d'Aguilar, or the Marquis Morella, does not nose me and the others out
+for nothing. Well, I shall not trust myself in Spain, and the money,
+most of it, except what is still to come from Spain, is put out where it
+will never be found by him, at good interest too. All seems safe
+enough--and yet I would to God that Peter and Margaret were fast
+married, and that we three sat together, out of sight and mind, in the
+Old Hall at Dedham. I have carried on this game too long. I should have
+closed my books a year ago; but the trade was so good that I could not.
+I was wise also, who in this one lucky year have nearly doubled my
+fortune. And yet it would have been safer, before they guessed that I
+was so rich. Greed--mere greed--for I do not need this money which may
+destroy us all! Greed! The ancient pitfall of my race."
+
+As he thought thus there came a knock upon his door. Snatching up a pen
+he dipped it in the ink-horn and, calling "Enter," began to add a column
+of figures on a paper before him.
+
+The door opened; but he seemed to take no heed, so diligently did he
+count his figures. Yet, although his eyes were fixed upon the paper, in
+some way that he could not understand he was well aware that d'Aguilar
+and no other stood in the room behind him, the truth being, no doubt,
+that unconsciously he had recognised his footstep. For a moment the
+knowledge turned him cold--he who had just been reading of the mission
+of this man--and feared what was to come. Yet he acted well.
+
+"Why do you disturb me, Daughter?" he said testily, and without looking
+round. "Have not things gone ill enough with half the cargo destroyed by
+sea-water, and the rest, that you must trouble me while I sum up my
+losses?" And, casting the pen down, he turned his stool round
+impatiently.
+
+Yes! there sure enough stood d'Aguilar, very handsomely arrayed, and
+smiling and bowing as was his custom.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+D'AGUILAR SPEAKS
+
+"Losses?" said d'Aguilar. "Do I hear the wealthy John Castell, who holds
+half the trade with Spain in the hollow of his hand, talk of losses?"
+
+"Yes, Señor, you do. Things have gone ill with this ship of mine that
+has barely lived through the spring gales. But be seated."
+
+"Indeed, is that so?" said d'Aguilar as he sat down. "What a lying jade
+is rumour! For I was told that they had gone very well. Doubtless,
+however, what is loss to you would be priceless gain to one like me."
+
+Castell made no answer, but waited, feeling that his visitor had not
+come to speak with him of his trading ventures.
+
+"Señor Castell," said d'Aguilar, with a note of nervousness in his
+voice, "I am here to ask you for something."
+
+"If it be a loan, Señor, I fear that the time is not opportune." And he
+nodded towards the sheet of figures.
+
+"It is not a loan; it is a gift."
+
+"Anything in my poor house is yours," answered Castell courteously, and
+in Oriental form.
+
+"I rejoice to hear it, Señor, for I seek something from your house."
+
+Castell looked a question at him with his quick black eyes.
+
+"I seek your daughter, the Señora Margaret, in marriage."
+
+Castell stared at him, then a single word broke from his lips.
+
+"Impossible."
+
+"Why impossible?" asked d'Aguilar slowly, yet as one who expected some
+such answer. "In age we are not unsuited, nor perhaps in fortune, while
+of rank I have enough, more than you guess perhaps. I vaunt not myself,
+yet women have thought me not uncomely. I should be a good friend to the
+house whence I took a wife, where perchance a day may come when friends
+will be needed; and lastly, I desire her not for what she may bring with
+her, though wealth is always welcome, but--I pray you to believe
+it--because I love her."
+
+"I have heard that the Señor d'Aguilar loves many women, yonder in
+Granada."
+
+"As I have heard that the _Margaret_ had a prosperous voyage, Señor
+Castell. Rumour, as I said but now, is a lying jade. Yet I will not copy
+her. I have been no saint. Now I would become one, for Margaret's sake.
+I will be true to your daughter, Señor. What say you now?"
+
+Castell only shook his head.
+
+"Listen," went on d'Aguilar. "I am more than I seem to be; she who weds
+me will not lack for rank and titles."
+
+"Yes, you are the Marquis de Morella, the reputed son of Prince Carlos
+of Viana by a Moorish mother, and therefore nephew to his Majesty
+of Spain."
+
+D'Aguilar looked at him, then bowed and said:
+
+"Your information is good--as good as mine, almost. Doubtless you do not
+like that bar in the blood. Well, if it were not there, I should be
+where Ferdinand is, should I not? So I do not like it either, though it
+is good blood and ancient--that of those high-bred Moors. Now, may not
+the nephew of a king and the son of a princess of Granada be fit to mate
+with the daughter of--a Jew, yes, a Marano, and of a Christian English
+lady, of good family, but no more?"
+
+Castell lifted his hand as though to speak; but d'Aguilar went on:
+
+"Deny it not, friend; it is not worth while here in private. Was there
+not a certain Isaac of Toledo who, hard on fifty years ago, left Spain,
+for his own reasons, with a little son, and in London became known as
+Joseph Castell, having, with his son, been baptized into the Holy
+Church? Ah! you see you are not the only one who studies genealogies."
+
+"Well, Señor, if so, what of it?"
+
+"What of it? Nothing at all, friend Castell. It is an old story, is it
+not, and, as that Isaac is long dead and his son has been a good
+Christian for nearly fifty years and had a Christian wife and child, who
+will trouble himself about such a matter? If he were openly a Hebrew
+now, or worse still, if pretending to be a Christian, he in secret
+practised the rites of the accursed Jews, why then----"
+
+"Then what?"
+
+"Then, of course, he would be expelled this land, where no Jew may
+live, his wealth would be forfeit to its king, whose ward his daughter
+would become, to be given in marriage where he willed, while he himself,
+being Spanish born, might perhaps be handed over to the power of Spain,
+there to make answer to these charges. But we wander to strange matters.
+Is that alliance still impossible, Señor?"
+
+Castell looked him straight in the eyes and answered:
+
+"Yes."
+
+There was something so bold and direct in his utterance of the word that
+for a moment d'Aguilar seemed to be taken aback. He had not expected
+this sharp denial.
+
+"It would be courteous to give a reason," he said presently.
+
+"The reason is simple, Marquis. My daughter is already betrothed, and
+will ere long be wedded."
+
+D'Aguilar did not seem surprised at this intelligence.
+
+"To that brawler, your kinsman, Peter Brome, I suppose?" he said
+interrogatively. "I guessed as much, and by the saints I am sorry for
+her, for he must be a dull lover to one so fair and bright; while as a
+husband--" And he shrugged his shoulders. "Friend Castell, for her sake
+you will break off this match."
+
+"And if I will not, Marquis?"
+
+"Then I must break it off for you in the interest of all of us,
+including, of course, myself, who love her, and wish to lift her to a
+great place, and of yourself, whom I desire should pass your old age in
+peace and wealth, and not be hunted to your death like a mad dog."
+
+"How will you break it, Marquis? by--"
+
+"Oh no, Señor!" answered d'Aguilar, "not by other men's swords--if that
+is what you mean. The worthy Peter is safe from them so far as I am
+concerned, though if he should come face to face with mine, then let the
+best man win. Have no fear, friend, I do not practise murder, who value
+my own soul too much to soak it in blood, nor would I marry a woman
+except of her own free will. Still, Peter may die, and the fair Margaret
+may still place her hand in mine and say, 'I choose you as my husband.'"
+
+"All these things, and many others, may happen, Marquis; but I do not
+think it likely that they will happen, and for my part, whilst thanking
+you for it, I decline your honourable offer, believing that my daughter
+will be more happy in her present humble state with the man she has
+chosen. Have I your leave to return to my accounts?" And he rose.
+
+"Yes, Señor," answered d'Aguilar, rising also; "but add an item to those
+losses of which you spoke, that of the friendship of Carlos, Marquis de
+Morella, and on the other side enter again that of his hate. Man!" he
+added, and his dark, handsome face turned very evil as he spoke, "are
+you mad? Think of the little tabernacle behind the altar in your chapel,
+and what it contains."
+
+Castell stared at him, then said:
+
+"Come, let us see. Nay, fear no trick; like you I remember my soul, and
+do not stain my hands with blood. Follow me, so you will be safe."
+
+Curiosity, or some other reason, prompted d'Aguilar to obey, and
+presently they stood behind the altar.
+
+"Now," said Castell, as he drew the tapestry and opened the secret door,
+"look!" D'Aguilar peered into the place; but where should have been
+the table, the ark, the candlesticks, and the roll of the law of which
+Betty had told him, were only old dusty boxes filled with parchments and
+some broken furniture.
+
+"What do you see?" asked Castell.
+
+"I see, friend, that you are even a cleverer Jew than I thought. But
+this is a matter that you must explain to others in due season. Believe
+me, I am no inquisitor." Then without more words he turned and left him.
+
+When Castell, having shut the secret door and drawn the tapestry,
+hurried from the chapel, it was to find that the marquis had departed.
+
+He went back to his office much disturbed, and sat himself down there to
+think. Truly Fate, that had so long been his friend, was turning its
+face against him. Things could not have gone worse. D'Aguilar had
+discovered the secret of his faith through his spies, and, having by
+some accursed mischance fallen in love with his daughter's beauty, was
+become his bitter enemy because he must refuse her to him. Why must he
+refuse her? The man was of great position and noble blood; she would
+become the wife of one of the first grandees of Spain, one who stood
+nearest to the throne. Perhaps--such a thing was possible--she might
+live herself to be queen, or the mother of kings. Moreover, that
+marriage meant safety for himself; it meant a quiet age, a peaceable
+death in his own bed--for, were he fifty times a Marano, who would touch
+the father-in-law of the Marquis de Morella? Why? Just because he had
+promised her in marriage to Peter Brome, and through all his life as a
+merchant he had never yet broken with a bargain because it went against
+himself. That was the answer. Yet almost he could find it in his heart
+to wish that he had never made that bargain; that he had kept Peter, who
+had waited so long, waiting for another month. Well, it was too late
+now. He had passed his word, and he would keep it, whatever the
+cost might be.
+
+Rising, he called one of the servants, and bade her summon Margaret.
+Presently she returned, saying that her mistress had gone out walking
+with Betty, adding also that his horse was at the door for him to ride
+to the river, where he was to pass the night on board his ship.
+
+Taking paper, he bethought him that he would write to Margaret, warning
+her against the Spaniard. Then, remembering that she had nothing to fear
+from him, at any rate at present, and that it was not wise to set down
+such matters, he told her only to take good care of herself, and that he
+would be back in the morning.
+
+That evening, when Margaret was in her own little sitting-chamber which
+adjoined the great hall, the door opened, and she looked up from the
+work upon which she was engaged, to see d'Aguilar standing before her.
+
+"Señor!" she said, amazed, "how came you here?"
+
+"Señora," he answered, closing the door and bowing, "my feet brought me.
+Had I any other means of coming I think that I should not often be
+absent from our side."
+
+"Spare me your fine words, I pray you, Señor," answered Margaret,
+frowning. "It is not fitting that I should receive you thus alone at
+night, my father being absent from the house." And she made as though
+she would pass him and reach the door.
+
+D'Aguilar, who stood in front of it, did not move, so perforce she
+stopped half way.
+
+"I found that he was absent," he said courteously, "and that is why I
+venture to address you upon a matter of some importance. Give me a few
+minutes of your time, therefore, I beseech you."
+
+Now, at once the thought entered Margaret's mind that he had some news
+of Peter to communicate to her--bad news perhaps.
+
+"Be seated, and speak on, Señor," she said, sinking into a chair, while
+he too sat down, but still in front of the door.
+
+"Señora," he said, "my business in this country is finished, and in a
+few days I sail hence for Spain." And he hesitated a moment.
+
+"I trust that your voyage will be pleasant," said Margaret, not knowing
+what else to answer.
+
+"I trust so also, Señora, since I have come to ask you if you will share
+it. Listen, before you refuse. To-day I saw your father, and begged your
+hand of him. He would give me no answer, neither yea nor nay, saying
+that you were your own mistress, and that I must seek it from
+your lips."
+
+"My father said that?" gasped Margaret, astonished, then bethought her
+that he might have had reasons for speaking so, and went on rapidly,
+"Well, it is short and simple. I thank you, Señor; but stay
+in England."
+
+"Even that I would be willing to do for your sake Señora, though, in
+truth, I find it a cold and barbarous country."
+
+"If so, Señor d'Aguilar, I think that I should go to Spain. I pray you
+let me pass."
+
+"Not till you have heard me out, Señora, when I trust that your words
+will be more gentle. See now I am a great man in my own country.
+Although it suits me to pass here incognito as plain Señor d'Aguilar I
+am the Marquis of Morella, the nephew of Ferdinand the King, with some
+wealth and station, official and private. If you disbelieve me, I can
+prove it to you."
+
+"I do not disbelieve," answered Margaret indifferently, "it may well be
+so; but what is that to me?"
+
+"Then is it not something, Lady, that I, who have blood-royal in my
+veins, should seek the daughter of a merchant to be my wife?"
+
+"Nothing at all--to me, who am satisfied with my humble lot."
+
+"Is it nothing to you that I should love as I do, with all my heart and
+soul? Marry me, and I tell you that I will lift you high, yes, perhaps
+even to the throne."
+
+She thought a moment, then asked:
+
+"The bribe is great, but how would you do that? Many a maid has been
+deceived with false jewels, Señor."
+
+"How has it been done before? Not every one loves Ferdinand. I have many
+friends who remember that my father was poisoned by his father and
+Ferdinand's, he being the elder son. Also, my mother was a princess of
+the Moors, and if I, who dwell among them as the envoy of their
+Majesties, threw in my sword with theirs--or there are other ways. But I
+am speaking things that have never passed my lips before, which, were
+they known, would cost me my head--let it serve to show how much I
+trust you."
+
+"I thank you, Señor, for your trust; but this crown seems to me set upon
+a peak that it is dangerous to climb, and I had sooner sit in safety on
+the plain."
+
+"You reject the pomp," went on d'Aguilar in his passionate, pleading
+voice, "then will not the love move you? Oh! you shall be worshipped as
+never woman was. I swear to you that in your eyes there is a light which
+has set my heart on fire, so that it burns night and day, and will not
+be quenched. Your voice is my sweetest music, your hair is a cord that
+binds me to you faster than the prisoner's chain, and, when you pass,
+for me Venus walks the earth. More, your mind is pure and noble as your
+beauty, and by the aid of it I shall be lifted up through the high
+places of the earth to some white throne in heaven. I love you, my lady,
+my fair Margaret; because of you, all other women are become coarse and
+hateful in my sight. See how much I love you, that I, one of the first
+grandees of Spain, do this for your sweet sake," and suddenly he cast
+himself upon his knees before her, and lifting the hem of her dress
+pressed it to his lips.
+
+Margaret looked down at him, and the anger that was rising in her breast
+melted, while with it went her fear. This man was much in earnest; she
+could not doubt it. The hand that held her robe trembled like shaken
+water, his face was ashen, and in his dark eyes swam tears. What cause
+had she to be afraid of one who was so much her slave?
+
+"Señor," she said very gently, "rise, I pray you. Do not waste all this
+love upon one who chances to have caught your fancy, but who is quite
+unworthy of it, and far beneath you; one, moreover, by whom it may not
+be returned. Señor, I am already affianced. Therefore, put me out of
+your mind and find some other love."
+
+He rose and stood in front of her.
+
+"Affianced," he said, "I knew it. Nay, I will say no ill of the man; to
+revile one more fortunate is poor argument. But what is it to me if you
+are affianced? What to me if you were wed? I should seek you all the
+same, who have no choice. Beneath me? You are as far above me as a star,
+and it would seem as hard to reach. Seek some other love? I tell you,
+lady, that I have sought many, for not all are so hard to win, and I
+hate them every one. You I desire alone, and shall desire till I be
+dead, aye, and you I will win or die. No, I will not die till you are my
+own. Have no fear, I will not kill your lover, save perhaps in fair
+fight; I will not force you to give yourself to me, should I find the
+chance, but with your own lips I will yet listen to you asking me to be
+your husband. I swear it by Him Who died for us. I swear that, laying
+aside all other ends, to that sole purpose I will devote my days. Yes,
+and should you chance to pass from earth before me, then I will follow
+you to the very gates of death and clasp you there."
+
+Now again Margaret's fear returned to her. This man's passion was
+terrible, yet there was a grandeur in it; Peter had never spoken to her
+in so high a fashion.
+
+"Señor," she said almost pleadingly, "corpses are poor brides; have done
+with such sick fancies, which surely must be born of your
+Eastern blood."
+
+"It is your blood also, who are half a Jew, and, therefore, at least you
+should understand them."
+
+"Mayhap I do understand, mayhap I think them great in their own fashion,
+yes, noble even, and admire, if it can be noble to seek to win away
+another man's betrothed. But, Señor, I am that man's betrothed, and all
+of me, my body and my soul, is his, nor would I go back upon my word,
+and so break his heart, to win the empire of the earth. Señor, once more
+I implore you to leave this poor maid to the humble life that she has
+chosen, and to forget her."
+
+"Lady," answered d'Aguilar, "your words are wise and gentle, and I thank
+you for them. But I cannot forget you, and that oath I swore just now I
+swear again, thus." And before she could prevent him, or even guess what
+he was about to do, he lifted the gold crucifix that hung by a chain
+about her neck, kissed it, and let it fall gently back upon her breast,
+saying, "See, I might have kissed your lips before you could have stayed
+me, but that I will never do until you give me leave, so in place of
+them I kiss the cross, which till then we both must carry. Lady, my lady
+Margaret, within a day or two I sail for Spain, but your image shall
+sail with me, and I believe that ere long our paths must cross again.
+How can it be otherwise since the threads of your life and mine were
+intertwined on that night outside the Palace of Westminster
+--intertwined never to be separated till one of us has ceased
+to be, and then only for a little while. Lady, for the present,
+farewell."
+
+
+Then swiftly and silently as he had come, d'Aguilar went.
+
+It was Betty who let him out at the side door, as she had let him in.
+More, glancing round to see that she was not observed--for it chanced
+now that Peter was away with some of the best men, and the master was
+out with others, no one was on watch this night--leaving the door ajar
+that she might re-enter, she followed him a little way, till they came
+to an old arch, which in some bygone time had led to a house now pulled
+down. Into this dark place Betty slipped, touching d'Aguilar on the arm
+as she did so. For a moment he hesitated, then, muttering some Spanish
+oath between his teeth, followed her.
+
+"Well, most fair Betty," he said, "what word have you for me now?"
+
+"The question is, Señor Carlos," answered Betty with scarcely suppressed
+indignation, "what word you have for me, who dared so much for you
+to-night? That you have plenty for my cousin, I know, since standing in
+the cold garden I could hear you talk, talk, talk, through the shutters,
+as though for your very life."
+
+"I pray that those shutters had no hole in them," reflected d'Aguilar to
+himself. "No, there was a curtain also; she can have seen nothing." But
+aloud he answered: "Mistress Betty, you should not stand about in this
+bitter wind; you might fall ill, and then what should I suffer?"
+
+"I don't know, nothing perhaps; that would be left to me. What I want to
+understand is, why you plan to come to see me, and then spend an hour
+with Margaret?"
+
+"To avert suspicion, most dear Betty. Also I had to talk to her of this
+Peter, in whom she seems so greatly interested. You are very shrewd,
+Betty--tell me, is that to be a match?"
+
+"I think so; I have been told nothing, but I have noticed many things,
+and almost every day she is writing to him, though why she should care
+for that owl of a man I cannot guess."
+
+"Doubtless because she appreciates solid worth, Betty, as I do in you.
+Who can account for the impulses of the heart, which come, say some of
+the learned, from heaven, and others, from hell? At least it is no
+affair of ours, so let us wish them happiness, and, after they are
+married, a large and healthy family. Meanwhile, dear Betty, are you
+making ready for your voyage to Spain?"
+
+"I don't know," answered Betty gloomily. "I am not sure that I trust you
+and your fine words. If you want to marry me, as you swear, and be sure
+I look for nothing less, why cannot it be before we start, and how am I
+to know that you will do so when we get there?"
+
+"You ask many questions, Betty, all of which I have answered before. I
+have told you that I cannot marry you here because of that permission
+which is necessary on account of the difference in our ranks. Here,
+where your place is known, it is not to be had; there, where you will
+pass as a great English lady--as of course you are by birth--I can
+obtain it in an hour. But if you have any doubts, although it cuts me
+to the heart to say it, it would be best that we should part at once. I
+will take no wife who does not trust me fully and alone. Say then, cruel
+Betty, do you wish to leave me?"
+
+"You know I don't; you know it would kill me," she answered in a voice
+that was thick with passion, "you know I worship the ground you tread on,
+and hate every woman you go near, yes, even my cousin who has been so
+good to me, and whom I love. I will take the risk and come with you,
+believing you to be an honest gentleman, who would not deceive a girl
+who trusts him; and if you do, may God deal with you as I shall, for I
+am no toy to be broken and thrown away, as you would find out. Yes, I
+will take the risk because you have made me love you so that I cannot
+live without you."
+
+"Betty, your words fill me with rapture, showing me that I have not
+misread your noble mind; but speak a little lower--there are echoes in
+this hole. Now for the plans, for time is short, and you may be missed.
+When I am about to sail I will invite Mistress Margaret and yourself to
+come aboard my ship."
+
+"Why not invite me without my cousin Margaret?" asked Betty.
+
+"Because it would excite suspicion which we must avoid--do not interrupt
+me. I will invite you both or get you there upon some other pretext, and
+then I will arrange that she shall be brought ashore again and you taken
+on. Leave it all to me, only swear that you will obey any instructions I
+may send you for if you do not, I tell you that we have enemies in high
+places who may part us for ever. Betty, I will be frank, there is a
+great lady who is jealous, and watches you very closely. Do you swear?"
+
+"Yes, yes, I swear. But about the great lady?"
+
+"Not a word about her--on your life--and mine. You shall hear from me
+shortly. And now, sweetheart--good-night."
+
+"Good-night," said Betty, but still she did not stir.
+
+Then, understanding that she expected something more, d'Aguilar nerved
+himself to the task, and touched her hair with his lips.
+
+Next moment he regretted it, for even that tempered salute fanned her
+passion into flame.
+
+Throwing her arms about his neck Betty drew his face to hers and kissed
+him many times, till at length he broke, half choking, from her embrace,
+and escaped into the street.
+
+"Mother of Heaven!" he muttered to himself, "the woman is a volcano in
+eruption. I shall feel her kisses for a week," and he rubbed his face
+ruefully with his hand. "I wish I had made some other plan; but it is
+too late to change it now--she would betray everything. Well, I will be
+rid of her somehow, if I have to drown her. A hard fate to love the
+mistress and be loved of the maid!"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+THE SNARE
+
+On the following morning, when Castell returned, Margaret told him of
+the visit of d'Aguilar, and of all that had passed between them, told
+him also that he was acquainted with their secret, since he had spoken
+of her as half a Jew.
+
+"I know it, I know it," answered her father, who was much disturbed and
+very angry, "for yesterday he threatened me also. But let that go, I can
+take my chance; now I would learn who brought this man into my house
+when I was absent, and without my leave."
+
+"I fear that it was Betty," said Margaret, "who swears that she thought
+she did no wrong."
+
+"Send for her," said Castell. Presently Betty came, and, being
+questioned, told a long story.
+
+She said she was standing by the side door, taking the air, when Señor
+d'Aguilar appeared, and, having greeted her, without more words walked
+into the house, saying that he had an appointment with the master.
+
+"With me?" broke in Castell. "I was absent."
+
+"I did not know that you were absent, for I was out when you rode away
+in the afternoon, and no one had spoken of it to me, so, thinking that
+he was your friend, I let him in, and let him out again afterwards. That
+is all I have to say."
+
+"Then I have to say that you are a hussy and a liar, and that, in one
+way or the other, this Spaniard has bribed you," answered Castell
+fiercely. "Now, girl, although you are my wife's cousin, and therefore
+my daughter's kin, I am minded to turn you out on to the street
+to starve."
+
+At this Betty first grew angry, then began to weep; while Margaret
+pleaded with her father, saying that it would mean the girl's ruin, and
+that he must not take such a sin upon him. So the end of it was, that,
+being a kind-hearted man, remembering also that Betty Dene was of his
+wife's blood, and that she had favoured her as her daughter did, he
+relented, taking measures to see that she went abroad no more save in
+the company of Margaret, and that the doors were opened only by
+men-servants.
+
+So this matter ended.
+
+That day Margaret wrote to Peter, telling him of all that had happened,
+and how the Spaniard had asked her in marriage, though the words that he
+used she did not tell. At the end of her letter, also, she bade him have
+no fear of the Señor d'Aguilar or of any other man, as he knew where her
+heart was.
+
+When Peter received this writing he was much vexed to learn that both
+Master Castell and Margaret had incurred the enmity of d'Aguilar, for so
+he guessed it must be, also that Margaret should have been troubled with
+his love-making; but for the rest he thought little of the matter, who
+trusted her as he trusted heaven. Still it made him anxious to return to
+London as soon as might he, even though he must take the risk of the
+Spaniards' daggers. Within three days, however, he received other
+letters both from Castell and from Margaret, which set his fears
+at rest.
+
+These told him that d'Aguilar had sailed for Spain indeed, Castell said
+that he had seen him standing on the poop of the Ambassador de Ayala's
+vessel as it dropped down the Thames towards the sea. Moreover, Margaret
+had a note of farewell from his hand, which ran:
+
+"Adieu, sweet lady, till that predestined hour when
+we meet again. I go, as I must, but, as I told you, your
+image goes with me.
+
+    "Your worshipper till death,
+
+    "MORELLA."
+
+"He may take her image so long as I keep herself and if he comes back
+with his worship, I promise him that death and he shall not be far
+apart," was Peter's grim comment as he laid the paper down. Then he went
+on with his letters, which told that now, when the Spaniards had gone,
+and there was nothing more to fear, he was awaited in London. Indeed,
+Castell fixed a day when he should arrive--May 31st--that was within a
+week, adding that on its morrow--namely, June 1st, for Margaret would
+not be wed in May, the Virgin Mary's month, since she held it to be
+unlucky--their marriage might take place as quietly as they would.
+
+Margaret wrote the same news, and in such sweet words that he kissed her
+letter, then hastened to answer it, shortly, after his custom, for Peter
+was no great scribe, saying, that if the saints willed it he would be
+with them by nightfall on the last day of May, and that in all England
+there was no happier man than he.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Now all that week Margaret was very busy preparing her marriage robe,
+and other garments also, for it was settled that on the next day they
+should ride together down to Dedham, in Essex, whither her father would
+follow them shortly. The Old Hall was not ready, indeed, nor would it be
+for some time; but Peter had furnished certain rooms in it which might
+serve them for the summer season, and by winter time the house would be
+finished and open.
+
+Castell was busy also, for now, having worked very hard at the task, his
+ship the _Margaret_ was almost refitted and laden, so that he hoped to
+get her to sea on this same May 31st, and thus be clear of the last of
+his business, except the handing over of his warehouses and stock to
+those who had bought them. These great affairs kept him much at
+Gravesend, where the ship lay, but, as he had no dread of further
+trouble now that d'Aguilar and the other Spaniards, among them that band
+of de Ayala's servants who had vowed to take Peter's life, were gone,
+this did not disturb him.
+
+Oh! happy, happy was Margaret during those sweet spring days, when her
+heart was bright and clear as the skies from which all winter storms had
+passed. So happy was she indeed, and so full of a hundred joyful cares,
+that she found no time to take note of her cousin Betty, who worked with
+her at her wedding broideries, and helped to make preparations for the
+journey which should follow after. Had she done so, she might have seen
+that Betty was anxious and distressed, like one who waited for some
+tidings that did not come, and from hour to hour fought against anguish
+and despair But she took no note, whose heart was too full of her own
+matters, and who did but count the hours till she should see her lover
+back and pass to his arms, a wife.
+
+Thus the time went on until the appointed day of Peter's return, the
+morrow of her marriage, for which all things were now prepared, down to
+Peter's wedding garments, that were finer than any she had yet seen him
+wear, and the decking of the neighbouring church with flowers. In the
+early morning her father rode away to Gravesend with the most of his
+men-servants for the ship _Margaret_ was to sail at the following dawn
+and there was yet much to be done before she could lift anchor. Still,
+he had promised to be back by nightfall in time to meet Peter who,
+leaving Dedham that morning, could not reach them before then.
+
+At length it was past four of the afternoon, and everything being
+finished, Margaret went to her room to dress herself anew, that she
+might look fine in Peter's eyes when he should come. Betty she did not
+take with her, for there were things to which her cousin must attend;
+moreover, her heart was so full that she wished to be alone a while.
+
+Betty's heart was full also, but not with joy. She had been deceived.
+The fine Spanish Don, who had made her love him so desperately, had
+sailed away and left her without a word. She could not doubt it, he had
+been seen standing on the ship--and not one word. It was cruel, cruel,
+and now she must help another woman to be made a happy wife, she who was
+beggared of hope and love. Moodily, full of bitterness, she went about
+her tasks, biting her lips and wiping her fine eyes with the sleeve of
+her robe, when suddenly the door opened, and a servant, not one of
+their own, but a strange man who had been brought in to help at the
+morrow's feast, called out that a sailor wished to speak with her.
+
+"Then let him enter here; I have no time to go out to listen to his
+talk," snapped Betty.
+
+Presently the sailor was shown in, the man who brought him leaving the
+room at once. He was a dark fellow, with sly black eyes, who, had he not
+spoken English so well, might have been taken for a Spaniard.
+
+"Who are you, and what is your business?" asked Betty sharply.
+
+"I am the carpenter of the ship _Margaret_," he answered, "and I am here
+to say that our master Castell has met with an accident there, and
+desires that Mistress Margaret, his daughter, should come to him
+at once."
+
+"What accident?" asked Betty.
+
+"In seeing to the stowage of cargo he slipped and fell down the hold,
+hurting his back and breaking his right arm, and that is why he cannot
+write. He is in great pain; but the physician whom we summoned bade me
+tell Mistress Margaret that at present he has no fear for his life. Are
+you Mistress Margaret?"
+
+"No," answered Betty; "but I will go to her at once; do you bide here."
+
+"Then are you her cousin, Mistress Betty Dene, for if so I have
+something for you?"
+
+"I am. What is it?"
+
+"This," said the man, drawing out a letter which he handed to her.
+
+"Who gave you this?" asked Betty suspiciously. "I do not know his
+name, but he was a noble-looking Spanish Don, and a liberal one too. He
+had heard of the accident on the _Margaret_, and, knowing my errand,
+asked me if I would deliver this letter to you, for the fee of a gold
+ducat, and promise to say nothing of it to any one else."
+
+"Some rude gallant, doubtless," said Betty, tossing her head; "they are
+ever writing to me. Bide here; I go to Mistress Margaret."
+
+Once she was outside the door Betty broke the seal of the letter eagerly
+enough, for she had been taught with Margaret, and could read well.
+It ran:
+
+    "BELOVED,
+
+    "You thought me faithless and gone, but
+    it is not so. I was silent only because I knew you
+    could not come alone who are watched; but now
+    the God of Love gives us our chance. Doubtless
+    your cousin will bring you with her to visit her father,
+    who lies on his ship sadly hurt. While she is with
+    him I have made a plan to rescue you, and then we
+    can be wed and sail at once--yes, to-night or to-morrow,
+    for with much trouble, knowing that you
+    wished it, I have even succeeded in bringing that
+    about, and a priest will be waiting to marry us. Be
+    silent, and show no doubt or fear, whatever happens,
+    lest we should be parted for always. Be sure then
+    that your cousin comes that you may accompany her.
+    Remember that your true love waits you.
+
+    "C. d'A."
+
+When Betty had mastered the contents of this amorous effusion she went
+pale with joy, and turned so faint that she was like to fall. Then a
+doubt struck her that it might be some trick. No, she knew the
+writing--it was d'Aguilar's, and he was true to her, and would marry her
+as he had promised, and take her to be a great lady in Spain. If she
+hesitated now she might lose him for ever--him whom she would follow to
+the end of the world. In an instant her mind was made up, for Betty had
+plenty of courage. She would go, even though she must desert the cousin
+whom she loved.
+
+Thrusting the letter into her bosom she ran to Margaret's room, and,
+bursting into it, told her of the man and his sad message. But of that
+letter she said nothing. Margaret turned white at the news, then,
+recovering herself, said:
+
+"I will come and speak with him at once." And together they went down
+the stairs.
+
+To Margaret the sailor repeated his story, nor could all her questions
+shake it. He told her how the mischance had happened, for he had seen
+it, so he said, and where her father's hurts were, adding, that although
+the physician held that as yet he was in no danger of his life, Master
+Castell thought otherwise, and did nothing but cry that his daughter
+should be brought to him at once.
+
+Still Margaret doubted and hesitated, for she feared she knew not what.
+
+"Peter should be here within two hours at most," she said to Betty.
+"Would it not be best to wait for him?"
+
+"Oh! Margaret, and what if your father should die in the meanwhile?
+Perhaps he knows better how deep his hurts are than does this leech. If
+so, you would have a sore heart for all your life. Sure you had better
+go, or at the least I will."
+
+Still Margaret wavered, till the sailor said:
+
+"Lady, if it is your will to come, I can guide you to where a boat waits
+to take you across the river. If not, I must be gone, for the ship sails
+with the moonrise, and they only wait your coming to carry the master,
+your father, to the warehouse on shore thinking it best that you should
+be present. If you do not come, this will be done as gently as possible,
+and there you must seek him to-morrow, alive or dead." And the man took
+up his cap as though to leave.
+
+"I will come with you," said Margaret. "Betty you are right; order the
+two horses to be saddled mine and the groom's, with a pillion on which
+you can ride, for I will not send you or go alone, understand that this
+sailor has his own horse."
+
+The man nodded, and accompanied Betty to the stable. Then Margaret took
+pen and wrote hastily to Peter, telling him of their evil chance, and
+bidding him follow her at once to the ship, or, if it had sailed to the
+warehouse. "I am loth to go," she added "alone with a girl and a strange
+man, yet I must since my heart is torn with fear for my beloved father.
+Sweetheart, follow me quickly."
+
+This done, she gave the letter to that servant who had shown in the
+sailor, bidding him hand it, without fail, to Master Peter Brome when he
+came, which the man promised to do.
+
+Then she fetched plain dark cloaks for herself and Betty, with hoods to
+them, that their faces might not be seen, and presently they
+were mounted.
+
+"Stay!" said Margaret to the sailor as they were about to start. "How
+comes it that my father did not send one of his own men instead of you,
+and why did none write to me?"
+
+The man looked surprised; he was a very good actor.
+
+"His people were tending him," he said, "and he bade me to go because I
+knew the way, and had a good, hired horse ashore which I have used when
+riding with messages to London about new timbers and other matters. As
+for writing, the physician began a letter, but he was so slow and long
+that Master Castell ordered me to be off without it. It seems," the man
+added, addressing Betty with some irritation, "that Mistress Margaret
+misdoubts me. If so, let her find some other guide, or bide at home. It
+is naught to me, who have only done as I was bidden."
+
+Thus did this cunning fellow persuade Margaret that her fears were
+nothing, though, remembering the letter from d'Aguilar, Betty was
+somewhat troubled. The thing had a strange look, but, poor, vain fool,
+she thought to herself that, even if there were some trick, it was
+certainly arranged only that she might seem to be taken, who could not
+come alone. In truth she was blind and mad, and cared not what she did,
+though, let this be said for her, she never dreamed that any harm was
+meant towards her cousin Margaret, or that a lie had been told as to
+Master Castell and his hurts.
+
+Soon they were out of London, and riding swiftly by the road that
+followed the north bank of the river, for their guide did not take them
+over the bridge, as he said the ship was lying in mid-stream and that
+the boat would be waiting on the Tilbury shore. But there was more than
+twenty miles to travel, and, push on as they would, night had fallen ere
+ever they came there. At length, when they were weary of the dark and
+the rough road, the sailor pulled up at a spot upon the river's
+brink--where there was a little wharf, but no houses that they could
+see--saying that this was the place. Dismounting, he gave his horse to
+the groom to hold, and, going to the wharf, asked in a loud voice if the
+boat from the _Margaret_ was there, to which a voice answered, "Aye."
+Then he talked for a minute to those in the boat, though what he said
+they could not hear, and ran back again, bidding them dismount, and
+adding that they had done well to come, as Master Castell was much
+worse, and did nothing but cry for his daughter.
+
+The groom he told to lead the horses a little way along the bank till he
+found an inn that stood there, where he must await their return or
+further orders, and to Betty he suggested that she should go with him,
+as there was but little place left in the boat. This she was willing
+enough to do, thinking it all part of the plan for her carrying off; but
+Margaret would have none of it, saying that unless her cousin came with
+her she would not stir another step. So grumbling a little the sailor
+gave way, and hurried them both to some wooden steps and down these into
+a boat, of which they could but dimly see the outline.
+
+So soon as ever they were seated side by side in the stern it was pushed
+off, and rowed away rapidly into the darkness, while one of the sailors
+lit a lantern which he fastened to the bow, and far out on the river, as
+though in answer to the signal, another star of light appeared, towards
+which they headed. Now Margaret, speaking through the gloom, asked the
+rowers of her father's state; but the sailor, their guide, prayed her
+not to trouble them, as the tide ran very swiftly and they must give all
+their mind to their business lest they should overset. So she was
+silent, and, racked with doubts and fears, watched that star of light
+growing ever nearer, till at length it hung above them.
+
+"Is that the ship _Margaret_?" cried their guide, and again a voice
+answered "Aye."
+
+"Then tell Master Castell that his daughter has come at last," he
+shouted again, and in another minute a rope had been thrown to them, and
+they were fast alongside a ladder on to which Betty, who was nearest to
+it, was pushed the first, except for their guide, who had run up the
+wooden steps very swiftly.
+
+Betty, who was active and strong, followed him, Margaret coming next. As
+she reached the deck Betty thought she heard a voice say in Spanish, of
+which she understood something, "Fool! Why have you brought both?" but
+the answer she could not catch. Then she turned and gave her hand to
+Margaret, and together they walked forward to the foot of the mast.
+
+"Lead me to my father," said Margaret.
+
+Whereon the guide answered:
+
+"Yes, this way, Mistress, but come alone, for the sight of two of you at
+once may disturb him."
+
+"Nay," she answered, "my cousin comes with me." And she took Betty's
+hand and clung to it.
+
+Shrugging his shoulders the sailor led them forwards, and as they went
+she noted that men were hauling on a sail, while other men, who sang a
+strange, wild song, worked on what seemed to be a windlass. Now they
+reached a cabin, and entered it, the door being shut behind them. In the
+cabin a man sat at a table with a lamp hanging over his head. He rose
+and turned towards them, bowing, and Margaret saw that it
+was--_d'Aguilar_!
+
+Betty stood silent; she had expected to meet him, though not here and
+thus. Her foolish heart bounded so at the sight of him that she seemed
+to choke, and could only wonder dimly what mistake had been made, and
+how he would explain to Margaret and get her away, leaving herself and
+him together to be married. Indeed, she searched the cabin with her eyes
+to see where the priest was waiting, then noting a door beyond, thought
+that doubtless he must be hidden there. As for Margaret, she uttered a
+little stifled cry, then, being a brave woman, one of that high nature
+which grows strong in the face of trouble, straightened herself to her
+full height and said in a low, fierce voice:
+
+"What do you here? Where is my father?"
+
+"Señora," he answered humbly, "I am on board my ship, the _San Antonio_,
+and as for your father, he is either on his ship, the _Margaret_, or
+more likely, by now, at his house in Holborn."
+
+At these words Margaret reeled back till the wall of the cabin stayed
+her, and there she rested.
+
+"Spare me your reproaches," went on d'Aguilar hurriedly. "I will tell
+you all the truth. First, be not anxious as to your father; no accident
+has happened to him; he is sound and well. Forgive me if you have
+suffered pain and doubt; but there was no other way. That tale was only
+one of love's snares and tricks----" He paused, overcome, fascinated by
+Margaret's face, which of a sudden had grown awful--that of a goddess of
+vengeance, of a Medusa, which seemed to chill his blood to ice.
+
+"A snare! A trick!" she muttered hoarsely, while her eyes flamed on him
+like burning stars. "Thus then I pay you for your tricks." And in an
+instant he became aware that she had snatched a dagger from her bosom
+and was springing on him.
+
+He could not move; those fearful eyes held him fast. In another moment
+that steel would have pierced his heart. But Betty had seen also, and,
+thrusting her strong arms about Margaret, held her back, crying:
+
+"Listen, you do not understand. It is I he wants--not you; I whom he
+loves, and who love him, and am about to marry him. You he will send
+back home."
+
+"Loose me," said Margaret, in such a voice that Betty's arms fell from
+her, and she stood there, the dagger still in her hand. "Now," she said
+to d'Aguilar, "the truth, and be swift with it. What means this woman?"
+
+"She knows best," answered d'Aguilar uneasily. "It has pleased her to
+wrap herself in this web of conceits."
+
+"Which it has pleased you to spin, perchance. Speak, girl!"
+
+"He made love to me," gasped Betty; "and I love him. He promised to
+marry me. He sent me a letter but to-day--here it is," and she drew
+it out.
+
+"Read," said Margaret; and Betty read.
+
+"So _you_ have betrayed me," said Margaret, "you, my cousin, whom I have
+sheltered and cherished."
+
+"No," cried Betty. "I never thought to betray you; sooner would I have
+died. I believed that your father was hurt, and that while you were
+visiting him that man would take me."
+
+"What have you to say?" asked Margaret of d'Aguilar in the same dreadful
+voice. "You offered your accursed love to me--and to her, and you have
+snared us both. Man, what have you to say?"
+
+"Only this", he answered, trying to look brave, "that woman is a fool,
+whose vanity I played on that I might make use of her to keep near
+to you."
+
+"Do you hear, Betty? do you hear?" cried Margaret with a terrible little
+laugh; but Betty only groaned as though she were dying.
+
+"I love you, and you only," went on d'Aguilar "As for your cousin, I
+will send her ashore. I have committed this sin because I could not help
+myself. The thought that you were to be married to another man to-morrow
+drove me mad, and I dared all to take you from his arms, even though you
+should never come to mine. Did I not swear to you," he said with an
+attempt at his old gallantry, "that your image should accompany me to
+Spain, whither we are sailing now?" And as he spoke the words the ship
+lurched a little in the wind.
+
+Margaret made no answer, only toyed with the dagger blade, and watched
+him with eyes that glittered more coldly than its steel.
+
+"Kill me, if you will, and have done," he went on in a voice that was
+desperate with love and shame. "So shall I be rid of all this torment."
+
+Then Margaret seemed to awake, for she spoke to him in a new voice--a
+measured, frozen voice. "No," she answered, "I will not stain my hands
+even with your blood, for why should I rob God of His own vengeance? If
+you attempt to touch me, or even to separate me from this poor woman
+whom you have fooled, then I will kill--not you, but myself, and I swear
+to you that my ghost shall accompany you to Spain, and from Spain down
+to the hell that awaits you. Listen, Carlos d'Aguilar, Marquis of
+Morella, this I know about you, that you believe in God and hear His
+anger. Well, I call down upon you the vengeance of Almighty God. I see
+it hang above your head. I say that it shall fall upon you, waking and
+sleeping, loving and hating, in life and in death to all eternity. Do
+your worst, for you shall do it all in vain. Whether I die or whether I
+live, every pang that you cause me to suffer, every misery that you have
+brought, or shall bring, upon the head of my betrothed, my father, and
+this woman, shall be repaid to you a millionfold in this world and the
+next. Now do you still wish that I should accompany you to Spain, or
+will you let me go?"
+
+"I cannot," he answered hoarsely; "it is too late."
+
+"So be it, I will accompany you to Spain, I and Betty Dene, and the
+vengeance of Almighty God that hovers over you. Of this at least be
+sure--I hate you, I despise you, but I fear you not at all. Go." Then
+d'Aguilar stumbled from that cabin, and the two women heard the door
+bolted behind him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+THE CHASE
+
+About the time that Margaret and Betty were being rowed aboard the _San
+Antonio_, Peter Brome and his servants, who had been delayed an hour or
+more by the muddy state of the roads, pulled rein at the door of the
+house in Holborn. For over a month he had been dreaming of this moment
+of return, as a man does who expects such a welcome as he knew awaited
+him, and who on the morrow was to be wed to a lovely and beloved bride.
+He had thought how Margaret would be watching at the window, how, spying
+him advancing down the street, she would speed to the door, how he would
+leap from his horse and take her to his arms in front of every one if
+need be--for why should they be ashamed who were to be wed upon
+the morrow?
+
+But there was no Margaret at the window, or at any rate he could not see
+her, for it was dark. There was not even a light; indeed the whole face
+of the old house seemed to frown at him through the gloom. Still, Peter
+played his part according to the plan; that is, he leapt from his horse,
+ran to the door and tried to enter, but could not for it was locked, so
+he hammered on it with the handle of his sword, till at length some one
+came and unbolted. It was the hired man with whom Margaret had left the
+letter, and he held a lantern in his hand.
+
+The sight of him frightened Peter, striking a chill to his heart.
+
+"Who are you?" he asked; then, without waiting for an answer, went on,
+"Where are Master Castell and Mistress Margaret?"
+
+The man answered that the master was not yet back from his ship, and
+that the Lady Margaret had gone out nearly three hours before with her
+cousin Betty and a sailor--all of them on horseback.
+
+"She must have ridden to meet me, and missed us in the dark," said Peter
+aloud, whereon the man asked whether he spoke to Master Brome, since, if
+so, he had a letter for him.
+
+"Yes," answered Peter, and snatched it from his hand, bidding him close
+the door and hold up the lantern while he read, for he could see that
+the writing was that of Margaret.
+
+"A strange story," he muttered, as he finished it. "Well, I must away,"
+and he turned to the door again.
+
+As he stretched out his hand to the key, it opened, and through it came
+Castell, as sound as ever he had been.
+
+"Welcome, Peter!" he cried in a jolly voice. "I knew you were here, for
+I saw the horses; but why are you not with Margaret?"
+
+"Because Margaret has gone to be with you, who should be hurt almost to
+death, or so says this letter."
+
+"To be with me--hurt to the death! Give it me--nay, read it, I cannot
+see."
+
+So Peter read.
+
+"I scent a plot," said Castell in a strained voice as he finished, "and
+I think that hound of a Spaniard is at the bottom of it, or Betty, or
+both. Here, you fellow, tell us what you know, and be swift if you would
+keep a sound skin."
+
+"That would I, why not?" answered the man, and told all the tale of the
+coming of the sailor.
+
+"Go, bid the men bring back the horses, all of them," said Castell
+almost before he had done; "and, Peter, look not so dazed, but come,
+drink a cup of wine. We shall need it, both of us, before this night is
+over. What! is there never a fellow of all my servants in the house?" So
+he shouted till his folk, who had returned with him from the ship, came
+running from the kitchen.
+
+He bade them bring food and liquor, and while they gulped down the wine,
+for they could not eat, Castell told how their Mistress Margaret had
+been tricked away, and must be followed. Then, hearing the horses being
+led back from the stables, they ran to the door and mounted, and,
+followed by their men, a dozen or more of them, in all, galloped off
+into the darkness, taking another road for Tilbury, that by which
+Margaret went, not because they were sure of this, but because it was
+the shortest.
+
+But the horses were tired, and the night was dark and rainy, so it came
+about that the clock of some church struck three of the morning before
+ever they drew near to Tilbury. Now they were passing the little quay
+where Margaret and Betty had entered the boat, Castell and Peter riding
+side by side ahead of the others in stern silence, for they had nothing
+to say, when a familiar voice hailed them--that of Thomas the groom.
+
+"I saw your horses' heads against the sky," he explained, "and knew
+them."
+
+"Where is your mistress?" they asked both in a breath.
+
+"Gone, gone with Betty Dene in a boat, from this quay, to be rowed to
+the _Margaret_, or so I thought. Having stabled the horses as I was
+bidden, I came back here to await them. But that was hours ago, and I
+have seen no soul, and heard nothing except the wind and the water, till
+I heard the galloping of your horses."
+
+"On to Tilbury, and get boats," said Castell. "We must catch the
+_Margaret_ ere she sails at dawn. Perhaps the women are aboard of her."
+
+"If so, I think Spaniards took them there, for I am sure they were not
+English in that craft," said Thomas, as he ran by the side of Castell's
+horse, holding to the stirrup leather.
+
+His master made no answer, only Peter groaned aloud, for he too was sure
+that they were Spaniards.
+
+An hour later, just as the dawn broke, they with their men climbed to
+the deck of the _Margaret_ while she was hauling up her anchor. A few
+words with her captain, Jacob Smith, told them the worst. No boat had
+left the ship, no Margaret had come aboard her. But some six hours
+before they had watched the Spanish vessel, _San Antonio_, that had been
+berthed above them, pass down the river. Moreover, two watermen in a
+skiff, who brought them fresh meat, had told them that while they were
+delivering three sheep and some fowls to the _San Antonio_, just before
+she sailed, they had seen two tall women helped up her ladder, and
+heard one of them say in English, "Lead me to my father."
+
+Now they knew all the awful truth, and stared at each other like dumb
+men.
+
+It was Peter who found his tongue the first, and said slowly:
+
+"I must away to Spain to find my bride, if she still lives, and to kill
+that fox. Get you home, Master Castell."
+
+"My home is where my daughter is," answered Castell fiercely. "I go
+a-sailing also."
+
+"There is danger for you in that land of Spaniards, if ever we get
+yonder," said Peter meaningly.
+
+"If it were the mouth of hell, still I would go," replied Castell. "Why
+should I not who seek a devil?"
+
+"That we do both," said Peter, and stretching out his hand he took that
+of Castell. It was the pledge of the father and the lover to follow her
+who was all to them, till death stayed their quest.
+
+Castell thought a little while, then gave orders that all the crew
+should be called together on deck in the waist of the ship, which was a
+carack of about two hundred tons burden, round fashioned, and sitting
+deep in the water, but very strongly built of oak, and a swift sailer.
+When they were gathered, and with them the officers and their own
+servants, accompanied by Peter, he went and addressed them just as the
+sun was rising. In few and earnest words he told them of the great
+outrage that had been done, and how it was his purpose and that of Peter
+Brome who had been wickedly robbed of the maid who this day should have
+become his wife, to follow the thieves across the sea to Spain, in the
+hope that by the help of God, they might rescue Margaret and Betty. He
+added that he knew well this was a service of danger, since it might
+chance that there would be fighting, and he was loth to ask any man to
+risk life or limb against his will, especially as they came out to trade
+and not to fight. Still, to those who chose to accompany them, should
+they win through safely, he promised double wage, and a present charged
+upon his estate, and would give them writings to that effect. As for
+those who did not, they could leave the ship now before she sailed.
+
+When he had finished, the sailormen, of whom there were about thirty,
+with the stout-hearted captain, Jacob Smith, a sturdy-built man of fifty
+years of age, at the head of them, conferred together, and at last, with
+one exception--that of a young new-married man, whose heart failed
+him--they accepted the offer, swearing that they would see the thing
+through to the end, were it good or ill, for they were all Englishmen,
+and no lovers of the Spaniards. Moreover, so bitter a wrong stirred
+their blood. Indeed, although for the most part they were not sailors,
+six of the twelve men who had ridden with them from London prayed that
+they might come too, for the love they had to Margaret, their master,
+and Peter; and they took them. The other six they sent ashore again,
+bearing letters to Castell's friends, agents, and reeves, as to the
+transfer of his business and the care of his lands, houses, and other
+properties during his absence. Also, they took a short will duly signed
+by Castell and witnessed, wherein he left all his goods of whatever
+sort that remained unsettled or undevised, to Margaret and Peter, or
+the survivor of them, or their heirs, or failing these, for the purpose
+of founding a hospital for the poor. Then these men bade them farewell
+and departed, very heavy at heart, just as the anchor was hauled home,
+and the sails began to draw in the stiff morning breeze.
+
+About ten o'clock they rounded the Nore bank safely, and here spoke a
+fishing-boat, who told them that more than six hours before they had
+seen the _San Antonio_ sail past them down Channel, and noted two women
+standing on her deck, holding each other's hands and gazing shorewards.
+Then, knowing that there was no mistake, there being nothing more that
+they could do, worn out with grief and journeying, they ate some food
+and went to their cabin to sleep.
+
+As he laid him down Peter remembered that at this very hour he should
+have been in church taking Margaret as his bride--Margaret, who was now
+in the power of the Spaniard--and swore a great and bitter oath that
+d'Aguilar should pay him back for all this shame and agony. Indeed,
+could his enemy have seen the look on Peter's face he might well have
+been afraid, for this Peter was an ill man to cross, and had no
+forgiving heart; also, his wrong was deep.
+
+For four days the wind held, and they ran down Channel before it, hoping
+to catch sight of the Spaniard; but the _San Antonio_ was a swift
+caravel of 250 tons with much canvas, for she carried four masts, and
+although the _Margaret_ was also a good sailer, she had but two masts,
+and could not come up with her. Or, for anything they knew, they might
+have missed her on the seas. On the afternoon of the fourth day, when
+they were off the Lizard, and creeping along very slowly under a light
+breeze, the look-out man reported a ship lying becalmed ahead. Peter,
+who had the eyes of a hawk, climbed up the mast to look at her, and
+presently called down that he believed from her shape and rig she must
+be the caravel, though of this he could not be sure as he had never seen
+her. Then the captain, Smith, went up also, and a few minutes later
+returned saying that without doubt it was the _San Antonio._
+
+Now there was a great and joyful stir on board the _Margaret_, every man
+seeing to his sword and their long or cross bows, of which there were
+plenty, although they had no bombards or cannon, that as yet were rare
+on merchant ships. Their plan was to run alongside the _San Antonio_ and
+board her, for thus they hoped to recover Margaret. As for the anger of
+the king, which might well fall on them for this deed, since he would
+think little of the stealing of a pair of Englishwomen, of that they
+must take their chance.
+
+Within half an hour everything was ready, and Peter, pacing to and fro,
+looked happier than he had done since he rode away to Dedham. The light
+breeze still held, although, if it reached the _San Antonio_, it did not
+seem to move her, and, with the help of it, by degrees they came to
+within half a mile of the caravel. Then the wind dropped altogether, and
+there the two ships lay. Still the set of the tide, or some current,
+seemed to be drawing them towards each other, so that when the night
+closed in they were not more than four hundred paces apart, and the
+Englishmen had great hopes that before morning they would close, and be
+able to board by the light of the moon.
+
+But this was not to be, since about nine o'clock thick clouds rose up
+which covered the heavens, while with the clouds came strong winds
+blowing off the land, and, when at length the dawn broke, all they could
+see of the _San Antonio_ was her topmasts as she rose upon the seas,
+flying southwards swiftly. This, indeed, was the last sight they had of
+her for two long weeks.
+
+From Ushant all across the Bay the airs were very light and variable,
+but when at length they came off Finisterre a gale sprang up from the
+north-east which drove them forward very fast. It was on the second
+night of this gale, as the sun set, that, running out of some mist and
+rain, suddenly they saw the _San Antonio_ not a mile away, and rejoiced,
+for now they knew that she had not made for any port in the north of
+Spain, as, although she was bound for Cadiz, they feared she might have
+done to trick them. Then the rain came on again, and they saw her
+no more.
+
+All down the coast of Portugal the weather grew more heavy day by day,
+and when they reached St. Vincent's Cape and bore round for Cadiz, it
+blew a great gale. Now it was that for the third time they viewed the
+_San Antonio_ labouring ahead of them, nor, except at night, did they
+lose sight of her any more until the end of that voyage. Indeed, on the
+next day they nearly came up with her, for she tried to beat in to
+Cadiz, but, losing one of her masts in a fierce squall, and seeing that
+the _Margaret_, which sailed better in this tempest, would soon be
+aboard of her, abandoned her plan, and ran for the Straits of Gibraltar.
+
+Past Tarifa Point they went, having the coast of Africa on their
+right; past the bay of Algegiras, where the _San Antonio_ did not try to
+harbour; past Gibraltar's grey old rock, where the signal fires were
+burning, and so at nightfall, with not a mile between them, out into the
+Mediterranean Sea.
+
+Here the gale was furious, so that they could scarcely carry a rag of
+canvas, and before morning lost one of their topmasts. It was an anxious
+night, for they knew not if they would live through it; moreover, the
+hearts of Castell and of Peter were torn with fear lest the Spaniard
+should founder and take Margaret with her to the bottom of the sea. When
+at length the wild, stormy dawn broke, however, they saw her, apparently
+in an evil case, labouring away upon their starboard bow, and by noon
+came to within a furlong of her, so that they could see the sailors
+crawling about on her high poop and stern. Yes, and they saw more than
+this, for presently two women ran from some cabin waving a white cloth
+to them; then were hustled back, whereby they learned that Margaret and
+Betty still lived and knew that they followed, and thanked God.
+Presently, also, there was a flash, and, before ever they heard the
+report, a great iron bullet fell upon their decks and, rebounding,
+struck a sailor, who stood by Peter, on the breast, and dashed him away
+into the sea. The _San Antonio_ had fired the bombard which she carried,
+but as no more shots came they judged that the cannon had broke its
+lashings or burst.
+
+A while after the _San Antonio_, two of whose masts were gone, tried to
+put about and run for Malaga, which they could see far away beneath the
+snow-capped mountains of the Sierra. But this the Spaniard could not
+do, for while she hung in the wind the _Margaret_ came right atop of
+her, and as her men laboured at the sails, every one of the Englishmen
+who could be spared, under the command of Peter, let loose on them with
+their long shafts and crossbows, and, though the heaving deck of the
+_Margaret_ was no good platform, and the wind bent the arrows from their
+line, they killed and wounded eight or ten of them, causing them to
+loose the ropes so that the _San Antonio_ swung round into the gale
+again. On the high tower of the caravel, his arm round the sternmost
+mast, stood d'Aguilar, shouting commands to his crew. Peter fitted an
+arrow to his string and, waiting until the _Margaret_ was poised for a
+moment on the crest of a great sea, aimed and loosed, making allowance
+for the wind.
+
+True to line sped that shaft of his, yet, alas! a span too high, for
+when a moment later d'Aguilar leapt from the mast, the arrow quivered in
+its wood, and pinned to it was the velvet cap he wore. Peter ground his
+teeth in rage and disappointment; almost he could have wept, for the
+vessels swung apart again, and his chance was gone.
+
+"Five times out of seven," he said bitterly, "can I send a shaft
+through a bull's ring at fifty paces to win a village badge, and now I
+cannot hit a man to save my love from shame. Surely God has
+forsaken me!"
+
+Through all that afternoon they held on, shooting with their bows
+whenever a Spaniard showed himself, and being shot at in return, though
+little damage was done to either side. But this they noted--that the
+_San Antonio_ had sprung a leak in the gale, for she was sinking deeper
+in the water. The Spaniards knew it also, and, being aware that they
+must either run ashore or founder, for the second time put about, and,
+under the rain of English arrows, came right across the bows of the
+_Margaret_, heading for the little bay of Calahonda, that is the port of
+Motril, for here the shore was not much more than a league away.
+
+"Now," said Jacob Smith, the captain of the _Margaret_, who stood under
+the shelter of the bulwarks with Castell and Peter, "up that bay lies a
+Spanish town. I know it, for I have anchored there, and if once the _San
+Antonio_ reaches it, good-bye to our lady, for they will take her to
+Granada, not thirty miles away across the mountains, where this Marquis
+of Morella is a mighty man, for there is his palace. Say then, master,
+what shall we do? In five more minutes the Spaniard will be across our
+bows again. Shall we run her down, which will be easy, and take our
+chance of picking up the women, or shall we let them be taken captive to
+Granada and give up the chase?"
+
+"Never," said Peter. "There is another thing that we can do--follow them
+into the bay, and attack them there on shore."
+
+"To find ourselves among hundreds of the Spaniards, and have our throats
+cut," answered Smith, the captain, coolly.
+
+"If we ran them down," asked Castell, who had been thinking deeply all
+this while, "should we not sink also?"
+
+"It might be so," answered Smith; "but we are built of English oak, and
+very stout forward, and I think not. But she would sink at once, being
+near to it already, and the odds are that the women are locked in the
+cabin or between decks out of reach of the arrows, and must go
+with her."
+
+"There is another plan," said Peter sternly, "and that is to grapple
+with her and board her, and this I will do."
+
+The captain, a stout man with a flat face that never changed, lifted his
+eyebrows, which was his only way of showing surprise.
+
+"What!" he said. "In this sea? I have fought in some wars, but never
+have I known such a thing."
+
+"Then, friend, you shall know it now, if I can but find a dozen men to
+follow me," answered Peter with a savage laugh. "What? Shall I see my
+mistress carried off before my eyes and strike no blow to save her?
+Rather will I trust in God and do it, and if I die, then die I must, as
+a man should. There is no other way."
+
+Then he turned and called in a loud voice to those who stood around or
+loosed arrows at the Spaniard:
+
+"Who will come with me aboard yonder ship? Those who live shall spend
+their days in ease thereafter, that I promise, and those who fall will
+win great fame and Heaven's glory."
+
+The crew looked at the waves running hill high, and the water-logged
+Spaniard labouring in the trough of them as she came round slowly in a
+wide circle, very doubtfully, as well they might, and made no answer.
+Then Peter spoke again.
+
+"There is no choice," he said. "If we give that ship our stem we can
+sink her, but then how will the women be saved? If we leave her alone,
+mayhap she will founder, and then how will the women be saved? Or she
+may win ashore, and they will be carried away to Granada, and how can we
+snatch them out of the hand of the Moors or of the power of Spain? But
+if we can take the ship, we may rescue them before they go down or reach
+land. Will none back me at this inch?"
+
+"Aye, son," said old Castell, "I will."
+
+Peter stared at him in surprise. "You--at your years!" he said.
+
+"Yes, at my years. Why not? I have the fewer to risk."
+
+Then, as though he were ashamed of his doubts, one brawny sailorman
+stepped forward and said that he was ready for a cut at the Spanish
+thieves in foul weather as in fair. Next all Castell's household
+servants came out in a body for love of him and Peter and their lady,
+and after them more sailors, till nearly half of those aboard, something
+over twenty in all, declared that they were ready for the venture,
+wherein Peter cried, "Enough." Smith would have come also; but Castell
+said No, he must stop with the ship.
+
+Then, while the carack's head was laid so as to cut the path of the _San
+Antonio_ circling round them slowly like a wounded swan, and the
+boarders made ready their swords and knives, for here archery would not
+avail them, Castell gave some orders to the captain. He bade him, if
+they were cut down or taken, to put about and run for Seville, and there
+deliver over the ship and her cargo to his partners and correspondents,
+praying them in his name to do their best by means of gold, for which
+the sale value of the vessel and her goods should be chargeable, or
+otherwise, to procure the release of Margaret and Betty, if they still
+lived, and to bring d'Aguilar, the Marquis of Morella, to account for
+his crime. This done, he called to one of his servants to buckle on him
+a light steel breastplate from the ship's stores. But Peter would wear
+no iron because it was too heavy, only an archer's jerkin of bull-hide,
+stout enough to turn a sword-cut, such as the other boarders put on also
+with steel caps, of both of which they had a plenty in the cabin.
+
+Now the _San Antonio_, having come round, was steering for the mouth of
+the bay in such fashion that she would pass them within fifty yards.
+Hoisting a small sail to give his ship way, the captain, Smith, took the
+helm of the _Margaret_ and steered straight at her so as to cut her
+path, while the boarders, headed by Peter and Castell, gathered near the
+bowsprit, lay down there under shelter of the bulwarks, and waited.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+THE MEETING ON THE SEA
+
+For another minute or more the _San Antonio_ held on until she divined
+the desperate purpose of her foe. Then, seeing that soon the carack's
+prow must crash into her frail side, she shifted her helm and came round
+several points, so that in the end the _Margaret_ ran, not into her, but
+alongside of her, grinding against her planking, and shearing away a
+great length of her bulwark. For a few seconds they hung together thus,
+and, before the seas bore them apart, grapnels were thrown from the
+_Margaret_ whereof one forward got hold and brought them bow to bow.
+Thus the end of the bowsprit of the _Margaret_ projected over the high
+deck of the _San Antonio_.
+
+"Now for it," said Peter. "Follow me, all." And springing up, he ran to
+the bowsprit and began to swarm along it.
+
+It was a fearful task. One moment the great seas lifted him high into
+the air, and the next down he came again till the massive spar crashed
+on to the deck of the _San Antonio_ with such a shock that he nearly
+flew from it like a stone from a sling. Yet he hung on, and, biding his
+chance, seized a broken stay-rope that dangled from the end of the
+bowsprit like a lash from a whip, and began to slide down it. The gale
+caught him and blew him to and fro; the vessel, pitching wildly, jerked
+him into the air; the deck of the _San Antonio_ rose up and receded like
+a thing alive. It was near--not a dozen feet beneath him--and loosing
+his hold he fell upon the forward tower without being hurt then, gaining
+his feet, ran to the broken mast and flinging his left arm about it,
+with the other drew his sword.
+
+Next instant--how, he never knew--Castell was at his side, and after him
+came two more men, but one of these rolled from the deck into the sea
+and was lost. As he vanished, the chain of the grappling iron parted,
+and the _Margaret_ swung away from them, leaving those three alone in
+the power of their foes, nor, do what she would, could she make fast
+again. As yet, however, there were no Spaniards to be seen, for the
+reason that none had dared to stand upon this high tower whereof the
+bulwarks were all gone, while the bowsprit of the _Margaret_ crashed
+down upon it like a giant's club, and, as she rolled, swept it with
+its point.
+
+So there they stood, clinging to the mast and waiting for the end, for
+now their friends were a hundred yards away, and they knew that their
+case was desperate. A shower of arrows came, loosed from other parts of
+the ship, and one of these struck the man with them through the throat,
+so that he fell to the deck clasping at it, and presently rolled into
+the sea also. Another pierced Castell through his right forearm, causing
+his sword to drop and slide away from him. Peter seized the arrow,
+snapped it in two, and drew it out; but Castell's right arm was now
+helpless, and with his left he could do no more than cling to the
+broken mast.
+
+"We have done our best, son," he said, "and failed. Margaret will learn
+that we would have saved her if we could, but we shall not meet
+her here."
+
+Peter ground his teeth, and looked about him desperately, for he had no
+words to say. What should he do? Leave Castell and rush for the waist of
+the ship and so perish, or stay and die there? Nay, he would not be
+butchered like a bird on a bough, he would fall fighting.
+
+"Farewell," he called through the gale. "God rest our souls!" Then,
+waiting till the ship steadied herself, he ran aft, and reaching the
+ladder that led to her tower, staggered down it to the waist of the
+vessel, and at its foot halted, holding to the rail.
+
+The scene before him was strange enough, for there, ranged round the
+bulwarks, were the Spanish men, who watched him curiously, whilst a few
+paces away, resting against the mast, stood d'Aguilar, who lifted his
+hand, in which there was no weapon, and addressed him.
+
+"Señor Brome," he shouted, "do not move another step or you are a dead
+man. Listen to me first, and then do what you will. Am I safe from your
+sword while I speak?"
+
+Peter nodded his head in assent, and d'Aguilar drew nearer, for even in
+that more sheltered place it was hard to hear because of the howling of
+the tempest.
+
+"Señor," he said to Peter, "you are a very brave man, and have done a
+deed such as none of us have seen before; therefore, I wish to spare you
+if I may. Also, I have worked you bitter wrong, driven to it by the
+might of love and jealousy, for which reason also I wish to spare you.
+To set upon you now would be but murder, and, whatever else I do, I will
+not murder. First, let me ease your mind. Your lady and mine is aboard
+here; but fear not, she has come and will come to no harm from me, or
+from any man while I live. If for no other reason, I do not desire to
+affront one who, I hope, will be my wife by her own free will, and whom
+I have brought to Spain that she might not make this impossible by
+becoming yours. Señor, believe me, I would no more force a woman's will
+than I would do murder on her lover."
+
+"What did you, then, when you snatched her from her home by some foul
+trick?" asked Peter fiercely.
+
+"Señor, I did wrong to her and all of you, for which I would make
+amends."
+
+"What amends? Will you give her back to me?"
+
+"No, that I cannot do, even if she should wish it, of which I am not
+sure; no--never while I live."
+
+"Bring her forth, and let us hear whether she wishes it or no," shouted
+Peter, hoping that his words would reach Margaret.
+
+But d'Aguilar only smiled and shook his head, then went on:
+
+"That I cannot either, for it would give her pain. Still, Señor, I will
+repay the heavy debt that I owe to you, and to you also, Señor." And he
+bowed towards Castell who, unseen by Peter, had crept down the ladder,
+and now stood behind him staring at d'Aguilar with cold rage and
+indignation. "You have wrought us much damage, have you not? hunting us
+across the seas, and killing sundry of us with your arrows, and now you
+have striven to board our ship and put us to the sword, a design in
+which God has frustrated you. Therefore your lives are justly forfeit,
+and none would blame us if we slew you. Yet I spare you both. If it is
+possible I will put you back aboard the _Margaret_, and if it is not
+possible you shall be set free ashore to go unmolested whither you will.
+Thus I will wipe out my debt and be free of all reproach."
+
+"Do you take me for such a man as yourself?" asked Peter, with a bitter
+laugh. "I do not leave this ship alive unless my affianced wife,
+Mistress Margaret, goes with me."
+
+"Then, Señor Brome, I fear that you will leave it dead, as indeed we may
+all of us, unless we make land soon, for the vessel is filling fast with
+water. Still, knowing your metal, I looked for some such words from you,
+and am prepared with another offer which I am sure you will not refuse.
+Señor, our swords are much of the same length, shall we measure them
+against each other? I am a grandee of Spain, the Marquis of Morella, and
+it will, therefore, be no dishonour for you to fight with me."
+
+"I am not so sure," said Peter, "for I am more than that--an honest man
+of England, who never practised woman-stealing. Still, I will fight you
+gladly, at sea or on shore, wherever and whenever we meet, till one or
+both are dead. But what is the stake, and how do I know that some of
+these," and he pointed to the crew, who were listening intently, "will
+not stab me from behind?"
+
+"Señor, I have told you that I do not murder, and that would be the
+foulest murder. As for the stake, it is Margaret to the victor. If you
+kill me, on behalf of all my company, I swear by our Saviour's Blood
+that you shall depart with her and her father unharmed, and if I kill
+you, then you both shall swear that she shall be left with me, and no
+suit or question raised but to her woman I give liberty, who have seen
+more than enough of her."
+
+"Nay," broke in Castell, speaking for the first time "I demand the right
+to fight with you also when my arm is healed."
+
+"I refuse it," answered d'Aguilar haughtily. "I cannot lift my sword
+against an old man who is the father of the maid who shall be my wife,
+and, moreover, a merchant and a Jew. Nay, answer me not, lest all these
+should remember your ill words. I will be generous, and leave you out of
+the oath. Do your worst against me, Master Castell, and then leave me to
+do my worst against you. Señor Brome, the light grows bad, and the water
+gains upon us. Say, are you ready?"
+
+Peter nodded his head, and they stepped forward.
+
+"One more word," said d'Aguilar, dropping his sword-point. "My friends,
+you have heard our compact. Do you swear to abide by it, and, if I fall,
+to set these two men and the two ladies free on their own ship or on the
+land, for the honour of chivalry and of Spain?"
+
+The captain of the _San Antonio_ and his lieutenants answered that they
+swore on behalf of all the crew.
+
+"You hear, Señor Brome. Now these are the conditions--that we fight to
+the death, but, if both of us should be hurt or wounded, so that we
+cannot despatch each other, then no further harm shall be done to either
+of us, who shall be tended till we recover or die by the will of God."
+
+"You mean that we must die on each other's swords or not at all, and if
+any foul chance should overtake either, other than by his adversary's
+hand, that adversary shall not dispatch him?"
+
+"Yes, Señor, for in our case such things may happen," and he pointed to
+the huge seas that towered over them, threatening to engulf the
+water-logged caravel. "We will take no advantage of each other, who wish
+to fight this quarrel out with our own right arms."
+
+"So be it," said Peter, "and Master Castell here is the witness to our
+bargain."
+
+D'Aguilar nodded, kissed the cross-hilt of his sword in confirmation of
+the pact, bowed courteously, and put himself on his defence.
+
+For a moment they stood facing each other, a well-matched pair--Peter,
+lean, fierce-faced, long-armed, a terrible man to see in the fiery light
+that broke upon him from beneath the edge of a black cloud; the Spaniard
+tall also, and agile, but to all appearance as unconcerned as though
+this were but a pleasure bout, and not a duel to the death with a
+woman's fate hanging on the hazard. D'Aguilar wore a breastplate of
+gold-inlaid black steel and a helmet, while Peter had but his tunic of
+bull's hide and iron-lined cap, though his straight cut-and-thrust sword
+was heavier and mayhap half an inch longer than that of his foe.
+
+Thus, then, they stood while Castell and all the ship's company, save
+the helmsman who steered her to the harbour's mouth, clung to the
+bulwarks and the cordage of the mainmast, and, forgetful of their own
+peril, watched in utter silence.
+
+It was Peter who thrust the first, straight at the throat, but d'Aguilar
+parried deftly, so that the sword point went past his neck, and before
+it could be drawn back again, struck at Peter. The blow fell upon the
+side of his steel cap, and glanced thence to his left shoulder, but,
+being light, did him no harm. Swiftly came the answer, which was not
+light, for it fell so heavily upon d'Aguilar's breastplate, that he
+staggered back. After him sprang Peter, thinking that the game was his,
+but at that moment the ship, which had entered the breakers of the
+harbour bar, rolled terribly, and sent them both reeling to the
+bulwarks. Nor did she cease her rolling, so that, smiting and thrusting
+wildly, they staggered backwards and forwards across the deck, gripping
+with their left hands at anything they could find to steady them, till
+at length, bruised and breathless, they fell apart unwounded, and
+rested awhile.
+
+"An ill field this to fight on, Señor," gasped d'Aguilar.
+
+"I think that it will serve our turn," said Peter grimly, and rushed at
+him like a bull. It was just then that a great sea came aboard the ship,
+a mass of green water which struck them both and washed them like straws
+into the scuppers, where they rolled half drowned. Peter rose the first,
+coughing out salt water, and rubbing it from his eyes, to see d'Aguilar
+still upon the deck, his sword lying beside him, and holding his right
+wrist with his left hand.
+
+"Who gave you the hurt?" he asked, "I or your fall?"
+
+"The fall, Señor," answered d'Aguilar; "I think that it has broken my
+wrist. But I have still my left hand. Suffer me to arise, and we will
+finish this fray."
+
+As the words passed his lips a gust of wind, more furious than any that
+had gone before, concentrated as it was through a gorge in the
+mountains, struck the caravel at the very mouth of the harbour, and laid
+her over on her beam ends. For a while it seemed as though she must
+capsize and sink, till suddenly her mainmast snapped like a stick and
+went overboard, when, relieved of its weight, by slow degrees she
+righted herself. Down upon the deck came the cross yard, one end of it
+crashing through the roof of the cabin in which Margaret and Betty were
+confined, splitting it in two, while a block attached to the other fell
+upon the side of Peter's head and, glancing from the steel cap, struck
+him on the neck and shoulder, hurling him senseless to the deck, where,
+still grasping his sword, he lay with arms outstretched.
+
+Out of the ruin of the cabin appeared Margaret and Betty, the former
+very pale and frightened, and the latter muttering prayers, but, as it
+chanced, both uninjured. Clinging to the tangled ropes they crept
+forward, seeking refuge in the waist of the ship, for the heavy spar
+still worked and rolled above them, resting on the wreck of the cabin
+and the bulwarks, whence presently it slid into the sea. By the stump of
+the broken mainmast they halted, their long locks streaming in the gale,
+and here it was that Margaret caught sight of Peter lying upon his back,
+his face red with blood, and sliding to and fro as the vessel rolled.
+
+She could not speak, but in mute appeal pointed first to him and then to
+d'Aguilar, who stood near, remembering as she did so her vision in the
+house at Holborn, which was thus terribly fulfilled. Holding to a rope,
+d'Aguilar drew near to her and spoke into her ear. "Lady," he said,
+"this is no deed of mine. We were fighting a fair fight, for he had
+boarded the ship when the mast fell and killed him. Blame me not for his
+death, but seek comfort from God."
+
+She heard, and, looking round her wildly, perceived her father
+struggling towards her; then, with a bitter cry, fell senseless on
+his breast.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+FATHER HENRIQUES
+
+The night came down swiftly, for a great stormcloud, in which jagged
+lightning played, blotted out the last rays of the sunk sun. Then, with
+rolling thunder and torrents of rain, the tempest burst over the sinking
+ship. The mariners could no longer see to steer, they knew not whither
+they were going, only the lessened seas told them that they had entered
+the harbour mouth. Presently the _San Antonio_ struck upon a rock, and
+the shock of it threw Castell, who was bending over the senseless shape
+of Margaret, against the bulwarks and dazed him.
+
+There arose a great cry of "The vessel founders!" and water seemed to be
+pouring on the deck, though whether this were from the sea or from the
+deluge of the falling rain he did not know. Then came another cry of
+"Get out the boat, or we perish!" and a sound of men working in the
+darkness. The ship swung round and round and settled down. There was a
+flash of lightning, and by it Castell saw Betty holding the unconscious
+Margaret in her strong arms. She saw him also, and screamed to him to
+come to the boat. He started to obey, then remembered Peter. Peter might
+not be dead; what should he say to Margaret if he left him there to
+drown? He crept to where he lay upon the deck, and called to a sailor
+who rushed by to help him. The man answered with a curse, and vanished
+into the deep gloom. So, unaided, Castell essayed the task of lifting
+this heavy body, but his right arm being almost useless, could do no
+more than drag it into a sitting posture, and thus, by slow degrees,
+across the deck to where he imagined the boat to be.
+
+But here there was no boat, and now the sound of voices came from the
+other side of the ship, so he must drag it back again. By the time he
+reached the starboard bulwarks all was silent, and another flash of
+lightning showed him the boat, crowded with people, upon the crest of a
+wave, fifty yards or more from him, whilst others, who had not been able
+to enter, clung to its stern and gunwale. He shouted aloud, but no
+answer came, either because none were left living on the ship, or
+because in all that turmoil they could not hear him.
+
+Then Castell, knowing that he had done everything that he could, dragged
+Peter under the overhanging deck of the forward tower, which gave some
+little shelter from the rain, and, laying his bleeding head upon his
+knees so that it might be lifted above the wash of the waters, sat
+himself down and began to say prayers after the Jewish fashion whilst
+awaiting his end.
+
+That he was about to die he had no doubt, for the waist of the ship, as
+he could perceive by the lightning, was almost level with the sea,
+which, however, here in the harbour was now much calmer than it had
+been. This he knew, for although the rain still fell steadily and the
+wind howled above, no spray broke over them. Deeper and deeper sank the
+caravel as she drifted onwards, till at length the water washed over her
+deck from side to side, so that Castell was obliged to seat himself on
+the second step of the ladder down which Peter had charged up on the
+Spaniards. A while passed, and he became aware that the _San Antonio_
+had ceased to move, and wondered what this might mean. The storm had
+rolled away now, and he could see the stars; also with it went the wind.
+The night grew warmer, too, which was well for him, for otherwise, wet
+as he was, he must have perished. Still it was a long night, the longest
+that ever he had spent, nor did any sleep come to relieve his misery or
+make his end easier, for the pain from the arrow wound in his arm kept
+him awake.
+
+So there he sat, wondering if Margaret was dead, as Peter seemed to be
+dead, and if so, whether their spirits were watching him now, watching
+and waiting till he joined them. He thought, too, of the days of his
+prosperity until he had seen the accursed face of d'Aguilar, and of all
+the worthless wealth that was his, and what would become of it. He hoped
+even that Margaret was gone; better that she should be dead than live on
+in shame and misery. If there were a God, how came it that He could
+allow such things to happen in the world? Then he remembered how, when
+Job sat in just such an evil case, his wife had invited him to curse God
+and die, and how the patriarch had answered to her, "What! shall we
+receive good at the hand of God, and shall we not receive evil?"
+Remembered, too, after all his troubles, what had been the end of that
+just man, and therefrom took some little comfort. After this a stupor
+crept over him, and his last thought was that the vessel had sunk and
+he was departing into the deeps of death.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Listen! A voice called, and Castell awoke to see that it was growing
+light, and that before him supporting himself on the rail of the ladder,
+stood the tall form of Peter--Peter with a ghastly, blood-stained
+countenance, chattering teeth, and glazed, unnatural eyes.
+
+"Do you live, John Castell?" said that hollow voice, "or are we both
+dead and in hell?"
+
+"Nay," he answered, "I live yet; we are still this side of doom."
+
+"What has chanced?" asked Peter. "I have been lost in a great
+blackness."
+
+Castell told him briefly.
+
+Peter listened till he had done, then staggered to the bulwark rail and
+looked about him, making no comment.
+
+"I can see nothing," he said presently--"the mist is too deep; but I
+think we must lie near the shore. Come, help me. Let us try to find
+victuals; I am faint."
+
+Castell rose, stretched his cramped limbs, and going to him, placed his
+uninjured arm round Peter's middle, and thus supported him towards the
+stern of the ship, where he guessed that the main cabin would be. They
+found and entered it, a small place, but richly furnished, with a carved
+crucifix screwed to its sternmost wall. A piece of pickled meat and some
+of the hard wheaten cakes such as sailors use, lay upon the floor where
+they had been cast from the table, while in a swinging rack above stood
+flagons of wine and of water. Castell found a horn mug, and filling it
+with wine gave it to Peter, who drank greedily, then handed it back to
+him, who also drank. Afterwards they cut off portions of the meat with
+their knives, and swallowed them, though Peter did this with great
+difficulty because of the hurt to his head and neck. Then they drank
+more wine, and, somewhat refreshed, left the place.
+
+The mist was still so thick that they could see nothing, and therefore
+they went into the wreck of that cabin which had been occupied by
+Margaret and Betty, sat themselves down upon the bed wherein they had
+slept, and waited. Resting thus, Peter noted that this cabin had been
+fitted sumptuously as though for the occupation of a great lady, for
+even the vessels were of silver, and in a wardrobe, whereof the doors
+were open, hung beautiful gowns. Also, there were a few written books,
+on the outer leaves of one of which Margaret had set down some notes and
+a prayer of her own making, petitioning that Heaven would protect her;
+that Peter and her father might be living and learn the truth of what
+had befallen, and that it would please the saints to deliver her, and to
+bring them together again. This book Peter thrust away within his jerkin
+to study at his leisure.
+
+Now the sun rose suddenly above the eastern range of the mountains
+wherewith they were surrounded. Leaving the cabin, they climbed to the
+forecastle tower and gazed about them, to find that they were in a
+land-locked harbour, and stranded not more than a hundred yards from
+the shore. By tying a piece of iron to a rope and letting it down into
+the sea, they discovered that they lay upon a ridge, and that there
+were but four feet of water beneath their bow, and, having learned
+this, determined to wade to the beach. First, however, they went back to
+the cabin and filled a leather bag they found with food and wine. Then,
+by an afterthought, they searched for the place where d'Aguilar slept,
+and discovered it between decks; also a strong-box which they made shift
+to break open with an iron bar.
+
+In it was a great store of gold, placed there, no doubt, for the payment
+of the crew, and with it some jewels. The jewels they left, but the
+money they divided and stowed it about them to serve their needs should
+they come safe ashore. Then they washed each other's wounds and bound
+them up, and descending the ladder which had been thrown over the ship's
+side when the Spaniards escaped in the boat, let themselves down into
+the sea and bade farewell to the _San Antonio_.
+
+By now the wind had fallen and the sun shone brightly, warming their
+chilled blood; also the water, which was quite calm, did not rise much
+above their middles, so that they were able--the bottom being smooth and
+sandy--to wade without trouble to the shore. As they drew near to it
+they saw people gathering there, and guessed that they came from the
+little town of Motril, which lay up the river that here ran into the
+bay. Also they saw other things--namely, the boat of the _San Antonio_
+upon the shore, and rejoiced to know that it had come safe to land, for
+it rested upon its keel with but little water in its bottom. Lying here
+and there also were the corpses of drowned men, five or six of them: no
+doubt those sailors who had swum after the boat or clung to its
+gunwale, but among these bodies none were those of women.
+
+When at length they reached the shore, very few people were left there,
+for of the rest some had begun to wade out towards the ship to plunder
+her, whilst others had gone to fetch boats for the same purpose.
+Therefore, the company who awaited them consisted only of women,
+children, three old men, and a priest. The last, a hungry-eyed,
+smooth-faced, sly-looking man, advanced to greet them courteously,
+bidding them thank God for their escape.
+
+"That we do indeed," said Castell; "but tell us, Father, where are our
+companions?"
+
+"There are some of them," answered the priest, pointing to the dead
+bodies; "the rest, with the two señoras, started two hours ago for
+Granada. The Marquis of Morella, from whom I hold this cure, told us
+that his ship had sunk, and that no one else was left alive, and, as the
+mist hid everything, we believed him. That is why we were not here
+before, for," he added significantly, "we are poor folk, to whom the
+saints send few wrecks."
+
+"How did they go to Granada, Father?" asked Castell. "On foot?"
+
+"Nay, Señor, they took all the horses and mules in the village by force,
+though the marquis promised that he would return them and pay for their
+hire later, and we trusted him because we must. The ladies wept much,
+and prayed us to take them in and keep them; but this the marquis would
+not allow, although they seemed so sad and weary. God send that we see
+our good beasts back again," he added piously.
+
+"Have you any left for us? We have a little money, and can pay for them
+if they be not too dear."
+
+"Not one, Señor--not one; the place has been cleared even down to the
+mares in foal. But, indeed you seem scarcely fit to ride at present, who
+have undergone so much," and he pointed to Peter's wounded head and
+Castell's bandaged arm. "Why do you not stay and rest awhile?"
+
+"Because I am the father of one of the señoras, and doubtless she thinks
+me drowned, and this señor is her affianced husband," answered
+Castell briefly.
+
+"Ah!" said the priest, looking at them with interest, "then what
+relation to her is the marquis? Well, perhaps I had better not ask, for
+this is no confessional, is it? I understand that you are anxious, for
+that great grandee has the reputation of being gay--an excellent son of
+the Church, but without doubt very gay," and he shook his shaven head
+and smiled. "But come up to the village, Señors, where you can rest and
+have your hurts attended to; afterwards we will talk."
+
+"We had best go," said Castell in English to Peter. "There are no horses
+on this beach, and we cannot walk to Granada in our state."
+
+Peter nodded, and, led by the priest, whose name they discovered to be
+Henriques, they started.
+
+On the crest of the hill a few hundred paces away they turned and looked
+back, to see that every able-bodied inhabitant of the village seemed by
+now to be engaged in plundering the stranded vessel.
+
+"They are paying themselves for the mules and horses," said Fray
+Henriques with a shrug. "So I see," answered Castell, "but you----"
+and he stopped.
+
+"Oh, do not be afraid for me," replied the priest with a cunning little
+smile. "The Church does not loot; but in the end the Church gets her
+share. These are a pious folk. Only when he learns that the caravel did
+not sink after all, I fear the marquis will demand an account of us."
+
+Then they limped on over the hill, and presently saw the white-walled
+and red-roofed village beneath them on the banks of the river.
+
+Five minutes later their guide stopped at a door in a roughly paved
+street, which he opened with a key.
+
+"My humble dwelling, when I am in residence here, and not at Granada,"
+he said, "in which I shall be honoured to receive you. Look, near by is
+the church."
+
+Then they entered a patio, or courtyard, where some orange-trees grew
+round a fountain of water, and a life-sized crucifix stood against the
+wall. As he passed this sacred emblem Peter bowed and crossed himself,
+an example that Castell did not follow. The priest looked at
+him sharply.
+
+"Surely, Señor," he said, "you should do reverence to the symbol of our
+Saviour, who, by His mercy, have just been saved from the death which
+the marquis told me had overtaken both of you."
+
+"My right arm is hurt," answered Castell readily, "so I must do that
+reverence in my heart."
+
+"I understand, Señor; but if you are a stranger to this country, which
+you do not seem to be, who speak its tongue so well, with your
+permission I will warn you that here it is wise not to confine your
+reverences to the heart. Of late the directors of the Inquisition have
+become somewhat strict, and expect that the outward forms should be
+observed as well. Indeed, when I was a familiar of the Holy Office at
+Seville, I have seen men burned for the neglect of them. You have two
+arms and a head, Señor, also a knee that can be bent."
+
+"Pardon me," answered Castell to this lecture. "I was thinking of other
+matters. The carrying off of my daughter at the hands of your patron,
+the Marquis of Morella, for instance."
+
+Then, making no reply, the priest led them through his sitting-room to a
+bed-chamber with high barred windows, that, although it was large and
+lofty, reminded them somehow of a prison cell. Here he left them, saying
+that he would go to find the local surgeon, who, it seemed, was a barber
+also, if, indeed, he were not engaged in "lightening the ship,"
+recommending them meanwhile to take off their wet clothes and lie
+down to rest.
+
+A woman having brought hot water and some loose garments in which to
+wrap themselves while their own were drying, they undressed and washed
+and afterwards, utterly worn out, threw themselves down and fell asleep
+upon the beds, having first hidden away their gold in the food bag,
+which Peter placed beneath his pillow. Two hours later or more they were
+awakened by the arrival of Father Henriques and the barber-surgeon,
+accompanied by the woman-servant, and who brought them back their
+clothes cleaned and dried.
+
+When the surgeon saw Peter's hurt to the left side of his neck and
+shoulder, which now were black, swollen, and very stiff, he shook his
+head, and said that time and rest alone could cure it, and that he must
+have been born under a fortunate star to have escaped with his life,
+which, save for his steel cap and leather jerkin, he would never have
+done. As no bones were broken, however, all that he could do was to
+dress the parts with some soothing ointment and cover them with clean
+cloths. This finished, he turned to Castell's wound, that was through
+the fleshy part of the right forearm, and, having syringed it out with
+warm water and oil, bound it up, saying that he would be well in a week.
+He added drily that the gale must have been fiercer even than he
+thought, since it could blow an arrow through a man's arm--a saying at
+which the priest pricked up his ears.
+
+To this Castell made no answer, but producing a piece of Morella's gold,
+offered it to him for his services, asking him at the same time to
+procure them mules or horses, if he could. The barber promised to try to
+do so, and being well pleased with his fee, which was a great one for
+Motril, said that he would see them again in the evening, and if he
+could hear of any beasts would tell them of it then. Also he promised to
+bring them some clothes and cloaks of Spanish make, since those they had
+were not fit to travel in through that country, being soiled and
+blood-stained.
+
+After he had gone, and the priest with him, who was busy seeing to the
+division of the spoils from the ship and making sure of his own share,
+the servant, a good soul, brought them soup, which they drank. Then they
+lay down again upon the beds and talked together as to what they
+should do.
+
+Castell was downhearted, pointing out that they were still as far from
+Margaret as ever, who was now once more lost to them, and in the hand of
+Morella, whence they could scarcely hope to snatch her. It would seem
+also that she was being taken to the Moorish city of Granada, if she
+were not already there, where Christian law and justice had no power.
+
+When he had heard him out, Peter, whose heart was always stout,
+answered:
+
+"God has as much power in Granada as in London, or on the seas whence He
+has saved us. I think, Sir, that we have great reason to be thankful to
+God, seeing that we are both alive to-day, who might so well have been
+dead, and that Margaret is alive also, and, as we believe, unharmed.
+Further, this Spanish thief of women is, it would seem, a strange man,
+that is, if there be any truth in his words, for although he could steal
+her, it appears that he cannot find it in his heart to do her violence,
+but is determined to win her only with her own consent, which I think
+will not be had readily. Also, he shrinks from murder, who, when he
+could have butchered us, did not do so."
+
+"I have known such men before," said Castell, "who hold some sins
+venial, but others deadly to their souls. It is a fruit of
+superstition."
+
+"Then, Sir, let us pray that Morella's superstitions may remain strong,
+and get us to Granada as quickly as we can, for there, remember, you
+have friends, both among the Jews and Moors, who have traded with the
+place for many years, and these may give us shelter. Therefore, though
+things are bad, still they might be worse."
+
+"That is so," answered Castell more cheerfully, "if, indeed, she has
+been taken to Granada; and as to this, we will try to learn something
+from the barber or the Father Henriques."
+
+"I put no faith in that priest, a sly fellow who is in the pay of
+Morella," answered Peter.
+
+Then they were silent, being still very weary, and having nothing more
+to say, but much to think about.
+
+About sundown the doctor came back and dressed their wounds. He brought
+with him a stock of clothes of Spanish make, hats and two heavy cloaks
+fit to travel in, which they bought from him at a good price. Also, he
+said that he had two fine mules in the courtyard, and Castell went out
+to look at them. They were sorry beasts enough, being poor and wayworn,
+but as no others were to be had they returned to the room to talk as to
+the price of them and their saddles. The chaffering was long, for he
+asked twice their value, which Castell said poor shipwrecked men could
+not pay; but in the end they struck a bargain, under which the barber
+was to keep and feed the mules for the night, and bring them round next
+morning with a guide who would show them the road to Granada. Meanwhile,
+they paid him for the clothes, but not for the beasts.
+
+Also they tried to learn something from him about the Marquis of
+Morella, but, like the Fray Henriques, the man was cunning, and kept his
+mouth shut, saying that it was ill for poor men like himself to chatter
+of the great, and that at Granada they could hear everything. So he went
+away, leaving some medicine for them to drink, and shortly afterwards
+the priest appeared.
+
+He was in high good-humour, having secured those jewels which they had
+left behind in the iron coffer as his share of the spoil of the ship.
+Taking note of him as he showed and fondled them, Castell added up the
+man, and concluded that he was very avaricious; one who hated the
+poverty in which he had been reared, and would do much for money.
+Indeed, when he spoke bitterly of the thieves who had been at the ship's
+strong-box and taken nearly all the gold, Castell determined that he
+must never know who those thieves were, lest they should meet with some
+accident on their journey.
+
+At length the trinkets were put away, and the priest said that they must
+sup with him, but lamented that he had no wine to give them, who was
+forced to drink water; whereon Castell prayed him to procure a few
+flasks of the best at their charges, which, nothing loth, he sent his
+servant out to do.
+
+So, dressed in their new Spanish clothes, and having all the gold hidden
+about them in two money-belts that they had bought from the barber at
+the same time, they went in to supper, which consisted of a Spanish dish
+called _olla podrida_--a kind of rich stew--bread, cheese, and fruit.
+Also the wine that they had bought was there, very good and strong, and,
+whilst taking but little of it themselves for fear they should fever
+their wounds, they persuaded Father Henriques to drink heartily, so that
+in the end he forgot his cunning, and spoke with freedom. Then, seeing
+that he was in a ripe humour, Castell asked him about the Marquis of
+Morella, and how it happened that he had a house in the Moorish capital
+of Granada.
+
+"Because he is half a Moor," answered the priest. "His father, it is
+said, was the Prince of Viana, and his mother a lady of royal Moorish
+blood, from whom he inherited great wealth, and his lands and palace in
+Granada. There, too, he loves to dwell, who, although he is so good a
+Christian by faith, has many heathen tastes, and, like the Moors,
+surrounds himself with a seraglio of beautiful women, as I know, for
+often I act as his chaplain, as in Granada there are no priests.
+Moreover, there is a purpose in all this, for, being partly of their
+blood, he is accredited to the court of their sultan, Boabdil, by
+Ferdinand and Isabella in whose interests he works in secret. For,
+strangers, you should know, if you do not know it already, that their
+Majesties have for long been at war against the Moor, and purpose to
+take what remains of his kingdom from him, and make it Christian, as
+they have already taken Malaga, and purified it by blood and fire from
+the accursed stain of infidelity."
+
+"Yes," said Castell, "we heard that in England, for I am a merchant who
+have dealings with Granada, whither I am going on my affairs."
+
+"On what affairs then goes the señora, who you say is your daughter, and
+what is that story that the sailors told of, about a fight between the
+_San Antonio_ and an English ship, which indeed we saw in the offing
+yesterday? And why did the wind blow an arrow through your arm, friend
+Merchant? And how came it that you two were left aboard the caravel when
+the marquis and his people escaped?"
+
+"You ask many questions, holy Father. Peter, fill the glass of his
+reverence; he drinks nothing who thinks that it is always Lent. Your
+health, Father. Ah! well emptied. Fill it again, Peter, and pass me the
+flask. Now I will begin to answer you with the story of the shipwreck."
+And he commenced an endless tale of the winds and sails and rocks and
+masts carried away, and of the English ship that tried to help the
+Spanish ship, and so forth, till at length the priest, whose glass Peter
+filled whenever his head was turned, fell back in his chair asleep.
+
+"Now," whispered Peter in English across the table to Castell--"now I
+think that we had best go to bed, for we have learned much from this
+holy spy--as I take him to be--and told little."
+
+So they crept away quietly to their chamber, and, having swallowed the
+draught that the doctor had given them, said their prayers each in his
+own fashion, locked the door, and lay down to rest as well as their
+wounds and sore anxieties would allow them.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+THE ADVENTURE OF THE INN
+
+Peter did not sleep well, for, notwithstanding all the barber's
+dressing, his hurt pained him much. Moreover, he was troubled by the
+thought that Margaret must be sure that both he and her father were
+dead, and of the sufferings of her sore heart. Whenever he dozed off he
+seemed to see her awake and weeping, yes, and to hear her sobs and
+murmurings of his name. When the first light of dawn crept through the
+high-barred windows, he arose and called Castell, for they could not
+dress without each other's help. Then they waited until they heard the
+sound of men talking and of beasts stamping in the courtyard without.
+Guessing that this was the barber with the mules, they unlocked their
+door and, finding the servant yawning in the passage, persuaded her to
+let them out of the house.
+
+The barber it was, sure enough, and with him a one-eyed youth mounted on
+a pony, who, he said, would guide them to Granada. So they returned with
+him into the house, where he looked at their wounds, shaking his head
+over that of Peter, who, he said, ought not to travel so soon. After
+this came more haggling as to the price of the mules, saddlery,
+saddle-bags in which they packed their few spare clothes, hire of the
+guide and his horse, and so forth, since, anxious as they were to get
+away, they did not dare to seem to have money to spare.
+
+At length everything was settled, and as their host, Father Henriques,
+had not yet appeared, they determined to depart without bidding him
+farewell, leaving some money in acknowledgment of his hospitality and as
+a gift to his church. Whilst they were handing it over to the servant,
+however, together with a fee for herself, the priest joined them,
+unshaven, and holding his hand to his tonsured head whilst he explained,
+what was not true, that he had been celebrating some early Mass in the
+church; then asked whither they were going.
+
+They told him, and pressed their gift upon him, which he accepted,
+nothing loth, though its liberality seemed to make him more urgent to
+delay their departure. They were not fit to travel; the roads were most
+unsafe; they would be taken captive by the Moors, and thrown into a
+dungeon with the Christian prisoners; no one could enter Granada without
+a passport, he declared, and so forth, to all of which they answered
+that they must go.
+
+Now he appeared to be much disturbed, and said finally that they would
+bring him into trouble with the Marquis of Morella--how or why, he would
+not explain, though Peter guessed that it might be lest the marquis
+should learn from them that this priest, his chaplain, had been
+plundering the ship which he thought sunk, and possessing himself of his
+jewels. At length, seeing that the man meant mischief and would stop
+them in some fashion if they delayed, they bade him farewell hastily,
+and, pushing past him, mounted the mules that stood outside and rode
+away with their guide.
+
+As they went they heard the priest, who now was in a rage, abusing the
+barber who had sold them the beasts, and caught the words "Spies,"
+"English señoras," and "Commands of the Marquis," so that they were glad
+when at length they found themselves outside the town, where as yet few
+were stirring, and riding unmolested on the road to Granada.
+
+This road proved to be no good one, and very hilly; moreover, the mules
+were even worse than they had thought, that which Peter rode stumbling
+continually. Now they asked the youth, their guide, how long it would
+take them to reach Granada; but all he answered them was:
+
+"_Quien sabe_?" (Who knows?) "It depends upon the will of God."
+
+An hour later they asked him again, whereon he replied:
+
+Perhaps to-night, perhaps to-morrow, perhaps never, as there were many
+thieves about, and if they escaped the thieves they would probably be
+captured by the Moors.
+
+"I think there is one thief very near to us," said Peter in English,
+looking at this ill-favoured young man, then added in his broken
+Spanish, "Friend, if we fall in with robbers or Moors, the first one who
+dies will be yourself," and he tapped the hilt of his sword.
+
+The lad uttered a Spanish curse, and turned the head of his pony round
+as though he would ride back to Motril, then changed his mind and pushed
+on a long way in front of them, nor could they come near him again for
+hours. So hard was the road and so feeble were the mules that,
+notwithstanding a midday halt to rest them, it was nightfall before they
+reached the top of the Sierra, and in the last sunset glow, separated
+from them by the rich _vega_ or plain, saw the minarets and palaces of
+Granada. Now they wished to push on, but their guide swore that it was
+impossible, as in the dark they would fall over precipices while
+descending to the plain. There was a _venta_ or inn near by, he said,
+where they could sleep, starting again at dawn.
+
+When Castell said that they did not wish to go to an inn, he answered
+that they must, since they had eaten what food they had, and here on
+the road there was no fodder for the beasts. So, reluctantly enough,
+they consented, knowing that unless they were fed the mules would never
+carry them to Granada, whereon the guide, pointing out the house to
+them, a lonely place in a valley about a hundred yards from the road,
+said that he would go on to make arrangements, and galloped off.
+
+As they approached this hostelry, which was surrounded by a rough wall
+for purposes of defence, they saw the one-eyed youth engaged in earnest
+conversation with a fat, ill-favoured man who had a great knife stuck in
+his girdle. Advancing to them, bowing, this man said that he was the
+host, and, in reply to their request for food and a room, told them that
+they could have both.
+
+They rode into the courtyard, whereon the inn-keeper locked the door in
+the wall behind them, explaining that it was to keep out robbers, and
+adding that they were fortunate to be where they could sleep quite
+safely. Then a Moor came and led away their mule to the stable, and
+they accompanied the landlord into the sitting-room, a long, low
+apartment furnished with tables and benches, on which sat several
+rough-looking fellows, drinking wine. Here the host suddenly demanded
+payment in advance, saying that he did not trust strangers. Peter would
+have argued with him; but Castell, thinking it best to comply,
+unbuttoned his garments to get at his money, for he had no loose coin in
+his pocket, having paid away the last at Motril.
+
+His right hand being still helpless, this he did with his left, and so
+awkwardly that the small doubloon he took hold of slipped from his
+fingers and fell on to the floor. Forgetting that he had not re-fastened
+the belt, he bent down to pick it up, whereon a number of gold pieces of
+various sorts, perhaps twenty of them, fell out and rolled hither and
+thither on the ground. Peter, watching, saw the landlord and the other
+men in the room exchange a quick and significant glance. They rose,
+however, and assisted to find the money, which the host returned to
+Castell, remarking with an unpleasant smile, that if he had known that
+his guests were so rich he would have charged them more for their
+accommodation.
+
+"Of your good heart I pray you not," answered Castell, "for that is all
+our worldly goods," and even as he spoke another gold piece, this time a
+large doubloon, which had remained in his clothing, slipped to
+the floor.
+
+"Of course, Señor," the host replied as he picked this up also and
+handed it back politely, "but shake yourself, there may still be a coin
+or two in your doublet." Castell did so, whereon the gold in his belt,
+loosened by what had fallen out, rattled audibly, and the audience
+smiled again, while the host congratulated him on the fact that he was
+in an honest house, and not wandering on the mountains, which were the
+home of so many bad men.
+
+Having pocketed his money with the best grace he could, and buckled his
+belt beneath his robe, Castell and Peter sat down at a table a little
+apart, and asked if they could have some supper. The host assented, and
+called to the Moorish servant to bring food, then sat down also, and
+began to put questions to them, of a sort which showed that their guide
+had already told all their story.
+
+"How did you learn of our shipwreck?" asked Castell by way of answer.
+
+"How? Why, from the people of the marquis, who stopped here to drink a
+cup of wine when he passed to Granada yesterday with his company and two
+señoras. He said that the _San Antonio_ had sunk, but told us nothing of
+your being left aboard of her."
+
+"Then forgive us, friend, if we, whose business is of no interest to
+you, copy his discretion, as we are weary and would rest."
+
+"Certainly, Señors--certainly," replied the man; "I go to hasten your
+supper, and to fetch you a flask of the wine of Granada worthy of your
+degree," and he left them.
+
+A while later their food came--good meat enough of its sort--and with it
+the wine in an earthenware jug, which, as he filled their horn mugs, the
+host said he had poured out of the flask himself that the crust of it
+might not slip. Castell thanked him, and asked him to drink a cup to
+their good journey; but he declined, answering that it was a fast day
+with him, on which he was sworn to touch only water. Now Peter, who had
+said nothing all this time, but noted much, just touched the wine with
+his lips, and smacked them as though in approbation while he whispered
+in English to Castell:
+
+"Drink it not; it is drugged!"
+
+"What says your son?" asked the host.
+
+"He says that it is delicious, but suddenly he has remembered what I too
+forgot, that the doctor at Motril forbade us to touch wine for fear lest
+we should worsen the hurts that we had in the shipwreck. Well, let it
+not be wasted. Give it to your friends. We must be content with thinner
+stuff." And taking up a jug of water that stood upon the table, he
+filled an empty cup with it and drank, then passed it to Peter, while
+the host looked at them sourly.
+
+Then, as though by an afterthought, Castell rose and politely presented
+the jug of wine and the two filled mugs to the men who were sitting at a
+table close by, saying that it was a pity that they should not have the
+benefit of such fine liquor. One of these fellows, as it chanced, was
+their own guide, who had come in from tending the mules. They took the
+mugs readily enough, and two of them tossed off their contents, whereon,
+with a smothered oath, the landlord snatched away the jug and
+vanished with it.
+
+Castell and Peter went on with their meal, for they saw their neighbours
+eating of the same dish, as did the landlord also, who had returned,
+and, it seemed to Peter, was watching the two men who had drunk the
+wine with an anxious eye. Presently one of these rose from the table
+and, going to a bench on the other side of the room, flung himself down
+upon it and became quite silent, while their one-eyed guide stretched
+out his arms and fell face forward so that his head rested on an empty
+plate, where he remained apparently insensible. The host sprang up and
+stood irresolute, and Castell, rising, said that evidently the poor lad
+was sleepy after his long ride, and as they were the same, would he be
+so courteous as to show them to their room?
+
+He assented readily, indeed it was clear that he wished to be rid of
+them, for the other men were staring at the guide and their companion,
+and muttering amongst themselves.
+
+"This way, Señors," he said, and led them to the end of the place where
+a broad step-ladder stood. Going up it, a lamp in his hand, he opened a
+trap-door and called to them to follow him, which Castell did. Peter,
+however, first turned and said good-night to the company who were
+watching them; at the same moment, as though by accident or
+thoughtlessly, half drawing his sword from its scabbard. Then he too
+went up the ladder, and found himself with the others in an attic.
+
+It was a bare place, the only furniture in it being two chairs and two
+rough wooden bedsteads without heads to them, mere trestles indeed, that
+stood about three feet apart against a boarded partition which appeared
+to divide this room from some other attic beyond. Also, there was a hole
+in the wall immediately beneath the eaves of the house that served the
+purpose of a window, over which a sack was nailed. "We are poor folk,"
+said the landlord as they glanced round this comfortless garret, "but
+many great people have slept well here, as doubtless you will also," and
+he turned to descend the ladder.
+
+"It will serve," answered Castell; "but, friend, tell your men to leave
+the stable open, as we start at dawn, and be so good as to give me
+that lamp."
+
+"I cannot spare the lamp," he grunted sulkily, with his foot already on
+the first step.
+
+Peter strode to him and grasped his arm with one hand, while with the
+other he seized the lamp. The man cursed, and began to fumble at his
+belt, as though for a knife, whereon Peter, putting out his strength,
+twisted his arm so fiercely that in his pain he loosed the lamp, which
+remained in Peter's hand. The inn-keeper made a grab at it, missed his
+footing and rolled down the ladder, falling heavily on the floor below.
+
+Watching from above, to their relief they saw him pick himself up, and
+heard him begin to revile them, shaking his fist and vowing vengeance.
+Then Peter shut down the trap-door. It was ill fitted, so that the edge
+of it stood up above the flooring, also the bolt that fastened it had
+been removed, although the staples in which it used to work remained.
+Peter looked round for some stick or piece of wood to pass through these
+staples, but could find nothing. Then he bethought him of a short length
+of cord that he had in his pocket, which served to tie one of the
+saddle-bags in its place on his mule. This he fastened from one staple
+to the other, so that the trap-door could not be lifted more than an
+inch or two.
+
+Reflecting that this might be done, and the cord cut with a knife
+passed through the opening, he took one of the chairs and stood it so
+that two of its legs rested on the edge of the trap-door and the other
+two upon the boarding of the floor. Then he said to Castell:
+
+"We are snared birds; but they must get into the cage before they wring
+our necks. That wine was poisoned, and, if they can, they will murder us
+for our money--or because they have been told to do so by the guide. We
+had best keep awake to-night."
+
+"I think so," answered Castell anxiously. "Listen, they are talking down
+below."
+
+Talking they were, as though they debated something, but after a while
+the sound of voices died away. When all was silent they hunted round the
+attic, but could find nothing that was unusual to such places. Peter
+looked at the window-hole, and, as it was large enough for a man to pass
+through, tried to drag one of the beds beneath it, thinking that if any
+such attempt were made, he who lay thereon would have the thief at his
+mercy, only to find, however, that these were screwed to the floor and
+immovable. As there was nothing more that they could do, they went and
+sat upon these beds, their bare swords in their hands, and waited a long
+while, but nothing happened.
+
+At length the lamp, which had been flickering feebly for some time, went
+out, lacking oil, and except for the light which crept through the
+window-place, for now they had torn away the sacking that hung over it,
+they were in darkness.
+
+A little while later they heard the sound of a horse's hoofs, and the
+door of the house open and shut, after which there was more talking
+below, and mingling with it a new voice which Peter seemed to remember.
+
+"I have it," he whispered to Castell. "Here is our late host, Father
+Henriques, come to see how his guests are faring."
+
+Another half-hour and the waning moon rose, throwing a beam of light
+into their chamber; also they heard horse's hoofs again. Going to the
+window, Peter looked out of it and saw the horse, a fine beast, being
+held by the landlord, then a man came and mounted it and, at some remark
+of his, turned his face upwards towards their window. It was that of
+Father Henriques.
+
+The two whispered together for a while till the priest blessed the
+landlord in Latin words and rode away, and again they heard the door of
+the house close.
+
+"He is off to Granada, to warn Morella his master of our coming," said
+Castell, as they reseated themselves upon the beds.
+
+"To warn Morella that we shall never come, perhaps; but we will beat him
+yet," replied Peter.
+
+The night wore on, and Castell, who was very weary, sank back upon the
+bolster and began to doze, when suddenly the chair that was set upon the
+trap-door fell over with a great clatter, and he sprang up, asking what
+that noise might be.
+
+"Only a rat," answered Peter, who saw no good in telling him the
+truth--namely, that thieves or murderers had tried to open the
+trap-door.
+
+Then he crept down the room, felt the cord, to find that it was still
+uncut, and replaced the chair where it had been. This done, Peter came
+back to the bed and threw himself down upon it as though he would
+slumber, though never was he more wide awake. The weariness of Castell
+had overcome him again, however, for he snored at his side.
+
+For a long while nothing further happened, although once the ray of
+moonlight was cut off, and for an instant Peter thought that he saw a
+face at the window. If so, it vanished and returned no more. Now from
+behind their heads came faint sounds, like those of stifled breathing,
+like those of naked feet; then a slight creaking and scratching in the
+wall--a mouse's tooth might have caused it--and suddenly, right in that
+ray of moonlight, a cruel-looking knife and a naked arm projected
+through the panelling.
+
+The knife flickered for a second over the breast of the sleeping Castell
+as though it were a living thing that chose the spot where it would
+strike. One second--only one--for the next Peter had drawn himself up,
+and with a sweep of the sword which lay unscabbarded at his side, had
+shorn that arm off above the elbow, just where it projected from the
+panelling.
+
+"What was that?" asked Castell again, as something fell upon him.
+
+"A snake," answered Peter, "a poisonous snake. Wake up now, and look."
+
+Castell obeyed, staring in silence at the horrible arm which still
+clasped the great knife, while from beyond the panelling there came a
+stifled groan, then a sound as of a heavy body stumbling away.
+
+"Come," said Peter, "let us be going, unless we would stop here for
+ever. That fellow will soon be back to seek his arm."
+
+"Going! How?" asked Castell.
+
+"There seems to be but one road, and that a rough one, through the
+window and over the wall," answered Peter. "Ah! there they come; I
+thought so." And as he spoke they heard the sound of men scrambling up
+the ladder.
+
+They ran to the window-place and looked out, but there seemed to be no
+one below, and it was not more than twelve feet from the ground. Peter
+helped Castell through it, then, holding his sound arm with both his
+own, lowered him as far as he could, and let go. He dropped on to his
+feet, fell to the ground, then rose again, unhurt. Peter was about to
+follow him when he heard the chair tumble over again, and, looking
+round, saw the trap-door open, to fall back with a crash. They had
+cut the cord!
+
+The figure of a man holding a knife appeared in the faint light,
+followed by the head of another man. Now it was too late for him to get
+through the window-place safely; if he attempted it he would be stabbed
+in the back. So, grasping his sword with both hands, Peter leapt at that
+man, aiming a great stroke at his shadowy mass. It fell upon him
+somewhere, for down he went and lay quite still. By now the second man
+had his knee upon the edge of flooring. Peter thrust him through, and he
+sank backwards on to the heads of others who were following him,
+sweeping the ladder with his weight, so that all of them tumbled in a
+heap at its foot, save one who hung to the edge of the trap frame by his
+hands. Peter slammed its door to, crushing them so that he loosed his
+grip, with a howl. Then, as he had nothing else, he dragged the body of
+the dead man on to it and left him there.
+
+Next he rushed to the window, sheathing his sword as he ran, scrambled
+through it, and, hanging by his arms, let himself drop, coming to the
+ground safely, for he was very agile, and in the excitement of the fray
+forgot the hurt to his head and shoulder.
+
+"Where now?" asked Castell, as he stood by him panting.
+
+"To the stable for the mules. No, it is useless; we have no time to
+saddle them, and the outer gate is locked. The wall--the wall--we must
+climb it! They will be after us in a minute."
+
+They ran thither and found that, though ten feet high, fortunately this
+wall was built of rough stone, which gave an easy foothold. Peter
+scrambled up first, then, lying across its top, stretched down his hand
+to Castell, and with difficulty--for the man was heavy and
+crippled--dragged him to his side. Just then they heard a voice from
+their garret shout:
+
+"The English devils have gone! Get to the door and cut them off."
+
+"Come on," said Peter. So together they climbed, or rather fell, down
+the wall on to a mass of prickly-pear bush, which broke the shock but
+tore them so sorely in a score of places that they could have shrieked
+with the pain. Somehow they freed themselves, and, bleeding all over,
+broke from that accursed bush, struggling up the bank of the ditch in
+which it grew, ran for the road, and along it towards Granada.
+
+Before they had gone a hundred yards they heard shoutings, and guessed
+that they were being followed. Just here the road crossed a ravine full
+of boulders and rough scrubby growth, whereas beyond it was bare and
+open. Peter seized Castell and dragged him up this ravine till they came
+to a place where, behind a great stone, there was a kind of hole, filled
+with bushes and tall, dead grass, into which they plunged and hid
+themselves.
+
+"Draw your sword," he said to Castell. "If they find us, we will die as
+well as we can."
+
+He obeyed, holding it in his left hand.
+
+They heard the robbers run along the road; then, seeing that they had
+missed their victims, these returned again, five or six of them, and
+fell to searching the ravine. But the light was very bad, for here the
+rays of the moon did not penetrate, and they could find nothing.
+Presently two of them halted within five paces of them and began to
+talk, saying that the swine must still be hidden in the yard, or perhaps
+had doubled back for Motril.
+
+"I don't know where they are hidden," answered the other man; "but this
+is a poor business. Fat Pedro's arm is cut clean off, and I expect he
+will bleed to death, while two of the other fellows are dead or dying,
+for that long-legged Englishman hits hard, to say nothing of those who
+drank the drugged wine, and look as though they would never wake. Yes, a
+poor business to get a few doubloons and please a priest, but oh! if I
+had the hogs here I----" And he hissed out a horrible threat. "Meanwhile
+we had best lie up at the mouth of this place in case they should still
+be hidden here."
+
+Peter heard him and listened. All the other men had gone, running back
+along the road. His blood was up, and the thorn pricks stung him sorely.
+Saying no word, out of his lair he came with that terrible sword of
+his aloft.
+
+The men caught sight of him, and gave a gasp of fear. It was the last
+sound that one of them ever made. Then the other turned and ran like a
+hare. This was he who had uttered the threat.
+
+"Stop!" whispered Peter, as he overtook him--"stop, and do what you
+promised."
+
+The brute turned, and asked for mercy, but got none.
+
+"It was needful," said Peter to Castell presently; "you heard--they were
+going to wait for us."
+
+"I do not think that they will try to murder any more Englishmen at that
+inn," panted Castell, as he ran along beside him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+INEZ AND HER GARDEN
+
+For two hours or more John Castell and Peter travelled on the Granada
+road, running when it was smooth, walking when it was rough, and
+stopping from time to time to get their breath and listen. But the night
+was quite silent, no one seemed to be pursuing them. Evidently the
+remaining cut-throats had either taken another way or, having their fill
+of this adventure, wanted to see no more of Peter and his sword.
+
+At length the dawn broke over the great misty plain, for now they were
+crossing the _vega_. Then the sun rose and dispelled the vapours, and a
+dozen miles or more away they saw Granada on its hill. They saw each
+other also, and a sorry sight they were, torn by the sharp thorns, and
+stained with blood from their scratches. Peter was bare-headed too, for
+he had lost his cap, and almost beside himself now that the excitement
+had left him, from lack of sleep, pain, and weariness. Moreover, as the
+sun rose, it grew fearfully hot upon that plain, and its fierce rays,
+striking full upon his head, seemed to stupefy him, so that at last they
+were obliged to halt and weave a kind of hat out of corn and grasses,
+which gave him so strange an appearance that some Moors, whom they met
+going to their toil, thought that he must be a madman, and ran away.
+
+Still they crawled forward, refreshing themselves with water whenever
+they could find any in the irrigation ditches that these people used for
+their crops, but covering little more than a mile an hour. Towards noon
+the heat grew so dreadful that they were obliged to lie down to rest
+under the shade of some palm-like trees, and here, absolutely outworn,
+they sank into a kind of sleep.
+
+They were awakened by a sound of voices, and staggered to their feet,
+drawing their swords, for they thought that the thieves from the inn had
+overtaken them. Instead of these ruffianly murderers, however, they saw
+before them a body of eight Moors, beautifully mounted upon white
+horses, and clad in turbans and flowing robes, the like of which Peter
+had never yet beheld, who sat there regarding them gravely with their
+quiet eyes, and, as it seemed, not without pity.
+
+"Put up your swords, Señors," said the leader of these Moors in
+excellent Spanish--indeed, he seemed to be a Spaniard dressed in Eastern
+garments--"for we are many and fresh; and you are but two and wounded."
+
+They obeyed, who could do nothing else.
+
+"Now tell us, though there is little need to ask," went on the captain,
+"you are those men of England who boarded the _San Antonio_ and escaped
+when she was sinking, are you not?"
+
+Castell nodded, then answered:
+
+"We boarded her to seek----"
+
+"Never mind what you sought," the captain answered; "the names of
+exalted ladies should not be mentioned before strange men. But you have
+been in trouble again since then, at the inn yonder, where this tall
+señor bore himself very bravely. Oh! we have heard all the story, and
+give him honour who can wield a sword so well in the dark."
+
+"We thank you," said Castell, "but what is your business with us?"
+
+"Señor, we are sent by our master, his Excellency, the high Lord and
+Marquis of Morella, to find you and bring you to be his guests
+at Granada."
+
+"So the priest has told. I thought as much," muttered Peter.
+
+"We pray you to come without trouble, as we do not wish to do any
+violence to such gallant men," went on the captain. "Be pleased to mount
+two of these horses, and ride with us."
+
+"I am a merchant, with friends of my own at Granada," answered Castell.
+"Cannot we go to them, who do not seek the hospitality of the marquis?"
+
+"Señor, our orders are otherwise, and here the word of our master, the
+marquis, is a law that may not be broken."
+
+"I thought that Boabdil was king of Granada," said Castell.
+
+"Without doubt he is king, Señor, and by the grace of Allah will remain
+so, but the marquis is allied to him in blood; also, while the truce
+lasts, he is a representative of their Majesties of Spain in our city,"
+and, at a sign, two of the Moors dismounted and led forward their
+horses, holding the stirrups, and offering to help them to the saddle.
+
+"There is nothing for it," said Peter; "we must go." So, awkwardly
+enough, for they were very stiff, they climbed on to the beasts and rode
+away with their captors.
+
+The sun was sinking now, for they had slept long, and by the time they
+reached the gates of Granada the muezzins were calling to the sunset
+prayer from the minarets of the mosques.
+
+It was but a very dim and confused idea that Peter gathered of the great
+city of the Moors, as, surrounded by their white-robed escort, he rode
+he knew not whither. Narrow winding streets, white houses, shuttered
+windows, crowds of courteous, somewhat silent people, all men, and all
+clad in those same strange, flowing dresses, who looked at them
+curiously, and murmured words which afterwards he came to learn meant
+"Christian prisoners," or sometimes "Christian dogs"; fretted and
+pointed arches, and a vast fairy-like building set upon a hill. He was
+dazed with pain and fatigue as, a long-legged, blood-stained figure,
+crowned with his quaint hat of grasses, he rode through that wondrous
+and imperial place.
+
+Yet no man laughed at him, absurd as he must have seemed; but perhaps
+this was because under the grotesqueness of his appearance they
+recognised something of his quality. Or they might have heard rumours of
+his sword-play at the inn and on the ship. At any rate, their attitude
+was that of courteous dislike of the Christian, mingled with respect for
+the brave man in misfortune.
+
+At length, after mounting a long rise, they came to a palace on a mount,
+facing the vast, red-walled fortress which seemed to dominate the place,
+which he afterwards knew as the Alhambra, but separated from it by a
+valley. This palace was a very great building, set on three sides of a
+square, and surrounded by gardens, wherein tall cypress-trees pointed to
+the tender sky. They rode through the gardens and sundry gateways till
+they came to a courtyard where servants, with torches in their hands,
+ran out to meet them. Somebody helped him off his horse, somebody
+supported him up a flight of marble steps, beneath which a fountain
+splashed, into a great, cool room with an ornamented roof. Then Peter
+remembered no more.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A time went by, a long, long time--in fact it was nearly a month--before
+Peter really opened his eyes to the world again. Not that he had been
+insensible for all this while--that is, quite--for at intervals he had
+become aware of that large, cool room, and of people talking about
+him--especially of a dark-eyed, light-footed, and pretty woman with a
+white wimple round her face, who appeared to be in charge of him.
+Occasionally he thought that this must be Margaret, and yet knew that it
+could not, for she was different. Also, he remembered that once or twice
+he had seemed to see the haughty, handsome face of Morella bending over
+him, as though he watched curiously to learn whether he would live or
+not, and then had striven to rise to fight him, and been pressed back by
+the soft, white hands of the woman that yet were so terribly strong.
+
+Now, when he awoke at last, it was to see her sitting there with a ray
+of sunlight from some upper window falling on her face, sitting with her
+chin resting on her hand and her elbow on her knee, and contemplating
+him with a pretty, puzzled look. She made a sweet picture thus, he
+thought. Then he spoke to her in his slow Spanish, for somehow he knew
+that she would not understand his own tongue.
+
+"You are not Margaret," he said.
+
+At once the dream went out of the woman's soft eyes; she became
+intensely interested, and, rising, advanced towards him, a very gracious
+figure, who seemed to sway as she walked.
+
+"No, no," she said, bending over him and touching his forehead with her
+taper fingers; "my name is Inez. You wander still, Señor."
+
+"Inez what?" he asked.
+
+"Inez only," she answered, "Inez, a woman of Granada, the rest is lost.
+Inez, the nurse of sick men, Señor."
+
+"Where then is Margaret--the English Margaret?"
+
+A veil of secrecy seemed to fall over the woman's face, and her voice
+changed as she answered, no longer ringing true, or so it struck his
+senses made quick and subtle by the fires of fever:
+
+"I know no English Margaret. Do you then love her--this English
+Margaret?"
+
+"Aye," he answered, "she was stolen from me; I have followed her from
+far, and suffered much. Is she dead or living?"
+
+"I have told you, Señor, I know nothing, although"--and again the voice
+became natural--"it is true that I thought you loved somebody from your
+talk in your illness."
+
+Peter pondered a while, then he began to remember, and asked again:
+
+"Where is Castell?"
+
+"Castell? Was he your companion, the man with a hurt arm who looked like
+a Jew? I do not know where he is. In another part of the city, perhaps.
+I think that he was sent to his friends. Question me not of such
+matters, who am but your sick-nurse. You have been very ill, Señor.
+Look!" And she handed him a little mirror made of polished silver, then,
+seeing that he was too weak to take it, held it before him.
+
+Peter saw his face, and groaned, for, except the red scar upon his
+cheek, it was ivory white and wasted to nothing.
+
+"I am glad Margaret did not see me like this," he said, with an attempt
+at a smile, "bearded too, and what a beard! Lady, how could you have
+nursed one so hideous?"
+
+"I have not found you hideous," she answered softly; "besides, that is
+my trade. But you must not talk, you must rest. Drink this, and rest,"
+and she gave him soup in a silver bowl, which he swallowed readily
+enough, and went to sleep again.
+
+Some days afterwards, when Peter was well on the road to convalescence,
+his beautiful nurse came and sat by him, a look of pity in her tender,
+Eastern eyes.
+
+"What is it now, Inez?" he asked, noting her changed face.
+
+"Señor Pedro, you spoke to me a while ago, when you woke up from your
+long sleep, of a certain Margaret, did you not? Well, I have been
+inquiring of this Dona Margaret, and have no good news to tell of her."
+
+Peter set his teeth, and said:
+
+"Go on, tell me the worst."
+
+"This Margaret was travelling with the Marquis of Morella, was she
+not?"
+
+"She had been stolen by him," answered Peter.
+
+"Alas! it may be so; but here in Spain, and especially here in Granada,
+that will scarcely screen the name of one who has been known to travel
+with the Marquis of Morella."
+
+"So much the worse for the Marquis of Morella when I meet him again,"
+answered Peter sternly. "What is your story, Nurse Inez?"
+
+She looked with interest at his grim, thin face, but, as it seemed to
+him, with no displeasure.
+
+"A sad one. As I have told you, a sad one. It seems that the other day
+this señora was found dead at the foot of the tallest tower of the
+marquis's palace, though whether she fell from it, or was thrown from
+it, none know."
+
+Peter gasped, and was silent for a while; then asked:
+
+"Did you see her dead?"
+
+"No, Señor; others saw her."
+
+"And told you to tell me? Nurse Inez, I do not believe your tale. If the
+Dona Margaret, my betrothed, were dead I should know it; but my heart
+tells me that she is alive."
+
+"You have great faith, Señor," said the woman, with a note of admiration
+in her voice which she could not suppress, but, as he observed, without
+contradicting him.
+
+"I have faith," he answered. "Nothing else is left; but so far it has
+been a good crutch."
+
+Peter made no further allusion to the subject, only presently he asked:
+
+"Tell me, where am I?"
+
+"In a prison, Señor."
+
+"Oh! a prison, with a beautiful woman for jailer, and other beautiful
+women"--and he pointed to a fair creature who had brought something into
+the room--"as servants. A very fine prison also," and he looked about
+him at the marbles and arches and lovely carving.
+
+"There are men without the gate, not women," she replied, smiling.
+
+"I daresay; captives can be tied with ropes of silk, can they not? Well,
+whose is this prison?"
+
+She shook her head.
+
+"I do not know, Señor. The Moorish king's perhaps--you yourself have
+said that I am only the jailer."
+
+"Then who pays you?"
+
+"Perhaps I am not paid, Señor; perhaps I work for love," and she glanced
+at him swiftly, "or hate," and her face changed.
+
+"Not hate of me, I think," said Peter.
+
+"No, Señor, not hate of you. Why should I hate you who have been so
+helpless and so courteous to me?" and she bent the knee to him a little.
+
+"Why indeed? especially as I am also grateful to you who have nursed me
+back to life. But then, why hide the truth from a helpless man?"
+
+Inez glanced about her; the room was empty now. She bent over him and
+whispered:
+
+"Have you never been forced to hide the truth? No, I read it in your
+face, and you are not a woman--an erring woman."
+
+They looked into each other's eyes a while, then Peter asked: "Is the
+Dona Margaret really dead?"
+
+"I do not know," she answered; "I was told so." And as though she feared
+lest she should betray herself, Inez turned and left him quickly.
+
+The days went by, and through the slow degrees of convalescence Peter
+grew strong again. But they brought him no added knowledge. He did not
+know where he dwelt or why he was there. All he knew was that he lived a
+prisoner in a sumptuous palace, or as he suspected, for of this he could
+not be sure, since the arched windows of one side of the building were
+walled up, in the wing of a palace. Nobody came near to him except the
+fair Inez, and a Moor who either was deaf or could understand nothing
+that he said to him in Spanish. There were other women about, it is
+true, very pretty women all of them, who acted as servants, but none of
+these were allowed to approach him; he only saw them at a distance.
+
+Therefore Inez was his sole companion, and with her he grew very
+intimate, to a certain extent, but no further. On the occasion that has
+been described she had lifted a corner of her veil which hid her true
+self, but a long while passed before she enlarged her confidence. The
+veil was kept down very close indeed. Day by day he questioned her, and
+day by day, without the slightest show of irritation, or even annoyance,
+she parried his questions. They knew perfectly well that they were
+matching their wits against each other; but as yet Inez had the best of
+the game, which, indeed, she seemed to enjoy. He would talk to her also
+of all sorts of things--the state of Spain, the Moorish court, the
+danger that threatened Granada, whereof the great siege now drew near,
+and so forth--and of these matters she would discourse most
+intelligently, with the result that he learned much of the state of
+politics in Castile and Granada, and greatly improved his knowledge of
+the Spanish tongue.
+
+But when of a sudden, as he did again and again, he sprang some question
+on her about Morella, or Margaret, or John Castell, that same subtle
+change would come over her face, and the same silence would seal
+her lips.
+
+"Señor," she said to him one day with a laugh, "you ask me of secrets
+which I might reveal to you--perhaps--if you were my husband or my love,
+but which you cannot expect a nurse, whose life hangs on it, to answer.
+Not that I wish you to become my husband or my lover," she added, with a
+little nervous laugh.
+
+Peter looked at her with his grave eyes.
+
+"I know that you do not wish that," he said, "for how could I attract
+one so gay and beautiful as you are?"
+
+"You seem to attract the English Margaret," she replied quickly in a
+nettled voice.
+
+"To have attracted, you mean, as you tell me that she is dead," he
+answered; and, seeing her mistake, Inez bit her lip. "But," he went on,
+"I was going to add, though it may have no value for you, that you have
+attracted me as your true friend."
+
+"Friend!" she said, opening her large eyes, "what talk is this? Can the
+woman Inez find a friend in a man who is under sixty?"
+
+"It would appear so," he answered. And again with that graceful little
+curtsey of hers she went away, leaving him very puzzled. Two days
+later she appeared in his room, evidently much disturbed.
+
+"I thought that you had left me altogether, and I am glad to see you,
+for I tire of that deaf Moor and of this fine room. I want fresh air."
+
+"I know it," she answered; "so I have come to take you to walk in a
+garden."
+
+He leapt for joy at her words, and snatching at his sword, which had
+been left to him, buckled it on.
+
+"You will not need that," she said.
+
+"I thought that I should not need it in yonder inn, but I did," he
+answered. Whereat she laughed, then turned, put her hand upon his
+shoulder and spoke to him earnestly.
+
+"See, friend," she whispered, "you want to walk in the fresh air--do you
+not?--and to learn certain things--and I wish to tell you them. But I
+dare not do it here, where we may at any moment be surrounded by spies,
+for these walls have ears indeed. Well, when we walk in that garden,
+would it be too great a penance for you to put your arm about my
+waist--you who still need support?"
+
+"No penance at all, I assure you," answered Peter with something like a
+smile. For after all he was a man, and young; while the waist of Inez
+was as pretty as all the rest of her. "But," he added, "it might be
+misunderstood."
+
+"Quite so, I wish it to be misunderstood: not by me, who know that you
+care nothing for me and would as soon place your arm round that
+marble column."
+
+Peter opened his lips to speak, but she stopped him at once.
+
+"Oh! do not waste falsehoods on me, in which of a truth you have no
+art," she said with evident irritation. "Why, if you had the money, you
+would offer to pay me for my nursing, and who knows, I might take it!
+Understand, you must either do this, seeming to play the lover to me, or
+we cannot walk together in that garden."
+
+Peter hesitated a little, guessing a plot, while she bent forward till
+her lips almost touched his ear and said in a still lower voice:
+
+"And I cannot tell you how, perhaps--I say perhaps--you may come to see
+the remains of the Dona Margaret, and certain other matters. Ah!" she
+added after a pause, with a little bitter laugh, "now you will kiss me
+from one end of the garden to the other, will you not? Foolish man!
+Doubt no more; take your chance, it may be the last."
+
+"Of what? Kissing you? Or the other things?"
+
+"That you will find out," she said, with a shrug of her shoulders.
+"Come!"
+
+Then, while he followed dubiously, she led him down the length of the
+great room to a door with a spy-hole in the top of it, that was set in a
+Moorish archway at the corner.
+
+This door she opened, and there beyond it, a drawn scimitar in his hand,
+stood a tall Moor on guard. Inez spoke a word to him, whereon he saluted
+with his scimitar and let them pass across the landing to a turret stair
+that lay beyond, which they descended. At its foot was another door,
+whereon she knocked four times. Bolts shot back, keys turned, and it was
+opened by a black porter, beyond whom stood a second Moor, also with
+drawn sword. They passed him as they had passed the first, turned down a
+little passage to the right, ending in some steps, and came to a third
+door, in front of which she halted.
+
+"Now," she said, "nerve yourself for the trial."
+
+"What trial?" he asked, supporting himself against the wall, for he
+found his legs still weak.
+
+"This," she answered, pointing to her waist, "and these," and she
+touched her rich, red lips with her taper finger-points. "Would you
+like to practise a little, my innocent English knight, before we go out?
+You look as though you might seem awkward and unconvincing."
+
+"I think," answered Peter drily, for the humour of the situation moved
+him, "that such practice is somewhat dangerous for me. It might annoy
+you before I had done. I will postpone my happiness until we are in
+the garden."
+
+"I thought so," she answered; "but look now, you must play the part, or
+I shall suffer, who am bearing much for you."
+
+"I think that I may suffer also," he murmured, but not so low that she
+did not catch his words.
+
+"No, friend Pedro," she said, turning on him, "it is the woman who
+suffers in this kind of farce. She pays; the man rides away to play
+another," and without more ado she opened the door, which proved to be
+unlocked and unguarded.
+
+Beyond the foot of some steps lay a most lovely garden. Great, tapering
+cypresses grew about it, with many orange-trees and flowering shrubs
+that filled the soft, southern air with odours. Also there were marble
+fountains into which water splashed from the mouths of carven lions, and
+here and there arbours with stone seats, whereon were laid soft cushions
+of many colours. It was a veritable place of Eastern delight and
+dreams, such as Peter had never known before he looked upon it on that
+languorous eve--he who had not seen the sky or flowers for so many weary
+weeks of sickness. It was secluded also, being surrounded by a high
+wall, but at one place the tall, windowless tower of some other building
+of red stone soared up between and beyond two lofty cypress-trees.
+
+"This is the harem garden," Inez whispered, "where many a painted
+favourite has flitted for a few happy, summer hours, till winter came
+and the butterfly was broken," and, as she spoke, she dropped her veil
+over her face and began to descend the stairs.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+PETER PLAYS A PART
+
+"Stop," said Peter from the shadow of the doorway, "I fear this
+business, Inez, and I do not understand why it is needful. Why cannot
+you say what you have to say here?"
+
+"Are you mad?" she answered almost fiercely through her veil. "Do you
+think that it can be any pleasure for me to seem to make love to a stone
+shaped like a man, for whom I care nothing at all--except as a friend?"
+she added quickly. "I tell you, Señor Peter, that if you do not do as I
+tell you, you will never hear what I have to say, for I shall be held to
+have failed in my business, and within a few minutes shall vanish from
+you for ever--to my death perhaps; but what does that matter to you?
+Choose now, and quickly, for I cannot stand thus for long."
+
+"I obey you, God forgive me!" said the distraught Peter from the
+darkness of the doorway; "but must I really----?"
+
+"Yes, you must," she answered with energy, "and some would not think
+that so great a penance."
+
+Then she lifted the corner of her veil coyly and, peeping out beneath
+it, called in a soft, clear voice, "Oh! forgive me, dear friend, if I
+have run too fast for you, forgetting that you are still so very weak.
+Here, lean upon me; I am frail, but it may serve." And she passed up the
+steps again, to reappear in another moment with Peter's hand resting on
+her shoulder.
+
+"Be careful of these steps," she said, "they are so slippery"--a
+statement to which Peter, whose pale face had grown suddenly red,
+murmured a hearty assent. "Do not be afraid," she went on in her
+flute-like voice; "this is the secret garden, where none can hear words,
+however sweet, and none can see even a caress, no, not the most jealous
+woman. That is why in old days it was called the Sultana's Chamber, for
+there at the end of it was where she bathed in the summer season. What
+say you of spies? Oh! yes, in the palace there are many, but to look
+towards this place, even for the Guardian of the Women, was always
+death. Here there are no witnesses, save the flowers and the birds."
+
+As she spoke thus they reached the central path, and passed up it
+slowly, Peter's hand still upon the shoulder of Inez, and her white arm
+about him, while she looked up into his eyes.
+
+"Bend closer over me," she whispered, "for truly your face is like that
+of a wooden saint," and he bent. "Now," she went on, "listen. Your lady
+lives, and is well--kiss me on the lips, please, that news is worth it.
+If you shut your eyes you can imagine that I am she."
+
+Again Peter obeyed, and with a better grace than might have been
+expected.
+
+"She is a prisoner in this same palace," she went on, "and the marquis,
+who is mad for love of her, seeks by all means, fair or foul, to make
+her his wife!"
+
+"Curse him!" exclaimed Peter with another embrace.
+
+"Till a few days ago she thought you dead; but now she knows that you
+are alive and recovering. Her father, Castell, escaped from the place
+where he was put, and is in hiding among his friends, the Jews, where
+even Morella cannot find him; indeed, he believes him fled from the
+city. But he is not fled, and, having much gold, has opened a door
+between himself and his daughter."
+
+Here she stopped to return the embrace with much warmth. Then they
+passed under some trees, and came to the marble baths where the sultanas
+were supposed to have bathed in summer, for this place had been one of
+the palaces of the Kings of Granada before they lived in the Alhambra.
+Here Inez sat down upon a seat and loosened some garment about her
+throat, for the evening was very hot.
+
+"What are you doing?" Peter asked doubtfully, for he was filled with
+many fears.
+
+"Cooling myself," she answered; "your arm was warm, and we may sit here
+for a few minutes."
+
+"Well, go on with your tale," he said.
+
+"I have little more to say, friend, except that if you wish to send any
+message, I might perhaps be able to take it."
+
+"You are an angel," he exclaimed.
+
+"That is another word for messenger, is it not? Continue."
+
+"Tell her--that if she hears anything of all this business, it isn't
+true."
+
+"On that point she may form her own opinion," replied Inez demurely. "If
+I were in her place I know what mine would be. Don't waste time; we
+must soon begin to walk again."
+
+Peter stared at her, for he could understand nothing of all this play.
+Apparently she read his look, for she answered it in a quiet,
+serious voice:
+
+"You are wondering what everything means, and why I am doing what I do.
+I will tell you, Señor, and you can believe me or not as you like.
+Perhaps you think that I am in love with you. It would not be wonderful,
+would it? Besides, in the old tales, that always happens--the lady who
+nurses the Christian knight and worships him and so forth."
+
+"I don't think anything of the sort; I am not so vain."
+
+"I know it, Señor, you are too good a man to be vain. Well, I do all
+these things, not for love of you, or any one, but for hate--for hate.
+Yes, for hate of Morella," and she clenched her little hand, hissing the
+words out between her teeth.
+
+"I understand the feeling," said Peter. "But--but what has he done to
+_you_?"
+
+"Do not ask me, Señor. Enough that once I loved him--that accursed
+priest Henriques sold me into his power--oh! a long while ago, and he
+ruined me, making me what I am, and--I bore his child, and--and it is
+dead. Oh! Mother of God, my boy is dead, and since then I have been an
+outcast and his slave--they have slaves here in Granada, Señor--
+dependent on him for my bread, forced to do his bidding, forced to wait
+upon his other loves; I, who once was the sultana; I, of whom he has
+wearied. Only to-day--but why should I tell you of it? Well, he has
+driven me even to this, that I must kiss an unwilling stranger in a
+garden," and she sobbed aloud.
+
+"Poor girl!--poor girl!" said Peter, patting her hand kindly with his
+thin fingers. "Henceforth I have another score against Morella, and I
+will pay it too."
+
+"Will you?" she asked quickly. "Ah! if so, I would die for you, who now
+live only to be revenged upon him. And it shall be my first vengeance to
+rob him of that noble-looking mistress of yours, whom he has stolen away
+and has set his heart upon wholly, because she is the first woman who
+ever resisted him--him, who thinks that he is invincible."
+
+"Have you any plan?" asked Peter.
+
+"As yet, none. The thing is very difficult. I go in danger of my life,
+for if he thought that I betrayed him he would kill me like a rat, and
+think no harm of it. Such things can be done in Granada without sin,
+Señor, and no questions asked--at least if the victim be a woman of the
+murderer's household. I have told you already that if I had refused to
+do what I have done this evening I should certainly have been got rid of
+in this way or that, and another set on at the work. No, I have no plan
+yet, only it is I through whom the Señor Castell communicates with his
+daughter, and I will see him again, and see her, and we will make some
+plan. No, do not thank me. He pays me for my services, and I am glad to
+take his money, who hope to escape from this hell and live on it
+elsewhere. Yet, not for all the money in the world would I risk what I
+am risking, though in truth it matters not to me whether I live or die.
+Señor, I will not disguise it from you, all this scene will come to the
+Dona Margaret's ears, but I will explain it to her."
+
+"I pray you, do," said Peter earnestly--"explain it fully."
+
+"I will--I will. I will work for you and her and her father, and if I
+cease to work, know that I am dead or in a dungeon, and fend for
+yourselves as best you may. One thing I can tell you for your
+comfort--no harm has been done to this lady of yours. Morella loves her
+too well for that. He wishes to make her his wife. Or perhaps he has
+sworn some oath, as I know that he has sworn that he will not murder
+you--which he might have done a score of times while you have lain a
+prisoner in his power. Why, once when you were senseless he came and
+stood over you, a dagger in his hand, and reasoned out the case with me.
+I said, 'Why do you not kill him?' knowing that thus I could best help
+to save your life. He answered, 'Because I will not take my wife with
+her lover's blood upon my hands, unless I slay him in fair fight. I
+swore it yonder in London. It was the offering which I made to God and
+to my patron saint that so I might win her fairly, and if I break that
+oath, God will be avenged upon me here and hereafter. Do my bidding,
+Inez. Nurse him well, so that if he dies, he dies without sin of mine,'
+No, he will not murder you or harm her. Friend Pedro, he dare not."
+
+"Can you think of nothing?" asked Peter.
+
+"Nothing--as yet nothing. These walls are high, guards watch them day
+and night, and outside is the great city of Granada where Morella has
+much power, and whence no Christian may escape. But he would marry her.
+And there is that handsome fool-woman, her servant, who is in love with
+him--oh! she told me all about it in the worst Spanish I ever heard, but
+the story is too long to repeat; and the priest, Father Henriques--he
+who wished that you might be killed at the inn, and who loves money so
+much. Ah! now I think I see some light. But we have no more time to
+talk, and I must have time to think. Friend Pedro, make ready your
+kisses, we must go on with our game, and, in truth, you play but badly.
+Come now, your arm. There is a seat prepared for us yonder. Smile and
+look loving. I have not art enough for both. Come!--come!" And together
+they walked out of the dense shadow of the trees and past the marble
+bath of the sultanas to a certain seat beneath a bower on which were
+cushions, and lying among them a lute.
+
+"Seat yourself at my feet," she said, as she sank on to the bench. "Can
+you sing?"
+
+"No more than a crow," he answered.
+
+"Then I must sing to you. Well, it will be better than the love-making."
+Then in a very sweet voice she began to warble amorous Moorish ditties
+that she accompanied upon the lute, whilst Peter, who was weary in body
+and disturbed in mind, played a lover's part to the best of his ability,
+and by degrees the darkness gathered.
+
+At length, when they could no longer see across the garden, Inez ceased
+singing and rose with a sigh.
+
+"The play is finished and the curtain down," she said; "also it is time
+that you went in out of this damp. Señor Pedro, you are a very bad
+actor; but let us pray that the audience was compassionate, and took the
+will for the deed."
+
+"I did not see any audience," answered Peter.
+
+"But it saw you, as I dare say you will find out by-and-by. Follow me
+now back to your room, for I must be going about your business--and my
+own. Have you any message for the Señor Castell?"
+
+"None, save my love and duty. Tell him that, thanks to you, although
+still somewhat feeble, I am recovered of my hurt upon the ship and the
+fever which I took from the sun, and that if he can make any plan to get
+us all out of this accursed city and the grip of Morella I will bless
+his name and yours."
+
+"Good, I will not forget. Now be silent. Tomorrow we will walk here
+again; but be not afraid, then there will be no more need for
+love-making."
+
+Margaret sat by the open window-place of her beautiful chamber in
+Morella's palace. She was splendidly arrayed in a rich, Spanish dress,
+whereof the collar was stiff with pearls, she who must wear what it
+pleased her captor to give her. Her long tresses, fastened with a
+jewelled band, flowed down about her shoulders, and, her hand resting on
+her knee, from her high tower prison she gazed out across the valley at
+the dim and mighty mass of the Alhambra and the ten thousand lights of
+Granada which sparkled far below. Near to her, seated beneath a silver
+hanging-lamp, and also clad in rich array, was Betty.
+
+"What is it, Cousin?" asked the girl, looking at her anxiously. "At
+least you should be happier than you were, for now you know that Peter
+is not dead, but almost recovered from his sickness and in this very
+palace; also, that your father is well and hidden away, plotting for our
+escape. Why, then, are you so sad, who should be more joyful than
+you were?"
+
+"Would you learn, Betty? Then I will tell you. I am betrayed. Peter
+Brome, the man whom I looked upon almost as my husband, is false
+to me."
+
+"Master Peter false!" exclaimed Betty, staring at her open-mouthed. "No,
+it is not possible. I know him; he could not be, who will not even look
+at another woman, if that is what you mean."
+
+"You say so. Then, Betty, listen and judge. You remember this afternoon,
+when the marquis took us to see the wonders of this palace, and I went
+thinking that perhaps I might find some path by which afterwards we
+could escape?"
+
+"Of course I remember, Margaret. We do not leave this cage so often that
+I am likely to forget."
+
+"Then you will remember also that high-walled garden in which we walked,
+where the great tower is, and how the marquis and that hateful priest
+Father Henriques and I went up the tower to study the prospect from its
+roof, I thinking that you were following me."
+
+"The waiting-women would not let me," said Betty. "So soon as you had
+passed in they shut the door and told me to bide where I was till you
+returned. I went near to pulling the hair out of the head of one of them
+over it, since I was afraid for you alone with those two men. But she
+drew her knife, the cat, and I had none."
+
+"You must be careful, Betty," said Margaret, "lest some of these heathen
+folk should do you a mischief."
+
+"Not they," she answered; "they are afraid of me. Why, the other day I
+bundled one of them, whom I found listening at the door, head first down
+the stairs. She complained to the marquis, but he only laughed at her,
+and now she lies abed with a plaster on her nose. But tell me
+your tale."
+
+"We climbed the tower," said Margaret, "and from its topmost room looked
+out through the windows that face south at all the mountains and the
+plain over which they dragged us from Motril. Presently the priest, who
+had gone to the north wall, in which there are no windows, and entered
+some recess there, came out with an evil smile upon his face, and
+whispered something to the marquis, who turned to me and said:
+
+"'The father tells me of an even prettier scene which we can view
+yonder. Come, Señora, and look.'
+
+"So I went, who wished to learn all that I could of the building. They
+led me into a little chamber cut in the thickness of the stone-work, in
+the wall of which are slits like loop-holes for the shooting of arrows,
+wide within, but very narrow without, so that I think they cannot be
+seen from below, hidden as they are between the rough stones of
+the tower.
+
+"'This is the place,' said the marquis, 'where in the old days the kings
+of Granada, who were always jealous, used to sit to watch their women in
+the secret garden. It is told that thus one of them discovered his
+sultana making love to an astrologer, and drowned them both in the
+marble bath at the end of the garden. Look now, beneath us walk a couple
+who do not guess that we are the witnesses of their vows.'
+
+"So I looked idly enough to pass the time, and there I saw a tall man in
+a Moorish dress, and with him, for their arms were about each other, a
+woman. As I was turning my head away who did not wish to spy upon them
+thus, the woman lifted her face to kiss the man, and I knew her for that
+beautiful Inez who has visited us here at times, as a spy I think.
+Presently, too, the man, after paying her back her embrace, glanced
+about him guiltily, and I saw his face also, and knew it."
+
+"Who was it?" asked Betty, for this gossip of lovers interested her.
+
+"Peter Brome, no other," Margaret answered calmly, but with a note of
+despair in her voice. "Peter Brome, pale with recent sickness, but no
+other man."
+
+"The saints save us! I did not think he had it in him!" gasped Betty
+with astonishment.
+
+"They would not let me go," went on Margaret; "they forced me to see it
+all. The pair tarried for a while beneath some trees by the bath and
+were hidden there. Then they came out again and sat them down upon a
+marble seat, while the woman sang songs and the man leaned against her
+lovingly. So it went on until the darkness fell, and we went, leaving
+them there. Now," she added, with a little sob, "what say you?"
+
+"I say," answered Betty, "that it was not Master Peter, who has no
+liking for strange ladies and secret gardens."
+
+"It was he, and no other man, Betty."
+
+"Then, Cousin, he was drugged or drunk or bewitched, not the Peter whom
+we know."
+
+"Bewitched, perchance, by that bad woman, which is no excuse for him."
+
+Betty thought a while. She could not doubt the evidence, but from her
+face it was clear that she took no severe view of the offence.
+
+"Well, at the worst," she said, "men, as I have known them, are men. He
+has been shut up for a long while with that minx, who is very fair and
+witching, and it was scarcely right to watch him through a slit in a
+tower. If he were my lover, I should say nothing about it."
+
+"I will say nothing to him about that or any other matter," replied
+Margaret sternly. "I have done with Peter Brome."
+
+Again Betty thought, and spoke.
+
+"I seem to see a trick. Cousin Margaret, they told you he was dead, did
+they not? And then that news came to us that he was not dead, only sick,
+and here. So the lie failed. Now they tell you, and seem to show you,
+that he is faithless. May not all this have been some part played for a
+purpose by the woman?"
+
+"It takes two to play such parts, Betty. If you had seen----"
+
+"If I had seen, _I_ should have known whether it was but a part or love
+made in good earnest; but you are too innocent to judge. What said the
+marquis all this while, and the priest?"
+
+"Little or nothing, only smiled at each other, and at length, when it
+grew dark and we could see no more, asked me if I did not think that it
+was time to go--me! whom they had kept there all that while to be the
+witness of my own shame."
+
+"Yes, they kept you there--did they not?--and brought you there just at
+the right time--did they not?--and shut me out of the tower so that I
+might not be with you--oh! and all the rest. Now, if you have any
+justice in you, Cousin, you will hear Peter's side of this story before
+you judge him."
+
+"I have judged him," answered Margaret coldly, "and, oh! I wish that I
+were dead."
+
+Margaret rose from her seat and, stepping to the window-place in the
+tower which was built upon the edge of a hill, searched the giddy depth
+beneath with her eyes, where, two hundred feet below, the white line of
+a roadway showed faintly in the moonlight.
+
+"It would be easy, would it not," she said, with a strained laugh, "just
+to lean out a little too far upon this stone, and then one swift rush
+and darkness--or light--for ever--which, I wonder?"
+
+"Light, I think," said Betty, jerking her back from the window--"the
+light of hell fire, and plenty of it, for that would be self-murder,
+nothing else, and besides, what would one look like on that road?
+Cousin, don't be a fool. If you are right, it isn't you who ought to go
+out of that window; and if you are wrong, then you would only make a bad
+business worse. Time enough to die when one must, say I--which, perhaps,
+will be soon enough. Meanwhile, if I were you, I would try to speak to
+Master Peter first, if only to let him know what I thought of him."
+
+"Mayhap," answered Margaret, sinking back into a chair, "but I
+suffer--how can you know what I suffer?"
+
+"Why should I not know?" asked Betty. "Are you the only woman in the
+world who has been fool enough to fall in love? Can I not be as much in
+love as you are? You smile, and think to yourself that the poor
+relation, Betty, cannot feel like her rich cousin. But I do--I do. I
+know that he is a villain, but I love this marquis as much as you hate
+him, or as much as you love Peter, because I can't help myself; it is my
+luck, that's all. But I am not going to throw myself out of a window; I
+would rather throw him out and square our reckoning, and that I swear
+I'll do, in this way or the other, even if it should cost me what I
+don't want to lose--my life," And Betty drew herself up beneath the
+silver lamp with a look upon her handsome, determined face, which was so
+like Margaret's and yet so different, that, could he have seen it, might
+well have made Morella regret that he had chosen this woman for a tool.
+
+While Margaret studied her wonderingly she heard a sound, and glanced up
+to see, standing before them, none other than the beautiful Spaniard, or
+Moor, for she knew not which she was, Inez, that same woman whom, from
+her hiding-place in the tower, she had watched with Peter in the garden.
+
+"How did you come here?" she asked coldly.
+
+"Through the door, Señora, that was left unlocked, which is not wise of
+those who wish to talk privately in such a place as this," she answered
+with a humble curtsey.
+
+"The door is still unlocked," said Margaret, pointing towards it.
+
+"Nay, Señora, you are mistaken; here is its key in my hand. I pray you
+do not tell your lady to put me out, which, being so strong, she well
+can do, for I have words to say to you, and if you are wise you will
+listen to them."
+
+Margaret thought a moment, then answered:
+
+"Say on, and be brief."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+BETTY SHOWS HER TEETH
+
+"Señora," said Inez, "you think that you have something against me."
+
+"No," answered Margaret, "you are--what you are; why should I blame
+you?"
+
+"Well, against the Señor Brome then?"
+
+"Perhaps, but that is between me and him. I will not discuss it with
+you."
+
+"Señora," went on Inez, with a slow smile, "we are both innocent of what
+you thought you saw."
+
+"Indeed; then who is guilty?"
+
+"The Marquis of Morella."
+
+Margaret made no answer, but her eyes said much.
+
+"Señora, you do not believe me, nor is it wonderful. Yet I speak the
+truth. What you saw from the tower was a play in which the Señor Brome
+took his part badly enough, as you may have noticed, because I told him
+that my life hung on it. I have nursed him through a sore sickness,
+Señora, and he is not ungrateful."
+
+"So I judged; but I do not understand you."
+
+"Señora, I am a slave in this house, a discarded slave. Perhaps you can
+guess the rest, it is a common story here. I was offered my freedom at a
+price, that I should weave myself into this man's heart, I who am held
+fair, and make him my lover. If I failed, then perhaps I should be sold
+as a slave--perhaps worse. I accepted--why should I not? It was a small
+thing to me. On the one hand, life, freedom, and wealth, an hidalgo of
+good blood and a gallant friend for a little while, and, on the other,
+the last shame or blackness which doubtless await me now--if I am found
+out. Señora, I failed, who in truth did not try hard to succeed. The man
+looked on me as his nurse, no more, and to me he was one very sick, no
+more. Also, we grew to be true friends, and in this way or in that I
+learned all his story, learned also why the trap was baited thus--that
+you might be deceived and fall into a deeper trap. Señora, I could not
+explain it all to him, indeed, in that chamber where we were spied on, I
+had but little chance. Still, it was necessary that he should seem to be
+what he is not, so I took him into the garden and, knowing well who
+watched us, made him act his part, well enough to deceive you it
+would seem."
+
+"Still I do not understand," said Margaret more softly. "You say that
+your life or welfare hung on this shameful business. Then why do you
+reveal it to me now?"
+
+"To save you from yourself, Señora, to save my friend the Señor Brome,
+and to pay back Morella in his own coin."
+
+"How will you do these things?"
+
+"The first two are done, I think, but the third is difficult. It is of
+that I come to speak with you, at great risk. Indeed, had not my master
+been summoned to the court of the Moorish king I could not have come,
+and he may return at any time."
+
+"Have you some plan?" asked Margaret, leaning towards her eagerly.
+
+"No plan as yet, only an idea." She turned and looked at Betty, adding,
+
+"This lady is your cousin, is she not, though of a different station,
+and somewhat far away?"
+
+Margaret nodded.
+
+"You are not unlike," went on Inez, "of much the same height and shape,
+although the Señora Betty is stronger built, and her eyes are blue and
+her hair golden, whereas your eyes are black and your hair chestnut.
+Beneath a veil, or at night, it would not be easy to tell you apart if
+your hands were gloved and neither of you spoke above a whisper."
+
+"Yes," said Margaret, "what then?"
+
+"Now the Señora Betty comes into the play," replied Inez. "Señora Betty,
+have you understood our talk?"
+
+"Something, not quite all," answered Betty.
+
+"Then what you do not understand your lady must interpret, and be not
+angry with me, I pray you, if I seem to know more of you and your
+affairs than you have ever told me. Render my words now, Dona Margaret."
+
+Then, after this was done, and she had thought awhile, Inez continued
+slowly, Margaret translating from Spanish into English whenever Betty
+could not understand:
+
+"Morella made love to you in England, Señora Betty--did he not?--and won
+your heart as he has won that of many another woman, so that you came to
+believe that he was carrying you off to marry you, and not your cousin?"
+
+"What affair is that of yours, woman?" asked Betty, flushing angrily.
+
+"None at all, save that I could tell much such another story, if you
+cared to listen. But hear me out, and then answer me a question, or
+rather, answer the question first. Would you like to be avenged upon
+this high-born knave?"
+
+"Avenged?" answered Betty, clenching her hands and hissing the words
+through her firm, white teeth. "I would risk my life for it."
+
+"As I do. It seems that we are of one mind there. Then I think that
+perhaps I can show you a way. Look now, your cousin has seen certain
+things which women placed as she is do not like to see. She is jealous,
+she is angry--or was until I told her the truth. Well, to-night or
+to-morrow, Morella will come to her and say, 'Are you satisfied? Do you
+still refuse me in favour of a man who yields his heart to the first
+light-of-love who tempts him? Will you not be my wife?' What if she
+answer, 'Yes, I will.' Nay, be silent both of you, and hear me out. What
+if then there should be a secret marriage, _and the Señora Betty should
+chance to wear the bride's veil_, while the Dona Margaret, in the robe
+of Betty, was let go with the Señor Brome and her father?"
+
+Inez paused, watching them both, and playing with the fan she held,
+while, the rendering of her words finished, Margaret and Betty stared at
+her and at each other, for the audacity and fearfulness of this plot
+took their breath away. It was Margaret who spoke the first.
+
+"You must not do it, Betty," she said. "Why, when the man found you out,
+he would kill you." But Betty took no heed of her, and thought on. At
+length she looked up and answered:
+
+"Cousin, it was my vain folly that brought you all into this trouble,
+therefore I owe something to you, do I not? I am not afraid of the
+man--he is afraid of me; and if it came to killing--why, let Inez lend
+me that knife of hers, and I think that perhaps I should give the first
+blow. And--well, I think I love him, rascal though he is, and,
+afterwards, perhaps we might make it up, who can say?--while, if not----
+But tell me, you, Inez, should I be his legal wife according to the law
+of this land?"
+
+"Assuredly," answered Inez, "if a priest married you and he placed the
+ring upon your hand and named you wife. Then, when once the words of
+blessing have been said, the Pope alone can loose that knot, which may
+be risked, for there would be much to explain, and is this a tale that
+Morella, a good servant of the Church, would care to take to Rome?"
+
+"It would be a trick," broke in Margaret--"a very ugly trick."
+
+"And what was it he played on me and you?" asked Betty. "Nay, I'll
+chance it, and his rage, if only I can be sure that you and Peter will
+go free, and your father with you."
+
+"But what of this Inez?" asked Margaret, bewildered.
+
+"She will look after herself," answered Inez. "Perchance, if all goes
+well, you will let me ride with you. And now I dare stop no longer, I go
+to see your father, the Señor Castell, and if anything can be arranged,
+we will talk again. Meanwhile, Dona Margaret, your affianced is nearly
+well again at last and sends his heart's love to you, and, I counsel
+you, when Morella speaks turn a gentle ear to him."
+
+Then with another deep curtsey she glided to the door, unlocked it, and
+left the room.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+An hour later Inez was being led by an old Jew, dressed in a Moslem robe
+and turban, through one of the most tortuous and crowded parts of
+Granada. It would seem that this Jew was known there, for his
+appearance, accompanied by a veiled woman, apparently caused no surprise
+to those followers of the Prophet that he met, some of whom, indeed,
+saluted him with humility.
+
+"These children of Mahomet seem to love you, Father Israel," said Inez.
+
+"Yes, yes, my dear," answered the old fellow with a chuckle; "they owe
+me money, that is why, and I am getting it in before the great war comes
+with the Spaniards, so they would sweep the streets for me with their
+beards--all of which is very good for the plans of our friend yonder.
+Ah! he who has crowns in his pocket can put a crown upon his head; there
+is nothing that money will not do in Granada. Give me enough of it, and
+I will buy his sultana from the king."
+
+"This Castell has plenty?" asked Inez shortly.
+
+"Plenty, and more credit. He is one of the richest men in England. But
+why do you ask? He would not think of you, who is too troubled about
+other things."
+
+Inez only laughed bitterly, but did not resent the words. Why should
+she? It was not worth while.
+
+"I know," she answered, "but I mean to earn some of it all the same,
+and I want to be sure that there is enough for all of us."
+
+"There is enough, I have told you there is enough and to spare,"
+answered the Hebrew Israel as he tapped on a door in a
+dirty-looking wall.
+
+It opened as though by magic, and they crossed a paved patio, or
+courtyard, to a house beyond, a tumble-down place of Moorish
+architecture.
+
+"Our friend Castell, being in seclusion just now, has hired the cellar
+floor," said Israel with a chuckle to Inez, "so be pleased to follow me,
+and take care of the rats and beetles."
+
+Then he led her down a rickety stair which opened out of the courtyard
+into vaults filled with vats of wine, and, having lit a taper, through
+these, shutting and locking sundry doors behind him, to what appeared to
+be a very damp wall covered with cobwebs, and situated in a dark corner
+of a wine-cave. Here he stopped and tapped again in his peculiar
+fashion, whereon a portion of the wall turned outwards on a pivot,
+leaving an opening through which they could pass.
+
+"Well managed, isn't it?" chuckled Israel. "Who would think of looking
+for an entrance here, especially if he owed the old Jew money? Come in,
+my pretty, come in."
+
+Inez followed him into this darksome hole, and the wall closed behind
+them. Then, taking her by the arm, he turned first to the right, next to
+the left, opened a door with a key which he carried, and, behold, they
+stood in a beautifully furnished room well lighted with lamps, for it
+seemed to have no windows. "Wait here," he said to Inez, pointing to a
+couch on which she sat herself down, "while I fetch my lodger," and he
+vanished through some curtains at the end of the room.
+
+Presently these opened again, and Israel reappeared through them with
+Castell, dressed now in Moorish robes, and looking somewhat pale from
+his confinement underground, but otherwise well enough. Inez rose and
+stood before him, throwing back her veil that he might see her face.
+Castell searched her for a while with his keen eyes that noted
+everything, then said:
+
+"You are the lady with whom I have been in communication through our
+friend here, are you not? Prove it to me now by repeating my messages."
+
+Inez obeyed, telling him everything.
+
+"That is right," he said, "but how do I know that I can trust you? I
+understand you are, or have been, the lover of this man Morella, and
+such an one he might well employ as a spy to bring us all to ruin."
+
+"Is it not too late to ask such questions, Señor? If I am not to be
+trusted, already you and your people are in the hollow of my hand?"
+
+"Not at all, not at all, my dear," said Israel. "If we see the slightest
+cause to doubt you, why, there are many great vats in this place, one of
+which, at a pinch, would serve you as a coffin, though it would be a
+pity to spoil the good wine."
+
+Inez laughed as she answered:
+
+"Save your wine, and your time too. Morella has cast me off, and I hate
+him, and wish to escape from him and rob him of his prize. Also, I
+desire money to live on afterwards, and this you must give to me or I
+do not stir, or rather the promise of it, for you Jews keep your word,
+and I do not ask a maravedi from you until I have played my part."
+
+"And then how many maravedis do you ask, young woman?"
+
+Inez named a sum, at the mention of which both of them opened their
+eyes, and old Israel exclaimed drily:
+
+"Surely--surely you must be one of us."
+
+"No," she answered, "but I try to follow your example, and, if I am to
+live at all, it shall be in comfort."
+
+"Quite so," said Castell, "we understand. But now tell us, what do you
+propose to do for this money?"
+
+"I propose to set you, your daughter, the Dona Margaret, and her lover,
+the Señor Brome, safe and free outside the walls of Granada, and to
+leave the Marquis of Morella married to another woman."
+
+"What other woman? Yourself?" asked Castell, fixing on this last point
+in the programme.
+
+"No, Señor, not for all the wealth of both of you. To your dependent and
+your daughter's relative, the handsome Betty."
+
+"How will you manage that?" exclaimed Castell, amazed.
+
+"These cousins are not unlike, Señor, although the link of blood between
+them is so thin. Listen now, I will tell you." And she explained the
+outlines of her plan.
+
+"A bold scheme enough," said Castell, when she had finished, "but even
+if it can be done, would that marriage hold?"
+
+"I think so," answered Inez, "if the priest knew--and he could be
+bribed--and the bride knows. But if not, what would it matter, since
+Rome alone can decide the question, and long before that is done the
+fates of all of us will be settled."
+
+"Rome--or death," said Castell; and Inez read what he was afraid of in
+his eyes.
+
+"Your Betty takes her chance," she replied slowly, "as many a one has
+done before her with less cause. She is a woman with a mind as strong as
+her body. Morella made her love him and promised to marry her. Then he
+used her to steal your daughter, and she learned that she had been no
+more than a stalking-heifer, from behind which he would net the white
+swan. Do you not think, therefore, that she has something to pay him
+back, she through whom her beloved mistress and cousin has been brought
+into all this trouble? If she wins, she becomes the wife of a grandee of
+Spain, a marchioness; and if she loses, well, she has had her fling for
+a high stake, and perhaps her revenge. At least she is willing to take
+her chance, and, meanwhile, all of you can be gone."
+
+Castell looked doubtfully at the Jew Israel, who stroked his white beard
+and said:
+
+"Let the woman set out her scheme. At any rate she is no fool, and it is
+worth our hearing, though I fear that at the best it must be costly."
+
+"I can pay," said Castell, and motioned to Inez to proceed.
+
+As yet, however, she had not much more to say, save that they must have
+good horses at hand, and send a messenger to Seville, whither the
+_Margaret_ had been ordered to proceed, bidding her captain hold his
+ship ready to sail at any hour, should they succeed in reaching him.
+
+These things, then, they arranged, and a while later Inez and Israel
+departed, the former carrying with her a bag of gold.
+
+That same night Inez sought the priest, Henriques of Motril, in that
+hall of Morella's palace which was used as a private chapel, saying that
+she desired to speak with him under pretence of making confession, for
+they were old friends--or rather enemies.
+
+As it chanced she found the holy father in a very ill humour. It
+appeared that Morella also was in a bad humour with Henriques, having
+heard that it was he who had possessed himself of the jewels in his
+strong-box on the _San Antonio_. Now he insisted upon his surrendering
+everything, and swore, moreover, that he would hold him responsible for
+all that his people had stolen from the ship, and this because he said
+that it was his fault that Peter Brome had escaped the sea and come on
+to Granada.
+
+"So, Father," said Inez, "you, who thought yourself rich, are poor
+again."
+
+"Yes, my daughter, and that is what chances to those who put their faith
+in princes. I have served this marquis well for many years--to my soul's
+hurt, I fear me--hoping that he who stands so high in the favour of the
+Church would advance me to some great preferment. But instead, what does
+he do? He robs me of a few trinkets that, had I not found them, the sea
+would have swallowed or some thief would have taken, and declares me his
+debtor for the rest, of which I know nothing."
+
+"What preferment did you want, Father? I see that you have one in your
+mind."
+
+"Daughter, a friend had written to me from Seville that if I have a
+hundred gold doubloons to pay for it, he can secure me the place of a
+secretary in the Holy Office where I served before as a familiar until
+the marquis made me his chaplain, and gave the benefice of Motril, which
+proved worth nothing, and many promises that are worth less. Now those
+trinkets would fetch thirty, and I have saved twenty, and came here to
+borrow the other fifty from the marquis, to whom I have done so many
+good turns--as _you_ know well, Inez. You see the end of that quest,"
+and he groaned angrily.
+
+"It is a pity," said Inez thoughtfully, "since those who serve the
+Inquisition save many souls, do they not, including their own? For
+instance," she added, and the priest winced at the words, "I remember
+that they saved the soul of my own sister and would have saved mine, had
+I been--what shall I say?--more--more prejudiced. Also, they get a
+percentage of the goods of wicked heretics, and so become rich and able
+to advance themselves."
+
+"That is so, Inez. It was the chance of a lifetime, especially to one
+who, like myself, hates heretics. But why speak of it now when that
+cursed, dissolute marquis----" and he checked himself.
+
+Inez looked at him.
+
+"Father," she asked, "if I happen to be able to find you those hundred
+gold doubloons, would you do something for me?"
+
+The priest's foxy face lit up.
+
+"I wonder what there is that I would not do, my daughter!"
+
+"Even if it brought you into a quarrel with the marquis?
+
+"Once I was a secretary to the Inquisition of Seville, he would have
+more reason to fear me than I him. Aye, and fear me he should, who bear
+him no love," answered the priest with a snarl.
+
+"Then listen, Father. I have not made my confession yet; I have not told
+you, for instance, that I also hate this marquis, and with good
+cause--though perhaps you know that already. But remember that if you
+betray me, you will never see those hundred gold doubloons, and some
+other holy priest will be appointed secretary at Seville. Also worse
+things may happen to you."
+
+"Proceed, my daughter," he said unctuously; "are we not in the
+confessional--or near it?"
+
+So she told him all the plot, trusting to the man's avarice and other
+matters to protect her, for Inez hated Fray Henriques bitterly, and knew
+him from the crown of his shaven head to the soles of his erring feet,
+as she had good cause to do. Only she did not tell him whence the money
+was to come.
+
+"That does not seem a very difficult matter," he said, when she had
+finished. "If a man and a woman, unwed and outside the prohibited
+degrees, appear before me to be married, I marry them, and once the ring
+has passed and the office is said, married they are till death or the
+Pope part them."
+
+"And suppose that the man thinks he is marrying another woman, Father?"
+
+The priest shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"He should know whom he is marrying; that is his affair, not the
+Church's or mine. The names need not be spoken too loudly, my daughter."
+
+"But you would give me a writing of the marriage with them set out
+plain?"
+
+"Certainly. To you or to anybody else; why should I not?--that is, if I
+were sure of this wedding fee."
+
+Inez lifted her hand, and showed beneath it a little pile of ten
+doubloons.
+
+"Take them, Father," she said; "they will not be counted in the
+contract. There are others where they came from, whereof twenty will be
+paid before the marriage, and eighty when I have that writing
+at Seville."
+
+He swept up the coins and pocketed them, saying:
+
+"I will trust you, Inez."
+
+"Yes," she answered as she left him, "we must trust each other now--must
+we not?--seeing that you have the money, and both our necks are in the
+same noose. Be here, Father, to-morrow at the same time, in case I have
+more confessions to make, for, alas! this is a sinful world, as you
+should know very well."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+THE PLOT
+
+On the morning following these conversations, just after Margaret and
+Betty had breakfasted, Inez appeared, and, as before, locked the door
+behind her.
+
+"Señoras," she said calmly, "I have arranged that little business of
+which I spoke to you yesterday, or at least the first act of the play,
+since it remains for you to write the rest. Now I am sent to say that
+the noble Marquis of Morella craves leave to see you, Dona Margaret, and
+within an hour. So there is no time to lose."
+
+"Tell us what you have done, Inez?" said Margaret.
+
+"I have seen your worshipful father, Dona Margaret; here is the token of
+it, which you will do well to destroy when you have read." And she
+handed her a slip of paper, whereon was written in her father's writing,
+and in English:
+
+"BELOVED DAUGHTER,
+
+"This messenger, who I think may be trusted by you, has made
+arrangements with me which she will explain. I approve, though the risk
+is great. Your cousin is a brave girl, but, understand, I do not force
+her to this dangerous enterprise. She must choose her own road, only I
+promise that if she escapes and we live I will not forget her deed. The
+messenger will bring me your answer. God be with us all, and farewell.
+
+"J.C."
+
+Margaret read this letter first to herself and then aloud to Betty, and,
+having read, tore it into tiny fragments and threw them from the
+turret window.
+
+"Speak now," she said; and Inez told her everything.
+
+"Can you trust the priest?" asked Margaret, when she had finished.
+
+"He is a great villain, as I have reason to know; still, I think I can,"
+she answered, "while the cabbage is in front of the donkey's nose--I
+mean until he has got all the money. Also, he has committed himself by
+taking some on account. But before we go further, the question is--does
+this lady play?" and she pointed to Betty.
+
+"Yes, I play," said Betty, when she understood everything. "I won't go
+back upon my word; there is too much at stake. It is an ugly business
+for me, I know well enough, but," she added slowly, setting her firm
+mouth, "I have debts to pay all round, and I am no Spanish putty to be
+squeezed flat--like some people," and she glanced at the humble-looking
+Inez. "So, before all is done, it may be uglier for him."
+
+When she had mastered the meaning of this speech the soft-voiced Inez
+lifted her gentle eyes in admiration, and murmured a Spanish proverb as
+to what is supposed to occur when Satan encounters Beelzebub in a
+high-walled lane. Then, being a lady of resource and experience, the
+plot having been finally decided upon, not altogether with Margaret's
+approval, who feared for Betty's fate when it should be discovered, Inez
+began to instruct them both in various practical expedients, by means of
+which the undoubted general resemblance of these cousins might be
+heightened and their differences toned down. To this end she promised to
+furnish them with certain hair-washes, pigments, and articles
+of apparel.
+
+"It is of small use," said Betty, glancing first at herself and then at
+the lovely Margaret, "for even if they change skins, who can make the
+calf look like the fawn, though they chance to feed in the same meadow?
+Still, bring your stuffs and I will do my best; but I think that a thick
+veil and a shut mouth will help me more than any of them, also a long
+gown to hide my feet."
+
+"Surely they are charming feet," said Inez politely, adding to herself,
+"to carry you whither you wish to go." Then she turned to Margaret and
+reminded her that the marquis desired to see her, and waited for
+her answer.
+
+"I will not meet him alone," said Margaret decidedly.
+
+"That is awkward," answered Inez, "as I think he has words to say to you
+which he does not wish others to hear, especially the señora yonder,"
+and she nodded towards Betty.
+
+"I will not meet him alone," repeated Margaret.
+
+"Yet, if things are to go forward as we have arranged, you must meet
+him, Dona Margaret, and give him that answer which he desires. Well, I
+think it can be arranged. The court below is large. Now, while you and
+the marquis talk at one end of it, the Señora Betty and I might walk out
+of earshot at the other. She needs more instruction in our Spanish
+tongue; it would be a good opportunity to begin our lessons."
+
+"But what am I to say to him?" asked Margaret nervously.
+
+"I think," answered Inez, "that you must copy the example of that
+wonderful actor, the Señor Peter, and play a part as well as you saw him
+do, or even better, if possible."
+
+"It must be a very different part then," replied Margaret, stiffening
+visibly at certain recollections.
+
+The gentle Inez smiled as she said:
+
+"Yes, but surely you can seem jealous, for that is natural to us all,
+and you can yield by degrees, and you can make a bargain as the price of
+yourself in marriage."
+
+"What exact bargain should I make?"
+
+"I think that you shall be securely wed by a priest of your own Church,
+and that letters, signed by that priest and announcing the marriage,
+shall be delivered to the Archbishop of Seville, and to their Majesties
+King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella. Also, of course, you must arrange
+that the Señor Brome and your father, the Señor Castell, and your cousin
+Betty here shall be escorted safe out of Granada before your marriage,
+and that you shall see them pass through the gate beneath your turret
+window, swearing that thereafter, at nightfall of the same day, you will
+suffer the priest to do his office and make you Morella's wife. By that
+time they should be well upon their road, and, after the rite is
+celebrated, I will receive the signed papers from the priest and follow
+them, leaving the false bride to play her part as best she can."
+
+Again Margaret hesitated; the thing seemed too complicated and full of
+danger. But while she thought, a knock came on the door.
+
+"That is to tell me that Morella awaits your answer in the court," said
+Inez. "Now, which is it to be? Remember that there is no other chance of
+escape for you, or the others, from this guarded town--at least I can
+see none."
+
+"I accept," said Margaret hurriedly, "and God help us all, for we shall
+need Him."
+
+"And you, Señora Betty?"
+
+"Oh! I made up my mind long ago," answered Betty coolly. "We can only
+fail, when we shall be no worse off than before."
+
+"Good. Then play your parts well, both of you. After all, they should
+not be so difficult, for the priest is safe, and the marquis will never
+scent such a trick as this. Fix the marriage for this day week, as I
+have much to think of and make ready," and she went.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Half an hour later Margaret sat under the cool arcade of the marble
+court, and with her, Morella, while upon the further side of its
+splashing fountain and out of earshot, Betty and Inez walked to and fro
+in the shadow.
+
+"You sent for me, Marquis," said Margaret presently, "and, being your
+prisoner, I have come because I must. What is your pleasure with me?"
+
+"Dona Margaret," he answered gravely, "can you not guess? Well, I will
+tell you, lest you should guess wrong. First, it is to ask your
+forgiveness as I have done before, for the many crimes to which my love,
+my true love, for you has driven me. This time yesterday I knew well
+that I could expect none. To-day I dare to hope that it may be
+otherwise."
+
+"Why so, Marquis?"
+
+"Last evening you looked into a certain garden and saw two people
+walking there--yonder is one of them," and he nodded towards Inez.
+"Shall I go on?"
+
+"No," she answered in a low voice, and passing her hands before her
+face. "Only tell me who and what is that woman?" and in her turn she
+looked towards Inez.
+
+"Is it necessary?" he asked. "Well, if you wish to know, she is a
+Spaniard of good blood who with her sister was taken captive by the
+Moors. A certain priest, who took an interest in the sister, brought her
+to my notice and I bought her from them; so, as her parents were dead
+and she had nowhere else to go, she elected to stay in my house. You
+must not judge such things too harshly; they are common here. Also, she
+has been very useful to me, being clever, for through her I have
+intelligence of many things. Of late, however, she has grown tired of
+this life, and wishes to earn her freedom, which I have promised her in
+return for certain services, and to leave Granada."
+
+"Was the nursing of my betrothed one of those services, Marquis?"
+
+He shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"As you will, Señora. Certainly I forgive her this indiscretion, if at
+last she has shown you the truth about that man for whose sake you have
+endured so much. Margaret, now that you know him for what he is, say, do
+you still cling to him?"
+
+She rose and walked a few steps down the arcade, then came back and
+asked:
+
+"Are you any better than this fallen man?"
+
+"I think so, Margaret, for since I knew you I am a risen man; all my old
+self is left behind me, I am a new creature, and my sins have been for
+you, not against you. Hear me, I beseech you. I stole you away, it is
+true, but I have done you no harm, and will do you none. For your sake
+also I have spared your father when I had but to make a sign to remove
+him from my path. I suffered him to escape from the prison where he was
+confined, and I know the place where he thinks himself hidden to-day
+among the Jews of Granada. Also, I nursed Peter Brome back to life, when
+at any hour I could have let him die, lest afterwards I might have it on
+my conscience that, but for my love for you, he might perhaps still be
+living. Well, you have seen him as he is, and what say you now? Will you
+still reject me? Look on me," and he drew up his tall and stately shape,
+"and tell me, am I such a man as a woman should be ashamed to own as
+husband? Remember, too, that I have much to give you in this land of
+Spain, whereof you shall become one of the greatest ladies, or perhaps
+in the future," he added significantly, "even more. War draws near,
+Margaret; this city and all its rich territories will fall into the
+hands of Spain, and afterwards I shall be their governor, almost
+their king."
+
+"And if I refuse?" asked Margaret.
+
+"Then," he answered sternly, "you bide here, and that false lover of
+yours bides here, and your father bides here to take the chance of war
+as Christian captives with a thousand others who languish in the
+dungeons of the Alhambra, while, my mission ended, I go hence to play my
+part in battle amongst my peers, as one of the first captains of their
+Most Catholic Majesties. Yet it is not to your fears that I would
+appeal, but to your heart, for I seek your love and your dear
+companionship through life, and, if I can help it, desire to work you
+and yours no harm."
+
+"You desire to work them no harm. Then, if I were to fall in with your
+humour, would you let them go in safety?--I mean my father and the Señor
+Brome and my cousin Betty, whom, if you were as honest as you pretend to
+be, you should ask to bide with you as your wife, and not myself."
+
+"The last I cannot do," he answered, flushing. "God knows I meant her no
+hurt, and only used her to keep near to and win news of you, thinking
+her, to tell truth, somewhat other than she is."
+
+"Are no women honest here in Spain, then, my lord Marquis?"
+
+"A few, a very few, Dona Margaret. But I erred about Betty, whom I took
+for a simple serving-girl, and to whom, if need be, I am ready to make
+all amends."
+
+"Except that which is due to a woman you have asked to be your wife, and
+who in our country could claim the fulfilment of your promise, or
+declare you shamed. But you have not answered. Would they go free?"
+
+"As free as air--especially the Señora Betty," he added with a little
+smile, "for to speak truth, there is something in that woman's eyes
+which frightens me at times. I think that she has a long memory. Within
+an hour of our marriage you shall look down from your window and see
+them depart under escort, every one, to go whither they will."
+
+"Nay," answered Margaret, "it is not enough. I should need to see them
+go before, and then, if I consented, not till the sun had set would I
+pay the price of their ransom."
+
+"Then do you consent? he asked eagerly.
+
+"My lord Marquis, it would seem that I must. My betrothed has played me
+false. For a month or more I have been prisoner in your palace, which I
+understand has no good name, and, if I refuse, you tell me that all of
+us will be cast into yonder dungeons to be sold as slaves or die
+prisoners of the Moors. My lord Marquis, fate and you leave me but
+little choice. On this day week I will marry you, but blame me not if
+you find me other than you think, as you have found my cousin whom you
+befooled. Till then, also, I pray you that you will leave me quite
+untroubled. If you have arrangements to make or commands to send, the
+woman Inez yonder will serve as messenger, for of her I know the worst."
+
+"I will obey you in all things, Dona Margaret," he answered humbly. "Do
+you desire to see your father or--" and he paused.
+
+"Neither of them," she answered. "I will write to them and send my
+letters by this Inez. Why should I see them," she added passionately,
+"who have done with the old days when I was free and happy, and am about
+to become the wife of the most noble Marquis of Morella, that honourable
+grandee of Spain, who tricked a poor girl by a false promise of
+marriage, and used her blind and loving folly to trap and steal me from
+my home? My lord, till this day week I bid you farewell," and, walking
+from the arcade to the fountain, she called aloud to Betty to accompany
+her to their rooms.
+
+The week for which Margaret had bargained had gone by. All was prepared.
+Inez had shown to Morella the letters that his bride to be wrote to her
+father and to Peter Brome; also the answers, imploring and passionate,
+to the same. But there were other letters and other answers which she
+had not shown. It was afternoon, swift horses were ready in the
+courtyard, and with them an escort, while, disguised as Moors, Castell
+and Peter waited under guard in a chamber close at hand. Betty, dressed
+in the robes of a Moorish woman, and thickly veiled, stood before
+Morella, to whom Inez had led her.
+
+"I come to tell you," she said, "that at sundown, three hours after we
+have passed beneath her window, my cousin and mistress will wait to be
+made your wife, but if you try to disturb her before then she will be no
+wife of yours, or any man's."
+
+"I obey," answered Morella; "and, Señora Betty, I pray your pardon, and
+that you will accept this gift from me in token of your forgiveness."
+And with a low bow he handed to her a beautiful necklace of pearls.
+
+"I take them," said Betty, with a bitter laugh, "as they may serve to
+buy me a passage back to England. But forgive you I do not, Marquis of
+Morella, and I warn you that there is a score between us which I may
+yet live to settle. You seem to have won, but God in Heaven takes note
+of the wickedness of men, and in this way or in that He always pays His
+debts. Now I go to bid farewell to my cousin Margaret, but to you I do
+not bid farewell, for I think that we shall meet again," and with a sob
+she let fall the veil which she had lifted above her lips to speak and
+departed with Inez, to whom she whispered as they went, "He will not
+linger for any more good-byes with Betty Dene."
+
+They entered Margaret's room and locked the door behind them. She was
+seated on a low divan wrapped in a loose robe, and by her side,
+glittering with silver and with gems, lay her bridal veil and garments.
+
+"Be swift," said Inez to Betty, who stripped off her Moorish dress and
+the long, flowing veil that was wrapped about her head, whereon it was
+seen that her hair had changed greatly in colour, from yellow to dark
+chestnut indeed, while her eyes, ringed about with pigments, and made
+lustrous by drugs dropped into them, looked no longer blue, but black
+like Margaret's. Yes, and wonder of wonders, on the right side of the
+chin and on the back of the neck were moles, or beauty-spots, just such
+as Margaret had borne there from her birth! In short, their stature
+being much the same, though Betty was more thickly built, except in the
+strongest light it would not have been easy to distinguish them apart,
+even unveiled, for at all such arts of the altering of the looks of
+women, Inez was an adept, and she had done her best.
+
+Now Margaret clothed herself in the white robes and the thick head-dress
+that hid her face, all except a little crack left for the eyes to peep
+through, whilst Betty, with the help of Inez, arrayed herself in the
+wondrous wedding robe beset with jewels that was Morella's bridal gift,
+and hid her dyed tresses beneath the pearl-sewn veil. Within ten minutes
+all was finished, even to the dagger that Betty had tied about her
+beneath her robe, and the two transformed women stood staring at
+each other.
+
+"It is time to go," said Inez.
+
+Then Margaret broke out:
+
+"I do not like this business; I never did. When he discovers all, that
+man's rage will be terrible, and he will kill her. I repent that I have
+consented to the plot."
+
+"It is too late to repent now, Señora," said Inez.
+
+"Cannot Betty be got away also?" asked Margaret desperately.
+
+"It is just possible," answered Inez; "thus, before the marriage,
+according to the old custom here, I hand the cups of wine to the
+bridegroom and the bride. That for the marquis will be drugged, since he
+must not see too clear to-night. Well, I might brew it stronger so that
+within half an hour he would not know whether he were married or single,
+and then, perhaps, she might escape with me and come to join you. But it
+is very risky, and, of course, if we were discovered--the stitch would
+be out of the wineskin, and the cellar floor might be stained!"
+
+Now Betty interrupted:
+
+"Keep your stitches whole, Cousin; if any skins are to be pricked it
+can't be helped, and at least you won't have to wipe up the mess. I am
+not going to run away from the man, more likely he will run away from
+me. I look well in this fine dress of yours, and I mean to wear it out.
+Now begone--begone, before some of them come to seek me. Don't you
+grieve for me; I'll lie in the bed that I have made, and if the worst
+comes to the worst, I have money in my pocket--or its worth--and we will
+meet again in England. Come, give my love and duty to Master Peter and
+your father, and if I should see them no more, bid them think kindly of
+Betty Dene, who was such a plague to them."
+
+Then, taking Margaret in her strong arms, she kissed her again and
+again, and fairly thrust her from the room.
+
+But when they were gone, poor Betty sat down and cried a little, till
+she remembered that hot tears might melt the paint upon her face, and,
+drying them, went to the window and watched.
+
+A while later, from her lofty niche, she saw six Moorish horsemen riding
+along the white road to the embattled gate. After them came two men and
+a woman, all splendidly mounted, also dressed as Moors, and then six
+other horsemen. They passed the gate which was opened for them and began
+to mount the slope beyond. At the crest of it the woman halted and,
+turning, waved a handkerchief. Betty answered the signal, and in another
+minute they had vanished, and she was alone.
+
+Never did she spend a more weary afternoon. Two hours later, still
+watching at her window, she saw the Moorish escort return, and knew that
+all was well, and that by now, Margaret, her lover, and her father were
+safely started on their journey. So she had not risked her life in vain.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+THE HOLY HERMANDAD
+
+Down the long passages, through the great, fretted halls, across the
+cool marble courts, flitted Inez and Margaret. It was like a dream. They
+went through a room where women, idling or working at tapestries, looked
+at them curiously. Margaret heard one of them say to another:
+
+"Why does the Dona Margaret's cousin leave her?" And the answer,
+"Because she is in love with the marquis herself, and cannot bear
+to stay."
+
+"What a fool!" said the first woman. "She is good looking, and would
+only have had to wait a few weeks."
+
+They passed an open door, that of Morella's own chambers. Within it he
+stood and watched them go by. When they were opposite to him some doubt
+or idea seemed to strike his mind, for he looked at them keenly, stepped
+forward, then, thinking better of it, or perhaps remembering Betty's
+bitter tongue, halted and turned aside. That danger had gone by!
+
+At length, none hindering them, they reached the yard where the escort
+and the horses waited. Here, standing under an archway, were Castell and
+Peter. Castell greeted Margaret in English and kissed her through her
+veil, while Peter, who had not seen her close since months before he
+rode away to Dedham, stared at her with all his eyes, and began to draw
+near to her, designing to find out, as he was sure he could do if once
+he touched her, whether indeed this were Margaret, or only Betty after
+all. Guessing what was in his mind, and that he might reveal everything,
+Inez, who held a long pin in her hand with which she was fastening her
+veil that had come loose, pretended to knock against him, and ran the
+point deep into his arm, muttering, "Fool!" as she did so. He sprang
+back with an oath, the guard smiled, and she began to pray his pardon.
+
+Castell helped Margaret on to her horse, then mounted his own, as did
+Peter, still rubbing his arm, but not daring to look towards Margaret,
+whose hand Inez shook familiarly in farewell as though she were her
+equal, addressing her the while in terms of endearment such as Spanish
+women use to each other. An officer of Morella's household came and
+counted them, saying:
+
+"Two men and a woman. That is right, though I cannot see the woman's
+face."
+
+For a moment he seemed to be about to order her to unveil, but Inez
+called to him that it was not decent before all these Moors, whereon he
+nodded and ordered the captain to proceed.
+
+They rode through the arch of the castle along the roadway, through the
+great gate of the wall also, where the guard questioned their escort,
+stared at them, and, after receiving a present from Castell, let them
+go, telling them they were lucky Christians to get alive out of Granada,
+as indeed they were.
+
+At the brow of the rise Margaret turned and waved her handkerchief
+towards that high window which she knew so well. Another handkerchief
+was waved in answer, and, thinking of the lonely Betty watching them
+there while she awaited the issue of her desperate venture, Margaret
+went on, weeping beneath her veil. For an hour they rode forward,
+speaking few words to each other, till at length they came to the
+cross-roads, one of which ran to Malaga, and the other towards Seville.
+
+Here the escort halted, saying that their orders were to leave them at
+this point, and asking which road they intended to take. Castell
+answered that to Malaga, whereon the captain replied that they were
+wise, as they were less likely to meet bands of marauding thieves who
+called themselves Christian soldiers, and murdered or robbed all
+travellers who fell into their hands. Then Castell offered him a
+present, which he accepted gravely, as though he did him a great favour,
+and, after bows and salutations, they departed.
+
+As soon as the Moors were gone the three rode a little way towards
+Malaga. Then, when there was nobody in sight, they turned across country
+and gained the Seville road. At last they were alone and, halting
+beneath the walls of a house that had been burnt in some Christian raid,
+they spoke together freely for the first time, and oh! what a moment was
+that for all of them!
+
+Peter pushed his horse alongside that of Margaret, crying:
+
+"Speak, beloved. Is it truly you?"
+
+But Margaret, taking no heed of him, leant over and, throwing her arm
+around her father's neck, kissed him again and again through her veil,
+blessing God that they had lived to meet in safety. Peter tried to kiss
+her also; but she caused her horse to move so that he nearly fell from
+his saddle.
+
+"Have a care, Peter," she said to him, "or your love of kissing will
+lead you into more trouble." Whereon, guessing of what she spoke, he
+coloured furiously, and began to explain at length.
+
+"Cease," she said--"cease. I know all that story, for I saw you," then,
+relenting, with some brief, sweet words of greeting and gratitude, gave
+him her hand, which he kissed often enough.
+
+"Come," said Castell, "we must push on, who have twenty miles to cover
+before we reach that inn where Israel has arranged that we should sleep
+to-night. We will talk as we go." And talk they did, as well as the
+roughness of the road and the speed at which they must travel
+would allow.
+
+Riding as hard as they were able, at length they came to the _venta_, or
+rough hostelry, just as the darkness closed in. At the sight of it they
+thanked God aloud, for this place was across the Moorish border, and now
+they had little to fear from Granada. The host, a half-bred Spaniard and
+a Christian, expected them, having received a message from Israel, with
+whom he had had dealings, and gave them two rooms, rude enough, but
+sufficient, and good food and wine, also stabling and barley for their
+horses, bidding them sleep well and have no fear, as he and his people
+would watch and warn them of any danger.
+
+Yet it was late before they slept, who had so much to say to each
+other--especially Peter and Margaret--and were so happy at their escape,
+if only for a little while. Yet across their joy, like the sound of a
+funeral bell at a merry feast, came the thought of Betty and that
+fateful marriage in which ere now she must have played her part. Indeed,
+at last Margaret knelt down and offered up prayers to Heaven that the
+saints might protect her cousin in the great peril which she had
+incurred for them, nor was Peter ashamed to join her in that prayer.
+Then they embraced--especially Peter and Margaret--and laid them down,
+Castell and his daughter in one room, and Peter in the other, and slept
+as best they could.
+
+Half an hour before dawn Peter was up seeing to the horses while the
+others breakfasted and packed the food that the landlord had made ready
+for their journey. Then he also swallowed some meat and wine, and at the
+first break of day, having discharged their reckoning and taken a letter
+from their host to those of other inns upon the road, they pressed on
+towards Seville, very thankful to find that as yet there were no signs
+of their being pursued.
+
+All that day, with short pauses to rest themselves and their horses,
+they rode on without accident, for the most part over a fertile plain
+watered by several rivers which they crossed at fords or over bridges.
+As night fell they reached the old town of Oxuna, which for many hours
+they had seen set upon its hill before them, and, notwithstanding their
+Moorish dress, made their way almost unobserved in the darkness to that
+inn to which they had been recommended. Here, although he stared at
+their garments, on finding that they had plenty of money, the landlord
+received them well enough, and again they were fortunate in securing
+rooms to themselves. It had been their purpose to buy Spanish clothes in
+this town, but, as it happened, it was a feast day, and at night every
+shop in the place was closed, so they could get none. Now, as they
+greatly desired to reach Seville by the following nightfall, hoping
+under cover of the darkness to find and come aboard of their ship, the
+_Margaret_, which they knew lay safely in the river, and had been
+advised by messenger of their intended journey, it was necessary for
+them to leave Oxuna before the dawn. So, unfortunately enough as it
+proved, it was impossible for them to put off their Moorish robes and
+clothe themselves as Christians.
+
+They had hoped, too, that here at Oxuna Inez might overtake them, as she
+had promised to do if she could, and give them tidings of what had
+happened since they left Granada. But no Inez came. So, comforting
+themselves with the thought that however hard she rode it would be
+difficult for her to reach them, who had some hours' start, they left
+Oxuna in the darkness before any one was astir.
+
+Having crossed some miles of plain, they passed up through olive groves
+into hills where cork-trees grew, and here stopped to eat and let the
+horses feed. Just as they were starting on again, Peter, looking round,
+saw mounted men--a dozen or more of them of very wild aspect--cantering
+through the trees evidently with the object of cutting them off.
+
+"Thieves!" he said shortly. "Ride for it."
+
+So they began to gallop, and their horses, although somewhat jaded,
+being very swift, passed in front of these men before they could regain
+the road. The band shouted to them to surrender, and, as they did not
+stop, loosed a few arrows and pursued them, while they galloped down the
+hillside on to a plain which separated them from more hills also clothed
+with cork-trees. This plain was about three miles wide and boggy in
+places. Still they kept well ahead of the brigands, as they took them to
+be, hoping that they would give up the pursuit or lose sight of them
+amongst the trees. As they entered these, however, to their dismay they
+saw, drawn up in front of them and right across the road, another band
+of rough-looking men, perhaps twelve in all.
+
+"Trap!" said Peter. "We must ride through them--it is our only chance,"
+at the same time spurring his horse to the front and drawing his sword.
+
+Choosing the spot where their line was weakest he dashed through it
+easily enough but next second heard a cry from Margaret, and pulled his
+horse round to see that her mare had fallen, and that she and Castell
+were in the hands of the thieves. Indeed, already rough men had hold of
+her, and one of them was trying to tear the veil from her face. With a
+shout of rage Peter charged them, and struck so fierce a blow that his
+sword cut through the fellow's helmet into his skull, so that he fell
+down, dying or dead, Margaret's veil still in his hand.
+
+Then they rushed at him, five or six of them, and, although he wounded
+another man, dragged him from his horse, and, as he lay upon his back,
+sprang at him to finish him before he could rise. Already their knives
+and swords were over him, and he was making his farewells to life, when
+he heard a voice command them to desist and bind his arms. This was
+quickly done, and he was suffered to rise from the ground to see before
+him, not Morella, as he half expected, but a man clad in fine armour
+beneath his rough cloak, evidently an officer of rank. "What kind of a
+Moor are you," he asked, "who dare to kill the soldiers of the Holy
+Hermandad in the heart of the King's country?" and he pointed to
+the dead man.
+
+"I am not a Moor," answered Peter in his rough Spanish. "I am a
+Christian escaped from Granada, and I cut down that man because he was
+trying to insult my betrothed, as you would have done, Señor. I did not
+know that he was a soldier of the Hermandad; I thought him a common
+thief of the hills."
+
+This speech, or as much as he could understand of it, seemed to please
+the officer, but before he could answer, Castell said:
+
+"Sir Officer, the señor is an Englishman, and does not speak your
+language well--"
+
+"He uses his sword well, anyhow," interrupted the captain, glancing at
+the dead soldier's cloven helm and head.
+
+"Yes, Sir, he is of your trade and, as the scar upon his face shows, has
+fought in many wars. Sir, what he tells you is true. We are Christian
+captives escaped from Granada and flying to Seville with my daughter, to
+whom I pray you to do no harm, to ask for the protection of their
+gracious Majesties, and to find a passage back to England."
+
+"You do not look like an Englishman," answered the captain; "you look
+like a Marano."
+
+"Sir, I cannot help my looks. I am a merchant of London, Castell by
+name. It is one well known in Seville and throughout this land, where I
+have large dealings, as, if I can but see him, your king himself will
+acknowledge. Be not deceived by our dress, which we had to put on in
+order to escape from Granada, but, I beseech you, let us go on
+to Seville."
+
+"Señor Castell," answered the officer, "I am the Captain Arrano of
+Puebla, and, since you would not stop when we called to you, and have
+killed one of my best soldiers, to Seville you must certainly go, but
+with me, not by yourselves. You are my prisoners, but have no fear. No
+violence shall be done to you or the lady, who must take your trials for
+your deeds before the King's court, and there tell your story, true
+or false."
+
+So, having been disarmed of their swords, they were allowed to remount
+their horses and taken on towards Seville as prisoners.
+
+"At least," said Margaret to Peter, "we have nothing more to fear from
+highwaymen, and have escaped these soldiers' swords unhurt."
+
+"Yes," answered Peter with a groan, "but I hoped that to-night we should
+have slept upon the _Margaret_ while she slipped down the river towards
+the open sea, and not in a Spanish jail. Now, as fate will have it, for
+the second time I have killed a man on your behalf, and all the business
+will begin again. Truly our luck is bad!"
+
+"I think it might be worse, and I cannot blame you for that deed,"
+answered Margaret, remembering the rough hands of the dead soldier, whom
+some of his comrades had stopped behind to bury.
+
+During all the remainder of that long day they rode on through the
+burning heat, across the rich, cultivated plain, towards the great city
+of Seville, whereof the Giralda, which once had been the minaret of a
+Moorish mosque, towered hundreds of feet into the air before them. At
+length, towards evening, they entered the eastern suburbs of the vast
+city and, passing through them and a great gate beyond, began to thread
+its tortuous streets.
+
+"Whither go we, Captain Arrano?" asked Castell presently.
+
+"To the prison of the Holy Hermandad to await your trial for the slaying
+of one of its soldiers," answered the officer.
+
+"I pray that we may get there soon then," said Peter, looking at
+Margaret, who, overcome with fatigue, swayed upon her saddle like a
+flower in the wind.
+
+"So do I," muttered Castell, glancing round at the dark faces of the
+people, who, having discovered that they had killed a Spanish soldier,
+and taking them to be Moors, were marching alongside of them in great
+numbers, staring sullenly, or cursing them for infidels. Indeed, once
+when they passed a square, a priest in the mob cried out, "Kill them!"
+whereon a number of rough fellows made a rush to pull them off their
+horses, and were with difficulty beaten back by the soldiers.
+
+Foiled in this attempt they began to pelt them with garbage, so that
+soon their white robes were stained and filthy. One fellow, too, threw a
+stone which struck Margaret on the wrist, causing her to cry out and
+drop her rein. This was too much for the hot-blooded Peter, who,
+spurring his horse alongside of him, before the soldiers could
+interfere, hit him such a buffet in the face that the man rolled upon
+the ground. Now Castell thought that they would certainly be killed, but
+to his surprise the mob only laughed and shouted such things as "Well
+hit, Moor!" "That infidel has a strong arm," and so forth.
+
+Nor was the officer angry, for when the man rose, a knife in his hand,
+he drew his sword and struck him down again with the flat of it,
+saying to Peter:
+
+"Do not sully your hand with such street swine, Señor."
+
+Then he turned and commanded his men to charge the crowd ahead of them.
+
+So they got through these people and, after many twists and turns down
+side streets to avoid the main avenues, came to a great and gloomy
+building and into a courtyard through barred gates that were opened at
+their approach and shut after them. Here they were ordered to dismount
+and their horses led away, while the officer, Arrano, entered into
+conversation with the governor of the prison, a man with a stern but not
+unkindly face, who surveyed them with much curiosity. Presently he
+approached and asked them if they could pay for good rooms, as if not he
+must put them in the common cells.
+
+Castell answered, "Yes," and, by way of earnest of it, produced five
+pieces of gold, and giving them to the Captain Arrano, begged him to
+distribute them among his soldiers as a thankoffering for their
+protection of them through the streets. Also, he said loudly enough for
+every one to hear, that he would be willing to compensate the relatives
+of the man whom Peter had killed by accident--an announcement that
+evidently impressed his comrades very favourably. Indeed one of them
+said he would bear the message to his widow, and, on behalf of the rest,
+thanked him for his gift. Then having bade farewell to the officer, who
+told them that they would meet again before the judges, they were led
+through the various passages of the prison to two rooms, one small and
+one of a fair size with heavily barred windows, given water to wash in,
+and told that food would be brought to them.
+
+In due course it came, carried by jailers--meat, eggs, and wine, and
+glad enough were they to see it. While they ate, also the governor
+appeared with a notary, and, having waited till their meal was finished,
+began to question them.
+
+"Our story is long," said Castell, "but with your leave I will tell it
+you, only, I pray you, suffer my daughter, the Dona Margaret, to go to
+rest, for she is quite outworn, and if you will you can question her
+to-morrow."
+
+The governor assenting, Margaret threw off her veil to embrace her
+father, thus showing her beauty for the first time, whereat the governor
+and the notary stared amazed. Then having given Peter her hand to kiss,
+and curtseyed to the governor and the notary, she went to her bed in the
+next room, which opened out of that in which they were.
+
+When she had gone, Castell told his story of how his daughter had been
+kidnapped by the Marquis of Morella, a name that caused the governor to
+open his eyes very wide, and brought from London to Granada, whither
+they, her father and her betrothed, had followed her and escaped. But of
+Betty and all the business of the changed bride he said nothing. Also,
+knowing that these must come out in any case, he told them his name and
+business, and those of his partners and correspondents in Seville, the
+firm of Bernaldez, which was one that the governor knew well enough,
+and prayed that the head of that firm, the Señor Juan Bernaldez, might
+be communicated with and allowed to visit them on the next morning.
+Lastly, he explained that they were no thieves or adventurers, but
+English subjects in misfortune, and again hinted that they were both
+able and willing to pay for any kindness or consideration that was shown
+to them, of all of which sayings the governor took note.
+
+Also this officer said that he would communicate with his superiors,
+and, if no objection were made, send a messenger to ask the Señor
+Bernaldez to attend at the prison on the following day. Then at length
+he and the notary departed, and, the jailers having cleared away the
+food and locked the door, Castell and Peter lay down on the beds that
+they had made ready for them, thankful enough to find themselves at
+Seville, even though in a prison, where indeed they slept very well
+that night.
+
+On the following morning they woke much refreshed, and, after they had
+breakfasted, the governor appeared, and with him none other than the
+Señor Juan Bernaldez, Castell's secret correspondent and Spanish
+partner, whom he had last seen some years before in England, a stout man
+with a quiet, clever face, not over given to words.
+
+Greeting them with a deference that was not lost upon the governor, he
+asked whether he had leave to speak with them alone. The governor
+assented and went, saying he would return within an hour. As soon as the
+door was closed behind him, Bernaldez said:
+
+"This is a strange place to meet you in, John Castell, yet I am not
+altogether surprised, since some of your messages reached me through
+our friends the Jews; also your ship, the _Margaret_, lies refitted in
+the river, and to avoid suspicion I have been lading her slowly with a
+cargo for England, though how you will come aboard that ship is more
+than I can say. But we have no time to waste. Tell me all your story,
+keeping nothing back."
+
+So they told him everything as quickly as they could, while he listened
+silently. When they had done, he said, addressing Peter:
+
+"It is a thousand pities, young sir, that you could not keep your hands
+off that soldier, for now the trouble that was nearly done with has
+begun anew, and in a worse shape. The Marquis of Morella is a very
+powerful man in this kingdom, as you may know from the fact that he was
+sent to London by their Majesties to negotiate a treaty with your
+English King Henry as to the Jews and their treatment, should any of
+them escape thither after they have been expelled from Spain. For
+nothing less is in the wind, and I would have you know that their
+Majesties hate the Jews, and especially the Maranos, whom already they
+burn by dozens here in Seville," and he glanced meaningly at Castell.
+
+"I am very sorry," said Peter, "but the fellow handled her roughly, and
+I was maddened at the sight and could not help myself. This is the
+second time that I have come into trouble from the same cause. Also, I
+thought that he was but a bandit."
+
+"Love is a bad diplomatist," replied Bernaldez, with a little smile,
+"and who can count last year's clouds? What is done, is done. Now I will
+try to arrange that the three of you shall be brought straight before
+their Majesties when they sit to hear cases on the day after to-morrow.
+With the Queen you will have a better chance than at the hands of any
+alcalde. She has a heart, if only one can get at it--that is, except
+where Jews and Maranos are concerned," and again he glanced at Castell.
+"Meanwhile, there is money in plenty, and in Spain we ride to heaven on
+gold angels," he added, alluding to that coin and the national
+corruption.
+
+Before they could say more the governor returned, saying that the Señor
+Bernaldez' time was up, and asking if they had finished their talk.
+
+"Not altogether," said Margaret. "Noble Governor, is it permitted that
+the Señor Bernaldez should send me some Christian clothes to wear, for I
+would not appear before your judges in this soiled heathen garb, nor, I
+think, would my father or the Señor Brome?"
+
+The governor laughed, and said he thought that might be arranged, and
+even allowed them another five minutes, while they talked of what these
+clothes should be. Then he departed with Bernaldez, leaving them alone.
+
+It was not until the latter had gone, however, that they remembered that
+they had forgotten to ask him whether he had heard anything of the woman
+Inez, who had been furnished with his address, but, as he had said
+nothing of her, they felt sure that she could not have arrived in
+Seville, and once more were much afraid as to what might have happened
+after they had left Granada.
+
+That night, to their grief and alarm, a new trouble fell on them. Just
+as they finished their supper the governor appeared and said that, by
+order of the Court before which they must be tried, the Señor Brome,
+who was accused of murder, must be separated from them. So, in spite of
+all they could say or do, Peter was led away to a separate cell, leaving
+Margaret weeping.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+BETTY PAYS HER DEBTS
+
+Betty Dene was not a woman afflicted with fears or apprehensions. Born
+of good parents, but in poverty, for six-and-twenty years she had fought
+her own way in a rough world and made the best of circumstances.
+Healthy, full-blooded, tough, affectionate, romantic, but honest in her
+way, she was well fitted to meet the ups and downs of life, to keep her
+head above the waters of a turbulent age, and to pay back as much as she
+received from man or woman.
+
+Yet those long hours which she passed alone in the high turret chamber,
+waiting till they summoned her to play the part of a false bride, were
+the worst that she had ever spent. She knew that her position was, in a
+sense, shameful, and like to end in tragedy, and, now that she faced it
+in cold blood, began to wonder why she had chosen so to do. She had
+fallen in love with the Spaniard almost at first sight, though it is
+true that something like this had happened to her before with other men.
+Then he had played his part with her, till, quite deceived, she gave all
+her heart to him in good earnest, believing in her infatuation that,
+notwithstanding the difference of their place and rank, he desired to
+make her his wife for her own sake.
+
+Afterwards came that bitter day of disillusion when she learned, as
+Inez had said to Castell, that she was but a stalking heifer used for
+the taking of the white swan, her cousin and mistress--that day when she
+had been beguiled by the letter which was still hid in her garments, and
+for her pains heard herself called a fool to her face. In her heart she
+had sworn to be avenged upon Morella then, and now the hour had come in
+which to fulfil her oath and play him back trick for cruel trick.
+
+Did she still love the man? She could not say. He was pleasing to her as
+he had always been, and when that is so women forgive much. This was
+certain, however--love was not her guide to-night. Was it vengeance then
+that led her on? Perhaps; at least she longed to be able to say to him,
+"See what craft lies hid even in the bosom of an outwitted fool."
+
+Yet she would not have done it for vengeance' sake alone, or rather she
+would have paid herself in some other fashion. No, her real reason was
+that she must discharge the debt due to Margaret and Peter, and to
+Castell who had sheltered her for years. She it was who had brought them
+into all this woe, and it seemed but just that she should bring them out
+again, even at the cost of her own life and womanly dignity. Or,
+perchance, all three of these powers drove her on,--love for the man if
+it still lingered, the desire to be avenged upon him, and the desire to
+snatch his prey from out his maw. At least she had set the game, and she
+would play it out to its end, however awful that might be.
+
+The sun sank, the darkness closed about her, and she wondered whether
+ever again she would see the dawn. Her brave heart quailed a little, and
+she gripped the dagger hilt beneath her splendid, borrowed robe,
+thinking to herself that perhaps it might be wisest to drive it into her
+own breast, and not wait until a balked madman did that office for her.
+Yet not so, for it is always time to die when one must.
+
+A knock came at the door, and her courage, which had sunk so low, burned
+up again within her. Oh! she would teach this Spaniard that the
+Englishwoman, whom he had made believe was his desired mistress, could
+be his master. At any rate, he should hear the truth before the end.
+
+She unlocked the door, and Inez entered bearing a lamp, by the light of
+which she scanned her with her quiet eyes.
+
+"The bridegroom is ready," she said slowly that Betty might understand,
+"and sends me to lead you to him. Are you afraid?"
+
+"Not I," answered Betty. "But tell me, how will the thing be done?"
+
+"The marquis meets us in the ante-room to that hall which is used as a
+chapel, and there on behalf of the household I, as the first of the
+women, give you both the cups of wine. Be sure that you drink of that
+which I hold in my left hand, passing the cup up beneath your veil so as
+not to show your face, and speak no word, lest he should recognise your
+voice. Then we shall go into the chapel, where the priest Henriques
+waits, also all the household. But that hall is great, and the lamps are
+feeble, so none will know you there. By this time also the drugged wine
+will have begun to work upon Morella's brain, wherefore, provided that
+you use a low voice, you may safely say, 'I, Betty, wed thee, Carlos,'
+not 'I, Margaret, wed thee.' Then, when it is over, he will lead you
+away to the chambers prepared for you, where, if there is any virtue in
+my wine, he will sleep sound to-night, that is, as soon as the priest
+has given me the marriage-lines, whereof I will hand you one copy and
+keep the others. Afterwards----" and she shrugged her shoulders.
+
+"What becomes of you?" asked Betty, when she had fully mastered these
+instructions.
+
+"Oh! I and the priest start to-night for a ride together to Seville,
+where his money awaits him; ill company for a woman who means henceforth
+to be honest and rich, but better than none. Perhaps we shall meet again
+there, or perhaps we shall not; at least, you know where to seek me and
+the others, at the house of the Señor Bernaldez. Now it is time. Are you
+ready to be made a marchioness of Spain?"
+
+"Of course," answered Betty coolly, and they started.
+
+Through the empty halls and corridors they went, and oh! surely no
+Eastern plot that had been conceived in them was quite so bold and
+desperate as theirs. They reached the ante-chamber to the chapel, and
+took their stand outside of the circle of light that fell from its
+hanging lamps. Presently a door opened, and through it came Morella,
+attended by two of his secretaries. He was splendidly arrayed in his
+usual garb of black velvet, and about his neck hung chains of gold and
+jewels, and to his breast were fastened the glittering stars and orders
+pertaining to his rank. Never, or so thought Betty, had Morella seemed
+more magnificent and handsome. He was happy also, who was about to drink
+of that cup of joy which he so earnestly desired. Yes, his face showed
+that he was happy, and Betty, noting it, felt remorse stirring in her
+breast. Low he bowed before her, while she curtseyed to him, bending her
+tall and graceful form till her knee almost touched the ground. Then he
+came to her and whispered in her ear:
+
+"Most sweet, most beloved," he said, "I thank heaven that has led me to
+this joyous hour by many a rough and dangerous path. Most dear, again I
+beseech you to forgive all the sorrow and the ill that I have brought
+upon you, remembering that it was done for your adored sake, that I
+love you as woman has been seldom loved, you and you only, and that to
+you, and you only, will I cling until my death's day. Oh! do not tremble
+and shrink, for I swear that no woman in Spain shall have a better or a
+more loyal lord. You I will cherish alone, for you I will strive by
+night and day to lift you to great honour and satisfy your every wish.
+Many and pleasant may the years be that we shall spend side by side, and
+peaceful our ends when at last we lay us down side by side to sleep
+awhile and wake again in heaven, whereof the shadow lies on me to-night.
+Remembering the past, I do not ask much of you--as yet; still, if you
+are minded to give me a bridal gift that I shall prize above crowns or
+empires, say that you forgive me all that I have done amiss, and in
+token, lift that veil of yours and kiss me on the lips."
+
+Betty heard this speech, whereof she only fully understood the end, and
+trembled. This was a trial that she had not foreseen. Yet it must be
+faced, for speak she dared not. Therefore, gathering up her courage, and
+remembering that the light was at her back, after a little pause, as
+though of modesty and reluctance, she raised the pearl-embroidered
+veil, and, bending forward beneath its shadow, suffered Morella to kiss
+her on the lips.
+
+It was over, the veil had fallen again, and the man suspected nothing.
+
+"I am a good artist," thought Inez to herself, "and that woman acts
+better than the wooden Peter. Scarcely could I have done it so
+well myself."
+
+Then, the jealousy and hate that she could not control glittering in her
+soft eyes, for she too had loved this man, and well, Inez lifted the
+golden cups that had been prepared, and, gliding forward, beautiful in
+her broidered, Eastern robe, fell upon her knee and held them to the
+bridegroom and the bride. Morella took that from her right hand, and
+Betty that from her left, nor, intoxicated as he was already with that
+first kiss of love, did he pause to note the evil purpose which was
+written on the face of his discarded slave. Betty, passing the cup
+beneath her veil, touched it with her lips and returned it to Inez; but
+Morella, exclaiming, "I drink to you, sweet bride, most fair and adored
+of women," drained his to the dregs, and cast it back to Inez as a gift
+in such fashion that the red wine which clung to its rim stained her
+white robes like a splash of blood.
+
+Humbly she bowed, humbly she gathered the precious vessel from the
+floor; but when she rose again there was triumph in her eyes--not hate.
+
+Now Morella took his bride's hand and, followed by his gentlemen and
+Inez, walked to the curtains that were drawn as they came into the great
+hall beyond, where had mustered all his household, perhaps a hundred of
+them. Between their bowing ranks they passed, a stately pair, and,
+whilst sweet voices sang behind some hidden screen, walked onward to the
+altar, where stood the waiting priest. They kneeled down upon the
+gold-embroidered cushions while the office of the Church was read over
+them. The ring was set upon Betty's hand--scarce, it would seem, could
+he find her finger--the man took the woman to wife, the woman took the
+man for husband. His voice was thick, and hers was very low; of all that
+listening crowd none could hear the names they spoke.
+
+It was over. The priest bowed and blessed them. They signed some papers,
+there by the light of the altar candles. Father Henriques filled in
+certain names and signed them also, then, casting sand upon them, placed
+them in the outstretched hand of Inez, who, although Morella never
+seemed to notice, gave one to the bride, and thrust the other two into
+the bosom of her robe. Then both she and the priest kissed the hands of
+the marquis and his wife, and asked his leave to be gone. He bowed his
+head vaguely, and--if any had been there to listen--within ten short
+minutes they might have heard two horses galloping hard towards the
+Seville gate.
+
+Now, escorted by pages and torch-bearers, the new-wed pair repassed
+those dim and stately halls, the bride, veiled, mysterious, fateful; the
+bridegroom, empty-eyed, like one who wanders in his sleep. Thus they
+reached their chamber, and its carved doors shut behind them.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+It was early morning, and the serving-women who waited without that room
+were summoned to it by the sound of a silver gong. Two of them entered
+and were met by Betty, no longer veiled, but wrapped in a loose robe,
+who said to them:
+
+"My lord the marquis still sleeps. Come, help me dress and make ready
+his bath and food."
+
+The women stared at her, for now that she had washed the paint from her
+face they knew well that this was the Señora Betty and not the Dona
+Margaret, whom, they had understood, the marquis was to marry. But she
+chid them sharply in her bad Spanish, bidding them be swift, as she
+would be robed before her husband should awake. So they obeyed her, and
+when she was ready she went with them into the great hall where many of
+the household were gathered, waiting to do homage to the new-wed pair,
+and greeted them all, blushing and smiling, saying that doubtless the
+marquis would be among them soon, and commanding them meanwhile to go
+about their several tasks.
+
+So well did Betty play her part indeed, that, although they also were
+bewildered, none questioned her place or authority, who remembered that
+after all they had not been told by their lord himself which of these
+two English ladies he meant to marry. Also, she distributed among the
+meaner of them a present of money on her husband's behalf and her own,
+and then ate food and drank some wine before them all, pledging them,
+and receiving their salutations and good wishes.
+
+When all this was done, still smiling, Betty returned to the
+marriage-chamber, closing its door behind her, sat her down on a chair
+near the bed, and waited for the worst struggle of all--that struggle on
+which hung her life. See! Morella stirred. He sat up, gazing about him
+and rubbing his brow. Presently his eyes lit upon Betty, seated stern
+and upright in her high chair. She rose and, coming to him, kissed him
+and called him "Husband," and, still half-asleep, he kissed her back.
+Then she sat down again in her chair and watched his face.
+
+It changed, and changed again. Wonder, fear, amaze, bewilderment,
+flitted over it, till at last he said in English:
+
+"Betty, where is my wife?"
+
+"Here," answered Betty.
+
+He stared at her. "Nay, I mean the Dona Margaret, your cousin and my
+lady, whom I wed last night. And how come you here? I thought that you
+had left Granada."
+
+Betty looked astonished.
+
+"I do not understand you," she answered. "It was my cousin Margaret who
+left Granada. I stayed here to be married to you, as you arranged with
+me through Inez."
+
+His jaw dropped.
+
+"Arranged with you through Inez! Mother of Heaven! what do you mean?"
+
+"Mean?" she answered--"I mean what I say. Surely"--and she rose in
+indignation--"you have never dared to try to play some new trick
+upon me?"
+
+"Trick!" muttered Morella. "What says the woman? Is all this a dream, or
+am I mad?"
+
+"A dream, I think. Yes, it must be a dream, since certainly it was to no
+madman that I was wed last night. Look," and she held before him that
+writing of marriage signed by the priest, by him, and by herself, which
+stated that Carlos, Marquis of Morella, was on such a date, at Granada,
+duly married to the Señora Elizabeth Dene of London in England.
+
+He read it twice, then sank back gasping; while Betty hid away the
+parchment in her bosom.
+
+Then presently he seemed to go mad indeed. He raved, he cursed, he
+ground his teeth, he looked round for a sword to kill her or himself,
+but could find none. And all the while Betty sat still and gazed at him
+like some living fate.
+
+At length he was weary, and her turn came.
+
+"Listen," she said. "Yonder in London you promised to marry me; I have
+it hidden away, and in your own writing. By agreement I fled with you to
+Spain. By the mouth of your messenger and former love this marriage was
+arranged between us, I receiving your messages to me, and sending back
+mine to you, since you explained that for reasons of your own you did
+not wish to speak of these matters before my cousin Margaret, and could
+not wed me until she and her father and her lover were gone from
+Granada. So I bade them farewell, and stayed here alone for love of you,
+as I fled from London for love of you, and last night we were united, as
+all your household know, for but now I have eaten with them and received
+their good wishes. And now you dare--you dare to tell me, that I, your
+wife--I, who have sacrificed everything for you, I, the Marchioness of
+Morella, am _not_ your wife. Well, go, say it outside this chamber, and
+hear your very slaves cry 'Shame' upon you. Go, say it to your king and
+your bishops, aye, and to his Holiness the Pope himself, and listen to
+their answer. Why, great as you are, and rich as you are, they will
+hale you to a mad-house or a prison."
+
+Morella listened, rocking himself to and fro upon the bed, then with an
+oath sprang towards her, to be met by a dagger-point glinting in
+his eyes.
+
+"Hear me again," she said as he shrank back from that cold steel. "I am
+no slave and no weakling; you shall not murder me or thrust me away. I
+am your wife and your equal, aye, and stronger than you in body and in
+mind, and I will have my rights in the face of God and man."
+
+"Certainly," he said with a kind of unwilling admiration--"certainly you
+are no weakling. Certainly, also, you have paid back all you owe me with
+a Jew's interest. Or, mayhap, you are not so clever as I think, but just
+a strong-minded fool, and it is that accursed Inez who has settled her
+debts. Oh! to think of it," and he shook his fist in the air, "to think
+that I believed myself married to the Dona Margaret, and find you in her
+place--_you_!"
+
+"Be silent," she said, "you man without shame, who first fly at the
+throat of your new-wedded wife and then insult her by saying that you
+wish you were wedded to another woman. Be silent, or I will unlock the
+door and call your own people and repeat your monstrous talk to them."
+And she drew herself to her full height and stood over him on the bed.
+
+Morella, his first rage spent, looked at her reflectively, and not
+without a certain measure of homage.
+
+"I think," he remarked, "that if he did not happen to be in love with
+another woman and to believe that he had married her, you, my good
+Betty, would make a useful wife to any man who wished to get on in the
+world. I understood you to say that the door is locked, and if I might
+hazard a guess, you have the key, as also you happen to have a dagger.
+Well, I find the air in this place close, and I want to go _out_."
+
+"Where to?" asked Betty.
+
+"Let us say, to join Inez."
+
+"What," she asked, "would you already be running after that woman
+again? Do you already forget that you are married?"
+
+"It seems that I am not to be allowed to forget it. Now, let us bargain.
+I wish to leave Granada for a while, and without scandal. What are your
+terms? Remember that there are two to which I will not consent. I will
+not stop here with you, and you shall not accompany me. Remember also,
+that, although you hold the dagger at present, it is not wise of you to
+try to push this jest too far."
+
+"As you did when you decoyed me on board the _San Antonio_," said Betty.
+"Well, our honeymoon has not begun too sweetly, and I do not mind if you
+go away for a while--to look for Inez. Swear now that you mean me no
+harm, and that you will not plot my death or disgrace, or in any way
+interfere with my liberty or position here in Granada. Swear it on the
+Rood." And she took down a silver crucifix that hung upon the wall over
+the bed and handed it to him. For she knew Morella's superstitions, and
+that if once he swore upon this symbol he dare not break his oath.
+
+"And if I will not swear?" he asked sullenly.
+
+"Then," she answered, "you stop here until you do, you who are anxious
+to be gone. I have eaten food this morning, you have not; I have a
+dagger, you have none; and, being as we are, I am sure that no one will
+venture to disturb us until Inez and your friend the priest have gone
+further than you can follow."
+
+"Very well, I will swear," he said, and he kissed the crucifix and threw
+it down, "You can stop here and rule my house in Granada, and I will do
+you no mischief, nor trouble you in any way. But if you come out of
+Granada, then we cross swords."
+
+"You mean that you intend to leave this city? Then, here is paper and
+ink. Be so good as to sign an order to the stewards of your estates,
+within the territories of the Moorish king, to pay all their revenue to
+me during your absence, and to your servants to obey me in everything."
+
+"It is easy to see that you were brought up in the house of a Jew
+merchant," said Morella, biting the pen and considering this woman who,
+whether she were hawk or pigeon, knew so well how to feather her nest.
+"Well, if I grant you this position and these revenues, will you leave
+me alone and cease to press other claims upon me?"
+
+Now Betty, bethinking her of those papers that Inez had carried away
+with her, and that Castell and Margaret would know well how to use them
+if there were need, bethinking her also that if she pushed him too far
+at the beginning she might die suddenly as folk sometimes did in
+Granada, answered:
+
+"It is much to ask of a deluded woman, but I still have some pride, and
+will not thrust myself in where it seems I am not wanted. Therefore, so
+be it. Till you seek me or send for me, I will not seek you so long as
+you keep your bargain. Now write the paper, sign it, and call in your
+secretaries to witness the signature."
+
+"In whose favour must I word it?" he asked.
+
+"In that of the Marquessa of Morella," she answered, and he, seeing a
+loophole in the words, obeyed her, since if she were not his wife this
+writing would have no value.
+
+Somehow he must be rid of this woman. Of course he might cause her to be
+killed; but even in Granada people could not kill one to whom they had
+seemed to be just married without questions being asked. Moreover, Betty
+had friends, and he had enemies who would certainly ask them if she
+vanished away. No, he would sign the paper and fight the case
+afterwards, for he had no time to lose. Margaret had slipped away from
+him, and if once she escaped from Spain he knew that he would never see
+her more. For aught he knew, she might already have escaped or be
+married to Peter Brome. The very thought of it filled him with madness.
+There had been a conspiracy against him; he was outwitted, robbed,
+befooled. Well, hope still remained--and vengeance. He could still fight
+Peter, and perhaps kill him. He could hand over Castell, the Jew, to the
+Inquisition. He could find a way to deal with the priest Henriques and
+the woman Inez, and, perhaps, if fortune favoured him he could get
+Margaret back into his power.
+
+Oh! yes, he would sign anything if only thereby he was set at liberty
+and freed for a while from this servant who called herself his wife,
+this strong-minded, strong-bodied, clever Englishwoman, of whom he had
+thought to make a tool, and who had made a tool of him.
+
+So Betty dictated and he wrote: yes, it had come to this--she dictated
+and he wrote, and signed too. The order was comprehensive. It gave power
+to the most honourable Marquessa of Morella to act for him, her husband,
+in all things during his absence from Granada. It commanded that all
+rents and profits due to him should be paid to her, and that all his
+servants and dependants should obey her as though she were himself, and
+that her receipt should be as good as his receipt.
+
+When the paper was written, and Betty had spelt it over carefully to see
+that there was no omission or mistake, she unlocked the door, struck
+upon the gong, and summoned the secretaries to witness their lord's
+signature to a settlement. Presently they came, bowing, and offering
+many felicitations, which to himself Morella vowed he would remember
+against them.
+
+"I have to go a journey," he said. "Witness my signature to this
+document, which provides for the carrying on of my household and the
+disposal of my property during my absence."
+
+They stared and bowed.
+
+"Read it aloud first," said Betty, "so that my lord and husband may be
+sure that there is no mistake."
+
+One of them obeyed, but before ever he had finished the furious Morella
+shouted to them from the bed:
+
+"Have done and witness, then go, order me horses and an escort, for I
+ride at once."
+
+So they witnessed in a great hurry, and left the room. Betty left with
+them, holding the paper in her hand, and when she reached the large hall
+where the household were gathered waiting to greet their lord, she
+commanded one of the secretaries to read it out to all of them, also to
+translate it into the Moorish tongue that every one might understand.
+Then she hid it away with the marriage lines, and, seating herself in
+the midst of the household, ordered them to prepare to receive the most
+noble marquis.
+
+They had not long to wait, for presently he came out of the room like a
+bull into the arena, whereon Betty rose and curtseyed to him, and at her
+word all his servants bowed themselves down in the Eastern fashion. For
+a moment he paused, again like the bull when he sees the picadors and is
+about to charge. Then he thought better of it, and, with a muttered
+curse, strode past them.
+
+Ten minutes later, for the third time within twenty-four hours, horses
+galloped from the palace and through the Seville gate.
+
+"Friends," said Betty in her awkward Spanish, when she knew that he had
+gone, "a sad thing has happened to my husband, the marquis. The woman
+Inez, whom it seems he trusted very much, has departed, stealing a
+treasure that he valued above everything on earth, and so I, his
+new-made wife, am left desolate while he tries to find her."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+ISABELLA OF SPAIN
+
+On the afternoon following his first visit, Castell's agent, Bernaldez,
+arrived again at the prison of the Hermandad at Seville accompanied by a
+tailor, a woman, and a chest full of clothes. The governor ordered these
+two persons to wait while the garments were searched under his own eye,
+but Bernaldez he permitted to be led at once to the prisoners. As soon
+as he was with them he said:
+
+"Your marquis has been married fast enough."
+
+"How do you know that?" asked Castell.
+
+"From the woman Inez, who arrived with the priest last night, and gave
+me the certificates of his union with Betty Dene signed by himself. I
+have not brought them with me lest I should be searched, when they might
+have been taken away; but Inez has come disguised as a sempstress, so
+show no surprise when you see her, if she is admitted. Perhaps she will
+be able to tell the Dona Margaret something of what passed if she is
+allowed to fit her robes alone. After that she must lie hidden for fear
+of the vengeance of Morella; but I shall know where to put my hand upon
+her if she is wanted. You will all of you be brought before the queen
+to-morrow, and then I, who shall be there, will produce the writings."
+Scarcely were the words out of his mouth when the governor appeared, and
+with him the tailor and Inez, who curtseyed and glanced at Margaret out
+of the corners of her soft eyes, looking at them all as though with
+curiosity, like one who had never seen or heard of them before.
+
+When the dresses had been produced, Margaret asked whether she might be
+allowed to try them on with the woman in her own chamber, as she had not
+been measured for them.
+
+The governor answered that as both the sempstress and the robes had been
+searched, there was no objection, so the two of them retired--Inez, with
+her arms full of garments.
+
+"Tell me all about it," whispered Margaret as soon as the door was
+closed. "I die to hear your story."
+
+So, while she fitted the clothes, since in that place they could never
+be sure but that they were watched through some secret loophole, Inez,
+with her mouth full of aloe thorns, which those of the trade used as
+pins, told her everything down to the time of her escape from Granada.
+When she came to that part of the tale where the false bride had lifted
+her veil and kissed the bridegroom, Margaret gasped in her amaze.
+
+"Oh! how could she do it?" she said, "I should have fainted first."
+
+"She has a good courage, that Betty--turn to the light, please,
+Señora--I could not have acted better myself--I think it is a little
+high on the left shoulder. He never guessed a thing, the besotted fool,
+and that was before I gave him the wine, for he wasn't likely to guess
+much afterwards. Did the señora say it was tight under the arm? Well,
+perhaps a little, but this stuff stretches. What I want to know is, what
+happened afterwards? Your cousin is the bull that I put my money on: I
+believe she will clear the ring. A woman with a nerve of steel; had I as
+much I should have been the Marchioness of Morella long ago, or there
+would be another marquis by now. There, the sit of the skirt is perfect;
+the señora's beautiful figure looks more beautiful in it than ever.
+Well, whoever lives will learn all about it, and it is no use worrying.
+Meanwhile, Bernaldez has paid me the money--and a handsome sum too--so
+you needn't thank me. I only worked for hire--and hate. Now I am going
+to lie low, as I don't want to get my throat cut, but he can find me if
+I am really needed.
+
+"The priest? Oh, he is safe enough. We made him sign a receipt for his
+cash. Also, I believe that he has got his post as a secretary to the
+Inquisition, and began his duties at once as they were short-handed,
+torturing Jews and heretics, you know, and stealing their goods, both of
+which occupations will exactly suit him. I rode with him all the way to
+Seville, and he tried to make love to me, the slimy knave, but I paid
+him out," and Inez smiled at some pleasant recollection. "Still, I did
+not quarrel with him outright, as he may come in useful. Who knows?
+There's the governor calling me. One moment, Excellency, only
+one moment!
+
+"Yes, Señora, with those few alterations the dress will be perfect. You
+shall have it back tonight without fail, and I can cut the others that
+you have been pleased to order from the same pattern. Oh! I thank you,
+Señora, you are too good to a poor girl, and," in a whisper, "the
+Mother of God have you in her guard, and send that Peter has improved in
+his love making!" and, half hidden in garments, Inez bowed herself out
+of the room through the door which the governor had already opened.
+
+About nine o'clock on the following morning one of the jailers came to
+summon Margaret and her father to be led before the court. Margaret
+asked anxiously if the Señor Brome was coming too, but the man replied
+that he knew nothing of the Señor Brome, as he was in one of the cells
+for dangerous criminals, which he did not serve.
+
+So forth they went, dressed in their new clothes, which were as fine as
+money could buy, and in the latest Seville fashion, and were conducted
+to the courtyard. Here, to her joy, Margaret saw Peter waiting for them
+under guard, and dressed also in the Christian garments which they had
+begged might be supplied to him at their cost. She sprang to his side,
+none hindering her, and, forgetting her bashfulness, suffered him to
+embrace her before them all, asking him how he had fared since they
+were parted.
+
+"None too well," answered Peter gloomily, "who did not know if we should
+ever meet again; also, my prison is underground, where but little light
+comes through a grating, and there are rats in it which will not let a
+man sleep, so I must lie awake the most of the night thinking of you.
+But where go we now?"
+
+"To be put upon our trial before the queen, I think. Hold my hand and
+walk close beside me, but do not stare at me so hard. Is aught wrong
+with my dress?"
+
+"Nothing," answered Peter. "I stare because you look so beautiful in
+it. Could you not have worn a veil? Doubtless there are more marquises
+about this court."
+
+"Only the Moors wear veils, Peter, and now we are Christians again.
+Listen--I think that none of them understand English. I have seen Inez,
+who asked after you very tenderly--nay, do not blush, it is unseemly in
+a man. Have you seen her also? No--well, she escaped from Granada as she
+planned, and Betty is married to the marquis."
+
+"It will never hold good," answered Peter shaking his head, "being but a
+trick, and I fear that she will pay for it, poor woman! Still, she gave
+us a start, though, so far as prisons go, I was better off in Granada
+than in that rat-trap."
+
+"Yes," answered Margaret innocently, "you had a garden to walk in there,
+had you not? No, don't be angry with me. Do you know what Betty did?"
+And she told him of how she had lifted her veil and kissed Morella
+without being discovered.
+
+"That isn't so wonderful," said Peter, "since if they are painted up
+young women look very much alike in a half-lit room----"
+
+"Or garden?" suggested Margaret.
+
+"What is wonderful," went on Peter, scorning to take note of this
+interruption, "is that she could consent to kiss the man at all. The
+double-dealing scoundrel! Has Inez told you how he treated her? The very
+thought of it makes me ill."
+
+"Well, Peter, he didn't ask you to kiss him, did he? And as for the
+wrongs of Inez, though doubtless you know more about them than I do, I
+think she has given him an orange for his pomegranate. But look, there
+is the Alcazar in front of us. Is it not a splendid castle? You know, it
+was built by the Moors."
+
+"I don't care who it was built by," said Peter, "and it looks to me like
+any other castle, only larger. All I know about it is that I am to be
+tried there for knocking that ruffian on the head--and that perhaps this
+is the last we shall see of each other, as probably they will send me to
+the galleys, if they don't do worse."
+
+"Oh! say no such thing. I never thought of it; it is not possible!"
+answered Margaret, her dark eyes filling with tears.
+
+"Wait till your marquis appears, pleading the case against us, and you
+will see what is or is not possible," replied Peter with conviction.
+"Still, we have come through some storms, so let us hope for the best."
+
+At that moment they reached the gate of the Alcazar, which they had
+approached from their prison through gardens of orange-trees, and
+soldiers came up and separated them. Next they were led across a court,
+where many people hurried to and fro, into a great marble-columned room
+glittering with gold, which was called the Hall of Justice. At the far
+end of this place, seated on a throne set upon a richly carpeted dais
+and surrounded by lords and counsellors, sat a magnificently attired
+lady of middle age. She was blue-eyed and red-haired, with a
+fair-skinned, open countenance, but very reserved and quiet in her
+demeanour.
+
+"The Queen," muttered the guard, saluting, as did Castell and Peter,
+while Margaret curtseyed.
+
+A case had just been tried, and the queen Isabella, after consultation
+with her assessors, was delivering judgment in few words and a gentle
+voice. As she spoke, her mild blue eyes fell upon Margaret, and, held
+it would seem by her beauty, rested on her till they wandered off to the
+tall form of Peter and the dark, Jewish-looking Castell by him, at the
+sight of whom she frowned a little.
+
+That case was finished, and other suitors stood up in their turn, but
+the queen, waving her hand and still looking at Margaret, bent down and
+asked a question of one of the officers of the court, then gave an
+order, whereon the officer rising, summoned "John Castell, Margaret
+Castell, and Peter Brome, all of England," to appear at the bar and
+answer to the charge of murder of one Luiz of Basa, a soldier of the
+Holy Hermandad.
+
+At once they were brought forward, and stood in a line in front of the
+dais, while the officer began to read the charge against them.
+
+"Stay, friend," interposed the queen, "these accused are the subjects
+of our good brother, Henry of England, and may not understand our
+language, though one of them, I think"--and she glanced at Castell--"was
+not born in England, or at any rate of English blood. Ask them if they
+need an interpreter."
+
+The question was put, and all of them answered that they could speak
+Spanish, though Peter added that he did so but indifferently.
+
+"You are the knight, I think, who is charged with the commission of this
+crime," said Isabella, looking at him.
+
+"Your Majesty, I am not a knight, only a plain esquire, Peter Brome of
+Dedham in England. My father was a knight, Sir Peter Brome, but he fell
+at my side, fighting for Richard, on Bosworth Field, where I had this
+wound," and he pointed to the scar upon his face, "but was not knighted
+for my pains."
+
+Isabella smiled a little, then asked:
+
+"And how came you to Spain, Señor Peter Brome?"
+
+"Your Majesty," answered Peter, Margaret helping from time to time when
+he did not know the Spanish words, "this lady at my side, the daughter
+of the merchant John Castell who stands by her, is my affianced----"
+
+"Then you have won the love of a very beautiful maiden, Señor,"
+interrupted the queen; "but proceed."
+
+"She and her cousin, the Señora Dene, were kidnapped in London by one
+who I understand is the nephew of the King Ferdinand, and an envoy to
+the English court, who passed there as the Señor d'Aguilar, but who in
+Spain is the Marquis of Morella."
+
+"Kidnapped! and by Morella!" exclaimed the queen.
+
+"Yes, your Majesty, cozened on board his ship and kidnapped. The Señor
+Castell and I followed them, and, boarding their vessel, tried to rescue
+them, but were shipwrecked at Motril. The marquis carried them away to
+Granada, whither we followed also, I being sorely hurt in the shipwreck.
+There, in the palace of the marquis, we have lain prisoners many weeks,
+but at length escaped, purposing to come to Seville and seek the
+protection of your Majesties. On the road, while we were dressed as
+Moors, in which garb we compassed our escape, we were attacked by men
+that we thought were bandits, for we had been warned against such evil
+people. One of them rudely molested the Dona Margaret, and I cut him
+down, and by misfortune killed him, for which manslaughter I am here
+before you to-day. Your Majesty, I did not know that he was a soldier of
+the Holy Hermandad, and I pray you pardon my offence, which was done in
+ignorance, fear, and anger, for we are willing to pay compensation for
+this unhappy death."
+
+Now some in the court exclaimed:
+
+"Well spoken, Englishman!"
+
+Then the queen said:
+
+"If all this tale be true, I am not sure that we should blame you over
+much, Señor Brome; but how know we that it is true? For instance, you
+said that the noble marquis stole two ladies, a deed of which I can
+scarcely think him capable. Where then is the other?"
+
+"I believe," answered Peter, "that she is now the wife of the Marquis of
+Morella."
+
+"The wife! Who bears witness that she is the wife? He has not advised us
+that he was about to marry, as is usual."
+
+Then Bernaldez stood forward, stating his name and occupation, and that
+he was a correspondent of the English merchant, John Castell, and
+producing the certificate of marriage signed by Morella, Betty, and the
+priest Henriques, handed it up to the queen saying that he had received
+them in duplicate by a messenger from Granada, and had delivered the
+other to the Archbishop of Seville.
+
+The queen, having looked at the paper, passed it to her assessors, who
+examined it very carefully, one of them saying that the form was not
+usual, and that it might be forged.
+
+The queen thought a little while, then said:
+
+"That is so, and in one way only can we know the truth. Let our warrant
+issue summoning before us our cousin, the noble Marquis of Morella, the
+Señora Dene, who is said to be his wife, and the priest Henriques of
+Motril, who is said to have married them. When they have arrived, all of
+them, the king my husband and I will examine into the matter, and, until
+then, we will not suffer our minds to be prejudiced by hearing any more
+of this cause."
+
+Now the governor of the prison stood forward, and asked what was to be
+done with the captives until the witnesses could be brought from
+Granada. The queen answered that they must remain in his charge, and be
+well treated, whereon Peter prayed that he might be given a better cell
+with fewer rats and more light. The queen smiled, and said that it
+should be so, but added that it would be proper that he should still be
+kept apart from the lady to whom he was affianced, who could dwell with
+her father. Then, noting the sadness on their faces, she added:
+
+"Yet I think they may meet daily in the garden of the prison."
+
+Margaret curtseyed and thanked her, whereon she said very graciously:
+
+"Come here, Señora, and sit by me a little," and she pointed to a
+footstool at her side. "When I have done this business I desire a few
+words with you."
+
+So Margaret was brought up upon the dais, and sat down at her Majesty's
+left hand upon the broidered footstool, and very fair indeed she looked
+placed thus above the crowd, she whose beauty and whose bearing were so
+royal; but Castell and Peter were led away back to the prison, though,
+seeing so many gay lords about, the latter went unwillingly enough. A
+while later, when the cases were finished, the queen dismissed the court
+save for certain officers, who stood at a distance, and, turning to
+Margaret, said:
+
+"Now, fair maiden, tell me your story, as one woman to another, and do
+not fear that anything you say will be made use of at the trial of your
+lover, since against you, at any rate at present, no charge is laid.
+Say, first, are you really the affianced of that tall gentleman, and has
+he really your heart?"
+
+"All of it, your Majesty," answered Margaret, "and we have suffered much
+for each other's sake." Then in as few words as she could she told their
+tale, while the queen listened earnestly.
+
+"A strange story indeed, and if it be all true, a shameful," she said
+when Margaret had finished. "But how comes it that if Morella desired to
+force you into marriage, he is now wed to your companion and cousin?
+What are you keeping back from me?" and she glanced at her shrewdly.
+
+"Your Majesty," answered Margaret, "I was ashamed to speak the rest, yet
+I will trust you and do so, praying your royal forgiveness if you hold
+that we, who were in desperate straits, have done what is wrong. My
+cousin, Betty Dene, has paid back Morella in his own false gold. He won
+her heart and promised to marry her, and at the risk of her own life she
+took my place at the altar, thereby securing our escape."
+
+"A brave deed, if a doubtful," said the queen, "though I question
+whether such a marriage will be upheld. But that is a matter for the
+Church to judge of, and I must speak of it no more. Certainly it is hard
+to be angry with any of you. What did you say that Morella promised you
+when he asked you to marry him in London?"
+
+"Your Majesty, he promised that he would lift me high, perhaps
+even"--and she hesitated--"to that seat in which you sit."
+
+Isabella frowned, then laughed, and said, as she looked her up and down:
+
+"You would fit it well, better than I do in truth. But what else did he
+say?"
+
+"Your Majesty, he said that not every one loves the king, his uncle;
+that he had many friends who remembered that his father was poisoned by
+the father of the king, who was Morella's grandfather; also, that his
+mother was a princess of the Moors, and that he might throw in his lot
+with theirs, or that there were other ways in which he could gain
+his end."
+
+"So, so," said the queen. "Well, though he is such a good son of the
+Church, and my lord is so fond of him, I never loved Morella, and I
+thank you for your warning. But I must not speak to you of such high
+matters, though it seems that some have thought otherwise. Fair
+Margaret, have you aught to ask of me?"
+
+"Yes, your Majesty--that you will deal gently with my true love when he
+comes before you for trial, remembering that he is hot of head and
+strong of arm, and that such knights as he--for knightly is his blood--
+cannot brook to see their ladies mishandled by rough men, and the
+wrappings that shield them torn from off their bosoms. Also, I pray that
+I may be protected from Morella, that he may not be allowed to touch or
+even to speak to me, who, for all his rank and splendour, hate him as
+though he were some poisoned snake."
+
+"I have said that I must not prejudge your case, you beautiful English
+Margaret," the queen answered with a smile, "yet I think that neither of
+those things you ask will cause justice to slip the bandage that is
+about her eyes. Go, and be at peace. If you have spoken truth to me, as
+I am sure you have, and Isabella of Spain can prevent it, the Señor
+Brome's punishment shall not be heavy, nor shall the shadow of the
+Marquis of Morella, the base-born son of a prince and of some royal
+infidel"--these words she spoke with much bitterness--"so much as fall
+upon you, though I warn you that my lord the king loves the man, as is
+but natural, and will not condemn him lightly. Tell me one thing. This
+lover of yours is brave, is he not?"
+
+"Very brave," answered Margaret, smiling.
+
+"And he can ride a horse and hold a lance, can he not, at any rate in
+your quarrel?"
+
+"Aye, your Majesty, and wield a sword too, as well as most knights,
+though he has been but lately sick. Some learned that on
+Bosworth Field."
+
+"Good. Now farewell," and she gave Margaret her hand to kiss. Then,
+calling two of her officers, she bade them conduct her back to the
+prison, and say that she should have liberty to send messages or to
+write to her, the queen, if she should so desire.
+
+On the night of that same day Morella galloped into Seville. Indeed he
+should have been there long before, but misled by the story of the Moors
+who had escorted Peter, Margaret, and her father out of Granada and seen
+them take the Malaga road, he travelled thither first, only to find no
+trace of them in that city. Then he returned and tracked them to
+Seville, where he was soon made acquainted with all that had happened.
+Amongst other things, he discovered that ten hours before swift
+messengers had been despatched to Granada, commanding his attendance and
+that of Betty, with whom he had gone through the form of marriage.
+
+On the following morning he asked an audience with the queen, but it was
+refused to him, and the king, his uncle, was away. Next he tried to win
+admission into the prison and see Margaret, only to find that neither
+his high rank and authority nor any bribe would suffice to unlock its
+doors. The queen had commanded otherwise, he was informed, and knew
+therefrom that in this matter he must reckon with Isabella as an enemy.
+Then he bethought him of revenge, and began a search for Inez and the
+priest Henriques of Motril, only to find that the former had vanished,
+none knew whither, and the holy father was safe within the walls of the
+Inquisition, whence he was careful not to emerge, and where no layman,
+however highly placed, could enter to lay a hand upon one of its
+officers. So, full of rage and disappointment, he took counsel of
+lawyers and friends, and prepared to defend the suit which he saw would
+be brought against him, hoping that chance might yet deliver Margaret
+into his hands. One good card he held, which now he determined to play.
+Castell, as he knew, was a Jew who for years had posed as a Christian,
+and for such there was no mercy in Seville. Perhaps for her father's
+sake he might yet be able to work upon Margaret, whom now he desired to
+win more fiercely than ever before.
+
+At least it was certain that he would try this, or any other means,
+however base, rather than see her married to his rival, Peter Brome.
+Also there was the chance that this Peter might be condemned to
+imprisonment, or even to death, for the killing of a soldier of the
+Hermandad.
+
+So Morella made him ready for the great struggle as best he could, and,
+since he could not stop her coming, awaited the arrival of Betty
+in Seville.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+BETTY STATES HER CASE
+
+Seven days had passed, during which time Margaret and her father had
+rested quietly in the prison, where, indeed, they dwelt more as guests
+than as captives. Thus they were allowed to receive what visitors they
+would, and among them Juan Bernaldez, Castell's connection and agent,
+who told them of all that passed without. Through him they sent
+messengers to meet Betty on her road and apprise her of how things
+stood, and of the trial in which her cause would be judged.
+
+Soon the messengers returned, stating that the "Marchioness of Morella"
+was travelling in state, accompanied by a great retinue, that she
+thanked them for their tidings, and hoped to be able to defend herself
+at all points.
+
+At this news Castell stared and Margaret laughed, for, although she did
+not know all the story, she was sure that in some way Betty had the
+mastery of Morella, and would not be easily defeated, though how she
+came to be travelling with a great retinue she could not imagine. Still,
+fearing lest she should be attacked or otherwise injured, she wrote a
+humble letter to the queen, praying that her cousin might be defended
+from all danger at the hands of any one whomsoever until she had an
+opportunity of giving evidence before their Majesties.
+
+Within an hour came the answer that the lady was under the royal
+protection, and that a guard had been sent to escort her and her party
+and to keep her safe from interference of any sort; also, that for her
+greater comfort, quarters had been prepared for her in a fortress
+outside of Seville, which would be watched night and day, and whence she
+would be brought to the court.
+
+Peter was still kept apart from them, but each day at noon they were
+allowed to meet him in the walled garden of the prison, where they
+talked together to their heart's content. Here, too, he exercised
+himself daily at all manly games, and especially at sword-play with some
+of the other prisoners, using sticks for swords. Further, he was allowed
+the use of his horse that he had ridden from Granada, on which he
+jousted in the yard of the castle with the governor and certain other
+gentlemen, proving himself better at that play than any of them. These
+things he did vigorously and with ardour, for Margaret had told him of
+the hint which the queen gave her, and he desired to get back his full
+strength, and to perfect himself in the handling of every arm which was
+used in Spain.
+
+So the time went by, until one afternoon the governor informed them that
+Peter's trial was fixed for the morrow, and that they must accompany him
+to the court to be examined also upon all these matters. A little later
+came Bernaldez, who said that the king had returned and would sit with
+the queen, and that already this affair had made much stir in Seville,
+where there was much curiosity as to the story of Morella's marriage, of
+which many different tales were told. That Margaret and her father would
+be discharged he had little doubt, in which case their ship was ready
+for them; but of Peter's chances he could say nothing, for they depended
+upon what view the king took of his offence, and, though unacknowledged,
+Morella was the king's nephew and had his ear.
+
+Afterwards they went down into the garden, and there found Peter, who
+had just returned from his jousting, flushed with exercise, and looking
+very manly and handsome. Margaret took his hand and, walking aside, told
+him the news.
+
+"I am glad," he answered, "for the sooner this business is begun the
+sooner it will be done. But, Sweet," and here his face grew very
+earnest, "Morella has much power in this land, and I have broken its
+law, so none know what the end will be. I may be condemned to death or
+imprisoned, or perhaps, if I am given the chance, with better luck I may
+fall fighting, in any of which cases we shall be separated for a while,
+or altogether. Should this be so, I pray that you will not stay here,
+either in the hope of rescuing me, or for other reasons; since, while
+you are in Spain, Morella will not cease from his attempts to get hold
+of you, whereas in England you will be safe from him."
+
+When Margaret heard these words she sobbed aloud, for the thought that
+harm might come to Peter seemed to choke her.
+
+"In all things I will do your bidding," she said, "yet how can I leave
+you, dear, while you are alive, and if, perchance, you should die, which
+may God prevent, how can I live on without you? Rather shall I seek to
+follow you very swiftly."
+
+"I do not desire that," said Peter. "I desire that you should endure
+your days till the end, and come to meet me where I am in due season,
+and not before. I will add this, that if in after-years you should meet
+any worthy man, and have a mind to marry him, you should do so, for I
+know well that you will never forget me, your first love, and that
+beyond this world lie others where there are no marryings or giving in
+marriage. Let not my dead hand lie heavy upon you, Margaret."
+
+"Yet," she replied in gentle indignation, "heavy must it always lie,
+since it is about my heart. Be sure of this, Peter, that if such
+dreadful ill should fall upon us, as you left me so shall you find me,
+here or hereafter."
+
+"So be it," he said with a sigh of relief, for he could not bear to
+think of Margaret as the wife of some other man, even after he was gone,
+although his honest, simple nature, and fear lest her life might be made
+empty of all joy, caused him to say what he had said.
+
+Then behind the shelter of a flowering bush they embraced each other as
+do those who know not whether they will ever kiss again, and, the hour
+of sunset having come, parted as they must.
+
+On the following morning once more Castell and Margaret were led to the
+Hall of Justice in the Alcazar; but this time Peter did not go with
+them. The great court was already full of counsellors, officers,
+gentlemen, and ladies who had come from curiosity, and other folk
+connected with or interested in the case. As yet, however, Margaret
+could not see Morella or Betty, nor had the king and queen taken their
+seats upon the throne. Peter was already there, standing before the bar
+with guards on either side of him, and greeted them with a smile and a
+nod as they were ushered to their chairs near by. Just as they reached
+them also trumpets were blown, and from the back of the hall, walking
+hand in hand, appeared their Majesties of Spain, Ferdinand and Isabella,
+whereat all the audience rose and bowed, remaining standing till they
+were seated on the thrones.
+
+The king, whom they now saw for the first time, was a thickset, active
+man with pleasant eyes, a fair skin, and a broad forehead, but, as
+Margaret thought, somewhat sly-faced--the face of a man who never forgot
+his own interests in those of another. Like the queen, he was
+magnificently attired in garments broidered with gold and the arms of
+Aragon, while in his hand he held a golden sceptre surmounted by a
+jewel, and about his waist, to show that he was a warlike king, he wore
+his long, cross-handled sword. Smilingly he acknowledged the homage of
+his subjects by lifting his hand to his cap and bowing. Then his eye
+fell upon the beautiful Margaret, and, turning, he put a question to the
+queen in a light, sharp voice, asking if that were the lady whom Morella
+had married, and, if so, why in the name of heaven he wished to be
+rid of her.
+
+Isabella answered that she understood that this was the señora whom he
+had desired to marry when he married some one else, as he alleged by
+mistake, but who was in fact affianced to the prisoner before them; a
+reply at which all who heard it laughed.
+
+At this moment the Marquis of Morella, accompanied by his gentlemen and
+some long-gowned lawyers, appeared walking up the court, dressed in the
+black velvet that he always wore, and glittering with orders. Upon his
+head was a cap, also of black velvet, from which hung a great pearl, and
+this cap he did not remove even when he bowed to the king and queen, for
+he was one of the few grandees of Spain who had the right to remain
+covered before their Majesties. They acknowledged his salutation,
+Ferdinand with a friendly nod and Isabella with a cold bow, and he, too,
+took the seat that had been prepared for him. Just then there was a
+disturbance at the far end of the court, where one of its officers could
+be heard calling:
+
+"Way! Make way for the Marchioness of Morella!" At the sound of this
+name the marquis, whose eyes were fixed on Margaret, frowned fiercely,
+rising from his seat as though to protest, then, at some whispered word
+from a lawyer behind him, sat down again.
+
+Now the crowd of spectators separated, and Margaret, turning to look
+down the long hall, saw a procession advancing up the lane between them,
+some clad in armour and some in white Moorish robes blazoned with the
+scarlet eagle, the cognisance of Morella. In the midst of them, her
+train supported by two Moorish women, walked a tall and beautiful lady,
+a coronet upon her brow, her fair hair outspread, a purple cloak hanging
+from her shoulders, half hiding that same splendid robe sewn with pearls
+which had been Morella's gift to Margaret, and about her white bosom the
+chain of pearls which he had presented to Betty in compensation for
+her injuries.
+
+Margaret stared and stared again, and her father at her side murmured:
+
+"It is our Betty! Truly fine feathers make fine birds." Yes, Betty it
+was without a doubt, though, remembering her in her humble woollen dress
+at the old house in Holborn, it was hard to recognise the poor companion
+in this proud and magnificent lady, who looked as though all her life
+she had trodden the marble floors of courts, and consorted with nobles
+and with queens. Up the great hall she came, stately, imperturbable,
+looking neither to the right nor to the left, taking no note of the
+whisperings about her, no, nor even of Morella or of Margaret, till she
+reached the open space in front of the bar where Peter and his guards,
+gazing with all their eyes, hastened to make place for her. There she
+curtseyed thrice, twice to the queen, and once to the king, her consort;
+then, turning, bowed to the marquis, who fixed his eyes upon the ground
+and took no note, bowed to Castell and Peter, and lastly, advancing to
+Margaret, gave her her cheek to kiss. This Margaret did with becoming
+humility, whispering in her ear:
+
+"How fares your Grace?"
+
+"Better than you would in my shoes," whispered Betty back with ever so
+slight a trembling of her left eyelid; while Margaret heard the king
+mutter to the queen:
+
+"A fine peacock of a woman. Look at her figure and those big eyes.
+Morella must be hard to please."
+
+"Perhaps he prefers swans to peacocks," answered the queen in the same
+voice with a glance at Margaret, whose quieter and more refined beauty
+seemed to gain by contrast with that of her nobly built and
+dazzling-skinned cousin. Then she motioned to Betty to take the seat
+prepared for her, which she did, with her suite standing behind her and
+an interpreter at her side.
+
+"I am somewhat bewildered," said the king, glancing from Morella to
+Betty and from Margaret to Peter, for evidently the humour of the
+situation did not escape him. "What is the exact case that we have
+to try?"
+
+Then one of the legal assessors, or alcaldes, rose and said that the
+matter before their Majesties was a charge against the Englishman at the
+bar of killing a certain soldier of the Holy Hermandad, but that there
+seemed to be other matters mixed up with it.
+
+"So I gather," answered the king; "for instance, an accusation of the
+carrying off of subjects of a friendly Power out of the territory of
+that Power; a suit for nullity of a marriage, and a cross-suit for the
+declaration of the validity of the said marriage--and the holy saints
+know what besides. Well, one thing at a time. Let us try this tall
+Englishman."
+
+So the case was opened against Peter by a public prosecutor, who
+restated it as it had been laid before the queen. The Captain Arrano
+gave his evidence as to the killing of the soldier, but, in
+cross-examination by Peter's advocate, admitted, for evidently he bore
+no malice against the prisoner, that the said soldier had roughly
+handled the Dona Margaret, and that the said Peter, being a stranger to
+the country, might very well have taken them for a troop of bandits or
+even Moors. Also, he added, that he could not say that the Englishman
+had intended to kill the soldier.
+
+Then Castell and Margaret gave their evidence, the latter with much
+modest sweetness. Indeed, when she explained that Peter was her
+affianced husband, to whom she was to have been wed on the day after she
+had been stolen away from England, and that she had cried out to him
+for help when the dead soldier caught hold of her and rent away her
+veil, there was a murmur of sympathy, and the king and queen began to
+talk with each other without paying much heed to her further words.
+
+Next they spoke to two of the judges who sat with them, after which the
+king held up his hand and announced that they had come to a decision on
+the case. It was, that, under the circumstances, the Englishman was
+justified in cutting down the soldier, especially as there was nothing
+to show that he meant to kill him, or that he knew that he belonged to
+the Holy Hermandad. He would, therefore, be discharged on the condition
+that he paid a sum of money, which, indeed, it appeared had already been
+paid to the man's widow, in compensation for the man's death, and a
+further small sum for Masses to be said for the welfare of his soul.
+
+Peter began to give thanks for this judgment; but while he was still
+speaking the king asked if any of those present wished to proceed in
+further suits. Instantly Betty rose and said that she did. Then, through
+her interpreter, she stated that she had received the royal commands to
+attend before their Majesties, and was now prepared to answer any
+questions or charges that might be laid against her.
+
+"What is your name, Señora?" asked the king.
+
+"Elizabeth, Marchioness of Morella, born Elizabeth Dene, of the ancient
+and gentle family of Dene, a native of England," answered Betty in a
+clear and decided voice.
+
+The king bowed, then asked:
+
+"Does any one dispute this title and description?"
+
+"I do," answered the Marquis of Morella, speaking for the first time.
+
+"On what grounds, Marquis?"
+
+"On every ground," he answered. "She is not the Marchioness of Morella,
+inasmuch as I went through the ceremony of marriage with her believing
+her to be another woman. She is not of ancient and gentle family, since
+she was a servant in the house of the merchant Castell yonder,
+in London."
+
+"That proves nothing, Marquis," interrupted the king. "My family may, I
+think, be called ancient and gentle, which you will be the last to deny,
+yet I have played the part of a servant on an occasion which I think the
+queen here will remember"--an allusion at which the audience, who knew
+well enough to what it referred, laughed audibly, as did her Majesty[1].
+"The marriage and rank are matters for proof," went on the king, "if
+they are questioned; but is it alleged that this lady has committed any
+crime which prevents her from pleading?"
+
+"None," answered Betty quickly, "except that of being poor, and the
+crime, if it is one, as it may be, of having married that man, the
+Marquis of Morella," whereat the audience laughed again.
+
+"Well, Madam, you do not seem to be poor now," remarked the king,
+looking at her gorgeous and bejewelled apparel; "and here we are more
+apt to think marriage a folly than a crime," a light saying at which the
+queen frowned a little. "But," he added quickly, "set out your case,
+Madam, and forgive me if, until you have done so, I do not call you
+Marchioness."
+
+[Footnote 1: When travelling from Saragossa to Valladolid to be married
+to Isabella, Ferdinand was obliged to pass himself off as a valet.
+Prescott says: "The greatest circumspection, therefore, was necessary.
+The party journeyed chiefly in the night; Ferdinand assumed the disguise
+of a servant and, when they halted on the road, took care of the mules
+and served his companions at table."]
+
+"Here is my case, Sire," said Betty, producing the certificate of
+marriage and handing it up for inspection.
+
+The judges and their Majesties inspected it, the queen remarking that a
+duplicate of this document had already been submitted to her and passed
+on to the proper authorities.
+
+"Is the priest who solemnised the marriage present?" asked the king;
+whereon Bernaldez, Castell's agent, rose and said that he was, though he
+neglected to add that his presence had been secured for no mean sum.
+
+One of the judges ordered that he should be called, and presently the
+foxy-faced Father Henriques, at whom the marquis glared angrily,
+appeared bowing, and was sworn in the usual form, and, on being
+questioned, stated that he had been priest at Motril, and chaplain to
+the Marquis of Morella, but was now a secretary of the Holy Office at
+Seville. In answer to further questions he said that, apparently by the
+bridegroom's own wish, and with his full consent, on a certain date at
+Granada, he had married the marquis to the lady who stood before them,
+and whom he knew to be named Betty Dene; also, that at her request,
+since she was anxious that proper record should be kept of her marriage,
+he had written the certificates which the court had seen, which
+certificates the marquis and others had signed immediately after the
+ceremony in his private chapel at Granada. Subsequently he had left
+Granada to take up his appointment as a secretary to the Inquisition at
+Seville, which had been conferred on him by the ecclesiastical
+authorities in reward of a treatise which he had written upon heresy.
+That was all he knew about the affair.
+
+Now Morella's advocate rose to cross-examine, asking him who had made
+the arrangements for the marriage. He answered that the marquis had
+never spoken to him directly on the subject--at least he had never
+mentioned to him the name of the lady; the Señora Inez arranged
+everything.
+
+Now the queen broke in, asking where was the Señora Inez, and who she
+was. The priest replied that the Señora Inez was a Spanish woman, one of
+the marquis's household at Granada, whom he made use of in all
+confidential affairs. She was young and beautiful, but he could say no
+more about her. As to where she was now he did not know, although they
+had ridden together to Seville. Perhaps the marquis knew.
+
+Now the priest was ordered to stand down, and Betty tendered herself as
+a witness, and through her interpreter told the court the story of her
+connection with Morella. She said that she had met him in London when
+she was a member of the household of the Señor Castell, and that at once
+he began to make love to her and won her heart. Subsequently he
+suggested that she should elope with him to Spain, promising to marry
+her at once, in proof of which she produced the letter he had written,
+which was translated and handed up for the inspection of the court--a
+very awkward letter, as they evidently thought, although it was not
+signed with the writer's real name. Next Betty explained the trick by
+which she and her cousin Margaret were brought on board his ship, and
+that when they arrived there the marquis refused to marry her, alleging
+that he was in love with her cousin and not with her--a statement which
+she took to be an excuse to avoid the fulfilment of his promise. She
+could not say why he had carried off her cousin Margaret also, but
+supposed that it was because, having once brought her upon the ship, he
+did not know how to be rid of her.
+
+Then she described the voyage to Spain, saying that during that voyage
+she kept the marquis at a distance, since there was no priest to marry
+them; also, she was sick and much ashamed, who had involved her cousin
+and mistress in this trouble. She told how the Señors Castell and Brome
+had followed in another vessel, and boarded the caravel in a storm; also
+of the shipwreck and their journey to Granada as prisoners, and of their
+subsequent life there. Finally she described how Inez came to her with
+proposals of marriage, and how she bargained that if she consented, her
+cousin, the Señor Castell, and the Señor Brome should go free. They went
+accordingly, and the marriage took place as arranged, the marquis first
+embracing her publicly in the presence of various people--namely, Inez
+and his two secretaries, who, except Inez, were present, and could bear
+witness to the truth of what she said.
+
+After the marriage and the signing of the certificates she had
+accompanied him to his own apartments, which she had never entered
+before, and there, to her astonishment, in the morning, he announced
+that he must go a journey upon their Majesties' business. Before he
+went, however, he gave her a written authority, which she produced, to
+receive his rents and manage his matters in Granada during his absence,
+which authority she read to the gathered household before he left. She
+had obeyed him accordingly until she had received the royal command,
+receiving moneys, giving her receipt for the same, and generally
+occupying the unquestioned position of mistress of his house.
+
+"We can well believe it," said the king drily. "And now, Marquis, what
+have you to answer to all this?"
+
+"I will answer presently," replied Morella, who trembled with rage.
+"First suffer that my advocate cross-examine this woman."
+
+So the advocate cross-examined, though it cannot be said that he had the
+better of Betty. First he questioned her as to her statement that she
+was of ancient and gentle family, whereon Betty overwhelmed the court
+with a list of her ancestors, the first of whom, a certain Sieur Dene de
+Dene, had come to England with the Norman Duke, William the Conqueror.
+After him, so she still swore, the said Denes de Dene had risen to great
+rank and power, having been the favourites of the kings of England, and
+fought for them generation after generation.
+
+By slow degrees she came down to the Wars of the Roses, in which she
+said her grandfather had been attainted for his loyalty, and lost his
+land and titles, so that her father, whose only child she was--being now
+the representative of the noble family, Dene de Dene--fell into poverty
+and a humble place in life. However, he married a lady of even more
+distinguished race than his own, a direct descendant of a noble Saxon
+family, far more ancient in blood than the upstart Normans. At this
+point, while Peter and Margaret listened amazed, at a hint from the
+queen, the bewildered court interfered through the head alcalde, praying
+her to cease from the history of her descent, which they took for
+granted was as noble as any in England.
+
+Next she was examined as to her relations with Morella in London, and
+told the tale of his wooing with so much detail and imaginative power
+that in the end that also was left unfinished. So it was with
+everything. Clever as Morella's advocate might be, sometimes in English
+and sometimes in the Spanish tongue, Betty overwhelmed him with words
+and apt answers, until, able to make nothing of her, the poor man sat
+down wiping his brow and cursing her beneath his breath.
+
+Then the secretaries were sworn, and after them various members of
+Morella's household, who, although somewhat unwillingly, confirmed all
+that Betty had said as to his embracing her with lifted veil and the
+rest. So at length Betty closed her case, reserving the right to address
+the court after she had heard that of the marquis.
+
+Now the king, queen, and their assessors consulted for a little while,
+for evidently there was a division of opinion among them, some thinking
+that the case should be stopped at once and referred to another
+tribunal, and others that it should go on. At length the queen was heard
+to say that at least the Marquis of Morella should be allowed to make
+his statement, as he might be able to prove that all this story was a
+fabrication, and that he was not even at Granada at the time when the
+marriage was alleged to have taken place.
+
+The king and the alcaldes assenting, the marquis was sworn and told his
+story, admitting that it was not one which he was proud to repeat in
+public. He narrated how he had first met Margaret, Betty, and Peter at a
+public ceremony in London, and had then and there fallen in love with
+Margaret, and accompanied her home to the house of her father, the
+merchant John Castell.
+
+Subsequently he discovered that this Castell, who had fled from Spain
+with his father in childhood, was that lowest of mankind, an unconverted
+Jew who posed as a Christian (at this statement there was a great
+sensation in court, and the queen's face hardened), although it is true
+that he had married a Christian lady, and that his daughter had been
+baptized and brought up as a Christian, of which faith she was a loyal
+member. Nor did she know--as he believed--that her father remained a
+Jew, since, otherwise, he would not have continued to seek her as his
+wife. Their Majesties would be aware, he went on, that, owing to reasons
+with which they were acquainted, he had means of getting at the truth of
+these matters concerning the Jews in England, as to which, indeed, he
+had already written to them, although, owing to his shipwreck and to the
+pressure of his private affairs, he had not yet made his report on his
+embassy in person.
+
+Continuing, he said that he admitted that he had made love to the
+serving-woman, Betty, in order to gain access to Margaret, whose father
+mistrusted him, knowing something of his mission. She was a person of no
+character.
+
+Here Betty rose and said in a clear voice:
+
+"I declare the Marquis of Morella to be a knave and a liar. There is
+more good character in my little finger than in his whole body, and,"
+she added, "than in that of his mother before him"--an allusion at which
+the marquis flushed, while, satisfied for the present with this
+home-thrust, Betty sat down.
+
+He had proposed to Margaret, but she was not willing to marry him, as he
+found that she was affianced to a distant cousin of hers, the Señor
+Peter Brome, a swashbuckler who was in trouble for the killing of a man
+in London, as he had killed the soldier of the Holy Hermandad in Spain.
+Therefore, in his despair, being deeply enamoured of her, and knowing
+that he could offer her great place and fortune, he conceived the idea
+of carrying her off, and to do so was obliged, much against his will, to
+abduct Betty also.
+
+So after many adventures they came to Granada, where he was able to show
+the Dona Margaret that the Señor Peter Brome was employing his
+imprisonment in making love to that member of his household, Inez, who
+had been spoken of, but now could not be found.
+
+Here Peter, who could bear this no longer, also rose and called him a
+liar to his face, saying that if he had the opportunity he would prove
+it on his body, but was ordered by the king to sit down and be silent.
+
+Having been convinced of her lover's unfaithfulness, the marquis went
+on, the Dona Margaret had at length consented to become his wife on
+condition that her father, the Señor Brome, and her servant, Betty Dene,
+were allowed to escape from Granada----
+
+"Where," remarked the queen, "you had no right to detain them, Marquis.
+Except, perhaps, the father, John Castell," she added significantly.
+
+Where, he admitted with sorrow, he had no right to detain them.
+
+"Therefore," went on the queen acutely, "there was no legal or moral
+consideration for this alleged promise of marriage,"--a point at which
+the lawyers nodded approvingly.
+
+The marquis submitted that there was a consideration; that at any rate
+the Dona Margaret wished it. On the day arranged for the wedding the
+prisoners were let go, disguised as Moors, but he now knew that through
+the trickery of the woman Inez, whom he believed had been bribed by
+Castell and his fellow-Jews, the Dona Margaret escaped in place of her
+servant, Betty, with whom he subsequently went through the form of
+marriage, believing her to be Margaret.
+
+As regards the embrace before the ceremony, it took place in a shadowed
+room, and he thought that Betty's face and hair must have been painted
+and dyed to resemble those of Margaret. For the rest, he was certain
+that the ceremonial cup of wine that he drank before he led the woman to
+the altar was drugged, since he only remembered the marriage itself very
+dimly, and after that nothing at all until he woke upon the following
+morning with an aching brow to see Betty sitting by him. As for the
+power of administration which she produced, being perfectly mad at the
+time with rage and disappointment, and sure that if he stopped there any
+longer he should commit the crime of killing this woman who had deceived
+him so cruelly, he gave it that he might escape from her. Their
+Majesties would notice also that it was in favour of the Marchioness of
+Morella. As this marriage was null and void, there was no Marchioness of
+Morella. Therefore, the document was null and void also. That was the
+truth, and all he had to say.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+THE DOOM OF JOHN CASTELL
+
+His evidence finished, the Marquis of Morella sat down, whereon, the
+king and queen having whispered together, the head alcalde asked Betty
+if she had any questions to put to him. She rose with much dignity, and
+through her interpreter said in a quiet voice:
+
+"Yes, a great many. Yet she would not debase herself by asking a single
+one until the stain which he had cast upon her was washed away, which
+she thought could only be done in blood. He had alleged that she was a
+woman of no character, and he had further alleged that their marriage
+was null and void. Being of the sex she was, she could not ask him to
+make good his assertions at the sword's point, therefore, as she
+believed she had the right to do according to all the laws of honour,
+she asked leave to seek a champion--if an unfriended woman could find
+one in a strange land--to uphold her fair name against this base and
+cruel slander."
+
+Now, in the silence that followed her speech, Peter rose and said:
+
+"I ask the permission of your Majesties to be that champion. Your
+Majesties will note that according to his own story I have suffered from
+this marquis the bitterest wrong that one man can receive at the hands
+of another. Also, he has lied in saying that I am not true to my
+affianced lady, the Dona Margaret, and surely I have a right to avenge
+the lie upon him. Lastly, I declare that I believe the Señora Betty to
+be a good and upright woman, upon whom no shadow of shame has ever
+fallen, and, as her countryman and relative, I desire to uphold her good
+name before all the world. I am a foreigner here with few friends, or
+none, yet I cannot believe that your Majesties will withhold from me the
+right of battle which all over the world in such a case one gentleman
+may demand of another. I challenge the Marquis of Morella to mortal
+combat without mercy to the fallen, and here is the proof of it."
+
+Then, stepping across the open space before the bar, he drew the
+leathern gauntlet off his hand and threw it straight into Morella's
+face, thinking that after such an insult he could not choose but fight.
+
+With an oath Morella snatched at his sword; but, before he could draw
+it, officers of the court threw themselves on him, and the king's stern
+voice was heard commanding them to cease their brawling in the royal
+presences.
+
+"I ask your pardon, Sire," gasped Morella, "but you have seen what this
+Englishman did to me, a grandee of Spain."
+
+"Yes," broke in the queen, "but we have also heard what you, a grandee
+of Spain, did to this gentleman of England, and the charge you brought
+against him, which, it seems, the Dona Margaret does not believe."
+
+"In truth, no, your Majesty," said Margaret. "Let me be sworn also, and
+I can explain much of what the marquis has told to you. I never wished
+to marry him or any man, save this one," and she touched Peter on the
+arm, "and anything that he or I may have done, we did to escape the evil
+net in which we were snared."
+
+"We believe it," answered the queen with a smile, then fell to
+consulting with the king and the alcaldes.
+
+For a long time they debated in voices so low that none could hear what
+they said, looking now at one and now at another of the parties to this
+strange suit. Also, some priest was called into their council, which
+Margaret thought a bad omen. At length they made up their minds, and in
+a low, quiet voice and measured words her Majesty, as Queen of Castile,
+gave the judgment of them all. Addressing herself first to Morella,
+she said:
+
+"My lord Marquis, you have brought very grave charges against the lady
+who claims to be your wife, and the Englishman whose affianced bride you
+admit you snatched away by fraud and force. This gentleman, on his own
+behalf and on behalf of these ladies, has challenged you to a combat to
+the death in a fashion that none can mistake. Do you accept his
+challenge?"
+
+"I would accept it readily enough, your Majesty," answered Morella in
+sullen tones, "since heretofore none have doubted my courage; but I must
+remember that I am"--and he paused, then added--"what your Majesties
+know me to be, a grandee of Spain, and something more, wherefore it is
+scarcely lawful for me to cross swords with a Jew-merchant's clerk, for
+that was this man's high rank and office in England."
+
+"You could cross them with me on your ship, the _San Antonio_,"
+exclaimed Peter bitterly, "why then are you ashamed to finish what you
+were not ashamed to begin? Moreover, I tell you that in love or war I
+hold myself the equal of any woman-thief and bastard in this kingdom,
+who am one of a name that has been honoured in my own."
+
+Now again the king and queen spoke together of this question of rank--no
+small one in that age and country. Then Isabella said:
+
+"It is true that a grandee of Spain cannot be asked to meet a simple
+foreign gentleman in single combat. Therefore, since he has thought fit
+to raise it, we uphold the objection of the Marquis of Morella, and
+declare that this challenge is not binding on his honour. Yet we note
+his willingness to accept the same, and are prepared to do what we can
+to make the matter easy, so that it may not be said that a Spaniard, who
+has wrought wrong to an Englishman, and been asked openly to make the
+amend of arms in the presence of his sovereigns, was debarred from so
+doing by the accident of his rank. Señor Peter Brome, if you will
+receive it at our hands, as others of your nation have been proud to do,
+we propose, believing you to be a brave and loyal man of gentle birth,
+to confer upon you the knighthood of the Order of St. James, and thereby
+and therein the right to consort with as equal, or to fight as equal,
+any noble of Spain, unless he should be of the right blood-royal, to
+which place we think the most puissant and excellent Marquis of Morella
+lays no claim."
+
+"I thank your Majesties," said Peter, astonished, "for the honour that
+you would do to me, which, had it not been for the fact that my father
+chose the wrong side on Bosworth Field, being of a race somewhat
+obstinate in the matter of loyalty, I should not have needed to accept
+from your Majesties. As it is I am very grateful, since now the noble
+marquis need not feel debased in settling our long quarrel as he would
+desire to do."
+
+"Come hither and kneel down, Señor Peter Brome," said the queen when he
+had finished speaking.
+
+He obeyed, and Isabella, borrowing his sword from the king, gave him the
+accolade by striking him thrice upon the right shoulder and saying:
+
+"Rise, Sir Peter Brome, Knight of the most noble Order of Saint Iago,
+and by creation a Don of Spain."
+
+He rose, he bowed, retreating backwards as was the custom, and thereby
+nearly falling off the dais, which some people thought a good omen for
+Morella. As he went the king said:
+
+"Our Marshal, Sir Peter, will arrange the time and manner of your combat
+with the marquis as shall be most convenient to you both. Meanwhile, we
+command you both that no unseemly word or deed should pass between you,
+who must soon meet face to face to abide the judgment of God in battle
+_à l'outrance_. Rather, since one of you must die so shortly, do we
+entreat you to prepare your souls to appear before His judgment-seat. We
+have spoken."
+
+Now the audience appeared to think that the court was ended, for many of
+them began to rise; but the queen held up her hand and said:
+
+"There remain other matters on which we must give judgment. The señora
+here," and she pointed to Betty, "asks that her marriage should be
+declared valid, or so we understand, and the Marquis of Morella asks
+that his marriage with the said señora should be declared void, or so
+we understand. Now this is a question over which we claim no power, it
+having to do with a sacrament of the Church. Therefore we leave it to
+his Holiness the Pope in person, or by his legate, to decide according
+to his wisdom in such manner as may seem best to him, if the parties
+concerned should choose to lay their suit before him. Meanwhile, we
+declare and decree that the señora, born Elizabeth Dene, shall
+everywhere throughout our dominions, until or unless his Holiness the
+Pope shall decide to the contrary, be received and acknowledged as the
+Marchioness of Morella, and that during his lifetime her reputed husband
+shall make due provision for her maintenance, and that after his death,
+should no decision have been come to by the court of Rome upon her suit,
+she shall inherit and enjoy that proportion of his lands and property
+which belongs to a wife under the laws of this realm."
+
+Now, while Betty bowed her thanks to their Majesties till the jewels on
+her bodice rattled, and Morella scowled till his face looked as black as
+a thunder-cloud above the mountains, the audience, whispering to each
+other, once more rose to disperse. Again the queen held up her hand, for
+the judgment was not yet finished.
+
+"We have a question to ask of the gallant Sir Peter Brome and the Dona
+Margaret, his affianced. Is it still their desire to take each other in
+marriage?"
+
+Now Peter looked at Margaret, and Margaret looked at Peter, and there
+was that in their eyes which both of them understood, for he answered in
+a clear voice:
+
+"Your Majesty, that is the dearest wish of both of us."
+
+The queen smiled a little, then asked: "And do you, Señor John
+Castell, consent and allow your daughter's marriage to this knight?"
+
+"I do, indeed," he answered gravely. "Had it not been for this man
+here," and he glanced with bitter hatred at Morella, "they would have
+been united long ago, and to that end," he added with meaning, "such
+little property as I possessed has been made over to trustees in England
+for their benefit and that of their children. Therefore I am
+henceforward dependent upon their charity."
+
+"Good," said the queen. "Then one question remains to be put, and only
+one. Is it your wish, both of you, that you should be wed before the
+single combat between the Marquis of Morella and Sir Peter Brome?
+Remember, Dona Margaret, before you answer, that in this event you may
+soon be made a widow, and that if you postpone the ceremony you may
+never be a wife."
+
+Now Margaret and Peter spoke a few words together, then the former
+answered for them both.
+
+"Should my lord fall," she said in her sweet voice that trembled as she
+uttered the words, "in either case my heart will be widowed and broken.
+Let me live out my days, therefore, bearing his name, that, knowing my
+deathless grief, none may thenceforth trouble me with their love, who
+desire to remain his bride in heaven."
+
+"Well spoken," said the queen. "We decree that here in our cathedral of
+Seville you twain shall be wed on the same day, but before the Marquis
+of Morella and you, Sir Peter Brome, meet in single combat. Further,
+lest harm should be attempted against either of you," and she looked
+sideways at Morella, "you, Señora Margaret, shall be my guest until you
+leave my care to become a bride, and you, Sir Peter, shall return to
+lodge in the prison whence you came, but with liberty to see whom you
+will, and to go when and where you will, but under our protection, lest
+some attempt should be made on you."
+
+She ceased, whereon suddenly the king began speaking in his sharp, thin
+voice.
+
+"Having settled these matters of chivalry and marriage," he said, "there
+remains another, which I will not leave to the gentle lips of our
+sovereign Lady, that has to do with something higher than either of
+them--namely, the eternal welfare of men's souls, and of the Church of
+Christ on earth. It has been declared to us that the man yonder, John
+Castell, merchant of London, is that accursed thing, a Jew, who for the
+sake of gain has all his life feigned to be a Christian, and, as such,
+deceived a Christian woman into marriage; that he is, moreover, of our
+subjects, having been born in Spain, and therefore amenable to the civil
+and spiritual jurisdiction of this realm."
+
+He paused, while Margaret and Peter stared at each other affrighted.
+Only Castell stood silent and unmoved, though he guessed what must
+follow better than either of them.
+
+"We judge him not," went on the king, "who claim no authority in such
+high matters, but we do what we must do--we commit him to the Holy
+Inquisition, there to take his trial!"
+
+Now Margaret cried aloud. Peter stared about him as though for help,
+which he knew could never come, feeling more afraid than ever he had
+been in all his life, and for the first time that day Morella smiled.
+At least he would be rid of one enemy. But Castell went to Margaret and
+kissed her tenderly. Then he shook Peter by the hand, saying:
+
+"Kill that thief," and he looked at Morella, "as I know you will, and
+would if there were ten as bad at his back. And be a good husband to my
+girl, as I know you will also, for I shall ask an account of you of
+these matters when we meet where there is neither Jew nor Christian,
+priest nor king. Now be silent, and bear what must be borne as I do, for
+I have a word to say before I leave you and the world.
+
+"Your Majesties, I make no plea for myself, and when I am questioned
+before your Inquisition the task will be easy, for I desire to hide
+nothing, and will tell the truth, though not from fear or because I
+shrink from pain. Your Majesties, you have told us that these two, who,
+at least, are good enough Christians from their birth, shall be wed. I
+would ask you if any spiritual crime, or supposed crime, of mine will be
+allowed to work their separation, or to their detriment in any way
+whatsoever."
+
+"On that point," answered the queen quickly, as though she wished to get
+in her words before the king or any one else could speak, "you have our
+royal word, John Castell. Your case is apart from their case, and
+nothing of which you may be convicted shall affect them in person or,"
+she added slowly, "in property."
+
+"A large promise," muttered the king.
+
+"It is my promise," she answered decidedly, "and it shall be kept at any
+cost. These two shall marry, and if Sir Peter lives through the fray
+they shall depart from Spain unharmed, nor shall any fresh charge be
+brought against them in any court of the realm, nor shall they be
+persecuted or proceeded against in any other realm or on the high seas
+at our instance or that of our officers. Let my words be written down,
+and one copy of them signed and filed and another copy given to the Dona
+Margaret."
+
+"Your Majesty," said Castell, "I thank you, and now, if die I must, I
+shall die happy. Yet I make bold to tell you that had you not spoken
+them it was my purpose to kill myself, here before your eyes, since that
+is a sin for which none can be asked to suffer save the sinner. Also, I
+say that this Inquisition which you have set up shall eat out the heart
+of Spain and bring her greatness to the dust of death. The torture and
+the misery of those Jews, than whom you have no better or more faithful
+subjects, shall be avenged on the heads of your children's children for
+so long as their blood endures."
+
+He finished speaking, and, while something that sounded like a gasp of
+fear rose from that crowded court as the meaning of Castell's bold words
+came home to his auditors, the crowd behind him separated, and there
+appeared, walking two by two, a file of masked and hooded monks and a
+guard of soldiers, all of whom doubtless were in waiting. They came to
+John Castell, they touched him on the shoulder, they closed around him,
+hiding him as it were from the world, and in the midst of them he
+vanished away.
+
+Peter's memories of that strange day in the Alcazar at Seville always
+remained somewhat dim and blurred. It was not wonderful. Within the
+space of a few hours he had been tried for his life and acquitted. He
+had seen Betty, transformed from a humble companion into a magnificent
+and glittering marchioness, as a chrysalis is transformed into a
+butterfly, urge her strange suit against the husband who had tricked
+her, and whom she had tricked, and, for the while at any rate, more than
+hold her own, thanks to her ready wit and native strength of character.
+
+As her champion, and that of Margaret, he had challenged Morella to a
+single combat, and when his defiance was refused on the ground of his
+lack of rank, by the favour of the great Isabella, who wished to use him
+as her instrument, doubtless because of those secret ambitions of
+Morella's which Margaret had revealed to her, he had been suddenly
+advanced to the high station of a Knight of the Order of St. James of
+Spain, to which, although he cared little for it, otherwise he might
+vainly have striven to come.
+
+More, and better far, the desire of his heart would at length be
+attained, for now it was granted to him to meet his enemy, the man whom
+he hated with just cause, upon a fair field, without favour shown to one
+or the other, and to fight him to the death. He had been promised,
+further, that within some few days Margaret should be given to him as
+wife, although it well might be that she would keep that name but for a
+single hour, and that until then they both should dwell safe from
+Morella's violence and treachery; also that, whatever chanced, no suit
+should lie against them in any land for aught that they did or had
+done in Spain.
+
+Lastly, when all seemed safe save for that chance of war, whereof,
+having been bred to such things, he took but little count; when his cup,
+emptied at length of mire and sand, was brimming full with the good red
+wine of battle and of love, when it was at his very lips indeed, Fate
+had turned it to poison and to gall. Castell, his bride's father, and
+the man he loved, had been haled to the vaults of the Inquisition,
+whence he knew well he would come forth but once more, dressed in a
+yellow robe "relaxed to the civil arm," to perish slowly in the fires of
+the Quemadero, the place of burning of heretics.
+
+What would his conquest over Morella avail if Heaven should give him
+power to conquer? What kind of a bridal would that be which was sealed
+and consecrated by the death of the bride's father in the torturing
+fires of the Inquisition? How would they ever get the smell of the smoke
+of that sacrifice out of their nostrils? Castell was a brave man; no
+torments would make him recant. It was doubtful even if he would be at
+the pains to deny his faith, he who had only been baptized a Christian
+by his father for the sake of policy, and suffered the fraud to continue
+for the purposes of his business, and that he might win and keep a
+Christian wife. No, Castell was doomed, and he could no more protect him
+from priest and king than a dove can protect its nest from a pair of
+hungry peregrines.
+
+Oh that last scene! Never could Peter forget it while he lived--the
+vast, fretted hall with its painted arches and marble columns; the rays
+of the afternoon sun piercing the window-places, and streaming like
+blood on to the black robes of the monks as, with their prey, they
+vanished back into the arcade where they had lurked; Margaret's wild cry
+and ashen face as her father was torn away from her, and she sank
+fainting on to Betty's bejewelled bosom; the cruel sneer on Morella's
+lips; the king's hard smile; the pity in the queen's eye; the excited
+murmurings of the crowd; the quick, brief comments of the lawyers; the
+scratching of the clerk's quill as, careless of everything save his
+work, he recorded the various decrees; and above it all as it were,
+upright, defiant, unmoved, Castell, surrounded by the ministers of
+death, vanishing into the blackness of the arcade, vanishing into the
+jaws of the tomb.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+FATHER HENRIQUES AND THE BAKER'S OVEN
+
+A week had gone by. Margaret was in the palace, where Peter had been to
+see her twice, and found her broken-hearted. Even the fact that they
+were to be wed upon the following Saturday, the day fixed also for the
+combat between Peter and Morella, brought her no joy or consolation. For
+on the next day, the Sunday, there was to be an "Act of Faith," an
+_auto-da-fé_ in Seville, when wicked heretics, such as Jews, Moors, and
+persons who had spoken blasphemy, were to suffer for their crimes--some
+by fire on the Quemadero, or place of burning, outside the city; some by
+making public confession of their grievous sin before they were carried
+off to perpetual and solitary imprisonment; some by being garotted
+before their bodies were given to the flames, and so forth. In this
+ceremony it was known that John Castell had been doomed to play a
+leading part.
+
+On her knees, with tears and beseechings, Margaret had prayed the queen
+for mercy. But in this matter those tears produced no more effect upon
+the heart of Isabella than does water dripping on a diamond. Gentle
+enough in other ways, where questions of the Faith were concerned she
+had the craft of a fox and the cruelty of a tiger. She was even
+indignant with Margaret. Had not enough been done for her? she asked.
+Had she not even passed her royal word that no steps should be taken to
+deprive the accused of such property as he might own in Spain if he were
+found guilty, and that none of those penalties which, according to law
+and custom fell upon the children of such infamous persons, should
+attach to her, Margaret? Was she not to be publicly married to her
+lover, and, should he survive the combat, allowed to depart with him in
+honour without even being asked to see her father expiate his iniquity?
+Surely, as a good Christian she should rejoice that he was given this
+opportunity of reconciling his soul with God and be made an example to
+others of his accursed faith. Was she then a heretic also?
+
+So she stormed on, till Margaret crept from her presence wondering
+whether this creed could be right that would force the child to inform
+against and bring the parent to torment. Where were such things written
+in the sayings of the Saviour and His Apostles? And if they were not
+written, who had invented them?
+
+"Save him!--save him!" Margaret had gasped to Peter in despair. "Save
+him, or I swear to you, however much I may love you, however much we may
+seem to be married, never shall you be a husband to me."
+
+"That seems hard," replied Peter, shaking his head mournfully, "since it
+was not I who gave him over to these devils, and probably the end of it
+would be that I should share his fate. Still, I will do what a man can."
+
+"No, no," she cried in despair; "do nothing that will bring you into
+danger." But he had gone without waiting for her answer.
+
+It was night, and Peter sat in a secret room in a certain baker's shop
+in Seville. There were present there besides himself the Fray
+Henriques--now a secretary to the Holy Inquisition, but disguised as a
+layman--the woman Inez, the agent Bernaldez, and the old Jew, Israel
+of Granada.
+
+"I have brought him here, never mind how," Inez was saying, pointing to
+Henriques. "A risky and disagreeable business enough. And now what is
+the use of it?"
+
+"No use at all," answered the Fray coolly, "except to me who pocket my
+ten gold pieces."
+
+"A thousand doubloons if our friend escapes safe and sound," put in the
+old Jew Israel. "God in Heaven! think of it, a thousand doubloons."
+
+The secretary's eyes gleamed hungrily.
+
+"I could do with them well enough," he answered, "and hell could spare
+one filthy Jew for ten years or so, but I see no way. What I do see, is
+that probably all of you will join him. It is a great crime to try to
+tamper with a servant of the Holy Office."
+
+Bernaldez turned white, and the old Jew bit his nails; but Inez tapped
+the priest upon the shoulder.
+
+"Are you thinking of betraying us?" she asked in her gentle voice.
+"Look here, friend, I have some knowledge of poisons, and I swear to you
+that if you attempt it, you shall die within a week, tied in a double
+knot, and never know whence the dose came. Or I can bewitch you, I, who
+have not lived a dozen years among the Moors for nothing, so that your
+head swells and your body wastes, and you utter blasphemies, not
+knowing what you say, until for very shame's sake they toast you among
+the faggots also."
+
+"Bewitch me!" answered Henriques with a shiver. "You have done that
+already, or I should not be here."
+
+"Then, if you do not wish to be in another place before your time," went
+on Inez, still tapping his shoulder gently, "think, think! and find a
+way, worthy servant of the Holy Office."
+
+"A thousand doubloons!--a thousand gold doubloons!" croaked old Israel,
+"or if you fail, sooner or later, this month or next, this year or next,
+death--death as slow and cruel as we can make it. There are two
+Inquisitions in Spain, holy Father; but one of them does its business in
+the dark, and your name is on its ledger."
+
+Now Henriques was very frightened, as well he might be with all those
+eyes glaring at him.
+
+"You need fear nothing," he said, "I know the devilish power of your
+league too well, and that, if I kill you all, a hundred others I have
+never seen or heard of would dog me to my death, who have taken your
+accursed money."
+
+"I am glad that you understand at last, dear friend," said the soft,
+mocking voice of Inez, who stood behind the monk like an evil genius,
+and again tapped him affectionately on the shoulder, this time with the
+bare blade of a poniard. "Now be quick with that plan of yours. It grows
+late, and all holy people should be abed."
+
+"I have none. I defy you," he answered furiously.
+
+"Very well, friend--very well; then I will say good night, or rather
+farewell, since I am not likely to meet you again in this world."
+"Where are you going?" he asked anxiously.
+
+"Oh! to the palace to meet the Marquis of Morella and a friend of his, a
+relation indeed. Look you here. I have had an offer of pardon for my
+part in that marriage if I can prove that a certain base priest knew
+that he was perpetrating a fraud. Well, I _can_ prove it--you may
+remember that you wrote me a note--and, if I do, what happens to such a
+priest who chances to have incurred the hatred of a grandee of Spain and
+of his noble relation?"
+
+"I am an officer of the Holy Inquisition; no one dare touch me," he
+gasped.
+
+"Oh! I think that there are some who would take the risk. For
+instance--the king."
+
+Fray Henriques sank back in his chair. Now he understood whom Inez meant
+by the noble relative of Morella, understood also that he had been
+trapped. "On Sunday morning," he began in a hollow whisper, "the
+procession will be formed, and wind through the streets of the city to
+the theatre, where the sermon will be preached before those who are
+relaxed proceed to the Quemadero. About eight o'clock it turns on to the
+quay for a little way only, and here will be but few spectators, since
+the view of the pageant is bad, nor is the road guarded there. Now, if a
+dozen determined men were waiting disguised as peasants with a boat at
+hand, perhaps they might----" and he paused.
+
+Then Peter, who had been watching and listening to all this play, spoke
+for the first time, asking:
+
+"In such an event, reverend Sir, how would those determined men know
+which was the victim that they sought?"
+
+"The heretic John Castell," he answered, "will be seated on an ass,
+clad in a _zamarra_ of sheepskin painted with fiends and a likeness of
+his own head burning--very well done, for I, who can draw, had a hand in
+it. Also, he alone will have a rope round his neck, by which he may
+be known."
+
+"Why will he be seated on an ass?" asked Peter savagely. "Because you
+have tortured him so that he cannot walk?"
+
+"Not so--not so," said the Dominican, shrinking from those fierce eyes.
+"He has never been questioned at all, not a single turn of the
+_mancuerda_, I swear to you, Sir Knight. What was the use, since he
+openly avows himself an accursed Jew?"
+
+"Be more gentle in your talk, friend," broke in Inez, with her familiar
+tap upon the shoulder. "There are those here who do not think so ill of
+Jews as you do in your Holy House, but who understand how to apply the
+_mancuerda_, and can make a very serviceable rack out of a plank and a
+pulley or two such as lie in the next room. Cultivate courtesy, most
+learned priest, lest before you leave this place you should add a cubit
+to your stature."
+
+"Go on," growled Peter.
+
+"Moreover," added Fray Henriques shakily, "orders came that it was not
+to be done. The Inquisitors thought otherwise, as they believed
+--doubtless in error--that he might have accomplices whose names
+he would give up; but the orders said that as he had lived so long in
+England, and only recently travelled to Spain, he could have none.
+Therefore he is sound--sound as a bell; never before, I am told, has an
+impenitent Jew gone to the stake in such good case, however worthy and
+worshipful he might be."
+
+"So much the better for you, if you do not lie," answered Peter.
+"Continue!"
+
+"There is nothing more to say, except that I shall be walking near to
+him with the two guards, and, of course, if he were snatched away from
+us, and there were no boats handy in which to pursue, we could not help
+it, could we? Indeed, we priests, who are men of peace, might even fly
+at the sight of cruel violence."
+
+"I should advise you to fly fast and far," said Peter. "But, Inez, what
+hold have you on this friend of yours? He will trick everybody."
+
+"A thousand doubloons--a thousand doubloons!" muttered old Israel like a
+sleepy parrot.
+
+"He may think to screw more than that out of the carcases of some of us,
+old man. Come, Inez, you are quick at this game. How can we best hold
+him to his word?"
+
+"Dead, I think," broke in Bernaldez, who knew his danger as the partner
+and relative of Castell, and the nominal owner of the ship _Margaret_ in
+which it was purposed that he should escape. "We know all that he can
+tell, and if we let him go he will betray us soon or late. Kill him out
+of the way, I say, and burn his body in the oven."
+
+Now Henriques fell upon his knees, and with groans and tears began to
+implore mercy.
+
+"Why do you complain so?" asked Inez, watching him with reflective eyes.
+"The end would be much gentler than that which you righteous folk mete
+out to many more honest men, yes, and women too. For my part, I think
+that the Señor Bernaldez gives good counsel. Better that you should
+die, who are but one, than all of us and others, for you will understand
+that we cannot trust you. Has any one got a rope?"
+
+Now Henriques grovelled on the ground before her, kissing the hem of her
+robe, and praying her in the name of all the saints to show pity on one
+who had been betrayed into this danger by love of her.
+
+"Of money you mean, Toad," she answered, kicking him with her slippered
+foot. "I had to listen to your talk of love while we journeyed together,
+and before, but here I need not, and if you speak of it again you shall
+go living into that baker's oven. Oh! you have forgotten it, but I have
+a long score to settle with you. You were a familiar of the Holy Office
+here at Seville--were you not?--before Morella promoted you to Motril
+for your zeal, and made you one of his chaplains? Well, I had a sister,"
+And she knelt down and whispered a name into his ear.
+
+He uttered a sound--it was more of a scream than a gasp.
+
+"I had nothing to do with her death," he protested. "She was brought
+within the walls of the Holy House by some one who had a grudge against
+her and bore false witness."
+
+"Yes, I know. It was you who had the grudge, you snake-souled rogue, and
+it was you who gave the false witness. It was you, also, who but the
+other day volunteered the corroborative evidence that was necessary
+against Castell, saying that he had passed the Rood at your house in
+Motril without doing it reverence, and other things. It was you, too,
+who urged your superiors to put him to the question, because you said he
+was rich and had rich friends, and much money could be wrung out of him
+and them, whereof you were to get your share. Oh! yes, my information is
+good, is it not? Even what passes in the dungeons of the Holy House
+comes to the ears of the woman Inez. Well, do you still think that
+baker's oven too hot for you?"
+
+By this time Henriques was speechless with terror. There he knelt upon
+the floor, glaring at this soft-voiced, remorseless woman who had made a
+tool and a fool of him; who had beguiled him there that night, and who
+hated him so bitterly and with so just a cause. Peter was speaking now.
+
+"It would be better not to stain our hands with the creature's blood,"
+he said. "Caged rats give little sport, and he might be tracked. For my
+part, I would leave his judgment to God. Have you no other way, Inez?"
+
+She thought a while, then prodded the Fray Henriques with her foot,
+saying:
+
+"Get up, sainted secretary to the Holy Office, and do a little writing,
+which will be easy to you. See, here are pens and paper. Now
+I'll dictate:
+
+"'Most Adorable Inez,
+
+"'Your dear message has reached me safely here in this accursed Holy
+House, where we lighten heretics of their sins to the benefit of their
+souls, and of their goods to the benefit of our own bodies----'"
+
+"I cannot write it," groaned Henriques; "it is rank heresy."
+
+"No, only the truth," answered Inez.
+
+"Heresy and the truth--well, they are often the same thing. They would
+burn me for it."
+
+"That is just what many heretics have urged. They have died gloriously
+for what they hold to be the truth, why should not you? Listen," she
+went on more sternly. "Will you take your chance of burning on the
+Quemadero, which you will not do unless you betray us, or will you
+certainly burn more privately, but better, in a baker's oven, and within
+half an hour? Ah! I thought you would not hesitate. Continue your
+letter, most learned scribe. Are those words down? Yes. Now add these:
+
+"'I note all you tell me about the trial at the Alcazar before their
+Majesties. I believe that the Englishwoman will win her case. That was a
+very pretty trick that I played on the most noble marquis at Granada.
+Nothing neater was ever done, even in this place. Well, I owed him a
+long score, and I have paid him off in full. I should like to have seen
+his exalted countenance when he surveyed the features of his bride, the
+waiting-woman, and knew that the mistress was safe away with another
+man. The nephew of the king, who would like himself to be king some day,
+married to an English waiting-woman! Good, very good, dear Inez.
+
+"'Now, as regards the Jew, John Castell. I think that the matter may
+possibly be managed, provided that the money is all right, for, as you
+know, I do not work for nothing. Thus----'" And Inez dictated with
+admirable lucidity those suggestions as to the rescue of Castell, with
+which the reader is already acquainted, ending the letter as follows:
+
+"'These Inquisitors here are cruel beasts, though fonder of money than
+of blood; for all their talk about zeal for the Faith is so much wind
+behind the mountains. They care as much for the Faith as the mountain
+cares for the wind, or, let us say, as I do. They wanted to torture the
+poor devil, thinking that he would rain maravedis; but I gave a hint in
+the right quarter, and their fun was stopped. Carissima, I must stop
+also; it is my hour for duty, but I hope to meet you as arranged, and we
+will have a merry evening. Love to the newly married marquis, if you
+meet him, and to yourself you know how much.
+
+"'Your
+
+"'HENRIQUES.
+
+"'POSTSCRIPTUM.--This position will scarcely be as remunerative as I
+hoped, so I am glad to be able to earn a little outside, enough to buy
+you a present that will make your pretty eyes shine.'
+
+"There!" said Inez mildly, "I think that covers everything, and would
+burn you three or four times over. Let me read it to see that it is
+plainly written and properly signed, for in such matters a good deal
+turns on handwriting. Yes, that will do. Now you understand, don't you,
+if anything goes wrong about the matter we have been talking of--that
+is, if the worthy John Castell is not rescued, or a smell of our little
+plot should get into the wind--this letter goes at once to the right
+quarter, and a certain secretary will wish that he had never been born.
+Man!" she added in a hissing whisper, "you shall die by inches as my
+sister did."
+
+"A thousand doubloons if the thing succeeds, and you live to claim
+them," croaked old Israel. "I do not go back upon my word. Death and
+shame and torture or a thousand doubloons. Now he knows our terms,
+blindfold him again, Señor Bernaldez, and away with him, for he poisons
+the air. But first you, Inez, be gone and lodge that letter where
+you know."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+That same night two cloaked figures, Peter and Bernaldez, were rowed in
+a little boat out to where the _Margaret_ lay in the river, and, making
+her fast, slipped up the ship's side into the cabin. Here the stout
+English captain, Smith, was waiting for them, and so glad was the honest
+fellow to see Peter that he cast his arms about him and hugged him, for
+they had not met since that desperate adventure of the boarding of the
+_San Antonio_.
+
+"Is your ship fit for sea, Captain?" asked Peter.
+
+"She will never be fitter," he answered. "When shall I get sailing
+orders?"
+
+"When the owner comes aboard," answered Peter.
+
+"Then we shall stop here until we rot; they have trapped him in their
+Inquisition. What is in your mind, Peter Brome?--what is in your mind?
+Is there a chance?"
+
+"Aye, Captain, I think so, if you have a dozen fellows of the right
+English stuff between decks."
+
+"We have got that number, and one or two more. But what's the plan?"
+
+Peter told him.
+
+"Not so bad," said Smith, slapping his heavy hand upon his knee; "but
+risky--very risky. That Inez must be a good girl. I should like to marry
+her, notwithstanding her bygones."
+
+Peter laughed, thinking what an odd couple they would make. "Hear the
+rest, then talk," he said. "See now! On Saturday next Mistress Margaret
+and I are to be married in the cathedral; then, towards sunset, the
+Marquis of Morella and I run our course in the great bull-ring yonder,
+and you and half a dozen of your men will be present. Now, I may conquer
+or I may fail----"
+
+"Never!--never!" said the captain. "I wouldn't give a pair of old boots
+for that fine Spaniard's chance when you get at him. Why, you will crimp
+him like a cod-fish!"
+
+"God knows!" answered Peter. "If I win, my wife and I make our adieux to
+their Majesties, and ride away to the quay, where the boat will be
+waiting, and you will row us on board the _Margaret_. If I fail, you
+will take up my body, and, accompanied by my widow, bring it in the same
+fashion on board the _Margaret_, for I shall give it out that in this
+case I wish to be embalmed in wine and taken back to England for burial.
+In either event, you will drop your ship a little way down the river
+round the bend, so that folk may think that you have sailed. In the
+darkness you must work her back with the tide and lay her behind those
+old hulks, and if any ask you why, say that three of your men have not
+yet come aboard, and that you have dropped back for them, and whatever
+else you like. Then, in case I should not be alive to guide you, you and
+ten or twelve of the best sailors will land at the spot that this
+gentleman will show you to-morrow, wearing Spanish cloaks so as not to
+attract attention, but being well armed underneath them, like idlers
+from some ship who had come ashore to see the show. I have told you how
+you may know Master Castell. When you see him make a rush for him, cut
+down any that try to stop you, tumble him into the boat, and row for
+your lives to the ship, which will slip her moorings and get up her
+canvas as soon as she sees you coming, and begin to drop down the river
+with the tide and wind, if there is one. That is the plot, but God alone
+knows the end of it! which depends upon Him and the sailors. Will you
+play this game for the love of a good man and the rest of us? If you
+succeed, you shall be rich for life, all of you."
+
+"Aye," answered the captain, "and there's my hand on it. So sure as my
+name is Smith, we will hook him out of that hell if men can do it, and
+not for the money either. Why, Peter, we have sat here idle so long,
+waiting for you and our lady, that we shall be glad of the fun. At any
+rate, there will be some dead Spaniards before they have done with us,
+and, if we are worsted, I'll leave the mate and enough hands upon the
+ship to bring her safe to Tilbury. But we won't be--we won't be. By this
+day week we will all be rolling homewards across the Bay with never a
+Spaniard within three hundred miles, you and your lady and Master
+Castell, too. I know it! I tell you, lad, I know it!"
+
+"How do you know it?" asked Peter curiously.
+
+"Because I dreamed it last night. I saw you and Mistress Margaret
+sitting sweet as sugar, with your arms around each other's middles,
+while I talked to the master, and the sun went down with the wind
+blowing stiff from sou-sou-west, and a gale threatening. I tell you that
+I dreamed it--I who am not given to dreams."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+THE FALCON STOOPS
+
+It was the marriage day of Margaret and Peter. Clad in white armour that
+had been sent to him as a present from the queen, a sign and a token of
+her good wishes for his success in his combat with Morella, wearing the
+insignia of a Knight of St. James hanging by a ribbon from his neck, his
+shield emblazoned with his coat of the stooping falcon, which appeared
+also upon the white cloak that hung from his shoulders, behind him a
+squire of high degree, who carried his plumed casque and lance, and
+accompanied by an escort of the royal guards, Peter rode from his
+quarters in the prison to the palace gates, and waited there as he had
+been bidden. Presently they opened, and through them, seated on a
+palfrey, appeared Margaret, wonderfully attired in white and silver, but
+with her veil lifted so that her face could be seen. She was companioned
+by a troop of maidens mounted, all of them, on white horses, and at her
+side, almost outshining her in glory of apparel, and attended by all her
+household, rode Betty, Marchioness of Morella--at any rate for that
+present time.
+
+Although she could never be less than beautiful, it was a worn and pale
+Margaret who bowed her greetings to the bridegroom without those palace
+gates. What wonder, since she knew that within a few hours his life
+must be set upon the hazard of a desperate fray. What wonder, since she
+knew that to-morrow her father was doomed to be burnt living upon the
+Quemadero.
+
+They met, they greeted; then, with silver trumpets blowing before them,
+the glittering procession wound its way through the narrow streets of
+Seville. But few words passed between them, whose hearts were too full
+for words, who had said all they had to say, and now abided the issue of
+events. Betty, however, whom many of the populace took for the bride,
+because her air was so much the happier of the two, would not be silent.
+Indeed she chid Margaret for her lack of gaiety upon such an occasion.
+
+"Oh, Betty!--Betty!" answered Margaret, "how can I be gay, upon whose
+heart lies the burden of to-morrow?"
+
+"A pest upon the burden of to-morrow!" exclaimed Betty. "The burden of
+to-day is enough for me, and that is not so bad to bear. Never shall we
+have another such ride as this, with all the world staring at us, and
+every woman in Seville envying us and our good looks and the favour of
+the queen."
+
+"I think it is you they stare at and envy," said Margaret, glancing at
+the splendid woman at her side, whose beauty she knew well over-shadowed
+her own rarer loveliness, at any rate in a street pageant, as in the
+sunshine the rose overshadows the lily.
+
+"Well," answered Betty, "if so, it is because I put the better face on
+things, and smile even if my heart bleeds. At least, your lot is more
+hopeful than mine. If your husband has to fight to the death presently,
+so has mine, and between ourselves I favour Peter's chances. He is a
+very stubborn fighter, Peter, and wonderfully strong--too stubborn and
+strong for any Spaniard."
+
+"Well, that is as it should be," said Margaret, smiling faintly, "seeing
+that Peter is your champion, and if he loses, you are stamped as a
+serving-girl, and a woman of no character."
+
+"A serving-girl I was, or something not far different," replied Betty in
+a reflective voice, "and my character is a matter between me and Heaven,
+though, after all, it might scrape through where others fail to pass. So
+these things do not trouble me over much. What troubles me is that if my
+champion wins he kills my husband."
+
+"You don't want him to be killed then?" asked Margaret, glancing at her.
+
+"No, I think not," answered Betty with a little shake in her voice, and
+turning her head aside for a moment. "I know he is a scoundrel, but, you
+see, I always liked this scoundrel, just as you always hated him, so I
+cannot help wishing that he was going to meet some one who hits a little
+less hard than Peter. Also, if he dies, without doubt his heirs will
+raise suits against me."
+
+"At any rate your father is not going to be burnt to-morrow," said
+Margaret to change the subject, which, to tell the truth, was an
+awkward one.
+
+"No, Cousin, if my father had his deserts, according to all accounts,
+although the lineage that I gave of him is true enough, doubtless he was
+burnt long ago, and still goes on burning--in Purgatory, I mean--though
+God knows I would never bring a faggot to his fire. But Master Castell
+will not be burnt, so why fret about it."
+
+"What makes you say that?" asked Margaret, who had not confided the
+details of a certain plot to Betty.
+
+"I don't know, but I am sure that Peter will get him out somehow. He is
+a very good stick to lean on, Peter, although he seems so hard and
+stupid and silent, which, after all, is in the nature of sticks. But
+look, there is the cathedral--is it not a fine place?--and a great crowd
+of people waiting round the gate. Now smile, Cousin. Bow and smile as
+I do."
+
+They rode up to the great doors, where Peter, springing to the ground,
+assisted his bride from her palfrey. Then the procession formed, and
+they entered the wonderful place, preceded by vergers with staves, and
+by acolytes. Margaret had never visited it before, and never saw it
+again, but all her life the memory of it remained clear and vivid in her
+mind. The cold chill of the air within, the semi-darkness after the
+glare of the sunshine, the seven great naves, or aisles, stretching
+endlessly to right and left, the dim and towering roof, the pillars that
+sprang to it everywhere like huge forest trees aspiring to the skies,
+the solemn shadows pierced by lines of light from the high-cut windows,
+the golden glory of the altars, the sounds of chanting, the sepulchres
+of the dead--a sense of all these things rushed in upon her,
+overpowering her and stamping the picture of them for ever on
+her memory.
+
+Slowly they passed onward to the choir, and round it to the steps of the
+great altar of the chief chapel. Here, between the choir and the chapel,
+was gathered the congregation--no small one--and here, side by side to
+the right and without the rails, in chairs of state, sat their Majesties
+of Spain, who had chosen to grace this ceremony with their presence.
+More, as the bride came, the queen Isabella, as a special act of grace,
+rose from her seat and, bending forward, kissed her on the cheek, while
+the choir sang and the noble music rolled. It was a splendid spectacle,
+this marriage of hers, celebrated in perhaps the most glorious fane in
+Europe. But even as Margaret noted it and watched the bishops and
+priests decked with glittering embroideries, summoned there to do her
+honour, as they moved to and fro in the mysterious ceremonial of the
+Mass, she bethought her of other rites equally glorious that would take
+place on the morrow in the greatest square of Seville, where these same
+dignitaries would condemn fellow human beings--perhaps among them her
+own father--to be married to the cruel flame.
+
+Side by side they knelt before the wondrous altar, while the
+incense-clouds from the censers floated up one by one till they were
+lost in the gloom above, as the smoke of to-morrow's sacrifice would
+lose itself in the heavens, she and her husband, won at last, won after
+so many perils, perhaps to be lost again for ever before night fell upon
+the world. The priests chanted, the gorgeous bishop bowed over them and
+muttered the marriage service of their faith, the ring was set upon her
+hand, the troths were plighted, the benediction spoken, and they were
+man and wife till death should them part, that death which stood so near
+to them in this hour of life fulfilled. Then they two, who already that
+morning had made confession of their sins, kneeling alone before the
+altar, ate of the holy Bread, sealing a mystery with a mystery.
+
+All was done and over, and rising, they turned and stayed a moment hand
+in hand while the sweet-voiced choir sang some wondrous chant.
+Margaret's eyes wandered over the congregation till presently they
+lighted upon the dark face of Morella, who stood apart a little way,
+surrounded by his squires and gentlemen, and watched her. More, he came
+to her, and bowing low, whispered to her:
+
+"We are players in a strange game, my lady Margaret, and what will be
+its end, I wonder? Shall I be dead to-night, or you a widow? Aye, and
+where was its beginning? Not here, I think. And where, oh where shall
+this seed we sow bear fruit? Well, think as kindly of me as you can,
+since I loved you who love me not."
+
+And again bowing, first to her, then to Peter, he passed on, taking no
+note of Betty, who stood near, considering him with her large eyes, as
+though she also wondered what would be the end of all this play.
+
+Surrounded by their courtiers, the king and queen left the cathedral,
+and after them came the bridegroom and the bride. They mounted their
+horses and in the glory of the southern sunlight rode through the
+cheering crowd back to the palace and to the marriage feast, where their
+table was set but just below that of their Majesties. It was long and
+magnificent; but little could they eat, and, save to pledge each other
+in the ceremonial cup, no wine passed their lips. At length some
+trumpets blew, and their Majesties rose, the king saying in his thin,
+clear voice that he would not bid his guests farewell, since very
+shortly they would all meet again in another place, where the gallant
+bridegroom, a gentleman of England, would champion the cause of his
+relative and countrywoman against one of the first grandees of Spain
+whom she alleged had done her wrong. That fray, alas! would be no
+pleasure joust, but to the death, for the feud between these knights was
+deep and bitter, and such were the conditions of their combat. He could
+not wish success to the one or to the other; but of this he was sure,
+that in all Seville there was no heart that would not give equal honour
+to the conqueror and the conquered, sure also that both would bear
+themselves as became brave knights of Spain and England.
+
+Then the trumpets blew again, and the squires and gentlemen who were
+chosen to attend him came bowing to Peter, and saying that it was time
+for him to arm. Bride and bridegroom rose and, while all the spectators
+fell back out of hearing, but watching them with curious eyes, spoke
+some few words together.
+
+"We part," said Peter, "and I know not what to say."
+
+"Say nothing, husband," she answered him, "lest your words should weaken
+me. Go now, and bear you bravely, as you will for your own honour and
+that of England, and for mine. Dead or living you are my darling, and
+dead or living we shall meet once more and be at rest for aye. My
+prayers be with you, Sir Peter, my prayers and my eternal love, and may
+they bring strength to your arm and comfort to your heart."
+
+Then she, who would not embrace him before all those folk, curtseyed
+till her knee almost touched the ground, while low he bent before her, a
+strange and stately parting, or so thought that company; and taking the
+hand of Betty, Margaret left him.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Two hours had gone by. The Plaza de Toros, for the great square where
+tournaments were wont to be held was in the hands of those who prepared
+it for the _auto-da-fé_ of the morrow, was crowded as it had seldom been
+before. This place was a huge amphitheatre--perchance the Romans built
+it--where all sorts of games were celebrated, among them the baiting of
+bulls as it was practised in those days, and other semi-savage sports.
+Twelve thousand people could sit upon the benches that rose tier upon
+tier around the vast theatre, and scarce a seat was empty. The arena
+itself, that was long enough for horses starting at either end of it to
+come to their full speed, was strewn with white sand, as it may have
+been in the days when gladiators fought there. Over the main entrance
+and opposite to the centre of the ring were placed the king and queen
+with their lords and ladies, and between them, but a little behind, her
+face hid by her bridal veil, sat Margaret, upright and silent as a
+statue. Exactly in front of them, on the further side of the ring in a
+pavilion, and attended by her household, appeared Betty, glittering with
+gold and jewels, since she was the lady in whose cause, at least in
+name, this combat was to be fought _à l'outrance._ Quite unmoved she
+sat, and her presence seemed to draw every eye in that vast assembly
+which talked of her while it waited, with a sound like the sound of the
+sea as it murmurs on a beach at night.
+
+Now the trumpets blew, and silence fell, and then, preceded by heralds
+in golden tabards, Carlos, Marquis of Morella, followed by his squires,
+rode into the ring through the great entrance. He bestrode a splendid
+black horse, and was arrayed in coal-black armour, while from his casque
+rose black ostrich plumes. On his shield, however, painted in scarlet,
+appeared the eagle crowned with the coronet of his rank, and beneath,
+the proud motto--"What I seize I tear." A splendid figure, he pressed
+his horse into the centre of the arena, then causing it to wheel round,
+pawing the air with its forelegs, saluted their Majesties by raising his
+long, steel-tipped lance, while the multitude greeted him with a shout.
+This done, he and his company rode away to their station at the north
+end of the ring.
+
+Again the trumpets sounded, and a herald appeared, while after him,
+mounted on a white horse, and clad in his white armour that glistened in
+the sun, with white plumes rising from his casque, and on his shield the
+stooping falcon blazoned in gold with the motto of "For love and honour"
+beneath it, appeared the tall, grim shape of Sir Peter Brome. He, too,
+rode out into the centre of the arena, and, turning his horse quite
+soberly, as though it were on a road, lifted his lance in salute. Now
+there was no cheering, for this knight was a foreigner, yet soldiers who
+were there said to each other that he looked like one who would not
+easily be overthrown.
+
+A third time the trumpets sounded, and the two champions, advancing from
+their respective stations, drew rein side by side in front of their
+Majesties, where the conditions of the combat were read aloud to them by
+the chief herald. They were short. That the fray should be to the death
+unless the king and queen willed otherwise and the victor consented;
+that it should be on horse or on foot, with lance or sword or dagger,
+but that no broken weapon might be replaced and no horse or armour
+changed; that the victor should be escorted from the place of combat
+with all honour, and allowed to depart whither he would, in the kingdom
+or out of it, and no suit or blood-feud raised against him; and that the
+body of the fallen be handed over to his friends for burial, also with
+all honour. That the issue of this fray should in no way affect any
+cause pleaded in Courts ecclesiastical or civil, by the lady who
+asserted herself to be the Marchioness of Morella, or by the most noble
+Marquis of Morella, whom she claimed as her husband.
+
+These conditions having been read, the champions were asked if they
+assented to them, whereon each of them answered, "Aye!" in a clear
+voice. Then the herald, speaking on behalf of Sir Peter Brome, by
+creation a knight of St. Iago and a Don of Spain, solemnly challenged
+the noble Marquis of Morella to single combat to the death, in that he,
+the said marquis, had aspersed the name of his relative, the English
+lady, Elizabeth Dene, who claimed to be his wife, duly united to him in
+holy wedlock, and for sundry other causes and injuries worked towards
+him, the said Sir Peter Brome, and his wife, Dame Margaret Brome, and in
+token thereof, threw down a gauntlet, which gauntlet the Marquis of
+Morella lifted upon the point of his lance and cast over his shoulder,
+thus accepting the challenge.
+
+Now the combatants dropped their visors, which heretofore had been
+raised, and their squires, coming forward, examined the fastenings of
+their armour, their weapons, and the girths and bridles of their
+horses. These being pronounced sound and good, pursuivants took the
+steeds by the bridles and led them to the far ends of the lists. At a
+signal from the king a single clarion blew, whereon the pursuivants
+loosed their hold of the bridles and sprang back. Another clarion blew,
+and the knights gathered up their reins, settled their shields, and set
+their lances in rest, bending forward over their horses' necks.
+
+An intense silence fell upon all the watching multitude as that of night
+upon the sea, and in the midst of it the third clarion blew--to Margaret
+it sounded like the trump of doom. From twelve thousand throats one
+great sigh went up, like the sigh of wind upon the sea, and ere it died
+away, from either end of the arena, like arrows from the bow, like
+levens from a cloud, the champions started forth, their stallions
+gathering speed at every stride. Look, they met! Fair on each shield
+struck a lance, and backward reeled their holders. The keen points
+glanced aside or up, and the knights, recovering themselves, rushed past
+each other, shaken but unhurt. At the ends of the lists the squires
+caught the horses by the bridles and turned them. The first course
+was run.
+
+Again the clarions blew, and again they started forward, and presently
+again they met in mid career. As before, the lances struck upon the
+shields; but so fearful was the impact, that Peter's shivered, while
+that of Morella, sliding from the topmost rim of his foe's buckler, got
+hold in his visor bars. Back went Peter beneath the blow, back and still
+back, till almost he lay upon his horse's crupper. Then, when it seemed
+that he must fall, the lacings of his helm burst. It was torn from his
+head, and Morella passed on bearing it transfixed upon his spear point.
+
+"The Falcon falls," screamed the spectators; "he is unhorsed."
+
+But Peter was not unhorsed. Freed from that awful pressure, he let drop
+the shattered shaft and, grasping at his saddle strap, dragged himself
+back into the selle. Morella tried to stay his charger, that he might
+come about and fall upon the Englishman before he could recover himself;
+but the brute was heady, and would not be turned till he saw the wall of
+faces in front of him. Now they were round, both of them, but Peter had
+no spear and no helm, while the lance of Morella was cumbered with his
+adversary's casque that he strove to shake free from it, but in vain.
+
+"Draw your sword," shouted voices to Peter--the English voices of Smith
+and his sailors--and he put his hand down to do so, then bethought him
+of some other counsel, for he let it lie within its scabbard, and,
+spurring the white horse, came at Morella like a storm.
+
+"The Falcon will be spiked," they screamed. "The Eagle wins!--the Eagle
+wins!" And indeed it seemed that it must be so. Straight at Peter's
+undefended face drove Morella's lance, but lo! as it came he let fall
+his reins and with his shield he struck at the white plumes about its
+point, the plumes torn from his own head. He had judged well, for up
+flew those plumes, a little, a very little, yet far enough to give him
+space, crouching on his saddle-bow, to pass beneath the deadly spear.
+Then, as they swept past each other, out shot that long, right arm of
+his and, gripping Morella like a hook of steel, tore him from his
+saddle, so that the black horse rushed forward riderless, and the white
+sped on bearing a double burden.
+
+Grasping desperately, Morella threw his arms about his neck, and
+intertwined, black armour mixed with white, they swayed to and fro,
+while the frightened horse beneath rushed this way and that till,
+swerving suddenly, together they fell upon the sand, and for a moment
+lay there stunned.
+
+"Who conquers?" gasped the crowd; while others answered, "Both are
+sped!" And, leaning forward in her chair, Margaret tore off her veil and
+watched with a face like the face of death.
+
+See! As they had fallen together, so together they stirred and
+rose--rose unharmed. Now they sprang back, out flashed the long swords,
+and, while the squires caught the horses and, running in, seized the
+broken spears, they faced each other. Having no helm, Peter held his
+buckler above his head to shelter it, and, ever calm, awaited the
+onslaught.
+
+At him came Morella, and with a light, grating sound his sword fell upon
+the steel. Before he could recover himself Peter struck back; but
+Morella bent his knees, and the stroke only shore the black plumes from
+his casque. Quick as light he drove at Peter's face with his point; but
+the Englishman leapt to one side, and the thrust went past him. Again
+Morella came at him, and struck so mighty a blow that, although Peter
+caught it on his buckler, it sliced through the edge of it and fell upon
+his unprotected neck and shoulder, wounding him, for now red blood
+showed on the white armour, and Peter reeled back beneath the stroke.
+
+"The Eagle wins!--the Eagle wins! Spain and the Eagle" shouted ten
+thousand throats. In the momentary silence that followed, a single
+voice, a clear woman's voice, which even then Margaret knew for that of
+Inez, cried from among the crowd:
+
+"Nay, the Falcon stoops!"
+
+Before the sound of her words died away, maddened it would seem, by the
+pain of his wound, or the fear of defeat, Peter shouted out his war-cry
+of _"A Brome! A Brome"_! and, gathering himself together, sprang
+straight at Morella as springs a starving wolf. The blue steel flickered
+in the sunlight, then down it fell, and lo! half the Spaniard's helm lay
+on the sand, while it was Morella's turn to reel backward--and more, as
+he did so, he let fall his shield.
+
+"A stroke!--a good stroke!" roared the crowd. "The Falcon!--the Falcon!"
+
+Peter saw that fallen shield, and whether for chivalry's sake, as
+thought the cheering multitude, or to free his left arm, he cast away
+his own, and grasping the sword with both hands rushed on the Spaniard.
+From that moment, helmless though he was, the issue lay in doubt no
+longer. Betty had spoken of Peter as a stubborn swordsman and a hard
+hitter, and both of these he now showed himself to be. As fresh to all
+appearance as when he ran the first course, he rained blow after blow
+upon the hapless Spaniard, till the sound of his sword smiting on the
+good Toledo steel was like the sound of a hammer falling continually on
+the smith's red iron. They were fearful blows, yet still the tough steel
+held, and still Morella, doing what he might, staggered back beneath
+them, till at length he came in front of the tribune, in which sat their
+Majesties and Margaret. Out of the corner of his eye Peter saw the
+place, and determined in his stout heart that then and there he would
+end the thing. Parrying a cut which the desperate Spaniard made at his
+head, he thrust at him so heavily that his blade bent like a bow, and,
+although he could not pierce the black mail, almost lifted Morella from
+his feet. Then, as he reeled backwards, Peter whirled his sword on high,
+and, shouting "_Margaret!_" struck downwards with all his strength. It
+fell as lightning falls, swift, keen, dazzling the eyes of all who
+watched. Morella raised his arm to break the blow. In vain! The weapon
+that he held was shattered, the casque beneath was cloven, and, throwing
+his arms wide, he fell heavily to the ground and lay there
+moving feebly.
+
+For an instant there was silence, and in it a shrill woman's voice that
+cried:
+
+"The Falcon has stooped. The English hawk _has stooped!_"
+
+Then there arose a tumult of shouting. "He is dead!" "Nay, he stirs."
+"Kill him!" "Spare him; he fought well!"
+
+Peter leaned upon his sword, looking at the fallen foe. Then he glanced
+upwards at their Majesties, but these sat silent, making no sign, only
+he saw Margaret try to rise from her seat and speak, to be pulled back
+to it again by the hands of women. A deep hush fell upon the watching
+thousands who waited for the end. Peter looked at Morella. Alas! he
+still lived, his sword and the stout helmet had broken the weight of
+that stroke, mighty though it had been. The man was but wounded in three
+places and stunned. "What must I do?" asked Peter in a hollow voice to
+the royal pair above him.
+
+Now the king, who seemed moved, was about to speak; but the queen bent
+forward and whispered something to him, and he remained silent. They
+both were silent. All the intent multitude was silent. Knowing what this
+dreadful silence meant, Peter cast down his sword and drew his dagger,
+wherewith to cut the lashings of Morella's gorget and give the _coup
+de grâce_.
+
+Just then it was that for the first time he heard a sound, far away upon
+the other side of the arena, and, looking thither, saw the strangest
+sight that ever his eyes beheld. Over the railing of the pavilion
+opposite to him a woman climbed nimbly as a cat, and from it, like a
+cat, dropped to the ground full ten feet below, then, gathering up her
+dress about her knees, ran swiftly towards him. It was Betty! Betty
+without a doubt! Betty in her gorgeous garb, with pearls and braided
+hair flying loose behind her. He stared amazed. All stared amazed, and
+in half a minute she was on them, and, standing over the fallen Morella,
+gasped out:
+
+"Let him be! I bid you let him be."
+
+Peter knew not what to do or say, so advanced to speak with her, whereon
+with a swoop like that of a swallow she pounced upon his sword that lay
+in the sand and, leaping back to Morella, shook it on high, shouting:
+
+"You will have to fight me first, Peter."
+
+Indeed, she did more, striking at him so shrewdly with his own sword
+that he was forced to spring sideways to avoid the stroke. Now a great
+roar of laughter went up to heaven. Yes, even Peter laughed, for no
+such thing as this had ever before been seen in Spain. It died away, and
+again Betty, who had no low voice, shouted in her villainous Spanish:
+
+"He shall kill me before he kills my husband. Give me my husband!"
+
+"Take him, for my part," answered Peter, whereon, letting fall the
+sword, Betty, filled with the strength of despair, lifted the senseless
+Spaniard in her strong white arms as though he were a child, and his
+bleeding head lying on her shoulder, strove to carry him away, but
+could not.
+
+Then, while all that audience cheered frantically, Peter with a gesture
+of despair threw down his dagger and once more appealed to their
+Majesties. The king rose and held up his hand, at the same time
+motioning to Morella's squires to take him from the woman, which, seeing
+their cognizance, Betty allowed them to do.
+
+"Marchioness of Morella," said the king, for the first time giving her
+that title, "your honour is cleared, your champion has conquered, and
+this fierce fray was to the death. What have you to say?"
+
+"Nothing," answered Betty, "except that I love the man, though he has
+treated me and others ill, and, as I knew he would if he crossed swords
+with Peter, has got his deserts for his deeds. I say I love him, and if
+Peter wishes to kill him, he must kill me first."
+
+"Sir Peter Brome," said the king, "the judgment lies in your hand. We
+give you the man's life, to grant or to take."
+
+Peter thought a while, then answered:
+
+"I grant him his life if he will acknowledge this lady to be his true
+and lawful wife, and live with her as such, now and for ever, staying
+all suits against her."
+
+"How can he do that, you fool," asked Betty, "when you have knocked all
+his senses out of him with that great sword of yours?"
+
+"Perhaps," suggested Peter humbly, "some one will do it for him."
+
+"Yes," said Isabella, speaking for the first time, "I will. On behalf of
+the Marquis of Morella I promise these things, Don Peter Brome, before
+all these people here gathered. I add this: that if he should live, and
+it pleases him to break this promise made on his behalf to save him from
+death, then let his name be shamed, yes, let it become a byword and a
+scorn. Proclaim it, heralds."
+
+So the heralds blew their trumpets and one of them called out the
+queen's decree, whereat the spectators cheered again, shouting that it
+was good, and they bore witness to that promise.
+
+Then Morella, still senseless, was borne away by his squires, Betty in
+her blood-stained robe marching at his side, and his horse having been
+brought to him again, Peter, wounded though he was, mounted and galloped
+round the arena amidst plaudits such as that place had never heard,
+till, lifting his sword in salutation, suddenly he and his gentlemen
+vanished by the gate through which he had appeared.
+
+Thus strangely enough ended that combat which thereafter was always
+known as the Fray of the Eagle and the English Hawk.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+HOW THE _MARGARET_ WON OUT TO SEA
+
+It was night. Peter, faint with loss of blood and stiff with bruises,
+had bade his farewell to their Majesties of Spain, who spoke many soft
+words to him, calling him the Flower of Knighthood, and offering him
+high place and rank if he would abide in their service. But he thanked
+them and said No, for in Spain he had suffered too much to dwell there.
+So they kissed his bride, the fair Margaret, who clung to her wounded
+husband like ivy to an oak, and would not be separated from him, even
+for a moment, that husband whom living she had scarcely hoped to clasp
+again. Yes, they kissed her, and the queen threw about her a chain from
+her own neck as a parting gift, and wished her joy of so gallant a lord.
+
+"Alas! your Majesty," said Margaret, her dark eyes filling with tears,
+"how can I be joyous, who must think of to-morrow?"
+
+Thereon Isabella set her face and answered:
+
+"Dona Margaret Brome, be thankful for what to-day has brought you, and
+forget to-morrow and that which it must justly take away. Go now, and
+God be with you both!"
+
+So they went, the little knot of English sailormen, who, wrapped in
+Spanish cloaks, had sat together in the amphitheatre and groaned when
+the Eagle struck, and cheered when the Falcon swooped, leading, or
+rather carrying Peter under cover of the falling night to a boat not far
+from this Place of Bulls. In this they embarked unobserved, for the
+multitude, and even Peter's own squires believed that he had returned
+with his wife to the palace, as he had given out that he would do. So
+they were rowed to the _Margaret_, which straightway made as though she
+were about to sail, and indeed dropped a little way down stream. Here
+she anchored again, just round a bend of the river, and lay there for
+the night.
+
+It was a heavy night, and in it there was no place for love or lovers'
+tenderness. How could there be between these two, who for so long had
+been tormented by doubts and fears, and on this day had endured such
+extremity of terror and such agony of joy? Peter's wound also was deep
+and wide, though his shield had broken the weight of Morella's sword,
+and its edge had caught upon his shoulder-piece, so that by good chance
+it had not reached down to the arteries, or shorn into the bone; yet he
+had lost much blood, and Smith, the captain, who was a better surgeon
+than might have been guessed from his thick hands, found it needful to
+wash out the cut with spirit that gave much pain, and to stitch it up
+with silk. Also Peter had great bruises on his arms and thighs, and his
+back was hurt by that fall from the white charger with Morella in
+his arms.
+
+So it came about that most of that night he lay outworn, half-sleeping
+and half-waking, and when at sunrise he struggled from his berth, it was
+but to kneel by the side of Margaret and join her in her prayers that
+her father might be rescued from the hands of these cruel priests
+of Spain.
+
+Now during the night Smith had brought his ship back with the tide, and
+laid her under the shelter of those hulks whereof Peter had spoken,
+having first painted out her name of _Margaret_, and in its place set
+that of the _Santa Maria_, a vessel of about the same build and tonnage,
+which, as they had heard, was expected in port. For this reason, or
+because there were at that time many ships in the river, it happened
+that none in authority noted her return, or if they did, neglected to
+report the matter as one of no moment. Therefore, so far all went well.
+
+According to the tale of Henriques, confirmed by what they had learned
+otherwise, the great procession of the Act of Faith would turn on to the
+quay at about eight o'clock, and pass along it for a hundred yards or so
+only, before it wound away down a street leading to the _plaza_ where
+the theatre was prepared, the sermon would be preached, the Mass
+celebrated, and the "relaxed" placed in cages to be carried to the
+Quemadero.
+
+At six in the morning Smith mustered those twelve men whom he had chosen
+to help him in the enterprise, and Peter, with Margaret at his side,
+addressed them in the cabin, telling them all the plan, and praying them
+for the sake of their master and of the Lady Margaret, his daughter, to
+do what men might to save one whom they loved and honoured from so
+horrible a death.
+
+They swore that they would, every one of them, for their English blood
+was up, nor did they so much as speak of the great rewards that had been
+promised to those who lived through this adventure, and to the families
+of those who fell. Then they breakfasted, girded their swords and knives
+about them, and put on their Spanish cloaks, though, to speak truth,
+these lads of Essex and of London made but poor Spaniards. Now, at
+length the boat was ready, and Peter, although he could scarcely stand,
+desired to be carried into it that he might accompany them. But the
+captain, Smith, to whom perhaps Margaret had been speaking, set down his
+flat foot on the deck and said that he, who commanded there, would
+suffer no such thing. A wounded man, he declared, would but cumber them
+who had little room to spare in that small boat, and could be of no
+service, either on land or water. Moreover, Master Peter's face was
+known to thousands who had watched it yesterday, and would certainly be
+recognised, whereas none would take note at such a time of a dozen
+common sailors landed from some ship to see the show. Lastly, he would
+do best to stop on board the vessel, where, if anything went wrong, they
+must be short-handed enough, who, if they could, ought to get her away
+to sea and across it with all speed.
+
+Still Peter would have gone, till Margaret, throwing her arms about him,
+asked him if he thought that she would be the better if she lost both
+her father and her husband, as, if things miscarried, well might happen.
+Then, being in pain and very weak, he yielded, and Smith, having given
+his last directions to the mate, and shaken Peter and Margaret by the
+hand, asking their prayers for all of them, descended with his twelve
+men into the boat, and dropping down under shelter of the hulks, rowed
+to the shore as though they came from some other vessel. Now the quay
+was not more than a bowshot from them, and from a certain spot upon the
+_Margaret_ there was a good view of it between the stern of one hulk and
+the bow of another. Here, then, Peter and Margaret sat themselves down
+behind the bulwark, and watched with fears such as cannot be told, while
+a sharp-eyed seaman climbed to the crow's-nest on the mast, whence he
+could see over much of the city, and even the old Moorish castle that
+was then the Holy House of the Inquisition. Presently this man reported
+that the procession had started, for he saw its banners and the people
+crowding to the windows and to the roof-tops; also the cathedral bell
+began to toll slowly. Then came a long, long wait, during which their
+little knot of sailors, wearing the Spanish cloaks, appeared upon the
+quay and mingled with the few folk that were gathered there, since the
+most of the people were collected by thousands on the great _plaza_ or
+in the adjacent streets.
+
+At length, just as the cathedral clock struck eight, the "triumphant"
+march, as it was called, began to appear upon the quay. First came a
+body of soldiers with lances; then a crucifix, borne by a priest and
+veiled in black crape; then a number of other priests, clad in
+snow-white robes to symbolise their perfect purity. Next followed men
+carrying wood or leather images of some man or woman who, by flight to a
+foreign land or into the realms of Death, had escaped the clutches of
+the Inquisition. After these marched other men in fours, each four of
+them bearing a coffin that contained the body or bones of some dead
+heretic, which, in the absence of his living person, like the effigies,
+were to be committed to the flames as a token of what the Inquisition
+would have done to him if it could--to enable it also to seize
+his property.
+
+Then came many penitents, their heads shaven, their feet bare, and clad,
+some in dark-coloured cloaks, some in yellow robes, called the
+_sanbenito_, which were adorned with a red cross. These were followed by
+a melancholy band of "relaxed" heretics, doomed to the fire or
+strangulation at the stake, and clothed in _zamarras_ of sheepskin,
+painted all over with devils and the portraits of their own faces
+surrounded by flames. These poor creatures wore also flame-adorned caps
+called _corozas_, shaped like bishops' mitres, and were gagged with
+blocks of wood, lest they should contaminate the populace by some
+declaration of their heresy, while in their hands they bore tapers,
+which the monks who accompanied them relighted from time to time if they
+became extinguished.
+
+Now the hearts of Peter and Margaret leaped within them, for at the end
+of this hideous troop rode a man mounted on an ass, clothed in a
+_zamarra_ and _coroza_, but with a noose about his neck. So the Fray
+Henriques had told the truth, for without doubt this was John Castell.
+Like people in a dream, they saw him advance in his garb of shame, and
+after him, gorgeously attired, civil officers, inquisitors, and
+familiars of noble rank, members of the Council of Inquisition, behind
+whom was borne a flaunting banner, called the Holy Standard of
+the Faith.
+
+Now Castell was opposite to the little group of seamen, and, or so it
+seemed, something went wrong with the harness of the ass on which he
+sat, for it stopped, and a man in the garb of a secretary stepped to it,
+apparently to attend to a strap, thus bringing all the procession
+behind to a halt, while that in front proceeded off the quay and round
+the corner of a street. Whatever it might be that had happened, it
+necessitated the dismounting of the heretic, who was pulled roughly off
+the brute's back, which, as though in joy at this riddance of its
+burden, lifted its head and brayed loudly.
+
+Men from the thin line of crowd that edged the quay came forward as
+though to help, and among them were several in capes, such as were worn
+by the sailors of the _Margaret_. The officers and grandees behind
+shouted, "Forward!--forward!" whereon those attending to the ass hustled
+it and its rider a little nearer to the water's edge, while the guards
+ran back to explain what had happened. Then suddenly a confusion arose,
+of which it was impossible to distinguish the cause, and next instant
+Margaret and Peter, still gripping each other, saw the man who had been
+seated on the ass being dragged rapidly down the steps of the quay, at
+the foot of which lay the boat of the _Margaret_.
+
+The mate at the helm saw also, for he blew his whistle, a sign at which
+the anchor was slipped--there was no time to lift it--and men who were
+waiting on the yards loosed the lashings of certain sails, so that
+almost immediately the ship began to move.
+
+Now they were fighting on the quay. The heretic was in the boat, and
+most of the sailors; but others held back the crowd of priests and armed
+familiars who strove to get at him. One, a priest with a sword in his
+hand, slipped past them and tumbled into the boat also. At last all were
+in save a single man, who was attacked by three adversaries--John Smith,
+the captain. The oars were out, but his mates waited for him. He struck
+with his sword, and some one fell. Then he turned to run. Two masked
+familiars sprang at him, one landing on his back, one clinging to his
+neck. With a desperate effort he cast himself into the water, dragging
+them with him. One they saw no more, for Smith had stabbed him, the
+other floated up near the boat, which already was some yards from the
+quay, and a sailor battered him on the head with an oar, so that
+he sank.
+
+Smith had vanished also, and they thought he must be drowned. The
+sailors thought it too, for they began to give way, when suddenly a
+great brown hand appeared and clasped the stern-sheets, while a
+bull-voice roared:
+
+"Row on, lads, I'm right enough."
+
+Row they did indeed, till the ashen oars bent like bows, only two of
+them seized the officer who had sprung into the boat and flung him
+screaming into the river, where he struggled a while, for he could not
+swim, gripping at the air with his hands, then disappeared. The boat was
+in mid-stream now, and shaping her course round the bow of the first
+hulk beyond which the prow of the _Margaret_ began to appear, for the
+wind was fresh, and she gathered way every moment.
+
+"Let down the ladder, and make ready ropes," shouted Peter.
+
+It was done, but not too soon, for next instant the boat was bumping on
+their side. The sailors in her caught the ropes and hung on, while the
+captain, Smith, half-drowned, clung to the stern-sheets, for the water
+washed over his head.
+
+"Save him first," cried Peter. A man, running down the ladder, threw a
+noose to him, which Smith seized with one hand and by degrees worked
+beneath his arms. Then they tackled on to it, and dragged him bodily
+from the river to the deck, where he lay gasping and spitting out foam
+and water. By now the ship was travelling swiftly, so swiftly that
+Margaret was in an agony of fear lest the boat should be towed under
+and sink.
+
+But these sailor men knew their trade. By degrees they let the boat drop
+back till her bow was abreast of the ladder. Then they helped Castell
+forward. He gripped its rungs, and eager hands gripped him. Up he
+staggered, step by step, till at length his hideous, fiend-painted cap,
+his white face, whence the beard had been shaved, and his open mouth, in
+which still was fixed the wooden gag, appeared above the bulwarks, as
+the mate said afterwards, like that of a devil escaped from hell. They
+lifted him over, and he sank fainting in his daughter's arms. Then one
+by one the sailors came up after him--none were missing, though two had
+been wounded, and were covered with blood. No, none were missing--God
+had brought them, every one, safe back to the deck of the _Margaret_.
+
+Smith, the captain, spat up the last of his river water and called for a
+cup of wine, which he drank; while Peter and Margaret drew the accursed
+gag from her father's mouth, and poured spirit down his throat. Shaking
+the water from him like a great dog, but saying never a word, Smith
+rolled to the helm and took it from the mate, for the navigation of the
+river was difficult, and none knew it so well as he. Now they were
+abreast the famous Golden Tower, and a big gun was fired at them; but
+the shot went wide. "Look!" said Margaret, pointing to horsemen
+galloping southwards along the river's bank.
+
+"Yes," said Peter, "they go to warn the ports. God send that the wind
+holds, for we must fight our way to sea."
+
+The wind did hold, indeed it blew ever more strongly from the north; but
+oh! that was a long, evil day. Hour after hour they sped forward down
+the widening river; now past villages, where knots of people waved
+weapons at them as they went; now by desolate marshes, plains, and banks
+clothed with pine.
+
+When they reached Bonanza the sun was low, and when they were off San
+Lucar it had begun to sink. Out into the wide river mouth, where the
+white waters tumbled on the narrow bar, rowed two great galleys to cut
+them off, very swift galleys, which it seemed impossible to escape.
+
+Margaret and Castell were sent below, the crew went to quarters, and
+Peter crept stiffly aft to where the sturdy Smith stood at the helm,
+which he would suffer no other man to touch. Smith looked at the sky, he
+looked at the shore, and the safe, open sea beyond. Then he bade them
+hoist more sail, all that she could carry, and looked grimly at the two
+galleys lurking like deerhounds in a pass, that hung on their oars in
+the strait channel, with the tumbling breakers on either side, through
+which no ship could sail. "What will you do?" asked Peter. "Master
+Peter," he answered between his teeth, "when you fought the Spaniard
+yesterday I did not ask you what _you_ were going to do. Hold your
+tongue, and leave me to my own trade."
+
+The _Margaret_ was a swift ship, but never yet had she moved so
+swiftly. Behind her shrilled the gale, for now it was no less. Her stout
+masts bent like fishing poles, her rigging creaked and groaned beneath
+the weight of the bellying canvas, her port bulwarks slipped along
+almost level with the water, so that Peter must lie down on the deck,
+for stand he could not, and watch it running by within three feet
+of him.
+
+The galleys drew up right across her path. Half a mile away they lay bow
+by bow, knowing well that no ship could pass the foaming shallows; lay
+bow by bow, waiting to board and cut down this little English crew when
+the _Margaret_ shortened sail, as shorten sail she must. Smith yelled an
+order to the mate, and presently, red in the setting sun, out burst the
+flag of England upon the mainmast top, a sight at which the sailors
+cheered. He shouted another order, and up ran the last jib, so that now
+from time to time the port bulwarks dipped beneath the sea, and Peter
+felt salt water stinging his sore back.
+
+Thus did the _Margaret_ shorten sail, and thus did she yield her to the
+great galleys of Spain.
+
+The captains of the galleys hung on. Was this foreigner mad, or ignorant
+of the river channel, they wondered, that he would sink with every soul
+there upon the bar? They hung on, waiting for that leopard flag and
+those bursting sails to come down; but they never stirred; only straight
+at them rushed the _Margaret_ like a bull. She was not two furlongs
+away, and she held dead upon her course, till at last those galleys saw
+_that she would not sink alone_. Like a bull with shut eyes she held
+dead upon her furious course!
+
+Confusion arose upon the Spanish ships, whistles were blown, men
+shouted, overseers ran down the planks flogging the slaves, lifted oars
+shone red in the light of the dying sun as they beat the water wildly.
+The prows began to back and separate, five feet, ten feet, a dozen feet
+perhaps; then straight into that tiny streak of open water, like a stone
+from the hand of the slinger, like an arrow from a bow, rushed the
+wind-flung _Margaret_.
+
+What happened? Go ask it of the fishers of San Lucar and the pirates of
+Bonanza, where the tale has been told for generations. The great oars
+snapped like reeds, the slaves were thrown in crushed and mangled heaps,
+the tall deck of the port galley was ripped out of her like rent paper
+by the stout yards of the stooping _Margaret_, the side of the starboard
+galley rolled up like a shaving before a plane, and the _Margaret_
+rushed through.
+
+Smith, the captain, looked aft to where, ere they sank, the two great
+ships, like wounded swans, rolled and fluttered on the foaming bar. Then
+he put his helm about, called the carpenter, and asked what water
+she made.
+
+"None, Sir," he answered; "but she will want new tarring. It was oak
+against eggshells, and we had the speed."
+
+"Good!" said Smith, "shallows on either side; life or death, and I
+thought I could make room. Send the mate to the helm. I'll have
+a sleep."
+
+Then the sun vanished beneath the roaring open sea, and, escaped from
+all the power of Spain, the _Margaret_ turned her scarred and splintered
+bow for Ushant and for England.
+
+
+
+ENVOI
+
+Ten years had gone by since Captain Smith took the good ship _Margaret_
+across the bar of the Guadalquiver in a very notable fashion. It was
+late May in Essex, and all the woods were green, and all the birds sang,
+and all the meadows were bright with flowers. Down in the lovely vale of
+Dedham there was a long, low house with many gables--a charming old
+house of red brick and timbers already black with age. It stood upon a
+little hill, backed with woods, and from it a long avenue of ancient
+oaks ran across the park to the road which led to Colchester and London.
+Down that avenue on this May afternoon an aged, white-haired man, with
+quick black eyes, was walking, and with him three children--very
+beautiful children--a boy of about nine and two little girls, who clung
+to his hand and garments and pestered him with questions.
+
+"Where are we going, Grandfather?" asked one little girl.
+
+"To see Captain Smith, my dear," he answered.
+
+"I don't like Captain Smith," said the other little girl; "he is so fat,
+and says nothing."
+
+"I do," broke in the boy, "he gave me a fine knife to use when I am a
+sailor, and Mother does, and Father, yes, and Grandad too, because he
+saved him when the cruel Spaniards wanted to put him in the fire. Don't
+you, Grandad?"
+
+"Yes, my dear," answered the old man. "Look! there is a squirrel
+running over the grass; see if you can catch it before it reaches
+that tree."
+
+Off went the children at full pelt, and the tree being a low one, began
+to climb it after the squirrel. Meanwhile John Castell, for it was he,
+turned through the park gate and walked to a little house by the
+roadside, where a stout man sat upon a bench contemplating nothing in
+particular. Evidently he expected his visitor, for he pointed to the
+place beside him, and, as Castell sat down, said:
+
+"Why didn't you come yesterday, Master?"
+
+"Because of my rheumatism, friend," he answered. "I got it first in the
+vaults of that accursed Holy House at Seville, and it grows on me year
+by year. They were very damp and cold, those vaults," he added
+reflectively.
+
+"Many people found them hot enough," grunted Smith, "also, there was
+generally a good fire at the end of them. Strange thing that we should
+never have heard any more of that business. I suppose it was because our
+Margaret was such a favourite with Queen Isabella who didn't want to
+raise questions with England, or stir up dirty water."
+
+"Perhaps," answered Castell. "The water _was_ dirty, wasn't it?"
+
+"Dirty as a Thames mud-bank at low tide. Clever woman, Isabella. No one
+else would have thought of making a man ridiculous as she did by Morella
+when she gave his life to Betty, and promised and vowed on his behalf
+that he would acknowledge her as his lady. No fear of any trouble from
+him after that, in the way of plots for the Crown, or things of that
+sort. Why, he must have been the laughing-stock of the whole land--and
+a laughing-stock never does anything. You remember the Spanish saying,
+'King's swords cut and priests' fires burn, but street-songs kill
+quickest!' I should like to learn more of what has become of them all,
+though, wouldn't you, Master? Except Bernaldez, of course, for he's been
+safe in Paris these many years, and doing well there, they say."
+
+"Yes," answered Castell, with a little smile--"that is, unless I had to
+go to Spain to find out."
+
+Just then the three children came running up, bursting through the gate
+all together.
+
+"Mind my flower-bed, you little rogues," shouted Captain Smith, shaking
+his stick at them, whereat they got behind him and made faces.
+
+"Where's the squirrel, Peter?" asked Castell.
+
+"We hunted it out of the tree, Grandad, and right across the grass, and
+got round it by the edge of the brook, and then--"
+
+"Then what? Did you catch it?"
+
+"No, Grandad, for when we thought we had it sure, it jumped into the
+water and swam away."
+
+"Other people in a fix have done that before," said Castell, laughing,
+and bethinking him of a certain river quay.
+
+"It wasn't fair," cried the boy indignantly. "Squirrels shouldn't swim,
+and if I can catch it I will put it in a cage."
+
+"I think that squirrel will stop in the woods for the rest of its life,
+Peter."
+
+"Grandad!--Grandad!" called out the youngest child from the gate,
+whither she had wandered, being weary of the tale of the squirrel,
+"there are a lot of people coming down the road on horses, such fine
+people. Come and see."
+
+This news excited the curiosity of the old gentlemen, for not many fine
+people came to Dedham. At any rate both of them rose, somewhat stiffly,
+and walked to the gate to look. Yes, the child was right, for there,
+sure enough, about two hundred yards away, advanced an imposing
+cavalcade. In front of it, mounted on a fine horse, sat a still finer
+lady, a very large and handsome lady, dressed in black silks, and
+wearing a black lace veil that hung from her head. At her side was
+another lady, much muffled up as though she found the climate cold, and
+riding between them, on a pony, a gallant looking little boy. After
+these came servants, male and female, six or eight of them, and last of
+all a great wain, laden with baggage, drawn by four big Flemish horses.
+
+"Now, whom have we here?" ejaculated Castell, staring at them.
+
+Captain Smith stared too, and sniffed at the wind as he had often done
+upon his deck on a foggy morning.
+
+"I seem to smell Spaniards," he said, "which is a smell I don't like.
+Look at their rigging. Now, Master Castell, of whom does that barque
+with all her sails set remind you?"
+
+Castell shook his head doubtfully.
+
+"I seem to remember," went on Smith, "a great girl decked out like a
+maypole running across white sand in that Place of Bulls at Seville--but
+I forgot, you weren't there, were you?"
+
+Now a loud, ringing voice was heard speaking in Spanish, and commanding
+some one to go to yonder house and inquire where was the gate to the
+Old Hall. Then Castell knew at once.
+
+"It is Betty," he said. "By the beard of Abraham, it is Betty."
+
+"I think so too; but don't talk of Abraham, Master. He is a dangerous
+man, Abraham, in these very Christian lands; say, 'By the Keys of St.
+Peter,' or, 'By St. Paul's infirmities.'"
+
+"Child," broke in Castell, turning to one of the little girls, "run up
+to the Hall and tell your father and mother that Betty has come, and
+brought half Spain with her. Quickly now, and remember the
+name, _Betty!_"
+
+The child departed, wondering, by the back way; while Castell and Smith
+walked towards the strangers.
+
+"Can we assist you, Señora?" asked the former in Spanish.
+
+"Marchioness of Morella, _if_ you please--" she began in the same
+language, then suddenly added in English, "Why, bless my eyes! If it
+isn't my old master, John Castell, with white wool instead of black!"
+
+"It came white after my shaving by a sainted barber in the Holy House,"
+said Castell. "But come off that tall horse of yours, Betty, my dear--I
+beg your pardon--most noble and highly born Marchioness of Morella, and
+give me a kiss."
+
+"That I will, twenty, if you like," she answered, arriving in his arms
+so suddenly from on high, that had it not been for the sturdy support of
+Smith behind, they would both of them have rolled upon the ground.
+
+"Whose are those children?" she asked, when she had kissed Castell and
+shaken Smith by the hand. "But no need to ask, they have got my cousin
+Margaret's eyes and Peter's long nose. How are they?" she added
+anxiously.
+
+"You will see for yourself in a minute or two. Come, send on your people
+and baggage to the Hall, though where they will stow them all I don't
+know, and walk with us."
+
+Betty hesitated, for she had been calculating upon the effect of a
+triumphal entry in full state. But at that moment there appeared
+Margaret and Peter themselves--Margaret, a beautiful matron with a child
+in her arms, running, and Peter, looking much as he had always been,
+spare, long of limb, stern but for the kindly eyes, striding away
+behind, and after him sundry servants and the little girl Margaret.
+
+Then there arose a veritable babel of tongues, punctuated by embracings;
+but in the end the retinue and the baggage were got off up the drive,
+followed by the children and the little Spanish-looking boy, with whom
+they had already made friends, leaving only Betty and her closely
+muffled-up attendant. This attendant Peter contemplated for a while, as
+though there were something familiar to him in her general air.
+
+Apparently she observed his interest, for as though by accident she
+moved some of the wrappings that hid her face, revealing a single soft
+and lustrous eye and a few square inches of olive-coloured cheek. Then
+Peter knew her at once.
+
+"How are you, Inez?" he said, stretching out his hand with a smile, for
+really he was delighted to see her.
+
+"As well as a poor wanderer in a strange and very damp country can be,
+Don Peter," she answered in her languorous voice, "and certainly
+somewhat the better for seeing an old friend whom last she met in a
+certain baker's shop. Do you remember?"
+
+"Remember!" answered Peter. "It is not a thing I am likely to forget.
+Inez, what became of Fray Henriques? I have heard several
+different stories."
+
+"One never can be sure," she answered as she uncovered her smiling red
+lips; "there are so many dungeons in that old Moorish Holy House, and
+elsewhere, that it is impossible to keep count of their occupants,
+however good your information. All I know is that he got into trouble
+over that business, poor man. Suspicions arose about his conduct in the
+procession which the captain here will recall," and she pointed to
+Smith. "Also, it is very dangerous for men in such positions to visit
+Jewish quarters and to write incautious letters--no, not the one you
+think of; I kept faith--but others, afterwards, begging for it back
+again, some of which miscarried."
+
+"Is he dead then?" asked Peter.
+
+"Worse, I think," she answered--"a living death, the 'Punishment of the
+Wall.'"
+
+"Poor wretch!" said Peter, with a shudder.
+
+"Yes," remarked Inez reflectively, "few doctors like their own
+medicine."
+
+"I say, Inez," said Peter, nodding his head towards Betty, "that marquis
+isn't coming here, is he?"
+
+"In the spirit, perhaps, Don Peter, not otherwise."
+
+"So he is really dead? What killed him?"
+
+"Laughter, I think, or, rather, being laughed at. He got quite well of
+the hurts you gave him, and then, of course, he had to keep the queen's
+gage, and take the most noble lady yonder, late Betty, as his
+marchioness. He couldn't do less, after she beat you off him with your
+own sword and nursed him back to life. But he never heard the last of
+it. They made songs about him in the streets, and would ask him how his
+godmother, Isabella, was, because she had promised and vowed on his
+behalf; also, whether the marchioness had broken any lances for his sake
+lately, and so forth."
+
+"Poor man!" said Peter again, in tones of the deepest sympathy. "A cruel
+fate; I should have done better to kill him."
+
+"Much; but don't say so to the noble Betty, who thinks that he had a
+very happy married life under her protecting care. Really, he ate his
+heart out till even I, who hated him, was sorry. Think of it! One of the
+proudest men in Spain, and the most gallant, a nephew of the king, a
+pillar of the Church, his sovereigns' plenipotentiary to the Moors, and
+on secret matters--the common mock of the vulgar, yes, and of the
+great too!"
+
+"The great! Which of them?"
+
+"Nearly all, for the queen set the fashion--I wonder why she hated him
+so?" Inez added, looking shrewdly at Peter; then without waiting for an
+answer, went on: "She did it very cleverly, by always making the most of
+the most honourable Betty in public, calling her near to her, talking
+with her, admiring her English beauty, and so forth, and what her
+Majesty did, everybody else did, until my exalted mistress nearly went
+off her head, so full was she of pride and glory. As for the marquis, he
+fell ill, and after the taking of Granada went to live there quietly.
+Betty went with him, for she was a good wife, and saved lots of money.
+She buried him a year ago, for he died slow, and gave him one of the
+finest tombs in Spain--it isn't finished yet. That is all the story. Now
+she has brought her boy, the young marquis, to England for a year or
+two, for she has a very warm heart, and longed to see you all. Also, she
+thought she had better go away a while, for her son's sake. As for me,
+now that Morella is dead, I am head of the household--secretary, general
+purveyor of intelligence, and anything else you like at a good salary."
+
+"You are not married, I suppose?" asked Peter.
+
+"No," Inez answered; "I saw so much of men when I was younger that I
+seem to have had enough of them. Or perhaps," she went on, fixing that
+mild and lustrous eye upon him, "there was one of them whom I liked too
+well to wish----"
+
+She paused, for they had crossed the drawbridge and arrived opposite to
+the Old Hall. The gorgeous Betty and the fair Margaret, accompanied by
+the others, and talking rapidly, had passed through the wide doorway
+into its spacious vestibule. Inez looked after them, and perceived,
+standing like a guard at the foot of the open stair, that scarred suit
+of white armour and riven shield blazoned with the golden falcon,
+Isabella's gift, in which Peter had fought and conquered the Marquis of
+Morella. Then she stepped back and contemplated the house critically.
+
+At each end of it rose a stone tower, built for the purposes of defence,
+and all around ran a deep moat. Within the circle of this moat, and
+surrounded by poplars and ancient yews, on the south side of the Hall
+lay a walled pleasaunce, or garden, of turf pierced by paths and planted
+with flowering hawthorns and other shrubs, and at the end of it, almost
+hidden in drooping willows, a stone basin of water. Looking at it, Inez
+saw at once that so far as the circumstances of climate and situation
+would allow, Peter, in the laying out of this place, had copied another
+in the far-off, southern city of Granada, even down to the details of
+the steps and seats. She turned to him and said innocently:
+
+"Sir Peter, are you minded to walk with me in that garden this pleasant
+evening? I do not see any window in yonder tower."
+
+Peter turned red as the scar across his face, and laughed as he
+answered:
+
+"There may be one for all that. Get you into the house, dear Inez, for
+none can be more welcome there; but I walk no more alone with you
+in gardens."
+
+THE END
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Fair Margaret, by H. Rider Haggard
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FAIR MARGARET ***
+
+***** This file should be named 9780-8.txt or 9780-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/9/7/8/9780/
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Steve Flynn, Tonya Allen
+and PG Distributed Proofreaders
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/9780-8.zip b/old/9780-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..569134d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/9780-8.zip
diff --git a/old/9780.txt b/old/9780.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fa10e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/9780.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11566 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Fair Margaret, by H. Rider Haggard
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Fair Margaret
+
+Author: H. Rider Haggard
+
+Illustrator: J. R. Skelton
+
+Posting Date: October 24, 2011 [EBook #9780]
+Release Date: January, 2006
+First Posted: October 15, 2003
+Last Updated: October 13, 2004
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FAIR MARGARET ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Steve Flynn, Tonya Allen
+and PG Distributed Proofreaders
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FAIR MARGARET
+
+By
+
+H. RIDER HAGGARD
+
+_Author of "King Solomons Mines" "She" "Jess" etc._
+
+WITH 15 ILLUSTRATIONS BY J. R. SKELTON
+
+London: HUTCHINSON & CO.
+Paternoster Row 1907.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+CHAPTER I
+HOW PETER MET THE SPANIARD
+
+CHAPTER II
+JOHN CASTELL
+
+CHAPTER III
+PETER GATHERS VIOLETS
+
+CHAPTER IV
+LOVERS DEAR
+
+CHAPTER V
+CASTELL'S SECRET
+
+CHAPTER VI
+FAREWELL
+
+CHAPTER VII
+NEWS FROM SPAIN
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+D'AGUILAR SPEAKS
+
+CHAPTER IX
+THE SNARE
+
+CHAPTER X
+THE CHASE
+
+CHAPTER XI
+THE MEETING ON THE SEA
+
+CHAPTER XII
+FATHER HENRIQUES
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+THE ADVENTURE OF THE INN
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+INEZ AND HER GARDEN
+
+CHAPTER XV
+PETER PLAYS A PART
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+BETTY SHOWS HER TEETH
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+THE PLOT
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+THE HOLY HERMANDAD
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+BETTY PAYS HER DEBTS
+
+CHAPTER XX
+ISABELLA OF SPAIN
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+BETTY STATES HER CASE
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+THE DOOM OF JOHN CASTELL
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+FATHER HENRIQUES AND THE BAKER'S OVEN
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+THE FALCON STOOPS
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+HOW THE _MARGARET_ WON OUT TO SEA
+
+ENVOI
+
+
+
+
+LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS;
+
+"A DOVE, COMRADES!--A DOVE!"
+
+CASTELL DECLARES HIMSELF A JEW
+
+"YOU MEAN THAT YOU WISH TO MURDER ME"
+
+MARGARET APPEARED DESCENDING THE BROAD OAK STAIRS
+
+IN ANOTHER MOMENT THAT STEEL WOULD HAVE PIERCED HIS HEART
+
+THE GALE CAUGHT HIM AND BLEW HIM TO AND FRO
+
+"LADY," HE SAID, "THIS IS NO DEED OF MINE"
+
+A CRUEL-LOOKING KNIFE AND A NAKED ARM PROJECTED
+THROUGH THE PANELLING
+
+"MY NAME IS INEZ. YOU WANDER STILL, SENOR"
+
+"THERE ARE OTHERS WHERE THEY CAME FROM"
+
+"TO-DAY I DARE TO HOPE THAT IT MAY BE OTHERWISE"
+
+"WAY! MAKE WAY FOR THE MARCHIONESS OF MORELLA!"
+
+"I CUT HIM DOWN, AND BY MISFORTUNE KILLED HIM"
+
+"WE ARE PLAYERS IN A STRANGE GAME, MY LADY MARGARET"
+
+"YOU WILL HAVE TO FIGHT ME FIRST, PETER"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FAIR MARGARET
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I
+
+HOW PETER MET THE SPANIARD
+
+It was a spring afternoon in the sixth year of the reign of King Henry
+VII. of England. There had been a great show in London, for that day his
+Grace opened the newly convened Parliament, and announced to his
+faithful people--who received the news with much cheering, since war is
+ever popular at first--his intention of invading France, and of leading
+the English armies in person. In Parliament itself, it is true, the
+general enthusiasm was somewhat dashed when allusion was made to the
+finding of the needful funds; but the crowds without, formed for the
+most part of persons who would not be called upon to pay the money, did
+not suffer that side of the question to trouble them. So when their
+gracious liege appeared, surrounded by his glittering escort of nobles
+and men-at-arms, they threw their caps into the air, and shouted
+themselves hoarse.
+
+The king himself, although he was still young in years, already a
+weary-looking man with a fine, pinched face, smiled a little sarcastically
+at their clamour; but, remembering how glad he should be to hear it who
+still sat upon a somewhat doubtful throne, said a few soft words, and
+sending for two or three of the leaders of the people, gave them his
+royal hand, and suffered certain children to touch his robe that they
+might be cured of the Evil. Then, having paused a while to receive
+petitions from poor folk, which he handed to one of his officers to be
+read, amidst renewed shouting he passed on to the great feast that was
+made ready in his palace of Westminster.
+
+Among those who rode near to him was the ambassador, de Ayala,
+accredited to the English Court by the Spanish sovereigns, Ferdinand and
+Isabella, and his following of splendidly attired lords and secretaries.
+That Spain was much in favour there was evident from his place in the
+procession. How could it be otherwise, indeed, seeing that already, four
+years or more before, at the age of twelve months, Prince Arthur, the
+eldest son of the king, had been formally affianced to the Infanta
+Catherine, daughter of Ferdinand and Isabella, aged one year and nine
+months? For in those days it was thought well that the affections of
+princes and princesses should be directed early into such paths as their
+royal parents and governors considered likely to prove most profitable
+to themselves.
+
+At the ambassador's left hand, mounted on a fine black horse, and
+dressed richly, but simply, in black velvet, with a cap of the same
+material in which was fastened a single pearl, rode a tall cavalier. He
+was about five-and-thirty years of age, and very handsome, having
+piercing black eyes and a stern, clean-cut face.
+
+In every man, it is said, there can be found a resemblance, often far
+off and fanciful enough, to some beast or bird or other creature, and
+certainly in this case it was not hard to discover. The man resembled an
+eagle, which, whether by chance or design, was the crest he bore upon
+his servants' livery, and the trappings of his horse. The unflinching
+eyes, the hooked nose, the air of pride and mastery, the thin, long
+hand, the quick grace of movement, all suggested that king of birds,
+suggested also, as his motto said, that what he sought he would find,
+and what he found he would keep. Just now he was watching the interview
+between the English king and the leaders of the crowd whom his Grace had
+been pleased to summon, with an air of mingled amusement and contempt.
+
+"You find the scene strange, Marquis," said the ambassador, glancing at
+him shrewdly.
+
+"Senor, here in England, if it pleases your Excellency," he answered
+gravely, "Senor d'Aguilar. The marquis you mentioned lives in Spain--an
+accredited envoy to the Moors of Granada; the Senor d'Aguilar, a humble
+servant of Holy Church," and he crossed himself, "travels abroad--upon
+the Church's business, and that of their Majesties'."
+
+"And his own too, sometimes, I believe," answered the ambassador drily.
+"But to be frank, what I do not understand about you, Senor d'Aguilar,
+as I know that you have abandoned political ambitions, is why you do not
+enter my profession, and put on the black robe once and for all. What
+did I say--black? With your opportunities and connections it might be
+red by now, with a hat to match."
+
+The Senor d'Aguilar smiled a little as he replied.
+
+"You said, I think, that sometimes I travel on my own business. Well,
+there is your answer. You are right, I have abandoned worldly
+ambitions--most of them. They are troublesome, and for some people, if
+they be born too high and yet not altogether rightly, very dangerous.
+The acorn of ambition often grows into an oak from which men hang."
+
+"Or into a log upon which men's heads can be cut off. Senor, I
+congratulate you. You have the wisdom that grasps the substance and lets
+the shadows flit. It is really very rare."
+
+"You asked why I do not change the cut of my garments," went on
+d'Aguilar, without noticing the interruption. "Excellency, to be frank,
+because of my own business. I have failings like other men. For
+instance, wealth is that substance of which you spoke, rule is the
+shadow; he who has the wealth has the real rule. Again, bright eyes may
+draw me, or a hate may seek its slaking, and these things do not suit
+robes, black or red."
+
+"Yet many such things have been done by those who wore them," replied
+the ambassador with meaning.
+
+"Aye, Excellency, to the discredit of Holy Church, as you, a priest,
+know better than most men. Let the earth be evil as it must; but let the
+Church be like heaven above it, pure, unstained, the vault of prayer,
+the house of mercy and of righteous judgment, wherein walks no sinner
+such as I," and again he crossed himself.
+
+There was a ring of earnestness in the speaker's voice that caused de
+Ayala, who knew something of his private reputation, to look at him
+curiously.
+
+"A true fanatic, and therefore to us a useful man," he thought to
+himself, "though one who knows how to make the best of two worlds as
+well as most of them;" but aloud he said, "No wonder that our Church
+rejoices in such a son, and that her enemies tremble when he lifts her
+sword. But, Senor, you have not told me what you think of all this
+ceremony and people."
+
+"The people I know well, Excellency, for I dwelt among them in past
+years and speak their language; and that is why I have left Granada to
+look after itself for a while, and am here to-day, to watch and make
+report----" He checked himself, then added, "As for the ceremony, were I
+a king I would have it otherwise. Why, in that house just now those
+vulgar Commons--for so they call them, do they not?--almost threatened
+their royal master when he humbly craved a tithe of the country's wealth
+to fight the country's war. Yes, and I saw him turn pale and tremble at
+the rough voices, as though their echoes shook his throne. I tell you,
+Excellency, that the time will come in this land when those Commons will
+be king. Look now at that fellow whom his Grace holds by the hand,
+calling him 'sir' and 'master,' and yet whom he knows to be, as I do, a
+heretic, a Jew in disguise, whose sins, if he had his rights, should be
+purged by fire. Why, to my knowledge last night, that Israelite said
+things against the Church----"
+
+"Whereof the Church, or its servant, doubtless made notes to be used
+when the time comes," broke in de Ayala. "But the audience is done, and
+his Highness beckons us forward to the feast, where there will be no
+heretics to vex us, and, as it is Lent, not much to eat. Come, Senor!
+for we stop the way."
+
+Three hours had gone by, and the sun sank redly, for even at that spring
+season it was cold upon the marshy lands of Westminster, and there was
+frost in the air. On the open space opposite to the banqueting-hall, in
+front of which were gathered squires and grooms with horses, stood and
+walked many citizens of London, who, their day's work done, came to see
+the king pass by in state. Among these were a man and a lady, the latter
+attended by a handsome young woman, who were all three sufficiently
+striking in appearance to attract some notice in the throng.
+
+The man, a person of about thirty years of age, dressed in a merchant's
+robe of cloth, and wearing a knife in his girdle, seemed over six feet
+in height, while his companion, in her flowing, fur-trimmed cloak, was,
+for a woman, also of unusual stature. He was not, strictly speaking, a
+handsome man, being somewhat too high of forehead and prominent of
+feature; moreover, one of his clean-shaven cheeks, the right, was marred
+by the long, red scar of a sword-cut which stretched from the temple to
+the strong chin. His face, however, was open and manly, if rather stern,
+and the grey eyes were steady and frank. It was not the face of a
+merchant, but rather that of one of good degree, accustomed to camps and
+war. For the rest, his figure was well-built and active, and his voice
+when he spoke, which was seldom, clear and distinct to loudness, but
+cultivated and pleasant--again, not the voice of a merchant.
+
+Of the lady's figure little could be seen because of the long cloak that
+hid it, but the face, which appeared within its hood when she turned and
+the dying sunlight filled her eyes, was lovely indeed, for from her
+birth to her death-day Margaret Castell--fair Margaret, as she was
+called--had this gift to a degree that is rarely granted to woman.
+Rounded and flower-like was that face, most delicately tinted also,
+with rich and curving lips and a broad, snow-white brow. But the wonder
+of it, what distinguished her above everything else from other beautiful
+women of her time, was to be found in her eyes, for these were not blue
+or grey, as might have been expected from her general colouring, but
+large, black, and lustrous; soft, too, as the eyes of a deer, and
+overhung by curling lashes of an ebon black. The effect of these eyes of
+hers shining above those tinted cheeks and beneath the brow of ivory
+whiteness was so strange as to be almost startling. They caught the
+beholder and held him, as might the sudden sight of a rose in snow, or
+the morning star hanging luminous among the mists of dawn. Also,
+although they were so gentle and modest, if that beholder chanced to be
+a man on the good side of fifty it was often long before he could forget
+them, especially if he were privileged to see how well they matched the
+hair of chestnut, shading into black, that waved above them and fell,
+tress upon tress, upon the shapely shoulders and down to the
+slender waist.
+
+Peter Brome, for he was so named, looked a little anxiously about him at
+the crowd, then, turning, addressed Margaret in his strong, clear voice.
+
+"There are rough folk around," he said; "do you think you should stop
+here? Your father might be angered, Cousin."
+
+Here it may be explained that in reality their kinship was of the
+slightest, a mere dash of blood that came to her through her mother.
+Still they called each other thus, since it is a convenient title that
+may mean much or nothing.
+
+"Oh! why not?" she answered in her rich, slow tones, that had in them
+some foreign quality, something soft and sweet as the caress of a
+southern wind at night. "With you, Cousin," and she glanced approvingly
+at his stalwart, soldier-like form, "I have nothing to fear from men,
+however rough, and I do greatly want to see the king close by, and so
+does Betty. Don't you, Betty?" and she turned to her companion.
+
+Betty Dene, whom she addressed, was also a cousin of Margaret, though
+only a distant connection of Peter Brome. She was of very good blood,
+but her father, a wild and dissolute man, had broken her mother's heart,
+and, like that mother, died early, leaving Betty dependent upon
+Margaret's mother, in whose house she had been brought up. This Betty
+was in her way remarkable, both in body and mind. Fair, splendidly
+formed, strong, with wide, bold, blue eyes and ripe red lips, such was
+the fashion of her. In speech she was careless and vigorous. Fond of the
+society of men, and fonder still of their admiration, for she was
+romantic and vain, Betty at the age of five-and-twenty was yet an
+honest girl, and well able to take care of herself, as more than one of
+her admirers had discovered. Although her position was humble, at heart
+she was very proud of her lineage, ambitious also, her great desire
+being to raise herself by marriage back to the station from which her
+father's folly had cast her down--no easy business for one who passed as
+a waiting-woman and was without fortune.
+
+For the rest, she loved and admired her cousin Margaret more than any
+one on earth, while Peter she liked and respected, none the less perhaps
+because, try as she would--and, being nettled, she did try hard
+enough--her beauty and other charms left him quite unmoved.
+
+In answer to Margaret's question she laughed and answered:
+
+"Of course. We are all too busy up in Holborn to get the chance of so
+many shows that I should wish to miss one. Still, Master Peter is very
+wise, and I am always counselled to obey him. Also, it will soon
+be dark."
+
+"Well, well," said Margaret with a sigh and a little shrug of her
+shoulders, "as you are both against me, perhaps we had best be going.
+Next time I come out walking, cousin Peter, it shall be with some one
+who is more kind."
+
+Then she turned and began to make her way as quickly as she could
+through the thickening crowd. Finding this difficult, before Peter could
+stop her, for she was very swift in her movements, Margaret bore to the
+right, entering the space immediately in front of the banqueting-hall
+where the grooms with horses and soldiers were assembled awaiting their
+lords, for here there was more room to walk. For a few moments Peter and
+Betty were unable to escape from the mob which closed in behind her, and
+thus it came about that Margaret found herself alone among these people,
+in the midst, indeed, of the guard of the Spanish ambassador de Ayala,
+men who were notorious for their lawlessness, for they reckoned upon
+their master's privilege to protect them. Also, for the most part, they
+were just then more or less in liquor.
+
+One of these fellows, a great, red-haired Scotchman, whom the
+priest-diplomatist had brought with him from that country, where he had
+also been ambassador, suddenly perceiving before him a woman who appeared
+to be young and pretty, determined to examine her more closely, and to
+this end made use of a rude stratagem. Pretending to stumble, he grasped
+at Margaret's cloak as though to save himself, and with a wrench tore it
+open, revealing her beautiful face and graceful figure.
+
+"A dove, comrades!--a dove!" he shouted in a voice thick with drink,
+"who has flown here to give me a kiss." And, casting his long arms about
+her, he strove to draw her to him.
+
+"Peter! Help me, Peter!" cried Margaret as she struggled fiercely in his
+grip.
+
+"No, no, if you want a saint, my bonny lass," said the drunken
+Scotchman, "Andrew is as good as Peter," at which witticism those of the
+others who understood him laughed, for the man's name was Andrew.
+
+Next instant they laughed again, and to the ruffian Andrew it seemed as
+though suddenly he had fallen into the power of a whirlwind. At least
+Margaret was wrenched away from him, while he spun round and round to
+fall violently upon his face.
+
+"That's Peter!" exclaimed one of the soldiers in Spanish.
+
+"Yes," answered another, "and a patron saint worth having"; while a
+third pulled the recumbent Andrew to his feet.
+
+The man looked like a devil. His cap had gone, and his fiery red hair
+was smeared with mud. Moreover, his nose had been broken on a cobble
+stone, and blood from it poured all over him, while his little red eyes
+glared like a ferret's, and his face turned a dirty white with pain and
+rage. Howling out something in Scotch, of a sudden he drew his sword and
+rushed straight at his adversary, purposing to kill him.
+
+Now, Peter had no sword, but only his short knife, which he found no
+time to draw. In his hand, however, he carried a stout holly staff shod
+with iron, and, while Margaret clasped her hands and Betty screamed, on
+this he caught the descending blow, and, furious as it was, parried and
+turned it. Then, before the man could strike again, that staff was up,
+and Peter had leapt upon him. It fell with fearful force, breaking the
+Scotchman's shoulder and sending him reeling back.
+
+"Shrewdly struck, Peter! Well done, Peter!" shouted the spectators.
+
+But Peter neither saw nor heard them, for he was mad with rage at the
+insult that had been offered to Margaret. Up flew the iron-tipped staff
+again, and down it came, this time full on Andrew's head, which it
+shattered like an egg-shell, so that the brute fell backwards, dead.
+
+For a moment there was silence, for the joke had taken a tragic turn.
+Then one of the Spaniards said, glancing at the prostrate form:
+
+"Name of God! our mate is done for. That merchant hits hard."
+
+Instantly there arose a murmur among the dead man's comrades, and one of
+them cried:
+
+"Cut him down!"
+
+Understanding that he was to be set on, Peter sprang forward and
+snatched the Scotchman's sword from the ground where it had fallen, at
+the same time dropping his staff and drawing his dagger with the left
+hand. Now he was well armed, and looked so fierce and soldier-like as he
+faced his foes, that, although four or five blades were out, they held
+back. Then Peter spoke for the first time, for he knew that against so
+many he had no chance.
+
+"Englishmen," he cried in ringing tones, but without shifting his head
+or glance, "will you see me murdered by these Spanish dogs?"
+
+There was a moment's pause, then a voice behind cried:
+
+"By God! not I," and a brawny Kentish man-at-arms ranged up beside him,
+his cloak thrown over his left arm, and his sword in his right hand.
+
+"Nor I," said another. "Peter Brome and I have fought together before."
+
+"Nor I," shouted a third, "for we were born in the same Essex hundred."
+
+And so it went on, until there were as many stout Englishmen at his side
+as there were Spaniards and Scotchmen before him.
+
+"That will do," said Peter, "we want no more than man to man. Look to
+the women, comrades behind there. Now, you murderers, if you would see
+English sword-play, come on, or, if you are afraid, let us go in peace."
+
+"Yes, come on, you foreign cowards," shouted the mob, who did not love
+these turbulent and privileged guards.
+
+By now the Spanish blood was up, and the old race-hatred awake. In
+broken English the sergeant of the guard shouted out some filthy insult
+about Margaret, and called upon his followers to "cut the throats of the
+London swine." Swords shone red in the red sunset light, men shifted
+their feet and bent forward, and in another instant a great and bloody
+fray would have begun.
+
+But it did not begin, for at that moment a tall senor, who had been
+standing in the shadow and watching all that passed, walked between the
+opposing lines, as he went striking up the swords with his arm.
+
+"Have done," said d'Aguilar quietly, for it was he, speaking in Spanish.
+"You fools! do you want to see every Spaniard in London torn to pieces?
+As for that drunken brute," and he touched the corpse of Andrew with his
+foot, "he brought his death upon himself. Moreover, he was not a
+Spaniard, there is no blood quarrel. Come, obey me! or must I tell you
+who I am?"
+
+"We know you, Marquis," said the leader in a cowed voice. "Sheath your
+swords, comrades; after all, it is no affair of ours."
+
+The men obeyed somewhat unwillingly; but at this moment arrived the
+ambassador de Ayala, very angry, for he had heard of the death of his
+servant, demanding, in a loud voice, that the man who had killed him
+should be given up.
+
+"We will not give him up to a Spanish priest," shouted the mob. "Come
+and take him if you want him," and once more the tumult grew, while
+Peter and his companions made ready to fight.
+
+Fighting there would have been also, notwithstanding all that d'Aguilar
+could do to prevent it; but of a sudden the noise began to die away, and
+a hush fell upon the place. Then between the uplifted weapons walked a
+short, richly clad man, who turned suddenly and faced the mob. It was
+King Henry himself.
+
+"Who dare to draw swords in my streets, before my very palace doors?" he
+asked in a cold voice.
+
+A dozen hands pointed at Peter.
+
+"Speak," said the king to him.
+
+"Margaret, come here," cried Peter; and the girl was thrust forward to
+him.
+
+"Sire," he said, "that man," and he pointed to the corpse of Andrew,
+"tried to do wrong to this maiden, John Castell's child. I, her cousin,
+threw him down. He drew his sword and came at me, and I killed him with
+my staff. See, it lies there. Then the Spaniards--his comrades--would
+have cut me down, and I called for English help. Sire, that is all."
+
+The king looked him up and down.
+
+"A merchant by your dress," he said; "but a soldier by your mien. How
+are you named?"
+
+"Peter Brome, Sire."
+
+"Ah! There was a certain Sir Peter Brome who fell at Bosworth Field--not
+fighting for me," and he smiled. "Did you know him perchance?"
+
+"He was my father, Sire, and I saw him slain--aye, and slew the slayer."
+
+"Well can I believe it," answered Henry, considering him. "But how comes
+it that Peter Brome's son, who wears that battle scar across his face,
+is clad in merchant's woollen?"
+
+"Sire," said Peter coolly, "my father sold his lands, lent his all to
+the Crown, and I have never rendered the account. Therefore I must live
+as I can."
+
+The king laughed outright as he replied:
+
+"I like you, Peter Brome, though doubtless you hate me."
+
+"Not so, Sire. While Richard lived I fought for Richard. Richard is
+gone; and, if need be, I would fight for Henry, who am an Englishman,
+and serve England's king."
+
+"Well said, and I may have need of you yet, nor do I bear you any
+grudge. But, I forgot, is it thus that you would fight for me, by
+causing riot in my streets, and bringing me into trouble with my good
+friends the Spaniards?"
+
+"Sire, you know the story."
+
+"I know your story, but who bears witness to it? Do you, maiden, Castell
+the merchant's daughter?"
+
+"Aye, Sire. The man whom my cousin killed maltreated me, whose only
+wrong was that I waited to see your Grace pass by. Look on my
+torn cloak."
+
+"Little wonder that he killed him for the sake of those eyes of yours,
+maiden. But this witness may be tainted." And again he smiled, adding,
+"Is there no other?"
+
+Betty advanced to speak, but d'Aguilar, stepping forward, lifted his
+bonnet from his head, bowed and said in English:
+
+"Your Grace, there is; I saw it all. This gallant gentleman had no
+blame. It was the servants of my countryman de Ayala who were to blame,
+at any rate at first, and afterwards came the trouble."
+
+Now the ambassador de Ayala broke in, claiming satisfaction for the
+killing of his man, for he was still very angry, and saying that if it
+were not given, he would report the matter to their Majesties of Spain,
+and let them know how their servants were treated in London.
+
+At these words Henry grew grave, who, above all things, wished to give
+no offence to Ferdinand and Isabella.
+
+"You have done an ill day's work, Peter Brome," he said, "and one of
+which my attorney must consider. Meanwhile, you will be best in safe
+keeping," and he turned as though to order his arrest.
+
+"Sire," exclaimed Peter, "I live at Master Castell's house in Holborn,
+nor shall I run away."
+
+"Who will answer for that," asked the king, "or that you will not make
+more riots on your road thither?"
+
+"I will answer, your Grace," said d'Aguilar quietly, "if this lady will
+permit that I escort her and her cousin home. Also," he added in a low
+voice, "it seems to me that to hale him to a prison would be more like
+to breed a riot than to let him go."
+
+Henry glanced round him at the great crowd who were gathered watching
+this scene, and saw something in their faces which caused him to agree
+with d'Aguilar.
+
+"So be it, Marquis," he said. "I have your word, and that of Peter
+Brome, that he will be forthcoming if called upon. Let that dead man be
+laid in the Abbey till to-morrow, when this matter shall be inquired of.
+Excellency, give me your arm; I have greater questions of which I wish
+to speak with you ere we sleep."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+JOHN CASTELL
+
+When the king was gone, Peter turned to those men who had stood by him
+and thanked them very heartily. Then he said to Margaret:
+
+"Come, Cousin, that is over for this time, and you have had your wish
+and seen his Grace. Now, the sooner you are safe at home, the better I
+shall be pleased."
+
+"Certainly," she replied. "I have seen more than I desire to see again.
+But before we go let us thank this Spanish senor----" and she paused.
+
+"D'Aguilar, Lady, or at least that name will serve," said the Spaniard
+in his cultured voice, bowing low before her, his eyes fixed all the
+while upon her beautiful face.
+
+"Senor d'Aguilar, I thank you, and so does my cousin, Peter Brome, whose
+life perhaps you saved--don't you, Peter? Oh! and so will my father."
+
+"Yes," answered Peter somewhat sulkily, "I thank him very much; though
+as for my life, I trusted to my own arm and to those of my friends
+there. Good night, Sir."
+
+"I fear, Senor," answered d'Aguilar with a smile, "that we cannot part
+just yet. You forget, I have become bond for you, and must therefore
+accompany you to where you live, that I may certify the place. Also,
+perhaps, it is safest, for these countrymen of mine are revengeful, and,
+were I not with you, might waylay you."
+
+Now, seeing from his face that Peter was still bent upon declining this
+escort, Margaret interposed quickly.
+
+"Yes, that is wisest, also my father would wish it. Senor, I will show
+you the way," and, accompanied by d'Aguilar, who gallantly offered her
+his arm, she stepped forward briskly, leaving Peter to follow with her
+cousin Betty.
+
+Thus they walked in the twilight across the fields and through the
+narrow streets beyond that lay between Westminster and Holborn. In front
+tripped Margaret beside her stately cavalier, with whom she was soon
+talking fast enough in Spanish, a tongue which, for reasons that shall
+be explained, she knew well, while behind, the Scotchman's sword still
+in his hand, and the handsome Betty on his arm, came Peter Brome in the
+worst of humours.
+
+John Castell lived in a large, rambling, many-gabled, house, just off
+the main thoroughfare of Holborn, that had at the back of it a garden
+surrounded by a high wall. Of this ancient place the front part served
+as a shop, a store for merchandise, and an office, for Castell was a
+very wealthy trader--how wealthy none quite knew--who exported woollen
+and other goods to Spain under the royal licence, bringing thence in his
+own ships fine, raw Spanish wool to be manufactured in England, and with
+it velvet, silks, and wine from Granada; also beautiful inlaid armour of
+Toledo steel. Sometimes, too, he dealt in silver and copper from the
+mountain mines, for Castell was a banker as well as a merchant, or
+rather what answered to that description in those days.
+
+It was said that beneath his shop were dungeon-like store-vaults, built
+of thick cemented stone, with iron doors through which no thief could
+break, and filled with precious things. However this might be, certainly
+in that great house, which in the time of the Plantagenets had been the
+fortified palace of a noble, existed chambers whereof he alone knew the
+secret, since no one else, not even his daughter or Peter, ever crossed
+their threshold. Also, there slept in it a number of men-servants, very
+stout fellows, who wore knives or swords beneath their cloaks, and
+watched at night to see that all was well. For the rest, the
+living-rooms of this house where Castell, Margaret his daughter, and
+Peter dwelt, were large and comfortable, being new panelled with oak
+after the Tudor fashion, and having deep windows that looked out upon
+the garden.
+
+When Peter and Betty reached the door, not that which led into the shop,
+but another, it was to find that Margaret and d'Aguilar, who were
+walking very quickly, must have already passed it, since it was shut,
+and they had vanished. At his knock--a hard one--a serving-man opened,
+and Peter strode through the vestibule, or ante-chamber, into the hall,
+where for the most part they ate and sat, for thence he heard the sound
+of voices. It was a fine room, lit by hanging lamps of olive oil, and
+having a large, open hearth where a fire burned pleasantly, while the
+oaken table in front of it was set for supper. Margaret, who had thrown
+off her cloak, stood warming herself at the fire, and the Senor
+d'Aguilar, comfortably seated in a big chair, which he seemed to have
+known for years, leaned back, his bonnet in his hand, and watched
+her idly.
+
+Facing them stood John Castell, a stout, dark-bearded man of between
+fifty and sixty years of age, with a clever, clean-cut face and piercing
+black eyes. Now, in the privacy of his home, he was very richly attired
+in a robe trimmed with the costliest fur, and fastened with a gold chain
+that had a jewel on its clasp. When Castell served in his shop or sat in
+his counting-house no merchant in London was more plainly dressed; but
+at night, loving magnificence at heart, it was his custom thus to
+indulge in it, even when there were none to see him. From the way in
+which he stood, and the look upon his face, Peter knew at once that he
+was much disturbed. Hearing his step, Castell wheeled round and
+addressed him at once in the clear, decided voice which was his
+characteristic.
+
+"What is this I am told, Peter? A man killed by you before the palace
+gates? A broil! A public riot in which things went near to great
+bloodshed between the English, with you at the head of them, and the
+bodyguard of his Excellency, de Ayala. You arrested by the king, and
+bailed out by this senor. Is all this true?"
+
+"Quite," answered Peter calmly.
+
+"Then I am ruined; we are all ruined. Oh! it was an evil hour when I
+took one of your bloodthirsty trade into my house. What have you
+to say?"
+
+"Only that I want my supper," said Peter. "Those who began the story can
+finish it, for I think their tongues are nimbler than my own," and he
+glanced wrathfully at Margaret, who laughed outright, while even the
+solemn d'Aguilar smiled.
+
+"Father," broke in Margaret, "do not be angry with cousin Peter, whose
+only fault is that he hits too hard. It is I who am to blame, for I
+wished to stop to see the king against his will and Betty's, and
+then--then that brute," and her eyes filled with tears of shame and
+anger, "caught hold of me, and Peter threw him down, and afterwards,
+when he attacked him with a sword, Peter killed him with his staff,
+and--all the rest happened."
+
+"It was beautifully done," said d'Aguilar in his soft voice and foreign
+accent. "I saw it all, and made sure that you were dead. The parry I
+understood, but the way you got your smashing blow in before he could
+thrust again--ah! that----"
+
+"Well, well," said Castell, "let us eat first and talk afterwards. Senor
+d'Aguilar, you will honour my poor board, will you not, though it is
+hard to come from a king's feast to a merchant's fare?"
+
+"It is I who am honoured," answered d'Aguilar; "and as for the feast,
+his Grace is sparing in this Lenten season. At least, I could get little
+to eat, and, therefore, like the senor Peter, I am starved."
+
+Castell rang a silver bell which stood near by, whereon servants brought
+in the meal, which was excellent and plentiful. While they were setting
+it on the table, the merchant went to a cupboard in the wainscoting, and
+took thence two flasks, which he uncorked himself with care, saying that
+he would give the senor some wine of his own country. This done, he said
+a Latin grace and crossed himself, an example which d'Aguilar followed,
+remarking that he was glad to find that he was in the house of a good
+Christian.
+
+"What else did you think that I should be?" asked Castell, glancing at
+him shrewdly.
+
+"I did not think at all, Senor," he answered; "but alas! every one is
+not a Christian. In Spain, for instance, we have many Moors and--Jews."
+
+"I know," said Castell, "for I trade with them both."
+
+"Then you have never visited Spain?"
+
+"No; I am an English merchant. But try that wine, Senor; it came from
+Granada, and they say that it is good."
+
+D'Aguilar tasted it, then drank off his glass.
+
+"It is good, indeed," he said; "I have not its equal in my own cellars
+there."
+
+"Do you, then, live in Granada, Senor d'Aguilar?" asked Castell.
+
+"Sometimes, when I am not travelling. I have a house there which my
+mother left me. She loved the town, and bought an old palace from the
+Moors. Would you not like to see Granada, Senora?" he asked, turning to
+Margaret as though to change the subject. "There is a wonderful building
+there called the Alhambra; it overlooks my house."
+
+"My daughter is never likely to see it," broke in Castell; "I do not
+purpose that she should visit Spain."
+
+"Ah! you do not purpose; but who knows? God and His saints alone," and
+again he crossed himself, then fell to describing the beauties
+of Granada.
+
+He was a fine and ready talker, and his voice was very pleasant, so
+Margaret listened attentively enough, watching his face, and forgetting
+to eat, while her father and Peter watched them both. At length the meal
+came to an end, and when the serving-men had cleared away the dishes,
+and they were alone, Castell said:
+
+"Now, kinsman Peter, tell me your story."
+
+So Peter told him, in few words, yet omitting nothing.
+
+"I find no blame in you," said the merchant when he had done, "nor do I
+see how you could have acted otherwise than you did. It is Margaret whom
+I blame, for I only gave her leave to walk with you and Betty by the
+river, and bade her beware of crowds."
+
+"Yes, father, the fault is mine, and for it I pray your pardon," said
+Margaret, so meekly that her father could not find the heart to scold
+her as he had meant to do.
+
+"You should ask Peter's pardon," he muttered, "seeing that he is like to
+be laid by the heels in a dungeon over this business, yes, and put upon
+his trial for causing the man's death. Remember, he was in the service
+of de Ayala, with whom our liege wishes to stand well, and de Ayala, it
+seems, is very angry."
+
+Now Margaret grew frightened, for the thought that harm might come to
+Peter cut her heart. The colour left her cheek, and once again her eyes
+swam with tears.
+
+"Oh! say not so," she exclaimed. "Peter, will you not fly at once?"
+
+"By no means," he answered decidedly. "Did I not say it to the king, and
+is not this foreign lord bond for me?"
+
+"What can be done?" she went on; then, as a thought struck her, turned
+to d'Aguilar, and, clasping her slender hands, looked pleadingly into
+his face and asked: "Senor, you who are so powerful, and the friend of
+great people, will you not help us?"
+
+"Am I not here to do so, Senora? Although I think that a man who can
+call half London to his back, as I saw your cousin do, needs little help
+from me. But listen, my country has two ambassadors at this Court--de
+Ayala, whom he has offended, and Doctor de Puebla, the friend of the
+king; and, strangely enough, de Puebla does not love de Ayala. Yet he
+does love money, which perhaps will be forthcoming. Now, if a charge is
+to be laid over this brawl, it will probably be done, not by the
+churchman, de Ayala, but through de Puebla, who knows your laws and
+Court, and--do you understand me, Senor Castell?"
+
+"Yes," answered the merchant; "but how am I to get at de Puebla? If I
+were to offer him money, he would only ask more."
+
+"I see that you know his Excellency," remarked d'Aguilar drily. "You are
+right, no money should be offered; a present must be made after the
+pardon is delivered--not before. Oh! de Puebla knows that John Castell's
+word is as good in London as it is among the Jews and infidels of
+Granada and the merchants of Seville, at both of which places I have
+heard it spoken."
+
+At this speech Castell's eyes flickered, but he only answered:
+
+"May be; but how shall I approach him, Senor?"
+
+"If you will permit me, that is my task. Now, to what amount will you go
+to save our friend here from inconvenience? Fifty gold angels?"
+
+"It is too much," said Castell; "a knave like that is not worth ten.
+Indeed, he was the assailant, and nothing should be paid at all."
+
+"Ah! Senor, the merchant is coming out in you; also the dangerous man
+who thinks that right should rule the world, not kings--I mean might.
+The knave is worth nothing, but de Puebla's word in Henry's ear is
+worth much."
+
+"Fifty angels be it then," said Castell, "and I thank you, Senor, for
+your good offices. Will you take the money now?"
+
+"By no means; not till I bring the debt discharged. Senor, I will come
+again and let you know how matters stand. Farewell, fair maiden; may the
+saints intercede for that dead rogue who brought me into your company,
+and that of your father and your cousin of the quick eye and the
+stalwart arm! Till we meet again," and, still murmuring compliments, he
+bowed himself out of the room in charge of a manservant.
+
+"Thomas," said Castell to this servant when he returned, "you are a
+discreet fellow; put on your cap and cloak, follow that Spaniard, see
+where he lodges, and find out all you can about him. Go now, swiftly."
+
+The man bowed and went, and presently Castell, listening, heard a side
+door shut behind him. Then he turned and said to the other two:
+
+"I do not like this business. I smell trouble in it, and I do not like
+the Spaniard either."
+
+"He seems a very gallant gentleman, and high-born," said Margaret.
+
+"Aye, very gallant--too gallant, and high-born--too high-born, unless I
+am mistaken. So gallant and so high-born----" And he checked himself,
+then added, "Daughter, in your wilfulness you have stirred a great rock.
+Go to your bed and pray God that it may not fall upon your house and
+crush it and us."
+
+So Margaret crept away frightened, a little indignant also, for after
+all, what wrong had she done? And why should her father mistrust this
+splendid-looking Spanish cavalier?
+
+When she was gone, Peter, who all this while had said little, looked up
+and asked straight out:
+
+"What are you afraid of, Sir?"
+
+"Many things, Peter. First, that use will be made of this matter to
+extort much money from me, who am known to be rich, which is a sin best
+absolved by angels. Secondly, that if I make trouble about paying, other
+questions will be set afoot."
+
+"What questions?"
+
+"Have you ever heard of the new Christians, Peter, whom the Spaniards
+call Maranos?"
+
+He nodded.
+
+"Then you know that a Marano is a converted Jew. Now, as it chances--I
+tell you who do not break secrets--my father was a Marano. His name does
+not matter--it is best forgotten; but he fled from Spain to England for
+reasons of his own, and took that of the country whence he
+came--Castile, or Castell. Also, as it is not lawful for Jews to live in
+England, he became converted to the Christian faith--seek not to know
+his motives, they are buried with him. Moreover, he converted me, his
+only child, who was but ten years old, and cared little whether I swore
+by 'Father Abraham' or by the 'Blessed Mary.' The paper of my baptism
+lies in my strong box still. Well, he was clever, and built up this
+business, and died unharmed five-and-twenty years ago, leaving me
+already rich. That same year I married an Englishwoman, your mother's
+second cousin, and loved her and lived happily with her, and gave her
+all her heart could wish. But after Margaret's birth, three-and-twenty
+years gone by, she never had her health, and eight years ago she died.
+You remember her, since she brought you here when you were a stout lad,
+and made me promise afterwards that I would always be your friend, for
+except your father, Sir Peter, none other of your well-born and ancient
+family were left. So when Sir Peter--against my counsel, staking his all
+upon that usurping rogue Richard, who had promised to advance him, and
+meanwhile took his money--was killed at Bosworth, leaving you landless,
+penniless, and out of favour, I offered you a home, and you, being a
+wise man, put off your mail and put on woollen and became a merchant's
+partner, though your share of profit was but small. Now, again you have
+changed staff for steel," and he glanced at the Scotchman's sword that
+still lay upon a side table, "and Margaret has loosed that rock of which
+I spoke to her."
+
+"What is the rock, Sir?"
+
+"That Spaniard whom she brought home and found so fine."
+
+"What of the Spaniard?"
+
+"Wait a while and I will tell you." And, taking a lamp, he left the
+room, returning presently with a letter which was written in cipher, and
+translated upon another sheet in John Castell's own hand.
+
+"This," he said, "is from my partner and connection, Juan Bernaldez, a
+Marano, who lives at Seville, where Ferdinand and Isabella have their
+court. Among other matters he writes this: 'I warn all brethren in
+England to be careful. I have it that a certain one whose name I will
+not mention even in cipher, a very powerful and high-born man, and,
+although he appears to be a pleasure-seeker only, and is certainly of a
+dissolute life, among the greatest bigots in all Spain, has been sent,
+or is shortly to be sent, from Granada, where he is stationed to watch
+the Moors, as an envoy to the Court of England to conclude a secret
+treaty with its king. Under this treaty the names of rich Maranos that
+are already well known here are to be recorded, so that when the time
+comes, and the active persecution of Jews and Maranos begins, they may
+be given up and brought to Spain for trial before the Inquisition. Also
+he is to arrange that no Jew or Marano may be allowed to take refuge in
+England. This is for your information, that you may warn any whom it
+concerns.'"
+
+"You think that d'Aguilar is this man?" asked Peter, while Castell
+folded up the letter and hid it in the pocket of his robe.
+
+"I do; indeed I have heard already that a fox was on the prowl, and that
+men should look to their hen-houses. Moreover, did you note how he
+crossed himself like a priest, and what he said about being among good
+Christians? Also, it is Lent and a fast-day, and by ill-fortune,
+although none of us ate of it, there was meat upon the table, for as you
+know," he added hurriedly, "I am not strict in such matters, who give
+little weight to forms and ceremonies. Well, he observed it, and touched
+fish only, although he drank enough of the sweet wine. Doubtless a
+report of that meat will go to Spain by the next courier."
+
+"And if it does, what matter? We are in England, and Englishmen will not
+suffer their Spanish laws and ways. Perhaps the senor d'Aguilar learned
+as much as that to-night outside the banqueting-hall. There is something
+to be feared from this brawl at home; but while we are safe in London,
+no more from Spain."
+
+"I am no coward, but I think there is much more to be feared, Peter. The
+arm of the Pope is long, and the arm of the crafty Ferdinand is longer,
+and both of them grope for the throats and moneybags of heretics."
+
+"Well, Sir, we are not heretics."
+
+"No, perhaps not heretics; but we are rich, and the father of one of us
+was a Jew, and there is something else in this house which even a true
+son of Holy Church might desire," and he looked at the door through
+which Margaret had passed to her chamber.
+
+Peter understood, for his long arms moved uneasily, and his grey eyes
+flashed.
+
+"I will go to bed," he said; "I wish to think."
+
+"Nay, lad," answered Castell, "fill your glass and stay awhile. I have
+words to say to you, and there is no time like the present. Who knows
+what may happen to-morrow?"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+PETER GATHERS VIOLETS
+
+Peter obeyed, sat down in a big oak chair by the dying fire, and waited
+in his silent fashion.
+
+"Listen," said Castell. "Fifteen months ago you told me something, did
+you not?"
+
+Peter nodded.
+
+"What was it, then?"
+
+"That I loved my cousin Margaret, and asked your leave to tell her so."
+
+"And what did I answer?"
+
+"That you forbade me because you had not proved me enough, and she had
+not proved herself enough; because, moreover, she would be very wealthy,
+and with her beauty might look high in marriage, although but a
+merchant's daughter."
+
+"Well, and then?"
+
+"And then--nothing," and Peter sipped his wine deliberately and put it
+down upon the table.
+
+"You are a very silent man, even where your courting is concerned," said
+Castell, searching him with his sharp eyes.
+
+"I am silent because there is no more to say. You bade me be silent, and
+I have remained so."
+
+"What! Even when you saw those gay lords making their addresses to
+Margaret, and when she grew angry because you gave no sign, and was
+minded to yield to one or the other of them?"
+
+"Yes, even then--it was hard, but even then. Do I not eat your bread?
+and shall I take advantage of you when you have forbid me?"
+
+Castell looked at him again, and this time there were respect and
+affection in his glance.
+
+"Silent and stern, but honest," he said as though to himself, then
+added, "A hard trial, but I saw it, and helped you in the best way by
+sending those suitors--who were worthless fellows--about their business.
+Now, say, are you still of the same mind towards Margaret?"
+
+"I seldom change my mind, Sir, and on such a business, never."
+
+"Good! Then I give you my leave to find out what her mind may be."
+
+In the joy which he could not control, Peter's face flushed. Then, as
+though he were ashamed of showing emotion, even at such a moment, he
+took up his glass and drank a little of the wine before he answered.
+
+"I thank you; it is more than I dared to hope. But it is right that I
+should say, Sir, that I am no match for my cousin Margaret. The lands
+which should have been mine are gone, and I have nothing save what you
+pay me for my poor help in this trade; whereas she has, or will
+have, much."
+
+Castell's eyes twinkled; the answer amused him.
+
+"At least you have an upright heart," he said, "for what other man in
+such a case would argue against himself? Also, you are of good blood,
+and not ill to look on, or so some maids might think; whilst as for
+wealth, what said the wise king of my people?--that ofttimes riches make
+themselves wings and fly away. Moreover, man, I have learned to love and
+honour you, and sooner would I leave my only child in your hands than in
+those of any lord in England."
+
+"I know not what to say," broke in Peter.
+
+"Then say nothing. It is your custom, and a good one--only listen. Just
+now you spoke of your Essex lands in the fair Vale of Dedham as gone.
+Well, they have come back, for last month I bought them all, and more,
+at a price larger than I wished to give because others sought them, and
+but this day I have paid in gold and taken delivery of the title. It is
+made out in your name, Peter Brome, and whether you marry my daughter,
+or whether you marry her not, yours they shall be when I am gone, since
+I promised my dead wife to befriend you, and as a child she lived there
+in your Hall."
+
+Now moved out of his calm, the young man sprang from his seat, and,
+after the pious fashion of the time, addressed his patron saint, on
+whose feast-day he was born.
+
+"Saint Peter, I thank thee--"
+
+"I asked you to be silent," interrupted Castell, breaking him short.
+"Moreover, after God, it is one John who should be thanked, not St.
+Peter, who has no more to do with these lands than Father Abraham or the
+patient Job. Well, thanks or no thanks, those estates are yours, though
+I had not meant to tell you of them yet. But now I have something to
+propose to you. Say, first, does Margaret think aught of that wooden
+face and those shut lips of yours?"
+
+"How can I know? I have never asked her; you forbade me."
+
+"Pshaw! Living in one house as you do, at your age I would have known
+all there was to know on such a matter, and yet kept my word. But there,
+the blood is different, and you are somewhat over-honest for a lover.
+Was she frightened for you, now, when that knave made at you with
+the sword?"
+
+Peter considered the question, then answered:
+
+"I know not. I did not look to see; I looked at the Scotchman with his
+sword, for if I had not, I should have been dead, not he. But she was
+certainly frightened when the fellow caught hold of her, for then she
+called for me loud enough."
+
+"And what is that? What woman in London would not call for such a one as
+Peter Brome in her trouble? Well, you must ask her, and that soon, if
+you can find the words. Take a lesson from that Spanish don, and scrape
+and bow and flatter and tell stories of the war and turn verses to her
+eyes and hair. Oh, Peter! are you a fool, that I at my age should have
+to teach you how to court a woman?"
+
+"Mayhap, Sir. At least I can do none of these things, and poesy wearies
+me to read, much more to write. But I can ask a question and take
+an answer."
+
+Castell shook his head impatiently.
+
+"Ask the question, man, if you will, but never take the answer if it is
+against you. Wait rather, and ask it again--"
+
+"And," went on Peter without noticing, his grey eyes lighting with a
+sudden fire, "if need be, I can break that fine Spaniard's bones as
+though he were a twig."
+
+"Ah!" said Castell, "perhaps you will be called upon to make your words
+good before all is done. For my part, I think his bones will take some
+breaking. Well, ask in your own way--only ask and let me hear the answer
+before to-morrow night. Now it grows late, and I have still something to
+say. I am in danger here. My wealth is noised abroad, and many covet it,
+some in high places, I think. Peter, it is in my mind to have done with
+all this trading, and to withdraw me to spend my old age where none will
+take any notice of me, down at that Hall of yours in Dedham, if you will
+give me lodging. Indeed for a year and more, ever since you spoke to me
+on the subject of Margaret, I have been calling in my moneys from Spain
+and England, and placing them out at safe interest in small sums, or
+buying jewels with them, or lending them to other merchants whom I
+trust, and who will not rob me or mine. Peter, you have worked well for
+me, but you are no chapman; it is not in your blood. Therefore, since
+there is enough for all of us and more, I shall pass this business and
+its goodwill over to others, to be managed in their name, but on shares,
+and if it please God we will keep next Yule at Dedham."
+
+As he spoke the door at the far end of the hall opened, and through it
+came that serving-man who had been bidden to follow the Spaniard.
+
+"Well," said Castell, "what tidings?"
+
+The man bowed and said:
+
+"I followed the Don as you bade me to his lodging, which I reached
+without his seeing me, though from time to time he stopped to look about
+him. He rests near the palace of Westminster, in the same big house
+where dwells the ambassador de Ayala, and those who stood round lifted
+their bonnets to him.
+
+"Watching I saw some of these go to a tavern, a low place that is open
+all night, and, following them there, called for a drink and listened to
+their talk, who know the Spanish tongue well, having worked for five
+years in your worship's house at Seville. They spoke of the fray
+to-night, and said that if they could catch that long-legged fellow,
+meaning Master Brome yonder, they would put a knife into him, since he
+had shamed them by killing the Scotch knave, who was their officer and
+the best swordsman in their company, with a staff, and then setting his
+British bulldogs on them. I fell into talk with them, saying that I was
+an English sailor from Spain, which they were too drunk to question, and
+asked who might be the tall don who had interfered in the fray before
+the king came. They told me he is a rich senor named d'Aguilar, but ill
+to serve in Lent because he is so strict a churchman, although not
+strict in other matters. I answered that to me he looked like a great
+noble, whereon one of them said that I was right, that there was no
+blood in Spain higher than his, but unfortunately, there was a bend in
+its stream, also an inkpot had been upset into it."
+
+"What does that mean?" asked Peter.
+
+"It is a Spanish saying," answered Castell, "which signifies that a man
+is born illegitimate, and has Moorish blood in his veins."
+
+"Then I asked what he was doing here, and the man answered that I had
+best put that question to the Holy Father and to the Queen of Spain.
+Lastly, after I had given the soldier another cup, I asked where the don
+lived, and whether he had any other name. He replied that he lived at
+Granada for the most part, and that if I called on him there I should
+see some pretty ladies and other nice things. As for his name, it was
+the Marquis of Nichel. I said that meant Marquis of Nothing, whereon the
+soldier answered that I seemed very curious, and that was just what he
+meant to tell me--nothing. Also he called to his comrades that he
+believed I was a spy, so I thought it time to be going, as they were
+drunk enough to do me a mischief."
+
+"Good," said Castell. "You are watchman tonight, Thomas, are you not?
+See that all doors are barred so that we may sleep without fear of
+Spanish thieves. Rest you well, Peter. Nay, I do not come yet; I have
+letters to send to Spain by the ship which sails to-morrow night."
+
+When Peter had gone, John Castell extinguished all the lamps save one.
+This he took in his hand and passed from the hall into an apartment that
+in old days, when this was a noble's house, had been the private chapel.
+There was an altar in it, and over the altar a crucifix. For a few
+moments Castell knelt before the altar, for even now, at dead of night,
+how knew he what eyes might watch him? Then he rose and, lamp in hand,
+glided behind it, lifted some tapestry, and pressed a spring in the
+panelling beneath. It opened, revealing a small secret chamber built in
+the thickness of the wall and without windows; a mere cupboard that once
+perhaps had been a place where a priest might robe or keep the
+sacred vessels.
+
+In this chamber was a plain oak table on which stood candles and an ark
+of wood, also some rolls of parchment. Before this table he knelt down,
+and put up earnest prayers to the God of Abraham, for, although his
+father had caused him to be baptized into the Christian Church as a
+child, John Castell remained a Jew. For this good reason, then, he was
+so much afraid, knowing that, although his daughter and Peter knew
+nothing of his secret, there were others who did, and that were it
+revealed ruin and perhaps death would be his portion and that of his
+house, since in those days there was no greater crime than to adore God
+otherwise than Holy Church allowed. Yet for many years he had taken the
+risk, and worshipped on as his fathers did before him.
+
+His prayer finished, he left the place, closing the spring-door behind
+him, and passed to his office, where he sat till the morning light,
+first writing a letter to his correspondent at Seville, and then
+painfully translating it into cipher by aid of a secret key. His task
+done, and the cipher letter sealed and directed, he burned the draft,
+extinguished his lamp, and, going to the window, watched the rising of
+the sun. In the garden beneath blackbirds sang, and the pale primroses
+were abloom.
+
+"I wonder," he said aloud, "whether when those flowers come again I
+shall live to see them. Almost I feel as though the rope were tightening
+about my throat at last; it came upon me while that accursed Spaniard
+crossed himself at my table. Well, so be it; I will hide the truth while
+I can, but if they catch me I'll not deny it. The money is safe, most of
+it; my wealth they shall never get, and now I will make my daughter safe
+also, as with Peter she must be. I would I had not put it off so long;
+but I hankered after a great marriage for her, which, being a Christian,
+she well might make. I'll mend that fault; before to-morrow's morn she
+shall be plighted to him, and before May-day his wife. God of my
+fathers, give us one month more of peace and safety, and then, because I
+have denied Thee openly, take my life in payment if Thou wilt."
+
+Before John Castell went to bed Peter was already awake--indeed, he had
+slept but little that night. How could he sleep whose fortunes had
+changed thus wondrously between sun set and rise? Yesterday he was but a
+merchant's assistant--a poor trade for one who had been trained to arms,
+and borne them bravely. To-day he was a gentleman again, owner of the
+broad lands where he was bred, and that had been his forefathers' for
+many a generation. Yesterday he was a lover without hope, for in himself
+he had never believed that the rich John Castell would suffer him, a
+landless man, to pay court to his daughter, one of the loveliest and
+wealthiest maids in London. He had asked his leave in past days, and
+been refused, as he had expected that he would be refused, and
+thenceforward, being on his honour as it were, he had said no tender
+word to Margaret, nor pressed her hand, nor even looked into her eyes
+and sighed. Yet at times it had seemed to him that she would not have
+been ill-pleased if he had done one of these things, or all; that she
+wondered, indeed, that he did not, and thought none the better of him
+for his abstinence. Moreover, now he learned that her father wondered
+also, and this was a strange reward of virtue.
+
+For Peter loved Margaret with heart and soul and body. Since he, a lad,
+had played with her, a child, he loved her, and no other woman. She was
+his thought by day and his dream by night, his hope, his eternal star.
+Heaven he pictured as a place where for ever he would be with Margaret,
+earth without her could be nothing but a hell. That was why he had
+stayed on in Castell's shop, bending his proud neck to this tradesman's
+yoke, doing the bidding and taking the rough words of chapmen and of
+lordly customers, filling in bills of exchange, and cheapening bargains,
+all without a sign or murmur, though oftentimes he felt as though his
+gorge would burst with loathing of the life. Indeed, that was why he had
+come there at all, who otherwise would have been far away, hewing a road
+to fame and fortune, or digging out a grave with his broadsword. For
+here at least he could be near to Margaret, could touch her hand at morn
+and evening, could watch the light shine in her beauteous eyes, and
+sometimes, as she bent over him, feel her breath upon his hair. And now
+his purgatory was at an end, and of a sudden the gates of joy were open.
+
+But what if Margaret should prove the angel with the flaming sword who
+forbade him entrance to his paradise? He trembled at the thought. Well,
+if so, so it must be; he was not the man to force her fancy, or call her
+father to his aid. He would do his best to win her, and if he failed,
+why then he would bless her, and let her go.
+
+Peter could lie abed no longer, but rose and dressed himself, although
+the dawn was not fully come. By his open window he said his prayers,
+thanking God for mercies past, and praying that He would bless him in
+his great emprise. Presently the sun rose, and there came a great
+longing on him to be alone in the countryside, he who was country-born
+and hated towns, with only the sky and the birds and the trees
+for company.
+
+But here in London was no country, wherever he went he would meet men;
+moreover, he remembered that it might be best that just now he should
+not wander through the streets unguarded, lest he should find Spaniards
+watching to take him unawares. Well, there was the garden; he would go
+thither, and walk a while. So he descended the broad oak stairs, and,
+unbolting a door, entered this garden, which, though not too well kept,
+was large for London, covering an acre of ground perhaps, surrounded by
+a high wall, and having walks, and at the end of it a group of ancient
+elms, beneath which was a seat hidden from the house. In summer this was
+Margaret's favourite bower, for she too loved Nature and the land, and
+all the things it bore. Indeed, this garden was her joy, and the flowers
+that grew there were for the most part of her own planting--primroses,
+snowdrops, violets, and, in the shadow of the trees, long
+hartstongue ferns.
+
+For a while Peter walked up and down the central path, and, as it
+chanced, Margaret, who also had risen early and not slept too well,
+looking through her window curtains, saw him wandering there, and
+wondered what he did at this hour; also, why he was dressed in the
+clothes he wore on Sundays and holidays. Perhaps, she thought, his
+weekday garments had been torn or muddied in last night's fray. Then she
+fell to thinking how bravely he had borne him in that fray. She saw it
+all again; the great red-headed rascal tossed up and whirled to the
+earth by his strong arms; saw Peter face that gleaming steel with
+nothing but a staff; saw the straight blows fall, and the fellow go
+reeling to the earth, slain with a single stroke.
+
+Ah! her cousin, Peter Brome, was a man indeed, though a strange one, and
+remembering certain things that did not please her, she shrugged her
+ivory shoulders, turned red, and pouted. Why, that Spaniard had said
+more civil words to her in an hour than had Peter in two years, and he
+was handsome and noble-looking also; but then the Spaniard was--a
+Spaniard, and other men were--other men, whereas Peter was--Peter, a
+creature apart, one who cared as little for women as he did for trade.
+
+Why, then, if he cared for neither women nor trade, did he stop here?
+she wondered. To gather wealth? She did not think it; he seemed to have
+no leanings that way either. It was a mystery. Still, she could wish to
+get to the bottom of Peter's heart, just to see what was hid there,
+since no man has a right to be a riddle to his loving cousin. Yes, and
+one day she would do it, cost what it might.
+
+Meanwhile, she remembered that she had never thanked Peter for the brave
+part which he had played, and, indeed, had left him to walk home with
+Betty, a journey that, as she gathered from her sprightly cousin's talk
+while she undressed her, neither of them had much enjoyed. For Betty, be
+it said here, was angry with Peter, who, it seemed, once had told her
+that she was a handsome, silly fool, who thought too much of men and too
+little of her business. Well, since after the day's work had begun she
+would find no opportunity, she would go down and thank Peter now, and
+see if she could make him talk for once.
+
+So Margaret threw her fur-trimmed cloak about her, drawing its hood over
+her head, for the April air was cold, and followed Peter into the
+garden. When she reached it, however, there was no Peter to be seen,
+whereon she reproached herself for having come to that damp place so
+early and meditated return. Then, thinking that it would look foolish if
+any had chanced to see her, she walked down the path pretending to seek
+for violets, and found none. Thus she came to the group of great elms at
+the end, and, glancing between their ancient boles, saw Peter standing
+there. Now, too, she understood why she could find no violets, for Peter
+had gathered them all, and was engaged, awkwardly enough, in trying to
+tie them and some leaves into a little posy by the help of a stem of
+grass. With his left hand he held the violets, with his right one end of
+the grass, and since he lacked fingers to clasp the other, this he
+attempted with his teeth. Now he drew it tight, and now the brittle
+grass stem broke, the violets were scattered, and Peter used words that
+he should not have uttered even when alone.
+
+"I knew you would break it, but I never thought you could lose your
+temper over so small a thing, Peter," said Margaret; and he in the
+shadow looked up to see her standing there in the sunlight, fresh and
+lovely as the spring itself.
+
+Solemnly, in severe reproof, she shook her head, from which the hood had
+fallen back, but there was a smile upon her lips, and laughter in her
+eyes. Oh! she was beautiful, and at the sight of her Peter's heart stood
+still. Then, remembering what he had just said, and certain other things
+that Master Castell had said, he blushed so deeply that her own cheeks
+went red in sympathy. It was foolish, but she could not help it, for
+about Peter this morning there was something strange, something that
+bred blushes.
+
+"For whom are you gathering violets so early," she asked, "when you
+ought to be praying for that Scotchman's soul?"
+
+"I care nothing for his soul," answered Peter testily. "If the brute had
+one, he can look after it himself; and I was gathering the
+violets--for you."
+
+She stared. Peter was not in the habit of making her presents of
+flowers. No wonder he had looked strange.
+
+"Then I will help you to tie them. Do you know why I am up so early? It
+is for your sake. I behaved badly to you last night, for I was cross
+because you wanted to thwart me about seeing the king. I never thanked
+you for all you did, you brave Peter, though I thanked you enough in my
+heart. Do you know that when you stood there with that sword, in the
+middle of those Englishmen, you looked quite noble? Come out into the
+sunlight, and I will thank you properly."
+
+In his agitation Peter let the remainder of the flowers fall. Then an
+idea struck him, and he answered:
+
+"Look! I can't; if you are really grateful for nothing at all, come in
+here and help me to pick up these violets--a pest on their
+short stalks!"
+
+She hesitated a little, then by degrees drew nearer, and, bending down,
+began to find the flowers one by one. Peter had scattered them wide, so
+that at first the pair were some way apart, but when only a few
+remained, they drew close. Now there was but one violet left, and, both
+stretching for it, their hands met. Margaret held the violet, and Peter
+held Margaret's fingers. Thus linked they straightened themselves, and
+as they rose their faces were very near together and oh! most sweet were
+Margaret's wonderful eyes; while in the eyes of Peter there shone a
+flame. For a second they looked at each other, and then of a sudden he
+kissed her on the lips.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+LOVERS DEAR
+
+"Peter!" gasped Margaret--"_Peter!_"
+
+But Peter made no answer, only he who had been red of face went white,
+so that the mark of the sword-cut across his cheek showed like a scarlet
+line upon a cloth.
+
+"Peter!" repeated Margaret, pulling at her hand which he still held, "do
+you know what you have done?"
+
+"It seems that you do, so what need is there for me to tell you?" he
+muttered.
+
+"Then it was not an accident; you really meant it, and you are not
+ashamed."
+
+"If it was, I hope that I may meet with more such accidents."
+
+"Peter, leave go of me. I am going to tell my father, at once."
+
+His face brightened.
+
+"Tell him by all means," he said; "he won't mind. He told me----"
+
+"Peter, how dare you add falsehood to--to--you know what. Do you mean to
+say that my father told you to kiss me, and at six o'clock in the
+morning, too?"
+
+"He said nothing about kissing, but I suppose he meant it. He said that
+I might ask you to marry me."
+
+"That," replied Margaret, "is a very different thing. If you had asked
+me to marry you, and, after thinking it over for a long while, I had
+answered Yes, which of course I should not have done, then, perhaps,
+before we were married you might have--Well, Peter, you have begun at
+the wrong end, which is very shameless and wicked of you, and I shall
+never speak to you again."
+
+"I daresay," said Peter resignedly; "all the more reason why I should
+speak to you while I have the chance. No, you shan't go till you have
+heard me. Listen. I have been in love with you since you were twelve
+years old--"
+
+"That must be another falsehood, Peter, or you have gone mad. If you had
+been in love with me for eleven years, you would have said so."
+
+"I wanted to, always, but your father refused me leave. I asked him
+fifteen months ago, but he put me on my word to say nothing."
+
+"To say nothing--yes, but he could not make you promise to show
+nothing."
+
+"I thought that the one thing meant the other; I see now that I have
+been a fool, and, I suppose, have overstayed my market," and he looked
+so depressed that Margaret relented a little.
+
+"Well," she said, "at any rate it was honest, and of course I am glad
+that you were honest."
+
+"You said just now that I told falsehoods--twice; if I am honest, how
+can I tell falsehoods?"
+
+"I don't know. Why do you ask me riddles? Let me go and try to forget
+all this."
+
+"Not till you have answered me outright. Will you marry me, Margaret? If
+you won't, there will be no need for you to go, for I shall go and
+trouble you no more. You know what I am, and all about me, and I have
+nothing more to say except that, although you may find many finer
+husbands, you won't find one who would love and care for you better. I
+know that you are very beautiful and very rich, while I am neither one
+nor the other, and often I have wished to Heaven that you were not so
+beautiful, for sometimes that brings trouble on women who are honest and
+only have one heart to give, or so rich either. But thus things are, and
+I cannot change them, and, however poor my chance of hitting the dove, I
+determined to shoot my bolt and make way for the next archer. Is there
+any chance at all, Margaret? Tell me, and put me out of pain, for I am
+not good at so much talking."
+
+Now Margaret began to grow disturbed; her wayward assurance departed
+from her.
+
+"It is not fitting," she murmured, "and I do not wish--I will speak to
+my father; he shall give you your answer."
+
+"No need to trouble him, Margaret. He has given it already. His great
+desire is that we should marry, for he seeks to leave this trade and to
+live with us in the Vale of Dedham, in Essex, where he has bought back
+my father's land."
+
+"You are full of strange tidings this morning, Peter."
+
+"Yes, Margaret, our wheel of life that went so slow turns fast enough
+to-day, for God above has laid His whip upon the horses of our Fate,
+and they begin to gallop, whither I know not. Must they run side by
+side, or separate? It is for you to say."
+
+"Peter," she said, "will you not give me a little time?"
+
+"Aye, Margaret, ten whole minutes by the clock, and then if it is nay,
+all your life, for I pack my chest and go. It will be said that I feared
+to be taken for that soldier's death."
+
+"You are unkind to press me so."
+
+"Nay, it is kindest to both of us. Do you then love some other man?"
+
+"I must confess I do," she murmured, looking at him out of the corners
+of her eyes.
+
+Now Peter, strong as he was, turned faint, and in his agitation let go
+her hand which she lifted, the violets still between her fingers,
+considering it as though it were a new thing to her.
+
+"I have no right to ask you who he is," he muttered, striving to control
+himself.
+
+"Nay, but, Peter, I will tell you. It is my father--what other man
+should I love?"
+
+"Margaret!" he said in wrath, "you are fooling me."
+
+"How so? What other man should I love--unless, indeed, it were
+yourself?"
+
+"I can bear no more of this play," he said. "Mistress Margaret, I bid
+you farewell. God go with you!" And he brushed past her.
+
+"Peter," she said when he had gone a few yards, "would you have these
+violets as a farewell gift?"
+
+He turned and hesitated.
+
+"Come, then, and take them."
+
+So back he came, and with little trembling fingers she began to fasten
+the flowers to his doublet, bending ever nearer as she fastened, until
+her breath played upon his face, and her hair brushed his bonnet. Then,
+it matters not how, once more the violets fell to earth, and she sighed,
+and her hands fell also, and he put his strong arms round her and drew
+her to him and kissed her again and yet again on the hair and eyes and
+lips; nor did Margaret forbid him.
+
+At length she thrust him from her and, taking him by the hand, led him
+to the seat beneath the elms, and bade him sit at one end of it, while
+she sat at the other.
+
+"Peter," she whispered, "I wish to speak with you when I can get my
+breath. Peter, you think poorly of me, do you not? No--be silent; it is
+my turn to talk. You think that I am heartless, and have been playing
+with you. Well, I only did it to make sure that you really do love me,
+since, after that--accident of a while ago (when we were picking up the
+violets, I mean), you would have been in honour bound to say it, would
+you not? Well, now I am quite sure, so I will tell you something. I love
+you many times as well as you love me, and have done so for quite as
+long. Otherwise, should I not have married some other suitor, of whom
+there have been plenty? Aye, and I will tell you this to my sin and
+shame, that once I grew so angry with you because you would not speak or
+give some little sign, that I went near to it. But at the last I could
+not, and sent him about his business also. Peter, when I saw you last
+night facing that swordsman with but a staff, and thought that you must
+die, oh! then I knew all the truth, and my heart was nigh to bursting,
+as, had you died, it would have burst. But now it is all done with, and
+we know each other's secret, and nothing shall ever part us more till
+death comes to one or both."
+
+Thus Margaret spoke, while he drank in her words as desert sands,
+parched by years of drought, drink in the rain--and watched her face,
+out of which all mischief and mockery had departed, leaving it that of a
+most beauteous and most earnest woman, to whom a sense of the weight of
+life, with its mingled joys and sorrows, had come home suddenly. When
+she had finished, this silent man, to whom even his great happiness
+brought few words, said only:
+
+"God has been very good to us. Let us thank God."
+
+So they did, then, even there, seated side by side upon the bench,
+because the grass was too wet for them to kneel on, praying in their
+simple, childlike faith that the Power which had brought them together,
+and taught them to love each other, would bless them in that love and
+protect them from all harms, enemies, and evils through many a long
+year of life.
+
+Their prayer finished, they sat together on the seat, now talking, and
+now silent in their joy, while all too fast the time wore on. At
+length--it was after one of these spells of blissful silence--a change
+came over them, such a change as falls upon some peaceful scene when,
+unexpected and complete, a black stormcloud sweeps across the sun, and,
+in place of its warm light, pours down gloom full of the promise of
+tempest and of rain. Apprehension got a hold of them. They were both
+afraid of what they could not guess.
+
+"Come," she said, "it is time to go in. My father will miss us."
+
+So without more words or endearments they rose and walked side by side
+out of the shelter of the elms into the open garden. Their heads were
+bent, for they were lost in thought, and thus it came about that
+Margaret saw her feet pass suddenly into the shadow of a man, and,
+looking up, perceived standing in front of her, grave, alert, amused,
+none other than the Senor d'Aguilar. She uttered a little stifled
+scream, while Peter, with the impulse that causes a brave and startled
+hound to rush at that which frightens it, gave a leap forward towards
+the Spaniard.
+
+"Mother of God! do you take me for a thief?" he asked in a laughing
+voice, as he stepped to one side to avoid him.
+
+"Your pardon," said Peter, shaking himself together; "but you surprised
+us appearing so suddenly where we never thought to see you."
+
+"Any more than I thought to see you here, for this seems a strange place
+to linger on so cold a morning," and he looked at them again with his
+curious, mocking eyes that appeared to read the secret of their souls,
+while they grew red as roses beneath his scrutiny. "Permit me to
+explain," he went on. "I came here thus early on your service, to warn
+you, Master Peter, not to go abroad to-day, since a writ is out for your
+arrest, and as yet I have had no time to quash it by friendly
+settlement. Well, as it chanced, I met that handsome lady who was with
+you yesterday, returning from her marketing--a friendly soul--she says
+she is your cousin. She brought me to the house, and having learned that
+your father, whom I wished to see, was at his prayers, good man, in the
+old chapel, led me to its door and left me to seek him. I entered, but
+could not find him, so, having waited a while, strayed into this garden
+through the open door, purposing to walk here till some one should
+appear, and, you see, I have been fortunate beyond my expectations
+or deserts."
+
+"So!" said Peter shortly, for the man's manner and elaborated
+explanations filled him with disgust. "Let us seek Master Castell that
+he may hear the story."
+
+"And we thank you much for coming to warn us," murmured Margaret. "I
+will go find my father," and she slipped past him towards the door.
+
+D'Aguilar watched her enter it, then turned to Peter and said:
+
+"You English are a hardy folk who take the spring air so early. Well, in
+such company I would do the same. Truly she is a beauteous maiden. I
+have some experience of the sex, but never do I remember one so fair."
+
+"My cousin is well enough," answered Peter coldly, for this Spaniard's
+very evident admiration of Margaret did not please him.
+
+"Yes," answered d'Aguilar, taking no notice of his tone, "she is well
+enough to fill the place, not of a merchant's daughter, but of a great
+lady--a countess reigning over towns and lands, or a queen even; the
+royal robes and ornaments would become that carriage and that brow."
+
+"My cousin seeks no such state who is happy in her quiet lot," answered
+Peter again; then added quickly, "See, here comes Master Castell
+seeking you."
+
+D'Aguilar advanced and greeted the merchant courteously, noticing as he
+did so that, notwithstanding his efforts to appear unconcerned, Castell
+seemed ill at ease.
+
+"I am an early visitor," he said, "but I knew that you business folk
+rise with the lark, and I wished to catch our friend here before he went
+out," and he repeated to him the reason of his coming.
+
+"I thank you, Senor," answered Castell. "You are very good to me and
+mine. I am sorry that you have been kept waiting. They tell me that you
+looked for me in the chapel, but I was not there, who had already left
+it for my office."
+
+"So I found. It is a quaint place, that old chapel of yours, and while I
+waited I went to the altar and told my beads there, which I had no time
+to do before I left my lodgings."
+
+Castell started almost imperceptibly, and glanced at d'Aguilar with his
+quick eyes, then turned the subject and asked if he would not breakfast
+with them. He declined, however, saying that he must be about their
+business and his own, then promptly proposed that he should come to
+supper on the following night that was--Sunday--and make report how
+things had gone, a suggestion that Castell could not but accept.
+
+So he bowed and smiled himself out of the house, and walked thoughtfully
+into Holborn, for it had pleased him to pay this visit on foot, and
+unattended. At the corner whom should he meet again but the tall,
+fair-haired Betty, returning from some errand which she had found it
+convenient to fulfil just then.
+
+"What," he said, "you once more! The saints are very kind to me this
+morning. Come, Senora, walk a little way with me, for I would ask you a
+few questions."
+
+Betty hesitated, then gave way. It was seldom that she found the chance
+of walking through Holborn with such a noble-looking cavalier.
+
+"Never look at your working-dress," he said.
+
+"With such a shape, what matters the robe that covers it?"--a compliment
+at which Betty blushed, for she was proud of her fine figure.
+
+"Would you like a mantilla of real Spanish lace for your head and
+shoulders? Well, you shall have one that I brought from Spain with me,
+for I know no other lady in the land whom it would become better. But,
+Mistress Betty, you told me wrong about your master. I went to the
+chapel and he was not there."
+
+"He was there, Senor," she answered, eager to set herself right with
+this most agreeable and discriminating foreigner, "for I saw him go in a
+moment before, and he did not come out again."
+
+"Then, Senora, where could he have hidden himself? Has the place a
+crypt?"
+
+"None that I have heard of; but," she added, "there is a kind of little
+room behind the altar."
+
+"Indeed. How do you know that? I saw no room."
+
+"Because one day I heard a voice behind the tapestry, Senor, and,
+lifting it, saw a sliding door left open, and Master Castell kneeling
+before a table and saying his prayers aloud."
+
+"How strange! And what was there on the table?"
+
+"Only a queer-shaped box of wood like a little house, and two
+candlesticks, and some rolls of parchment. But I forgot, Senor; I
+promised Master Castell to say nothing about that place, for he turned
+and saw me, and came at me like a watchdog out of its kennel. You won't
+say that I told you, will you, Senor?"
+
+"Not I; your good master's private cupboard does not interest me. Now I
+want to know something more. Why is that beautiful cousin of yours not
+married? Has she no suitors?"
+
+"Suitors, Senor? Yes, plenty of them, but she sends them all about their
+business, and seems to have no mind that way."
+
+"Perhaps she is in love with her cousin, that long-legged, strong-armed,
+wooden-headed Master Brome."
+
+"Oh! no, Senor, I don't think so; no lady could be in love with him--he
+is too stern and silent."
+
+"I agree with you, Senora. Then perhaps he is in love with her."
+
+Betty shook her head, and replied:
+
+"Peter Brome doesn't think anything of women, Senor. At least he never
+speaks to or of them."
+
+"Which shows that probably he thinks about them all the more. Well,
+well, it is no affair of ours, is it? Only I am glad to hear that there
+is nothing between them, since your mistress ought to marry high, and be
+a great lady, not a mere merchant's wife."
+
+"Yes, Senor. Though Peter Brome is not a merchant, at least by birth, he
+is high-born, and should be Sir Peter Brome if his father had not fought
+on the wrong side and sold his land. He is a soldier, and a very brave
+one, they say, as all might see last night."
+
+"No doubt, and perhaps would make a great captain, if he had the chance,
+with his stern face and silent tongue. But, Senora Betty, say, how comes
+it that, being so handsome," and he bowed, "you are not married either?
+I am sure it can be from no lack of suitors."
+
+Again Betty, foolish girl, flushed with pleasure at the compliment.
+
+"You are right, Senor," she answered. "I have plenty of them; but I am
+like my cousin--they do not please me. Although my father lost his
+fortune, I come of good blood, and I suppose that is why I do not care
+for these low-born men, and would rather remain as I am than marry
+one of them."
+
+"You are quite right," said d'Aguilar in his sympathetic voice. "Do not
+stain your blood. Marry in your own class, or not at all, which, indeed,
+should not be difficult for one so beautiful and charming." And he
+looked into her large eyes with tender admiration.
+
+This quality, indeed, soon began to demonstrate itself so actively, for
+they were now in the fields where few people wandered, that Betty, who
+although vain was proud and upright, thought it wise to recollect that
+she must be turning homewards. So, in spite of his protests, she left
+him and departed, walking upon air.
+
+How splendid and handsome this foreign gentleman was, she thought to
+herself, really a great cavalier, and surely he admired her truly. Why
+should he not? Such things had often been. Many a rich lady whom she
+knew was not half so handsome or so well born as herself, and would make
+him a worse wife--that is, and the thought chilled her somewhat--if he
+were not already married.
+
+From all of which it will be seen that d'Aguilar had quickly succeeded
+in the plan which only presented itself to him a few hours before. Betty
+was already half in love with him. Not that he had any desire to possess
+this beautiful but foolish woman's heart, who saw in her only a useful
+tool, a stepping-stone by means of which he might draw near to Margaret.
+
+For with Margaret, it may be said at once, he was quite in love. At the
+sight of her sweet yet imperial beauty, as he saw her first,
+dishevelled, angry, frightened, in the crowd outside the king's
+banqueting-hall, his southern blood had taken sudden fire. Finished
+voluptuary though he was, the sensation he experienced then was quite
+new to him. He longed for this woman as he had never longed for any
+other, and, what is more, he desired to make her his wife. Why not?
+Although there was a flaw in it, his rank was high, and therefore she
+was beneath him; but for this her loveliness would atone, and she had
+wit and learning enough to fill any place that he could give her. Also,
+great as was his wealth, his wanton, spendthrift way of life had brought
+him many debts, and she was the only child of one of the richest
+merchants in England, whose dower, doubtless, would be a fortune that
+many a royal princess might envy. Why not again? He would turn Inez and
+those others adrift--at any rate, for a while--and make her mistress of
+his palace there in Granada. Instantly, as is often the fashion of those
+who have Eastern blood in their veins, d'Aguilar had made up his mind,
+yes, before he left her father's table on the previous night. He would
+marry Margaret and no other woman.
+
+Yet at once he had seen many difficulties in his path. To begin with, he
+mistrusted him of Peter, that strong, quiet man who could kill a great
+armed knave with his stick, and at a word call half London to his side.
+Peter, he was sure, being human, must be in love with Margaret, and he
+was a rival to be feared. Well, if Margaret had no thoughts of Peter,
+this mattered nothing, and if she had--and what were they doing together
+in the garden that morning?--Peter must be got rid of, that was all. It
+was easy enough if he chose to adopt certain means; there were many of
+those Spanish fellows who would not mind sticking a knife into his back
+in the dark.
+
+But sinful as he was, at such steps his conscience halted. Whatever
+d'Aguilar had done, he had never caused a man to be actually murdered,
+he who was a bigot, who atoned for his misdoings by periods of remorse
+and prayer, in which he placed his purse and talents at the service of
+the Church, as he was doing at this moment. No, murder must not be
+thought of; for how could any absolution wash him clean of that stain?
+But there were other ways. For instance, had not this Peter, in
+self-defence it is true, killed one of the servants of an ambassador of
+Spain? Perhaps, however, it would not be necessary to make use of them.
+It had seemed to him that the lady was not ill pleased with him, and,
+after all, he had much to offer. He would court her fairly, and if he
+were rejected by her, or by her father, then it would be time enough to
+act. Meanwhile, he would keep the sword hanging over the head of Peter,
+pretending that it was he alone who had prevented it from falling, and
+learn all that he could as to Castell and his history.
+
+Here, indeed, Fortune, in the shape of the foolish Betty, had favoured
+him. Without a doubt, as he had heard in Spain, and been sure from the
+moment that he first saw him, Castell was still secretly a Jew. Mistress
+Betty's story of the room behind the altar, with the ark and the candles
+and the rolls of the Law, proved as much. At least here was evidence
+enough to send him to the fires of the Inquisition in Spain, and,
+perhaps, to drive him out of England. Now, if John Castell, the Spanish
+Jew, should not wish, for any reason, to give him his daughter in
+marriage, would not a hint and an extract from the Commissions of their
+Majesties of Spain and the Holy Father suffice to make him change
+his mind?
+
+Thus pondering, d'Aguilar regained his lodgings, where his first task
+was to enter in a book all that Betty had told him, and all that he had
+observed in the house of John Castell.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+CASTELL'S SECRET
+
+In John Castell's house it was the habit, as in most others in those
+days, for his dependents, clerks, and shopmen to eat their morning and
+mid-day meals with him in the hall, seated at two lower tables, all of
+them save Betty, his daughter's cousin and companion, who sat with them
+at the upper board. This morning Betty's place was empty, and presently
+Castell, lifting his eyes, for he was lost in thought, noted it, and
+asked where she might be--a question that neither Margaret nor Peter
+could answer.
+
+One of the servants at the lower table, however--it was that man who had
+been sent to follow d'Aguilar on the previous night--said that as he
+came down Holborn a while before he had seen her walking with the
+Spanish don, a saying at which his master looked grave.
+
+Just as they were finishing their meal, a very silent one, for none of
+them seemed to have anything to say, and after the servants had left the
+hall, Betty arrived, flushed as though with running.
+
+"Where have you been that you are so late?" asked Castell.
+
+"To seek the linen for the new sheets, but it was not ready," she
+answered glibly. "The mercer kept you waiting long," remarked Castell
+quietly. "Did you meet any one?"
+
+"Only the folk in the street."
+
+"I will ask you no more questions, lest I should cause you to lie and
+bring you into sin," said Castell sternly. "Girl, how far did you walk
+with the Senor d'Aguilar, and what was your business with him?"
+
+Now Betty knew that she had been seen, and that it was useless to deny
+the truth.
+
+"Only a little way," she answered, "and that because he prayed me to
+show him his path."
+
+"Listen, Betty," went on Castell, taking no notice of her words. "You
+are old enough to guard yourself, therefore as to your walking abroad
+with gallants who can mean you no good I say nothing. But know this--no
+one who has knowledge of the matters of my house," and he looked at her
+keenly, "shall mix with any Spaniard. If you are found alone with this
+senor any more, that hour I have done with you, and you never pass my
+door again. Nay, no words. Take your food and eat it elsewhere."
+
+So she departed half weeping, but very angry, for Betty was strong and
+obstinate by nature. When she had gone, Margaret, who was fond of her
+cousin, tried to say some words on her behalf; but her father
+stopped her.
+
+"Pshaw!" he said, "I know the girl; she is vain as a peacock, and,
+remembering her gentle birth and good looks, seeks to marry above her
+station; while for some purpose of his own--an ill one, I'll warrant--
+that Spaniard plays upon her weakness, which, if it be not curbed, may
+bring trouble on us all. Now, enough of Betty Dene; I must to my work."
+
+"Sir," said Peter, speaking for the first time, "we would have a
+private word with you."
+
+"A private word," he said, looking up anxiously. "Well, speak on. No,
+this place is not private; I think its walls have ears. Follow me," and
+he led the way into the old chapel, whereof, when they had all passed
+it, he bolted the door. "Now," he said, "what is it?"
+
+"Sir," answered Peter, standing before him, "having your leave at last,
+I asked your daughter in marriage this morning."
+
+"At least you lose no time, friend Peter; unless you had called her from
+her bed and made your offer through the door you could not have done it
+quicker. Well, well, you ever were a man of deeds, not words, and what
+says my Margaret?"
+
+"An hour ago she said she was content," answered Peter.
+
+"A cautious man also," went on Castell with a twinkle in his eye, "who
+remembers that women have been known to change their minds within an
+hour. After such long thought, what say you now, Margaret?"
+
+"That I am angry with Peter," she answered, stamping her small foot,
+"for if he does not trust me for an hour, how can he trust me for his
+life and mine?"
+
+"Nay, Margaret, you do not understand me," said Peter. "I wished not to
+bind you, that is all, in case----"
+
+"Now you are saying it again," she broke in vexed, and yet amused. "Do
+so a third time, and I will you at your word."
+
+"It seems best that I should remain silent. Speak you," said Peter
+humbly.
+
+"Aye, for truly you are a master of silence, as I should know, if any
+do," replied Margaret, bethinking her of the weary months and years of
+waiting. "Well, I will answer for you.--Father, Peter was right; I am
+content to marry him, though to do so will be to enter the Order of the
+Silent Brothers. Yes, I am content; not for himself, indeed, who has so
+many faults, but for myself, who chance to love him," and she smiled
+sweetly enough.
+
+"Do not jest on such matters, Margaret."
+
+"Why not, father? Peter is solemn enough for both of us--look at him.
+Let us laugh while we may, for who knows when tears may come?"
+
+"A good saying," answered Castell with a sigh. "So you two have plighted
+your troth, and, my children, I am glad of it, for who knows when those
+tears of which Margaret spoke may come, and then you can wipe away each
+other's? Take now her hand, Peter, and swear by the Rood, that symbol
+which you worship"--here Peter glanced at him, but he went on--"swear,
+both of you that come what may, together or separate, through good
+report or evil report, through poverty or wealth, through peace or
+persecutions, through temptation or through blood, through every good or
+ill that can befall you in this world of bittersweet, you will remain
+faithful to your troth until you be wed, and after you are wed, faithful
+to each other till death do part you."
+
+These words he spoke to them in a voice that was earnest almost to
+passion, searching their faces the while with his quick eyes as though
+he would read their very hearts. His mood crept from him to them; once
+again they felt something of that fear which had fallen on them in the
+garden when they passed into the shadow of the Spaniard. Very solemnly
+then, and with little of true lovers' joy, did they take each other's
+hands and swear by the Cross and Him Who hung on it, that through these
+things, and all others they could not foretell, they would, if need
+were, be faithful to the death.
+
+"And beyond it also," added Peter; while Margaret bowed her stately head
+in sweet assent.
+
+"Children," said Castell, "you will be rich--few richer in this
+land--though mayhap it would be wise that you should not show all your
+wealth at once, or ape the place of a great house, lest envy should fall
+upon your heads and crush you. Be content to wait, and rank will find
+you in its season, or if not you, your children. Peter, I tell you now,
+lest I should forget it, that the list of all my moneys and other
+possessions in chattels or lands or ships or merchandise is buried
+beneath the floor of my office, just under where my chair stands. Lift
+the boards and dig away a foot of rubbish, and you will find a stone
+trap, and below an iron box with the deeds, inventories, and some very
+precious jewels. Also, if by any mischance that box should be lost,
+duplicates of nearly all these papers are in the hands of my good friend
+and partner in our inland British trade, Simon Levett, whom you know.
+Remember my words, both of you."
+
+"Father," broke in Margaret in an anxious voice, "why do you speak of
+the future thus?--I mean, as though you had no share in it? Do you
+fear aught?"
+
+"Yes, daughter, much, or rather I expect, I do not fear, who am
+prepared and desire to meet all things as they come. You have sworn that
+oath, have you not? And you will keep it, will you not?"
+
+"Aye!" they answered with one breath.
+
+"Then prepare you to feel the weight of the first of those trials
+whereof it speaks, for I will no longer hold back the truth from you.
+Children, I, whom for all these years you have thought of your own
+faith, am a Jew as my forefathers were before me, back to the days
+of Abraham."
+
+The effect of this declaration upon its hearers was remarkable. Peter's
+jaw dropped, and for the second time that day his face went white; while
+Margaret sank down into a chair that stood near by, and stared at him
+helplessly. In those times it was a very terrible thing to be a Jew.
+Castell looked from one to the other, and, feeling the insult of their
+silence, grew angry.
+
+"What!" he exclaimed in a bitter voice, "are you like all the others? Do
+you scorn me also because I am of a race more ancient and honourable
+than those of any of your mushroom lords and kings? You know my life:
+say, what have I done wrong? Have I caught Christian children and
+crucified them to death? Have I defrauded my neighbour or oppressed the
+poor? Have I mocked your symbol of the Host? Have I conspired against
+the rulers of this land? Have I been a false friend or a cruel father?
+You shake your heads; then why do you stare at me as though I were a
+thing accursed and unclean? Have I not a right to the faith of my
+fathers? May I not worship God in my own fashion?" And he looked at
+Peter, a challenge in his eyes. "Sir," answered Peter, "without a
+doubt you may, or so it seems to me. But then, why for all these years
+have you appeared to worship Him in ours?"
+
+At this blunt question, so characteristic of the speaker, Castell seemed
+to shrink like a pin-pricked bladder, or some bold fighter who has
+suddenly received a sword-thrust in his vitals. All courage went out of
+the man, his fiery eyes grew tame, he appeared to become visibly
+smaller, and to put on something of the air of those mendicants of his
+own race, who whine out their woes and beg alms of the passer-by. When
+next he spoke, it was as a suppliant for merciful judgment at the hands
+of his own child and her lover.
+
+"Judge me not harshly," he said. "Think what it is to be a Jew--an
+outcast, a thing that the lowest may spurn and spit at, one beyond the
+law, one who can be hunted from land to land like a mad wolf, and
+tortured to death, when caught, for the sport of gentle Christians, who
+first have stripped him of his gains and very garments. And then think
+what it means to escape all these woes and terrors, and, by the doffing
+of a bonnet, and the mumbling of certain prayers with the lips in
+public, to find sanctuary, peace, and protection within the walls of
+Mother Church, and thus fostered, to grow rich and great."
+
+He paused as though for a reply, but as they did not speak, went on:
+
+"Moreover, as a child, I was baptized into your Church; but my heart,
+like that of my father, remained with the Jews, and where the heart goes
+the feet follow."
+
+"That makes it worse," said Peter, as though speaking to himself.
+
+"My father taught me thus," Castell went on, as though pleading his case
+before a court of law.
+
+"We must answer for our own sins," said Peter again.
+
+Then at length Castell took fire.
+
+"You young folk, who as yet know little of the terrors of the world,
+reproach me with cold looks and colder words," he said; "but I wonder,
+should you ever come to such a pass as mine, whether you will find the
+heart to meet it half as bravely? Why do you think that I have told you
+this secret, that I might have kept from you as I kept it from your
+mother, Margaret? I say because it is a part of my penance for the sin
+which I have sinned. Aye, I know well that my God is a jealous God, and
+that this sin will fall back on my head, and that I shall pay its price
+to the last groat, though when and how the blow will strike me I know
+not. Go you, Peter, or you, Margaret, and denounce me if you will. Your
+priests will speak well of you for the deed, and open to you a shorter
+road to Heaven, and I shall not blame you, nor lessen your wealth by a
+single golden noble."
+
+"Do not speak so madly, Sir," said Peter; "these matters are between you
+and God. What have we to do with them, and who made us judges over you?
+We only pray that your fears may come to nothing, and that you may reach
+your grave in peace and honour."
+
+"I thank you for your generous words, which are such as befit your
+nature," said Castell gently; "but what says Margaret?"
+
+"I, father?" she answered, wildly. "Oh! I have nothing to say. He is
+right. It is between you and God; but it is hard that I must lose my
+love so soon." Peter looked up, and Castell answered:
+
+"Lose him! Why, what did he swear but now?"
+
+"I care not what he swore; but how can I ask him, who is of noble,
+Christian birth, to marry the daughter of a Jew who all his life has
+passed himself off as a worshipper of that Jesus Whom he denies?"
+
+Now Peter held up his hand.
+
+"Have done with such talk," he said. "Were your father Judas himself,
+what is that to you and me? You are mine and I am yours till death part
+us, nor shall the faith of another man stand between us for an hour.
+Sir, we thank you for your confidence, and of this be sure, that
+although it makes us sorrowful, we do not love or honour you the less
+because now we know the truth."
+
+Margaret rose from her chair, looked a while at her father, then with a
+sob threw herself suddenly upon his breast.
+
+"Forgive me if I spoke bitterly," she said, "who, not knowing that I was
+half a Jewess, have been taught to hate their race. What is it to me of
+what faith you are, who think of you only as my dearest father?"
+
+"Why weep then?" asked Castell, stroking her hair tenderly.
+
+"Because you are in danger, or so you say, and if anything happened to
+you--oh! what shall I do then?"
+
+"Accept it as the will of God, and bear the blow bravely, as I hope to
+do, should it fall," he answered, and, kissing her, left the chapel.
+
+"It seems that joy and trouble go hand in hand," said Margaret, looking
+up presently.
+
+"Yes, Sweet, they were ever twins; but provided we have our share of the
+first, do not let us quarrel with the second. A pest on the priests and
+all their bigotry, say I! Christ sought to convert the Jews, not to kill
+them; and for my part I can honour the man who clings to his own faith,
+aye, and forgive him because they forced him to feign to belong to ours.
+Pray then that neither of us may live to commit a greater sin, and that
+we may soon be wed and dwell in peace away from London, where we can
+shelter him."
+
+"I do--I do," she answered, drawing close to Peter, and soon they forgot
+their fears and doubts in each other's arms.
+
+On the following morning, that of Sunday, Peter, Margaret, and Betty
+went together to Mass at St. Paul's church; but Castell said that he was
+ill, and did not come. Indeed, now that his conscience was stirred as to
+the double life he had led so long, he purposed, if he could avoid it,
+to worship in a Christian church no more. Therefore he said that he was
+sick; and they, knowing that this sickness was of the heart, answered
+nothing. But privately they wondered what he would do who could not
+always remain sick, since not to go to church and partake of its
+Sacraments was to be published as a heretic.
+
+But if he did not accompany them himself, Castell, without their
+knowledge, sent two of his stoutest servants, bidding these keep near to
+them and see that they came home safe.
+
+Now, when they left the church, Peter saw two Spaniards, whose faces he
+thought he knew, who seemed to be watching them, but, as he lost sight
+of them presently in the throng, said nothing. Their shortest way home
+ran across some fields and gardens where there were few houses. This
+lane, then, they followed, talking earnestly to each other, and noting
+nothing till Betty behind called out to them to beware. Then Peter
+looked up and saw the two Spaniards scrambling through a gap in the
+fence not six paces ahead of them, saw also that they laid their hands
+upon their sword-hilts.
+
+"Let us pass them boldly," he muttered to Margaret; "I'll not turn my
+back on a brace of Spaniards," but he also laid his hand upon the hilt
+of the sword he wore beneath his cloak, and bade her get behind him.
+
+Thus, then, they came face to face. Now, the Spaniards, who were
+evil-looking fellows, bowed courteously enough, and asked if he were not
+Master Peter Brome. They spoke in Spanish; but, like Margaret Peter knew
+this tongue, if not too well, having been taught it as a child, and
+practised it much since he came into the service of John Castell, who
+used it largely in his trade.
+
+"Yes," he answered. "What is your business with me?"
+
+"We have a message for you, Senor, from a certain comrade of ours, one
+Andrew, a Scotchman, whom you met a few nights ago," replied the
+spokesman of the pair. "He is dead, but still he sends his message, and
+it is that we should ask you to join him at once. Now, all of us
+brothers have sworn to deliver that message, and to see that you keep
+the tryst. If some of us should chance to fail, then others will meet
+you with the message until you keep that tryst."
+
+"You mean that you wish to murder me," said Peter, setting his mouth and
+drawing the sword from beneath his cloak. "Well, come on, cowards, and
+we will see whom Andrew gets for company in hell to-day. Run back,
+Margaret and Betty--run." And he tore off his cloak and threw it over
+his left arm.
+
+So for a moment they stood, for he looked fierce and ill to deal with.
+Then, just as they began to feint in front of him, there came a rush of
+feet, and on either side of Peter appeared the two stout serving-men,
+also sword in hand.
+
+"I am glad of your company," he said, catching sight of them out of the
+corners of his eyes. "Now, Senors Cut-throats, do you still wish to
+deliver that message?"
+
+The answer of the Spaniards, who saw themselves thus unexpectedly
+out-matched, was to turn and run, whereon one of the serving-men,
+picking up a big stone that lay in the path, hurled it after them with
+all his force. It struck the hindmost Spaniard full in the back, and so
+heavy was the blow that he fell on to his face in the mud, whence he
+rose and limped away, cursing them with strange, Spanish oaths, and
+vowing vengeance.
+
+"Now," said Peter, "I think that we may go home in safety, for no more
+messengers will come from Andrew to-day."
+
+"No," gasped Margaret, "not to-day, but to-morrow or the next day they
+will come, and oh! how will it end?"
+
+"That God knows alone," answered Peter gravely as he sheathed his sword.
+
+When the story of this attempt was told to Castell he seemed much
+disturbed.
+
+"It is clear that they have a blood-feud against you on account of that
+Scotchman whom you killed in self-defence," he said anxiously. "Also
+these Spaniards are very revengeful, nor have they forgiven you for
+calling the English to your aid against them. Peter, I fear that if you
+go abroad they will murder you."
+
+"Well, I cannot stay indoors always, like a rat in a drain," said Peter
+crossly, "so what is to be done? Appeal to the law?"
+
+"No; for you have just broken the law by killing a man. I think you had
+best go away for a while till this storm blows over."
+
+"Go away! Peter go away?" broke in Margaret, dismayed.
+
+"Yes," answered her father. "Listen, daughter. You cannot be married at
+once. It is not seemly; moreover, notice must be given and arrangement
+made. A month hence will be soon enough, and that is not long for you to
+wait who only became affianced yesterday. Also, until you are wed, no
+word must be said to any one of this betrothal of yours, lest those
+Spaniards should lay their feud at your door also, and work you some
+mischief. Let none know of it, I charge you, and in company be distant
+to each other, as though there were nothing between you."
+
+"As you will, Sir," replied Peter; "but for my part I do not like all
+these hidings of the truth, which ever lead to future trouble. I say,
+let me bide here and take my chance, and let us be wed as soon as
+may be."
+
+"That your wife may be made a widow before the week is out, or the house
+burnt about our ears by these rascals and their following? No, no,
+Peter; walk softly that you may walk safely. We will hear the report of
+the Spaniard d'Aguilar, and afterwards take counsel."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+FAREWELL
+
+D'Aguilar came to supper that night as he had promised, and this time
+not on foot and unattended, but with pomp and circumstance as befitted a
+great lord. First appeared two running footmen to clear the way; then
+followed D'Aguilar, mounted on a fine white horse, and splendidly
+apparelled in a velvet cloak and a hat with nodding ostrich plumes,
+while after him rode four men-at-arms in his livery.
+
+"We asked one guest, or rather he asked himself, and we have got seven,
+to say nothing of their horses," grumbled Castell, watching their
+approach from an upper window. "Well, we must make the best of it.
+Peter, go, see that man and beast are fed, and fully, that they may not
+grumble at our hospitality. The guard can eat in the little hall with
+our own folk. Margaret, put on your richest robe and your jewels, those
+which you wore when I took you to that city feast last summer. We will
+show these fine, foreign birds that we London merchants have brave
+feathers also."
+
+Peter hesitated, misdoubting him of the wisdom of this display, who, if
+he could have his will, would have sent the Spaniard's following to the
+tavern, and received him in sober garments to a simple meal.
+
+But Castell, who seemed somewhat disturbed that night, who loved,
+moreover, to show his wealth at times after the fashion of a Jew, began
+to fume and ask if he must go himself. So the end of it was that Peter
+went, shaking his head, while, urged to it by her father, Margaret
+departed also to array herself.
+
+A few minutes later Castell, in his costliest feast-day robe, greeted
+d'Aguilar in the ante-hall, and, the two of them being alone, asked him
+how matters went as regarded de Ayala and the man who had been killed.
+
+"Well and ill," answered d'Aguilar. "Doctor de Puebla, with whom I hoped
+to deal, has left London in a huff, for he says that there is not room
+for two Spanish ambassadors at Court, so I had to fall back upon de
+Ayala after all. Indeed, twice have I seen that exalted priest upon the
+subject of the well-deserved death of his villainous servant, and, after
+much difficulty, for having lost several men in such brawls, he thought
+his honour touched, he took the fifty gold angels--to be transmitted to
+the fellow's family, of course, or so he said--and gave a receipt. Here
+it is," and he handed a paper to Castell, who read it carefully.
+
+It was to the effect that Peter Brome, having paid a sum of fifty angels
+to the relatives of Andrew Pherson, a servant of the Spanish ambassador,
+which Andrew the said Peter had killed in a brawl, the said ambassador
+undertook not to prosecute or otherwise molest the said Peter on account
+of the manslaughter which he had committed.
+
+"But no money has been paid," said Castell.
+
+"Indeed yes, I paid it. De Ayala gives no receipts against promises."
+
+"I thank you for your courtesy, Senor. You shall have the gold before
+you leave this house. Few would have trusted a stranger thus far."
+
+D'Aguilar waved his hand.
+
+"Make no mention of such a trifle. I would ask you to accept it as a
+token of my regard for your family, only that would be to affront so
+wealthy a man. But listen, I have more to say. You are, or rather your
+kinsman Peter, is still in the wood. De Ayala has pardoned him; but
+there remains the King of England, whose law he has broken. Well, this
+day I have seen the King, who, by the way, talked of you as a worthy
+man, saying that he had always thought only a Jew could be so wealthy,
+and that he knew you were not, since you had been reported to him as a
+good son of the Church," and he paused, looking at Castell.
+
+"I fear his Grace magnifies my wealth, which is but small," answered
+Castell coolly, leaving the rest of his speech unnoticed. "But what said
+his Grace?"
+
+"I showed him de Ayala's receipt, and he answered that if his Excellency
+was satisfied, he was satisfied, and for his part would not order any
+process to issue; but he bade me tell you and Peter Brome that if he
+caused more tumult in his streets, whatever the provocation, and
+especially if that tumult were between English and Spaniards, he would
+hang him at once with trial or without it. All of which he said very
+angrily, for the last thing which his Highness desires just now is any
+noise between Spain and England."
+
+"That is bad," answered Castell, "for this very morning there was near
+to being such a tumult," and he told the story of how the two Spaniards
+had waylaid Peter, and one of them been knocked down by the serving-man
+with a stone. At this news d'Aguilar shook his head.
+
+"Then that is just where the trouble lies," he exclaimed. "I know it
+from my people, who keep me well informed, that all those servants of de
+Ayala, and there are more than twenty of them, have sworn an oath by the
+Virgin of Seville that before they leave this land they will have your
+kinsman's blood in payment for that of Andrew Pherson, who, although a
+Scotchman, was their officer, and a brave man whom they loved much. Now,
+if they attack him, as they will, there must be a brawl, for Peter
+fights well, and if there is a brawl, though Peter and the English get
+the best of it, as very likely they may, Peter will certainly be hanged,
+for so the King has promised."
+
+"Before they leave the land? When do they leave it?"
+
+"De Ayala sails within a month, and his folk with him, for his
+co-ambassador, the Doctor de Puebla, will bear with him no more, and has
+written from the country house where he is sulking that one of them
+must go."
+
+"Then I think it is best, Senor, that Peter should travel for a month."
+
+"Friend Castell, you are wise; I think so too, and, I counsel you,
+arrange it at once. Hush! here comes the lady, your daughter."
+
+As he spoke, Margaret appeared descending the broad oak stairs which led
+into the ante-room. Holding a lamp in her hand, she was in full light,
+whereas the two men stood in the shadow. She wore a low-cut dress of
+crimson velvet, embroidered about the bodice with dead gold, which
+enhanced the dazzling whiteness of her shapely neck and bosom. Round her
+throat hung a string of great pearls, and on her head was a net of
+gold, studded with smaller pearls, from beneath which her glorious,
+chestnut-black hair flowed down in rippling waves almost to her knees.
+Having her father's bidding so to do, she had adorned herself thus that
+she might look her fairest, not in the eyes of their guest, but in those
+of her new-affianced husband. So fair was she seen thus that d'Aguilar,
+the artist, the adorer of loveliness, caught his breath and shivered at
+the sight of her.
+
+"By the eleven thousand virgins!" he said, "your daughter is more
+beautiful than all of them put together. She should be crowned a queen,
+and bewitch the world."
+
+"Nay, nay, Senor," answered Castell hurriedly; "let her remain humble
+and honest, and bewitch her husband."
+
+"So I should say if I were the husband," he muttered, then stepped
+forward, bowing, to meet her.
+
+Now the light of the silver lamp she held on high flowed over the two of
+them, d'Aguilar and Margaret, and certainly they seemed a well-matched
+pair. Both were tall and cast by Nature in a rich and splendid mould;
+both had that high air of breeding which comes with ancient blood--for
+what bloods are more ancient than those of the Jew and the
+Eastern?--both were slow and stately of movement, low-voiced, and
+dignified of speech. Castell noted it and was afraid, he knew not
+of what.
+
+Peter, entering the room by another door, clad only in his grey clothes,
+for he would not put on gay garments for the Spaniard, noted it also,
+and with the quick instinct of love knew this magnificent foreigner for
+a rival and an enemy. But he was not afraid, only jealous and angry.
+Indeed, nothing would have pleased him better then than that the
+Spaniard should have struck him in the face, so that within five minutes
+it might be shown which of them was the better man. It must come to
+this, he felt, and very glad would he have been if it could come at the
+beginning and not at the end, so that one or the other of them might be
+saved much trouble. Then he remembered that he had promised to say or
+show nothing of how things stood between him and Margaret, and, coming
+forward, he greeted d'Aguilar quietly but coldly, telling him that his
+horses had been stabled, and his retinue accommodated.
+
+The Spaniard thanked him very heartily, and they passed in to supper. It
+was a strange meal for all four of them, yet outwardly pleasant enough.
+Forgetting his cares, Castell drank gaily, and began to talk of the many
+changes which he had seen in his life, and of the rise and fall of
+kings. D'Aguilar talked also, of the Spanish wars and policy, for in the
+first he had seen much service, and of the other he knew every turn. It
+was easy to see that he was one of those who mixed with courts, and had
+the ear of ministers and majesty. Margaret also, being keen-witted and
+anxious to learn of the great world that lay beyond Holborn and London
+town, asked questions, seeking to know, amongst other things, what were
+the true characters of Ferdinand, King of Aragon, and Isabella his wife,
+the famous queen.
+
+"I will tell you in few words, Senora. Ferdinand is the most ambitious
+man in Europe, false also if it serves his purpose. He lives for self
+and gain--that money and power. These are his gods, for he has no true
+religion. He is not clever but, being very cunning, he will succeed and
+leave a famous name behind him."
+
+"An ugly picture," said Margaret. "And what of his queen?"
+
+"She," answered d'Aguilar, "is a great woman, who knows how to use the
+temper of her time and so attain her ends. To the world she shows a
+tender heart, but beneath it lies hid an iron resolution."
+
+"What are those ends?" asked Margaret again.
+
+"To bring all Spain under her rule; utterly to crush the Moors and take
+their territories; to make the Church of Christ triumphant upon earth;
+to stamp out heresy; to convert or destroy the Jews," he added slowly,
+and as he spoke the words, Peter, watching, saw his eyes open and
+glitter like a snake's--"to bring their bodies to the purifying flames,
+and their vast wealth into her treasury, and thus earn the praise of the
+faithful upon earth, and for herself a throne in heaven."
+
+For a while there was silence after this speech, then Margaret said
+boldly:
+
+"If heavenly thrones are built of human blood and tears, what stone and
+mortar do they use in hell, I wonder?" Then, without pausing for an
+answer, she rose, saying that she was weary, curtseyed to d'Aguilar, her
+father and Peter, each in turn, and left the hall.
+
+When she had gone the talk flagged, and presently d'Aguilar asked for
+his men and horses and departed also, saying as he went:
+
+"Friend Castell, you will repeat my news to your good kinsman here. I
+pray for all your sakes that he may bow his head to what cannot be
+helped, and thus keep it safe upon his shoulders."
+
+"What meant the man?" asked Peter, when the sound of the horses' hoofs
+had died away.
+
+Castell told him of what had passed between him and d'Aguilar before
+supper, and showed him de Ayala's receipt, adding in a vexed voice:
+
+"I have forgotten to repay him the gold; it shall be sent to-morrow."
+
+"Have no fear; he will come for it," answered Peter coldly. "Now, if I
+have my way, I will take the risk of these Spaniards' swords and King
+Henry's rope, and bide here."
+
+"That you must not do," said Castell earnestly, "for my sake and
+Margaret's, if not for yours. Would you make her a widow before she is a
+wife? Listen: it is my wish that you travel down to Essex to take
+delivery of your father's land in the Vale of Dedham and see to the
+repairing of the mansion house, which, I am told, needs it much. Then,
+when these Spaniards are gone, you can return and at once be married,
+say one short month hence."
+
+"Will not you and Margaret come with me to Dedham?"
+
+Castell shook his head.
+
+"It is not possible. I must wind up my affairs, and Margaret cannot go
+with you alone. Moreover, there is no place for her to lodge. I will
+keep her here till you return."
+
+"Yes, Sir; but will you keep her safe? The cozening words of Spaniards
+are sometimes more deadly than their swords."
+
+"I think that Margaret has a medicine against all such arts," answered
+her father with a little smile, and left him.
+
+On the morrow when Castell told Margaret that her lover must leave her
+for a while that night--for this Peter would not do himself--she prayed
+him even with tears that he would not send him so far from her, or that
+they might all go together. But he reasoned with her kindly, showing her
+that the latter was impossible, and that if Peter did not go at once it
+was probable that Peter would soon be dead, whereas, if he went, there
+would be but one short month of waiting till the Spaniards had sailed,
+after which they might be married and live in peace and safety.
+
+So she came to see that this was best and wisest, and gave way; but oh!
+heavy were those hours, and sore was their parting. Essex was no far
+journey, and to enter into lands which only two days before Peter
+believed he had lost for ever, no sad errand, while the promise that at
+the end of a single month he should return to claim his bride hung
+before them like a star. Yet they were sad-hearted, both of them, and
+that star seemed very far away.
+
+Margaret was afraid lest Peter might be waylaid upon the road, but he
+laughed at her, saying that her father was sending six stout men with
+him as an escort, and thus companioned he feared no Spaniards. Peter,
+for his part, was afraid lest d'Aguilar might make love to her while he
+was away. But now she laughed at him, saying that all her heart was his,
+and that she had none to give to d'Aguilar or any other man. Moreover,
+that England was a free land in which women, who were no king's wards,
+could not be led whither they did not wish to go. So it seemed that they
+had naught to fear, save the daily chance of life and death. And yet
+they were afraid.
+
+"Dear love," said Margaret to him after she had thought a while, "our
+road looks straight and easy, and yet there may be pitfalls in it that
+we cannot guess. Therefore you must swear one thing to me: That whatever
+you shall hear or whatever may happen, you will never doubt me as I
+shall never doubt you. If, for instance, you should be told that I have
+discarded you, and given myself to some other husband; if even you
+should believe that you see it signed by my hand, or if you think that
+you hear it told to you by my voice--still, I say, believe it not."
+
+"How could such a thing be?" asked Peter anxiously.
+
+"I do not suppose that it could be; I only paint the worst that might
+happen as a lesson for us both. Heretofore my life has been calm as a
+summer's day; but who knows when winter storms may rise, and often I
+have thought that I was born to know wind and rain and lightning as well
+as peace and sunshine. Remember that my father is a Jew, and that to the
+Jews and their children terrible things chance at times. Why, all this
+wealth might vanish in an hour, and you might find me in a prison, or
+clad in rags begging my bread. Now do you swear?" and she held towards
+him the gold crucifix that hung upon her bosom.
+
+"Aye," he said, "I swear it by this holy token and by your lips," and he
+kissed first the cross and then her mouth, adding, "Shall I ask the same
+oath of you?"
+
+She laughed.
+
+"If you will; but it is not needful. Peter, I think that I know you too
+well; I think that your heart will never stir even if I be dead and you
+married to another. And yet men are men, and women have wiles, so I will
+swear this: That should you slip, perchance, and I live to learn it, I
+will try not to judge you harshly." And again she laughed, she who was
+so certain of her empire over this man's heart and body.
+
+"Thank you," said Peter; "but for my part I will try to stand straight
+upon my feet, so should any tales be brought to you of me, sift them
+well, I pray you."
+
+Then, forgetting their doubts and dreads, they talked of their marriage,
+which they fixed for that day month, and of how they would dwell happily
+in Dedham Vale. Also Margaret, who well knew the house, named the Old
+Hall, where they should live, for she had stayed there as a child, gave
+him many commands as to the new arrangement of its chambers and its
+furnishing, which, as there was money and to spare, could be as costly
+as they willed, saying that she would send him down all things by wain
+so soon as he was ready for them.
+
+Thus, then, the hours wore away, until at length night came and they
+took their last meal together, the three of them, for it was arranged
+that Peter should start at moonrise, when none were about to see him go.
+It was not a very happy meal, and, though they made a brave show of
+eating, but little food passed their lips. Now the horses were ready,
+and Margaret buckled on Peter's sword and threw his cloak about his
+shoulders, and he, having shaken Castell by the hand and bade him guard
+their jewel safely, without more words kissed her in farewell, and went.
+
+Taking the silver lamp in her hand, she followed him to the ante-room.
+At the door he turned and saw her standing there gazing after him with
+wide eyes and a strained, white face. At the sight of her silent pain
+almost his heart failed him, almost he refused to go. Then he
+remembered, and went.
+
+For a while Margaret still stood thus, until the sound of the horses'
+hoofs had died away indeed. Then she turned and said:
+
+"Father, I know not how it is, but it seems to me that when Peter and I
+meet again it will be far off, yes, far off upon the stormy sea--but
+what sea I know not." And without waiting for an answer she climbed the
+stairs to her chamber, and there wept herself to sleep.
+
+Castell watched her depart, then muttered to himself:
+
+"Pray God she is not foresighted like so many of our race; and yet why
+is my own heart so heavy? Well, according to my judgment, I have done my
+best for him and her, and for myself I care nothing."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+NEWS FROM SPAIN
+
+Peter Brome was a very quiet man, whose voice was not often heard about
+the place, and yet it was strange how dull and different the big, old
+house in Holborn seemed without him. Even the handsome Betty, with whom
+he was never on the best of terms, since there was much about her of
+which he disapproved, missed him, and said so to her cousin, who only
+answered with a sigh. For in the bottom of her heart Betty both feared
+and respected Peter. The fear was of his observant eyes and caustic
+words, which she knew were always words of truth, and the respect for
+the general uprightness of his character, especially where her own sex
+was concerned.
+
+In fact, as has been hinted, some little time before, when Peter had
+first come to live with the Castells, Betty, thinking him a proper man
+of gentle birth, such a one indeed as she would wish to marry, had made
+advances to him, which, as he did not seem to notice them, became by
+degrees more and more marked. What happened at last they two knew alone,
+but it was something that caused Betty to become very angry, and to
+speak of Peter to her friends as a cold-blooded lout who thought only of
+work and gain. The episode was passing, and soon forgotten by the lady
+in the press of other affairs; but the respect remained. Moreover, on
+one or two occasions, when the love of admiration had led her into
+griefs, Peter had proved a good friend, and what was better, a friend
+who did not talk. Therefore she wished him back again, especially now,
+when something that was more than mere vanity and desire for excitement
+had taken hold of her, and Betty found herself being swept off her feet
+into very deep and doubtful waters.
+
+The shopmen and the servants missed him also, for to him all disputes
+were brought for settlement, nor, provided it had not come about through
+lack of honesty, were any pains too great for him to take to help them
+in a trouble. Most of all Castell missed him, since until Peter had gone
+he did not know how much he had learned to rely upon him, both in his
+business and as a friend. As for Margaret, her life without him was one
+long, empty night.
+
+Thus it chanced that in such a house any change was welcome, and, though
+she liked him little enough, Margaret was not even displeased when one
+morning Betty told her that the lord d'Aguilar was coming to call on her
+that day, and purposed to bring her a present.
+
+"I do not seek his presents," said Margaret indifferently; then added,
+"But how do you know that, Betty?"
+
+The young woman coloured, and tossed her head as she answered:
+
+"I know it, Cousin, because, as I was going to visit my old aunt
+yesterday, who lives on the wharf at Westminster, I met him riding, and
+he called out to me, saying that he had a gift for you and one for
+me also."
+
+"Be careful you do not meet him too often, Betty, when you chance to be
+visiting your aunt. These Spaniards are not always over-honest, as you
+may learn to your sorrow."
+
+"I thank you for your good counsel," said Betty, shortly, "but I, who am
+older than you, know enough of men to be able to guard myself, and can
+keep them at a distance."
+
+"I am glad of it, Betty, only sometimes I have thought that the distance
+was scarcely wide enough," answered Margaret, and left the subject, for
+she was thinking of other things.
+
+That afternoon, when Margaret was walking in the garden, Betty, whose
+face seemed somewhat flushed, ran up to her and said that the lord
+d'Aguilar was waiting in the hall.
+
+"Very good," answered Margaret, "I will come. Go, tell my father, that
+he may join us. But why are you so disturbed and hurried?" she added
+wonderingly.
+
+"Oh!" answered Betty, "he has brought me a present, so fine a present--a
+mantle of the most wonderful lace that ever I saw, and a comb of mottled
+shell mounted in gold to keep it off the hair. He made me wait while he
+showed me how to put it on, and that was why I ran."
+
+Margaret did not quite see the connection; but she answered slowly:
+
+"Perhaps it would have been wiser if you had run first. I do not
+understand why this fine lord brings you presents."
+
+"But he has brought one for you also, Cousin, although he would not say
+what it was."
+
+"That I understand still less. Go, tell my father that the Senor
+d'Aguilar awaits him."
+
+Then she went into the hall, and found d'Aguilar looking at an
+illuminated Book of Hours in which she had been reading, that was
+written in Spanish in one column and in Latin in that opposite. He
+greeted her in his usual graceful way, that, where Margaret was
+concerned, was easy and well-bred without being bold, and said at once:
+
+"So you read Spanish, Senora?"
+
+"A little. Not very well, I fear."
+
+"And Latin also?"
+
+"A little again. I have been taught that tongue. By studying them thus I
+try to improve myself in both."
+
+"I perceive that you are learned as you are beautiful," and he bowed
+courteously.
+
+"I thank you, Senor; but I lay claim to neither grace."
+
+"What need is there to claim that which is evident?" replied d'Aguilar;
+then added, "But I forgot, I have brought you a present, if you will be
+pleased to accept it. Or, rather, I bring you what is your own, or at
+the least your father's. I bargained with his Excellency Don de Ayala,
+pointing out that fifty gold angels were too much to pay for that dead
+rogue of his; but he would give me nothing back in money, since with
+gold he never parts. Yet I won some change from him, and it stands
+without your door. It is a Spanish jennet of the true Moorish blood,
+which, hundreds of years ago, that people brought with them from the
+East. He needs it no longer, as he returns to Spain, and it is trained
+to bear a lady." Margaret did not know what to answer, but,
+fortunately, at that moment her father appeared, and to him d'Aguilar
+repeated his tale, adding that he had heard his daughter say that the
+horse she rode had fallen with her, so that she could use it no more.
+
+
+Now, Castell did not wish to accept this gift, for such he felt it to
+be; but d'Aguilar assured him that if he did not he must sell it and
+return him the price in money, as it did not belong to him. So, there
+being no help for it, he thanked him in his daughter's name and his own,
+and they went into the stable-yard, whither it had been taken, to look
+at this horse.
+
+The moment that Castell saw it he knew that it was a creature of great
+value, pure white in colour, with a long, low body, small head, gentle
+eyes, round hoofs, and flowing mane and tail, such a horse, indeed, as a
+queen might have ridden. Now again he was confused, being sure that this
+beast had never been given back as a luck-penny, since it would have
+fetched more than the fifty angels on the market; moreover, it was
+harnessed with a woman's saddle and bridle of the most beautifully
+worked red Cordova leather, to which were attached a silver bit and
+stirrup. But d'Aguilar smiled, and vowed that things were as he had told
+them, so there was nothing more to be said. Margaret, too, was so
+pleased with the mare, which she longed to ride, that she forgot her
+scruples, and tried to believe that this was so. Noting her delight,
+which she could not conceal as she patted the beautiful beast,
+d'Aguilar said:
+
+"Now I will ask one thing in return for the bargain that I have
+made--that I may see you mount this horse for the first time. You told
+me that you and your father were wont to go out together in the
+morning. Have I your leave, Sir," and he turned to Castell, "to ride
+with you before breakfast, say, at seven of the clock, for I would show
+the lady, your daughter, how she should manage a horse of this blood,
+which is something of a trick?"
+
+"If you will," answered Castell--"that is, if the weather is fine," for
+the offer was made so courteously that it could scarcely be refused.
+
+D'Aguilar bowed, and they re-entered the house, talking of other
+matters. When they were in the hall again, he asked whether their
+kinsman Peter had reached his destination safely, adding:
+
+"I pray you, do not tell me where it is, for I wish to be able to put my
+hand upon my heart and swear to all concerned, and especially to certain
+fellows who are still seeking for him, that I know nothing of his
+hiding-place."
+
+Castell answered that he had, since but a few minutes before a letter
+had come from him announcing his safe arrival, tidings at which Margaret
+looked up, then, remembering her promise, said that she was glad to hear
+of it, as the roads were none too safe, and spoke indifferently of
+something else. D'Aguilar added that he also was glad, then, rising,
+took his leave "till seven on the morrow."
+
+When he had gone, Castell gave Margaret a letter, addressed to her in
+Peter's stiff, upright hand, which she read eagerly. It began and ended
+with sweet words, but, like his speech, was brief and to the point,
+saying only that he had accomplished his journey without adventure, and
+was very glad to find himself again in the old house where he was born,
+and amongst familiar fields and faces. On the morrow he was to see the
+tradesmen as to alterations and repairs which were much needed, even the
+moat being choked with mud and weeds. His last sentence was: "I much
+mistrust me of that fine Spaniard, and I am jealous to think that he
+should be near to you while I am far away. Beware of him, I say--beware
+of him. May the Mother of God and all the saints have you in their
+keeping! Your most true affianced lover."
+
+This letter Margaret answered before she slept, for the messenger was to
+return at dawn, telling Peter, amongst other things, of the gift which
+d'Aguilar had brought her, and how she and her father were forced to
+accept it, but bidding him not be jealous, since, although the gift was
+welcome, she liked the giver little, who did but count the hours till
+her true lover should come back again and take her to himself.
+
+Next morning she was up early, clothed in her riding-dress, for the day
+was very fine, and by seven o'clock d'Aguilar appeared, mounted on a
+great horse. Then the Spanish jennet was brought out, and deftly he
+lifted her to the saddle, showing her how she must pull but lightly on
+the reins, and urge or check her steed with her voice alone, using no
+whip or spur.
+
+A perfect beast it proved to be, indeed, gentle as a lamb, and easy, yet
+very spirited and swift.
+
+D'Aguilar was a pleasant cavalier also, talking of many things grave and
+gay, until at length even Castell forgot his thoughts, and grew cheerful
+as they cantered forward through the fresh spring morning by heath and
+hill and woodland, listening to the singing of the birds, and watching
+the husbandmen at their labour. This ride was but the first of several
+that they took, since d'Aguilar knew their hours of exercise, even when
+they changed them, and whether they asked him or not, joined or met them
+in such a natural fashion that they could not refuse his company.
+Indeed, they were much puzzled to know how he came to be so well
+acquainted with their movements, and even with the direction in which
+they proposed to ride, but supposed that he must have it from the
+grooms, although these were commanded to say nothing, and always denied
+having spoken with him. That Betty should speak of such matters, or even
+find opportunity of doing so, never chanced to cross their minds, who
+did not guess that if they rode with d'Aguilar in the morning, Betty
+often walked with him in the evening when she was supposed to be at
+church, or sewing, or visiting her aunt upon the wharf at Westminster.
+But of these walks the foolish girl said nothing, for her own reasons.
+
+Now, as they rode together, although he remained very courteous and
+respectful, the manner of d'Aguilar towards Margaret grew ever more
+close and intimate. Thus he began to tell her stories, true or false, of
+his past life, which seemed to have been strange and eventful enough; to
+hint, too, of a certain hidden greatness that pertained to him which he
+did not dare to show, and of high ambitions which he had. He spoke also
+of his loneliness, and his desire to lose it in the companionship of a
+kindred heart, if he could find one to share his wealth, his station,
+and his hopes; while all the time his dark eyes, fixed on Margaret,
+seemed to say, "The heart I seek is such a one as yours." At length,
+at some murmured word or touch, she took affright, and, since she could
+not avoid him abroad, determined to stay at home, and, much as she loved
+the sport, to ride no more till Peter should return. So she gave out
+that she had hurt her knee, which made the saddle painful to her, and
+the beautiful Spanish mare was left idle in the stable, or mounted only
+by the groom.
+
+Thus for some days she was rid of d'Aguilar, and employed herself in
+reading and working, or in writing long letters to Peter, who was busy
+enough at Dedham, and sent her thence many commissions to fulfil.
+
+One afternoon Castell was seated in his office deciphering letters which
+had just reached him. The night before his best ship, of over two
+hundred tons burden, which was named the _Margaret_, after his daughter,
+had come safely into the mouth of the Thames from Spain. That evening
+she was to reach her berth at Gravesend with the tide, when Castell
+proposed to go aboard of her to see to the unloading of her cargo. This
+was the last of his ships which remained unsold, and it was his plan to
+re-load and victual her at once with goods that were waiting, and send
+her back to the port of Seville, where his Spanish partners, in whose
+name she was already registered, had agreed to take her over at a fixed
+price. This done, it was only left for him to hand over his business to
+the merchants who had purchased it in London, after which he would be
+free to depart, a very wealthy man, and spend the evening of his days at
+peace in Essex, with his daughter and her husband, as now he so greatly
+longed to do. So soon as they were within the river banks the captain of
+this ship, Smith by name, had landed the cargo-master with letters and
+a manifest of cargo, bidding him hire a horse and bring them to Master
+Castell's house in Holborn. This the man had done safely, and it was
+these letters that Castell read.
+
+One of them was from his partner Bernaldez in Seville; not in answer to
+that which he had written on the night of the opening of this
+history--for this there had been no time--yet dealing with matters
+whereof it treated. In it was this passage:
+
+"You will remember what I wrote to you of a certain envoy who has been
+sent to the Court of London, who is called d'Aguilar, for as our cipher
+is so secret, and it is important that you should be warned, I take the
+risk of writing his name. Since that letter I have learned more
+concerning this grandee, for such he is. Although he calls himself plain
+Don d'Aguilar, in truth he is the Marquis of Morella, and on one side,
+it is said, of royal blood, if not on both, since he is reported to be
+the son born out of wedlock of Prince Carlos of Viana, the half-brother
+of the king. The tale runs that Carlos, the learned and gentle, fell in
+love with a Moorish lady of Aguilar of high birth and great wealth, for
+she had rich estates at Granada and elsewhere, and, as he might not
+marry her because of the difference of their rank and faiths, lived with
+her without marriage, of which union one son was born. Before Prince
+Carlos died, or was poisoned, and while he was still a prisoner at
+Morella, he gave to, or procured for this boy the title of marquis,
+choosing from some fancy the name of Morella, that place where he had
+suffered so much. Also he settled some private lands upon him. After the
+prince died, the Moorish lady, his lover, who had secretly become a
+Christian, took her son to live at her palace in Granada, where she died
+also some ten years ago, leaving all her great wealth to him, for she
+never married. At this time it is said that his life was in danger, for
+the reason that, although he was half a Moor, too much of the
+blood-royal ran in his veins. But the Marquis was clever, and persuaded
+the king and queen that he had no ambition beyond his pleasures. Also
+the Church interceded for him, since to it he proved himself a faithful
+son, persecuting all heretics, especially the Jews, and even Moors,
+although they are of his own blood. So in the end he was confirmed in
+his possessions and left alone, although he refused to become a priest.
+
+"Since then he has been made an agent of the Crown at Granada, and
+employed upon various embassies to London, Rome, and elsewhere, on
+matters connected with the faith and the establishment of the Holy
+Inquisition. That is why he is again in England at this moment, being
+charged to obtain the names and particulars concerning all Maranos
+settled there, especially if they trade with Spain. I have seen the
+names of those of whom he must inquire most closely, and that is why I
+write to you so fully, since yours is first upon the list. I think,
+therefore, that you do wisely to wind up your business with this
+country, and especially to sell your ships to us outright and quickly,
+since otherwise they might be seized--like yourself, if you came here.
+My counsel to you is--hide your wealth, which will be great when we have
+paid you all we owe, and go to some place where you will be forgotten
+for a while, since that bloodhound d'Aguilar, for so he calls himself,
+after his mother's birthplace, has not tracked you to London for
+nothing. As yet, thanks be to God, no suspicion has fallen on any of us;
+perhaps because we have many in our pay."
+
+When Castell had finished transcribing all this passage he read it
+through carefully. Then he went into the hall, where a fire burned, for
+the day was cold, and threw the translation on to it, watching until it
+was consumed, after which he returned to his office, and hid away the
+letter in a secret cupboard behind the panelling of the wall. This done,
+he sat himself in his chair to think.
+
+"My good friend Juan Bernaldez is right," he said to himself;
+"d'Aguilar, or the Marquis Morella, does not nose me and the others out
+for nothing. Well, I shall not trust myself in Spain, and the money,
+most of it, except what is still to come from Spain, is put out where it
+will never be found by him, at good interest too. All seems safe
+enough--and yet I would to God that Peter and Margaret were fast
+married, and that we three sat together, out of sight and mind, in the
+Old Hall at Dedham. I have carried on this game too long. I should have
+closed my books a year ago; but the trade was so good that I could not.
+I was wise also, who in this one lucky year have nearly doubled my
+fortune. And yet it would have been safer, before they guessed that I
+was so rich. Greed--mere greed--for I do not need this money which may
+destroy us all! Greed! The ancient pitfall of my race."
+
+As he thought thus there came a knock upon his door. Snatching up a pen
+he dipped it in the ink-horn and, calling "Enter," began to add a column
+of figures on a paper before him.
+
+The door opened; but he seemed to take no heed, so diligently did he
+count his figures. Yet, although his eyes were fixed upon the paper, in
+some way that he could not understand he was well aware that d'Aguilar
+and no other stood in the room behind him, the truth being, no doubt,
+that unconsciously he had recognised his footstep. For a moment the
+knowledge turned him cold--he who had just been reading of the mission
+of this man--and feared what was to come. Yet he acted well.
+
+"Why do you disturb me, Daughter?" he said testily, and without looking
+round. "Have not things gone ill enough with half the cargo destroyed by
+sea-water, and the rest, that you must trouble me while I sum up my
+losses?" And, casting the pen down, he turned his stool round
+impatiently.
+
+Yes! there sure enough stood d'Aguilar, very handsomely arrayed, and
+smiling and bowing as was his custom.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+D'AGUILAR SPEAKS
+
+"Losses?" said d'Aguilar. "Do I hear the wealthy John Castell, who holds
+half the trade with Spain in the hollow of his hand, talk of losses?"
+
+"Yes, Senor, you do. Things have gone ill with this ship of mine that
+has barely lived through the spring gales. But be seated."
+
+"Indeed, is that so?" said d'Aguilar as he sat down. "What a lying jade
+is rumour! For I was told that they had gone very well. Doubtless,
+however, what is loss to you would be priceless gain to one like me."
+
+Castell made no answer, but waited, feeling that his visitor had not
+come to speak with him of his trading ventures.
+
+"Senor Castell," said d'Aguilar, with a note of nervousness in his
+voice, "I am here to ask you for something."
+
+"If it be a loan, Senor, I fear that the time is not opportune." And he
+nodded towards the sheet of figures.
+
+"It is not a loan; it is a gift."
+
+"Anything in my poor house is yours," answered Castell courteously, and
+in Oriental form.
+
+"I rejoice to hear it, Senor, for I seek something from your house."
+
+Castell looked a question at him with his quick black eyes.
+
+"I seek your daughter, the Senora Margaret, in marriage."
+
+Castell stared at him, then a single word broke from his lips.
+
+"Impossible."
+
+"Why impossible?" asked d'Aguilar slowly, yet as one who expected some
+such answer. "In age we are not unsuited, nor perhaps in fortune, while
+of rank I have enough, more than you guess perhaps. I vaunt not myself,
+yet women have thought me not uncomely. I should be a good friend to the
+house whence I took a wife, where perchance a day may come when friends
+will be needed; and lastly, I desire her not for what she may bring with
+her, though wealth is always welcome, but--I pray you to believe
+it--because I love her."
+
+"I have heard that the Senor d'Aguilar loves many women, yonder in
+Granada."
+
+"As I have heard that the _Margaret_ had a prosperous voyage, Senor
+Castell. Rumour, as I said but now, is a lying jade. Yet I will not copy
+her. I have been no saint. Now I would become one, for Margaret's sake.
+I will be true to your daughter, Senor. What say you now?"
+
+Castell only shook his head.
+
+"Listen," went on d'Aguilar. "I am more than I seem to be; she who weds
+me will not lack for rank and titles."
+
+"Yes, you are the Marquis de Morella, the reputed son of Prince Carlos
+of Viana by a Moorish mother, and therefore nephew to his Majesty
+of Spain."
+
+D'Aguilar looked at him, then bowed and said:
+
+"Your information is good--as good as mine, almost. Doubtless you do not
+like that bar in the blood. Well, if it were not there, I should be
+where Ferdinand is, should I not? So I do not like it either, though it
+is good blood and ancient--that of those high-bred Moors. Now, may not
+the nephew of a king and the son of a princess of Granada be fit to mate
+with the daughter of--a Jew, yes, a Marano, and of a Christian English
+lady, of good family, but no more?"
+
+Castell lifted his hand as though to speak; but d'Aguilar went on:
+
+"Deny it not, friend; it is not worth while here in private. Was there
+not a certain Isaac of Toledo who, hard on fifty years ago, left Spain,
+for his own reasons, with a little son, and in London became known as
+Joseph Castell, having, with his son, been baptized into the Holy
+Church? Ah! you see you are not the only one who studies genealogies."
+
+"Well, Senor, if so, what of it?"
+
+"What of it? Nothing at all, friend Castell. It is an old story, is it
+not, and, as that Isaac is long dead and his son has been a good
+Christian for nearly fifty years and had a Christian wife and child, who
+will trouble himself about such a matter? If he were openly a Hebrew
+now, or worse still, if pretending to be a Christian, he in secret
+practised the rites of the accursed Jews, why then----"
+
+"Then what?"
+
+"Then, of course, he would be expelled this land, where no Jew may
+live, his wealth would be forfeit to its king, whose ward his daughter
+would become, to be given in marriage where he willed, while he himself,
+being Spanish born, might perhaps be handed over to the power of Spain,
+there to make answer to these charges. But we wander to strange matters.
+Is that alliance still impossible, Senor?"
+
+Castell looked him straight in the eyes and answered:
+
+"Yes."
+
+There was something so bold and direct in his utterance of the word that
+for a moment d'Aguilar seemed to be taken aback. He had not expected
+this sharp denial.
+
+"It would be courteous to give a reason," he said presently.
+
+"The reason is simple, Marquis. My daughter is already betrothed, and
+will ere long be wedded."
+
+D'Aguilar did not seem surprised at this intelligence.
+
+"To that brawler, your kinsman, Peter Brome, I suppose?" he said
+interrogatively. "I guessed as much, and by the saints I am sorry for
+her, for he must be a dull lover to one so fair and bright; while as a
+husband--" And he shrugged his shoulders. "Friend Castell, for her sake
+you will break off this match."
+
+"And if I will not, Marquis?"
+
+"Then I must break it off for you in the interest of all of us,
+including, of course, myself, who love her, and wish to lift her to a
+great place, and of yourself, whom I desire should pass your old age in
+peace and wealth, and not be hunted to your death like a mad dog."
+
+"How will you break it, Marquis? by--"
+
+"Oh no, Senor!" answered d'Aguilar, "not by other men's swords--if that
+is what you mean. The worthy Peter is safe from them so far as I am
+concerned, though if he should come face to face with mine, then let the
+best man win. Have no fear, friend, I do not practise murder, who value
+my own soul too much to soak it in blood, nor would I marry a woman
+except of her own free will. Still, Peter may die, and the fair Margaret
+may still place her hand in mine and say, 'I choose you as my husband.'"
+
+"All these things, and many others, may happen, Marquis; but I do not
+think it likely that they will happen, and for my part, whilst thanking
+you for it, I decline your honourable offer, believing that my daughter
+will be more happy in her present humble state with the man she has
+chosen. Have I your leave to return to my accounts?" And he rose.
+
+"Yes, Senor," answered d'Aguilar, rising also; "but add an item to those
+losses of which you spoke, that of the friendship of Carlos, Marquis de
+Morella, and on the other side enter again that of his hate. Man!" he
+added, and his dark, handsome face turned very evil as he spoke, "are
+you mad? Think of the little tabernacle behind the altar in your chapel,
+and what it contains."
+
+Castell stared at him, then said:
+
+"Come, let us see. Nay, fear no trick; like you I remember my soul, and
+do not stain my hands with blood. Follow me, so you will be safe."
+
+Curiosity, or some other reason, prompted d'Aguilar to obey, and
+presently they stood behind the altar.
+
+"Now," said Castell, as he drew the tapestry and opened the secret door,
+"look!" D'Aguilar peered into the place; but where should have been
+the table, the ark, the candlesticks, and the roll of the law of which
+Betty had told him, were only old dusty boxes filled with parchments and
+some broken furniture.
+
+"What do you see?" asked Castell.
+
+"I see, friend, that you are even a cleverer Jew than I thought. But
+this is a matter that you must explain to others in due season. Believe
+me, I am no inquisitor." Then without more words he turned and left him.
+
+When Castell, having shut the secret door and drawn the tapestry,
+hurried from the chapel, it was to find that the marquis had departed.
+
+He went back to his office much disturbed, and sat himself down there to
+think. Truly Fate, that had so long been his friend, was turning its
+face against him. Things could not have gone worse. D'Aguilar had
+discovered the secret of his faith through his spies, and, having by
+some accursed mischance fallen in love with his daughter's beauty, was
+become his bitter enemy because he must refuse her to him. Why must he
+refuse her? The man was of great position and noble blood; she would
+become the wife of one of the first grandees of Spain, one who stood
+nearest to the throne. Perhaps--such a thing was possible--she might
+live herself to be queen, or the mother of kings. Moreover, that
+marriage meant safety for himself; it meant a quiet age, a peaceable
+death in his own bed--for, were he fifty times a Marano, who would touch
+the father-in-law of the Marquis de Morella? Why? Just because he had
+promised her in marriage to Peter Brome, and through all his life as a
+merchant he had never yet broken with a bargain because it went against
+himself. That was the answer. Yet almost he could find it in his heart
+to wish that he had never made that bargain; that he had kept Peter, who
+had waited so long, waiting for another month. Well, it was too late
+now. He had passed his word, and he would keep it, whatever the
+cost might be.
+
+Rising, he called one of the servants, and bade her summon Margaret.
+Presently she returned, saying that her mistress had gone out walking
+with Betty, adding also that his horse was at the door for him to ride
+to the river, where he was to pass the night on board his ship.
+
+Taking paper, he bethought him that he would write to Margaret, warning
+her against the Spaniard. Then, remembering that she had nothing to fear
+from him, at any rate at present, and that it was not wise to set down
+such matters, he told her only to take good care of herself, and that he
+would be back in the morning.
+
+That evening, when Margaret was in her own little sitting-chamber which
+adjoined the great hall, the door opened, and she looked up from the
+work upon which she was engaged, to see d'Aguilar standing before her.
+
+"Senor!" she said, amazed, "how came you here?"
+
+"Senora," he answered, closing the door and bowing, "my feet brought me.
+Had I any other means of coming I think that I should not often be
+absent from our side."
+
+"Spare me your fine words, I pray you, Senor," answered Margaret,
+frowning. "It is not fitting that I should receive you thus alone at
+night, my father being absent from the house." And she made as though
+she would pass him and reach the door.
+
+D'Aguilar, who stood in front of it, did not move, so perforce she
+stopped half way.
+
+"I found that he was absent," he said courteously, "and that is why I
+venture to address you upon a matter of some importance. Give me a few
+minutes of your time, therefore, I beseech you."
+
+Now, at once the thought entered Margaret's mind that he had some news
+of Peter to communicate to her--bad news perhaps.
+
+"Be seated, and speak on, Senor," she said, sinking into a chair, while
+he too sat down, but still in front of the door.
+
+"Senora," he said, "my business in this country is finished, and in a
+few days I sail hence for Spain." And he hesitated a moment.
+
+"I trust that your voyage will be pleasant," said Margaret, not knowing
+what else to answer.
+
+"I trust so also, Senora, since I have come to ask you if you will share
+it. Listen, before you refuse. To-day I saw your father, and begged your
+hand of him. He would give me no answer, neither yea nor nay, saying
+that you were your own mistress, and that I must seek it from
+your lips."
+
+"My father said that?" gasped Margaret, astonished, then bethought her
+that he might have had reasons for speaking so, and went on rapidly,
+"Well, it is short and simple. I thank you, Senor; but stay
+in England."
+
+"Even that I would be willing to do for your sake Senora, though, in
+truth, I find it a cold and barbarous country."
+
+"If so, Senor d'Aguilar, I think that I should go to Spain. I pray you
+let me pass."
+
+"Not till you have heard me out, Senora, when I trust that your words
+will be more gentle. See now I am a great man in my own country.
+Although it suits me to pass here incognito as plain Senor d'Aguilar I
+am the Marquis of Morella, the nephew of Ferdinand the King, with some
+wealth and station, official and private. If you disbelieve me, I can
+prove it to you."
+
+"I do not disbelieve," answered Margaret indifferently, "it may well be
+so; but what is that to me?"
+
+"Then is it not something, Lady, that I, who have blood-royal in my
+veins, should seek the daughter of a merchant to be my wife?"
+
+"Nothing at all--to me, who am satisfied with my humble lot."
+
+"Is it nothing to you that I should love as I do, with all my heart and
+soul? Marry me, and I tell you that I will lift you high, yes, perhaps
+even to the throne."
+
+She thought a moment, then asked:
+
+"The bribe is great, but how would you do that? Many a maid has been
+deceived with false jewels, Senor."
+
+"How has it been done before? Not every one loves Ferdinand. I have many
+friends who remember that my father was poisoned by his father and
+Ferdinand's, he being the elder son. Also, my mother was a princess of
+the Moors, and if I, who dwell among them as the envoy of their
+Majesties, threw in my sword with theirs--or there are other ways. But I
+am speaking things that have never passed my lips before, which, were
+they known, would cost me my head--let it serve to show how much I
+trust you."
+
+"I thank you, Senor, for your trust; but this crown seems to me set upon
+a peak that it is dangerous to climb, and I had sooner sit in safety on
+the plain."
+
+"You reject the pomp," went on d'Aguilar in his passionate, pleading
+voice, "then will not the love move you? Oh! you shall be worshipped as
+never woman was. I swear to you that in your eyes there is a light which
+has set my heart on fire, so that it burns night and day, and will not
+be quenched. Your voice is my sweetest music, your hair is a cord that
+binds me to you faster than the prisoner's chain, and, when you pass,
+for me Venus walks the earth. More, your mind is pure and noble as your
+beauty, and by the aid of it I shall be lifted up through the high
+places of the earth to some white throne in heaven. I love you, my lady,
+my fair Margaret; because of you, all other women are become coarse and
+hateful in my sight. See how much I love you, that I, one of the first
+grandees of Spain, do this for your sweet sake," and suddenly he cast
+himself upon his knees before her, and lifting the hem of her dress
+pressed it to his lips.
+
+Margaret looked down at him, and the anger that was rising in her breast
+melted, while with it went her fear. This man was much in earnest; she
+could not doubt it. The hand that held her robe trembled like shaken
+water, his face was ashen, and in his dark eyes swam tears. What cause
+had she to be afraid of one who was so much her slave?
+
+"Senor," she said very gently, "rise, I pray you. Do not waste all this
+love upon one who chances to have caught your fancy, but who is quite
+unworthy of it, and far beneath you; one, moreover, by whom it may not
+be returned. Senor, I am already affianced. Therefore, put me out of
+your mind and find some other love."
+
+He rose and stood in front of her.
+
+"Affianced," he said, "I knew it. Nay, I will say no ill of the man; to
+revile one more fortunate is poor argument. But what is it to me if you
+are affianced? What to me if you were wed? I should seek you all the
+same, who have no choice. Beneath me? You are as far above me as a star,
+and it would seem as hard to reach. Seek some other love? I tell you,
+lady, that I have sought many, for not all are so hard to win, and I
+hate them every one. You I desire alone, and shall desire till I be
+dead, aye, and you I will win or die. No, I will not die till you are my
+own. Have no fear, I will not kill your lover, save perhaps in fair
+fight; I will not force you to give yourself to me, should I find the
+chance, but with your own lips I will yet listen to you asking me to be
+your husband. I swear it by Him Who died for us. I swear that, laying
+aside all other ends, to that sole purpose I will devote my days. Yes,
+and should you chance to pass from earth before me, then I will follow
+you to the very gates of death and clasp you there."
+
+Now again Margaret's fear returned to her. This man's passion was
+terrible, yet there was a grandeur in it; Peter had never spoken to her
+in so high a fashion.
+
+"Senor," she said almost pleadingly, "corpses are poor brides; have done
+with such sick fancies, which surely must be born of your
+Eastern blood."
+
+"It is your blood also, who are half a Jew, and, therefore, at least you
+should understand them."
+
+"Mayhap I do understand, mayhap I think them great in their own fashion,
+yes, noble even, and admire, if it can be noble to seek to win away
+another man's betrothed. But, Senor, I am that man's betrothed, and all
+of me, my body and my soul, is his, nor would I go back upon my word,
+and so break his heart, to win the empire of the earth. Senor, once more
+I implore you to leave this poor maid to the humble life that she has
+chosen, and to forget her."
+
+"Lady," answered d'Aguilar, "your words are wise and gentle, and I thank
+you for them. But I cannot forget you, and that oath I swore just now I
+swear again, thus." And before she could prevent him, or even guess what
+he was about to do, he lifted the gold crucifix that hung by a chain
+about her neck, kissed it, and let it fall gently back upon her breast,
+saying, "See, I might have kissed your lips before you could have stayed
+me, but that I will never do until you give me leave, so in place of
+them I kiss the cross, which till then we both must carry. Lady, my lady
+Margaret, within a day or two I sail for Spain, but your image shall
+sail with me, and I believe that ere long our paths must cross again.
+How can it be otherwise since the threads of your life and mine were
+intertwined on that night outside the Palace of Westminster
+--intertwined never to be separated till one of us has ceased
+to be, and then only for a little while. Lady, for the present,
+farewell."
+
+
+Then swiftly and silently as he had come, d'Aguilar went.
+
+It was Betty who let him out at the side door, as she had let him in.
+More, glancing round to see that she was not observed--for it chanced
+now that Peter was away with some of the best men, and the master was
+out with others, no one was on watch this night--leaving the door ajar
+that she might re-enter, she followed him a little way, till they came
+to an old arch, which in some bygone time had led to a house now pulled
+down. Into this dark place Betty slipped, touching d'Aguilar on the arm
+as she did so. For a moment he hesitated, then, muttering some Spanish
+oath between his teeth, followed her.
+
+"Well, most fair Betty," he said, "what word have you for me now?"
+
+"The question is, Senor Carlos," answered Betty with scarcely suppressed
+indignation, "what word you have for me, who dared so much for you
+to-night? That you have plenty for my cousin, I know, since standing in
+the cold garden I could hear you talk, talk, talk, through the shutters,
+as though for your very life."
+
+"I pray that those shutters had no hole in them," reflected d'Aguilar to
+himself. "No, there was a curtain also; she can have seen nothing." But
+aloud he answered: "Mistress Betty, you should not stand about in this
+bitter wind; you might fall ill, and then what should I suffer?"
+
+"I don't know, nothing perhaps; that would be left to me. What I want to
+understand is, why you plan to come to see me, and then spend an hour
+with Margaret?"
+
+"To avert suspicion, most dear Betty. Also I had to talk to her of this
+Peter, in whom she seems so greatly interested. You are very shrewd,
+Betty--tell me, is that to be a match?"
+
+"I think so; I have been told nothing, but I have noticed many things,
+and almost every day she is writing to him, though why she should care
+for that owl of a man I cannot guess."
+
+"Doubtless because she appreciates solid worth, Betty, as I do in you.
+Who can account for the impulses of the heart, which come, say some of
+the learned, from heaven, and others, from hell? At least it is no
+affair of ours, so let us wish them happiness, and, after they are
+married, a large and healthy family. Meanwhile, dear Betty, are you
+making ready for your voyage to Spain?"
+
+"I don't know," answered Betty gloomily. "I am not sure that I trust you
+and your fine words. If you want to marry me, as you swear, and be sure
+I look for nothing less, why cannot it be before we start, and how am I
+to know that you will do so when we get there?"
+
+"You ask many questions, Betty, all of which I have answered before. I
+have told you that I cannot marry you here because of that permission
+which is necessary on account of the difference in our ranks. Here,
+where your place is known, it is not to be had; there, where you will
+pass as a great English lady--as of course you are by birth--I can
+obtain it in an hour. But if you have any doubts, although it cuts me
+to the heart to say it, it would be best that we should part at once. I
+will take no wife who does not trust me fully and alone. Say then, cruel
+Betty, do you wish to leave me?"
+
+"You know I don't; you know it would kill me," she answered in a voice
+that was thick with passion, "you know I worship the ground you tread on,
+and hate every woman you go near, yes, even my cousin who has been so
+good to me, and whom I love. I will take the risk and come with you,
+believing you to be an honest gentleman, who would not deceive a girl
+who trusts him; and if you do, may God deal with you as I shall, for I
+am no toy to be broken and thrown away, as you would find out. Yes, I
+will take the risk because you have made me love you so that I cannot
+live without you."
+
+"Betty, your words fill me with rapture, showing me that I have not
+misread your noble mind; but speak a little lower--there are echoes in
+this hole. Now for the plans, for time is short, and you may be missed.
+When I am about to sail I will invite Mistress Margaret and yourself to
+come aboard my ship."
+
+"Why not invite me without my cousin Margaret?" asked Betty.
+
+"Because it would excite suspicion which we must avoid--do not interrupt
+me. I will invite you both or get you there upon some other pretext, and
+then I will arrange that she shall be brought ashore again and you taken
+on. Leave it all to me, only swear that you will obey any instructions I
+may send you for if you do not, I tell you that we have enemies in high
+places who may part us for ever. Betty, I will be frank, there is a
+great lady who is jealous, and watches you very closely. Do you swear?"
+
+"Yes, yes, I swear. But about the great lady?"
+
+"Not a word about her--on your life--and mine. You shall hear from me
+shortly. And now, sweetheart--good-night."
+
+"Good-night," said Betty, but still she did not stir.
+
+Then, understanding that she expected something more, d'Aguilar nerved
+himself to the task, and touched her hair with his lips.
+
+Next moment he regretted it, for even that tempered salute fanned her
+passion into flame.
+
+Throwing her arms about his neck Betty drew his face to hers and kissed
+him many times, till at length he broke, half choking, from her embrace,
+and escaped into the street.
+
+"Mother of Heaven!" he muttered to himself, "the woman is a volcano in
+eruption. I shall feel her kisses for a week," and he rubbed his face
+ruefully with his hand. "I wish I had made some other plan; but it is
+too late to change it now--she would betray everything. Well, I will be
+rid of her somehow, if I have to drown her. A hard fate to love the
+mistress and be loved of the maid!"
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+THE SNARE
+
+On the following morning, when Castell returned, Margaret told him of
+the visit of d'Aguilar, and of all that had passed between them, told
+him also that he was acquainted with their secret, since he had spoken
+of her as half a Jew.
+
+"I know it, I know it," answered her father, who was much disturbed and
+very angry, "for yesterday he threatened me also. But let that go, I can
+take my chance; now I would learn who brought this man into my house
+when I was absent, and without my leave."
+
+"I fear that it was Betty," said Margaret, "who swears that she thought
+she did no wrong."
+
+"Send for her," said Castell. Presently Betty came, and, being
+questioned, told a long story.
+
+She said she was standing by the side door, taking the air, when Senor
+d'Aguilar appeared, and, having greeted her, without more words walked
+into the house, saying that he had an appointment with the master.
+
+"With me?" broke in Castell. "I was absent."
+
+"I did not know that you were absent, for I was out when you rode away
+in the afternoon, and no one had spoken of it to me, so, thinking that
+he was your friend, I let him in, and let him out again afterwards. That
+is all I have to say."
+
+"Then I have to say that you are a hussy and a liar, and that, in one
+way or the other, this Spaniard has bribed you," answered Castell
+fiercely. "Now, girl, although you are my wife's cousin, and therefore
+my daughter's kin, I am minded to turn you out on to the street
+to starve."
+
+At this Betty first grew angry, then began to weep; while Margaret
+pleaded with her father, saying that it would mean the girl's ruin, and
+that he must not take such a sin upon him. So the end of it was, that,
+being a kind-hearted man, remembering also that Betty Dene was of his
+wife's blood, and that she had favoured her as her daughter did, he
+relented, taking measures to see that she went abroad no more save in
+the company of Margaret, and that the doors were opened only by
+men-servants.
+
+So this matter ended.
+
+That day Margaret wrote to Peter, telling him of all that had happened,
+and how the Spaniard had asked her in marriage, though the words that he
+used she did not tell. At the end of her letter, also, she bade him have
+no fear of the Senor d'Aguilar or of any other man, as he knew where her
+heart was.
+
+When Peter received this writing he was much vexed to learn that both
+Master Castell and Margaret had incurred the enmity of d'Aguilar, for so
+he guessed it must be, also that Margaret should have been troubled with
+his love-making; but for the rest he thought little of the matter, who
+trusted her as he trusted heaven. Still it made him anxious to return to
+London as soon as might he, even though he must take the risk of the
+Spaniards' daggers. Within three days, however, he received other
+letters both from Castell and from Margaret, which set his fears
+at rest.
+
+These told him that d'Aguilar had sailed for Spain indeed, Castell said
+that he had seen him standing on the poop of the Ambassador de Ayala's
+vessel as it dropped down the Thames towards the sea. Moreover, Margaret
+had a note of farewell from his hand, which ran:
+
+"Adieu, sweet lady, till that predestined hour when
+we meet again. I go, as I must, but, as I told you, your
+image goes with me.
+
+    "Your worshipper till death,
+
+    "MORELLA."
+
+"He may take her image so long as I keep herself and if he comes back
+with his worship, I promise him that death and he shall not be far
+apart," was Peter's grim comment as he laid the paper down. Then he went
+on with his letters, which told that now, when the Spaniards had gone,
+and there was nothing more to fear, he was awaited in London. Indeed,
+Castell fixed a day when he should arrive--May 31st--that was within a
+week, adding that on its morrow--namely, June 1st, for Margaret would
+not be wed in May, the Virgin Mary's month, since she held it to be
+unlucky--their marriage might take place as quietly as they would.
+
+Margaret wrote the same news, and in such sweet words that he kissed her
+letter, then hastened to answer it, shortly, after his custom, for Peter
+was no great scribe, saying, that if the saints willed it he would be
+with them by nightfall on the last day of May, and that in all England
+there was no happier man than he.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Now all that week Margaret was very busy preparing her marriage robe,
+and other garments also, for it was settled that on the next day they
+should ride together down to Dedham, in Essex, whither her father would
+follow them shortly. The Old Hall was not ready, indeed, nor would it be
+for some time; but Peter had furnished certain rooms in it which might
+serve them for the summer season, and by winter time the house would be
+finished and open.
+
+Castell was busy also, for now, having worked very hard at the task, his
+ship the _Margaret_ was almost refitted and laden, so that he hoped to
+get her to sea on this same May 31st, and thus be clear of the last of
+his business, except the handing over of his warehouses and stock to
+those who had bought them. These great affairs kept him much at
+Gravesend, where the ship lay, but, as he had no dread of further
+trouble now that d'Aguilar and the other Spaniards, among them that band
+of de Ayala's servants who had vowed to take Peter's life, were gone,
+this did not disturb him.
+
+Oh! happy, happy was Margaret during those sweet spring days, when her
+heart was bright and clear as the skies from which all winter storms had
+passed. So happy was she indeed, and so full of a hundred joyful cares,
+that she found no time to take note of her cousin Betty, who worked with
+her at her wedding broideries, and helped to make preparations for the
+journey which should follow after. Had she done so, she might have seen
+that Betty was anxious and distressed, like one who waited for some
+tidings that did not come, and from hour to hour fought against anguish
+and despair But she took no note, whose heart was too full of her own
+matters, and who did but count the hours till she should see her lover
+back and pass to his arms, a wife.
+
+Thus the time went on until the appointed day of Peter's return, the
+morrow of her marriage, for which all things were now prepared, down to
+Peter's wedding garments, that were finer than any she had yet seen him
+wear, and the decking of the neighbouring church with flowers. In the
+early morning her father rode away to Gravesend with the most of his
+men-servants for the ship _Margaret_ was to sail at the following dawn
+and there was yet much to be done before she could lift anchor. Still,
+he had promised to be back by nightfall in time to meet Peter who,
+leaving Dedham that morning, could not reach them before then.
+
+At length it was past four of the afternoon, and everything being
+finished, Margaret went to her room to dress herself anew, that she
+might look fine in Peter's eyes when he should come. Betty she did not
+take with her, for there were things to which her cousin must attend;
+moreover, her heart was so full that she wished to be alone a while.
+
+Betty's heart was full also, but not with joy. She had been deceived.
+The fine Spanish Don, who had made her love him so desperately, had
+sailed away and left her without a word. She could not doubt it, he had
+been seen standing on the ship--and not one word. It was cruel, cruel,
+and now she must help another woman to be made a happy wife, she who was
+beggared of hope and love. Moodily, full of bitterness, she went about
+her tasks, biting her lips and wiping her fine eyes with the sleeve of
+her robe, when suddenly the door opened, and a servant, not one of
+their own, but a strange man who had been brought in to help at the
+morrow's feast, called out that a sailor wished to speak with her.
+
+"Then let him enter here; I have no time to go out to listen to his
+talk," snapped Betty.
+
+Presently the sailor was shown in, the man who brought him leaving the
+room at once. He was a dark fellow, with sly black eyes, who, had he not
+spoken English so well, might have been taken for a Spaniard.
+
+"Who are you, and what is your business?" asked Betty sharply.
+
+"I am the carpenter of the ship _Margaret_," he answered, "and I am here
+to say that our master Castell has met with an accident there, and
+desires that Mistress Margaret, his daughter, should come to him
+at once."
+
+"What accident?" asked Betty.
+
+"In seeing to the stowage of cargo he slipped and fell down the hold,
+hurting his back and breaking his right arm, and that is why he cannot
+write. He is in great pain; but the physician whom we summoned bade me
+tell Mistress Margaret that at present he has no fear for his life. Are
+you Mistress Margaret?"
+
+"No," answered Betty; "but I will go to her at once; do you bide here."
+
+"Then are you her cousin, Mistress Betty Dene, for if so I have
+something for you?"
+
+"I am. What is it?"
+
+"This," said the man, drawing out a letter which he handed to her.
+
+"Who gave you this?" asked Betty suspiciously. "I do not know his
+name, but he was a noble-looking Spanish Don, and a liberal one too. He
+had heard of the accident on the _Margaret_, and, knowing my errand,
+asked me if I would deliver this letter to you, for the fee of a gold
+ducat, and promise to say nothing of it to any one else."
+
+"Some rude gallant, doubtless," said Betty, tossing her head; "they are
+ever writing to me. Bide here; I go to Mistress Margaret."
+
+Once she was outside the door Betty broke the seal of the letter eagerly
+enough, for she had been taught with Margaret, and could read well.
+It ran:
+
+    "BELOVED,
+
+    "You thought me faithless and gone, but
+    it is not so. I was silent only because I knew you
+    could not come alone who are watched; but now
+    the God of Love gives us our chance. Doubtless
+    your cousin will bring you with her to visit her father,
+    who lies on his ship sadly hurt. While she is with
+    him I have made a plan to rescue you, and then we
+    can be wed and sail at once--yes, to-night or to-morrow,
+    for with much trouble, knowing that you
+    wished it, I have even succeeded in bringing that
+    about, and a priest will be waiting to marry us. Be
+    silent, and show no doubt or fear, whatever happens,
+    lest we should be parted for always. Be sure then
+    that your cousin comes that you may accompany her.
+    Remember that your true love waits you.
+
+    "C. d'A."
+
+When Betty had mastered the contents of this amorous effusion she went
+pale with joy, and turned so faint that she was like to fall. Then a
+doubt struck her that it might be some trick. No, she knew the
+writing--it was d'Aguilar's, and he was true to her, and would marry her
+as he had promised, and take her to be a great lady in Spain. If she
+hesitated now she might lose him for ever--him whom she would follow to
+the end of the world. In an instant her mind was made up, for Betty had
+plenty of courage. She would go, even though she must desert the cousin
+whom she loved.
+
+Thrusting the letter into her bosom she ran to Margaret's room, and,
+bursting into it, told her of the man and his sad message. But of that
+letter she said nothing. Margaret turned white at the news, then,
+recovering herself, said:
+
+"I will come and speak with him at once." And together they went down
+the stairs.
+
+To Margaret the sailor repeated his story, nor could all her questions
+shake it. He told her how the mischance had happened, for he had seen
+it, so he said, and where her father's hurts were, adding, that although
+the physician held that as yet he was in no danger of his life, Master
+Castell thought otherwise, and did nothing but cry that his daughter
+should be brought to him at once.
+
+Still Margaret doubted and hesitated, for she feared she knew not what.
+
+"Peter should be here within two hours at most," she said to Betty.
+"Would it not be best to wait for him?"
+
+"Oh! Margaret, and what if your father should die in the meanwhile?
+Perhaps he knows better how deep his hurts are than does this leech. If
+so, you would have a sore heart for all your life. Sure you had better
+go, or at the least I will."
+
+Still Margaret wavered, till the sailor said:
+
+"Lady, if it is your will to come, I can guide you to where a boat waits
+to take you across the river. If not, I must be gone, for the ship sails
+with the moonrise, and they only wait your coming to carry the master,
+your father, to the warehouse on shore thinking it best that you should
+be present. If you do not come, this will be done as gently as possible,
+and there you must seek him to-morrow, alive or dead." And the man took
+up his cap as though to leave.
+
+"I will come with you," said Margaret. "Betty you are right; order the
+two horses to be saddled mine and the groom's, with a pillion on which
+you can ride, for I will not send you or go alone, understand that this
+sailor has his own horse."
+
+The man nodded, and accompanied Betty to the stable. Then Margaret took
+pen and wrote hastily to Peter, telling him of their evil chance, and
+bidding him follow her at once to the ship, or, if it had sailed to the
+warehouse. "I am loth to go," she added "alone with a girl and a strange
+man, yet I must since my heart is torn with fear for my beloved father.
+Sweetheart, follow me quickly."
+
+This done, she gave the letter to that servant who had shown in the
+sailor, bidding him hand it, without fail, to Master Peter Brome when he
+came, which the man promised to do.
+
+Then she fetched plain dark cloaks for herself and Betty, with hoods to
+them, that their faces might not be seen, and presently they
+were mounted.
+
+"Stay!" said Margaret to the sailor as they were about to start. "How
+comes it that my father did not send one of his own men instead of you,
+and why did none write to me?"
+
+The man looked surprised; he was a very good actor.
+
+"His people were tending him," he said, "and he bade me to go because I
+knew the way, and had a good, hired horse ashore which I have used when
+riding with messages to London about new timbers and other matters. As
+for writing, the physician began a letter, but he was so slow and long
+that Master Castell ordered me to be off without it. It seems," the man
+added, addressing Betty with some irritation, "that Mistress Margaret
+misdoubts me. If so, let her find some other guide, or bide at home. It
+is naught to me, who have only done as I was bidden."
+
+Thus did this cunning fellow persuade Margaret that her fears were
+nothing, though, remembering the letter from d'Aguilar, Betty was
+somewhat troubled. The thing had a strange look, but, poor, vain fool,
+she thought to herself that, even if there were some trick, it was
+certainly arranged only that she might seem to be taken, who could not
+come alone. In truth she was blind and mad, and cared not what she did,
+though, let this be said for her, she never dreamed that any harm was
+meant towards her cousin Margaret, or that a lie had been told as to
+Master Castell and his hurts.
+
+Soon they were out of London, and riding swiftly by the road that
+followed the north bank of the river, for their guide did not take them
+over the bridge, as he said the ship was lying in mid-stream and that
+the boat would be waiting on the Tilbury shore. But there was more than
+twenty miles to travel, and, push on as they would, night had fallen ere
+ever they came there. At length, when they were weary of the dark and
+the rough road, the sailor pulled up at a spot upon the river's
+brink--where there was a little wharf, but no houses that they could
+see--saying that this was the place. Dismounting, he gave his horse to
+the groom to hold, and, going to the wharf, asked in a loud voice if the
+boat from the _Margaret_ was there, to which a voice answered, "Aye."
+Then he talked for a minute to those in the boat, though what he said
+they could not hear, and ran back again, bidding them dismount, and
+adding that they had done well to come, as Master Castell was much
+worse, and did nothing but cry for his daughter.
+
+The groom he told to lead the horses a little way along the bank till he
+found an inn that stood there, where he must await their return or
+further orders, and to Betty he suggested that she should go with him,
+as there was but little place left in the boat. This she was willing
+enough to do, thinking it all part of the plan for her carrying off; but
+Margaret would have none of it, saying that unless her cousin came with
+her she would not stir another step. So grumbling a little the sailor
+gave way, and hurried them both to some wooden steps and down these into
+a boat, of which they could but dimly see the outline.
+
+So soon as ever they were seated side by side in the stern it was pushed
+off, and rowed away rapidly into the darkness, while one of the sailors
+lit a lantern which he fastened to the bow, and far out on the river, as
+though in answer to the signal, another star of light appeared, towards
+which they headed. Now Margaret, speaking through the gloom, asked the
+rowers of her father's state; but the sailor, their guide, prayed her
+not to trouble them, as the tide ran very swiftly and they must give all
+their mind to their business lest they should overset. So she was
+silent, and, racked with doubts and fears, watched that star of light
+growing ever nearer, till at length it hung above them.
+
+"Is that the ship _Margaret_?" cried their guide, and again a voice
+answered "Aye."
+
+"Then tell Master Castell that his daughter has come at last," he
+shouted again, and in another minute a rope had been thrown to them, and
+they were fast alongside a ladder on to which Betty, who was nearest to
+it, was pushed the first, except for their guide, who had run up the
+wooden steps very swiftly.
+
+Betty, who was active and strong, followed him, Margaret coming next. As
+she reached the deck Betty thought she heard a voice say in Spanish, of
+which she understood something, "Fool! Why have you brought both?" but
+the answer she could not catch. Then she turned and gave her hand to
+Margaret, and together they walked forward to the foot of the mast.
+
+"Lead me to my father," said Margaret.
+
+Whereon the guide answered:
+
+"Yes, this way, Mistress, but come alone, for the sight of two of you at
+once may disturb him."
+
+"Nay," she answered, "my cousin comes with me." And she took Betty's
+hand and clung to it.
+
+Shrugging his shoulders the sailor led them forwards, and as they went
+she noted that men were hauling on a sail, while other men, who sang a
+strange, wild song, worked on what seemed to be a windlass. Now they
+reached a cabin, and entered it, the door being shut behind them. In the
+cabin a man sat at a table with a lamp hanging over his head. He rose
+and turned towards them, bowing, and Margaret saw that it
+was--_d'Aguilar_!
+
+Betty stood silent; she had expected to meet him, though not here and
+thus. Her foolish heart bounded so at the sight of him that she seemed
+to choke, and could only wonder dimly what mistake had been made, and
+how he would explain to Margaret and get her away, leaving herself and
+him together to be married. Indeed, she searched the cabin with her eyes
+to see where the priest was waiting, then noting a door beyond, thought
+that doubtless he must be hidden there. As for Margaret, she uttered a
+little stifled cry, then, being a brave woman, one of that high nature
+which grows strong in the face of trouble, straightened herself to her
+full height and said in a low, fierce voice:
+
+"What do you here? Where is my father?"
+
+"Senora," he answered humbly, "I am on board my ship, the _San Antonio_,
+and as for your father, he is either on his ship, the _Margaret_, or
+more likely, by now, at his house in Holborn."
+
+At these words Margaret reeled back till the wall of the cabin stayed
+her, and there she rested.
+
+"Spare me your reproaches," went on d'Aguilar hurriedly. "I will tell
+you all the truth. First, be not anxious as to your father; no accident
+has happened to him; he is sound and well. Forgive me if you have
+suffered pain and doubt; but there was no other way. That tale was only
+one of love's snares and tricks----" He paused, overcome, fascinated by
+Margaret's face, which of a sudden had grown awful--that of a goddess of
+vengeance, of a Medusa, which seemed to chill his blood to ice.
+
+"A snare! A trick!" she muttered hoarsely, while her eyes flamed on him
+like burning stars. "Thus then I pay you for your tricks." And in an
+instant he became aware that she had snatched a dagger from her bosom
+and was springing on him.
+
+He could not move; those fearful eyes held him fast. In another moment
+that steel would have pierced his heart. But Betty had seen also, and,
+thrusting her strong arms about Margaret, held her back, crying:
+
+"Listen, you do not understand. It is I he wants--not you; I whom he
+loves, and who love him, and am about to marry him. You he will send
+back home."
+
+"Loose me," said Margaret, in such a voice that Betty's arms fell from
+her, and she stood there, the dagger still in her hand. "Now," she said
+to d'Aguilar, "the truth, and be swift with it. What means this woman?"
+
+"She knows best," answered d'Aguilar uneasily. "It has pleased her to
+wrap herself in this web of conceits."
+
+"Which it has pleased you to spin, perchance. Speak, girl!"
+
+"He made love to me," gasped Betty; "and I love him. He promised to
+marry me. He sent me a letter but to-day--here it is," and she drew
+it out.
+
+"Read," said Margaret; and Betty read.
+
+"So _you_ have betrayed me," said Margaret, "you, my cousin, whom I have
+sheltered and cherished."
+
+"No," cried Betty. "I never thought to betray you; sooner would I have
+died. I believed that your father was hurt, and that while you were
+visiting him that man would take me."
+
+"What have you to say?" asked Margaret of d'Aguilar in the same dreadful
+voice. "You offered your accursed love to me--and to her, and you have
+snared us both. Man, what have you to say?"
+
+"Only this", he answered, trying to look brave, "that woman is a fool,
+whose vanity I played on that I might make use of her to keep near
+to you."
+
+"Do you hear, Betty? do you hear?" cried Margaret with a terrible little
+laugh; but Betty only groaned as though she were dying.
+
+"I love you, and you only," went on d'Aguilar "As for your cousin, I
+will send her ashore. I have committed this sin because I could not help
+myself. The thought that you were to be married to another man to-morrow
+drove me mad, and I dared all to take you from his arms, even though you
+should never come to mine. Did I not swear to you," he said with an
+attempt at his old gallantry, "that your image should accompany me to
+Spain, whither we are sailing now?" And as he spoke the words the ship
+lurched a little in the wind.
+
+Margaret made no answer, only toyed with the dagger blade, and watched
+him with eyes that glittered more coldly than its steel.
+
+"Kill me, if you will, and have done," he went on in a voice that was
+desperate with love and shame. "So shall I be rid of all this torment."
+
+Then Margaret seemed to awake, for she spoke to him in a new voice--a
+measured, frozen voice. "No," she answered, "I will not stain my hands
+even with your blood, for why should I rob God of His own vengeance? If
+you attempt to touch me, or even to separate me from this poor woman
+whom you have fooled, then I will kill--not you, but myself, and I swear
+to you that my ghost shall accompany you to Spain, and from Spain down
+to the hell that awaits you. Listen, Carlos d'Aguilar, Marquis of
+Morella, this I know about you, that you believe in God and hear His
+anger. Well, I call down upon you the vengeance of Almighty God. I see
+it hang above your head. I say that it shall fall upon you, waking and
+sleeping, loving and hating, in life and in death to all eternity. Do
+your worst, for you shall do it all in vain. Whether I die or whether I
+live, every pang that you cause me to suffer, every misery that you have
+brought, or shall bring, upon the head of my betrothed, my father, and
+this woman, shall be repaid to you a millionfold in this world and the
+next. Now do you still wish that I should accompany you to Spain, or
+will you let me go?"
+
+"I cannot," he answered hoarsely; "it is too late."
+
+"So be it, I will accompany you to Spain, I and Betty Dene, and the
+vengeance of Almighty God that hovers over you. Of this at least be
+sure--I hate you, I despise you, but I fear you not at all. Go." Then
+d'Aguilar stumbled from that cabin, and the two women heard the door
+bolted behind him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+THE CHASE
+
+About the time that Margaret and Betty were being rowed aboard the _San
+Antonio_, Peter Brome and his servants, who had been delayed an hour or
+more by the muddy state of the roads, pulled rein at the door of the
+house in Holborn. For over a month he had been dreaming of this moment
+of return, as a man does who expects such a welcome as he knew awaited
+him, and who on the morrow was to be wed to a lovely and beloved bride.
+He had thought how Margaret would be watching at the window, how, spying
+him advancing down the street, she would speed to the door, how he would
+leap from his horse and take her to his arms in front of every one if
+need be--for why should they be ashamed who were to be wed upon
+the morrow?
+
+But there was no Margaret at the window, or at any rate he could not see
+her, for it was dark. There was not even a light; indeed the whole face
+of the old house seemed to frown at him through the gloom. Still, Peter
+played his part according to the plan; that is, he leapt from his horse,
+ran to the door and tried to enter, but could not for it was locked, so
+he hammered on it with the handle of his sword, till at length some one
+came and unbolted. It was the hired man with whom Margaret had left the
+letter, and he held a lantern in his hand.
+
+The sight of him frightened Peter, striking a chill to his heart.
+
+"Who are you?" he asked; then, without waiting for an answer, went on,
+"Where are Master Castell and Mistress Margaret?"
+
+The man answered that the master was not yet back from his ship, and
+that the Lady Margaret had gone out nearly three hours before with her
+cousin Betty and a sailor--all of them on horseback.
+
+"She must have ridden to meet me, and missed us in the dark," said Peter
+aloud, whereon the man asked whether he spoke to Master Brome, since, if
+so, he had a letter for him.
+
+"Yes," answered Peter, and snatched it from his hand, bidding him close
+the door and hold up the lantern while he read, for he could see that
+the writing was that of Margaret.
+
+"A strange story," he muttered, as he finished it. "Well, I must away,"
+and he turned to the door again.
+
+As he stretched out his hand to the key, it opened, and through it came
+Castell, as sound as ever he had been.
+
+"Welcome, Peter!" he cried in a jolly voice. "I knew you were here, for
+I saw the horses; but why are you not with Margaret?"
+
+"Because Margaret has gone to be with you, who should be hurt almost to
+death, or so says this letter."
+
+"To be with me--hurt to the death! Give it me--nay, read it, I cannot
+see."
+
+So Peter read.
+
+"I scent a plot," said Castell in a strained voice as he finished, "and
+I think that hound of a Spaniard is at the bottom of it, or Betty, or
+both. Here, you fellow, tell us what you know, and be swift if you would
+keep a sound skin."
+
+"That would I, why not?" answered the man, and told all the tale of the
+coming of the sailor.
+
+"Go, bid the men bring back the horses, all of them," said Castell
+almost before he had done; "and, Peter, look not so dazed, but come,
+drink a cup of wine. We shall need it, both of us, before this night is
+over. What! is there never a fellow of all my servants in the house?" So
+he shouted till his folk, who had returned with him from the ship, came
+running from the kitchen.
+
+He bade them bring food and liquor, and while they gulped down the wine,
+for they could not eat, Castell told how their Mistress Margaret had
+been tricked away, and must be followed. Then, hearing the horses being
+led back from the stables, they ran to the door and mounted, and,
+followed by their men, a dozen or more of them, in all, galloped off
+into the darkness, taking another road for Tilbury, that by which
+Margaret went, not because they were sure of this, but because it was
+the shortest.
+
+But the horses were tired, and the night was dark and rainy, so it came
+about that the clock of some church struck three of the morning before
+ever they drew near to Tilbury. Now they were passing the little quay
+where Margaret and Betty had entered the boat, Castell and Peter riding
+side by side ahead of the others in stern silence, for they had nothing
+to say, when a familiar voice hailed them--that of Thomas the groom.
+
+"I saw your horses' heads against the sky," he explained, "and knew
+them."
+
+"Where is your mistress?" they asked both in a breath.
+
+"Gone, gone with Betty Dene in a boat, from this quay, to be rowed to
+the _Margaret_, or so I thought. Having stabled the horses as I was
+bidden, I came back here to await them. But that was hours ago, and I
+have seen no soul, and heard nothing except the wind and the water, till
+I heard the galloping of your horses."
+
+"On to Tilbury, and get boats," said Castell. "We must catch the
+_Margaret_ ere she sails at dawn. Perhaps the women are aboard of her."
+
+"If so, I think Spaniards took them there, for I am sure they were not
+English in that craft," said Thomas, as he ran by the side of Castell's
+horse, holding to the stirrup leather.
+
+His master made no answer, only Peter groaned aloud, for he too was sure
+that they were Spaniards.
+
+An hour later, just as the dawn broke, they with their men climbed to
+the deck of the _Margaret_ while she was hauling up her anchor. A few
+words with her captain, Jacob Smith, told them the worst. No boat had
+left the ship, no Margaret had come aboard her. But some six hours
+before they had watched the Spanish vessel, _San Antonio_, that had been
+berthed above them, pass down the river. Moreover, two watermen in a
+skiff, who brought them fresh meat, had told them that while they were
+delivering three sheep and some fowls to the _San Antonio_, just before
+she sailed, they had seen two tall women helped up her ladder, and
+heard one of them say in English, "Lead me to my father."
+
+Now they knew all the awful truth, and stared at each other like dumb
+men.
+
+It was Peter who found his tongue the first, and said slowly:
+
+"I must away to Spain to find my bride, if she still lives, and to kill
+that fox. Get you home, Master Castell."
+
+"My home is where my daughter is," answered Castell fiercely. "I go
+a-sailing also."
+
+"There is danger for you in that land of Spaniards, if ever we get
+yonder," said Peter meaningly.
+
+"If it were the mouth of hell, still I would go," replied Castell. "Why
+should I not who seek a devil?"
+
+"That we do both," said Peter, and stretching out his hand he took that
+of Castell. It was the pledge of the father and the lover to follow her
+who was all to them, till death stayed their quest.
+
+Castell thought a little while, then gave orders that all the crew
+should be called together on deck in the waist of the ship, which was a
+carack of about two hundred tons burden, round fashioned, and sitting
+deep in the water, but very strongly built of oak, and a swift sailer.
+When they were gathered, and with them the officers and their own
+servants, accompanied by Peter, he went and addressed them just as the
+sun was rising. In few and earnest words he told them of the great
+outrage that had been done, and how it was his purpose and that of Peter
+Brome who had been wickedly robbed of the maid who this day should have
+become his wife, to follow the thieves across the sea to Spain, in the
+hope that by the help of God, they might rescue Margaret and Betty. He
+added that he knew well this was a service of danger, since it might
+chance that there would be fighting, and he was loth to ask any man to
+risk life or limb against his will, especially as they came out to trade
+and not to fight. Still, to those who chose to accompany them, should
+they win through safely, he promised double wage, and a present charged
+upon his estate, and would give them writings to that effect. As for
+those who did not, they could leave the ship now before she sailed.
+
+When he had finished, the sailormen, of whom there were about thirty,
+with the stout-hearted captain, Jacob Smith, a sturdy-built man of fifty
+years of age, at the head of them, conferred together, and at last, with
+one exception--that of a young new-married man, whose heart failed
+him--they accepted the offer, swearing that they would see the thing
+through to the end, were it good or ill, for they were all Englishmen,
+and no lovers of the Spaniards. Moreover, so bitter a wrong stirred
+their blood. Indeed, although for the most part they were not sailors,
+six of the twelve men who had ridden with them from London prayed that
+they might come too, for the love they had to Margaret, their master,
+and Peter; and they took them. The other six they sent ashore again,
+bearing letters to Castell's friends, agents, and reeves, as to the
+transfer of his business and the care of his lands, houses, and other
+properties during his absence. Also, they took a short will duly signed
+by Castell and witnessed, wherein he left all his goods of whatever
+sort that remained unsettled or undevised, to Margaret and Peter, or
+the survivor of them, or their heirs, or failing these, for the purpose
+of founding a hospital for the poor. Then these men bade them farewell
+and departed, very heavy at heart, just as the anchor was hauled home,
+and the sails began to draw in the stiff morning breeze.
+
+About ten o'clock they rounded the Nore bank safely, and here spoke a
+fishing-boat, who told them that more than six hours before they had
+seen the _San Antonio_ sail past them down Channel, and noted two women
+standing on her deck, holding each other's hands and gazing shorewards.
+Then, knowing that there was no mistake, there being nothing more that
+they could do, worn out with grief and journeying, they ate some food
+and went to their cabin to sleep.
+
+As he laid him down Peter remembered that at this very hour he should
+have been in church taking Margaret as his bride--Margaret, who was now
+in the power of the Spaniard--and swore a great and bitter oath that
+d'Aguilar should pay him back for all this shame and agony. Indeed,
+could his enemy have seen the look on Peter's face he might well have
+been afraid, for this Peter was an ill man to cross, and had no
+forgiving heart; also, his wrong was deep.
+
+For four days the wind held, and they ran down Channel before it, hoping
+to catch sight of the Spaniard; but the _San Antonio_ was a swift
+caravel of 250 tons with much canvas, for she carried four masts, and
+although the _Margaret_ was also a good sailer, she had but two masts,
+and could not come up with her. Or, for anything they knew, they might
+have missed her on the seas. On the afternoon of the fourth day, when
+they were off the Lizard, and creeping along very slowly under a light
+breeze, the look-out man reported a ship lying becalmed ahead. Peter,
+who had the eyes of a hawk, climbed up the mast to look at her, and
+presently called down that he believed from her shape and rig she must
+be the caravel, though of this he could not be sure as he had never seen
+her. Then the captain, Smith, went up also, and a few minutes later
+returned saying that without doubt it was the _San Antonio._
+
+Now there was a great and joyful stir on board the _Margaret_, every man
+seeing to his sword and their long or cross bows, of which there were
+plenty, although they had no bombards or cannon, that as yet were rare
+on merchant ships. Their plan was to run alongside the _San Antonio_ and
+board her, for thus they hoped to recover Margaret. As for the anger of
+the king, which might well fall on them for this deed, since he would
+think little of the stealing of a pair of Englishwomen, of that they
+must take their chance.
+
+Within half an hour everything was ready, and Peter, pacing to and fro,
+looked happier than he had done since he rode away to Dedham. The light
+breeze still held, although, if it reached the _San Antonio_, it did not
+seem to move her, and, with the help of it, by degrees they came to
+within half a mile of the caravel. Then the wind dropped altogether, and
+there the two ships lay. Still the set of the tide, or some current,
+seemed to be drawing them towards each other, so that when the night
+closed in they were not more than four hundred paces apart, and the
+Englishmen had great hopes that before morning they would close, and be
+able to board by the light of the moon.
+
+But this was not to be, since about nine o'clock thick clouds rose up
+which covered the heavens, while with the clouds came strong winds
+blowing off the land, and, when at length the dawn broke, all they could
+see of the _San Antonio_ was her topmasts as she rose upon the seas,
+flying southwards swiftly. This, indeed, was the last sight they had of
+her for two long weeks.
+
+From Ushant all across the Bay the airs were very light and variable,
+but when at length they came off Finisterre a gale sprang up from the
+north-east which drove them forward very fast. It was on the second
+night of this gale, as the sun set, that, running out of some mist and
+rain, suddenly they saw the _San Antonio_ not a mile away, and rejoiced,
+for now they knew that she had not made for any port in the north of
+Spain, as, although she was bound for Cadiz, they feared she might have
+done to trick them. Then the rain came on again, and they saw her
+no more.
+
+All down the coast of Portugal the weather grew more heavy day by day,
+and when they reached St. Vincent's Cape and bore round for Cadiz, it
+blew a great gale. Now it was that for the third time they viewed the
+_San Antonio_ labouring ahead of them, nor, except at night, did they
+lose sight of her any more until the end of that voyage. Indeed, on the
+next day they nearly came up with her, for she tried to beat in to
+Cadiz, but, losing one of her masts in a fierce squall, and seeing that
+the _Margaret_, which sailed better in this tempest, would soon be
+aboard of her, abandoned her plan, and ran for the Straits of Gibraltar.
+
+Past Tarifa Point they went, having the coast of Africa on their
+right; past the bay of Algegiras, where the _San Antonio_ did not try to
+harbour; past Gibraltar's grey old rock, where the signal fires were
+burning, and so at nightfall, with not a mile between them, out into the
+Mediterranean Sea.
+
+Here the gale was furious, so that they could scarcely carry a rag of
+canvas, and before morning lost one of their topmasts. It was an anxious
+night, for they knew not if they would live through it; moreover, the
+hearts of Castell and of Peter were torn with fear lest the Spaniard
+should founder and take Margaret with her to the bottom of the sea. When
+at length the wild, stormy dawn broke, however, they saw her, apparently
+in an evil case, labouring away upon their starboard bow, and by noon
+came to within a furlong of her, so that they could see the sailors
+crawling about on her high poop and stern. Yes, and they saw more than
+this, for presently two women ran from some cabin waving a white cloth
+to them; then were hustled back, whereby they learned that Margaret and
+Betty still lived and knew that they followed, and thanked God.
+Presently, also, there was a flash, and, before ever they heard the
+report, a great iron bullet fell upon their decks and, rebounding,
+struck a sailor, who stood by Peter, on the breast, and dashed him away
+into the sea. The _San Antonio_ had fired the bombard which she carried,
+but as no more shots came they judged that the cannon had broke its
+lashings or burst.
+
+A while after the _San Antonio_, two of whose masts were gone, tried to
+put about and run for Malaga, which they could see far away beneath the
+snow-capped mountains of the Sierra. But this the Spaniard could not
+do, for while she hung in the wind the _Margaret_ came right atop of
+her, and as her men laboured at the sails, every one of the Englishmen
+who could be spared, under the command of Peter, let loose on them with
+their long shafts and crossbows, and, though the heaving deck of the
+_Margaret_ was no good platform, and the wind bent the arrows from their
+line, they killed and wounded eight or ten of them, causing them to
+loose the ropes so that the _San Antonio_ swung round into the gale
+again. On the high tower of the caravel, his arm round the sternmost
+mast, stood d'Aguilar, shouting commands to his crew. Peter fitted an
+arrow to his string and, waiting until the _Margaret_ was poised for a
+moment on the crest of a great sea, aimed and loosed, making allowance
+for the wind.
+
+True to line sped that shaft of his, yet, alas! a span too high, for
+when a moment later d'Aguilar leapt from the mast, the arrow quivered in
+its wood, and pinned to it was the velvet cap he wore. Peter ground his
+teeth in rage and disappointment; almost he could have wept, for the
+vessels swung apart again, and his chance was gone.
+
+"Five times out of seven," he said bitterly, "can I send a shaft
+through a bull's ring at fifty paces to win a village badge, and now I
+cannot hit a man to save my love from shame. Surely God has
+forsaken me!"
+
+Through all that afternoon they held on, shooting with their bows
+whenever a Spaniard showed himself, and being shot at in return, though
+little damage was done to either side. But this they noted--that the
+_San Antonio_ had sprung a leak in the gale, for she was sinking deeper
+in the water. The Spaniards knew it also, and, being aware that they
+must either run ashore or founder, for the second time put about, and,
+under the rain of English arrows, came right across the bows of the
+_Margaret_, heading for the little bay of Calahonda, that is the port of
+Motril, for here the shore was not much more than a league away.
+
+"Now," said Jacob Smith, the captain of the _Margaret_, who stood under
+the shelter of the bulwarks with Castell and Peter, "up that bay lies a
+Spanish town. I know it, for I have anchored there, and if once the _San
+Antonio_ reaches it, good-bye to our lady, for they will take her to
+Granada, not thirty miles away across the mountains, where this Marquis
+of Morella is a mighty man, for there is his palace. Say then, master,
+what shall we do? In five more minutes the Spaniard will be across our
+bows again. Shall we run her down, which will be easy, and take our
+chance of picking up the women, or shall we let them be taken captive to
+Granada and give up the chase?"
+
+"Never," said Peter. "There is another thing that we can do--follow them
+into the bay, and attack them there on shore."
+
+"To find ourselves among hundreds of the Spaniards, and have our throats
+cut," answered Smith, the captain, coolly.
+
+"If we ran them down," asked Castell, who had been thinking deeply all
+this while, "should we not sink also?"
+
+"It might be so," answered Smith; "but we are built of English oak, and
+very stout forward, and I think not. But she would sink at once, being
+near to it already, and the odds are that the women are locked in the
+cabin or between decks out of reach of the arrows, and must go
+with her."
+
+"There is another plan," said Peter sternly, "and that is to grapple
+with her and board her, and this I will do."
+
+The captain, a stout man with a flat face that never changed, lifted his
+eyebrows, which was his only way of showing surprise.
+
+"What!" he said. "In this sea? I have fought in some wars, but never
+have I known such a thing."
+
+"Then, friend, you shall know it now, if I can but find a dozen men to
+follow me," answered Peter with a savage laugh. "What? Shall I see my
+mistress carried off before my eyes and strike no blow to save her?
+Rather will I trust in God and do it, and if I die, then die I must, as
+a man should. There is no other way."
+
+Then he turned and called in a loud voice to those who stood around or
+loosed arrows at the Spaniard:
+
+"Who will come with me aboard yonder ship? Those who live shall spend
+their days in ease thereafter, that I promise, and those who fall will
+win great fame and Heaven's glory."
+
+The crew looked at the waves running hill high, and the water-logged
+Spaniard labouring in the trough of them as she came round slowly in a
+wide circle, very doubtfully, as well they might, and made no answer.
+Then Peter spoke again.
+
+"There is no choice," he said. "If we give that ship our stem we can
+sink her, but then how will the women be saved? If we leave her alone,
+mayhap she will founder, and then how will the women be saved? Or she
+may win ashore, and they will be carried away to Granada, and how can we
+snatch them out of the hand of the Moors or of the power of Spain? But
+if we can take the ship, we may rescue them before they go down or reach
+land. Will none back me at this inch?"
+
+"Aye, son," said old Castell, "I will."
+
+Peter stared at him in surprise. "You--at your years!" he said.
+
+"Yes, at my years. Why not? I have the fewer to risk."
+
+Then, as though he were ashamed of his doubts, one brawny sailorman
+stepped forward and said that he was ready for a cut at the Spanish
+thieves in foul weather as in fair. Next all Castell's household
+servants came out in a body for love of him and Peter and their lady,
+and after them more sailors, till nearly half of those aboard, something
+over twenty in all, declared that they were ready for the venture,
+wherein Peter cried, "Enough." Smith would have come also; but Castell
+said No, he must stop with the ship.
+
+Then, while the carack's head was laid so as to cut the path of the _San
+Antonio_ circling round them slowly like a wounded swan, and the
+boarders made ready their swords and knives, for here archery would not
+avail them, Castell gave some orders to the captain. He bade him, if
+they were cut down or taken, to put about and run for Seville, and there
+deliver over the ship and her cargo to his partners and correspondents,
+praying them in his name to do their best by means of gold, for which
+the sale value of the vessel and her goods should be chargeable, or
+otherwise, to procure the release of Margaret and Betty, if they still
+lived, and to bring d'Aguilar, the Marquis of Morella, to account for
+his crime. This done, he called to one of his servants to buckle on him
+a light steel breastplate from the ship's stores. But Peter would wear
+no iron because it was too heavy, only an archer's jerkin of bull-hide,
+stout enough to turn a sword-cut, such as the other boarders put on also
+with steel caps, of both of which they had a plenty in the cabin.
+
+Now the _San Antonio_, having come round, was steering for the mouth of
+the bay in such fashion that she would pass them within fifty yards.
+Hoisting a small sail to give his ship way, the captain, Smith, took the
+helm of the _Margaret_ and steered straight at her so as to cut her
+path, while the boarders, headed by Peter and Castell, gathered near the
+bowsprit, lay down there under shelter of the bulwarks, and waited.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+THE MEETING ON THE SEA
+
+For another minute or more the _San Antonio_ held on until she divined
+the desperate purpose of her foe. Then, seeing that soon the carack's
+prow must crash into her frail side, she shifted her helm and came round
+several points, so that in the end the _Margaret_ ran, not into her, but
+alongside of her, grinding against her planking, and shearing away a
+great length of her bulwark. For a few seconds they hung together thus,
+and, before the seas bore them apart, grapnels were thrown from the
+_Margaret_ whereof one forward got hold and brought them bow to bow.
+Thus the end of the bowsprit of the _Margaret_ projected over the high
+deck of the _San Antonio_.
+
+"Now for it," said Peter. "Follow me, all." And springing up, he ran to
+the bowsprit and began to swarm along it.
+
+It was a fearful task. One moment the great seas lifted him high into
+the air, and the next down he came again till the massive spar crashed
+on to the deck of the _San Antonio_ with such a shock that he nearly
+flew from it like a stone from a sling. Yet he hung on, and, biding his
+chance, seized a broken stay-rope that dangled from the end of the
+bowsprit like a lash from a whip, and began to slide down it. The gale
+caught him and blew him to and fro; the vessel, pitching wildly, jerked
+him into the air; the deck of the _San Antonio_ rose up and receded like
+a thing alive. It was near--not a dozen feet beneath him--and loosing
+his hold he fell upon the forward tower without being hurt then, gaining
+his feet, ran to the broken mast and flinging his left arm about it,
+with the other drew his sword.
+
+Next instant--how, he never knew--Castell was at his side, and after him
+came two more men, but one of these rolled from the deck into the sea
+and was lost. As he vanished, the chain of the grappling iron parted,
+and the _Margaret_ swung away from them, leaving those three alone in
+the power of their foes, nor, do what she would, could she make fast
+again. As yet, however, there were no Spaniards to be seen, for the
+reason that none had dared to stand upon this high tower whereof the
+bulwarks were all gone, while the bowsprit of the _Margaret_ crashed
+down upon it like a giant's club, and, as she rolled, swept it with
+its point.
+
+So there they stood, clinging to the mast and waiting for the end, for
+now their friends were a hundred yards away, and they knew that their
+case was desperate. A shower of arrows came, loosed from other parts of
+the ship, and one of these struck the man with them through the throat,
+so that he fell to the deck clasping at it, and presently rolled into
+the sea also. Another pierced Castell through his right forearm, causing
+his sword to drop and slide away from him. Peter seized the arrow,
+snapped it in two, and drew it out; but Castell's right arm was now
+helpless, and with his left he could do no more than cling to the
+broken mast.
+
+"We have done our best, son," he said, "and failed. Margaret will learn
+that we would have saved her if we could, but we shall not meet
+her here."
+
+Peter ground his teeth, and looked about him desperately, for he had no
+words to say. What should he do? Leave Castell and rush for the waist of
+the ship and so perish, or stay and die there? Nay, he would not be
+butchered like a bird on a bough, he would fall fighting.
+
+"Farewell," he called through the gale. "God rest our souls!" Then,
+waiting till the ship steadied herself, he ran aft, and reaching the
+ladder that led to her tower, staggered down it to the waist of the
+vessel, and at its foot halted, holding to the rail.
+
+The scene before him was strange enough, for there, ranged round the
+bulwarks, were the Spanish men, who watched him curiously, whilst a few
+paces away, resting against the mast, stood d'Aguilar, who lifted his
+hand, in which there was no weapon, and addressed him.
+
+"Senor Brome," he shouted, "do not move another step or you are a dead
+man. Listen to me first, and then do what you will. Am I safe from your
+sword while I speak?"
+
+Peter nodded his head in assent, and d'Aguilar drew nearer, for even in
+that more sheltered place it was hard to hear because of the howling of
+the tempest.
+
+"Senor," he said to Peter, "you are a very brave man, and have done a
+deed such as none of us have seen before; therefore, I wish to spare you
+if I may. Also, I have worked you bitter wrong, driven to it by the
+might of love and jealousy, for which reason also I wish to spare you.
+To set upon you now would be but murder, and, whatever else I do, I will
+not murder. First, let me ease your mind. Your lady and mine is aboard
+here; but fear not, she has come and will come to no harm from me, or
+from any man while I live. If for no other reason, I do not desire to
+affront one who, I hope, will be my wife by her own free will, and whom
+I have brought to Spain that she might not make this impossible by
+becoming yours. Senor, believe me, I would no more force a woman's will
+than I would do murder on her lover."
+
+"What did you, then, when you snatched her from her home by some foul
+trick?" asked Peter fiercely.
+
+"Senor, I did wrong to her and all of you, for which I would make
+amends."
+
+"What amends? Will you give her back to me?"
+
+"No, that I cannot do, even if she should wish it, of which I am not
+sure; no--never while I live."
+
+"Bring her forth, and let us hear whether she wishes it or no," shouted
+Peter, hoping that his words would reach Margaret.
+
+But d'Aguilar only smiled and shook his head, then went on:
+
+"That I cannot either, for it would give her pain. Still, Senor, I will
+repay the heavy debt that I owe to you, and to you also, Senor." And he
+bowed towards Castell who, unseen by Peter, had crept down the ladder,
+and now stood behind him staring at d'Aguilar with cold rage and
+indignation. "You have wrought us much damage, have you not? hunting us
+across the seas, and killing sundry of us with your arrows, and now you
+have striven to board our ship and put us to the sword, a design in
+which God has frustrated you. Therefore your lives are justly forfeit,
+and none would blame us if we slew you. Yet I spare you both. If it is
+possible I will put you back aboard the _Margaret_, and if it is not
+possible you shall be set free ashore to go unmolested whither you will.
+Thus I will wipe out my debt and be free of all reproach."
+
+"Do you take me for such a man as yourself?" asked Peter, with a bitter
+laugh. "I do not leave this ship alive unless my affianced wife,
+Mistress Margaret, goes with me."
+
+"Then, Senor Brome, I fear that you will leave it dead, as indeed we may
+all of us, unless we make land soon, for the vessel is filling fast with
+water. Still, knowing your metal, I looked for some such words from you,
+and am prepared with another offer which I am sure you will not refuse.
+Senor, our swords are much of the same length, shall we measure them
+against each other? I am a grandee of Spain, the Marquis of Morella, and
+it will, therefore, be no dishonour for you to fight with me."
+
+"I am not so sure," said Peter, "for I am more than that--an honest man
+of England, who never practised woman-stealing. Still, I will fight you
+gladly, at sea or on shore, wherever and whenever we meet, till one or
+both are dead. But what is the stake, and how do I know that some of
+these," and he pointed to the crew, who were listening intently, "will
+not stab me from behind?"
+
+"Senor, I have told you that I do not murder, and that would be the
+foulest murder. As for the stake, it is Margaret to the victor. If you
+kill me, on behalf of all my company, I swear by our Saviour's Blood
+that you shall depart with her and her father unharmed, and if I kill
+you, then you both shall swear that she shall be left with me, and no
+suit or question raised but to her woman I give liberty, who have seen
+more than enough of her."
+
+"Nay," broke in Castell, speaking for the first time "I demand the right
+to fight with you also when my arm is healed."
+
+"I refuse it," answered d'Aguilar haughtily. "I cannot lift my sword
+against an old man who is the father of the maid who shall be my wife,
+and, moreover, a merchant and a Jew. Nay, answer me not, lest all these
+should remember your ill words. I will be generous, and leave you out of
+the oath. Do your worst against me, Master Castell, and then leave me to
+do my worst against you. Senor Brome, the light grows bad, and the water
+gains upon us. Say, are you ready?"
+
+Peter nodded his head, and they stepped forward.
+
+"One more word," said d'Aguilar, dropping his sword-point. "My friends,
+you have heard our compact. Do you swear to abide by it, and, if I fall,
+to set these two men and the two ladies free on their own ship or on the
+land, for the honour of chivalry and of Spain?"
+
+The captain of the _San Antonio_ and his lieutenants answered that they
+swore on behalf of all the crew.
+
+"You hear, Senor Brome. Now these are the conditions--that we fight to
+the death, but, if both of us should be hurt or wounded, so that we
+cannot despatch each other, then no further harm shall be done to either
+of us, who shall be tended till we recover or die by the will of God."
+
+"You mean that we must die on each other's swords or not at all, and if
+any foul chance should overtake either, other than by his adversary's
+hand, that adversary shall not dispatch him?"
+
+"Yes, Senor, for in our case such things may happen," and he pointed to
+the huge seas that towered over them, threatening to engulf the
+water-logged caravel. "We will take no advantage of each other, who wish
+to fight this quarrel out with our own right arms."
+
+"So be it," said Peter, "and Master Castell here is the witness to our
+bargain."
+
+D'Aguilar nodded, kissed the cross-hilt of his sword in confirmation of
+the pact, bowed courteously, and put himself on his defence.
+
+For a moment they stood facing each other, a well-matched pair--Peter,
+lean, fierce-faced, long-armed, a terrible man to see in the fiery light
+that broke upon him from beneath the edge of a black cloud; the Spaniard
+tall also, and agile, but to all appearance as unconcerned as though
+this were but a pleasure bout, and not a duel to the death with a
+woman's fate hanging on the hazard. D'Aguilar wore a breastplate of
+gold-inlaid black steel and a helmet, while Peter had but his tunic of
+bull's hide and iron-lined cap, though his straight cut-and-thrust sword
+was heavier and mayhap half an inch longer than that of his foe.
+
+Thus, then, they stood while Castell and all the ship's company, save
+the helmsman who steered her to the harbour's mouth, clung to the
+bulwarks and the cordage of the mainmast, and, forgetful of their own
+peril, watched in utter silence.
+
+It was Peter who thrust the first, straight at the throat, but d'Aguilar
+parried deftly, so that the sword point went past his neck, and before
+it could be drawn back again, struck at Peter. The blow fell upon the
+side of his steel cap, and glanced thence to his left shoulder, but,
+being light, did him no harm. Swiftly came the answer, which was not
+light, for it fell so heavily upon d'Aguilar's breastplate, that he
+staggered back. After him sprang Peter, thinking that the game was his,
+but at that moment the ship, which had entered the breakers of the
+harbour bar, rolled terribly, and sent them both reeling to the
+bulwarks. Nor did she cease her rolling, so that, smiting and thrusting
+wildly, they staggered backwards and forwards across the deck, gripping
+with their left hands at anything they could find to steady them, till
+at length, bruised and breathless, they fell apart unwounded, and
+rested awhile.
+
+"An ill field this to fight on, Senor," gasped d'Aguilar.
+
+"I think that it will serve our turn," said Peter grimly, and rushed at
+him like a bull. It was just then that a great sea came aboard the ship,
+a mass of green water which struck them both and washed them like straws
+into the scuppers, where they rolled half drowned. Peter rose the first,
+coughing out salt water, and rubbing it from his eyes, to see d'Aguilar
+still upon the deck, his sword lying beside him, and holding his right
+wrist with his left hand.
+
+"Who gave you the hurt?" he asked, "I or your fall?"
+
+"The fall, Senor," answered d'Aguilar; "I think that it has broken my
+wrist. But I have still my left hand. Suffer me to arise, and we will
+finish this fray."
+
+As the words passed his lips a gust of wind, more furious than any that
+had gone before, concentrated as it was through a gorge in the
+mountains, struck the caravel at the very mouth of the harbour, and laid
+her over on her beam ends. For a while it seemed as though she must
+capsize and sink, till suddenly her mainmast snapped like a stick and
+went overboard, when, relieved of its weight, by slow degrees she
+righted herself. Down upon the deck came the cross yard, one end of it
+crashing through the roof of the cabin in which Margaret and Betty were
+confined, splitting it in two, while a block attached to the other fell
+upon the side of Peter's head and, glancing from the steel cap, struck
+him on the neck and shoulder, hurling him senseless to the deck, where,
+still grasping his sword, he lay with arms outstretched.
+
+Out of the ruin of the cabin appeared Margaret and Betty, the former
+very pale and frightened, and the latter muttering prayers, but, as it
+chanced, both uninjured. Clinging to the tangled ropes they crept
+forward, seeking refuge in the waist of the ship, for the heavy spar
+still worked and rolled above them, resting on the wreck of the cabin
+and the bulwarks, whence presently it slid into the sea. By the stump of
+the broken mainmast they halted, their long locks streaming in the gale,
+and here it was that Margaret caught sight of Peter lying upon his back,
+his face red with blood, and sliding to and fro as the vessel rolled.
+
+She could not speak, but in mute appeal pointed first to him and then to
+d'Aguilar, who stood near, remembering as she did so her vision in the
+house at Holborn, which was thus terribly fulfilled. Holding to a rope,
+d'Aguilar drew near to her and spoke into her ear. "Lady," he said,
+"this is no deed of mine. We were fighting a fair fight, for he had
+boarded the ship when the mast fell and killed him. Blame me not for his
+death, but seek comfort from God."
+
+She heard, and, looking round her wildly, perceived her father
+struggling towards her; then, with a bitter cry, fell senseless on
+his breast.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+FATHER HENRIQUES
+
+The night came down swiftly, for a great stormcloud, in which jagged
+lightning played, blotted out the last rays of the sunk sun. Then, with
+rolling thunder and torrents of rain, the tempest burst over the sinking
+ship. The mariners could no longer see to steer, they knew not whither
+they were going, only the lessened seas told them that they had entered
+the harbour mouth. Presently the _San Antonio_ struck upon a rock, and
+the shock of it threw Castell, who was bending over the senseless shape
+of Margaret, against the bulwarks and dazed him.
+
+There arose a great cry of "The vessel founders!" and water seemed to be
+pouring on the deck, though whether this were from the sea or from the
+deluge of the falling rain he did not know. Then came another cry of
+"Get out the boat, or we perish!" and a sound of men working in the
+darkness. The ship swung round and round and settled down. There was a
+flash of lightning, and by it Castell saw Betty holding the unconscious
+Margaret in her strong arms. She saw him also, and screamed to him to
+come to the boat. He started to obey, then remembered Peter. Peter might
+not be dead; what should he say to Margaret if he left him there to
+drown? He crept to where he lay upon the deck, and called to a sailor
+who rushed by to help him. The man answered with a curse, and vanished
+into the deep gloom. So, unaided, Castell essayed the task of lifting
+this heavy body, but his right arm being almost useless, could do no
+more than drag it into a sitting posture, and thus, by slow degrees,
+across the deck to where he imagined the boat to be.
+
+But here there was no boat, and now the sound of voices came from the
+other side of the ship, so he must drag it back again. By the time he
+reached the starboard bulwarks all was silent, and another flash of
+lightning showed him the boat, crowded with people, upon the crest of a
+wave, fifty yards or more from him, whilst others, who had not been able
+to enter, clung to its stern and gunwale. He shouted aloud, but no
+answer came, either because none were left living on the ship, or
+because in all that turmoil they could not hear him.
+
+Then Castell, knowing that he had done everything that he could, dragged
+Peter under the overhanging deck of the forward tower, which gave some
+little shelter from the rain, and, laying his bleeding head upon his
+knees so that it might be lifted above the wash of the waters, sat
+himself down and began to say prayers after the Jewish fashion whilst
+awaiting his end.
+
+That he was about to die he had no doubt, for the waist of the ship, as
+he could perceive by the lightning, was almost level with the sea,
+which, however, here in the harbour was now much calmer than it had
+been. This he knew, for although the rain still fell steadily and the
+wind howled above, no spray broke over them. Deeper and deeper sank the
+caravel as she drifted onwards, till at length the water washed over her
+deck from side to side, so that Castell was obliged to seat himself on
+the second step of the ladder down which Peter had charged up on the
+Spaniards. A while passed, and he became aware that the _San Antonio_
+had ceased to move, and wondered what this might mean. The storm had
+rolled away now, and he could see the stars; also with it went the wind.
+The night grew warmer, too, which was well for him, for otherwise, wet
+as he was, he must have perished. Still it was a long night, the longest
+that ever he had spent, nor did any sleep come to relieve his misery or
+make his end easier, for the pain from the arrow wound in his arm kept
+him awake.
+
+So there he sat, wondering if Margaret was dead, as Peter seemed to be
+dead, and if so, whether their spirits were watching him now, watching
+and waiting till he joined them. He thought, too, of the days of his
+prosperity until he had seen the accursed face of d'Aguilar, and of all
+the worthless wealth that was his, and what would become of it. He hoped
+even that Margaret was gone; better that she should be dead than live on
+in shame and misery. If there were a God, how came it that He could
+allow such things to happen in the world? Then he remembered how, when
+Job sat in just such an evil case, his wife had invited him to curse God
+and die, and how the patriarch had answered to her, "What! shall we
+receive good at the hand of God, and shall we not receive evil?"
+Remembered, too, after all his troubles, what had been the end of that
+just man, and therefrom took some little comfort. After this a stupor
+crept over him, and his last thought was that the vessel had sunk and
+he was departing into the deeps of death.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Listen! A voice called, and Castell awoke to see that it was growing
+light, and that before him supporting himself on the rail of the ladder,
+stood the tall form of Peter--Peter with a ghastly, blood-stained
+countenance, chattering teeth, and glazed, unnatural eyes.
+
+"Do you live, John Castell?" said that hollow voice, "or are we both
+dead and in hell?"
+
+"Nay," he answered, "I live yet; we are still this side of doom."
+
+"What has chanced?" asked Peter. "I have been lost in a great
+blackness."
+
+Castell told him briefly.
+
+Peter listened till he had done, then staggered to the bulwark rail and
+looked about him, making no comment.
+
+"I can see nothing," he said presently--"the mist is too deep; but I
+think we must lie near the shore. Come, help me. Let us try to find
+victuals; I am faint."
+
+Castell rose, stretched his cramped limbs, and going to him, placed his
+uninjured arm round Peter's middle, and thus supported him towards the
+stern of the ship, where he guessed that the main cabin would be. They
+found and entered it, a small place, but richly furnished, with a carved
+crucifix screwed to its sternmost wall. A piece of pickled meat and some
+of the hard wheaten cakes such as sailors use, lay upon the floor where
+they had been cast from the table, while in a swinging rack above stood
+flagons of wine and of water. Castell found a horn mug, and filling it
+with wine gave it to Peter, who drank greedily, then handed it back to
+him, who also drank. Afterwards they cut off portions of the meat with
+their knives, and swallowed them, though Peter did this with great
+difficulty because of the hurt to his head and neck. Then they drank
+more wine, and, somewhat refreshed, left the place.
+
+The mist was still so thick that they could see nothing, and therefore
+they went into the wreck of that cabin which had been occupied by
+Margaret and Betty, sat themselves down upon the bed wherein they had
+slept, and waited. Resting thus, Peter noted that this cabin had been
+fitted sumptuously as though for the occupation of a great lady, for
+even the vessels were of silver, and in a wardrobe, whereof the doors
+were open, hung beautiful gowns. Also, there were a few written books,
+on the outer leaves of one of which Margaret had set down some notes and
+a prayer of her own making, petitioning that Heaven would protect her;
+that Peter and her father might be living and learn the truth of what
+had befallen, and that it would please the saints to deliver her, and to
+bring them together again. This book Peter thrust away within his jerkin
+to study at his leisure.
+
+Now the sun rose suddenly above the eastern range of the mountains
+wherewith they were surrounded. Leaving the cabin, they climbed to the
+forecastle tower and gazed about them, to find that they were in a
+land-locked harbour, and stranded not more than a hundred yards from
+the shore. By tying a piece of iron to a rope and letting it down into
+the sea, they discovered that they lay upon a ridge, and that there
+were but four feet of water beneath their bow, and, having learned
+this, determined to wade to the beach. First, however, they went back to
+the cabin and filled a leather bag they found with food and wine. Then,
+by an afterthought, they searched for the place where d'Aguilar slept,
+and discovered it between decks; also a strong-box which they made shift
+to break open with an iron bar.
+
+In it was a great store of gold, placed there, no doubt, for the payment
+of the crew, and with it some jewels. The jewels they left, but the
+money they divided and stowed it about them to serve their needs should
+they come safe ashore. Then they washed each other's wounds and bound
+them up, and descending the ladder which had been thrown over the ship's
+side when the Spaniards escaped in the boat, let themselves down into
+the sea and bade farewell to the _San Antonio_.
+
+By now the wind had fallen and the sun shone brightly, warming their
+chilled blood; also the water, which was quite calm, did not rise much
+above their middles, so that they were able--the bottom being smooth and
+sandy--to wade without trouble to the shore. As they drew near to it
+they saw people gathering there, and guessed that they came from the
+little town of Motril, which lay up the river that here ran into the
+bay. Also they saw other things--namely, the boat of the _San Antonio_
+upon the shore, and rejoiced to know that it had come safe to land, for
+it rested upon its keel with but little water in its bottom. Lying here
+and there also were the corpses of drowned men, five or six of them: no
+doubt those sailors who had swum after the boat or clung to its
+gunwale, but among these bodies none were those of women.
+
+When at length they reached the shore, very few people were left there,
+for of the rest some had begun to wade out towards the ship to plunder
+her, whilst others had gone to fetch boats for the same purpose.
+Therefore, the company who awaited them consisted only of women,
+children, three old men, and a priest. The last, a hungry-eyed,
+smooth-faced, sly-looking man, advanced to greet them courteously,
+bidding them thank God for their escape.
+
+"That we do indeed," said Castell; "but tell us, Father, where are our
+companions?"
+
+"There are some of them," answered the priest, pointing to the dead
+bodies; "the rest, with the two senoras, started two hours ago for
+Granada. The Marquis of Morella, from whom I hold this cure, told us
+that his ship had sunk, and that no one else was left alive, and, as the
+mist hid everything, we believed him. That is why we were not here
+before, for," he added significantly, "we are poor folk, to whom the
+saints send few wrecks."
+
+"How did they go to Granada, Father?" asked Castell. "On foot?"
+
+"Nay, Senor, they took all the horses and mules in the village by force,
+though the marquis promised that he would return them and pay for their
+hire later, and we trusted him because we must. The ladies wept much,
+and prayed us to take them in and keep them; but this the marquis would
+not allow, although they seemed so sad and weary. God send that we see
+our good beasts back again," he added piously.
+
+"Have you any left for us? We have a little money, and can pay for them
+if they be not too dear."
+
+"Not one, Senor--not one; the place has been cleared even down to the
+mares in foal. But, indeed you seem scarcely fit to ride at present, who
+have undergone so much," and he pointed to Peter's wounded head and
+Castell's bandaged arm. "Why do you not stay and rest awhile?"
+
+"Because I am the father of one of the senoras, and doubtless she thinks
+me drowned, and this senor is her affianced husband," answered
+Castell briefly.
+
+"Ah!" said the priest, looking at them with interest, "then what
+relation to her is the marquis? Well, perhaps I had better not ask, for
+this is no confessional, is it? I understand that you are anxious, for
+that great grandee has the reputation of being gay--an excellent son of
+the Church, but without doubt very gay," and he shook his shaven head
+and smiled. "But come up to the village, Senors, where you can rest and
+have your hurts attended to; afterwards we will talk."
+
+"We had best go," said Castell in English to Peter. "There are no horses
+on this beach, and we cannot walk to Granada in our state."
+
+Peter nodded, and, led by the priest, whose name they discovered to be
+Henriques, they started.
+
+On the crest of the hill a few hundred paces away they turned and looked
+back, to see that every able-bodied inhabitant of the village seemed by
+now to be engaged in plundering the stranded vessel.
+
+"They are paying themselves for the mules and horses," said Fray
+Henriques with a shrug. "So I see," answered Castell, "but you----"
+and he stopped.
+
+"Oh, do not be afraid for me," replied the priest with a cunning little
+smile. "The Church does not loot; but in the end the Church gets her
+share. These are a pious folk. Only when he learns that the caravel did
+not sink after all, I fear the marquis will demand an account of us."
+
+Then they limped on over the hill, and presently saw the white-walled
+and red-roofed village beneath them on the banks of the river.
+
+Five minutes later their guide stopped at a door in a roughly paved
+street, which he opened with a key.
+
+"My humble dwelling, when I am in residence here, and not at Granada,"
+he said, "in which I shall be honoured to receive you. Look, near by is
+the church."
+
+Then they entered a patio, or courtyard, where some orange-trees grew
+round a fountain of water, and a life-sized crucifix stood against the
+wall. As he passed this sacred emblem Peter bowed and crossed himself,
+an example that Castell did not follow. The priest looked at
+him sharply.
+
+"Surely, Senor," he said, "you should do reverence to the symbol of our
+Saviour, who, by His mercy, have just been saved from the death which
+the marquis told me had overtaken both of you."
+
+"My right arm is hurt," answered Castell readily, "so I must do that
+reverence in my heart."
+
+"I understand, Senor; but if you are a stranger to this country, which
+you do not seem to be, who speak its tongue so well, with your
+permission I will warn you that here it is wise not to confine your
+reverences to the heart. Of late the directors of the Inquisition have
+become somewhat strict, and expect that the outward forms should be
+observed as well. Indeed, when I was a familiar of the Holy Office at
+Seville, I have seen men burned for the neglect of them. You have two
+arms and a head, Senor, also a knee that can be bent."
+
+"Pardon me," answered Castell to this lecture. "I was thinking of other
+matters. The carrying off of my daughter at the hands of your patron,
+the Marquis of Morella, for instance."
+
+Then, making no reply, the priest led them through his sitting-room to a
+bed-chamber with high barred windows, that, although it was large and
+lofty, reminded them somehow of a prison cell. Here he left them, saying
+that he would go to find the local surgeon, who, it seemed, was a barber
+also, if, indeed, he were not engaged in "lightening the ship,"
+recommending them meanwhile to take off their wet clothes and lie
+down to rest.
+
+A woman having brought hot water and some loose garments in which to
+wrap themselves while their own were drying, they undressed and washed
+and afterwards, utterly worn out, threw themselves down and fell asleep
+upon the beds, having first hidden away their gold in the food bag,
+which Peter placed beneath his pillow. Two hours later or more they were
+awakened by the arrival of Father Henriques and the barber-surgeon,
+accompanied by the woman-servant, and who brought them back their
+clothes cleaned and dried.
+
+When the surgeon saw Peter's hurt to the left side of his neck and
+shoulder, which now were black, swollen, and very stiff, he shook his
+head, and said that time and rest alone could cure it, and that he must
+have been born under a fortunate star to have escaped with his life,
+which, save for his steel cap and leather jerkin, he would never have
+done. As no bones were broken, however, all that he could do was to
+dress the parts with some soothing ointment and cover them with clean
+cloths. This finished, he turned to Castell's wound, that was through
+the fleshy part of the right forearm, and, having syringed it out with
+warm water and oil, bound it up, saying that he would be well in a week.
+He added drily that the gale must have been fiercer even than he
+thought, since it could blow an arrow through a man's arm--a saying at
+which the priest pricked up his ears.
+
+To this Castell made no answer, but producing a piece of Morella's gold,
+offered it to him for his services, asking him at the same time to
+procure them mules or horses, if he could. The barber promised to try to
+do so, and being well pleased with his fee, which was a great one for
+Motril, said that he would see them again in the evening, and if he
+could hear of any beasts would tell them of it then. Also he promised to
+bring them some clothes and cloaks of Spanish make, since those they had
+were not fit to travel in through that country, being soiled and
+blood-stained.
+
+After he had gone, and the priest with him, who was busy seeing to the
+division of the spoils from the ship and making sure of his own share,
+the servant, a good soul, brought them soup, which they drank. Then they
+lay down again upon the beds and talked together as to what they
+should do.
+
+Castell was downhearted, pointing out that they were still as far from
+Margaret as ever, who was now once more lost to them, and in the hand of
+Morella, whence they could scarcely hope to snatch her. It would seem
+also that she was being taken to the Moorish city of Granada, if she
+were not already there, where Christian law and justice had no power.
+
+When he had heard him out, Peter, whose heart was always stout,
+answered:
+
+"God has as much power in Granada as in London, or on the seas whence He
+has saved us. I think, Sir, that we have great reason to be thankful to
+God, seeing that we are both alive to-day, who might so well have been
+dead, and that Margaret is alive also, and, as we believe, unharmed.
+Further, this Spanish thief of women is, it would seem, a strange man,
+that is, if there be any truth in his words, for although he could steal
+her, it appears that he cannot find it in his heart to do her violence,
+but is determined to win her only with her own consent, which I think
+will not be had readily. Also, he shrinks from murder, who, when he
+could have butchered us, did not do so."
+
+"I have known such men before," said Castell, "who hold some sins
+venial, but others deadly to their souls. It is a fruit of
+superstition."
+
+"Then, Sir, let us pray that Morella's superstitions may remain strong,
+and get us to Granada as quickly as we can, for there, remember, you
+have friends, both among the Jews and Moors, who have traded with the
+place for many years, and these may give us shelter. Therefore, though
+things are bad, still they might be worse."
+
+"That is so," answered Castell more cheerfully, "if, indeed, she has
+been taken to Granada; and as to this, we will try to learn something
+from the barber or the Father Henriques."
+
+"I put no faith in that priest, a sly fellow who is in the pay of
+Morella," answered Peter.
+
+Then they were silent, being still very weary, and having nothing more
+to say, but much to think about.
+
+About sundown the doctor came back and dressed their wounds. He brought
+with him a stock of clothes of Spanish make, hats and two heavy cloaks
+fit to travel in, which they bought from him at a good price. Also, he
+said that he had two fine mules in the courtyard, and Castell went out
+to look at them. They were sorry beasts enough, being poor and wayworn,
+but as no others were to be had they returned to the room to talk as to
+the price of them and their saddles. The chaffering was long, for he
+asked twice their value, which Castell said poor shipwrecked men could
+not pay; but in the end they struck a bargain, under which the barber
+was to keep and feed the mules for the night, and bring them round next
+morning with a guide who would show them the road to Granada. Meanwhile,
+they paid him for the clothes, but not for the beasts.
+
+Also they tried to learn something from him about the Marquis of
+Morella, but, like the Fray Henriques, the man was cunning, and kept his
+mouth shut, saying that it was ill for poor men like himself to chatter
+of the great, and that at Granada they could hear everything. So he went
+away, leaving some medicine for them to drink, and shortly afterwards
+the priest appeared.
+
+He was in high good-humour, having secured those jewels which they had
+left behind in the iron coffer as his share of the spoil of the ship.
+Taking note of him as he showed and fondled them, Castell added up the
+man, and concluded that he was very avaricious; one who hated the
+poverty in which he had been reared, and would do much for money.
+Indeed, when he spoke bitterly of the thieves who had been at the ship's
+strong-box and taken nearly all the gold, Castell determined that he
+must never know who those thieves were, lest they should meet with some
+accident on their journey.
+
+At length the trinkets were put away, and the priest said that they must
+sup with him, but lamented that he had no wine to give them, who was
+forced to drink water; whereon Castell prayed him to procure a few
+flasks of the best at their charges, which, nothing loth, he sent his
+servant out to do.
+
+So, dressed in their new Spanish clothes, and having all the gold hidden
+about them in two money-belts that they had bought from the barber at
+the same time, they went in to supper, which consisted of a Spanish dish
+called _olla podrida_--a kind of rich stew--bread, cheese, and fruit.
+Also the wine that they had bought was there, very good and strong, and,
+whilst taking but little of it themselves for fear they should fever
+their wounds, they persuaded Father Henriques to drink heartily, so that
+in the end he forgot his cunning, and spoke with freedom. Then, seeing
+that he was in a ripe humour, Castell asked him about the Marquis of
+Morella, and how it happened that he had a house in the Moorish capital
+of Granada.
+
+"Because he is half a Moor," answered the priest. "His father, it is
+said, was the Prince of Viana, and his mother a lady of royal Moorish
+blood, from whom he inherited great wealth, and his lands and palace in
+Granada. There, too, he loves to dwell, who, although he is so good a
+Christian by faith, has many heathen tastes, and, like the Moors,
+surrounds himself with a seraglio of beautiful women, as I know, for
+often I act as his chaplain, as in Granada there are no priests.
+Moreover, there is a purpose in all this, for, being partly of their
+blood, he is accredited to the court of their sultan, Boabdil, by
+Ferdinand and Isabella in whose interests he works in secret. For,
+strangers, you should know, if you do not know it already, that their
+Majesties have for long been at war against the Moor, and purpose to
+take what remains of his kingdom from him, and make it Christian, as
+they have already taken Malaga, and purified it by blood and fire from
+the accursed stain of infidelity."
+
+"Yes," said Castell, "we heard that in England, for I am a merchant who
+have dealings with Granada, whither I am going on my affairs."
+
+"On what affairs then goes the senora, who you say is your daughter, and
+what is that story that the sailors told of, about a fight between the
+_San Antonio_ and an English ship, which indeed we saw in the offing
+yesterday? And why did the wind blow an arrow through your arm, friend
+Merchant? And how came it that you two were left aboard the caravel when
+the marquis and his people escaped?"
+
+"You ask many questions, holy Father. Peter, fill the glass of his
+reverence; he drinks nothing who thinks that it is always Lent. Your
+health, Father. Ah! well emptied. Fill it again, Peter, and pass me the
+flask. Now I will begin to answer you with the story of the shipwreck."
+And he commenced an endless tale of the winds and sails and rocks and
+masts carried away, and of the English ship that tried to help the
+Spanish ship, and so forth, till at length the priest, whose glass Peter
+filled whenever his head was turned, fell back in his chair asleep.
+
+"Now," whispered Peter in English across the table to Castell--"now I
+think that we had best go to bed, for we have learned much from this
+holy spy--as I take him to be--and told little."
+
+So they crept away quietly to their chamber, and, having swallowed the
+draught that the doctor had given them, said their prayers each in his
+own fashion, locked the door, and lay down to rest as well as their
+wounds and sore anxieties would allow them.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+THE ADVENTURE OF THE INN
+
+Peter did not sleep well, for, notwithstanding all the barber's
+dressing, his hurt pained him much. Moreover, he was troubled by the
+thought that Margaret must be sure that both he and her father were
+dead, and of the sufferings of her sore heart. Whenever he dozed off he
+seemed to see her awake and weeping, yes, and to hear her sobs and
+murmurings of his name. When the first light of dawn crept through the
+high-barred windows, he arose and called Castell, for they could not
+dress without each other's help. Then they waited until they heard the
+sound of men talking and of beasts stamping in the courtyard without.
+Guessing that this was the barber with the mules, they unlocked their
+door and, finding the servant yawning in the passage, persuaded her to
+let them out of the house.
+
+The barber it was, sure enough, and with him a one-eyed youth mounted on
+a pony, who, he said, would guide them to Granada. So they returned with
+him into the house, where he looked at their wounds, shaking his head
+over that of Peter, who, he said, ought not to travel so soon. After
+this came more haggling as to the price of the mules, saddlery,
+saddle-bags in which they packed their few spare clothes, hire of the
+guide and his horse, and so forth, since, anxious as they were to get
+away, they did not dare to seem to have money to spare.
+
+At length everything was settled, and as their host, Father Henriques,
+had not yet appeared, they determined to depart without bidding him
+farewell, leaving some money in acknowledgment of his hospitality and as
+a gift to his church. Whilst they were handing it over to the servant,
+however, together with a fee for herself, the priest joined them,
+unshaven, and holding his hand to his tonsured head whilst he explained,
+what was not true, that he had been celebrating some early Mass in the
+church; then asked whither they were going.
+
+They told him, and pressed their gift upon him, which he accepted,
+nothing loth, though its liberality seemed to make him more urgent to
+delay their departure. They were not fit to travel; the roads were most
+unsafe; they would be taken captive by the Moors, and thrown into a
+dungeon with the Christian prisoners; no one could enter Granada without
+a passport, he declared, and so forth, to all of which they answered
+that they must go.
+
+Now he appeared to be much disturbed, and said finally that they would
+bring him into trouble with the Marquis of Morella--how or why, he would
+not explain, though Peter guessed that it might be lest the marquis
+should learn from them that this priest, his chaplain, had been
+plundering the ship which he thought sunk, and possessing himself of his
+jewels. At length, seeing that the man meant mischief and would stop
+them in some fashion if they delayed, they bade him farewell hastily,
+and, pushing past him, mounted the mules that stood outside and rode
+away with their guide.
+
+As they went they heard the priest, who now was in a rage, abusing the
+barber who had sold them the beasts, and caught the words "Spies,"
+"English senoras," and "Commands of the Marquis," so that they were glad
+when at length they found themselves outside the town, where as yet few
+were stirring, and riding unmolested on the road to Granada.
+
+This road proved to be no good one, and very hilly; moreover, the mules
+were even worse than they had thought, that which Peter rode stumbling
+continually. Now they asked the youth, their guide, how long it would
+take them to reach Granada; but all he answered them was:
+
+"_Quien sabe_?" (Who knows?) "It depends upon the will of God."
+
+An hour later they asked him again, whereon he replied:
+
+Perhaps to-night, perhaps to-morrow, perhaps never, as there were many
+thieves about, and if they escaped the thieves they would probably be
+captured by the Moors.
+
+"I think there is one thief very near to us," said Peter in English,
+looking at this ill-favoured young man, then added in his broken
+Spanish, "Friend, if we fall in with robbers or Moors, the first one who
+dies will be yourself," and he tapped the hilt of his sword.
+
+The lad uttered a Spanish curse, and turned the head of his pony round
+as though he would ride back to Motril, then changed his mind and pushed
+on a long way in front of them, nor could they come near him again for
+hours. So hard was the road and so feeble were the mules that,
+notwithstanding a midday halt to rest them, it was nightfall before they
+reached the top of the Sierra, and in the last sunset glow, separated
+from them by the rich _vega_ or plain, saw the minarets and palaces of
+Granada. Now they wished to push on, but their guide swore that it was
+impossible, as in the dark they would fall over precipices while
+descending to the plain. There was a _venta_ or inn near by, he said,
+where they could sleep, starting again at dawn.
+
+When Castell said that they did not wish to go to an inn, he answered
+that they must, since they had eaten what food they had, and here on
+the road there was no fodder for the beasts. So, reluctantly enough,
+they consented, knowing that unless they were fed the mules would never
+carry them to Granada, whereon the guide, pointing out the house to
+them, a lonely place in a valley about a hundred yards from the road,
+said that he would go on to make arrangements, and galloped off.
+
+As they approached this hostelry, which was surrounded by a rough wall
+for purposes of defence, they saw the one-eyed youth engaged in earnest
+conversation with a fat, ill-favoured man who had a great knife stuck in
+his girdle. Advancing to them, bowing, this man said that he was the
+host, and, in reply to their request for food and a room, told them that
+they could have both.
+
+They rode into the courtyard, whereon the inn-keeper locked the door in
+the wall behind them, explaining that it was to keep out robbers, and
+adding that they were fortunate to be where they could sleep quite
+safely. Then a Moor came and led away their mule to the stable, and
+they accompanied the landlord into the sitting-room, a long, low
+apartment furnished with tables and benches, on which sat several
+rough-looking fellows, drinking wine. Here the host suddenly demanded
+payment in advance, saying that he did not trust strangers. Peter would
+have argued with him; but Castell, thinking it best to comply,
+unbuttoned his garments to get at his money, for he had no loose coin in
+his pocket, having paid away the last at Motril.
+
+His right hand being still helpless, this he did with his left, and so
+awkwardly that the small doubloon he took hold of slipped from his
+fingers and fell on to the floor. Forgetting that he had not re-fastened
+the belt, he bent down to pick it up, whereon a number of gold pieces of
+various sorts, perhaps twenty of them, fell out and rolled hither and
+thither on the ground. Peter, watching, saw the landlord and the other
+men in the room exchange a quick and significant glance. They rose,
+however, and assisted to find the money, which the host returned to
+Castell, remarking with an unpleasant smile, that if he had known that
+his guests were so rich he would have charged them more for their
+accommodation.
+
+"Of your good heart I pray you not," answered Castell, "for that is all
+our worldly goods," and even as he spoke another gold piece, this time a
+large doubloon, which had remained in his clothing, slipped to
+the floor.
+
+"Of course, Senor," the host replied as he picked this up also and
+handed it back politely, "but shake yourself, there may still be a coin
+or two in your doublet." Castell did so, whereon the gold in his belt,
+loosened by what had fallen out, rattled audibly, and the audience
+smiled again, while the host congratulated him on the fact that he was
+in an honest house, and not wandering on the mountains, which were the
+home of so many bad men.
+
+Having pocketed his money with the best grace he could, and buckled his
+belt beneath his robe, Castell and Peter sat down at a table a little
+apart, and asked if they could have some supper. The host assented, and
+called to the Moorish servant to bring food, then sat down also, and
+began to put questions to them, of a sort which showed that their guide
+had already told all their story.
+
+"How did you learn of our shipwreck?" asked Castell by way of answer.
+
+"How? Why, from the people of the marquis, who stopped here to drink a
+cup of wine when he passed to Granada yesterday with his company and two
+senoras. He said that the _San Antonio_ had sunk, but told us nothing of
+your being left aboard of her."
+
+"Then forgive us, friend, if we, whose business is of no interest to
+you, copy his discretion, as we are weary and would rest."
+
+"Certainly, Senors--certainly," replied the man; "I go to hasten your
+supper, and to fetch you a flask of the wine of Granada worthy of your
+degree," and he left them.
+
+A while later their food came--good meat enough of its sort--and with it
+the wine in an earthenware jug, which, as he filled their horn mugs, the
+host said he had poured out of the flask himself that the crust of it
+might not slip. Castell thanked him, and asked him to drink a cup to
+their good journey; but he declined, answering that it was a fast day
+with him, on which he was sworn to touch only water. Now Peter, who had
+said nothing all this time, but noted much, just touched the wine with
+his lips, and smacked them as though in approbation while he whispered
+in English to Castell:
+
+"Drink it not; it is drugged!"
+
+"What says your son?" asked the host.
+
+"He says that it is delicious, but suddenly he has remembered what I too
+forgot, that the doctor at Motril forbade us to touch wine for fear lest
+we should worsen the hurts that we had in the shipwreck. Well, let it
+not be wasted. Give it to your friends. We must be content with thinner
+stuff." And taking up a jug of water that stood upon the table, he
+filled an empty cup with it and drank, then passed it to Peter, while
+the host looked at them sourly.
+
+Then, as though by an afterthought, Castell rose and politely presented
+the jug of wine and the two filled mugs to the men who were sitting at a
+table close by, saying that it was a pity that they should not have the
+benefit of such fine liquor. One of these fellows, as it chanced, was
+their own guide, who had come in from tending the mules. They took the
+mugs readily enough, and two of them tossed off their contents, whereon,
+with a smothered oath, the landlord snatched away the jug and
+vanished with it.
+
+Castell and Peter went on with their meal, for they saw their neighbours
+eating of the same dish, as did the landlord also, who had returned,
+and, it seemed to Peter, was watching the two men who had drunk the
+wine with an anxious eye. Presently one of these rose from the table
+and, going to a bench on the other side of the room, flung himself down
+upon it and became quite silent, while their one-eyed guide stretched
+out his arms and fell face forward so that his head rested on an empty
+plate, where he remained apparently insensible. The host sprang up and
+stood irresolute, and Castell, rising, said that evidently the poor lad
+was sleepy after his long ride, and as they were the same, would he be
+so courteous as to show them to their room?
+
+He assented readily, indeed it was clear that he wished to be rid of
+them, for the other men were staring at the guide and their companion,
+and muttering amongst themselves.
+
+"This way, Senors," he said, and led them to the end of the place where
+a broad step-ladder stood. Going up it, a lamp in his hand, he opened a
+trap-door and called to them to follow him, which Castell did. Peter,
+however, first turned and said good-night to the company who were
+watching them; at the same moment, as though by accident or
+thoughtlessly, half drawing his sword from its scabbard. Then he too
+went up the ladder, and found himself with the others in an attic.
+
+It was a bare place, the only furniture in it being two chairs and two
+rough wooden bedsteads without heads to them, mere trestles indeed, that
+stood about three feet apart against a boarded partition which appeared
+to divide this room from some other attic beyond. Also, there was a hole
+in the wall immediately beneath the eaves of the house that served the
+purpose of a window, over which a sack was nailed. "We are poor folk,"
+said the landlord as they glanced round this comfortless garret, "but
+many great people have slept well here, as doubtless you will also," and
+he turned to descend the ladder.
+
+"It will serve," answered Castell; "but, friend, tell your men to leave
+the stable open, as we start at dawn, and be so good as to give me
+that lamp."
+
+"I cannot spare the lamp," he grunted sulkily, with his foot already on
+the first step.
+
+Peter strode to him and grasped his arm with one hand, while with the
+other he seized the lamp. The man cursed, and began to fumble at his
+belt, as though for a knife, whereon Peter, putting out his strength,
+twisted his arm so fiercely that in his pain he loosed the lamp, which
+remained in Peter's hand. The inn-keeper made a grab at it, missed his
+footing and rolled down the ladder, falling heavily on the floor below.
+
+Watching from above, to their relief they saw him pick himself up, and
+heard him begin to revile them, shaking his fist and vowing vengeance.
+Then Peter shut down the trap-door. It was ill fitted, so that the edge
+of it stood up above the flooring, also the bolt that fastened it had
+been removed, although the staples in which it used to work remained.
+Peter looked round for some stick or piece of wood to pass through these
+staples, but could find nothing. Then he bethought him of a short length
+of cord that he had in his pocket, which served to tie one of the
+saddle-bags in its place on his mule. This he fastened from one staple
+to the other, so that the trap-door could not be lifted more than an
+inch or two.
+
+Reflecting that this might be done, and the cord cut with a knife
+passed through the opening, he took one of the chairs and stood it so
+that two of its legs rested on the edge of the trap-door and the other
+two upon the boarding of the floor. Then he said to Castell:
+
+"We are snared birds; but they must get into the cage before they wring
+our necks. That wine was poisoned, and, if they can, they will murder us
+for our money--or because they have been told to do so by the guide. We
+had best keep awake to-night."
+
+"I think so," answered Castell anxiously. "Listen, they are talking down
+below."
+
+Talking they were, as though they debated something, but after a while
+the sound of voices died away. When all was silent they hunted round the
+attic, but could find nothing that was unusual to such places. Peter
+looked at the window-hole, and, as it was large enough for a man to pass
+through, tried to drag one of the beds beneath it, thinking that if any
+such attempt were made, he who lay thereon would have the thief at his
+mercy, only to find, however, that these were screwed to the floor and
+immovable. As there was nothing more that they could do, they went and
+sat upon these beds, their bare swords in their hands, and waited a long
+while, but nothing happened.
+
+At length the lamp, which had been flickering feebly for some time, went
+out, lacking oil, and except for the light which crept through the
+window-place, for now they had torn away the sacking that hung over it,
+they were in darkness.
+
+A little while later they heard the sound of a horse's hoofs, and the
+door of the house open and shut, after which there was more talking
+below, and mingling with it a new voice which Peter seemed to remember.
+
+"I have it," he whispered to Castell. "Here is our late host, Father
+Henriques, come to see how his guests are faring."
+
+Another half-hour and the waning moon rose, throwing a beam of light
+into their chamber; also they heard horse's hoofs again. Going to the
+window, Peter looked out of it and saw the horse, a fine beast, being
+held by the landlord, then a man came and mounted it and, at some remark
+of his, turned his face upwards towards their window. It was that of
+Father Henriques.
+
+The two whispered together for a while till the priest blessed the
+landlord in Latin words and rode away, and again they heard the door of
+the house close.
+
+"He is off to Granada, to warn Morella his master of our coming," said
+Castell, as they reseated themselves upon the beds.
+
+"To warn Morella that we shall never come, perhaps; but we will beat him
+yet," replied Peter.
+
+The night wore on, and Castell, who was very weary, sank back upon the
+bolster and began to doze, when suddenly the chair that was set upon the
+trap-door fell over with a great clatter, and he sprang up, asking what
+that noise might be.
+
+"Only a rat," answered Peter, who saw no good in telling him the
+truth--namely, that thieves or murderers had tried to open the
+trap-door.
+
+Then he crept down the room, felt the cord, to find that it was still
+uncut, and replaced the chair where it had been. This done, Peter came
+back to the bed and threw himself down upon it as though he would
+slumber, though never was he more wide awake. The weariness of Castell
+had overcome him again, however, for he snored at his side.
+
+For a long while nothing further happened, although once the ray of
+moonlight was cut off, and for an instant Peter thought that he saw a
+face at the window. If so, it vanished and returned no more. Now from
+behind their heads came faint sounds, like those of stifled breathing,
+like those of naked feet; then a slight creaking and scratching in the
+wall--a mouse's tooth might have caused it--and suddenly, right in that
+ray of moonlight, a cruel-looking knife and a naked arm projected
+through the panelling.
+
+The knife flickered for a second over the breast of the sleeping Castell
+as though it were a living thing that chose the spot where it would
+strike. One second--only one--for the next Peter had drawn himself up,
+and with a sweep of the sword which lay unscabbarded at his side, had
+shorn that arm off above the elbow, just where it projected from the
+panelling.
+
+"What was that?" asked Castell again, as something fell upon him.
+
+"A snake," answered Peter, "a poisonous snake. Wake up now, and look."
+
+Castell obeyed, staring in silence at the horrible arm which still
+clasped the great knife, while from beyond the panelling there came a
+stifled groan, then a sound as of a heavy body stumbling away.
+
+"Come," said Peter, "let us be going, unless we would stop here for
+ever. That fellow will soon be back to seek his arm."
+
+"Going! How?" asked Castell.
+
+"There seems to be but one road, and that a rough one, through the
+window and over the wall," answered Peter. "Ah! there they come; I
+thought so." And as he spoke they heard the sound of men scrambling up
+the ladder.
+
+They ran to the window-place and looked out, but there seemed to be no
+one below, and it was not more than twelve feet from the ground. Peter
+helped Castell through it, then, holding his sound arm with both his
+own, lowered him as far as he could, and let go. He dropped on to his
+feet, fell to the ground, then rose again, unhurt. Peter was about to
+follow him when he heard the chair tumble over again, and, looking
+round, saw the trap-door open, to fall back with a crash. They had
+cut the cord!
+
+The figure of a man holding a knife appeared in the faint light,
+followed by the head of another man. Now it was too late for him to get
+through the window-place safely; if he attempted it he would be stabbed
+in the back. So, grasping his sword with both hands, Peter leapt at that
+man, aiming a great stroke at his shadowy mass. It fell upon him
+somewhere, for down he went and lay quite still. By now the second man
+had his knee upon the edge of flooring. Peter thrust him through, and he
+sank backwards on to the heads of others who were following him,
+sweeping the ladder with his weight, so that all of them tumbled in a
+heap at its foot, save one who hung to the edge of the trap frame by his
+hands. Peter slammed its door to, crushing them so that he loosed his
+grip, with a howl. Then, as he had nothing else, he dragged the body of
+the dead man on to it and left him there.
+
+Next he rushed to the window, sheathing his sword as he ran, scrambled
+through it, and, hanging by his arms, let himself drop, coming to the
+ground safely, for he was very agile, and in the excitement of the fray
+forgot the hurt to his head and shoulder.
+
+"Where now?" asked Castell, as he stood by him panting.
+
+"To the stable for the mules. No, it is useless; we have no time to
+saddle them, and the outer gate is locked. The wall--the wall--we must
+climb it! They will be after us in a minute."
+
+They ran thither and found that, though ten feet high, fortunately this
+wall was built of rough stone, which gave an easy foothold. Peter
+scrambled up first, then, lying across its top, stretched down his hand
+to Castell, and with difficulty--for the man was heavy and
+crippled--dragged him to his side. Just then they heard a voice from
+their garret shout:
+
+"The English devils have gone! Get to the door and cut them off."
+
+"Come on," said Peter. So together they climbed, or rather fell, down
+the wall on to a mass of prickly-pear bush, which broke the shock but
+tore them so sorely in a score of places that they could have shrieked
+with the pain. Somehow they freed themselves, and, bleeding all over,
+broke from that accursed bush, struggling up the bank of the ditch in
+which it grew, ran for the road, and along it towards Granada.
+
+Before they had gone a hundred yards they heard shoutings, and guessed
+that they were being followed. Just here the road crossed a ravine full
+of boulders and rough scrubby growth, whereas beyond it was bare and
+open. Peter seized Castell and dragged him up this ravine till they came
+to a place where, behind a great stone, there was a kind of hole, filled
+with bushes and tall, dead grass, into which they plunged and hid
+themselves.
+
+"Draw your sword," he said to Castell. "If they find us, we will die as
+well as we can."
+
+He obeyed, holding it in his left hand.
+
+They heard the robbers run along the road; then, seeing that they had
+missed their victims, these returned again, five or six of them, and
+fell to searching the ravine. But the light was very bad, for here the
+rays of the moon did not penetrate, and they could find nothing.
+Presently two of them halted within five paces of them and began to
+talk, saying that the swine must still be hidden in the yard, or perhaps
+had doubled back for Motril.
+
+"I don't know where they are hidden," answered the other man; "but this
+is a poor business. Fat Pedro's arm is cut clean off, and I expect he
+will bleed to death, while two of the other fellows are dead or dying,
+for that long-legged Englishman hits hard, to say nothing of those who
+drank the drugged wine, and look as though they would never wake. Yes, a
+poor business to get a few doubloons and please a priest, but oh! if I
+had the hogs here I----" And he hissed out a horrible threat. "Meanwhile
+we had best lie up at the mouth of this place in case they should still
+be hidden here."
+
+Peter heard him and listened. All the other men had gone, running back
+along the road. His blood was up, and the thorn pricks stung him sorely.
+Saying no word, out of his lair he came with that terrible sword of
+his aloft.
+
+The men caught sight of him, and gave a gasp of fear. It was the last
+sound that one of them ever made. Then the other turned and ran like a
+hare. This was he who had uttered the threat.
+
+"Stop!" whispered Peter, as he overtook him--"stop, and do what you
+promised."
+
+The brute turned, and asked for mercy, but got none.
+
+"It was needful," said Peter to Castell presently; "you heard--they were
+going to wait for us."
+
+"I do not think that they will try to murder any more Englishmen at that
+inn," panted Castell, as he ran along beside him.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+INEZ AND HER GARDEN
+
+For two hours or more John Castell and Peter travelled on the Granada
+road, running when it was smooth, walking when it was rough, and
+stopping from time to time to get their breath and listen. But the night
+was quite silent, no one seemed to be pursuing them. Evidently the
+remaining cut-throats had either taken another way or, having their fill
+of this adventure, wanted to see no more of Peter and his sword.
+
+At length the dawn broke over the great misty plain, for now they were
+crossing the _vega_. Then the sun rose and dispelled the vapours, and a
+dozen miles or more away they saw Granada on its hill. They saw each
+other also, and a sorry sight they were, torn by the sharp thorns, and
+stained with blood from their scratches. Peter was bare-headed too, for
+he had lost his cap, and almost beside himself now that the excitement
+had left him, from lack of sleep, pain, and weariness. Moreover, as the
+sun rose, it grew fearfully hot upon that plain, and its fierce rays,
+striking full upon his head, seemed to stupefy him, so that at last they
+were obliged to halt and weave a kind of hat out of corn and grasses,
+which gave him so strange an appearance that some Moors, whom they met
+going to their toil, thought that he must be a madman, and ran away.
+
+Still they crawled forward, refreshing themselves with water whenever
+they could find any in the irrigation ditches that these people used for
+their crops, but covering little more than a mile an hour. Towards noon
+the heat grew so dreadful that they were obliged to lie down to rest
+under the shade of some palm-like trees, and here, absolutely outworn,
+they sank into a kind of sleep.
+
+They were awakened by a sound of voices, and staggered to their feet,
+drawing their swords, for they thought that the thieves from the inn had
+overtaken them. Instead of these ruffianly murderers, however, they saw
+before them a body of eight Moors, beautifully mounted upon white
+horses, and clad in turbans and flowing robes, the like of which Peter
+had never yet beheld, who sat there regarding them gravely with their
+quiet eyes, and, as it seemed, not without pity.
+
+"Put up your swords, Senors," said the leader of these Moors in
+excellent Spanish--indeed, he seemed to be a Spaniard dressed in Eastern
+garments--"for we are many and fresh; and you are but two and wounded."
+
+They obeyed, who could do nothing else.
+
+"Now tell us, though there is little need to ask," went on the captain,
+"you are those men of England who boarded the _San Antonio_ and escaped
+when she was sinking, are you not?"
+
+Castell nodded, then answered:
+
+"We boarded her to seek----"
+
+"Never mind what you sought," the captain answered; "the names of
+exalted ladies should not be mentioned before strange men. But you have
+been in trouble again since then, at the inn yonder, where this tall
+senor bore himself very bravely. Oh! we have heard all the story, and
+give him honour who can wield a sword so well in the dark."
+
+"We thank you," said Castell, "but what is your business with us?"
+
+"Senor, we are sent by our master, his Excellency, the high Lord and
+Marquis of Morella, to find you and bring you to be his guests
+at Granada."
+
+"So the priest has told. I thought as much," muttered Peter.
+
+"We pray you to come without trouble, as we do not wish to do any
+violence to such gallant men," went on the captain. "Be pleased to mount
+two of these horses, and ride with us."
+
+"I am a merchant, with friends of my own at Granada," answered Castell.
+"Cannot we go to them, who do not seek the hospitality of the marquis?"
+
+"Senor, our orders are otherwise, and here the word of our master, the
+marquis, is a law that may not be broken."
+
+"I thought that Boabdil was king of Granada," said Castell.
+
+"Without doubt he is king, Senor, and by the grace of Allah will remain
+so, but the marquis is allied to him in blood; also, while the truce
+lasts, he is a representative of their Majesties of Spain in our city,"
+and, at a sign, two of the Moors dismounted and led forward their
+horses, holding the stirrups, and offering to help them to the saddle.
+
+"There is nothing for it," said Peter; "we must go." So, awkwardly
+enough, for they were very stiff, they climbed on to the beasts and rode
+away with their captors.
+
+The sun was sinking now, for they had slept long, and by the time they
+reached the gates of Granada the muezzins were calling to the sunset
+prayer from the minarets of the mosques.
+
+It was but a very dim and confused idea that Peter gathered of the great
+city of the Moors, as, surrounded by their white-robed escort, he rode
+he knew not whither. Narrow winding streets, white houses, shuttered
+windows, crowds of courteous, somewhat silent people, all men, and all
+clad in those same strange, flowing dresses, who looked at them
+curiously, and murmured words which afterwards he came to learn meant
+"Christian prisoners," or sometimes "Christian dogs"; fretted and
+pointed arches, and a vast fairy-like building set upon a hill. He was
+dazed with pain and fatigue as, a long-legged, blood-stained figure,
+crowned with his quaint hat of grasses, he rode through that wondrous
+and imperial place.
+
+Yet no man laughed at him, absurd as he must have seemed; but perhaps
+this was because under the grotesqueness of his appearance they
+recognised something of his quality. Or they might have heard rumours of
+his sword-play at the inn and on the ship. At any rate, their attitude
+was that of courteous dislike of the Christian, mingled with respect for
+the brave man in misfortune.
+
+At length, after mounting a long rise, they came to a palace on a mount,
+facing the vast, red-walled fortress which seemed to dominate the place,
+which he afterwards knew as the Alhambra, but separated from it by a
+valley. This palace was a very great building, set on three sides of a
+square, and surrounded by gardens, wherein tall cypress-trees pointed to
+the tender sky. They rode through the gardens and sundry gateways till
+they came to a courtyard where servants, with torches in their hands,
+ran out to meet them. Somebody helped him off his horse, somebody
+supported him up a flight of marble steps, beneath which a fountain
+splashed, into a great, cool room with an ornamented roof. Then Peter
+remembered no more.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+A time went by, a long, long time--in fact it was nearly a month--before
+Peter really opened his eyes to the world again. Not that he had been
+insensible for all this while--that is, quite--for at intervals he had
+become aware of that large, cool room, and of people talking about
+him--especially of a dark-eyed, light-footed, and pretty woman with a
+white wimple round her face, who appeared to be in charge of him.
+Occasionally he thought that this must be Margaret, and yet knew that it
+could not, for she was different. Also, he remembered that once or twice
+he had seemed to see the haughty, handsome face of Morella bending over
+him, as though he watched curiously to learn whether he would live or
+not, and then had striven to rise to fight him, and been pressed back by
+the soft, white hands of the woman that yet were so terribly strong.
+
+Now, when he awoke at last, it was to see her sitting there with a ray
+of sunlight from some upper window falling on her face, sitting with her
+chin resting on her hand and her elbow on her knee, and contemplating
+him with a pretty, puzzled look. She made a sweet picture thus, he
+thought. Then he spoke to her in his slow Spanish, for somehow he knew
+that she would not understand his own tongue.
+
+"You are not Margaret," he said.
+
+At once the dream went out of the woman's soft eyes; she became
+intensely interested, and, rising, advanced towards him, a very gracious
+figure, who seemed to sway as she walked.
+
+"No, no," she said, bending over him and touching his forehead with her
+taper fingers; "my name is Inez. You wander still, Senor."
+
+"Inez what?" he asked.
+
+"Inez only," she answered, "Inez, a woman of Granada, the rest is lost.
+Inez, the nurse of sick men, Senor."
+
+"Where then is Margaret--the English Margaret?"
+
+A veil of secrecy seemed to fall over the woman's face, and her voice
+changed as she answered, no longer ringing true, or so it struck his
+senses made quick and subtle by the fires of fever:
+
+"I know no English Margaret. Do you then love her--this English
+Margaret?"
+
+"Aye," he answered, "she was stolen from me; I have followed her from
+far, and suffered much. Is she dead or living?"
+
+"I have told you, Senor, I know nothing, although"--and again the voice
+became natural--"it is true that I thought you loved somebody from your
+talk in your illness."
+
+Peter pondered a while, then he began to remember, and asked again:
+
+"Where is Castell?"
+
+"Castell? Was he your companion, the man with a hurt arm who looked like
+a Jew? I do not know where he is. In another part of the city, perhaps.
+I think that he was sent to his friends. Question me not of such
+matters, who am but your sick-nurse. You have been very ill, Senor.
+Look!" And she handed him a little mirror made of polished silver, then,
+seeing that he was too weak to take it, held it before him.
+
+Peter saw his face, and groaned, for, except the red scar upon his
+cheek, it was ivory white and wasted to nothing.
+
+"I am glad Margaret did not see me like this," he said, with an attempt
+at a smile, "bearded too, and what a beard! Lady, how could you have
+nursed one so hideous?"
+
+"I have not found you hideous," she answered softly; "besides, that is
+my trade. But you must not talk, you must rest. Drink this, and rest,"
+and she gave him soup in a silver bowl, which he swallowed readily
+enough, and went to sleep again.
+
+Some days afterwards, when Peter was well on the road to convalescence,
+his beautiful nurse came and sat by him, a look of pity in her tender,
+Eastern eyes.
+
+"What is it now, Inez?" he asked, noting her changed face.
+
+"Senor Pedro, you spoke to me a while ago, when you woke up from your
+long sleep, of a certain Margaret, did you not? Well, I have been
+inquiring of this Dona Margaret, and have no good news to tell of her."
+
+Peter set his teeth, and said:
+
+"Go on, tell me the worst."
+
+"This Margaret was travelling with the Marquis of Morella, was she
+not?"
+
+"She had been stolen by him," answered Peter.
+
+"Alas! it may be so; but here in Spain, and especially here in Granada,
+that will scarcely screen the name of one who has been known to travel
+with the Marquis of Morella."
+
+"So much the worse for the Marquis of Morella when I meet him again,"
+answered Peter sternly. "What is your story, Nurse Inez?"
+
+She looked with interest at his grim, thin face, but, as it seemed to
+him, with no displeasure.
+
+"A sad one. As I have told you, a sad one. It seems that the other day
+this senora was found dead at the foot of the tallest tower of the
+marquis's palace, though whether she fell from it, or was thrown from
+it, none know."
+
+Peter gasped, and was silent for a while; then asked:
+
+"Did you see her dead?"
+
+"No, Senor; others saw her."
+
+"And told you to tell me? Nurse Inez, I do not believe your tale. If the
+Dona Margaret, my betrothed, were dead I should know it; but my heart
+tells me that she is alive."
+
+"You have great faith, Senor," said the woman, with a note of admiration
+in her voice which she could not suppress, but, as he observed, without
+contradicting him.
+
+"I have faith," he answered. "Nothing else is left; but so far it has
+been a good crutch."
+
+Peter made no further allusion to the subject, only presently he asked:
+
+"Tell me, where am I?"
+
+"In a prison, Senor."
+
+"Oh! a prison, with a beautiful woman for jailer, and other beautiful
+women"--and he pointed to a fair creature who had brought something into
+the room--"as servants. A very fine prison also," and he looked about
+him at the marbles and arches and lovely carving.
+
+"There are men without the gate, not women," she replied, smiling.
+
+"I daresay; captives can be tied with ropes of silk, can they not? Well,
+whose is this prison?"
+
+She shook her head.
+
+"I do not know, Senor. The Moorish king's perhaps--you yourself have
+said that I am only the jailer."
+
+"Then who pays you?"
+
+"Perhaps I am not paid, Senor; perhaps I work for love," and she glanced
+at him swiftly, "or hate," and her face changed.
+
+"Not hate of me, I think," said Peter.
+
+"No, Senor, not hate of you. Why should I hate you who have been so
+helpless and so courteous to me?" and she bent the knee to him a little.
+
+"Why indeed? especially as I am also grateful to you who have nursed me
+back to life. But then, why hide the truth from a helpless man?"
+
+Inez glanced about her; the room was empty now. She bent over him and
+whispered:
+
+"Have you never been forced to hide the truth? No, I read it in your
+face, and you are not a woman--an erring woman."
+
+They looked into each other's eyes a while, then Peter asked: "Is the
+Dona Margaret really dead?"
+
+"I do not know," she answered; "I was told so." And as though she feared
+lest she should betray herself, Inez turned and left him quickly.
+
+The days went by, and through the slow degrees of convalescence Peter
+grew strong again. But they brought him no added knowledge. He did not
+know where he dwelt or why he was there. All he knew was that he lived a
+prisoner in a sumptuous palace, or as he suspected, for of this he could
+not be sure, since the arched windows of one side of the building were
+walled up, in the wing of a palace. Nobody came near to him except the
+fair Inez, and a Moor who either was deaf or could understand nothing
+that he said to him in Spanish. There were other women about, it is
+true, very pretty women all of them, who acted as servants, but none of
+these were allowed to approach him; he only saw them at a distance.
+
+Therefore Inez was his sole companion, and with her he grew very
+intimate, to a certain extent, but no further. On the occasion that has
+been described she had lifted a corner of her veil which hid her true
+self, but a long while passed before she enlarged her confidence. The
+veil was kept down very close indeed. Day by day he questioned her, and
+day by day, without the slightest show of irritation, or even annoyance,
+she parried his questions. They knew perfectly well that they were
+matching their wits against each other; but as yet Inez had the best of
+the game, which, indeed, she seemed to enjoy. He would talk to her also
+of all sorts of things--the state of Spain, the Moorish court, the
+danger that threatened Granada, whereof the great siege now drew near,
+and so forth--and of these matters she would discourse most
+intelligently, with the result that he learned much of the state of
+politics in Castile and Granada, and greatly improved his knowledge of
+the Spanish tongue.
+
+But when of a sudden, as he did again and again, he sprang some question
+on her about Morella, or Margaret, or John Castell, that same subtle
+change would come over her face, and the same silence would seal
+her lips.
+
+"Senor," she said to him one day with a laugh, "you ask me of secrets
+which I might reveal to you--perhaps--if you were my husband or my love,
+but which you cannot expect a nurse, whose life hangs on it, to answer.
+Not that I wish you to become my husband or my lover," she added, with a
+little nervous laugh.
+
+Peter looked at her with his grave eyes.
+
+"I know that you do not wish that," he said, "for how could I attract
+one so gay and beautiful as you are?"
+
+"You seem to attract the English Margaret," she replied quickly in a
+nettled voice.
+
+"To have attracted, you mean, as you tell me that she is dead," he
+answered; and, seeing her mistake, Inez bit her lip. "But," he went on,
+"I was going to add, though it may have no value for you, that you have
+attracted me as your true friend."
+
+"Friend!" she said, opening her large eyes, "what talk is this? Can the
+woman Inez find a friend in a man who is under sixty?"
+
+"It would appear so," he answered. And again with that graceful little
+curtsey of hers she went away, leaving him very puzzled. Two days
+later she appeared in his room, evidently much disturbed.
+
+"I thought that you had left me altogether, and I am glad to see you,
+for I tire of that deaf Moor and of this fine room. I want fresh air."
+
+"I know it," she answered; "so I have come to take you to walk in a
+garden."
+
+He leapt for joy at her words, and snatching at his sword, which had
+been left to him, buckled it on.
+
+"You will not need that," she said.
+
+"I thought that I should not need it in yonder inn, but I did," he
+answered. Whereat she laughed, then turned, put her hand upon his
+shoulder and spoke to him earnestly.
+
+"See, friend," she whispered, "you want to walk in the fresh air--do you
+not?--and to learn certain things--and I wish to tell you them. But I
+dare not do it here, where we may at any moment be surrounded by spies,
+for these walls have ears indeed. Well, when we walk in that garden,
+would it be too great a penance for you to put your arm about my
+waist--you who still need support?"
+
+"No penance at all, I assure you," answered Peter with something like a
+smile. For after all he was a man, and young; while the waist of Inez
+was as pretty as all the rest of her. "But," he added, "it might be
+misunderstood."
+
+"Quite so, I wish it to be misunderstood: not by me, who know that you
+care nothing for me and would as soon place your arm round that
+marble column."
+
+Peter opened his lips to speak, but she stopped him at once.
+
+"Oh! do not waste falsehoods on me, in which of a truth you have no
+art," she said with evident irritation. "Why, if you had the money, you
+would offer to pay me for my nursing, and who knows, I might take it!
+Understand, you must either do this, seeming to play the lover to me, or
+we cannot walk together in that garden."
+
+Peter hesitated a little, guessing a plot, while she bent forward till
+her lips almost touched his ear and said in a still lower voice:
+
+"And I cannot tell you how, perhaps--I say perhaps--you may come to see
+the remains of the Dona Margaret, and certain other matters. Ah!" she
+added after a pause, with a little bitter laugh, "now you will kiss me
+from one end of the garden to the other, will you not? Foolish man!
+Doubt no more; take your chance, it may be the last."
+
+"Of what? Kissing you? Or the other things?"
+
+"That you will find out," she said, with a shrug of her shoulders.
+"Come!"
+
+Then, while he followed dubiously, she led him down the length of the
+great room to a door with a spy-hole in the top of it, that was set in a
+Moorish archway at the corner.
+
+This door she opened, and there beyond it, a drawn scimitar in his hand,
+stood a tall Moor on guard. Inez spoke a word to him, whereon he saluted
+with his scimitar and let them pass across the landing to a turret stair
+that lay beyond, which they descended. At its foot was another door,
+whereon she knocked four times. Bolts shot back, keys turned, and it was
+opened by a black porter, beyond whom stood a second Moor, also with
+drawn sword. They passed him as they had passed the first, turned down a
+little passage to the right, ending in some steps, and came to a third
+door, in front of which she halted.
+
+"Now," she said, "nerve yourself for the trial."
+
+"What trial?" he asked, supporting himself against the wall, for he
+found his legs still weak.
+
+"This," she answered, pointing to her waist, "and these," and she
+touched her rich, red lips with her taper finger-points. "Would you
+like to practise a little, my innocent English knight, before we go out?
+You look as though you might seem awkward and unconvincing."
+
+"I think," answered Peter drily, for the humour of the situation moved
+him, "that such practice is somewhat dangerous for me. It might annoy
+you before I had done. I will postpone my happiness until we are in
+the garden."
+
+"I thought so," she answered; "but look now, you must play the part, or
+I shall suffer, who am bearing much for you."
+
+"I think that I may suffer also," he murmured, but not so low that she
+did not catch his words.
+
+"No, friend Pedro," she said, turning on him, "it is the woman who
+suffers in this kind of farce. She pays; the man rides away to play
+another," and without more ado she opened the door, which proved to be
+unlocked and unguarded.
+
+Beyond the foot of some steps lay a most lovely garden. Great, tapering
+cypresses grew about it, with many orange-trees and flowering shrubs
+that filled the soft, southern air with odours. Also there were marble
+fountains into which water splashed from the mouths of carven lions, and
+here and there arbours with stone seats, whereon were laid soft cushions
+of many colours. It was a veritable place of Eastern delight and
+dreams, such as Peter had never known before he looked upon it on that
+languorous eve--he who had not seen the sky or flowers for so many weary
+weeks of sickness. It was secluded also, being surrounded by a high
+wall, but at one place the tall, windowless tower of some other building
+of red stone soared up between and beyond two lofty cypress-trees.
+
+"This is the harem garden," Inez whispered, "where many a painted
+favourite has flitted for a few happy, summer hours, till winter came
+and the butterfly was broken," and, as she spoke, she dropped her veil
+over her face and began to descend the stairs.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+PETER PLAYS A PART
+
+"Stop," said Peter from the shadow of the doorway, "I fear this
+business, Inez, and I do not understand why it is needful. Why cannot
+you say what you have to say here?"
+
+"Are you mad?" she answered almost fiercely through her veil. "Do you
+think that it can be any pleasure for me to seem to make love to a stone
+shaped like a man, for whom I care nothing at all--except as a friend?"
+she added quickly. "I tell you, Senor Peter, that if you do not do as I
+tell you, you will never hear what I have to say, for I shall be held to
+have failed in my business, and within a few minutes shall vanish from
+you for ever--to my death perhaps; but what does that matter to you?
+Choose now, and quickly, for I cannot stand thus for long."
+
+"I obey you, God forgive me!" said the distraught Peter from the
+darkness of the doorway; "but must I really----?"
+
+"Yes, you must," she answered with energy, "and some would not think
+that so great a penance."
+
+Then she lifted the corner of her veil coyly and, peeping out beneath
+it, called in a soft, clear voice, "Oh! forgive me, dear friend, if I
+have run too fast for you, forgetting that you are still so very weak.
+Here, lean upon me; I am frail, but it may serve." And she passed up the
+steps again, to reappear in another moment with Peter's hand resting on
+her shoulder.
+
+"Be careful of these steps," she said, "they are so slippery"--a
+statement to which Peter, whose pale face had grown suddenly red,
+murmured a hearty assent. "Do not be afraid," she went on in her
+flute-like voice; "this is the secret garden, where none can hear words,
+however sweet, and none can see even a caress, no, not the most jealous
+woman. That is why in old days it was called the Sultana's Chamber, for
+there at the end of it was where she bathed in the summer season. What
+say you of spies? Oh! yes, in the palace there are many, but to look
+towards this place, even for the Guardian of the Women, was always
+death. Here there are no witnesses, save the flowers and the birds."
+
+As she spoke thus they reached the central path, and passed up it
+slowly, Peter's hand still upon the shoulder of Inez, and her white arm
+about him, while she looked up into his eyes.
+
+"Bend closer over me," she whispered, "for truly your face is like that
+of a wooden saint," and he bent. "Now," she went on, "listen. Your lady
+lives, and is well--kiss me on the lips, please, that news is worth it.
+If you shut your eyes you can imagine that I am she."
+
+Again Peter obeyed, and with a better grace than might have been
+expected.
+
+"She is a prisoner in this same palace," she went on, "and the marquis,
+who is mad for love of her, seeks by all means, fair or foul, to make
+her his wife!"
+
+"Curse him!" exclaimed Peter with another embrace.
+
+"Till a few days ago she thought you dead; but now she knows that you
+are alive and recovering. Her father, Castell, escaped from the place
+where he was put, and is in hiding among his friends, the Jews, where
+even Morella cannot find him; indeed, he believes him fled from the
+city. But he is not fled, and, having much gold, has opened a door
+between himself and his daughter."
+
+Here she stopped to return the embrace with much warmth. Then they
+passed under some trees, and came to the marble baths where the sultanas
+were supposed to have bathed in summer, for this place had been one of
+the palaces of the Kings of Granada before they lived in the Alhambra.
+Here Inez sat down upon a seat and loosened some garment about her
+throat, for the evening was very hot.
+
+"What are you doing?" Peter asked doubtfully, for he was filled with
+many fears.
+
+"Cooling myself," she answered; "your arm was warm, and we may sit here
+for a few minutes."
+
+"Well, go on with your tale," he said.
+
+"I have little more to say, friend, except that if you wish to send any
+message, I might perhaps be able to take it."
+
+"You are an angel," he exclaimed.
+
+"That is another word for messenger, is it not? Continue."
+
+"Tell her--that if she hears anything of all this business, it isn't
+true."
+
+"On that point she may form her own opinion," replied Inez demurely. "If
+I were in her place I know what mine would be. Don't waste time; we
+must soon begin to walk again."
+
+Peter stared at her, for he could understand nothing of all this play.
+Apparently she read his look, for she answered it in a quiet,
+serious voice:
+
+"You are wondering what everything means, and why I am doing what I do.
+I will tell you, Senor, and you can believe me or not as you like.
+Perhaps you think that I am in love with you. It would not be wonderful,
+would it? Besides, in the old tales, that always happens--the lady who
+nurses the Christian knight and worships him and so forth."
+
+"I don't think anything of the sort; I am not so vain."
+
+"I know it, Senor, you are too good a man to be vain. Well, I do all
+these things, not for love of you, or any one, but for hate--for hate.
+Yes, for hate of Morella," and she clenched her little hand, hissing the
+words out between her teeth.
+
+"I understand the feeling," said Peter. "But--but what has he done to
+_you_?"
+
+"Do not ask me, Senor. Enough that once I loved him--that accursed
+priest Henriques sold me into his power--oh! a long while ago, and he
+ruined me, making me what I am, and--I bore his child, and--and it is
+dead. Oh! Mother of God, my boy is dead, and since then I have been an
+outcast and his slave--they have slaves here in Granada, Senor--
+dependent on him for my bread, forced to do his bidding, forced to wait
+upon his other loves; I, who once was the sultana; I, of whom he has
+wearied. Only to-day--but why should I tell you of it? Well, he has
+driven me even to this, that I must kiss an unwilling stranger in a
+garden," and she sobbed aloud.
+
+"Poor girl!--poor girl!" said Peter, patting her hand kindly with his
+thin fingers. "Henceforth I have another score against Morella, and I
+will pay it too."
+
+"Will you?" she asked quickly. "Ah! if so, I would die for you, who now
+live only to be revenged upon him. And it shall be my first vengeance to
+rob him of that noble-looking mistress of yours, whom he has stolen away
+and has set his heart upon wholly, because she is the first woman who
+ever resisted him--him, who thinks that he is invincible."
+
+"Have you any plan?" asked Peter.
+
+"As yet, none. The thing is very difficult. I go in danger of my life,
+for if he thought that I betrayed him he would kill me like a rat, and
+think no harm of it. Such things can be done in Granada without sin,
+Senor, and no questions asked--at least if the victim be a woman of the
+murderer's household. I have told you already that if I had refused to
+do what I have done this evening I should certainly have been got rid of
+in this way or that, and another set on at the work. No, I have no plan
+yet, only it is I through whom the Senor Castell communicates with his
+daughter, and I will see him again, and see her, and we will make some
+plan. No, do not thank me. He pays me for my services, and I am glad to
+take his money, who hope to escape from this hell and live on it
+elsewhere. Yet, not for all the money in the world would I risk what I
+am risking, though in truth it matters not to me whether I live or die.
+Senor, I will not disguise it from you, all this scene will come to the
+Dona Margaret's ears, but I will explain it to her."
+
+"I pray you, do," said Peter earnestly--"explain it fully."
+
+"I will--I will. I will work for you and her and her father, and if I
+cease to work, know that I am dead or in a dungeon, and fend for
+yourselves as best you may. One thing I can tell you for your
+comfort--no harm has been done to this lady of yours. Morella loves her
+too well for that. He wishes to make her his wife. Or perhaps he has
+sworn some oath, as I know that he has sworn that he will not murder
+you--which he might have done a score of times while you have lain a
+prisoner in his power. Why, once when you were senseless he came and
+stood over you, a dagger in his hand, and reasoned out the case with me.
+I said, 'Why do you not kill him?' knowing that thus I could best help
+to save your life. He answered, 'Because I will not take my wife with
+her lover's blood upon my hands, unless I slay him in fair fight. I
+swore it yonder in London. It was the offering which I made to God and
+to my patron saint that so I might win her fairly, and if I break that
+oath, God will be avenged upon me here and hereafter. Do my bidding,
+Inez. Nurse him well, so that if he dies, he dies without sin of mine,'
+No, he will not murder you or harm her. Friend Pedro, he dare not."
+
+"Can you think of nothing?" asked Peter.
+
+"Nothing--as yet nothing. These walls are high, guards watch them day
+and night, and outside is the great city of Granada where Morella has
+much power, and whence no Christian may escape. But he would marry her.
+And there is that handsome fool-woman, her servant, who is in love with
+him--oh! she told me all about it in the worst Spanish I ever heard, but
+the story is too long to repeat; and the priest, Father Henriques--he
+who wished that you might be killed at the inn, and who loves money so
+much. Ah! now I think I see some light. But we have no more time to
+talk, and I must have time to think. Friend Pedro, make ready your
+kisses, we must go on with our game, and, in truth, you play but badly.
+Come now, your arm. There is a seat prepared for us yonder. Smile and
+look loving. I have not art enough for both. Come!--come!" And together
+they walked out of the dense shadow of the trees and past the marble
+bath of the sultanas to a certain seat beneath a bower on which were
+cushions, and lying among them a lute.
+
+"Seat yourself at my feet," she said, as she sank on to the bench. "Can
+you sing?"
+
+"No more than a crow," he answered.
+
+"Then I must sing to you. Well, it will be better than the love-making."
+Then in a very sweet voice she began to warble amorous Moorish ditties
+that she accompanied upon the lute, whilst Peter, who was weary in body
+and disturbed in mind, played a lover's part to the best of his ability,
+and by degrees the darkness gathered.
+
+At length, when they could no longer see across the garden, Inez ceased
+singing and rose with a sigh.
+
+"The play is finished and the curtain down," she said; "also it is time
+that you went in out of this damp. Senor Pedro, you are a very bad
+actor; but let us pray that the audience was compassionate, and took the
+will for the deed."
+
+"I did not see any audience," answered Peter.
+
+"But it saw you, as I dare say you will find out by-and-by. Follow me
+now back to your room, for I must be going about your business--and my
+own. Have you any message for the Senor Castell?"
+
+"None, save my love and duty. Tell him that, thanks to you, although
+still somewhat feeble, I am recovered of my hurt upon the ship and the
+fever which I took from the sun, and that if he can make any plan to get
+us all out of this accursed city and the grip of Morella I will bless
+his name and yours."
+
+"Good, I will not forget. Now be silent. Tomorrow we will walk here
+again; but be not afraid, then there will be no more need for
+love-making."
+
+Margaret sat by the open window-place of her beautiful chamber in
+Morella's palace. She was splendidly arrayed in a rich, Spanish dress,
+whereof the collar was stiff with pearls, she who must wear what it
+pleased her captor to give her. Her long tresses, fastened with a
+jewelled band, flowed down about her shoulders, and, her hand resting on
+her knee, from her high tower prison she gazed out across the valley at
+the dim and mighty mass of the Alhambra and the ten thousand lights of
+Granada which sparkled far below. Near to her, seated beneath a silver
+hanging-lamp, and also clad in rich array, was Betty.
+
+"What is it, Cousin?" asked the girl, looking at her anxiously. "At
+least you should be happier than you were, for now you know that Peter
+is not dead, but almost recovered from his sickness and in this very
+palace; also, that your father is well and hidden away, plotting for our
+escape. Why, then, are you so sad, who should be more joyful than
+you were?"
+
+"Would you learn, Betty? Then I will tell you. I am betrayed. Peter
+Brome, the man whom I looked upon almost as my husband, is false
+to me."
+
+"Master Peter false!" exclaimed Betty, staring at her open-mouthed. "No,
+it is not possible. I know him; he could not be, who will not even look
+at another woman, if that is what you mean."
+
+"You say so. Then, Betty, listen and judge. You remember this afternoon,
+when the marquis took us to see the wonders of this palace, and I went
+thinking that perhaps I might find some path by which afterwards we
+could escape?"
+
+"Of course I remember, Margaret. We do not leave this cage so often that
+I am likely to forget."
+
+"Then you will remember also that high-walled garden in which we walked,
+where the great tower is, and how the marquis and that hateful priest
+Father Henriques and I went up the tower to study the prospect from its
+roof, I thinking that you were following me."
+
+"The waiting-women would not let me," said Betty. "So soon as you had
+passed in they shut the door and told me to bide where I was till you
+returned. I went near to pulling the hair out of the head of one of them
+over it, since I was afraid for you alone with those two men. But she
+drew her knife, the cat, and I had none."
+
+"You must be careful, Betty," said Margaret, "lest some of these heathen
+folk should do you a mischief."
+
+"Not they," she answered; "they are afraid of me. Why, the other day I
+bundled one of them, whom I found listening at the door, head first down
+the stairs. She complained to the marquis, but he only laughed at her,
+and now she lies abed with a plaster on her nose. But tell me
+your tale."
+
+"We climbed the tower," said Margaret, "and from its topmost room looked
+out through the windows that face south at all the mountains and the
+plain over which they dragged us from Motril. Presently the priest, who
+had gone to the north wall, in which there are no windows, and entered
+some recess there, came out with an evil smile upon his face, and
+whispered something to the marquis, who turned to me and said:
+
+"'The father tells me of an even prettier scene which we can view
+yonder. Come, Senora, and look.'
+
+"So I went, who wished to learn all that I could of the building. They
+led me into a little chamber cut in the thickness of the stone-work, in
+the wall of which are slits like loop-holes for the shooting of arrows,
+wide within, but very narrow without, so that I think they cannot be
+seen from below, hidden as they are between the rough stones of
+the tower.
+
+"'This is the place,' said the marquis, 'where in the old days the kings
+of Granada, who were always jealous, used to sit to watch their women in
+the secret garden. It is told that thus one of them discovered his
+sultana making love to an astrologer, and drowned them both in the
+marble bath at the end of the garden. Look now, beneath us walk a couple
+who do not guess that we are the witnesses of their vows.'
+
+"So I looked idly enough to pass the time, and there I saw a tall man in
+a Moorish dress, and with him, for their arms were about each other, a
+woman. As I was turning my head away who did not wish to spy upon them
+thus, the woman lifted her face to kiss the man, and I knew her for that
+beautiful Inez who has visited us here at times, as a spy I think.
+Presently, too, the man, after paying her back her embrace, glanced
+about him guiltily, and I saw his face also, and knew it."
+
+"Who was it?" asked Betty, for this gossip of lovers interested her.
+
+"Peter Brome, no other," Margaret answered calmly, but with a note of
+despair in her voice. "Peter Brome, pale with recent sickness, but no
+other man."
+
+"The saints save us! I did not think he had it in him!" gasped Betty
+with astonishment.
+
+"They would not let me go," went on Margaret; "they forced me to see it
+all. The pair tarried for a while beneath some trees by the bath and
+were hidden there. Then they came out again and sat them down upon a
+marble seat, while the woman sang songs and the man leaned against her
+lovingly. So it went on until the darkness fell, and we went, leaving
+them there. Now," she added, with a little sob, "what say you?"
+
+"I say," answered Betty, "that it was not Master Peter, who has no
+liking for strange ladies and secret gardens."
+
+"It was he, and no other man, Betty."
+
+"Then, Cousin, he was drugged or drunk or bewitched, not the Peter whom
+we know."
+
+"Bewitched, perchance, by that bad woman, which is no excuse for him."
+
+Betty thought a while. She could not doubt the evidence, but from her
+face it was clear that she took no severe view of the offence.
+
+"Well, at the worst," she said, "men, as I have known them, are men. He
+has been shut up for a long while with that minx, who is very fair and
+witching, and it was scarcely right to watch him through a slit in a
+tower. If he were my lover, I should say nothing about it."
+
+"I will say nothing to him about that or any other matter," replied
+Margaret sternly. "I have done with Peter Brome."
+
+Again Betty thought, and spoke.
+
+"I seem to see a trick. Cousin Margaret, they told you he was dead, did
+they not? And then that news came to us that he was not dead, only sick,
+and here. So the lie failed. Now they tell you, and seem to show you,
+that he is faithless. May not all this have been some part played for a
+purpose by the woman?"
+
+"It takes two to play such parts, Betty. If you had seen----"
+
+"If I had seen, _I_ should have known whether it was but a part or love
+made in good earnest; but you are too innocent to judge. What said the
+marquis all this while, and the priest?"
+
+"Little or nothing, only smiled at each other, and at length, when it
+grew dark and we could see no more, asked me if I did not think that it
+was time to go--me! whom they had kept there all that while to be the
+witness of my own shame."
+
+"Yes, they kept you there--did they not?--and brought you there just at
+the right time--did they not?--and shut me out of the tower so that I
+might not be with you--oh! and all the rest. Now, if you have any
+justice in you, Cousin, you will hear Peter's side of this story before
+you judge him."
+
+"I have judged him," answered Margaret coldly, "and, oh! I wish that I
+were dead."
+
+Margaret rose from her seat and, stepping to the window-place in the
+tower which was built upon the edge of a hill, searched the giddy depth
+beneath with her eyes, where, two hundred feet below, the white line of
+a roadway showed faintly in the moonlight.
+
+"It would be easy, would it not," she said, with a strained laugh, "just
+to lean out a little too far upon this stone, and then one swift rush
+and darkness--or light--for ever--which, I wonder?"
+
+"Light, I think," said Betty, jerking her back from the window--"the
+light of hell fire, and plenty of it, for that would be self-murder,
+nothing else, and besides, what would one look like on that road?
+Cousin, don't be a fool. If you are right, it isn't you who ought to go
+out of that window; and if you are wrong, then you would only make a bad
+business worse. Time enough to die when one must, say I--which, perhaps,
+will be soon enough. Meanwhile, if I were you, I would try to speak to
+Master Peter first, if only to let him know what I thought of him."
+
+"Mayhap," answered Margaret, sinking back into a chair, "but I
+suffer--how can you know what I suffer?"
+
+"Why should I not know?" asked Betty. "Are you the only woman in the
+world who has been fool enough to fall in love? Can I not be as much in
+love as you are? You smile, and think to yourself that the poor
+relation, Betty, cannot feel like her rich cousin. But I do--I do. I
+know that he is a villain, but I love this marquis as much as you hate
+him, or as much as you love Peter, because I can't help myself; it is my
+luck, that's all. But I am not going to throw myself out of a window; I
+would rather throw him out and square our reckoning, and that I swear
+I'll do, in this way or the other, even if it should cost me what I
+don't want to lose--my life," And Betty drew herself up beneath the
+silver lamp with a look upon her handsome, determined face, which was so
+like Margaret's and yet so different, that, could he have seen it, might
+well have made Morella regret that he had chosen this woman for a tool.
+
+While Margaret studied her wonderingly she heard a sound, and glanced up
+to see, standing before them, none other than the beautiful Spaniard, or
+Moor, for she knew not which she was, Inez, that same woman whom, from
+her hiding-place in the tower, she had watched with Peter in the garden.
+
+"How did you come here?" she asked coldly.
+
+"Through the door, Senora, that was left unlocked, which is not wise of
+those who wish to talk privately in such a place as this," she answered
+with a humble curtsey.
+
+"The door is still unlocked," said Margaret, pointing towards it.
+
+"Nay, Senora, you are mistaken; here is its key in my hand. I pray you
+do not tell your lady to put me out, which, being so strong, she well
+can do, for I have words to say to you, and if you are wise you will
+listen to them."
+
+Margaret thought a moment, then answered:
+
+"Say on, and be brief."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+BETTY SHOWS HER TEETH
+
+"Senora," said Inez, "you think that you have something against me."
+
+"No," answered Margaret, "you are--what you are; why should I blame
+you?"
+
+"Well, against the Senor Brome then?"
+
+"Perhaps, but that is between me and him. I will not discuss it with
+you."
+
+"Senora," went on Inez, with a slow smile, "we are both innocent of what
+you thought you saw."
+
+"Indeed; then who is guilty?"
+
+"The Marquis of Morella."
+
+Margaret made no answer, but her eyes said much.
+
+"Senora, you do not believe me, nor is it wonderful. Yet I speak the
+truth. What you saw from the tower was a play in which the Senor Brome
+took his part badly enough, as you may have noticed, because I told him
+that my life hung on it. I have nursed him through a sore sickness,
+Senora, and he is not ungrateful."
+
+"So I judged; but I do not understand you."
+
+"Senora, I am a slave in this house, a discarded slave. Perhaps you can
+guess the rest, it is a common story here. I was offered my freedom at a
+price, that I should weave myself into this man's heart, I who am held
+fair, and make him my lover. If I failed, then perhaps I should be sold
+as a slave--perhaps worse. I accepted--why should I not? It was a small
+thing to me. On the one hand, life, freedom, and wealth, an hidalgo of
+good blood and a gallant friend for a little while, and, on the other,
+the last shame or blackness which doubtless await me now--if I am found
+out. Senora, I failed, who in truth did not try hard to succeed. The man
+looked on me as his nurse, no more, and to me he was one very sick, no
+more. Also, we grew to be true friends, and in this way or in that I
+learned all his story, learned also why the trap was baited thus--that
+you might be deceived and fall into a deeper trap. Senora, I could not
+explain it all to him, indeed, in that chamber where we were spied on, I
+had but little chance. Still, it was necessary that he should seem to be
+what he is not, so I took him into the garden and, knowing well who
+watched us, made him act his part, well enough to deceive you it
+would seem."
+
+"Still I do not understand," said Margaret more softly. "You say that
+your life or welfare hung on this shameful business. Then why do you
+reveal it to me now?"
+
+"To save you from yourself, Senora, to save my friend the Senor Brome,
+and to pay back Morella in his own coin."
+
+"How will you do these things?"
+
+"The first two are done, I think, but the third is difficult. It is of
+that I come to speak with you, at great risk. Indeed, had not my master
+been summoned to the court of the Moorish king I could not have come,
+and he may return at any time."
+
+"Have you some plan?" asked Margaret, leaning towards her eagerly.
+
+"No plan as yet, only an idea." She turned and looked at Betty, adding,
+
+"This lady is your cousin, is she not, though of a different station,
+and somewhat far away?"
+
+Margaret nodded.
+
+"You are not unlike," went on Inez, "of much the same height and shape,
+although the Senora Betty is stronger built, and her eyes are blue and
+her hair golden, whereas your eyes are black and your hair chestnut.
+Beneath a veil, or at night, it would not be easy to tell you apart if
+your hands were gloved and neither of you spoke above a whisper."
+
+"Yes," said Margaret, "what then?"
+
+"Now the Senora Betty comes into the play," replied Inez. "Senora Betty,
+have you understood our talk?"
+
+"Something, not quite all," answered Betty.
+
+"Then what you do not understand your lady must interpret, and be not
+angry with me, I pray you, if I seem to know more of you and your
+affairs than you have ever told me. Render my words now, Dona Margaret."
+
+Then, after this was done, and she had thought awhile, Inez continued
+slowly, Margaret translating from Spanish into English whenever Betty
+could not understand:
+
+"Morella made love to you in England, Senora Betty--did he not?--and won
+your heart as he has won that of many another woman, so that you came to
+believe that he was carrying you off to marry you, and not your cousin?"
+
+"What affair is that of yours, woman?" asked Betty, flushing angrily.
+
+"None at all, save that I could tell much such another story, if you
+cared to listen. But hear me out, and then answer me a question, or
+rather, answer the question first. Would you like to be avenged upon
+this high-born knave?"
+
+"Avenged?" answered Betty, clenching her hands and hissing the words
+through her firm, white teeth. "I would risk my life for it."
+
+"As I do. It seems that we are of one mind there. Then I think that
+perhaps I can show you a way. Look now, your cousin has seen certain
+things which women placed as she is do not like to see. She is jealous,
+she is angry--or was until I told her the truth. Well, to-night or
+to-morrow, Morella will come to her and say, 'Are you satisfied? Do you
+still refuse me in favour of a man who yields his heart to the first
+light-of-love who tempts him? Will you not be my wife?' What if she
+answer, 'Yes, I will.' Nay, be silent both of you, and hear me out. What
+if then there should be a secret marriage, _and the Senora Betty should
+chance to wear the bride's veil_, while the Dona Margaret, in the robe
+of Betty, was let go with the Senor Brome and her father?"
+
+Inez paused, watching them both, and playing with the fan she held,
+while, the rendering of her words finished, Margaret and Betty stared at
+her and at each other, for the audacity and fearfulness of this plot
+took their breath away. It was Margaret who spoke the first.
+
+"You must not do it, Betty," she said. "Why, when the man found you out,
+he would kill you." But Betty took no heed of her, and thought on. At
+length she looked up and answered:
+
+"Cousin, it was my vain folly that brought you all into this trouble,
+therefore I owe something to you, do I not? I am not afraid of the
+man--he is afraid of me; and if it came to killing--why, let Inez lend
+me that knife of hers, and I think that perhaps I should give the first
+blow. And--well, I think I love him, rascal though he is, and,
+afterwards, perhaps we might make it up, who can say?--while, if not----
+But tell me, you, Inez, should I be his legal wife according to the law
+of this land?"
+
+"Assuredly," answered Inez, "if a priest married you and he placed the
+ring upon your hand and named you wife. Then, when once the words of
+blessing have been said, the Pope alone can loose that knot, which may
+be risked, for there would be much to explain, and is this a tale that
+Morella, a good servant of the Church, would care to take to Rome?"
+
+"It would be a trick," broke in Margaret--"a very ugly trick."
+
+"And what was it he played on me and you?" asked Betty. "Nay, I'll
+chance it, and his rage, if only I can be sure that you and Peter will
+go free, and your father with you."
+
+"But what of this Inez?" asked Margaret, bewildered.
+
+"She will look after herself," answered Inez. "Perchance, if all goes
+well, you will let me ride with you. And now I dare stop no longer, I go
+to see your father, the Senor Castell, and if anything can be arranged,
+we will talk again. Meanwhile, Dona Margaret, your affianced is nearly
+well again at last and sends his heart's love to you, and, I counsel
+you, when Morella speaks turn a gentle ear to him."
+
+Then with another deep curtsey she glided to the door, unlocked it, and
+left the room.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+An hour later Inez was being led by an old Jew, dressed in a Moslem robe
+and turban, through one of the most tortuous and crowded parts of
+Granada. It would seem that this Jew was known there, for his
+appearance, accompanied by a veiled woman, apparently caused no surprise
+to those followers of the Prophet that he met, some of whom, indeed,
+saluted him with humility.
+
+"These children of Mahomet seem to love you, Father Israel," said Inez.
+
+"Yes, yes, my dear," answered the old fellow with a chuckle; "they owe
+me money, that is why, and I am getting it in before the great war comes
+with the Spaniards, so they would sweep the streets for me with their
+beards--all of which is very good for the plans of our friend yonder.
+Ah! he who has crowns in his pocket can put a crown upon his head; there
+is nothing that money will not do in Granada. Give me enough of it, and
+I will buy his sultana from the king."
+
+"This Castell has plenty?" asked Inez shortly.
+
+"Plenty, and more credit. He is one of the richest men in England. But
+why do you ask? He would not think of you, who is too troubled about
+other things."
+
+Inez only laughed bitterly, but did not resent the words. Why should
+she? It was not worth while.
+
+"I know," she answered, "but I mean to earn some of it all the same,
+and I want to be sure that there is enough for all of us."
+
+"There is enough, I have told you there is enough and to spare,"
+answered the Hebrew Israel as he tapped on a door in a
+dirty-looking wall.
+
+It opened as though by magic, and they crossed a paved patio, or
+courtyard, to a house beyond, a tumble-down place of Moorish
+architecture.
+
+"Our friend Castell, being in seclusion just now, has hired the cellar
+floor," said Israel with a chuckle to Inez, "so be pleased to follow me,
+and take care of the rats and beetles."
+
+Then he led her down a rickety stair which opened out of the courtyard
+into vaults filled with vats of wine, and, having lit a taper, through
+these, shutting and locking sundry doors behind him, to what appeared to
+be a very damp wall covered with cobwebs, and situated in a dark corner
+of a wine-cave. Here he stopped and tapped again in his peculiar
+fashion, whereon a portion of the wall turned outwards on a pivot,
+leaving an opening through which they could pass.
+
+"Well managed, isn't it?" chuckled Israel. "Who would think of looking
+for an entrance here, especially if he owed the old Jew money? Come in,
+my pretty, come in."
+
+Inez followed him into this darksome hole, and the wall closed behind
+them. Then, taking her by the arm, he turned first to the right, next to
+the left, opened a door with a key which he carried, and, behold, they
+stood in a beautifully furnished room well lighted with lamps, for it
+seemed to have no windows. "Wait here," he said to Inez, pointing to a
+couch on which she sat herself down, "while I fetch my lodger," and he
+vanished through some curtains at the end of the room.
+
+Presently these opened again, and Israel reappeared through them with
+Castell, dressed now in Moorish robes, and looking somewhat pale from
+his confinement underground, but otherwise well enough. Inez rose and
+stood before him, throwing back her veil that he might see her face.
+Castell searched her for a while with his keen eyes that noted
+everything, then said:
+
+"You are the lady with whom I have been in communication through our
+friend here, are you not? Prove it to me now by repeating my messages."
+
+Inez obeyed, telling him everything.
+
+"That is right," he said, "but how do I know that I can trust you? I
+understand you are, or have been, the lover of this man Morella, and
+such an one he might well employ as a spy to bring us all to ruin."
+
+"Is it not too late to ask such questions, Senor? If I am not to be
+trusted, already you and your people are in the hollow of my hand?"
+
+"Not at all, not at all, my dear," said Israel. "If we see the slightest
+cause to doubt you, why, there are many great vats in this place, one of
+which, at a pinch, would serve you as a coffin, though it would be a
+pity to spoil the good wine."
+
+Inez laughed as she answered:
+
+"Save your wine, and your time too. Morella has cast me off, and I hate
+him, and wish to escape from him and rob him of his prize. Also, I
+desire money to live on afterwards, and this you must give to me or I
+do not stir, or rather the promise of it, for you Jews keep your word,
+and I do not ask a maravedi from you until I have played my part."
+
+"And then how many maravedis do you ask, young woman?"
+
+Inez named a sum, at the mention of which both of them opened their
+eyes, and old Israel exclaimed drily:
+
+"Surely--surely you must be one of us."
+
+"No," she answered, "but I try to follow your example, and, if I am to
+live at all, it shall be in comfort."
+
+"Quite so," said Castell, "we understand. But now tell us, what do you
+propose to do for this money?"
+
+"I propose to set you, your daughter, the Dona Margaret, and her lover,
+the Senor Brome, safe and free outside the walls of Granada, and to
+leave the Marquis of Morella married to another woman."
+
+"What other woman? Yourself?" asked Castell, fixing on this last point
+in the programme.
+
+"No, Senor, not for all the wealth of both of you. To your dependent and
+your daughter's relative, the handsome Betty."
+
+"How will you manage that?" exclaimed Castell, amazed.
+
+"These cousins are not unlike, Senor, although the link of blood between
+them is so thin. Listen now, I will tell you." And she explained the
+outlines of her plan.
+
+"A bold scheme enough," said Castell, when she had finished, "but even
+if it can be done, would that marriage hold?"
+
+"I think so," answered Inez, "if the priest knew--and he could be
+bribed--and the bride knows. But if not, what would it matter, since
+Rome alone can decide the question, and long before that is done the
+fates of all of us will be settled."
+
+"Rome--or death," said Castell; and Inez read what he was afraid of in
+his eyes.
+
+"Your Betty takes her chance," she replied slowly, "as many a one has
+done before her with less cause. She is a woman with a mind as strong as
+her body. Morella made her love him and promised to marry her. Then he
+used her to steal your daughter, and she learned that she had been no
+more than a stalking-heifer, from behind which he would net the white
+swan. Do you not think, therefore, that she has something to pay him
+back, she through whom her beloved mistress and cousin has been brought
+into all this trouble? If she wins, she becomes the wife of a grandee of
+Spain, a marchioness; and if she loses, well, she has had her fling for
+a high stake, and perhaps her revenge. At least she is willing to take
+her chance, and, meanwhile, all of you can be gone."
+
+Castell looked doubtfully at the Jew Israel, who stroked his white beard
+and said:
+
+"Let the woman set out her scheme. At any rate she is no fool, and it is
+worth our hearing, though I fear that at the best it must be costly."
+
+"I can pay," said Castell, and motioned to Inez to proceed.
+
+As yet, however, she had not much more to say, save that they must have
+good horses at hand, and send a messenger to Seville, whither the
+_Margaret_ had been ordered to proceed, bidding her captain hold his
+ship ready to sail at any hour, should they succeed in reaching him.
+
+These things, then, they arranged, and a while later Inez and Israel
+departed, the former carrying with her a bag of gold.
+
+That same night Inez sought the priest, Henriques of Motril, in that
+hall of Morella's palace which was used as a private chapel, saying that
+she desired to speak with him under pretence of making confession, for
+they were old friends--or rather enemies.
+
+As it chanced she found the holy father in a very ill humour. It
+appeared that Morella also was in a bad humour with Henriques, having
+heard that it was he who had possessed himself of the jewels in his
+strong-box on the _San Antonio_. Now he insisted upon his surrendering
+everything, and swore, moreover, that he would hold him responsible for
+all that his people had stolen from the ship, and this because he said
+that it was his fault that Peter Brome had escaped the sea and come on
+to Granada.
+
+"So, Father," said Inez, "you, who thought yourself rich, are poor
+again."
+
+"Yes, my daughter, and that is what chances to those who put their faith
+in princes. I have served this marquis well for many years--to my soul's
+hurt, I fear me--hoping that he who stands so high in the favour of the
+Church would advance me to some great preferment. But instead, what does
+he do? He robs me of a few trinkets that, had I not found them, the sea
+would have swallowed or some thief would have taken, and declares me his
+debtor for the rest, of which I know nothing."
+
+"What preferment did you want, Father? I see that you have one in your
+mind."
+
+"Daughter, a friend had written to me from Seville that if I have a
+hundred gold doubloons to pay for it, he can secure me the place of a
+secretary in the Holy Office where I served before as a familiar until
+the marquis made me his chaplain, and gave the benefice of Motril, which
+proved worth nothing, and many promises that are worth less. Now those
+trinkets would fetch thirty, and I have saved twenty, and came here to
+borrow the other fifty from the marquis, to whom I have done so many
+good turns--as _you_ know well, Inez. You see the end of that quest,"
+and he groaned angrily.
+
+"It is a pity," said Inez thoughtfully, "since those who serve the
+Inquisition save many souls, do they not, including their own? For
+instance," she added, and the priest winced at the words, "I remember
+that they saved the soul of my own sister and would have saved mine, had
+I been--what shall I say?--more--more prejudiced. Also, they get a
+percentage of the goods of wicked heretics, and so become rich and able
+to advance themselves."
+
+"That is so, Inez. It was the chance of a lifetime, especially to one
+who, like myself, hates heretics. But why speak of it now when that
+cursed, dissolute marquis----" and he checked himself.
+
+Inez looked at him.
+
+"Father," she asked, "if I happen to be able to find you those hundred
+gold doubloons, would you do something for me?"
+
+The priest's foxy face lit up.
+
+"I wonder what there is that I would not do, my daughter!"
+
+"Even if it brought you into a quarrel with the marquis?
+
+"Once I was a secretary to the Inquisition of Seville, he would have
+more reason to fear me than I him. Aye, and fear me he should, who bear
+him no love," answered the priest with a snarl.
+
+"Then listen, Father. I have not made my confession yet; I have not told
+you, for instance, that I also hate this marquis, and with good
+cause--though perhaps you know that already. But remember that if you
+betray me, you will never see those hundred gold doubloons, and some
+other holy priest will be appointed secretary at Seville. Also worse
+things may happen to you."
+
+"Proceed, my daughter," he said unctuously; "are we not in the
+confessional--or near it?"
+
+So she told him all the plot, trusting to the man's avarice and other
+matters to protect her, for Inez hated Fray Henriques bitterly, and knew
+him from the crown of his shaven head to the soles of his erring feet,
+as she had good cause to do. Only she did not tell him whence the money
+was to come.
+
+"That does not seem a very difficult matter," he said, when she had
+finished. "If a man and a woman, unwed and outside the prohibited
+degrees, appear before me to be married, I marry them, and once the ring
+has passed and the office is said, married they are till death or the
+Pope part them."
+
+"And suppose that the man thinks he is marrying another woman, Father?"
+
+The priest shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"He should know whom he is marrying; that is his affair, not the
+Church's or mine. The names need not be spoken too loudly, my daughter."
+
+"But you would give me a writing of the marriage with them set out
+plain?"
+
+"Certainly. To you or to anybody else; why should I not?--that is, if I
+were sure of this wedding fee."
+
+Inez lifted her hand, and showed beneath it a little pile of ten
+doubloons.
+
+"Take them, Father," she said; "they will not be counted in the
+contract. There are others where they came from, whereof twenty will be
+paid before the marriage, and eighty when I have that writing
+at Seville."
+
+He swept up the coins and pocketed them, saying:
+
+"I will trust you, Inez."
+
+"Yes," she answered as she left him, "we must trust each other now--must
+we not?--seeing that you have the money, and both our necks are in the
+same noose. Be here, Father, to-morrow at the same time, in case I have
+more confessions to make, for, alas! this is a sinful world, as you
+should know very well."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+THE PLOT
+
+On the morning following these conversations, just after Margaret and
+Betty had breakfasted, Inez appeared, and, as before, locked the door
+behind her.
+
+"Senoras," she said calmly, "I have arranged that little business of
+which I spoke to you yesterday, or at least the first act of the play,
+since it remains for you to write the rest. Now I am sent to say that
+the noble Marquis of Morella craves leave to see you, Dona Margaret, and
+within an hour. So there is no time to lose."
+
+"Tell us what you have done, Inez?" said Margaret.
+
+"I have seen your worshipful father, Dona Margaret; here is the token of
+it, which you will do well to destroy when you have read." And she
+handed her a slip of paper, whereon was written in her father's writing,
+and in English:
+
+"BELOVED DAUGHTER,
+
+"This messenger, who I think may be trusted by you, has made
+arrangements with me which she will explain. I approve, though the risk
+is great. Your cousin is a brave girl, but, understand, I do not force
+her to this dangerous enterprise. She must choose her own road, only I
+promise that if she escapes and we live I will not forget her deed. The
+messenger will bring me your answer. God be with us all, and farewell.
+
+"J.C."
+
+Margaret read this letter first to herself and then aloud to Betty, and,
+having read, tore it into tiny fragments and threw them from the
+turret window.
+
+"Speak now," she said; and Inez told her everything.
+
+"Can you trust the priest?" asked Margaret, when she had finished.
+
+"He is a great villain, as I have reason to know; still, I think I can,"
+she answered, "while the cabbage is in front of the donkey's nose--I
+mean until he has got all the money. Also, he has committed himself by
+taking some on account. But before we go further, the question is--does
+this lady play?" and she pointed to Betty.
+
+"Yes, I play," said Betty, when she understood everything. "I won't go
+back upon my word; there is too much at stake. It is an ugly business
+for me, I know well enough, but," she added slowly, setting her firm
+mouth, "I have debts to pay all round, and I am no Spanish putty to be
+squeezed flat--like some people," and she glanced at the humble-looking
+Inez. "So, before all is done, it may be uglier for him."
+
+When she had mastered the meaning of this speech the soft-voiced Inez
+lifted her gentle eyes in admiration, and murmured a Spanish proverb as
+to what is supposed to occur when Satan encounters Beelzebub in a
+high-walled lane. Then, being a lady of resource and experience, the
+plot having been finally decided upon, not altogether with Margaret's
+approval, who feared for Betty's fate when it should be discovered, Inez
+began to instruct them both in various practical expedients, by means of
+which the undoubted general resemblance of these cousins might be
+heightened and their differences toned down. To this end she promised to
+furnish them with certain hair-washes, pigments, and articles
+of apparel.
+
+"It is of small use," said Betty, glancing first at herself and then at
+the lovely Margaret, "for even if they change skins, who can make the
+calf look like the fawn, though they chance to feed in the same meadow?
+Still, bring your stuffs and I will do my best; but I think that a thick
+veil and a shut mouth will help me more than any of them, also a long
+gown to hide my feet."
+
+"Surely they are charming feet," said Inez politely, adding to herself,
+"to carry you whither you wish to go." Then she turned to Margaret and
+reminded her that the marquis desired to see her, and waited for
+her answer.
+
+"I will not meet him alone," said Margaret decidedly.
+
+"That is awkward," answered Inez, "as I think he has words to say to you
+which he does not wish others to hear, especially the senora yonder,"
+and she nodded towards Betty.
+
+"I will not meet him alone," repeated Margaret.
+
+"Yet, if things are to go forward as we have arranged, you must meet
+him, Dona Margaret, and give him that answer which he desires. Well, I
+think it can be arranged. The court below is large. Now, while you and
+the marquis talk at one end of it, the Senora Betty and I might walk out
+of earshot at the other. She needs more instruction in our Spanish
+tongue; it would be a good opportunity to begin our lessons."
+
+"But what am I to say to him?" asked Margaret nervously.
+
+"I think," answered Inez, "that you must copy the example of that
+wonderful actor, the Senor Peter, and play a part as well as you saw him
+do, or even better, if possible."
+
+"It must be a very different part then," replied Margaret, stiffening
+visibly at certain recollections.
+
+The gentle Inez smiled as she said:
+
+"Yes, but surely you can seem jealous, for that is natural to us all,
+and you can yield by degrees, and you can make a bargain as the price of
+yourself in marriage."
+
+"What exact bargain should I make?"
+
+"I think that you shall be securely wed by a priest of your own Church,
+and that letters, signed by that priest and announcing the marriage,
+shall be delivered to the Archbishop of Seville, and to their Majesties
+King Ferdinand and Queen Isabella. Also, of course, you must arrange
+that the Senor Brome and your father, the Senor Castell, and your cousin
+Betty here shall be escorted safe out of Granada before your marriage,
+and that you shall see them pass through the gate beneath your turret
+window, swearing that thereafter, at nightfall of the same day, you will
+suffer the priest to do his office and make you Morella's wife. By that
+time they should be well upon their road, and, after the rite is
+celebrated, I will receive the signed papers from the priest and follow
+them, leaving the false bride to play her part as best she can."
+
+Again Margaret hesitated; the thing seemed too complicated and full of
+danger. But while she thought, a knock came on the door.
+
+"That is to tell me that Morella awaits your answer in the court," said
+Inez. "Now, which is it to be? Remember that there is no other chance of
+escape for you, or the others, from this guarded town--at least I can
+see none."
+
+"I accept," said Margaret hurriedly, "and God help us all, for we shall
+need Him."
+
+"And you, Senora Betty?"
+
+"Oh! I made up my mind long ago," answered Betty coolly. "We can only
+fail, when we shall be no worse off than before."
+
+"Good. Then play your parts well, both of you. After all, they should
+not be so difficult, for the priest is safe, and the marquis will never
+scent such a trick as this. Fix the marriage for this day week, as I
+have much to think of and make ready," and she went.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Half an hour later Margaret sat under the cool arcade of the marble
+court, and with her, Morella, while upon the further side of its
+splashing fountain and out of earshot, Betty and Inez walked to and fro
+in the shadow.
+
+"You sent for me, Marquis," said Margaret presently, "and, being your
+prisoner, I have come because I must. What is your pleasure with me?"
+
+"Dona Margaret," he answered gravely, "can you not guess? Well, I will
+tell you, lest you should guess wrong. First, it is to ask your
+forgiveness as I have done before, for the many crimes to which my love,
+my true love, for you has driven me. This time yesterday I knew well
+that I could expect none. To-day I dare to hope that it may be
+otherwise."
+
+"Why so, Marquis?"
+
+"Last evening you looked into a certain garden and saw two people
+walking there--yonder is one of them," and he nodded towards Inez.
+"Shall I go on?"
+
+"No," she answered in a low voice, and passing her hands before her
+face. "Only tell me who and what is that woman?" and in her turn she
+looked towards Inez.
+
+"Is it necessary?" he asked. "Well, if you wish to know, she is a
+Spaniard of good blood who with her sister was taken captive by the
+Moors. A certain priest, who took an interest in the sister, brought her
+to my notice and I bought her from them; so, as her parents were dead
+and she had nowhere else to go, she elected to stay in my house. You
+must not judge such things too harshly; they are common here. Also, she
+has been very useful to me, being clever, for through her I have
+intelligence of many things. Of late, however, she has grown tired of
+this life, and wishes to earn her freedom, which I have promised her in
+return for certain services, and to leave Granada."
+
+"Was the nursing of my betrothed one of those services, Marquis?"
+
+He shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"As you will, Senora. Certainly I forgive her this indiscretion, if at
+last she has shown you the truth about that man for whose sake you have
+endured so much. Margaret, now that you know him for what he is, say, do
+you still cling to him?"
+
+She rose and walked a few steps down the arcade, then came back and
+asked:
+
+"Are you any better than this fallen man?"
+
+"I think so, Margaret, for since I knew you I am a risen man; all my old
+self is left behind me, I am a new creature, and my sins have been for
+you, not against you. Hear me, I beseech you. I stole you away, it is
+true, but I have done you no harm, and will do you none. For your sake
+also I have spared your father when I had but to make a sign to remove
+him from my path. I suffered him to escape from the prison where he was
+confined, and I know the place where he thinks himself hidden to-day
+among the Jews of Granada. Also, I nursed Peter Brome back to life, when
+at any hour I could have let him die, lest afterwards I might have it on
+my conscience that, but for my love for you, he might perhaps still be
+living. Well, you have seen him as he is, and what say you now? Will you
+still reject me? Look on me," and he drew up his tall and stately shape,
+"and tell me, am I such a man as a woman should be ashamed to own as
+husband? Remember, too, that I have much to give you in this land of
+Spain, whereof you shall become one of the greatest ladies, or perhaps
+in the future," he added significantly, "even more. War draws near,
+Margaret; this city and all its rich territories will fall into the
+hands of Spain, and afterwards I shall be their governor, almost
+their king."
+
+"And if I refuse?" asked Margaret.
+
+"Then," he answered sternly, "you bide here, and that false lover of
+yours bides here, and your father bides here to take the chance of war
+as Christian captives with a thousand others who languish in the
+dungeons of the Alhambra, while, my mission ended, I go hence to play my
+part in battle amongst my peers, as one of the first captains of their
+Most Catholic Majesties. Yet it is not to your fears that I would
+appeal, but to your heart, for I seek your love and your dear
+companionship through life, and, if I can help it, desire to work you
+and yours no harm."
+
+"You desire to work them no harm. Then, if I were to fall in with your
+humour, would you let them go in safety?--I mean my father and the Senor
+Brome and my cousin Betty, whom, if you were as honest as you pretend to
+be, you should ask to bide with you as your wife, and not myself."
+
+"The last I cannot do," he answered, flushing. "God knows I meant her no
+hurt, and only used her to keep near to and win news of you, thinking
+her, to tell truth, somewhat other than she is."
+
+"Are no women honest here in Spain, then, my lord Marquis?"
+
+"A few, a very few, Dona Margaret. But I erred about Betty, whom I took
+for a simple serving-girl, and to whom, if need be, I am ready to make
+all amends."
+
+"Except that which is due to a woman you have asked to be your wife, and
+who in our country could claim the fulfilment of your promise, or
+declare you shamed. But you have not answered. Would they go free?"
+
+"As free as air--especially the Senora Betty," he added with a little
+smile, "for to speak truth, there is something in that woman's eyes
+which frightens me at times. I think that she has a long memory. Within
+an hour of our marriage you shall look down from your window and see
+them depart under escort, every one, to go whither they will."
+
+"Nay," answered Margaret, "it is not enough. I should need to see them
+go before, and then, if I consented, not till the sun had set would I
+pay the price of their ransom."
+
+"Then do you consent? he asked eagerly.
+
+"My lord Marquis, it would seem that I must. My betrothed has played me
+false. For a month or more I have been prisoner in your palace, which I
+understand has no good name, and, if I refuse, you tell me that all of
+us will be cast into yonder dungeons to be sold as slaves or die
+prisoners of the Moors. My lord Marquis, fate and you leave me but
+little choice. On this day week I will marry you, but blame me not if
+you find me other than you think, as you have found my cousin whom you
+befooled. Till then, also, I pray you that you will leave me quite
+untroubled. If you have arrangements to make or commands to send, the
+woman Inez yonder will serve as messenger, for of her I know the worst."
+
+"I will obey you in all things, Dona Margaret," he answered humbly. "Do
+you desire to see your father or--" and he paused.
+
+"Neither of them," she answered. "I will write to them and send my
+letters by this Inez. Why should I see them," she added passionately,
+"who have done with the old days when I was free and happy, and am about
+to become the wife of the most noble Marquis of Morella, that honourable
+grandee of Spain, who tricked a poor girl by a false promise of
+marriage, and used her blind and loving folly to trap and steal me from
+my home? My lord, till this day week I bid you farewell," and, walking
+from the arcade to the fountain, she called aloud to Betty to accompany
+her to their rooms.
+
+The week for which Margaret had bargained had gone by. All was prepared.
+Inez had shown to Morella the letters that his bride to be wrote to her
+father and to Peter Brome; also the answers, imploring and passionate,
+to the same. But there were other letters and other answers which she
+had not shown. It was afternoon, swift horses were ready in the
+courtyard, and with them an escort, while, disguised as Moors, Castell
+and Peter waited under guard in a chamber close at hand. Betty, dressed
+in the robes of a Moorish woman, and thickly veiled, stood before
+Morella, to whom Inez had led her.
+
+"I come to tell you," she said, "that at sundown, three hours after we
+have passed beneath her window, my cousin and mistress will wait to be
+made your wife, but if you try to disturb her before then she will be no
+wife of yours, or any man's."
+
+"I obey," answered Morella; "and, Senora Betty, I pray your pardon, and
+that you will accept this gift from me in token of your forgiveness."
+And with a low bow he handed to her a beautiful necklace of pearls.
+
+"I take them," said Betty, with a bitter laugh, "as they may serve to
+buy me a passage back to England. But forgive you I do not, Marquis of
+Morella, and I warn you that there is a score between us which I may
+yet live to settle. You seem to have won, but God in Heaven takes note
+of the wickedness of men, and in this way or in that He always pays His
+debts. Now I go to bid farewell to my cousin Margaret, but to you I do
+not bid farewell, for I think that we shall meet again," and with a sob
+she let fall the veil which she had lifted above her lips to speak and
+departed with Inez, to whom she whispered as they went, "He will not
+linger for any more good-byes with Betty Dene."
+
+They entered Margaret's room and locked the door behind them. She was
+seated on a low divan wrapped in a loose robe, and by her side,
+glittering with silver and with gems, lay her bridal veil and garments.
+
+"Be swift," said Inez to Betty, who stripped off her Moorish dress and
+the long, flowing veil that was wrapped about her head, whereon it was
+seen that her hair had changed greatly in colour, from yellow to dark
+chestnut indeed, while her eyes, ringed about with pigments, and made
+lustrous by drugs dropped into them, looked no longer blue, but black
+like Margaret's. Yes, and wonder of wonders, on the right side of the
+chin and on the back of the neck were moles, or beauty-spots, just such
+as Margaret had borne there from her birth! In short, their stature
+being much the same, though Betty was more thickly built, except in the
+strongest light it would not have been easy to distinguish them apart,
+even unveiled, for at all such arts of the altering of the looks of
+women, Inez was an adept, and she had done her best.
+
+Now Margaret clothed herself in the white robes and the thick head-dress
+that hid her face, all except a little crack left for the eyes to peep
+through, whilst Betty, with the help of Inez, arrayed herself in the
+wondrous wedding robe beset with jewels that was Morella's bridal gift,
+and hid her dyed tresses beneath the pearl-sewn veil. Within ten minutes
+all was finished, even to the dagger that Betty had tied about her
+beneath her robe, and the two transformed women stood staring at
+each other.
+
+"It is time to go," said Inez.
+
+Then Margaret broke out:
+
+"I do not like this business; I never did. When he discovers all, that
+man's rage will be terrible, and he will kill her. I repent that I have
+consented to the plot."
+
+"It is too late to repent now, Senora," said Inez.
+
+"Cannot Betty be got away also?" asked Margaret desperately.
+
+"It is just possible," answered Inez; "thus, before the marriage,
+according to the old custom here, I hand the cups of wine to the
+bridegroom and the bride. That for the marquis will be drugged, since he
+must not see too clear to-night. Well, I might brew it stronger so that
+within half an hour he would not know whether he were married or single,
+and then, perhaps, she might escape with me and come to join you. But it
+is very risky, and, of course, if we were discovered--the stitch would
+be out of the wineskin, and the cellar floor might be stained!"
+
+Now Betty interrupted:
+
+"Keep your stitches whole, Cousin; if any skins are to be pricked it
+can't be helped, and at least you won't have to wipe up the mess. I am
+not going to run away from the man, more likely he will run away from
+me. I look well in this fine dress of yours, and I mean to wear it out.
+Now begone--begone, before some of them come to seek me. Don't you
+grieve for me; I'll lie in the bed that I have made, and if the worst
+comes to the worst, I have money in my pocket--or its worth--and we will
+meet again in England. Come, give my love and duty to Master Peter and
+your father, and if I should see them no more, bid them think kindly of
+Betty Dene, who was such a plague to them."
+
+Then, taking Margaret in her strong arms, she kissed her again and
+again, and fairly thrust her from the room.
+
+But when they were gone, poor Betty sat down and cried a little, till
+she remembered that hot tears might melt the paint upon her face, and,
+drying them, went to the window and watched.
+
+A while later, from her lofty niche, she saw six Moorish horsemen riding
+along the white road to the embattled gate. After them came two men and
+a woman, all splendidly mounted, also dressed as Moors, and then six
+other horsemen. They passed the gate which was opened for them and began
+to mount the slope beyond. At the crest of it the woman halted and,
+turning, waved a handkerchief. Betty answered the signal, and in another
+minute they had vanished, and she was alone.
+
+Never did she spend a more weary afternoon. Two hours later, still
+watching at her window, she saw the Moorish escort return, and knew that
+all was well, and that by now, Margaret, her lover, and her father were
+safely started on their journey. So she had not risked her life in vain.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+THE HOLY HERMANDAD
+
+Down the long passages, through the great, fretted halls, across the
+cool marble courts, flitted Inez and Margaret. It was like a dream. They
+went through a room where women, idling or working at tapestries, looked
+at them curiously. Margaret heard one of them say to another:
+
+"Why does the Dona Margaret's cousin leave her?" And the answer,
+"Because she is in love with the marquis herself, and cannot bear
+to stay."
+
+"What a fool!" said the first woman. "She is good looking, and would
+only have had to wait a few weeks."
+
+They passed an open door, that of Morella's own chambers. Within it he
+stood and watched them go by. When they were opposite to him some doubt
+or idea seemed to strike his mind, for he looked at them keenly, stepped
+forward, then, thinking better of it, or perhaps remembering Betty's
+bitter tongue, halted and turned aside. That danger had gone by!
+
+At length, none hindering them, they reached the yard where the escort
+and the horses waited. Here, standing under an archway, were Castell and
+Peter. Castell greeted Margaret in English and kissed her through her
+veil, while Peter, who had not seen her close since months before he
+rode away to Dedham, stared at her with all his eyes, and began to draw
+near to her, designing to find out, as he was sure he could do if once
+he touched her, whether indeed this were Margaret, or only Betty after
+all. Guessing what was in his mind, and that he might reveal everything,
+Inez, who held a long pin in her hand with which she was fastening her
+veil that had come loose, pretended to knock against him, and ran the
+point deep into his arm, muttering, "Fool!" as she did so. He sprang
+back with an oath, the guard smiled, and she began to pray his pardon.
+
+Castell helped Margaret on to her horse, then mounted his own, as did
+Peter, still rubbing his arm, but not daring to look towards Margaret,
+whose hand Inez shook familiarly in farewell as though she were her
+equal, addressing her the while in terms of endearment such as Spanish
+women use to each other. An officer of Morella's household came and
+counted them, saying:
+
+"Two men and a woman. That is right, though I cannot see the woman's
+face."
+
+For a moment he seemed to be about to order her to unveil, but Inez
+called to him that it was not decent before all these Moors, whereon he
+nodded and ordered the captain to proceed.
+
+They rode through the arch of the castle along the roadway, through the
+great gate of the wall also, where the guard questioned their escort,
+stared at them, and, after receiving a present from Castell, let them
+go, telling them they were lucky Christians to get alive out of Granada,
+as indeed they were.
+
+At the brow of the rise Margaret turned and waved her handkerchief
+towards that high window which she knew so well. Another handkerchief
+was waved in answer, and, thinking of the lonely Betty watching them
+there while she awaited the issue of her desperate venture, Margaret
+went on, weeping beneath her veil. For an hour they rode forward,
+speaking few words to each other, till at length they came to the
+cross-roads, one of which ran to Malaga, and the other towards Seville.
+
+Here the escort halted, saying that their orders were to leave them at
+this point, and asking which road they intended to take. Castell
+answered that to Malaga, whereon the captain replied that they were
+wise, as they were less likely to meet bands of marauding thieves who
+called themselves Christian soldiers, and murdered or robbed all
+travellers who fell into their hands. Then Castell offered him a
+present, which he accepted gravely, as though he did him a great favour,
+and, after bows and salutations, they departed.
+
+As soon as the Moors were gone the three rode a little way towards
+Malaga. Then, when there was nobody in sight, they turned across country
+and gained the Seville road. At last they were alone and, halting
+beneath the walls of a house that had been burnt in some Christian raid,
+they spoke together freely for the first time, and oh! what a moment was
+that for all of them!
+
+Peter pushed his horse alongside that of Margaret, crying:
+
+"Speak, beloved. Is it truly you?"
+
+But Margaret, taking no heed of him, leant over and, throwing her arm
+around her father's neck, kissed him again and again through her veil,
+blessing God that they had lived to meet in safety. Peter tried to kiss
+her also; but she caused her horse to move so that he nearly fell from
+his saddle.
+
+"Have a care, Peter," she said to him, "or your love of kissing will
+lead you into more trouble." Whereon, guessing of what she spoke, he
+coloured furiously, and began to explain at length.
+
+"Cease," she said--"cease. I know all that story, for I saw you," then,
+relenting, with some brief, sweet words of greeting and gratitude, gave
+him her hand, which he kissed often enough.
+
+"Come," said Castell, "we must push on, who have twenty miles to cover
+before we reach that inn where Israel has arranged that we should sleep
+to-night. We will talk as we go." And talk they did, as well as the
+roughness of the road and the speed at which they must travel
+would allow.
+
+Riding as hard as they were able, at length they came to the _venta_, or
+rough hostelry, just as the darkness closed in. At the sight of it they
+thanked God aloud, for this place was across the Moorish border, and now
+they had little to fear from Granada. The host, a half-bred Spaniard and
+a Christian, expected them, having received a message from Israel, with
+whom he had had dealings, and gave them two rooms, rude enough, but
+sufficient, and good food and wine, also stabling and barley for their
+horses, bidding them sleep well and have no fear, as he and his people
+would watch and warn them of any danger.
+
+Yet it was late before they slept, who had so much to say to each
+other--especially Peter and Margaret--and were so happy at their escape,
+if only for a little while. Yet across their joy, like the sound of a
+funeral bell at a merry feast, came the thought of Betty and that
+fateful marriage in which ere now she must have played her part. Indeed,
+at last Margaret knelt down and offered up prayers to Heaven that the
+saints might protect her cousin in the great peril which she had
+incurred for them, nor was Peter ashamed to join her in that prayer.
+Then they embraced--especially Peter and Margaret--and laid them down,
+Castell and his daughter in one room, and Peter in the other, and slept
+as best they could.
+
+Half an hour before dawn Peter was up seeing to the horses while the
+others breakfasted and packed the food that the landlord had made ready
+for their journey. Then he also swallowed some meat and wine, and at the
+first break of day, having discharged their reckoning and taken a letter
+from their host to those of other inns upon the road, they pressed on
+towards Seville, very thankful to find that as yet there were no signs
+of their being pursued.
+
+All that day, with short pauses to rest themselves and their horses,
+they rode on without accident, for the most part over a fertile plain
+watered by several rivers which they crossed at fords or over bridges.
+As night fell they reached the old town of Oxuna, which for many hours
+they had seen set upon its hill before them, and, notwithstanding their
+Moorish dress, made their way almost unobserved in the darkness to that
+inn to which they had been recommended. Here, although he stared at
+their garments, on finding that they had plenty of money, the landlord
+received them well enough, and again they were fortunate in securing
+rooms to themselves. It had been their purpose to buy Spanish clothes in
+this town, but, as it happened, it was a feast day, and at night every
+shop in the place was closed, so they could get none. Now, as they
+greatly desired to reach Seville by the following nightfall, hoping
+under cover of the darkness to find and come aboard of their ship, the
+_Margaret_, which they knew lay safely in the river, and had been
+advised by messenger of their intended journey, it was necessary for
+them to leave Oxuna before the dawn. So, unfortunately enough as it
+proved, it was impossible for them to put off their Moorish robes and
+clothe themselves as Christians.
+
+They had hoped, too, that here at Oxuna Inez might overtake them, as she
+had promised to do if she could, and give them tidings of what had
+happened since they left Granada. But no Inez came. So, comforting
+themselves with the thought that however hard she rode it would be
+difficult for her to reach them, who had some hours' start, they left
+Oxuna in the darkness before any one was astir.
+
+Having crossed some miles of plain, they passed up through olive groves
+into hills where cork-trees grew, and here stopped to eat and let the
+horses feed. Just as they were starting on again, Peter, looking round,
+saw mounted men--a dozen or more of them of very wild aspect--cantering
+through the trees evidently with the object of cutting them off.
+
+"Thieves!" he said shortly. "Ride for it."
+
+So they began to gallop, and their horses, although somewhat jaded,
+being very swift, passed in front of these men before they could regain
+the road. The band shouted to them to surrender, and, as they did not
+stop, loosed a few arrows and pursued them, while they galloped down the
+hillside on to a plain which separated them from more hills also clothed
+with cork-trees. This plain was about three miles wide and boggy in
+places. Still they kept well ahead of the brigands, as they took them to
+be, hoping that they would give up the pursuit or lose sight of them
+amongst the trees. As they entered these, however, to their dismay they
+saw, drawn up in front of them and right across the road, another band
+of rough-looking men, perhaps twelve in all.
+
+"Trap!" said Peter. "We must ride through them--it is our only chance,"
+at the same time spurring his horse to the front and drawing his sword.
+
+Choosing the spot where their line was weakest he dashed through it
+easily enough but next second heard a cry from Margaret, and pulled his
+horse round to see that her mare had fallen, and that she and Castell
+were in the hands of the thieves. Indeed, already rough men had hold of
+her, and one of them was trying to tear the veil from her face. With a
+shout of rage Peter charged them, and struck so fierce a blow that his
+sword cut through the fellow's helmet into his skull, so that he fell
+down, dying or dead, Margaret's veil still in his hand.
+
+Then they rushed at him, five or six of them, and, although he wounded
+another man, dragged him from his horse, and, as he lay upon his back,
+sprang at him to finish him before he could rise. Already their knives
+and swords were over him, and he was making his farewells to life, when
+he heard a voice command them to desist and bind his arms. This was
+quickly done, and he was suffered to rise from the ground to see before
+him, not Morella, as he half expected, but a man clad in fine armour
+beneath his rough cloak, evidently an officer of rank. "What kind of a
+Moor are you," he asked, "who dare to kill the soldiers of the Holy
+Hermandad in the heart of the King's country?" and he pointed to
+the dead man.
+
+"I am not a Moor," answered Peter in his rough Spanish. "I am a
+Christian escaped from Granada, and I cut down that man because he was
+trying to insult my betrothed, as you would have done, Senor. I did not
+know that he was a soldier of the Hermandad; I thought him a common
+thief of the hills."
+
+This speech, or as much as he could understand of it, seemed to please
+the officer, but before he could answer, Castell said:
+
+"Sir Officer, the senor is an Englishman, and does not speak your
+language well--"
+
+"He uses his sword well, anyhow," interrupted the captain, glancing at
+the dead soldier's cloven helm and head.
+
+"Yes, Sir, he is of your trade and, as the scar upon his face shows, has
+fought in many wars. Sir, what he tells you is true. We are Christian
+captives escaped from Granada and flying to Seville with my daughter, to
+whom I pray you to do no harm, to ask for the protection of their
+gracious Majesties, and to find a passage back to England."
+
+"You do not look like an Englishman," answered the captain; "you look
+like a Marano."
+
+"Sir, I cannot help my looks. I am a merchant of London, Castell by
+name. It is one well known in Seville and throughout this land, where I
+have large dealings, as, if I can but see him, your king himself will
+acknowledge. Be not deceived by our dress, which we had to put on in
+order to escape from Granada, but, I beseech you, let us go on
+to Seville."
+
+"Senor Castell," answered the officer, "I am the Captain Arrano of
+Puebla, and, since you would not stop when we called to you, and have
+killed one of my best soldiers, to Seville you must certainly go, but
+with me, not by yourselves. You are my prisoners, but have no fear. No
+violence shall be done to you or the lady, who must take your trials for
+your deeds before the King's court, and there tell your story, true
+or false."
+
+So, having been disarmed of their swords, they were allowed to remount
+their horses and taken on towards Seville as prisoners.
+
+"At least," said Margaret to Peter, "we have nothing more to fear from
+highwaymen, and have escaped these soldiers' swords unhurt."
+
+"Yes," answered Peter with a groan, "but I hoped that to-night we should
+have slept upon the _Margaret_ while she slipped down the river towards
+the open sea, and not in a Spanish jail. Now, as fate will have it, for
+the second time I have killed a man on your behalf, and all the business
+will begin again. Truly our luck is bad!"
+
+"I think it might be worse, and I cannot blame you for that deed,"
+answered Margaret, remembering the rough hands of the dead soldier, whom
+some of his comrades had stopped behind to bury.
+
+During all the remainder of that long day they rode on through the
+burning heat, across the rich, cultivated plain, towards the great city
+of Seville, whereof the Giralda, which once had been the minaret of a
+Moorish mosque, towered hundreds of feet into the air before them. At
+length, towards evening, they entered the eastern suburbs of the vast
+city and, passing through them and a great gate beyond, began to thread
+its tortuous streets.
+
+"Whither go we, Captain Arrano?" asked Castell presently.
+
+"To the prison of the Holy Hermandad to await your trial for the slaying
+of one of its soldiers," answered the officer.
+
+"I pray that we may get there soon then," said Peter, looking at
+Margaret, who, overcome with fatigue, swayed upon her saddle like a
+flower in the wind.
+
+"So do I," muttered Castell, glancing round at the dark faces of the
+people, who, having discovered that they had killed a Spanish soldier,
+and taking them to be Moors, were marching alongside of them in great
+numbers, staring sullenly, or cursing them for infidels. Indeed, once
+when they passed a square, a priest in the mob cried out, "Kill them!"
+whereon a number of rough fellows made a rush to pull them off their
+horses, and were with difficulty beaten back by the soldiers.
+
+Foiled in this attempt they began to pelt them with garbage, so that
+soon their white robes were stained and filthy. One fellow, too, threw a
+stone which struck Margaret on the wrist, causing her to cry out and
+drop her rein. This was too much for the hot-blooded Peter, who,
+spurring his horse alongside of him, before the soldiers could
+interfere, hit him such a buffet in the face that the man rolled upon
+the ground. Now Castell thought that they would certainly be killed, but
+to his surprise the mob only laughed and shouted such things as "Well
+hit, Moor!" "That infidel has a strong arm," and so forth.
+
+Nor was the officer angry, for when the man rose, a knife in his hand,
+he drew his sword and struck him down again with the flat of it,
+saying to Peter:
+
+"Do not sully your hand with such street swine, Senor."
+
+Then he turned and commanded his men to charge the crowd ahead of them.
+
+So they got through these people and, after many twists and turns down
+side streets to avoid the main avenues, came to a great and gloomy
+building and into a courtyard through barred gates that were opened at
+their approach and shut after them. Here they were ordered to dismount
+and their horses led away, while the officer, Arrano, entered into
+conversation with the governor of the prison, a man with a stern but not
+unkindly face, who surveyed them with much curiosity. Presently he
+approached and asked them if they could pay for good rooms, as if not he
+must put them in the common cells.
+
+Castell answered, "Yes," and, by way of earnest of it, produced five
+pieces of gold, and giving them to the Captain Arrano, begged him to
+distribute them among his soldiers as a thankoffering for their
+protection of them through the streets. Also, he said loudly enough for
+every one to hear, that he would be willing to compensate the relatives
+of the man whom Peter had killed by accident--an announcement that
+evidently impressed his comrades very favourably. Indeed one of them
+said he would bear the message to his widow, and, on behalf of the rest,
+thanked him for his gift. Then having bade farewell to the officer, who
+told them that they would meet again before the judges, they were led
+through the various passages of the prison to two rooms, one small and
+one of a fair size with heavily barred windows, given water to wash in,
+and told that food would be brought to them.
+
+In due course it came, carried by jailers--meat, eggs, and wine, and
+glad enough were they to see it. While they ate, also the governor
+appeared with a notary, and, having waited till their meal was finished,
+began to question them.
+
+"Our story is long," said Castell, "but with your leave I will tell it
+you, only, I pray you, suffer my daughter, the Dona Margaret, to go to
+rest, for she is quite outworn, and if you will you can question her
+to-morrow."
+
+The governor assenting, Margaret threw off her veil to embrace her
+father, thus showing her beauty for the first time, whereat the governor
+and the notary stared amazed. Then having given Peter her hand to kiss,
+and curtseyed to the governor and the notary, she went to her bed in the
+next room, which opened out of that in which they were.
+
+When she had gone, Castell told his story of how his daughter had been
+kidnapped by the Marquis of Morella, a name that caused the governor to
+open his eyes very wide, and brought from London to Granada, whither
+they, her father and her betrothed, had followed her and escaped. But of
+Betty and all the business of the changed bride he said nothing. Also,
+knowing that these must come out in any case, he told them his name and
+business, and those of his partners and correspondents in Seville, the
+firm of Bernaldez, which was one that the governor knew well enough,
+and prayed that the head of that firm, the Senor Juan Bernaldez, might
+be communicated with and allowed to visit them on the next morning.
+Lastly, he explained that they were no thieves or adventurers, but
+English subjects in misfortune, and again hinted that they were both
+able and willing to pay for any kindness or consideration that was shown
+to them, of all of which sayings the governor took note.
+
+Also this officer said that he would communicate with his superiors,
+and, if no objection were made, send a messenger to ask the Senor
+Bernaldez to attend at the prison on the following day. Then at length
+he and the notary departed, and, the jailers having cleared away the
+food and locked the door, Castell and Peter lay down on the beds that
+they had made ready for them, thankful enough to find themselves at
+Seville, even though in a prison, where indeed they slept very well
+that night.
+
+On the following morning they woke much refreshed, and, after they had
+breakfasted, the governor appeared, and with him none other than the
+Senor Juan Bernaldez, Castell's secret correspondent and Spanish
+partner, whom he had last seen some years before in England, a stout man
+with a quiet, clever face, not over given to words.
+
+Greeting them with a deference that was not lost upon the governor, he
+asked whether he had leave to speak with them alone. The governor
+assented and went, saying he would return within an hour. As soon as the
+door was closed behind him, Bernaldez said:
+
+"This is a strange place to meet you in, John Castell, yet I am not
+altogether surprised, since some of your messages reached me through
+our friends the Jews; also your ship, the _Margaret_, lies refitted in
+the river, and to avoid suspicion I have been lading her slowly with a
+cargo for England, though how you will come aboard that ship is more
+than I can say. But we have no time to waste. Tell me all your story,
+keeping nothing back."
+
+So they told him everything as quickly as they could, while he listened
+silently. When they had done, he said, addressing Peter:
+
+"It is a thousand pities, young sir, that you could not keep your hands
+off that soldier, for now the trouble that was nearly done with has
+begun anew, and in a worse shape. The Marquis of Morella is a very
+powerful man in this kingdom, as you may know from the fact that he was
+sent to London by their Majesties to negotiate a treaty with your
+English King Henry as to the Jews and their treatment, should any of
+them escape thither after they have been expelled from Spain. For
+nothing less is in the wind, and I would have you know that their
+Majesties hate the Jews, and especially the Maranos, whom already they
+burn by dozens here in Seville," and he glanced meaningly at Castell.
+
+"I am very sorry," said Peter, "but the fellow handled her roughly, and
+I was maddened at the sight and could not help myself. This is the
+second time that I have come into trouble from the same cause. Also, I
+thought that he was but a bandit."
+
+"Love is a bad diplomatist," replied Bernaldez, with a little smile,
+"and who can count last year's clouds? What is done, is done. Now I will
+try to arrange that the three of you shall be brought straight before
+their Majesties when they sit to hear cases on the day after to-morrow.
+With the Queen you will have a better chance than at the hands of any
+alcalde. She has a heart, if only one can get at it--that is, except
+where Jews and Maranos are concerned," and again he glanced at Castell.
+"Meanwhile, there is money in plenty, and in Spain we ride to heaven on
+gold angels," he added, alluding to that coin and the national
+corruption.
+
+Before they could say more the governor returned, saying that the Senor
+Bernaldez' time was up, and asking if they had finished their talk.
+
+"Not altogether," said Margaret. "Noble Governor, is it permitted that
+the Senor Bernaldez should send me some Christian clothes to wear, for I
+would not appear before your judges in this soiled heathen garb, nor, I
+think, would my father or the Senor Brome?"
+
+The governor laughed, and said he thought that might be arranged, and
+even allowed them another five minutes, while they talked of what these
+clothes should be. Then he departed with Bernaldez, leaving them alone.
+
+It was not until the latter had gone, however, that they remembered that
+they had forgotten to ask him whether he had heard anything of the woman
+Inez, who had been furnished with his address, but, as he had said
+nothing of her, they felt sure that she could not have arrived in
+Seville, and once more were much afraid as to what might have happened
+after they had left Granada.
+
+That night, to their grief and alarm, a new trouble fell on them. Just
+as they finished their supper the governor appeared and said that, by
+order of the Court before which they must be tried, the Senor Brome,
+who was accused of murder, must be separated from them. So, in spite of
+all they could say or do, Peter was led away to a separate cell, leaving
+Margaret weeping.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+BETTY PAYS HER DEBTS
+
+Betty Dene was not a woman afflicted with fears or apprehensions. Born
+of good parents, but in poverty, for six-and-twenty years she had fought
+her own way in a rough world and made the best of circumstances.
+Healthy, full-blooded, tough, affectionate, romantic, but honest in her
+way, she was well fitted to meet the ups and downs of life, to keep her
+head above the waters of a turbulent age, and to pay back as much as she
+received from man or woman.
+
+Yet those long hours which she passed alone in the high turret chamber,
+waiting till they summoned her to play the part of a false bride, were
+the worst that she had ever spent. She knew that her position was, in a
+sense, shameful, and like to end in tragedy, and, now that she faced it
+in cold blood, began to wonder why she had chosen so to do. She had
+fallen in love with the Spaniard almost at first sight, though it is
+true that something like this had happened to her before with other men.
+Then he had played his part with her, till, quite deceived, she gave all
+her heart to him in good earnest, believing in her infatuation that,
+notwithstanding the difference of their place and rank, he desired to
+make her his wife for her own sake.
+
+Afterwards came that bitter day of disillusion when she learned, as
+Inez had said to Castell, that she was but a stalking heifer used for
+the taking of the white swan, her cousin and mistress--that day when she
+had been beguiled by the letter which was still hid in her garments, and
+for her pains heard herself called a fool to her face. In her heart she
+had sworn to be avenged upon Morella then, and now the hour had come in
+which to fulfil her oath and play him back trick for cruel trick.
+
+Did she still love the man? She could not say. He was pleasing to her as
+he had always been, and when that is so women forgive much. This was
+certain, however--love was not her guide to-night. Was it vengeance then
+that led her on? Perhaps; at least she longed to be able to say to him,
+"See what craft lies hid even in the bosom of an outwitted fool."
+
+Yet she would not have done it for vengeance' sake alone, or rather she
+would have paid herself in some other fashion. No, her real reason was
+that she must discharge the debt due to Margaret and Peter, and to
+Castell who had sheltered her for years. She it was who had brought them
+into all this woe, and it seemed but just that she should bring them out
+again, even at the cost of her own life and womanly dignity. Or,
+perchance, all three of these powers drove her on,--love for the man if
+it still lingered, the desire to be avenged upon him, and the desire to
+snatch his prey from out his maw. At least she had set the game, and she
+would play it out to its end, however awful that might be.
+
+The sun sank, the darkness closed about her, and she wondered whether
+ever again she would see the dawn. Her brave heart quailed a little, and
+she gripped the dagger hilt beneath her splendid, borrowed robe,
+thinking to herself that perhaps it might be wisest to drive it into her
+own breast, and not wait until a balked madman did that office for her.
+Yet not so, for it is always time to die when one must.
+
+A knock came at the door, and her courage, which had sunk so low, burned
+up again within her. Oh! she would teach this Spaniard that the
+Englishwoman, whom he had made believe was his desired mistress, could
+be his master. At any rate, he should hear the truth before the end.
+
+She unlocked the door, and Inez entered bearing a lamp, by the light of
+which she scanned her with her quiet eyes.
+
+"The bridegroom is ready," she said slowly that Betty might understand,
+"and sends me to lead you to him. Are you afraid?"
+
+"Not I," answered Betty. "But tell me, how will the thing be done?"
+
+"The marquis meets us in the ante-room to that hall which is used as a
+chapel, and there on behalf of the household I, as the first of the
+women, give you both the cups of wine. Be sure that you drink of that
+which I hold in my left hand, passing the cup up beneath your veil so as
+not to show your face, and speak no word, lest he should recognise your
+voice. Then we shall go into the chapel, where the priest Henriques
+waits, also all the household. But that hall is great, and the lamps are
+feeble, so none will know you there. By this time also the drugged wine
+will have begun to work upon Morella's brain, wherefore, provided that
+you use a low voice, you may safely say, 'I, Betty, wed thee, Carlos,'
+not 'I, Margaret, wed thee.' Then, when it is over, he will lead you
+away to the chambers prepared for you, where, if there is any virtue in
+my wine, he will sleep sound to-night, that is, as soon as the priest
+has given me the marriage-lines, whereof I will hand you one copy and
+keep the others. Afterwards----" and she shrugged her shoulders.
+
+"What becomes of you?" asked Betty, when she had fully mastered these
+instructions.
+
+"Oh! I and the priest start to-night for a ride together to Seville,
+where his money awaits him; ill company for a woman who means henceforth
+to be honest and rich, but better than none. Perhaps we shall meet again
+there, or perhaps we shall not; at least, you know where to seek me and
+the others, at the house of the Senor Bernaldez. Now it is time. Are you
+ready to be made a marchioness of Spain?"
+
+"Of course," answered Betty coolly, and they started.
+
+Through the empty halls and corridors they went, and oh! surely no
+Eastern plot that had been conceived in them was quite so bold and
+desperate as theirs. They reached the ante-chamber to the chapel, and
+took their stand outside of the circle of light that fell from its
+hanging lamps. Presently a door opened, and through it came Morella,
+attended by two of his secretaries. He was splendidly arrayed in his
+usual garb of black velvet, and about his neck hung chains of gold and
+jewels, and to his breast were fastened the glittering stars and orders
+pertaining to his rank. Never, or so thought Betty, had Morella seemed
+more magnificent and handsome. He was happy also, who was about to drink
+of that cup of joy which he so earnestly desired. Yes, his face showed
+that he was happy, and Betty, noting it, felt remorse stirring in her
+breast. Low he bowed before her, while she curtseyed to him, bending her
+tall and graceful form till her knee almost touched the ground. Then he
+came to her and whispered in her ear:
+
+"Most sweet, most beloved," he said, "I thank heaven that has led me to
+this joyous hour by many a rough and dangerous path. Most dear, again I
+beseech you to forgive all the sorrow and the ill that I have brought
+upon you, remembering that it was done for your adored sake, that I
+love you as woman has been seldom loved, you and you only, and that to
+you, and you only, will I cling until my death's day. Oh! do not tremble
+and shrink, for I swear that no woman in Spain shall have a better or a
+more loyal lord. You I will cherish alone, for you I will strive by
+night and day to lift you to great honour and satisfy your every wish.
+Many and pleasant may the years be that we shall spend side by side, and
+peaceful our ends when at last we lay us down side by side to sleep
+awhile and wake again in heaven, whereof the shadow lies on me to-night.
+Remembering the past, I do not ask much of you--as yet; still, if you
+are minded to give me a bridal gift that I shall prize above crowns or
+empires, say that you forgive me all that I have done amiss, and in
+token, lift that veil of yours and kiss me on the lips."
+
+Betty heard this speech, whereof she only fully understood the end, and
+trembled. This was a trial that she had not foreseen. Yet it must be
+faced, for speak she dared not. Therefore, gathering up her courage, and
+remembering that the light was at her back, after a little pause, as
+though of modesty and reluctance, she raised the pearl-embroidered
+veil, and, bending forward beneath its shadow, suffered Morella to kiss
+her on the lips.
+
+It was over, the veil had fallen again, and the man suspected nothing.
+
+"I am a good artist," thought Inez to herself, "and that woman acts
+better than the wooden Peter. Scarcely could I have done it so
+well myself."
+
+Then, the jealousy and hate that she could not control glittering in her
+soft eyes, for she too had loved this man, and well, Inez lifted the
+golden cups that had been prepared, and, gliding forward, beautiful in
+her broidered, Eastern robe, fell upon her knee and held them to the
+bridegroom and the bride. Morella took that from her right hand, and
+Betty that from her left, nor, intoxicated as he was already with that
+first kiss of love, did he pause to note the evil purpose which was
+written on the face of his discarded slave. Betty, passing the cup
+beneath her veil, touched it with her lips and returned it to Inez; but
+Morella, exclaiming, "I drink to you, sweet bride, most fair and adored
+of women," drained his to the dregs, and cast it back to Inez as a gift
+in such fashion that the red wine which clung to its rim stained her
+white robes like a splash of blood.
+
+Humbly she bowed, humbly she gathered the precious vessel from the
+floor; but when she rose again there was triumph in her eyes--not hate.
+
+Now Morella took his bride's hand and, followed by his gentlemen and
+Inez, walked to the curtains that were drawn as they came into the great
+hall beyond, where had mustered all his household, perhaps a hundred of
+them. Between their bowing ranks they passed, a stately pair, and,
+whilst sweet voices sang behind some hidden screen, walked onward to the
+altar, where stood the waiting priest. They kneeled down upon the
+gold-embroidered cushions while the office of the Church was read over
+them. The ring was set upon Betty's hand--scarce, it would seem, could
+he find her finger--the man took the woman to wife, the woman took the
+man for husband. His voice was thick, and hers was very low; of all that
+listening crowd none could hear the names they spoke.
+
+It was over. The priest bowed and blessed them. They signed some papers,
+there by the light of the altar candles. Father Henriques filled in
+certain names and signed them also, then, casting sand upon them, placed
+them in the outstretched hand of Inez, who, although Morella never
+seemed to notice, gave one to the bride, and thrust the other two into
+the bosom of her robe. Then both she and the priest kissed the hands of
+the marquis and his wife, and asked his leave to be gone. He bowed his
+head vaguely, and--if any had been there to listen--within ten short
+minutes they might have heard two horses galloping hard towards the
+Seville gate.
+
+Now, escorted by pages and torch-bearers, the new-wed pair repassed
+those dim and stately halls, the bride, veiled, mysterious, fateful; the
+bridegroom, empty-eyed, like one who wanders in his sleep. Thus they
+reached their chamber, and its carved doors shut behind them.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+It was early morning, and the serving-women who waited without that room
+were summoned to it by the sound of a silver gong. Two of them entered
+and were met by Betty, no longer veiled, but wrapped in a loose robe,
+who said to them:
+
+"My lord the marquis still sleeps. Come, help me dress and make ready
+his bath and food."
+
+The women stared at her, for now that she had washed the paint from her
+face they knew well that this was the Senora Betty and not the Dona
+Margaret, whom, they had understood, the marquis was to marry. But she
+chid them sharply in her bad Spanish, bidding them be swift, as she
+would be robed before her husband should awake. So they obeyed her, and
+when she was ready she went with them into the great hall where many of
+the household were gathered, waiting to do homage to the new-wed pair,
+and greeted them all, blushing and smiling, saying that doubtless the
+marquis would be among them soon, and commanding them meanwhile to go
+about their several tasks.
+
+So well did Betty play her part indeed, that, although they also were
+bewildered, none questioned her place or authority, who remembered that
+after all they had not been told by their lord himself which of these
+two English ladies he meant to marry. Also, she distributed among the
+meaner of them a present of money on her husband's behalf and her own,
+and then ate food and drank some wine before them all, pledging them,
+and receiving their salutations and good wishes.
+
+When all this was done, still smiling, Betty returned to the
+marriage-chamber, closing its door behind her, sat her down on a chair
+near the bed, and waited for the worst struggle of all--that struggle on
+which hung her life. See! Morella stirred. He sat up, gazing about him
+and rubbing his brow. Presently his eyes lit upon Betty, seated stern
+and upright in her high chair. She rose and, coming to him, kissed him
+and called him "Husband," and, still half-asleep, he kissed her back.
+Then she sat down again in her chair and watched his face.
+
+It changed, and changed again. Wonder, fear, amaze, bewilderment,
+flitted over it, till at last he said in English:
+
+"Betty, where is my wife?"
+
+"Here," answered Betty.
+
+He stared at her. "Nay, I mean the Dona Margaret, your cousin and my
+lady, whom I wed last night. And how come you here? I thought that you
+had left Granada."
+
+Betty looked astonished.
+
+"I do not understand you," she answered. "It was my cousin Margaret who
+left Granada. I stayed here to be married to you, as you arranged with
+me through Inez."
+
+His jaw dropped.
+
+"Arranged with you through Inez! Mother of Heaven! what do you mean?"
+
+"Mean?" she answered--"I mean what I say. Surely"--and she rose in
+indignation--"you have never dared to try to play some new trick
+upon me?"
+
+"Trick!" muttered Morella. "What says the woman? Is all this a dream, or
+am I mad?"
+
+"A dream, I think. Yes, it must be a dream, since certainly it was to no
+madman that I was wed last night. Look," and she held before him that
+writing of marriage signed by the priest, by him, and by herself, which
+stated that Carlos, Marquis of Morella, was on such a date, at Granada,
+duly married to the Senora Elizabeth Dene of London in England.
+
+He read it twice, then sank back gasping; while Betty hid away the
+parchment in her bosom.
+
+Then presently he seemed to go mad indeed. He raved, he cursed, he
+ground his teeth, he looked round for a sword to kill her or himself,
+but could find none. And all the while Betty sat still and gazed at him
+like some living fate.
+
+At length he was weary, and her turn came.
+
+"Listen," she said. "Yonder in London you promised to marry me; I have
+it hidden away, and in your own writing. By agreement I fled with you to
+Spain. By the mouth of your messenger and former love this marriage was
+arranged between us, I receiving your messages to me, and sending back
+mine to you, since you explained that for reasons of your own you did
+not wish to speak of these matters before my cousin Margaret, and could
+not wed me until she and her father and her lover were gone from
+Granada. So I bade them farewell, and stayed here alone for love of you,
+as I fled from London for love of you, and last night we were united, as
+all your household know, for but now I have eaten with them and received
+their good wishes. And now you dare--you dare to tell me, that I, your
+wife--I, who have sacrificed everything for you, I, the Marchioness of
+Morella, am _not_ your wife. Well, go, say it outside this chamber, and
+hear your very slaves cry 'Shame' upon you. Go, say it to your king and
+your bishops, aye, and to his Holiness the Pope himself, and listen to
+their answer. Why, great as you are, and rich as you are, they will
+hale you to a mad-house or a prison."
+
+Morella listened, rocking himself to and fro upon the bed, then with an
+oath sprang towards her, to be met by a dagger-point glinting in
+his eyes.
+
+"Hear me again," she said as he shrank back from that cold steel. "I am
+no slave and no weakling; you shall not murder me or thrust me away. I
+am your wife and your equal, aye, and stronger than you in body and in
+mind, and I will have my rights in the face of God and man."
+
+"Certainly," he said with a kind of unwilling admiration--"certainly you
+are no weakling. Certainly, also, you have paid back all you owe me with
+a Jew's interest. Or, mayhap, you are not so clever as I think, but just
+a strong-minded fool, and it is that accursed Inez who has settled her
+debts. Oh! to think of it," and he shook his fist in the air, "to think
+that I believed myself married to the Dona Margaret, and find you in her
+place--_you_!"
+
+"Be silent," she said, "you man without shame, who first fly at the
+throat of your new-wedded wife and then insult her by saying that you
+wish you were wedded to another woman. Be silent, or I will unlock the
+door and call your own people and repeat your monstrous talk to them."
+And she drew herself to her full height and stood over him on the bed.
+
+Morella, his first rage spent, looked at her reflectively, and not
+without a certain measure of homage.
+
+"I think," he remarked, "that if he did not happen to be in love with
+another woman and to believe that he had married her, you, my good
+Betty, would make a useful wife to any man who wished to get on in the
+world. I understood you to say that the door is locked, and if I might
+hazard a guess, you have the key, as also you happen to have a dagger.
+Well, I find the air in this place close, and I want to go _out_."
+
+"Where to?" asked Betty.
+
+"Let us say, to join Inez."
+
+"What," she asked, "would you already be running after that woman
+again? Do you already forget that you are married?"
+
+"It seems that I am not to be allowed to forget it. Now, let us bargain.
+I wish to leave Granada for a while, and without scandal. What are your
+terms? Remember that there are two to which I will not consent. I will
+not stop here with you, and you shall not accompany me. Remember also,
+that, although you hold the dagger at present, it is not wise of you to
+try to push this jest too far."
+
+"As you did when you decoyed me on board the _San Antonio_," said Betty.
+"Well, our honeymoon has not begun too sweetly, and I do not mind if you
+go away for a while--to look for Inez. Swear now that you mean me no
+harm, and that you will not plot my death or disgrace, or in any way
+interfere with my liberty or position here in Granada. Swear it on the
+Rood." And she took down a silver crucifix that hung upon the wall over
+the bed and handed it to him. For she knew Morella's superstitions, and
+that if once he swore upon this symbol he dare not break his oath.
+
+"And if I will not swear?" he asked sullenly.
+
+"Then," she answered, "you stop here until you do, you who are anxious
+to be gone. I have eaten food this morning, you have not; I have a
+dagger, you have none; and, being as we are, I am sure that no one will
+venture to disturb us until Inez and your friend the priest have gone
+further than you can follow."
+
+"Very well, I will swear," he said, and he kissed the crucifix and threw
+it down, "You can stop here and rule my house in Granada, and I will do
+you no mischief, nor trouble you in any way. But if you come out of
+Granada, then we cross swords."
+
+"You mean that you intend to leave this city? Then, here is paper and
+ink. Be so good as to sign an order to the stewards of your estates,
+within the territories of the Moorish king, to pay all their revenue to
+me during your absence, and to your servants to obey me in everything."
+
+"It is easy to see that you were brought up in the house of a Jew
+merchant," said Morella, biting the pen and considering this woman who,
+whether she were hawk or pigeon, knew so well how to feather her nest.
+"Well, if I grant you this position and these revenues, will you leave
+me alone and cease to press other claims upon me?"
+
+Now Betty, bethinking her of those papers that Inez had carried away
+with her, and that Castell and Margaret would know well how to use them
+if there were need, bethinking her also that if she pushed him too far
+at the beginning she might die suddenly as folk sometimes did in
+Granada, answered:
+
+"It is much to ask of a deluded woman, but I still have some pride, and
+will not thrust myself in where it seems I am not wanted. Therefore, so
+be it. Till you seek me or send for me, I will not seek you so long as
+you keep your bargain. Now write the paper, sign it, and call in your
+secretaries to witness the signature."
+
+"In whose favour must I word it?" he asked.
+
+"In that of the Marquessa of Morella," she answered, and he, seeing a
+loophole in the words, obeyed her, since if she were not his wife this
+writing would have no value.
+
+Somehow he must be rid of this woman. Of course he might cause her to be
+killed; but even in Granada people could not kill one to whom they had
+seemed to be just married without questions being asked. Moreover, Betty
+had friends, and he had enemies who would certainly ask them if she
+vanished away. No, he would sign the paper and fight the case
+afterwards, for he had no time to lose. Margaret had slipped away from
+him, and if once she escaped from Spain he knew that he would never see
+her more. For aught he knew, she might already have escaped or be
+married to Peter Brome. The very thought of it filled him with madness.
+There had been a conspiracy against him; he was outwitted, robbed,
+befooled. Well, hope still remained--and vengeance. He could still fight
+Peter, and perhaps kill him. He could hand over Castell, the Jew, to the
+Inquisition. He could find a way to deal with the priest Henriques and
+the woman Inez, and, perhaps, if fortune favoured him he could get
+Margaret back into his power.
+
+Oh! yes, he would sign anything if only thereby he was set at liberty
+and freed for a while from this servant who called herself his wife,
+this strong-minded, strong-bodied, clever Englishwoman, of whom he had
+thought to make a tool, and who had made a tool of him.
+
+So Betty dictated and he wrote: yes, it had come to this--she dictated
+and he wrote, and signed too. The order was comprehensive. It gave power
+to the most honourable Marquessa of Morella to act for him, her husband,
+in all things during his absence from Granada. It commanded that all
+rents and profits due to him should be paid to her, and that all his
+servants and dependants should obey her as though she were himself, and
+that her receipt should be as good as his receipt.
+
+When the paper was written, and Betty had spelt it over carefully to see
+that there was no omission or mistake, she unlocked the door, struck
+upon the gong, and summoned the secretaries to witness their lord's
+signature to a settlement. Presently they came, bowing, and offering
+many felicitations, which to himself Morella vowed he would remember
+against them.
+
+"I have to go a journey," he said. "Witness my signature to this
+document, which provides for the carrying on of my household and the
+disposal of my property during my absence."
+
+They stared and bowed.
+
+"Read it aloud first," said Betty, "so that my lord and husband may be
+sure that there is no mistake."
+
+One of them obeyed, but before ever he had finished the furious Morella
+shouted to them from the bed:
+
+"Have done and witness, then go, order me horses and an escort, for I
+ride at once."
+
+So they witnessed in a great hurry, and left the room. Betty left with
+them, holding the paper in her hand, and when she reached the large hall
+where the household were gathered waiting to greet their lord, she
+commanded one of the secretaries to read it out to all of them, also to
+translate it into the Moorish tongue that every one might understand.
+Then she hid it away with the marriage lines, and, seating herself in
+the midst of the household, ordered them to prepare to receive the most
+noble marquis.
+
+They had not long to wait, for presently he came out of the room like a
+bull into the arena, whereon Betty rose and curtseyed to him, and at her
+word all his servants bowed themselves down in the Eastern fashion. For
+a moment he paused, again like the bull when he sees the picadors and is
+about to charge. Then he thought better of it, and, with a muttered
+curse, strode past them.
+
+Ten minutes later, for the third time within twenty-four hours, horses
+galloped from the palace and through the Seville gate.
+
+"Friends," said Betty in her awkward Spanish, when she knew that he had
+gone, "a sad thing has happened to my husband, the marquis. The woman
+Inez, whom it seems he trusted very much, has departed, stealing a
+treasure that he valued above everything on earth, and so I, his
+new-made wife, am left desolate while he tries to find her."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+ISABELLA OF SPAIN
+
+On the afternoon following his first visit, Castell's agent, Bernaldez,
+arrived again at the prison of the Hermandad at Seville accompanied by a
+tailor, a woman, and a chest full of clothes. The governor ordered these
+two persons to wait while the garments were searched under his own eye,
+but Bernaldez he permitted to be led at once to the prisoners. As soon
+as he was with them he said:
+
+"Your marquis has been married fast enough."
+
+"How do you know that?" asked Castell.
+
+"From the woman Inez, who arrived with the priest last night, and gave
+me the certificates of his union with Betty Dene signed by himself. I
+have not brought them with me lest I should be searched, when they might
+have been taken away; but Inez has come disguised as a sempstress, so
+show no surprise when you see her, if she is admitted. Perhaps she will
+be able to tell the Dona Margaret something of what passed if she is
+allowed to fit her robes alone. After that she must lie hidden for fear
+of the vengeance of Morella; but I shall know where to put my hand upon
+her if she is wanted. You will all of you be brought before the queen
+to-morrow, and then I, who shall be there, will produce the writings."
+Scarcely were the words out of his mouth when the governor appeared, and
+with him the tailor and Inez, who curtseyed and glanced at Margaret out
+of the corners of her soft eyes, looking at them all as though with
+curiosity, like one who had never seen or heard of them before.
+
+When the dresses had been produced, Margaret asked whether she might be
+allowed to try them on with the woman in her own chamber, as she had not
+been measured for them.
+
+The governor answered that as both the sempstress and the robes had been
+searched, there was no objection, so the two of them retired--Inez, with
+her arms full of garments.
+
+"Tell me all about it," whispered Margaret as soon as the door was
+closed. "I die to hear your story."
+
+So, while she fitted the clothes, since in that place they could never
+be sure but that they were watched through some secret loophole, Inez,
+with her mouth full of aloe thorns, which those of the trade used as
+pins, told her everything down to the time of her escape from Granada.
+When she came to that part of the tale where the false bride had lifted
+her veil and kissed the bridegroom, Margaret gasped in her amaze.
+
+"Oh! how could she do it?" she said, "I should have fainted first."
+
+"She has a good courage, that Betty--turn to the light, please,
+Senora--I could not have acted better myself--I think it is a little
+high on the left shoulder. He never guessed a thing, the besotted fool,
+and that was before I gave him the wine, for he wasn't likely to guess
+much afterwards. Did the senora say it was tight under the arm? Well,
+perhaps a little, but this stuff stretches. What I want to know is, what
+happened afterwards? Your cousin is the bull that I put my money on: I
+believe she will clear the ring. A woman with a nerve of steel; had I as
+much I should have been the Marchioness of Morella long ago, or there
+would be another marquis by now. There, the sit of the skirt is perfect;
+the senora's beautiful figure looks more beautiful in it than ever.
+Well, whoever lives will learn all about it, and it is no use worrying.
+Meanwhile, Bernaldez has paid me the money--and a handsome sum too--so
+you needn't thank me. I only worked for hire--and hate. Now I am going
+to lie low, as I don't want to get my throat cut, but he can find me if
+I am really needed.
+
+"The priest? Oh, he is safe enough. We made him sign a receipt for his
+cash. Also, I believe that he has got his post as a secretary to the
+Inquisition, and began his duties at once as they were short-handed,
+torturing Jews and heretics, you know, and stealing their goods, both of
+which occupations will exactly suit him. I rode with him all the way to
+Seville, and he tried to make love to me, the slimy knave, but I paid
+him out," and Inez smiled at some pleasant recollection. "Still, I did
+not quarrel with him outright, as he may come in useful. Who knows?
+There's the governor calling me. One moment, Excellency, only
+one moment!
+
+"Yes, Senora, with those few alterations the dress will be perfect. You
+shall have it back tonight without fail, and I can cut the others that
+you have been pleased to order from the same pattern. Oh! I thank you,
+Senora, you are too good to a poor girl, and," in a whisper, "the
+Mother of God have you in her guard, and send that Peter has improved in
+his love making!" and, half hidden in garments, Inez bowed herself out
+of the room through the door which the governor had already opened.
+
+About nine o'clock on the following morning one of the jailers came to
+summon Margaret and her father to be led before the court. Margaret
+asked anxiously if the Senor Brome was coming too, but the man replied
+that he knew nothing of the Senor Brome, as he was in one of the cells
+for dangerous criminals, which he did not serve.
+
+So forth they went, dressed in their new clothes, which were as fine as
+money could buy, and in the latest Seville fashion, and were conducted
+to the courtyard. Here, to her joy, Margaret saw Peter waiting for them
+under guard, and dressed also in the Christian garments which they had
+begged might be supplied to him at their cost. She sprang to his side,
+none hindering her, and, forgetting her bashfulness, suffered him to
+embrace her before them all, asking him how he had fared since they
+were parted.
+
+"None too well," answered Peter gloomily, "who did not know if we should
+ever meet again; also, my prison is underground, where but little light
+comes through a grating, and there are rats in it which will not let a
+man sleep, so I must lie awake the most of the night thinking of you.
+But where go we now?"
+
+"To be put upon our trial before the queen, I think. Hold my hand and
+walk close beside me, but do not stare at me so hard. Is aught wrong
+with my dress?"
+
+"Nothing," answered Peter. "I stare because you look so beautiful in
+it. Could you not have worn a veil? Doubtless there are more marquises
+about this court."
+
+"Only the Moors wear veils, Peter, and now we are Christians again.
+Listen--I think that none of them understand English. I have seen Inez,
+who asked after you very tenderly--nay, do not blush, it is unseemly in
+a man. Have you seen her also? No--well, she escaped from Granada as she
+planned, and Betty is married to the marquis."
+
+"It will never hold good," answered Peter shaking his head, "being but a
+trick, and I fear that she will pay for it, poor woman! Still, she gave
+us a start, though, so far as prisons go, I was better off in Granada
+than in that rat-trap."
+
+"Yes," answered Margaret innocently, "you had a garden to walk in there,
+had you not? No, don't be angry with me. Do you know what Betty did?"
+And she told him of how she had lifted her veil and kissed Morella
+without being discovered.
+
+"That isn't so wonderful," said Peter, "since if they are painted up
+young women look very much alike in a half-lit room----"
+
+"Or garden?" suggested Margaret.
+
+"What is wonderful," went on Peter, scorning to take note of this
+interruption, "is that she could consent to kiss the man at all. The
+double-dealing scoundrel! Has Inez told you how he treated her? The very
+thought of it makes me ill."
+
+"Well, Peter, he didn't ask you to kiss him, did he? And as for the
+wrongs of Inez, though doubtless you know more about them than I do, I
+think she has given him an orange for his pomegranate. But look, there
+is the Alcazar in front of us. Is it not a splendid castle? You know, it
+was built by the Moors."
+
+"I don't care who it was built by," said Peter, "and it looks to me like
+any other castle, only larger. All I know about it is that I am to be
+tried there for knocking that ruffian on the head--and that perhaps this
+is the last we shall see of each other, as probably they will send me to
+the galleys, if they don't do worse."
+
+"Oh! say no such thing. I never thought of it; it is not possible!"
+answered Margaret, her dark eyes filling with tears.
+
+"Wait till your marquis appears, pleading the case against us, and you
+will see what is or is not possible," replied Peter with conviction.
+"Still, we have come through some storms, so let us hope for the best."
+
+At that moment they reached the gate of the Alcazar, which they had
+approached from their prison through gardens of orange-trees, and
+soldiers came up and separated them. Next they were led across a court,
+where many people hurried to and fro, into a great marble-columned room
+glittering with gold, which was called the Hall of Justice. At the far
+end of this place, seated on a throne set upon a richly carpeted dais
+and surrounded by lords and counsellors, sat a magnificently attired
+lady of middle age. She was blue-eyed and red-haired, with a
+fair-skinned, open countenance, but very reserved and quiet in her
+demeanour.
+
+"The Queen," muttered the guard, saluting, as did Castell and Peter,
+while Margaret curtseyed.
+
+A case had just been tried, and the queen Isabella, after consultation
+with her assessors, was delivering judgment in few words and a gentle
+voice. As she spoke, her mild blue eyes fell upon Margaret, and, held
+it would seem by her beauty, rested on her till they wandered off to the
+tall form of Peter and the dark, Jewish-looking Castell by him, at the
+sight of whom she frowned a little.
+
+That case was finished, and other suitors stood up in their turn, but
+the queen, waving her hand and still looking at Margaret, bent down and
+asked a question of one of the officers of the court, then gave an
+order, whereon the officer rising, summoned "John Castell, Margaret
+Castell, and Peter Brome, all of England," to appear at the bar and
+answer to the charge of murder of one Luiz of Basa, a soldier of the
+Holy Hermandad.
+
+At once they were brought forward, and stood in a line in front of the
+dais, while the officer began to read the charge against them.
+
+"Stay, friend," interposed the queen, "these accused are the subjects
+of our good brother, Henry of England, and may not understand our
+language, though one of them, I think"--and she glanced at Castell--"was
+not born in England, or at any rate of English blood. Ask them if they
+need an interpreter."
+
+The question was put, and all of them answered that they could speak
+Spanish, though Peter added that he did so but indifferently.
+
+"You are the knight, I think, who is charged with the commission of this
+crime," said Isabella, looking at him.
+
+"Your Majesty, I am not a knight, only a plain esquire, Peter Brome of
+Dedham in England. My father was a knight, Sir Peter Brome, but he fell
+at my side, fighting for Richard, on Bosworth Field, where I had this
+wound," and he pointed to the scar upon his face, "but was not knighted
+for my pains."
+
+Isabella smiled a little, then asked:
+
+"And how came you to Spain, Senor Peter Brome?"
+
+"Your Majesty," answered Peter, Margaret helping from time to time when
+he did not know the Spanish words, "this lady at my side, the daughter
+of the merchant John Castell who stands by her, is my affianced----"
+
+"Then you have won the love of a very beautiful maiden, Senor,"
+interrupted the queen; "but proceed."
+
+"She and her cousin, the Senora Dene, were kidnapped in London by one
+who I understand is the nephew of the King Ferdinand, and an envoy to
+the English court, who passed there as the Senor d'Aguilar, but who in
+Spain is the Marquis of Morella."
+
+"Kidnapped! and by Morella!" exclaimed the queen.
+
+"Yes, your Majesty, cozened on board his ship and kidnapped. The Senor
+Castell and I followed them, and, boarding their vessel, tried to rescue
+them, but were shipwrecked at Motril. The marquis carried them away to
+Granada, whither we followed also, I being sorely hurt in the shipwreck.
+There, in the palace of the marquis, we have lain prisoners many weeks,
+but at length escaped, purposing to come to Seville and seek the
+protection of your Majesties. On the road, while we were dressed as
+Moors, in which garb we compassed our escape, we were attacked by men
+that we thought were bandits, for we had been warned against such evil
+people. One of them rudely molested the Dona Margaret, and I cut him
+down, and by misfortune killed him, for which manslaughter I am here
+before you to-day. Your Majesty, I did not know that he was a soldier of
+the Holy Hermandad, and I pray you pardon my offence, which was done in
+ignorance, fear, and anger, for we are willing to pay compensation for
+this unhappy death."
+
+Now some in the court exclaimed:
+
+"Well spoken, Englishman!"
+
+Then the queen said:
+
+"If all this tale be true, I am not sure that we should blame you over
+much, Senor Brome; but how know we that it is true? For instance, you
+said that the noble marquis stole two ladies, a deed of which I can
+scarcely think him capable. Where then is the other?"
+
+"I believe," answered Peter, "that she is now the wife of the Marquis of
+Morella."
+
+"The wife! Who bears witness that she is the wife? He has not advised us
+that he was about to marry, as is usual."
+
+Then Bernaldez stood forward, stating his name and occupation, and that
+he was a correspondent of the English merchant, John Castell, and
+producing the certificate of marriage signed by Morella, Betty, and the
+priest Henriques, handed it up to the queen saying that he had received
+them in duplicate by a messenger from Granada, and had delivered the
+other to the Archbishop of Seville.
+
+The queen, having looked at the paper, passed it to her assessors, who
+examined it very carefully, one of them saying that the form was not
+usual, and that it might be forged.
+
+The queen thought a little while, then said:
+
+"That is so, and in one way only can we know the truth. Let our warrant
+issue summoning before us our cousin, the noble Marquis of Morella, the
+Senora Dene, who is said to be his wife, and the priest Henriques of
+Motril, who is said to have married them. When they have arrived, all of
+them, the king my husband and I will examine into the matter, and, until
+then, we will not suffer our minds to be prejudiced by hearing any more
+of this cause."
+
+Now the governor of the prison stood forward, and asked what was to be
+done with the captives until the witnesses could be brought from
+Granada. The queen answered that they must remain in his charge, and be
+well treated, whereon Peter prayed that he might be given a better cell
+with fewer rats and more light. The queen smiled, and said that it
+should be so, but added that it would be proper that he should still be
+kept apart from the lady to whom he was affianced, who could dwell with
+her father. Then, noting the sadness on their faces, she added:
+
+"Yet I think they may meet daily in the garden of the prison."
+
+Margaret curtseyed and thanked her, whereon she said very graciously:
+
+"Come here, Senora, and sit by me a little," and she pointed to a
+footstool at her side. "When I have done this business I desire a few
+words with you."
+
+So Margaret was brought up upon the dais, and sat down at her Majesty's
+left hand upon the broidered footstool, and very fair indeed she looked
+placed thus above the crowd, she whose beauty and whose bearing were so
+royal; but Castell and Peter were led away back to the prison, though,
+seeing so many gay lords about, the latter went unwillingly enough. A
+while later, when the cases were finished, the queen dismissed the court
+save for certain officers, who stood at a distance, and, turning to
+Margaret, said:
+
+"Now, fair maiden, tell me your story, as one woman to another, and do
+not fear that anything you say will be made use of at the trial of your
+lover, since against you, at any rate at present, no charge is laid.
+Say, first, are you really the affianced of that tall gentleman, and has
+he really your heart?"
+
+"All of it, your Majesty," answered Margaret, "and we have suffered much
+for each other's sake." Then in as few words as she could she told their
+tale, while the queen listened earnestly.
+
+"A strange story indeed, and if it be all true, a shameful," she said
+when Margaret had finished. "But how comes it that if Morella desired to
+force you into marriage, he is now wed to your companion and cousin?
+What are you keeping back from me?" and she glanced at her shrewdly.
+
+"Your Majesty," answered Margaret, "I was ashamed to speak the rest, yet
+I will trust you and do so, praying your royal forgiveness if you hold
+that we, who were in desperate straits, have done what is wrong. My
+cousin, Betty Dene, has paid back Morella in his own false gold. He won
+her heart and promised to marry her, and at the risk of her own life she
+took my place at the altar, thereby securing our escape."
+
+"A brave deed, if a doubtful," said the queen, "though I question
+whether such a marriage will be upheld. But that is a matter for the
+Church to judge of, and I must speak of it no more. Certainly it is hard
+to be angry with any of you. What did you say that Morella promised you
+when he asked you to marry him in London?"
+
+"Your Majesty, he promised that he would lift me high, perhaps
+even"--and she hesitated--"to that seat in which you sit."
+
+Isabella frowned, then laughed, and said, as she looked her up and down:
+
+"You would fit it well, better than I do in truth. But what else did he
+say?"
+
+"Your Majesty, he said that not every one loves the king, his uncle;
+that he had many friends who remembered that his father was poisoned by
+the father of the king, who was Morella's grandfather; also, that his
+mother was a princess of the Moors, and that he might throw in his lot
+with theirs, or that there were other ways in which he could gain
+his end."
+
+"So, so," said the queen. "Well, though he is such a good son of the
+Church, and my lord is so fond of him, I never loved Morella, and I
+thank you for your warning. But I must not speak to you of such high
+matters, though it seems that some have thought otherwise. Fair
+Margaret, have you aught to ask of me?"
+
+"Yes, your Majesty--that you will deal gently with my true love when he
+comes before you for trial, remembering that he is hot of head and
+strong of arm, and that such knights as he--for knightly is his blood--
+cannot brook to see their ladies mishandled by rough men, and the
+wrappings that shield them torn from off their bosoms. Also, I pray that
+I may be protected from Morella, that he may not be allowed to touch or
+even to speak to me, who, for all his rank and splendour, hate him as
+though he were some poisoned snake."
+
+"I have said that I must not prejudge your case, you beautiful English
+Margaret," the queen answered with a smile, "yet I think that neither of
+those things you ask will cause justice to slip the bandage that is
+about her eyes. Go, and be at peace. If you have spoken truth to me, as
+I am sure you have, and Isabella of Spain can prevent it, the Senor
+Brome's punishment shall not be heavy, nor shall the shadow of the
+Marquis of Morella, the base-born son of a prince and of some royal
+infidel"--these words she spoke with much bitterness--"so much as fall
+upon you, though I warn you that my lord the king loves the man, as is
+but natural, and will not condemn him lightly. Tell me one thing. This
+lover of yours is brave, is he not?"
+
+"Very brave," answered Margaret, smiling.
+
+"And he can ride a horse and hold a lance, can he not, at any rate in
+your quarrel?"
+
+"Aye, your Majesty, and wield a sword too, as well as most knights,
+though he has been but lately sick. Some learned that on
+Bosworth Field."
+
+"Good. Now farewell," and she gave Margaret her hand to kiss. Then,
+calling two of her officers, she bade them conduct her back to the
+prison, and say that she should have liberty to send messages or to
+write to her, the queen, if she should so desire.
+
+On the night of that same day Morella galloped into Seville. Indeed he
+should have been there long before, but misled by the story of the Moors
+who had escorted Peter, Margaret, and her father out of Granada and seen
+them take the Malaga road, he travelled thither first, only to find no
+trace of them in that city. Then he returned and tracked them to
+Seville, where he was soon made acquainted with all that had happened.
+Amongst other things, he discovered that ten hours before swift
+messengers had been despatched to Granada, commanding his attendance and
+that of Betty, with whom he had gone through the form of marriage.
+
+On the following morning he asked an audience with the queen, but it was
+refused to him, and the king, his uncle, was away. Next he tried to win
+admission into the prison and see Margaret, only to find that neither
+his high rank and authority nor any bribe would suffice to unlock its
+doors. The queen had commanded otherwise, he was informed, and knew
+therefrom that in this matter he must reckon with Isabella as an enemy.
+Then he bethought him of revenge, and began a search for Inez and the
+priest Henriques of Motril, only to find that the former had vanished,
+none knew whither, and the holy father was safe within the walls of the
+Inquisition, whence he was careful not to emerge, and where no layman,
+however highly placed, could enter to lay a hand upon one of its
+officers. So, full of rage and disappointment, he took counsel of
+lawyers and friends, and prepared to defend the suit which he saw would
+be brought against him, hoping that chance might yet deliver Margaret
+into his hands. One good card he held, which now he determined to play.
+Castell, as he knew, was a Jew who for years had posed as a Christian,
+and for such there was no mercy in Seville. Perhaps for her father's
+sake he might yet be able to work upon Margaret, whom now he desired to
+win more fiercely than ever before.
+
+At least it was certain that he would try this, or any other means,
+however base, rather than see her married to his rival, Peter Brome.
+Also there was the chance that this Peter might be condemned to
+imprisonment, or even to death, for the killing of a soldier of the
+Hermandad.
+
+So Morella made him ready for the great struggle as best he could, and,
+since he could not stop her coming, awaited the arrival of Betty
+in Seville.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+BETTY STATES HER CASE
+
+Seven days had passed, during which time Margaret and her father had
+rested quietly in the prison, where, indeed, they dwelt more as guests
+than as captives. Thus they were allowed to receive what visitors they
+would, and among them Juan Bernaldez, Castell's connection and agent,
+who told them of all that passed without. Through him they sent
+messengers to meet Betty on her road and apprise her of how things
+stood, and of the trial in which her cause would be judged.
+
+Soon the messengers returned, stating that the "Marchioness of Morella"
+was travelling in state, accompanied by a great retinue, that she
+thanked them for their tidings, and hoped to be able to defend herself
+at all points.
+
+At this news Castell stared and Margaret laughed, for, although she did
+not know all the story, she was sure that in some way Betty had the
+mastery of Morella, and would not be easily defeated, though how she
+came to be travelling with a great retinue she could not imagine. Still,
+fearing lest she should be attacked or otherwise injured, she wrote a
+humble letter to the queen, praying that her cousin might be defended
+from all danger at the hands of any one whomsoever until she had an
+opportunity of giving evidence before their Majesties.
+
+Within an hour came the answer that the lady was under the royal
+protection, and that a guard had been sent to escort her and her party
+and to keep her safe from interference of any sort; also, that for her
+greater comfort, quarters had been prepared for her in a fortress
+outside of Seville, which would be watched night and day, and whence she
+would be brought to the court.
+
+Peter was still kept apart from them, but each day at noon they were
+allowed to meet him in the walled garden of the prison, where they
+talked together to their heart's content. Here, too, he exercised
+himself daily at all manly games, and especially at sword-play with some
+of the other prisoners, using sticks for swords. Further, he was allowed
+the use of his horse that he had ridden from Granada, on which he
+jousted in the yard of the castle with the governor and certain other
+gentlemen, proving himself better at that play than any of them. These
+things he did vigorously and with ardour, for Margaret had told him of
+the hint which the queen gave her, and he desired to get back his full
+strength, and to perfect himself in the handling of every arm which was
+used in Spain.
+
+So the time went by, until one afternoon the governor informed them that
+Peter's trial was fixed for the morrow, and that they must accompany him
+to the court to be examined also upon all these matters. A little later
+came Bernaldez, who said that the king had returned and would sit with
+the queen, and that already this affair had made much stir in Seville,
+where there was much curiosity as to the story of Morella's marriage, of
+which many different tales were told. That Margaret and her father would
+be discharged he had little doubt, in which case their ship was ready
+for them; but of Peter's chances he could say nothing, for they depended
+upon what view the king took of his offence, and, though unacknowledged,
+Morella was the king's nephew and had his ear.
+
+Afterwards they went down into the garden, and there found Peter, who
+had just returned from his jousting, flushed with exercise, and looking
+very manly and handsome. Margaret took his hand and, walking aside, told
+him the news.
+
+"I am glad," he answered, "for the sooner this business is begun the
+sooner it will be done. But, Sweet," and here his face grew very
+earnest, "Morella has much power in this land, and I have broken its
+law, so none know what the end will be. I may be condemned to death or
+imprisoned, or perhaps, if I am given the chance, with better luck I may
+fall fighting, in any of which cases we shall be separated for a while,
+or altogether. Should this be so, I pray that you will not stay here,
+either in the hope of rescuing me, or for other reasons; since, while
+you are in Spain, Morella will not cease from his attempts to get hold
+of you, whereas in England you will be safe from him."
+
+When Margaret heard these words she sobbed aloud, for the thought that
+harm might come to Peter seemed to choke her.
+
+"In all things I will do your bidding," she said, "yet how can I leave
+you, dear, while you are alive, and if, perchance, you should die, which
+may God prevent, how can I live on without you? Rather shall I seek to
+follow you very swiftly."
+
+"I do not desire that," said Peter. "I desire that you should endure
+your days till the end, and come to meet me where I am in due season,
+and not before. I will add this, that if in after-years you should meet
+any worthy man, and have a mind to marry him, you should do so, for I
+know well that you will never forget me, your first love, and that
+beyond this world lie others where there are no marryings or giving in
+marriage. Let not my dead hand lie heavy upon you, Margaret."
+
+"Yet," she replied in gentle indignation, "heavy must it always lie,
+since it is about my heart. Be sure of this, Peter, that if such
+dreadful ill should fall upon us, as you left me so shall you find me,
+here or hereafter."
+
+"So be it," he said with a sigh of relief, for he could not bear to
+think of Margaret as the wife of some other man, even after he was gone,
+although his honest, simple nature, and fear lest her life might be made
+empty of all joy, caused him to say what he had said.
+
+Then behind the shelter of a flowering bush they embraced each other as
+do those who know not whether they will ever kiss again, and, the hour
+of sunset having come, parted as they must.
+
+On the following morning once more Castell and Margaret were led to the
+Hall of Justice in the Alcazar; but this time Peter did not go with
+them. The great court was already full of counsellors, officers,
+gentlemen, and ladies who had come from curiosity, and other folk
+connected with or interested in the case. As yet, however, Margaret
+could not see Morella or Betty, nor had the king and queen taken their
+seats upon the throne. Peter was already there, standing before the bar
+with guards on either side of him, and greeted them with a smile and a
+nod as they were ushered to their chairs near by. Just as they reached
+them also trumpets were blown, and from the back of the hall, walking
+hand in hand, appeared their Majesties of Spain, Ferdinand and Isabella,
+whereat all the audience rose and bowed, remaining standing till they
+were seated on the thrones.
+
+The king, whom they now saw for the first time, was a thickset, active
+man with pleasant eyes, a fair skin, and a broad forehead, but, as
+Margaret thought, somewhat sly-faced--the face of a man who never forgot
+his own interests in those of another. Like the queen, he was
+magnificently attired in garments broidered with gold and the arms of
+Aragon, while in his hand he held a golden sceptre surmounted by a
+jewel, and about his waist, to show that he was a warlike king, he wore
+his long, cross-handled sword. Smilingly he acknowledged the homage of
+his subjects by lifting his hand to his cap and bowing. Then his eye
+fell upon the beautiful Margaret, and, turning, he put a question to the
+queen in a light, sharp voice, asking if that were the lady whom Morella
+had married, and, if so, why in the name of heaven he wished to be
+rid of her.
+
+Isabella answered that she understood that this was the senora whom he
+had desired to marry when he married some one else, as he alleged by
+mistake, but who was in fact affianced to the prisoner before them; a
+reply at which all who heard it laughed.
+
+At this moment the Marquis of Morella, accompanied by his gentlemen and
+some long-gowned lawyers, appeared walking up the court, dressed in the
+black velvet that he always wore, and glittering with orders. Upon his
+head was a cap, also of black velvet, from which hung a great pearl, and
+this cap he did not remove even when he bowed to the king and queen, for
+he was one of the few grandees of Spain who had the right to remain
+covered before their Majesties. They acknowledged his salutation,
+Ferdinand with a friendly nod and Isabella with a cold bow, and he, too,
+took the seat that had been prepared for him. Just then there was a
+disturbance at the far end of the court, where one of its officers could
+be heard calling:
+
+"Way! Make way for the Marchioness of Morella!" At the sound of this
+name the marquis, whose eyes were fixed on Margaret, frowned fiercely,
+rising from his seat as though to protest, then, at some whispered word
+from a lawyer behind him, sat down again.
+
+Now the crowd of spectators separated, and Margaret, turning to look
+down the long hall, saw a procession advancing up the lane between them,
+some clad in armour and some in white Moorish robes blazoned with the
+scarlet eagle, the cognisance of Morella. In the midst of them, her
+train supported by two Moorish women, walked a tall and beautiful lady,
+a coronet upon her brow, her fair hair outspread, a purple cloak hanging
+from her shoulders, half hiding that same splendid robe sewn with pearls
+which had been Morella's gift to Margaret, and about her white bosom the
+chain of pearls which he had presented to Betty in compensation for
+her injuries.
+
+Margaret stared and stared again, and her father at her side murmured:
+
+"It is our Betty! Truly fine feathers make fine birds." Yes, Betty it
+was without a doubt, though, remembering her in her humble woollen dress
+at the old house in Holborn, it was hard to recognise the poor companion
+in this proud and magnificent lady, who looked as though all her life
+she had trodden the marble floors of courts, and consorted with nobles
+and with queens. Up the great hall she came, stately, imperturbable,
+looking neither to the right nor to the left, taking no note of the
+whisperings about her, no, nor even of Morella or of Margaret, till she
+reached the open space in front of the bar where Peter and his guards,
+gazing with all their eyes, hastened to make place for her. There she
+curtseyed thrice, twice to the queen, and once to the king, her consort;
+then, turning, bowed to the marquis, who fixed his eyes upon the ground
+and took no note, bowed to Castell and Peter, and lastly, advancing to
+Margaret, gave her her cheek to kiss. This Margaret did with becoming
+humility, whispering in her ear:
+
+"How fares your Grace?"
+
+"Better than you would in my shoes," whispered Betty back with ever so
+slight a trembling of her left eyelid; while Margaret heard the king
+mutter to the queen:
+
+"A fine peacock of a woman. Look at her figure and those big eyes.
+Morella must be hard to please."
+
+"Perhaps he prefers swans to peacocks," answered the queen in the same
+voice with a glance at Margaret, whose quieter and more refined beauty
+seemed to gain by contrast with that of her nobly built and
+dazzling-skinned cousin. Then she motioned to Betty to take the seat
+prepared for her, which she did, with her suite standing behind her and
+an interpreter at her side.
+
+"I am somewhat bewildered," said the king, glancing from Morella to
+Betty and from Margaret to Peter, for evidently the humour of the
+situation did not escape him. "What is the exact case that we have
+to try?"
+
+Then one of the legal assessors, or alcaldes, rose and said that the
+matter before their Majesties was a charge against the Englishman at the
+bar of killing a certain soldier of the Holy Hermandad, but that there
+seemed to be other matters mixed up with it.
+
+"So I gather," answered the king; "for instance, an accusation of the
+carrying off of subjects of a friendly Power out of the territory of
+that Power; a suit for nullity of a marriage, and a cross-suit for the
+declaration of the validity of the said marriage--and the holy saints
+know what besides. Well, one thing at a time. Let us try this tall
+Englishman."
+
+So the case was opened against Peter by a public prosecutor, who
+restated it as it had been laid before the queen. The Captain Arrano
+gave his evidence as to the killing of the soldier, but, in
+cross-examination by Peter's advocate, admitted, for evidently he bore
+no malice against the prisoner, that the said soldier had roughly
+handled the Dona Margaret, and that the said Peter, being a stranger to
+the country, might very well have taken them for a troop of bandits or
+even Moors. Also, he added, that he could not say that the Englishman
+had intended to kill the soldier.
+
+Then Castell and Margaret gave their evidence, the latter with much
+modest sweetness. Indeed, when she explained that Peter was her
+affianced husband, to whom she was to have been wed on the day after she
+had been stolen away from England, and that she had cried out to him
+for help when the dead soldier caught hold of her and rent away her
+veil, there was a murmur of sympathy, and the king and queen began to
+talk with each other without paying much heed to her further words.
+
+Next they spoke to two of the judges who sat with them, after which the
+king held up his hand and announced that they had come to a decision on
+the case. It was, that, under the circumstances, the Englishman was
+justified in cutting down the soldier, especially as there was nothing
+to show that he meant to kill him, or that he knew that he belonged to
+the Holy Hermandad. He would, therefore, be discharged on the condition
+that he paid a sum of money, which, indeed, it appeared had already been
+paid to the man's widow, in compensation for the man's death, and a
+further small sum for Masses to be said for the welfare of his soul.
+
+Peter began to give thanks for this judgment; but while he was still
+speaking the king asked if any of those present wished to proceed in
+further suits. Instantly Betty rose and said that she did. Then, through
+her interpreter, she stated that she had received the royal commands to
+attend before their Majesties, and was now prepared to answer any
+questions or charges that might be laid against her.
+
+"What is your name, Senora?" asked the king.
+
+"Elizabeth, Marchioness of Morella, born Elizabeth Dene, of the ancient
+and gentle family of Dene, a native of England," answered Betty in a
+clear and decided voice.
+
+The king bowed, then asked:
+
+"Does any one dispute this title and description?"
+
+"I do," answered the Marquis of Morella, speaking for the first time.
+
+"On what grounds, Marquis?"
+
+"On every ground," he answered. "She is not the Marchioness of Morella,
+inasmuch as I went through the ceremony of marriage with her believing
+her to be another woman. She is not of ancient and gentle family, since
+she was a servant in the house of the merchant Castell yonder,
+in London."
+
+"That proves nothing, Marquis," interrupted the king. "My family may, I
+think, be called ancient and gentle, which you will be the last to deny,
+yet I have played the part of a servant on an occasion which I think the
+queen here will remember"--an allusion at which the audience, who knew
+well enough to what it referred, laughed audibly, as did her Majesty[1].
+"The marriage and rank are matters for proof," went on the king, "if
+they are questioned; but is it alleged that this lady has committed any
+crime which prevents her from pleading?"
+
+"None," answered Betty quickly, "except that of being poor, and the
+crime, if it is one, as it may be, of having married that man, the
+Marquis of Morella," whereat the audience laughed again.
+
+"Well, Madam, you do not seem to be poor now," remarked the king,
+looking at her gorgeous and bejewelled apparel; "and here we are more
+apt to think marriage a folly than a crime," a light saying at which the
+queen frowned a little. "But," he added quickly, "set out your case,
+Madam, and forgive me if, until you have done so, I do not call you
+Marchioness."
+
+[Footnote 1: When travelling from Saragossa to Valladolid to be married
+to Isabella, Ferdinand was obliged to pass himself off as a valet.
+Prescott says: "The greatest circumspection, therefore, was necessary.
+The party journeyed chiefly in the night; Ferdinand assumed the disguise
+of a servant and, when they halted on the road, took care of the mules
+and served his companions at table."]
+
+"Here is my case, Sire," said Betty, producing the certificate of
+marriage and handing it up for inspection.
+
+The judges and their Majesties inspected it, the queen remarking that a
+duplicate of this document had already been submitted to her and passed
+on to the proper authorities.
+
+"Is the priest who solemnised the marriage present?" asked the king;
+whereon Bernaldez, Castell's agent, rose and said that he was, though he
+neglected to add that his presence had been secured for no mean sum.
+
+One of the judges ordered that he should be called, and presently the
+foxy-faced Father Henriques, at whom the marquis glared angrily,
+appeared bowing, and was sworn in the usual form, and, on being
+questioned, stated that he had been priest at Motril, and chaplain to
+the Marquis of Morella, but was now a secretary of the Holy Office at
+Seville. In answer to further questions he said that, apparently by the
+bridegroom's own wish, and with his full consent, on a certain date at
+Granada, he had married the marquis to the lady who stood before them,
+and whom he knew to be named Betty Dene; also, that at her request,
+since she was anxious that proper record should be kept of her marriage,
+he had written the certificates which the court had seen, which
+certificates the marquis and others had signed immediately after the
+ceremony in his private chapel at Granada. Subsequently he had left
+Granada to take up his appointment as a secretary to the Inquisition at
+Seville, which had been conferred on him by the ecclesiastical
+authorities in reward of a treatise which he had written upon heresy.
+That was all he knew about the affair.
+
+Now Morella's advocate rose to cross-examine, asking him who had made
+the arrangements for the marriage. He answered that the marquis had
+never spoken to him directly on the subject--at least he had never
+mentioned to him the name of the lady; the Senora Inez arranged
+everything.
+
+Now the queen broke in, asking where was the Senora Inez, and who she
+was. The priest replied that the Senora Inez was a Spanish woman, one of
+the marquis's household at Granada, whom he made use of in all
+confidential affairs. She was young and beautiful, but he could say no
+more about her. As to where she was now he did not know, although they
+had ridden together to Seville. Perhaps the marquis knew.
+
+Now the priest was ordered to stand down, and Betty tendered herself as
+a witness, and through her interpreter told the court the story of her
+connection with Morella. She said that she had met him in London when
+she was a member of the household of the Senor Castell, and that at once
+he began to make love to her and won her heart. Subsequently he
+suggested that she should elope with him to Spain, promising to marry
+her at once, in proof of which she produced the letter he had written,
+which was translated and handed up for the inspection of the court--a
+very awkward letter, as they evidently thought, although it was not
+signed with the writer's real name. Next Betty explained the trick by
+which she and her cousin Margaret were brought on board his ship, and
+that when they arrived there the marquis refused to marry her, alleging
+that he was in love with her cousin and not with her--a statement which
+she took to be an excuse to avoid the fulfilment of his promise. She
+could not say why he had carried off her cousin Margaret also, but
+supposed that it was because, having once brought her upon the ship, he
+did not know how to be rid of her.
+
+Then she described the voyage to Spain, saying that during that voyage
+she kept the marquis at a distance, since there was no priest to marry
+them; also, she was sick and much ashamed, who had involved her cousin
+and mistress in this trouble. She told how the Senors Castell and Brome
+had followed in another vessel, and boarded the caravel in a storm; also
+of the shipwreck and their journey to Granada as prisoners, and of their
+subsequent life there. Finally she described how Inez came to her with
+proposals of marriage, and how she bargained that if she consented, her
+cousin, the Senor Castell, and the Senor Brome should go free. They went
+accordingly, and the marriage took place as arranged, the marquis first
+embracing her publicly in the presence of various people--namely, Inez
+and his two secretaries, who, except Inez, were present, and could bear
+witness to the truth of what she said.
+
+After the marriage and the signing of the certificates she had
+accompanied him to his own apartments, which she had never entered
+before, and there, to her astonishment, in the morning, he announced
+that he must go a journey upon their Majesties' business. Before he
+went, however, he gave her a written authority, which she produced, to
+receive his rents and manage his matters in Granada during his absence,
+which authority she read to the gathered household before he left. She
+had obeyed him accordingly until she had received the royal command,
+receiving moneys, giving her receipt for the same, and generally
+occupying the unquestioned position of mistress of his house.
+
+"We can well believe it," said the king drily. "And now, Marquis, what
+have you to answer to all this?"
+
+"I will answer presently," replied Morella, who trembled with rage.
+"First suffer that my advocate cross-examine this woman."
+
+So the advocate cross-examined, though it cannot be said that he had the
+better of Betty. First he questioned her as to her statement that she
+was of ancient and gentle family, whereon Betty overwhelmed the court
+with a list of her ancestors, the first of whom, a certain Sieur Dene de
+Dene, had come to England with the Norman Duke, William the Conqueror.
+After him, so she still swore, the said Denes de Dene had risen to great
+rank and power, having been the favourites of the kings of England, and
+fought for them generation after generation.
+
+By slow degrees she came down to the Wars of the Roses, in which she
+said her grandfather had been attainted for his loyalty, and lost his
+land and titles, so that her father, whose only child she was--being now
+the representative of the noble family, Dene de Dene--fell into poverty
+and a humble place in life. However, he married a lady of even more
+distinguished race than his own, a direct descendant of a noble Saxon
+family, far more ancient in blood than the upstart Normans. At this
+point, while Peter and Margaret listened amazed, at a hint from the
+queen, the bewildered court interfered through the head alcalde, praying
+her to cease from the history of her descent, which they took for
+granted was as noble as any in England.
+
+Next she was examined as to her relations with Morella in London, and
+told the tale of his wooing with so much detail and imaginative power
+that in the end that also was left unfinished. So it was with
+everything. Clever as Morella's advocate might be, sometimes in English
+and sometimes in the Spanish tongue, Betty overwhelmed him with words
+and apt answers, until, able to make nothing of her, the poor man sat
+down wiping his brow and cursing her beneath his breath.
+
+Then the secretaries were sworn, and after them various members of
+Morella's household, who, although somewhat unwillingly, confirmed all
+that Betty had said as to his embracing her with lifted veil and the
+rest. So at length Betty closed her case, reserving the right to address
+the court after she had heard that of the marquis.
+
+Now the king, queen, and their assessors consulted for a little while,
+for evidently there was a division of opinion among them, some thinking
+that the case should be stopped at once and referred to another
+tribunal, and others that it should go on. At length the queen was heard
+to say that at least the Marquis of Morella should be allowed to make
+his statement, as he might be able to prove that all this story was a
+fabrication, and that he was not even at Granada at the time when the
+marriage was alleged to have taken place.
+
+The king and the alcaldes assenting, the marquis was sworn and told his
+story, admitting that it was not one which he was proud to repeat in
+public. He narrated how he had first met Margaret, Betty, and Peter at a
+public ceremony in London, and had then and there fallen in love with
+Margaret, and accompanied her home to the house of her father, the
+merchant John Castell.
+
+Subsequently he discovered that this Castell, who had fled from Spain
+with his father in childhood, was that lowest of mankind, an unconverted
+Jew who posed as a Christian (at this statement there was a great
+sensation in court, and the queen's face hardened), although it is true
+that he had married a Christian lady, and that his daughter had been
+baptized and brought up as a Christian, of which faith she was a loyal
+member. Nor did she know--as he believed--that her father remained a
+Jew, since, otherwise, he would not have continued to seek her as his
+wife. Their Majesties would be aware, he went on, that, owing to reasons
+with which they were acquainted, he had means of getting at the truth of
+these matters concerning the Jews in England, as to which, indeed, he
+had already written to them, although, owing to his shipwreck and to the
+pressure of his private affairs, he had not yet made his report on his
+embassy in person.
+
+Continuing, he said that he admitted that he had made love to the
+serving-woman, Betty, in order to gain access to Margaret, whose father
+mistrusted him, knowing something of his mission. She was a person of no
+character.
+
+Here Betty rose and said in a clear voice:
+
+"I declare the Marquis of Morella to be a knave and a liar. There is
+more good character in my little finger than in his whole body, and,"
+she added, "than in that of his mother before him"--an allusion at which
+the marquis flushed, while, satisfied for the present with this
+home-thrust, Betty sat down.
+
+He had proposed to Margaret, but she was not willing to marry him, as he
+found that she was affianced to a distant cousin of hers, the Senor
+Peter Brome, a swashbuckler who was in trouble for the killing of a man
+in London, as he had killed the soldier of the Holy Hermandad in Spain.
+Therefore, in his despair, being deeply enamoured of her, and knowing
+that he could offer her great place and fortune, he conceived the idea
+of carrying her off, and to do so was obliged, much against his will, to
+abduct Betty also.
+
+So after many adventures they came to Granada, where he was able to show
+the Dona Margaret that the Senor Peter Brome was employing his
+imprisonment in making love to that member of his household, Inez, who
+had been spoken of, but now could not be found.
+
+Here Peter, who could bear this no longer, also rose and called him a
+liar to his face, saying that if he had the opportunity he would prove
+it on his body, but was ordered by the king to sit down and be silent.
+
+Having been convinced of her lover's unfaithfulness, the marquis went
+on, the Dona Margaret had at length consented to become his wife on
+condition that her father, the Senor Brome, and her servant, Betty Dene,
+were allowed to escape from Granada----
+
+"Where," remarked the queen, "you had no right to detain them, Marquis.
+Except, perhaps, the father, John Castell," she added significantly.
+
+Where, he admitted with sorrow, he had no right to detain them.
+
+"Therefore," went on the queen acutely, "there was no legal or moral
+consideration for this alleged promise of marriage,"--a point at which
+the lawyers nodded approvingly.
+
+The marquis submitted that there was a consideration; that at any rate
+the Dona Margaret wished it. On the day arranged for the wedding the
+prisoners were let go, disguised as Moors, but he now knew that through
+the trickery of the woman Inez, whom he believed had been bribed by
+Castell and his fellow-Jews, the Dona Margaret escaped in place of her
+servant, Betty, with whom he subsequently went through the form of
+marriage, believing her to be Margaret.
+
+As regards the embrace before the ceremony, it took place in a shadowed
+room, and he thought that Betty's face and hair must have been painted
+and dyed to resemble those of Margaret. For the rest, he was certain
+that the ceremonial cup of wine that he drank before he led the woman to
+the altar was drugged, since he only remembered the marriage itself very
+dimly, and after that nothing at all until he woke upon the following
+morning with an aching brow to see Betty sitting by him. As for the
+power of administration which she produced, being perfectly mad at the
+time with rage and disappointment, and sure that if he stopped there any
+longer he should commit the crime of killing this woman who had deceived
+him so cruelly, he gave it that he might escape from her. Their
+Majesties would notice also that it was in favour of the Marchioness of
+Morella. As this marriage was null and void, there was no Marchioness of
+Morella. Therefore, the document was null and void also. That was the
+truth, and all he had to say.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+THE DOOM OF JOHN CASTELL
+
+His evidence finished, the Marquis of Morella sat down, whereon, the
+king and queen having whispered together, the head alcalde asked Betty
+if she had any questions to put to him. She rose with much dignity, and
+through her interpreter said in a quiet voice:
+
+"Yes, a great many. Yet she would not debase herself by asking a single
+one until the stain which he had cast upon her was washed away, which
+she thought could only be done in blood. He had alleged that she was a
+woman of no character, and he had further alleged that their marriage
+was null and void. Being of the sex she was, she could not ask him to
+make good his assertions at the sword's point, therefore, as she
+believed she had the right to do according to all the laws of honour,
+she asked leave to seek a champion--if an unfriended woman could find
+one in a strange land--to uphold her fair name against this base and
+cruel slander."
+
+Now, in the silence that followed her speech, Peter rose and said:
+
+"I ask the permission of your Majesties to be that champion. Your
+Majesties will note that according to his own story I have suffered from
+this marquis the bitterest wrong that one man can receive at the hands
+of another. Also, he has lied in saying that I am not true to my
+affianced lady, the Dona Margaret, and surely I have a right to avenge
+the lie upon him. Lastly, I declare that I believe the Senora Betty to
+be a good and upright woman, upon whom no shadow of shame has ever
+fallen, and, as her countryman and relative, I desire to uphold her good
+name before all the world. I am a foreigner here with few friends, or
+none, yet I cannot believe that your Majesties will withhold from me the
+right of battle which all over the world in such a case one gentleman
+may demand of another. I challenge the Marquis of Morella to mortal
+combat without mercy to the fallen, and here is the proof of it."
+
+Then, stepping across the open space before the bar, he drew the
+leathern gauntlet off his hand and threw it straight into Morella's
+face, thinking that after such an insult he could not choose but fight.
+
+With an oath Morella snatched at his sword; but, before he could draw
+it, officers of the court threw themselves on him, and the king's stern
+voice was heard commanding them to cease their brawling in the royal
+presences.
+
+"I ask your pardon, Sire," gasped Morella, "but you have seen what this
+Englishman did to me, a grandee of Spain."
+
+"Yes," broke in the queen, "but we have also heard what you, a grandee
+of Spain, did to this gentleman of England, and the charge you brought
+against him, which, it seems, the Dona Margaret does not believe."
+
+"In truth, no, your Majesty," said Margaret. "Let me be sworn also, and
+I can explain much of what the marquis has told to you. I never wished
+to marry him or any man, save this one," and she touched Peter on the
+arm, "and anything that he or I may have done, we did to escape the evil
+net in which we were snared."
+
+"We believe it," answered the queen with a smile, then fell to
+consulting with the king and the alcaldes.
+
+For a long time they debated in voices so low that none could hear what
+they said, looking now at one and now at another of the parties to this
+strange suit. Also, some priest was called into their council, which
+Margaret thought a bad omen. At length they made up their minds, and in
+a low, quiet voice and measured words her Majesty, as Queen of Castile,
+gave the judgment of them all. Addressing herself first to Morella,
+she said:
+
+"My lord Marquis, you have brought very grave charges against the lady
+who claims to be your wife, and the Englishman whose affianced bride you
+admit you snatched away by fraud and force. This gentleman, on his own
+behalf and on behalf of these ladies, has challenged you to a combat to
+the death in a fashion that none can mistake. Do you accept his
+challenge?"
+
+"I would accept it readily enough, your Majesty," answered Morella in
+sullen tones, "since heretofore none have doubted my courage; but I must
+remember that I am"--and he paused, then added--"what your Majesties
+know me to be, a grandee of Spain, and something more, wherefore it is
+scarcely lawful for me to cross swords with a Jew-merchant's clerk, for
+that was this man's high rank and office in England."
+
+"You could cross them with me on your ship, the _San Antonio_,"
+exclaimed Peter bitterly, "why then are you ashamed to finish what you
+were not ashamed to begin? Moreover, I tell you that in love or war I
+hold myself the equal of any woman-thief and bastard in this kingdom,
+who am one of a name that has been honoured in my own."
+
+Now again the king and queen spoke together of this question of rank--no
+small one in that age and country. Then Isabella said:
+
+"It is true that a grandee of Spain cannot be asked to meet a simple
+foreign gentleman in single combat. Therefore, since he has thought fit
+to raise it, we uphold the objection of the Marquis of Morella, and
+declare that this challenge is not binding on his honour. Yet we note
+his willingness to accept the same, and are prepared to do what we can
+to make the matter easy, so that it may not be said that a Spaniard, who
+has wrought wrong to an Englishman, and been asked openly to make the
+amend of arms in the presence of his sovereigns, was debarred from so
+doing by the accident of his rank. Senor Peter Brome, if you will
+receive it at our hands, as others of your nation have been proud to do,
+we propose, believing you to be a brave and loyal man of gentle birth,
+to confer upon you the knighthood of the Order of St. James, and thereby
+and therein the right to consort with as equal, or to fight as equal,
+any noble of Spain, unless he should be of the right blood-royal, to
+which place we think the most puissant and excellent Marquis of Morella
+lays no claim."
+
+"I thank your Majesties," said Peter, astonished, "for the honour that
+you would do to me, which, had it not been for the fact that my father
+chose the wrong side on Bosworth Field, being of a race somewhat
+obstinate in the matter of loyalty, I should not have needed to accept
+from your Majesties. As it is I am very grateful, since now the noble
+marquis need not feel debased in settling our long quarrel as he would
+desire to do."
+
+"Come hither and kneel down, Senor Peter Brome," said the queen when he
+had finished speaking.
+
+He obeyed, and Isabella, borrowing his sword from the king, gave him the
+accolade by striking him thrice upon the right shoulder and saying:
+
+"Rise, Sir Peter Brome, Knight of the most noble Order of Saint Iago,
+and by creation a Don of Spain."
+
+He rose, he bowed, retreating backwards as was the custom, and thereby
+nearly falling off the dais, which some people thought a good omen for
+Morella. As he went the king said:
+
+"Our Marshal, Sir Peter, will arrange the time and manner of your combat
+with the marquis as shall be most convenient to you both. Meanwhile, we
+command you both that no unseemly word or deed should pass between you,
+who must soon meet face to face to abide the judgment of God in battle
+_a l'outrance_. Rather, since one of you must die so shortly, do we
+entreat you to prepare your souls to appear before His judgment-seat. We
+have spoken."
+
+Now the audience appeared to think that the court was ended, for many of
+them began to rise; but the queen held up her hand and said:
+
+"There remain other matters on which we must give judgment. The senora
+here," and she pointed to Betty, "asks that her marriage should be
+declared valid, or so we understand, and the Marquis of Morella asks
+that his marriage with the said senora should be declared void, or so
+we understand. Now this is a question over which we claim no power, it
+having to do with a sacrament of the Church. Therefore we leave it to
+his Holiness the Pope in person, or by his legate, to decide according
+to his wisdom in such manner as may seem best to him, if the parties
+concerned should choose to lay their suit before him. Meanwhile, we
+declare and decree that the senora, born Elizabeth Dene, shall
+everywhere throughout our dominions, until or unless his Holiness the
+Pope shall decide to the contrary, be received and acknowledged as the
+Marchioness of Morella, and that during his lifetime her reputed husband
+shall make due provision for her maintenance, and that after his death,
+should no decision have been come to by the court of Rome upon her suit,
+she shall inherit and enjoy that proportion of his lands and property
+which belongs to a wife under the laws of this realm."
+
+Now, while Betty bowed her thanks to their Majesties till the jewels on
+her bodice rattled, and Morella scowled till his face looked as black as
+a thunder-cloud above the mountains, the audience, whispering to each
+other, once more rose to disperse. Again the queen held up her hand, for
+the judgment was not yet finished.
+
+"We have a question to ask of the gallant Sir Peter Brome and the Dona
+Margaret, his affianced. Is it still their desire to take each other in
+marriage?"
+
+Now Peter looked at Margaret, and Margaret looked at Peter, and there
+was that in their eyes which both of them understood, for he answered in
+a clear voice:
+
+"Your Majesty, that is the dearest wish of both of us."
+
+The queen smiled a little, then asked: "And do you, Senor John
+Castell, consent and allow your daughter's marriage to this knight?"
+
+"I do, indeed," he answered gravely. "Had it not been for this man
+here," and he glanced with bitter hatred at Morella, "they would have
+been united long ago, and to that end," he added with meaning, "such
+little property as I possessed has been made over to trustees in England
+for their benefit and that of their children. Therefore I am
+henceforward dependent upon their charity."
+
+"Good," said the queen. "Then one question remains to be put, and only
+one. Is it your wish, both of you, that you should be wed before the
+single combat between the Marquis of Morella and Sir Peter Brome?
+Remember, Dona Margaret, before you answer, that in this event you may
+soon be made a widow, and that if you postpone the ceremony you may
+never be a wife."
+
+Now Margaret and Peter spoke a few words together, then the former
+answered for them both.
+
+"Should my lord fall," she said in her sweet voice that trembled as she
+uttered the words, "in either case my heart will be widowed and broken.
+Let me live out my days, therefore, bearing his name, that, knowing my
+deathless grief, none may thenceforth trouble me with their love, who
+desire to remain his bride in heaven."
+
+"Well spoken," said the queen. "We decree that here in our cathedral of
+Seville you twain shall be wed on the same day, but before the Marquis
+of Morella and you, Sir Peter Brome, meet in single combat. Further,
+lest harm should be attempted against either of you," and she looked
+sideways at Morella, "you, Senora Margaret, shall be my guest until you
+leave my care to become a bride, and you, Sir Peter, shall return to
+lodge in the prison whence you came, but with liberty to see whom you
+will, and to go when and where you will, but under our protection, lest
+some attempt should be made on you."
+
+She ceased, whereon suddenly the king began speaking in his sharp, thin
+voice.
+
+"Having settled these matters of chivalry and marriage," he said, "there
+remains another, which I will not leave to the gentle lips of our
+sovereign Lady, that has to do with something higher than either of
+them--namely, the eternal welfare of men's souls, and of the Church of
+Christ on earth. It has been declared to us that the man yonder, John
+Castell, merchant of London, is that accursed thing, a Jew, who for the
+sake of gain has all his life feigned to be a Christian, and, as such,
+deceived a Christian woman into marriage; that he is, moreover, of our
+subjects, having been born in Spain, and therefore amenable to the civil
+and spiritual jurisdiction of this realm."
+
+He paused, while Margaret and Peter stared at each other affrighted.
+Only Castell stood silent and unmoved, though he guessed what must
+follow better than either of them.
+
+"We judge him not," went on the king, "who claim no authority in such
+high matters, but we do what we must do--we commit him to the Holy
+Inquisition, there to take his trial!"
+
+Now Margaret cried aloud. Peter stared about him as though for help,
+which he knew could never come, feeling more afraid than ever he had
+been in all his life, and for the first time that day Morella smiled.
+At least he would be rid of one enemy. But Castell went to Margaret and
+kissed her tenderly. Then he shook Peter by the hand, saying:
+
+"Kill that thief," and he looked at Morella, "as I know you will, and
+would if there were ten as bad at his back. And be a good husband to my
+girl, as I know you will also, for I shall ask an account of you of
+these matters when we meet where there is neither Jew nor Christian,
+priest nor king. Now be silent, and bear what must be borne as I do, for
+I have a word to say before I leave you and the world.
+
+"Your Majesties, I make no plea for myself, and when I am questioned
+before your Inquisition the task will be easy, for I desire to hide
+nothing, and will tell the truth, though not from fear or because I
+shrink from pain. Your Majesties, you have told us that these two, who,
+at least, are good enough Christians from their birth, shall be wed. I
+would ask you if any spiritual crime, or supposed crime, of mine will be
+allowed to work their separation, or to their detriment in any way
+whatsoever."
+
+"On that point," answered the queen quickly, as though she wished to get
+in her words before the king or any one else could speak, "you have our
+royal word, John Castell. Your case is apart from their case, and
+nothing of which you may be convicted shall affect them in person or,"
+she added slowly, "in property."
+
+"A large promise," muttered the king.
+
+"It is my promise," she answered decidedly, "and it shall be kept at any
+cost. These two shall marry, and if Sir Peter lives through the fray
+they shall depart from Spain unharmed, nor shall any fresh charge be
+brought against them in any court of the realm, nor shall they be
+persecuted or proceeded against in any other realm or on the high seas
+at our instance or that of our officers. Let my words be written down,
+and one copy of them signed and filed and another copy given to the Dona
+Margaret."
+
+"Your Majesty," said Castell, "I thank you, and now, if die I must, I
+shall die happy. Yet I make bold to tell you that had you not spoken
+them it was my purpose to kill myself, here before your eyes, since that
+is a sin for which none can be asked to suffer save the sinner. Also, I
+say that this Inquisition which you have set up shall eat out the heart
+of Spain and bring her greatness to the dust of death. The torture and
+the misery of those Jews, than whom you have no better or more faithful
+subjects, shall be avenged on the heads of your children's children for
+so long as their blood endures."
+
+He finished speaking, and, while something that sounded like a gasp of
+fear rose from that crowded court as the meaning of Castell's bold words
+came home to his auditors, the crowd behind him separated, and there
+appeared, walking two by two, a file of masked and hooded monks and a
+guard of soldiers, all of whom doubtless were in waiting. They came to
+John Castell, they touched him on the shoulder, they closed around him,
+hiding him as it were from the world, and in the midst of them he
+vanished away.
+
+Peter's memories of that strange day in the Alcazar at Seville always
+remained somewhat dim and blurred. It was not wonderful. Within the
+space of a few hours he had been tried for his life and acquitted. He
+had seen Betty, transformed from a humble companion into a magnificent
+and glittering marchioness, as a chrysalis is transformed into a
+butterfly, urge her strange suit against the husband who had tricked
+her, and whom she had tricked, and, for the while at any rate, more than
+hold her own, thanks to her ready wit and native strength of character.
+
+As her champion, and that of Margaret, he had challenged Morella to a
+single combat, and when his defiance was refused on the ground of his
+lack of rank, by the favour of the great Isabella, who wished to use him
+as her instrument, doubtless because of those secret ambitions of
+Morella's which Margaret had revealed to her, he had been suddenly
+advanced to the high station of a Knight of the Order of St. James of
+Spain, to which, although he cared little for it, otherwise he might
+vainly have striven to come.
+
+More, and better far, the desire of his heart would at length be
+attained, for now it was granted to him to meet his enemy, the man whom
+he hated with just cause, upon a fair field, without favour shown to one
+or the other, and to fight him to the death. He had been promised,
+further, that within some few days Margaret should be given to him as
+wife, although it well might be that she would keep that name but for a
+single hour, and that until then they both should dwell safe from
+Morella's violence and treachery; also that, whatever chanced, no suit
+should lie against them in any land for aught that they did or had
+done in Spain.
+
+Lastly, when all seemed safe save for that chance of war, whereof,
+having been bred to such things, he took but little count; when his cup,
+emptied at length of mire and sand, was brimming full with the good red
+wine of battle and of love, when it was at his very lips indeed, Fate
+had turned it to poison and to gall. Castell, his bride's father, and
+the man he loved, had been haled to the vaults of the Inquisition,
+whence he knew well he would come forth but once more, dressed in a
+yellow robe "relaxed to the civil arm," to perish slowly in the fires of
+the Quemadero, the place of burning of heretics.
+
+What would his conquest over Morella avail if Heaven should give him
+power to conquer? What kind of a bridal would that be which was sealed
+and consecrated by the death of the bride's father in the torturing
+fires of the Inquisition? How would they ever get the smell of the smoke
+of that sacrifice out of their nostrils? Castell was a brave man; no
+torments would make him recant. It was doubtful even if he would be at
+the pains to deny his faith, he who had only been baptized a Christian
+by his father for the sake of policy, and suffered the fraud to continue
+for the purposes of his business, and that he might win and keep a
+Christian wife. No, Castell was doomed, and he could no more protect him
+from priest and king than a dove can protect its nest from a pair of
+hungry peregrines.
+
+Oh that last scene! Never could Peter forget it while he lived--the
+vast, fretted hall with its painted arches and marble columns; the rays
+of the afternoon sun piercing the window-places, and streaming like
+blood on to the black robes of the monks as, with their prey, they
+vanished back into the arcade where they had lurked; Margaret's wild cry
+and ashen face as her father was torn away from her, and she sank
+fainting on to Betty's bejewelled bosom; the cruel sneer on Morella's
+lips; the king's hard smile; the pity in the queen's eye; the excited
+murmurings of the crowd; the quick, brief comments of the lawyers; the
+scratching of the clerk's quill as, careless of everything save his
+work, he recorded the various decrees; and above it all as it were,
+upright, defiant, unmoved, Castell, surrounded by the ministers of
+death, vanishing into the blackness of the arcade, vanishing into the
+jaws of the tomb.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+FATHER HENRIQUES AND THE BAKER'S OVEN
+
+A week had gone by. Margaret was in the palace, where Peter had been to
+see her twice, and found her broken-hearted. Even the fact that they
+were to be wed upon the following Saturday, the day fixed also for the
+combat between Peter and Morella, brought her no joy or consolation. For
+on the next day, the Sunday, there was to be an "Act of Faith," an
+_auto-da-fe_ in Seville, when wicked heretics, such as Jews, Moors, and
+persons who had spoken blasphemy, were to suffer for their crimes--some
+by fire on the Quemadero, or place of burning, outside the city; some by
+making public confession of their grievous sin before they were carried
+off to perpetual and solitary imprisonment; some by being garotted
+before their bodies were given to the flames, and so forth. In this
+ceremony it was known that John Castell had been doomed to play a
+leading part.
+
+On her knees, with tears and beseechings, Margaret had prayed the queen
+for mercy. But in this matter those tears produced no more effect upon
+the heart of Isabella than does water dripping on a diamond. Gentle
+enough in other ways, where questions of the Faith were concerned she
+had the craft of a fox and the cruelty of a tiger. She was even
+indignant with Margaret. Had not enough been done for her? she asked.
+Had she not even passed her royal word that no steps should be taken to
+deprive the accused of such property as he might own in Spain if he were
+found guilty, and that none of those penalties which, according to law
+and custom fell upon the children of such infamous persons, should
+attach to her, Margaret? Was she not to be publicly married to her
+lover, and, should he survive the combat, allowed to depart with him in
+honour without even being asked to see her father expiate his iniquity?
+Surely, as a good Christian she should rejoice that he was given this
+opportunity of reconciling his soul with God and be made an example to
+others of his accursed faith. Was she then a heretic also?
+
+So she stormed on, till Margaret crept from her presence wondering
+whether this creed could be right that would force the child to inform
+against and bring the parent to torment. Where were such things written
+in the sayings of the Saviour and His Apostles? And if they were not
+written, who had invented them?
+
+"Save him!--save him!" Margaret had gasped to Peter in despair. "Save
+him, or I swear to you, however much I may love you, however much we may
+seem to be married, never shall you be a husband to me."
+
+"That seems hard," replied Peter, shaking his head mournfully, "since it
+was not I who gave him over to these devils, and probably the end of it
+would be that I should share his fate. Still, I will do what a man can."
+
+"No, no," she cried in despair; "do nothing that will bring you into
+danger." But he had gone without waiting for her answer.
+
+It was night, and Peter sat in a secret room in a certain baker's shop
+in Seville. There were present there besides himself the Fray
+Henriques--now a secretary to the Holy Inquisition, but disguised as a
+layman--the woman Inez, the agent Bernaldez, and the old Jew, Israel
+of Granada.
+
+"I have brought him here, never mind how," Inez was saying, pointing to
+Henriques. "A risky and disagreeable business enough. And now what is
+the use of it?"
+
+"No use at all," answered the Fray coolly, "except to me who pocket my
+ten gold pieces."
+
+"A thousand doubloons if our friend escapes safe and sound," put in the
+old Jew Israel. "God in Heaven! think of it, a thousand doubloons."
+
+The secretary's eyes gleamed hungrily.
+
+"I could do with them well enough," he answered, "and hell could spare
+one filthy Jew for ten years or so, but I see no way. What I do see, is
+that probably all of you will join him. It is a great crime to try to
+tamper with a servant of the Holy Office."
+
+Bernaldez turned white, and the old Jew bit his nails; but Inez tapped
+the priest upon the shoulder.
+
+"Are you thinking of betraying us?" she asked in her gentle voice.
+"Look here, friend, I have some knowledge of poisons, and I swear to you
+that if you attempt it, you shall die within a week, tied in a double
+knot, and never know whence the dose came. Or I can bewitch you, I, who
+have not lived a dozen years among the Moors for nothing, so that your
+head swells and your body wastes, and you utter blasphemies, not
+knowing what you say, until for very shame's sake they toast you among
+the faggots also."
+
+"Bewitch me!" answered Henriques with a shiver. "You have done that
+already, or I should not be here."
+
+"Then, if you do not wish to be in another place before your time," went
+on Inez, still tapping his shoulder gently, "think, think! and find a
+way, worthy servant of the Holy Office."
+
+"A thousand doubloons!--a thousand gold doubloons!" croaked old Israel,
+"or if you fail, sooner or later, this month or next, this year or next,
+death--death as slow and cruel as we can make it. There are two
+Inquisitions in Spain, holy Father; but one of them does its business in
+the dark, and your name is on its ledger."
+
+Now Henriques was very frightened, as well he might be with all those
+eyes glaring at him.
+
+"You need fear nothing," he said, "I know the devilish power of your
+league too well, and that, if I kill you all, a hundred others I have
+never seen or heard of would dog me to my death, who have taken your
+accursed money."
+
+"I am glad that you understand at last, dear friend," said the soft,
+mocking voice of Inez, who stood behind the monk like an evil genius,
+and again tapped him affectionately on the shoulder, this time with the
+bare blade of a poniard. "Now be quick with that plan of yours. It grows
+late, and all holy people should be abed."
+
+"I have none. I defy you," he answered furiously.
+
+"Very well, friend--very well; then I will say good night, or rather
+farewell, since I am not likely to meet you again in this world."
+"Where are you going?" he asked anxiously.
+
+"Oh! to the palace to meet the Marquis of Morella and a friend of his, a
+relation indeed. Look you here. I have had an offer of pardon for my
+part in that marriage if I can prove that a certain base priest knew
+that he was perpetrating a fraud. Well, I _can_ prove it--you may
+remember that you wrote me a note--and, if I do, what happens to such a
+priest who chances to have incurred the hatred of a grandee of Spain and
+of his noble relation?"
+
+"I am an officer of the Holy Inquisition; no one dare touch me," he
+gasped.
+
+"Oh! I think that there are some who would take the risk. For
+instance--the king."
+
+Fray Henriques sank back in his chair. Now he understood whom Inez meant
+by the noble relative of Morella, understood also that he had been
+trapped. "On Sunday morning," he began in a hollow whisper, "the
+procession will be formed, and wind through the streets of the city to
+the theatre, where the sermon will be preached before those who are
+relaxed proceed to the Quemadero. About eight o'clock it turns on to the
+quay for a little way only, and here will be but few spectators, since
+the view of the pageant is bad, nor is the road guarded there. Now, if a
+dozen determined men were waiting disguised as peasants with a boat at
+hand, perhaps they might----" and he paused.
+
+Then Peter, who had been watching and listening to all this play, spoke
+for the first time, asking:
+
+"In such an event, reverend Sir, how would those determined men know
+which was the victim that they sought?"
+
+"The heretic John Castell," he answered, "will be seated on an ass,
+clad in a _zamarra_ of sheepskin painted with fiends and a likeness of
+his own head burning--very well done, for I, who can draw, had a hand in
+it. Also, he alone will have a rope round his neck, by which he may
+be known."
+
+"Why will he be seated on an ass?" asked Peter savagely. "Because you
+have tortured him so that he cannot walk?"
+
+"Not so--not so," said the Dominican, shrinking from those fierce eyes.
+"He has never been questioned at all, not a single turn of the
+_mancuerda_, I swear to you, Sir Knight. What was the use, since he
+openly avows himself an accursed Jew?"
+
+"Be more gentle in your talk, friend," broke in Inez, with her familiar
+tap upon the shoulder. "There are those here who do not think so ill of
+Jews as you do in your Holy House, but who understand how to apply the
+_mancuerda_, and can make a very serviceable rack out of a plank and a
+pulley or two such as lie in the next room. Cultivate courtesy, most
+learned priest, lest before you leave this place you should add a cubit
+to your stature."
+
+"Go on," growled Peter.
+
+"Moreover," added Fray Henriques shakily, "orders came that it was not
+to be done. The Inquisitors thought otherwise, as they believed
+--doubtless in error--that he might have accomplices whose names
+he would give up; but the orders said that as he had lived so long in
+England, and only recently travelled to Spain, he could have none.
+Therefore he is sound--sound as a bell; never before, I am told, has an
+impenitent Jew gone to the stake in such good case, however worthy and
+worshipful he might be."
+
+"So much the better for you, if you do not lie," answered Peter.
+"Continue!"
+
+"There is nothing more to say, except that I shall be walking near to
+him with the two guards, and, of course, if he were snatched away from
+us, and there were no boats handy in which to pursue, we could not help
+it, could we? Indeed, we priests, who are men of peace, might even fly
+at the sight of cruel violence."
+
+"I should advise you to fly fast and far," said Peter. "But, Inez, what
+hold have you on this friend of yours? He will trick everybody."
+
+"A thousand doubloons--a thousand doubloons!" muttered old Israel like a
+sleepy parrot.
+
+"He may think to screw more than that out of the carcases of some of us,
+old man. Come, Inez, you are quick at this game. How can we best hold
+him to his word?"
+
+"Dead, I think," broke in Bernaldez, who knew his danger as the partner
+and relative of Castell, and the nominal owner of the ship _Margaret_ in
+which it was purposed that he should escape. "We know all that he can
+tell, and if we let him go he will betray us soon or late. Kill him out
+of the way, I say, and burn his body in the oven."
+
+Now Henriques fell upon his knees, and with groans and tears began to
+implore mercy.
+
+"Why do you complain so?" asked Inez, watching him with reflective eyes.
+"The end would be much gentler than that which you righteous folk mete
+out to many more honest men, yes, and women too. For my part, I think
+that the Senor Bernaldez gives good counsel. Better that you should
+die, who are but one, than all of us and others, for you will understand
+that we cannot trust you. Has any one got a rope?"
+
+Now Henriques grovelled on the ground before her, kissing the hem of her
+robe, and praying her in the name of all the saints to show pity on one
+who had been betrayed into this danger by love of her.
+
+"Of money you mean, Toad," she answered, kicking him with her slippered
+foot. "I had to listen to your talk of love while we journeyed together,
+and before, but here I need not, and if you speak of it again you shall
+go living into that baker's oven. Oh! you have forgotten it, but I have
+a long score to settle with you. You were a familiar of the Holy Office
+here at Seville--were you not?--before Morella promoted you to Motril
+for your zeal, and made you one of his chaplains? Well, I had a sister,"
+And she knelt down and whispered a name into his ear.
+
+He uttered a sound--it was more of a scream than a gasp.
+
+"I had nothing to do with her death," he protested. "She was brought
+within the walls of the Holy House by some one who had a grudge against
+her and bore false witness."
+
+"Yes, I know. It was you who had the grudge, you snake-souled rogue, and
+it was you who gave the false witness. It was you, also, who but the
+other day volunteered the corroborative evidence that was necessary
+against Castell, saying that he had passed the Rood at your house in
+Motril without doing it reverence, and other things. It was you, too,
+who urged your superiors to put him to the question, because you said he
+was rich and had rich friends, and much money could be wrung out of him
+and them, whereof you were to get your share. Oh! yes, my information is
+good, is it not? Even what passes in the dungeons of the Holy House
+comes to the ears of the woman Inez. Well, do you still think that
+baker's oven too hot for you?"
+
+By this time Henriques was speechless with terror. There he knelt upon
+the floor, glaring at this soft-voiced, remorseless woman who had made a
+tool and a fool of him; who had beguiled him there that night, and who
+hated him so bitterly and with so just a cause. Peter was speaking now.
+
+"It would be better not to stain our hands with the creature's blood,"
+he said. "Caged rats give little sport, and he might be tracked. For my
+part, I would leave his judgment to God. Have you no other way, Inez?"
+
+She thought a while, then prodded the Fray Henriques with her foot,
+saying:
+
+"Get up, sainted secretary to the Holy Office, and do a little writing,
+which will be easy to you. See, here are pens and paper. Now
+I'll dictate:
+
+"'Most Adorable Inez,
+
+"'Your dear message has reached me safely here in this accursed Holy
+House, where we lighten heretics of their sins to the benefit of their
+souls, and of their goods to the benefit of our own bodies----'"
+
+"I cannot write it," groaned Henriques; "it is rank heresy."
+
+"No, only the truth," answered Inez.
+
+"Heresy and the truth--well, they are often the same thing. They would
+burn me for it."
+
+"That is just what many heretics have urged. They have died gloriously
+for what they hold to be the truth, why should not you? Listen," she
+went on more sternly. "Will you take your chance of burning on the
+Quemadero, which you will not do unless you betray us, or will you
+certainly burn more privately, but better, in a baker's oven, and within
+half an hour? Ah! I thought you would not hesitate. Continue your
+letter, most learned scribe. Are those words down? Yes. Now add these:
+
+"'I note all you tell me about the trial at the Alcazar before their
+Majesties. I believe that the Englishwoman will win her case. That was a
+very pretty trick that I played on the most noble marquis at Granada.
+Nothing neater was ever done, even in this place. Well, I owed him a
+long score, and I have paid him off in full. I should like to have seen
+his exalted countenance when he surveyed the features of his bride, the
+waiting-woman, and knew that the mistress was safe away with another
+man. The nephew of the king, who would like himself to be king some day,
+married to an English waiting-woman! Good, very good, dear Inez.
+
+"'Now, as regards the Jew, John Castell. I think that the matter may
+possibly be managed, provided that the money is all right, for, as you
+know, I do not work for nothing. Thus----'" And Inez dictated with
+admirable lucidity those suggestions as to the rescue of Castell, with
+which the reader is already acquainted, ending the letter as follows:
+
+"'These Inquisitors here are cruel beasts, though fonder of money than
+of blood; for all their talk about zeal for the Faith is so much wind
+behind the mountains. They care as much for the Faith as the mountain
+cares for the wind, or, let us say, as I do. They wanted to torture the
+poor devil, thinking that he would rain maravedis; but I gave a hint in
+the right quarter, and their fun was stopped. Carissima, I must stop
+also; it is my hour for duty, but I hope to meet you as arranged, and we
+will have a merry evening. Love to the newly married marquis, if you
+meet him, and to yourself you know how much.
+
+"'Your
+
+"'HENRIQUES.
+
+"'POSTSCRIPTUM.--This position will scarcely be as remunerative as I
+hoped, so I am glad to be able to earn a little outside, enough to buy
+you a present that will make your pretty eyes shine.'
+
+"There!" said Inez mildly, "I think that covers everything, and would
+burn you three or four times over. Let me read it to see that it is
+plainly written and properly signed, for in such matters a good deal
+turns on handwriting. Yes, that will do. Now you understand, don't you,
+if anything goes wrong about the matter we have been talking of--that
+is, if the worthy John Castell is not rescued, or a smell of our little
+plot should get into the wind--this letter goes at once to the right
+quarter, and a certain secretary will wish that he had never been born.
+Man!" she added in a hissing whisper, "you shall die by inches as my
+sister did."
+
+"A thousand doubloons if the thing succeeds, and you live to claim
+them," croaked old Israel. "I do not go back upon my word. Death and
+shame and torture or a thousand doubloons. Now he knows our terms,
+blindfold him again, Senor Bernaldez, and away with him, for he poisons
+the air. But first you, Inez, be gone and lodge that letter where
+you know."
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+That same night two cloaked figures, Peter and Bernaldez, were rowed in
+a little boat out to where the _Margaret_ lay in the river, and, making
+her fast, slipped up the ship's side into the cabin. Here the stout
+English captain, Smith, was waiting for them, and so glad was the honest
+fellow to see Peter that he cast his arms about him and hugged him, for
+they had not met since that desperate adventure of the boarding of the
+_San Antonio_.
+
+"Is your ship fit for sea, Captain?" asked Peter.
+
+"She will never be fitter," he answered. "When shall I get sailing
+orders?"
+
+"When the owner comes aboard," answered Peter.
+
+"Then we shall stop here until we rot; they have trapped him in their
+Inquisition. What is in your mind, Peter Brome?--what is in your mind?
+Is there a chance?"
+
+"Aye, Captain, I think so, if you have a dozen fellows of the right
+English stuff between decks."
+
+"We have got that number, and one or two more. But what's the plan?"
+
+Peter told him.
+
+"Not so bad," said Smith, slapping his heavy hand upon his knee; "but
+risky--very risky. That Inez must be a good girl. I should like to marry
+her, notwithstanding her bygones."
+
+Peter laughed, thinking what an odd couple they would make. "Hear the
+rest, then talk," he said. "See now! On Saturday next Mistress Margaret
+and I are to be married in the cathedral; then, towards sunset, the
+Marquis of Morella and I run our course in the great bull-ring yonder,
+and you and half a dozen of your men will be present. Now, I may conquer
+or I may fail----"
+
+"Never!--never!" said the captain. "I wouldn't give a pair of old boots
+for that fine Spaniard's chance when you get at him. Why, you will crimp
+him like a cod-fish!"
+
+"God knows!" answered Peter. "If I win, my wife and I make our adieux to
+their Majesties, and ride away to the quay, where the boat will be
+waiting, and you will row us on board the _Margaret_. If I fail, you
+will take up my body, and, accompanied by my widow, bring it in the same
+fashion on board the _Margaret_, for I shall give it out that in this
+case I wish to be embalmed in wine and taken back to England for burial.
+In either event, you will drop your ship a little way down the river
+round the bend, so that folk may think that you have sailed. In the
+darkness you must work her back with the tide and lay her behind those
+old hulks, and if any ask you why, say that three of your men have not
+yet come aboard, and that you have dropped back for them, and whatever
+else you like. Then, in case I should not be alive to guide you, you and
+ten or twelve of the best sailors will land at the spot that this
+gentleman will show you to-morrow, wearing Spanish cloaks so as not to
+attract attention, but being well armed underneath them, like idlers
+from some ship who had come ashore to see the show. I have told you how
+you may know Master Castell. When you see him make a rush for him, cut
+down any that try to stop you, tumble him into the boat, and row for
+your lives to the ship, which will slip her moorings and get up her
+canvas as soon as she sees you coming, and begin to drop down the river
+with the tide and wind, if there is one. That is the plot, but God alone
+knows the end of it! which depends upon Him and the sailors. Will you
+play this game for the love of a good man and the rest of us? If you
+succeed, you shall be rich for life, all of you."
+
+"Aye," answered the captain, "and there's my hand on it. So sure as my
+name is Smith, we will hook him out of that hell if men can do it, and
+not for the money either. Why, Peter, we have sat here idle so long,
+waiting for you and our lady, that we shall be glad of the fun. At any
+rate, there will be some dead Spaniards before they have done with us,
+and, if we are worsted, I'll leave the mate and enough hands upon the
+ship to bring her safe to Tilbury. But we won't be--we won't be. By this
+day week we will all be rolling homewards across the Bay with never a
+Spaniard within three hundred miles, you and your lady and Master
+Castell, too. I know it! I tell you, lad, I know it!"
+
+"How do you know it?" asked Peter curiously.
+
+"Because I dreamed it last night. I saw you and Mistress Margaret
+sitting sweet as sugar, with your arms around each other's middles,
+while I talked to the master, and the sun went down with the wind
+blowing stiff from sou-sou-west, and a gale threatening. I tell you that
+I dreamed it--I who am not given to dreams."
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+THE FALCON STOOPS
+
+It was the marriage day of Margaret and Peter. Clad in white armour that
+had been sent to him as a present from the queen, a sign and a token of
+her good wishes for his success in his combat with Morella, wearing the
+insignia of a Knight of St. James hanging by a ribbon from his neck, his
+shield emblazoned with his coat of the stooping falcon, which appeared
+also upon the white cloak that hung from his shoulders, behind him a
+squire of high degree, who carried his plumed casque and lance, and
+accompanied by an escort of the royal guards, Peter rode from his
+quarters in the prison to the palace gates, and waited there as he had
+been bidden. Presently they opened, and through them, seated on a
+palfrey, appeared Margaret, wonderfully attired in white and silver, but
+with her veil lifted so that her face could be seen. She was companioned
+by a troop of maidens mounted, all of them, on white horses, and at her
+side, almost outshining her in glory of apparel, and attended by all her
+household, rode Betty, Marchioness of Morella--at any rate for that
+present time.
+
+Although she could never be less than beautiful, it was a worn and pale
+Margaret who bowed her greetings to the bridegroom without those palace
+gates. What wonder, since she knew that within a few hours his life
+must be set upon the hazard of a desperate fray. What wonder, since she
+knew that to-morrow her father was doomed to be burnt living upon the
+Quemadero.
+
+They met, they greeted; then, with silver trumpets blowing before them,
+the glittering procession wound its way through the narrow streets of
+Seville. But few words passed between them, whose hearts were too full
+for words, who had said all they had to say, and now abided the issue of
+events. Betty, however, whom many of the populace took for the bride,
+because her air was so much the happier of the two, would not be silent.
+Indeed she chid Margaret for her lack of gaiety upon such an occasion.
+
+"Oh, Betty!--Betty!" answered Margaret, "how can I be gay, upon whose
+heart lies the burden of to-morrow?"
+
+"A pest upon the burden of to-morrow!" exclaimed Betty. "The burden of
+to-day is enough for me, and that is not so bad to bear. Never shall we
+have another such ride as this, with all the world staring at us, and
+every woman in Seville envying us and our good looks and the favour of
+the queen."
+
+"I think it is you they stare at and envy," said Margaret, glancing at
+the splendid woman at her side, whose beauty she knew well over-shadowed
+her own rarer loveliness, at any rate in a street pageant, as in the
+sunshine the rose overshadows the lily.
+
+"Well," answered Betty, "if so, it is because I put the better face on
+things, and smile even if my heart bleeds. At least, your lot is more
+hopeful than mine. If your husband has to fight to the death presently,
+so has mine, and between ourselves I favour Peter's chances. He is a
+very stubborn fighter, Peter, and wonderfully strong--too stubborn and
+strong for any Spaniard."
+
+"Well, that is as it should be," said Margaret, smiling faintly, "seeing
+that Peter is your champion, and if he loses, you are stamped as a
+serving-girl, and a woman of no character."
+
+"A serving-girl I was, or something not far different," replied Betty in
+a reflective voice, "and my character is a matter between me and Heaven,
+though, after all, it might scrape through where others fail to pass. So
+these things do not trouble me over much. What troubles me is that if my
+champion wins he kills my husband."
+
+"You don't want him to be killed then?" asked Margaret, glancing at her.
+
+"No, I think not," answered Betty with a little shake in her voice, and
+turning her head aside for a moment. "I know he is a scoundrel, but, you
+see, I always liked this scoundrel, just as you always hated him, so I
+cannot help wishing that he was going to meet some one who hits a little
+less hard than Peter. Also, if he dies, without doubt his heirs will
+raise suits against me."
+
+"At any rate your father is not going to be burnt to-morrow," said
+Margaret to change the subject, which, to tell the truth, was an
+awkward one.
+
+"No, Cousin, if my father had his deserts, according to all accounts,
+although the lineage that I gave of him is true enough, doubtless he was
+burnt long ago, and still goes on burning--in Purgatory, I mean--though
+God knows I would never bring a faggot to his fire. But Master Castell
+will not be burnt, so why fret about it."
+
+"What makes you say that?" asked Margaret, who had not confided the
+details of a certain plot to Betty.
+
+"I don't know, but I am sure that Peter will get him out somehow. He is
+a very good stick to lean on, Peter, although he seems so hard and
+stupid and silent, which, after all, is in the nature of sticks. But
+look, there is the cathedral--is it not a fine place?--and a great crowd
+of people waiting round the gate. Now smile, Cousin. Bow and smile as
+I do."
+
+They rode up to the great doors, where Peter, springing to the ground,
+assisted his bride from her palfrey. Then the procession formed, and
+they entered the wonderful place, preceded by vergers with staves, and
+by acolytes. Margaret had never visited it before, and never saw it
+again, but all her life the memory of it remained clear and vivid in her
+mind. The cold chill of the air within, the semi-darkness after the
+glare of the sunshine, the seven great naves, or aisles, stretching
+endlessly to right and left, the dim and towering roof, the pillars that
+sprang to it everywhere like huge forest trees aspiring to the skies,
+the solemn shadows pierced by lines of light from the high-cut windows,
+the golden glory of the altars, the sounds of chanting, the sepulchres
+of the dead--a sense of all these things rushed in upon her,
+overpowering her and stamping the picture of them for ever on
+her memory.
+
+Slowly they passed onward to the choir, and round it to the steps of the
+great altar of the chief chapel. Here, between the choir and the chapel,
+was gathered the congregation--no small one--and here, side by side to
+the right and without the rails, in chairs of state, sat their Majesties
+of Spain, who had chosen to grace this ceremony with their presence.
+More, as the bride came, the queen Isabella, as a special act of grace,
+rose from her seat and, bending forward, kissed her on the cheek, while
+the choir sang and the noble music rolled. It was a splendid spectacle,
+this marriage of hers, celebrated in perhaps the most glorious fane in
+Europe. But even as Margaret noted it and watched the bishops and
+priests decked with glittering embroideries, summoned there to do her
+honour, as they moved to and fro in the mysterious ceremonial of the
+Mass, she bethought her of other rites equally glorious that would take
+place on the morrow in the greatest square of Seville, where these same
+dignitaries would condemn fellow human beings--perhaps among them her
+own father--to be married to the cruel flame.
+
+Side by side they knelt before the wondrous altar, while the
+incense-clouds from the censers floated up one by one till they were
+lost in the gloom above, as the smoke of to-morrow's sacrifice would
+lose itself in the heavens, she and her husband, won at last, won after
+so many perils, perhaps to be lost again for ever before night fell upon
+the world. The priests chanted, the gorgeous bishop bowed over them and
+muttered the marriage service of their faith, the ring was set upon her
+hand, the troths were plighted, the benediction spoken, and they were
+man and wife till death should them part, that death which stood so near
+to them in this hour of life fulfilled. Then they two, who already that
+morning had made confession of their sins, kneeling alone before the
+altar, ate of the holy Bread, sealing a mystery with a mystery.
+
+All was done and over, and rising, they turned and stayed a moment hand
+in hand while the sweet-voiced choir sang some wondrous chant.
+Margaret's eyes wandered over the congregation till presently they
+lighted upon the dark face of Morella, who stood apart a little way,
+surrounded by his squires and gentlemen, and watched her. More, he came
+to her, and bowing low, whispered to her:
+
+"We are players in a strange game, my lady Margaret, and what will be
+its end, I wonder? Shall I be dead to-night, or you a widow? Aye, and
+where was its beginning? Not here, I think. And where, oh where shall
+this seed we sow bear fruit? Well, think as kindly of me as you can,
+since I loved you who love me not."
+
+And again bowing, first to her, then to Peter, he passed on, taking no
+note of Betty, who stood near, considering him with her large eyes, as
+though she also wondered what would be the end of all this play.
+
+Surrounded by their courtiers, the king and queen left the cathedral,
+and after them came the bridegroom and the bride. They mounted their
+horses and in the glory of the southern sunlight rode through the
+cheering crowd back to the palace and to the marriage feast, where their
+table was set but just below that of their Majesties. It was long and
+magnificent; but little could they eat, and, save to pledge each other
+in the ceremonial cup, no wine passed their lips. At length some
+trumpets blew, and their Majesties rose, the king saying in his thin,
+clear voice that he would not bid his guests farewell, since very
+shortly they would all meet again in another place, where the gallant
+bridegroom, a gentleman of England, would champion the cause of his
+relative and countrywoman against one of the first grandees of Spain
+whom she alleged had done her wrong. That fray, alas! would be no
+pleasure joust, but to the death, for the feud between these knights was
+deep and bitter, and such were the conditions of their combat. He could
+not wish success to the one or to the other; but of this he was sure,
+that in all Seville there was no heart that would not give equal honour
+to the conqueror and the conquered, sure also that both would bear
+themselves as became brave knights of Spain and England.
+
+Then the trumpets blew again, and the squires and gentlemen who were
+chosen to attend him came bowing to Peter, and saying that it was time
+for him to arm. Bride and bridegroom rose and, while all the spectators
+fell back out of hearing, but watching them with curious eyes, spoke
+some few words together.
+
+"We part," said Peter, "and I know not what to say."
+
+"Say nothing, husband," she answered him, "lest your words should weaken
+me. Go now, and bear you bravely, as you will for your own honour and
+that of England, and for mine. Dead or living you are my darling, and
+dead or living we shall meet once more and be at rest for aye. My
+prayers be with you, Sir Peter, my prayers and my eternal love, and may
+they bring strength to your arm and comfort to your heart."
+
+Then she, who would not embrace him before all those folk, curtseyed
+till her knee almost touched the ground, while low he bent before her, a
+strange and stately parting, or so thought that company; and taking the
+hand of Betty, Margaret left him.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Two hours had gone by. The Plaza de Toros, for the great square where
+tournaments were wont to be held was in the hands of those who prepared
+it for the _auto-da-fe_ of the morrow, was crowded as it had seldom been
+before. This place was a huge amphitheatre--perchance the Romans built
+it--where all sorts of games were celebrated, among them the baiting of
+bulls as it was practised in those days, and other semi-savage sports.
+Twelve thousand people could sit upon the benches that rose tier upon
+tier around the vast theatre, and scarce a seat was empty. The arena
+itself, that was long enough for horses starting at either end of it to
+come to their full speed, was strewn with white sand, as it may have
+been in the days when gladiators fought there. Over the main entrance
+and opposite to the centre of the ring were placed the king and queen
+with their lords and ladies, and between them, but a little behind, her
+face hid by her bridal veil, sat Margaret, upright and silent as a
+statue. Exactly in front of them, on the further side of the ring in a
+pavilion, and attended by her household, appeared Betty, glittering with
+gold and jewels, since she was the lady in whose cause, at least in
+name, this combat was to be fought _a l'outrance._ Quite unmoved she
+sat, and her presence seemed to draw every eye in that vast assembly
+which talked of her while it waited, with a sound like the sound of the
+sea as it murmurs on a beach at night.
+
+Now the trumpets blew, and silence fell, and then, preceded by heralds
+in golden tabards, Carlos, Marquis of Morella, followed by his squires,
+rode into the ring through the great entrance. He bestrode a splendid
+black horse, and was arrayed in coal-black armour, while from his casque
+rose black ostrich plumes. On his shield, however, painted in scarlet,
+appeared the eagle crowned with the coronet of his rank, and beneath,
+the proud motto--"What I seize I tear." A splendid figure, he pressed
+his horse into the centre of the arena, then causing it to wheel round,
+pawing the air with its forelegs, saluted their Majesties by raising his
+long, steel-tipped lance, while the multitude greeted him with a shout.
+This done, he and his company rode away to their station at the north
+end of the ring.
+
+Again the trumpets sounded, and a herald appeared, while after him,
+mounted on a white horse, and clad in his white armour that glistened in
+the sun, with white plumes rising from his casque, and on his shield the
+stooping falcon blazoned in gold with the motto of "For love and honour"
+beneath it, appeared the tall, grim shape of Sir Peter Brome. He, too,
+rode out into the centre of the arena, and, turning his horse quite
+soberly, as though it were on a road, lifted his lance in salute. Now
+there was no cheering, for this knight was a foreigner, yet soldiers who
+were there said to each other that he looked like one who would not
+easily be overthrown.
+
+A third time the trumpets sounded, and the two champions, advancing from
+their respective stations, drew rein side by side in front of their
+Majesties, where the conditions of the combat were read aloud to them by
+the chief herald. They were short. That the fray should be to the death
+unless the king and queen willed otherwise and the victor consented;
+that it should be on horse or on foot, with lance or sword or dagger,
+but that no broken weapon might be replaced and no horse or armour
+changed; that the victor should be escorted from the place of combat
+with all honour, and allowed to depart whither he would, in the kingdom
+or out of it, and no suit or blood-feud raised against him; and that the
+body of the fallen be handed over to his friends for burial, also with
+all honour. That the issue of this fray should in no way affect any
+cause pleaded in Courts ecclesiastical or civil, by the lady who
+asserted herself to be the Marchioness of Morella, or by the most noble
+Marquis of Morella, whom she claimed as her husband.
+
+These conditions having been read, the champions were asked if they
+assented to them, whereon each of them answered, "Aye!" in a clear
+voice. Then the herald, speaking on behalf of Sir Peter Brome, by
+creation a knight of St. Iago and a Don of Spain, solemnly challenged
+the noble Marquis of Morella to single combat to the death, in that he,
+the said marquis, had aspersed the name of his relative, the English
+lady, Elizabeth Dene, who claimed to be his wife, duly united to him in
+holy wedlock, and for sundry other causes and injuries worked towards
+him, the said Sir Peter Brome, and his wife, Dame Margaret Brome, and in
+token thereof, threw down a gauntlet, which gauntlet the Marquis of
+Morella lifted upon the point of his lance and cast over his shoulder,
+thus accepting the challenge.
+
+Now the combatants dropped their visors, which heretofore had been
+raised, and their squires, coming forward, examined the fastenings of
+their armour, their weapons, and the girths and bridles of their
+horses. These being pronounced sound and good, pursuivants took the
+steeds by the bridles and led them to the far ends of the lists. At a
+signal from the king a single clarion blew, whereon the pursuivants
+loosed their hold of the bridles and sprang back. Another clarion blew,
+and the knights gathered up their reins, settled their shields, and set
+their lances in rest, bending forward over their horses' necks.
+
+An intense silence fell upon all the watching multitude as that of night
+upon the sea, and in the midst of it the third clarion blew--to Margaret
+it sounded like the trump of doom. From twelve thousand throats one
+great sigh went up, like the sigh of wind upon the sea, and ere it died
+away, from either end of the arena, like arrows from the bow, like
+levens from a cloud, the champions started forth, their stallions
+gathering speed at every stride. Look, they met! Fair on each shield
+struck a lance, and backward reeled their holders. The keen points
+glanced aside or up, and the knights, recovering themselves, rushed past
+each other, shaken but unhurt. At the ends of the lists the squires
+caught the horses by the bridles and turned them. The first course
+was run.
+
+Again the clarions blew, and again they started forward, and presently
+again they met in mid career. As before, the lances struck upon the
+shields; but so fearful was the impact, that Peter's shivered, while
+that of Morella, sliding from the topmost rim of his foe's buckler, got
+hold in his visor bars. Back went Peter beneath the blow, back and still
+back, till almost he lay upon his horse's crupper. Then, when it seemed
+that he must fall, the lacings of his helm burst. It was torn from his
+head, and Morella passed on bearing it transfixed upon his spear point.
+
+"The Falcon falls," screamed the spectators; "he is unhorsed."
+
+But Peter was not unhorsed. Freed from that awful pressure, he let drop
+the shattered shaft and, grasping at his saddle strap, dragged himself
+back into the selle. Morella tried to stay his charger, that he might
+come about and fall upon the Englishman before he could recover himself;
+but the brute was heady, and would not be turned till he saw the wall of
+faces in front of him. Now they were round, both of them, but Peter had
+no spear and no helm, while the lance of Morella was cumbered with his
+adversary's casque that he strove to shake free from it, but in vain.
+
+"Draw your sword," shouted voices to Peter--the English voices of Smith
+and his sailors--and he put his hand down to do so, then bethought him
+of some other counsel, for he let it lie within its scabbard, and,
+spurring the white horse, came at Morella like a storm.
+
+"The Falcon will be spiked," they screamed. "The Eagle wins!--the Eagle
+wins!" And indeed it seemed that it must be so. Straight at Peter's
+undefended face drove Morella's lance, but lo! as it came he let fall
+his reins and with his shield he struck at the white plumes about its
+point, the plumes torn from his own head. He had judged well, for up
+flew those plumes, a little, a very little, yet far enough to give him
+space, crouching on his saddle-bow, to pass beneath the deadly spear.
+Then, as they swept past each other, out shot that long, right arm of
+his and, gripping Morella like a hook of steel, tore him from his
+saddle, so that the black horse rushed forward riderless, and the white
+sped on bearing a double burden.
+
+Grasping desperately, Morella threw his arms about his neck, and
+intertwined, black armour mixed with white, they swayed to and fro,
+while the frightened horse beneath rushed this way and that till,
+swerving suddenly, together they fell upon the sand, and for a moment
+lay there stunned.
+
+"Who conquers?" gasped the crowd; while others answered, "Both are
+sped!" And, leaning forward in her chair, Margaret tore off her veil and
+watched with a face like the face of death.
+
+See! As they had fallen together, so together they stirred and
+rose--rose unharmed. Now they sprang back, out flashed the long swords,
+and, while the squires caught the horses and, running in, seized the
+broken spears, they faced each other. Having no helm, Peter held his
+buckler above his head to shelter it, and, ever calm, awaited the
+onslaught.
+
+At him came Morella, and with a light, grating sound his sword fell upon
+the steel. Before he could recover himself Peter struck back; but
+Morella bent his knees, and the stroke only shore the black plumes from
+his casque. Quick as light he drove at Peter's face with his point; but
+the Englishman leapt to one side, and the thrust went past him. Again
+Morella came at him, and struck so mighty a blow that, although Peter
+caught it on his buckler, it sliced through the edge of it and fell upon
+his unprotected neck and shoulder, wounding him, for now red blood
+showed on the white armour, and Peter reeled back beneath the stroke.
+
+"The Eagle wins!--the Eagle wins! Spain and the Eagle" shouted ten
+thousand throats. In the momentary silence that followed, a single
+voice, a clear woman's voice, which even then Margaret knew for that of
+Inez, cried from among the crowd:
+
+"Nay, the Falcon stoops!"
+
+Before the sound of her words died away, maddened it would seem, by the
+pain of his wound, or the fear of defeat, Peter shouted out his war-cry
+of _"A Brome! A Brome"_! and, gathering himself together, sprang
+straight at Morella as springs a starving wolf. The blue steel flickered
+in the sunlight, then down it fell, and lo! half the Spaniard's helm lay
+on the sand, while it was Morella's turn to reel backward--and more, as
+he did so, he let fall his shield.
+
+"A stroke!--a good stroke!" roared the crowd. "The Falcon!--the Falcon!"
+
+Peter saw that fallen shield, and whether for chivalry's sake, as
+thought the cheering multitude, or to free his left arm, he cast away
+his own, and grasping the sword with both hands rushed on the Spaniard.
+From that moment, helmless though he was, the issue lay in doubt no
+longer. Betty had spoken of Peter as a stubborn swordsman and a hard
+hitter, and both of these he now showed himself to be. As fresh to all
+appearance as when he ran the first course, he rained blow after blow
+upon the hapless Spaniard, till the sound of his sword smiting on the
+good Toledo steel was like the sound of a hammer falling continually on
+the smith's red iron. They were fearful blows, yet still the tough steel
+held, and still Morella, doing what he might, staggered back beneath
+them, till at length he came in front of the tribune, in which sat their
+Majesties and Margaret. Out of the corner of his eye Peter saw the
+place, and determined in his stout heart that then and there he would
+end the thing. Parrying a cut which the desperate Spaniard made at his
+head, he thrust at him so heavily that his blade bent like a bow, and,
+although he could not pierce the black mail, almost lifted Morella from
+his feet. Then, as he reeled backwards, Peter whirled his sword on high,
+and, shouting "_Margaret!_" struck downwards with all his strength. It
+fell as lightning falls, swift, keen, dazzling the eyes of all who
+watched. Morella raised his arm to break the blow. In vain! The weapon
+that he held was shattered, the casque beneath was cloven, and, throwing
+his arms wide, he fell heavily to the ground and lay there
+moving feebly.
+
+For an instant there was silence, and in it a shrill woman's voice that
+cried:
+
+"The Falcon has stooped. The English hawk _has stooped!_"
+
+Then there arose a tumult of shouting. "He is dead!" "Nay, he stirs."
+"Kill him!" "Spare him; he fought well!"
+
+Peter leaned upon his sword, looking at the fallen foe. Then he glanced
+upwards at their Majesties, but these sat silent, making no sign, only
+he saw Margaret try to rise from her seat and speak, to be pulled back
+to it again by the hands of women. A deep hush fell upon the watching
+thousands who waited for the end. Peter looked at Morella. Alas! he
+still lived, his sword and the stout helmet had broken the weight of
+that stroke, mighty though it had been. The man was but wounded in three
+places and stunned. "What must I do?" asked Peter in a hollow voice to
+the royal pair above him.
+
+Now the king, who seemed moved, was about to speak; but the queen bent
+forward and whispered something to him, and he remained silent. They
+both were silent. All the intent multitude was silent. Knowing what this
+dreadful silence meant, Peter cast down his sword and drew his dagger,
+wherewith to cut the lashings of Morella's gorget and give the _coup
+de grace_.
+
+Just then it was that for the first time he heard a sound, far away upon
+the other side of the arena, and, looking thither, saw the strangest
+sight that ever his eyes beheld. Over the railing of the pavilion
+opposite to him a woman climbed nimbly as a cat, and from it, like a
+cat, dropped to the ground full ten feet below, then, gathering up her
+dress about her knees, ran swiftly towards him. It was Betty! Betty
+without a doubt! Betty in her gorgeous garb, with pearls and braided
+hair flying loose behind her. He stared amazed. All stared amazed, and
+in half a minute she was on them, and, standing over the fallen Morella,
+gasped out:
+
+"Let him be! I bid you let him be."
+
+Peter knew not what to do or say, so advanced to speak with her, whereon
+with a swoop like that of a swallow she pounced upon his sword that lay
+in the sand and, leaping back to Morella, shook it on high, shouting:
+
+"You will have to fight me first, Peter."
+
+Indeed, she did more, striking at him so shrewdly with his own sword
+that he was forced to spring sideways to avoid the stroke. Now a great
+roar of laughter went up to heaven. Yes, even Peter laughed, for no
+such thing as this had ever before been seen in Spain. It died away, and
+again Betty, who had no low voice, shouted in her villainous Spanish:
+
+"He shall kill me before he kills my husband. Give me my husband!"
+
+"Take him, for my part," answered Peter, whereon, letting fall the
+sword, Betty, filled with the strength of despair, lifted the senseless
+Spaniard in her strong white arms as though he were a child, and his
+bleeding head lying on her shoulder, strove to carry him away, but
+could not.
+
+Then, while all that audience cheered frantically, Peter with a gesture
+of despair threw down his dagger and once more appealed to their
+Majesties. The king rose and held up his hand, at the same time
+motioning to Morella's squires to take him from the woman, which, seeing
+their cognizance, Betty allowed them to do.
+
+"Marchioness of Morella," said the king, for the first time giving her
+that title, "your honour is cleared, your champion has conquered, and
+this fierce fray was to the death. What have you to say?"
+
+"Nothing," answered Betty, "except that I love the man, though he has
+treated me and others ill, and, as I knew he would if he crossed swords
+with Peter, has got his deserts for his deeds. I say I love him, and if
+Peter wishes to kill him, he must kill me first."
+
+"Sir Peter Brome," said the king, "the judgment lies in your hand. We
+give you the man's life, to grant or to take."
+
+Peter thought a while, then answered:
+
+"I grant him his life if he will acknowledge this lady to be his true
+and lawful wife, and live with her as such, now and for ever, staying
+all suits against her."
+
+"How can he do that, you fool," asked Betty, "when you have knocked all
+his senses out of him with that great sword of yours?"
+
+"Perhaps," suggested Peter humbly, "some one will do it for him."
+
+"Yes," said Isabella, speaking for the first time, "I will. On behalf of
+the Marquis of Morella I promise these things, Don Peter Brome, before
+all these people here gathered. I add this: that if he should live, and
+it pleases him to break this promise made on his behalf to save him from
+death, then let his name be shamed, yes, let it become a byword and a
+scorn. Proclaim it, heralds."
+
+So the heralds blew their trumpets and one of them called out the
+queen's decree, whereat the spectators cheered again, shouting that it
+was good, and they bore witness to that promise.
+
+Then Morella, still senseless, was borne away by his squires, Betty in
+her blood-stained robe marching at his side, and his horse having been
+brought to him again, Peter, wounded though he was, mounted and galloped
+round the arena amidst plaudits such as that place had never heard,
+till, lifting his sword in salutation, suddenly he and his gentlemen
+vanished by the gate through which he had appeared.
+
+Thus strangely enough ended that combat which thereafter was always
+known as the Fray of the Eagle and the English Hawk.
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+HOW THE _MARGARET_ WON OUT TO SEA
+
+It was night. Peter, faint with loss of blood and stiff with bruises,
+had bade his farewell to their Majesties of Spain, who spoke many soft
+words to him, calling him the Flower of Knighthood, and offering him
+high place and rank if he would abide in their service. But he thanked
+them and said No, for in Spain he had suffered too much to dwell there.
+So they kissed his bride, the fair Margaret, who clung to her wounded
+husband like ivy to an oak, and would not be separated from him, even
+for a moment, that husband whom living she had scarcely hoped to clasp
+again. Yes, they kissed her, and the queen threw about her a chain from
+her own neck as a parting gift, and wished her joy of so gallant a lord.
+
+"Alas! your Majesty," said Margaret, her dark eyes filling with tears,
+"how can I be joyous, who must think of to-morrow?"
+
+Thereon Isabella set her face and answered:
+
+"Dona Margaret Brome, be thankful for what to-day has brought you, and
+forget to-morrow and that which it must justly take away. Go now, and
+God be with you both!"
+
+So they went, the little knot of English sailormen, who, wrapped in
+Spanish cloaks, had sat together in the amphitheatre and groaned when
+the Eagle struck, and cheered when the Falcon swooped, leading, or
+rather carrying Peter under cover of the falling night to a boat not far
+from this Place of Bulls. In this they embarked unobserved, for the
+multitude, and even Peter's own squires believed that he had returned
+with his wife to the palace, as he had given out that he would do. So
+they were rowed to the _Margaret_, which straightway made as though she
+were about to sail, and indeed dropped a little way down stream. Here
+she anchored again, just round a bend of the river, and lay there for
+the night.
+
+It was a heavy night, and in it there was no place for love or lovers'
+tenderness. How could there be between these two, who for so long had
+been tormented by doubts and fears, and on this day had endured such
+extremity of terror and such agony of joy? Peter's wound also was deep
+and wide, though his shield had broken the weight of Morella's sword,
+and its edge had caught upon his shoulder-piece, so that by good chance
+it had not reached down to the arteries, or shorn into the bone; yet he
+had lost much blood, and Smith, the captain, who was a better surgeon
+than might have been guessed from his thick hands, found it needful to
+wash out the cut with spirit that gave much pain, and to stitch it up
+with silk. Also Peter had great bruises on his arms and thighs, and his
+back was hurt by that fall from the white charger with Morella in
+his arms.
+
+So it came about that most of that night he lay outworn, half-sleeping
+and half-waking, and when at sunrise he struggled from his berth, it was
+but to kneel by the side of Margaret and join her in her prayers that
+her father might be rescued from the hands of these cruel priests
+of Spain.
+
+Now during the night Smith had brought his ship back with the tide, and
+laid her under the shelter of those hulks whereof Peter had spoken,
+having first painted out her name of _Margaret_, and in its place set
+that of the _Santa Maria_, a vessel of about the same build and tonnage,
+which, as they had heard, was expected in port. For this reason, or
+because there were at that time many ships in the river, it happened
+that none in authority noted her return, or if they did, neglected to
+report the matter as one of no moment. Therefore, so far all went well.
+
+According to the tale of Henriques, confirmed by what they had learned
+otherwise, the great procession of the Act of Faith would turn on to the
+quay at about eight o'clock, and pass along it for a hundred yards or so
+only, before it wound away down a street leading to the _plaza_ where
+the theatre was prepared, the sermon would be preached, the Mass
+celebrated, and the "relaxed" placed in cages to be carried to the
+Quemadero.
+
+At six in the morning Smith mustered those twelve men whom he had chosen
+to help him in the enterprise, and Peter, with Margaret at his side,
+addressed them in the cabin, telling them all the plan, and praying them
+for the sake of their master and of the Lady Margaret, his daughter, to
+do what men might to save one whom they loved and honoured from so
+horrible a death.
+
+They swore that they would, every one of them, for their English blood
+was up, nor did they so much as speak of the great rewards that had been
+promised to those who lived through this adventure, and to the families
+of those who fell. Then they breakfasted, girded their swords and knives
+about them, and put on their Spanish cloaks, though, to speak truth,
+these lads of Essex and of London made but poor Spaniards. Now, at
+length the boat was ready, and Peter, although he could scarcely stand,
+desired to be carried into it that he might accompany them. But the
+captain, Smith, to whom perhaps Margaret had been speaking, set down his
+flat foot on the deck and said that he, who commanded there, would
+suffer no such thing. A wounded man, he declared, would but cumber them
+who had little room to spare in that small boat, and could be of no
+service, either on land or water. Moreover, Master Peter's face was
+known to thousands who had watched it yesterday, and would certainly be
+recognised, whereas none would take note at such a time of a dozen
+common sailors landed from some ship to see the show. Lastly, he would
+do best to stop on board the vessel, where, if anything went wrong, they
+must be short-handed enough, who, if they could, ought to get her away
+to sea and across it with all speed.
+
+Still Peter would have gone, till Margaret, throwing her arms about him,
+asked him if he thought that she would be the better if she lost both
+her father and her husband, as, if things miscarried, well might happen.
+Then, being in pain and very weak, he yielded, and Smith, having given
+his last directions to the mate, and shaken Peter and Margaret by the
+hand, asking their prayers for all of them, descended with his twelve
+men into the boat, and dropping down under shelter of the hulks, rowed
+to the shore as though they came from some other vessel. Now the quay
+was not more than a bowshot from them, and from a certain spot upon the
+_Margaret_ there was a good view of it between the stern of one hulk and
+the bow of another. Here, then, Peter and Margaret sat themselves down
+behind the bulwark, and watched with fears such as cannot be told, while
+a sharp-eyed seaman climbed to the crow's-nest on the mast, whence he
+could see over much of the city, and even the old Moorish castle that
+was then the Holy House of the Inquisition. Presently this man reported
+that the procession had started, for he saw its banners and the people
+crowding to the windows and to the roof-tops; also the cathedral bell
+began to toll slowly. Then came a long, long wait, during which their
+little knot of sailors, wearing the Spanish cloaks, appeared upon the
+quay and mingled with the few folk that were gathered there, since the
+most of the people were collected by thousands on the great _plaza_ or
+in the adjacent streets.
+
+At length, just as the cathedral clock struck eight, the "triumphant"
+march, as it was called, began to appear upon the quay. First came a
+body of soldiers with lances; then a crucifix, borne by a priest and
+veiled in black crape; then a number of other priests, clad in
+snow-white robes to symbolise their perfect purity. Next followed men
+carrying wood or leather images of some man or woman who, by flight to a
+foreign land or into the realms of Death, had escaped the clutches of
+the Inquisition. After these marched other men in fours, each four of
+them bearing a coffin that contained the body or bones of some dead
+heretic, which, in the absence of his living person, like the effigies,
+were to be committed to the flames as a token of what the Inquisition
+would have done to him if it could--to enable it also to seize
+his property.
+
+Then came many penitents, their heads shaven, their feet bare, and clad,
+some in dark-coloured cloaks, some in yellow robes, called the
+_sanbenito_, which were adorned with a red cross. These were followed by
+a melancholy band of "relaxed" heretics, doomed to the fire or
+strangulation at the stake, and clothed in _zamarras_ of sheepskin,
+painted all over with devils and the portraits of their own faces
+surrounded by flames. These poor creatures wore also flame-adorned caps
+called _corozas_, shaped like bishops' mitres, and were gagged with
+blocks of wood, lest they should contaminate the populace by some
+declaration of their heresy, while in their hands they bore tapers,
+which the monks who accompanied them relighted from time to time if they
+became extinguished.
+
+Now the hearts of Peter and Margaret leaped within them, for at the end
+of this hideous troop rode a man mounted on an ass, clothed in a
+_zamarra_ and _coroza_, but with a noose about his neck. So the Fray
+Henriques had told the truth, for without doubt this was John Castell.
+Like people in a dream, they saw him advance in his garb of shame, and
+after him, gorgeously attired, civil officers, inquisitors, and
+familiars of noble rank, members of the Council of Inquisition, behind
+whom was borne a flaunting banner, called the Holy Standard of
+the Faith.
+
+Now Castell was opposite to the little group of seamen, and, or so it
+seemed, something went wrong with the harness of the ass on which he
+sat, for it stopped, and a man in the garb of a secretary stepped to it,
+apparently to attend to a strap, thus bringing all the procession
+behind to a halt, while that in front proceeded off the quay and round
+the corner of a street. Whatever it might be that had happened, it
+necessitated the dismounting of the heretic, who was pulled roughly off
+the brute's back, which, as though in joy at this riddance of its
+burden, lifted its head and brayed loudly.
+
+Men from the thin line of crowd that edged the quay came forward as
+though to help, and among them were several in capes, such as were worn
+by the sailors of the _Margaret_. The officers and grandees behind
+shouted, "Forward!--forward!" whereon those attending to the ass hustled
+it and its rider a little nearer to the water's edge, while the guards
+ran back to explain what had happened. Then suddenly a confusion arose,
+of which it was impossible to distinguish the cause, and next instant
+Margaret and Peter, still gripping each other, saw the man who had been
+seated on the ass being dragged rapidly down the steps of the quay, at
+the foot of which lay the boat of the _Margaret_.
+
+The mate at the helm saw also, for he blew his whistle, a sign at which
+the anchor was slipped--there was no time to lift it--and men who were
+waiting on the yards loosed the lashings of certain sails, so that
+almost immediately the ship began to move.
+
+Now they were fighting on the quay. The heretic was in the boat, and
+most of the sailors; but others held back the crowd of priests and armed
+familiars who strove to get at him. One, a priest with a sword in his
+hand, slipped past them and tumbled into the boat also. At last all were
+in save a single man, who was attacked by three adversaries--John Smith,
+the captain. The oars were out, but his mates waited for him. He struck
+with his sword, and some one fell. Then he turned to run. Two masked
+familiars sprang at him, one landing on his back, one clinging to his
+neck. With a desperate effort he cast himself into the water, dragging
+them with him. One they saw no more, for Smith had stabbed him, the
+other floated up near the boat, which already was some yards from the
+quay, and a sailor battered him on the head with an oar, so that
+he sank.
+
+Smith had vanished also, and they thought he must be drowned. The
+sailors thought it too, for they began to give way, when suddenly a
+great brown hand appeared and clasped the stern-sheets, while a
+bull-voice roared:
+
+"Row on, lads, I'm right enough."
+
+Row they did indeed, till the ashen oars bent like bows, only two of
+them seized the officer who had sprung into the boat and flung him
+screaming into the river, where he struggled a while, for he could not
+swim, gripping at the air with his hands, then disappeared. The boat was
+in mid-stream now, and shaping her course round the bow of the first
+hulk beyond which the prow of the _Margaret_ began to appear, for the
+wind was fresh, and she gathered way every moment.
+
+"Let down the ladder, and make ready ropes," shouted Peter.
+
+It was done, but not too soon, for next instant the boat was bumping on
+their side. The sailors in her caught the ropes and hung on, while the
+captain, Smith, half-drowned, clung to the stern-sheets, for the water
+washed over his head.
+
+"Save him first," cried Peter. A man, running down the ladder, threw a
+noose to him, which Smith seized with one hand and by degrees worked
+beneath his arms. Then they tackled on to it, and dragged him bodily
+from the river to the deck, where he lay gasping and spitting out foam
+and water. By now the ship was travelling swiftly, so swiftly that
+Margaret was in an agony of fear lest the boat should be towed under
+and sink.
+
+But these sailor men knew their trade. By degrees they let the boat drop
+back till her bow was abreast of the ladder. Then they helped Castell
+forward. He gripped its rungs, and eager hands gripped him. Up he
+staggered, step by step, till at length his hideous, fiend-painted cap,
+his white face, whence the beard had been shaved, and his open mouth, in
+which still was fixed the wooden gag, appeared above the bulwarks, as
+the mate said afterwards, like that of a devil escaped from hell. They
+lifted him over, and he sank fainting in his daughter's arms. Then one
+by one the sailors came up after him--none were missing, though two had
+been wounded, and were covered with blood. No, none were missing--God
+had brought them, every one, safe back to the deck of the _Margaret_.
+
+Smith, the captain, spat up the last of his river water and called for a
+cup of wine, which he drank; while Peter and Margaret drew the accursed
+gag from her father's mouth, and poured spirit down his throat. Shaking
+the water from him like a great dog, but saying never a word, Smith
+rolled to the helm and took it from the mate, for the navigation of the
+river was difficult, and none knew it so well as he. Now they were
+abreast the famous Golden Tower, and a big gun was fired at them; but
+the shot went wide. "Look!" said Margaret, pointing to horsemen
+galloping southwards along the river's bank.
+
+"Yes," said Peter, "they go to warn the ports. God send that the wind
+holds, for we must fight our way to sea."
+
+The wind did hold, indeed it blew ever more strongly from the north; but
+oh! that was a long, evil day. Hour after hour they sped forward down
+the widening river; now past villages, where knots of people waved
+weapons at them as they went; now by desolate marshes, plains, and banks
+clothed with pine.
+
+When they reached Bonanza the sun was low, and when they were off San
+Lucar it had begun to sink. Out into the wide river mouth, where the
+white waters tumbled on the narrow bar, rowed two great galleys to cut
+them off, very swift galleys, which it seemed impossible to escape.
+
+Margaret and Castell were sent below, the crew went to quarters, and
+Peter crept stiffly aft to where the sturdy Smith stood at the helm,
+which he would suffer no other man to touch. Smith looked at the sky, he
+looked at the shore, and the safe, open sea beyond. Then he bade them
+hoist more sail, all that she could carry, and looked grimly at the two
+galleys lurking like deerhounds in a pass, that hung on their oars in
+the strait channel, with the tumbling breakers on either side, through
+which no ship could sail. "What will you do?" asked Peter. "Master
+Peter," he answered between his teeth, "when you fought the Spaniard
+yesterday I did not ask you what _you_ were going to do. Hold your
+tongue, and leave me to my own trade."
+
+The _Margaret_ was a swift ship, but never yet had she moved so
+swiftly. Behind her shrilled the gale, for now it was no less. Her stout
+masts bent like fishing poles, her rigging creaked and groaned beneath
+the weight of the bellying canvas, her port bulwarks slipped along
+almost level with the water, so that Peter must lie down on the deck,
+for stand he could not, and watch it running by within three feet
+of him.
+
+The galleys drew up right across her path. Half a mile away they lay bow
+by bow, knowing well that no ship could pass the foaming shallows; lay
+bow by bow, waiting to board and cut down this little English crew when
+the _Margaret_ shortened sail, as shorten sail she must. Smith yelled an
+order to the mate, and presently, red in the setting sun, out burst the
+flag of England upon the mainmast top, a sight at which the sailors
+cheered. He shouted another order, and up ran the last jib, so that now
+from time to time the port bulwarks dipped beneath the sea, and Peter
+felt salt water stinging his sore back.
+
+Thus did the _Margaret_ shorten sail, and thus did she yield her to the
+great galleys of Spain.
+
+The captains of the galleys hung on. Was this foreigner mad, or ignorant
+of the river channel, they wondered, that he would sink with every soul
+there upon the bar? They hung on, waiting for that leopard flag and
+those bursting sails to come down; but they never stirred; only straight
+at them rushed the _Margaret_ like a bull. She was not two furlongs
+away, and she held dead upon her course, till at last those galleys saw
+_that she would not sink alone_. Like a bull with shut eyes she held
+dead upon her furious course!
+
+Confusion arose upon the Spanish ships, whistles were blown, men
+shouted, overseers ran down the planks flogging the slaves, lifted oars
+shone red in the light of the dying sun as they beat the water wildly.
+The prows began to back and separate, five feet, ten feet, a dozen feet
+perhaps; then straight into that tiny streak of open water, like a stone
+from the hand of the slinger, like an arrow from a bow, rushed the
+wind-flung _Margaret_.
+
+What happened? Go ask it of the fishers of San Lucar and the pirates of
+Bonanza, where the tale has been told for generations. The great oars
+snapped like reeds, the slaves were thrown in crushed and mangled heaps,
+the tall deck of the port galley was ripped out of her like rent paper
+by the stout yards of the stooping _Margaret_, the side of the starboard
+galley rolled up like a shaving before a plane, and the _Margaret_
+rushed through.
+
+Smith, the captain, looked aft to where, ere they sank, the two great
+ships, like wounded swans, rolled and fluttered on the foaming bar. Then
+he put his helm about, called the carpenter, and asked what water
+she made.
+
+"None, Sir," he answered; "but she will want new tarring. It was oak
+against eggshells, and we had the speed."
+
+"Good!" said Smith, "shallows on either side; life or death, and I
+thought I could make room. Send the mate to the helm. I'll have
+a sleep."
+
+Then the sun vanished beneath the roaring open sea, and, escaped from
+all the power of Spain, the _Margaret_ turned her scarred and splintered
+bow for Ushant and for England.
+
+
+
+ENVOI
+
+Ten years had gone by since Captain Smith took the good ship _Margaret_
+across the bar of the Guadalquiver in a very notable fashion. It was
+late May in Essex, and all the woods were green, and all the birds sang,
+and all the meadows were bright with flowers. Down in the lovely vale of
+Dedham there was a long, low house with many gables--a charming old
+house of red brick and timbers already black with age. It stood upon a
+little hill, backed with woods, and from it a long avenue of ancient
+oaks ran across the park to the road which led to Colchester and London.
+Down that avenue on this May afternoon an aged, white-haired man, with
+quick black eyes, was walking, and with him three children--very
+beautiful children--a boy of about nine and two little girls, who clung
+to his hand and garments and pestered him with questions.
+
+"Where are we going, Grandfather?" asked one little girl.
+
+"To see Captain Smith, my dear," he answered.
+
+"I don't like Captain Smith," said the other little girl; "he is so fat,
+and says nothing."
+
+"I do," broke in the boy, "he gave me a fine knife to use when I am a
+sailor, and Mother does, and Father, yes, and Grandad too, because he
+saved him when the cruel Spaniards wanted to put him in the fire. Don't
+you, Grandad?"
+
+"Yes, my dear," answered the old man. "Look! there is a squirrel
+running over the grass; see if you can catch it before it reaches
+that tree."
+
+Off went the children at full pelt, and the tree being a low one, began
+to climb it after the squirrel. Meanwhile John Castell, for it was he,
+turned through the park gate and walked to a little house by the
+roadside, where a stout man sat upon a bench contemplating nothing in
+particular. Evidently he expected his visitor, for he pointed to the
+place beside him, and, as Castell sat down, said:
+
+"Why didn't you come yesterday, Master?"
+
+"Because of my rheumatism, friend," he answered. "I got it first in the
+vaults of that accursed Holy House at Seville, and it grows on me year
+by year. They were very damp and cold, those vaults," he added
+reflectively.
+
+"Many people found them hot enough," grunted Smith, "also, there was
+generally a good fire at the end of them. Strange thing that we should
+never have heard any more of that business. I suppose it was because our
+Margaret was such a favourite with Queen Isabella who didn't want to
+raise questions with England, or stir up dirty water."
+
+"Perhaps," answered Castell. "The water _was_ dirty, wasn't it?"
+
+"Dirty as a Thames mud-bank at low tide. Clever woman, Isabella. No one
+else would have thought of making a man ridiculous as she did by Morella
+when she gave his life to Betty, and promised and vowed on his behalf
+that he would acknowledge her as his lady. No fear of any trouble from
+him after that, in the way of plots for the Crown, or things of that
+sort. Why, he must have been the laughing-stock of the whole land--and
+a laughing-stock never does anything. You remember the Spanish saying,
+'King's swords cut and priests' fires burn, but street-songs kill
+quickest!' I should like to learn more of what has become of them all,
+though, wouldn't you, Master? Except Bernaldez, of course, for he's been
+safe in Paris these many years, and doing well there, they say."
+
+"Yes," answered Castell, with a little smile--"that is, unless I had to
+go to Spain to find out."
+
+Just then the three children came running up, bursting through the gate
+all together.
+
+"Mind my flower-bed, you little rogues," shouted Captain Smith, shaking
+his stick at them, whereat they got behind him and made faces.
+
+"Where's the squirrel, Peter?" asked Castell.
+
+"We hunted it out of the tree, Grandad, and right across the grass, and
+got round it by the edge of the brook, and then--"
+
+"Then what? Did you catch it?"
+
+"No, Grandad, for when we thought we had it sure, it jumped into the
+water and swam away."
+
+"Other people in a fix have done that before," said Castell, laughing,
+and bethinking him of a certain river quay.
+
+"It wasn't fair," cried the boy indignantly. "Squirrels shouldn't swim,
+and if I can catch it I will put it in a cage."
+
+"I think that squirrel will stop in the woods for the rest of its life,
+Peter."
+
+"Grandad!--Grandad!" called out the youngest child from the gate,
+whither she had wandered, being weary of the tale of the squirrel,
+"there are a lot of people coming down the road on horses, such fine
+people. Come and see."
+
+This news excited the curiosity of the old gentlemen, for not many fine
+people came to Dedham. At any rate both of them rose, somewhat stiffly,
+and walked to the gate to look. Yes, the child was right, for there,
+sure enough, about two hundred yards away, advanced an imposing
+cavalcade. In front of it, mounted on a fine horse, sat a still finer
+lady, a very large and handsome lady, dressed in black silks, and
+wearing a black lace veil that hung from her head. At her side was
+another lady, much muffled up as though she found the climate cold, and
+riding between them, on a pony, a gallant looking little boy. After
+these came servants, male and female, six or eight of them, and last of
+all a great wain, laden with baggage, drawn by four big Flemish horses.
+
+"Now, whom have we here?" ejaculated Castell, staring at them.
+
+Captain Smith stared too, and sniffed at the wind as he had often done
+upon his deck on a foggy morning.
+
+"I seem to smell Spaniards," he said, "which is a smell I don't like.
+Look at their rigging. Now, Master Castell, of whom does that barque
+with all her sails set remind you?"
+
+Castell shook his head doubtfully.
+
+"I seem to remember," went on Smith, "a great girl decked out like a
+maypole running across white sand in that Place of Bulls at Seville--but
+I forgot, you weren't there, were you?"
+
+Now a loud, ringing voice was heard speaking in Spanish, and commanding
+some one to go to yonder house and inquire where was the gate to the
+Old Hall. Then Castell knew at once.
+
+"It is Betty," he said. "By the beard of Abraham, it is Betty."
+
+"I think so too; but don't talk of Abraham, Master. He is a dangerous
+man, Abraham, in these very Christian lands; say, 'By the Keys of St.
+Peter,' or, 'By St. Paul's infirmities.'"
+
+"Child," broke in Castell, turning to one of the little girls, "run up
+to the Hall and tell your father and mother that Betty has come, and
+brought half Spain with her. Quickly now, and remember the
+name, _Betty!_"
+
+The child departed, wondering, by the back way; while Castell and Smith
+walked towards the strangers.
+
+"Can we assist you, Senora?" asked the former in Spanish.
+
+"Marchioness of Morella, _if_ you please--" she began in the same
+language, then suddenly added in English, "Why, bless my eyes! If it
+isn't my old master, John Castell, with white wool instead of black!"
+
+"It came white after my shaving by a sainted barber in the Holy House,"
+said Castell. "But come off that tall horse of yours, Betty, my dear--I
+beg your pardon--most noble and highly born Marchioness of Morella, and
+give me a kiss."
+
+"That I will, twenty, if you like," she answered, arriving in his arms
+so suddenly from on high, that had it not been for the sturdy support of
+Smith behind, they would both of them have rolled upon the ground.
+
+"Whose are those children?" she asked, when she had kissed Castell and
+shaken Smith by the hand. "But no need to ask, they have got my cousin
+Margaret's eyes and Peter's long nose. How are they?" she added
+anxiously.
+
+"You will see for yourself in a minute or two. Come, send on your people
+and baggage to the Hall, though where they will stow them all I don't
+know, and walk with us."
+
+Betty hesitated, for she had been calculating upon the effect of a
+triumphal entry in full state. But at that moment there appeared
+Margaret and Peter themselves--Margaret, a beautiful matron with a child
+in her arms, running, and Peter, looking much as he had always been,
+spare, long of limb, stern but for the kindly eyes, striding away
+behind, and after him sundry servants and the little girl Margaret.
+
+Then there arose a veritable babel of tongues, punctuated by embracings;
+but in the end the retinue and the baggage were got off up the drive,
+followed by the children and the little Spanish-looking boy, with whom
+they had already made friends, leaving only Betty and her closely
+muffled-up attendant. This attendant Peter contemplated for a while, as
+though there were something familiar to him in her general air.
+
+Apparently she observed his interest, for as though by accident she
+moved some of the wrappings that hid her face, revealing a single soft
+and lustrous eye and a few square inches of olive-coloured cheek. Then
+Peter knew her at once.
+
+"How are you, Inez?" he said, stretching out his hand with a smile, for
+really he was delighted to see her.
+
+"As well as a poor wanderer in a strange and very damp country can be,
+Don Peter," she answered in her languorous voice, "and certainly
+somewhat the better for seeing an old friend whom last she met in a
+certain baker's shop. Do you remember?"
+
+"Remember!" answered Peter. "It is not a thing I am likely to forget.
+Inez, what became of Fray Henriques? I have heard several
+different stories."
+
+"One never can be sure," she answered as she uncovered her smiling red
+lips; "there are so many dungeons in that old Moorish Holy House, and
+elsewhere, that it is impossible to keep count of their occupants,
+however good your information. All I know is that he got into trouble
+over that business, poor man. Suspicions arose about his conduct in the
+procession which the captain here will recall," and she pointed to
+Smith. "Also, it is very dangerous for men in such positions to visit
+Jewish quarters and to write incautious letters--no, not the one you
+think of; I kept faith--but others, afterwards, begging for it back
+again, some of which miscarried."
+
+"Is he dead then?" asked Peter.
+
+"Worse, I think," she answered--"a living death, the 'Punishment of the
+Wall.'"
+
+"Poor wretch!" said Peter, with a shudder.
+
+"Yes," remarked Inez reflectively, "few doctors like their own
+medicine."
+
+"I say, Inez," said Peter, nodding his head towards Betty, "that marquis
+isn't coming here, is he?"
+
+"In the spirit, perhaps, Don Peter, not otherwise."
+
+"So he is really dead? What killed him?"
+
+"Laughter, I think, or, rather, being laughed at. He got quite well of
+the hurts you gave him, and then, of course, he had to keep the queen's
+gage, and take the most noble lady yonder, late Betty, as his
+marchioness. He couldn't do less, after she beat you off him with your
+own sword and nursed him back to life. But he never heard the last of
+it. They made songs about him in the streets, and would ask him how his
+godmother, Isabella, was, because she had promised and vowed on his
+behalf; also, whether the marchioness had broken any lances for his sake
+lately, and so forth."
+
+"Poor man!" said Peter again, in tones of the deepest sympathy. "A cruel
+fate; I should have done better to kill him."
+
+"Much; but don't say so to the noble Betty, who thinks that he had a
+very happy married life under her protecting care. Really, he ate his
+heart out till even I, who hated him, was sorry. Think of it! One of the
+proudest men in Spain, and the most gallant, a nephew of the king, a
+pillar of the Church, his sovereigns' plenipotentiary to the Moors, and
+on secret matters--the common mock of the vulgar, yes, and of the
+great too!"
+
+"The great! Which of them?"
+
+"Nearly all, for the queen set the fashion--I wonder why she hated him
+so?" Inez added, looking shrewdly at Peter; then without waiting for an
+answer, went on: "She did it very cleverly, by always making the most of
+the most honourable Betty in public, calling her near to her, talking
+with her, admiring her English beauty, and so forth, and what her
+Majesty did, everybody else did, until my exalted mistress nearly went
+off her head, so full was she of pride and glory. As for the marquis, he
+fell ill, and after the taking of Granada went to live there quietly.
+Betty went with him, for she was a good wife, and saved lots of money.
+She buried him a year ago, for he died slow, and gave him one of the
+finest tombs in Spain--it isn't finished yet. That is all the story. Now
+she has brought her boy, the young marquis, to England for a year or
+two, for she has a very warm heart, and longed to see you all. Also, she
+thought she had better go away a while, for her son's sake. As for me,
+now that Morella is dead, I am head of the household--secretary, general
+purveyor of intelligence, and anything else you like at a good salary."
+
+"You are not married, I suppose?" asked Peter.
+
+"No," Inez answered; "I saw so much of men when I was younger that I
+seem to have had enough of them. Or perhaps," she went on, fixing that
+mild and lustrous eye upon him, "there was one of them whom I liked too
+well to wish----"
+
+She paused, for they had crossed the drawbridge and arrived opposite to
+the Old Hall. The gorgeous Betty and the fair Margaret, accompanied by
+the others, and talking rapidly, had passed through the wide doorway
+into its spacious vestibule. Inez looked after them, and perceived,
+standing like a guard at the foot of the open stair, that scarred suit
+of white armour and riven shield blazoned with the golden falcon,
+Isabella's gift, in which Peter had fought and conquered the Marquis of
+Morella. Then she stepped back and contemplated the house critically.
+
+At each end of it rose a stone tower, built for the purposes of defence,
+and all around ran a deep moat. Within the circle of this moat, and
+surrounded by poplars and ancient yews, on the south side of the Hall
+lay a walled pleasaunce, or garden, of turf pierced by paths and planted
+with flowering hawthorns and other shrubs, and at the end of it, almost
+hidden in drooping willows, a stone basin of water. Looking at it, Inez
+saw at once that so far as the circumstances of climate and situation
+would allow, Peter, in the laying out of this place, had copied another
+in the far-off, southern city of Granada, even down to the details of
+the steps and seats. She turned to him and said innocently:
+
+"Sir Peter, are you minded to walk with me in that garden this pleasant
+evening? I do not see any window in yonder tower."
+
+Peter turned red as the scar across his face, and laughed as he
+answered:
+
+"There may be one for all that. Get you into the house, dear Inez, for
+none can be more welcome there; but I walk no more alone with you
+in gardens."
+
+THE END
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Fair Margaret, by H. Rider Haggard
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FAIR MARGARET ***
+
+***** This file should be named 9780.txt or 9780.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/9/7/8/9780/
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Steve Flynn, Tonya Allen
+and PG Distributed Proofreaders
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/9780.zip b/old/9780.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6cb8bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/9780.zip